School Catalog

profilelb13x017
cat.pdf

2016-2017

UNIVERSITY OF PHOENIX

ONLINE

ACADEMIC CATALOG

Volume 50

July 1, 2016 through June 30, 2017 catalog

With Updates Added:

March 1, 2017

(see addenda pages for a summary of updates added by month)

“As we move to meet the educational needs of working adults in a mobile society, our conception of the university must extend beyond place and embrace process. An adult university cannot be campus bound, rather its borders must be defined by the lives of

its students.”

Dr. John G. Sperling

Founder

Information contained in this catalog is subject to change at the discretion of the University of Phoenix without prior notification.

Unless specifically stated otherwise in a particular Catalog policy, in the event of any inconsistency or conflict between the informa- tion contained in this catalog and any other material, the information contained in the catalog shall take precedence.

The University of Phoenix is not responsible for information or claims made by individuals not affiliated with the University that is contrary to University of Phoenix published material.

Annual Security Report Notice

The University of Phoenix annual security report includes statistics for the previous three years concerning reported crimes that occurred on campus, in certain off-campus buildings or property owned or controlled by the University, and on public property

within, or immediately adjacent to and accessible from, the campus. The report also includes the sex offender registry, institutional policies concerning alcohol and drug use, crime prevention, the reporting of crimes, sexual assault, and other related matters. You

can obtain a copy of this report by contacting your local Campus Security Authority or by accessing the following Web site: http://www.phoenix.edu/about_us/campus-safety.html.

University of Phoenix is authorized by the Washington Student Achievement Council and meets the requirements and minimum educational standards established for degree-granting institutions under the Degree-Granting Institutions Act. This authorization is subject to periodic review and authorizes University of Phoenix to offer specific degree programs. The Council may be contacted for a list of currently authorized programs. Authorization by the Council does not carry with it an endorsement by the Council of the institution or its programs. Any person desiring information about the requirements of the act or the applicability of those require-

ments to the institution may contact the Council at P.O Box 43430, Olympia, WA 98504-3430.

University of Phoenix is authorized by the Tennessee Higher Education Commission. This authorization must be renewed each year and is based on an evaluation by minimum standards concerning quality of education, ethical business practices, health

and safety, and fiscal responsibility.

University of Phoenix is registered with the Minnesota Office of Higher Education pursuant to Minnesota Statutes sections 136A.61 to 136A.71. Registration is not an endorsement of the institution. Credits earned at the institution may not transfer to all other institutions. Minnesota residents may enroll in the following programs: Associate of Arts/Concentration in General Stud- ies, Associate of Arts/Concentration in Communications, Associate of Arts/Concentration in Accounting, Associate of Arts/Con-

centration in Hospitality, Travel and Tourism, Associate of Arts/Concentration in Foundations of Business, Associate of Arts/ Concentration in Accounting, Associate of Arts/Concentration in Hospitality, Travel and Tourism, Associate of Arts/Concentra- tion in Human Services Management, Associate of Arts in Psychology, Associate of Arts/Concentration in Health Care Adminis-

tration, Associate of Arts/Concentration in Health Care Administration/Medical Records, Associate of Arts/Concentration in Criminal Justice, Associate of Arts/Concentration in Information Technology, Associate of Arts/Concentration in Information

Technology/Networking, Associate of Arts/Concentration in Information Technology/Programming, Associate of Arts/Concen- tration in Information Technology/Web Design, Associate of Arts/Concentration in Information Technology/Information Tech-

nology Support, Bachelor of Science in Communication, Bachelor of Arts in English, Bachelor of Science in Environmental Science, Bachelor of Science in Psychology, Bachelor of Science in Health Administration, Bachelor of Science in Criminal Jus-

tice Administration, Bachelor of Science in Organizational Security and Management, The Bachelor of Science in Business, Bachelor of Science in Management, Bachelor of Science in Management Concentration in Manufacturing Sector, Bachelor of Science in Accounting, Bachelor of Science in Information Technology, Bachelor of Science in Nursing, Master of Science in

Psychology, Master of Health Administration, Master of Health Administration Bridge, Master of Health Administration/Edu- cation, Master of Health Administration/Education Bridge, Master of Health Administration/Gerontology, Master of Health

Administration/Gerontology Bridge, Master of Health Administration/Informatics, Master of Health Administration/Informat- ics Bridge, Master of Science/Administration of Justice and Security, Master of Science/Administration of Justice and Security

Bridge, Master of Business Administration, Master of Public Administration, Master of Management, Master of Science in Accountancy, Master of Science in Nursing, Master of Science in Nursing/Specialization in Nursing/Health Care Education,

Master of Science in Nursing/Specialization in Informatics, Master of Science in Nursing and Master of Health Administration, Doctor of Management in Organizational Leadership, Doctor of Management in Organizational Leadership with a specializa-

tion in Information Systems and Technology, Doctor of Health Administration, Visual Communication Certificate, Information Systems Security Certificate, APLUS Fundamentals Certificate, Information Systems Security Minor, Multimedia and Visual Communication Minor, Graduate Health Care Informatics Certificate, Gerontology Health Care Certificate, Graduate Certifi-

cate in Human Resources Management, Graduate Accounting Certificate, Graduate Marketing Certificate

.....................................................................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................................................... ADDENDUM - SUMMARY OF POLICY UPDATES ADDED TO THE CATALOG ON MARCH 1, 2017

.....................................................................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................................................... GENERAL POLICY UPDATES

• The Consumer Information section was updated. (see CONSUMER INFORMATION)

• The eCampus: Student and Faculty Portal section was updated. (see THE UNIVERSITY’S TEACHING AND LEARNING MODEL)

• The University of Phoenix Board of Trustees and the University of Phoenix Senior Administration were updated. (see UNIVERSITY ADMINISTRATION)

.....................................................................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................................................... PROGRAM POLICY UPDATES

• The Additional Admission Requirements section of the CERT/G-HCS was updated. (see PROFESSIONAL PROGRAMS)

• The Additional Admission Requirements section of the GHC was updated. (see PROFESSIONAL PROGRAMS)

• The Additional Admission Requirements section of the HCI was updated. (see PROFESSIONAL PROGRAMS)

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

.....................................................................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................................................... TABLE OF CONTENTS

ADDENDUM - SUMMARY OF POLICY UPDATES ADDED TO THE CATALOG ON MARCH 1, 2017 .... iii GENERAL POLICY UPDATES .......................................................................................................... iii PROGRAM POLICY UPDATES......................................................................................................... iii

UNIVERSITY OF PHOENIX .......................................................................................................................... 1 Official School Colors ...................................................................................................................... 1 Ownership Information..................................................................................................................... 1 Our Mission Statement .................................................................................................................... 1 Our Purpose .................................................................................................................................... 1 Accreditation and Affiliations............................................................................................................ 2 Academic Programs ........................................................................................................................ 2 Enrollment and Student Profile ........................................................................................................ 2 University Library ............................................................................................................................. 3 Current Resources of the University Library .................................................................................... 3

THE UNIVERSITY’S TEACHING AND LEARNING MODEL........................................................................ 5 Active Learning ................................................................................................................................ 5 Collaboration.................................................................................................................................... 5 Emphasis on Application and Relevance ........................................................................................ 5 University-Wide Learning Goals ...................................................................................................... 5 Curriculum ....................................................................................................................................... 5 Awarding Credit Hours..................................................................................................................... 5 Access and Convenience of Time and Place .................................................................................. 6 Program Format............................................................................................................................... 6 Class Size ........................................................................................................................................ 6 Learning Teams ............................................................................................................................... 6 Faculty ............................................................................................................................................. 7 Staff Screening ................................................................................................................................ 7 Student Technology Recommendations and Competencies ........................................................... 7 eCampus: Student and Faculty Portal ............................................................................................. 8 Classroom Recording Policy............................................................................................................ 8

UNIVERSITY POLICIES................................................................................................................................ 9 Calendar .......................................................................................................................................... 9 Course Equivalencies ...................................................................................................................... 9 Course Cancellation ........................................................................................................................ 9 Directed Study ................................................................................................................................. 9 Concurrent Enrollment ................................................................................................................... 10 Multiple University Degrees ........................................................................................................... 10 Maximum Credit Limits .................................................................................................................. 10 Course Credits ............................................................................................................................... 10 Student Identification Numbers...................................................................................................... 10 Name and Social Security Number Changes ................................................................................ 11 Letter Request ............................................................................................................................... 11 Forms............................................................................................................................................. 11

i

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

Record Maintenance ...................................................................................................................... 11 Duplication of Credit....................................................................................................................... 11 Course Audit Policy........................................................................................................................ 11 Servicemember Readmission ........................................................................................................ 11 Military Deployment ....................................................................................................................... 12 Transient Student Policy ................................................................................................................ 13 Acceptable Transfer Activity .......................................................................................................... 13 Evaluation of Transfer Activity ....................................................................................................... 14 Servicemembers Opportunity College ........................................................................................... 15 Nondiscrimination Policy ................................................................................................................ 15 Harassment Policy ......................................................................................................................... 15 Disability Services .......................................................................................................................... 16 Student Organizations ................................................................................................................... 16 Acceptable Use of University Computing and Communication Resources ................................... 18 Do Not Call Policies ....................................................................................................................... 19 Institutional Review Board ............................................................................................................. 20 Research, Scholarship, and Surveys ............................................................................................. 20

CONSUMER INFORMATION ..................................................................................................................... 23 ABOUT UNIVERSITY OF PHOENIX ............................................................................................... 23

Accreditation, Licensures, Reviews and Approvals ....................................................................... 23 Academic Programs, Facilities and Instructional Personnel Information ....................................... 24 Articulation Agreements................................................................................................................. 25 Credit Transfer ............................................................................................................................... 25 Disability Services .......................................................................................................................... 25 General Contact Information .......................................................................................................... 25 Student Borrowing ......................................................................................................................... 25 Graduation Rates........................................................................................................................... 25 Retention Rates ............................................................................................................................. 26 Student Diversity............................................................................................................................ 27 Title II of Higher Education Act-Academic Year 2014-2015........................................................... 28 Federal Financial Aid Application Process..................................................................................... 29 Statement of Educational Purpose ................................................................................................ 30 Federal, State and Institutional Financial Aid Programs ................................................................ 30 Grant Programs ............................................................................................................................. 30 Scholarships .................................................................................................................................. 33 Loans ............................................................................................................................................. 33 Financial Aid Awarding .................................................................................................................. 35 Verification ..................................................................................................................................... 36 Cost of Attendance Policy.............................................................................................................. 37 Grade-Level Determination ............................................................................................................ 39 Conflicting Information ................................................................................................................... 40 Other Resources............................................................................................................................ 40 Satisfactory Academic Progress .................................................................................................... 40 Professional Judgment .................................................................................................................. 43 Determining Enrollment at the University....................................................................................... 43 Course Attendance Policy.............................................................................................................. 43 Leave of Absence .......................................................................................................................... 44

ii

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

Financial Aid Disbursements ......................................................................................................... 46 Federal Financial Aid Counseling .................................................................................................. 47 Federal Loan Repayment .............................................................................................................. 47 Military Benefits ............................................................................................................................. 48 Student Financial Responsibilities, Policies and Options .............................................................. 50 Withdrawing from the University .................................................................................................... 51 Return of Title IV Policy ................................................................................................................. 52 Tuition Refund Policy ..................................................................................................................... 52 Consumer Policies and Codes of Conduct .................................................................................... 55 Solomon Act .................................................................................................................................. 58 Gainful Employment Disclosures ................................................................................................... 58 Student Loan Code of Conduct ..................................................................................................... 58 Consumer Privacy Policy ............................................................................................................... 59 State Authorization and Contact Information for Filing Complaints ............................................... 60 Copyright Infringement and Peer-to-Peer File Sharing Policy ....................................................... 61 Digital Millennium Copyright Act Policy (DMCA) ........................................................................... 63 Vaccinations and Immunizations ................................................................................................... 63 Register to Vote ............................................................................................................................. 64 Campus Safety and Security ......................................................................................................... 64 Campus Crime Statistics ............................................................................................................... 64

APPENDIX- FINANCIAL AID POLICIES.......................................................................................... 67 Academic Year Definition Policy .................................................................................................... 67 Advancing Programs Policy ........................................................................................................... 67 Allowable Charges Policy .............................................................................................................. 68 Campus-Based Programs Policy ................................................................................................... 69 Cost of Attendance Policy.............................................................................................................. 71 Consortium Agreements Policy ..................................................................................................... 72 Direct Loan Policy .......................................................................................................................... 72 Disbursements Policy .................................................................................................................... 74 External Transfer Policy................................................................................................................. 76 Federal Financial Aid Credit Balance Policy .................................................................................. 78 Federal Pell Grant-IASG Policy ..................................................................................................... 79 Financial Aid Counseling Policy..................................................................................................... 80 HEROES Act Policy ....................................................................................................................... 82 Leave of Absence Policy ............................................................................................................... 83 Overawards and Overpayments Policy ......................................................................................... 84 Packaging Policy ........................................................................................................................... 86 Private Loan Policy ........................................................................................................................ 87 Professional Judgement Policy...................................................................................................... 87 Program Changes Policy ............................................................................................................... 88 Re-Entry Policy .............................................................................................................................. 90 Return of Title IV Policy ................................................................................................................. 91 Satisfactory Academic Progress (SAP) Policy............................................................................... 94 Student Parent Eligibility Policy ..................................................................................................... 97 Subsequent ISIRs Policy ............................................................................................................. 100 TEACH Grant Program Policy ..................................................................................................... 100 Verification Policy ........................................................................................................................ 101 Withdrawal Policy ........................................................................................................................ 106

iii

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

STUDENTS’ RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES .................................................................................... 109 Policy on Nursing Ethics and Professional Competence ............................................................. 109 Students’ Right to Privacy............................................................................................................ 109

STUDENT CODE OF CONDUCT .................................................................................................. 110 Code of Academic Integrity .......................................................................................................... 111 Student Records Violations.......................................................................................................... 113 Title IX and Violence Against Women Act (VAWA) Policy ........................................................... 114 University of Phoenix Professional Standards for Candidates in the School of Nursing ............. 116 University of Phoenix Supplemental Standards for Candidates in College of Social Sciences Counseling and Human Services Programs ................................................................ 118 University of Phoenix Supplemental Standards for Candidates in College of Education Programs ..................................................................................................................................... 119 University of Phoenix Supplemental Standards for Students/Candidates in School of Advanced Studies Programs ....................................................................................................... 119

DISPUTE RESOLUTION POLICY AND PROCEDURES .............................................................. 120 Step One: Internal Resolution ...................................................................................................... 120 Step Two: Mediation .................................................................................................................... 121 Step Three: Binding Arbitration .................................................................................................... 121 Complaints to the Texas Education Agency ................................................................................ 121

ACADEMIC POLICIES ............................................................................................................................. 123 Academic Advisement ................................................................................................................. 123 Registration .................................................................................................................................. 123 Admission Statuses ..................................................................................................................... 123 Student Academic Standing......................................................................................................... 124 Program Academic Standing ....................................................................................................... 125 Course Statuses .......................................................................................................................... 125 Candidacy Statuses ..................................................................................................................... 125 Enrollment Status......................................................................................................................... 126 Student Falsification of Information.............................................................................................. 126 On-Camera Conduct Policy ......................................................................................................... 126 General Grievances ..................................................................................................................... 126 Academically-Related Appeals - Student Appeals Center (SAC) ................................................ 127 Grading Procedures ..................................................................................................................... 127 Program and Cumulative Grade Point Average........................................................................... 128 Grade Reports and Transcripts.................................................................................................... 128 Grade Disputes and Grade Corrections....................................................................................... 129 Program Changes ........................................................................................................................ 129 Graduation Application and Credential Conferral ........................................................................ 129 Braille Embossed Diplomas ......................................................................................................... 129 Posthumous Degrees .................................................................................................................. 129 Degree Posting ............................................................................................................................ 129 Graduation with Honors ............................................................................................................... 129 Participation in Commencement Ceremony ................................................................................ 129 Program Completion Deadlines ................................................................................................... 130 Disclaimer on Job Placement ...................................................................................................... 130

ACADEMIC QUALITY AND OUTCOMES ASSESSMENT ...................................................................... 131

iv

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

Academic Quality and Outcomes Assessment-Ensuring Consistent Quality .............................. 131 Academic Quality Improvement and Outcomes-based Assessment ........................................... 131

UNIVERSITY OF PHOENIX ALUMNI ASSOCIATION ............................................................................. 133

UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS............................................................................................................ 135 Admission Procedures ................................................................................................................. 135 Undergraduate Admission Requirements .................................................................................... 136 Residency Requirements and Course Waivers for Bachelor Programs ...................................... 138 Residency Requirements and Course Waivers for Associate Programs..................................... 138 University Orientation Workshops ............................................................................................... 139 Risk Free Period Policy ............................................................................................................... 139 Academic Progression Requirements ......................................................................................... 139 Waivers ........................................................................................................................................ 140 General Education ....................................................................................................................... 140 Prior Learning Assessment.......................................................................................................... 142 Program Length ........................................................................................................................... 143

COLLEGE OF HUMANITIES AND SCIENCES ............................................................................. 145 Associate of Arts/Professional Focus .......................................................................................... 145 Associate of Arts/Professional Focus (Minnesota) ...................................................................... 147 Bachelor of Science in Communication ....................................................................................... 149 Bachelor of Arts in English........................................................................................................... 152 Bachelor of Science in Environmental Science ........................................................................... 156

COLLEGE OF SECURITY AND CRIMINAL JUSTICE .................................................................. 161 Associate of Arts in Criminal Justice............................................................................................ 161 Associate of Arts in Criminal Justice (Minnesota)........................................................................ 163 Bachelor of Science in Criminal Justice Administration ............................................................... 166 Bachelor of Science in Criminal Justice Administration (Maryland-Online) ................................. 170 Bachelor of Science in Public Administration .............................................................................. 173

COLLEGE OF SOCIAL SCIENCES............................................................................................... 177 Bachelor of Science in Correctional Program Support Services ................................................. 177

SCHOOL OF BUSINESS ............................................................................................................... 181 Associate of Arts/Concentration in Accounting Fundamentals .................................................... 181 Associate of Arts/Concentration in Accounting Fundamentals (Minnesota) ................................ 183 Associate of Arts/Concentration in Accounting Fundamentals (Certificate Track) ...................... 184 Associate of Arts/Concentration in Accounting Fundamentals (Certificate Track) (Minnesota) .. 187 Associate of Arts/Concentration in Business Fundamentals ....................................................... 189 Associate of Arts/Concentration in Business Fundamentals (Minnesota) ................................... 191 The Bachelor of Science in Business .......................................................................................... 193 The Bachelor of Science in Business (Maryland-Online) ............................................................ 196 Bachelor of Science in Management ........................................................................................... 202 Bachelor of Science in Management Concentration in Manufacturing Sector............................. 204 Bachelor of Science in Management Emphasis in Manufacturing Sector (Maryland-Online) ..... 207 Bachelor of Science in Accounting .............................................................................................. 209 Bachelor of Science/Concentration in Accounting (Ohio) ............................................................ 212

COLLEGE OF INFORMATION SYSTEMS AND TECHNOLOGY ................................................. 217 Associate of Arts/Concentration in Information Technology ........................................................ 217 Associate of Arts/Emphasis in Information Technology (Maryland-Online) ................................. 219

v

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

Associate of Arts/Concentration in Information Technology (Minnesota) .................................... 221 Associate of Arts in Security Management .................................................................................. 224 Associate of Arts in Security Management (Minnesota) .............................................................. 226 Bachelor of Science in Security Management ............................................................................. 229 The Bachelor of Science in Organizational Security and Management ....................................... 232 Bachelor of Science in Information Technology........................................................................... 235

COLLEGE OF HEALTH PROFESSIONS ...................................................................................... 239 School of Health Services Administration ...................................................................................... 239

The Bachelor of Science in Health Administration ....................................................................... 239 The Bachelor of Science in Health Administration (Maryland-Online) ......................................... 243 The Bachelor of Science in Health Administration (Certificate Track) (Maryland-Online) ........... 246

School of Nursing ........................................................................................................................... 249 Accreditation- School of Nursing Programs ................................................................................. 249 International Nursing Honor Society ............................................................................................ 249 Academic Progression Requirements for all Current Nursing Programs (excluding BSN/I) ........ 249 Bachelor of Science in Nursing .................................................................................................... 251 Bachelor of Science in Nursing/International ............................................................................... 253 Bachelor of Science in Nursing Partner ....................................................................................... 256 Bachelor of Science in Nursing Partner (California) .................................................................... 259

COLLEGE OF EDUCATION (Online)............................................................................................. 263 Admission Requirements for University of Phoenix ..................................................................... 263 Bachelor of Science in Education/Elementary Education ............................................................ 265 Bachelor of Science in Education/Elementary Education (Hawaii) .............................................. 270 Bachelor of Science in Liberal Studies (California) ...................................................................... 274 Bachelor of Science in Education/Early Childhood Education ..................................................... 279 Bachelor of Science in Education/Educational Studies ............................................................... 284 Bachelor of Science in Education/Elementary Education (Florida).............................................. 285

GRADUATE PROGRAMS ........................................................................................................................ 291 Admission Procedures ................................................................................................................. 291 Graduate Admission Requirements ............................................................................................. 292 Program Length ........................................................................................................................... 294

COLLEGE OF SECURITY AND CRIMINAL JUSTICE................................................................... 295 Master of Science/Administration of Justice and Security ........................................................... 295 Master of Public Administration ................................................................................................... 296

COLLEGE OF SOCIAL SCIENCES ............................................................................................... 299 Master of Science in Counseling Clinical Mental Health Counseling........................................... 299 Master of Science in Counseling Clinical Mental Health Counseling (Utah)................................ 301 Master of Science in Counseling Clinical Mental Health Counseling (Nevada) ........................... 304 Master of Science in Psychology ................................................................................................. 306 Master of Science in Psychology Concentration in Industrial-Organizational Psychology .......... 308

SCHOOL OF BUSINESS ............................................................................................................... 311 Master of Business Administration............................................................................................... 311 Master of Business Administration (Certificate Track) ................................................................. 314 Master of Management ................................................................................................................ 317 Master of Science in Accountancy ............................................................................................... 318

COLLEGE OF INFORMATION SYSTEMS AND TECHNOLOGY ................................................. 321 Master of Information Systems ................................................................................................... 321

vi

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

COLLEGE OF HEALTH PROFESSIONS ...................................................................................... 323 School of Health Services Administration ...................................................................................... 323

Master of Health Administration................................................................................................... 323 Master of Health Administration Concentration in Education ...................................................... 325 Master of Health Administration Concentration in Gerontology ................................................... 326 Master of Health Administration Concentration in Informatics ..................................................... 328 Master of Health Administration Concentration in Sustainability Management ........................... 330 Dual Degree in Master of Health Administration/Master of Business Administration .................. 332

School of Nursing ........................................................................................................................... 334 Accreditation- School of Nursing Programs ................................................................................. 334 International Nursing Honor Society ............................................................................................ 334 Academic Progression Requirements for all Current Nursing Programs (excluding BSN/I)........ 334 Master of Science in Nursing Concentration in Informatics ......................................................... 336 Master of Science in Nursing Concentration in Informatics Bridge.............................................. 338 Master of Science in Nursing Concentration in Nurse Administration ......................................... 340 Master of Science in Nursing Concentration in Nurse Administration Bridge .............................. 342 Master of Science in Nursing Concentration in Nurse Administration-International .................... 345 Master of Science in Nursing Concentration in Nurse Education ................................................ 347 Master of Science in Nursing Concentration in Nurse Education Bridge..................................... 349 Master of Science in Nursing Concentration in Nurse Education-International ........................... 352

COLLEGE OF EDUCATION (Online) ............................................................................................ 355 Admission Requirements ............................................................................................................. 355 Master of Arts in Education/Administration and Supervision ....................................................... 357 Master of Arts in Education/Administration and Supervision (Utah) ............................................ 359 Master of Arts in Education/Administration and Supervision (California) .................................... 362 Master of Arts in Education/Adult Education and Training .......................................................... 364 Master of Arts in Education/Elementary Teacher Education ....................................................... 366 Master of Arts in Education/Secondary Teacher Education ........................................................ 370 Master of Arts in Education/Elementary Teacher Education (Hawaii) ......................................... 373 Master of Arts in Education/Secondary Teacher Education (Hawaii) .......................................... 377 Master of Arts in Education/Elementary Teacher Education (California)..................................... 380 Master of Arts in Education/Secondary Teacher Education (California)...................................... 384 Master of Arts in Education/Elementary Teacher Education (Utah) ............................................ 389 Master of Arts in Education/Secondary Teacher Education (Utah) ............................................. 392 Master of Arts in Education/Special Education (Hawaii).............................................................. 396 Master of Arts in Education/Special Education (Utah) ................................................................. 399 Master of Arts in Education/Special Education ............................................................................ 403 Master of Arts in Education/Educational Studies ......................................................................... 407 Master of Arts in Education/Curriculum and Instruction............................................................... 408 Master of Arts in Education/Administration and Supervision (Florida)......................................... 409 Master of Arts in Education/Elementary Teacher Education (Florida) ......................................... 412 Master of Arts in Education/Secondary Teacher Education (Florida) .......................................... 415

SCHOOL OF ADVANCED STUDIES............................................................................................. 419 Admission Requirements ............................................................................................................. 419 Program Length ........................................................................................................................... 420 Educational Specialist.................................................................................................................. 421 Doctor of Education in Educational Leadership/Higher Education Administration ...................... 422 Doctor of Management in Organizational Leadership ................................................................. 425

vii

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

Doctor of Management in Organizational Leadership with a Specialization in Information Systems and Technology............................................................................................................. 428 Doctor of Business Administration ............................................................................................... 431 Doctor of Health Administration ................................................................................................... 434 Doctor of Education in Educational Leadership ........................................................................... 437 Doctor of Education in Educational Leadership/Curriculum and Instruction ................................ 439 Doctor of Education in Educational Leadership/Educational Technology.................................... 442

PROFESSIONAL PROGRAMS ................................................................................................................ 447 CREDIT-BEARING CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS .......................................................................... 447

Admission Requirements ............................................................................................................. 447 Program Length ........................................................................................................................... 449

CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS FOR SCHOOL OF BUSINESS - UNDERGRADUATE .................... 449 Business Analytics Certificate (Undergraduate) .......................................................................... 449 Hospitality Management Certificate (Undergraduate) .................................................................. 450 Retail Fundamentals Certificate (Undergraduate) ....................................................................... 452 Hospitality Fundamentals Certificate (Undergraduate) ................................................................ 453 Supply Chain Management Certificate (Undergraduate) ............................................................. 455 Small Business Management and Entrepreneurship Certificate (Undergraduate) ...................... 456 Operations Management Certificate (Undergraduate) ................................................................. 457 Marketing Certificate (Undergraduate)......................................................................................... 459 Human Resource Management Certificate (Undergraduate) ...................................................... 460 General Management Certificate (Undergraduate)...................................................................... 461 Project Management Certificate (Undergraduate) ....................................................................... 463 Bookkeeping Fundamentals Certificate (Undergraduate) ............................................................ 464 Digital Marketing Certificate (Undergraduate).............................................................................. 466 Financial Planning Certificate (Undergraduate) ........................................................................... 467

CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS FOR SCHOOL OF BUSINESS - GRADUATE................................. 469 Graduate Human Resource Management Certificate .................................................................. 469 Graduate Accounting Certificate .................................................................................................. 470 Graduate Marketing Certificate .................................................................................................... 471 Graduate CPA Bridge Certificate ................................................................................................. 472 Graduate Project Management Certificate................................................................................... 474

CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS FOR THE SCHOOL OF HEALTH SERVICES ADMINISTRATION. 475 Long Term Care Certificate Program ........................................................................................... 475 Graduate Health Care Sustainability Management Certificate .................................................... 476 Graduate Health Care Informatics Certificate .............................................................................. 477 Gerontology Health Care Certificate Program ............................................................................. 478 Health Management Certificate Program..................................................................................... 479 Health and Wellness Administration Foundations Certificate (Undergraduate) ........................... 481 Electronic Health Records Fundamentals Certificate (Undergraduate) ....................................... 482 Medical Records Certificate (Undergraduate).............................................................................. 484

CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS FOR THE SCHOOL OF NURSING ................................................ 486 Academic Progression Requirements for all Current Nursing Programs (excluding BSN/I) ........ 486 Post Master's Certificate in Nurse Administration ........................................................................ 487 Post Master's Certificate in Nurse Administration International ................................................... 489 Post Master's Certificate in Nurse Education............................................................................... 490 Post Master's Certificate in Nurse Education International .......................................................... 492

viii

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS FOR THE COLLEGE OF EDUCATION........................................... 494 Alternative Pathway/Elementary Education (Hawaii)................................................................... 494 Alternative Pathway/Secondary Education (Hawaii).................................................................... 496 Alternative Pathway/Special Education (Hawaii) ......................................................................... 498 Alternative Pathway/Elementary Education (Florida) .................................................................. 500 Alternative Pathway/Secondary Education (Florida) ................................................................... 501 Principal Licensure Certificate Program (Utah) ........................................................................... 503

CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS FOR THE COLLEGE OF INFORMATION SYSTEMS AND TECHNOLOGY .............................................................................................................................. 505

Storage Management Certificate (Undergraduate)...................................................................... 505 Advanced Cyber Security Certificate (Undergraduate)................................................................ 507 Advanced Software Developer Certificate (Undergraduate)........................................................ 508 Programming Certificate (Undergraduate)................................................................................... 509 Advanced Networking Certificate (Undergraduate) ..................................................................... 511 Advanced Multimedia Development Certificate (Undergraduate)................................................ 512 Database Administration Certificate (Undergraduate) ................................................................. 514 Information Assurance and Security Certificate (Undergraduate) ............................................... 515 Multimedia Development Certificate (Undergraduate)................................................................. 516 Cisco Networking Certificate (Undergraduate) ............................................................................ 517 Desktop Support Certificate (Undergraduate) ............................................................................. 519 Network Support Certificate (Undergraduate) ............................................................................. 520 A+ Fundamentals Certificate ....................................................................................................... 521 Network+ Technologies Certificate ............................................................................................ 522 Cisco Networking Fundamentals ................................................................................................. 523 Graduate Cyber Security Certificate ............................................................................................ 523 Graduate Business Analytics Certificate...................................................................................... 525 Graduate Information Systems Management Certificate ............................................................. 526 Enterprise Security Administration Certificate (Undergraduate) .................................................. 527 Physical Security Operations Certificate (Undergraduate) .......................................................... 528 Critical Incident Response Certificate (Undergraduate) .............................................................. 529 Asset Protection/Loss Prevention Certificate (Undergraduate) ................................................... 531 Certificate Awards........................................................................................................................ 532 Accreditation and Affiliations........................................................................................................ 532

NONCREDIT-BEARING PROGRAMS........................................................................................... 533

TUITION AND FEES - ONLINE RATES.................................................................................................... 535 UNDERGRADUATE TUITION PER CREDIT (ONLINE)................................................................ 536 GRADUATE TUITION PER CREDIT (ONLINE) ............................................................................ 538 FEES (Online) ................................................................................................................................ 539

FACILITIES ............................................................................................................................................... A-1

UNIVERSITY ADMINISTRATION ............................................................................................................. A-5 University of Phoenix Board of Trustees ......................................................................................... A-5 University of Phoenix Senior Administration ................................................................................... A-5 Enrollment Services Administration................................................................................................. A-6 Operational Services ....................................................................................................................... A-6 Campus Administration ................................................................................................................... A-6

ix

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

FACULTY.................................................................................................................................................. A-9 COLLEGE OF HUMANITIES AND SCIENCES .............................................................................. A-9

Assistant Dean .............................................................................................................................. A-9 Dean of Faculty............................................................................................................................. A-9 Dean of Assessment ..................................................................................................................... A-9 Campus College Chairs ................................................................................................................ A-9 Program Managers ....................................................................................................................... A-9 Campus Area Chairs..................................................................................................................... A-9

COLLEGE OF SECURITY AND CRIMINAL JUSTICE.................................................................... A-9 Executive Dean ............................................................................................................................. A-9 Dean of Assessment ..................................................................................................................... A-9 Program Dean............................................................................................................................... A-9 Academic Dean............................................................................................................................. A-9 Dean of Faculty............................................................................................................................. A-9 Dean of Specialized Programs ..................................................................................................... A-9 Assistant Dean of Specialized Programs ...................................................................................... A-9 Dean of Operations....................................................................................................................... A-9 Assistant Dean of Operations ....................................................................................................... A-9 Campus College Chairs ................................................................................................................ A-9 Program Managers ....................................................................................................................... A-9 Campus Area Chairs..................................................................................................................... A-9

COLLEGE OF SOCIAL SCIENCES ................................................................................................ A-9 Executive Dean ............................................................................................................................. A-9 Regulatory Dean ........................................................................................................................... A-9 Assistant Regulatory Dean ........................................................................................................... A-9 Dean of Operations....................................................................................................................... A-9 Campus College Chairs ................................................................................................................ A-9 Program Managers ....................................................................................................................... A-9 Campus Area Chairs.................................................................................................................. A-10

SCHOOL OF BUSINESS .............................................................................................................. A-11 Executive Dean ........................................................................................................................... A-11 Academic Dean........................................................................................................................... A-11 Dean of Assessment ................................................................................................................... A-11 Dean of Specialized Programs ................................................................................................... A-11 Dean of Faculty........................................................................................................................... A-11 Dean of Operations..................................................................................................................... A-11 Campus College Chairs .............................................................................................................. A-11 Program Managers ..................................................................................................................... A-11 Campus Area Chairs................................................................................................................... A-11

COLLEGE OF INFORMATION SYSTEMS AND TECHNOLOGY ................................................ A-11 Executive Dean ........................................................................................................................... A-11 Academic Dean........................................................................................................................... A-11 Dean of Faculty........................................................................................................................... A-11 Dean of Assessment ................................................................................................................... A-11 Dean of Operations..................................................................................................................... A-11 Dean of Specialized Programs ................................................................................................... A-11 Assistant Dean of Specialized Programs .................................................................................... A-11 Program Dean............................................................................................................................. A-11 Assistant Dean of Operations ..................................................................................................... A-11

x

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

Dean of Technology.................................................................................................................... A-11 Campus College Chairs .............................................................................................................. A-11 Campus Area Chairs .................................................................................................................. A-11

COLLEGE OF HEALTH PROFESSIONS ..................................................................................... A-11 Deans ......................................................................................................................................... A-11 School of Nursing Deans ............................................................................................................ A-12 School of Nursing Program Managers........................................................................................ A-12 School of Nursing Campus College Chairs ................................................................................ A-12 School of Health Services Administration Deans ....................................................................... A-12 School of Health Services Administration Campus College Chairs ............................................ A-12 School of Public Health Deans ................................................................................................... A-12 Campus Area Chairs .................................................................................................................. A-12

COLLEGE OF EDUCATION ......................................................................................................... A-13 Executive Dean........................................................................................................................... A-13 Dean of Operations..................................................................................................................... A-13 Program Dean ............................................................................................................................ A-13 Regional Assistant Dean ............................................................................................................ A-13 Dean of Assessment................................................................................................................... A-13 Dean of Faculty........................................................................................................................... A-13 Academic Dean .......................................................................................................................... A-13 Assistant Program Dean ............................................................................................................. A-13 Assistant Dean Regulatory Affairs .............................................................................................. A-13 Assistant Dean of Specialized Programs.................................................................................... A-13 Campus College Chairs .............................................................................................................. A-13 Program Managers ..................................................................................................................... A-13 Campus Area Chairs ................................................................................................................. A-13

SCHOOL OF ADVANCED STUDIES............................................................................................ A-13 Executive Dean........................................................................................................................... A-13 Dean of Assessment................................................................................................................... A-13 Associate Dean of Instruction ..................................................................................................... A-13 Dean of Instruction...................................................................................................................... A-13 Dean of Operations..................................................................................................................... A-13 Program Dean ............................................................................................................................ A-13 Campus College Chairs .............................................................................................................. A-13 Campus Area Chairs .................................................................................................................. A-13

COURSE GUIDE- COURSE DESCRIPTIONS.......................................................................................... B-1

xi

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017 UNIVERSITY OF PHOENIX

.....................................................................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................................................... UNIVERSITY OF PHOENIX

Beginnings -- A Brief History In 1976, the leading edge of the Baby Boom generation was just turning 30. That same year saw the introduction of the first per- sonal computer, the Apple I -- an event that signaled the birth of a new economic system in which intellectual capital would eventu- ally supplant industrial might as the dominant economic force. These milestones marked the beginning of a sea of change in higher education, though many (perhaps even most) within that system did not recognize it at the time. Considered together, these phenomena suggested that the jobs that would make up the workforce of the future were only just begin- ning to be created or imagined. In order to fill those jobs, the bulk of the new workforce would require higher-level knowledge and skills than those needed in a manufacturing economy. At the same time, the largest-ever age cohort of the population, adult learners, would be going through the stages of life during which they would be most affected by the coming economic dislocation and would need advanced education to adapt to these changes. It was in this historical context in 1976 that Dr. John Sperling, a Cambridge-educated economist and professor-turned-entrepre- neur, founded University of Phoenix. Sperling anticipated the con- fluence of technological, economic, and demographic forces that would in a very short time herald the return of ever larger numbers of adult learners to formal higher education. In the early 1970s, at San Jose State University in San Jose, Califor- nia, Sperling and several associates conducted field-based research in adult education. The focus of the research was to explore teach- ing/learning systems for the delivery of educational programs and services to adult learners who wished to complete or further their education in ways that complemented both their experience and current professional responsibilities. At that time colleges and uni- versities were organized primarily around serving the needs of the 18-22 year-old undergraduate student. That is not all that surpris- ing, given that the large majority of those enrolled were residential students of traditional college age, just out of high school. Accord- ing to Sperling adult learners were invisible on the traditional cam- pus and were treated as second-class citizens. Other than holding classes at night (and many universities did not even do this), no efforts were made to accommodate their needs. No university offices or bookstores were open at night. Students had to leave work during the day to enroll, register for classes, buy books or consult with their instructors and advisors. Classes were held two or three nights per week and parking was at the periph- ery of a large campus. The consequence, according to Dr. Sperling was that most adult learners were unable to finish a four-year pro- gram in less than eight years, or a two-year program in less than four years (Tucker, 1996, p. 5). Sperling's research convinced him not only that these underserved learners were interested in furthering their educational goals, but also that this group differed from their more traditional counter- parts in significant ways. He saw a growing need for institutions that were sensitive to and designed around the learning character- istics and life situations of a different kind of learner population. He suggested ways for institutions to pioneer new approaches to curricular and program design, teaching methods, and student ser- vices. These beliefs eventually resulted in the creation of University of Phoenix, and they continue to this day to inspire the University's mission, purpose, and strategies. As an institution, University of

Phoenix is unique in its single-minded commitment to the educa- tional needs of non-traditional students, who in fact today make up the majority (73 percent) of all college enrollees. This focus informs the University's teaching and learning model approach to designing and providing student services, and academic and administrative structure. It also guides the institution as it plans and prepares to meet the needs of the next generation of learners. Over the last three and a half decades, the University of Phoenix has been cause-driven working to build an institution with the agility to address directly the shifting economic and academic chal- lenges that many students face. Dr. Sperling's predictions concern- ing the innovations higher education would be required to make have come to pass. Today roughly 45 percent of all college students work at least part-time and approximately one quarter of all stu- dents have dependent children. The educational tenets set forth by Dr. Sperling in 1976 now apply to the majority of college students in the United States. The University's growth has been fueled by constant innovation, and ongoing efforts to improve the learning experience through advanced technology. The University has grown from a degree- completion institution serving an audience of mostly middle man- agers wishing to complete their education and excel in the work- place, to a comprehensive university serving students of all ages from the associate through the doctoral degree levels.

........................................................................................... Official School Colors

University of Phoenix Official School Colors are University of Phoenix Red and University of Phoenix Platinum. These are custom colors and proprietary to the University.

........................................................................................... Ownership Information

University of Phoenix, Inc. is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Apollo Education Group, Inc. (the “Parent”). The Parent’s voting stock (Class B Common Stock) is 100 percent held by management. The Parent has one class of non-voting stock (Class A Common Stock) which is publicly traded on the NASDAQ Stock Exchange under the symbol “APOL”. The Parent files quarterly and annual finan- cial statements with the Securities and Exchange Commission and these are available to the general public. The University’s central administration offices are located in Phoenix, Arizona.

........................................................................................... Our Mission Statement

University of Phoenix provides access to higher education oppor- tunities that enable students to develop knowledge and skills nec- essary to achieve their professional goals, improve the performance of their organizations, and provide leadership and service to their communities.

........................................................................................... Our Purpose

• To facilitate cognitive and affective student learning-knowledge, skills, and values- and to promote use of that knowledge in the student's workplace.

• To develop competence in communication, critical thinking, collaboration, and information utilization, together with a commitment to lifelong learning for enhancement of students' opportunities for career success.

1

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

• To provide instruction that bridges the gap between theory and practice through faculty members who bring to their classroom not only advanced academic preparation, but also the skills that come from the current practice of their professions.

• To provide General Education and foundational instruction and services that prepare students to engage in a variety of university curricula.

• To use technology to create effective modes and means of instruction that expand access to learning resources and that enhance collaboration and communication for improved student learning.

• To assess student learning and use assessment data to improve the teaching/learning system, curriculum, instruction, learning resources, counseling, and student services.

• To be organized as a private institution in order to foster a spirit of innovation that focuses on providing academic quality, service, excellence, and convenience to the working student.

........................................................................................... Accreditation and Affiliations

Regional Accreditation University of Phoenix is accredited by The Higher Learning Com- mission (http://hlcommission.org).

The Higher Learning Commission 230 South LaSalle Street, Suite 7-500,

Chicago, Illinois 60604-1413 Phone: 800.621.7440 | 312.263.0456 | Fax: 312.263.7462

http://hlcommission.org

Program Accreditation School of Business and Business Programs University of Phoenix is accredited by the Accreditation Council for Business Schools and Programs (ACBSP) to offer business degrees in Associate of Arts/Concentration in Business Founda- tions, Associate of Arts/Concentration in Accounting Foundations, Bachelor of Science in Business, Bachelor of Science in Accounting, Master of Business Administration, Master of Management, Master of Science in Accountancy, Doctor of Business Administration, and Doctor of Management.

Accreditation Council for Business Schools & Programs (ACBSP) 11520 W. 119th Street

Overland Park, KS 66213 (913) 339-9356

http://www.acbsp.org

School of Nursing Programs The Bachelor of Science in Nursing and Master of Science in Nurs- ing programs are accredited by the Commission on Collegiate Nursing Education (CCNE).

CCNE One Dupont Circle, NW, Suite 530

Washington, DC 20036 (202) 887-6791

http://www.aacn.nche.edu/accreditation/

College of Education and Education Programs The College of Education has approval for education programs

through the following state agencies: • Arizona Department of Education • California Commission on Teacher Credentialing • Colorado Department of Education • Florida Department of Education • Hawaii Teacher Standards Board • Indiana Department of Education • Missouri Department of Elementary and Secondary Education • New Mexico Public Education Department • Nevada Department of Education • Texas Education Agency • Utah State Office of Education

Programs vary by state. Not all programs are approved in all states. The University also maintains voluntary memberships with numerous educational organizations, including the American Council on Education, the Association of American Colleges, the American Association for Adult and Continuing Education, the American Association for Higher Education, National Association of Schools of Public Affairs and Administration, the Council for Adult and Experiential Learning, the College and University Per- sonnel Association, the Pacific Association of Collegiate Registrars and Admissions Officers, the American Association of Collegiate Registrars and Admissions Officers, the Independent Colleges and Universities of Arizona, the American Association of Colleges of Nursing, National League for Nursing, the National Board for Cer- tified Counselors, the National Association for Foreign Student Admissions, Association of International Educators, the National Association of Veterans Program Administrators, the Service Mem- bers Opportunity College, and Defense Activity for Non–Tradi- tional Support. Additionally, the University maintains memberships in various professional, program specific organiza- tions.

........................................................................................... Academic Programs

Undergraduate and graduate programs at University of Phoenix are offered in business and management, nursing and health sci- ences, education, criminal justice, social sciences, natural sciences, humanities, and information technology. Undergraduate students are required to complete general education requirements that are distributed across traditional liberal arts categories and interdisci- plinary components. General Education requirements are described in greater detail in the Undergraduate Programs section of the catalog. Not all programs are offered at all campuses. Spe- cific programs offered are listed later in this catalog.

........................................................................................... Enrollment and Student Profile

As of the fourth quarter ending August 31, 2016, University of Phoenix had an enrollment of 142,500 students and had expanded to in excess of 125 campuses and learning centers in 36 U.S. States as well as locations in the District of Columbia and Puerto Rico. Additionally, University of Phoenix offers degree programs glob- ally through its online delivery system. According to students responding to a registration survey during fiscal year 2015, the average student is in his or her mid-thirties. Gender of entering students is approximately 66 percent female and 34 percent male. Approximately 48 percent of entering stu- dents reporting belonged to an ethnic minority.

2

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017 UNIVERSITY OF PHOENIX

........................................................................................... University Library

The University of Phoenix Approach to Library Services As busy working professionals, our students and faculty members know how difficult it can be to travel to a distant library and match their schedules to library building hours. To accommodate student and faculty needs, University of Phoenix offers library services online. This online distribution of information is well suited to the needs of today's "knowledge workers" and offers a functional ver- sion of the types of information systems University of Phoenix stu- dents and faculty will be expected to use throughout their careers. The core of our library web site is a collection of digital resources available to all students and faculty at any time and from virtually any location where an Internet connection is available. In addition to our University Library, the library maintains selected links to other worthwhile sites on the web and provides user education and research assistance. The online distribution of information is not only optimally matched to the needs of working professionals, but also allows for equitable sharing of library resources among students and faculty members at all University of Phoenix learning centers and in our distance education programs. Instead of encountering disparities in library resources between large and small learning centers and between on-campus and online students, all library users enjoy access to the same broad spectrum of resources regardless of where and how they attend class. For more information, please see your Library Handbook or con- tact the University Library at [email protected]. What is in the University Library? Access to hundreds of thousands of eBooks, reference materials, scholarly journals, and periodicals all selected for their relevance to each University of Phoenix degree program are contained in the University Library's resources. Financial reports on over 10,000 public companies and a variety of directories and other reference publications are also available. In addition, the University Library has a collection of multimedia available, including videos, images, and audio files, on a variety of topics. Many of the resources found in the University Library are academic products made available through license agreements with content providers and are not accessible to the general public like web pages found through an Internet search engine. Getting Started with the University Library To get started using the University Library, students and faculty members should follow these steps: • Visit the student and faculty website https://

ecampus.phoenix.edu/ • This is the same website used to obtain course modules,

grades, and other University of Phoenix resources and services.

• After logging into the student and faculty website, select the Library tab and then the University Library link to enter the University Library.

• Select an appropriate resource and begin research. Electronic Reserve Readings In addition to the University Library resources for research by topic, University Library staff members also maintain Electronic Reserve Readings for individual courses. These pages provide links to materials relevant to the course curriculum. Links to Elec- tronic Reserve Readings, when available, are listed on course pages within eCampus.

Additional Resources for Help • Reference services allow users to receive direct and in-depth

reference assistance from accredited librarians. • Interlibrary loan and documents retrieval services allow users to

request a document or book not available in the University Library. Specific timelines and rules apply to this service.

• Video based research tutorials provide users with timely information which build research skills.

• Resource recommendations by subject can be found by utilizing our Choose Resources by Subject and Subject Guides on the library homepage.

• The FAQs on the homepage of the University Library contain answers to “Frequently Asked Questions” received by the library.

• The Library Handbook includes detailed information on the library collection as well as helpful tips on conducting research.

How to Contact the University Library Student Technical Support 1-877-832-4867 Email [email protected] International students and faculty can reach Tech Support at 1-602- 387-2222. Callers should identify themselves as international stu- dents or faculty and give a call back number. Tech Support will call back to minimize phone charges.

........................................................................................... Current Resources of the University Library

For a current list of resources in the University Library, please refer to the Library Handbook. Students, staff, and faculty can also view the full listing of the University Library's resources by clicking the View All Resources Alphabetically link on the University Library homepage.

3

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

THIS PAGE WAS LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY

4

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017 THE UNIVERSITY’S TEACHING AND LEARNING MODEL

.....................................................................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................................................... THE UNIVERSITY’S TEACHING AND LEARNING MODEL

The mission of University of Phoenix is to provide access to higher education opportunities that enable students to develop the knowl- edge and skills necessary to achieve their professional goals. As a result, the University's teaching and learning model is grounded in the theoretical and empirical literature of learning and cognitive psychology. The University employs best practice from recent edu- cation literature, as well as best service practices that enhance the academic experience for students who are new to higher educa- tion. This combination increases student retention and successful degree completion.

........................................................................................... Active Learning

The model is based first on the assumption that the learner's active involvement in the learning process is essential to good practice. Thus, in all modalities University of Phoenix classrooms are intended to be dynamic learning spaces. Instructors are expected to serve as facilitators of learning who manage the learning process by engaging learners in a variety of activities (lectures being but one) that lead students to an understanding of course content and the development of academic and professional competence. By involving students in a variety of learning activities, respect is demonstrated for diverse ways of learning and knowing. Interac- tion and participation in classes and Learning Teams is expected of those students in the bachelor and master degree programs. Stu- dents pursuing an associate degree online (excluding AACR & AAPF) are involved in collaborative learning activities, and a small number of courses may require participation in formal Learning Teams.

........................................................................................... Collaboration

The effectiveness of cooperation and collaboration in enhancing learning is well and widely documented. Structures that encourage and facilitate collaboration are central to the University's teaching and learning model. Working students frequently come to formal learning activities with greater life and work experience. This means that learners themselves can be invaluable resources in enhancing their own and others' learning. Traditional pedagogy emphasizes a top-down, vertical transfer of information. Students with rich and varied experience find benefit in instructional prac- tices that encourage collaboration. This adds a robust horizontal dimension to the learning exchange as students teach and learn from one another. Good practice in education capitalizes on this dimension to the students' advantage.

........................................................................................... Emphasis on Application and Relevance

There is wide agreement in the literature that students learn best when bridges are built between new knowledge and the learners' experience. Practices that encourage reflection and application are based on the recognition that a learner's experience provides a con- text through which he or she is more able to construct meaning from new information. It also makes learning relevant to the learn- ers. In University of Phoenix courses, students' experiences and current circumstances are interwoven with subject matter in class discussions as well as in individual, team and other collaborative assignments. Real-world relevance is critical to basic comprehen- sion as well as to maintaining student interest. Students very often say they are able to apply at work the next day what they learned in class the night before.

........................................................................................... University-Wide Learning Goals

The University's faculty leadership has established five broad learning goals that guide curriculum development, instruction, learning assessment, and program evaluation and improvement. The University Learning Goals are: 1. Professional Competence and Values 2. Critical Thinking and Problem Solving 3. Communication 4. Information Utilization 5. Collaboration The intent is to help all University graduates attain levels of theo- retical and practical disciplinary knowledge appropriate to the lev- els of degrees or credentials they are earning, while developing competence in essential intellectual and social processes that will enable graduates to practice their professions successfully.

........................................................................................... Curriculum

The University's curriculum is faculty-developed and centrally managed by a team of college staff and instructional designers with objectives and outcomes that are carefully defined. Individual instructors have the responsibility to expand and enhance the basic curriculum by augmenting it with current resources and practices. The curriculum is under continual content and quality review.

........................................................................................... Awarding Credit Hours

Credit hours are awarded in accordance with common practice among institutions of higher education. Course content and out- comes are determined by faculty and are delivered in a format informed by adult learning principles and aligned to Carnegie unit guidelines. One Carnegie hour is defined as 50 minutes of faculty directed or student directed activities. Achievement of outcomes related to the awarding of credit hours is measured using standard national benchmarks. The curriculum at University of Phoenix is faculty-developed and centrally managed. Instructional strategies include the use of syn- chronous and asynchronous activities inside and outside the online and/or physical classroom and are designed to be outcome focused and engaging. To ensure the appropriate level of curricu- lum coverage and rigor, students are required to participate in weekly classroom-based learning activities including direct faculty instruction and collaborative activities, and/or additional hours of faculty-directed student engagement using a variety of instruc- tional strategies and online learning activities, which are designed to support the course topics and objectives. The table below summarizes the minimum required number of hours of faculty-directed (instruction) and student directed (home- work) learning activity engagement for each credit award value at all credential levels. Additionally, the table includes the minimum course duration (in weeks) for each credit value necessary for fac- ulty to effectively cover course content, and for students to reason- ably assimilate the information, based upon federal guidelines and commonly accepted practices in higher education. All courses which award college credit shall conform to these minimum required hours.

5

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

University of Phoenix College Credit Bearing Course Recommendations

*Average hours per week, assumes student is generally taking one class at a time Doctoral residencies, laboratory work, internships, practica, studio work, student teaching, clinical hour, and other course formats as established by the University may deviate from the minimum required duration of a course in total weeks. However, alternatives of these course types leading to the award of credit hours must still reflect at least an equivalent amount of work (i.e., time on task) as outlined in policy. Program length is determined by faculty in accordance with com- mon practice among institutions of higher education. The follow- ing list reflects the minimum number of credits generally required at each credential level.

Degree Level & Minimum Total Semester Credits: • Associate Degree: 60 credits

• Bachelor Degree: 120 credits

• Master's Degrees: minimum 30 credits beyond the Bachelor Degree

• Ph.D. or Applied Doctorate: minimum 30 credits beyond the Master's Degree

........................................................................................... Access and Convenience of Time and Place

The University's goal is to make access to programs and services available to all those who wish to avail themselves of them and to work to completion of a degree program. University of Phoenix campus-based programs are offered at times and in places that are convenient to adult learners. Classes are held primarily in the evening and on weekends when learners are most likely to need access. Wherever possible, campuses and learning centers are located at strategic locations near major freeways and thoroughfares that permit convenient access. Access in the 21st Century means many different things. To the stu- dent in rural America or the working parent with children at home, access may be possible only through an Internet connection. Those students usually work toward their degrees through courses offered online or via FlexNet®, a combination of classroom and online learning.

........................................................................................... Program Format

University of Phoenix is a non-term institution and does not oper- ate according to a traditional academic calendar. New student cohorts can begin at any time. Typically, graduate courses at Uni- versity of Phoenix meet for six consecutive weeks and undergradu- ate courses meet for five weeks. Classes delivered via the online modality meet asynchronously throughout each course week. Campus-based classes meet once per week for four (4) hours. When a course ends, the next course usually begins the following week. This intensive calendar allows students to achieve their edu- cational goals in a more time-efficient manner. The University's low student/faculty ratio and class size that averages 13-15 stu- dents facilitate active learning and collaboration and encourage time-on-task. As a rule, bachelor and graduate degree seeking stu- dents take only one course at a time. This allows them to focus attention and resources on one subject, a structure that enhances learning and helps students balance ongoing professional and per- sonal responsibilities.

........................................................................................... Class Size

Minimum and maximum class size may vary by college, course, and location. Some Schools and Colleges may determine a specific minimum and maximum class size given the curriculum and learn- ing model.

........................................................................................... Learning Teams

In addition to regular course instructional sessions, bachelor's and master's level students work in Learning Teams. Learning Teams are small groups of three to six students drawn from within the larger cohort. Learning Teams are an essential design element in the University's teaching and learning model through which stu- dents develop the ability to collaborate -- an ability expected of employees in information-age organizations and one of the Univer- sity's primary learning goals. Due to the unique teaching and learning model and objectives, students enrolled in an associate degree program at online (excluding AACR & AAPF) usually do not participate in Learning Teams, but are encouraged to collaborate and participate in classroom assignments.

Credits **Minimum required faculty-directed classroom-based hours

**Minimum faculty recommended hours for student-directed homework (includes reading, research, study time, and assignment development)

**Minimum hours Minimum required duration of course in total weeks

1 15 30 45 2 (*22.5/week)

2 30 60 90 4 (*22.5/week)

3 45 90 135 5 (*27/week) 6 (*22.5/week)

4 60 120 180 7 (*26/week)

5 75 150 225 9 (*25/week)

6

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017 THE UNIVERSITY’S TEACHING AND LEARNING MODEL

All students enrolled in degree programs and/or designated certif- icate programs using the learning team model must meet learning team attendance policies. Teams may meet in person or via telecon- ference, real-time electronic conferencing, or asynchronous meet- ing in the classroom team forums. Students must indicate their participation in the learning team meetings and/or assignment deliverables. Students are expected to actively participate in the team's activities. Students attending a local campus must acknowl- edge participation in their learning team each week in the Assign- ments section of eCampus. At the end of each course, students are given the opportunity to evaluate the contributions of each team member to the accomplishment of team goals.

........................................................................................... Faculty

University of Phoenix faculty members are accomplished manag- ers, technology leaders, professional educators, corporate execu- tives, financial officers, healthcare and human services professionals and leaders in other professional arenas. A listing of faculty may be obtained at each local campus and/or in the appen- dix pages at the end of this catalog. Faculty Lists are also published for each college and school on www.phoenix.edu.

........................................................................................... Staff Screening

All external candidates must have a new background check sub- mitted each time they are being considered for a position with the University. The background check must be completed prior to the start date.

Student Technology Recommendations and

........................................................................................... Competencies

In an effort to assist students with adequate preparation for their course work at the University of Phoenix, technology recommen- dations and competencies have been established. These recommen- dations and competencies are in effect for the School of Advanced Studies, School of Business, College of Education, College of Infor- mation Systems and Technology, College of Health Professions, College of Security and Criminal Justice, College of Humanities and Sciences, College of Social Sciences, and the School of Continu- ing Education. To that end, students will need to access and use the hardware and software as described below. Additional recommen- dations and competencies may be required for particular courses/ programs. Students using software and hardware other than that recommended must still meet the technology competencies. Please note that due to the rapid rate of change in information technology, hardware and software competencies will be updated on a regular basis. Some courses in the College of Information Systems and Technology may require additional software.

Technology Recommendations

Hardware and Peripherals You need access to a computer with the following.

• A processor of 2 GHz or faster

• 4 GB RAM or greater

• A high speed internet connection with a connection speed of 1.5 MB/s or better.

• The use of satellite and cellular connections may result in slowness or errors (timeouts, access problems) when accessing the classroom and course materials

• The use of public access computers and internet (for example, at restaurants and public institutions such as libraries) may result in slowness or errors (timeouts or access problems) when accessing the classroom and course materials. Public access computers may not permit any access to certain course materials or systems due to security limitations.

• Monitor and video card with 1024x768 or greater resolution

• Speakers/Headphones and Microphone

• Public access computers may not permit usage of speakers, headphones or microphones.

• A web camera capable of video web conferencing

• Public access computers may not permit usage of web cameras.

A DVD/CD-ROM drive may be needed to install software in select courses

Software and Applications You need access to and familiarity with the following items.

Some courses may utilize software that requires a Windows computer or a Mac with a Windows partition.

Please note that newer browser versions incorporate security fixes and newer technologies, which may often lead to a better user experience.

Operating System

Minimum Recommended

Microsoft® Win- dows®

Windows 7 Windows 8 or higher

Apple® MacOSx

MacOSx 10.9 MacOSx 10.10 or higher

Web Browser

Windows

Browser Minimum Recommended

Internet Explorer

10 or higher 11 or higher

Google Chrome 35 or higher 39 or higher

Mozilla Firefox 31 or higher 34 or higher or 31 ESR

Mac OSx

Browser Minimum Recommended

Apple Safari 7 or higher 8 or higher

Google Chrome 35 or higher 39 or higher

Mozilla Firefox 31 or higher 34 or higher or 31 ESR

7

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

Current browser versions are recommended when the option is available. Additional Software • Microsoft® Office 2010 or later for a personal computer (PC),

Microsoft® Office 2011 for a Mac.

• An up to date installation of Adobe® Reader

• An up to date installation of the Adobe® Flash plug-in

• An up to date installation of Java® may be required for some courses

• A system enabled to allow installation of browser plug-ins as required

• Local administrative privileges to operating system may be required

• A current antivirus application (updated regularly)

Some courses may require the purchase of additional software including

• Microsoft® Visio

• Microsoft® Project

Mobile Devices Students are required to have access to a PC or Mac but may use a mobile device such as a phone or tablet as a secondary means of access with the University of Phoenix mobile app. Access to website functionality and required course materials may be limited on mobile devices.

College Specific Requirements

The College of Information Systems and Technology The College of Information Systems and Technology may require access to additional software. Software currently provided by the University on the student website is subject to change and may require students to purchase or obtain access to the software. Please look for updated software requirements in your course. Students must have access to a Mac computer to complete iOS mobile coursework or the latest Windows operating system to complete Windows mobile coursework. These courses are options in the BSIT/Mobile Development concentration and the Advanced Mobile Development Certificate and as individual courses as elec- tives.

School of Advanced Studies The School of Advanced Studies requires doctoral learners to bring a laptop computer to residencies.

College of Education The College of Education may require access to additional software and hardware for the purpose of meeting individual state man- dates. You may be required to submit video clips during your pro- gram to meet assignment requirements, during the student teaching or practicum experience (if applicable) to meet assessment requirements, and near the end of your program to meet licensure requirements. You may be required to purchase or obtain access to relevant software and hardware. Please look for updated soft- ware/hardware requirements in your courses. A minimum Internet upload speed of 2Mbps is recommended to help facilitate the video uploads.

........................................................................................... eCampus: Student and Faculty Portal

eCampus is a secure multifunctional electronic gateway to student services, the University Library, class schedules, course materials, the electronic class environment, assignment feedback and grade reports, as well as transcripts. eCampus is accessible 24/7 and

requires no special software. Students can login to eCampus from any computer and Internet Service Provider. Student resources on eCampus include the University Library, eBooks, Media Library, Center for Writing Excellence, Center for Mathematics Excellence, student workshops, Life Resource Center, and Phoenix Career Ser- vices. Changes made at the institution are provided to students through catalog updates and other communications available through eCampus. When students are admitted to a program, they are provided with all the information needed to connect to eCampus. This electronic class environment is where assignments are turned in and exams are completed. Each student's eCampus login credentials are unique; students must not share their login credentials with any- one. University of Phoenix students attend class on-campus, online, or in a hybrid modality known as FlexNet®. Regardless of modality, all students use the same materials for a specific course, have access to all student resources available on eCampus, and turn in assignments by accessing assignment links on eCampus. Discussions and participation during online class weeks are asyn- chronous, so there is no need to be online at a specific time during each online class week. Class discussions are private, limited to members of the class. University of Phoenix authorizes Directors of Academic Affairs, Campus Academic Directors, Campus College Chairs, and certain university administrators as well as certain faculty to review sub- missions to the electronic class environment and to assignment links to assist in the resolution of grade disputes, grievances, and charges of academic dishonesty, as well as to confirm and/or investigate other academic-related issues as necessary.

........................................................................................... Classroom Recording Policy

Students may only make audio and/or video recordings of Univer- sity of Phoenix class presentations, activities, and discussions if they meet one or more of the following criteria:

• the recording occurs with the prior written consent of the faculty teaching the class and of all students in the class at the time of the recording

• there is a documented University of Phoenix Disabilities Service Office authorized accommodation requiring recording of specific parts of a class session.

Faculty wishing to make audio or video recordings of class presen- tations, activities, and/or discussions must obtain prior written permission of the campus Director of Academic Affairs and of all students in the class at the time of the recording. If a class recording is made with appropriate authorization, unless there is clear and unambiguous prior written approval to the con- trary, the recording must not be copied or shared with others, posted on a website to which others have access, or disseminated in any other manner, but shall be used for personal class-related study purposes only by the individual who made the recording.

8

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017 UNIVERSITY POLICIES

.....................................................................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................................................... UNIVERSITY POLICIES

........................................................................................... Calendar

The educational mission of the University of Phoenix is to provide access to higher education opportunities that enable students to develop the knowledge and skills necessary to achieve their profes- sional goals, improve the productivity of their organizations, and provide leadership and service to their communities. A student could begin a degree program in virtually any month of the year. This calendar allows the adult student to balance the demands of career, family, and education. Students qualifying for financial aid may receive a new award each academic year. An academic year is defined as the period of time in which a student completes at least 24 credit hours and 30 weeks of instructional time. Therefore, students may have their eligibility assessed for grants and/or loans several times during their pro- gram of study. The average processing time for financial aid is 90 days. Students should reapply for financial aid prior to the start of each new academic year.

........................................................................................... Course Equivalencies

Equivalent courses are University approved courses that act as an acceptable alternative to a required course, as determined by the College and may apply to a program in place of a required course. Courses must have substantially similar content, course objectives, and/or learning outcomes. The equivalencies are subject to change based on program update or College need. Equivalent courses must be an equal level or higher, and have the same number of credit hours or higher. Combination equivalencies are used when the content of two or more courses taken together are deemed to have substantially sim- ilar content, course objectives, and/or learning outcomes to the content of one course. Unless stated, when a combination of multi- ple courses is used to satisfy an equivalency with a course, the excess credits from the combination may apply towards the Addi- tional Liberal Arts, Interdisciplinary, and/or Elective requirements for the program. If all courses needed to satisfy a combination equivalency are not completed, the equivalency will not be satisfied. Students should complete the required course as outlined in the program policy. When two equivalent courses are completed, only the most recent course completed will be counted for credit and grade point aver- age calculations. The College may also provide course options which are not direct equivalencies to the required course, but which the College has determined to be acceptable alternatives to a required course for a specific program.

........................................................................................... Course Cancellation

The University of Phoenix may be required to cancel courses or programs when necessary. In addition, courses or programs may not begin on their scheduled start dates in the event of certain cir- cumstances, such as faculty unavailability or insufficient enroll- ment. In such situations, the University will work with students in an effort to provide them with the opportunity to reschedule or to transfer to a comparable University course or program if available. Any payments made for cancelled courses will be refunded or applied to another University course or program. All attempts will be made to address such cancellations with registered students as early as possible.

........................................................................................... Directed Study

With approval of the Campus Director of Academic Affairs or des- ignated appointee, students may complete Dean approved courses, as available, via Directed Study delivery as outlined below: • Degree program enrollment: a maximum of twelve (12)

completed credits in the program • Credit bearing certificate program enrollment consisting of four

or more courses: a maximum of three (3) completed credits in the program.

• Deployed active duty military students: a maximum of (15) completed credits per academic year upon providing official documentation of the deployment timeframe to their local campus.

2016-2017 Online Holiday Calendar

4th of July July 4, 2016

Labor Day September 5, 2016

Winter Break December 19, 2017 - December 31, 2017

Martin Luther King Jr Day

January 16, 2017

President’s Day February 20, 2017

Good Friday April 14, 2017

Easter April 16, 2017

Memorial Day May 29, 2017

2016-2017 Online Associates Holiday Calendar

4th of July July 4, 2016

Labor Day September 5, 2016

Winter Break December 19, 2017 - December 31, 2017

Martin Luther King Jr Day

January 16, 2017

President’s Day February 20, 2017

Good Friday April 14, 2017

Easter April 16, 2017

Memorial Day May 29, 2017

9

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

........................................................................................... Concurrent Enrollment

Concurrent enrollment is defined as simultaneous enrollment. This refers to enrollment in any two University courses. Students enrolled in courses outside the University are excluded from the definition. Courses will be considered concurrent when start and/ or end dates overlap. • Students enrolled in an undergraduate or graduate degree

program may not enroll in more than two credit bearing courses concurrently.

• Students enrolled in an Online Associate degree program may not enroll in more than three credit bearing courses concurrently.

• Concurrent enrollment in the first four courses is prohibited for all new students.

........................................................................................... Multiple University Degrees

Students may earn multiple credentials from the University of Phoenix. The following policies apply: • Only one degree in a specific discipline may be earned at each

program level (i.e. bachelor and/or graduate); however, students can earn multiple degrees in different disciplines.

• Students may earn only one certificate in a specific discipline at each course level (lower division, upper division, graduate).

• Programmatic residency must be met for each credential through the completion of a prescribed minimum number of unique University of Phoenix credits. • Graduate degree-seeking students must complete a

minimum of 18 credits toward an additional degree. Exceptions are outlined within programmatic policies.

• Bachelor degree-seeking students must complete a minimum of 30 unique credits of the additional degree's required course of study in order to meet residency.

• Residency requirements that do not fall within the above guidelines are outlined in specific program policies.

Students may only earn one associate degree. Students may not complete more than one program from the School of Advanced Studies with the exception of Educational Spe- cialist (EdS) graduates who may return and receive the Doctor of Education in Educational Leadership (EDD) or Doctor of Educa- tion in Educational Leadership/Curriculum and Instruction (EDD/CI). Unless otherwise stated within a program policy, students may receive a certificate in the same area of focus as the specialization, concentration, or emphasis in their degree program. Students cannot earn a certificate if all of the required courses were completed prior to the certificate being approved and available to be offered in their state or jurisdiction.

........................................................................................... Maximum Credit Limits

The University has identified the maximum number of credits a student may complete during a 12-month period. This limit is determined based on from the student's actual start date in their program at the University. The number of credits completed within a 12 month period is limited by the program level of study the stu- dent is actively pursuing. • All undergraduate students may complete a maximum of 45

UOPX credits in a 12 month period. • Graduate students may complete a maximum of 39 UOPX

graduate credits in a 12 month period. Students who are enrolled in both graduate and undergraduate programs are limited by the undergraduate credit maximum.

........................................................................................... Course Credits

All credits issued for successfully completed University of Phoenix course work are in semester credits. Courses numbered 100-299 carry undergraduate, lower division credit. Courses numbered 300-499 carry undergraduate, upper division credit. Courses num- bered 500-599 carry graduate credit. Professional courses num- bered 600-699 may be applied to either undergraduate or graduate credit requirements. Courses numbered 700-799 carry doctoral credit. Most courses are three semester credits. In a typical three-credit course, and consistent with federal and accreditation requirements regarding the award of college credit, students can expect to engage in a minimum of 45 hours of faculty directed learning activ- ities including classroom-based instruction/discussion, learning team projects, and/or additional learning activities (e.g., simula- tions, tutorials, videos, etc.). Additionally, students can expect to engage in a minimum of 90 hours of faculty recommended home- work (i.e., reading, research, assignment development, and class preparation). These faculty-directed and student-directed expecta- tions are intended to ensure a minimum level of content coverage and overall curriculum rigor is achieved in addressing the course objectives.

........................................................................................... Student Identification Numbers

All students are assigned a unique student identifier called an Indi- vidual Record Number (IRN). This is the primary number students use to obtain campus, web and voice response services. A letter and ID card will be mailed upon request.

10

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017 UNIVERSITY POLICIES

........................................................................................... Name and Social Security Number Changes

The University requires documentation of legal name and social security number changes. The following primary forms of identifi- cation will be accepted for a legal name change:

These forms must illustrate the name exactly how it is requested on the Name Change form. A signed social security card issued by the Social Security Administration is required for changes in social security numbers.

........................................................................................... Letter Request

All student letter request must be processed by the Registrar's Office. Students may contact the Admissions and Records Service Center (ARSC) to request letters and will be required to verify their identity per FERPA guidelines. Directory information requests do not require a FERPA release form. 3rd Party Requests - A FERPA release is required if the letter is to be faxed, mailed, or encrypted emailed to a third party for non- directory information. Student Requests - A FERPA release form may be required if the letter containing non-directory information is to be faxed, mailed, or encrypted emailed to the student and the student does not have the fax number, mailing address, or email address listed on the offi- cial student record. The Registrar's Office is unable to provide letters of recommenda- tion or assist with scholarship letters or scholarship nominations. Students who are requesting letters of recommendation or nomina- tions regarding scholarships should contact scholarships@phoe- nix.edu for assistance. In lieu of providing a letter of recommendation, the Registrar's Office can provide a University of Phoenix approved letter or a customized letter based on information in the student's record that can be validated by a member of the Registrar's Office. Students may call the National Student Clearinghouse at (703)742- 4200 to verify information related to their enrollment. If the National Student Clearinghouse has sent information to lenders within the last 30 days, an enrollment verification letter is not required by the lender.

........................................................................................... Forms

The Registrar's Office is the University's designated department to review and route forms requiring a school official's signature. If the Registrar's Office cannot complete a form, the form will be re- routed to the appropriate department for completion. University of Phoenix cannot comply with or complete certain forms. Directory information requests do not require a FERPA release form. 3rd Party Requests - A FERPA release is required if the form is to be faxed, mailed, or encrypted emailed to a third party for non-direc- tory information. Student Requests - A FERPA release form may be required if the form containing non-directory information is to be faxed, mailed, or encrypted emailed to the student and the student does not have the fax number, mailing address, or email address listed on the offi- cial student record.

........................................................................................... Record Maintenance

University of Phoenix requires students to complete and sign all student-related documents in connection with their education record. Nobody other than the student may sign forms (wet signa- ture or e-signature) on behalf of a student.

........................................................................................... Duplication of Credit

Duplication occurs when students take the same course more than once or take a course that duplicates the content of a satisfactorily completed course. The grade and credit earned for the most recently completed course will apply toward academic standing and the total number of credits required for degree completion. The previously completed course will remain on the permanent transcript, but will not be applied toward academic standing or the total number of credits required for degree completion.

........................................................................................... Course Audit Policy

With approval of the Campus Director of Academic Affairs or des- ignated appointee, students may register for and audit University courses. Auditing students are passive participants in the class and are not held accountable for Study Group Task/Team work nor for assign- ment submission unless otherwise negotiated with the faculty member. Auditing students are governed by all University policies and pro- cedures that apply to non-auditing students. Auditing students who have met the minimum attendance require- ments for the course will receive a grade of "AU" on their perma- nent record which will not carry any academic credit. Students who have selected to audit a course may not change their auditing status after the start of the course.

........................................................................................... Servicemember Readmission

The Higher Education Opportunity Act (HEOA) provides that an institution may not deny admission or readmission to a person who is a member of, applies to be a member of, performs, has per- formed, applies to perform, or has an obligation to perform, service in the uniformed services on the basis of that membership, applica- tion for membership, performance of service, application for ser- vice, or obligation to perform service. This applies to service in the uniformed services, whether voluntary or involuntary, on active duty in the Armed Forces, on active duty for training, and full-time National Guard duty under Federal authority for a period of more than 30 consecutive days under a call or order to active duty of

List A or List B and List C

Court Ordered Name Change

State ID Marriage License

Social Security card

Driver’s License Divorce Decree

Passport/ Passport Card

Voter’s Registration Card

U.S. Citizen ID Card

Permanent Resident Card

Certificate of Naturalization

11

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

more than 30 consecutive days. A call/order to active duty includes state-side deployment of active duty military personnel and deployment outside of the country. This does not include National Guard service under authority of State law.

The Military Deployment and Servicemember Readmission poli- cies will also apply to servicemembers and reservists that are tem- porarily unable to attend class for between 15-30 days due to a military service obligation.

Any student whose absence from the University is necessitated by reason of service in the uniformed services is entitled to readmis- sion if all of the following criteria are met:

The student (or an appropriate officer of the Armed Forces or offi- cial of the Department of Defense) should give advanced verbal or written notice to Student Services as far in advance as I reason- able under the circumstances of the student's upcoming deploy- ment. No advance notice by the student is required if the giving of such notice is precluded by military necessity (e.g. a mission, operation exercise, or requirement that is classified, or a pending or ongoing mission, operation, exercise or requirement that may be compromised or otherwise adversely affected by public knowledge). In addition, any student (or appropriate officer of the Armed Forces or official of the Department of Defense) who did not give advance notice of service to the appropriate official at the University may meet the notice requirements by submitting, at the time the student seeks readmission, documentation (e.g. deployment paperwork or a letter from the student's command- ing officer) to confirm that military duty was the reason for the student's absence. The cumulative length of the absence and of all previous absences from the University by reason of service in the uniformed services does not exceed five years The student must give oral or written notice of her intent to return to the school within three years after the completion of the period of service.

• A student who is hospitalized or convalescing due to an illness or injury incurred or aggravated during the performance of service must notify the school within two years after the end of the period needed for recovery from the illness or injury.

If the student does not submit a notification of intent to reenroll within the time limits or documentation sufficient to establish the student's eligibility for readmission, the student is subject to the University established leave of absence policy and general prac- tices. A student's eligibility for readmission under this section by reason of such student's service in the uniformed services terminates upon the occurrence of any of the following events:

1. A separation of such person from the Armed Forces (including the National Guard and Reserves) with a dishonorable or bad conduct discharge, 2. A dismissal of such person permitted under section 1161(a) of Title 10, USC, 3. A dropping of such person from the roles pursuant to section 1161(b) of Title 10, USC.

Provided a student meets the readmission criteria, the University must promptly readmit the student to his/her program by assist- ing the student in enrolling in the next available class or classes in his/her program unless the student requests a later date of read- mission or unusual circumstances require the University to admit the student at a later date. Unusual circumstances may include the length of any necessary retraining or intervening changes in the circumstances of the University.

When providing readmission to a servicemember, the University must readmit the servicemember with the same academic status as when the student was last admitted. This includes those students who were admitted but did not begin attendance because of ser- vice in the uniformed services. The student will be considered to be enrolled with the same academic status as long as the University admits the student:

1. To the same program to which he or she was last admitted or, if that exact program is no longer offered, the program that is most similar, unless the student requests or agrees to admission to a different program. 2. At the same enrollment status that the student last held, unless the student requests or agrees to admission at a different enroll- ment status. 3. With the same number of credit hours completed previously by the student, unless the student is readmitted to a different pro- gram or program version to which the completed credit hours are not transferable. 4. With the same academic standing in terms of satisfactory aca- demic progress (SAP) the student previously had. 5. If the student is readmitted to the same program, the student will be assessed the same tuition and fee charges for the first aca- demic year of return that he/she would have been assessed dur- ing the academic year when the student left the university. However, if the student's veteran's education benefits or other service member education benefits will pay the higher tuition and fee charges that other students in the program are paying for the year, the school will assess those charges to the student as well. For subsequent academic years, a student admitted to the same program will be charged no more than the institutional charges that other students in the program are assessed for that academic year. 6. If the student is admitted to a different program he/she will be charged no more than the tuition and fee charges that other stu- dents in the program are assessed for that academic year.

If the student is not prepared to resume the program at the point where he/she left off, or will not be able to complete the program, the University will make reasonable efforts to help the student become prepared to enable the student to complete the program including, but not limited to, providing refresher courses at no extra cost and allowing the student to retake a pretest at no extra cost. If after reasonable efforts, the student is still not prepared to resume the program at the point he or she left off, the University determines that the student is unable to complete the program, or the University determines that there are no reasonable efforts that can be taken to prepare the student to resume the program at the point he or she left off or to enable the student to complete the pro- gram, the University is not required to readmit the student.

........................................................................................... Military Deployment

The University of Phoenix adheres to the Higher Education Oppor- tunity Act (HEOA) to support the educational needs of service- member students who are deployed. At the time a student learns he or she will be deployed, students are advised to notify Student Services either orally or in writing. It is recommended that documents sufficient to show the student will be deployed, such as, but not limited to, a copy of the military deployment paperwork or a signed official letter from the com- manding officer, be submitted to the student's campus. Although this formal documentation is not required at the time of deploy-

12

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017 UNIVERSITY POLICIES

ment, students should be advised that it will be necessary in order to be readmitted. If documentation is provided, the campus must fax the documents to eXp for inclusion in the student's file for future reference. The University is unable to coordinate decisions regarding the stu- dent's record or take action on the student's record through a third party without appropriate authorization granted through a Power of Attorney. Students enrolled in a course at the time of deployment are eligible to receive excused absences in accordance with the excused absences policy. Campuses should use discretion and take such action only if the excused absences would benefit the student by allowing the student the opportunity to complete the course instead of being automatically dropped from the course for not meeting the University course attendance requirement. If the student will be unable to complete the course due to military deployment, the student may drop from the course and receive a full refund of tuition and mandatory fees for the course and a with- drawal "W" grade may be issued. If the student would like an opportunity to complete the course while deployed, an incomplete "I" grade can be issued instead of a "W" grade. The "I" grade may be issued with an initial extension of six (6) weeks beyond the traditional five (5) week extension. The campus practice of requiring final grades to be lowered by one full letter grade as a result of the incomplete "I" grade shall be waived for deployed students. Students scheduled to be deployed for active military duty are advised to contact their campus Financial Representative regard- ing the status of their account and/or financial aid. • If documentation is provided at the time of deployment, the

campus may place the student in the military forbearance status. The military forbearance status ensures students do not continue to incur tuition charges and that current tuition charges are placed on hold for payment until the student returns from deployment.

In the event the student wishes to re-enter following deployment, the University's Servicemember Readmission policy will apply.

........................................................................................... Transient Student Policy

A transient student is an individual who is enrolled in a degree program at an outside institution but is approved to complete non- degree coursework at University of Phoenix (UOPX) to fulfill pro- gram requirements at their home institution. Prior to being scheduled for coursework at UOPX, Transient stu- dents must have an approved transient student request form on file. Students attending the University as transient students: • Will be held accountable for, and be governed by, all University

classroom, conduct, and other associated policies regarding student behavior and academic progression as set forth in the University's Academic Catalog.

• Will not be reviewed for the specific University admission requirements as a degree-seeking student.

• Are held to their home institution's academic preparedness requirements and will not be individually reviewed for satisfying University pre-requisite requirements for the courses they are entering.

........................................................................................... Acceptable Transfer Activity

The following completed transfer activity types will be reviewed for transfer into the university: 1. Coursework which was completed at an institution that offers associate degrees or higher, which was accredited, or a candidate for accreditation at the time the student attended, by a regional or approved national accrediting body, or a foreign institution recog- nized/authorized by the country's Ministry of Education, will be reviewed for transfer into the University. The current listing of regional and national accrediting bodies is maintained by the Council for Higher Education Accreditation. In addition, graduate level coursework from institutions that hold accreditation through the ABA (American Bar Association) or that have been provision- ally approved for accreditation may also be reviewed for transfer into the University. Coursework from ABA accredited institutions that is not from a Graduate level program will not be accepted. JD, LLB, LLM are considered graduate level programs. 2. American Council on Education credit recommendations 3. National testing program credit earned from:

a. College Level Examination Program (CLEP®) b. Excelsior c. Berlitz d. National League of Nursing Exams (NLN) e. Advanced Placement Examinations (AP) f. Defense Language Proficiency Tests (DLPT) g. College Level General Education Development (GED) h. DSST Exams (previously DANTES and USAFI)

4. Prior learning that has been assessed for credit-worthiness by either the Prior Learning Assessment department or by one of the University's Colleges, Schools, or Provost's Office. To evaluate previously completed transfer activity, the University must receive transcripts, mark sheets, and documents that are originals from the issuing institution. Documents from Canada or the United States and its territories must be submitted in a sealed envelope or via an approved alternative means such as fax, Escrip, or EDI directly to the University of Phoenix. Applicants with academic records from colleges or universities in other countries: The University will accept copies of academic records issued from international institutions with no time of issue limitations. If official academic records are received directly from the institution in a sealed envelope, no verification will be required. Students with International credentials will be placed on an Admissions status of RI (Registered International Credentials) until either the verification or official document is received from the issuing institution.

CLEP® is a registered trademark of the College Entrance Examination Board, registered in the U.S. and/or other countries

13

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

........................................................................................... Evaluation of Transfer Activity

Only transfer activity evaluations performed by the University's Office of Admissions & Evaluation (OAE) or their approved desig- nee are official. Any preliminary reviews by campus personnel or OAR are unofficial, not binding, and subject to change. The fol- lowing criteria are applied to the evaluation of all transfer credit: 1. Credit-bearing coursework in which students earn a minimum grade of “C-” or grades of credit, pass or satisfactory may be accepted towards student's degree requirements. 2. Acceptable transfer activities will be transferred as semester hour credit. 3. The University will accept courses that are numbered as non- remedial, college level, transferable, or degree applicable, as deter- mined by the issuing institutions transcript key. 4. Lower and upper division credit is transferred as awarded by the issuing institution. 5. Physical Education activity credits are limited to four credits. 6. Application of transferable credit and limitations are deter- mined by program requirements and by state or jurisdiction of the student's residence.

Specific regulatory requirements regarding credit limit applications are listed in the grid below and apply to residents regardless of modality of study (unless otherwise stated in the grid below). Use this grid for the given states only.

Coursework earned in the following manners will not be accepted in direct transfer towards University degree requirements: 1. Credit is not awarded for transfer activity that duplicates or is regressive to previously completed transfer activities, either at the same or a different transferring institution. If a transcript is received by the University following initial evaluation that shows that a transfer activity duplicates an activity that has already been accepted in transfer, only the credit awarded to the initial transfer activity will be accepted and reviewed for applicability to the stu- dent's program. 2. Professional development level or vocational courses as deter- mined by the issuing institution's transcript key or program description.

Associate degree transfer policy: Students transferring to Univer- sity of Phoenix into an undergraduate bachelor degree program (excluding BSN, LPN/BSN, LVN/BSN, P/VN/BSN, BSLS, BSED, BS/BIO, BA/ENG, BS/EVS, BS/HIS, BS/HST, and BSIT {all con- centrations}) with a previously completed regionally accredited Associate of Arts degree from a Community College will be con- sidered as satisfying their lower division elective and general edu- cation requirements making the student Required Course of Study ready at University of Phoenix. Students utilizing this policy will still need to meet all pre-requisite or state specific content require- ments as outlined in the Academic Progression and General Educa- tion Requirements policy sections for their chosen program. California block transfer policy: Students transferring to Univer- sity of Phoenix into an undergraduate baccalaureate degree pro- gram (excluding BSN, LPN/BSN, LVN/BSN, P/VN/BSN, BSLS, BSED, BS/BIO, BA/ENG, BS/EVS, BS/HIS, BS/HST, and BSIT {all concentrations} or students residing in Arkansas, Nevada, Oregon, Puerto Rico) with a previously completed CSU (California State University) or IGETC (Intersegmental General Education Transfer Curriculum) certification from a regionally accredited California College or University will be considered as satisfying their General Education liberal arts component for their degree program. Stu- dents utilizing this policy will still need to meet all pre-requisite or state specific content requirements as outlined in the Academic Progression and General Education Requirements policy sections for their chosen program NOTICE CONCERNING TRANSFERABILITY OF CREDITS AND CREDENTIALS EARNED AT OUR INSTITUTION The transferability of credits you earn at University of Phoenix is at

State Total Credit Awards

Area Restricted

Washington 30 for Bache- lors programs

15 for Associate programs

• National Testing Programs

• Military • Professional Training • Experiential Essays

Oregon Resi- dents

30 for Bache- lors programs

15 for Associate programs

• National Testing Programs

*Effective 9/1/2005, the following areas added: • Military • Professional Training • Experiential Essays

Arkansas Resi- dents

30 for Bachelor Programs

30 for Associate programs

• Professional Training • Experiential Essays

Georgia Resi- dents

No more than 25% of the degree can be earned using any one spe- cific award type. Students can- not exceed 50% of their degree being earned using a combi- nation of these award types.

• Credit by Exam • Professional Training • Experiential Essays • Military • National Testing

Programs

State Total Credit Awards

Area Restricted

14

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017 UNIVERSITY POLICIES

the complete discretion of an institution to which you may seek to transfer. Acceptance of the degree, diploma, or certificate you earn is also at the complete discretion of the institution to which you may seek to transfer. If the credits or degree, diploma, or certificate that you earn at this institution are not accepted at the institution to which you seek to transfer, you may be required to repeat some or all of your coursework at that institution. For this reason you should make certain that your attendance at this institution will meet your educational goals. This may include contacting an insti- tution to which you may seek to transfer after attending University of Phoenix to determine if your credits or degree, diploma or certif- icate will transfer.

........................................................................................... Servicemembers Opportunity College

University of Phoenix is a current member of the Servicemembers Opportunity Colleges Degree Network System (DNS). The DNS is a group of institutions selected to provide servicemembers and their eligible family members the opportunity to complete college degrees without losing credit because of frequent changes in duty station. For example, many courses offered by member institutions have two-way guaranteed transferability to provide more flexibil- ity and options in order to satisfy degree requirements. The SOC DNS Student Agreement issued to all eligible students at member institutions provides a complete evaluation of the servicemember's prior learning, including courses from other colleges and universi- ties, military training courses, military occupational experience, nationally-recognized exams, and other non-traditional credit, as well as clearly identifying requirements for completing the degree. Current SOC Degree Network System membership and participat- ing degree information is available at http://www.soc.aascu.org. Although University of Phoenix is currently a member of the SOC Degree Network System, membership or participating degrees may change at any time.

........................................................................................... Nondiscrimination Policy

University of Phoenix is guided by the principle of equal opportu- nity and respect for others. The University is firmly committed to providing equal opportunity in its educational programs and activ- ities, including admission, and employment practices. The University will not tolerate any discrimination or harassment of any kind including, but not limited to, race, color, religion, sex (including pregnancy or childbirth), sexual orientation, gender identity, gender expression, gender transition, transgender status gender variance, age, national origin, disability, veteran status, or any other category protected by federal, state, or local law. More specifically, the University complies with Title IX of the Education Amendments of 1972, Titles VI and VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 and regulations, Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, the Age Discrimina- tion in Employment Act of 1974, and any other applicable federal, state, or local law. Conduct deemed to be in violation of this policy is prohibited and will not be tolerated by the University of Phoenix. Retaliation, in any form, against the person raising such a concern will also not be tolerated by the University of Phoenix. Discrimination Grievance Procedures: 1. Students, faculty, or staff alleging discrimination should present their grievance as soon as possible after the incident(s) that gave rise to the allegation(s). In most cases a grievance should be sub- mitted within six weeks after the alleged incident(s). 2. Allegations of sex discrimination (including discrimination

based on sex, sexual orientation, gender identity, gender expres- sion, gender transition, transgender status and gender variance) must be presented to Camie Pratt, Vice President and Title IX Coor- dinator, 4025 S. Riverpoint Parkway, Mailstop CF-S907, Phoenix, AZ 85040, 602.557.3391, [email protected]. a. The Title IX Coordinator or their designee will follow proce- dures outlined in the University's Title IX/VAWA Policy (http:// www.phoenix.edu/content/dam/altcloud/doc/UOPX-Title-IX- and-VAWA-Policy-accessible-final.pdf).

3. All other discrimination claims should be presented to the Cam- pus Director of Academic Affairs, Campus Director of Operations, Campus Director of Student Services, or their respective designee. a. The University will conduct a prompt, thorough and impartial investigation and make a determination on whether the student presented a factual connection between the allegation of discrimi- nation and the alleged actions. b. If the appropriate director or designee finds that there is a fac- tual connection between the allegation of discrimination and the alleged actions then one of the following procedures will be fol- lowed:

i. If the accusation is against a faculty then the Faculty Code of Conduct procedures apply. ii. If the accusation is against a student then the Student Code of Conduct procedures apply. iii. If the accusation is against an employee then the appropriate campus director or their designee will contact Human Resources and human resources policies for processing claims of discrimi- nation will be followed. iv. In the event that the University finds that the discrimination was not caused by an individual's actions, but rather by a dis- criminatory policy or practice, the University will take steps to remedy the discrimination and prevent its reoccurrence. These steps may include revising a policy or practice that has resulted in discrimination, eliminating the policy or practice, and/or addressing any effects of the discrimination on the individual filing the grievance.

........................................................................................... Harassment Policy

The environment at each of the University's locations must be free of all forms of improper or unlawful harassment, including sexual harassment or sexually offensive conduct. This policy applies in the online environment, as well as all learning centers and central administration locations. Harassing behavior can range from inap- propriate to illegal. Conduct on the part of faculty, staff, or students which would violate this policy includes, but is not limited to: • Unwelcome or unwanted advances, sexual or otherwise, • Requests for favors, sexual or otherwise, • Any suggestion, whether overt or subtle, that a grade or other

academic achievement is dependent upon the granting of favors or submission to requests, sexual or otherwise,

• Unwelcome physical contact, including patting, pinching, hugging, kissing, fondling, etc.,

• Offensive verbal conduct, including sexually or otherwise explicit jokes, comments, innuendo, or other tasteless action that would offend a reasonably sensitive person,

• The display of sexually or otherwise offensive pictures, posters, illustrations, or objects,

• Slurs, jokes, or ridicule based on race, ethnic or national origin, religion, gender, or disability.

Conduct deemed to be in violation of this policy is prohibited and

15

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

will not be tolerated by the University of Phoenix. The University encourages those who experience or witness harassment to report the behavior for investigation. Retaliation, in any form, against the person raising such a concern will also not be tolerated by the Uni- versity of Phoenix. Harassment Grievance Procedures

Students, faculty, or staff alleging harassment should present their grievance as soon as possible after the incident(s) that gave rise to the allegation(s). In most cases, a grievance should be presented within six weeks after the alleged incident(s).

Allegations of sexual harassment must be presented to Camie Pratt, Vice President and Title IX Coordinator, or designee, 4025 S. Riverpoint Parkway, Mailstop CF-S907, Phoenix, AZ 85040, 602.557.3391, [email protected]. • The Title IX Coordinator or their designee will follow

procedures outlined in the University's Title IX/VAWA Policy (http://www.phoenix.edu/content/dam/altcloud/doc/ UOPX-Title-IX-and-VAWA-Policy-accessible-final.pdf).

All other harassment claims should be presented to the Campus Director of Academic Affairs, Campus Director of Operations, Campus Director of Student Services, or their respective designee. • The University will conduct a prompt, thorough and impartial

investigation and make a determination on whether the student presented a factual connection between the allegation of harassment and the alleged actions.

• If the appropriate director or designee finds that there is a factual connection between the allegation of harassment and the alleged actions then one of the following procedures will be followed: • If the accusation is against a faculty then the Faculty Code of

Conduct procedures apply. • If the accusation is against a student then the Student Code

of Conduct procedures apply. • If the accusation is against an employee then the appropriate

campus director or their designee will contact Human Resources and the policies of the Human Resources Department for processing claims of harassment will be followed.

• In the event that the University finds that the harassment was not caused by an individual's actions, but rather by a discriminatory policy or practice, the University will take steps to remedy the harassment and prevent its reoccurrence. These steps may include revising a policy or practice that has resulted in harassment, eliminating the policy or practice, and/or addressing any effects of the harassment on the individual filing the grievance.

• In instances where it is determined that a formal process is not appropriate the student, faculty or employee may be warned or counseled regarding the allegation.

• In instances where it is determined that harassment did not occur, involved parties are issued a closure letter which reflects that the investigation did not find substantial evidence of harassment.

........................................................................................... Disability Services

The University recognizes and accepts its obligations under the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 (ADA), Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, and the ADA Amendments Act of 2008, prohibiting discrimination on the basis of a disability and requiring the University to provide accommodations to otherwise qualified

disabled students in all University programs and activities. Determination of accommodations and compliance with the ADA and the Rehabilitation Act for students are managed by the Univer- sity Disability Services Office. No student shall be retaliated against for seeking accommodation under this policy or for partici- pating in any complaint procedures brought against the University for its noncompliance with the policy. Disability Services Office Contact Information The Disability Services Office provides students with the opportu- nity to contact a Disability Services Advisor, via e-mail, 24 hours a day. For more information, please visit: http://www.phoenix.edu/ students/disability-services.html. The department’s mailing address and phone number is:

4025 S. Riverpoint Parkway Phoenix, AZ 85040 Mail Stop CF-S907

Phone: 800.366.9699 Fax: 602.735.4671

Students needing assistance with accessibility questions or con- cerns can get more information at http://www.phoenix.edu/ accessibility.html, or can contact [email protected] or [email protected]. The University's Director of Disability Services and Section 504 Coordinator, is Julie Scaff, [email protected].

........................................................................................... Student Organizations

It is the policy of University of Phoenix (UOPX) to provide our stu- dents with opportunities to form student organizations that are recognized under the University's Conditions of Recognition for Student Organizations (RSO). Conditions of Recognition for Student Organizations The University has established the following minimum criteria that each student organization must meet to be recognized by, and to function within, the University of Phoenix community: • Recognized Student Organizations are independently installed,

organized, and managed by students enrolled and actively attending at the University.

• All student members of a University Recognized Student Organization must be enrolled in and must have posted positive attendance within the last 90 days.

• Recognized Student Organizations must operate under the appropriate bylaws and/or policies to ensure that their student members remain in good academic and financial standing with the University and are free from code of conduct violations and related disciplinary action.

• Recognized Student Organizations are recognized by, but not official units of University of Phoenix or Apollo Education Group, Inc.

• Recognized Student Organizations must have a published purpose/mission, operate under a formal leadership/ governance structure, and maintain membership rosters, financial statements, meeting minutes, etc. Said items shall be submitted upon initial application and upon annual review or more frequently, as required or requested.

16

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017 UNIVERSITY POLICIES

• Recognized Student Organizations must have a University- approved Campus Liaison. The role of the Campus Liaison is voluntary and intended to serve as a liaison between the campus-based student organization and the University and to provide general guidance related to installing, organizing, leading, managing, and sustaining a healthy and productive student organization. If it becomes necessary for a student organization to be dissolved, the Campus Liaison will provide guidance/support to ensure a seamless exit strategy for the participating students, student organization, and the University. (Information pertaining to the minimum University of Phoenix Campus Liaison criteria is provided on pages 11-12).

• Recognized Student Organizations may not possess any financial ties or result in any financial impact to University of Phoenix or any other subsidiaries of Apollo Education Group, Inc. All expenses related to installing, organizing, leading, managing, and/or sustaining a student organization are the sole responsibility of the student organization.

• The tax status of the University does not extend to student organizations. Student organizations must follow all local, state, and federal guidelines. Student organizations have sole responsibility for securing, maintaining, or demonstrating that they operate under the appropriate nonprofit tax exemptions (i.e., 501(c)7) or tax employer identification numbers, as appropriate. Under no circumstances are student organizations allowed to utilize the federal tax numbers or designations of University of Phoenix or any other subsidiaries of Apollo Education Group, Inc.

• Consistent with the University of Phoenix Mission, Recognized Student Organizations must strive to enhance the student experience, the University culture, and their communities as demonstrated with the organization's purpose/mission and charter.

• Recognized Student Organizations must meet all Conditions of Recognition and agree to abide by all University of Phoenix regulations, policies, and procedures. This includes, but is not limited to, all academic catalog policies, campus safety policies, consumer information policies, public relations policies, marketing/advertising guidelines, privacy policies, and the student, faculty, and staff codes of conduct.

• Recognized Student Organizations must be open to all students who meet the membership requirements. Recognized Student Organizations may not limit membership based on race, color, gender, age, religion, disability or perceived disability, veteran status, sexual orientation, gender identity, national origin, or any other category protected by federal, state, or local law.

• Student organizations must submit a Student Organization Recognition application to the University of Phoenix Office of Academic Administration and be approved by the University to receive formal recognition status and recognition-related benefits. Formal recognition and access to the recognition- related benefits will not be granted until an application is reviewed and approved.

• Recognized Student Organizations must submit for affiliation renewal 30 days prior to the anniversary of their initial recognition approval date. Upon approval, recognition status and benefits will be renewed for one year. This ensures proper maintenance of each student organization recognition and continued compliance with regulatory, policy, and procedural changes.

• Student Organizations that are academically oriented or request to install an institutional-level chapter/charter must receive approval from the appropriate Institutional Sponsor (i.e., College/School Dean or Director-level representative in University of Phoenix Central Administration), as appropriate.

• The bylaws and/or policies for any student organization must meet the minimum standards outlined in the Recognized Student Organizations Handbook.

• Recognized Student Organizations must meet one of the University's approved Student Organization Types and Recognition Statuses as defined below.

Approved Recognized Student Organization "Types" • Academic excluding Honor Societies - Academic organizations

are generally intended for students with common academic interests, pursuing a particular field of study, and/or students who are interested in academic engagement and support beyond the classroom.

• Honor Societies - Honor Societies are generally geared toward students who demonstrate a high level of academic achievement. Membership in honor societies (e.g., Delta Mu Delta) is typically by invitation and criteria-based.

• Professional -Established professional associations are generally intended for students with a specific program, interest area, and possibly occupational aspirations in a professional field (e.g., Project Management Institute [PMI], Society for Human Resource Management [SHRM]).

• Service - Service organizations are generally intended for students seeking opportunities to participate in community service and/or philanthropic activities.

Approved Recognized Student Organization Recognition "Statuses" • University-Level Recognition - Student organizations, which

have been approved by the University and the participating student organization's corporate office to install an institutional- level charter/chapter under which all local campus sites would operate. For example, University of Phoenix installed the Delta Mu Delta Lambda Sigma institutional charter in 2009, under which all campus sites are eligible to apply to install a local area co-chapter.

• Local Campus-Level Recognition - Additional local campus sites that have been approved by the University to operate under the governance/oversight of the University-Level recognized charter/chapter. For example, the Boise Campus has been approved to install a "co-chapter" which operates under the University's Delta Mu Delta Lambda Delta institutional-level charter.

• Single Site Recognition - Student organizations which have been approved by the University and the participating student organization's corporate office to install a charter/chapter to operate separately and independently at one of the University's local campus sites.

• Non-Standard Recognition - Student organizations, which do not fit any of the other recognized affiliation statuses, may apply for affiliation under this status. These requests are considered on a case-by-case basis.

17

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

Acceptable Use of University Computing and

........................................................................................... Communication Resources

University computing and communication resources are for approved business and educational purposes consistent with Uni- versity policies and procedures. • Computing and communication resources comprise all

components of the University's computer information systems, including, but not limited to, facilities, hardware, software, network infrastructure, and related devices, including those used for voice and video communication.

• The University's computing and communication resources are the property of the University. Use of University computing and communication resources is a privilege and is provided as a service to the University's users. Among other purposes, these resources are provided for the delivery of curriculum and related materials; for conducting online classes; for conducting educational research; for communication between and among students, faculty, and staff; and for accessing and obtaining the University's services.

• By using University computing and communication resources all users, including students and faculty, assume personal responsibility for appropriate use and agree to comply with this policy and all other applicable University policies, including but not limited to, the Student and Faculty Codes of Conduct, and further agree to comply with all applicable city, state and federal laws and regulations. Any user using the University's computing and communication resources in violation of the foregoing, or using these resources without authorization, or in excess of their authorization, will be subject to appropriate review processes and sanctions in accordance with the Student and Faculty Codes of Conduct and other applicable policies and/or laws. In addition, all activity and information, including personal activity and information, on University systems may be monitored and recorded. Any individual accessing University computing and communication resources expressly consents to such monitoring and is advised that if such monitoring reveals unauthorized or criminal activity, members of the Apollo Education Group Information Security (or other personnel designated by information security) will provide the evidence from monitoring to the appropriate University officials for investigation and possible release to law enforcement authorities.

General Requirements of Users Users of University computing and communication resources must: • Comply with this policy and all applicable local, state, and

federal laws and regulations. • Not intentionally compromise the confidentiality, integrity or

availability of University computing and communication resources.

• Not attempt to circumvent the University's physical, technical, or administrative security measures.

• Abide by the provisions of the Student Code of Conduct (for students) or the provisions of the Faculty Code of Conduct (for faculty members).

• Be truthful and accurate in personal identification. • Respect the rights and privacy of others. • Maintain the security of their user resource accounts. • Comply with the terms of use of any University or third-party

service provider website(s).

Intellectual Property Users must adhere to applicable intellectual property law, and the terms and conditions of any and all software licensing agreements and/or copyright laws as specified by the vendor or licensor. Explicitly: • Unauthorized use of University trademarks or logos and other

protected trademarks and logos is prohibited. • Infringing upon the copyright, trademark, patent, or other

intellectual property rights of others in computer programs or electronic information (including plagiarism and unauthorized use or reproduction) is prohibited.

• The unauthorized storing, copying or use of audio files, images, graphics, computer software, data sets, bibliographic records and other protected property is prohibited except as permitted by law.

Privacy & Security The University strives to maintain the confidentiality, integrity, and availability of its systems, networks, and data. The University implements policies to ensure that access to sensitive data is restricted to those individuals who have a need-to-know. The fol- lowing sections describe how information security personnel may monitor computing and communication resources for violations of this acceptable use policy. Monitoring System and network activities of users are routinely logged and monitored. These activities include: • Use of accessed accounts • Time and duration of network activity • Web pages accessed and duration of access • Network software accessed • Volume of data storage and transfers In the case of a suspected violation of this policy, University offi- cials may authorize information security personnel to conduct a more detailed investigation to gather evidence on the suspected violation. Restriction of Access to Computing and Communication Resources Access to University computing and communication resources is a privilege that may be wholly or partially restricted without prior notice and without consent of users: • If required by applicable law or policy. • If a reasonable suspicion exists that there has been or may be a

violation of law, regulation, or policy. • If required to protect the confidentiality, integrity, or availability

of computing and communication resources. Conditions for Permitting Inspection, Monitoring, or Disclosure The University may permit the inspection, monitoring, or disclo- sure of e-mail, computer files, and network transmissions when: • Required or permitted by law, including public records law, or

by subpoena or court order • The University or its designated agent reasonably believes that a

violation of law or policy has occurred • Necessary to protect the confidentiality, integrity, or availability

of computing and communication resources. Confidentiality Confidentiality of e-mail and other network transmissions cannot be completely assured. Therefore, all users should exercise caution when sending personal, financial, confidential, or sensitive infor-

18

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017 UNIVERSITY POLICIES

mation by e-mail or across the Internet. Responsibility to Inform User of Unauthorized Access or Disclo- sure If the University believes unauthorized access to or disclosure of private user information has occurred, the University will make reasonable efforts to inform the affected user, except when notifica- tion is impractical or when notification would be detrimental to an investigation of a violation of law or policy. Violations and Enforcement Reporting Violations Any actual or suspected violation of this policy should immedi- ately be brought to the attention of the system administrator of the equipment or facility most directly involved. Alternatively, a report may be made directly to the University Office of Dispute Manage- ment or Apollo Education Group Information Security.

Office of Dispute Management 4025 S. Riverpoint Parkway, Mail Stop: CF-S907

Phoenix, AZ 85040 602-557-5566

Email: [email protected]

Apollo Group Information Security 4025 South Riverpoint Parkway, Mail Stop: CF-L601

Phoenix, AZ 85040 FAX: (602) 557-6606

e-mail: [email protected] Response to a Reported Violation Upon receiving notice of a violation, the University may temporar- ily suspend a user's privileges or move or delete the allegedly offending material pending further investigation. A person accused of a violation will be notified of the charge and have an opportunity to respond before the University imposes a permanent sanction. Appropriate cases will be referred to the Uni- versity disciplinary process appropriate to the violator's status (i.e., faculty member or student) or to appropriate law enforcement authorities. In addition to sanctions available under applicable law and Uni- versity policies, the University may impose a temporary or perma- nent reduction or elimination of access privileges to computing and communication resources. The University may temporarily suspend any account, whether or not the account user is suspected of any violation, if it is believed to be necessary to preserve the integrity of University computing and communication resources. The University will provide appropriate notice to the account user. Servers and computers that threaten the security of University systems will be removed from the network and allowed to reconnect only with the approval of information security Personnel. In the event of any inconsistency or conflict between this policy and any other terms or conditions faculty/students may be subject to, the University reserves the right to resolve such conflicts in its sole discretion. Violation Examples • This list below contains examples of actions considered to be a

violation of this policy. It is not intended to be all-inclusive, nor does it represent all possible violations in a particular circumstance or the applicability of any other law or policy to those facts.

• Unlawful communications, including threats of violence, obscenity, pornography, and harassing communications.

• Unauthorized, anonymous communication is prohibited. (All users are required to cooperate with appropriate University personnel or other authorized personnel when investigating the source of anonymous messages.)

• Misrepresenting or forging the identity of the sender or the source of electronic communication.

• Altering the content of a message originating from another person or computer with intent to deceive.

• Use of University computing and communication resources for private business or commercial activities.

• Fund-raising or advertising on behalf of non-University organizations.

• The unauthorized reselling of University computing and communication resources.

• Unauthorized acquisition attempts to acquire and use the user id or passwords of others.

• Interference with or disruption of the computer or network accounts, services, or equipment of others.

• The intentional propagation of computer "worms" and "viruses," the sending of electronic chain mail, denial of service attacks, and inappropriate "broadcasting" of messages to large numbers of individuals or hosts.

• Failure to comply with requests from appropriate University officials to discontinue activities that threaten the operation or integrity of computers, systems or networks, or otherwise violate this policy.

• Revealing passwords or otherwise permitting the use by others (by intent or negligence) of personal accounts for computer and network access without authorization is prohibited.

• Altering or attempting to alter files or systems without authorization.

• Unauthorized scanning of networks for security vulnerabilities. • Attempting to alter any University computing or networking

components (including, but not limited to, bridges, routers, and hubs) without approval or beyond one's level of authorization.

• Negligent or intentional conduct leading to disruption or damage of University data, systems or networks.

........................................................................................... Do Not Call Policies

• The University recognizes and complies with the Federal Trade Commission's (FTC) Telemarketing Sales Rule (TSR) which gives consumers a choice about whether they want to receive most telemarketing calls. Additionally, the University follows the guidelines of the Telephone Consumer Protection Act (TCPA) of 1991 as maintained by the Federal Communications Commission (FCC) and honors the National Do Not Call Registry.

• Consumers who are listed on the National Do Not Call Registry may not be called for sales or solicitation purposes unless: • Consumer Inquires about a service UOPX offers - UOPX

may call a consumer for up to three months (90 days) after the consumer makes an inquiry or submits an application to the University even if the consumer's number is on the National Do Not Call Registry.

19

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

• Consumer has established a business relationship with UOPX - UOPX may call a consumer with whom it has an established business relationship for up to 18 months after the consumer's last purchase, delivery, or payment, even if the consumer's number is on the National Do Not Call Registry.

• Written Permission - If a consumer has given UOPX written permission, the University may call even if the consumer's number is on the National Do Not Call Registry.

• If a consumer asks the University not to call or to be placed on the University's internal do not call list, the University may not call and must honor the request, even if there is an established business relationship. This applies regardless of whether the consumer's number is on the National Do Not Call Registry.

• The policies and procedures to ensure compliance with the TSR and TCPA is are managed by the University of Phoenix Office of Compliance.

........................................................................................... Institutional Review Board

• The University of Phoenix Institutional Review Board (IRB) will review all studies, pilot studies, policies and legal/regulatory requirements that involve human subjects research before any study or sponsored or non-sponsored research begins. Research that has been conducted or is to be conducted using human subjects will be reviewed on a regular basis depending on the IRB decision rendered to ensure compliance with all federal and state laws. No researcher can begin collecting data before receiving IRB approval for the study.

• The IRB is expected to review a research study design presented by the researcher to determine risk (including physical, psychological/emotional, social, social desirability, and economic risk) as there may be ethical issues that affect the rights and welfare of research participants that are beyond methodological or design questions.

• The University of Phoenix (UOPX), holds a Federal Wide Assurance filed with the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services (FWA: 00004202) and maintains an Institutional Review Board (IRB) to assure that all University human subjects research complies with federal regulations.

• The UOPX IRB follows the ethical principles set forth in The Belmont Report: Ethical Principles and Guidelines for the Protection of Human Subjects of Research and guidance from the federal Office of Human Research Protections (OHRP).

• UOPX has charged the Institutional Research Board (IRB) with ensuring that all legal/regulatory and ethical codes are upheld at all institutional and non-institutional sites of this institution both domestic and foreign.

• All students, staff, faculty, and external researchers who engage with UOPX and are conducting human subject research under the auspices of the University are required to complete an IRB review before they begin any research activities involving human subjects. Researchers must complete human subjects' ethics training through the Collaborative Institutional Training Initiative (CITI) Program and receive CITI certification prior to submitting an IRB application for review and beginning research activities. Researchers' CITI certification must be in place throughout all aspects of the research study.

Required Procedures: IRB Review, Research and Reports • IRB Review: The UOPX IRB conducts an initial review of the

research protocol using the IRBNet application and all protocol forms based on the federal categories for human subject protections. The protocol forms address both federal and institutional requirements for the study. The initial review of research determines which research studies require full- committee review and which may be reviewed via expedited, exempt, or non-human subject research processes.

• IRB Research: The UOPX IRB provides annual oversight of studies that are determined Expedited or Non-Exempt. Researchers are to file a Continuing Review of Research if the study has not been completed within 364 days of the approval date on the IRB letter received through IRBNet. Exempt studies are to be completed within three (3) years of the approval date on the IRB letter received through IRBNet. The Continuing Review of research form is found in the UOPX IRBNet system.

• IRB Reports: The UOPX IRB may reach out to researchers if the following situations occur: Serious or continuing noncompliance with 45 CFR 46 or institutional policies, and if study participants contact the University or the IRB Office with a complaint about a study. Researchers are to contact the UOPX IRB Office if unanticipated problems or adverse effects occur during a study being conducted. Unanticipated problems are unexpected incidents (in terms of the nature, severity, or frequency) where an IRB-approved research protocol and informed consent documents are not followed; such incidents relate or possibly relate to participation in the research (possibly relate means there is a reasonable possibility that the incident or experience or outcome may have been caused by the procedures involved in the research) and the research places participants or others at a greater risk of harm (physical, psychological, economic, or social harm) than was previously known or recognized. Based on an IRB review of the unanticipated problem based on the criteria listed, consideration of substantive changes in the research protocol or informed consent process or other corrective actions may need to occur up to and including suspension or termination of IRB approval. Researchers are to contact the UOPX IRB Office as soon as possible if an unanticipated problem or adverse effect occurs during the study.

........................................................................................... Research, Scholarship, and Surveys

General Research Policies • University of Phoenix (UOPX) encourages student, faculty, and

staff research and scholarship efforts. To support faculty and staff research efforts, the Office of Scholarship Support (OSS) oversees a series of Research Centers launched by University of Phoenix to support all research. • Research for purposes of this policy is defined as scholarly

and scientific inquiry projects focused upon the collection and analysis of empirical data and facts.

• All individuals associated with or conducting research at the University level must gain approval prior to conducting all research, scholarship, and/or surveys, in or on University of Phoenix. • Researchers are student, faculty, staff, or external

constituents of University of Phoenix who plan to systematically collect and analyze data for public dissemination.

20

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017 UNIVERSITY POLICIES

• This policy applies to students, faculty, and staff associated with the University, all external requests that include University records, data, or materials, and all associated University systems, websites, and/or tools.

• Failure to Comply: Those found doing research related activities and not following these policies, including failure to provide the resulting data, analysis and research instrumentation to the OSS may be subject to appropriate disciplinary action, including, but not limited to, those documented in the Student Code of Conduct and/or Employee Handbook.

• All UOPX focused research requires Committee on Research (COR) approval prior to Institutional Review Board (IRB) approval. IRB will not approve any UOPX focused studies without COR approval. COR is a university-wide committee run by the Office of Scholarship Support. • If the subject of any proposed research is UOPX, the COR

shall be responsible for the review and approval of any and all research and scholarship, for public dissemination conducted on University of Phoenix students, faculty, staff, or data regardless of the researchers affiliation with University of Phoenix.

• All research conducted by any student, faculty, or staff of UOPX is subject to IRB approval. The IRB is a federally required review of all research requests to determine:

- if the work is research, - if the research is on human subjects, AND - if human subjects are involved, the overall risks and if they are protected and treated fairly. • IRB and COR are two separate and distinct groups operating

within the structure of Academic Affairs. While the IRB is a federally mandated committee, with the mandate of protecting human subjects from unethical research practices, the development and use of COR is entirely internal to the University of Phoenix. If a person or group has received permission from COR to pursue research activities at the University and their activities will impact protected populations, as defined under federal law, they must still submit their proposed research to UOPX's IRB or they must show that they have received approval from another university's IRB. Approval by COR shall not be misconstrued as approval by an Institutional Review Board. Further approval from another, non- UOPX IRB prior to COR submission shall not be misconstrued as approval by COR.

Required Procedures: Conducting Research on University of Phoenix Students, Faculty, Staff or Data • All researchers using University of Phoenix as a subject (i.e.:

using UOPX students, faculty, staff, or data) for their research, must submit a formal request to the Committee on Research (COR) for approval prior to conducting research.

• The COR can be found at https://research.phoenix.edu/ content/committee-research.

• Examples situations for submittal include: • When the person or group wanting to perform the research

has no active affiliation with the University of Phoenix (e.g. a professional researcher connected to a higher education organization other than UOPX), and/or

• When the research being pursued falls outside the UOPX person's normal scope of responsibility or authority, and/or

• When the results of the research being pursued will be provided to a person, organization, or audience external to the University and/or when the provision of this information would fall outside standard institutional processes and/or the normal responsibilities for the person or group doing the research.

21

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

THIS PAGE WAS LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY

22

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017 CONSUMER INFORMATION

ABOUT UNIVERSITY OF PHOENIX

.....................................................................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................................................... CONSUMER INFORMATION

All institutions participating in federal financial aid programs are required to provide enrolled and potential students and current and prospective employees available consumer information. This guide provides you with important information and institu- tional policies. Where applicable, each section lists specific loca- tions where additional information is available. To request and

receive this information in writing, contact the campus director or designee at each University of Phoenix location during regular business hours. A list of campus locations is available at http://www.phoenix.edu/campus_locations.html

.....................................................................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................................................... ABOUT UNIVERSITY OF PHOENIX

........................................................................................... Accreditation, Licensures, Reviews and Approvals

University of Phoenix is accredited, reviewed and/or approved by federal, state and international agencies, as well as private accredi- tation bodies. Federal U.S. Department of Education, Certificate of Eligibility The University of Phoenix has been approved by the Department of Education to participate in each of the following listed Title IV HEA programs: • Federal Pell Grant Program • Federal Direct Student Loan Program • Federal Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant Program • Federal TEACH Grant Program Regional Accreditation University of Phoenix is accredited by the Higher Learning Com- mission (http://hlcommission.org). Since 1978, University of Phoenix has been continually accredited by the Higher Learning Commission and its predecessor. University of Phoenix obtained its most recent 10-year Reaffirmation of Accreditation in 2012-13. A comprehensive evaluation is scheduled for 2016-17, and the next Reaffirmation of Accreditation is scheduled for 2022-23. For more information about University of Phoenix accreditations and licensures, please visit http://www.phoenix.edu/about_us/accreditation.html.

Higher Learning Commission 230 South LaSalle Street, Suite. 7-500

Chicago, IL 60604-1411 Phone: 312.263.0456

800.621.7440 Fax: 312.263.7462

http://hlcommission.org State and International Licensures University of Phoenix is approved to operate in most U.S. states, territories and possessions, either through licensure, registration, general or specific approvals, or annual extension of exemption. • Alabama Commission on Higher Education • Arizona State Board for Private Postsecondary Education • Arkansas Department of Higher Education • California Bureau for Private Postsecondary Education • Colorado Department of Higher Education, Commission on

Higher Education • Connecticut Office of Higher Education • Delaware Department of Education

• Government of the District of Columbia, Education Licensure Commission

• Florida Commission for Independent Education • Georgia Nonpublic Postsecondary Education Commission • State of Hawaii Post-Secondary Education Authorization

Program (HPEAP) from • State of Hawaii, Department of Commerce & Consumer Affairs • Idaho State Board of Education • Illinois Board of Higher Education • Indiana Board for Proprietary Education • Iowa College Student Aid Commission • Kansas Board of Regents • Kentucky Council on Postsecondary Education • State of Louisiana Board of Regents • Maryland Higher Education Commission • Commonwealth of Massachusetts Board of Higher Education • State of Michigan Department of Education, Postsecondary

Services • Minnesota Office of Higher Education • Mississippi Commission on College Accreditation • State of Missouri Coordinating Board of Higher Education • Nebraska Coordinating Commission for Postsecondary

Education • Nevada State Commission on Postsecondary Education • New Jersey Secretary of Higher Education • New Mexico Higher Education Department • Board of Governors for the University of North Carolina • Ohio Board of Regents • Oklahoma State Regents for Higher Education • Oregon Office of Degree Authorization • Pennsylvania Department of Education • Consejo de Educación de Puerto Rico/Puerto Rico Education

Council • South Carolina Commission on Higher Education • Tennessee Higher Education Commission • Texas Higher Education Coordinating Board • Utah Division of Consumer Protection • The State Council of Higher Education for Virginia • State of Washington Higher Education Coordinating Board • West Virginia Higher Education Policy Commission • State of Wisconsin Educational Approval Board • Wyoming Department of Education For additional information on state and international licensures visit http://www.phoenix.edu/about_us/accreditation.html

23

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

Program Accreditation School of Business/Business Programs The University of Phoenix School of Business offers the following programs that are accredited by the Accreditation Council for Busi- ness Schools and Programs (ACBSP): Associate of Arts in Business Foundations (now known as Associate of Arts/Concentration in Business Fundamentals), Associate of Arts in Accounting Founda- tions (now known as Associate of Arts/Concentration in Account- ing Fundamentals), Bachelor of Science in Business, Bachelor of Science in Accounting, Master of Business Administration, Master of Management, Master of Science in Accountancy, Doctor of Busi- ness Administration and Doctor of Management.

ACBSP 11520 W. 119th St.

Overland Park, KS 66213 Phone: 913.339.9356

http://www.acbsp.org College of Health Professions: School of Nursing The Bachelor of Science in Nursing and Master of Science in Nurs- ing programs at University of Phoenix are accredited by the Com- mission on Collegiate Nursing Education (CCNE).

CCNE One Dupont Cir. NW, Ste. 530 Washington, DC 20036-1120

Phone: 202.887.6791 http://www.aacn.nche.edu/ccne-accreditation

College of Education/Education Programs University of Phoenix initial degree programs lead to teaching cer- tification (Early Childhood, Elementary, Middle Level, Secondary and Special Education) in certain states. The College of Education offers state-approved initial programs in Arizona, California, Colo- rado, Florida, Hawaii, Nevada, New Mexico, Texas and Utah. The College of Education offers state-approved advanced programs in Arizona, California, Colorado, Florida, Nevada, New Mexico, Texas and Utah. Individual programs vary by state, and not all pro- grams are available at all locations or in both online and on-cam- pus modalities. Candidates may request an institutional recommendation upon successful completion of their program (academic and program requirements). Candidates should check with their state agency for any state-specific requirements, including the acceptability of the University's initial programs in any state in which they intend to seek licensure or certification. Program requirements are subject to change based on state certification requirements. Please speak to a campus representative for a listing of programs available at each campus location. College of Social Sciences/Counseling Programs The Master of Science in Counseling program with a specialization in Clinical Mental Health Counseling (Phoenix and Southern Ari- zona Campuses) and the Master of Science in Counseling program in Mental Health Counseling (Utah Campuses) are accredited by the Council for Accreditation of Counseling and Related Educa- tional Programs (CACREP).

CACREP 1001 North Fairfax St., Ste. 510

Alexandria, VA 22314 Phone: 703.535.5990

http://www.cacrep.org

Additional Information A student can view additional information at http://www.phoe- nix.edu/about_us/accreditation.html. To obtain a copy of University accreditation and licensure docu- ments, or information on how to contact any of the agencies that regulate the University, contact the Apollo Legal Department at 602.557.1554.

Academic Programs, Facilities and Instructional

........................................................................................... Personnel Information

Academic program offerings and instructional facilities vary according to geographic area and delivery mode at the local cam- pus or online modality. Not all programs are available at all loca- tions. Academic Programs University of Phoenix offers undergraduate and graduate pro- grams in business and management, information systems and technology, security and criminal justice, nursing and health ser- vices administration, social sciences, humanities and sciences, and education. Detailed information regarding academic programs offered at specific instructional facilities is located at http:// www.phoenix.edu/programs/degree-programs.html and the appropriate Academic Catalog at http://www.phoenix.edu/pro- grams/degree-programs/academic-catalog.html. Admissions and program requirements vary by state. Please refer to the Academic Catalog for state and/or program-specific information. Academic Program Improvement University of Phoenix pursues a strategy of continuous improve- ment in relation to its academic programs. This strategy is imple- mented through assessment processes designed to measure student learning at various levels within the University. Multiple direct and indirect outcomes-based assessment and evaluation measures are utilized to create as comprehensive a picture as possi- ble of the strengths and potential challenges to student learning. Resulting data is used to evaluate and improve academic programs and enhance the overall academic experience. For University of Phoenix, the purpose of outcomes-based assess- ment of student learning is to generate information to the students, faculty, program, college and school, and University about the effi- cacy of its curricula and educational practices in enabling students to achieve exit-level expectations at the course, program and insti- tutional levels. Assessment answers the question: How well are University of Phoenix students meeting the general education, pro- grammatic and institutional learning outcomes underscored by the University's mission? Its findings inform opportunities for curricu- lar and pedagogical improvement, decision-making processes for policy consideration and resource allocation, and accountability. The process for outcomes-based assessment of student learning uses the following conceptual framework: • Assessment Planning • Collecting Evidence and Analyzing Data • Implementing Improvement • Monitoring Effectiveness of Improvements By utilizing this assessment process, the colleges and schools estab- lish clear, measurable outcomes and ensure that students have suf- ficient opportunities to achieve outcomes; systematically gather, analyze and interpret evidence to determine how well student learning matches stated expectations; use assessment findings to improve student learning; and monitor improvements by measur- ing changes in student learning over time.

24

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017 CONSUMER INFORMATION

ABOUT UNIVERSITY OF PHOENIX

........................................................................................... Articulation Agreements

A list of institutions that University of Phoenix has established articulation agreements with can be viewed at http://www.phoe- nix.edu/admissions/transfer_information/transfer-guides.html Corporate Partnerships A list of corporations with which University of Phoenix has estab- lished credit recommendation guides through corporate partner- ships can be viewed at http://www.phoenix.edu/admissions/ prior_learning_assessment/corporate-credit-recommendation- guide.html

........................................................................................... Credit Transfer

Information regarding criteria used to evaluate the transfer of cred- its earned at another institution is located at http://www.phoe- nix.edu/admissions/transfer_information/ previous_college_education.html The University Credit Transfer Policy can be viewed at http:// www.phoenix.edu/tuition_and_financial_options/policies/ credit_transfer_policy.html Reverse Transfer Agreements University of Phoenix has established reverse transfer agreements with partnering institutions. With a reverse transfer agreement in place, University of Phoenix will notify the partner transfer institution and provide academic records, including an official transcript, for students that have con- sented to the release of their records to a previously attended insti- tution that also are meeting certain credit requirements that indicate the student may be eligible to earn an associate degree from the transfer institution. The transfer institution may pursue communication with the stu- dent to discuss requirements and may award the associate degree to the student per its discretion after an official credit evaluation is conducted.

........................................................................................... Disability Services

University of Phoenix recognizes and accepts its obligations under Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) of 1990 and the ADA Amendments Act of 2008, prohibiting discrimination on the basis of a disability and requiring the University to provide reasonable accommodations to otherwise qualified disabled students in all University programs and activities. The University of Phoenix Disability Services Office provides ser- vices to students with appropriate documentation for temporary health issues or a permanent disability. Students with a temporary or permanent disability seeking disabil- ity services from the University must: (1) disclose their disability to the Disability Services Office and (2) request accommodation through the Disability Services Office. Confirmation through docu- mentation from a health care provider may be required prior to accommodations being determined and fulfilled. Obtain Information The disability services advisor is responsible for managing the accommodation process, including any negotiations regarding ser- vices, and finalizing appropriate student accommodations. Additional information and a list of disability services advisors are located at http://www.phoenix.edu/students/disability-ser- vices.html

........................................................................................... General Contact Information

Direct any questions regarding admissions, academics, financial options, facilities or general institutional issues to the following offices:

Central Administration University of Phoenix

1625 W. Fountainhead Pkwy. Mail Stop: CF-SX03

Tempe, AZ 85282-2371 800.366.9699

Online University of Phoenix

1625 W. Fountainhead Pkwy. Tempe, AZ 85282-2371

866.766.0766

Admissions and Records Service Center 4025 S. Riverpoint Pkwy.

Mail Stop: CF-A208 Phoenix, AZ 85040

800.866.3919 480.446.4600

[email protected] Campus contact information is located at http://www.phoe- nix.edu/campus-locations.html Faculty University faculty members are accomplished managers, technol- ogy leaders, professional educators, corporate executives, financial officers, human services professionals and leaders in other profes- sional areas who possess advanced degrees. Complete lists of fac- ulty for each school and college can be found under the Faculty Credentials section at www.phoenix.edu/faculty. A list of faculty at a particular location may be obtained from each local campus. To find a local campus, go to http://www.phoenix.edu/campus- locations.html Faculty profiles can be found at http://www.phoenix.edu/fac- ulty/our_faculty.html

........................................................................................... Student Borrowing

During the period of time spanning July 1, 2014, through June 30, 2015 58.8% of students enrolled received federal student loans. Loan Default Rate The University's loan default rate for Fiscal Year 2012 is 13.5 and the national average is 11.8. The University's loan default rate for Fiscal Year 2011 is 19 and the national average is 13.7. Median Borrowing The median borrowing for students from the University entering repayment is $20,026. The Federal loan payment over ten years for this amount is approximately $206 per month. Your borrowing may be different.

........................................................................................... Graduation Rates

In accordance with the Higher Education Act (HEA) of 1965, as amended, each postsecondary educational institution must publish information regarding graduation rates as defined by the National Center for Education Statistics (NCES). This graduation measure

25

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

includes the cohort of full-time, first-time (FTFT) degree/certifi- cate-seeking undergraduate students and tracks their completion status at 150% of the normal time to complete all requirements of their program of study. A first-time student is defined as a student who has no prior postsecondary experience attending any institu- tion for the first time at the undergraduate level. Data are collected on the number of students entering the institu- tion as FTFT degree- and/or certificate-seeking undergraduate stu- dents in a particular cohort year. Graduation rates are disaggregated by race and ethnicity, gender and federal financial aid grant or loan funds. The graduation rates shown below repre- sent students from the 2009-2010 cohort and the percentages of those students who graduated within 150% by Aug. 31, 2015. The table below shows FTFT undergraduate students and is derived from the IPEDS graduation rate survey, although shown in aggregate rather than by degree/award type. The University is a nontraditional institution that caters to a wide variety of students, including many who have previously attended another institution of higher education, and would not be classified as first-time stu- dents. Data includes recipients of Pell Grants or subsidized loans, or neither type of aid during the 2009-2010 cohort years (Septem- ber 1 - August 31).

........................................................................................... Retention Rates

In accordance with the Higher Education Act (HEA) of 1965, as amended, each postsecondary educational institution must make available information regarding retention rates of degree- and/or certificate-seeking first-time, full-time (FTFT) undergraduate stu- dents entering the institution. Retention rate is a measure of the rate at which students persist in their educational program at an institution, expressed as a percentage. The table shown below is the percentage of FTFT undergraduate degree-seeking students

from the previous fall who were still enrolled in the next fall..

FTFT Degree- or Certificate-seeking Undergraduate Students in the 2009- 2010 Cohort

Enrolled FTFT Undergraduates

*

Enrolled FTFT Undergraduates

Graduated Within 150% Timeframe Allowed

Graduation Percent

Enrolled FTFT Undergraduates

Totals 130,742 21,337 16%

Male 37,691 5,027 13%

Female 93,051 16,310 18%

Nonresident Alien

1,618 431 27%

Hispanic/ Latino

7,512 1,483 20%

American Indian/Alas- kan Native

1,057 169 16%

Asian 503 136 27%

Black or Afri- can American

24,010 2,951 12%

Native Hawai- ian or Other

Pacific Islander

586 121 21%

White 40,625 9,550 24%

* Excludes 410 students who became deceased after entering the cohort, but before they graduated.

Two or more races

1,273 219 17%

Race or Ethnic- ity Unknown

53,558 6,277 12%

Pell Grant Recipients

98,457 15,568 16%

Subsidized Stafford Loan

Recipients who did not receive a Pell

Grant

13,517 3,342 25%

Students who received nei-

ther Pell Grants nor Subsidized

Stafford Loans

18,768 2,427 13%

Retention Rates for FTFT Undergraduate Students

Count of FTFT undergraduate students enrolled Fall 2014 (8/1/2014 to 10/31/2014)*

11,324

* Excludes students who became deceased after 10/31/14 and those who were enrolled in and completed a certificate program shorter than 1 year in length who would not be expected to be retained in the following year.

FTFT Degree- or Certificate-seeking Undergraduate Students in the 2009- 2010 Cohort

Enrolled FTFT Undergraduates

*

Enrolled FTFT Undergraduates

Graduated Within 150% Timeframe Allowed

Graduation Percent

Enrolled FTFT Undergraduates

Totals 130,742 21,337 16%

* Excludes 410 students who became deceased after entering the cohort, but before they graduated.

26

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017 CONSUMER INFORMATION

ABOUT UNIVERSITY OF PHOENIX

........................................................................................... Student Diversity

In accordance with the Higher Education Act (HEA) of 1965, as amended, each postsecondary educational institution must make available information regarding student diversity as defined by the IPEDS. Data reported are for enrolled full-time students. Table 1 represents all enrolled students from July 1, 2014, through June 30, 2015. Of the total enrolled students, those who received Pell Grant funds during the July 1, 2014, through June 30, 2015,

timeframe are shown in Table 2.

Note: Information reported on student diversity for all enrolled students is from the IPEDS 12 Month Enrollment Survey (July 1, 2014, to June 30, 2015). Pell recipients were those students from the 12 Month Enrollment Survey who were disbursed Pell funds during the July 1, 2014, to June 30, 2015 timeframe. Types of Education in Which Graduates Enroll In accordance with the Higher Education Act (HEA) of 1965, as amended, each postsecondary educational institution must make available information regarding the types of graduate and profes- sional education in which graduates of the institution’s four-year degree programs enrolled. Approximately 11% of students who completed a bachelor ’s degree from University of Phoenix between July 1, 2014, to June 30, 2015, went on to enroll in a graduate or professional program at University of Phoenix. The most common programs students enrolled in are as follows: • Master of Business Administration • Master of Science in Psychology • Master of Business Administration with a Concentration in

Human Resource Management • Master of Science in Accountancy • Master of Health Administration The data is derived from the IPEDS Completions Survey (July 1, 2014 to June 30, 2015 data) and the IPEDS Fall Enrollment Survey (Aug. 1, 2015 to Oct. 31, 2015 data). Alumni Attending Graduate School Fifty-five percent of University of Phoenix alumni indicated they are attending, or plan to attend, graduate school. Of this 55%, 19% are currently pursuing a graduate degree at University of Phoenix.

Count of FTFT undergraduate students enrolled Fall 2014

(8/1/2014 to 10/31/2014) still enrolled in Fall 2015 (8/1/2015

to 10/31/2015)

3,918

Retention 34.6%

Table 1: All Enrolled Students by Gender and Race/Ethnicity

Total Enrolled* Percentage

Total Enrollment 368,606 100%

Male 125,244 34%

Female 243,362 66%

Nonresident Alien 5,894 1.6%

Hispanic/Latino 31,320 8.5%

American Indian or Alaskan Native

1,428 .4%

Asian 4,444 1.2%

Black/African Amer- ican

60,286 16.4%

Native Hawaiian or Other Pacific

Islander

2,364 .6%

White 90,728 24.6%

Two or more races 27,146 7.4%

Unknown 144,996 39.3%

Retention Rates for FTFT Undergraduate Students

* Excludes students who became deceased after 10/31/14 and those who were enrolled in and completed a certificate program shorter than 1 year in length who would not be expected to be retained in the following year.

Table 2: Pell Grant Recipients by Gender and Race/Ethnicity

Total Enrolled* Percentage

Pell Grant Recipients 154,995 100%

Male 42,021 27.1%

Female 112,974 72.9%

Nonresident Alien 1,681 1.1%

Hispanic/Latino 13,701 8.8%

American Indian or Alaskan Native

545 .4%

Asian 1,169 .8%

Black/African Amer- ican

28,278 18.2%

Native Hawaiian or Other Pacific

Islander

841 .5%

White 37,888 24.5%

Two or more races 16,144 10.4%

Unknown 54,748 35.3%

27

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

Forty-three percent of University of Phoenix master program grad- uates indicated they are attending or planned to attend a doctoral- level program. Of this 43%, 10% are currently pursuing a doctoral degree at University of Phoenix. Sixty-five percent of University of Phoenix bachelor program grad- uates indicated they are attending or planned to attend a master- level program. Of this 65%, 24% are currently pursuing a master's degree at University of Phoenix. This data is derived from the 2014 Academic Alumni Question- naire distributed to alumni who graduated from September 1, 2011 to August 31, 2013. Bachelors graduate responses: 6,704, a response rate of 7.96% Masters graduate responses: 5,729, a response rate of 13.29% Working Alumni Based on responses from the Alumni Association’s 2015 survey, the following represents the types of industry in which our alumni work:

*Question #28: In what industry do you work? Bases: Respondents who are employed - 13,507 Alumni Occupations The following represents occupations of University of Phoenix alumni, based on a survey completed in 2012 between January 25 and March 2 by 31,506 respondents:

*Question #29: What is your occupation? Bases: Respondents who are employed - 13,507. Title II of Higher Education Act-Academic Year 2014-

........................................................................................... 2015

In compliance with Title II of the Higher Education Act (HEA), University of Phoenix has submitted institutional questionnaires that detail the University's program offerings, student demograph- ics and student performance in those states where the University has teacher education programs that have produced program com- pleters, also known as graduates. University of Phoenix provides professional preparation for teachers in multiple states. This is an overview of the information contained in the Institutional Report for University of Phoenix. Title II HEA Pass-Rate Information Program completers achieved the following scores for academic year 2014–2015: Arizona Professional knowledge — Elementary: 99% Professional knowledge — Secondary: 98% Professional knowledge — Early Childhood: Less than 10 candi- dates, score not provided Aggregate professional knowledge: 98.5% Aggregate content areas: 94% Special populations: 91% California California basic educational skills test (CBEST): 100% Reading instruction competence assessment (RICA) — Elementary only: 80% Aggregate content areas: 96% Other academic content areas: 100% Colorado Aggregate academic content areas: 100% Other academic content areas: 100%

University of Phoenix Alumni Employment by Industry*

Health Services 17%

Education 16%

Manufacturing 5%

Retail Trade (Non-Restaurant) 5%

Technology 5%

State and Local Government 5%

Business Services 2%

Social Services 2%

Insurance 2%

Transportation 2%

Finance/Financial Services 2%

Banking 2%

Military 2%

University of Phoenix Alumni Occupation*

Engineer/Architect (including technology) 2%

Finance/Accountant 5%

Teacher/Educator/Education Administra- tor

10%

Sales/Marketing Representative 4%

Registered Nurse/Other Nursing Profes- sional

6%

Executive/Manager/Administrator 9%

Operations/Production 6%

Technician/Technologist 4%

Other Health Professional 4%

Protective Services (Police, Fire, Security) 3%

Admin Support, Records/Data Processor 8%

Consultant 2%

Human Resources 2%

Psychologist, Counselor, Social Worker 2%

Business Owner 3%

Other 22%

28

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017 CONSUMER INFORMATION

ABOUT UNIVERSITY OF PHOENIX

Special populations: Less than 10 candidates, score not provided Hawaii Aggregate basic skills: 98% Aggregate professional knowledge: Less than 10 candidates, score not provided Aggregate academic content areas: Less than 10 candidates, score not provided Indiana Aggregate basic skills: Less than 10 candidates, score not provided Aggregate academic content areas: Less than 10 candidates, score not provided Missouri Aggregate professional knowledge: 100% Nevada Aggregate basic skills: 97% Aggregate academic content areas: 100% Aggregate professional knowledge: Less than 10 candidates, score not provided Aggregate teaching special education: Less than 10 candidates, score not provided

New Mexico Aggregate basic skills: 100% Teacher competency — Elementary: 92% Teacher competency — Secondary: Less than 10 candidates, score not provided Aggregate teacher competency: 92% Aggregate academic content areas: 100% Oregon Aggregate teacher competency: Less than 10 candidates, score not provided Aggregate academic content areas: Less than 10 candidates, score not provided Aggregate basic skills: Less than 10 candidates, score not provided Texas Aggregate professional knowledge: 91% Utah Aggregate academic content areas: 100% Aggregate teaching special populations: Less than 10 candidates, score not provided

Program Information for Academic Year 2014–2015

........................................................................................... Federal Financial Aid Application Process

To begin the federal financial aid process, students must complete the Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA), available at http://www.fafsa.gov. This is the first step to determining a stu- dent's eligibility for federal financial aid. Federal financial aid will be processed after submitting an applica- tion for admission and registering for courses in an eligible degree program. Admissions and program requirements vary by state Please refer to the Academic Catalog for state- and/or program-

specific information at http://www.phoenix.edu/programs/ degree-programs/academic-catalog.html In addition to the FAFSA, the following forms may be completed during the federal financial aid process: • Federal Direct Loan Master Promissory Note (MPN) • Entrance counseling • Financial Aid Authorization form if, and only if, a student

chooses this option • University of Phoenix Loan Request form

AZ CO CA HI IN MO NM NV OR TX UT

Number of students enrolled

7,462 189 1,310 136 72 64 127 300 3 56 95

Number of students in stu- dent teaching

779 18 147 18 12 24 92 32 9 14 24

Number of supervising fac- ulty including part- and full-time

473 14 76 15 6 24 13 20 4 11 21

Student-to-faculty ratio for student teaching

2:1 1:1 2:1 1:1 2:1 1:1 7:1 2:1 2:1 1:1 1:1

Average hours per week in student teaching

40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40

Number of weeks of stu- dent teaching

12 15 15 13 12 12 14 13 15 12 12

Is the Teacher Education Program currently approved by the state?

Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

Is the Teacher Education Program currently desig- nated as low performing?

No No No No No No No No No No No

29

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

A student should reapply for financial aid prior to the start of each new academic year.

........................................................................................... Statement of Educational Purpose

The parent or student signing a Free Application for Federal Stu- dent Aid (FAFSA) certifies the following: (1) use federal and/or state student financial aid only to pay the cost of attending an insti- tution of higher education,* (2) is not in default on a federal stu- dent loan or has made satisfactory arrangements to repay it, (3) does not owe money back on a federal student grant or has made satisfactory arrangements to repay it, (4) will notify college if defaulting on a federal student loan, and (5) will not receive a Fed- eral Pell Grant from more than one college for the same period of time. The parent or student signing the FAFSA agrees, if asked, to pro- vide information that will verify the accuracy of the completed form. This information may include federal or state income tax forms filed or that are required to file. In addition, the parent or student certifies and understands that the Secretary of Education has the authority to verify information reported on this application with the IRS and other federal agencies. If the parent or student signs any document related to the federal student aid programs electronically using a personal identification number (PIN), user- name and password, and/or other credential, that person certifies that he or she is the person identified by the PIN, username and password, and/or other credential and has not disclosed that PIN, username and password, and/or other credential to anyone else. If the parent or student purposely gives false or misleading informa- tion, he or she may be fined up to $20,000, sent to prison or both. * Federal aid funding is available only for those credits required to complete the stu- dent's primary program of study. Federal aid funding will cease once the maximum number of credits for the primary program have been completed. Federal financial aid may not be available for additional coursework in the pursuit of a concentration or otherwise, if not included within the requirements of the primary program of study. Referrals to the Office of Inspector General University of Phoenix is required by law to make referrals to the Office of Inspector General any time there is credible information or evidence that an applicant (student) may have engaged in fraud or other criminal misconduct in connection with the application involving federal financial aid programs.

........................................................................................... Federal, State and Institutional Financial Aid Programs

Degree-seeking students who are U.S. citizens or eligible nonciti- zens enrolled in an eligible academic program can apply for federal financial aid as a means of assisting with financing their education. Certificate programs may also be eligible for federal financial aid. Depending on the program, student eligibility may be need-based, non-need-based, credit-based or dependent on other specific con- ditions. Students may also be eligible to receive funding through state grant or scholarship programs in their states where available. Stu- dents should contact a Finance Advisor at 866.766.0766 for addi- tional information on the financial aid programs available at each campus. A list of campuses is available at http://www.phoe- nix.edu/campus-locations.html General Eligibility Requirements General eligibility requirements for federal financial aid are as fol- lows: • Be a U.S. citizen or an eligible noncitizen.

• Have a valid Social Security number (with the exception of students from the Republic of the Marshall Islands, Federated States of Micronesia, or the Republic of Palau).

• Be registered with Selective Service, if you’re a male (you must register between the ages of 18 and 25).

• Be enrolled or accepted for enrollment as a regular student in an eligible degree or certificate program.*

• Be enrolled at least half-time to be eligible for Direct Loan Program funds.

• Maintain satisfactory academic progress in college or career school.

• Sign statements on the Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA) stating that: • You are not in default on a federal student loan and do not

owe money on a federal student grant and • You will use federal student aid only for educational

purposes. • Show you are qualified to obtain a college or career school

education by having a high school diploma or • Final high school transcript that shows the date a diploma

was awarded • Recognized equivalent such as a General Educational

Development (GED) certificate or other state-sanctioned test of diploma-equivalency certificate

• California High School Proficiency Examination (CHSPE) Certificate; High School Equivalency Test (HiSET); Test Assessing Secondary Completion (TASC)

• Completed homeschooling and was conferred a diploma by the state

For additional eligibility requirements, visit: http://studen- taid.ed.gov/eligibility/basic-criteria and review the Student/Par- ent Eligibility Policy in the Financial Aid Policies appendix. * Federal aid funding is available only for those credits required to complete the stu- dent's primary program of study. Federal aid funding will cease once the maximum number of credits for the primary program have been completed. Federal financial aid may not be available for additional coursework in the pursuit of a concentration or otherwise, if not included within the requirements of the primary program of study.

........................................................................................... Grant Programs

Federal Grant Programs University of Phoenix participates in the following federal grant programs: Federal Pell Grant A Federal Pell Grant, unlike a loan, does not have to be repaid. Pell Grants may be awarded to undergraduate students who have not earned a bachelor's or a professional degree. The amount of aid students can receive varies depending on their financial need, cost of attendance and other eligibility criteria. Students can receive the Federal Pell Grant for no more than 12 semesters or the equivalent: http://studentaid.ed.gov/types/ grants-scholarships/pell/calculate-eligibility For more detailed information on eligibility and how to apply for the Federal Pell Grant, visit http://studentaid.ed.gov/types/ grants-scholarships/pell For additional information on how the University calculates and awards Pell Grants please review the Federal Pell/Iraq and Afghanistan Grant Policy in the Financial Aid Policies appendix. Federal Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant (FSEOG) The FSEOG program is for undergraduate students with excep- tional financial need. Pell Grant recipients with the lowest expected

30

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017 CONSUMER INFORMATION

ABOUT UNIVERSITY OF PHOENIX

family contributions (EFCs) will be considered first for an FSEOG. The FSEOG does not have to be repaid. For more detailed information on eligibility and how to apply for the FSEOG, visit http://studentaid.ed.gov/types/grants-scholar- ships/FSEOG For additional information on how the University defines its selec- tion criteria and packaging philosophy for awarding FSEOG con- sistently to all eligible students, please review the Campus-Based Programs Policy in the Financial Aid Policies appendix. Iraq and Afghanistan Service Grant (IASG) A student whose parent or guardian was a member of the U.S. Armed Forces and died as a result of service performed in Iraq or Afghanistan after Sept. 11, 2001, may be eligible to receive the Iraq and Afghanistan Service Grant. For more detailed information on eligibility and how to apply for the IASG, visit http://studentaid.ed.gov/types/grants-scholar- ships/iraq-afghanistan-service For additional information on how the University calculates and awards IASG grants please review the Federal Pell/Iraq and Afghanistan Grant Policy in the Financial Aid Policies appendix. Teacher Education Assistance for College and Higher Education (TEACH) Grant Program Effective September 22, 2016, the University no longer participates in the TEACH Grant Program The Teacher Education Assistance for College and Higher Educa- tion (TEACH) Grant Program provides grants of up to $4,000 per academic year to students who are completing or plan to complete coursework required to start a career in teaching. Students receiv- ing the grant must sign the agreement to serve and agree to teach: • In a high-need field • At an elementary school, secondary school or educational

service agency that serves low income students • At least four complete academic years within eight years after

completing the course of study the grant was received for All students in a TEACH-eligible program at the University will be sent a notification letter of their potential eligibility and instruc- tions on how to apply for the TEACH Grant. Students must have a cumulative GPA of a least 3.25, sign an Agreement to Serve (ATS) at https://teach-ats.ed.gov/ats/index.action, and complete all required counseling each year they wish to be considered for a TEACH Grant. For more detailed information on eligibility and how to apply for the TEACH Grant, visit http://studentaid.ed.gov/types/grants- scholarships/teach For additional information on the requirements the University must adhere to as well as the packaging procedures prescribed by federal financial aid regulations please review the TEACH Grant Program Policy in the Financial Aid Policies appendix. TEACH Grant-Eligible Programs The University has latitude to designate TEACH-eligible programs provided it meets criteria set forth by the U.S. Department of Education. TEACH-eligible programs are as follows:

MAED/SPE Master of Arts in Education/Special Education MAED/TED-S Master of Arts in Education/Secondary Teacher Education

MAED/TEDMM (Texas) Master of Arts in Education/Teacher Education Middle Level Mathematics

MAED/TEDMS (Texas) Master of Arts in Education/Teacher Education Middle Level Science

MAED/TEDSS (Texas) Master of Arts in Education/Teacher Education Secondary Level Science

MAED/TEDSM (Texas) Master of Arts in Education/Teacher Education Secondary Level Mathematics

State Grant Programs Students may also be eligible to receive funding through state grant or scholarship programs where available. Depending on the program, student eligibility may be need-based, non-need-based, credit-based or dependent on other specific conditions. Contact a Finance Advisor at 866.766.0766 for additional information on state grant and/or scholarship programs. A list of campuses is available at http://www.phoenix.edu/campus-locations.html The actual amount of state grants awarded to any student is contin- gent on the availability of funds. The University cannot guarantee any funding from the state grant sources listed, as the list is subject to change without notice based upon changes in state budgetary constraints, state law or regulation, and/or University participa- tion. Where work or other requirements are included in order to preclude the conversion of a scholarship or grant to a loan, the Uni- versity makes no representation or warranty as to whether a grad- uate will be able to obtain such employment or fulfill such other requirements. For information regarding the grants offered by states - how to apply, eligibility, deadlines, etc. - see the list of programs and their respective websites and phone numbers below. For additional specific eligibility information, the institution may contact you directly when determining grant eligi- bility. Please note that states sometimes change eligibility require- ments for existing grant programs or even eliminate programs for a period of time. The list below is deemed complete, but please con- firm with your state. ETV (Education Training Voucher) Program for Alabama, Arizona, Colorado, Maryland, Missouri, New York, North Carolina, Ohio and Washington D.C. http://www.fc2sprograms.org/ ARIZONA

Arizona Commission for Postsecondary Education (ACPE) 602.258.2435

https://highered.az.gov Leveraging Educational Assistance Partnership (LEAP) Grant

https://azgrants.az.gov/arizona-leveraging-educational-assis- tance-partnership-azleap

Math, Science, Special Education (MSSE) Teacher Forgiveness Loan Program

https://azgrants.az.gov/math-science-and-special-education- teacher-loan-forgiveness-program

CALIFORNIA Chafee Grant 888.224.7268

https://www.chafee.csac.ca.gov/

FLORIDA Office of Student Financial Assistance (OSFA)

888.827.2004 http://www.floridastudentfinancialaid.org/

31

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

Florida Student Assistance Grant Program http://www.floridastudentfinancialaid.org/SSFAD/home/

uamain.htm

Bright Futures Scholarship Program Florida Medallion Scholars (FMS) Award

Florida Gold Seal Vocational Scholars (GSV) Award http://www.floridastudentfinancialaid.org/SSFAD/bf

Scholarship for Children or Spouses of Deceased or Disabled Veter- ans and Service Members

http://www.floridastudentfinancialaid.org/SSFAD/factsheets/ CDDV.pdf

José Martí Scholarship Challenge Grant Fund http://www.floridastudentfinancialaid.org/SSFAD/factsheets/

JoseMarti.pdf

HAWAII Kamehameha Schools Financial Aid and Scholarship Services

(FASS) 800.344.8328

http://www.ksbe.edu/finaid/

Na Ho Okama A Pauahi Imi Na Auao

http://www.ksbe.edu/finaid/

INDIANA Education and Training Voucher (ETV) Program

855.577.2388 http://www.indianaetv.org/

LOUISIANA Chafee Educational and Training Voucher (ETV) Program

800.259.5626 http://www.osfa.state.la.us/Chafee.htm

MAINE http://maine.gov/portal/education/

Gaining Early Awareness and Readiness for Undergraduate Pro- grams

866.291.0004 http://www.gearupme.org

MICHIGAN Gaining Early Awareness and Readiness for Undergraduate Pro-

grams 888.447.2687

http://www.michigan.gov/mistudentaid/0,4636,7-128- 60969_61016---,00.html

MISSOURI Education and Training Voucher (ETV) Program

800.585.7115 http://www.fc2sprograms.org/missouri/

NEW YORK Education and Training Voucher (ETV) Program

877.766.5025 http://www.fc2sprograms.org/new-york/

NORTH CAROLINA College Foundation of North Carolina (CFNC)

http://www.cfnc.org/about/info_about.jsp

Education and Training Voucher (ETV) Program 800.585.6118

http://www.fc2sprograms.org/north-carolina/

National Guard Tuition Assistance Program (TAP) 866.866.2362

http://www.cfnc.org/Gateway?command=GetProgramDe- tail&type=3&id=56

OHIO Ohio Higher ED

http://www.ohiohighered.org/

Ohio College Opportunity Grant Program Tamika Braswell

614.728.8862 https://www.ohiohighered.org/ocog

Nurse Education Assistance Loan Program Melissa Marshall

614.466.3561 https://www.ohiohighered.org/nealp

Ohio War Orphans Scholarship Amber Brady 614.752.9528

https://www.ohiohighered.org/ohio-war-orphans

Ohio Education Training Voucher (ETV) Program 855.471.1931

http://www.fc2sprograms.org/ohio/

Ohio National Guard Scholarship Program Afrika Alsup

614.336.7143 | 888.400.6484 http://ong.ohio.gov/information/education/

scholarship_index.html

OKLAHOMA Oklahoma's Promise

405.225.9239 | 800.858.1840 http://www.okhighered.org/okpromise/

OREGON Office of Student Access and Completion (OSAC)

541.687.7400 | 800.452.8807

32

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017 CONSUMER INFORMATION

ABOUT UNIVERSITY OF PHOENIX

http://www.oregonstudentaid.gov/about-osac.aspx

Chafee Education and Training Grant http://www.oregonstudentaid.gov/chafeeetv.aspx

PENNSYLVANIA Pennsylvania Higher Education Assistance Agency (PHEAA)

800.233.0557 http://www.pheaa.org/index.html

Pennsylvania State Grant Program 800.692.7392

http://www.pheaa.org/funding-opportunities/state-grant-pro- gram/index.shtml

Chafee Education and Training Grant Program 800.692.7392

http://www.pheaa.org/funding-opportunities/other-educa- tional-aid/chafee-program.shtml

Pennsylvania National Guard Educational Assistance Program (EAP)

800.692.7392 http://www.pheaa.org/funding-opportunities/aid-for-military-

national-guard/national-guard-eap.shtml

TENNESSEE Tennessee National Guard Scholarship Program

615.833.9100 | 888.642.8448 http://www.state.tn.us/veteran/state_benifits/

nat_guard_scholar.html

VERMONT Vermont Student Assistance Corp (VSAC)

888.307.8722 | Burlington area 654.3765 http://services.vsac.org/wps/wcm/connect/vsac/VSAC

Gaining Early Awareness and Readiness for Undergraduate Pro- grams (GEAR UP)

Vermont Incentive Grant Program http://services.vsac.org/wps/wcm/connect/vsac/VSAC/

Pay+for+College/Funding+Sources/Grants/

Institutional Grant Programs University of Phoenix is committed to providing financial assis- tance opportunities through institutional grant programs for potential and current students. Various institutional grants are offered throughout the year. For a complete list of current institu- tional grant offerings, please visit http://www.phoenix.edu/insti- tutionalgrants

........................................................................................... Scholarships

The Center for Scholarship Excellence (CSE) is a department of University of Phoenix. The CSE is committed to assisting with financial support through institutional and external scholarship programs. The CSE encourages students to borrow responsibly as they work toward their educational goals.

University of Phoenix has a comprehensive scholarship website at http://www.phoenix.edu/tuition_and_financial_options/scholar- ships.html to meet the needs of students. This website features scholarships offered by University of Phoenix, scholarship resources, tips, suggestions, articles, an external scholarship search engine and much more. Institutional Scholarships University of Phoenix offers a number of institutional scholarships, which are listed at http://www.phoenix.edu/ tuition_and_financial_options/scholarships/institutional-scholar- ships.html. The University often partners with organizations to promote scholarship programs. These scholarships are available to potential students or alumni. The CSE website, http://www.phoe- nix.edu/tuition_and_financial_options/scholarships/institu- tional-scholarships.html, is updated regularly for institutional scholarships, qualifications, and selection criteria specific to Uni- versity of Phoenix current and potential students as opportunities become available. External Scholarships Private outside entities develop and fund external scholarships, some of which are listed at http://www.phoenix.edu/ tuition_and_financial_options/scholarships/external-scholar- ships.html. External scholarships are available to the general pub- lic, which may include University of Phoenix students. Your eligibility for external scholarships depends on qualifying requirements that vary from scholarship to scholarship. The Center for Scholarship Excellence (CSE) evaluates external scholarship programs, determines applicability to the University student pop- ulations, and communicates these opportunities to students and campuses. The website is updated regularly as opportunities become available.

........................................................................................... Loans

Federal Direct Loan (DL) Program Direct Loans, from the William D. Ford Federal Direct Loan Pro- gram, are low-interest loans for eligible students to help cover the cost of higher education. Eligible students borrow directly from the U.S. Department of Education at participating schools. Direct Subsidized Loans - Direct Subsidized Loans are for stu- dents with financial need. The University will review the results of the FAFSA and determine the amount a student can borrow. The student is not charged interest while enrolled in school at least half- time. Direct Subsidized Loan Time Limitation Note: Federal regulations limit a first-time borrower's* eligibility for Direct Subsidized Loans to a period not to exceed 150% of the length of the borrower's edu- cational program. Under certain conditions, first-time borrowers who have exceeded the 150% limit may lose the interest subsidy on outstanding Direct Subsidized Loans. For more detailed informa- tion on Direct Subsidized Loan Time Limitation, visit https://stu- dentloans.gov/myDirectLoan/ directSubsidizedLoanTimeLimitation.action. *Generally, a first-time borrower is one who did not have an outstanding balance of principal or interest on a Direct Loan or on an FFEL Program Loan on July 1, 2013. Direct Unsubsidized Loans - Direct Unsubsidized Loans are avail- able to students with and without financial need. Like subsidized loans, the University will review the results of the FAFSA to deter- mine the amount a student can borrow. Interest accrues (accumu- lates) on an unsubsidized loan, even while the student is in school, beginning on the date the loan is initially disbursed. The student

33

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

can pay the interest, or can allow it to accrue and be capitalized (that is, added to the principal amount of the loan). If a student chooses not to pay the interest as it accrues, this will increase the total amount to be repaid because the student will be charged interest on a higher principal amount. Terms and Conditions - Students who receive a Direct Loan are subject to the terms and conditions disclosed on the Federal Direct Loan Master Promissory Note (MPN), https://studentloans.gov/ myDirectLoan/downloadPDF.action?fileName=Sub-Unsub-MPN, and the Direct Loan Disclosure Statement. Borrower's Rights and Responsibilities - Students receiving fed- eral financial aid have varying rights and responsibilities in accor- dance with the Borrower's Rights and Responsibilities Statement, http://www2.ed.gov/offices/OSFAP/DirectLoan/dlrights.pdf, attached to the Master Promissory Note (MPN). For more detailed information on eligibility and how to apply for the Federal Direct Loan Program, visit https://www.studen- taid.ed.gov/types/loans/subsidized-unsubsidized For additional information on the application process for obtaining a Federal Direct Loan (DL), the applicable period of time for receiv- ing a DL, and the maximum annual and aggregate amounts of DL a borrower may receive, please review the Direct Loan Policy in the Financial Aid Policies appendix. Federal Direct PLUS Loan for Parent(s) Parents of dependent students may apply for a Direct PLUS Loan to help pay their child's education expenses as long as certain eligi- bility requirements are met. Direct PLUS Loan eligibility is depen- dent upon the applicant's credit history. If it is determined that the applicant has adverse credit history, the applicant will have the option to appeal the credit decision or pursue an endorser. If a par- ent is unable to secure a Direct PLUS Loan, the dependent student may be eligible for additional unsubsidized loans. Terms and Conditions - Students whose parent(s) receive a PLUS Loan are subject to the terms and conditions disclosed on the Fed- eral Direct PLUS Loan Application and Master Promissory Note (MPN) at https://studentloans.gov/myDirectLoan/download- PDF.action?fileName=FDPL-MPN Borrower's Rights and Responsibilities - Parents receiving federal financial aid have varying rights and responsibilities in accordance with the Borrower's Rights and Responsibilities Statement, http:// www2.ed.gov/offices/OSFAP/DirectLoan/plusrights.pdf, attached to the Master Promissory Note (MPN). For more detailed information on eligibility and how to apply for Direct Parent PLUS Loans, visit http://www.studentaid.ed.gov/ types/loans/plus For additional information on the application process for obtaining a Federal Direct Loan (DL), the applicable period of time for receiv- ing a DL, and the maximum annual and aggregate amounts of DL a borrower may receive, please review the Direct Loan Policy in the Financial Aid Policies appendix. Federal Direct PLUS Loan for Graduate and Professional Degree Students Graduate and professional degree students can borrow a Direct PLUS Loan to help cover education expenses at a fixed interest rate. Direct PLUS Loan eligibility is dependent upon the appli- cant's credit history. If it is determined that the applicant has adverse credit history, the applicant will have the option to appeal the credit decision or to obtain an endorser. Award Amount - Students are eligible to receive a Graduate PLUS Loan award up to their academic year cost of attendance (COA)

minus any other financial assistance received. Terms and Conditions - Students who receive a PLUS Loan for Graduate and Professional programs are subject to the terms and conditions disclosed on the Federal Direct PLUS Loan Application and Master Promissory Note (MPN) at https://studentloans.gov/ myDirectLoan/downloadPDF.action?fileName=FDPL-MPN Borrower's Rights and Responsibilities - Students receiving fed- eral financial aid have varying rights and responsibilities in accor- dance with the Borrower's Rights and Responsibilities Statement, http://www2.ed.gov/offices/OSFAP/DirectLoan/plus- rights.pdf, attached to the Master Promissory Note (MPN) for Direct PLUS Loans. For more detailed information on eligibility and how to apply for the Direct PLUS Loan for Graduate and Professional students, visit http://studentaid.ed.gov/types/loans/plus For information regarding Federal Student Loan Interest Rates, including Direct PLUS Loans, please visit http://studen- taid.ed.gov/types/loans/interest-rates For additional information on the application process for obtaining a Federal Direct Loan (DL), the applicable period of time for receiv- ing a DL, and the maximum annual and aggregate amounts of DL a borrower may receive, please review the Direct Loan Policy in the Financial Aid Policies appendix.

34

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017 CONSUMER INFORMATION

ABOUT UNIVERSITY OF PHOENIX

Federal Direct Subsidized and Unsubsidized Annual Loan Limits Federal Direct Subsidized and Unsubsidized Annual and Aggre- gate Loan Limits are as follows:

* Graduate and professional students are not eligible to receive Direct Subsidized Loans for loan periods beginning on or after July 1, 2012. A student whose parent cannot obtain a PLUS Loan is allowed to borrow additional unsubsidized federal Direct amounts. Student dependency status will be determined based on answers to ques- tions on the FAFSA. Federal Education Loan Interest Rates and Origination Fees For information regarding Federal Student Loan Interest Rates and Origination Fees, please visit http://studentaid.ed.gov/types/ loans/interest-rates

Interest Rate Cap for Military Members During military service, students who qualify under the Service- members Civil Relief Act may be eligible for 6% interest rate cap on the loans obtained before entering military service. Qualifying stu- dents must contact their loan servicer to request this benefit. In addition, no interest is charged (for a period of no more than 60 months) on Direct Loans first disbursed on or after Oct. 1, 2008, while a borrower is serving on active duty or performing qualify- ing National Guard duty during a war, other military operation or national emergency, and serving in an area of hostilities qualifying for special pay. Qualifying students should contact their loan ser- vicer for eligibility details and to request this benefit. Prior Federal Loans and Financial Aid History Federal financial aid borrowers can check the interest rate, servicer information and other financial aid history via the National Stu- dent Loan Data System (NSLDS) at http://www.nslds.ed.gov/ Private Student Loans Understand your rights and responsibilities when considering pri- vate loan options. Clear and accurate information can help you make informed choices, so you borrow only what you need and can reasonably repay. The University encourages that all federal and state financial aid options are exhausted before private loans be considered. Private loans are made through third-party lenders and other financial institutions and are subject to a credit review and individual lender terms and conditions. Private loans are not subsidized or guaran- teed by the federal government. For more information on the dif- ference between federal and private loans, please visit http://www.consumerfinance.gov/paying-for-college/choose-a- student-loan/ Private student loans may be available to both students and par- ents who are not eligible for federal financial aid or who need assis- tance beyond their financial aid eligibility. The lender determines eligibility, and amounts are limited to the cost of attendance minus other aid, including discounts and any other resources received. Students may choose to use any eligible lender that offers private loans. The University does not maintain a list of lenders that offer private loans, nor will it endorse a particular lender. Students who need a focused resource to assist in finding a private loan may choose to use the list of private loan options developed by FinAid at http://www.finaid.org/loans/privatestudentloans.phtml For additional information, please review the Private Loans Policy in the Financial Aid Policies appendix.

........................................................................................... Financial Aid Awarding

For students who have completed all required financial aid materi- als, the University will evaluate student eligibility for federal, state and institutional aid programs. If a student is eligible, Student Financial Services - Operations cal- culates an estimated financial aid award and provides notification to the student. The notification includes eligibility information for each financial aid program awarded, as well as the amount and anticipated disbursement dates. This notification may be elec- tronic. Generally, financial aid awards are divided into two pay- ment periods. Payment periods are based on individual course schedules and follow academic year requirements. Federal Pell Grant eligibility for an undergraduate student is esti- mated before originating a Direct Subsidized or Unsubsidized

Grade Level

Dependent Undergraduate Student

Independent Undergraduate Student

Graduate/ Professional Student

1 Freshman

$5,500 - No more than $3,500 of this amount can be subsidized loan

$9,500 - No more than $3,500 of this amount can be subsidized loan

$20,500 Unsubsidized Loan only.* The aggregate amounts for graduate stu- dents include loans for undergradu- ate study.

2 Sophomore

$6,500 - No more than $4,500 of this amount can be subsidized loan

$10,500 - No more than $4,500 of this amount can be subsidized loan

3 & 4 Junior and Senior

$7,500 - No more than $5,500 of this amount can be subsidized loan

$12,500 - No more than $5,500 of this amount can be subsidized loan

Maximum total loan debt (aggregate loan limits)

$31,000 -No more than $23,000 of this amount may be in subsidized loans.

$57,500 -No more than $23,000 of this amount may be in subsidized loans

$138,500 -No more than $65,500 of this amount may be in subsidized loans. The aggregate amounts for graduate stu- dents include loans for undergradu- ate study.

Undergraduate certificate programs — Loan limits are based on the length of the program. For certificates that are less than an academic year, the $9,500 loan limits would be prorated by the lesser fraction of the weeks or credits in the program, divided by the University academic year definition of weeks or credits. Students in undergraduate certificate programs that are greater than an academic year cannot borrow more than the Grade Level 1 loan limits for each academic year. Final academic years less than 24 credits (graduating students in undergraduate degree or certificate programs that are greater than an academic year): Loan limits will be prorated based on the number of credits in the final academic year divided by 24. Please note students may also receive less funding if they receive other financial aid used to cover a portion of cost of attendance.

35

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

Loan. In addition, a Direct Unsubsidized Loan is not originated without first determining the eligibility for a Direct Subsidized Loan. However, if the amount of the Direct Subsidized Loan is $200 or less and the amount can be included as part of a Direct Unsubsi- dized Loan, the University is not required to originate a separate Subsidized Loan. For a dependent student, the University may originate and dis- burse Parent PLUS funds without determining Federal Pell Grant and Direct Subsidized Loan eligibility. For a graduate student, the University must determine graduate/professional maximum Direct Unsubsidized Loan eligibility before originating a Gradu- ate/Professional PLUS Loan. Federal Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant (FSEOG) eligibility for undergraduate students is determined by the expected family contribution (EFC) for the current award year. Awards are made beginning with the lowest EFC until program funds are obligated. State grant program eligibility is determined by each state author- ity. The University is notified of student eligibility by the state authority. Institutional grant and scholarship eligibility determination will vary. Schedule Requirements The University defines its academic year as follows: • Undergraduate Certificate programs are a minimum of 24

credits and 40 weeks of instructional time. • Graduate Certificate programs are a minimum of 24 credits and

48 weeks of instructional time. • Associate programs (9-week model) are a minimum of 24 credits

and 36 weeks of instructional time. • Associate programs (5-week model) are a minimum of 24 credits

and 40 weeks of instructional time. • Bachelor's programs are a minimum of 24 credits and 40 weeks

of instructional time. • Master's programs are a minimum of 24 credits and 48 weeks of

instructional time. • Doctoral programs are a minimum of 24 credits and 48 weeks of

instructional time. Note: The academic year definition may vary based on program level, version and course length. The academic year begins with the first eligible course of a degree program and ends when a student successfully completes both the credits and weeks of instructional time requirements. An academic year has no calendar time constraints and continues through peri- ods of nonattendance that are less than 180 days until both the credit and weeks requirements are met. A week of instructional time is a week (a consecutive seven-day period) in which one day of instruction occurs. Instructional time does not include periods of vacation, orientation or homework. An academic year that begins before a previous existing academic year has ended is considered an overlapping academic year. Students who overlap courses or take courses concurrently may be required to complete additional credits to meet the number of weeks of instructional time required to complete the academic year. The academic policy of the University prohibits a student from tak- ing more than two courses concurrently without written approval from the Campus Director of Academic Affairs.

........................................................................................... Verification

A federal financial aid student may be chosen to participate in the verification process by the U.S. Department of Education Central Processing System. The Central Processing System prints an aster- isk next to the expected family contribution (EFC) on the Student Aid Report (SAR) or SAR Acknowledgement to identify the stu- dent has been selected for verification. The purpose of verification is to maintain the integrity of federal financial aid programs by verifying the information provided by students and parents on financial aid applications. If a student is selected for verification, the University will request the student provide all applicable documentation, which may include, but is not limited to, the following: • IRS-issued federal tax return transcript(s) • IRS W-2 form for each source of employment income • Verification worksheet • Verification of household member(s) receiving Supplemental

Nutrition Assistance • Program (SNAP) benefits • Verification of child support paid • Verification of untaxed income • Documentation of high school completion • Government-issued photo identification

• To comply with 18 USC § 701, the University is unable to make or accept photo copies of military identification cards. Copies of military identification cards will not be accepted.

• Statement of Educational Purpose Additional documents may be required by the University to com- plete the verification process. A student will receive written notification from the University of verification requirements, required documentation and the time- lines for completion of the process. The student must return any requested verification documents within 30 days of receiving written notification from the Univer- sity. If verification documents are not received within this time- frame, the University will cease processing his or her financial aid request. Applicants selected for verification must complete the process by the federally published deadline, Sept. 23, 2017, or 120 days after the last day of the student's enrollment, whichever is earlier. For additional information on the different verification groups and types of documents acceptable to complete the verification process, please review the Verification Policy of Financial Aid Policies appendix.

36

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017 CONSUMER INFORMATION

ABOUT UNIVERSITY OF PHOENIX

..................................................................................................................................................................................... Cost of Attendance Policy

Overview The Cost of Attendance Policy addresses the cost of attendance (COA) established for use in calculating a student's amount of federal finan- cial aid eligibility and awarding financial aid for a specific period of enrollment. The University uses the same COA when awarding Pell and Direct Loans unless the student is a Pell or Iraq Afghanistan Service Grant (IASG) only student. If the student is only receiving Pell or IASG, the Pell COA is used for awarding purposes. The COA consists of various components to determine eligibility for a period of enroll- ment. The University reviews and, if necessary, updates each COA component annually, referencing the Consumer Expenditure Survey from the Bureau of Labor and Statistics website and reviewing actual institutional data. Amounts used in this year's cost of attendance

(COA) are as follows:

College of Education

Cost of Attendance Components

Undergraduate Certificate**

Associate 9 Week

Associate 5 Week

Bachelor’s Degree

Graduate Certificate***

Master’s Degree

Tuition $7,470.00 $9,600.00 $9,600.00 $9,816.00 $11,832.00 $12,840.00

rEsource Fees $ 846.00 $1,128.00 $1,128.00 $1,128.00 $1,320.00 $1,320.00

Living Expense and Loan Fees* $7,960.00 $8,964.00 $9,950.00 $9,980.00 $11,988.00 $12,000.00

Annual COA $16,276.00 $19,692.00 $20,678.00 $20,924.00 $25,140.00 $26,160.00

*Housing expense for Military Basic Allowance for Housing (BAH) is reduced by 72.5%. Living expenses include allowances for room and board, internet and education, transportation, and miscellaneous educational expenses. **The figures provided for undergraduate certificate programs are illustrative and based on 18 credits. ***The figures provided for graduate certificate programs are illustrative and based on 24 credits.

College of Health Sciences and Nursing

Cost of Attendance Components

Undergraduate Certificate**

Associate 9 Week

Associate 5 Week

Bachelor’s Degree

Graduate Certificate***

Master’s Degree

Tuition $10,056.00 $9,720.00 $9,720.00 $11,904.00 $14,280.00 $15,600.00

rEsource Fees $ 1,128.00 $1,128.00 $1,128.00 $1,128.00 $ 1,320.00 $ 1,320.00

Living Expense and Loan Fees* $ 9,940.00 $8,964.00 $9,950.00 $9,980.00 $11,988.00 $12,000.00

Annual COA $21,124.00 $19,812.00 $20,798.00 $23,012.00 $27,588.00 $28,920.00

*Housing expense for Military Basic Allowance for Housing (BAH) is reduced by 72.5%. Living expenses include allowances for room and board, internet and education, transportation, and miscellaneous educational expenses. **The figures provided for certificate programs are illustrative and based on 24 credits.

College of Humanities and Sciences

Cost of Attendance Components Undergraduate Certificate**

Associate 9 Week

Associate 5 Week

Bachelor’s Degree

Tuition $10,056.00 $8,976.00 $8,976.00 $10,728.00

rEsource Fees $ 846.00 $1,128.00 $1,128.00 $1,128.00

Living Expense and Loan Fees* $ 7,960.00 $8,964.00 $9,950.00 $9,980.00

Annual COA $19,462.00 $19,068.00 $20,054.00 $21,836.00

*Housing expense for Military Basic Allowance for Housing (BAH) is reduced by 72.5%. Living expenses include allowances for room and board, internet and education, transportation, and miscellaneous educational expenses. **The figures provided for certificate programs are illustrative and based on 18 credits.

College of Information Systems and Technology

Cost of Attendance Components

Undergraduate Certificate**

Associate 9 Week

Associate 5 Week

Bachelor’s Degree

Graduate Certificate***

Master’s Degree

Tuition $8,208.00 $9,696.00 $9,696.00 $11,880.00 $13,230.00 $17,616.00

rEsource Fees $ 846.00 $1,128.00 $1,128.00 $1,128.00 $ 990.00 $ 1,320.00

Living Expense and Loan Fees* $ 7,960.00 $8,964.00 $9,950.00 $9,980.00 $ 9,018.00 $12,000.00

Annual COA $17,014.00 $19,788.00 $20,774.00 $22,988.00 $23,238.00 $30,936.00

37

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

For detailed information regarding actual tuition fees for programs and locations, contact a Finance Advisor or visit the tuition and fees calculator web page at http://www.phoenix.edu/ tuition_and_financial_options/tuition_and_fees.html

Policy The University’s COA is made up of the following components: • Tuition • Books and Supplies (Electronic Course Materials and Books-

rEsource fees)

*Housing expense for Military Basic Allowance for Housing (BAH) is reduced by 72.5%. Living expenses include allowances for room and board, internet and education, transportation, and miscellaneous educational expenses. **The figures provided for certificate programs are illustrative and based on 24 credits.

College of Security and Criminal Justice

Cost of Attendance Components Undergraduate Certificate**

Associate 9 Week

Associate 5 Week

Bachelor’s Degree

Master’s Degree

Tuition $10,980.00 $9,624.00 $9,624.00 $11,352.00 $15,576.00

rEsource Fees $ 846.00 $1,128.00 $1,128.00 $1,128.00 $ 1,320.00

Living Expense and Loan Fees* $ 7,960.00 $8,964.00 $9,950.00 $9,980.00 $12,000.00

Annual COA $19,786.00 $19,716.00 $20,702.00 $22,460.00 $28,896.00

*Housing expense for Military Basic Allowance for Housing (BAH) is reduced by 72.5%. Living expenses include allowances for room and board, internet and education, transportation, and miscellaneous educational expenses. **The figures provided for certificate programs are illustrative and based on 18 credits.

College of Social Sciences

Cost of Attendance Components

Undergraduate Certificate**

Associate 9 Week

Associate 5 Week

Bachelor’s Degree

Graduate Certificate***

Master’s Degree

Tuition $13,752.00 $9,672.00 $9,672.00 $11,592.00 $13,320.00 $16,056.00

rEsource Fees $ 1,128.00 $1,128.00 $1,128.00 $1,128.00 $ 990.00 $ 1,320.00

Living Expense and Loan Fees* $ 9,940.00 $8,964.00 $9,950.00 $9,980.00 $ 9,018.00 $12,000.00

Annual COA $24,820.00 $19,764.00 $20,750.00 $22,700.00 $23,328.00 $29,376.00

*Housing expense for Military Basic Allowance for Housing (BAH) is reduced by 72.5%. Living expenses include allowances for room and board, internet and education, transportation, and miscellaneous educational expenses. **The figures provided for undergraduate certificate programs are illustrative and based on 24 credits. **The figures provided for graduate certificate programs are illustrative and based on 18 credits.

School of Advanced Studies

Cost of Attendance Components Doctoral Degree

Tuition $19,320.00

rEsource Fees $ 1,392.00

Living Expense and Loan Fees* $ 11,988.00

Annual COA $32,700.00

*Housing expense for Military Basic Allowance for Housing (BAH) is reduced by 72.5%. Living expenses include allowances for room and board, internet and education, transportation, and miscellaneous educational expenses.

School of Business

Cost of Attendance Components

Undergraduate Certificate**

Associate 9 Week

Associate 5 Week

Bachelor’s Degree

Graduate Certificate***

Master’s Degree

Tuition $10,692.00 $9,720.00 $9,720.00 $12,144.00 $13,302.00 $17,304.00

rEsource Fees $ 846.00 $1,128.00 $1,128.00 $1,128.00 $ 990.00 $ 1,320.00

Living Expense and Loan Fees* $ 7,960.00 $8,964.00 $9,950.00 $9,980.00 $ 9,018.00 $12,000.00

Annual COA $19,498.00 $19,812.00 $20,798.00 $23,252.00 $23,310.00 $30,624.00

*Housing expense for Military Basic Allowance for Housing (BAH) is reduced by 72.5%. Living expenses include allowances for room and board, internet and education, transportation, and miscellaneous educational expenses. **The figures provided for certificate programs are illustrative and based on 24 credits.

38

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017 CONSUMER INFORMATION

ABOUT UNIVERSITY OF PHOENIX

• rEsource fees encompass course textbooks and electronic materials, the University library, eBook collection, math labs, programming software, the Centers for Math and Writing Excellence, and Phoenix Career Guidance System™

• Living Expense • Room and Board (housing and food) • Transportation • Miscellaneous (personal care expenses)

• Loan Fees If a student is attending less than half-time, the COA is limited to the following components: • Tuition • Electronic Course Materials and Books (rEsource Fees) Tuition The tuition component for the COA is a per credit average based on credential level and college. The University documents how tuition averages are calculated and makes this information avail- able upon request. Exceptions include professional judgment deci- sions and elimination of an overaward using a student's actual tuition costs for the period of enrollment. (Refer to the Professional Judgement and Overawards & Overpayments policies for further information). If a student's period of enrollment is less than a full academic year, costs are adjusted to match the period of enroll- ment. Books and Supplies (Electronic Course Materials and Books) The books and supplies component is calculated using a standard rEsource fee based on the credential level for each enrolled course, for the period of enrollment. Living Expense The living expense component is a per month allowance calculated using data provided in the most recent Consumer Expenditure Survey. The University documents how living expense compo- nents are calculated and makes this information available upon request. Students receiving military housing assistance (Basic Allowance for Housing or BAH) will have a reduction in living expenses in the amount of the room allowance (housing). To determine the total living component for each student's COA, the University references its academic year definition for each cre- dential level to establish the number of months to be used. (Refer to the Academic Year Definition Policy for further information) • Nine months for associate's degree-seeking students (9 week

course delivery); • Ten months for associate's degree-seeking students (5 week

course delivery) • Ten months for bachelor's degree-seeking students; and • Twelve months for graduate students. • Certificate seeking students:

• College of Education • Undergraduate certificate - 8 months • Graduate certificate - 12 months

• College of Health Sciences and Nursing • Undergrad certificate-10 months • Graduate certificate-12 months

• College of Humanities and Sciences • Undergrad certificate-8 months

• College of Information Systems and Technology • Undergrad certificate-8 months • Graduate certificate-9 months

• College of Security and Criminal Justice • Undergrad certificate-8 months

• College of Social Sciences • Undergrad certificate-10 months • Graduate certificate-9 months

• School of Business • Undergrad certificate-8 months • Graduate certificate-9 months Programs Less than an Academic Year and End of Program Periods The COA for programs less than and academic year and the COA for end of programs (EOPs) is based on the credits required to com- plete the program and the weeks of instructional time, converted to months, needed to complete those credits. The months are rounded up and multiplied by the monthly living expense amount to deter- mine the living expense component of the student's COA. The COA for an EOP will not increase if a remaining period needs to be extended due to the student failing or withdrawing from a course(s) in the prorated period. Loan Fees The University calculates an average loan fee per month based on credential level. The number of months used to determine the liv- ing expense component (see above) is also the number of months used to determine the total loan fee component in the student's COA. The University documents how the loan fee component is calculated and makes this information available upon request. Incarcerated Students The COA for incarcerated students is limited to tuition, course material fees, and books and supplies, if required in the program of study. (Refer to the Student/Parent Eligibility Policy for further information.) Tribal Budget The University prepares a separate tribal budget for students who receive tribal funding. The tribal budget consists of actual tuition rates for the tuition component and may include a child/depen- dent care average component obtained from the National Associa- tion of Childcare Resource and Referral Agency (NACCRRA). The University averages each childcare type for weekly and hourly cost for each state. Documentation is available for review, upon request.

........................................................................................... Grade-Level Determination

Determination of grade level is an important part of calculating eli- gibility for federal and state financial aid. The University deter- mines the student's grade level by calculating the total number of credits that have been completed at the beginning of an academic year. For example, a student with 12 transfer credits at the start of his or her program at the University will be considered a grade level 1 student. After the completion of one academic year of 24 credits, the student will have a total of 36 credits completed, mak- ing the student eligible for grade level 2 loans in his or her second academic year. The following chart illustrates the number of credits required to complete each grade level.

39

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

Undergraduate Grade-Level Determination

Note: A student in a two-year program cannot receive more than a grade level 2 (GL 2) annual loan limit in any given year, no matter how long it takes to complete the program. A student in an undergraduate certificate program cannot receive more than a grade level 1 (GL 1) annual loan limit in any given year, no matter how long it takes to complete the undergraduate certificate. For information on academic year definitions, please see the Academic Year Definition Policy in the Financial Aid Policies appendix.

........................................................................................... Conflicting Information

If the University has conflicting information concerning a student's eligibility or has any reason to believe a student's application infor- mation is incorrect, the University will resolve such discrepancies before disbursing student financial aid funds. If discrepancies are discovered after disbursing student financial aid funds, the Uni- versity will reconcile the conflicting information and require the student to repay any funds for which he or she was ineligible. Examples of conflicting information may include, but are not lim- ited to, the following: • Social Security numbers • Date of birth • Legal name • Discrepant tax data (including whether or not the student/

parent was required to file a tax return) • Household size or marital status • Citizenship status

........................................................................................... Other Resources

Students are required to disclose financial assistance that will be paid by a third party on their behalf. When a portion of a student's cost of attendance is waived or paid by another source, other than federal financial aid, this is considered other resources. Examples of other resources include, but are not limited to, the following: • External grants and scholarships • University grants and scholarships • Tuition assistance • Military tuition benefits • University tuition discounts and waivers • University administration tuition and/or student account

adjustments • Income from insurance programs that pay for the student's

education • Private loans • Private and state grants • Tribal aid • Other financial assistance paid directly to the University

Note: Adjustments to tuition due to an approved leave of absence, early payment discounts and cash payments made by the student will not count as other resources. A student must have financial need to receive all federal financial aid funds except for Direct Unsubsidized and PLUS Loans under the Direct Loans program. As such, a student's expected family contribution and other resources will be subtracted from the cost of attendance when determining eligibility for federal financial aid (Title IV). All awards, including need and non-need-based aid, cannot exceed a student's annual cost of attendance. If the University receives additional other resources that cause the student to exceed the cost of attendance, it will adjust the awards appropriately to eliminate the overaward. This may include reducing future disbursements for a second or subsequent payment period or returning awards to the funding source. Funds will be returned in the order most beneficial to the student.

........................................................................................... Satisfactory Academic Progress

Information regarding University academic progress standards for individual programs and information regarding the University's Program and Cumulative Grade Point Average policy may be found under the Academic Policies section of the appropriate Uni- versity Academic Catalog at http://www.phoenix.edu/pro- grams/degree-programs/academic-catalog.html Satisfactory Academic Progress (SAP) for DVA Education Benefits To receive Department of Veterans Affairs (DVA) education bene- fits, a student must maintain satisfactory academic progress (SAP) and conduct accordingly, benefits will be terminated for individu- als who are disqualified, suspended or expelled from the Univer- sity. Academic Probation Academic probation (AP) shall occur when a grade point average (GPA) falls below acceptable levels for the program. Probation lasts for a period of four consecutive program-applicable courses. Con- current enrollment is prohibited during the four-course AP sequence. Associate degree students enrolled online should continue tradi- tional block scheduling format with concurrent enrollment in two courses (excluding AACR and AAPF). In graduate programs, the four-course sequence excludes any undergraduate prerequisite courses. Financial aid students will continue to receive funds during the probationary period. Veteran students will continue to receive DVA education benefits during the probation period. The veteran will be informed of the probation, and a notation to the student DVA file will be recorded when the probationary period commenced. Academic Disqualification Academic disqualification (AD) will result if a student fails to clear an academic probation status within four courses from the onset of probation. Veteran students will not be eligible for DVA educa- tional benefits after disqualification. The DVA and student will be notified of the disqualification. To reapply, a formal application for admission must be submitted in accordance with University admission procedures. In addition, applicants should explain the reasons for the scholastic deficiencies; the manner in which the intervening time has been spent; and why they should be

Grade Level Credits Applied in Primary Program (Includes Transfer Credit)

GL 1 (freshman) 0-24

GL 2 (sophomore) 24-48

GL 3 (junior) 49-72

GL 4 (senior) 73+

40

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017 CONSUMER INFORMATION

ABOUT UNIVERSITY OF PHOENIX

given favorable consideration for readmission. The readmission file will be reviewed by the Student Appeals Cen- ter and a decision reached regarding readmission. If approved, the student would be required to complete all program requirements in effect at the time of readmission. An application for DVA educa- tion benefits will also be necessary to re-establish benefits with University of Phoenix. If readmission to the University is approved, please contact your Academic Advisor to determine if your chosen program remains eligible for DVA education benefits. Federal Financial Aid Satisfactory Academic Progress Policy Overview The University's Federal Financial Aid Satisfactory Academic Progress (SAP) policy determines whether an otherwise eligible student is meeting SAP in an educational program and may receive financial aid under the Title IV HEA programs. This federal finan- cial aid SAP policy does not supersede the institution's academic SAP policy. Policy Students must maintain SAP throughout the duration of their aca- demic program to remain eligible for federal financial aid. SAP is assessed by qualitative and quantitative measures and is evaluated at the end of each completed payment period in the student's aca- demic program. Qualitative Measure GRADE POINT AVERAGE Undergraduate students must have a cumulative program grade point average (GPA) of 2.0 at the end of each completed payment period, unless otherwise defined by academic policy. Graduate stu- dents must have a program GPA of 3.0 at the end of each com- pleted payment period. A student's cumulative program GPA is calculated using only those grades earned at the University for the current program of study. The program GPA is computed by adding the program applicable cumulative grade quality points earned (calculated by multiplying the credit hours and the weight of the grade earned in the course) and dividing it by the program applicable cumulative total number of credit hours completed. Courses from which the student withdraws are not included in the program GPA calculation for the qualitative measurement. Qualitative Exclusions The following are excluded from the qualitative computation: • Waivers • National Testing Programs • Courses with the following grades:

• IN PROGRESS EXTENSION (IX)* (provided there is no formal grade)

• AUDIT (AU) • Incomplete (I) • In Progress (IP) • No grade awarded (QC)** • Passing (P) • Withdrawal (W) • Withdrawal/Failing (WF) • Waived with Credit (WC) • No Credit (NC)

• Orientations with the following completion statuses: • Orientation Complete (OC) • Orientation Not Complete (ON)

• Orientation Extension (OX) • Assessed Credits *The IX grade is only given to eligible students who require special accommodations (Americans with Disabilities Act) and provides additional time to complete a course. Faculty may select a completion date ranging from 5 to 15 weeks. The IX grade will default to an F grade when the course exceeds the completion date. **QC grade (effective for classes in progress 9/9/2006): No grade was issued. No credits awarded. A QC is awarded in the following instances: • This grade may be used for zero-credit courses once the attendance requirement

has been satisfied. • A QC grade may automatically post for certain doctoral and counseling courses

when the IP period expires and • no formal grade has been submitted. • A QC grade is not calculated into the GPA. • This grade allows students to repeat a course (doctoral dissertations, etc.)

without penalizing their GPA. • The QC grade is available using a drop-down menu on eCampus. Quantitative Measure Each academic program has a published standard credit load for completion. Pace of completion is automatically evaluated for all periods of attendance at the University, including periods the stu- dent did not receive federal financial aid. MAXIMUM TIMEFRAME The maximum timeframe to complete the program cannot exceed 150% of the published length of the program measured in credit hours attempted for undergraduate and graduate students. Prog- ress is evaluated cumulatively at the completion of each payment period for a student’s primary program of study to ensure comple- tion of the program within the 150% maximum timeframe. If a student cannot complete the program of study within the max- imum timeframe (as determined at the end of the payment period), the student will be placed on financial aid disqualification (FD) sta- tus without the ability to appeal. PACE OF COMPLETION The quantitative measure for the pace of completion is calculated using the following formula:

At the end of each payment period, the student's pace of comple- tion is evaluated. Students must earn at least 67% of the credit hours attempted toward completion of the primary program of study. Credit hours taken at other institutions and accepted toward a student's primary program of study at the University are included in both attempted and completed credit hours when mea- suring pace of completion. Courses from which the student withdraws are counted as attempted credit hours when calculating the quantitative measure- ment or program pace. INCLUDED IN PACE OF COMPLETION The following are included as attempted in the pace of completion calculation: • Courses that are waived with credit (WC) • Assessed Credits • Withdrawal (W) • Withdrawal/Failing (WF) • Courses completed with the following grades: A, B, C, D and F

(+/-) • In Progress (IP)

Cumulative number of credit hours the student successfully completed

Cumulative number of credit hours the student attempted

41

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

• Incompletes (I, IX and IF) • No grade awarded (QC) EVALUATION The University evaluates SAP for the student's primary program of study, based on a completed payment period (generally, at least 12 credit hours). As a result of the evaluation, a student is assigned a federal SAP status. FINANCIAL AID WARNING Undergraduate students with less than a cumulative 2.0 GPA, or the minimum as stated in policy, and graduate students with less than a 3.0 OR who do not earn 67% of their attempted credits (cumulatively) at the end of a completed payment period, are auto- matically placed on financial aid warning (FW) status. The Univer- sity can disburse federal financial aid funds to students on FW status for one payment period. FINANCIAL AID DISQUALIFICATION If a student on FW status does not meet SAP at the end of the sub- sequent completed payment period, the student is not eligible for additional federal financial aid and will be placed on an FD status. Students who are placed on an FD status are ineligible for federal financial aid. FINANCIAL AID PROBATION Students who are granted an appeal will be placed on financial aid probation (FP) status and will have their financial aid eligibility reinstated based on the appeal. The University can disburse federal financial aid funds to students on FP status for one probationary payment period, provided all other eligibility requirements are met. The student must meet the University's SAP standards to maintain federal financial aid eligibility. STUDENT NOTIFICATION The University will notify students at any point during their enroll- ment if they are placed on or taken off the FW, FP, FD or Regular Student (RG) statuses, as these affect student eligibility to receive federal financial aid. STUDENT FINANCIAL AID APPEALS Students placed on FD status due to a violation of the qualitative and/or quantitative standards during the financial aid warning period may appeal the disqualification to regain eligibility for fed- eral financial aid. Students may do so by submitting an appeal to the Student Financial Services - Operations Professional Judgment (SFS-O PJ) Team. The SAP PJ form is located on the financial aid website. If there are unusual circumstances that should be consid- ered during the appeal process, federal financial aid reinstatement may be possible during a financial aid probation period. Approval and/or reinstatement of federal financial aid eligibility are not guaranteed. The SAP PJ team reviews all appeals on a case- by-case basis. Approval is only granted when there are significant extenuating circumstances. All decisions made by the SAP PJ team are final. The University allows a student to have a maximum of two approved appeals during their time at the University. These appeals cannot be consecutive and are only considered if unusual circumstances exist. Examples of unusual circumstances may include, but are not limited to, the following: • Death of a relative • An injury or illness of the student • Other special circumstances Students must explain in the appeals process why the nature and timing of their unusual circumstance(s) directly prohibited them from maintaining SAP, and what has changed in their situation that

would allow them to demonstrate SAP at the next evaluation. If students have more than 12 credits remaining in their program of study, they must demonstrate the ability to graduate within the maximum timeframe allowed and meet the GPA requirements. If students have 12 or less credits remaining, they must demonstrate the ability to complete the remaining credits successfully. REGAINING ELIGIBILITY AFTER PAYMENT PERIOD OF INELIGIBILITY A student who is not making SAP regains eligibility only when the student is in compliance with the University's SAP requirements. Therefore, if a student loses eligibility for federal financial aid as a result of not meeting SAP requirements, the student must pay for the ineligible payment period using non-federal financial aid funds. If the student meets all SAP criteria after the ineligible pay- ment period, the student's borrower based academic year (BBAY) will start at the beginning of the eligible payment period following the period of ineligibility. The BBAY is packaged for a full 24 credits and 30 weeks of instructional time. If the ineligible payment period is the second payment period of an academic year/loan period already established, any federal finan- cial aid awarded for the second payment period will be canceled and, if necessary, returned to the funding source. MAXIMUM TIMEFRAME If at any time during the evaluation period it is determined a stu- dent is not going to complete the program of study within the max- imum timeframe of 150% of the length of the educational program, the student becomes ineligible for federal financial aid. This deter- mination cannot be appealed. TRANSFER CREDITS-QUALITATIVE A student's program GPA is calculated using only grades earned at the University in courses that are applicable to the program. There- fore, transfer credits do not apply when calculating the student's GPA at the University. Transfer credits include credits for all courses not completed at the University that are applied toward the completion of the student's degree program. TRANSFER CREDITS-QUANTITATIVE Credits taken at other institutions and applied towards the stu- dent's program/version at the University are included in both attempted and completed hours when measuring the student's pace towards completion. PROGRAM CHANGES Students who change programs at the University are re-evaluated to determine which credits apply to the new program. If the five program change conditions are met (refer to the Program Changes Policy for further information), the student will remain in his/her original academic year. The student's SAP status is not reset and the student will continue to be evaluated for SAP at the end of each completed payment period as originally established. If the five pro- gram change conditions are NOT met, the student's SAP status will be reset with an effective date of the program change. The student's SAP status will be evaluated at the end of each completed payment period in the new academic year. If the student changes back to a program he/she was previously in, the student's SAP status will reflect the status of the original program. The University will calculate the qualitative and quantitative SAP measures based on all courses applicable to the new program. This includes those courses taken in a previous program that the stu- dent successfully completed and that apply to the new program. REPEAT COURSES Grades for prior attempts are excluded when calculating the quali-

42

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017 CONSUMER INFORMATION

ABOUT UNIVERSITY OF PHOENIX

tative component. However, credits from all attempts are included when assessing if the student meets the quantitative component. Although a student may successfully complete a course more than once, only the first passing grade is counted as a completion when calculating the quantitative component. Note: Repeat courses taken in a program are counted in the SAP status for that program. CONCURRENT ENROLLMENT The University evaluates SAP for the primary program based on completed weeks and credits of a payment period, regardless of whether or not the student is enrolled concurrently. All credits completed at the University applicable to the primary program will apply toward the primary program's GPA.

........................................................................................... Professional Judgment

The University may exercise discretion to accommodate special cir- cumstances, with respect to some aspects of eligibility, using pro- fessional judgment. Professional judgment allows the University to treat a student individually when the student has special circum- stances not sufficiently addressed by standard procedures. The University uses professional judgment on a case-by-case basis. Special circumstances will include conditions that differentiate an individual student from a whole class of students. The University will not accept professional judgments made for a student by another school, but will independently review the circumstances and, if appropriate, document the professional judgment decision. The decision of the University regarding professional judgment is final and cannot be appealed to the U.S. Department of Education. A student should contact a Finance Advisor if interested in submit- ting a professional judgment request. Note: The University will complete verification before exercising professional judgment for students who have been selected for ver- ification. For additional information, please refer to the Professional Judge- ment Policy in the Financial Aid Policies appendix.

........................................................................................... Determining Enrollment at the University

Active enrollment is determined by a student's continuous atten- dance at the University. A student is considered to be in continuous attendance as long as no more than 14 days exists between academ- ically related activities (ARAs). For exceptions to this 14-day requirement, please refer to Withdrawing from the University. For additional information, please see Academically Related Activities below. Students may have one of the following active enrollment statuses based upon the academic workload for his or her program: Active Full-Time: The student's required academic workload for his or her program is at least 6 credits for an academic year, the student is actively attending class and the student's official last date of attendance based on ARAs does not exceed 14 days. Institu- tionally Scheduled Breaks and In Progress Grade Extensions (IX) grades are excluded from the 14 day out of attendance calculation. Active Less Than Half Time: The student's required academic workload for his or her program amounts to less than the 6 credits for an academic year, as determined by the institution. In addition, the student is actively attending class and student's official last date of attendance based on ARAs does not exceed 14 days. Institu- tionally Scheduled Breaks and In Progress Grade Extensions (IX) grades are excluded from the 14 day out of attendance calculation. Academically Related Activities Academically Related Activities (ARAs) are used to determine a student's official last date of attendance and corresponding enroll-

ment status at the University. ARAs are also used to determine the effective date of active and withdrawn enrollment statuses. The fol- lowing activities that occur on or after the course start date and on or before the course end date will be considered academically related activities by the University: • Discussion Posts in a course (online, Directed Study, and online

weeks of FlexNet) • Assignment submissions posted via the online classroom • Quiz/Exam submissions recorded by the system via the online

classroom • Learning Team Acknowledgements via the online classroom • Physical Attendance verified by a signed attendance roster (local

campus courses only) Courses offered in Blackboard: • Discussion posts in a course (Blackboard “Messages” do not

count towards course attendance) • Assignment submissions posted via the online classroom • Quiz/Exam submissions recorded by the system via the online

classroom • Physical Attendance verified by a signed attendance roster (local

campus courses only) ARAs will not generate for activities in Audited (AU) courses. Blackboard "Messages" do not count towards course attendance. Institutionally Scheduled Break The University's winter institutionally scheduled break for the 2016/2017 award year is Dec. 23, 2016 - Jan. 1, 2017. For students attending local campuses only, the University's Thanksgiving institutionally scheduled break for the 2016/2017 award year is November 23, 2016-November 27, 2016. For students attending the Louisiana campus only, there will also be an institutionally scheduled break for Mardi Gras from Feb. 24, 2017- Feb. 28, 2017.

........................................................................................... Course Attendance Policy

Attendance at all scheduled class meetings is required. Students are responsible for scheduling and planning ahead for any absences that may occur during a course to the extent possible. For more information, please see Unexcused Absence Policy. Attendance is mandatory in all university courses. Students satisfy course attendance requirements through the activities listed below: • Online: Students must post at least one (1) discussion post,

assignment submission, or quiz/exam submission that is recorded by the system in the online classroom on two (2) separate days during the online week. (Blackboard “Messages” do not count towards course attendance).

• Local Campus and In Person Residency: Students must physically attend the local campus workshop meeting during the scheduled class and sign the attendance roster. • Most local campus courses meet four hours per week. • Most in person residency courses meet eight hours per day

and require daily sign-in on the attendance roster. • Directed Study: Students must post one (1) discussion post,

assignment submission, or quiz/exam submission that is recorded by the system in the online classroom during the scheduled class during the online week. (Blackboard "Messages" do not count towards course attendance).

43

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

• FlexNet: Students are in attendance at the local campus workshops if they physically attend the local campus workshop meeting during the scheduled class hours and sign the attendance roster. They are in attendance during the online class weeks if they post one (1) discussion post, assignment submission, or quiz/exam submission that is recorded by the system in the online classroom on two (2) separate days during the online week. (Blackboard "Messages" do not count towards course attendance).

• Counseling Residency Courses: • Online week: Students must post at least one (1) discussion

post, assignment submission, or quiz/exam submission that is recorded by the system in the online classroom on two (2) separate days during the online week. (Blackboard "Messages" do not count towards course attendance).

• Three day residency: Attendance for the course is determined by the online week requirements. Students who do not physically attend any day during the in person residency will receive a failing grade for the course.

Unexcused Absence Policy Attendance is mandatory in all University courses; however, cir- cumstances do occasionally arise which prevent a student from attending class. The University's unexcused absence policy allows unexcused absence(s) to be granted based on the number of work- shops within a course (refer to the chart below). An unexcused absence may affect the final course grade due to the missed oppor- tunity to earn participation points. Unexcused absences will result in a Withdrawal (W) or Withdrawal/Failing (WF) grade if students

miss more than the maximum allowed absences.

Students may submit a request for an excused absence for one of the following reasons with supporting documentation: • Military deployment

• Documentation can consist of military orders. • Extreme serious illness or hospitalization of student or family

member • Family members for hospitalization or serious illness

include: mother, father, spouse, and child. • Documentation can include a note from the Doctor or release

from the hospital. The documentation does not need to contain specifics of the medical condition and/or injury, etc

• Title IX - Pregnancy and Childbirth

• A student must be excused for medically necessary absences due to pregnancy, pregnancy-related conditions or childbirth for as long as the doctor deems the absence(s) medically necessary.

• Documentation can include a note from the doctor, release from the hospital, and any other documentation that would typically be required for other medically necessary absences.

• Death of immediate family member • Immediate family members include: father, mother, spouse,

domestic partner, child, grandparent, brother, sister, aunt, uncle, father-in-law, mother-in-law, brother-in-law, and sister-in-law.

• Documentation can consist of a copy of the deceased's obituary.

• Jury Duty • Documents can consist of a copy of the jury summons.

• Other extenuating circumstances • Students may request an "E" excused absence based on

extenuating circumstances, as approved by the University. • Natural disaster, inclement weather, or emergency situations

which requires campus(es) to cancel classes.

........................................................................................... Leave of Absence

Purpose The University must have a written formal leave of absence (LOA) policy. The University and students must comply with the stated policy as well as governing regulations when requesting, approv- ing and processing LOAs. Policy This policy is applicable to all students enrolled in degree pro- grams at University of Phoenix. If a student is not actively enrolled in a program, the student is not eligible to apply for a leave of absence. Students may be approved by the University for multiple LOAs in a 12-month period. The total of all approved LOAs may not exceed 180 calendar days in the 12-month period. During an approved LOA, the student is not considered withdrawn and no Return to Title IV (R2T4) calculation is required for financial aid recipients. Required Documentation An LOA may be approved if the University determines there is a reasonable expectation the student will return. Students must fol- low the University's LOA Policy when requesting an LOA, by pro- viding (on or before the start date of the LOA) a written, signed and dated request, including the reason for the LOA, to the Finance Advisor. All requests will be forwarded to Student Financial Ser- vices - Operations (SFS-O). If unforeseen circumstances prevent a student from providing a request to the campus on or before the start of the LOA, the Uni- versity may grant the LOA if the campus has documented the rea- son and decision. The campus must collect the signed LOA request form from the student at a later date and provide it to SFS-O within a reasonable amount of time from the student's last date of atten- dance. Unforeseen circumstances may include, but are not limited to, medical and family emergencies, military, jury duty, business travel, University course cancellation and/or facility closure, and natural disasters. If a student is out of attendance due to an unforeseen circumstance and considered an unofficial withdrawal and the campus can doc- ument the reason and decision for the LOA prior to the Return of Title IV (R2T4) Calculation being performed, the student will be

Number of workshops

Allowed Absences

Absences resulting in Withdrawal (W) grade

1-4 0 1

5-9 1 2

9 (Online associ- ate)

2 3

10-59 2 3

60+ 9 10

44

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017 CONSUMER INFORMATION

ABOUT UNIVERSITY OF PHOENIX

placed on an approved LOA and no calculation will be required. However, if the student is an unofficial withdrawal and the cam- pus does not document the reason prior to the calculation being performed, the student will be considered an unofficial with- drawal. An LOA will NOT be approved if a student requests the LOA after 14 consecutive days of nonattendance, is in an unofficial with- drawal (UW) status and the request is not due to unforeseen cir- cumstances that occurred prior to the UW status. If a student requests an LOA start date in the future and is officially withdrawn, unofficially withdrawn, or administratively with- drawn from the University prior to the start date of the LOA, the LOA is not valid and will be negated. HEROES Act The Higher Education Relief Opportunities for Students (HEROES) Act of 2003 was created to ensure students who are receiving fed- eral financial aid are not adversely affected because of their mili- tary status, a natural disaster or a national emergency, and to minimize the administrative burden placed on such individuals. If an affected student has difficulty providing a written LOA request because of affected status, a verbal LOA request may be approved. Affected students include those who: • Are serving on active duty during a war or other military

operation, or national emergency • Are performing qualifying National Guard duty during a war or

other military operation, or national emergency • Reside or are employed in an area that is declared a disaster area

by any federal, state or local official in connection with a national emergency

The University will document the decision for granting an approved LOA to an affected student if that student has difficulty providing a written LOA request because of affected status. The documentation will include both the reason for the LOA and the reason for waiving the requirement that the LOA be requested in writing. For additional information, students should contact their Finance Advisor. Length In determining the length of the LOA, the LOA start date is the first day of the LOA, and the LOA end date is the day before the start date of the course the student is returning to at the University. The first day of the student's initial LOA is used when determining the start date for the 12-month period. If a student is granted an LOA due to unforeseen circumstances, the beginning date of the approved LOA, as recorded by the student on the LOA form, is the date the student was unable to attend class because of the unfore- seen circumstance. The course start date will cease the LOA day count; however, the University's academic system of record will use an active enroll- ment status effective date as determined by the date the student posts an academic related activity (ARA) in the course the student returns to at the University. NSLDS Enrollment Reporting will use the standard effective date for an active enrollment (i.e., course start date). A new LOA request form will be required for any addi- tional LOAs. Note: At the time of the LOA approval, the University will review the LOA dates requested by the student and may adjust those dates based on ARAs, classes scheduled, etc. Extending an LOA A student may request an LOA extension as long as the request is made before the scheduled end date. Students must follow the Uni-

versity LOA Policy when requesting the LOA extension, by pro- viding on or before the scheduled end date, a written, signed, and dated request, including the reason for the LOA extension to the Finance Advisor. All requests must be forwarded to Student Finan- cial Services - Operations (SFS-O). Institutionally Scheduled Breaks If a student submits an LOA request with a start date being the same day as the start of an institutionally scheduled break or a start date that falls within an institutionally scheduled break, the Uni- versity will update the LOA start date to the first day after the institutionally scheduled break ends. If a student's LOA is scheduled to end on or within an institution- ally scheduled break, the University will update the LOA return date to the start date of the course that is scheduled to begin after the institutionally scheduled break, as long as the student is regis- tered for a course set to begin when the institutionally scheduled break ends. If a student's LOA request completely overlaps an institutionally scheduled break, all days of the institutionally scheduled break and the LOA days will count toward the length of the LOA and apply toward the maximum of 180 days in a 12-month period. The University will not allow a student to take two consecutive LOAs separated by an institutionally scheduled break. Disbursements During an LOA The University may disburse Pell, IASG and FSEOG funds to a stu- dent on an LOA during certain times of the year. Federal financial aid funds that are part of a credit balance created before a student began an LOA may be paid to a student, since those funds were disbursed before the student went on the LOA. Completion of Coursework upon Return If a student takes an approved LOA in the middle of a course, the University must ensure no additional charges are incurred when the student returns. To ensure no additional charges are incurred, the University will issue the student an LOA Credit (LOAC). This LOAC will be applied to the course scheduled after the LOA end date. Failure to Return The University will advise the student, prior to granting the LOA, the effect that failure to return from an LOA may have on loan repayment terms, including the expiration of the student's grace period. If a student does not return from an approved LOA, the withdrawal date and beginning of the grace period will be the stu- dent's last date of attendance. If the student reenters, after withdrawing from the University, the previously approved LOA days will count toward the student's LOA maximum of 180 days in a 12-month period. Program Change During Approved LOA If upon a student's return from an approved LOA a student begins a new program, the student is not meeting the LOA requirement of returning to the program the student was enrolled in prior to tak- ing the LOA. Therefore, in these scenarios, the University will per- form a return of Title IV (R2T4) calculation to withdraw the student from his/her initial program of study. The student's last date of attendance in these scenarios will be the last academic related activity (ARA) prior to taking the approved LOA. The University's date of determination will be the Program Change Effective Date/ Program Begin Date. Once the University has withdrawn the stu- dent from the initial program, the student will be enrolled and packaged in the new program. (Refer to the Program Changes Pol- icy and Re-Entry Policy for further information)

45

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

........................................................................................... Financial Aid Disbursements

Federal Funds A student is eligible to receive the first disbursement of federal financial aid when the University confirms the student is enrolled in courses for the payment period and is eligible to receive the funds. The student becomes eligible to receive a disbursement of federal financial aid for the second payment period when the stu- dent successfully completes one-half the weeks of instructional time and earns one-half the credit hours in the defined academic year (AY). Typically, the University disburses funds once the stu- dent successfully completes half the credits and weeks of instruc- tion in the current AY, which may consist of more credit hours and weeks of instruction than the defined AY. First-time, first-year undergraduate borrowers will not have the first installment of the Direct Loan disbursed until 30 calendar days after the program of study academic year begins.

For additional information on student eligibility for standard, late, and post withdrawal disbursements from the University, please refer to the Disbursements Policy in the Financial Aid Policies appendix. Federal Financial Aid Credit Balance Policy The Federal Financial Aid Credit Balance Policy addresses federal financial aid credit balances and how the University handles those credit balances when they occur on a student's account. Whenever the University credits federal financial aid funds to a student's account and those funds exceed the student's allowable charges, a federal financial aid credit balance occurs. The University will pay the excess federal financial aid funds directly to the student or par- ent as soon as possible, but no later than 14 days after the balance occurred on the student's account unless an Authorization to Hold Funds form is on file. For more information, please review the Fed- eral Financial Aid Credit Balance Policy in the Financial Aid Poli- cies appendix. Cancellation of Federal Financial Aid The student (or parent in the case of a Parent PLUS Loan) must inform the University if all or a portion of federal financial aid funds are to be canceled. Once the loan is disbursed, the University sends the student/parent a Right to Cancel letter, which includes the time given to respond should the student and/or parent bor- rower wish to cancel their loan request(s). This notification is

First Disbursement Eligibility

Second Disbursement EligibilityFederal Loans

Direct First-Time, First- Year Borrower

30 days after aca- demic year or program start date

Successfully com- pletes ½ weeks and credits in academic year or program and has posted atten- dance for the sec- ond payment period

Direct Subsequent Bor- rower, Parent PLUS, and Grad- uate/Profes- sional PLUS

7 days after the academic year start date or 7 days after date of certification if the academic year start date is in the past

Successfully com- pletes ½ weeks and credits in academic year or program and has posted atten- dance for the sec- ond payment period

Federal Grants

Pell Grant Iraq Afghanistan Servicemembers Grant (IASG)

7 days from the academic year start date or 7 days from date of certifica- tion if the aca- demic year start date is in the past

Successfully com- pletes ½ weeks and credits in academic year or program and has posted atten- dance for the sec- ond payment period

Federal Student Education Opportunity Grant (FSEOG)

7 days from the academic year start date or 7 days from date of certifica- tion if the aca- demic year start date is in the past

Teacher Educa- tion Assistance for College and Higher Education (TEACH ) Grant Program

7 days after the academic year start date or 7 days after date of certification if the academic year start date is in the past

State and Institu- tional Grants

Varies: Depen- dent on individ- ual state requirements

Varies: Depen- dent on individ- ual state requirements

Private Loans Varies: Depen- dent on individ- ual state requirements

Varies: Depen- dent on individ- ual state requirements

First Disbursement Eligibility

Second Disbursement EligibilityFederal Loans

46

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017 CONSUMER INFORMATION

ABOUT UNIVERSITY OF PHOENIX

mailed after the loan disbursement has been credited to the stu- dent's account. Borrowers who wish to cancel all or a portion of their loan must inform the University within 30 days from the date the University sends the disbursement notification. Any requests received after the 30 days but prior to 110 days will be honored as a partial cancellation based on Title IV funds that are currently unap- plied. The University notifies the student/parent in writing of the outcome of his or her request regardless of when the cancellation request is received. State Funds A payment period is defined according to individual state require- ments. The payment period determines when funds are disbursed and the exact amount to be disbursed.

........................................................................................... Federal Financial Aid Counseling

Federal Direct Loan Entrance Counseling The University ensures loan entrance counseling is conducted using an online counseling module for students borrowing Federal Subsidized/Unsubsidized Loans or PLUS Loans for the first time. A link to the iGrad entrance counseling module is displayed within the University financial aid website. Entrance counseling generally includes the following: • An explanation of the use of a Master Promissory Note (MPN) • Importance of repayment obligation • Description of consequences of default • Sample repayment schedules • Information in reference to a borrower's rights and

responsibilities • Information on the National Student Loan Data System

(NSLDS), http://www.nslds.ed.gov/nslds_SA/ • Information on possible loss of eligibility for additional Direct

Subsidized Loans • Information on how a borrower's maximum eligibility period,

remaining eligibility period and subsidized usage period are determined

• The potential for a borrower becoming responsible for all accruing interest on Direct Subsidized Loans during in-school periods, grace periods and periods of authorized determent

• Impact of borrower responsibility for accruing interest on the borrower's total debt

• Other terms and conditions The goal of entrance counseling is to help the borrower understand what it means to borrow federal student loans. Federal Direct Loan Exit Counseling The University notifies students to complete loan exit counseling online at the U.S. Department of Education website (https://stu- dentloans.gov/myDirectLoan/index.action) within 30 days of completion of a program, withdrawal from the University or when a student ceases to be enrolled at least half-time. Exit counseling generally includes the following: • An explanation of the use of a Master Promissory Note (MPN) • Importance of repayment obligation • Description of consequences of default • Sample repayment schedules • Information in reference to a borrower's rights and

responsibilities • Information on the National Student Loan Data System

(NSLDS), http://www.nslds.ed.gov/nslds_SA/

• Information on possible loss of eligibility for additional Direct Subsidized Loans

• Information on how a borrower's maximum eligibility period, remaining eligibility period, and subsidized usage period are determined

• The potential for a borrower becoming responsible for all accruing interest on Direct Subsidized Loans during in-school periods, grace periods and periods of authorized determent

• Impact of borrower responsibility for accruing interest on the borrower's total debt

• Other terms and conditions • A letter is sent to students advising them of the exit counseling

requirement. This letter includes an attachment with all required exit information. The attachment can be found at http:/ /www.direct.ed.gov/pubs/exitcounselguide.pdf

A letter is sent to students advising them of the exit counseling requirement. This letter includes an attachment with all required exit information. The attachment can be found at http:// www.direct.ed.gov/pubs/exitcounselguide.pdf Federal Teacher Education Assistance for College and Higher Education Grant Counseling Effective September 22, 2016, the University no longer participates in the TEACH Grant Program The University ensures initial and subsequent Teacher Education Assistance for College and Higher Education (TEACH) Grant counseling is conducted online at http://www.nslds.ed.gov/ nslds_SA/ Within 30 days of learning a TEACH Grant recipient is no longer in attendance, a letter is sent to the recipient advising him or her of the exit counseling requirement. This letter includes an attachment that can be found at https://teach-ats.ed.gov/ats/images/gen/ teachExitCounselingGuide.pdf

........................................................................................... Federal Loan Repayment

Prior Federal Student Loan Deferments (Postponing Payments) A student who is registered and attending classes at the University can postpone making payments on federal student loans from pre- vious colleges by requesting a deferment from the loan holder or servicer. Return all deferment forms to a Finance Advisor, who for- wards the forms to the Registrar's Office for processing. The loan holder or servicer makes the final determination to grant a defer- ment request. Students receiving federal student loans may also obtain defer- ments for several reasons including serving in the Peace Corps, under the Domestic Volunteer Service Act and as a volunteer for a tax-exempt organization of demonstrated effectiveness in the field of community service. Receiving a deferment is not automatic; therefore, the student or parent(s) must apply for it. Borrowers must formally request a deferment through the procedures established by the holder of their loan(s). Detailed information regarding deferments may be viewed at https://studentaid.ed.gov/sa/repay-loans/deferment- forbearance Loan Payment Calculator Loan payment calculators may be used by students or potential students to calculate monthly payments under the different stu- dent loan repayment plans available. The Repayment Estimator at https://studentloans.gov/myDirectLoan/mobile/repayment/ repaymentEstimator.action allows students to estimate their pay-

47

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

ment under all available repayment plans.

With the standard plan, a fixed payment amount is due each month until loans are paid in full. Monthly repayments will be at least $50, and have up to 10 years to repay. Graduated Repayment Detail - 120 months starting at a payment of $80 and a final monthly payment amount of $239. Total interest paid would be $5,832, for a total of $17,832. Extended Repayment - Only available for loan amounts greater than $30,000 Payment amounts under the Pay As You Earn, Income-Based and Income-Contingent repayment plans will be available in the Repayment Estimator after you enter tax filing status, adjusted gross income, family size and state of residence. Federal Student Loan Consolidation A Direct Loan consolidation allows a borrower to combine multi- ple federal student loans into one, which results in one bill, and one lender. It can also lower monthly payments by giving borrow- ers up to 30 years to repay their loans; however, by increasing the length of the repayment period, you will also make more pay- ments, and pay more in interest. Most federal student loans, including the following, are eligible for consolidation: • Direct Subsidized Loans • Direct Unsubsidized Loans • Subsidized Federal Stafford Loans • Unsubsidized Federal Stafford Loans • Direct PLUS Loans • PLUS Loans from the Federal Family Education Loan (FFEL)

Program • Supplemental Loans for Students (SLS) • Federal Perkins Loans • Federal Nursing Loans • Health Education Assistance Loans • Some existing consolidation loans When considering consolidation, it is important to consider the pros and cons. Consolidation could give borrowers access to alter- native repayment plans, which they did not have before, and enable them to switch from a variable interest rate loan to a fixed interest rate. Consolidation may also cause borrowers to lose bene- fits offered with the original loans such as interest rate discounts, principal rebates, or some loan cancellation benefits, which can sig- nificantly reduce the cost of repaying loans. More information regarding loan consolidation is located at http:/

/studentaid.ed.gov/repay-loans/consolidation Federal Student Loan Forgiveness, Cancellation and Discharge In certain situations, borrowers can have their federal student loans forgiven, canceled or discharged. Below is a list of the type of forgiveness, cancellation and discharges available. • Total and Permanent Disability Discharge • Death Discharge • Discharge in Bankruptcy (in rare cases) • Closed School Discharge • False Certification of Student Eligibility or Unauthorized

Payment Discharge • Unpaid Refund Discharge • Teacher Loan Forgiveness • Public Service Loan Forgiveness • Perkins Loan Cancellation and Discharge (includes Teacher

Cancellation) Detailed information on these options is available at http://stu- dentaid.ed.gov/repay-loans/forgiveness-cancellation

........................................................................................... Military Benefits

Veterans Educational Benefits Students who are entitled to Federal VA education benefits must make initial contact with a campus veterans affairs certifying offi- cial. A formal application for admission to the University should be completed before applying for Federal VA education benefits. Applications for veteran education benefits should be sent to a local campus-certifying official or their financial advisor for sub- mission to the U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs (DVA). Each University of Phoenix program segregated by instructional modality (classroom-based or distance education) requires sepa- rate State Approving Agency (SAA) approval for the training of veterans or eligible persons. A student should contact a local cam- pus for information on current approvals. Students who intend to use Federal VA educational benefits for a specific program at an institution should confirm the program is eligible for Federal VA funding on the WEAMS Institution Search website. Federal VA education benefit eligibility and payment rates vary depending on each individual's military history and the educa- tional program being pursued. Only the DVA can determine eligi- bility.. For information, a student should contact a DVA representative at 888.GI.BILL.1 (888.442.4551) or review http:// www.gibill.va.gov If the DVA determines that the student is not eligible for Federal VA education benefits or determines that the student's Certificate of Eligibility is for less than 100%, the student is responsible for paying any difference between the eligibility determination and the tuition and fees charged by the University. Students needing to withdraw from the University should provide official notification of their intent to withdraw. Withdrawing may impact Federal VA education benefits for the current course as well as the availability of Federal VA educational benefits in future courses. Please contact your Academic Advisor to discuss the impact of withdrawing from a course. Directed study courses have Defense Activity for Non-Traditional Education Support (DSST-DANTES) approval for tuition reim- bursement. For more information on this program, a student should contact the Educational Service Officer on the military base. University of Phoenix does not participate in the DVA education advanced payment program.

Sample Standard Repayment Calculator Detail

Loan Amount $12,000

Interest Rate 6.80%

Repayment Summary

Months in Repayment 120

Monthly Payment $138

Total Interest Payment $4,572

Total Loan Payment $16,572

48

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017 CONSUMER INFORMATION

ABOUT UNIVERSITY OF PHOENIX

More information about veterans' benefits can be reviewed at http://www.phoenix.edu/colleges_divisions/military.html Visit the Department of Veterans Affairs website, http:// www.gibill.va.gov, for additional information on educational enti- tlements. Credit for Prior Education and Training Credit for prior education or training must be evaluated and reported to the U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs (DVA) prior to the start of week 25 of enrollment. The DVA may not always pay Federal VA education benefits after week 24 if the DVA records indicate the student has a large amount of transfer credits. Please ensure all prior education transcripts and Joint Services Transcripts (JST) (Army, Navy, Marine), Coast Guard Institute tran- scripts, or DD-295 and DD-214 forms are submitted for evaluation in a timely manner. The student is responsible for ensuring all tran- scripts are submitted to the University. Academic credits earned for courses appearing on an official transcript from a regionally accredited or candidate-for-accreditation college or university will be evaluated according to University policies, and accepted subject to the approval of the University Office of Admissions and Evalua- tion. Transfer credits based on a different unit of credit than the one pre- scribed by University of Phoenix are subject to conversion before being transferred. Only the official transcript and course evalua- tions performed by the University Office of Admissions and Evalu- ation or Prior Learning Assessment Center are final. Any preliminary reviews by campus personnel are unofficial, not bind- ing and subject to change. Military Tuition Assistance To obtain federal military tuition assistance, visit your education or Navy College Office to receive college counseling and develop an education plan. From that point, a student can submit a military tuition assistance request; for more information, visit http:// www.phoenix.edu/colleges_divisions/military/military-finan- cial-options/tuition-assistance.html A student can currently receive 100% of federal tuition assistance from military service, with a $250 cap per semester hour, and a $4,500 annual limit. If a student wants to apply for military tuition assistance, that student will need to submit a completed authoriza- tion form to a Military Advisor at least two weeks before a course start date. DVA Tuition Assistance Top-Up Benefit Top-Up allows VA to pay the difference between what Tuition Assistance (TA) pays and the cost of the course. The law prohibits active duty students from receiving regular Chapter 30 benefits and TA for the same course; however, VA students, to include National Guard and Reserve service members who earned Chapter 30 benefits while on Active duty, in receipt of TA may receive the Chapter 30 Top-up benefit. Detailed information about Tuition Assistance Top-up and about applying for Top-up is available on the GI Bill® website http://www.benefits.va.gov/gibill/ tuition_assistance.asp. Readmission of Servicemembers Any student whose absence from the University is necessitated by reason of service in the uniformed services is entitled to readmis- sion if the following criteria are met:

• The student (or an appropriate officer of the Armed Forces or official of the Department of Defense) gives verbal or written notice to the University's Military Division verifying that the student's absence from the University was necessitated by service in the uniformed services.

• The cumulative length of the absence and of all previous absences from the University by reason of service in the uniformed services does not exceed five years.

Note: A student who submits an application for readmission to the University must provide documentation to establish that the stu- dent has not exceeded the specified service limitations and that the student's eligibility for readmission has not been terminated. Examples of documentation to verify that the student is still within the acceptable service limitations include the student's deployment paperwork or a letter from the commanding officer that includes the student's dates of service. Exception: The University may not delay or attempt to avoid read- mission of a student under this section by demanding documenta- tion that does not exist, or is not readily available, at the time of readmission. • The student submits verbal or written notification of intent to re-

enroll. Note: If the student's last date of attendance with the University is more than 365 days in the past, the student must complete an updated admissions application and Enrollment Agreement in accordance with the University re-entry policy. The Military Divi- sion should then submit these completed documents along with the servicemember's readmission form. The student may remain in the original program/version without appeal, provided the cumu- lative length of absence does not exceed five years and that the pro- gram has not been expired. A student's eligibility for readmission under this section by reason of such student's service in the armed services terminates upon the occurrence of any of the following events: • A separation of such person from the Armed Forces (including

the National Guard and Reserves) with a dishonorable or bad conduct discharge, or

• A dismissal of such person permitted under section 1161(a) of Title 10, USC, or

• A dropping of such person from the roles pursuant to section 1161(b) of Title 10, USC

Note: If the student does not submit a notification of intent to re- enroll within the time limits, the student is subject to the Univer- sity-established leave of absence policy and general practices. In addition to the above definition of affected servicemember, the Military Deployment Policies and Procedures will also apply to residents of the state of Iowa who meet the following criteria: • A student who is an Iowa resident and is a member of the Iowa

National Guard or reserve force of the United States who has been ordered to National Guard duty under state authority without such unit being federalized or ordered to Federal active duty, and

• to a student who is an Iowa resident and is the spouse of a member of an Iowa National Guard or reserve force of the United States who has been ordered to National Guard duty under state authority without such unit being federalized or ordered to Federal active duty, provided the member of the Iowa National Guard or reserve force of the United States has a dependent child.

Re-entry Policy for Servicemembers Opportunity Colleges

49

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

(SOC) Students out for a period of more than one year, with current, active or prior military experience in the Army, Coast Guard, Marine Corps and Navy are covered under the Servicemembers Opportunity Colleges (SOC) guidelines, and therefore will be per- mitted to continue in their original program/version of study. These students are required to complete all degree requirements within the graduation deadline period. Students are granted five (5) years to complete an associate degree and seven (7) years to complete an undergraduate degree from the first date of positive attendance with the University. If the student is unable to complete his or her degree requirements within the deadline, the University is not obligated to uphold the agreement of the SOC Degree Net- work. Note: A student with a SOC agreement who changes program, major or concentration is required to update to the most current program/version offered in his or her state or jurisdiction. A new SOC agreement will be created for the student when the student is admitted to the new program/version, and the student will be given a new five (5) year (associate) or seven (7) year (undergradu- ate) timeframe in which to complete the degree.

Student Financial Responsibilities, Policies and

........................................................................................... Options

Student Financial Responsibilities The student is responsible to ensure all tuition and electronic course materials fees are paid whether in attendance or not. The student is responsible for knowing the account balance. Student account information is available on the student website. When the student is considered administratively, officially or unof- ficially withdrawn from his or her program, the University may cancel any federal financial aid in process. The student may receive a refund for or may owe payment to the University depending upon the student's account balance. Changing Finance Plans The student can change a finance plan if in compliance with the current finance plan. To change a finance plan, the student must contact a Finance Advisor and complete all necessary documents. All changes must be approved by University of Phoenix to become effective. Meeting Financial Plan Obligations Students who primarily attend a physical University of Phoenix campus are subject to finance approval by their primary campus prior to enrolling in a course. Tuition and all applicable fees for each course must be paid according to the terms and conditions outlined in the primary financial option selected on the Student Financial Agreement form. Students who do not comply with the primary financial option term will not be allowed to attend classes. Students are required to be in compliance with University financial policies before grades and transcripts will be issued or the degree awarded. A student may be administratively withdrawn for failure to make payment in a timely manner, preventing the student from attend- ing future class sessions, until the amount owed is paid in full or satisfactory payment arrangements are made. All costs of collec- tion, court costs and reasonable attorneys' fees will be added to delinquent accounts collected through third parties. University of Phoenix may obtain a current credit report as needed to support decisions to defer tuition payment or to assist in the collection of amounts owed.

Electronic Course Materials and Books Fees Electronic course materials and books for each course must be paid at the time they are ordered or in accordance with a student's stated payment option. Electronic course materials fees are nonre- fundable, unless prohibited by law. A student who drops a course will be granted access to the electronic course materials for that course without additional charge if the course is retaken within 180 days of the course's original start date. State Tax Various states require universities to collect a tax on tuition, fees, digital goods or access to digital information. The University will collect the appropriate tax on tuition, fees and electronic course materials fees charged to the student in these states. Contact a Finance Advisor for the current list of states requiring tax be col- lected. Financial Policies Multiple-Tuition Discount Policy For instances in which a student may qualify for multiple tuition discounts, the discount that provides the greatest benefit to the stu- dent will be applied to the tuition amount. General Refund Policy A tuition refund may be granted to those who qualify, based on the state refund policy. A complete list of state refund policies is located in the Academic Catalog and the Consumer Information Guide. All other fees are nonrefundable, unless prohibited by law. Payment Policies Payments are accepted on the student website (https://ecam- pus.phoenix.edu/portal/portal/public/login.aspx) by check, credit card or debit card. Finance Advisors can also process credit card or debit card payments. The student can mail a check, certified check or money order payment to the following address:

University of Phoenix P.O. Box 29887

Phoenix, AZ 85038-9887 If a credit card or a debit card is provided with a completed Autho- rization to Charge form, tuition and electronic course materials fees will be charged to that card. Automatic payments are set prior to each course upon request. The University is not responsible for fees or penalties incurred as a result of payment with a debit card or other restrictive payment cards. The student should contact his or her financial institution for account balances, daily transaction limits and other restrictions. Returned Check Fees Returned checks will result in an additional processing fee of $25, unless prohibited by law. Late Payment Fees Payments must be made in accordance to the selected finance plan. If tuition payment is not received within the terms and conditions of the selected finance plan, fees up to $25 will be assessed to the student account, unless otherwise restricted by law. Late fees are due immediately upon invoice. Notice The University may report information about student accounts to credit bureaus. Late payments, missed payments or other defaults on student accounts may be reflected in a credit report. If payment for tuition and electronic course materials fees is not received in accordance with the Student Finance Agreement, the student may be withdrawn from the program and official tran- scripts withheld.

50

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017 CONSUMER INFORMATION

ABOUT UNIVERSITY OF PHOENIX

Financial Options Understanding and choosing the right finance plan is critical to the successful completion of the student's selected program. Univer- sity of Phoenix offers a number of finance plan options to assist the student in managing financial obligations. The student can utilize one or more of the plans listed below, depending on personal cir- cumstances. For more detailed information regarding actual tuition fees for programs and locations, visit the tuition and fees calculator web page at http://www.phoenix.edu/tuition_and_financial_options/ tuition_and_fees.html or contact a Finance Advisor with any ques- tions regarding financial options and scholarships. Cash Plan The Cash Plan requires all tuition and electronic course materials fees to be paid in full prior to the start of each course. For more information, please visit http://www.phoenix.edu/ tuition_and_financial_options/financial_options/cash-plan.html Federal Financial Aid Plan The Federal Financial Aid Plan is available to students receiving federal grants, federal loans or both to pay for tuition in an eligible degree or a certificate program. To learn more, please visit http:// www.phoenix.edu/tuition_and_financial_options/ financial_options/federal_financial_aid.html Military or Government Billing Plan Under the Military or Government Billing Plan, University of Phoenix directly bills the military or other government agency for a student's tuition. For more information, please visit http:// www.phoenix.edu/colleges_divisions/military/military-finan- cial-options.html Third-Party Billing Plan Under the Third-Party Billing Plan, University of Phoenix directly bills an approved employer for a student's tuition. To learn more, please visit http://www.phoenix.edu/ tuition_and_financial_options/financial_options/ third_party_billing.html Tuition Deferral Plan The Tuition Deferral Plan is available for students whose employ- ers offer to repay some or all of their employees' tuition. The plan is also available to students receiving benefits from the U.S. Depart- ment of Veterans Affairs or U.S. Department of Defense. For more information, please visit http://www.phoenix.edu/ tuition_and_financial_options/financial_options/tuition-deferral- plan.html Tribal Funding Several American Indian tribal nations provide funding for the tuition of a student who is a recognized member. For more infor- mation, please contact [email protected]

........................................................................................... Withdrawing from the University

Circumstances may necessitate withdrawal from the University. A student who received, or is eligible to receive federal financial aid funds provided certain criteria are met, and subsequently officially or unofficially withdraws is subject to a Return of Title IV (R2T4) Calculation as required by federal regulations. Official Withdrawals There are two ways a student can provide official notification of the intent to withdraw from the University to be considered an official withdrawal: 1. Complete the self-service Official Withdrawal automated process via the University student website at https://ecampus.phoe- nix.edu/portal/portal/public/login.aspx, through the Program tab. 2. Notify the designated campus offices of Enrollment Services, Academic Services and Financial Services. Withdrawal Date The withdrawal date for an official withdrawal is the last date of academic attendance or attendance of an academically related activity determined from University attendance records. This date is always earlier than or equal to the date the student notifies the University of his/her withdrawal. Date of Determination The date of determination (DOD) for students who officially with- draw from the University is the latter of the student's withdrawal date or the date of notification. The University will return the amount of federal financial aid for which it is responsible no later than 45 days after the date the University determines the student has withdrawn. (See Return of Title IV Policy for additional infor- mation.) Rescission of Official Withdrawal Students who rescind their intent to withdraw must provide an electronic or written statement to the University stating their intent to participate in academically related activities (ARAs) and com- plete the payment period. Students may rescind the intent to withdraw by completing the Official Withdrawal Rescind request via the University eCampus website. Rescissions may be requested up until the time a Return of Title IV (R2T4) calculation has been completed. The student may also submit an electronic or written statement to the University stating his/her intent to return to the University, remain in aca- demic attendance and continue to participate in ARAs through the end of the payment period. If the student subsequently withdraws after rescinding the intent to withdraw, the withdrawal date is the last date of academic atten- dance or ARA determined from University attendance records. The DOD for students who rescind their intent to withdraw and subsequently withdraw from the University, without official notifi- cation, is no greater than 15 days after the student's official last date of academic attendance or attendance at an ARA. Note: Please refer to the last section of this policy for discussion on academic related activities that occur during an institutionally scheduled break.

51

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

Unofficial Withdrawals Students who do not provide official notification to the University of their intent to withdraw are considered unofficial withdrawals (UWs) after 14 days of consecutive nonattendance in an ARA. Exceptions The University allows the following exceptions when counting the 14 days of consecutive nonattendance in an ARA: • IX Grades - If a student is granted an extension of the course he

or she is currently attending and the intent is to complete the course, the days in the extension period will not count toward the 14 days of consecutive nonattendance in an ARA. During this time, a student in an extension period will remain in active status. An extension of the course is indicated by the issuance of an IX (In Progress Extension) grade.

• Institutionally Scheduled Breaks - Students on institutionally scheduled breaks will not have the days of the break count toward the 14 days of consecutive nonattendance at an academically related activity. The following are different types of institutionally scheduled breaks at the University: • Holidays • Inclement Weather • Administrative

Withdrawal Date The withdrawal date for students who cease attendance at the Uni- versity, including a student who does not return from an approved leave of absence, is the last date of academic attendance or atten- dance in an ARA determined from University attendance records. For a student with an approved leave of absence, the University will review the student record on or after the original approved return date. The University review determines if the student reen- tered as scheduled, or did not reenter as scheduled and must be withdrawn for the purposes of the Return of Title IV (R2T4) calcu- lation and deferment processing. Date of Determination The DOD for students who unofficially withdraw from the Univer- sity is no greater than 15 days after the official last date of atten- dance; or when a student fails to return from an approved leave of absence. Students granted an extension (IX grades) have the period of the extension excluded when counting the 14 days of consecu- tive nonattendance. For example, if the student was out of atten- dance (OOA) for 5 days prior to the extension, once the extension is completed the days continue to count from day 6 until the next aca- demic related activity (ARA) posts. If the student does not post an ARA, then at 14 days (excluding the extension period) the DOD will populate. The University will return the amount of federal financial aid funds for which it is responsible no later than 45 days after the date the University determines the student has with- drawn (See Return of Title IV Policy). Note: Please refer to the last section of this policy for discussion on academic related activities that occur during an institutionally scheduled break. Administrative Withdrawals Students who are withdrawn from the University for failure to meet admission, academic, candidacy, financial or code of conduct policies are considered administrative withdrawals (AWs). Withdrawal Date The withdrawal date for students who are AW is the last date of academic attendance or attendance in an ARA that occurred prior to the decision to administratively withdraw the student.

Date of Determination The DOD for students who are AW from the University is the date the University determines the withdrawal. The University will return the amount of federal financial aid for which it is responsi- ble no later than 45 days after the date of the administrative with- drawal. (See Return of Title IV Policy) Note: Please refer to the following section for discussion on aca- demic related activities that occur during an institutionally sched- uled break. Academic Related Activities That Occur During an Institutionally Scheduled Break The University does not recognize any ARA that occurs during an institutionally scheduled break as attendance for federal financial aid purposes only. Withdrawal Date If a student posts an ARA during an institutionally scheduled break, the University will look for the most recent ARA that occurred prior to the start of the institutionally scheduled break. This date will be used as the withdrawal date for Title IV purposes. Date of Determination The DOD for students who post academic related activities during an institutionally scheduled break will be no greater than 15 days after the end date of the institutionally scheduled break. For example: A student attends class on December 19th. An institu- tionally scheduled break occurs December 20 - January 4. The stu- dent posts an ARA on December 29th, which is during the scheduled break. The DOD is January 19th (the 15th day after the end date of the institutionally scheduled break).

........................................................................................... Return of Title IV Policy

The Return of Title IV Policy addresses federal financial aid recipi- ents who withdraw from the University and are subject to a Return of Title IV (R2T4) calculation. For the purpose of R2T4 calculation requirements, a recipient is a student who has actually received federal financial aid funds or has met the conditions that entitled the student to a late disbursement of federal financial aid funds. The University is required to review the amount of federal loan and grant aid a student received for the payment period, to deter- mine what percentage of federal financial aid the student earned prior to withdrawal. The percentage of federal financial aid deter- mined to be unearned for the payment period must be returned to the appropriate federal financial aid program(s). For more informa- tion on the Return of Title IV, refer to the Return of Title IV policy in the Financial Aid Policies appendix.

........................................................................................... Tuition Refund Policy

Institutional The following provisions pertain to all refund policies applied by the University unless specifically stated otherwise. When a student begins a program under Registered (R) status, pending the comple- tion of the student admission file, and is subsequently denied admission, the student is eligible for a full tuition refund. The Uni- versity does not refund tuition for any completed course. A tuition refund can be requested in writing from a local campus. Students who withdraw from a course prior to the start date will receive a 100% refund for that course. Students who have com- pleted 60% or less of the course are eligible for a pro-rata refund. The pro-rata refund percentage will be calculated by dividing the number of weeks remaining by the total number of weeks in the course.*

52

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017 CONSUMER INFORMATION

ABOUT UNIVERSITY OF PHOENIX

Here are a few examples of common course lengths:

State If a student attends a class in one of these states, the specific state refund policy will be applied in addition to the University Institu- tional Refund Policy. In the event that there is a conflict in the poli- cies, the state policy will supersede the general University policy, unless the University policy is better for the student's situation. These policies are outlined below. Arizona Students have the right to a full refund of all monies paid, includ- ing application and materials fees, if they withdraw within three business days after signing the Enrollment Agreement. Otherwise, students in Arizona will have tuition refunded using the Univer- sity Institutional Refund Policy. California Students in the state of California will have tuition refunded using the University Institutional Refund Policy with the following exception: • Students have the right to cancel the Enrollment Agreement and

obtain a refund of charges paid through attendance at the first class session or the seventh day after enrollment, whichever is later.

• To cancel enrollment, the student must submit a written request postmarked on or before the applicable time period to the campus director of finance at the appropriate address listed below: • Refund administrative address for students attending any of

the five California campuses (Southern California, San Diego, Bay Area, Central Valley and Sacramento Valley):

University of Phoenix 3090 Bristol St.

Costa Mesa, CA 92626-3099 • Refund administrative address for California residents

attending Online: University of Phoenix

4035 S. Riverpoint Pkwy. Phoenix, AZ 85040

Florida Students in the state of Florida will have tuition refunded using the University Institutional Refund Policy with the following excep-

tions: • Students have the right to a full refund of all monies paid,

including application and materials fees, if they withdraw within three business days after signing the Enrollment Agreement.

• The University will retain $45 of the application fee for students who withdraw from the University prior to the start of their program and after the three-day cancellation period.

• Refunds will be paid within 30 days of a student's official withdrawal.

Georgia Students in Georgia will have tuition refunded using the Univer- sity Institutional Refund Policy with the following exceptions: • Students have the right to a full refund of all monies paid,

including application and materials fees, if they withdraw within three business days after signing the Enrollment Agreement.

• Students providing written notification of withdrawal prior to the first class session or who have been out of attendance for more than 14 days will receive a full refund of tuition paid for the unattended course.

• Refunds are paid within 30 days of a student's official withdrawal.

• A student who is out of attendance for more than 14 days is considered withdrawn from the course.

Indiana Indiana has established refund policies that differ from the Univer- sity Institutional Refund Policy. If a student attends a class in Indi- ana, the state's refund policy will be applied. The University must make the proper refund no later than 31 days after the request for cancellation or withdrawal. A student is entitled to a full refund if one or more of the following criteria are met: • The student cancels the Enrollment Agreement within six

business days after signing. • The student does not meet the University minimum admission

requirements. • The student's enrollment was procured as a result of a

misrepresentation in the written materials utilized by the University.

If the student has not visited the University prior to enrollment

Weeks Attended Refund for

5-Week Course Refund for

6-Week Course Refund for

7-Week Course Refund for

9-Week Course

1 Week 80% Refund 83% Refund 86% Refund 89% Refund

2 Weeks 60% Refund 67% Refund 71% Refund 78% Refund

3 Weeks 40% Refund 50% Refund 57% Refund 67% Refund

4 Weeks No Refund No Refund 43% Refund 56% Refund

5 Weeks No Refund 44% Refund

6 Weeks No Refund

* Attendance for doctoral residency is submitted after the student has attended and completed all days in the residency.

53

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

and, upon touring the University or attending the regularly sched- uled orientation or classes, the student withdrew from the program within three days, he or she will not have a financial obligation. A student withdrawing from an instructional program after start- ing the instructional program at the University and attending one week or less is entitled to a refund of 90% of the cost of the financial obligation, less an application or enrollment fee of 10% of the total tuition, not to exceed $100. A student withdrawing from an instructional program, after attending more than 25% but equal to or less than 50% of the dura- tion of the instructional program, is entitled to a refund of 50% of the cost of the financial obligation, less an application or enroll- ment fee of 10% of the total tuition, not to exceed $100. A student withdrawing from an instructional program, after attending more than 50% but equal to or less than 60% of the dura- tion of the instructional program, is entitled to a refund of 40% of the cost of the financial obligation, less an application or enroll- ment fee of 10% of the total tuition, not to exceed $100. A student withdrawing from an instructional program, after attending more than 60% of the duration of the instructional pro- gram, is not entitled to a refund.

Indiana Refund Policy Chart

Missouri Students in Missouri will have tuition refunded using the Univer- sity Institutional Refund Policy with the following exceptions: • Students have the right to a full refund of all monies paid if they

withdraw within three business days after signing the Enrollment Agreement.

• To cancel enrollment, a student must notify the local campus in writing on or before the three-day period. After the three-day period, all fees, including applications fees, assessment fees and book fees, are nonrefundable.

• A tuition refund must be requested in writing to the student's local campus.

Kentucky Students in the state of Kentucky will have tuition refunded using the University Institutional Refund Policy with the following exceptions: • A student who cancels enrollment any time before the start of

the first class session will receive a full refund of all monies paid.

• The University may retain 10% of the tuition agreed upon in the Enrollment Agreement or $100, whichever is less, for students who fail to attend in the enrollment period for which advanced payment was made.

• Refunds will be paid within 30 days of a student's official withdrawal.

• A student who is out of attendance for more than 30 days is considered withdrawn.

Louisiana Students in the state of Louisiana will have tuition refunded using the University Institutional Refund Policy with the following exceptions: • Students who cancel enrollment any time before the start of the

first class session will receive a full refund of all monies paid, except the application fee, which is nonrefundable.

• Refunds will be paid within 30 days of a student's official withdrawal.

• The University may retain an administrative fee, not to exceed 15% of total tuition and fees paid.

Nevada Students in the state of Nevada will have tuition refunded using the University Institutional Refund Policy with the following exceptions: • Students who cancel enrollment any time before the start of the

first class session will receive a full refund of all monies paid. • The University may retain 10% of the tuition agreed upon in the

Enrollment Agreement or $150, whichever is less, for students who fail to attend in the enrollment period for which advanced payment was made.

• Refunds will be paid to the person that paid the tuition within 15 calendar days after one of the following, whichever is applicable: • The date of cancellation by a student of his or her enrollment • Termination by the University of the enrollment of the

student • The last day of an authorized leave of absence, if a student

fails to return after the period of authorized absence • The last day of attendance of a student

• For purposes of this refund calculation, the period of attendance must be measured from the first day of instruction, as set forth in the Enrollment Agreement, through the last day of actual attendance, regardless of absences. In addition, tuition must be calculated using the tuition and fees set forth in the Enrollment Agreement and does not include books, educational supplies or equipment listed separately from tuition and fees. Books, educational supplies or equipment for individual use are not included in the policy for refund, and a separate refund will be paid by the University to the student if those items were not used by the student.

• If the University cancels or discontinues a course or educational program stated in the Enrollment Agreement, the University will refund all monies paid for that course or program.

New Mexico Students have the right to a full refund of all monies paid, includ- ing application and materials fees, if they withdraw within three business days after signing an Enrollment Agreement. To with- draw, a student must provide written notice to the University or appear personally at the University.

Weeks Attended Refund for

5-Week Course

Refund for 6-Week Course

Refund for 9-Week Course

1 Week 90% Refund 90% Refund 90% Refund

2 Weeks 50% Refund 50% Refund 75% Refund

3 Weeks 40% Refund 50% Refund 50% Refund

4 Weeks No Refund No Refund 50% Refund

5 Weeks No Refund 40% Refund

6 Weeks No Refund

54

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017 CONSUMER INFORMATION

ABOUT UNIVERSITY OF PHOENIX

• If a student withdraws following the expiration of the three-day cancellation period, but prior to the first class, the University may retain up to $200.

• Following the beginning of the first class, refunds will be provided according to the University Institutional Refund Policy.

• Refunds must be made within 30 calendar days of the University's receipt of written notice of withdrawal or the University's termination of the student's enrollment, whichever is earlier.

Ohio Students in the state of Ohio will have tuition refunded using the University Institutional Refund Policy with the following excep- tions: • Students have the right to a full refund of all monies paid if they

withdraw within five calendar days of signing the Enrollment Agreement.

• A student who withdraws before the first class and after the five-day cancellation period is obligated for the registration fee.

• To cancel enrollment, a student must notify the local campus in writing on or before the five-day cancellation period after signing the Enrollment Agreement.

• Refunds will be paid no later than 30 days after cancellation. Oregon Students in the state of Oregon will have tuition refunded using the University Institutional Refund Policy except all fees, including application fees, assessment fees, student service fees and book fees, are nonrefundable. South Carolina Students in the state of South Carolina will have tuition refunded using the University Institutional Refund Policy with the following exceptions: • Students have a right to a full refund of all monies paid,

including application and materials fees, if they withdraw within 72 hours, excluding weekends and legal holidays, after signing the Enrollment Agreement.

• A full refund of all monies will be made to any applicant not accepted by the University.

• After the 72-hour cancellation period, the University may retain up to $100 if the student does not attend a course.

• The University may retain an administrative fee up to $100. • Refunds will be paid within 40 days of a student's official

withdrawal. Wisconsin Students in the state of Wisconsin will have tuition refunded using the University Institutional Refund Policy with the following exceptions: • Students have the right to cancel enrollment until midnight of

the third business day after receipt of notice of acceptance and are entitled to a full refund of any tuition paid.

• Refunds will be paid within 30 days of a student's official withdrawal.

• If the University cancels or discontinues a course or educational program stated in the Enrollment Agreement, the University will refund all monies paid for that course or program.

Online The refund policy of the state where online students reside will be used to calculate their refund amount. The refund policy of the state where local campus students attend class will be used to cal-

culate their refund amount.

........................................................................................... Consumer Policies and Codes of Conduct

University of Phoenix Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act University student records are confidential for all schools receiving funding under programs administered by the U.S. Department of Education in accordance with the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA) of 1974. Generally, information pertaining to a student record is not to be released to a third party without writ- ten or authorized electronic consent via a FERPA release form, judi- cial order or lawfully issued subpoena. The University is required to provide students a copy of its FERPA policy annually and upon written request from students. Current students can obtain a copy of the FERPA policy in the appropriate online Academic Catalog at https://www.phoenix.edu/pro- grams/degree-programs/academic-catalog.html Under FERPA, a student is defined as an individual who is or has attended an educational institution. Students with at least one aca- demically related activity (or one positive attendance "Y" posted, whichever happens sooner) in a university course are considered students at University of Phoenix. Note: University Orientation Workshops are not considered uni- versity courses. Access to Education Records University student records are confidential for all schools receiving funding under programs administered by the U.S. Department of Education in accordance with the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1974 (FERPA). Generally, information pertaining to students' records shall not be released to a third party without writ- ten or authorized electronic consent, via a FERPA Release form, judicial order or a lawfully issued subpoena. Education records are defined as all records, files, documents and materials that contain information directly related to a student, and maintained by an educational institution. The following are not interpreted as education records: • Personal records maintained by an individual; must be kept in

the sole possession of the individual and are not accessible to others

• Records of the law enforcement unit of an educational institution

• Personnel records; records related to a person as an employee not used for any other purpose

• Medical records Exception: The Student Health Insurance Plan Enrollment/ Acknowledgment form completed by local campus students in New Jersey and Massachusetts is defined as an education record.

• Records created after the student is no longer a student; alumni records

Releasable Information - Directory In compliance with FERPA, a University-designated representative without prior written or authorized electronic consent of the stu- dent can release the following educational record information, pro- vided the student does not have a FERPA Hold Request form on record. • Student name • Home address • Email address

55

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

• Home telephone number • Year of birth • Dates of attendance at the University • Dates of admission to the University • University programs of study • University degree completion dates and type of degrees earned • Current enrollment status • Most recent previous institutions attended and degree(s) earned • Grade level (freshman, sophomore, junior or senior) • Photographs • Honors and awards received • Participation in officially recognized activities Exception: If a student submits written or authorized electronic requests via a FERPA Hold Request form that directory informa- tion not be released to a third party, no information can be released, absent a judicial order or a lawfully issued subpoena. A FERPA Hold Request is valid throughout the student's enrollment. To add a FERPA Hold Request, the student must complete and submit a FERPA Hold Request form to the Registrar's Office. For a student to remove a FERPA Hold from their record, the stu- dent will need to fill out a FERPA Hold Release form. For a student to remove previously authorized parties from his or her record, the student would complete a FERPA Release Rescind form listing any/all parties to which that information should no longer be released. Information Not Released - Non-Directory Information that must not be released: In compliance with FERPA, the following student information shall not be released by the University without prior written or autho- rized electronic consent of the student, a judicial order or a law- fully issued subpoena. The student's signature on the written requests shall be verified before acting upon the request. • Place of birth* • Month and day of birth* • Social Security number (SSN), individual record number (IRN)

or personal identification number (PIN)** • Grades or grade point averages • Course schedules • Employment information including: employer, position held,

work address or work telephone number • Academic performance information, such as academic

suspension, probation disqualification or academic dishonesty charges

• Admission information, including test scores or entry grade point averages

• Financial and accounting information • Gender* • Race* • Ethnicity* • Citizenship* • Country of origin* Note: Non-directory information can only be released to third par- ties via telephone or in person if the student has provided written or authorized electronic consent including a security word. If the student does not complete the release information, including secu- rity word, information is not released via telephone or in person. Note: All third parties, including parents, with inquiries require a FERPA Release form on file unless the third party meets one of the

definitions under FERPA allowing access without prior written or authorized electronic consent from the student. * Although this information may be disclosed without prior written consent accord- ing to FERPA, the University policy is to maintain the confidentiality of this stu- dent information. ** Student IRN, SSN or PIN numbers generally should not be released to a third party, unless necessary to perform a required task (e.g., Student Financial Agree- ment, FBI request, etc.). Exceptions: The University may release personally identifiable information (PII), directory and non-directory information without the student's consent under the following conditions: • School officials with legitimate educational interests, which

include any University employee acting within the scope of her or his University employment, and any duly appointed agent or representative of the University acting within the scope of his or her appointment

• Person or company with whom the University has contracted as its agent to provide a service instead of using University employees or officials.

• Other schools to which a student seeks or intends to enroll • Specified officials for audit and evaluation purposes • Appropriate parties in connection with financial aid to a student

(The disclosure is in connection with financial aid for which the student has applied or received, if the information is necessary for such purposes as to determine the following: eligibility for aid, amount of aid, conditions for aid and/or enforcement of terms and conditions of the aid.)

• Organizations conducting studies for, or on behalf of, the school • Accrediting organizations • Authorized representatives of the Comptroller General of the

United States, Secretary of Education, or state and local educational authorities

• To comply with a judicial order or lawfully issued subpoena • Appropriate officials in cases of health and safety emergencies • State and local authorities, pursuant to state law • To appropriate officials to comply with federal law (e.g., the

USA Patriot Act, Solomon Amendment, SEVIS program) • Under the Campus Sex Crime Prevention Act, institutions are

permitted to disclose information concerning registered sex offenders who are required to register under the Violent Crime Control & Law Enforcement Act.

• The institution may disclose the results of a disciplinary proceeding if the student is an alleged perpetrator of a crime of violence or nonforcible sex offense and he or she has been found to have violated the institution's policies and procedures with respect to the allegation. Disclosures may only be made if the institution determines the student did violate its policies and such disclosures must only include the name of the student, violation committed and any sanction imposed by the institution against the student.

• The institution must, upon written request, disclose to the alleged victim of a crime of violence, or a nonforcible sex offense, the results of any disciplinary hearing conducted by the institution against the student who is the alleged perpetrator of the crime or offense. If the alleged victim is deceased as a result of the crime or offense, the institution must provide the results of the disciplinary hearing to the victim's next of kin, if so requested.

• The disclosure is to organizations conducting studies for, or on behalf of, educational agencies or institutions.

56

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017 CONSUMER INFORMATION

ABOUT UNIVERSITY OF PHOENIX

• If a student initiates legal action against an educational institution, the institution may disclose to the court, without a court order or subpoena, the student's education records that are relevant for the institution to defend itself.

• The disclosure is to parents of a dependent student as defined in Section 152 of the Internal Revenue Code or to parents of students under the age of 21 when laws or university policies regarding alcohol or drugs are violated.

• A person or company that University of Phoenix is contracted with as its agent to perform a service and/or benefit such as healthcare insurance and coverage.

• A school official is defined as: • A person employed by the University in an administrative,

supervisory, academic, research or support staff position. • A person employed by or under contract to the University to

perform a task. • A person serving on an institutional governing body or

committee. • A school official has a legitimate educational interest if:

• Performing a task specified in his or her job description or contract.

• Performing a task related to a student's education. • Providing a service or benefit related to a student or a

student's family. • Representing a school in which a student seeks to enroll. • Disclosing information to federal and state authorities

auditing compliance of federal or state support programs. • Disclosing information in connection with financial aid, to

determine financial aid eligibility, amount of aid, conditions for the aid, or to enforce the terms of conditions of the aid.

• Disclosing information to state and local officials to whom this information is specifically allowed to be disclosed pursuant to state laws if the allowed disclosure concerns the juvenile justice system and the system's ability to effectively serve the student whose records are released.

• Performing studies on behalf of educational institutions. • Disclosing information to accrediting organizations carrying

out their function. • Complying with a judicial order or lawfully issued subpoena

provided notification to the student is made before complying with the subpoena.

The University can disclose personally identifiable information (PII), directory and non-directory, without student consent if the disclosure meets one of the following conditions: • This disclosure is to other school officials, whom the University

determines have legitimate educational interests. • The disclosure is to officials of other schools where the student

seeks or intends to enroll. • The disclosure is, subject to requirements of 34 CFR 99.35, to

authorized representatives of the Comptroller General of the United States, Secretary, or state and local educational authorities.

• The disclosure is in connection with financial aid for which the student has applied or received, if the information is necessary for such purposes as to determine the following: • Eligibility for aid • Amount of aid • Conditions for aid • Enforce terms and conditions of the aid

• Financial aid means a payment of funds (or a payment in kind of tangible or intangible property to the individual) that is conditioned on the individual's attendance at an educational agency or institution [authority: 20 U.S.C.1232g (6)(1)(0)].

• Students requesting demographic or PII on other University of Phoenix students for survey or research purposes must contact the appropriate director of operations and Academic Affairs after it has been approved through the University's Human Subjects Committee and/or Committee on Research as appropriate.

• The University shall retain a record of disclosure of student information disclosed to a third party. This information will be stored on the University computer system and will contain dates, names and reasons for release. Students shall have reasonable access to their educational records, may request to review their educational records and may challenge the contents of their educational records if they feel the contents to be inaccurate, misleading or otherwise in violation of their privacy or other rights.

Student Right to Access Students wishing to review their educational records shall submit a written request to the Registrar specifying the records to be reviewed. Only records covered by FERPA will be made available. If necessary, the Registrar's Office will work with a campus desig- nee so that the student can review the record. FERPA regulations require the University to comply with the stu- dents' right to inspect and review their academic records by responding within 45 days from the time the University receives a written request to access their records. However, the Office of Admissions & Records will respond to students' requests to review their records within 14 days from receipt of the request. Students should submit their request to the University Registrar and specify the record or records they wish to have a copy of or to inspect. Students who wish to review their records at a campus location must present photo identification before access to educational records is allowed. For copies of records from a student's file, the student must fill out and submit the Student Request for Informa- tion from Files form. Distance education students must submit a written request specifically outlining which record they would like to review. A designated University official must be present when a student wishes to review his or her records at a campus location. This includes documents on file or student history notes that do not ref- erence other student information. Printed files requested by the student and mailed from the Registrar's Office will not include his- tory notes from any record systems. Procedure Students alleging that their University records are inaccurate or misleading, or who allege violations of FERPA, may present their challenges to the University Registrar. Students have the right to correct record-keeping errors, but not to seek to overturn administration decisions and assessments. The Registrar shall review students' challenges and, when appropriate, amend students' records accordingly. Students will be notified within 14 days of the Registrar's actions and, based on the action, may request a formal hearing. A student must submit a request for amendment in writing to the Registrar identifying the specific portion of his or her record he or she wants changed and why he or she believes it's inaccurate or in violation of his or her privacy. The Registrar will respond to the request within 14 days.

57

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

If the University denies the request to change the record, the Regis- trar will notify the student within 14 days of the decision and advise the student of his or her right to challenge the information. A student's request for a formal hearing must be made in writing and submitted to the Office of Admissions & Records. The Regis- trar will arrange for a hearing, and notify the student within 14 days from the receipt of the request of the date, place and time of the hearing. Students may present relevant evidence and may be assisted or represented at the hearings by one or more persons of their choice, including an attorney, at the student's expense. The University shall be represented by a hearing panel appointed by the Registrar. The panel will be comprised of individuals that do not have a direct interest in the outcome of the hearing. The panel shall consider all relevant evidence supporting students' allega- tions of inaccurate or misleading information in students' records. Decisions of the panel will be final. The University will provide a written decision within 14 days of the hearing based on evidence presented at the hearing, and will include a summary of evidence presented and the rationale for the decision. If the University decides that the challenged information is not misleading, inaccurate or in violation of the student's privacy rights, it will notify the student within 14 days of his or her right to place in the record a statement commenting on the challenged information or a statement of reasons for disagreeing with the deci- sion. The statement will be maintained as a part of the student's record as long as the contested portion is maintained. If the University discloses the contested portion of the record, it must also disclose the statement. If the University decides the information is inaccurate or in viola- tion of the student's right of privacy, it will amend the record and notify the student within 14 days, in writing, that the record has been amended. Exception: Students may not inspect and review the following absent a judicial order or legally issued subpoena: • Confidential letters and recommendations for which they have

waived their rights of inspection • Educational records containing information about more than

one student • (Access is permitted only to that part of the record concerning

the inquiring student.) • Records of instructional, supervisory, administrative and certain

educational personnel, • which are in the possession of the originator • Records connected with an application to attend the University

if the application was denied (For example, a student is enrolled in an undergraduate program and applies for admission to a graduate program but is denied.) University of Phoenix cannot deny students access to their records. Copies do not need to be provided, unless by not providing copies, the students' rights are denied. Exception: The University may release foreign transcripts to stu- dents. Rationale: Original transcripts from institutions in other countries may be difficult or impossible for students to replace. The University reserves the right to deny transcripts or copies of records not required to be made available by FERPA in any of the following situations absent a judicial order or legally issued sub- poena:

• The student is not in compliance with his or her UOPX financial plan.

• There is an unresolved disciplinary action against the student. • Transcripts will be issued as an exception to the above if one of

the two following exception criteria is met: • A student has filed for bankruptcy and has provided UOPX

with a copy of the bankruptcy petition filed with the courts. • A student has graduated from a previous UOPX program on

record as that student had previously satisfied his or her financial obligation for that program.

If a student believes he or she qualifies for one of the aforemen- tioned policies or exceptions but is unable to order a transcript on the University student website, the student should contact the Admissions and Records Service Center at 800.866.3919 for assis- tance. Students have the right to file a complaint with the FERPA. Inqui- ries should be directed to:

Family Policy Compliance Office U.S. Department of Education

400 Maryland Ave., SW Washington, DC 20202-5920

For a period of 25 years following the death of a student, education records of deceased students may only be released to the executor of the estate (written authorization required) or immediate family members (notarized affidavit required) defined as: spouse or legally recognized domestic partner, parents, children (over the age of 18) and siblings. Beyond this time, requests for these records may be released to anyone after review and approval from the Reg- istrar's Office. The University is required to provide students a copy of its FERPA policy annually and upon written request from the student.

........................................................................................... Solomon Act

University of Phoenix complies with the Solomon Act, which pro- vides certain information to military recruiters. Information that may be released includes the following: • Student name • Home address • Telephone listing • Age (date of birth) • Level of education • Academic major If available, the following information will also be provided: • Email address • Degrees received • Most recent educational institution attended

........................................................................................... Gainful Employment Disclosures

Disclosures regarding University programs related to gainful employment are provided on the program home page for each eli- gible program. Each program home page is linked to gainful employment information specific to that program. For more infor- mation about gainful employment disclosures, visit http:// www.phoenix.edu/programs/gainful-employment.html

........................................................................................... Student Loan Code of Conduct

The University protects students with established loan policies. University of Phoenix follows federal regulations that govern stu- dent loan requirements. The Student Loan Code of Conduct at http://www.phoenix.edu/tuition_and_financial_options/

58

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017 CONSUMER INFORMATION

ABOUT UNIVERSITY OF PHOENIX

student_loan_code_of_conduct.html creates and maintains uniform student loan practices that focus on the best interest of student borrowers. It also manages relationships between school employees, learning institutions, lender advisory board members and student loan organizations. University of Phoenix encourages students to review the Student Loan Code of Conduct at http://www.phoenix.edu/ tuition_and_financial_options/ student_loan_code_of_conduct.html to learn about loan regula- tions.

........................................................................................... Consumer Privacy Policy

Summarized below are key elements of the University Privacy Pol- icy. The full version of the policy is available at http://www.phoe- nix.edu/copyright-legal/privacy_policy.html Scope of Privacy Policy This policy applies to website visitors, current and potential stu- dents, alumni and any other user of services offered through our Sites including any websites or mobile applications operated by or on their behalf. This policy applies to both online and offline collec- tion, storage, processing and transfer of personal information. However, certain Sites or services may be subject to additional pri- vacy policies or privacy disclosures relating to the services pro- vided on the Site(s) (collectively “Additional Policies”). Information Collected We collect various types of information through our Sites and other websites where you can express interest in our services, through our mobile applications, over Live Chat, over the phone and in per- son where print materials and digital technology may be used to collect information from you. Some information is collected auto- matically through various web and Internet technologies, includ- ing Social Networking tools used by your University to foster communication and collaboration among members of our commu- nity. Other information is collected when you provide it in response to an advertisement, a survey or a request for informa- tion; apply for admission or financial aid; register for classes; order educational or other products and services; set up a social network or other site profile; or use one of our career resources, learning assessments, or other interactive tools. We may also obtain infor- mation from other sources and combine that with information we collect about you. Information Uses We will not sell, rent or lease your personal information to others except as provided in this policy. We may collect, use and disclose personal information for the fol- lowing purposes: • To determine your admissibility and to register you for your

selected educational programs • To contact you regarding your status with the University • To provide requested products and services • To respond to your inquiries and provide customer support • To administer promotions in which you have indicated an

interest • For our internal marketing purposes, which includes, but is not

limited to, sending you material about products, services, updates, etc. that we think may be of interest to you

• For fostering communication and collaboration among members of your University community through social networks

• For sharing with our Educational Partners who may contact you with respect to their educational or other services

• For sharing with our Educational Partners or Business Associates who are performing services on our behalf

• To analyze how Sites and services are being accessed and used • For investigation of information security and information asset

protection-related incidents • To test, correct and improve our content, applications and

services • To develop new applications, products and services • For Online Behavioral Advertising purposes • To improve student retention, site and service performance, user

experience and delivery • To prevent potentially illegal activities (including illegal

downloading of copyrighted materials in accordance with our Copyright Infringement Policy)

• To investigate suspicious information that denotes illegal activity such as financial aid fraud

• To analyze academic and learning outcomes and preferences • For external academic research and scholarship • To analyze risk and business results • To obtain payment for services that we provide to you • To provide you with information concerning arrangements and

other options for the repayment of funds loaned to you for your education

• To maintain business records for reasonable periods • To enforce our Terms of Use, http://www.phoenix.edu/

copyright-legal/terms_and_conditions.html • To provide to Educational Partners, Business Associates or

Unrelated Entities in connection with the contemplated or actual reorganization, merger, acquisition, financing, securitization, insuring, sale or other disposal of all or part of our business or assets, including for the purposes of determining whether to proceed with such transaction or fulfilling any records or other reporting requirements to such parties. In the event of any actual reorganization, merger or acquisition, such information may be transferred as part of the transaction to the acquirer.

• And/or as may be required or permitted by legal, regulatory, industry self-regulatory, insurance, audit or security requirements applicable to Apollo Education Group, Inc., our Educational Partners or our Business Associates.

Your Rights and Choices Marketing Communications If you do not wish to receive marketing email communications or direct mail communications from us, you may express your choice where indicated on the applicable email or other communication, or cut and paste this link into a browser: http://www.phoe- nix.edu/about_us/contact_us/unsubscribe.html If you do not wish to receive marketing telephone calls or mailings, you may express your choice to opt out by emailing Office.Compli- [email protected] If you do not wish to receive text messages, reply STOP to cancel future text messages. By sending STOP, you agree to one additional confirmation message stating that you've opted out and will no longer receive text messages from University of Phoenix. To get help, text HELP. You may also get additional support or help by sending an email to [email protected] or by calling 866.766.0766.

59

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

Under California’s Shine the Light law, Cal. Civ. Code § 1798.83, we provide California residents the ability to opt out of disclosures to Educational Partners for direct marketing purposes. To opt out of these disclosures at no cost, email Office.Complian- [email protected] Do Not Track and Online Behavioral Advertising University of Phoenix does not itself respond to web browser- based DNT signals. We or our Business Associates may use data collected on this site for Online Behavioral Advertising purposes, e.g., to customize ads to you on other websites as you browse the web. If you do not want your browsing behavior on the sites to be collected for Online Behavioral Advertising purposes, visit http://info.evidon.com/ pub_info/184 Other Collection, Use and Disclosure You may be able to opt out of our collection, use and disclosure of your personal information in other situations subject to applicable contractual, academic, legal or technical restrictions and reasonable notice. Note that if you opt out of certain uses of your personal information, we may no longer be able to provide certain products or services. For more information on your ability to opt out, email [email protected] Other Important Information We will take commercially reasonable measures to secure and store your information to protect against the loss, misuse and alteration of the information under our control. We utilize industry-standard security measures when accepting your credit card information during your registration or other transaction you have initiated with us, as well as whenever we ask you to log in to any of our sites. If you become a student, your educational records are subject to the U.S. federal Family Education Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA), state laws and your University policies. To obtain a copy of the “Students' Rights to Privacy and Access to Educational Records” policy, visit http://www.phoenix.edu/about_us/regulatory/con- sumer-information.html You may also contact us via one of the below methods:

Mail: University of Phoenix Attn: Registrar's Office

4025 S Riverpoint Parkway Mail Stop: CF-L201 Phoenix, AZ 85004

Admissions and Records Service Center: 800.866.3919 University of Phoenix may update this policy or revise it from time to time. If you are concerned about how your personal information is used or disclosed, you should contact the University as described above or review the web page at http://www.phoe- nix.edu/copyright-legal/privacy_policy.html How to Contact Us or Access Your Information If you want access to or wish to update any of your personal infor- mation or have any questions about our privacy practices, contact the University Office of Compliance at Office.Complian- [email protected] or

University of Phoenix Attn: Office of Compliance

1625 S. Fountainhead Pkwy. Mail Stop: CF-S903 Phoenix, AZ 85040

State Authorization and Contact Information for Filing

........................................................................................... Complaints

University of Phoenix is regulated by a large number of state regu- latory bodies across the country for filing complaints in the state that a student resides. If a student chooses to file a complaint, he or she can submit an internal complaint to the University's Office of Dispute Management or file an external complaint with the desig- nated state regulatory agency. For Online students who reside in Arizona and Georgia, students can file a complaint with their own state regulatory agency. State Authorization Reciprocity Agreement (SARA) University of Phoenix is approved by the National Council for State Authorization Reciprocity Agreements (NC-SARA) as a SARA member institution. (http://nc-sara.org). The University has reciprocity with other SARA states for its distance education programs. Please visit the NC-SARA website for the most current list of states that participate in SARA. Online students residing in a SARA state may appeal a complaint to the Arizona SARA Council (AZ SARA) for review after exhaust- ing the institution's internal complaint process. SARA complaints must first be submitted internally for resolution through the Uni- versity's Office of Dispute Management. The Arizona SARA Coun- cil will not review complaints regarding student grades or student code of conduct violations. For more information visit the AZ SARA Council website (http://azsara.arizona.edu). All other Online students should file external complaints with the Arizona State Board for Private Postsecondary Education. The following is a list of the contact information for those regula- tory bodies. Alabama: The student may contact the Alabama Department of Postsecondary Education, PO Box 302130, Montgomery, AL 36130- 2130; telephone 334.242.2959. Arizona: The student may contact the Arizona State Board for Pri- vate Postsecondary Education, 1400 W. Washington, Room 260, Phoenix, AZ 85007; telephone 602.542.2399. Arkansas: The student may contact the Arkansas Department of Higher Education, 114 East Capitol, Little Rock, AR 72201-3818; telephone 501.371.2065. California: The student may contact the California Bureau for Pri- vate Postsecondary Education, C/O Department of Consumer Affairs, PO Box 980818, W. Sacramento, CA 95798-0818; telephone 916.431.6959, 888.370.7589. Colorado: The student may contact the Department of Higher Edu- cation, Commission on Higher Education, 1300 Broadway Road, Second Floor, Denver, CO 80203; telephone 303.866.2723, 303.866.4209. Connecticut: The student may contact the Office of Higher Educa- tion, Connecticut State Board of Education, 61 Woodland Street, Hartford, CT 06105-2326; telephone 860.947.1800, 860.947.1821. Delaware: The student may contact the Delaware Department of Education, The Townsend Building, 401 Federal St., Suite 2, Dover, DE 19901-3639; telephone 302.735.4000. Florida: The student may contact the Commission for Independent Education, 325 West Gaines Street, Suite 1414, Tallahassee, FL 32399-0400; telephone 850.245.3200. Georgia: The student may contact the Nonpublic Postsecondary Education Commission, 2082 East Exchange Place, Suite 220, Tucker, GA 30084; telephone 770.414.3306. Hawaii: The student may contact the Hawaii Post-Secondary Edu- cation Authorization Program, P.O. Box 541, Honolulu, HI 96809;

60

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017 CONSUMER INFORMATION

ABOUT UNIVERSITY OF PHOENIX

telephone 808.586.7327. Idaho: The student may contact the Idaho State Board of Educa- tion, P.O. Box 83720, Boise, ID 83720-0037; telephone 208.332.1587. Illinois: The student may contact the Illinois Board of Higher Edu- cation, 431 East Adams Street, Second Floor, Springfield, IL 62701- 1418; telephone 217.557.7359, website: www.ibhe.org. Indiana: The student may contact the Indiana Commission for Higher Education, Board for Proprietary Education, 101 West Ohio Street, Suite 670, Indianapolis, IN 46204; telephone 317.464.4400. Iowa: The student may contact the Iowa College Student Aid Com- mission, 430 E. Grand Avenue, FL 3, Des Moines, IA 50309-1920; telephone 515.725.3400. Kansas: The student may contact the Kansas Board of Regents, 1000 SW Jackson, Suite 520, Topeka, KS 66612-1368; telephone 785.296.4936, 785.296.4917. Kentucky: The student may contact the Kentucky Council on Post- secondary Education, 1024 Capital Center Drive, Suite 320, Frank- fort, KY 40601-8204; telephone 502.573.1555. Louisiana: The student may contact the State of Louisiana Board of Regents, P.O. Box 3677, Baton Rouge, LA 70821; telephone 225.342.4253. Maryland: The student may contact the Maryland Higher Educa- tion Commission, 6 North Liberty Street, Baltimore, MD 21201; telephone 800.974.0203. Massachusetts: The student may contact the Massachusetts Board of Higher Education, One Ashburton Place, Room 1401, Boston, MA 02108-1696; telephone 617.994.6950. Michigan: The student may contact the Michigan Department of Education, P.O. Box 30008 (or) 608 W. Allegan, Lansing, MI 48909; telephone 517.373.9235. Minnesota: The student may contact the Minnesota Office of Higher Education, 1450 Energy Park Drive, Suite 350, St. Paul, MN 55108; telephone 651.642.0567, 800.657.3866. Mississippi: The student may contact the Mississippi Commission on College Accreditation, 3825 Ridgewood Road, Jackson, MS 39211; telephone 601.432.6372. Missouri: The student may contact the State of Missouri Coordi- nating Board for Higher Education, 205 Jefferson Street, Jefferson City, MO 65101; telephone 573.751.2361. Nebraska: The student may contact the Nebraska Coordinating Commission for Postsecondary Education, P.O. Box 95005, Lincoln, NE 68509-5005; telephone 402.471.0020, 402.471.2847. Nevada: The student may contact the Nevada Commission on Postsecondary Education, 8778 S. Maryland Parkway, Suite 115, Las Vegas, NV 89123; telephone 702.486.7330. New Jersey: The student may contact the New Jersey Secretary of Higher Education, 20 W. State Street, PO Box 542, Trenton, NJ 08625-0542; telephone 609.292.4310, 609.984.2709. New Mexico: The student may contact the New Mexico Higher Education Department, 2048 Galisteo Street, Santa Fe, NM 87505- 2100; telephone 505.476.8400. North Carolina: The student may contact the Board of Governors of the University of North Carolina, General Administration, 910 Raleigh Road, Chapel Hill, NC 27515-2688; telephone 919.962.4558. Ohio: The student may contact the Ohio Board of Regents, 25 South Front Street, Columbus, OH 43215; telephone 614.466.6000. Oklahoma: The student may contact the Oklahoma State Regents of Higher Education, 655 Research Parkway, Suite 200, Oklahoma City, OK 73104-3603; telephone 405.225.100, 405.225.9142. Oregon: The student may contact the Oregon Office of Degree

Authorization, 1500 Valley River Dr., Suite 100, Eugene, OR 97401; telephone 541.687.7478. Pennsylvania: The student may contact the Pennsylvania Depart- ment of Education, 333 Market Street, Harrisburg, PA 17126-0333; telephone 717.783.6785. Puerto Rico: The student may contact the Consejo de Educacion de Puerto Rico/Puerto Rico Education Council, PO Box 19900, San Juan, Puerto Rico 00910-1900; telephone 787.724.7100 ext. 2022 or ext. 2016. South Carolina: The student may contact the South Carolina Comission on Higher Education, 1122 Lady Street, Suite 300, Columbia, SC 29201; telephone 803.737.2260. Tennessee: The student may contact the Tennessee Higher Educa- tion Commission, Parkway Towers, Suite 1700, 404 James Robert- son Pkwy, Nashville, TN 37243-0830; telephone 615.741.3605. Texas: The student may contact the Texas Higher Education Coor- dinating Board, P.O. Box 12788, Capitol Station, Austin, TX 78711; telephone 512.427.6520. Utah: The student may contact the Utah Division of Consumer Pro- tection, 160 East 300 East, 2nd Floor, Salt Lake City, UT 84111; tele- phone 801.530.6601, or toll-free in Utah 800.721.SAFE. Virginia: The student may contact the Commonwealth of Virginia Council of Higher Education, James Monroe Building, 101 North Fourteenth Street, Richmond, VA 23219; telephone 804.225.2600. Washington: The student may contact the Washington Student Achievement Council, PO Box 43430, Olympia, WA 98504-3430; telephone 360.753.7869, 360.753.7866. Washington DC: The student may contact the Government of the District of Columbia Education Licensure Commission, 810 1st Street, NE, 2nd Fl., Washington, DC 20002; telephone 202.727.2824. Wisconsin: The student may contact the Wisconsin Educational Approval Board, 201 West Washington Avenue, 3rd Floor, Madi- son, WI 53703; telephone 608.266.1996, 608.266.1996. Wyoming: The student may contact the Wyoming Department of Education, Hathaway Bldg., 2 Floor, 2300 Capitol Avenue, Cheyenne, WY 82002-0050; telephone 307.777.5712.

Copyright Infringement and Peer-to-Peer File Sharing

........................................................................................... Policy

Copyright Law and Infringement Copyright is a form of legal protection provided by U.S. law, Title 17 U.S.C. §512(c) (2), which protects an owner's right to control the reproduction, distribution, performance, display and transmission of a copyrighted work. The public, in turn, is provided with spe- cific rights for fair use of copyrighted works. Copyrighted works protect original works of authorship and include: • Books, articles and other writings • Songs and other musical works • Movies and television productions • Pictures, graphics and drawings • Computer software • Pantomimes and choreographic works • Sculptural and architectural works • Copyright law provides the owner of a copyright the exclusive

right to do the following: • Reproduce the work in copies

61

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

• Prepare derivative works based upon the work • Distribute copies of the work to the public by sale or other

transfer of ownership, or by rental, lease, or lending • Perform the work publicly • Display the copyrighted work publicly • Perform the work publicly by means of a digital audio

transmission in the case of sound recordings 17 U.S.C. § 501(a) states, “Anyone who violates any of the exclusive rights of the copy-right owner is an infringer of the copyright or right of the author.” Generally, under the law, one who engages in any of these activities without obtaining the copyright owner's per- mission may be liable for infringement. Specific information on copyright law and fair use may be found at the following sites: The U.S. Copyright Office: http://www.copy- right.gov The Electronic Frontier Foundation fair use frequently asked ques- tions: http://w2.eff.org/IP/eff_fair_use_faq.php Peer-to-Peer File Sharing Peer-to-Peer (P2P) file sharing is a general term that describes soft- ware programs that allow computer users, utilizing compatible P2P software, to connect with each other and directly access digital files from one another's hard drives. Many copyrighted works may be stored in digital form, such as software, movies, videos, photo- graphs, etc. Through P2P file sharing it has become increasingly easy to store and transfer these copyrighted works to others, thus increasing the risk that users of P2P software and file-sharing tech- nology will infringe the copyright protections of content owners. If P2P file-sharing applications are installed on your computer, you may be sharing someone else's copyrighted materials without real- izing you are doing so. As a user of the University network, recog- nizing the legal requirements of the files that you may be sharing with others is important. You should be careful not to download and share copyrighted works with others. The transfer and distribution of these works without authorization of the copyright holder is illegal and prohibited. Violations and Penalties Under Federal Law In addition to University sanctions under its policies as more fully described below, anyone found liable for civil copyright infringe- ment may be ordered to pay either actual damages or statutory damages affixed at not less than $750 and not more than $30,000 per work infringed. For willful infringement, a court may award up to $150,000 per work infringed. A court can, in its discretion, also assess costs and attorneys' fees. For details, see Title 17, United States Code, Sections 504, 505. Willful copyright infringement can also result in criminal penalties, including imprisonment of up to five years and fines of up to $250,000 per offense.

University Methods to Effectively Combat Unauthorized Distribution of Copyrighted Material and Student Sanctions A student's conduct in the University classrooms and websites is subject to and must fully conform to the University Student Code of Conduct policy, its Acceptable Computer Use for Faculty and Students policy and any other applicable University policies. The University may monitor traffic or bandwidth on the networks utilizing information technology programs designed to detect and identify indicators of illegal P2P file-sharing activity. In addition to, or as an alternative, the University may employ other technical means to reduce or block illegal file sharing and other impermissi- ble activities. The University will also provide for vigorous enforcement and remediation activities for those students identified through the University Digital Millennium Copyright Act policy as potential violators or infringers of copyright. Disciplinary sanctions will be based on the seriousness of the situa- tion and may include remediation based on a comprehensive sys- tem of graduated responses designed to curb illegal file sharing and copyright offenses through limiting and denial of network access or other appropriate means. These sanctions may be in con- junction with additional sanctions through the University Student Code of Conduct, its Acceptable Computer Use for Faculty and Students policy and any other University policy applicable to the particular situation. Students who are subject to professional codes of conduct that apply to their enrollment at the University shall be sanctioned according to the requirements of the respective code. Education and Awareness The University uses a variety of means to inform students, faculty and other network users about copyright laws and the response to copyright infringement claims by the University. The University informs its campus community through the Con- sumer Information Guide and other periodic communications that unauthorized distribution of copyrighted material, including unauthorized P2P file sharing, may subject students and faculty to civil and criminal liabilities and their possible extent. The Consumer Information Guide, http://www.phoenix.edu/ about_us/regulatory/consumer-information.html, is available on the University website, is provided to potential students and employees, and is sent by email on a yearly basis to current stu- dents, faculty and employees. Legal Sources for Online Music and Videos The legal sources for online music and videos are reviewed annu- ally by the University's Sr. Director of Governance, Risk and Com- pliance. The following links are online sources that provide information on legal access to copyrighted music and videos: EDUCAUSE is an association of colleges and universities, which maintains a list of legal media sources: http://www.edu- cause.edu/legalcontent The Recording Industry Association of America (RIAA) provides a list of legal music sources: http://www.riaa.com/toolsforpar- ents.php?content_selector=legal-music-services

62

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017 CONSUMER INFORMATION

ABOUT UNIVERSITY OF PHOENIX

........................................................................................... Digital Millennium Copyright Act Policy (DMCA)

The University computer networks, including its online library and classroom environment, are critical assets. Accordingly, Uni- versity of Phoenix respects the rights of the copyright owners and expects its faculty, staff, students and other network users to com- ply with U.S. copyright laws. Federal law prohibits the reproduc- tion, distribution, public display or performance of copyrighted materials over the Internet without permission of the copyright owner, except in compliance with fair use or other copyright appli- cable statutory exceptions. Please refer to the University's Copy- right Infringement and Peer-to-Peer File Sharing Policy for more information. University of Phoenix may terminate the network accounts or access to users who have repeatedly infringed on the copyrights of others. In addition to sanctions that may be applicable under the University Student Code of Conduct, the Acceptable Computer Use for Federal and Student, or other policies. The University of Phoenix, in compliance with the federal Digital Millennium Copy- right Act (DMCA), has established a mandated process for receiv- ing and tracking alleged incidents of copyright infringement. The University has designated an agent who will investigate notices of alleged copyright infringement and take appropriate actions. Such actions may include terminating repeat infringers' accounts under the DMCA. Copyright infringement notices must be given in writing, prefera- bly by email, or by U.S. mail to the agent listed below:

University of Phoenix Attn: Copyright Agent

Subject: Copyright Compliance 4025 S. Riverpoint Pkwy.

Mail Stop: CF-K612 Phoenix, AZ 85040

Email: [email protected] If a valid DMCA notification is received, the University will respond under the 'Process for Filing Notice of Alleged Infringe- ment' by taking down the infringing content found on our net- works. On taking down content under the DMCA, the University will take reasonable steps to contact the owner of the removed con- tent so that a counter notification may be filed. Upon receiving a valid counter notification, the University will generally restore the content in question, unless the University receives notice from the notification provider that a legal action has been filed seeking a court order to restrain the alleged infringer from engaging in the infringing activity. The DMCA provides that you may be liable for damages including costs and attorneys' fees if you falsely claim that someone is infringing on your copyright. Alternatively, an individual can also be liable for damages including attorneys' fees if you materially misrepresent that an activity is infringing on the copyright of another. Therefore, the University recommends contacting an attor- ney if you are unsure whether a work is protected by copyright laws. Pursuant to the DMCA, unless the University receives notification that legal action to seek a court order restraining the alleged infringer from further engaging in the infringing activity has been filed, upon receiving a valid counter notification, the University will: • Provide the person who filed the original notification with a

copy of the counter notice.

• Inform him or her that the material will be reinstated or access to it restored between 10 and 14 business days following receipt of the counter notice.

Process for Filing Notice of Alleged Infringement Below is the process for filing a notification under the DMCA when an individual believes their work has been infringed upon. Notice must be given in writing to the designated agent as specified above and contain the following information: • Identify in sufficient detail the copyrighted work that you

believe has been infringed upon; for example, describe the work that you own.

• Identify the material that you claim is infringing on your copyright as set forth in number one and provide detailed information that is reasonably sufficient to locate the infringing item; for example, provide the link to the infringing material.

• Provide sufficient contact information: phone number, address and email address.

• If possible, provide information that allows the University to notify the alleged infringing party of notice of the alleged infringement.

• The following statement must be included in your notice: “I have a good faith belief that the use of the copyrighted materials described above and contained on the service is not authorized by the copyright owner, its agent or by protection of law.”

• The following statement must be included in your notice: "I swear, under penalty of perjury, that the information in the notification is accurate and that I am the copyright owner or am authorized to act on behalf of the owner of an exclusive right that is allegedly infringed.”

• The notice must be signed. Process for Filing Counter Notification of Alleged Infringement The person or provider of the alleged infringing material may pres- ent a counter notification pursuant to the DMCA. Upon proper counter notification, the University may reinstate the removed con- tent. Notice must be given in writing to the designated copyright agent as specified above and contain the following information: • Identify the material that has been removed. This may include

providing the location or the URL when possible. • Provide your name, address, telephone number and email

address if available. • Provide a statement that you consent to the jurisdiction of

Federal District Court for the judicial district in which you reside, or for any address outside the United States or any judicial district, in which the service provider may be found, and that you will accept service of process from the person who provided notification to the University of the alleged infringement or an agent of such person.

• Provide the following statement: "I swear, under penalty of perjury, that I have a good faith belief that the material identified above was removed or disabled as a result of a mistake or misidentification of the material to be removed or disabled.”

• The notice must be signed.

........................................................................................... Vaccinations and Immunizations

Information regarding program admissions requirements, includ- ing immunization requirements for designated states, is located at http://www.phoenix.edu/admissions/ admission_requirements.html

63

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

........................................................................................... Register to Vote

The University of Phoenix makes the effort to educate students regarding the importance of exercising their right to vote and makes Voter Registration information available at the campuses. The National Mail Voter Registration Form can also be used to reg- ister U.S. citizens to vote, to update registration information due to a change of name, make a change of address or to register with a political party. You must follow the state-specific instructions listed for your state. After completing the form, you must sign your name where indicated and send it to your state or local election office for processing. The national form also contains voter registration rules and regula- tions for each state and territory. For more information about regis- tering to vote, contact your state election office at http:// www.eac.gov/voter_resources/contact_your_state.aspx Register to vote by following your state-specific instructions and using the National Mail Voter Registration form at http:// www.eac.gov/voter_resources/register_to_vote.aspx

........................................................................................... Campus Safety and Security

Annual Security Report The University of Phoenix Annual Security Report is published annually by the University and is comprised of two parts, the Cam- pus Safety Policies and Campus Crime Statistics for the last three years. Visit http://www.phoenix.edu/content/dam/altcloud/doc/ about_uopx/Annual-Security-Report.pdf to access a PDF file of the University of Phoenix Annual Security Report. Campus Safety Policies The University Campus Safety Policies at http://cdn.assets-phoe- nix.net/content/dam/altcloud/doc/about_uopx/Campus-Safety- Policies.pdf have been prepared to increase University of Phoenix community's awareness of current programs that exist to protect its members' safety and well-being and to satisfy the requirements of the Safe and Drug Free Schools and Communities Act and Clery Act. The information included relates to the following: • Alcohol and other drug abuse prevention, health risks and

counseling services • Annual crime statistics • Available counseling and assistance resources • Crime prevention measures • Reporting criminal activities • Emergency mass notification • Information related to campus safety programs • Penalties and sanctions regarding the unlawful use, sale,

possession or distribution of illegal drugs and alcohol • Legal effects of alcohol and other drug use • Prohibited use or distribution of alcohol and other drugs • Safety and awareness • Sex offender registry • Sexual violence policy and prevention The information is intended to provide a useful description of Uni- versity of Phoenix campus safety policies; however, it is not intended to serve as a contractual agreement between the Univer- sity and the recipient. Additionally, the University will disseminate and publicize, for each of its campus locations, crime statistics from the most recent calendar year and two preceding calendar years. Visit http://www.phoenix.edu/about_us/campus-safety/cam- pus-safety-policies.html to access a PDF file of University of Phoe-

nix Campus Safety Policies.

........................................................................................... Campus Crime Statistics

The Campus Crime Statistics are available in accordance with defi- nitions used in the Uniform Crime Reporting System of the Depart- ment of Justice and FBI, as modified by the Hate Crime Statistics Act. The data is compiled in conjunction with University of Phoe- nix Campus Safety Policies and includes all crimes reported to the police or a University of Phoenix campus security authority over the previous three years that occurred on campus, in certain off- campus buildings or property owned or controlled by the Univer- sity, and on public property within or immediately adjacent to and accessible from the campus. If a crime has occurred but has not been reported, it cannot be reflected in the following statistics. For this reason, University of Phoenix encourages everyone to report all crimes to their designated campus security authority and local law enforcement agency. Specific campus location statistics are available electronically in the Annual Security Report at http://www.phoenix.edu/content/ dam/altcloud/doc/about_uopx/Annual-Security-Report .pdf or by requesting a printed copy from your local campus security authority. (Contact information can be viewed at http:// www.phoenix.edu/about_us/campus_safety/ campus_safety_contact_list.html) University of Phoenix expressly reserves the right to modify or to adopt additional campus policies and procedures relating to cam- pus safety, at any time without notice. Statement of Policy on Sex Offender Registration The federal Campus Sex Crimes Prevention Act requires colleges and universities to issue a statement advising the campus commu- nity where state law enforcement agency information concerning registered sex offenders may be obtained. The Act also mandates that sex offenders who are already required to register in a state provide notice of each institution of higher education in that state at which the offender is employed or is a student. This notice should be directed to the campus security authority at their cam- pus. To learn the identity of registered sex offenders on or near a cam- pus, or anywhere in the United States, visit the Sex Offender data- bases at http://www.sexoffender.com and http://nsopw.gov/. You can search by city, county or ZIP code. This information is col- lected by other agencies, and this institution cannot guarantee this information is correct or complete. The information provided here is intended to be in compliance with the Clery Act and for campus safety purposes only. It should not be used to intimidate, threaten or harass. Misuse of this information may result in prosecution. Emergency Mass Notification Policy Apollo Education Group (Apollo) and University of Phoenix (UOPX) have established an emergency mass notification process that includes emergency escalation processes, mass notifications and supporting systems. These processes enable Apollo and UOPX to contact or send notices, alerts or warnings without delay to employees, faculty and students in the event of an emergency, dan- gerous or otherwise high-risk situation at a UOPX site. Apollo and UOPX maintain emergency management policies, pro- cedures and systems to protect lives and property, and to continue necessary critical functions and essential services. An emergency is defined as a situation that poses an immediate threat to the health or safety of someone in the University community at a UOPX site or that significantly disrupts programs and activities. The Emergency Mass Notification Policy applies to all employees,

64

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017 CONSUMER INFORMATION

ABOUT UNIVERSITY OF PHOENIX

faculty and students of UOPX in the event of an emergency, dan- gerous or otherwise high-risk situation at a UOPX site. The policy can be viewed in its entirety in the Campus Safety Poli- cies at http://cdn.assets-phoenix.net/content/dam/altcloud/ doc/about_uopx/Campus-Safety-Policies.pdf or by requesting a printed copy from your local campus. Campus Security Authority Contact List University of Phoenix campus security authorities assist in the safety of the University community by serving as contacts for Uni- versity security issues. A current list of security contacts can be viewed at http://www.phoenix.edu/about_us/campus-safety/ campus-safety-contact-list.html Alcohol and Other Drug Abuse Prevention Drug abuse affects all aspects of life. It threatens the workplace as well as our homes, our schools and our community. The U.S. Department of Education requires institutions of higher education to implement a drug prevention and awareness program for their students and employees. University of Phoenix abides by federal Drug-Free Workplace and Drug-Free Schools and Communities Act regulations regardless of individual state legalization. Students are expected to conduct themselves ethically, honestly and with integrity as responsible members of the University's aca- demic community. Any member of the University community found consuming or selling alcohol and other drugs on University property, including attending class or meeting with campus per- sonnel, is subject to disciplinary action up to and including dis- missal from the University, depending on the seriousness of the situation. All alcohol and other drug abuse policies, prevention and referrals can be viewed in the Campus Safety Policies docu- ment at http://www.phoenix.edu/about_us/campus-safety/cam- pus-safety-policies.html Prohibition of Illicit Drug Use, Underage Drinking, and other Violations of Alcohol and other Drug-Related Policies The University community must adhere to a code of conduct that recognizes the unlawful manufacture, sale, delivery, unauthorized possession or use of any illicit drug is prohibited on property owned or otherwise controlled by University of Phoenix. If an indi- vidual is apprehended for violating any alcohol- or other drug- related law while at a University location or activity, the University will fully support and cooperate with federal and state law enforcement agencies. The University enforces a "zero tolerance" policy regarding underage drinking. Underage possession or consumption of alcoholic beverages is not permitted on property owned or controlled by the University, and the state laws will be enforced. Also, intentionally or knowingly selling, or intentionally or know- ingly furnishing alcoholic beverages to persons under the age of 21, or to persons obviously inebriated, is not permitted on property owned or controlled by the University.

Federal Financial Aid Penalties for Drug Violations According to the Higher Education Act (HEA), students convicted for a drug offense that occurred during a period of enrollment while they were receiving federal financial aid may lose eligibility for federal aid. Federal aid includes Federal Pell and FSEOG Grants, Federal Work Study, Federal Perkins Loans, Federal Staf- ford Loans, Federal PLUS Loans, Graduate PLUS Loans and other financial assistance. The Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA) asks stu- dents if they have been convicted of a drug-related offense. If the student answers "yes" to the question, then he or she will be sent a worksheet by the federal processing center in order to determine whether the conviction affects eligibility for aid. Should the finan- cial aid office be notified that a student has been convicted of sale or possession of illegal drugs, financial assistance will be sus- pended immediately. If a conviction was reversed, set aside or oth- erwise rendered invalid, it does not count. Convictions occurring during periods of non-enrollment also do not count. In addition, any conviction received as a juvenile does not count, unless the stu- dent was tried as an adult. Failure to answer the question automatically disqualifies students from receiving federal financial aid. Answering this question falsely could result in fines, imprisonment or both. More informa- tion about federal penalties and sanctions is located at http:// www.justice.gov/dea/druginfo/ftp3.shtml Penalties for Drug Convictions POSSESSION OF ILLEGAL DRUGS A FEDERAL OR STATE DRUG CONVICTION CAN DISQUALIFY A STUDENT FOR FEDERAL STUDENT AID (FSA) FUNDS. CONVICTIONS ONLY COUNT AGAINST STUDENT ELIGIBILITY IF THEY WERE FOR AN OFFENSE THAT OCCURRED DURING A PERIOD OF ENROLLMENT FOR WHICH THE STUDENT WAS RECEIVING FSA AND THEY DO NOT COUNT IF THE OFFENSE WAS NOT DURING SUCH A PERIOD, UNLESS THE STUDENT WAS DENIED FEDERAL BENEFITS FOR DRUG TRAFFICKING BY A FEDERAL OR STATE JUDGE. ALSO, A CONVICTION THAT WAS REVERSED, SET ASIDE, OR REMOVED FROM THE STUDENT'S RECORD DOES NOT COUNT NOR DOES ANY CONVICTION RECEIVED AS A JUVENILE COUNT UNLESS THE STUDENT WAS TRIED AS AN ADULT.POSSESSION OF ILLEGAL DRUGS

• First offense: Loss of eligibility for federal financial aid for one year from the date of conviction.

• Second offense: Loss of eligibility for federal financial aid for two years from the date of conviction.

• Third offense and subsequent offenses: Indefinite ineligibility for federal financial aid from the date of conviction.

SALE OF ILLEGAL DRUGS • First offense: Loss of eligibility for federal financial aid for two

years from the date of conviction. • Second offense and subsequent offenses: Indefinite ineligibility

from the date of conviction. How to Reduce the Period of Eligibility or Regain Eligibility

The student may shorten the period of ineligibility by:

• Successfully completing an approved drug rehabilitation program that includes passing two unannounced drug tests;

• Passing two unannounced drug tests administered by an approved drug rehabilitation program; or

65

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

• Having the conviction reversed, set aside or otherwise rendered invalid.

The student may regain eligibility the day after the period of ineli- gibility ends. Students denied eligibility for an indefinite period can regain it after successfully completing a qualified rehabilitation program, passing two unannounced drug tests from such a program, or if a conviction is reversed, set aside or removed from the student's record so that fewer than two convictions for sale or three convic- tions for possession remain on the record (in such cases, the nature and dates of the remaining convictions will determine when the student regains eligibility). Students who regain eligibility during the award year should notify the financial aid office immediately so that they might receive any eligible financial aid which they are entitled to receive. It is the student's responsibility to certify that a rehabilitation pro- gram was successfully completed, as with the conviction question on the FAFSA, the University is not required to confirm the reported information unless conflicting information is determined. Qualified Drug Rehabilitation Program A qualified drug rehabilitation program must include at least two unannounced drug tests and must satisfy at least one of the follow- ing requirements: • Be qualified to receive funds directly or indirectly from a federal,

state or local government program. • Be qualified to receive payment directly or indirectly from a

federally or state-licensed insurance company. • Be administered or recognized by a federal, state or local

government agency or court. • Be administered or recognized by a federal or state-licensed

hospital, health clinic or medical doctor. Convictions for Offense That Occurred During Enrollment Federal regulations require an enrolled student convicted of a drug offense after receiving federal financial aid to notify Student Finan- cial Services immediately. The student may be ineligible for further aid in that academic year and required to pay back all federal aid received after the date of the conviction. Student Financial Services will work with the student regarding all of the available options. Institutional Sanctions for Alcohol and Drug Violations Any member of the University community found possessing or selling illegal drugs on University property which includes attend- ing class and meeting with campus personnel or in violation of the institution's alcohol policies while on campus shall be subject to discipline on a case-by-case basis. Discipline will be based on the seriousness of the situation includ- ing: • A case may result in dismissal from the University. • In all cases, the University will abide by local, state and federal

sanctions regarding unlawful possession of drugs and the consumption of alcohol.

• Additional state penalties and sanctions may also apply. The University has adopted a zero-tolerance policy regarding alco- hol and drug violations.

66

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017 CONSUMER INFORMATION

APPENDIX- FINANCIAL AID POLICIES

.....................................................................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................................................... APPENDIX- FINANCIAL AID POLICIES

........................................................................................... Academic Year Definition Policy

Overview The Academic Year Definition Policy provides the defined aca- demic year for each program (by credential level) offered by the University. Policy A student's academic year begins with the first eligible course of a degree program and ends when the student successfully completes the credits and weeks of instructional time requirements. A week of instructional time is a week (a consecutive seven day period) in which one day of instruction occurs. Instructional time does not include periods of vacation, orientation, or homework.

The University defines its academic years as follows:

• Undergraduate Certificate Programs are a minimum of 24 credits and 40 weeks of instructional time

• Graduate Certificate Programs are a minimum of 24 credits and 48 weeks of instructional time

• Associate Programs (9-week model) are a minimum of 24 credits and 36 weeks of instructional time

• Associate Programs (5-week model) are a minimum of 24 credits and 40 weeks of instructional time

• Bachelor Programs are a minimum of 24 credits and 40 weeks of instructional time

• Masters Programs are a minimum of 24 credits and 48 weeks of instructional time

• Doctoral Programs are a minimum of 24 credits and 48 weeks of instructional time

Students who take more than one course at a time or have courses with overlapping instructional weeks may complete the minimum number of credits (24) prior to completing the required weeks of instructional time. In order for a student to complete the academic year, both credits and weeks of instruction must be met. Therefore, students may need to complete additional weeks to successfully complete the academic year definition.

Example: A student is enrolled in a Bachelor program and has two courses that overlap by one instructional week. The student would be com- pleting 24 credits in 39 weeks; however, the academic year defini- tion is a minimum of 24 credits and 40 weeks. Therefore, the academic year would not be over until the student completes at least one more week of instructional time. In order to do this, the student must complete at least one additional week in the subse- quent course. Overlapping Academic Years An academic year that begins before a prior academic year has ended is considered an overlapping academic year. This scenario is rare, but most commonly occurs when a student starts with the University after recently attending a different institution or when the student completes a prior program at the University and begins another program. Students in these scenarios need to work with their finance advisor to determine if they have overlapping aca- demic years and if their financial aid eligibility will be impacted. For further information on these specific types of scenarios, please refer to the External Transfer Policy and Advancing Programs Pol- icy.

........................................................................................... Advancing Programs Policy

Overview The Advancing Programs policy documents the University's treat- ment and determination of federal financial aid eligibility for stu- dents who advance programs (a.k.a. finish one program and begin another program) at the University. Policy If the student begins a new program at the University prior to the expiration of the prior program's end of program (EOP) academic year, the University will award all federal financial aid to complete the remainder of the prior program's EOP academic year. Advancing Programs A student who graduates from one program at the University and begins another program at the University is a stu-dent who is advancing programs. Federal financial aid awards for students who advance programs will be based on whether or not the stu- dent has begun a new academic year or has an overlapping aca- demic year with the prior pro-gram. New Academic Year A student who graduates from one program at the University and begins another program after the expiration of the prior program's EOP academic year is a student who is advancing programs with a new academic year. For these scenarios, the University will award the student all fed- eral financial aid based on a full academic year as defined by the new program of study. (Refer to the Federal Pell Grant/IASG Pol- icy, Direct Loan Policy, and Cam-pus Based Policy for further infor- mation on awarding and the Academic Year Definition Policy for further information on defined academic years) Overlapping Academic Years A student who graduates from one program at the University and begins another program prior to the expiration of the prior pro- gram's EOP academic year is a student who is advancing programs with overlapping academic years. If an overlapping academic year exists, the student is required to complete the academic year in terms of both instructional weeks and credits in the prior program.

For these scenarios, federal financial aid awards are determined as follows:

Federal Pell Grant Award A student cannot receive more than his or her scheduled Federal Pell Grant award for a federal award year. (Refer to the Federal Pell Grant-IASG Policy for further information). When a student has al- ready received a Federal Pell Grant during the same federal award year, the University determines the percentage of the scheduled Federal Pell Grant award that the student has received in order to calculate the student's remaining eligibility (if any) for a Federal Pell Grant award. To calculate the student's remaining eligibility, the University uses

the following formula:

Pell disbursed in prior program = % of scheduled

award usedScheduled award in prior program

67

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

The University then determines the maximum percentage of the scheduled Federal Pell Grant Award the student may receive in the

new program by using the following formula:

When calculating the student's Federal Pell Grant award, the Uni- versity also ensures the student does not exceed the Pell Lifetime Eligibility Used (Pell LEU). The remaining Federal Pell Grant award amount is not divided equally across the payment periods in the new program. Instead, the Federal Pell Grant funds may be disbursed in an amount up to the stu-dent's remaining eligibility for each payment period, except that no payment period disbursement can exceed 50% of the sched- uled annual award. Federal Pell Grant Example: A student graduates from the AAB pro- gram and advances to the BSBA program at the University. It is determined the student's academic year for the AAB program overlaps with the academic year for the BSBA program. Pell Data from the Prior Program at the University

The University must now determine the student's remaining Pell eligibility for the federal award year to determine the amount it may actually award to the student. Pell Calculations by the University

The student's remaining Federal Pell Grant eligibility is $2,500. Since this amount is more than half of the scheduled Federal Pell Grant award, the award must be disbursed in two payment peri- ods. The student may receive half of the scheduled Federal Pell Grant award in the first payment period as long as the first pay- ment period is half an academic year, and the remainder of the amount in the second payment period. If the first payment period is not at least half an academic year, the Pell is disbursed based on the remaining credits in the academic year.

Pell Disbursements in the new program at the University

Federal Direct Loan Award The University will award a Direct Loan in the new program for the remainder of the prior program's EOP academic year as long as the student is enrolled at least half time, i.e. at least six credit hours. (Refer to the Student/Parent Eligibility Policy for further informa- tion) The loan period will cover the remaining credits and weeks of the over-lapping academic year. The Direct Loan funds will not exceed the remaining balance of the student's annual loan limit at the loan level associated with the new program. Direct Loan Example: A student graduates from the AAB program and advances to the BSBA program at the University. It is deter- mined the student's academic year for the AAB program overlaps with the academic year for the BSBA program. In the BSBA pro- gram, the student is a third year, independent undergraduate stu- dent with a maximum annual Subsidized Loan eligibility of $5,500 and Unsubsidized Loan eligibility of $7,000.

Direct Loan Data from the Prior Program at the University

The University must now determine the student's remaining Subsi- dized and Unsubsidized Loan eligibility for the overlapping aca- demic year in the BSBA program. Direct Loan Calculations to Determine Remaining Eligibility for

Overlapping AY

These remaining loan fund amounts will be disbursed based on the payment periods in the loan period at the University. (Refer to the Disbursements Policy for additional information) Other Federal Aid Awards All other federal financial aid, including Federal Supplemental Opportunity Grant (FSEOG) and Federal TEACH Grant follow the same awarding process of finishing out the prior program's aca- demic year.

........................................................................................... Allowable Charges Policy

Overview Federal regulations stipulate that when an institution disburses federal financial aid funds to a student by crediting the student's account, it may do so only for allowable charges. The Allowable Charges Policy defines what those allowable charges are at the

(100% of Scheduled Award)

- (% of Scheduled Award used)

Maximum % of Scheduled Pell Award student may receive

Scheduled Pell award $4,000

Pell award disbursed $1,500

Scheduled Pell Award $4,000

Percentage of Pell award already used in the prior program (Pell award disbursed/scheduled Pell award)

$1,500/$4,000 = 37.5%

Percentage of remaining Pell eligi- bility (100% – % used)

100% – 37.5% = 62.5%

Student’s remaining Federal Pell Award (Scheduled award at University X percentage remaining eligibility)

$4,000 X 62.5% = $2,500

First payment period $2,000

Second payment period $500

Subsidized Loan disbursed $1,688

Unsubsidized Loan disbursed $2,250

Remaining Subsidized Loan eligibility for Overlap- ping AY (Annual Subsidized Loan limit – Subsi- dized Loan funds already disbursed)

$5,500 - $1,688= $3,812

Remaining Unsubsidized Loan Eligibility for Over- lapping AY (Annual Unsubsidized Loan limit – Unsubsidized Loan funds already disbursed)

$7,000 - $2,250= $4,750

68

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017 CONSUMER INFORMATION

APPENDIX- FINANCIAL AID POLICIES

University. Policy Allowable Charges The University defines allowable charges as charges assessed by the University for the current payment period for the following: • tuition (including tuition for Directed Study and state sales tax) • electronic course materials fees and books (only if the University

has authorization from the student/parent - Refer to the Federal Financial Aid Credit Balance Policy) • By using the ED MAP Book Voucher, the student is

considered to have authorized the use of federal financial aid funds for books and is not required to provide any addition- al authorization. If the student chooses not to use the book voucher, the authorization is no longer valid.

• California Student Tuition Recover Fund (CA STRF), if applicable

Except as noted above, authorization is not required to apply fed- eral financial aid funds to any invoiced allowable charges for the payment period. Future Charges The University defines estimated future charges for the current payment period as follows:

• Allowable charges that have not been charged to the student's account.

Authorization from the student (or parent for PLUS loan) is required to apply federal financial aid funds to estimated future charges for the payment period. (Refer to the Authorization to Apply Funds Policy for additional information.) Prior-Year Charges The University does not use any Direct Loan funds in excess of $200 to pay for prior-year charges. Authorization is not required for the University to use current-year Direct Loan funds to satisfy prior loan period charges of $200 or less for tuition, electronic course material fees and directed study. The University does not apply any other type of federal financial aid funds (e.g. Pell and FSEOG) to prior year charges. (Refer to the Federal Financial Aid Credit Balance Policy for additional information.)

........................................................................................... Campus-Based Programs Policy

Overview The Campus Based Policy defines the University's selection criteria and packaging philosophy for awarding cam-pus-based funds con- sistently to all eligible students. Policy The University participates in one of the three campus-based pro- grams, the Federal Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant (FSEOG) Program. The University will make FSEOG funds reason- ably accessible to all eligible stu-dents, to the extent of available funds. Furthermore, it will not exclude from consideration any one particular type or category of student. Federal Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant (FSEOG) The following represents selection criteria and procedures for determining which students may be awarded FSEOG funds. These selection procedures are uniformly applied. First Selection Group • Undergraduate students who have not earned a bachelor's or

first professional degree

• Students eligible to receive federal Pell Grant funding (based on EFC and credential level) during the same award year in which the campus-based funding will be disbursed

• Students with an EFC** of zero and exceptional need are reviewed for funding under the following formula:

*Refer to the Packaging Policy for additional information. **The University will use the EFC from the same award year for the Direct loan and campus-based programs After the University has determined a student's need, the Univer- sity determines the student's eligibility. The University first awards all funds to students meeting the con- ditions of the first selection group. When all stu-dents in the first selection group are awarded and disbursed FSEOG program funds, the University will determine if students in the second selec- tion group can be awarded. Second Selection Group • Undergraduate students who have not yet earned a bachelor's or

first professional degree • Students eligible to receive federal Pell Grant funding (based on

EFC and undergraduate standing) during the same award year in which the campus-based funding will be disbursed

• Students with exceptional financial need (defined as students with the lowest EFCs who are not receiving Pell Grants). This

group also includes students who have exceeded their Pell LEU.

*Refer to the Packaging Policy for additional information. The University keeps documentation of the eligible EFC calculated for the student and confirms Pell Grant eligibility prior to disburse- ment of the FSEOG. If the FSEOG recipient does not receive Pell Grant funds during the award year, but the documentation shows that the FSEOG award and disbursement were made in good faith, the University is not required to recover the FSEOG funds already disbursed to the student. If the student loses Pell Grant eligibility prior to disbursement of the FSEOG, the University will cancel the FSEOG award. FSEOG and Pell Lifetime Eligibility Used If a student receives a Pell Grant for only one payment period of an award year due to reaching the Pell lifetime eligibility (LEU), the student may still receive an FSEOG award for both payment peri- ods in the award year (Refer to the Federal Pell Grant/IASG Policy for further information on Pell LEU). If the student has met or exceeded the Pell LEU, the student does not fall under the first selection group criteria above and is not eligible for any FSEOG awards in the award year. However, if funds remain after the first selection group has been paid; the student may be eligible for FSEOG under the second selection group criteria.

Cost of Attendance - EFC - Estimated Financial Assistance (EFA)* = Exceptional financial need of at least $500

Cost of Attendance - EFC - Estimated Financial Assistance (EFA)* = Exceptional financial need of at least $500

69

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

Establishing Categories of Students The University specifies categories of students to ensure students in each category have an opportunity to be award-ed FSEOG funds. Categories may be based on class standing, enrollment sta- tus, program, date of application, or a combination of factors. The University's written selection procedures ensure that FSEOG recipients are selected based on the lowest EFC and Pell Grant pri- ority requirements over the entire award year. As students are awarded for the federal award year daily, FSEOG funds are reserved for use throughout the award year (on the basis of the University's experience from previous periods), and selection prac- tices are applied in a manner that assures a reasonable consistency over the entire award year. Each year the University reviews prior award year data to determine the appropriate award amounts and allocations to ensure reasonable availability of funds throughout the award year. Annual Award Amounts The annual award for each student may be up to $500, depending on availability and student eligibility. The mini-mum FSEOG amount is $100. The award amount is disbursed equally in two payment periods within the academic year. However, if the student is an advancing student finishing out a prior academic year (refer to Advancing Pro-grams Policy for further information) or a stu- dent who is in a remaining period of study that is not a full aca- demic year where the remainder of the program or academic year is equal to or less than half of an academic year, the FSEOG pay- ment may be made in one disbursement. FSEOG is not prorated for graduating students with less than a full academic year remaining or for programs that are less than a full academic year. Crossover Periods Crossover periods are payment, award, or loan periods that over- lap two award years. If a student is receiving a Pell Grant during a payment period that occurs in two award years and the student is among those with the lowest EFC, the student satisfies the FSEOG first selection group requirements for the same crossover period regardless of which award year the Pell Grant funds are attributed. A student can also receive FSEOG funds under the first selection group requirements during a crossover payment period, from either award year allocation, as long as the stu-dent also receives a Pell Grant in the award year to which the crossover payment period is attributed. If the second payment period of an academic year starts before July 1 and the University awarded FSEOG using the first award year's allocation, the University will disburse those funds up until the September Federal Register dead-line as long as the student is eli- gible for those funds. If the second payment period of an academic year starts after July 1, the University awards the second FSEOG disbursement using the subsequent award year's funds if the student meets the eligibil- ity criteria in the subsequent award year. This includes being eligi- ble to receive federal Pell Grant funding during the same award year in which the campus-based funding is disbursed. However, the University uses the original award year's Cost of Attendance (COA) and EFC in calculating the student's financial need and eli- gibility for aid from the campus based programs. Nonfederal Share Requirement for FSEOG The University meets its nonfederal match of 25% using the aggre- gate matching method. The University's resources used to reach the nonfederal match may include institutional scholarships and grants; waivers of tuition or fees; the nonfederal portion of state

scholarships and grants; and funds from foundations or other char- itable organizations. The University's own resources used to fund FSEOG must be dis- bursed before or at the time the federal dollars are disbursed. However, outside resources can be used to match federal dollars even if the funds are received at a later date, as long as the Univer- sity has written information about the funds being award to a stu- dent. This written information will be kept on file at the University. FSEOG Carry-Forward and Carry-Back The University may spend up to 10% of its current award year FSEOG allocation in the following award year. Carry-forward funds are spent before the current year allocation. The University may also spend up to 10% of its current year FSEOG allocation of expenses incurred in the prior award year. Carry-forward and carry-back funds are matched in the award year they are spent. Information for both carry-forward and carry- back transactions are reported on the Fiscal Operations Report and Application to Participate (FISAP). Recalculating Campus- Based Funds

Any time a student at the University begins attendance in at least one course but does not begin attendance in all courses scheduled, the University checks to see if it is necessary to recalculate the student's eligibility for campus-based funds. This recalculation is based on the revised enrollment status and cost of attendance. The University does not include any costs associated with classes the student failed to begin in the COA.

If the student withdraws from the University, this recalculation is performed prior to the completion of the Return of Title IV Funds calculation. The recalculated amounts of campus based funds is used in the Return calculation.

Administrative Cost Allowance (ACA) The amount of ACA the University may claim is determined by its expenditures for the FSEOG program. • FSEOG disbursements to students - both the 75% federal share

and the 25% nonfederal share • If the University chooses to provide more than a 25%

institutional share to FSEOG recipients, it does not include an FSEOG institutional share in excess of 25% in the calculation of the ACA.

ACA is calculated as follows:

The University may use the ACA to assist in the costs of administering the campus-based and federal Pell Grant pro-grams such as salaries, furniture, supplies, travel and equipment. The ACA may also be used to pay service fees charged by banks for maintaining campus-based programs accounts, and expenses related to student consumer in-formation requirements. If the

5% of the first $2,750,000 of the University's expenditures to stu- dents under FSEOG Program

+ 4% of expenditures to students greater than $2,750,000 but less than $5,500,000 under the FSEOG Program

+ 3% of expenditures to students greater than $5,500,000 under the FSEOG Program

70

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017 CONSUMER INFORMATION

APPENDIX- FINANCIAL AID POLICIES

University were to claim the ACA, it would come from the FSEOG allocation received. However, the University currently does not claim any ACA from the FSEOG program.

........................................................................................... Cost of Attendance Policy

Overview The Cost of Attendance Policy addresses the cost of attendance (COA) established for use in calculating a student's amount of fed- eral financial aid eligibility and awarding financial aid for a spe- cific period of enrollment. The University uses the same COA when awarding Pell and Direct Loans unless the student is a Pell or Iraq Afghanistan Service Grant (IASG) only student. If the student is only receiving Pell or IASG, the Pell COA is used for awarding purposes. The COA consists of various components to determine eligibility for a period of enrollment. The University reviews and, if necessary, updates each COA component annually, referencing the Consumer Expenditure Survey from the Bureau of Labor and Sta- tistics website and reviewing actual institutional data. Policy

The University's COA is made up of the following components:

• Tuition • Books and Supplies (Electronic Course Materials and Books -

rEsource Fees) • rEsource fees encompass course textbooks and electronic

materials, the University library, eBook collection, math labs, programming software, the Centers for Math and Writing Excellence, and Phoenix Career Guidance SystemTM

• Living Expense • Room and Board (housing and food) • Transportation • Miscellaneous (personal care expenses) • Loan Fees

If a student is attending less than half time, the COA is limited to the following components:

• Tuition • Electronic Course Materials and Books (rEsource Fees) Tuition

The tuition component for the COA is a per credit average based on credential level and college. The University documents how tuition averages are calculated and makes this information available upon request. Exceptions include professional judgment decisions and elimination of an overaward using a student's actual tuition costs for the period of enrollment. (Refer to the Professional Judgment and Overaward & Overpayments Policies for further information.) If a student's period of enrollment is less than a full academic year, costs will be adjusted to match the period of enrollment.

Books and Supplies (Electronic Course Materials and Books)

The books and supplies component is calculated using a standard rEsource fee based on the credential for each en-rolled course, for the period of enrollment.

Living Expense

The living expense component is a per month allowance calculated using data provided in the most recent Con-sumer Expenditure Survey. The University documents how living expense components are calculated and makes this information available upon request. Students receiving military housing assistance (Basic Allowance for Housing or BAH) will have a reduction in living expenses in the amount of the room allowance (housing).

To determine the total living component for each student's COA, the University references its academic year definition for each cre- dential level to establish the number of months to be used. (Refer to Academic Year Definition Pol-icy for further information) • Nine months for associate's degree-seeking students (9 week

course delivery); • Ten months for associate's degree-seeking students (5 week

course delivery) • Ten months for bachelor's degree-seeking students; and • Twelve months for graduate students. • Certificate seeking students:

• College of Education

- Undergraduate certificate - 8 months

- Graduate certificate - 12 months

• College of Health sciences and Nursing

- Undergrad certificate-10 months

- Graduate certificate-12 months

• College of Humanities and Sciences

- Undergrad certificate-8 months

• College of Information Systems and Technology

- Undergrad certificate-8 months

- Graduate certificate-9 months

• College of Security and Criminal Justice

- Undergrad certificate-8 months

• College of Social Sciences

- Undergrad certificate-10 months

- Graduate certificate-9 months

• School of Business

- Undergrad certificate-8 months

- Graduate certificate-9 months

Programs Less than an Academic Year and Remaining Periods of Study Less than an Academic Year (End of Program) The COA for programs less than an academic year and the COA for end of programs (EOPs) is based on the credits required to com- plete the program and the weeks of instructional time, converted to months, needed to complete those credits. The months are rounded up and multiplied by the monthly living expense to determine the living expense component of the student's COA. The COA for an EOP will not increase if a remaining period needs to be extended due to the student failing or withdrawing from a course(s) in the prorated period. Loan Fees The University calculates an average loan fee per month based on credential level. The number of months used to determine the liv- ing expense component (see above) is also the number of months used to determine the total loan fee component in the student's COA. The University documents how the loan fee component is calculated and makes this information available upon request. Incarcerated Students The COA for incarcerated students is limited to tuition, course material fees, and books and supplies, if required in the program of study. (Refer to the Student/Parent Eligibility Policy for further information) Tribal Budget The University prepares a separate tribal budget for students who receive tribal funding. The tribal budget consists of actual tuition

71

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

rates for the tuition component and may include a child/depen- dent care average component obtained from the National Associa- tion of Childcare Resource and Referral Agency (NACCRRA). The University averages each childcare type for weekly and hourly cost for each state. Documentation is available for review, upon request.

........................................................................................... Consortium Agreements Policy

Overview Written arrangements consist of consortium and contractual agree- ments. The Consortium Agreements policy documents the Univer- sity's position on participating in consortium agreements with other institutions for the purpose of receiving or processing federal financial aid funds. Policy The University may execute on an institutional basis and act as a host institution for students not enrolled at the University. How- ever, the University will not execute on an individual basis nor exe- cute as a home or host institution for students enrolled as degree seeking students at the University.

........................................................................................... Direct Loan Policy

Overview The Direct Loan Policy addresses the application process for obtaining a Federal Direct Loan (DL), the applicable period of time for receiving a DL, and the maximum annual and aggregate amounts of DL a borrower may receive. Policy Application Process To obtain a Direct Loan (DL), a student must complete and submit a current award year Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA). Additional forms, such as the University Financial Aid Application, Direct Loan Master Promissory Note (MPN), and/or Direct Loan Entrance Counseling (if first time borrower) may also be needed. Once completed documents are received, the University deter- mines the student's eligibility for the DL program and awards accordingly. The University will send out a notification of the pro- posed loan package via an award letter including the proposed loan type(s) and amount(s). Once the award is made, the Univer- sity transmits the loan origination and disbursement record to the Department of Education (ED). ED will provide an origination acknowledgement confirming the student has a completed MPN and is eligible for the DL program funds awarded. Prior to the anticipated disbursement date, the student's eligibility for the DL program funds is reconfirmed and loan funds are drawn-down from ED and disbursed to the student by application to the student account with the University. MPN Confirmation The University uses the multi-year MPN and practices an active confirmation process for all borrowers borrowing under the Direct Loan Program. The University requires a student to submit a new MPN if no Direct Loan disbursements are made within one year of the original MPN sign date. The University originates the loan(s) based on the student and/or parent's confirmed loan amount(s) received during the processing of his/her financial aid for each FAFSA award year. Request may be made for an increase or decrease to the loan amount. However, if the amount(s) of Direct and/or Federal Direct PLUS (PLUS) loans requested exceeds the student's cost of attendance (COA), the University only originates up to the COA.

Once the loan is disbursed, the University sends the student/par- ent a Right to Cancel letter, which includes the time given to respond should the student and/or parent borrower wish to cancel their loan request(s). This notification is mailed after the loan dis- bursement has been credited to the student's account. Borrowers who wish to cancel all or a portion of their loan must inform the University within 30 days from the date the University sends the disbursement notification. Any requests received after the 30 days but prior to 110 days will be honored as a partial cancellation based on title IV funds that are currently unapplied. The University noti- fies the student/parent in writing of the outcome of his or her request regardless of when the cancellation request is received. Loan Period The minimum period of enrollment the University may originate a Direct Loan is the lesser of the following: • The length of the student's program • The student's academic year (Refer to the Academic Year

Definition Policy for specific requirements) • The remaining portion of the student's program (if the program

is shorter than an academic year

The maximum period the University may originate a DL is

• generally, the student's academic year (Refer to the Academic Year Definition Policy for specific requirements); or

• for a defaulted borrower who has regained eligibility, the academic year the borrower re-gained eligibility.

Note: For information on loan periods for students who transfer from another school, complete a program and advance to another program at the University, or change programs at the University refer to the External Transfer Policy, Advancing Programs, and Pro- gram Changes Policies

Annual Loan Limits for Subsidized and Unsubsidized Loans

Students may attend another school(s) while attending the Univer-

Grade Level

Dependent Undergraduat e Student

Independent Undergraduat e Student

Graduate/ Professiona l Student

(1) Freshman

$5,500 (base) (no more than $3,500 of this amount can be a subsidized loan)

$9,500 (base) (no more than $3,500 of this amount can be a subsidized loan) $20,500

(2) Sophomore

$6,500 (base) (no more than $4,500 of this amount can be a subsidized loan)

$10,500 (base) (no more than $4,500 of this amount can be a subsidized loan)

(3 & 4) Junior and Senior (5) Fifth year undergradu- ate

$7,500 (base) (no more than $5,500 of this amount can be a subsidized loan)

$12,500 (base) (no more than $5,500 of this amount can be a subsidized loan)

A student whose parent cannot obtain a PLUS Loan is allowed to borrow additional Direct Unsubsidized Loan amounts. Student dependency status will be determined based on answers to questions on the Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA)

72

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017 CONSUMER INFORMATION

APPENDIX- FINANCIAL AID POLICIES

sity and receive Direct/PLUS loans at both schools for the same period of enrollment. If this occurs, the University resolves any possible annual loan limit overaward by reducing or cancelling loan disbursements to ensure students do not exceed annual loan limit amounts. Aggregate Loan Limits for Subsidized and Unsubsidized Loans If a student at the University has received federal loans at other schools, the University reviews the student's Financial Aid history on the institutional student information record (ISIR) to ensure the student has remaining eligibility under the aggregate loan limits. If a student exceeds the aggregate loan limits, the student may not receive additional direct loans until the student (1) repays in full the excess loan amount; or (2) makes arrangements, satisfactory to the holder of the loan, to repay the excess loan amount. When reviewing NSLDS, the University uses the Aggregate Out- standing Principal Balance (Agg. OPB) shown in NSLDS for each of the student's outstanding federal loans. If the student has one or more consolidation loans, which may include Subsidized and Unsubsidized federal loans, NSLDS will show separate totals for each. The University is not responsible for reviewing “unallocated” loans if they are present in NSLDS. The following represents the maximum outstanding total subsi-

dized and unsubsidized loan debt:

150% Direct Subsidized Loan Limit Borrowers who have no outstanding balance on a Direct Loan or a Federal Family Education Loan (FFEL) on July 1, 2013, or on the date the borrower obtains a Direct Loan after July 1, 2013 will have Direct Subsidized Loan eligibility limited to a period not to exceed 150 percent of the length of the borrower's educational program. In addition, under certain conditions, these first-time borrowers who have exceeded the 150 percent limit may lose the interest sub- sidy on their Direct Subsidized Loans. ED will monitor this subsi- dized usage and notify borrowers through dis-closure statements provided to the borrowers. Additional Unsubsidized Eligibility Independent undergraduate, graduate or professional students may borrow additional unsubsidized annual loan amounts.

Dependent undergraduate students, whose parents are unable to borrow PLUS loans due to adverse credit or other documented exceptional circumstances, may borrow additional unsubsidized

annual loan amounts. Exceptional circumstances include, but are not limited to, circumstances in which the student's parent receives only public assistance or disability benefits, is incarcerated, has an adverse credit history, or the parent's whereabouts are un-known. A parent's refusal to borrow a Federal PLUS Loan or Direct PLUS Loan does not constitute exceptional circumstances. Dependent undergraduate students, whose parents have ended financial support and refuse to file the FAFSA, may be eligible for unsubsidized loans. In these scenarios, the University verifies that the parents have ended financial support and refuse to file the FAFSA based upon documentation submitted by the dependent student. These stu-dents must complete and submit a FAFSA that includes all the required student information. They are eligible to receive only an unsubsidized loan and not any other federal finan- cial aid assistance. The maximum annual unsubsidized loan amount they may receive is the “base” annual loan limit for the student's grade level plus the additional $2,000 unsubsidized amount. Loan Origination Date The date of a loan origination is the date the University creates the electronic loan origination record. The University will not originate a direct loan for a loan period in which the student is no longer enrolled at least half-time, even if the student is otherwise still enrolled at the University. Any funds originated after the student's loan period end date are not kept by the University. Annual Loan Limit Progression The student's academic year is used as the basis for the annual loan limits. To advance to the next grade level and for annual loan limit purposes, the student must successfully complete and earn the weeks and credit hours in the academic year. (Refer to the Aca- demic Year Definition Policy for specific requirements) If the University accepts transfer credits for a student transferring from another school into a program at the University that is greater than one academic year in length, the University uses the loan lim- its associated with the grade level based on the credits accepted. Prorating Annual Loan Limits The University is required to prorate Federal DL eligibility in the following scenarios:

• The program is less than one academic year in length (see Academic Year Policy for more in-formation)

• The undergraduate program is more than one academic year in length but a student's remaining period of enrollment in this undergraduate program is less than an academic year in length based on required credits

Program is less than an academic year in length Students enrolled in programs less than an academic year in length will have their DL eligibility amounts prorated. The annual loan

limit for these programs is based on the lesser of -

Subsidized Total (subsidized & unsubsidized)

Dependent Under- graduate Students (excluding those whose parents can- not borrow PLUS)

$23,000 $31,000

Independent Under- graduate students & Dependent Under- graduate Students whose parents can- not borrow PLUS

$23,000 $57,500

Graduate & Profes- sional Students

$65,500 $138,500

Credit hours enrolled in the program X Annual loan limit

Credit hours in the academic year

73

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

OR

Program is more than an academic year in length but remaining period of enrollment is less than an academic year in length in required credits. Students enrolled in undergraduate programs with a remaining period of enrollment less than an academic year, as measured in credit hours, will have their DL eligibility amounts prorated based

on

Example: An independent, second year student is enrolled in the AAB program. He has a remaining period of enrollment consisting of 12 credit hours. A full academic year at the University is defined as 24 credit hours.

In the proration scenario described above, standard rounding rules apply.

Note: the proration formulas determine the maximum loan amount a student may borrow for a remaining period of enrollment, not the loan amount the student may actually receive. In some cases, the actual loan amount the stu-dent is eligible to receive may be less than the prorated loan limit (based on costs, EFC, other aid, aggregate borrower, etc.)

........................................................................................... Disbursements Policy

Overview

The Disbursements Policy addresses a student's eligibility for standard, late, and post withdrawal disbursements from the University. The University may only disburse federal financial aid funds to eligible students.

Policy Standard Disbursement A student is eligible to receive the first disbursement of federal financial aid when the University confirms the stu-dent is enrolled in courses for the payment period and is eligible to receive the funds. The student becomes eligible to receive a disbursement of federal financial aid for the second payment period when the stu- dent successfully completes one-half the weeks of instructional

time AND earns one-half the credit hours in the defined academic year (AY). Typically, the University disburses funds once the stu- dent successfully completes half the credits and weeks of instruc- tion in the current AY, which may consist of more credit hours and weeks of instruction than the defined AY. If the payment periods are not equal in credit hours and weeks of instructional time, the first payment period will consist of more credit hours and/or weeks of instructional time to ensure at least one-half the credit hours and one-half the weeks of instructional time in the AY are completed. Occasionally, when a student's file is reevaluated, the second payment period may consist of more credit hours and weeks of instructional time than the first payment period. If a program is longer than one AY and consists of a remaining period that is more than one-half an AY, the second disbursement of the remaining period is made once the student successfully com- pletes one-half of the weeks of instructional time AND earns one- half the credits in the remaining period. If the remaining period is equal to or less than one-half an AY, the second disbursement of the remaining period may not be disbursed until the student success- fully completes one-half the weeks of instructional time AND earns one-half the credit hours in the remaining payment period. If the University is unable to determine when a student has suc- cessfully completed one-half the credit hours in the remaining period of study, the second payment period will begin on the latter of the date the student successfully completes 1) one-half of the coursework in the remaining period; or 2) one-half the weeks of instructional time in the remaining period. If the remaining period consists of only three credit hours and five weeks of instructional time, the second disbursement will be made once the student suc- cessfully completes 3 weeks of instructional time. The University will disburse Direct Loan proceeds in substantially equal installments, and no installment will exceed one-half of the loan amount. First-time, first-year undergraduate borrowers will not have the first installment of Direct Loan proceeds disbursed until 30 calen- dar days after the program of study AY begins. The University will schedule disbursements according to procedures. Before disbursing federal financial aid funds, the University deter- mines and documents the student's eligibility to receive federal financial aid funds. The University disburses federal financial aid funds by crediting the student's account no later than three business days after receiv- ing the funds. Funds in excess of allowable charges are paid directly to the student unless otherwise authorized in writing by the student. (Refer to the Federal Financial Aid Credit Balance Policy for additional in-formation.) Right to Cancel Before the University disburses federal financial aid funds, the University will notify the student of the amount of funds that the student (or parents in the case of PLUS loans) can expect to receive under each federal financial aid program and how and when those funds will be disbursed. The University will notify the student (or parent) of the amount of the federal aid disbursement, the student's (or parent's) right to cancel all or a portion of the loan, loan disbursement, TEACH Grant or TEACH Grant disbursement and have the proceeds returned to the holder of the loan or to the Secretary (TEACH Grant funds). The notice will also include the procedures and time by which the student (or parent) must notify the University that he/she wishes to cancel the loan, loan disbursement, TEACH

Weeks enrolled in the program X Annual loan limit

Weeks in the academic year

Credit hours remaining in the program X Annual loan limit

Credit hours in the academic year

Direct Loan Calculations to Determine Eligibility for Remaining Period of Enrollment

Maximum Subsidized eligibility for remaining period of enroll- ment

(12/24) X $4, 500 = $2,250

Maximum Unsubsidized eligi- bility for remaining period of enrollment

(12/24) X $6,000 = $3,000

74

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017 CONSUMER INFORMATION

APPENDIX- FINANCIAL AID POLICIES

Grant, or TEACH Grant disbursement. This notice will be sent to the student/parent no earlier than 30 days before and no later than seven days after crediting the student's account at the University. Late Disbursement Students or parents become ineligible to receive federal financial aid funds on the date the student:

• For Direct Loans, is no longer enrolled at least half time; or • For Federal Grants, the student is no longer enrolled at the

University for the award year If a student completes a payment period or period of enrollment, withdraws during a payment period or period of enrollment, or graduates, the University must make or offer the student (or parent in the case of a PLUS loan) a late disbursement of federal financial aid funds for which the student (or parent in the case of a PLUS loan) was eligible while in attendance at the University. The following conditions must be met prior to the date the student (or parent) became ineligible for a late disbursement.

Paying a Late Disbursement of Federal Financial Aid Grant Funds Without the student's permission, the University may credit a stu- dent's account with a late disbursement of federal financial aid grant funds for current allowable charges. If federal financial aid grant funds remain to be disbursed from a late disbursement after all outstanding charges on the student's account have been satis-

fied, the University pays the grant funds directly to the student within 14 days. The University will make a late disbursement to the student no later than 180 days after the date of the University's determination the student withdrew, or for a student who did not withdraw, 180 days after the date the student be-came ineligible. Paying a Late Disbursement of Federal Financial Aid Loan Funds Prior to the University making any late disbursement of federal financial aid loan funds, the borrower is notified with an explana- tion stating the student's obligation to repay the loan funds dis- bursed. The student is given an opportunity to accept or decline the loan. The student's authorization to receive the loan must be submitted via the late disbursement letter or via a signed statement submitted to the University titled “Late Disbursement Notifica- tion.” The student has 30 days from the date on the late disbursement let- ter to return the letter to the University; otherwise the loan funds are canceled. The University will make the late disbursement to the student no later than 180 days after the date of the University's determination that the student withdrew or became ineligible. If the student had a federal financial aid credit balance before becom- ing ineligible, and the credit balance consists of direct loans, the University offers the funds to the student in writing and does not disburse the direct loan funds directly to the stu-dent until the stu- dent's authorization is received. Late Disbursement - After 180 Days The University will make a late disbursement of federal financial aid funds within 180 days of the date the student became ineligible. No disbursement of these funds is made after the 180-day time- frame. Post Withdrawal Disbursement Withdrawn students lose federal financial aid eligibility and can- not be paid additional federal financial aid funds for the payment period and/or AY. However, as a result of the student's Return to Title IV Funds (R2T4) calculation, the student may be eligible to receive federal financial aid funds that had not disbursed but could have been disbursed prior to the student's withdrawal date. If the total amount of federal financial aid grant and/or loan funds earned by the student on the R2T4 calculation is greater than the total amount of federal financial aid disbursed to the student, or parent in the case of a PLUS loan, the student may be eligible to receive a post withdrawal disbursement (PWD). The University does not include as a PWD any funds from a dis- bursement the University was prohibited from making on or before the date of the University's determination that the student withdrew, which would apply to the following: • A first disbursement of a Direct Loan to a first-year, first-time

borrower who withdraws before completing 30 days of the program of study

• Second or subsequent disbursements of Direct Loan funds unless the student successfully completed the loan period

• Disbursements of Federal Pell, IASG, or TEACH Grant funds to a student for whom the University did not have a valid SAR/ ISIR by the deadline established by ED

A PWD is made from available grant funds before available Direct Loan funds.

Post withdrawal Disbursement of Federal Financial Aid Grant Funds The University may credit a student's account with a PWD of fed- eral financial aid grant funds (Pell, IASG, FSEOG, and TEACH),

Program

Pell Grant/IASG

For all programs, the Department processed a SAR/ ISIR with an offi- cial EFC.

No additional requirements

FSEOG Student is awarded a grant

Direct Loans A loan record is originated

TEACH Grants The grant is originated

The following additional limitations must be satisfied before the University may make a late disbursement

Pell Grant/IASG For all Title IV programs, the University received a valid SAR/ISIR by the date established by ED.

FSEOG No additional limitations

Direct Loans 1. For a first-year, first-time borrower, the student completed 30 days of the pro- gram. 2. For a second disbursement, the student graduated or completed the peri-od for which the loan was intended.

TEACH Grants The University received a valid SAR/ ISIR by the date established by ED.

75

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

without the student's permission, for outstanding current (educa- tionally related) charges. The University will obtain a student's authorization to apply PWD grant funds toward anything other than current charges. The University disburses any amount of a PWD of federal financial aid grant funds as soon as possible, but no later than 45 days after the date of the University's determina- tion that the student withdrew. If the student does not respond to the University's notice for autho- rization, federal financial aid grant funds are used for appropriate outstanding current (educationally related) charges. (See the Fed- eral Financial Aid Credit Balance Policy for the definition of out- standing charges). Post withdrawal Disbursement of Federal Financial Aid Loan Funds The University notifies a student, or parent in the case of a PLUS loan, in writing prior to making any PWD of Direct Loan funds, whether credited to the student's account or disbursed directly to the student (or parent in the case of a PLUS loan). The written noti- fication is sent to the student (or parent in the case of a PLUS loan) as soon as possible, and within 30 calendar days of the University's date of determination that the student withdrew. The written noti- fication includes the following: • “The type and amount of Direct Loan funds to be credited to the

student's account or disbursed directly to the student or parent, in the case of a parent PLUS loan,

• Explanation that the student, or parent in the case of a PLUS loan, has the right to accept or decline all or a portion of the funds offered.

• Information in reference to the borrower's obligation to repay Direct Loan funds, if disbursed.

• A request for authorization to credit Direct Loan funds to the student's account, indicating if confirmation is not provided, the borrower may not receive any Direct Loan funds as a direct disbursement, unless the University concurs.

• Information informing the borrower that no PWD will be made if he/she does not respond within 30 days of the date of the letter. The University may, on an exception basis, choose to extend this timeline. The deadline for a borrower to accept a PWD is the same for both a confirmation of a Direct Loan disbursement to the student's account and direct disbursement of a PWD. • If the University declines to honor a late response accepting

loan funds to be credited to the student's account, or parent in the case of a PLUS loan, the University informs the student, or parent in the case of a PLUS loan, of this decision in writing.

• If the University chooses to honor a late response, all loan funds must be disbursed in accordance with the student or parent's request. The result of the contact and final de- termination made concerning the disbursement is documented in the student's file.

• Instructions to submit the response electronically or in writing directly to Student Financial Services-Operations (SFS-O) by mail, or fax.

If the student, or parent in the case of a PLUS loan, responds to the notice within 30 days of the date of the letter and instructs the Uni- versity to make all or a portion of the PWD, the funds are dis- bursed in the manner specified by the student, or parent in the case of a PLUS loan, within 180 days of the University's date of the determination that the student withdrew. If the University chooses to honor a late response, all loan funds

accepted by the student, or parent in the case of a PLUS loan, are disbursed in accordance with the student's or parent's request. If the University declines to honor a late response accepting loan funds to be credited to student's account, or parent in the case of a PLUS loan, the University informs the student, or parent in the case of a PLUS loan, of this decision in writing. The University does not request federal financial aid funds for a PWD unless and until it has determined the following: • A PWD is due and accepted by the student, or parent in the case

of a PLUS loan, • The amount of the PWD, and • The PWD can be disbursed within three business days of receipt.

........................................................................................... External Transfer Policy

Overview The External Transfer policy documents the University's treatment and determination of federal financial aid eligibility for students who transfer to the University from another school. Policy External Transfers Students who transfer to the University with or without accepted credits and who have overlapping academic years (AY's) with a prior school are referred to as external transfers. An overlapping AY exists if the student begins a program at the University prior to the expiration of the prior school's AY. If the prior school's AY length is less than 30 weeks, the University contacts the prior school to confirm the dates are correct or requests the school cor- rect the dates in common origination and disbursement (COD). The loan period (LP) (or payment period (PP), in the case of all other federal financial aid) to finish out the overlapping AY begins on the first day of courses at the University and ends on the inher- ited AY end date of the prior school. If this date falls in the middle of a course at the University, the LP/PP and AY end dates are extended to reflect the end date of the last course on the student's schedule that the student began prior to the inherited AY end date. If the inherited AY end date falls between courses scheduled, the inherited AY end date and the LP/PP end date to finish out the overlap reflects the inherited end date of the prior school. When awarding federal financial aid for the overlapping AY, the University determines the number of credits required to complete the overlapping AY. The student must be enrolled at least half time, i.e. at least six credit hours in the LP that is finishing out the over- lapping AY in order to be eligible for Direct Loans. (Refer to the Student/Parent Eligibility Policy for additional information) The student must successfully complete the required number of credits in order to progress to the next AY and LP. The AY and LP are extended, as needed, until the student earns these credits. There-fore, if the student receives a W or F for courses in the over- lap, the end dates of the overlapping AY and LP are extended, as needed, until the student earns these credits. Similarly, if the stu- dent receives an I grade or is granted an extension on time to com- plete coursework, the required number of credits are not successfully earned and the overlapping AY and LP must be extended. Federal Pell Grant Award Students who transfer to the University after receiving a Federal Pell Grant at a previous school during the same award year may receive a Federal Pell Grant only if: • The student submits a valid SAR to the University; or • The University obtains a valid ISIR

76

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017 CONSUMER INFORMATION

APPENDIX- FINANCIAL AID POLICIES

A student cannot receive more than his or her scheduled Pell award for a federal award year. (Refer to the Federal Pell Grant- IASG Policy for additional information). When a student has already received a Federal Pell Grant during the same federal award year, the University determines the percentage of the sched- uled Federal Pell Grant award that the student has already received in order to calculate the student's remaining eligibility (if any) for a Federal Pell Grant award. To calculate the student's remaining eligibility, the University uses

the following formula:

The University then subtracts the percentage of scheduled award used from 100 to calculate the maximum percentage of the sched- uled award the student may receive at the University. The Univer- sity determines the Federal Pell Grant Award the student is eligible for by using the following formula:

When calculating the student's Federal Pell Grant award, the Uni- versity also ensures the student does not exceed the Pell Lifetime Eligibility Used (Pell LEU). The remaining Federal Pell Grant award amount is not divided equally across the PPs in the new program. Instead, the Federal Pell Grant funds may be disbursed in an amount up to the stu- dent's remaining eligibility for each PP, except that no PP disburse- ment can exceed 50% of the scheduled annual award. Pell Example: A student received a portion of a Federal Pell Grant at a community college, then transferred to the University during the same federal award year. The community college performed a Re- turn to Title IV (R2T4) calculation and returned a portion of the stu- dent's Federal Pell Grant award.

The University's cost of attendance is higher than the community college, which increases the stu-dent's scheduled Federal Pell Grant to $4,000 for the federal award year. The University must

now determine the student's remaining Federal Pell Grant eligibil- ity for the federal award year to deter-mine the amount it may actually award to the student.

The student's remaining Federal Pell Grant eligibility is $2,400. Since this amount is more than half of the scheduled Federal Pell Grant award, the award must be disbursed in two payment peri- ods. As long as the student's first PP in the new program is at least half of an AY (in both credits and weeks), the student may receive half of the scheduled award in the first PP. If the second PP in the new pro-gram falls in the same federal award year, the student will receive the remainder of the Federal Pell Grant amount in the sec- ond PP.

Federal Direct Loan Award The loan at the University may not exceed the remaining balance of the student's annual loan limits after the disbursements at the pre- vious school are considered. If the balance of the program is less than an AY, those Direct Loans originated for a single PP are dis- bursed in two disbursements (Refer to the Disbursements Policy for additional information). Direct Loan Example: A student received a portion of a Direct Loan at a community college, then transferred to the University during the same AY, creating an overlapping AY at the University. When the student transferred, the community college performed a Return to Title IV (R2T4) calculation and re-turned a portion of the stu- dent's Direct Loan funds. The student is enrolled at the University as a first year, independent undergraduate student with maximum annual Subsidized Loan eligibility of $3,500 and Unsubsidized

Pell disbursed at prior school = % of Scheduled

Award usedScheduled Award at prior school

Maximum% of Scheduled Award Remaining

X Scheduled Award at University

= Maximum Pell Award

Pell Data from the Community College

Scheduled Pell award $3,000

Pell award disbursed $1,500

Amount of Pell funds returned due to R2T4 calcula- tion

$300

Net amount of Pell funds dis- bursed to student

$1,200

Pell Calculations to Determine Remaining Pell Eligibility

Scheduled Pell Award at the University

$4,000

Percentage of Pell award already used (Net Pell disbursed/Scheduled Pell award at prior school)

$1,200/$3,000 = 40%

Percentage of remaining Pell eligibility (100% - Percentage used)

100% - 40% = 60%

Student's remaining Federal Pell Grant Award (Scheduled award at Univer- sity X Percentage remaining eli- gibility)

$4,000 X 60% = $2,400

Pell Disbursements at the University

First payment period $2,000

Second payment period $400

77

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

Loan eligibility of $6,000.

The University must now determine the student's remaining Subsi- dized and Unsubsidized Loan eligibility for the overlapping AY.

These remaining loan fund amounts will be disbursed based on the PPs in the LP at the University. (Refer to the Disbursements Policy for additional information) Other Federal Aid Awards All other federal financial aid, including Federal Supplemental Opportunity Grant (FSEOG) and Federal TEACH Grant will follow this same awarding process of finishing out the overlapping AY.

........................................................................................... Federal Financial Aid Credit Balance Policy

Overview The Federal Financial Aid Credit Balance Policy addresses federal financial aid credit balances and how the University handles those credit balances when they occur on a student's account. Whenever the University credits federal financial aid funds to a student's account and those funds exceed the stu-dent's allowable charges, a federal financial aid credit balance occurs. The University will pay the ex-cess federal financial aid funds directly to the student or parent as soon as possible, but no later than 14 days after the bal- ance occurred on the student's account unless an Authorization to

Hold Funds form is on file. Policy Whenever the University credits federal financial aid funds to a student's account and those funds exceed the student's allowable charges (Refer to the Allowable Charges Policy for definition of allowable charges), a federal financial aid credit balance occurs. The order in which funds are credited does not matter, and the University does not require a student or parent to take any actions to obtain the credit balance. Attribution of Funds The University will consider to have disbursed federal financial aid grants before direct loans to the student's ac-count in the following order regardless of when the funds are credited: • Pell Grant • Iraq and Afghanistan Service Grant (IASG) • FSEOG • TEACH Grant • Direct Subsidized Loan • Direct Unsubsidized Loan • Graduate/Professional PLUS Loan • Parent PLUS Loan Note - Federal regulations require direct loan funds applied to a student's account, to be applied to current charges first. Authorization to Hold Funds The University may obtain a student's (or parent in the case of a PLUS loan) written, voluntary authorization through the Univer- sity's financial aid application process to hold a federal financial aid credit balance. This authorization may also be obtained through a paper process. The University does not require or coerce the authorization and notifies the student (or parent in the case of a PLUS loan) that the authorization may be canceled at any time. If the student (or parent in the case of a PLUS loan) chooses to cancel the authorization, the cancellation is not retroactive. Funds held for incurred allowable charges and prior year charges prior to the University receiving the authorization cancellation, will remain on account. At any time, the University will accept a Financial Aid Authoriza- tion Change Form from a student (or parent in the case of a PLUS loan), canceling or modifying the authorization initially provided. The Financial Aid Authorization Change Form is available to stu- dents on the University's financial aid web (FAW) site. If a student (or parent in the case of a PLUS loan) cancels an autho- rization to apply a federal financial aid credit balance, the funds will be paid directly to the student (or parent in the case of a PLUS loan, or student if authorized by the parent) as soon as possible, but no later than 14 days after Student Financial Services - Opera- tions (SFS-O) receives the notice. Notwithstanding any authorization, the University pays any remaining balance on loan funds to the student (or parent in the case of a PLUS loan, or student if authorized by the parent) by the end of the loan period. Application of Funds The University applies funds received from a federal financial aid disbursement in the following order: • Invoiced and unpaid tuition (including tuition for Directed

Study and state sales tax) and California Student Tuition Recover Fund, if applicable, for the current payment period or prior payment period of the loan period;

Direct Loan Data from the Community College

Subsidized Loan originally dis- bursed

$1,750

Subsidized Loan funds returned due to R2T4 calcula- tion

$0

Net Subsidized Loan funds disbursed

$1,750

Unsubsidized Loan originally disbursed

$3,000

Unsubsidized Loan funds returned due to R2T4 calcula- tion

$1,000

Net Unsubsidized Loan funds disbursed

$2,000

Direct Loan Calculations to Determine Remaining Eligibility for Overlapping AY

Remaining Subsidized Loan Eligibility (Annual Subsidized Loan Limit - Net Subsidized Loan funds disbursed)

$3,500 - $1,750 = $1,750

Remaining Unsubsidized Loan Eligibility (Annual Unsubsidized Loan limit - Net Unsubsidized Loan funds disbursed)

$6,000 - $2,000 = $4,000

78

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017 CONSUMER INFORMATION

APPENDIX- FINANCIAL AID POLICIES

• If authorization has been obtained from the student (or parent in the case of a PLUS loan), future tuition (including tuition for Directed Study and state sales tax) and California Student tuition Recover Fund, if applicable for the future payment period of the loan period; and

• If authorization has been obtained from the student (or parent in the case of a PLUS loan), invoiced & unpaid, and future not yet charged electronic course materials fees and books

• Direct Loan funds to any unpaid allowable charges for a prior loan period, not to exceed $200

Timeline to Issue a Federal Financial Aid Credit Balance If there is no authorization on file, the University issues excess funds to the student within 14 days of the date funds are disbursed (applied to the student's account, or in the case of a check, the date the check is signed by the student or parent). Timeline to Issue Federal Financial Aid Credit Balance for Book Voucher All Title IV eligible students with a federal financial aid credit bal- ance who meet the criteria for funds that could have been dis- bursed 10 days prior to the beginning of the payment period will be notified of the University's book voucher request process. If the student requests a book voucher, the student will be provided the lesser of the amount of the credit balance or the amount needed by the student as determined by the University to purchase books and supplies. These funds will be issued to the student no later than the seventh day of the payment period. Students may opt out of this offer by not requesting the book voucher. Treatment of Unclaimed Federal Financial Aid Credit Balance If the University is unable to locate a student to pay a federal finan- cial aid credit balance and has exhausted all possible avenues to find the student, the University will return the credit balance to the applicable federal financial aid programs. This process is accom- plished by referencing the attribution of funds section in this pol- icy. The University returns any unclaimed federal financial aid credit balance issued by check to the applicable federal financial aid pro- grams no later than 240 days after the check issue date. If the funds were issued via electronic funds transfer (EFT) and subsequently returned or rejected, the University returns the funds to the appli- cable federal financial aid programs no later than 45 days after the funds were returned or rejected. Return of Title IV The University will hold a federal financial aid credit balance until completion of the Return of Title IV (R2T4) process. (Refer to the Return of Title IV Policy for additional information.) Once the R2T4 calculation is completed, if there is any federal financial aid credit balance remaining, the University allocates the credit balance as follows: • First, to repay any grant overpayment owed by the student as a

result of his/her withdrawal • Within 14 days of the date the R2T4 calculation is performed, the

University pays any remaining federal financial aid credit balance in one or more of the following ways: • Pay authorized charges at the University; or • Pay the student directly (or parent for a Direct PLUS loan)

(Refer to the Return of Title IV Policy for additional information.)

........................................................................................... Federal Pell Grant-IASG Policy

Overview

The Federal Pell Grant/Iraq and Afghanistan service Grant (IASG) Policy illustrates how the University calculates and awards Pell Grants and IASG to eligible students.

Policy The University calculates the annual award for students in non- term credit-hour pro-grams using Federal Pell Grant Formula 4 in conjunction with the Federal Pell Grant full-time payment sched- ule. The maximum duration of Pell and IASG eligibility is limited to six full-time scheduled awards, as measured by the percentage of lifetime eligibility used (LEU). A student is ineligible to receive further Pell and or IASG funds if they have 600% or greater. Rounding The University uses standard rounding rules, applied consistently to all students, and will round Pell and IASG Grant disbursements to the nearest dollar (not to exceed the scheduled Pell/IASG award). See exception under "Pell Payment Calculations and LEU Limitations" section below. Calculating Payment Amounts The award for each payment period may be subject to proration. The scheduled Pell/IASG award is prorated based on the percentage of the following:

• Credit hours in the payment period over the credit hours in an academic year or

• Weeks of instructional time in the payment period over the weeks in the academic year.

The scheduled Pell/IASG award is calculated using the lesser per- centage multiplied by the scheduled award. Crossover Payment Periods When a payment period falls into two award years -it begins before July 1 and ends on or after July 1 - it is referred to as a “crossover payment period.” If a student is en-rolled in a crossover payment period, the entire payment period must be considered to occur within one FAFSA award year. The University determines for each Pell/IASG grant recipient the award year in which the payment period is placed. Students are awarded from the oldest and active aid year first. Pell Payment Calculations and LEU Limitations If a student has less than 100% remaining of the maximum 600% Pell LEU, the University will disburse 50% of the Pell award in the first Pell payment period. The remain- ing percentage of the Pell award is disbursed in the second Pell payment period. Rounding rules do not apply to these disburse- ments. Pell Payment Calculations and LEU Limitations for End of Pro- gram (EOP) For any remaining portion of a program that is more than half of an academic year (AY) but less than a full AY, the remaining portion is divided into two payment periods. The first payment period is the period in which the student successfully completes half of the cred- its AND half of the weeks of instructional time in the remaining portion. (Refer to the Advancing Programs, External Transfers, and Program Changes Policies for some examples on awarding Pell for remaining periods that are not a full academic year) A student may receive less than a Scheduled Award in an award year, if the pro- gram crosses award years and the student's Pell Grant award in

79

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

one of the award years is for a portion of the program that is less than a full AY. • The annual award for a student in a nonterm credit-hour

program is taken from the full-time payment schedule even if the student is attending less than full-time.

• Comparable prorations will be performed based on the number of credits in the payment period as they compare to the credits in the defined AY OR the number of weeks in the payment period as they compare to the weeks of instructional time in the AY.

• The scheduled Pell award will be multiplied by the lesser of the 2 calculations to determine the Pell payment.

• If a student has more than 500% Pell LEU, the Pell payment will be the lesser amount between the proration calculation and the remaining eligibility award using the Pell LEU calculator.

Students Declining Pell Grant Funds Students who decide to decline all or a part of a Pell grant dis- bursement must deliver to the University a signed, written state- ment clearly indicating they are declining the Pell grant funds for which they are eligible. Furthermore, they must understand those funds may not be available once the FAFSA award year is over. If the University receives a statement indicating such from the stu- dent, it will submit any adjustment records for the student to the Common Origination and Disbursement (COD) System. Any Uni- versity account balance(s) resulting from the return of Pell Grant funding is the responsibility of the student. Students Returning Pell Grant Funds Students have the option of returning all or a portion of Pell grant funds they were eligible to receive, as long as this return is taken during the SAME award year. If they choose to do so, they must deliver to the University a signed statement clearly indicating they are returning the Pell grant funds they are eligible for. Further- more, they understand those funds may not be available once the award year is over. Students must return the funds directly to the University, and the University will return those funds to the Pell grant account. After doing so, the University must submit the required adjustment records for the students to the COD System. Any University account balance(s) resulting from the return of Pell/IASG Grant funds is the responsibility of the student.

The University does not accept any Pell/IASG grant funds from prior FAFSA award years.

Disputing the Accuracy of Pell Grant LEU Information If a student attending the University chooses to dispute the accu- racy of the Pell LEU information found in the Common Origina- tion and Disbursement (COD) System, the University will assist the student in resolving this dispute. The University will not esca- late the matter should it discover the amount of the Pell Grant LEU percentage being disputed would not, if corrected, make the stu- dent eligible for additional Pell Grant funding. However, if there is a valid dispute, acceptable documentation to resolve the dispute must be collected. This documentation could include, for example, a written statement from the previous institu- tion confirming the student never attended, or at least never received Pell Grant funds from that institution for the award year in question. The University will then contact Federal Student Aid's COD School Relations Center at 800-474-7268. The Department of Education (ED), after its review of the student's assertion and any supporting information submitted, will provide the University with a response and instructions on how to proceed. On occasion, a student may dispute the Pell LEU information by

contacting ED. In these scenarios, the University requires the exception/override to the dispute to be in writing and received directly from ED. Once the information is received, the University will adjust the student's Pell eligibility accordingly. The student must meet all other eligibility criteria in order to receive the Pell Grant funds. Voucher for Books - Effective for Pell Eligible Students after July 1, 2011 Pell eligible students may use Pell funds to purchase books if those funds could have been disbursed 10 days prior to the beginning of the payment period and disbursed funds would create a federal financial aid credit balance. These students are notified of the Uni- versity's book voucher request process. If the student requests a book voucher, the student will be provided with the lesser of the amount of the credit balance or the amount needed for the books and supplies, as determined by the University. These funds will be issued to the student no later than the seventh day of the payment period.

Students may opt out of this offer by not requesting the book voucher. (Refer to the Federal Financial Aid Credit Balance Policy for further information)

Recalculation If an expected family contribution (EFC) changes due to correc- tions, updating, or an adjustment and the EFC change would change the Pell/IASG grant award, the University will recalculate the Pell/IASG award for the entire award year. If, as a result of the re-calculation, the student received more Pell/IASG award that the student was eligible for, an overpayment exists. Refer to the Over- awards and Overpayments Policy for further information on how to resolve the overpayment. Retroactive Payments For all prior payment periods for which a student was an eligible student within the FAFSA award year, the University may pay the total lump sum of retroactive payments in two separate installments one day apart from each other.

Regaining Eligibility If a student resolves ineligibility criteria while attending the Uni- versity (e.g. re-solves a default or over borrowing), the effective date of regaining eligibility for the Federal Pell Grant and IASG programs begins with the payment period in which the issue is resolved.

........................................................................................... Financial Aid Counseling Policy

Overview

The Financial Aid Counseling Policy addresses the requirements of the University ensuring initial entrance counseling is completed and students are notified of the requirement to complete exit counseling for each Direct, Graduate/Professional PLUS and Perkins loan borrower, and TEACH Grant recipient.

Policy Entrance Loan Counseling Entrance loan counseling, for Direct and Graduate/Professional PLUS loan borrowers, provides comprehensive information on the terms and conditions of the loan and the responsibilities of the bor- rower with respect to the loan. The University ensures entrance loan counseling is completed for each borrower. The counseling session includes completion of an interactive program that tests the borrower's understanding of the terms and conditions of the loans.

80

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017 CONSUMER INFORMATION

APPENDIX- FINANCIAL AID POLICIES

The University ensures an individual with expertise in federal financial aid is reasonably available to answer the borrower's ques- tions regarding those programs. Online counseling for Direct and Graduate/Professional PLUS borrowers generally provides the following: • An explanation of the use of a Master Promissory Note (MPN) • Importance of repayment obligation • Description of consequences of default • Sample repayment schedules • Information in reference to a borrower's rights and

responsibilities • Information on the National Student Loan Data System

(NSLDS) • Other terms and conditions • Information on possible loss of eligibility for additional Direct

Subsidized Loans • Information on how a borrower's maximum eligibility period,

remaining eligibility period, and subsidized usage period are determined

• The potential for a borrower becoming responsible for all accruing interest on Direct Subsidized Loans during in-school periods, grace periods (if first disbursement was between 7/1/ 2012 and 6/30/2014), and periods of authorized deferment

• Impact of borrower responsibility for accruing interest on the borrower's total debt

Entrance loan counseling for Grad PLUS borrowers also includes information about options to pay interest on a PLUS Loan while the borrower is in school. The University maintains documentation substantiating the com- pletion of entrance loan counseling for each student borrower. Effective March 29, 2015, PLUS Loan counseling must be com- pleted by the applicant (parent or graduate/professional student) with an adverse credit history who qualifies for a Direct PLUS Loan by obtaining an endorser who does not have an adverse credit history, or who documents to the satisfaction of the Depart- ment of Education that there are extenuating circumstances related to the adverse credit information. Exit Loan Counseling Federal financial aid recipient students within 2 to 7 credits of com- pleting their pro-gram at the University will receive an electronic notification about the requirement to complete exit loan counsel- ing. In addition, within 30 days of a student's last date of atten- dance, the University sends a letter with a link to complete NSLDS counseling and the required exit counseling materials. An eLetter is also sent to direct students to NSLDS. If the student is a withdrawal, the University mails exit loan coun- seling material to the borrower at the last known address and send an email directing the student to the NSLDS website where exit counseling may be completed. The material is sent within 30 days of the University learning the borrower has withdrawn. The Uni- versity documents the student's file with the date the materials were sent. TEACH Grant Initial and Subsequent Counseling For each award year a student receives the TEACH Grant, the recipient must sign an Agreement to Serve (ATS) and complete ini- tial and subsequent counseling requirements by utilizing the TEACH Grant counseling online. TEACH Grant counseling explains the terms and conditions of the TEACH ATS. The student is provided information about how to identify low-income schools and documented high-need fields.

TEACH Grant recipients are informed that, in order for the teach- ing to count toward the recipient's service obligation, the high- need field in which the student has prepared to teach must be: (A) one of the six high-need fields listed below under TEACH Grant Exit Counseling or (B) a high-need field listed in the Teacher Short- age Area Nationwide Listing (Nationwide List) at the time and for the state the grant recipient begins teaching in that field. TEACH Grant recipients are informed of the opportunity to request a suspension of the eight-year period for completion of the ATS and the conditions under which a suspension may be granted. Additionally, TEACH Grant recipients receive information regard- ing conditions, such as conviction of a felony, which could preclude the student from completing the service obligation. Students are informed that once a TEACH Grant is converted to a Federal Direct Unsubsidized Loan, it cannot be reconverted to a grant if they fail or refuse to complete the service obligation con- tained in the ATS or any other condition of the ATS. The TEACH Grant must be repaid as a Federal Direct Unsubsidized Loan and the TEACH Grant recipient is obligated to repay the full amount of each grant and the accrued interest from each disbursement date. TEACH Grant recipients are given information on the availability of the U.S. Department of Education Student Loan Ombudsman's office. The likely consequences of loan default are explained, including adverse credit reports, garnishment of wages, federal offset and litigation. Students are given information about possible monthly repayment amounts based on a range of student loan indebtedness. If a student receives more than one TEACH Grant, the University ensures that the student receives additional counseling prior to the first disbursement of each subsequent TEACH award. Subsequent counseling is provided by interactive electronic means. The Uni- versity ensures that an individual with expertise in federal finan- cial aid/HEA programs is reasonably available shortly after the counseling to answer the grant recipient's questions. TEACH Grant Exit Counseling Exit counseling is required by each TEACH Grant recipient before withdrawing from the University, by interactive electronic means. The University ensures that an individual with expertise in federal financial aid/HEA programs is reasonably available shortly after the counseling to answer the grant recipient's questions. Within 30 days of learning that a TEACH Grant recipient has with- drawn from the University without the institution's knowledge, or from a TEACH-eligible program, or failed to complete exit counsel- ing as required, exit counseling information is mailed to the stu- dent and provided through interactive electronic means. The exit counseling informs TEACH Grant recipients of the four-year ser- vice obligation that must be completed within the first eight calen- dar years after completing a TEACH eligible program. The TEACH Grant recipient is provided with information about the following: • The opportunity to request a suspension of the eight-year period

for completion of the service obligation and the conditions under which a suspension may be granted

• How to identify low-income schools and documented high-need fields

• For the teaching to count toward the recipient's service obligation, the high-need field in which the student has prepared to teach must be one of the following: • Bilingual education and English language acquisition. • Foreign language

81

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

• Mathematics • Reading • Science • Special education or • Another field documented as high-need by the federal

government, a state government or a local educational agency, and approved by the Secretary and listed in the Department's annual Teacher Shortage Area Nationwide Listing (Nationwide List)

• Requirement to submit to the Secretary, each year, written documentation of the student status as a highly qualified teacher in a high-need field at a low-income school or of the student's intent to complete the four-year service obligation until the date that the service obligation has been met or the date the grant becomes a Federal Direct Unsubsidized Loan, whichever occurs first

• The circumstances under which a TEACH Grant will be converted to a Federal Direct Unsubsidized Loan

• When a TEACH Grant is converted to a Federal Direct Unsubsidized Loan it cannot be reconverted to a grant

• The average anticipated monthly repayment amount based on a range of student loan indebtedness if the TEACH Grant converts to a Federal Direct Unsubsidized Loan

• Debt-management strategies that would facilitate repayment if the TEACH Grant converts to a Federal Direct Unsubsidized Loan

• How to contact the Secretary • Likely consequences of loan default, including adverse credit

reports, garnishment of wages, federal offset and litigation • The conditions under which the student may defer or forbear

repayment, obtain a full or partial discharge, or receive teacher loan forgiveness if the TEACH Grant converts to a Federal Direct Unsubsidized Loan

• The availability of the U.S. Department of Education Student Loan Ombudsman's office

• The availability of federal financial aid loan information in the National Student Loan Data System (NSLDS)

The University takes reasonable steps to ensure that each grant recipient receives the counseling materials and completes the exit counseling and maintain documentation substantiating the institu- tion's compliance with this section for each TEACH recipient.

........................................................................................... HEROES Act Policy

Overview The HEROES Act Policy ensures service members who are receiv- ing federal financial aid at the University are not adversely affected because of their military status and minimizes the administrative burden placed on such individuals. Policy

The University ensures those affected by war, military operations or national emergencies are not disadvantaged because of their status.

Category 1 Individuals Individuals affected by the waivers and modifications under this category include persons who

• are serving on active duty during a war or other military operation, or national emergency;

• are performing qualifying National Guard duty during a war or other military operation, or national emergency;

• reside or are employed in an area that is declared a disaster area by any federal, state, or local official in connection with a national emergency; or

• suffered direct economic hardship as a direct result of a war or other military operation, or national emergency.

The following waivers and modifications affect Category 1 individuals:

Need Analysis The University substitutes adjusted gross income plus untaxed income and benefits received in the first calendar year of the award year for which such determination is made for any affected indi- vidual, spouse and dependents, if applicable, to reflect more accu- rately the financial condition of an affected individual and family. The University has the option of using the applicant's original EFC or the EFC based on the data from the first calendar year of the award year. If the University chooses to use the alternate EFC, it uses the administrative professional judgment procedures estab- lished by the Secretary as discussed in the following section. Professional Judgment To more accurately reflect financial need; the University uses pro- fessional judgment on a case-by- case basis for affected individuals. The University determines the need for an affected individual by determining the most beneficial of the following: • The individual's need as determined using the adjusted gross in-

come plus untaxed income and benefits received in the first calendar year of the award year;

• The individual's need as determined using professional judgment; or

• The individual's need as determined making no modifications. (i.e. an individual's income increased as a result of serving on active duty).

The University clearly documents the reasons for any adjustment and the facts supporting the decision. In almost all cases, the Uni- versity will have documentation from a third party with knowl- edge of the student's unusual circumstances. As usual, any professional judgment decisions made that affect a student's eligi- bility for a subsidized student financial assistance program will be reported to the Central Processing System. Title IV Grant Overpayments A student who withdraws from the University because of an affected individual status is not required to return or repay any overpayment of grant funds based on the Return of Title IV (R2T4) calculations. The University does not deny federal financial aid eligibility to an affected individual who owes an overpayment. In addition, the University does not contact the student, notify NSLDS, or refer the overpayment to Debt Collection Services. However, the affected individual's file will be documented to include the amount of the overpayment. The University does not apply any federal financial aid credit bal- ance toward an overpayment before using the credit balance to pay authorized charges; pay the credit balance to the student (or par- ent, in the case of a PLUS loan); or use the credit balance to reduce the student's federal financial aid loan debt (with the student's authorization). Verification of AGI and U.S. Income Tax Paid An affected individual whose income was used to determine the EFC, and who has not filed a tax return because an extension was granted, is not required to submit a copy of the IRS Form 4868 or IRS approval of an even longer extension if the applicant is selected

82

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017 CONSUMER INFORMATION

APPENDIX- FINANCIAL AID POLICIES

for verification.

For these individuals, the University accepts the following:

• A signed statement certifying the student has not filed an income tax return or a request for a filing extension because of active duty or for qualifying National Guard duty during a war or other military operation or national emergency; AND

• A copy of each W-2 received for the specified year or, for a self- employed individual, a statement signed by the individual certifying the amount of the AGI for the specified year

The University may request that an individual granted a filing extension submit tax information using the IRS Data Retrieval Tool, or by obtaining a tax return transcript from the IRS that lists tax account information for the specified year after the income tax return is filed. If the University receives the tax information, it will verify the income information of the tax filer(s). Category 2 Individuals

Individuals affected by the waivers and modifications under this category include persons who

• are serving on active duty; • are performing qualifying National Guard duty during a war or

other military operation, or national emergency; or • reside or are employed in an area that is declared a disaster area

by any federal, state, or local official in connection with a national emergency.

The following waivers and modifications affect Category 2 individuals:

Post-withdrawal Disbursement (PWD) A student who withdraws because of status as an affected individ- ual and who is eligible for a post- withdrawal disbursement has up to 45 days to respond to a PWD offer. However, at the University's discretion, it may honor the PWD if the student (or parent in case of a parent PLUS loan) responds to the offer after 45 days. Leaves of Absence (LOA) The University documents the decision for granting an approved LOA to an affected individual if that individual has difficulty pro- viding a written LOA request because of affected status. The docu- mentation includes both the reason for the LOA and the reason for waiving the requirement that the LOA be requested in writing. Treatment of Federal Financial Aid Credit Balance When a Student With-draws

The University pays any federal financial aid credit balance to the student, or parent in the case of a parent PLUS loan, within 14 days after the balance occurred.

Loan Cancellation The University allows an affected individual to request a cancella- tion up to 60 days after the date the University notifies the bor- rower of the right to cancel. The cancellation may be for all or a portion of a loan for which proceeds have been credited to the account at the University. If the University receives a loan cancella- tion after the 60-day period, the University may, but is not required to, comply with the request. Student and Parent Authorizations

The University accepts an affected individual's verbal consent or authorization to

• Disburse federal financial aid funds to a bank account; • Use federal financial aid funds to pay for charges other than

tuition, fees; and

• Hold federal financial aid funds on behalf of the student or parent that would otherwise be directly paid to the student (or parent).

The University will document the verbal consent or authorization.

Satisfactory Academic Progress If a student fails to meet the University's satisfactory academic progress (SAP) standards (Re-fer to the SAP Policy for further information) as a direct result of being an affected individual in this category, the student may request a SAP appeal. The Univer- sity will approve the appeal based on documentation of military orders. Category 3 Individuals Individuals affected by the waivers and modifications under this category include persons who • are serving on active duty, or • are performing qualifying National Guard duty during a war or

other military operation or national emergency.

The following waivers and modifications affect Category 3 individuals.

Institutional Charges and Refunds If a student is called up for active duty or for qualifying National Guard duty during a war or other military operation or national emergency, the student is eligible for a deferral of any balance owed the University. Additionally, the student is eligible for a drop credit request (DCR) for a course if the student begins the course within 60 days of return from deployment. The amount of the credit is dependent upon the number of weeks attended prior to the student withdrawing for military reasons. (Refer to the Finance Policy - Military Deployment/Military Leave) Category 4 Individuals

Individuals affected by the waivers and modifications under this category include the spouse or dependents of persons who are

• serving on active duty; or • performing qualifying National Guard duty during a war, other

military operation, or national emergency.

The following waivers and modifications affect Category 4 individuals.

Verification Signature Requirements

A dependent student is not required to submit a statement signed by one of the applicant's parents when no responsible parent can provide the required signature because of the parent's status as an affected individual in this category.

Signatures on the Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA), Stu-dent Aid Report (SAR), and Institutional Student Information Record (ISIR) A dependent student is not required to provide a parent's signature on the FAFSA, SAR, and/or ISIR when there is no responsible par- ent to provide a signature because of the parent's status as an affected individual in this category. The high school counselor or financial aid administrator may sign on behalf of the parent as long as the applicant provides adequate documentation concerning the parent's inability to provide a signature due to the parent's status as an affected individual in this category.

........................................................................................... Leave of Absence Policy

Overview The Leave of Absence (LOA) Policy addresses the temporary inter- ruption in a stu-dent's program of study, when the student is not in

83

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

attendance at the University. The LOA Policy is applicable to all students enrolled in certificate and degree programs at the Univer- sity. If a student is not actively enrolled in a program, the student is not eligible to apply for an LOA. During an approved LOA, the student is not considered withdrawn and no Return to Title IV (R2T4) calculation is required for federal financial aid recipients. Policy Students may be approved by the University for multiple LOAs in a 12-month period. The total of all approved LOAs may not exceed 180 calendar days in the 12-month period. During an approved LOA, the student is not considered withdrawn and no Return to Title IV (R2T4) calculation is required for financial aid recipients. Required Documentation A LOA may be approved if the University determines there is a reasonable expectation the student will return. Students must fol- low the University's LOA Policy when re-questing a LOA, by pro- viding (on or before the start date of the LOA) a written, signed, and dated request, including the reason for the LOA, to the finance advisor. All re-quests will be forwarded to Student Financial Ser- vices - Operations (SFS-O). If unforeseen circumstances prevent a student from providing a request to the cam-pus on or before the start of the LOA, the Uni- versity may grant the LOA if the campus has documented the rea- son and decision. The campus must collect the signed LOA request form from the student at a later date and provide it to SFS-O within a reason-able amount of time from the student's last date of atten- dance. Unforeseen circumstances may include, but are not limited to, medical and family emergencies, military, jury duty, business travel, University course cancellation and/or facility closure, and natural disasters. If a student is out of attendance due to an unforeseen circumstance and considered unofficially withdrawn and the campus can docu- ment the reason and decision for the LOA prior to the Return of Title IV (R2T4) Calculation being performed, the student will be placed on an approved LOA and no calculation will be required. However, if the student is unofficially withdrawn and the campus does not document the reason prior to the calculation being per- formed, the student will be considered an unofficial withdrawal. An LOA will NOT be approved if a student requests the LOA after 14 consecutive days of nonattendance, is in an unofficial with- drawal (UW) status and the request is not due to unforeseen cir- cumstances that occurred prior to the UW status. If a student requests an LOA start date in the future and is officially withdrawn, unofficially withdrawn, or administratively with- drawn from the University prior to the start date of the LOA, the LOA is not valid and will be negated. Length In determining the length of the LOA, the LOA start date is the first day of the LOA and the LOA end date is the day before the start date of the course the student is returning to at the University. The first day of the student's initial LOA is used when deter-mining the start date for the 12-month period. If a student is granted an LOA due to unforeseen circumstances, the beginning date of the approved LOA, as recorded by the student on the LOA form, is the date the student was unable to attend class be-cause of the unfore- seen circumstance. The course start date will cease the LOA day count; however, the University's academic system of record will use an active enroll- ment status effective date as determined by the date the student posts an academic related activity (ARA) in the course the stu-dent returns to at the University. NSLDS Enrollment Reporting will use

the standard effective date for an active enrollment (i.e. course start date). A new LOA request form will be required for any additional LOAs. Note: At the time of the LOA approval, the University will review the LOA dates re-quested by the student and may adjust those dates based on ARAs, class schedules, etc. Extending an LOA A student may request an LOA extension as long as the request is made before the scheduled end date. Students must follow the Uni- versity LOA Policy when requesting the LOA extension, by pro- viding on or before the scheduled end date, a written, signed, and dated request, including the reason for the LOA extension to the finance advisor. All requests must be forwarded to Student Finan- cial Services - Operations (SFS-O). Institutionally Scheduled Breaks If a student submits an LOA request with a start date being the same day as the start of an institutionally scheduled break or a start date that falls within an institutionally scheduled break, the Uni- versity will update the LOA start date to the first day after the institutionally scheduled break ends. If a student's LOA is scheduled to end on or within an institution- ally schedule break, the University will update the LOA return date to the start date of the course that is scheduled to begin after the institutionally scheduled break, as long as the student is regis- tered for a course set to begin when the institutionally scheduled break ends. If a student's LOA request completely overlaps an institutionally scheduled break, all days of the institutionally scheduled break and the LOA days will count toward the length of the LOA and apply toward the maximum of 180 days in a 12-month period. The University will not allow a student to take two consecutive LOAs separated by an institutionally scheduled break. Disbursements during an LOA The University may disburse Pell, IASG, and FSEOG funds to a student on an LOA during certain times of the year. Federal finan- cial aid funds that are part of a credit balance created before a stu- dent began an LOA may be paid to a student, since those funds were disbursed before the student went on the LOA. Completion of Coursework upon Return If a student takes an approved LOA in the middle of a course, the University must en-sure no additional charges are incurred when the student returns. To ensure no additional charges are incurred, the University will issue the student an LOA Credit (LOAC). This LOAC will be applied to the course scheduled after the LOA end date. Failure to Return The University will advise the student, prior to granting the LOA, the affect that failure to return from an LOA may have on loan repayment terms, including the expiration of the student's grace period. If a student does not return from an approved LOA, the withdrawal date and beginning of the grace period will be the stu- dent's last date of attendance. If the student reenters, after withdrawing from the University, the previously approved LOA days will count towards the student's LOA maximum of 180 days in a 12-month period.

........................................................................................... Overawards and Overpayments Policy

Overview The Overawards and Overpayments Policy addresses how and when the University is required to resolve overawards and over-

84

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017 CONSUMER INFORMATION

APPENDIX- FINANCIAL AID POLICIES

payments that occur in a student's financial aid package. Policy An overaward occurs when a student's financial aid package exceeds financial need or when the total of all awards exceeds the cost of attendance (COA). Over-awards are usually the result of the student receiving financial assistance the University was not aware of when the student was packaged and/or awarded. The over- award becomes an overpayment if the University cannot correct the issue be-fore funds are disbursed to the student. Pell Grants The Federal Pell Grant is never adjusted to account for other forms of financial assistance. Therefore, if a student's financial aid pack- age exceeds need, the University will first attempt to eliminate the overaward by reducing other financial aid awarded. If the Univer- sity awards a Pell Grant to an ineligible student, that award becomes an overaward and must be resolved. If the University makes a Pell Grant overpayment for which it is not liable and the student is still enrolled, the University will sub- mit an Overpayment template and return the funds on behalf of the student. The student is repackaged according to eligibility and owes the University, rather than the Department of Education, any Pell grant funds he/she was ineligible to receive. If the student withdraws from the University and the Return to Title IV calcula- tion results in a Pell Grant over-payment, the University immedi- ately sends a written notice to the student re-questing repayment of the overpayment amount. The notice includes a statement that failure to make the repayment, or make satisfactory repayment arrangements with the holder of the overpayment will make the student ineligible for further federal financial aid until the over- payment is resolved. Students are not liable for, and the University is not required to attempt recovery of or refer to the Secretary, a Pell Grant overpayment that is less than $50 and is not a remaining bal- ance. If the student fails to repay the Pell Grant overpayment or make satisfactory re-payment arrangements, after the University has contacted the student, it must re-fer the overpayment to the Secre- tary for collection purposes. Iraq and Afghanistan Service Grants (IASG) The IASG, like the Federal Pell Grant, is never adjusted to account for other forms of financial assistance. If a student's financial aid package includes an IASG and the package exceeds need or COA, but the IASG by itself does not exceed the stu-dent's need, the Uni- versity must reduce other financial aid to eliminate the over- award. However, if the IASG payment by itself exceeds the stu- dent's COA for a period of enrollment, the total amount of the IASG must be reduced to the federal financial aid (Title IV) COA for the period of enrollment. If a student receiving an IASG becomes Pell eligible during the award year, the University must treat the Pell Grant as Estimated Financial Assistance (EFA) and may need to adjust the stu-dent's financial aid package. Campus-Based Funds The University only disburses the Federal Supplemental Education Opportunity Grant (FSEOG) to students who's FSEOG, combined with other estimated financial assistance (EFA) does not exceed the student's financial need. Estimated Financial Aid Assistance Exceeds Need Campus-based funding allows for a $300 overaward tolerance if a student has received additional EFA not included in the calculation of the FSEOG. The $300 threshold is allowed only if an overaward

occurs after Campus-Based aid has been awarded and/or dis- bursed and the University was unaware the student would receive additional financial assistance. NOTE: Direct loans do not provide for any type of tolerance in need. Therefore, if a student received additional amounts of EFA not included in the calculation of the FSEOG and Pell Grant and the amount results in the total EFA exceeding financial need by more than $300, the University may take, at its discretion, the following steps: • If the student demonstrates increased financial need and the

total amount of EFA does not exceed this increased need by more than $300, no further action will be necessary.

• If the total amount of EFA still exceeds need by more than $300, cancel any undisbursed loan or

• grant funds except for Pell Grant funds. • If the total amount of EFA still exceeds need by more than $300,

treat it as an overpayment that must be eliminated. Direct Loans If the University discovers, before disbursing Direct Subsidized Loan, Direct Unsubsidized Loan, or Direct PLUS Loan funds, that a student will receive (or has received) federal financial aid for the period the loan was intended and it exceeds the amount of finan- cial aid the student is eligible for, the University will reduce or eliminate the overaward by either - • Using the student's Direct Unsubsidized Loan, Direct PLUS

Loan, state-sponsored or another non-federal loan to cover the EFC, if not al-ready done; or

• Reducing or returning one or more disbursements to eliminate the over-award.

TEACH Grants A TEACH Grant award must be reduced if a student is not receiv- ing any need-based aid and the TEACH Grant, in combination with non-need based EFA, exceeds the student's COA. State Grants and Pell Grant funds only In the event there is an overaward, if a student is awarded state grant funds and Pell Grant funds only, state grant funds will be reduced to eliminate this over-award. Financial Aid Assistance Exceeds Cost of Attendance The University first attempts to eliminate an overaward by replac- ing the EFC with non-need-based loans and/or the TEACH Grant, provided the student has not been awarded up to the COA. If the overaward is not resolved by replacing the EFC, the University reduces or cancels any future federal financial aid loans or private loans first. The University may also attempt to eliminate an over- award by using actual COA charges for the academic year. If a return of funds is necessary to eliminate the overaward, funds are returned in the following order: • Private Loan • Direct Graduate/Professional PLUS Loan • Direct Parent PLUS Loan • Direct Unsubsidized Loan • Direct Subsidized Loan If the student becomes ineligible for only part of a Direct Loan or PLUS loan, the University will reduce the loan to eliminate the amount the student is ineligible for. If the student has no loans or if the student's financial assistance still exceeds the student's finan- cial need or COA, the University will proceed to reduce institu- tional grant and/or scholarship aid.

85

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

Reminder - The University will adjust the financial aid package to prevent an overaward of campus-based funds. Conflicting Information and Other Assistance The University is responsible for resolving conflicting information in a student's file. At times, the University may receive financial assistance it was unaware of for a student. If the financial assis- tance was received after the end of the period of enrollment for a student who is still enrolled or who is intending to re-enroll, the University treats the financial assistance as EFA for the period of enrollment just completed.

........................................................................................... Packaging Policy

Overview The Packaging Philosophy Policy addresses the University's calcu- lation of student awards based on costs, period of enrollment, and statutory award maximums. Policy Prior to determining a student's eligibility for federal financial aid, the University con-firms a valid output document - Institution Stu- dent Information Record (ISIR) - is on file. The University uses the “Ladder“ packaging methodology allow- ing all applicants to be treated in the same manner when awarding funds. The University packages up to the cost of attendance (COA) by replacing the expected family contribution (EFC) with non-need based aid, unless otherwise specified by the student (or parent in case of a PLUS loan). Determining Need The University subtracts the EFC, the Federal Pell Grant and other non-federal financial aid re-sources from the COA to determine remaining need.

Example:

The order in which financial aid is considered and awarded is as follows: Federal Pell Grant/Iraq and Afghanistan Service Grant The Federal Pell Grant or, alternatively, Iraq and Afghanistan Ser- vicemembers Grant (IASG) is considered to be the first source of financial assistance to the student. Zero EFC Treatment for Children of Soldiers An otherwise-Pell eligible student whose parent or guardian died as a result of U.S. military service in Iraq or Afghanistan after Sep- tember 11, 2001, may receive increased amounts of federal financial aid if (1) the student was less than 24 years of age when the parent or guardian died; or (2) enrolled at an institution of higher educa- tion at the time of the parent or guardian's death. The University uses an EFC of zero to package all federal financial aid if the student meeting the previously stated criteria has a Pell- eligible EFC. The zero EFC is only used for packaging purposes.

The U.S. Department of Education (ED) notifies the University when a student appears to meet the criteria for Zero EFC treat- ment. This is based on a match with the U.S. Department of Defense file of eligible dependents. Other Resources Other resources include, but are not limited to, the following:

• External grants and scholarships • University grants and scholarships • Tuition assistance • Military tuition benefits • University tuition discounts and waivers • University administration tuition and/or student account

adjustments • Income from insurance programs that pay for the student's

education • Private loans • Private and State grants • Tribal aid • Other financial assistance paid directly to the University Grants and Scholarships Grants and scholarships awarded:

• Federal Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant (FSEOG) • Scholarships • State Grants • Need-Based Institutional Grants • Teacher Education Assistance for College and Higher Education

(TEACH) Grant Determining Remaining Need Self-help aid is awarded to meet remaining need as follows:

• Federal Direct Subsidized Loan • Teacher Education Assistance for College and Higher Education

(TEACH) Grant • Federal Direct Unsubsidized Loan • Parent PLUS Loan • Federal Direct Graduate/Professional PLUS Loan Students eligible for a Graduate/Professional PLUS loan who do not request the maximum Direct unsubsidized loan amounts they are eligible for, are notified of their maximum unsubsidized loan eligibility, the loan interest rate for Direct Unsubsidized Loans and PLUS Loans, providing the opportunity to request the maximum Direct Unsubsidized Loan they are eligible for. Estimated Financial Assistance The University considers need-based aid as well as non-need- based aid as estimated financial assistance (EFA) when packaging financial aid for a student. EFA includes, but is not limited to, the following:

• Federal Pell Grant • Campus-Based Aid • State Grants • TEACH Grant • Scholarships • AmeriCorps * • Fellowships or Assistantships • Tuition Assistance • Waivers/Discounts • Direct Subsidized and Unsubsidized Loans • Direct Parent and Graduate/Professional PLUS Loans

$12,500 COA

- 2,500 EFC

- 1,600 Pell Grant

- 1,400 Scholarship

$7,000 Remaining Need

86

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017 CONSUMER INFORMATION

APPENDIX- FINANCIAL AID POLICIES

• Private Loans Iraq and Afghanistan Service Grants are not considered EFA. Therefore, they are never included in determining if a student's financial assistance exceeds need or COA. Likewise, if a student's other financial assistance exceeds a student's need or cost of atten- dance, as applicable, the stu-dent's Iraq Afghanistan Service Grant should not be reduced in eliminating the excess. However, and Iraq and Afghanistan Service Grant may be reduced if it alone exceeds a student's COA. If an IASG recipient becomes eligible for the Federal Pell Grant during the award year, the University will treat the Federal Pell Grant as EFA, and may need to adjust the student's financial aid package.

* The University does not count AmeriCorps benefits as EFA when determining eligibility for a subsidized direct loan; however, the University does include AmeriCorps benefits when determining eligibility for a direct unsubsidized loan. Overlapping Academic Years If a student begins a program at the University prior to the expira- tion of his/her previous pro-gram's academic year (AY), the Uni- versity will award all federal financial aid based on the remaining portion of the overlapping AY. The federal funds received for the prior AY do not count as EFA when awarding funds for the new program. However, the overlapping AY's funding is based on the remaining loan and grant eligibility, accounting for what the stu- dent received in the pro-gram. (Refer to the External Transfers, Pro- gram Changes, and Advancing Programs Policies for additional information) Awarding State Grants If a student is awarded state grant funds and an ISIR has a C- code(s) or is selected for verification, the University does not award the funds until the C-code(s) are resolved and/or verifica- tion requirements are met. Conflicting Information and Other Resources The University is responsible for resolving conflicting information in a student's file. At times, the University may receive aid it was unaware of for a student. If the aid was received after the period of enrollment ended for a student who is still enrolled or is intending to re-enroll, the University will treat the aid as EFA for the period of enrollment just completed.

........................................................................................... Private Loan Policy

Overview The Private Loans Policy addresses the University's participation in the private loan program. Private loans are available to help stu- dents supplement, not supplant, federal financial aid eligibility. Policy The University recommends that private loans be considered only after all federal and state financial aid options have been exhausted. Private loans may be available for both students and parents who are not eligible for need-based financial aid or who want to supplement their federal and state financial aid. These loans are made privately through lenders and other financial insti- tutions and are subject to a credit review and individual lender terms and conditions. For debt management purposes, we encour- age applicants to first complete the federal financial aid application to determine eligibility for grants and direct loans and to borrow wisely, utilizing funding solely for direct educational expenses related to attendance at the University.

Eligibility Private lenders determine student and/or parent eligibility for pri- vate loans. These amounts are limited to the cost of education minus other aid. Application and Awarding Process Most private loans are certified by the university to avoid over awarding. Students who apply and receive a private loan on their own must report it to the University as estimated financial aid assistance. The total amount of assistance received from all sources of funding, including scholar-ships, financial aid, tuition discounts and private loan programs cannot exceed the student's total cost of attendance (COA). Certain private loan products are limited to direct costs less other aid awarded. Disbursement Private loans are disbursed via electronic funds transfer directly to the student's tuition account in a single disbursement at either the beginning of the loan period or school certification, which-ever is later. Excess private loan funds are returned to the student upon their request, unless the loan is limited to direct educational costs. Leave of Absence (LOA) A leave of absence (LOA) is a temporary interruption in a student's program of study, whether necessitated by a planned or an unan- ticipated event or circumstance. Students receiving only private loans are eligible for an LOA at the University. (Refer to the Leave of Absence policy for further information on LOA requirements) Overawards If the total amount of assistance received from all sources of fund- ing, as indicated above, exceeds the total COA, the University will return funds to the lender based on funds available on the stu- dent's tuition account. This is determined by the Overawards Pol- icy as follows: 1) Private Loan, 2) Parent and Graduate/Profes- sional PLUS Loan 3) Direct Unsubsidized Loan 4) Direct Subsidized Loan. Refunds If the student is out of attendance greater than 14 consecutive days and no LOA is approved, any excess funds remaining after the Return of Title IV (R2T4) Calculation and/or institutional refund policies are calculated will be returned to the private loan lender. Self-Certification Form Students applying for a private loan are required to complete a Self-Certification form before the lender can disburse funds to the University. Students complete the form directly with the lender. However, the University may assist in completion of the form. If an enrolled or admitted student requests a self-certification form, the University will provide the written or electronic form the self-certi- fication form developed by the Secretary. The University will con- tinue processing federal financial aid funds and certifying loans in accordance with federal regulations.

........................................................................................... Professional Judgement Policy

Overview The Professional Judgment Policy addresses the University's treat- ment of a student, on a case-by-case basis, when the student has special circumstances that are not sufficiently addressed by a stan- dard approach. Special circumstances include conditions that dif- ferentiate an individual stu-dent from a whole population of students. Policy The University uses professional judgment on a case-by-case basis. The reason is documented in the student's file as it relates to the

87

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

student's special circumstances. The University does not ac-cept adjustments made for a student by another school, but reviews the student's circumstances and, if appropriate, documents the profes- sional judgment decision made on the student's behalf. The Uni- versity's decision regarding professional judgment adjustments is final and cannot be appealed to the U.S. Department of Education. (For additional information, refer to the Student Parent Eligibility Policy. Refer to the HEREOS Act Policy for information on affected individuals) Special Circumstances The purpose of professional judgment adjustments is to allow schools the ability to accommodate special circumstances; the U.S. Department of Education does not provide detailed information on when the University may make adjustments. Examples in the HEA include the following: • elementary or secondary school tuition, • medical or dental expenses not covered by insurance, • nursing home expenses not covered by insurance, • dependent care, • unusually high child care costs, • a student who is a dislocated worker, • the loss of employment of an independent student, • cases where a family member is a dislocated worker • cases where a change in the student's housing status results in

homelessness, • recent unemployment of a family member, or • other changes in the family's income, assets or a student's status • Number of parents enrolled at least half-time in a degree,

certificate, or other program leading to a recognized educational credential at an institution with a program participation agreement

The University may use professional judgment to increase or decrease one or more of the data elements used to calculate the Expected Family Contribution (EFC). The University may also use professional judgment to adjust the student's cost of attendance (COA). Inconsistent or conflicting information shown on the out- put document will be resolved before making any adjustments. Use of professional judgment is neither limited to nor required in the situations mentioned above.

The University will not • Modify either the formula or the tables used in the EFC

calculation, but may only change values of specific data elements used in the EFC calculation;

• Use professional judgment to waive general student eligibility requirements or to bypass the intent of the law or regulations. For instance, the University will not use professional judgment to change Federal Supplemental Education Opportunity Grant (FSEOG) selection criteria.

• Include post-enrollment activity expenses in the students Cost of Attendance. For example, professional licensing exam fees are not allowable costs.

The University will use fairness during the decision making pro- cess and will not adjust data elements used to calculate the stu- dent's EFC, recurring costs such as vacation expenses, tithing expenses and standard living expenses related to utilities, credit card expenses, and children's allowances. In reviewing unusual expenses, the University reviews the income protection allowance (IPA) to determine if the expense is already included in the EFC calculation.

........................................................................................... Program Changes Policy

Overview The Program Changes policy details the University's treatment and determination of federal financial aid eligibility for students who change programs during an open payment period at the Univer- sity. Policy Program Changes Federal regulations require the University to evaluate the federal financial aid award for a student who has changed programs dur- ing an open payment period to determine whether or not the stu- dent may remain in the same payment period or if the student will be required to begin a new academic year (AY) and payment period. For a student to be considered in the same payment period, all five (5) of the following conditions must be met: • The student is continuously enrolled at the University • The courses in the payment period the student is transferring

out of are substantially similar to the courses the student will be taking in the new program • Credits associated with the courses transfer to the new

program • The payment periods are substantially equal in weeks of

instruction and credit hours • There are little or no changes in tuition and fee charges

associated with the payment period • The credits successfully completed and earned in payment

period for the pro-gram the student is transferring out of are accepted for credit in the new pro-gram

If All Five Conditions Are Met If all five (5) conditions are met, the student will remain in the orig- inal payment period and AY. However, adjustments to disburse- ment dates, payment period start and end dates, and the AY end date may be made to address any changes to when the student will complete the required credit hours and weeks of instructional time of the AY. If All Five Conditions Are Not Met If all five (5) conditions are not met, the University will perform a Return of Title IV (R2T4) calculation to withdraw the student from the payment period for the program the student is transfer-ring out of and update the program's AY/loan period (LP) accordingly. (Please refer to the Return to Title IV Policy for additional informa- tion) Once the Return to Title IV (R2T4) calculation has been completed and all required federal aid funds returned as required, the Univer- sity will package the student for the new program based on a new AY/LP as follows: Federal Pell Grant Award If the student is eligible for the Federal Pell Grant, the University must identify the amounts of Federal Pell Grant already received for the federal award year in the program the student transferred out of and determine the percentage of the student's annual sched- uled Federal Pell Grant award already used. To calculate the student's remaining eligibility, the University uses

88

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017 CONSUMER INFORMATION

APPENDIX- FINANCIAL AID POLICIES

the following formula:

The University then determines the maximum percentage of the scheduled Federal Pell Grant Award the student may receive in the

new program by using the following formula:

When calculating the student's Federal Pell Grant award, the Uni- versity will also en-sure the student does not exceed the Pell Life- time Eligibility Used (Pell LEU). The remaining Federal Pell Grant award amount is not divided equally across the payment periods in the new program. Instead, the Federal Pell Grant funds may be disbursed in an amount up to the student's remaining eligibility for each payment period, except that no payment period disbursement can exceed 50% of the sched- uled annual award. Federal Pell Grant Example: A student transfers from the AAB pro- gram to the BSBA program at the University and all five conditions are NOT met.

The University must now determine the student's remaining Pell eligibility for the federal award year to determine the amount it

may actually award to the student.

The student's remaining Federal Pell Grant eligibility is $2,500. Since this amount is more than half of the scheduled Federal Pell Grant award, the award must be disbursed in two payment peri- ods. The student may receive half of the scheduled Federal Pell Grant award in the first payment period, and the remainder of the amount in the second payment period as long as the second pay-

ment period falls in the same award year.

Federal Direct Loan Award If the student is eligible for the Federal Subsidized and/or Unsub- sidized Direct Loan program, the new AY/LP will be a full AY/LP and will be limited to the student's remaining annual loan eligibil- ity if the new program is at least an academic year in length. If the new program is less than an academic year in length or the remain- ing coursework represents less than an academic year in length, the student's annual loan limit eligibility is the lesser of the remaining annual loan eligibility or the prorated loan eligibility based on credit hours to be completed in the new program. Federal Direct Loan Example: A student transfers from the AAB program to the BSBA program at the University, and all five condi- tions are NOT met. In the BSBA program, the student is a third year, independent undergraduate student with a maximum annual Subsidized Loan eligibility of $5,500 and Unsubsidized Loan eligi- bility of $7,000.

The University must now determine the student's remaining Subsi- dized and Unsubsidized Loan eligibility for the overlapping aca- demic year in the BSBA program.

Pell disbursed in prior program = % of Scheduled Award used

Scheduled award in prior pro- gram

100 Percent of Scheduled Award

- Percentage of Scheduled Award used

= Maximum Percentage of Scheduled Pell Award student may receive

Pell Data from the prior program at the University

Scheduled Pell award $4,000

Pell award kept as a result of the R2T4 calculation

$1,500

Pell Calculations by the University

Scheduled Pell award $4,000

Percentage of Pell award already used in the prior program (Pell award disbursed/ Scheduled Pell award)

$1,500/$4,000 = 37.5%

Percentage of remaining Pell eligibility (100% - Percentage used)

100% - 37.5% = 62.5%

Student's remaining Federal Pell Award (Scheduled award at University X Percentage remaining eligibility)

$4,000 X 62.5% = $2,500

Pell Disbursement in the new program at the University

First payment period $2,000

Second payment period $500

Direct Loan Data from the Prior Program at the University

Subsidized Loan disbursed $1,688

Unsubsidized Loan disbursed $2,250

Pell Calculations by the University

89

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

These remaining loan fund amounts will be disbursed based on the payment periods in the new program's loan period at the Univer- sity. (Refer to the Disbursements Policy for additional information) Program Change after Payment Period Is Completed If the student changes programs after successfully completing a payment period and prior to starting another payment period, regardless of the five (5) conditions, the University will not per- form an R2T4 calculation because the student completed the pay- ment period for which funds were disbursed. Students in these scenarios will remain in the same AY/LP and will be required to complete the remaining credits and weeks of the AY/LP. Program Change Effective Date The program change effective date will be the start date of the first course the student will attend in the new program. This is also known as the program begin date. Program Version Changes A student enrolled at the University who changes versions of a program is not a student who is changing programs for federal financial aid purposes. Therefore, the University will not reevalu- ate payment periods for students changing versions of the same program at the University.

........................................................................................... Re-Entry Policy

Overview The Re-entry Policy addresses how the University will treat stu- dents when they withdraw from the University and re-enter the same program within 180 days, or withdraw from the University and re-enter after 180 days or into a different program of study. The 180 day break is determined by counting the days between the stu- dent's official last date of attendance (OLDA) and the course start date when the student returns. This federal financial aid Re-entry policy is separate from the institution's Academic Program Re- entry policy. Policy Re-entry within 180 days When a student withdraws from the University and re-enters within 180 days to the same program at the University, the student remains in the same payment period the student was in when orig- inally withdrawn.

The cost of attendance (COA) for a student who re-enters within 180 days will reflect the original educational costs associated with the payment period from which the student withdrew.

The student is immediately eligible to receive all federal financial aid funds returned when the student withdrew. The University will take the following actions, if applicable, for a student who re- enters the same program within 180 days: • Re-disburse federal financial aid that was disbursed and

returned under the Return of Title IV (R2T4) provisions • Disburse federal financial aid the student was otherwise eligible

for that had not yet been disbursed at the time the student withdrew

• Cancel any overpayments assessed to the student as a result of the prior withdrawal that were disbursed on re-entry

The student becomes eligible for subsequent federal financial aid payments when the payment period for which he/she was paid is completed. If the date of a student's return is outside the period for which the loan was originated, the University will extend the original loan period (LP) and originate a new loan. Additionally, if the sched- uled date for a second disbursement is outside the period the loan was originated, the University will extend the LP and the date(s) for the second and any subsequent disbursement. If a student returns to the University within 180 days and before federal financial aid funds are returned due to an R2T4 calculation, the University will not return the funds. If a student withdrew, had a previous overpayment referred to Debt Resolution Services, and re-enters within 180 days, the Uni- versity will send Debt Resolution Services a fax identifying the stu- dent overpayment. The fax will state the overpayment should be made void as the student has returned to the University. Re-entry Within 180 days and in a New Federal Award Year If a student re-enters the University within 180 days and was origi- nally enrolled in a payment period that began and was scheduled to end in one federal award year, but returns after the end of that federal award year, the University will disburse any remaining funds using the original federal award year. The University will follow this process as long as the original federal award year is still open. If the original federal award year is closed and the student is due additional Pell funds from the closed federal award year, the University will request the Pell Grant funds through the Common Origination and Disbursement (COD) website. If the student was originally awarded campus based funds and the funds are no longer available from the original federal award year, the University may award funds from the current federal award year if funds are available. However, this does not increase the annual maximum campus based funds award a student may receive. If the student was awarded Direct Loan (DL) funds and the origi- nal federal award year is still open, the University will recover the DL funds from that federal award year. If the original federal award year is closed, the University will award the student remain- ing DL funds using current federal award year paperwork. How- ever, the original LP dates along with original cost of attendance and expected family contribution will be used to award the remaining DL funds. Re-entry after 180 days Or Re-entry into a Different Program When a student withdraws from the University and re-enters after 180 days have elapsed or re-enters into a different program of study at any time, the University will award the student based on

Direct Loan Calculations to Determine Remaining Eligibility for New Loan Period in New Program

Remaining Subsidized Loan Eligibility for New Programs LP (Annual Subsidized Loan Limit - Subsidized Loan funds already disbursed)

$5,500 - $1,688 = $3,812

Remaining Unsubsidized Loan Eligibility for New Programs LP (Annual Unsubsidized Loan limit -Unsubsidized Loan funds already disbursed)

$7,000 - $2,250 = $4,750

90

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017 CONSUMER INFORMATION

APPENDIX- FINANCIAL AID POLICIES

new payment periods. The length of the program will be the num- ber of credit hours and weeks of instructional time remaining in the program the student re-enters. If the remaining credit hours and weeks of instruction constitute one-half of an academic year (AY) or less, the remaining hours will constitute one payment period. If the start of the new AY overlaps with a previous AY, meaning the start of the new program be-gins before the calendar end date of the previous program's AY, prior funds disbursed will be taken into consideration when packaging the student for the new pro- gram.

........................................................................................... Return of Title IV Policy

Overview The Return of Title IV Policy addresses federal financial aid recipi- ents who withdraw from the University and are subject to a Return of Title IV (R2T4) calculation. For the purpose of R2T4 calculation requirements, a recipient is a student who has actually received federal financial aid funds or has met the conditions that entitled the student to a late disbursement of federal financial aid funds. The University is required to review the amount of federal loan and grant aid a student received for the payment period, to deter- mine what percentage of federal financial aid the student earned prior to withdrawal. The percentage of federal financial aid deter- mined to be unearned for the payment period must be returned to the appropriate federal financial aid program(s). Policy When a federal financial aid recipient withdraws from the Univer- sity prior to the end of a payment period, an R2T4 calculation must be performed to determine the amount of federal financial aid funds earned as of the date of withdrawal. If the total amount of federal financial aid funds earned is less than the amount of federal financial aid funds disbursed to the student or on behalf of the stu- dent in the case of a parent PLUS loan, the difference between these amounts is returned to the applicable federal financial aid pro- grams. If federal financial aid funds earned is greater than federal financial aid funds disbursed, the difference between these amounts is treated as a post withdrawal disbursement. A R2T4 cal- culation is not performed if the federal financial aid recipient with- draws after successfully completing the payment period AND all funds awarded for that period have been disbursed. Return Calculation The amount of federal financial aid earned is calculated by deter- mining the percentage of aid earned and applying this percentage to the total amount of aid disbursed and that could have been dis- bursed for the payment period. The payment period is de-fined as the period of time it takes the student to complete at least one-half of the weeks and credits in the student's academic year. For pur- poses of determining earned federal financial aid, a student's aid is considered disbursed if it is disbursed as of the student's last date of attendance. As long as conditions for a late disbursement (described below) are met prior to the date the student became ineligible (the student's last date of attendance), any undisbursed federal financial aid will be counted as aid that could have been disbursed. Conditions for a Late Disbursement (Including Post Withdrawal Disbursements) • The Department of Education (ED) processed a Student Aid

Report (SAR) or Institutional Student Information Record (ISIR) with an official Expected Family Contribution (EFC) for the student (except in the case of a parent PLUS loan)

• The University originated a Direct Loan (DL) • The University made the award to the student for a Federal

Perkins loan or Federal Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant (FSEOG)

• The University originated the award to the student for the TEACH Grant program

The University does not include as a post withdrawal disbursement any funds the University was prohibited from disbursing on or before the date the student withdrew, which would apply to the following: (Additional information is available in the Disbursements Policy)

• Second or subsequent disbursements of DL funds unless the student has graduated or successfully completed the loan period.

• Second disbursements of DL for the period that the University is prohibited from making until the student successfully completes one-half of the weeks of instructional time and one- half the credit hours in the academic year.

• Disbursements of DL or Perkins loan funds for which the borrower has not signed a promissory note.

• Disbursements of Federal Pell Grant, Iraq Afghanistan Service Grant, and TEACH Grant funds to a student for whom the University did not receive a valid SAR or a valid ISIR by the deadline date established by the Secretary in the Federal Register.

• Federal Pell Grant, Iraq Afghanistan Service Grant, and TEACH Grant funds for a subsequent payment period when the student has not successfully completed the earlier payment period for which the student has already been paid.

• Disbursements of DL funds to a first-year, first-time borrower who withdraws before the 30th day of the student's program of study

Inadvertent Overpayments An inadvertent overpayment occurs when the University disburses funds to a student no longer in attendance but prior to the date the University determines the student withdrew from the program. This would include any federal financial aid fund disbursements made after the student's last date of attendance but prior to the University's determination that the student was withdrawn. These inadvertent overpayments are included in the R2T4 calculation as aid that could have been disbursed. Only students who meet late disbursement criteria are entitled to keep federal financial aid funds disbursed as an inadvertent over- payment. If an inadvertent overpayment cannot be made as a late disbursement, the University returns the entire amount of the fed- eral financial aid funds disbursed. If the inadvertent overpayment can be made as a late disbursement, the University returns only the unearned portion of the inadvertent overpayment within 45 days of the University's date of determination that the student withdrew (Refer to the Disbursements Policy for further information). Unearned inadvertent overpayments are returned according to the requirements for the return of unearned funds. Verification and the Return Calculation If a student provides required verification documents after with- drawing from the University, but within 30 days of the date of the notification informing the student of the requirements, and in time for the University to meet the 30-day Return deadline, the Univer- sity performs the R2T4 calculation based on all federal financial aid the student had established eligibility for prior to the withdrawal. For the Federal Pell Grant Program, if the student provides the ver-

91

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

ification documents after the 30-day deadline but before the earlier of 120 days after the student's last date of attendance or the dead- line established by ED each award year, the University reviews and addresses eligibility as required. If a student does not provide all verification documents in time for the University to complete verification and meet the R2T4 dead- lines, the University includes in the R2T4 calculation only the fed- eral financial aid that was not subject to verification (unsubsidized and PLUS loan funds) and for which the conditions of a late dis- bursement were met prior to the withdrawal. (Refer to the Verifica- tion Policy for additional information.) Institutionally Scheduled Breaks Institutionally scheduled breaks of five or more consecutive days are excluded from the R2T4 calculation. This includes all holiday, inclement weather, and administrative breaks of five or more con- secutive days. When Funds are Disbursed Using Different Payment Periods When the University disburses different types of aid using differ- ent payment periods, e.g., one payment period for disbursing grant funds and another payment period for disbursing DL, only one payment period is used in determining earned funds. The payment period ending later is used for the R2T4 calculation. Percentage of Federal Financial Aid Earned The calculation of Percentage of Federal Financial Aid Earned includes all financial aid disbursed or that could have been disbursed to a student. This percentage is equal to the percentage of the payment period completed by the student as of the student's last date of attendance in the payment period. This percentage is determined using the University's rate of progression calculation. If the student withdraws after successfully completing the pay- ment period, 100% of the federal financial aid funds are earned and no calculation is required. If the withdraw date occurs after the stu- dent completes more than 60% of the payment period, the student earns 100% of the federal financial aid funds. Rate of Progression Calculation

The percentage of the period completed is calculated as follows:

Total Calendar Days Completed in the Payment Period The total number of calendar days completed in the payment period (numerator) is the count of calendar days from the payment period start date to the student's last date of attendance. Required Adjustments to Calendar Days Completed in the Payment Period Calendar days are removed from calendar days completed in the payment period if any of the following occurred between the pay- ment period start date and the stu-dent's last date of attendance: • Institutionally scheduled breaks of five (5) consecutive calendar

days or more • Holidays • Inclement Weather • Administrative

• Student scheduled or selected breaks of five (5) consecutive calendar days or more between courses

• All approved Leave of Absence calendar days

• Unapproved breaks of less than 180 days (Refer to the Re Entry Policy for additional information)

Total Calendar Days in the Payment Period The total number of calendar days in a payment period (denomina- tor) is determined based upon the number and type (credential level and modality) of credits awarded in the payment period. Required Adjustments to Calendar Days in the Payment Period Additional calendar days will be added to the payment period for unsuccessful course(s) completions with grades of I, IX, IP, QC, F, or W that occurred in a course prior to the course the student's last date of attendance occurs within. If the payment period needs to be extended, it is extended by a defined number of days based upon the following credential levels and modalities: • Associates Program (9 week courses) - 63 days if one or two

courses are needed, 126 days if three or four courses are needed • Associates Program (5 week courses online) - 35 days if one

course is needed, 70 days if two courses are needed, 105 days if three courses are needed, etc.

• Associates Program (5 week courses ground) - 29 days if one course is needed, 58 days if two courses are needed, 87 days if three courses are needed, etc.

• Bachelor Program Online - 35 days if one course is needed, 70 days if two courses are needed, 105 days if three courses are needed, etc.

• Bachelor Program Ground - 29 days if one course is needed, 58 days if two courses are needed, 87 days if three courses are needed, etc.

• Master's/Doctoral Program Online - 42 days if one course is needed, 84 days if two courses are needed, 126 days if three courses are needed, etc.

• Master's /Doctoral Program Ground - 36 days if one course is needed, 72 days if two courses are needed, etc.

Please note: Additional calendar days are NOT added for the course(s) in which the student's official last date of attendance falls within. This includes any course(s) the student was enrolled in, but did not complete at the time of withdrawal. Calendar days are removed from the calendar days in the payment period if any of the following occurred or is scheduled to occur from the payment period start date to the payment period end date: • Institutionally scheduled holiday breaks of five (5) consecutive

calendar days or more • Student scheduled of selected breaks of five (5) consecutive

calendar days or more between courses • All approved Leave of Absence calendar days • Periods of non-enrollment of five (5) consecutive calendar days

or more due to administrative and inclement weather closures • Unapproved breaks of less than 180 days (Refer to the Re Entry

Policy for additional information) Rate of Progression Examples The following examples illustrate the rate of progression calcula- tion outlined above. The figures provided are examples only; actual amounts may vary for each student. • Bachelor Program Online

• Last date of attendance is 07/15/20XX • Payment Period is 06/07/20xx to 10/24/20xx

Number of calendar days completed in the payment period

Total number of calendar days in the payment period

92

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017 CONSUMER INFORMATION

APPENDIX- FINANCIAL AID POLICIES

Course Schedule:

The total number of days the student is scheduled to complete (prior to the withdraw-al) is 140. However, because the student received a “W” in course #1, 35 calendar days will be added to the payment period for this unsuccessful course completion which occurred in a course prior to the course the student's last date of attendance occurs within. Therefore, the new total number of days in the payment period is 175.

Rate of Progression Calculation

The percentage of the payment period completed =22.28%

*Estimate for illustrative purposes only. Title IV Credit Balance and the return calculation A Title IV credit balance created during the period is not released to the student nor returned to federal financial aid programs prior to performing the R2T4 calculation. The University holds these funds even if, under the 14-day credit balance payment require- ments, funds are otherwise required to be released. In the R2T4 calculation, the University includes any federal finan- cial aid credit balance as disbursed aid. Although not included in

the R2T4 calculation, any federal financial aid credit balance from a prior payment period in the academic year that remains on a stu- dent's account when the student withdraws is included as federal financial aid funds for purposes of determining the amount of any final federal financial aid credit balance when a student with- draws. Upon application of any applicable refund policies, a fed- eral financial aid credit balance is allocated first to repay grant overpayments owed by the student as result of the current with- drawal. Within 14 days of the date that the University performs the R2T4 calculation, the University pays any remaining federal financial aid credit balance in one or more of the following ways: • Pay authorized charges at the University. • To the student (or parent for a PLUS loan). The University applies its own refund policy before allocating a federal financial aid credit balance. However, the University does not actually complete the refund process before completing the steps for allocating the federal financial aid credit balance. If the University is unable to locate the student (or parent) when attempting to pay a credit balance, it returns the funds to federal financial aid programs. (Refer to the Fed-eral Financial Aid Credit Balance Policy for further information) Return of Unearned Aid In the R2T4 calculation, the total Amount Disbursed plus Amount that Could Have Been Disbursed to the student or on the student's behalf, minus the Amount of Federal Financial Aid Earned by the Student determines the amount of federal financial aid funds unearned and required to be returned to the funding source

When a return of federal financial aid is required, the University and the student may both need to return funds. The University returns the lesser of the following amount to the appropriate federal financial aid program(s):

• The total amount of unearned aid; or • The amount equal to the total University charges incurred by the

student for the payment period multiplied by the percentage of unearned aid.

University (institutional) charges incurred by the student include tuition, fees, books and directed study (including state sales tax) initially assessed the student for the en-tire payment period. Initial charges are only adjusted for changes the University makes prior to the student's withdrawal. The amounts of institutional charges included in the R2T4 calculation are those charged or anticipated to be charged to the student's ac-count. Although institutional charges may not have actually been charged due to the student's withdrawal, the University uses the actual charges to date, to include full tuition, fees, books and directed study (including sales tax) for each course in the payment period, and estimate remaining charges based on the students' primary campus. Institutional charges include all invoiced and scheduled charges, as well as any adjustments made to correct these charges, that occur prior to the beginning of the course from which the student withdrew.

Tuition waivers for military students and Campus Footprint initiative are not counted as Estimated Financial Aid (EFA) and will be subtracted from institutional charges in the R2T4 calculation.

If after the student withdraws, the University changes the amount of institutional charges it assessed, or decides to eliminate all institutional charges, those changes do not impact the charges or aid earned in the calculation.

The University returns federal financial aid funds to programs in the following order, up to the net amount disbursed from each:

Course ID

Credit s

# of Days

in Course

Start Date

End Date

Instructor Grade

Cours e #1

3.0 35 06/ 07/ 20XX

07/ 11/ 20XX

SMITH W

Cours e #2

3.0 35 07/ 12/ 20XX

08/ 15/ 20XX

JONES

Cours e #3

3.0 35 08/ 16/ 20XX

09/ 19/ 20XX

JOHN- SON

Cours e #4

3.0 35 09/ 20/ 20XX

10/ 24/ 20XX

BROW N

39 (Number of calendar days completed in the payment period)

175 (Total number of calendar days in the payment period)

Days Completed

Total Days

Percentage of Payment

Period Completed

Federal Financial

Aid Disbursed

For the Payment Period

Disbursed Financial

Aid Earned*

39 175 22.28% $12,500 $2,785

93

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

• Unsubsidized FFEL/Direct Stafford Loan • Subsidized FFEL/Direct Stafford Loan • Federal Perkins loans • Federal Direct PLUS (Graduate Student) • Federal Direct PLUS (Parent of Dependent Student) • Federal Pell Grants • FSEOG • TEACH Grants • Iraq & Afghanistan Service Grant (IASG)

After the University allocates its portion of unearned funds, the student must return federal financial aid owed in the same order specified above for the University. The amount of federal financial aid the student is responsible for returning is calculated by subtracting the amount returned by the University from the total amount of unearned federal financial aid funds to be returned.

The student (or parent in the case of funds due to a parent PLUS Loan) must return or repay, as appropriate, the calculated amount to any federal financial aid loan program in accordance with the terms of the loan; and any federal financial aid grant program as an overpayment of the grant. The amount of a grant overpayment due from a student is limited to the amount by which the original grant overpayment exceeds one-half of the total federal financial aid grant funds received by the student. (Additional information is available in the Overawards and Overpayments Policy) The University may round final repayment amounts, for which the University and stu-dent are responsible, to the nearest dollar. Timelines for Return of Funds The University completes a student's R2T4 calculation within 30 days of the University's date of determination. The University returns the amount of federal financial aid funds for which it is responsible as soon as possible but no later than 45 days after the date the University determines the student has withdrawn. (Refer to the Withdrawal Policy for information on the University's date of determination) If a student is eligible for a post-withdrawal dis- bursement, refer to the Disbursements Policy for information on specific timelines. Deceased Student If the University receives reliable information indicating an indi- vidual borrower or stu-dent for whom a parent received a PLUS loan dies, the University suspends further awarding and disburse- ments. An original or certified copy of the death certificate or accu- rate and complete photocopy of the original or certified copy of the death certificate is requested and forwarded to the Secretary of Education (Secretary). Under exceptional circumstances and on a case-by-case basis, the Secretary may approve a dis-charge based upon other reliable documentation supporting the discharge request. Determination of Withdrawal of a Deceased Student The withdrawal date for a deceased student is the last date of aca- demic attendance or attendance at an academically related activity determined from University attendance records. The date of deter- mination is the date the University becomes aware of the student's death. (Refer to the Withdrawal Policy for further information) Return of Title IV Funds for a Deceased Student The amount of federal financial aid funds earned by the student is calculated according to the Return of Title IV Funds (R2T4) calcula- tion. If the calculation indicates the amount of funds earned is less than the amount disbursed to the student, or on behalf of the stu- dent in the case of a PLUS loan, the difference between these amounts is returned to the appropriate federal financial aid pro-

grams. The University does not report grant overpayments for deceased students to NSLDS or refer a grant overpayment to Debt Resolution Services, as the student's estate is not required to return any federal financial aid funds. The following represents procedures the University follows if a credit balance of federal financial aid funds, created from funds disbursed before the death of the student, exists after the comple- tion of the R2T4 and the University's refund calculations: • Pay authorized charges owed to the University. • Return any federal financial aid grant overpayments owed by

the stu-dent for previous withdrawals from the University. • Return any remaining credit balance to the federal financial aid

pro-grams. If the University previously referred a grant overpayment to Debt Resolution Services, documentation will be forwarded by the Uni- versity indicating the student is deceased. Based on this informa- tion and documentation, Debt Resolution Services will remove the overpayment from the student's records. Although the student may be eligible to receive a post-withdrawal or late disbursement, the University is prohibited by federal finan- cial aid Title IV regulations from further disbursements and will, therefore, not request additional funds from federal financial aid programs nor send out a post withdrawal letter.

........................................................................................... Satisfactory Academic Progress (SAP) Policy

Overview The University's Federal Financial Aid Satisfactory Academic Progress (SAP) policy determines whether an otherwise eligible student is meeting SAP in an educational program and may receive financial aid under the Title IV, HEA programs. This federal finan- cial aid SAP policy does not supersede the institution's academic SAP policy. Policy Students must maintain SAP throughout the duration of their aca- demic program to remain eligible for federal financial aid. SAP is assessed by qualitative and quantitative measures and is evaluated at the end of each completed payment period in the student's aca- demic program. Qualitative Measure Grade Point Average Undergraduate students must have a cumulative program grade point average (GPA) of 2.0 at the end of each completed payment period, unless otherwise defined by academic policy. Graduate stu- dents must have a program GPA of 3.0 at the end of each com- pleted payment period. A student's cumulative program GPA is calculated using only those grades earned at the University for the current program of study. The program GPA is computed by adding the program applicable cumulative grade quality points earned (calculated by multiplying the credit hours and the weight of the grade earned in the course) and dividing it by the program applicable cumulative total number of credit hours completed.

Courses from which the student withdraws are not included in the program GPA calculation for the qualitative measurement.

Qualitative Exclusions The following are excluded from the qualitative computation:

• Waivers • National Testing Programs • Courses with the following grades:

94

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017 CONSUMER INFORMATION

APPENDIX- FINANCIAL AID POLICIES

• IN PROGRESS EXTENSION (IX)(provided there is no formal grade)

• AUDIT (AU) • Incomplete (I) • In Progress (IP) • No grade awarded (QC) • Passing (P) • Withdrawal (W) • Withdrawal/Failing (WF) • Waived with Credit (WC) • No Credit (NC)

• Orientations with the following completion statuses: • Orientation Complete (OC) • Orientation Not Complete (ON) • Orientation Extension (OX)

• Assessed Credits Quantitative Measure Each academic program has a published standard credit load for completion. Pace of completion is automatically evaluated for all periods of attendance at the University, including periods the stu- dent did not receive federal financial aid. Maximum Timeframe The maximum timeframe to complete the program cannot exceed 150% of the published length of the program measured in credit hours attempted for undergraduate and graduate students. Prog- ress is evaluated cumulatively at the completion of each payment period for a student's primary program of study to ensure comple- tion of the program within the 150% maximum timeframe. If a student cannot complete the program of study within the max- imum timeframe (as determined at the end of the payment period) the student will be placed on financial aid disqualification (FD) sta- tus without the ability to appeal. Pace of Completion The quantitative measure for the pace of completion is calculated

using the following formula:

At the end of each payment period, the student's pace of comple- tion is evaluated. Students must earn at least 67% of the credit hours attempted toward completion of the primary pro-gram of study. Credit hours taken at other institutions and accepted toward a student's primary program of study at the University are included in both attempted and completed credit hours when mea- suring pace of completion. Courses from which the student withdraws are counted as attempted credit hours when calculating the quantitative measure- ment or program pace. Included in Pace of Completion The following are included as attempted in the pace of completion calculation: • Courses that are waived with credit (WC) • Assessed Credits

• Withdrawal (W) • Withdrawal/Failing (WF) • Courses completed with the following grades:

• A, B, C, D, and F (+/-) • In Progress (IP) • Incompletes (I, IX and IF) • No grade awarded (QC) Evaluation The University evaluates SAP for the student's primary program of study, based on a completed payment period (generally, at least 12 credit hours). As a result of the evaluation, a student is assigned a federal SAP status. Financial Aid Warning Undergraduate students with less than a cumulative 2.0 GPA, or the minimum as stated in policy, and graduate students with less than a 3.0 OR who do not earn 67% of their attempted credits (cumulatively) at the end of a completed payment period, are auto- matically placed on financial aid warning (FW) status. The Uni- versity can disburse federal financial aid funds to students on FW status for one payment period. Financial Aid Disqualification If a student on FW status does not meet SAP at the end of the sub- sequent completed payment period, the student is not eligible for additional federal financial aid and will be placed on an FD status. Students who are placed on an FD status are ineligible for federal financial aid. Financial Aid Probation Students who are granted an appeal will be placed on financial aid probation (FP) status and will have their financial aid eligibility reinstated based on the appeal. The University can disburse federal financial aid funds to students on FP status for one probationary payment period, provided all other eligibility requirements are met. The student must meet the University's SAP standards to maintain federal financial aid eligibility. Student Notification The University will notify students at any point during their enroll- ment if they are placed on or taken off the FW, FP, FD or Regular Student (RG) statuses, as these affect student eligibility to receive federal financial aid. Student Financial Aid Appeals Students placed on FD status due to a violation of the qualitative and/or quantitative standards during the financial aid warning period may appeal the disqualification to regain eligibility for fed- eral financial aid. Students may do so by submitting an appeal to the Student Financial Services - Operations Professional Judgment (SFS-O PJ) Team. The SAP PJ form is located on the financial aid website (FAW). If there are unusual circumstances that should be considered during the appeal process, federal financial aid rein- statement may be possible during a financial aid probation period. Approval and/or reinstatement of federal financial aid eligibility are not guaranteed. The SAP PJ team reviews all appeals on a case- by-case basis. Approval is only granted when there are significant extenuating circumstances. All decisions made by the SAP PJ team are final. The University allows a student to have a maximum of two approved appeals during their time at the University. These appeals cannot be consecutive and are only considered if unusual circumstances exist. Examples of unusual circumstances may include, but are not limited to the following:

Cumulative number of credit hours the student successfully com- pleted

Cumulative number of credit hours the student attempted

95

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

• Death of a relative • An injury or illness of the student • Other special circumstances Students must explain in the appeals process why the nature and timing of their unusual circumstance(s) directly prohibited them from maintaining SAP, and what has changed in their situation that would allow them to demonstrate SAP at the next evaluation. If students have more than 12 credits remaining in their program of study, they must demonstrate the ability to graduate within the maximum timeframe allowed and meet the GPA requirements. If students have 12 or less credits remaining, they must demonstrate the ability to complete the remaining credits success-fully. Regaining Eligibility after Payment Period of Ineligibility A student who is not making SAP regains eligibility only when the student is in compliance with the University's SAP require- ments.Therefore, if a student loses eligibility for federal financial aid as a result of not meeting SAP requirements, the student must pay for the ineligible payment period using non-federal financial aid funds. If the student meets all SAP criteria after the ineligible payment period, the student's borrower based academic year (BBAY) will start at the beginning of the eligible payment period following the period of ineligibility. The BBAY is packaged for a full 24 credits and 30 weeks of instructional time. If the ineligible payment period is the second payment period of an academic year/loan period already established, any federal finan- cial aid awarded for the second payment period will be canceled and, if necessary, returned to the funding source. Maximum Timeframe If at any time during the evaluation period it is determined a stu- dent is not going to complete the program of study within the max- imum timeframe of 150% of the length of the educational pro- gram, the student becomes ineligible for federal financial aid. This determination cannot be appealed. Transfer Credits - Qualitative A student's program GPA is calculated using only grades earned at the University in courses that are applicable to the program. Therefore, transfer credits do not apply when calculating the stu- dent's GPA at the University. Transfer credits include credits for all courses not completed at the University that are applied toward the completion of the student's degree program. Transfer Credits - Quantitative Credits taken at other institutions and applied towards the stu- dent's program/version at the University are included in both attempted and completed hours when measuring the student's pace towards completion. Program Changes Students who change programs at the University are re-evaluated to determine which credits apply to the new program. If the five program change conditions are met (refer to the Program Changes Policy for further information), the student will remain in his/her original academic year. The student's SAP status is not reset and the student will continue to be evaluated for SAP at the end of each completed payment period as originally established. If the five pro- gram change conditions are NOT met, the student's SAP status will be reset with an effective date of the program change. The student's SAP status will be evaluated at the end of each completed payment period in the new academic year. If the student changes back to a program he/she was previously in, the student's SAP status will reflect the status of the original program. The University will calculate the qualitative and quantitative SAP

measures based on all courses applicable to the new program. This includes those courses taken in a previous program that the stu- dent successfully completed and that apply to the new program. Repeat Courses Grades for prior attempts are excluded when calculating the quali- tative component. However, credits from all attempts are included when assessing if the student meets the quantitative component. Although a student may successfully complete a course more than once, only the first passing grade is counted as a completion when calculating the quantitative component. Note: Repeat courses taken in a program are counted in the SAP status for that program. Concurrent Enrollment The University evaluates SAP for the primary program based on completed weeks and credits of a payment period, regardless of whether or not the student is enrolled concurrently. All credits completed at the University applicable to the primary program will apply toward the primary pro-gram's GPA.

96

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017 CONSUMER INFORMATION

APPENDIX- FINANCIAL AID POLICIES

........................................................................................... Student Parent Eligibility Policy

Overview The Student Parent Eligibility Policy addresses student and parent eligibility requirements that must be met prior to awarding federal financial aid. Policy The University ensures all students meet all eligibility require- ments prior to awarding federal financial aid. Enrollment Prior to awarding federal financial aid, the University confirms the student is enrolled, or accepted for enrollment, as a regular student at the University. Students must be admitted and matriculated to a program of study eligible for federal financial aid. Students who are not admitted and matriculated will not be certified or dis- bursed federal financial aid. Any student enrolled in elementary or secondary institutions are not eligible to receive federal financial aid. Students who are provisionally admitted as described below, must also be matriculated. • Students in any graduate (non-Doctoral) degree program who

meet all admission requirements, except the minimum GPA requirement for their program, may be admitted on a provisional status if the student earned a GPA between 2.0 and 2.49 on the undergraduate degree posted transcript, unless otherwise noted in academic policy.

High School Diploma or Equivalent Students must be qualified to study at the postsecondary level. For students attending the University, one of the following criteria must be met and appropriate documentation provided: • High school diploma

• A copy of the student's high school diploma • Recognized equivalent of a high school diploma

• General Education Development (GED) certificate • California High School Proficiency Examination (CHSPE); • HISET Completion Certificate • Documentation provided by the State or appropriate

Department of Education in the student's state or jurisdiction indicating that the stu-dent has earned a secondary completion credential that has the same rights, privileges, and rigor of a normal High School Diploma

• An academic transcript indicating the student successfully completed at least a two year program that is acceptable for full credit toward a bachelor's degree; or

• A homeschool diploma that is conferred by the state in which it was completed or by an entity that is accredited by an approved body

• oA DD Form 214 Certificate of Release or Discharge from Active Duty, as long as it indicates that the individual is a high school graduate or equivalent

Note: In cases where it is impossible for a refugee, an asylee or a victim of human trafficking to obtain documentation of his/her completion of a secondary school education in a foreign country, the University may accept self-certification. It must consist of the following: • Proof of their attempt to obtain documentation of their

completion of a secondary school education in a foreign country, i.e., a copy of an e-mail or letter, including proof of mailing;

• A signed and dated statement that indicates that the applicant completed his or her secondary school education in a foreign country, the name and address of the foreign high school where the applicant completed the secondary school education and the date when the foreign high school diploma was awarded.

• A copy of the entry status documentation that identifies the applicant's cur-rent or prior status as a refugee, an asylee, or as a victim of human trafficking and who entered the United States after the age of 15.

Loan Limits A student is ineligible for federal financial aid if annual or aggre- gate loan limits made under any federal financial aid HEA loan program have been exceeded or has property subject to a judgment lien for a debt owed to the United States. Drug Convictions Students become ineligible for Title IV federal financial aid if con- victed of possession or sale of drugs for any offense that occurred during any period of enrollment for which the student was receiv- ing federal financial aid funds. Any conviction that was reversed, set aside, or removed from the student's record does not count; nor does a conviction received when the student was a juvenile, unless the student was tried as an adult. If the student was convicted of both selling and possessing illegal drugs and the periods of ineligi- bility are different, the student will be ineligible for the longer period. The University will make available to all students, through con- sumer information, details regarding the penalties for these types of drug violations. Other departments will send notification to Student Financial Ser- vices - Operations (SFS-O) once aware a student has been con- victed of any offense involving the possession or sale of illegal drugs, to cancel future federal financial aid disbursements. SFS-O will notify the student of lost eligibility due to a drug violation and provide information regarding the specific penalties, along with information on how to regain eligibility for federal financial aid. Incarcerated Students The University of Phoenix must ensure that no more than 25% of its regular students are incarcerated. This percentage will be moni- tored for the latest completed award year. An incarcerated student is someone serving a criminal sentence in a federal, state, or local penitentiary, prison, jail, reformatory, work farm, or other similar correctional institution. A student in a less formal arrangement, such as a halfway house, home detention, or sentenced to serve only weekends, is not considered to be incarcer- ated. Title IV Eligibility for Incarcerated Students All incarcerated students are • not eligible for Title IV federal financial aid loans • eligible for FSEOG Students incarcerated in federal or state penal institutions are • not eligible for Pell grants Students incarcerated by jurisdictions defined as a state in the law, such as the District of Columbia, are considered to be in a state penal institution and are • not eligible for Pell Grants Students incarcerated in local penal institutions (local or county jails, penitentiaries, correctional facilities, and juvenile justice facili- ties) are • eligible for Pell grants Students who are subject to an involuntary civil commitment fol-

97

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

lowing incarceration for a sexual offense are • not eligible to receive Pell grants Cost of Attendance for Incarcerated Students Cost of Attendance includes an allowance for tuition, course mate- rials fees, books and supplies, if required in the program of study. No other expenses are included. Allowable costs are assessed at the rate designated in the University's Student Financial Aid budgets. Regaining Title IV Eligibility for Incarcerated Students The University may accept a written self-certification indicating the student is no longer incarcerated. The student becomes eligible for federal financial aid funds as of the date his or her incarceration has ended. Citizenship All students must be a U.S. citizen or national or U.S. permanent resident or other eligible noncitizen to receive federal financial aid. A citizen of the Federated States of Micronesia, Republic of the Marshall Islands, or the Republic of Palau is eligible to receive fed- eral financial aid under the Federal Pell Grant but is not eligible for Direct loans. Citizens of Palau are also eligible for FSEOG. If a student needs to provide documentation to confirm his/her cit- izenship status and the student is unable to present this documen- tation in person, the University will allow the student to submit a hard copy or electronic image of the original document. Along with the citizenship documentation, the student must provide an affidavit. The affidavit requires two forms of identification and sig- nature from the student. Secondary Confirmation If a student indicates an eligible noncitizen on the FAFSA and pro- vides an A-Number, identifying information will be automatically sent to the Department of Homeland Security (DHS) for primary and, if necessary, secondary confirmation. If the University receives a SAR/ISIR with a secondary confirmation match flag of “P,” the DHS will continue to check its records in a process called automated secondary confirmation. The University will wait at least five, but no more than 15, business days for the result of auto- mated secondary confirmation. If the result is not received by that time, the University will begin the paper process of secondary con- firmation. The University has ten business days after receipt of the docu- ments for immigration status to undergo paper secondary confir- mation. The University will notify the student of the final decision based on the secondary confirmation results. Default Any student applying for federal financial aid must not be in default on a loan made under any federal financial aid program or HEA loan program. Overpayments A student must not currently owe an overpayment of federal grant funds or Federal Perkins loan, to be eligible for federal financial aid. Selective Service The University requires men who are age 18 through 25 to register with the Selective Service System. Students, who are exempt or waived from this requirement, are asked to provide the University with supporting documentation for review. The review process is documented along with the supporting documentation provided. If, after the review, the student is not clearly exempt or waived from the requirement to register the University will ask the student to provide a Status Information Letter from the Selective Service.

Unusual Enrollment History (UEH) The University resolves an Institutional Student Information Record (ISIR) that reports a UEH flag prior to awarding a student Title IV funds. The UEH flags are: • "N" - No resolution is required by the university; the student's

enrollment pat-tern is not unusual • "2" - the University reviews the student's enrollment and

financial aid records to determine if, during the four-award year review period (Award Years 2012/2013, 2013/2014, 2014/2015, and 2015/2016), the student received a Pell Grant or Direct Loan at the University.

• "3" - the University reviews the student's academic records to determine if the student received academic credit at the University during the three award year period (Award Years 2012/2013, 2013/2014, 2014/2015, and 2015/2016). In addition, the University reviews the National Student Loan Data System (NSLDS) to identity all schools where the student received Pell Grant or Direct Loan funding over the past four award years.

The University will determine, for each of the previously attended schools, whether academic credit was earned during the award year the student received Pell Grant and/or Direct loan funds. This determination is based upon academic transcripts al-ready obtained by the University or by asking the student to provide aca- demic transcripts or grade reports. Students who do not show earned credit for the Pell grant awards and/or Direct loans received in the past three years, and who may have special circumstances, may submit a request through the Pro- fessional Judgment (PJ) Team for approval. Students who do not meet any of the above criteria are immedi- ately not eligible for federal aid. Approval of Continued Eligibility for UEH If the students continued eligibility for federal financial aid funds is approved and in order for the student to remain eligible for fed- eral financial aid funds, the student must successfully complete one payment period at the University. Denial of Continued Eligibility for UEH If the student did not earn academic credit at one or more of the relevant schools and does not provide acceptable documentation, the University will deny the student any additional federal finan- cial aid funds. Regaining Eligibility for UEH The student is required to successfully complete one payment period at the University to regain federal financial aid eligibility. During this time, the student is required to use an alternate method of payment for tuition and fees. Upon regaining eligibility, loans may be awarded retroactively back to the beginning of the AY but Pell grants are only awarded going forward/starting with the next payment period. Parental Non Support Although students whose parents refuse support are not eligible for a dependency override, the University has the authority to offer a dependent student a Direct unsubsidized loan without requiring the parent(s) to file a FAFSA provided supporting documentation is obtained. Supporting documentation consists of a completed parental nonsupport confirmation form or a signed and dated veri- fication statement from the parent(s) specifying the following: • the parent(s) do not provide any financial support and the date

the financial support ended, • the parent(s) will not provide any financial support in the future;

and

98

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017 CONSUMER INFORMATION

APPENDIX- FINANCIAL AID POLICIES

• the parent(s) refuse to complete the parental section of the FAFSA

The University may accept documentation from a third party (i.e., teacher, counselor, clergy, court, etc.) describing the student's rela- tionship with the parent(s) if the parent(s) will not provide the required verification statement. Students who are offered the Direct unsubsidized loan without parental data on the FAFSA are only eligible to receive the loan limit based on dependent undergraduate student annual maxi- mums. For example, a first year undergraduate student cannot receive more than $5,500 ($3,500 base plus $2,000). The parent(s) cannot later apply for a PLUS loan, unless, the parents are sepa- rated or divorced, in which case, the non-custodial parent can apply for a PLUS loan. If the non-custodial parent is subsequently denied for the PLUS loan, the student's Direct unsubsidized loan eligibility is not increased. The student will not be eligible for any other Title IV financial aid pro-grams. Dependency Overrides A student who does not meet the definition of independent may be designated as independent if the University makes a documented determination of independence due to special circumstances. The U.S. Department of Education interprets a special circumstance as one which makes it inappropriate to expect a parental contribution. Examples of special circumstances include inability to locate par- ents, an abusive family environment, or abandonment by parents. Generally the documentation of special circumstances will come from a third party that knows the student's situation (such as a teacher or member of the clergy), but in cases where this is not available, the University will accept a signed statement from the student detailing the special circumstance. Professional judgment is not used to change the status of a student from independent to dependent. However, the University may use professional judgment to account for parental support where spe- cial circumstances warrant. Dependency overrides do not carry over from one year to the next. If the student is not independent for some other reason noted on the FAFSA, the University will reaffirm each year that the special circumstance persists and an override is still justified. PLUS Exceptional Factor Dependent students whose parents are unable to borrow PLUS loans due to adverse credit or other exceptional circumstances may receive additional Direct unsubsidized loans for the same amount as independent undergraduate students. The PLUS exceptional factor is not a dependency override as parent information is pro- vided on the FAFSA. Examples include: • The parent is incarcerated. • The parent's whereabouts are unknown. • The parent has filed for bankruptcy and has provided a letter

from the bankruptcy court stating that as a condition of the bankruptcy filing, the parent may not incur any additional debt.

• The parent's income is limited to public assistance or disability benefits and you have documented that the parent would not be able to repay the PLUS loan.

• The parent of a dependent student is not a U.S. citizen or permanent resident, or is unable to provide evidence from the U.S. Citizenship and Immigration Service (USCIS) that he or she is in the United States for other than a temporary purpose with the intention of becoming a citizen or permanent resident.

Supporting documentation may include, but is not limited to, sup- porting documentation that corroborates the exceptional circum-

stances. The University will re-examine and document that exceptional circumstances continue to apply before certifying/ originating additional unsubsidized loan amounts for the depen- dent in a subsequent award year. Eligibility for Direct and PLUS Loans A student is eligible to receive a Direct Subsidized Loan, a Direct Unsubsidized Loan, or a combination of these loans, if the student meets the following requirements: • The student is enrolled, or accepted for enrollment, on at least a

half-time basis in a school that participates in the Direct Loan Program.

• The student meets the requirements for an eligible student. • In the case of an undergraduate student who seeks a Direct

Subsidized Loan or a Direct Unsubsidized Loan at a school that participates in the Federal Pell Grant Program, the student has received a determination of Federal Pell Grant eligibility for the period of enrollment the loan is sought.

The annual loan limit for graduate and professional students is $20,500. This amount is limited to Direct Unsubsidized loans only. In the case of a borrower whose previous loan or TEACH Grant service obligation was cancelled due to total and permanent dis- ability, or discharged after a final determination of total and per- manent disability, the borrower • must obtain certification from a physician that the borrower is

able to engage in substantial gainful activity; • must sign a statement acknowledging the Direct Loan the

borrower receives cannot be discharged in the future on the basis of any impairment present when the new loan is made, unless that impairment substantially deteriorates; and

• if the borrower receives a new Direct Loan, other than a Direct Consolidation Loan, with-in three years of the date that any previous Title IV loan or TEACH Grant service obligation was discharged due to a total and permanent disability, the student must resume payment on the old loan before receipt of the new loan or TEACH Grant.

In the case of a borrower whose prior loan under Title IV federal financial aid was conditionally discharged after an initial determi- nation that the borrower was totally and permanently disabled based on a discharge request received prior to July 1, 2010- • The suspension of collection activity on the prior loan has been

lifted; • The borrower complies with all requirements; • The borrower signs a statement acknowledging the loan that has

been conditionally discharged prior to a final determination of total and permanent disability cannot be discharged in the future on the basis of any impairment pre-sent when the borrower applied for a total and permanent disability discharge or when the new loan is made, unless that impairment substantially deteriorates; and

• The borrower signs a statement acknowledging that the suspension of collection activity on the prior loan will be lifted.

A graduate/professional student or parent is eligible to receive a Direct PLUS Loan if the following requirements are met: • Student completes a current award year Free Application for

Federal Student Aid (FAFSA). • The parent borrower is the student's biological or adoptive

mother or father or the student's stepparent if their income and assets are taken into account when calculating the student's EFC

99

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

• The parent borrower is borrowing to pay for educational costs of a dependent undergraduate student who meets the requirements for an eligible student.

• The parent borrower provides a social security number for themselves and the student.

• Student or parent borrower meets the requirements pertaining to citizenship and residency.

• Student or parent borrower meets the requirements concerning defaults and overpayments.

• Student or parent borrower is not incarcerated. • The federal government does not have a judgment lien on the

parent's property. • Complies with the requirements for submission of a Statement

of Educational Purpose for the student, except for the completion of a Statement of Selective Service Registration Status.

• Student or parent borrower does not have an adverse credit history.

Student or parent borrower has an adverse credit history but has obtained an endorser who does not have an adverse credit history; or has an adverse credit history but documents to the satisfaction of the Secretary that extenuating circumstances exist (effective March 29, 2015 - PLUS Loan counseling must be completed by the applicant (parent or graduate/professional student) with an adverse credit history who qualifies for a Direct PLUS Loan by obtaining an endorser who does not have an adverse credit history, or who documents to the satisfaction of the Department of Educa- tion that there are extenuating circumstances related to the adverse credit information.)

........................................................................................... Subsequent ISIRs Policy

Overview The Subsequent ISIRs Policy addresses the University's role in reviewing any Institutional Stu-dent Information Record (ISIR) the University receives after awarding a student federal financial aid funds.

Policy

The University is required to resolve any discrepancies in federal financial aid related information. Therefore, the University reviews all subsequent Institutional Student Information Record (ISIR) transactions received for a student within the federal processing aid year (July 1 to June 30) to identify changes requiring support- ing documentation from students. Subsequent ISIRS A subsequent ISIR is an ISIR received when a student or other institution changes information after the University has awarded the student federal financial aid funds. The University is required to review any data element change made by the student or other institution which may affect eligibility for federal financial aid or the amount and type of federal financial aid awarded. The Univer- sity will not disburse federal financial aid funds until the changes made to a subsequent ISIR are confirmed and/or corrected. If a subsequent ISIR is received after verification is completed, the University will collect documentation to support the change or cor- rect the ISIR back to the verified information. The University does not accept changes based on marital status changes. The University will not disburse federal financial aid until all con- flicting information has been resolved, even if the conflict concerns a previous award year. The findings are documented in the stu-

dent's file. If a subsequent ISIR is received with changes to C Flags and com- ment codes or the EFC, the University will review and collect the required documents. If a subsequent ISIR is received because the National Student Loan Data System (NSLDS) has provided new or updated information to the University, the NSLDS history is reviewed to determine if changes are needed to existing awards. This information may include indications a student has gone into default or owes an overpayment. It may also indicate a student has resolved a default and is now eligible for federal financial aid funds. Once the subsequent ISIR is reviewed and eligibility to receive fed- eral financial aid is determined, if necessary, the student will be sent a revised award letter reflecting any changes. If, after reviewing the subsequent ISIR, it is determined the student is ineligible for federal financial aid, the student is notified via a let- ter of ineligibility.

........................................................................................... TEACH Grant Program Policy

Effective September 22, 2016, the University no longer participates in the TEACH Grant Program Overview On September 22, 2008, the U.S. Department of Education approved the University of Phoenix to participate in the Teacher Education Assistance for College and Higher Education (TEACH) Grant program. The TEACH Grant Program policy addresses the requirements the University must adhere to as well as the packag- ing procedures pre-scribed by federal financial aid regulations. Policy The TEACH Grant program is a non-need based program provid- ing up to $4,000 per academic year to students enrolled in an eligi- ble graduate program. Grant recipients must agree to teach for at least four years within eight years of finishing the teacher prepara- tion program and to teach high-need subjects in designated schools that serve low-income students. TEACH Grants are converted to Direct Unsubsidized Loans when recipients do not complete the four-year teaching obligation. These loans must be repaid with interest from the date the TEACH Grant was disbursed. Awarding Methodology The University will award up to $4,000 per academic year for graduate degrees; up to an aggregate amount of $8,000, to students who meet the following criteria:

• Enrolled in an eligible TEACH program and be completing, or intend to complete coursework necessary to begin a career in teaching.

• Have a cumulative GPA of at least 3.25 in the TEACH Grant Program; and

• Sign an Agreement to Serve (ATS) and complete all counseling requirements

The TEACH Grant is considered non-need based aid and therefore, may replace the student's expected family contribution (EFC). The amount not used or needed to re-place the EFC is counted as fed- eral financial aid when packaging other funds. If, based on the stu- dent's COA or EFC, the University is unable to award the total TEACH grant amount, the student is notified to determine the award allocation. For example, the Direct Subsidized Loan may be reduced for a full TEACH Grant or the TEACH Grant may be reduced for the full Direct Subsidized Loan amount. The TEACH Grant, plus other financial assistance, cannot exceed the cost of attendance (COA).

100

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017 CONSUMER INFORMATION

APPENDIX- FINANCIAL AID POLICIES

Disbursements A single disbursement cannot exceed 50% of the TEACH Grant award. If a payment requires the disbursement to be more than 50% of the student's annual award, the University makes at least two disbursements in the payment period. The University does not disburse an amount that exceeds 50% of the student's annual award until the student has completed 50% of the weeks of instruc- tional time in the program's academic year. No payment within the payment period may be less than $25. Crossover Payment Periods If the payment period crosses over two award years, the TEACH Grant payment period must be assigned to one award year. The University places a payment period with more than six months scheduled to occur within one award year in that award year. The University pays funds from whichever award year it assigns the payment period to. Transfer Students Transfer students who received a TEACH Grant at a prior institu- tion may receive a TEACH Grant at the University only if the Uni- versity obtains the student's student aid report (SAR) or institutional student information record (ISIR) with an official EFC. The University pays a TEACH Grant only for the period the stu- dent is enrolled in a TEACH Grant eligible program at the Univer- sity. The University calculates the student's award, unless the remaining balance of the student's scheduled award is the balance of the student's last scheduled award and is less than the amount the student would normally receive for the payment period. The student must repay any amount received in an award year that exceeds the amount eligible to receive. A student may not receive grant payments concurrently from more than one institution. TEACH Grant Eligible Programs The University has latitude to designate TEACH eligible programs provided it meets criteria set forth by the Department of Education (ED). The following are eligible TEACH Grant programs for the 2016/2017 award year:

• Master of Arts in Education/Special Education (MAED/SPE) • Master of Arts in Education/Secondary Teacher Education

(MAED/TED-S) • Master of Arts in Education Teacher Education Middle Level

Mathematics (MAED/TEDMM - Texas) (retired 6/1/16) • Master of Arts in Education Teacher Education Middle Level

Science (MAED/TEDMS - Texas) (retired 6/1/16) • Master of Arts in Education Teacher Education Secondary Level

Science (MAED/TEDSS - Texas) (retired 6/1/16) • Master of Arts in Education Teacher Education Secondary Level

Mathematics (MAED/TEDSM - Texas) (retired 6/1/16)

........................................................................................... Verification Policy

Overview Institutions are required to verify information provided by stu- dents selected for verification. The Verification Policy addresses the different verification groups and types of documents acceptable to complete the verification process. Policy The University is required to verify students whose FAFSA infor- mation is selected for verification by the Central Processing System (CPS). The ISIR or SAR document received from the CPS will indi- cate whether the student's application is selected for verification. Once the CPS has selected a student, the University verifies all required stu-dent information.

Standard Verification Group (V1) The University is required to verify the following information for students selected for standard verification: • Tax Filers

• Adjusted Gross Income • U.S. Income Tax Paid • Untaxed Portions of IRA Distributions • Untaxed Portions of Pensions • IRA Deductions and Payments • Tax Exempt Interest Income • Education Credits • Number of Household Members • Number in College • Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program (SNAP) • Child Support Paid by the student (or spouse), the student's

parents, or both, if indicated on the ISIR • Non-Tax Filers

• Income Earned from Work • Number of Household Members • Number in College • Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program (SNAP) • Child Support Paid by the student (or spouse), the student's

parents, or both, if indicated on the ISIR Custom Verification Group (V4) The University verifies the following information for students selected for custom verification:

• High School Completion Status • Identity/Statement of Educational Purpose • SNAP • Child Support Paid by the student (or spouse), the student's

parents, or both, if indicated on the ISIR Aggregate Verification Group (V5) The University verifies the following information for students selected for aggregate verification:

• High School Completion Status • Identity/Statement of Educational Purpose

• Tax Filers: • Adjusted Gross Income • U.S. Income Tax Paid • Untaxed Portions of IRA Distributions • Untaxed Portions of Pensions • IRA Deductions and Payments • Tax Exempt Interest Income • Education Credits • Number of Household Members • Number in College • Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program (SNAP) • Child Support Paid by the student (or spouse), the student's

parents, or both, if indicated on the ISIR • Non-Tax Filers:

• Income Earned from Work • Number of Household Members • Number in College • Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program (SNAP) • Child Support Paid by the student (or spouse), the student's

parents, or both, if indicated on the ISIR

101

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

Students not selected by the CPS or who are exempt from verifica- tion, but choose to provide taxes or other supplemental forms are not considered selected for verification. However, documents pro- vided to the University are used in reviewing the stu-dent's appli- cation and as the basis in correcting reported application items. This documentation may result in conflicting information, which the University must resolve prior to processing federal financial aid. All documents provided by the student are re-viewed and retained as part of the student financial aid file. Household Resources Verification Group (V6) The University will verify the following information for students selected for household resources verification: • Tax Filers:

• Adjusted Gross Income • U.S. Income Tax Paid • Untaxed Portions of IRA Distributions • Untaxed Portions of Pensions • IRA Deductions and Payments • Tax Exempt Interest Income • Education Credits

• Non-Tax Filers: • Income Earned from work

• Other Untaxed Income (Tax Filers and Nontax Filers) • Untaxed Portions of IRA Distributions • Untaxed Portions of Pensions • IRA Deductions and Payments • Tax Exempt Interest Income • Other Untaxed Income on the FAFSA

• Payments to tax-deferred pension and savings • Child support received • Housing, food and other living allowances paid to members of

the military, clergy, and others • Veterans noneducation benefits • Other untaxed income • Money received or paid on the applicant's behalf • Number of Household Members • Number in College • SNAP, if included on the ISIR • Child support paid, if included on the ISIR by the student (or

spouse), the stu-dent's parents, or both, if indicated on the ISIR Acceptable Documentation V1 and V5 The University is considered to have verified the following verifi- able items if selected students retrieved and transferred their income tax return information using the IRS Data Retrieval Pro- cess: • Adjusted gross income • Federal income taxes paid • Untaxed IRA distributions • Untaxed pensions • Education credits • IRA deductions • Tax exempt interest income

Under certain conditions, students, spouses and/or parents will need to submit their IRS Tax Return Transcript for the specified tax year. These conditions are as follows:

• If a student, spouse, or parent has not successfully transferred information from the IRS

• Information included on the FAFSA using the IRS Data Retrieval was subsequently changed

• When a married independent student and spouse filed separate tax returns

• When the parents of a dependent student filed separate tax returns

• When a student or parent had a change in marital status after the end of the specified tax year on December 31

• When the student, parent, or spouse filed an amended tax return Situations Where Acceptable Documentation May Not Be Available Situations may occur where a student, spouse, and/or parent may not be able to provide acceptable documentation to resolve verifi- cation. The University will accept the following as resolution. Individual Unable to Obtain IRS Transcript If an individual is selected for verification but is unable to obtain a transcript from the IRS, all of the following alternative documenta- tion must be submitted to the University by the tax filer: 1. A signed copy of the relevant 2014 IRS tax return that was filed with the IRS 2. A statement from the tax filer, on or attached to the tax return, which certifies the tax return submitted to the University contains the same information as that which was submitted to the IRS 3. Documentation from the IRS that the transcript request was unsuccessful • For transcripts request using the IRS online transcript request

process, a signed and dated copy of the screen shot from the official IRS web page that displays a message indicating the transcript request was un-successful

• For transcripts requested using IRS Form 4506T-EZ or Form 4506-T, a copy of the IRS response that was mailed to the tax filer stating the IRS could not provide the transcript. The copy of the IRS response must be signed and dated by the tax filer

4. A completed and signed IRS Form 4506T-EZ or Form 4506-T that includes the name, address, and telephone number of the institu- tion as the third party to whom the IRS is to mail the 2014 IRS tran- script. The University will retain the IRS Form 4506T-EZ or Form 4506-T. If any questions arise about the accuracy of the information on the signed copy, the University will submit the IRS Form 4506T- EZ or Form 4506-T to the IRS and wait for the IRS to return the transcript or confirmation that a transcript is not available for that tax filer. Victims of Identity Theft Tax filers who have been victims of identity theft are unable to obtain tax information using the IRS data retrieval tool and are unable to receive an IRS tax transcript until the matter is resolved by the IRS. In these instances, the University may accept an alter- nate transcript known as The Transcript DataBase View (TRDBV) requested by the tax filer from the IRS as well as a signed and dated statement from the victim stating he/she was a victim of tax- related identity theft and the IRS is aware of this. If a victim is unable to obtain a TRDBV transcript, he/she may submit other official IRS documentation as long as it contains all the information needed to complete verification. Amended Tax Return When the University becomes aware that a tax filer has filed, or will file, an amended tax return, it will obtain the following:

102

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017 CONSUMER INFORMATION

APPENDIX- FINANCIAL AID POLICIES

• An IRS Tax Return Transcript (will only include information from the original tax re-turn and does not have to be signed), or any IRS transcript that includes all the in-come and tax information required for verification, AND

• A signed copy of the IRS Form 1040X that was filed with the IRS The University uses the information found on both forms when completing the verification process. Other Tax Returns If the tax filer filed a tax return with Puerto Rico, the U.S. Virgin Islands, American Sa-moa, the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands, or Guam, the University will obtain a copy of a transcript of the tax filer containing their tax information, as long as the transcript is available at no charge from that jurisdiction's taxing authority. A signed copy of a filed tax return that was filed with the taxing authority is only acceptable if the tax filer is unable to obtain a free copy of a transcript. If the student, spouse, and/or parent is a resident of the Republic of the Marshall Is-lands, the Republic of Palau, or the Federated States of Micronesia, the University will accept a copy of the indi- vidual's Wage and Tax Statement from each employer that pro- vided such a statement and a signed statement identifying all of the individual's income and taxes for the tax year. If the filer filed a tax return with a foreign country, the University accepts signed copies of that tax return or other documentation. The income and tax information is converted to U.S. dollars and the University uses the information on the forms that most closely correspond to the income information reported on an IRS tax return. If an individual from a foreign country is not required under the country's government agency rules to file an income tax return, the University will accept a signed statement from the indi- vidual certifying all income and taxes paid for the tax year. Filing Extensions If the individual(s) has been granted a filing extension by the IRS, the University must accept the following as documentation:

• A copy of the IRS Form 4868 “Application for Automatic Extension of Time to File U.S. Individual Income Tax Return” or approval of extension longer than six months, and

• A copy of the IRS Form W-2 for each source of employment income received for the applicable tax year by an individual that has been granted a filing extension, or

• A signed statement by a self-employed individual certifying the amount of the AGI and U.S. income tax paid for the specified tax year

Note: If the University receives the transcript, it must reverify the AGI and taxes paid. However, the University may not delay verify- ing a student's FAFSA in-formation until the tax return is received if the student provides the above documentation. If the individual has requested a transcript that lists tax account information for the specified tax year and the IRS, a government of a U.S. territory or commonwealth or a foreign central government cannot provide or locate a transcript, the University must accept the following: • A copy of IRS Form W-2 for each source of employment income

received for the specified tax year • A signed statement by a self-employed individual or an

individual that has filed an income tax return with a government of a U.S. territory or commonwealth or a foreign central government certifying the amount of AGI and taxes paid

Non Tax Filers Students, spouses, and/or parents who have not filed a tax return,

and are not required to file, will not have an AGI. They must report income earned from work on the FAFSA, including any income reported on the individual's W-2 forms, and other earnings from work not reported on these forms. If selected for verification and income was earned, the student, spouse, and/or parent are required to provide copies of W-2 forms from each employer. If a W-2 is not available, the University may accept a signed statement explaining the reason the W-2 form is not available as well as the amount earned and the source of income. The U.S. Department of Education does not require the University to have special knowledge or expertise regarding the U.S. tax code. However, if a student, spouse, and/or parent submits a signed statement claiming non-tax filer status and the University has rea- son to believe student was required to file a U.S. tax return, this constitutes conflicting information and must be resolved. The Uni- versity will require the applicant to submit a “Verification of Non- filing Letter” from the IRS indicating the tax filer did not file an IRS income tax return for the tax year being verified. Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program (SNAP) The University will accept the following to verify SNAP benefits received, as long as the benefits are indicated on the student's ISIR: • A statement signed by the student or, if the student is a

dependent, by one of the student's parents, affirming SNAP benefits were received by someone in the household during the 2013 and/or 2014 calendar years

• If the University believes the signed statement provided by the student regarding the receipt of SNAP benefits is inaccurate, the student must provide the University with documentation from the agency that issued the SNAP benefits

Child Support Paid The University accepts the following to verify child support paid, as long as the child support paid is indicated on the student's ISIR: • A statement signed by the student or parent, as appropriate,

certifying • The amount of child support paid • The name of the person who paid the child support • The name of the person to whom child support was paid;

and • The names of the children for whom child support was paid • The ages of the children for whom child support was paid

• If the University believes the information provided in the signed statement is inaccurate, the University will obtain documentation, such as • A statement from the individual receiving the child support

showing the amount provided; or • Documentation the child support payments were made

(copies of child support checks, money order receipts, or similar records of electronic payments having been made

Number in Household The University will accept a signed statement by the student, and if the student is a dependent, by one of the student's parents, listing the name and age of each household member and the relation-ship of that household member to the student. Number in College The University will accept a signed statement from the student, and if the student is a dependent, by one of the student's parents, listing the name and age of each household member who is or will be attending an eligible postsecondary educational institution. The household member must be at least a half-time student in the 2015/2016 award year and the name of the educational institution

103

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

must be listed. If the University has reason to believe the signed statement is inac- curate, the University will obtain a statement from each institution listed stating the household member in question is, or will be, attending on at least a half-time basis. If the institution the appli- cant is attending determines such a statement is not available because the house hold member in question has not registered at the institution he or she plans to attend; or the institution has infor- mation indicating the house-hold member in question will be attending the same institution as the student, a statement is not required. Acceptable Documentation V4 and V5 The University will accept the following as resolution of V4 and V5 verification. High School Completion To verify high school completion, the University will accept the fol- lowing types of documentation:

High school diploma-

• A copy of the student's high school diploma; • A copy of the student's final high school transcript that

shows the date a high school diploma was awarded; or

Recognized equivalent of a high school diploma-

• General Educational Development (GED) Certificate • California High School Proficiency Examination (CHSPE)

Certificate • HiSET Completion Certificate • Documentation provided by the State or appropriate

Department of Education in the student's state or jurisdiction indicating that the student has earned a secondary completion credential that has the same rights, privileges, and rigor of a normal High School Diploma

• A copy of the 'secondary school leaving certificate' or similar document, obtained from the appropriate government agency, for students who completed secondary school in a foreign country

• An academic transcript indicating the student successfully completed at least a two year program that is acceptable for full credit toward a bachelor's degree

• Completed homeschooling at the secondary level in a state that confers high school diplomas

• A DD Form 214 Certificate of Release or Discharge from Active Duty, as long as it indicates that the individual is a high school graduate or equivalent

Note: In cases where it is impossible for a refugee, an asylee or a victim of human trafficking to obtain documentation of his/her completion of a secondary school education in a foreign country, the University may accept self-certification. It must consist of the following: • Proof of their attempt to obtain documentation of their

completion of a secondary school education in a foreign country, i.e., a copy of an e-mail or letter, including proof of mailing;

• A signed and dated statement that indicates that the applicant completed his or her secondary school education in a foreign country, the name and address of the foreign high school where the applicant completed the secondary school education and the date when the foreign high school diploma was awarded.

• A copy of the entry status documentation that identifies the applicant's cur-rent or prior status as a refugee, an asylee, or as a victim of human trafficking and who entered the United States after the age of 15.

Identity/Statement of Educational Purpose The following is acceptable documentation to verify a student's statement of educational pur-pose/identity:

• A government-issued photo identification, such as a driver's license or pass-port

• A signed statement certifying the federal financial aid received will only be used for educational purposes to pay the cost of attending the University for the specified award year.

If the documentation is presented in person, the University will maintain an annotated copy of the ID provided by the student and will include the date the identifying document was received and the name of the University official who obtained the documenta- tion. If the student is unable to provide the information in person, the following must be provided to the University: • A copy of a government-issued photo identification, such as a

driver's license or passport • The copy of the government issued ID does not need to be

notarized or signed by the notary; and • An original notarized statement of educational purpose signed

by the student for the specified award year. • An original document must contain wet signatures for the

student and the notary as well as the required stamp or seal. Acceptable Documentation V6 The University will use $4,160 per member of the household for the V6 income threshold. The following is accepted as resolution of V6 verification: • A signed statement from the student (and parent if dependent)

listing • Source(s) of untaxed income • Amount received from each source

• A copy of each W-2 form received for 2014 • Verification of V1 items • Verification of child support paid and SNAP, if reported on the

ISIR Selection after Disbursement The student or University may submit corrections to the SAR/ISIR and the student's application may then be selected for verification. If the student's enrollment status is Withdrawn (W), the University is not required to verify the student's information un-less the stu- dent returns to the University in the same award year. If the stu- dent's enrollment status is anything other than withdrawn (W), the University will not make subsequent disbursements until the stu- dent's updated application is verified. If the student does not sub- mit verification documents, any Pell funds disbursed prior to selection will be returned by the University on the student's behalf. Completing Verification When the University has obtained all necessary verification docu- ments from the stu-dent, the documentation is compared to the ISIR/SAR record. If the verification pro-cess shows the student's information is correct, and there are no outstanding issues or con- flicting information, the student will be awarded. If the verification process shows the student information requires corrections, the awarding process will not continue until the University receives a final and valid federal output document (ISIR) with an official EFC.

104

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017 CONSUMER INFORMATION

APPENDIX- FINANCIAL AID POLICIES

If the University has reason to believe a student is trying to avoid completing verification requirements and/or suspects potential fraud, the University will investigate the reasons of the stu-dent and not award federal financial aid funds for the payment period. If resolution cannot be reached, the student will lose eligibility for funds within that award year.

If a student was selected for Verification Group V1 and does not complete verification, and the University disbursed unsubsidized aid to the student, all of the unsubsidized aid that was disbursed for the award year must be returned. If it is determined the student was ineligible, the University will return, on the student's behalf, any loan amount disbursed. The University will also notify the appropriate loan servicer of any loan funds disbursed directly to the student. This is so the Department of Education can issue a 30- day demand letter to the student. Verification is complete once the University has received all the requested documentation and a valid SAR/ISIR (one that has all the accurate and complete information). This includes any neces- sary corrections, which must be made by the applicable federal deadlines. Interim Disbursements The University will not make any interim disbursements during the verification process.

Change in Marital Status The University will not update a student's dependency status based on a change in marital status. However, if the student can provide documentation showing support of the spouse or others of more than 50%, those persons may be included in the student's household size. Using a Joint Tax Transcript to Determine Individual AGI and Taxes Paid If the filer of a joint return has become widowed, divorced, or sepa- rated since filing the return, for verification purposes, it may be necessary to determine the individuals' income and taxes paid using the joint tax transcript and the relevant IRS W-2 forms. The following documents are required from the student/spouse/ parent in order to perform a separation of income (SOI): • A signed and dated SOI Authorization Form, • Applicable Federal tax year transcripts, • W-2 Forms, and • In some scenarios, all schedules, forms, and/or worksheets for

the tax filing The university will confirm or update the AGI and income based on the documentation submitted and use the proportional distribu- tion method to determine taxes paid. Resolving Conflicting Information If the University has conflicting information concerning a student's eligibility or has any reason to believe a student's application infor- mation is incorrect, the University will resolve such discrepancies before disbursing federal financial aid funds. If discrepancies are discovered after disbursing federal financial aid funds, the Univer- sity will reconcile the conflicting information and require the stu- dent to repay any funds for which he or she was ineligible, unless the student is no longer enrolled for the award year.

Examples of conflicting information may include, but are not limited to the following:

• Social security numbers • Date of birth • Legal name

• Discrepant tax data (including whether or not the student/ parent was required to file a tax return)

• Household size or marital status Consequences of a change in FAFSA information For the subsidized student financial assistance programs, if the FAFSA information changes as a result of verification, the Univer- sity will submit to the Secretary all changes to a nondollar item or an individual data element that is $25 or more. The University may choose whether or not it will submit changes to the Secretary when all changes to individual data elements are less than $25 (not exceeding tolerance). For the Federal Pell Grant Program, if there is a change as a result of verification, the University will recalculate the student's Pell Grant on the basis of the EFC on the correct valid SAR/ISIR. The University will disburse any additional funds under that award only if the University receives a correct valid SAR/ISIR for the stu- dent, and only to the extent additional funds are payable based on the recalculation. For all other subsidized student financial assistance programs, if information changes as a result of verification, the University will adjust the student's financial aid package on the basis of the cor- rected EFC on the valid SAR/ISIR. Verification and Professional Judgment The University completes the verification process before exercising any type of professional judgment. Reporting the Student's Verification Status to the CPS When the University disburses a Pell award, it reports the student's verification status at the time of disbursement when it reports the payment. Note: This reporting requirement applies even if the stu- dent's application was not selected for verification. However, the University leaves the verification status code field blank if the stu- dent was not selected for verification or if a selected transaction has a CPS transaction pro-cess date that is after the date the student was withdrawn from the University. Verification Timelines The University will require Pell, campus-based, and Direct loan students selected for verification to submit all requested verifica- tion documents to the University within 30 days of the notification date informing the student of the requirements. If the documents are not submitted or are incomplete by this deadline, appropriate actions are taken as required based upon the student's enrollment status as of the deadline date. For the Federal Pell Grant Program, if the student provides the ver- ification documents after the 30-day deadline, but before the earlier of 120 days after the student's last date of attendance or the dead- line established by the U.S. Department of Education each award year, the University will review and address eligibility as required. For the Direct Loan program, if a student fails to provide the required documentation by the 30-day deadline, the University will not originate a subsidized loan application for the student. If based on corrections, there is an increase in the Federal Pell Grant amount and the student's valid ISR is received after he/she is no longer enrolled but before the annual Federal Register dead- line, the University will pay the student the higher award amount. Student Notification The University will notify the student in writing of verification requirements and time-lines for submission of necessary docu- ments. Selected students receive the following: • Documentation requirements • Timeline of 30 days to return the required documentation

105

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

• Correction procedures (provided during the initial application process)

• Consequences of not returning the documents within the prescribed time-lines, which may include cancellation of tuition deferral and request of immediate payment of outstanding tuition charges

• Information in reference to written notification of award changes resulting from verification, which are forwarded within 20 days of required adjustments

Verification and Crossover Payment Periods The University administers crossover payment periods in a way that best benefits the students. If a student is selected for verifica- tion in one award year and the payment period crosses over into another award year in which the student is not selected for verifi- cation, the University will first request verification documents from the oldest award year. If the student does not complete verifi- cation within the required verification deadlines, and the subse- quent award year in the crossover period is not selected for verification, the University will use the subsequent award year to award federal financial aid funds. Additionally, if the student is selected for verification for both award years and only documents for the subsequent award year are submitted, the University will proceed with verifying and awarding based on the subsequent award year. If the University has reason to believe a student is trying to avoid completing the verification requirements and suspects potential fraud, the University will not award federal financial aid funds using the unselected ISIR. Instead, the University will require the student to complete the verification requirements or lose eligibility for the crossover payment period. Verification Exclusions The exclusion described here are applicable only to the affected individual. All other requirements for the verification process still apply to the non-affected parties (i.e. if one parent meets an exclusion, the student and the other parent are still required to complete verification requirements).

A selected student is exempt from the verification requirements based on the following unusual circumstances:

• The student dies, • The student will not receive federal financial aid for reasons

other than failure to complete the verification, or • The student was selected for verification after ceasing to be

enrolled at the University

Parents of a dependent student are exempt from verification requirements if any of the following apply:

• Both parents are mentally incapacitated, • They reside in a country other than the United States and cannot

be contacted by normal means, or • They cannot be located because the student does not have and

cannot obtain their contact information

A spouse of an independent student is exempt from verification requirements if any of the following apply:

• The spouse has died, • The spouse is mentally incapacitated, • The spouse resides in a country other than the United States and

can't be contacted by normal means, or • the spouse cannot be located because the student does not have

and cannot obtain contact information If a student selected for verification dies before the deadline for

completing verification and does not complete the verification pro- cess, the University will not 1) make any further disbursements on the student's behalf, 2) originate or disburse the stu-dent's Direct subsidized Loan, and 3) consider any funds disbursed on an interim basis as an overpayment. The University will document in the student's file the basis for any exclusion, other than the death of a student, using a signed state- ment from the student. Verification Following Natural Disasters The University does not complete verification for students whose records are lost or destroyed because of a natural disaster. The stu- dent's file is documented accordingly and the Pell Grant disburse- ments for students affected, are reported as selected but not verified. The University will extend the verification document submission deadline to 90 days for students affected by a natural disaster and whose records were not lost or destroyed. If the required verifica- tion documents are not submitted within this deadline and the University can document the reason is due to a natural disaster, the University will not perform verification and will document the stu- dent's file accordingly.

........................................................................................... Withdrawal Policy

Overview The Withdrawal Policy addresses a student's permanent separation from the University and is applicable to all students enrolled in degree or certificate programs. Students may be officially, unoffi- cially, or administratively withdrawn. Policy Official Withdrawals There are two ways a student can provide official notification of the intent to withdraw from the University to be considered an official withdrawal: 1. Complete the self-service Official Withdrawal automated process via the University student website at https://ecampus.phoe- nix.edu/portal/portal/public/login.aspx through the Program tab. 2. Notify the designated campus offices of Enrollment Services, Academic Services, and Financial Services. Withdrawal Date The withdrawal date for an official withdrawal is the last date of academic attendance or attendance of an academically related activity determined from University attendance records. This date is always earlier than or equal to the date the student notifies the University of his/her withdrawal. Date of Determination The date of determination (DOD) for students who officially with- draw from the University is the latter of the student's withdrawal date or the date of notification. The University will return the amount of federal financial aid for which it is responsible no later than 45 days after the date the University determines the student has withdrawn. (See Return of Title IV Policy for additional in-for- mation) Rescission of Official Withdrawal Students who rescind their intent to withdraw must provide an electronic or written statement to the University stating their intent to participate in academically related activities (ARAs) and com- plete the payment period. Students may rescind the intent to withdraw by completing the Official Withdrawal Rescind re-quest via the University eCampus

106

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017 CONSUMER INFORMATION

APPENDIX- FINANCIAL AID POLICIES

website. Rescissions may be requested up until the time a Re-turn of Title IV (R2T4) calculation has been completed. The student may also submit an electronic or written statement to the University stating his/her intent to return to the University, remain in aca- demic attendance and continue to participate in ARAs through the end of the payment period. If the student subsequently withdraws after rescinding the intent to withdraw, the withdrawal date is the last date of academic atten- dance or ARA determined from University attendance records. The DOD for students who rescind their intent to withdraw and subsequently withdraw from the University, without official notifi- cation, is no greater than 15 days after the student's official last date of academic attendance or attendance at an ARA. Note: Please refer to the last section of this policy for discussion on academic related activities that occur during an institutionally scheduled break Unofficial Withdrawals Students who do not provide official notification to the University of their intent to withdraw are considered unofficial withdrawals (UWs) after 14 days of consecutive nonattendance in an ARA. Exceptions The University allows the following exceptions when counting the 14 days of consecutive nonattendance in an ARA:

IX Grades If a student is granted an extension of the course he or she is cur- rently attending and the intent is to complete the course, the days in the extension period will not count toward the 14 days of con- secutive nonattendance in an ARA. During this time a student in an extension period will re-main in active status. An extension of the course is indicated by the issuance of an IX (In Progress Exten- sion) grade.

Institutionally Scheduled Breaks Students on institutionally scheduled breaks will not have the days of the break count toward the 14 days of consecutive nonatten- dance at an academically related activity. The following are differ- ent types of institutionally scheduled breaks at the University: • Holidays • Inclement Weather • Administrative Withdrawal Date The withdrawal date for students who cease attendance at the Uni- versity, including a student who does not return from an approved leave of absence, is the last date of academic attendance or atten- dance in an ARA determined from University attendance records. For a student with an approved leave of absence, the University will review the student record on or after the original approved return date. The University review determines if the student reen- tered as scheduled, or did not reenter as scheduled and must be withdrawn for the purposes of the Return of Title IV (R2T4) calcu- lation and deferment processing. Date of Determination The DOD for students who unofficially withdraw from the Univer- sity is no greater than 15 days after the official last date of atten- dance; or when a student fails to return from an approved leave of absence. Students granted an extension (IX grades) have the period of the extension excluded when counting the 14 days of consecu- tive nonattendance. For example, if the student was out of atten- dance (OOA) for 5 days prior to the extension, once the extension is completed the days continue to count from day 6 until the next aca-

demic related activity (ARA) posts. If the student does not post an ARA, then at 14 days (excluding the extension period) the DOD will populate. The University will return the amount of federal financial aid funds for which it is responsible no later than 45 days after the date the University determines the student has with- drawn. (See Re-turn of Title IV Policy) Note: Please refer to the last section of this policy for discussion on academic related activities that occur during an institutionally scheduled break Administrative Withdrawals Students who are withdrawn from the University for failure to meet admission, academic, candidacy, financial or code of conduct policies are considered administrative withdrawals (AWs). Withdrawal Date The withdrawal date for students who are AW is the last date of academic attendance or attendance in an ARA that occurred prior to the decision to administratively withdraw the student. Date of Determination The DOD for students who are AW from the University is the date the University determines the withdrawal. The University will return the amount of federal financial aid for which it is responsi- ble no later than 45 days after the date of the administrative with- drawal. (See Return of Title IV Policy) Note: Please refer to the following section for discussion on aca- demic related activities that occur during an institutionally sched- uled break Academic Related Activities that Occur During an Institutionally Scheduled Break The University does not recognize any ARA that occurs during an institutionally scheduled break as attendance for federal financial aid purposes only. Withdrawal Date If a student posts an ARA during an institutionally scheduled break, the University will look for the most recent ARA that occurred prior to the start of the institutionally scheduled break.This date will be used as the withdrawal date for Title IV purposes. Date of Determination The DOD for students who post academic related activities during an institutionally scheduled break will be no greater than 15 days after the end date of the institutionally scheduled break.

For example: A student attends class on December 19th. An institutionally scheduled break occurs December 20 - January 4. The student posts an ARA on December 29th, which is during the scheduled break. The DOD is January 19th (the 15th day after the end date of the institutionally scheduled break).

107

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

THIS PAGE WAS LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY

108

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017 STUDENTS’ RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES

.....................................................................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................................................... STUDENTS’ RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES

Policy on Nursing Ethics and Professional

........................................................................................... Competence

The University of Phoenix Policy on Nursing Ethics and Profes- sional Competence is defined as compliance with the following nursing guidelines:

University of Phoenix Professional Nursing Responsibilities. American Nurses Association Code for Nurses.

The policy sets forth expectations and regulations for professional and ethical conduct by students enrolled in the Bachelor of Science in Nursing and Master of Science in Nursing degree programs. The policy states that all forms of unethical behavior or professional incompetence are to be reported and reviewed. Reported violations will be addressed through a formal process to the Campus Ethics Committee. Expectations for conduct and the standards are discussed in the beginning classes for either the baccalaureate or graduate degree programs. Content supporting this information is provided to stu- dents in their program handbooks.

........................................................................................... Students’ Right to Privacy

The University of Phoenix maintains compliance with the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1974 (FERPA), as amended. FERPA defines requirements which are designed to protect the pri- vacy of student records maintained by the University. The law requires that: 1. Students should be provided access to official records directly related to them. Students who wish to see their records must make an appointment or submit a written request through the University Registrar's Office or local campus office. 2. Students may not remove any materials, but are entitled, at their expense, to one copy of any materials contained in their file, unless a disclaimer appears on the document indicating that the student is not to be given a copy, or if the student waived the rights to the document. 3. Students be given the opportunity for a hearing to challenge such records on the grounds that they are inaccurate, misleading, or otherwise inappropriate. The right to a hearing under the law does not include any right to challenge the appropriateness of a grade as determined by the faculty member. 4. Students' written or authorized electronic consent must be received prior to releasing personally identifiable student data from their records to other than a specified list of exceptions. The University is authorized to release public directory informa- tion concerning students. Directory information includes the stu- dent's name, address, phone number, year of birth, program of study, dates of attendance, dates of admission, degree completion dates and types of degrees earned, enrollment status, grade level, photographs, honors, and awards received, participation in offi- cially recognized activities and the most recent previous educa- tional agency or institution attended by the student. Directory information is subject to release by the University at any time unless the Registrar has received a prior written request from the student specifying that the information not be released. The University is authorized to provide access to student records to University officials and employees who have legitimate educa- tional interests for such access; these are persons who have respon-

sibilities in the University's academic, administrative, service, or research functions. A copy of the University's FERPA policy is available to students through the Registrar's Office or the student ecampus website at: http://ecampus.phoenix.edu. Education records also will be released pursuant to a judicial order or a lawfully issued subpoena, but only after the student is given reasonable and necessary notification of the University's intent to comply with the subpoena before release of the records. Students have the right to restrict disclosure of directory informa- tion by submitting a FERPA Hold Request Form to the Registrar’s Office. Requests are valid throughout student's enrollment unless otherwise notified. Please send or fax your request to: Registrar, University of Phoenix, 4025 South Riverpoint Parkway, Mail Stop CF-A206, Phoenix, AZ 85040, Fax (480) 643-1600.

109

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

.....................................................................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................................................... STUDENT CODE OF CONDUCT

The University of Phoenix has established a Student Code of Con- duct. Students are expected to conduct themselves ethically, hon- estly, and with integrity as responsible members of the University's academic community. This requires the demonstration of mutual respect and civility in all University-related academic and profes- sional discourse. As part of the Student Code of Conduct, in addition to the informa- tion listed here, the University maintains conduct-related policies and procedures for violations that are specific to the following:

1. Code of Academic Integrity

2. Student Records Violations

3. Title IX and Violence Against Women Act Policy

Students are accountable for their actions and are required to work independently and collaboratively with teams in achieving learn- ing goals and objectives. As a member of the University's academic community, students acknowledge and accept an obligation t o abide by the Student Code of Conduct. Conduct on or off campus which is determined to impair, interfere with, or obstruct the opportunities of others to learn, or which disrupts the mission, pro- cesses, or orderly functions of the University, will be deemed mis- conduct. A violation of the Student Code of Conduct will be subject to appropriate disciplinary action. Misconduct for which students are subject to disciplinary action includes, but is not limited to, the following:

1. Actions, oral statements, and written statements which threaten or violate the personal safety of any member of the faculty, staff, or other students.

2. Harassment/discrimination that has the effect of creating a hos- tile or offensive educational environment for any student, faculty, or staff member.

3. Sex discrimination/sexual harassment that has the effect of cre- ating a hostile or offensive environment for any student, faculty, staff member, or visitor. This includes, but is not limited to, sex/ gender discrimination (including pregnancy and childbirth, sex- ual orientation, gender identity, gender expression, gender transi- tion, transgender status, or gender variance), sexual harassment, unwelcome conduct of a sexual nature, unwelcome sexual advances, requests for sexual favors, and other verbal and nonver- bal, or physical conduct of a sexual nature including sexual vio- lence.

4. Stalking or persistently pursuing another person that has the effect of imposing unwelcomed contact and/or communication.

5. Disruptive behavior that hinders or interferes with the educa- tional process.

6. Failure to promptly comply with any reasonable directive from faculty or University officials.

7. Failure to cooperate in a University investigation.

8. Carrying of weapons on campus, at campus-sanctioned events, or when meeting with campus personnel. (This policy is not appli- cable to students who are law enforcement officers required by law to carry firearms at all times).

9. Using, dealing in, or being under the influence of alcohol, other substances, or illegal drugs or use of tobacco or electronic ciga- rettes while in class, at campus-sanctioned events, or when meet-

ing with campus personnel.

10. Failure to maintain confidentiality and respect for the privacy of personal or professional information communicated about cli- ents, one's employer, other students, or their employers.

11. Falsification, alteration, or invention of information, including, but not limited to, any third party document used to apply for financial aid or lying during a University investigation.

12. Violation of the policy on Acceptable Computer Use for Fac- ulty and Student.

13. Hazing (any action which recklessly or intentionally endangers the mental or physical health or safety of a student for the purpose of initiation or admission into or affiliation with any University- sanctioned organization).

14. Violation of federal, state, or local laws or regulations that impacts the University's educational environment.

Alleged Student Code of Conduct violations are subject to a fair and impartial process and may result in a warning or charge. Procedure for Processing Alleged Violations of the Student Code of Conduct (except misconduct falling under number 3 above):

1. Investigation - alleged violations will be investigated in a prompt, thorough, and impartial manner. The investigation will gather relevant evidence, including, but not limited to, pertinent documents and statements from witnesses.

a. During an investigation a student may be removed from class, campus-sanctioned events, and other University functions after review and consultation with the Office of Dispute Management.

2. Notification - Following the investigation, if there is sufficient evidence to indicate that a violation has occurred, the student will be notified of the specific charge(s) in writing.

a. In those instances where it is determined the conduct does not warrant a Charging Letter, a Warning Letter and/or counseling to the student will be provided. Note: A Warning Letter is not appealable.

b. If this is a drug and/or alcohol related offense the campus must also notify the Office of Dispute Management.

c. If this is an allegation of sexual assault, domestic violence, dat- ing violence, or stalking, then timely notice should be provided to both the Accuser and the Accused and they should be given equal access to any information that will be used during informal and formal disciplinary meetings and hearings.

3. Student Response - A student will be given ten (10) calendar days, from the date on the letter, to submit a written response to the designated University official.

a. Failure of a student to respond to the Charging Letter will result in suspension from the University following completion of the current course (if the student is actively attending classes) and is not subject to immediate suspension).

4. Processing Student Response -

a. A student response admitting guilt will be sent to the student's college (for academic issues) or a Director of Grievances and Appeals (for behavioral issues) who will determine the appropri- ate sanction(s).

110

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017 STUDENTS’ RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES

STUDENT CODE OF CONDUCT

b. A student response denying the charge(s) will follow the Ethics Committee process outlined below.

i. An Ethics Committee will be convened to review the file and provide findings of fact and recommendations to the college (for academic issues) or the Director of Grievances and Appeal (for behavioral issues).

ii. The Ethics Committee will be facilitated by an impartial Uni- versity administrator and composed of three impartial individu- als who have no prior involvement with the student or the investigation. The Committee members include: a faculty mem- ber and two staff members: one from Student Services and one from Academic Affairs.

iii. The preponderance of the evidence standard of proof (more likely than not) will be used to weigh the evidence and make a recommendation to the college or Director of Grievances and Appeals whether a violation occurred and what sanction, if any, is warranted.

iv. Students will be afforded the opportunity to address the Com- mittee via teleconference to make a statement in their defense.

v. Students are not entitled to representation by an attorney or any other third party at any point in the process. If the violation involved allegations of sexual assault, domestic violence, dating violence or stalking, then the Accused and the Accuser are enti- tled to the same opportunity to have others present during a dis- ciplinary proceeding, including the opportunity to be accompanied to any related meeting or proceeding by an advisor of their choice.

vi. Tape, digital, or other electronic recording of the committee meeting is not permitted.

vii. The Committee members are given a Case Packet with all rel- evant information for the committee meeting, including any writ- ten response received from the student.

viii. The Committee members sign a Confidentiality Statement for Committee Members and, after the Committee's delibera- tions, the Case Packets are required to be destroyed in order to maintain confidentiality.

5. Decision - the administrator delivers a summary report, gener- ally containing findings of fact and recommendations, to the desig- nated University official who has the ultimate authority to accept, reject, or modify the recommendations of the Ethics Committee and render the decision. All tasks related to the Student Code of Conduct procedure must be completed in the appropriate system by the designated University official within 45 days.

a. The decision will be communicated in writing to the student by the decision maker.

b. In accordance with the requirements under the Higher Educa- tion Opportunity Act (HEOA), upon written request, the Univer- sity of Phoenix will disclose to an alleged victim of a crime of violence, or a non-forcible sex offense, the results of any disciplin- ary hearing conducted by the institution against the student(s) who is/are the alleged perpetrator(s) of the crime or offense. If the alleged victim is deceased as a result of the alleged crime or offense, the University of Phoenix will provide the results of the disciplinary hearing to the victim's next of kin, if so requested. For matters of alleged sexual assault, domestic violence, dating vio- lence, or stalking, both the Accuser and the Accused shall be simultaneously informed in writing of the outcome of any institu- tional disciplinary proceeding. The result must include the ratio- nale and the sanctions. Compliance of this disclosure does not

constitute a violation of FERPA.

c. Any decision which affects a student's admissions, enrollment, or academic status will be communicated to the Registrar's Office for records update.

6. Sanctions - If a violation is found, disciplinary sanctions will be based on the seriousness of the situation and may include, but are not limited to, documented counseling by a University staff mem- ber, loss of academic credit, a failing grade on assignments or for the course, suspension, and/or expulsion.

a. A recommendation of expulsion by the decision maker will be automatically reviewed by the Student Discipline Review Com- mittee (SDRC) in the Office of Dispute Management (ODM) and must be endorsed before that sanction is communicated to the stu- dent.

7. Appeals - In the event that the student is found to be in violation of the Student Code of Conduct, the student may request an appeal of the decision to the SDRC or Senior Management Review Com- mittee (SMRC) (In cases of expulsion).

a. Appeals must be requested in writing to ODM within ten (10) days of receiving the campus decision. Appeals will only be accepted if the student can demonstrate one or more of the follow- ing:

1) New information which was unavailable at the time of the hearing, or

2) University procedures were not followed.

b. The SDRC is comprised of an administrator from the University, a Director of Academic Affairs, and an Associate or Assistant Dean from the accused student's college or their respective desig- nee. The decision of the SDRC is final and shall be communicated in writing directly to the student, except in the case of a decision by the SDRC supporting a campus recommendation of expulsion.

c. If the student is sanctioned with expulsion, the review of the appeal will be conducted by the Senior Management Review Committee (SMRC) in the Office of Dispute Management. The SMRC is comprised of a Vice Provost or Associate Provost, the Senior Vice President of Academic Operations, and the Academic Dean of the accused student's college (or their respective desig- nees). The decision of the SMRC is final and will be communicated in writing directly to the student and the campus.

i. In the event that the SMRC is unable to reach a unanimous decision the case will be forwarded to the Provost for a complete review and final decision.

d. For matters of allegations of sexual assault, domestic violence, dating violence or stalking, the University will notify the Accused and the Victim of the procedures to appeal the results of the deci- sion; and of any change to the results that occurs prior to the time that such results become final; and when such results become final. Appeals must be requested in writing to the Office of Dis- pute Management (ODM) within ten (10) days of receiving the decision.

........................................................................................... Code of Academic Integrity

The University of Phoenix requires that students adhere to the eth- ical standards necessary to maintain individual and institutional academic integrity. As members of the University's academic com- munity, students acknowledge and accept a responsibility to abide by this Student Code of Academic Integrity, which is a part of the Student Code of Conduct.

111

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

A violation of the Student Code of Conduct - Code of Academic Integrity will be subject to appropriate disciplinary action. Aca- demic integrity violations include all forms of academic dishon- esty, including but not limited to:

1. Plagiarism - Intentional or unintentional representation of another's words or ideas as one's own in an academic exercise.

Examples of plagiarism include but are not limited to:

a. The exact copy of information from a source without proper citation and without use of quotation marks or block quotation formatting. When a student copies information from a source, he or she must acknowledge the source with quotation marks or block quotes irrespective of whether or not the source has been formally published.

b. Paraphrasing statements, paragraphs, or other bodies of work without proper citation using someone else's ideas, data, language, and/or arguments without acknowledgement.

c. Presenting work as the student's own that has been prepared in whole or part by someone other than that particular student. This includes the purchase and/or sharing of work.

d. Failure to properly cite and reference statistics, data, or other sources of information that are used in one's work.

2. Self-plagiarism, double dipping, or dovetailing - Submission of work that has been previously prepared and submitted for credit without fair citation of the original work. The use of one's previ- ous work in an assignment requires prior approval from the cur- rent faculty member and citation of the previous work.

3. Fabrication - Falsification or invention of any information, cita- tion, data, or document. This includes the invention or alteration of data or results or relying on another source's results in any assignment without proper acknowledgement of that source. Fab- rication includes citing sources that the student has not actually used or consulted.

4. Unauthorized assistance - Use of materials or information not authorized by the faculty member to complete an academic exer- cise or the completion of an academic exercise by someone other than the student. This includes, but is not limited to, providing or receiving answers to an exam, use of faculty materials or answer keys, or a student having someone take his or her exam.

5. Misrepresentation - Falsely representing the student's situation to faculty; for example when justifying an absence or the need for an incomplete grade or requesting a makeup exam, a special due date, or extension of a syllabus or class deadline for submitting a course requirement.

6. Collusion - Helping or allowing another student to commit any act of academic dishonesty.

7. Copyright infringement - Acquisition or use of copyrighted works without appropriate legal license or permission. Any unau- thorized distribution of copyrighted material, including peer-to- peer file sharing and/or illegal downloading or unauthorized dis- tribution of copyrighted materials using the University informa- tion technology system may subject a student to civil and criminal liabilities.

a. For more information, refer to: http:// www.copyright.gov/title17/92chap5.pdf for information on federal copyright infringement and remedies. Students may also access the University's Copyright Infringement

and Peer-to-Peer File Sharing policies.

Alleged Code of Academic Integrity violations are subject to a fair and impartial process and may result in a warning or charge. Procedure for Processing Alleged Violations of the Student Code of Conduct - Code of Academic Integrity:

1. Investigation - alleged violations will be investigated in a prompt, thorough, and impartial manner. The investigation will gather relevant evidence, including, but not limited to, pertinent documents and statements from witnesses.

a. During an investigation a student may be removed from class, campus-sanctioned events, and other University functions after review and consultation with the Office of Dispute Management.

2. Notification - Following the investigation, if there is sufficient evidence to indicate that a violation has occurred, the student will be notified of the specific charge(s) in writing.

a. In those instances where it is determined the conduct does not warrant a Charging Letter, a Warning Letter and/ or counseling to the student will be provided. Note: A Warning Letter is not appealable.

3. Student Response - A student will be given ten (10) calendar days to submit a written response to the designated University official.

a. Failure of a student to respond to the Charging Letter will result in suspension from the University following completion of the current course (if the student is actively attending classes) and is not subject to immediate suspension.

4. Processing Student Response -

a. A student response admitting guilt will be sent to a representative of the student’s college or their designee who will determine the appropriate sanction(s).

b. A student response denying the charge(s) will follow the Ethics Committee process outlined below.

i. An Ethics Committee will be convened to review the file and provide findings of fact and recommendations to a representative of the student’s college (or designee).

ii. The Ethics Committee will be facilitated by an impartial University administrator and composed of three impartial individuals who have no prior involvement with the student or the investigation. The Committee members include: a faculty member and two staff members: one from Student Services and one from Academic Affairs.

iii. The preponderance of the evidence standard of proof (more likely than not) will be used to weigh the evidence and make a recommendation to the a representative of the student’s college or designee whether a violation occurred and what sanction, if any, is warranted.

iv. Students will be afforded the opportunity to address the Committee via teleconference to make a statement in their defense.

v. Students are not entitled to representation by an attorney or any other third party at any point in the process.

vi. Tape, digital, or other electronic recording of the committee meeting is not permitted.

vii. The Committee members are given a Case Packet with all

112

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017 STUDENTS’ RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES

STUDENT CODE OF CONDUCT

relevant information for the committee meeting, including any written response received from the student.

viii. The Committee members sign a Confidentiality Statement for Committee Members and, after the Committee's deliberations, the Case Packets are required to be destroyed in order to maintain confidentiality.

5. Decision - the administrator delivers a summary report, gener- ally containing findings of fact and recommendations, to a repre- sentative of the student’s college or designee, who has the ultimate authority to accept, reject, or modify the recommenda- tions of the Ethics Committee and render the decision. All tasks related to the Student Code of Conduct procedure must be com- pleted in the appropriate system by the Campus Director or desig- nee within 45 days.

a. The decision will be communicated in writing to the student by the decision maker.

b. Any decision which affects a student's admissions, enrollment, or academic status will be communicated to the Registrar's Office for records update.

6. Sanctions - If a violation is found, disciplinary sanctions will be based on the seriousness of the situation and may include, but are not limited to, documented counseling by a University staff mem- ber, loss of academic credit, a failing grade on assignments or for the course, suspension, and/or expulsion.

a. A recommendation of expulsion by the decision maker will be automatically reviewed by the Student Discipline Review Committee (SDRC) in the Office of Dispute Management (ODM) and must be endorsed before the campus communicates that sanction to the student.

7. Appeals - In the event the Ethics Committee finds a student to be in violation of the Code of Academic Integrity, the student may request an appeal of the decision to the SDRC.

a. Appeals must be requested in writing to ODM within ten (10) days of receiving the campus decision. Appeals will only be accepted if the student can demonstrate one or more of the following:

1) new information which was unavailable at the time of the hearing, or

2) procedures were not followed.

b. The SDRC is comprised of an administrator from the University, a Director of Academic Affairs, and an Associate or Assistant Dean from the accused student's college or their respective designee. The decision of the SDRC is final and shall be communicated in writing directly to the student, except in the case of a decision by the SDRC supporting a campus recommendation of expulsion.

c. If the student is sanctioned with expulsion, the review of the appeal will be conducted by the Senior Management Review Committee (SMRC) in the Office of Dispute Management. The SMRC is comprised of the Provost, a Vice President of the Office of Admissions & Records, and the Dean of the accused student's college (or their respective designees). The decision of the SMRC is final and will be communicated in writing directly to the student and the campus.

........................................................................................... Student Records Violations

The University of Phoenix Student Code of Conduct requires that students submit complete and accurate information regarding their student records. Full and accurate disclosure by the student allows appropriate advisement to occur. An alleged violation of the Student Code of Conduct that relates to student records will be forwarded in writing to the Registrar. Alleged Student Code of Conduct - Student Records violations are subject to a fair and impartial process and may result in a warning or charge. Procedure for Processing Alleged Violations of the Student Code of Conduct - Student Records Violations: 1. Investigation - alleged violations will be investigated in a prompt, thorough, and impartial manner. The investigation will gather relevant evidence, including, but not limited to, pertinent documents and statements from witnesses.

a. During an investigation a student may be removed from class, campus-sanctioned events, and other University functions after review and consultation with the Office of Dispute Management.

2. Notification - Following the investigation, if there is sufficient evidence to indicate that a violation has occurred, the student will be notified of the specific charge(s) in writing.

a. In those instances where it is determined the conduct does not warrant a Charging Letter, a Warning Letter and/or counseling to the student will be provided. Note: A Warning Letter is not appealable.

3. Student Response - A student will be given ten (10) calendar days to submit a written response to the designated University offi- cial.

a. Failure of a student to respond to the Charging Letter will result in suspension from the University following completion of the current course if the student is actively attending classes and is not subject to immediate suspension.

4. Processing Student Response -

a. A student response admitting guilt will be sent to the Registrar, or their designee, who will determine the appropriate sanction(s).

b. A student response denying the charge(s) will follow the Regis- trar's committee process outlined below.

i. After the Apollo Ethics and Compliance Department's investigation is completed and the student has responded to the Charging Letter and denied the charge, a Registrar's Committee will be convened to review the file and provide findings of fact and recommendations to the Registrar (or designee).

ii. The Registrar's Committee will be facilitated by a Manager or Senior Investigator from Apollo Ethics and Compliance. The facilitator must be impartial and have had no prior involvement with the investigation or student.

iii. The Registrar's Committee composition will be three impartial individuals who have no prior involvement with the student or the investigation: an Associate Registrar (or designee); a Director or Operations Manager from the Registrar's Office (or designee), and a Director from the Office of Admissions & Records or a Director of Finance.

iv. The Registrar's Committee will use the preponderance of the evidence standard of proof (more likely than not) to weigh the evidence and make a recommendation to the

113

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

Registrar (or designee) about whether a violation occurred and what sanction, if any, is warranted.

v. Students will be afforded the opportunity to address the Registrar's Committee via teleconference to make a statement in their defense.

vi. Students are not entitled to representation by an attorney or any other third party at any point in the process.

vii. Tape, digital, or other electronic recording of the committee meeting is not permitted.

viii. The Registrar's Committee members are given a Case Packet with all relevant information for the committee meeting, including any written response received from the student.

ix. The Registrar's Committee members sign a Confidentiality Statement for Committee Members and, after the Committee's deliberations, the Case Packets are required to be destroyed in order to maintain confidentiality.

5. Decision - the administrator delivers a summary report, gener- ally containing findings of fact and recommendations, to the Regis- trar (or designee), who has the ultimate authority to accept, reject, or modify the recommendations of the Registrar's Committee and render the decision.

a. The decision will be communicated to the student in writing by the decision maker.

b. In accordance with the requirements under the HEOA, upon written request, the University of Phoenix will disclose to an alleged victim of a crime of violence, or a non-forcible sex offense, the results of any disciplinary hearing conducted by the institu- tion against the student(s) who is/are the alleged perpetrator(s) of the crime or offense. If the alleged victim is deceased as a result of the alleged crime or offense, the University of Phoenix will pro- vide the results of the disciplinary hearing to the victim's next of kin, if so requested. For cases of alleged domestic violence, dating violence, sexual assault, or stalking, both the accuser and the accused shall be simultaneously informed in writing of the out- come of any institutional disciplinary proceeding. Compliance of this disclosure does not constitute a violation of FERPA.

6. Sanctions -

a. If a violation is found, disciplinary sanctions will be based on the seriousness of the situation and may include, but are not lim- ited to, documented counseling by a University staff member, loss of academic credit, a failing grade on assignments or for the course, suspension and/or expulsion.

b. A recommendation of expulsion by the decision maker will be automatically reviewed by the Student Discipline Review Com- mittee (SDRC) in the Office of Dispute Management (ODM) and must be endorsed before the Registrar communicates that sanction to the student.

7. Appeals - In the event the Registrar Committee finds a student to be in violation of the Student Code of Conduct the student may appeal the decision to the SDRC.

a. Appeals must be requested in writing to ODM within ten (10) days of receiving the Registrar's decision. Appeals will only be accepted if the student can demonstrate one or more of the follow- ing:

1) new information which was unavailable at the time of

the hearing, or

2) procedures were not followed.

b. The SDRC is comprised of an administrator from the University, a Director of Academic Affairs, and an Associate or Assistant Dean from the accused student's college (or their respective desig- nee). The decision of the SDRC is final and will be communicated directly to the student and the Registrar, except in the case of a decision by the SDRC supporting a Registrar recommendation of expulsion.

c. If the student is sanctioned with expulsion, the review of the appeal will be conducted by the Senior Management Review Committee (SMRC) in the Office of Dispute Management. The SMRC is comprised of the Provost, a Vice President of the Office of Admissions & Records, and the Dean of the accused student's col- lege (or their respective designees). The decision of the SMRC is final and will be communicated directly to the student and the campus.

d. In cases of alleged domestic violence, dating violence, sexual assault, or stalking, the institution must simultaneously inform the accused and the victim in writing of the following: the proce- dures to appeal the results of the institutional disciplinary pro- ceeding, of any change to the results that occurs prior to the time that such results become final, and when such results become final.

Title IX and Violence Against Women Act (VAWA)

........................................................................................... Policy

The University recognizes its responsibility to adhere to Title IX of the Education Amendments of 1972. An alleged violation of the Student Code of Conduct - Title IX and VAWA which relates to sex/gender discrimination (including pregnancy and childbirth, sexual orientation, gender identity, gen- der expression, gender transition, transgender status, or gender variance), sexual harassment, sexual violence, dating violence, domestic violence, sexual assault, or stalking is subject to a prompt, thorough, impartial review process which may result in a warning or charge. Procedure for Processing Alleged Violations of the Student Code of Conduct - Title IX and VAWA Policy: 1. Investigation - An alleged violation of Title IX or an allegation of domestic violence, dating violence, sexual assault, or stalking will be forwarded to the University's Title IX Coordinator, Camie Pratt, Vice President, Office of Dispute Management, 4025 S. Riverpoint Parkway, Mailstop CF-S907, Phoenix, AZ 85040, 602.557.3391, [email protected].

a. An investigation will gather relevant evidence, including, but not limited to, pertinent documents and statements from wit- nesses.

b. The University strives to complete any investigation, hearing, appeal, and any sanctions or actions as a result of the process within sixty (60) days. However, if the process exceeds the sixty (60) day timeframe, the investigator or Title IX Coordinator will contact the complainant and respondent in writing to explain the reason for the delay.

c. Interim and protective measures include the services, accommo- dations, or other assistance that the University may provide to complainants after notice of violation of the Title IX and VAWA Policy.

i. To ensure the safety and well-being of the complainant,

114

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017 STUDENTS’ RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES

STUDENT CODE OF CONDUCT

the complainant may be allowed to change their class schedule, withdraw from class without financial or academic penalty, or change campuses/modalities.

ii. In-class accommodations may also be granted, such as additional time to submit assignments or allowing a test to be taken separately from the class.

iii. During the investigation, the University may also take interim measures, such as issuing and enforcing a No Contact Order, removing a student or faculty member from class, interim suspension, or changing a student, faculty member, or class location.

iv. The University will also honor an Order of Protection or No Contact Order entered by a State civil or criminal court.

2. Notification - Following an investigation, if there is sufficient evi- dence to indicate that a violation has occurred, the student will be notified of the specific charge(s) in writing

a. In those instances where it is determined the conduct does not warrant a Charging Letter, a Warning Letter and/or counseling to the student will be provided. Note: A Warning Letter is not appealable.

b. The complainant(s) shall be notified of when and if a Charge Letter or warning is sent to the respondent(s).

3. Student Response - A student will be given ten (10) calendar days, from the date on the letter to submit a written response to the Title IX Coordinator (or designee).

a. Failure of a student to respond to the Charging Letter will result in suspension from the University following completion of the current course if the student is then actively attending classes and is not subject to immediate suspension.

4. Processing Student Response -

a. A student response admitting guilt will be sent to the Title IX Coordinator (or designee), who will determine the appropriate sanction(s).

b. A student response denying the charge(s) will follow the Title IX Committee process outlined below.

i. After the investigation is completed and the student has responded to the Charging Letter and denied the charge, both the Complainant/Accuser and the Respondent/ Accused will be given notice of the Title IX Committee meeting and afforded the opportunity to appear at the meeting telephonically and /or present written witness statements for inclusion in the Title IX Case Packet.

ii. The Title IX Committee will be convened to review the file and make findings and recommendations to the Title IX Coordinator who will have the ultimate decision making authority regarding the complaint,

NOTE: If it is determined that there is a conflict or bias or the appearance of a conflict or bias, The Title IX Coordinator will be removed from the process and a qualified proxy will assist. (i.e. Assistant Title IX Coordinator, or Deputy Coordinator).

iii. The Title IX Committee will be facilitated by a fair and impartial administrator from the Office of Dispute Management.

iv. The Title IX Committee composition will be three fair and impartial individuals who have no prior involvement with the parties or the investigation: a faculty member, and

two staff members: one from student services and one from academic affairs. The Committee will have received annual training on the issues related to sex/gender discrimination, sexual harassment, domestic violence, dating violence, sexual assault, and stalking and how to conduct a hearing process that protects the safety of victims and promotes accountability.

v. The Title IX Committee will use the preponderance of the evidence standard of proof (more likely than not) to weigh the evidence and make a recommendation to the Title IX Coordinator, Assistant Title IX Coordinator, Deputy Coordinator, or designee about whether a violation occurred and what sanction, if any, is warranted.

vi. Respondents/Accused and Complainants/Accuser will be afforded the opportunity to separately address the Title IX Committee. This will be done via teleconference and each party will be given up to ten minutes to speak to the committee. The parties will not have the opportunity to cross examine or question one another or the committee members. However, the complainant and respondent may, at the discretion and direction of the committee, suggest questions to be posed by the committee.

vii. Complainant and respondent are entitled to the same opportunity to have others present during the committee meeting, including the opportunity to be accompanied to any related meeting or proceeding by an advisor of their choice.

a. The University permits each party to have at least one sup- port person present. Complainants and respondents are not entitled to representation by an attorney or any other third party at any point in the process.

b. Any third party in attendance is there for support and not representation

viii. Tape, digital, or other electronic recording of the committee meeting is not permitted.

ix. The Title IX Committee members are given a Case Packet with all relevant information for the committee meeting, including any written response received from the Complainant/Accuser or Respondent/Accused, all evidence discovered during the investigation, and any written witness statements the parties have submitted.

a. Parties are able to present evidence for the committee's review; however, this evidence may not include sexual his- tory of the complainant. Evidence of a prior consensual dat- ing or sexual relationship does not imply consent or preclude a finding of sexual misconduct.

x. The Title IX Committee members sign a Confidentiality Statement for Committee Members and, after the Title IX Committee's deliberations, the Case Packets are required to be destroyed in order to maintain confidentiality.

5. Decision - the administrator delivers a summary report, con- taining findings of fact and recommendations, to the Title IX Coor- dinator, Assistant Title IX Coordinator, or Deputy Coordinator (or designee), who has the ultimate authority to accept, reject, or modify the recommendations of the Title IX Committee and ren- der the decision. Any publicly available records will not include identifying information about the victim to the extent permissible by law.

a. The decision will be communicated in writing simultaneously

115

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

to both the Complainant/Accuser and the Respondent/Accused by the Title IX Coordinator or designee. The result must also include the rationale for the result and the sanction. Compliance of this disclosure does not constitute a violation of FERPA.

b. In accordance with the requirements under the Higher Educa- tion Opportunity Act (HEOA), upon written request, the Univer- sity of Phoenix will disclose to an alleged victim of a crime of violence, or a non-forcible sex offense, the results of any disciplin- ary hearing conducted by the institution against the student(s) who is/are the alleged perpetrator(s) of the crime or offense. If the alleged victim is deceased as a result of the alleged crime or offense, the University of Phoenix will provide the results of the disciplinary hearing to the victim's next of kin, if so requested.

c. Any decision which affects a student's enrollment or academic status shall be communicated to the Registrar's Office for records update.

6. Sanctions: - If a violation is found, disciplinary sanctions will be based on the seriousness and/or frequency of the situation and may include, but are not limited to, documented coaching by a University staff member, counseling by a contracted third-party provider, composition of a self-reflective or academic paper, com- pletion of the Title IX/VAWA workshop, suspension and/or expul- sion.

a. A recommendation of expulsion by the decision maker will be automatically reviewed by the Student Discipline Review Com- mittee in the Office of Dispute Management and must be endorsed before the Title IX Coordinator (or designee) communi- cates that sanction to the student.

7. Appeals - The University will notify the Respondent/Accused and the Victim of the procedures to appeal the results of the deci- sion to the Student Discipline Review Committee (SDRC) and of any change to the results that occurs prior to the time that such results become final; and when such results become final.

a. Appeals must be requested in writing to the Office of Dispute Management (ODM) within ten (10) days of receiving the Title IX Coordinator's decision. Appeals will only be accepted if one or more of the following can be demonstrated:

a. A procedural error occurred,

b. New information exists that would substantially change the outcome of the finding, or

c. The sanction is disproportionate with the violation

b. The SDRC is comprised of an administrator from the University, a Director of Academic Affairs, and an Associate or Assistant Dean from the accused student's college or their respective desig- nee. The decision of the SDRC is final and shall be communicated in writing directly to the student, except in the case of a decision by the SDRC supporting a campus recommendation of expulsion.

c. If the student is sanctioned with expulsion, the review of the appeal will be conducted by the Senior Management Review Committee (SMRC) in the Office of Dispute Management. The SMRC is comprised of a Vice Provost or Associate Provost, the Senior Vice President of Academic Operations, and the Academic Dean of the accused student's college (or their respective desig- nees). The decision of the SMRC is final and will be communicated in writing directly to the student and the campus.

i. In the event that the SMRC is unable to reach a unanimous decision the case will be forwarded to the Provost for a com- plete review and final decision.

d. For matters of allegations of sexual assault, domestic violence, dating violence or stalking, the University will notify the Respon- dent and the Complainant of the procedures to appeal the results of the decision; and of any change to the results that occurs prior to the time that such results become final; and when such results become final. Appeals must be requested in writing to the Office of Dispute Management (ODM) within ten (10) days of receiving the decision.

University of Phoenix Professional Standards for

........................................................................................... Candidates in the School of Nursing

Candidates in the School of Nursing are subject to greater scrutiny because of their anticipated interactions with students, families, patients and clients in the community. These degree candidates participate in one or more clinical rotations, practicum, and/or pre- ceptorships as part of their academic program. University of Phoe- nix faculty members have a legal, ethical, and academic responsibility to ensure degree candidates refrain from unsafe or unprofessional nursing practices. Candidates in the School of Nursing are expected to represent the University as professionals and adhere to the ethics and standards of their profession, irrespec- tive of where the conduct may occur. The following Professional Standards apply to Candidates in the School of Nursing Programs before, during, and after clinical rota- tions, practicum, and/or preceptorships. The Professional Stan- dards address a candidate's affective attributes and disposition to be nurses, nurse practitioners and/or healthcare providers. Moni- tored behaviors may extend outside the classroom to off-site activi- ties and locations when the candidate's behavior infringes upon the reputation of University of Phoenix, School of Nursing. The School of Nursing adheres to the broader nursing community's ethical standards as well as additional professional standards put forth by the School of Nursing administration.

1. University of Phoenix Student Code of Conduct Guidelines for acceptable student behavior, including academic integrity, at University of Phoenix can be identified in the Student Code of Conduct, available in the academic catalog.

2. American Nurses Association (ANA) Code of Ethics for Nurses The School of Nursing adheres to the ANA Code of Ethics for Nurses. Students are expected to read, understand, and perform in compliance with this Code. Candidates can locate the ANA code of Ethics here: http://www.nursingworld.org/ codeofethics

3. Nurse Practice Act (by state) Because nursing care poses a risk of harm to the public if practiced by professionals who are unprepared or incompetent, the state, through its police powers, is required to protect its citizens from harm. That protection is in the form of reasonable laws to regulate nursing. Students are required to read, understand, and perform in compliance with their state's nurse practice act. Candidates can locate this information here: https://www.ncsbn.org/nurse-practice-act.htm

4. ANA Principles for Social Networking and the Nurse ANA's Principles for Social Networking and the Nurse: Guidance for the Registered Nurse provides guidance to registered nurses on using social networking media in a way that protects patients' privacy and confidentiality and maintains the standards of professional nursing practice. A copy of the ANA Principles for Social Networking and the

116

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017 STUDENTS’ RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES

STUDENT CODE OF CONDUCT

Nurse can be found here: http://www.nursingworld.org/ principles

5. The candidate is sensitive to community and cultural norms that pertain to the University classroom, clinical rotations, practicum, and/or preceptorships.

6. The candidate appreciates and values human diversity and shows respect for others' varied talents and perspectives.

7. The candidate refrains from engaging in nursing practice for which the student has not been authorized or for which the student has not been educated/validated at the time of the incident.

8. The candidate refrains from disrupting the programs of the School of Nursing or its affiliates.

9. The candidate will participate in or complete clinical work consistent with professional nursing practice, including satisfactory performance of all critical behaviors specified.

10. The candidate will adhere to College, School, Clinical, and Agency site policies and procedures.

11. Candidates will refrain from aiding, abetting or inducing another to commit a violation of the Student Code of Conduct or Professional Standards.

12. Candidates in the School of Nursing will assume responsibility for their own health as well as their own behavior.

a. Transportation: Candidates in the School of Nursing are responsible for personal transportation to and from health agencies and/or clinical sites.

b. Personal Electronic Devices: Candidates in the School of Nursing are responsible to be aware of and comply with agency policies regarding personal electronic devices.

A Candidate's ability to satisfactorily meet the Professional Stan- dards is a matter of ongoing academic judgment made by faculty, campus staff and campus management. When it is determined by faculty, campus staff, or campus management that a candidate falls short of meeting any of the above Professional Standards, they may file a "Referral Form" with the Campus College Chair, Regional or Campus Director of Academic Affairs, or designee. Any candidate who receives one or more referral(s) shall be counseled, remedi- ated, or withdrawn from his/her program as appropriate. Candidates who are separately charged with violating the Univer- sity of Phoenix Student Code of Conduct shall be subject to the pol- icies, procedures, and sanctions issued by that office. Procedure for Processing Referral Forms The School of Nursing has instituted processes to ensure candi- dates are regularly evaluated by the faculty and have access to guidance and advisement on professional requirements. These pro- cesses are conducted through collaboration between faculty, cam- pus staff, and campus management who understand the profession and who can offer constructive feedback. It is the intention of the Referral Process to identify a candidate's deficiencies and promote dialogue on how the candidate can improve and move forward in their program. During the course of his/her program, faculty members, through a review of grades and dispositions, will monitor a candidate's aca- demic progress. The Campus College Chair (CCC), Regional or Campus Director of Academic Affairs or Designee, will serve as the primary point of contact for remediation plans and/or Candidate

Retention Committees. A. One Referral

a. Notification of a Referral Form is sent to the candidate in writing through the ecampus letter center by the Campus College Chair or designee identifying the candidate's deficiencies in meeting the above Professional Standards.

b. The candidate shall be provided with ten (10) days to respond to the notification. If the student does not respond within ten (10) days the student will receive a suspension letter pending his/her response.

c. The candidate must meet with the Campus College Chair or designee to discuss why the referral occurred and whether or not a formal remediation plan or other corrective action is needed. At times this will result in the student being unable to resume classes until the requirements of the violation are fulfilled.

d. The Campus College Chair or designee may convene a meeting of the Candidate Retention Committee ("CRC") if deemed necessary. If the CRC will be convened, the notification to the candidate shall specifically describe the issue(s) to be discussed and the possible recommendation options available to the CRC.

e. If the CRC meeting is held, the Committee members shall discuss with the candidate the issues or problems that appear to be hindering his/her success and make one of the following recommendations:

i. Take no action; ii. Institute a formal remediation plan; or iii. Programmatically withdraw the student

f. The candidate will have 30 days to complete any remediation plan or other corrective action decided on with the CCC, CRC, or designee. Failure to complete the plan within 30 days will result in a suspension.

g. The CRC shall issue a report explaining the basis for its recommendation.

h. If the candidate was placed on a status hindering academic progression during this process, that status will be removed once the candidate has fulfilled the requirements of the remediation plan and/or corrective action and will be able to resume coursework.

B. Two or More Referrals (of the same nature) a. Notification of a Referral Form is sent to the candidate in

writing through the ecampus letter center by the Campus College Chair or designee identifying the candidate's deficiencies in meeting the above Professional Standards.

b. Notification shall specifically describe the issue(s) to be discussed and the possible recommendation options available to the CRC. At times this will result in the student being unable to resume classes until a meeting with the CRC and the subsequent actions are fulfilled.

c. The candidate shall be provided with ten (10) days to respond to the notification.

117

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

d. After the candidate has the opportunity to respond, the Campus College Chair or designee shall convene a meeting of the Candidate Retention Committee.

e. The CRC members shall discuss with the candidate the issues or problems that appear to be hindering his/her success ad make one of the following recommendations:

i. Take no action; ii. Institute a formal remediation plan; or iii. Programmatically withdraw the student.

f. The candidate will have 30 days to complete any remediation plan or other corrective action decided on with the CRC or designee. Failure to complete the plan within 30 days will result in a suspension.

g. The CRC shall issue a report explaining the basis for its recommendation.

h. If the candidate was placed on a status hindering academic progression during this process, that status will be removed once the candidate has fulfilled the requirements of the remediation plan and/or corrective action and will be able to resume coursework.

Appeals If the CRC recommends that the candidate be withdrawn from the program, and this recommendation is endorsed by the Campus Director of Academic Affairs, the candidate has the right to appeal this decision to the Central Administration Appeals Committee (CAAC) within 10 days of receipt of the decision. The CAAC is generally comprised of at least the Dean and an Associate Dean from the School of Nursing or designee(s), and a Regional Director of Academic Affairs (RDAA). The decision of the CAAC is final. Who is the Candidate Retention Committee? 1. The CRC is comprised of the Campus College Chair or designee and at least two faculty members. 2. The candidate will be expected to participate in a dialogue with the Committee to exchange ideas on remediation or withdrawal from the program. 3. The candidate will not be permitted to have representation by an attorney or any other third party in this academic meeting.

University of Phoenix Supplemental Standards for Candidates in College of Social Sciences Counseling

........................................................................................... and Human Services Programs

Candidates in College of Social Sciences programs leading to certi- fication or licensure in Counseling and/or Human Services at Uni- versity of Phoenix are subject to greater scrutiny because of their anticipated interactions with clients and others in the community. These degree candidates participate in one or more field place- ments, practicums, and/or internships as part of their academic program. As prospective human services workers or counselors, College of Social Sciences candidates are expected to represent the University as professionals and adhere to the ethics and standards of their profession as well as the University's Student Code of Con- duct. The following Supplemental Standards for Candidates in College of Social Sciences Programs ("Supplemental Standards") apply to these degree candidates before, during, and after their field place- ments, practicums, and internships. The Supplemental Standards

address a candidate's affective attributes and disposition to be a human services worker or counselor. A corresponding Profes- sional Dispositions Rubric provides additional guidance. A candidate's ability to satisfactorily meet the Supplemental Stan- dards is a matter of ongoing academic judgment made by faculty, campus staff, and campus management.

1. The candidate contributes to a positive climate in the University classroom and all field placements, practicums, and internships.

2. The candidate demonstrates mastery of written and spoken lan- guage for self-expression, as well as for effective interaction in all settings.

3. The candidate is a thoughtful and responsive listener.

4. The candidate is committed to reflection, assessment, and learn- ing as an ongoing process.

5. The candidate is willing to give and receive help.

6. The candidate is sensitive to community and cultural norms of the counseling and/or human services industry, the University classroom, and all field placements, practicums, and internships.

7. The candidate values human diversity and shows respect for others' varied talents and perspectives.

8. The candidate values the development of critical thinking, inde- pendent problem solving, and performance capabilities in him- self/herself and those with whom he/she interacts.

9. The candidate demonstrates a commitment to keeping abreast of new ideas and understanding in the human services and/or counseling field.

10. The candidate demonstrates a level of responsibility and ethi- cal judgment consistent with professional guidelines developed for these fields and appropriate for a professional human services worker and/or counselor. These guidelines are outlined in the National Organization for Human Services (NOHS) Code of Eth- ics, the American School Counselor Association (ASCA) Ethical Standards for School Counselors, and the American Counselors Association (ACA) Code of Ethics.

11. The candidate maintains the highest ethical standards in inter- actions with faculty, students, staff, and clients as well as in prepa- ration and submission of required course work, and the completion of assignments.

12. The candidate maintains a pattern of consistently meeting aca- demic and professional standards in courses, field placements, practicums and internships.

When it is determined by faculty, campus staff, or campus manage- ment that a candidate falls short of meeting any of the above Sup- plemental Standards, they may file a "Referral Form" with the Campus College Chair, Campus Director of Academic Affairs, or designee. Any candidate who receives one or more referral(s) shall be counseled, remediated, or withdrawn from their program, as appropriate. Candidates who are separately charged with violating the Student Code of Conduct shall be subject to the policies, procedures, and sanctions for processing such charges. However, a charge under the Student Code of Conduct may also be the basis for a referral on separate academic grounds under these Supplemental Standards. Similarly, an observation under the Referral Process may be the basis for a Student Code of Conduct charge.

118

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017 STUDENTS’ RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES

STUDENT CODE OF CONDUCT

University of Phoenix Supplemental Standards for

........................................................................................... Candidates in College of Education Programs

Candidates in a University of Phoenix College of Education pro- gram leading to certification or licensure are subject to greater scru- tiny because of their anticipated interactions with students, parents, and the school community. These degree candidates par- ticipate in one or more field placements as part of their academic program. As prospective educators/administrators, College of Education candidates are expected to represent the University as professionals and adhere to the ethics and standards of their pro- fession, as well as the University's Student Code of Conduct. The College of Education has instituted processes to ensure that candidates demonstrate the appropriate behavioral and program- matic skills required of the profession. As such, candidate interac- tions with staff, faculty, fellow students, and external placement constituents are observed throughout their attendance. Addition- ally, candidates are regularly evaluated by the faculty and have access to counseling on professional requirements. These processes are conducted through collaboration between faculty, campus staff, and campus management who understand the profession and who can offer constructive feedback. It is the intention of the Referral Process to identify a candidate's deficiencies and promote dialogue on how the candidate can improve and move forward in their pro- gram. The Referral Process is not intended as punitive, but rather as a corrective measure to ensure candidates are prepared to enter their profession. During the course of their program, including general education courses, candidates are expected to conduct themselves in accor- dance with the Student Code of Conduct, Professional Dispositions Rubric, and Supplemental Standards criteria. Faculty members will closely monitor a candidate's academic progress through a review of grades and dispositions. Should a student be reported for aca- demic or behavioral issues at any time during their period of atten- dance, a student may be issued a Referral under the Supplemental Standards. A referral may be issued with or without a correspond- ing Student Code of Conduct action.

Supplemental Standards

The following Supplemental Standards for Candidates in College of Education Programs

("Supplemental Standards") apply to these degree candidates before, during, and after their field placements. The Supplemental Standards address a candidate's affective attributes and disposition to be an educator/administrator. A corresponding Professional Dispositions Rubric provides additional guidance. A candidate's ability to satisfactorily meet the Supplemental Standards is a matter of ongoing academic judgment made by faculty, campus staff, and campus management, and external placement constituents.

1. The candidate contributes to a positive climate in the University classroom and all field placements.

2. The candidate demonstrates mastery of written and spoken lan- guage for self expression, as well as for effective interaction in all settings.

3. The candidate is a thoughtful and responsive listener.

4. The candidate is committed to reflection, assessment, and learn- ing as an ongoing process and believes that all students can learn.

5. The candidate is willing to give and receive help.

6. The candidate is sensitive to community and cultural norms in the University classroom and in clinical experience.

7. The candidate appreciates and values human diversity and shows respect and fairness for others' varied talents and perspec- tives.

8. The candidate values the development of critical thinking, inde- pendent problem solving, and performance capabilities in him- self/herself and those with whom he/she interacts.

9. The candidate demonstrates a commitment to keeping abreast of new ideas and understanding in the education field.

10. The candidate demonstrates a level of responsibility and ethi- cal judgment appropriate for a professional educator/administra- tor.

11. The candidate maintains the highest ethical standards in inter- actions with faculty, students, staff, and external placement con- stituents, as well as in preparation and submission of required course work and the completion of tests.

Referral under the Supplemental Standards

When it is determined by faculty, campus staff, or campus manage- ment that a candidate falls short of meeting any of the above Sup- plemental Standards, they may file a Referral Form with the Campus College Chair, Campus Director of Aca- demic Affairs, or designee. Any candidate who receives one or more referral(s) shall be counseled, remediated, or withdrawn from their program, as appropriate. Candidates who are separately charged with violating the Student Code of Conduct shall be subject to the policies, procedures, and sanctions for such charges. However, a charge under the Student Code of Conduct will also be the basis for a referral on separate academic grounds under these Supplemental Standards. Similarly, an observation under the Referral Process may be the basis for a Student Code of Conduct charge.

University of Phoenix Supplemental Standards for Students/Candidates in School of Advanced Studies

........................................................................................... Programs

Students/candidates in a University of Phoenix School of Advanced Studies program are subject to greater scrutiny because doctoral students/candidates are expected to represent the Univer- sity as scholars and professionals and adhere to the ethics and stan- dards of their profession, as well as the University's Student Code of Conduct. The School of Advanced Studies has instituted processes to ensure that doctoral students/candidates demonstrate the appropriate scholarly and professional skills required of their advanced aca- demic and professional standing that the doctorate represents. As such, student/candidate interactions with staff, faculty, fellow stu- dents, and external contacts are observed throughout their atten- dance. Additionally, doctoral students/candidates are regularly evaluated by the faculty and have access to counseling and aca- demic advisement on scholarly and professional requirements. These processes are conducted through collaboration between fac- ulty, campus staff, and campus management who understand the requirements of doctoral standing and who can offer constructive feedback. It is the intention of the Referral Process to identify a stu- dent's/candidate's deficiencies and promote dialogue on how the student/candidate can improve and move forward in their pro- gram. The Referral Process is not intended as punitive, but rather as a corrective measure to ensure doctoral students/candidates are prepared to enter their profession at the advanced level appropri- ate to a completed doctoral education. During the course of their program students/candidates are

119

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

expected to conduct themselves in accordance with the Student Code of Conduct, Professional Dispositions Rubric, and Supple- mental Standards criteria. Faculty members will closely monitor a student's/candidate's academic progress through a review of grades and dispositions. Should a student be reported for aca- demic or behavioral issues at any time during their period of atten- dance, a student/candidate may be issued a Referral under the Supplemental Standards. A referral may be issued with or without a corresponding Student Code of Conduct action.

Supplemental Standards

The following Supplemental Standards pertain to doctoral stu- dents/candidates in School of Advanced Studies programs. The Supplemental Standards address a student's/candidate's affective attributes and disposition to be a successful scholar and profes- sional at the doctoral level. A corresponding Professional Disposi- tions Rubric provides additional guidance. A student's/ candidate's ability to satisfactorily meet the Supplemental Stan- dards is a matter of ongoing academic judgment made by faculty, campus staff, and campus management, and external placement constituents. 1. The student/candidate contributes to a positive climate in the University classroom, all residencies and research and/or practice settings. 2. The student/candidate demonstrates mastery of written and spoken language for self- expression, as well as for effective inter- action in all settings. 3. The student/student/candidate is a thoughtful and responsive listener. 4. The student/candidate is committed to reflection, assessment, and learning as an ongoing process. 5. The student/candidate is willing to give and receive help. 6. The student/candidate is sensitive to doctoral community val- ues and cultural norms for the degree program, the University classroom, research and scholarly activities, and/or practice hours within their discipline.

7. The student/candidate appreciates and values human diversity and shows respect and fairness for others' varied talents and per- spectives. 8. The student/candidate values the development of critical think- ing, independent problem solving, and performance capabilities in himself/herself and those with whom he/she interacts. 9. The student/candidate demonstrates a commitment to keeping abreast of new ideas, theories, and understanding in their scholarly discipline and professional field. 10. The student/candidate demonstrates a level of responsibility and ethical judgment appropriate for an advanced scholar, profes- sional, and leader in their professional field. 11. The student/candidate maintains the highest ethical standards and professional demeanor in interactions with faculty, students, staff, and external contacts related to research and scholarly activi- ties and/or practice hours, as well as in preparation and submis- sion of required course work and dissertation research. 12. The student/candidate maintains a pattern of meeting aca- demic and professional standards in courses, residencies, and research and/or practice settings.

Referral under the Supplemental Standards

When it is determined by School of Advance Studies faculty, staff, or management that a student/candidate falls short of meeting any of the above Supplemental Standards, they may file a Referral Form with the Associate Dean of Instruction, Dean of Instruction, or designee. Any student/candidate who receives one or more referral(s) shall be counseled, remediated, or withdrawn from their program, as appropriate. Students/candidates who are separately charged with violating the Student Code of Conduct will be subject to the policies, proce- dures, and sanctions for such charges. However, a charge under the Student Code of Conduct may also be the basis for a referral on separate academic grounds under these Supplemental Standards. Similarly, actions leading to a referral under the Referral Process may be the basis for a Student Code of Conduct charge.

.....................................................................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................................................... DISPUTE RESOLUTION POLICY AND PROCEDURES

The following policy and procedures are to be used to mutually resolve disputes by and between students and the University. The policy and procedures as set forth herein are effective for students currently enrolled in the University as of July 1, 2016, or who enroll in the University on or after July 1, 2016. Students are encouraged to first bring the concerns outlined below to the attention of the appropriate individual/department, as set forth in Step One below. In connection with the University policies identified in Steps One, Two and Three below, this policy is intended to address disputes between a student and the University and create a framework by which a student and the University can resolve all such disputes. The University strongly recommends utilization of the resources identified in Steps One, Two and Three to resolve such disputes. None of these steps, however, precludes any student from seeking other forms of resolution, including in a court of law.

........................................................................................... Step One: Internal Resolution

Students should first attempt to resolve any dispute or issue by contacting the following individuals/departments, and utilizing the process set forth in the corresponding section(s) of the Aca- demic Catalog, as referenced below. Please note that the informa-

tion provided below represents only the initial contact with whom such disputes should be reported. Students should carefully con- sult the Academic Catalog to gain a fuller understanding of the processes associated with reporting and resolving disputes related to these subject matters. • Allegations of sex discrimination or sexual harassment: Camie

Pratt, Associate Vice President and Title IX Coordinator, Office of Dispute Management ("ODM"). See Nondiscrimination Policy and Harassment Policy in Academic Catalog.

• Allegations concerning all other forms of discrimination: Campus Director of Academic Affairs, Campus Director of Operations, Campus Director of Student Services, or their respective designee. See Nondiscrimination Policy and Harassment Policy in Academic Catalog.

• Student Code of Conduct Violations (other than sex discrimination and sexual harassment): Registrar. See Student Code of Conduct section in Academic Catalog.

• General Student Grievances (other than sex discrimination and sexual harassment): Office of Dispute Management. See General Student Grievances section in Academic Catalog.

120

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017 STUDENTS’ RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES

DISPUTE RESOLUTION POLICY AND PROCEDURES

• Student Grievances relating to financial aid, account balances, or collections: Campus Management. See General Student Grievances section in Academic Catalog.

• Academic Issues: Student Appeals Center in ODM. See Student Appeals Center Section in Academic Catalog.

• Grade Disputes: Director of Academic Affairs or designee. See Grade Disputes section in Academic Catalog.

........................................................................................... Step Two: Mediation

If a dispute is not resolved as a result of Step One, all parties are encouraged to participate in a formal mediation session facilitated by a professional, neutral mediator. Mediation is not mandatory but is strongly encouraged as an effective way to resolve disputes. The physical location for the mediation shall be mutually selected by the parties. If the parties elect mediation, the costs associated with the mediation shall be paid by the University. Both the stu- dent and the University shall submit in writing to the other the name(s) of one or more professional, neutral mediators as a poten- tial mediator in the matter. The parties will exercise their best efforts to agree on the selection of a mediator. If the parties cannot agree on the selection of a mediator, then the parties can submit the matter to the American Arbitration Association (AAA) for the pur- pose of having a neutral mediator appointed in accordance with AAA's mediation rules. The mediator shall schedule the mediation as expeditiously as pos- sible. All parties will have the opportunity to attend and partici- pate in the mediation. Any party may be represented by counsel of his or her choosing, at his or her own expense. The mediator shall direct how the mediation will be conducted. As with all media- tions, any resulting resolution must be mutually agreed to by the parties, which shall constitute a final and binding resolution of the matter.

........................................................................................... Step Three: Binding Arbitration

If a dispute is not resolved as a result of Steps One and Two, all parties are encouraged to participate in binding arbitration as an alternative to resolving the dispute in a court of law. Arbitration is not mandatory but is strongly encouraged as an effective way to resolve disputes. If the parties mutually agree to binding arbitration as the method to resolve their dispute, the following shall apply:

1. The parties shall select the neutral arbitrator and/or arbitration sponsoring organization by mutual agreement. If the parties can- not mutually agree to an arbitrator and/or arbitration sponsoring organization, the arbitration will be held and the arbitrator selected under the auspices of the American Arbitration Associa- tion ("AAA"). Except as provided in this Agreement, the arbitra- tion shall be held in accordance with the then current Consumer Arbitration Rules of the AAA ("AAA Rules"). The AAA Rules are available by navigating to the "Rules and Procedures" section of www.adr.org, or by requesting a hard copy from the University Legal Department, currently at 4025 S. Riverpoint Parkway, Mail Stop: CF-KX01, Phoenix, Arizona 85040.

2. In arbitration, the parties will have the right to conduct ade- quate civil discovery, bring dispositive motions, and present wit- nesses and evidence as needed to present their cases and defenses, and any disputes in this regard shall be resolved by the arbitrator. The arbitrator may award any party any remedy to which that party is entitled under applicable law, but such remedies shall be limited to those that would be available to a party in his or her individual capacity in a court of law for the claims presented to

and decided by the arbitrator, and no remedies that otherwise would be available to an individual in a court of law will be for- feited by virtue of this Agreement. The arbitrator shall apply the substantive law of the state in which the claim arose, or federal law, or both, as applicable to the claims asserted. The arbitrator is without authority to apply any different substantive law.

3. Each party will pay the fees for his, her or its own attorneys, subject to any remedies to which that party may later be entitled under applicable law. The University shall initially bear the administrative costs associated with the conduct of the Arbitra- tion, subject to: (1) a one-time payment by the student toward these costs equal to the filing fee then required by the court of gen- eral jurisdiction in the state where the student in question attended the University (if the student is financially unable to pay a filing fee, the student will be relieved of the obligation to pay the filing fee); and (2) any subsequent award by the arbitrator in accordance with applicable law. In the event the law (including the common law) of the jurisdiction in which the arbitration is held requires a different allocation of arbitral fees and costs, then such law will be followed.

4. The Federal Rules of Evidence shall apply. The arbitrator shall have jurisdiction to hear and rule on pre-hearing disputes and is authorized to hold pre-hearing conferences by telephone or in per- son, as the arbitrator deems necessary. The arbitrator shall have the authority to entertain a motion to dismiss and/or a motion for summary judgment by any party and shall apply the standards governing such motions under the Federal Rules of Civil Proce- dure and applicable federal common law.

5. The arbitrator will issue a decision or award in writing, stating the essential findings of fact and conclusions of law. Except as may be permitted or required by law, as determined by the arbitrator, neither a party nor an arbitrator may disclose the existence, con- tent, or results of any arbitration hereunder without the prior writ- ten consent of all parties. A court of competent jurisdiction shall have the authority to enter a judgment upon the award made pur- suant to the arbitration.

........................................................................................... Complaints to the Texas Education Agency

If the stakeholder is not satisfied with the complaint process or out- come, the stakeholder may file a complaint against the Program with the Texas Education Agency. The official Texas Education Agency complaint process can be found at http://tea.texas.gov/ About_TEA/Contact_Us/Complaints/Complaints/.

121

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

THIS PAGE WAS LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY

122

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017 ACADEMIC POLICIES

.....................................................................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................................................... ACADEMIC POLICIES

........................................................................................... Academic Advisement

All students are provided the opportunity to communicate with a representative throughout the duration of their program. This advisement can provide students with a preliminary evaluation of their academic status prior to admission and the requirements they must satisfy for both admission to and the completion of their degree program. All students are notified of their official transfer of credits at the time of matriculation and may view their official transfer credit evaluation and progress toward degree completion at any time on their student website. Student services available on the student website include transfer credit summaries, official grades, program GPA, access to update demographic information, and the ability to request transcripts. Guidance on degree comple- tion progress and options may also be discussed at any time with a representative.

........................................................................................... Registration

Applicants to the University must enter into the most current pro- gram course of study available in their state or jurisdiction and modality. Students must sign an Enrollment/Disclosure Agree- ment for the program of study which they intend to pursue. The student's Enrollment/Disclosure Agreement defines the student's curriculum and degree requirements. The executed Enrollment Agreement will be effective for a one year from the date signed. Students who register in an eligible program may qualify for finan- cial aid in accordance with federal regulations. A Social Security Number is required to be recorded on a student's education record if s/he has or will receive U.S. Federal Title IV funding, U.S. Federal Veterans Affairs funding, and/or U.S. educa- tional tax credit/T-1098. Students who have not or will not be receiving U.S. Federal Title IV funding, U.S. Federal Veterans Affairs funding, and/or U.S. educational tax credit/T-1098 will need to complete the Social Security Number Override Verification Form to have the Social Security Number omitted from his/her education record. Should the University be made aware that U.S. Federal Title IV funding, U.S. Federal Veterans Affairs funding, and/or U.S. educational tax credit/T-1098 has or will be disbursed to a student, the student's SSN will be added to his/her student education record by the Registrar's Office. If this occurs, the stu- dent will be notified by the Registrar's Office that the SSN Override has been administratively rescinded.

........................................................................................... Admission Statuses

There are thirteen types of admission statuses at the University of Phoenix representing a student's standing: Registered, Orientation Pending, Admitted with Condition, En-Route Credential, Admit- ted, Deferred Admission, Graduate Provisional, Registered Inter- national Credentials, Non-Degree, Denied for Cause, Denied Admission, Admission Deadline Exceeded, and Re-Entry. Appli- cants to certain degree programs are permitted to begin their course of study under Registered, Registered with International Credentials and Provisional admissions statuses, but are not con- sidered unconditionally admitted until the Office of Admissions and Evaluation grants a status of Admitted and all transfer credits are reviewed for applicability to the degree program. Official decisions regarding admission and academic statuses may be delivered to students via the student website or US Mail.

Registered (RR) Status Students qualify for registered status upon completion of the appli- cation for admission and payment of the application fee (if applica- ble). Qualified degree-seeking students in the business, human services, management, education, counseling, computer informa- tion systems, psychology or nursing programs may attend a maxi- mum of four courses under registered status. The University makes no guarantees of a favorable admission to students enrolled in course work under registered status. Orientation Pending (OP) Status Undergraduate degree applicants with less than 24 credits of previ- ous college credit/experience as listed on their admissions applica- tion will be granted Orientation Pending (OP) admitted status after all admission documents have been received, the admission file has been reviewed, and all admission requirements for the chosen program have been met. As a condition of admission, students on Orientation Pending (OP) admitted status must satisfactorily com- plete the University Orientation prior to gaining unconditional admission status. Admitted with Condition (AC) Status Undergraduate degree applicants participating in a university sponsored trial period will be granted Admitted with Condition admission status after all admission documents have been received, the admission file has been reviewed, and the minimum admission requirements for the chosen program have been met. As a condition of admission, students on Admitted with Condition (AC) admission status must meet class attendance requirements in the fourth week of their first course (or after) and have all transfer credits evaluated prior to being unconditionally admitted En-route Credential (EC) Status Students who are pursuing an en-route credential on the way to earning a higher level degree program will be placed on En-route Credential (EC) admission status for the lower level program being earned en-route. Student's admissibility as a regular student will be enforced and maintained under the degree program of pursuit associated with the student's enrollment agreement. Admitted (AM) Status The Office of Admissions and Evaluation in Office of Admissions & Records grants a student unconditional admitted status after all documents have been received, the applicant's admission file has been officially reviewed, and all admission requirements and con- ditions for the chosen program have been met. Students in all pro- grams must attain admitted status and be officially evaluated by the completion of their fourth University course. This provides the University the necessary information to develop individualized program schedules for each student and provides an opportunity for an admission decision to be made early in the program. Stu- dents who are unable to obtain an official admission status by the completion of their fourth University course will be administra- tively withdrawn from the University and placed on Admission Deadline Exceeded (DE) admission status. Deferred Admission (DF) Status Students will be granted deferred admission (DF) if documents or information required for admission (AM) are missing from the file. Students will remain on DF status until the required documents or information is received. Students on DF status cannot attend class and will be administratively withdrawn from the university until

123

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

the status is resolved. Graduate Provisional (PV) Status Students who meet all admission requirements in graduate pro- grams except the minimum GPA requirement of 2.50 or 3.00 (see program specific admissions requirements) may be admitted on Provisional status if their entrance GPA is between 2.0 and 2.49 or 2.50 and 2.99 depending on the program of interest. Students admitted on provisional status must achieve a GPA of 3.0 in their University of Phoenix course work at the end of their fourth com- pleted program applicable course to be unconditionally admitted and placed on Admitted status. Failure to meet the minimum grade point average (GPA) of 3.0 by the fourth completed program applicable course will result in a DA (Disqualified for Admission) student academic status. Registered International Credentials (RI) Status Students using copies of international academic credentials qualify for registered with international credentials status upon comple- tion of the application for admission and payment of the applica- tion fee (if applicable). Students will not be granted unconditional admission using copies of international credentials until verifica- tion of the credentials or an original international academic record is received. Qualified degree-seeking students in the business, human services, management, education, counseling, computer information systems, psychology or nursing programs may attend a maximum of four courses under registered status. The University makes no guarantees of a favorable admission to students enrolled in course work under registered with international credentials sta- tus. Non-Degree (ND) Status Individuals interested in taking coursework at the University, but not interested in pursuing a degree, may register as non-degree students. Non-degree students enrolling in single courses within a degree or certificate program must meet the admissions require- ments for the respective college or school. An approved list of courses is available on www.phoenix.edu under Individual Courses. Students may also register for single courses for credit that are not currently part of a degree program or for non-credit bearing courses resulting in Continuing Education Units (CEU), Profes- sional Development Units (PDU), or Contact Hours. Non-degree status may be granted upon completion of the application. Place- ment on this status for a student is determined by the campus in which the student seeks to complete non-degree coursework. Denied for Cause (DC) Status Applicants for admission who have violated a University policy or procedure or committed some other act which, if he or she were already a student, would pose a risk to the University or would subject him or her to sanctions for violating the Student Code of Conduct, will be placed on Denied for Cause status (DC) and will be administratively withdrawn from the university. Denied Admission (DN) Status Applicants who do not meet the minimum requirements for admission to a program will be placed on denied admission status and be administratively withdrawn from the university. Admission Deadline Exceeded (DE) Status Students who are unable to attain admitted status by the comple- tion of their fourth university course will be placed on Admission Deadline Exceeded (DE) status and be administratively withdrawn from the University.

Re-entry Required (RE) Status Students who were previously admitted (AM, PV, IV, OP) into a program but have not posted positive attendance in a course for the amount of time designate by the re-entry policy will be placed on Re-entry Required (RE) admission status. Students placed on Re-entry Required (RE) status will be required to re-enter the most current program/version in their state or jurisdiction and submit an admission application, enrollment agreement and any other documents as required by the new program.

........................................................................................... Student Academic Standing

The University recognizes the following Student Academic sta- tuses for degree and certificate seeking students: Regular (RG) Student is in compliance with applicable academic standing and progression based on program requirements. Disqualified for Admission (DA) Disqualified for Admission results when provisionally-admitted students fail to achieve the minimum-required grade point average at the conclusion of the provisional period. The date of disqualifi- cation is determined by the course end date of the final course completed within the Provisional Admission (PV) period. Students placed on DA status: • will be administratively withdrawn from the University and are

not eligible to re-enroll until six months from the date of disqualification.

• must be granted approval by the Student Appeals Center to re- enroll at the University and may not appeal to return prior to the end of the six month disqualification period. There will be no exceptions.

• may not transfer to another program or major until they have fulfilled the six month disqualification period and have received approval through a student appeal.

• must meet all conditions of the appeal decision and may be required to retake or replace the course(s) with the lowest grade(s) earned.

Academic Disqualification (AD) Academic Disqualification results when students on Academic Probation (AP) fail to achieve the minimum-required grade point average (GPA) at the conclusion of the probationary period. The date of disqualification is determined by the course end date of the final course completed within the AP sequence. The University will note the date a student is placed on and removed from Aca- demic Disqualification on the permanent transcript. Students placed on AD status: • will be administratively withdrawn from the University and are

not eligible to re-enroll until six months from the date of disqualification.

• must be granted approval by the Student Appeals Center to re- enroll at the University and may not appeal to return prior to the end of the six month disqualification period. There will be no exceptions.

• may not transfer to another program or major until they have fulfilled the six month disqualification period and have received approval through a student appeal.

• must meet all conditions of the appeal decision and may be required to retake or replace the course(s) with the lowest grade(s) earned.

124

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017 ACADEMIC POLICIES

Scholastic Disqualification (SD) Scholastic Disqualification results when a student does not meet the minimum grade requirement for a designated course in their program. If the minimum grade is not earned, the course will be treated as a non-passing grade (F) and will be awarded zero (0.00) credit. The course will be counted in the calculation of the GPA based on attempted credits. The University will note the date a stu- dent is placed on and removed from Scholastic Disqualification on the permanent transcript. Students placed on SD status: • will not be allowed to continue in their program until they have

fulfilled the requirements for progression as determined by University policy.

• may not transfer to another program or major without an approved SAC appeal, or until they have fulfilled the requirements for progression.

Scholastic Suspension (SS) Scholastic Suspension occurs when a student is suspended for a period of time or indefinitely from the University. The student will be administratively withdrawn and the University will note the dates of suspension on the permanent transcript. Students placed on SS status will not be allowed to continue in their program or transfer to another program or major until the allocated period of time for the suspension has ended and/or the student's status has been updated. Expulsion (EX) Expulsion occurs when a student is administratively withdrawn from the university and not permitted to return under any circum- stances. The date of expulsion is noted on the official transcript.

........................................................................................... Program Academic Standing

The University recognizes the following Program Academic sta- tuses for degree and certificate seeking students. Regular (RG) Student is in compliance with applicable academic standing and progression based on program requirements. Academic Probation (AP) Students will be placed on Academic Probation when their pro- gram grade point average (GPA) falls below the minimum GPA required in their program. (R1) Students on Academic Probation status are restricted to a period of four consecutive completed pro- gram-applicable courses to bring their GPA to the minimum requirement for their degree program. Only courses that start and end after the course that placed the student on AP (Academic Pro- bation) status will apply toward Academic Probation Concurrent enrollment is prohibited in this status.

........................................................................................... Course Statuses

Administrative Withdrawal (AW) Student is removed from a course due to certain academic, admis- sions, and/or financial statuses. Audit (AU) Student has received appropriate approvals to observe the course and will not receive a letter grade. Completed (CO) Student has attended enough workshops to meet minimum atten- dance requirements and to receive a letter grade. Dropped (DR) Student was in a SC or EN course status and requested to be

removed from the course. The student has not met the minimum attendance requirements in the course. Enrolled (EN) Student has satisfied at least one week of positive class attendance and continues to actively meet class attendance requirements. Obsolete (OB) Student has been scheduled for a course that has been retired and that will no longer be offered by the University. Scheduled (SC) Student is registered for a course and no class attendance has been posted. Insufficient Attendance (TA) Student has been automatically removed from the course due to not meeting minimum class attendance requirements. Withdrawn for Admissions (WI)

Student not matriculated or student has been removed from admissions (AM) status after completing five courses.

Waived with Credit (WO) Student has processed a waiver request through the Office of Admissions & Records. Withdrawn for Prerequisite (WP) Student has failed to meet the course and/or program prerequisite requirement. Exemption (WV) Course waived without credit.

........................................................................................... Candidacy Statuses

Level 1 Candidate Status Level 1 Candidate status is determined at the time of admission and is based on the admissions requirements for the desired pro- gram. Not all programs have a candidate status requirement. • 1S: Level 1 Candidate Status Satisfied: Student has met the

admissions requirements and has been admitted. • 1N: Level 1 Candidate Status has not been satisfied: Student has

not met the admissions requirements, has been denied admission, and therefore does not meet the requirements to achieve Level 1 Candidate Status. Students in a 1N Candidate Status should not attend class.

Level 2 Candidate Status Level 2 Candidate status is a review of additional requirements needed for the student to progress in their program past a certain point, as designated in program policy. • 2S: Level 2 Candidate Status Satisfied: Student has met the

additional requirements by the specified deadline indicated in the program requirements.

• 2N: Level 2 Candidate Status Not Satisfied: Student has not met the additional requirements by the specified deadline indicated in the program requirements. A candidate status of 2N restricts the student from attending any future courses until the requirements are met and the student will be administratively withdrawn from the university.

125

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

........................................................................................... Enrollment Status

The University recognizes the following enrollment statuses: Program Level Enrollment Status

Student Level Enrollment Status (Overall Enrollment Status) The program level enrollment status determines a student's overall enrollment status with the University. If there are multiple pro- grams on record, the overall enrollment status will reflect the enrollment status of the program with the highest priority based on the hierarchy below. 1. Deceased 2. Approved Leave of Absence 3. Full Time 4. Less Than Half Time 5. Withdrawn 6. Graduated 7. Academic Complete 8. Not Started

........................................................................................... Student Falsification of Information

All students applying for admission to the University have the responsibility to submit a complete and accurate application pack- age including all academic and professional credentials required. Submitting incomplete, false, or misleading information may be grounds for dismissal at any time.

........................................................................................... On-Camera Conduct Policy

Students, faculty and staff of University of Phoenix may have rea- son to utilize electronic camera communication. Any person engaging in a University of Phoenix related activity who activates a camera presence, whether intentionally or unintentionally, must comply with the following guidelines. Failure to comply with these guidelines may result in a Student Code of Conduct viola- tion. • All persons appearing on camera must be dressed appropriately,

as if present in a physical classroom or office setting. Examples of prohibited conduct include but are not limited to appearing on camera without appropriate covering, having exposed undergarments, and wearing clothing which is sexual, discriminatory, or otherwise unprofessional in nature.

• The area visible by the other party must be free from all items which may detract from or be disruptive to the educational environment. Examples of prohibited items include but are not limited to firearms, drugs (legal or illegal), drug paraphernalia (legal or illegal), tobacco products, and material which is sexual, political, discriminatory, or otherwise unprofessional in nature.

• The area in use by all parties must be free from general distractions. Examples include, but are not limited, to children, animals, electronics, appliances, and other adults.

• Parties appearing on camera are to conduct themselves at all times in a professional manner. Either party to on-camera communication may end their video presence at will.

........................................................................................... General Grievances

The University has established specific processes for students who wish to submit a grievance or appeal. These processes are outlined

Enrollment Status Code Definition

Active Full-Time F The student's required aca- demic workload for his/her program is at least 6 credits for an academic year, the student is actively attending class and the student's official last date of attendance based on Aca- demically Related Activities (ARAs) does not exceed 14 days. Institutionally Sched- uled Breaks and In Progress Extension (IX) grades are excluded from the 14 day out of attendance calculation.

Active Less Than Half Time

L The student's required aca- demic workload for his/her program amounts to less than the 6 credits for an academic year, as determined by the institution. In addition, the student is actively attending class and student's official last date of attendance based on Academically Related Activi- ties (ARAs) does not exceed 14 days. Institutionally Sched- uled Breaks and In Progress Extension (IX) grades are excluded from the 14 day out of attendance calculation.

Leave of Absence A The student is on an approved Leave of Absence (LOA).

Withdrawn W The student has been with- drawn from the University. Withdrawal can be unofficial, official or administrative.

Academic Complete

C Academic program require- ments have been satisfied, as identified by the academic complete date field in the aca- demic system of record; how- ever, the student's program has not been officially audited nor has the University's Regis- trar's office officially con- ferred the degree.

Graduated G The student has completed all program requirements and degree is conferred.

Deceased D The student is deceased.

Not Started X The applicant has not yet attended a course in his/her program.

Enrollment Status Code Definition

126

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017 ACADEMIC POLICIES

within the respective policies. Grievances relating to financial aid, account balances, or collections must be reviewed by campus management before being submitted to the Office of Dispute Management (ODM). When such a griev- ance is received in the ODM, the student will be provided with guidance on filing a formal grievance via this office. Student grievances and appeals not addressed in policy can be sub- mitted in writing to the ODM, which will determine the appropri- ate course of action.

Academically-Related Appeals - Student Appeals

........................................................................................... Center (SAC)

Requests for exceptions to academic policy must be submitted via appeal to the Student Appeals Center (SAC). SAC decision-makers have the authority to make exceptions to University policy based upon a student's individual circumstances. Decisions are based upon maintaining the academic integrity of the institution. It is incumbent upon the student to provide his/her campus represen- tative with an appeal letter and all relevant documents and state- ments of support for the request. SAC Decisions are ineligible for appeal through any other entity within the University.

........................................................................................... Grading Procedures

Course grades can be viewed on the student website (https:// ecampus.phoenix.edu) on the Schedule and Grades page. In addi- tion, students may view their grades on the official and unofficial transcript available on the home page by selecting Order Tran- scripts under the Quick Links listing. Faculty members are required to post final grades within seven days of completion of the course. The University has established the following grading guidelines to be complied with by all faculty. Grade Definitions

The following grades are not issued quality points and do not cal- culate into the GPA: I = Incomplete IP = In Progress IX = In Progress extension W = Withdrawal W/F = Withdrawal failing P = Passing AU = Audit QC = No grade awarded NC = No credit

WC = Waived with credit The minimum passing grade for a University course is D-; how- ever, some University programs and courses require higher mini- mum grades. Minimum grade requirements are documented within policy for those specific programs. Students who receive a grade below the minimum passing grade established for a course will not earn quality points, as the grade is considered a failing grade. A = Outstanding achievement. Student demonstrates intellectual initiative in accomplishing course goals and objectives through high levels of originality and creativity. B = Very good work. Student performance meets designated course goals and objectives by demonstrating understanding of the course materials at an acceptable level. C = Average work. Student performance demonstrates average comprehension and satisfactory achievement of the course goals and objectives. D = Unacceptable work. Student performance demonstrates mini- mum acceptable performance in accomplishing course goals and objectives. F = Failing. Student performance demonstrates unsatisfactory or below minimally acceptable achievement in accomplishing course goals and objectives. I = INCOMPLETE Student granted extension to complete assign- ments. A student who receives an incomplete is given up to five (5) weeks, at the discretion of the faculty, from the scheduled course completion date to complete the course requirements and receive a grade. • The student's final grade will be reduced by one full letter grade

by the faculty member, regardless of the circumstances under which the Incomplete was granted. Students who do not complete any additional course requirements prior to the new deadline will be awarded the grade earned for the entire course, as though an incomplete grade had not been requested. Faculty members are required to produce completed Incomplete Grade Contracts as needed to enforce the new course completion deadline date.

• Incomplete grades shall be granted for active duty military personnel, regardless of component and including reserve and National Guard personnel who are deployed in operational war zones or in adjacent geographic areas in support of operational war zones. An "operational war zone" is, for purposes of this policy, defined as an area of operations where military personnel are engaged in active conflict or in post-conflict activities. If the student would like an opportunity to complete the course while deployed, an incomplete "I" grade can be issued instead of a "W" grade. The "I" grade may be issued with an initial extension of six (6) weeks beyond the traditional five (5) week extension. The practice of requiring final grades to be lowered by one full letter grade as a result of the incomplete "I" grade shall be waived for deployed students.

IP = IN PROGRESS An IP grade may be awarded in the following instances: • IP grade can only be awarded in qualified courses by the

instructor. The IP grade allows the student additional time to complete requirements. IP grades will default to a QC or an F, depending on the course, if a letter grade is not posted by the instructor by the end of the IP timeframe. Faculty are not required to subtract one letter grade for IP grade awards.

IX = IN PROGRESS EXTENSION An IX grade may be awarded in the following instances:

Grade Quality Points

Grade Quality Points

A = 4.00 C– = 1.67

A– = 3.67 D+ = 1.33

B+ = 3.33 D = 1.00

B = 3.00 D– =.67

B– = 2.67 F =.00

C+ = 2.33

C = 2.00

127

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

• This grade is only awarded to eligible students who are approved for reasonable accommodations under American Disabilities Act (ADA).

• A new IX course completion date must be determined by the Disability Services Advisor.

• Students who are approved for reasonable accommodations will not be penalized one letter grade after completing the course to comply with an academic adjustment granted by the University in accordance with the ADA.

• IX grade will default to an F when the course exceeds its expiration date and no grade has been submitted.

QC = No grade awarded. A QC is awarded in the following instances: • This grade may be used for zero credit courses once the

attendance requirement has been satisfied. • A QC grade may automatically post for certain Doctoral and

Counseling courses when the IP period expires and no formal grade has been submitted.

• This grade allows students to repeat a course without penalizing their GPA in eligible courses.

AU = AUDIT Students will receive a designation of "AU" on their permanent record which will not carry any academic credit because there is no measurement of the student's performance. W = WITHDRAWAL Student withdrew due to exceeding the max- imum allowable absences from the course or has been administra- tively withdrawn by the university. A "W" grade will be issued in the following scenarios: • The student recorded positive class attendance in at least one

scheduled week and did not meet the class attendance requirements due to exceeding the maximum allowable absences.

• The student recorded positive class attendance in at least one week and has been administratively withdrawn from the University and/or program during the course.

WF = WITHDRAWAL/FAILING Student withdrew from the course and the faculty member determined that the student was failing the course at the time of the withdrawal. The student attended at least one week of a course and reached the maximum allowable number of absences. Quality points are 0.00; the grade is not calculated in the GPA. P = PASSING Student satisfactorily completed the course. NC = NO CREDIT Student withdrew from the course; no grade was issued. WC = WAIVED WITH CREDIT University of Phoenix required course, waived with credit.

........................................................................................... Program and Cumulative Grade Point Average

Program GPA is calculated using all University of Phoenix (UOPX) courses applicable to the student's degree program. UOPX cumulative GPA is a calculation of all completed UOPX courses. The following quality points are associated with the respective

grades below:

Program applicable coursework that may not apply towards the program in terms of credit, but is needed to fulfill a proficiency, prerequisite, or other degree requirement will be included in the Program GPA. A course which is repeated or replaced with equivalent course- work will no longer be applicable for credit, the course will not be calculated into the grade point average, and the most recent course will be applied and calculated in its place.

........................................................................................... Grade Reports and Transcripts

At the end of each course, the faculty member submits and posts grades for each student. Students can view their course informa- tion including grades, GPA, program information and scheduled courses online at https://ecampus.phoenix.edu. The student's offi- cial transcript is prepared by the Registrar's Office. The official transcript will show the current enrollment status, all program(s) and GPAs as well as courses, grades, credits, and dates of instruc- tion for all graded for-credit courses taken at University of Phoe- nix. Credits awarded from the Prior Learning Assessment will be recorded on the transcripts as the credits are awarded and assess- ment fees are paid. Only a summary of credits transferred by institutions will be included on the transcript. If itemized information for these credits are needed, the student must contact the school where the credits were completed. NOTE: Students may repeat courses. Only the grade and credit for the most recent repetition is used in calculating total hours earned and total cumulative grade-point averages. However, the original and repeated grades remain on the transcript bearing a symbol to show that a particular course has been repeated. Transcripts will be released only to students who are in good finan- cial standing with the University. Students may request official transcripts from the student website (https://ecampus.phoenix.edu) on the home page by selecting Order Transcripts under the Quick Links listing and by following the directions for requesting a transcript. Students may also request transcripts by phone, fax or mail by contacting the Office of Admissions and Records Service Center at 800-866-3919. Transcript Request Forms are also available at any University of Phoenix cam- pus. Completed forms should be mailed to the Office of the Regis- trar, University of Phoenix, 4025 S Riverpoint Parkway CF-A206, Phoenix, AZ 85040. The Family Education Rights and Privacy Act of 1974 requires that all mail-in transcript requests be submitted in writing and be signed by the student. All student academic records are retained, secured, and disposed of in accordance with local, state, and federal regulations. All stu- dent record information is maintained on the University computer

Grade Quality Points

Grade Quality Points

A = 4.00 C– = 1.67

A– = 3.67 D+ = 1.33

B+ = 3.33 D = 1.00

B = 3.00 D– =.67

B– = 2.67 F =.00

C+ = 2.33

C = 2.00

Grade Quality Points

Grade Quality Points

128

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017 ACADEMIC POLICIES

system, paper and/or microfiche, microfilm, disc or electronic imaging system.

........................................................................................... Grade Disputes and Grade Corrections

The University has established a dispute process for students who believe a grade has been awarded incorrectly. Requests or disputes related to grades must be resolved by the fac- ulty member, whose decision is final, unless the dispute alleges discrimination or harassment. • Disputes challenging the accuracy of a grade must be submitted

by the student to the faculty member, with a copy to the campus Director of Academic Affairs, or designee, within six weeks from the grade posting date. Grade disputes based on work submitted, class participation, or claiming a calculation error are to be resolved solely by the faculty member, whose decision is final.

• Disputes challenging a grade which also allege discrimination or harassment by the faculty member are addressed according to the Non-Discrimination and Harassment policies.

Student grades represent the work and knowledge level attained within the regularly scheduled course dates. Students are not allowed to submit extra work to raise their grade after the course has ended because this grade would no longer reflect the level of competency achieved upon completion of the course. Student grades may not be changed by the faculty member after the grades have been submitted unless the student initiates the for- mal grade dispute process or if the faculty member determines the original grade was improperly calculated. Disputes challenging a grade that also allege violation of an estab- lished University policy (other than discrimination or harassment) are addressed by the Director of Academic Affairs, or designee, who may mediate a resolution between the student and faculty member. However, the decision regarding whether to change the grade rests solely with the faculty member. Decisions for grade disputes must be rendered prior to the student being degree conferred.

........................................................................................... Program Changes

Students wishing to change their program/version must enter into the most current program or version offered in their state or juris- diction. Students must do this through consultation with appropri- ate campus personnel as some other institutional requirements or restrictions may apply. Students changing into a new program must have documentation on file that meets all admission require- ments for the new program being entered. Students who are changing programs to a new program that has employment/work experience/access to work environment requirements must submit a Program Change Addendum. Previously transferred or com- pleted University of Phoenix coursework may not apply to the new program requirements due to differences in degree and content requirements for the new program being entered.

........................................................................................... Graduation Application and Credential Conferral

University diplomas and certificates are issued to students who have completed all program requirements, are in good academic and financial standing, and whose credential has been officially conferred. Upon completion of all program requirements, students must sub- mit a graduation application in order to be considered for official credential conferral. Following credential conferral, the University will issue a diploma

or certificate. The date documented on the diploma will reflect the last day of the month in which all program requirements were completed and applied. The date documented on the certificate will reflect the date on which all program requirements were completed and applied.

........................................................................................... Braille Embossed Diplomas

Students may submit a request for a braille embossed diploma to the Disability Services Department. Requests for braille embossed diplomas should be submitted to Robert Becker, Disability Services Manager/Accessibility & Usability at [email protected]. Approved requests will be routed to the Registrar's Office for fulfil- ment. Students must provide appropriate documentation and be officially degree conferred.

........................................................................................... Posthumous Degrees

The University may present posthumous degrees for deceased stu- dents who were enrolled and posted positive attendance, and were in good academic standing in a University program at the time of their death. Posthumous degrees may be presented to immediate family mem- bers who submit a notarized Affidavit of Family Member of Deceased Student or to the executor of the estate with official writ- ten authorization.

........................................................................................... Degree Posting

Degrees are conferred and posted to students' academic record and transcript on a monthly basis. A student's degree will be posted on his or her academic record and transcript with the last day of the month in which all degree requirements are completed. Degree requirements are considered to be met when all credit has been posted to the academic record. The student's individual program completion date is recorded on the academic record and transcript, indicating that all academic requirements for the degree were ful- filled on that date. Diplomas are ordered bearing the last day of the month in which all degree requirements were completed for all students who have completed the degree requirements and who have paid all tuition and fees. Students who are not eligible for degree conferral are notified by their Academic Representative of their degree deficiencies.

........................................................................................... Graduation with Honors

Bachelor degree students who complete their degree program with a program grade point average of 3.85 or higher will graduate with "Honors". The "Graduated with Honors" designation will appear on the University diploma and permanent transcript.

........................................................................................... Participation in Commencement Ceremony

Commencement ceremonies are held by the majority of campuses. Students who have met all of the requirements and completed a program with University of Phoenix (UOPX) are eligible to partici- pate in commencement. Students who have not yet completed degree requirements are eli- gible to participate in commencement ceremonies when they meet the requirements as outlined below. • Regular (RG) student academic status by the ceremony

registration deadline date • Regular (RG) program academic status by the ceremony

registration deadline date

129

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

• Satisfaction of all financial obligations to the University • Completion of degree requirements within the specific credit

limits outlined below by the final registration deadline: • Associate students- successful completion of all but 6 credits • Bachelor's and Master's students- successful completion of

all but 9 credits • Doctoral students - successful completion of all credit and

non-credit bearing degree requirements, including a completed dissertation approved by the Dean, prior to commencement eligibility.

• Certificate students - successful completion of all but 3 credits

Students who do not meet the eligibility requirements will not be allowed to participate in commencement ceremonies. Campuses are not permitted to grant exceptions to these policies and no appeals will be accepted Students who attend commencement ceremonies prior to complet- ing their degree requirements are not guaranteed a University Degree. Academic standards must be met in order for a degree to be awarded. Students may fail to meet these standards after attend- ing the commencement ceremonies. Any student who meets the eligibility requirements may partici- pate in a commencement ceremony at any UOPX campus location. Registration information and a complete listing of scheduled com- mencement ceremonies may be accessed via the student website. Per the Puerto Rico Council on Higher Education, students enrolled in programs that are not approved for enrollment at the Puerto Rico campus are restricted from participating in commence- ment ceremonies held in Puerto Rico. All Bachelors level students who have met the University Honors requirements, and have been degree conferred, will be recognized at commencement ceremonies with the University honor cord (Stu- dents must be degree conferred before the ceremony date).

........................................................................................... Program Completion Deadlines

The following program completion deadlines outline the maxi- mum timeframes allotted to students who have remained in con- tinuous attendance according to the University's re-entry policy to complete all requirements for their selected program version

Program completion deadlines are calculated based on first date of positive recorded class attendance in the student's program ver- sion. Changes to a selected major, concentration, emphasis, or en-route credential in which a student remains in the same program version will not result in a change to the student's program completion deadline. A student who changes their program and/or version will have a new program completion deadline calculated based on the first date of positive recorded attendance in the course beginning after the student signature date on the most recent enrollment agree- ment on file. • A student who posts positive class attendance in a program

version, changes their program and then reverts back to their prior program version will be held to their original program completion deadline for that program version.

........................................................................................... Disclaimer on Job Placement

The purpose of the degree programs offered by the University of Phoenix is to extend the nature and range of careers available to its students by providing a quality education that integrates theory with practical application. However, the University cannot offer guarantees of job placement, advancement, or continued employ- ment.

Program Years for Completion

Certificate within 5 years

Associate of Arts within 5 years

Associate of Arts (Credit Recognition)

within 2 years

Bachelors within 8 years

Masters within 5 years

Doctoral except for PHD/IO & EdS

within 8 years

PHD/IO within 9 years

EdS within 3 years

130

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017 ACADEMIC QUALITY AND OUTCOMES ASSESSMENT

.....................................................................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................................................... ACADEMIC QUALITY AND OUTCOMES ASSESSMENT

Academic Quality and Outcomes Assessment-

........................................................................................... Ensuring Consistent Quality

Ensuring Consistent Quality Over the last three decades, University of Phoenix has made signif- icant investments in developing and maintaining systems to ensure academic quality. These systems enable the institution to measure and evaluate the University's effectiveness in meeting its mission and purposes and to use the evidence to continuously improve students' educational experiences and institutional pro- cesses. The comprehensive nature of the academic quality systems and the data produced provide the University with significant and meaningful input that is used to review and improve every aspect of the institution. Data gathered from course evaluations and stu- dent learning assessment are used in the curriculum development process and in the creation of faculty professional development tools. Data gathered from the continuous evaluation of institu- tional processes and systems are used to streamline processes and to make administrative support systems more user-friendly, con- tinuously building on the analysis of information gathered.

Academic Quality Improvement and Outcomes-based

........................................................................................... Assessment

Academic quality is an integral part of the culture of continuous improvement at University of Phoenix. The University's focus on academic quality improvement ensures that the institution is meet- ing its mission through continuous assessment and evaluation of faculty, curriculum, and processes. Curriculum Development University of Phoenix curriculum is designed to integrate adult learning theory, constructivist learning theory, brain-based learn- ing research, and professional practice. Programs of study are defined and guided by professional standards, competencies, and/ or proficiencies for student achievement of learning outcomes. Curriculum is designed to facilitate the acquisition of theoretical content and useful knowledge and skills identified as essential to the academic and professional success of working adults. The cur- riculum is designed to integrate academic theory, skills, disposi- tions, lifelong learning, and professional practice in a manner applicable to students' work and life experiences. Assessment of Student Learning For University of Phoenix, the purpose of outcomes-based assess- ment of student learning is to generate information to the faculty, program, college and school, and University about the efficacy of its curricula and educational practices in enabling students to achieve exit-level expectations at the course, program, and institu- tional levels. Assessment answers the question: How well are Uni- versity of Phoenix students meeting the general education, programmatic, and institutional learning outcomes underscored by the University's mission? Its findings inform opportunities for cur- ricular and pedagogical improvement, decision-making processes for policy consideration and resource allocation, and accountabil- ity. The process for outcomes-based assessment of student learning uses the following conceptual framework: • Assessment Planning • Collecting Evidence and Analyzing Data • Implementing Improvement • Monitoring Effectiveness of Improvements

By utilizing this assessment process, the colleges and schools estab- lish clear, measurable outcomes and ensure that students have suf- ficient opportunities to achieve outcomes; systematically gather, analyze, and interpret evidence to determine how well student learning matches stated expectations; use assessment findings to improve student learning; and monitor improvements by measur- ing changes in student learning over time. Academic assessment provides the means for g monitoring the educational experience of our students and gathering evidence of student learning. The University's academic assessment processes include an ongoing combination of direct measures, such as course-embedded assignments, portfolios, and exams, and indirect measures that gather information from students, alumni, and employers. The instruments and measures are designed to provide valid and reliable evidence to support continuous improvement of academic programs. Assessment of Students' Educational Experiences and Administrative and Educational Support Units Another major component of ensuring academic quality improve- ment is the assessment of students' educational experiences and the processes of administrative and educational support units. A cadre of instruments and measures are used to monitor the day-to- day educational systems involving student, faculty, curriculum, and administrative services. By performing interim program review, evaluating faculty adherence to program standards and practices, and making small-scale resource decisions, information from academic quality improvement resources is used for assess- ing overall quality and compliance. Multiple Measures of Effectiveness Academic Program Review Academic Program Review (APR) at University of Phoenix is designed to foster academic excellence at all levels of the Univer- sity. The APR affords UOPX faculty and college/school leadership the information to support the improvement of student learning; the structure to assess program quality, relevancy, and currency; the opportunity to reflect on the alignment of program goals with institutional mission and strategic initiatives; and the provision of data and evidence to support college/school and institutional planning, budgeting, and decision-making. The APR is a key com- ponent of the University's assessment system and reflected within the University Program Life Cycle (UPLC). Beginning of Program Survey (Registration) During the registration process, students are asked to provide basic background information about themselves. Much of the informa- tion from this Registration Survey is used for analyzing outreach trends and for regulatory reporting. However, the Registration Sur- vey also contributes to assessment in two important ways. First, it is used to obtain basic demographic information about students: age, gender, race/ethnicity, work experience, occupation, and income. Second, students are asked to provide information about their goals in attending the University: to identify major academic and professional objectives, to rate the importance of factors influ- encing their decision to choose the University of Phoenix over alternative institutions, and to indicate what instructional methods are most effective in helping them assimilate and retain knowl- edge. The Registration Survey is also used to discover how stu- dents learned about the University, how they are financing their education, where they live and work in relation to University facil- ities, and whether they are satisfied with the recruitment and regis-

131

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

tration processes. Student End-of-Course Survey (SEOCS) Students in all courses complete an End-of-Course Survey, which focuses on students' evaluation of the curriculum, educational effectiveness, learning teams, time allocation, University Library, administrative and support services, facilities and equipment, and faculty skills and abilities. These measures are of significant value in diagnosing how well each component of the University's teach- ing/learning model is functioning in meeting student needs. Faculty End-of-Course Survey (FEOCS) Faculty complete an End-of-Course Survey, which focuses on cur- riculum evaluation, educational effectiveness, time allocation, administrative and support services, facilities, and access to tech- nology. Because faculty are required to be highly qualified practi- tioners of the subjects they teach, they serve as an invaluable resource for evaluating programmatic curriculum. Faculty are also the University's best resource for determining whether students are professionally and academically prepared to benefit from their educational experiences. Faculty Grading Practices Accurate and fair evaluation of student academic performance is an important attribute of an effective educational program. Accordingly, measures of grade variance are reported by program. Grade variance for campus and individual faculty members are reported as elements of feedback for self-improvement and compli- ance with University standards of good practice. End-of-Program Survey Students finishing their degree programs complete an End-of-Pro- gram Survey. This survey asks graduating students to evaluate their overall University of Phoenix experience in areas such as quality of the education they received, skills and knowledge, and workplace application, as well as career advancement and progres- sion. University officials use the information from this survey to continually enhance curriculum, instruction, student services, and overall university operations. Academic Alumni Questionnaire Graduates are asked to evaluate the effectiveness of their Univer- sity of Phoenix education after they have had sufficient time to integrate their learning with the demands of their career and per- sonal responsibilities. Using measures driven by the University's mission, the alumni identify factors that influenced their decision to attend the University of Phoenix, the major personal and profes- sional goals they achieved as a result, the quality of their educa- tional experience according to the stated program student learning outcomes, how effective the University's teaching/learning model was in helping them achieve their educational goals, and their employers' opinions of the programs' benefits. Data gleaned from the Questionnaire is used in program evaluation. Persistence, Retention, and Graduation Studies Numerous special studies are undertaken to explore trends and issues of potential significance to academic decision-makers in pro- gram evaluation. These studies may include enrollment by campus by academic program, persistence and graduation rates by admis- sion status (first-time; lower-and upper-division transfers), gender and race/ethnicity, class size by rating of faculty and educational effectiveness, etc. Emphasis is placed on examining the nature and extent to which students' educational needs and expectations are being met during the enrollment process, throughout their course work, when they graduate, and in their continuing professional development as alumni.

Classroom Performance Review The University is committed to providing excellent instructors, which necessarily calls for an ongoing system of faculty evaluation. Faculty members receive periodic Classroom Performance Reviews and feedback from Student End-of-Course Surveys. Fac- ulty members also have an opportunity to provide the University with input about course curriculum, University services, and other related topics at the end of each course. Campus staff review and follow up on all input and feedback from students and faculty. A periodic Classroom Performance Review is completed for each active faculty member at least once every two years. The review represents one method of faculty evaluation based on a class obser- vation. Each review is conducted with a standardized form by a trained reviewer. Based on the observation, campus academic leadership and the faculty member discuss strengths and areas for improve- ment related to the faculty member's facilitation skills, assessment and feedback practices, coverage of course objectives, and overall

class management.

132

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017 UNIVERSITY OF PHOENIX ALUMNI ASSOCIATION

.....................................................................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................................................... UNIVERSITY OF PHOENIX ALUMNI ASSOCIATION

Whether you are a recent graduate or a long-time University of Phoenix alumnus, the Alumni Association is an exclusive benefit of University of Phoenix. You are automatically a lifetime member, and no fee or registration is required. To get the most out of your membership, visit the alumni website at alumni.phoenix.edu and update your profile. You may also print your Alumni Membership Card from your profile page to use as proof of graduation for discounts and more. Begin connecting with the association and your fellow graduates, and start exploring the benefits available to you: Career Resources • Phoenix Career Guidance System™ Continue accessing the

entire suite of career tools you enjoyed as a student. Use it throughout your career to conduct labor market research, attend workshops and explore job openings. Learn more at alumni.phoenix.edu/career-resources.

• Phoenix Career Corner™- Get the latest career advice from recognized social experts at alumni.phoenix.edu/career- resources.

Alumni Services

• Alumni Locator Tool - Find and connect with other graduates of University of Phoenix who have public profiles, and build a foundation that promotes communication and networking. Visit alumni.phoenix.edu/search-alumni.

• Alumni Mentor Program - Join forces: knowledge + experience = power. The program connects University of Phoenix students to UOPX alumni volunteers for one-on-one online mentorships. Alumni mentors share success stories, industry insights and provide motivation and support. You can apply to be a mentor today or request a mentor for yourself. Find out more on the Alumni Association website at alumni.phoenix.edu/mentor.

• Alumni Business Directory - Are you an entrepreneur? Promote your business to fellow alumni. Not an entrepreneur? Support the businesses of your fellow alumni. alumni.phoenix.edu/bizdirectory

• Alumni Chapters - There are Alumni Chapters in cities across the country. Share experiences, advice and contacts informally by joining a chapter near you. To learn more about specific locations and chapter events, visit alumni.phoenix.edu/ chapters.

• Benefits & Savings - Save money on brand-name items through University Marketplace, featuring discounts and cash-back offers from hundreds of retailers. Visit uopxalumnimarketplace.com. University of Phoenix also has partnerships with several businesses to bring discounts to UOPX alumni. You can find these special offers on the Benefits and Discounts page of the Alumni Association website.

• Scholarships - The Center for Scholarship Excellence and the Alumni Association have scholarships specifically designed for alumni. Take a look at the scholarship opportunities available to help you continue your education. Visit alumni.phoenix.edu/ scholarships.

• Social Media - When our network grows, so does yours. Connect and stay in touch with fellow graduates near and far through Facebook®, Instagram®, LinkedIn®, Pinterest® and Twitter® online communities.

• Homecoming - The Alumni Association hosts Homecoming festivities across the country every year. Visit with old friends and make new connections. Other local networking and career events are held throughout the year. alumni.phoenix.edu/ events

• Phoenix Focus - Be in the know with Phoenix Focus, your alumni magazine, featuring alumni profiles, career advice and in-depth articles to inspire you. Read the latest edition of Phoenix Focus at alumni.phoenix.edu/pf.

• Share Your Story - Tell others how education played a part in your success. Email your story to [email protected].

Financial Services • Student Loan Resources - Manage your student loan repayment

options and make better financial decisions with iGrad, our complimentary financial planning tool. Visit alumni.phoenix.edu/iGrad.

Academic Resources • Complimentary online resources - Keep learning and brush up

on skills you use in the workplace with continued 24/7 access to the University Library phoenix.edu/library, the Center for Mathematics Excellence phoenix.edu/mathematics-excellence and the Center for Writing Excellence phoenix.edu/writing- excellence.

• Transcripts - Need a copy of your transcript? Visit phoenix.edu/ students/transcripts to order one.

Additional Information

Visit us on the Web at alumni.phoenix.edu 800.795.2586

E-mail address: [email protected] facebook.com/uopxalumni instagram.com/uopxalumni

linkd.in/uopxalumni pinterest.com/uopx

twitter.com/uopxalumni

133

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

THIS PAGE WAS LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY

134

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017 UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS

.....................................................................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................................................... UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS

........................................................................................... Admission Procedures

Application Process Potential students applying for admission to the University's undergraduate degree programs begin the admission process by submitting a complete and accurate application. An application which is later verified to contain incomplete, false or misleading information may be grounds for dismissal and administrative withdrawal. Once the application has been received by the Univer- sity, applicants are responsible for ensuring the completion of their admission file. No applicant will be formally accepted for admis- sion until their admission file is complete and officially evaluated. Formal written notice is provided by the central Office of Admis- sions & Evaluation upon formal acceptance. The University will advise students which admission file docu- ments are required in order to begin a program of study. Students may attend their first four courses under Registered status. Stu- dents, however, must submit all admission documentation and gain unconditional admission status prior to the start of their fifth course. Students failing to submit all documentation prior to the end of the required time frame will be administratively withdrawn until formally admitted by the central Office of Admissions & Eval- uation. The University cannot guarantee that a student who begins course work under Registered status will be admitted to the degree program. Undergraduate students who have served in the United States mil- itary must submit their Joint Services Transcript (JST) or a tran- script from a regionally accredited military university or college (Community College of the Air Force and US service academies). If these documents are unavailable, American Council on Education Registry Transcripts (AARTS and SMARTS) or discharge papers (DD-214) will be accepted. This is a requirement if students will be applying for VA educational assistance. Applications of individuals who have not gained admission to, or enrolled in the University, will be kept on file for one year. After that time, the applicant is required to submit a new application and materials for admission review. Transcript Requests of Other Institutions Because institutions vary in the time they take to respond to tran- script requests, all transcripts should be requested immediately upon submission of an application. University staff will process all requests for transcripts on behalf of the student unless the transfer- ring institution does not accept third party requests. However, it remains the student's responsibility to ensure that all transcripts are submitted to the University. Students must sign a "Transcript Request Form" for each transcript being requested from educa- tional institutions and national testing programs. Official Transcript Time Limits All official transcripts must show an issuance date not more than one year prior to receipt by the University. This is to ensure that all prior course work is reflected on the transcript. Official foreign records do not have the same time limit issuance requirements, as these documents may be difficult to obtain. This exception does not apply to Canada or U.S. territories. General International Admissions Information

Graduate applicants relying on educational credentials from an institution outside of the United States to meet admission require- ments may enroll in University of Phoenix courses prior to the stu-

dent being officially admitted only if they meet all the following requirements:

• If residing in the United States, have an appropriate immigrant or nonimmigrant status which does not prohibit educational studies

• Graduate applicants must have a professional evaluation report (or pre-eval completed by the Office of Admissions and Records from a country that the Office of Admissions & Records evaluates in-house) indicating that the student has the appropriate academic background to meet the admission requirements, and

• All other program specific admission requirements must be met. An applicant who has earned an undergraduate degree, or other transfer credit, from an institution outside of the United States, but has earned a Master's degree from a regionally accredited or approved nationally accredited institution is eligible to enroll in the University at the graduate level provided all program specific poli- cies have been met by the previous credential earned without requiring an evaluation of the previous international credentials.

Undergraduate applicants relying on educational credentials from an institution outside of the United States may enroll in University of Phoenix courses upon the completion of their admission appli- cation and enrollment agreement provided that they meet all admission requirements for their selected program.

For applicants with academic records from colleges or universities earned outside of the United States, the University will accept cop- ies of academic records issued from international institutions to conduct a pre-evaluation to determine comparability of previous academic studies for unofficial placement and advisement pur- poses.

For official admission and transfer credit evaluation purposes pre- vious academic credentials earned outside of the United States must meet the University's verification standards prior to an offi- cial admission or transfer credit decision being rendered. Verifica- tion of previous academic credentials earned outside of the United States can be satisfied by the following methods.

• Receipt and verification of official academic credentials issued directly to University of Phoenix by the student's previous institution, or

• Receipt and verification of official academic credentials held in possession of the student as the official record of academic studies conducted in the student's specific country, or

• Receipt and verification of official correspondence issued directly to University of Phoenix by the student's previous institution indicating copies of academic credentials and/or level study is valid, or

• Receipt of an official professional evaluation issued directly from a professional evaluation agency that is approved to satisfy verification requirements as indicated by the Office of Admission and Records.

For applicants with academic records from colleges or universities earned outside of the United States from a regionally accredited or approved nationally accredited institution, academic credentials will be subject to the same policies as credentials issued from a domestic institution.

Secondary completion credentials earned outside of the United

135

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

States are considered comparable to United States secondary com- pletion credentials and do not need to be validated unless required by the student's state or jurisdiction.

Applicants who completed high school/secondary school outside of the United States, in a country where English is not the official language, must meet the English language proficiency requirement for admission. Specific English language proficiency policies will be listed in the admission requirements section for each program.

If documents are issued to University of Phoenix in a language other than English, the student will be required to obtain an official translation and submit it to University of Phoenix. Translations must be completed/verified by an official translation service, a for- eign language department of an accredited college or university, the country's embassy/consulate or by the Office of Admission and Records at University of Phoenix if translation services are provided for that specific language.

The University is authorized under Federal law to enroll nonimmi- grant students. University of Phoenix only issues Forms I-20/A-B to Border Commuters and approved doctoral learners during their residency in the United States. Form I-20/A-B is required by stu- dents who need to obtain F-1 (Student) visas to attend school in the United States. The University is only authorized to issue the I-20 for students attending specific campus locations and programs recorded with DHS.

Admission Deadlines The University cannot guarantee that a student who begins course- work will be admitted to his/her degree or credit-bearing certifi- cate program. Students in all programs must be officially admitted by the completion of their fourth University course. Students who are unable to be admitted by the completion of their fourth Univer- sity course will be administratively withdrawn from the University and placed on Admission Deadline Exceeded (DE) admission sta- tus. Admissions Appeal Process for Expelled Students Expelled students are not eligible for admission to University of Phoenix. No appeals will be accepted for students expelled from University of Phoenix. Appeals will be reviewed for students who were expelled from other institutions. Applicants for admission are not eligible to begin classes until formal approval of the appeal is obtained. Students who fail to disclose all prior colleges and uni- versities attended on their Application for Admission may result in a charge under the Student Code of Conduct if it is discovered after their admission to UOPX that they were expelled from an undis- closed institution.

........................................................................................... Undergraduate Admission Requirements

Most undergraduate programs have additional admission require- ments listed within the program specific information. All appli- cants are expected to meet the following admission requirements: • Applicants who completed high school/secondary school

outside of the United States, in a country where English is not the official language, must meet one of the following exceptions in order to meet the English Language Proficiency Requirement: • achieved a minimum score of 213 on the computer-based test

(cBT), or a score of 79 on the internet-based test (iBT), or a score of 550 on the written-based test (wBT) on the Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) within two years of application to the University.

-or-

• achieved a minimum passing score of 750 on the Test of English as an International Communication (TOEIC) within two years of application to the University.

-or- • achieved a minimum passing score of 6.5 on the test of the

International English Language Testing System (IELTS) within two years of application to the University.

-or- • achieved a minimum score of 69 on the Berlitz Online Test of

Reading and Listening Skills - English or a minimum score of 550 on the Berlitz Online English Proficiency Exam within two years of application to the University.

-or- • successful completion of the approved ESL series of courses

completed at: Canadian College of English Language (CCEL), International Language Schools of Canada (ILSC) or Kaplan.

-or- • achieved a minimum score of 59 on the Pearson Test of

English Academic Exam within two years of application to the University.

• The following may exempt a non-native speaker from having to take the TOEFL/TOEIC/IELTS, however official documentation may be required: • The applicant has successfully completed thirty (30)

transferable, academic semester credits at a regionally or nationally accredited college or university in the United States.

• The applicant has successfully completed the equivalent of thirty (30) transferable, academic semester credits at a recognized college or university in a country in which English is the official language.

• The applicant has successfully completed the equivalent of thirty (30) transferable, academic semester credits at a recognized institution where English is the medium of instruction.

• The applicant has previously earned, prior to applying for admission to the University of Phoenix, a U.S. high school diploma or G.E.D. Applicants that list any language other than English as their native language on the admission application and G.E.D is taken, must submit a copy of the G.E.D to verify it was taken in the English version format.

• The applicant has earned the equivalent of a U.S. high school diploma in a country in which English is the official language.

• The applicant has earned the equivalent of a U.S. high school diploma at an institution where English is the medium of instruction.

• Applicants who reside in the United States must meet one of the following requirements: • Be a legal resident of the United States • Have been granted permanent residency • Have a valid visa that does not prohibit educational studies • Have been granted temporary protected status and has been

verified through Citizenship and Immigration Service that the country is eligible for TPS status at the time of application sign date. Student must list TPS as the visa type on the admissions application in order for US to verify TPS status.

• Have been granted asylum or refugee status.

136

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017 UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS

• Applicants who reside in Canada must meet one of the following requirements: • Be a legal resident of Canada • Be a landed immigrant • Have a valid visa that does not prohibit educational studies

• A completed and signed undergraduate application • A signed Enrollment/Disclosure Agreement. • Completion of any state-specific required documents or forms. • Applicants who have been expelled from other institutions are

not eligible for admission to University of Phoenix. • Students who have been expelled from University of Phoenix

are not eligible for readmission to University of Phoenix. No appeals will be accepted.

• Students enrolled in programs that are not administered under the risk free period policy*, who list less than 24 previous college credits as recognized by the University on the admissions application, are required to successfully complete a University Orientation Workshop (UNIV 100 or UNIV 101) to be officially admitted (AM).

Students who begin their studies at campuses located in the states listed below are required to submit immunization information to the University. The state appropriate forms must be completed and sent to Office of Admissions & Records.

• Students attending a local campus in Oklahoma must provide written documentation of vaccinations or immunity against Hepatitis B, measles, mumps, and rubella (MMR). Students must demonstrate compliance with the immunization requirement prior to the first attendance in a university course and documentation concerning this requirement must be on file at the time of admission to the university.

• Students attending a physical campus in the state of Tennessee are required to submit a Hepatitis B Waiver form to the University.

Students attending a local campus in the states listed below are required to submit health insurance information to the University. The state appropriate forms must be completed and sent to Office of Admissions & Records.

• Full and part-time students enrolled in a college, university or other institution of higher learning in Massachusetts must participate in a school sponsored health insurance plan, or an alternate plan with comparable coverage. All full and part-time students attending a Massachusetts local campus must complete the Student Health Insurance Plan Enrollment/ Acknowledgement form indicating either that they have either enrolled in the University's sponsored plan or that they decline participation in the University sponsored plan as they have comparable health insurance coverage. Students must complete and submit this form prior to enrolling in any class. Students who do not complete the Enrollment/Acknowledgement form each calendar year may not enroll in further courses until the form has been completed and the student has appropriate health insurance coverage.

All residents of Hawaii are required to submit immunization infor- mation to the University.

The Hawaii State Department of Health requires that all students attending school at a campus in this state who were born after December 31, 1956, be immunized for measles-mumps-rubella (MMR). Additionally, in order for Hawaii residents to be admitted, the University requires that all applicants to this program provide a verification of immunization of MMR. Students shall demonstrate

compliance with the immunization requirement prior to the first attendance in a university course and documentation concerning this requirement must be on file at the time of admission to the university.

Exemptions from the MMR immunization requirement may be granted for the following reasons: • A medical exemption may be granted to specific vaccines.

• A U.S. licensed physician (M.D. or D.O.) must state in writing that giving a specific vaccine would endanger the student's life or health, and specify the reason based on valid medical contraindications.

• The physician must state the length of time during which the vaccine would endanger the student's health or life.

• The exemption certification must be signed by the physician on the physician's printed stationery.

• A religious exemption may be granted if the student signs a statement certifying that the student's religious beliefs prohibit the practice of immunization.

• If the State of Hawaii Director of Health determines that there is a danger of an outbreak from any of the diseases for which immunization is required, no exemption shall be recognized and inadequately immunized students shall be excluded from school until the Director has determined that the outbreak is over.

• A copy of each exemption must be kept in the student's health record at school.

The Hawaii State Department of Health requires that all students attending school at a campus in this state shall provide a Certificate of TB Examination issued in the United States within 12 months prior to their first attendance in a post-secondary school in Hawaii. Additionally, in order for Hawaii residents to be admitted, the Uni- versity requires that all applicants to this program provide a clear Certificate of TB Examination. A completed Certificate of TB Exam- ination shall be submitted prior to the first attendance in a univer- sity course or the student will not be permitted to attend class. Students shall complete Section A of this form, or submit a copy of their TB Clearance Certification received prior to their attendance at another Hawaii post-secondary school. Students residing in the state of Connecticut are required to submit immunization information to the University. The state appropriate forms must be completed and sent to Office of Admissions & Records. In accordance with Section 10a-155 of the Connecticut general stat- utes, all full time or matriculating students will be required to dem- onstrate proof of adequate immunization against measles, mumps, rubella (MMR) and varicella as recommended by the Advisory Committee for Immunization Practices (ACIP). For more specific state information, refer to the link below. Students shall demon- strate compliance with the immunization requirement prior to the first attendance in a university course and documentation concern- ing this requirement must be on file at the time of admission to the university. Exemptions from the MMR and varicella immunization requirements may be granted for the following reasons: • The student was born before January 1, 1957 (applicable to MMR

vaccine only). • The student was born in the United States before January 1, 1980

(applicable to the varicella (chicken pox) vaccine only)

137

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

• The student has documentation from a physician stating that it is medically inadvisable to receive the vaccines for the one or more of the diseases as indicated on the immunization form.

• The student has documentation from a physician or director of health that he/she has had a confirmed case of one or more of the diseases as indicated on the immunization form.

• The student has laboratory confirmation of immunity to the disease(s) as indicated on the immunization form.

• The student has submitted a statement that immunization is contrary to his/her religious beliefs.

• The student is enrolled exclusively online and does not congregate with other students on campus or at campus- sponsored events. If the student later decides to attend a class at a University of Phoenix local campus location in Connecticut, the student must meet the immunization requirements before he/she may begin attending classes at a local campus location.

• The student graduated from a public or nonpublic high school in the state of Connecticut in 1999 or later and was not exempt from the measles, rubella and on or after August 1, 2010, the mumps vaccination requirement pursuant to subdivision (2) or (3) of subsection (a) of section 10-204a.

* Programs administered under the risk free period policy are indi- cated as such in the “General Information” section of the program's policy in the catalog.

Residency Requirements and Course Waivers for

........................................................................................... Bachelor Programs

Please see the program for any additional program specific residency requirements and course waivers. The following does not apply to nursing and education programs. • Students must meet the established University residency

requirement for degree conferral. The University requires that the majority of coursework, 30 credits (as a part of the final 60 credits of the program) come from a combination of the Required Course of Study, General Education, and Electives must be completed at University of Phoenix.

• In order to be granted a waiver for a course in the required course of study, the student must have completed a previous credit bearing activity in transfer which meets the following criteria: • The activity must have been completed at a regionally or

approved nationally accredited, or candidate for accreditation, college or university, or from an approved source of nontraditional transfer credit as listed in University transfer policy.

• The activity must have been completed within the past ten (10) years (5 years for IS&T courses) from current program enrollment agreement sign date with a grade of "C" (2.0) or better or comparable passing benchmark for nontraditional credits.

• The activity must be comparable in content and semester academic credits to the University course it is replacing and must be an equivalent level or higher level course (i.e. graduate level coursework may be used to waive graduate or undergraduate coursework). Course descriptions must be included with the course waiver form in order for the Office of Admissions and Evaluation to review the course waiver request.

• Experiential Learning (essay) credit is not eligible to waive courses in the required course of study.

• Providing that University residency policy is met, through an approved articulation agreement or Educational Partnership Pathway (EPP) students may be able to waive courses outside of standard course waiver policy requirements to facilitate seamless transfer for Associate degree completers.

• Nationally recognized and/or industry accepted certifications may be used to waive certain courses in the Required Course of Study upon approval by the appropriate college or school that the courses reside under, and will not require Prior Learning Assessment. All waivers using certifications must be verified by an official transcript or completion documentation from the certifying organization.

• Eligible students who have attended a SOC Member Institution and have successfully completed equivalent courses according to the SOC Transfer Tables may transfer all equivalent courses into a student's required course of study as a waiver if the courses meet the minimum grade and timeframe as stated in policy.

Residency Requirements and Course Waivers for

........................................................................................... Associate Programs

Please see the program for any additional program specific residency requirements and course waivers. The following does not apply to nursing and education programs in addition to the AACR. • Students must meet the established University residency

requirement for degree conferral. The University requires that the majority of coursework, 15 credits (as a part of the final 30 credits of the program) from a combination of Required Course of Study and General Education courses must be completed at University of Phoenix.

• In order to be granted a waiver for a course in the required course of study, the student must have completed a previous credit bearing activity in transfer which meets the following criteria: • The activity must have been completed at a regionally or

approved nationally accredited, or candidate for accreditation, college or university, or from an approved source of nontraditional transfer credit as listed in University transfer policy.

• The activity must have been completed within the past ten (10) years (5 years for IS&T courses) from current program enrollment agreement sign date with a grade of "C" (2.0) or better or comparable passing benchmark for nontraditional credits.

• The activity must be comparable in content and semester academic credits to the University course it is replacing and must be an equivalent level or higher level course (i.e. graduate level coursework may be used to waive graduate or undergraduate coursework). Course descriptions must be included with the course waiver form in order for the Office of Admissions and Evaluation to review the course waiver request.

• Experiential Learning (essay) credit is not eligible to waive courses in the required course of study.

• Nationally recognized and/or industry accepted certifications may be used to waive certain courses in the Required Course of Study upon approval by the appropriate college or school that the courses reside under, and will not require Prior Learning Assessment. All waivers using certifications must be verified by an official transcript or completion documentation from the certifying organization.

138

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017 UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS

• Eligible students who have attended a SOC Member Institution and have successfully completed equivalent courses according to the SOC Transfer Tables may transfer all equivalent courses into a student's required course of study as a waiver if the courses meet the minimum grade and timeframe as stated in policy.

........................................................................................... University Orientation Workshops

Applicants to designated undergraduate programs requiring the Workshop for admission who list less than 24 previous college credits as recognized by the University on the admissions applica- tion are required to successfully complete a three week University Orientation Workshop (UNIV 100 for Online or UNIV 101 for local campus) prior to attending a credit bearing degree applicable course. The following define the University Orientation Workshop sta- tuses: • Orientation Complete (OC): Applicant has attended all three

weeks and successfully submitted all assignments. • Orientation Not Complete (ON): Applicant has not successfully

completed all Orientation requirements and will remain on Orientation Pending (OP) admission status. Applicants will be allowed two attempts to successfully complete the Orientation. After a second unsuccessful attempt, participants are required to sit out for a period of six months after the last posted attendance in the second attempt.

• Orientation Extended (OX): An extension has been awarded to eligible applicants who require reasonable accommodations under Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA). If an applicant does not fulfill the Orientation Workshop requirements at the end of the extension period, the OX status will default to Orientation Not Complete (ON) status.

Orientation Complete (OC) and Orientation Not Complete (ON) completion statuses are not considered grades and will not be cal- culated in the grade point average (GPA). Students who were previously admitted to the University are not required to complete the University Orientation Workshop.

........................................................................................... Risk Free Period Policy

Students enrolled in programs that are eligible for the risk free period policy* are not required to complete a University Orienta- tion Workshop. The first three weeks of the first course constitute the trial period for programs that are eligible for the risk free period policy. First time attendees who indicate less than 24 previous college credits (as recognized by the University) on the admission application, who have not previously been admitted as a regular student to the University, and who are intending to pursue such programs will participate in the trial period and will be conditionally admitted. This trial period will apply to all repeated attempts to complete the first course in the program while students are in Admitted with Condition status. Students will be eligible for unconditional admis- sion to the University after meeting class attendance requirements in the fourth week of their first course (or after the fourth week) and after having transfer credits evaluated. Students will not be eligible for Title IV, HEA funds until they are admitted as a regular student after the trial period has completed. Once admitted as a regular student, students become eligible for Title IV, HEA program funds back to the beginning of the payment or loan period, as applicable, including the trial period. Students who decide not to continue in the trial period may opt out with no

financial obligation prior to meeting class attendance requirements for their fourth week in their first course with the University. Stu- dents who withdraw after the trial period and do not continue enrollment will not be eligible for Title IV, HEA program funds for the trial period. Students will indicate their intent to continue with their program by meeting class attendance requirements in the fourth week of their first course (or after the fourth week) at which point the trial period will end. Students completing the trial period that meet class attendance requirements for their fourth week or after will be financially responsible for all associated course charges. Students that record positive class attendance in at least one class that do not meet the class attendance requirements for the course due to exceeding maximum allowable absences will receive a "W" grade for the course which will be documented on the University of Phoenix transcript. *Programs that are eligible for the risk free period policy are indi- cated as such in the "General Information" section of the program's policy in the catalog.

........................................................................................... Academic Progression Requirements

Students entering the University bachelor degree programs (other than AAEE, LVN/BSN, LPN/BSN, BSN, BSLS, and BSED/E) with fewer than 24 previous college credits as recognized by the univer- sity on the admissions application are required to complete the First-Year Sequence. To enroll in the required course of study stu- dents must have a minimum of 24 credits. Students who have 24 credits may take select courses in the business foundation. Stu- dents must have 60 credits to enroll in the major. As an alternative, enrollment into major course work also extends to students who have completed 45 credits, of which 21 credits were earned at the University. First-Year Sequence • Applicants disclosing 24 or more previous college credits on the

admissions application, enrolling in designated undergraduate programs must successfully complete the entry course as outlined in the individual program policy as the first course with University of Phoenix, and are not required to enroll in the First-Year Sequence.

• Applicants disclosing fewer than 24 previous college credits on the admissions application, enrolling in designated undergraduate programs, are required to complete the First- year Sequence. • Prior Learning Assessment and credits earned through

National Testing Programs are not included as previous college credits when determining placement in the First-Year Sequence.

• First-Year Sequence students must satisfy all seven (7) required courses from the First-Year Sequence prior to enrolling in any other program applicable course.

Some courses require prerequisites. Prerequisites and course descriptions for all courses are listed in the Course Guide section of the catalog (page B-1). Preferred Sequence GEN 195 ................................................................................... 3 credits Foundations of University Studies COM 170 ~ .............................................................................. 3 credits Elements of University Composition and Communication I COM 172 ~ .............................................................................. 3 credits Elements of University Composition and Communication II

139

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

HUM 114 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits Critical Thinking and Creative Problem Solving PSY 211 ~ .................................................................................. 3 credits Essentials of Psychology SCI 163 ~................................................................................... 3 credits Elements of Health and Wellness FP 120 ~ .................................................................................... 3 credits Essentials of Personal Finance • SOC 110 is an optional course that may be taken prior to the

completion of the First-Year Sequence. Students choosing to take SOC 110 may take the course any time after GEN 195.

• With the exception of GEN 195, FP 120, and HUM 114, First-Year Sequence course requirements may be satisfied by any of the following means: • University of Phoenix coursework, • Regionally or nationally accredited transfer coursework (C-

or higher grade), • National Testing Programs • ACE evaluated Military credits.

• Transfer activity used to satisfy a First-Year Sequence course must be comparable in content to the University of Phoenix course it is replacing, must be at least 2.67 credits, and must be equivalent level or higher.

• Concurrent enrollment is prohibited during any of the courses in the First-Year Sequence.

Course Descriptions for First-Year Sequence GEN 195 ................................................................................... 3 credits Foundations of University Studies The essential information, skills, tools, and techniques necessary for academic success and personal effectiveness at the University of Phoenix are introduced in this course. The course develops and applies practical knowledge and skills immediately relevant to first-year university students. Course topics include goal setting and working with personal motivation, understanding and using University resources, developing efficient study habits, making the most of personal learning styles, and how best to manage time and reduce personal stress levels.

COM 170 .................................................................................. 3 credits Elements of University Composition and Communication I This course addresses the key elements necessary for effective aca- demic writing in college. The course begins with focus on pre-writ- ing strategies and builds to drafting and revising essays. In addition, the course includes skill development at the sentence and paragraph level.

COM 172 ................................................................................. 3 credits Elements of University Composition and Communication II This course builds upon the foundations established in Com155. It addresses the various rhetorical modes necessary for effective col- lege essays: narration, illustration, description, process analysis, classification, definition, comparison and contrast, cause and effect, and argumentation. In addition, requirements for research essays, including the use of outside sources and appropriate formatting, are considered.

HUM 114 .................................................................................. 3 credits Critical Thinking and Creative Problem Solving This course focuses on developing the critical and creative thinking skills necessary to analyze and solve problems, make decisions, implement strategies, and formulate well supported points of view

on key academic, social, and professional issues. The principles of creative thinking are essential to critical thinking skills. Students will learn how to evaluate their ideas and how to communicate their points of view persuasively.

PSY 211 ..................................................................................... 3 credits Essentials of Psychology This course overviews the foundations of psychology as the field applies to everyday life. The physical and mental aspects of psy- chology are traced through lifespan development with emphasis on psychological health and wellness. Further study focuses on personality; thinking, learning and memory; motivation and emo- tions; and gender and sexuality. Based in various historical tradi- tions, the course is set in the context of contemporary psychological principles.

SCI 163 ...................................................................................... 3 credits Elements of Health and Wellness This course reinforces the concept that learning effectively and liv- ing well involves both the mind and body. It presents the funda- mentals of wellness and preventive health including strategic planning to attain and maintain personal optimal health. In addi- tion, physical and mental diseases are discussed along with the dangers of environmental pollution, stress, addiction, and other negative factors that can affect personal health.

FP 120 ....................................................................................... 3 credits Essentials of Personal Finance This course provides an overview of the elements necessary for effective personal financial planning and the opportunity to apply the techniques and strategies essential to this understanding. Pri- mary areas of study include creating and managing a personal budget, understanding and paying taxes, working with financial institutions, wise use of credit cards and consumer loans, financing automobiles and homes, and the use of insurance for protecting one's family and property.

SOC 110 .................................................................................... 3 credits Teamwork, Collaboration, and Conflict Resolution This course provides an applied approach to teambuilding, collab- oration, and conflict resolution. Students will understand and apply these concepts within academic and professional settings. Students will develop structures, processes, and strategies to create and maintain effective teams. Gender, cultural, and individual con- siderations in team dynamics will also be explored.

........................................................................................... Waivers

The University defines a waiver as the substitution of a required course at the University with a course of the same level listed on an official transcript from another institution. Students may find spe- cific course waiver information for their program after the applica- ble required course of study. Students requesting course waivers must have formal written requests submitted to the central Office of Admissions & Evaluation, utilizing the Request for Course Waiver Form citing the courses requested to be waived, the courses to be transferred into the required course of study, and the univer- sity where the transfer courses were completed. An official catalog course description must accompany the request. The official transcript from the institution where the course was completed must also be submitted, unless it has previously been submitted to the University as part of the application process.

........................................................................................... General Education

In its commitment to help working adults achieve their profes-

140

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017 UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS

sional and personal goals, the University of Phoenix endorses the role of general education in ensuring student success in the class- room, the workplace, and the community. The general education curriculum, which is developed through the College of Humanities and Sciences, provides instruction that focuses on skills in commu- nication, critical thinking, and computation, and fosters a philo- sophical orientation that enables students to function as productive members of society. The University's general education program embraces four goals: • To refine students' abilities to apply problem-solving skills in

many settings and contexts. • To promote students' active awareness of their relationships to

the natural, social, and cultural environments. • To develop students' appreciation for and commitment to

lifelong learning. • To prepare students with competencies needed to fully benefit

from and successfully complete their professional programs of study.

Undergraduate general education requirements emphasize the mastery of competencies within the respective frameworks of mathematics and physical sciences, life sciences, technology, com- munication arts, social sciences, and humanities. Students are required to demonstrate proficiency in written and oral communi- cation, in the handling and use of quantitative information, and the application of analytic and synthetic-creative thinking skills. This background provides students with the perspectives needed for meaningful self-examination of personal and social values, as well as enhanced ability to understand and cope with social, technolog- ical, and cultural change. If elective curriculum is taken to satisfy graduation requirements, the courses taken cannot duplicate credits earned in the required course of study, credits earned at other institutions, credits earned through national testing programs, or credits awarded through Prior Learning Assessment. Program Student Learning Outcomes In addition to the knowledge and skills related to the University Learning Goals, graduating students are intended to attain certain program-specific knowledge, skills and abilities. Therefore, stu- dents should be able to demonstrate the following learning out- comes by the time they complete this program. • Students will apply scientific reasoning and knowledge, and use

basic research methods in science to explain key concepts in the physical and life sciences.

• Students will develop the necessary writing skills to share knowledge, present analysis and engage effectively in daily workplace communication.

• Students will employ appropriate technology to collect, analyze, synthesize and disseminate information.

• Students will use mathematical principles to interpret and represent information in various mathematical forms, and perform computation and quantitative analyses to solve problems and draw appropriate conclusions.

• Students will incorporate essential knowledge, theories and research methods in social sciences, history and behavioral sciences to analyze and propose solutions for social, political and economic problems.

• Students will use information literacy principles to locate and evaluate information for relevancy, reliability and currency.

• Students will evaluate the role of diversity, including culture, class, ethnicity and gender identity, in human affairs.

• Students will analyze works of art and literature as aesthetic and cultural expressions of specific historical and social contexts to demonstrate artistic involvement in society.

Liberal Arts Components The liberal arts component of the General Education Program is comprised of traditional liberal arts categories. The number of credits required in each category varies by program and may be found after each program. The purpose of this component is to ensure that students are exposed to a breadth of traditional liberal arts essential to a baccalaureate experience, and is distributed as follows: Communication Arts, credit requirements vary by program Course work in the Communication Arts primarily focuses on the development and application of writing, speaking, group process, and interpersonal communication skills. English/Language Arts, credit requirements vary by program Course work in the English/Language Arts primarily focuses on the development and application of writing, speaking, group pro- cess, and interpersonal communication skills. Mathematics, credit requirements vary by program Course work in the mathematics area develops quantitative and analytical skills in the fields of mathematics and advanced logic. The area does not include courses in which mathematics is merely an applied component (such as finance and accounting), nor does it include mathematics foundation courses below the level of col- lege algebra. Social Sciences, credit requirements vary by program Course work in the social science promotes understanding of human behavior as well as the structure and dynamics of social systems. Emphasis is on the discovery of patterns in social pro- cesses and institutions, both past and present. Courses in anthro- pology, sociology, economics, ethnic and gender studies, geography, political science, psychology, history, and certain com- munications courses focusing on mass media and society typically satisfy these requirements. In accord with the General Education requirements, Nevada stu- dents must take six units of social science credits. However, three of those units may be HIS 311 Nevada and the U.S. Constitutions which is required for Nevada students Social Studies, credit requirements vary by program Course work in the social studies promotes understanding of human behavior as well as the structure and dynamics of social systems. Emphasis is on the discovery of patterns in social pro- cesses and institutions, both past and present. Courses in anthro- pology, sociology, economics, ethnic and gender studies, geography, political science, psychology, history, and certain com- munications courses focusing on mass media and society typically satisfy these requirements.

Spanish, credit requirements vary by program Course work in Spanish primarily focuses on the development and application of writing, speaking, group process, and interpersonal communication skills in Spanish. This is a requirement of the Puerto Rico Council on Higher Education.

Humanities, credit requirements vary by program Course work in the humanities focuses on the development of ideas and values, appreciation of cultural and artistic achieve- ments, and the evaluation of human experience. Courses in general humanities, philosophy, literature, fine arts, music, theater, and religious studies normally satisfy requirements in this area. Certain courses in political science and intellectual history emphasizing the

141

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

development of cultural thought processes may also satisfy humanities requirements. Fine Arts, credits requirements vary by program Course work in the fine arts focuses on the development of ideas and values, appreciation of cultural and artistic achievements, and the evaluation of human experience. Courses in general humani- ties, philosophy, literature, fine arts, music, theater, and religious studies normally satisfy requirements in this area. Certain courses in political science and intellectual history emphasizing the devel- opment of cultural thought processes may also satisfy humanities requirements. Science/Technology, credit requirements vary by program Course work in the sciences provides students with an under- standing of nature and the physical world, along with knowledge of the methods scientists use to study the world around them. Courses in astronomy, biology, chemistry, physics, anatomy and physiology, geology, and environmental science typically satisfy requirements in this area. All students must complete a minimum of three credits in the physical/biological sciences as part of the six credit Science/Technology requirement. Certain courses in geogra- phy or aerospace studies which emphasize the earth's physical characteristics, weather, and climate are included in the science cat- egory, along with highly specialized course work in the social sci- ences such as physical anthropology, archaeological field methods, and psychology courses which focus on human physiological pro- cesses. Technology refers to the application of scientific knowledge in making and using tools to enhance materials culture. Course work in the area of technology which satisfies general education require- ments includes engineering, materials science, electronics courses that emphasize theory and design, and computer science courses that focus on programming languages and hardware/software engineering. Courses which focus primarily on the social and envi- ronmental conflicts which arise over the uses of technology usually satisfy requirements in the social sciences and humanities. Liberal Arts, credit requirements vary by program Students will pursue more depth in the liberal arts by selecting two different courses in any of the liberal arts categories listed above. Interdisciplinary Component Interdisciplinary, credit requirements vary by program To fulfill this requirement, students may select additional general education courses, or they may select from any University courses other than those in their major field. The intent of this requirement is to further increase students' exposure to the liberal arts and to facilitate their exposure to a field of study beyond the necessarily narrow scope of their professional interest. Students are encour- aged to explore diverse content areas to add depth to their aca- demic and professional knowledge base. General Education at the University Level In addition to the General Education requirements, each degree program at the University of Phoenix includes courses (elective and core-required) that integrate general education principles. The University of Phoenix's educational philosophy is based on the integration of theory and practice. Within that philosophical frame- work, a number of the courses required for the professional pro- grams have a strong general education component.

........................................................................................... Prior Learning Assessment

Prior Learning Assessment Eligibility Guidelines University of Phoenix offers Prior Learning Assessment (PLA) as

an option by which students can earn assessed credits toward degree completion requirements. All prior learning must have academic equivalence to college-level learning to be awarded credit. • All coursework, professional training, and Experiential Learning

must be of sufficient academic merit, and must be determined to have learning, rigor and breadth of knowledge at the post- secondary level as defined by the University's acceptable transfer activity policy.

• Credit is granted for demonstrated knowledge, not for experience alone. Learning must be clearly differentiated from experience through the appropriate demonstration of knowledge application and supporting documentation.

Students are required to submit official and verifiable supporting documentation for all courses, professional training, and experien- tial learning essays upon applying to PLA. This documentation includes, but is not limited to, proof of completion, proof of course length, proof of course modality, course descriptions, and verifica- tion letters. Documentation of professional training submitted for evaluation must match the timeframe in which the license was completed. The student must demonstrate college-level writing skills in Expe- riential Learning Essays conforming to the writing standards required of all students enrolled at University of Phoenix. Credits will be awarded for coursework, professional training, and experiential learning only when it does not duplicate credits previ- ously applied as transfer activity, the UOPX required course of study, or topics from other submissions for credit. The University of Phoenix recognizes credit recommendations of the American Council on Education ACE/CREDIT Guide, the American Council Guide to Educational Credit by Examination, and the National College Credit Recommendation Service (NCCRS). Credit is awarded using the recommendations as a guide and is not required to be assessed internally by the University's PLA department. Courses which have been transcripted for academic college-level credit by a regionally accredited institution are not eligible for eval- uation through the assessment process, whether or not credit has been awarded, unless they are Continuing Education Units (CEU), professional training courses, extension courses, or courses that are generally considered less than degree applicable college-level credit. PLA may apply towards both the lower division and upper divi- sion credit requirements of the University's undergraduate degree programs unless otherwise specified in policy or limited by the state or jurisdiction of a student's residence. PLA may also apply towards graduate level requirements upon the assessment and review of the activity by the appropriate college or school in which the associated graduate level program or courses reside. Students may not rewrite an Experiential Learning Essay more than once. Students may submit a completed Experiential Learning Essay up to 90 days after an essay topic has been removed or modified from the Approved Essay Topic List. University of Phoenix Code of Academic Integrity Policy is appli- cable to all PLA submissions. Prior Learning Assessment Credit Assessment

Credit is awarded based on clock hours or academic content equivalence as determined by PLA evaluators or one of the University's Colleges, Schools, or the Provost's Office.

142

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017 UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS

If an item submitted for professional training review is determined by the evaluator to be so extensive that it is worth more than three credits, the evaluator may recommend division of the content into multiple course titles.

Experiential Learning Essays shall be awarded one, two, or three lower division or upper division undergraduate semester credits as indicated on the Approved Essay Topics List.

With an approved essay, the student will be awarded the credit as indicated in the essay submission documentation. Incomplete or unsatisfactory essays will not be awarded credit. No partial credit will be awarded for essays.

Experiential Learning Essays will be awarded credit limited in application to elective and/or general education options at the undergraduate level only.

Assessed credits will appear on the student's University of Phoenix transcript after they are awarded.

Students have the right to challenge credit awards. Challenges must be submitted to PLA in writing by the student within six weeks of the date of the credit award letter. Challenges received after this date will not be considered.

A student enrolled in an associate degree program may earn a maximum of 15 credits for Experiential Learning Essays and a student enrolled in a baccalaureate program may earn a maximum of 30 credits for Experiential Learning Essays.

Corporate Partnerships- Credit Recommendation Guide The University will endeavor to create Corporate Partnerships with other corporations as appropriate in order to enhance transfer credit options for students coming to University of Phoenix. Trans- fer credit recommendations will be created in the format of a Credit Recommendation Guide (CRG). CRGs will define transferability, applicability, and individual credit recommendations of partner corporations' professional training/ seminars, deemed by assessment as comparable to college level learning, to University undergraduate degree program credit requirements. Credits indicated on a CRG are only a recommenda- tion and not a guarantee of credits to be awarded as professional training programs and content may change over time. Evaluation and determination of credit award for activities listed on the CRG will follow the Credit Assessment Guidelines as indi- cated in Prior Learning Assessment Credit Assessment. A list of corporations with which University of Phoenix has established cor- porate partnerships can be viewed at http://www.phoenix.edu/ admissions/prior_learning_assessment/corporate-credit-recom- mendation-guide.html. Prior Learning Assessment Submission and Posting & Fees Charges arising out of services and the posting of credit awarded for prior learning are separate and apart from tuition and curricu- lum fees. When materials are complete, they are sent to Prior Learning Assessment in Phoenix and a non-refundable application fee is required and collected. The evaluation and posting fees apply to credit awarded through Prior Learning Assessment: Student portfolios are subject to fees related to evaluation and assessment of all portfolio inclusions. The fees may vary depend- ing upon number of items reviewed. Fee structure and information may be viewed at: http://www.phoenix.edu/admissions/ prior_learning_assessment.html. Standardized Credit Recommendations Credits awarded through the assessment process are applicable to

University of Phoenix degrees, and may be transferable subject to the receiving institution's discretion. Credit awards are applied to Associate or Bachelor elective or gen- eral education areas within degree programs. Student degree pro- gram admission is required (all other transfer credit applied in the program) prior to portfolio submission.

........................................................................................... Program Length

Associate Programs The established "normal time" to complete a program is specified on the Gainful Employment Program Disclosure for that program. Generally, the "normal time" is as follows: Education - 104 weeks, Health Professions - 90 to 106 weeks, Humanities & Sciences - 93 to 106 weeks, Information Systems & Technology - 90 to106 weeks, Security & Criminal Justice - 100 to 114 weeks, Social Sciences - 93 to 106 weeks, Business - 90 to 106 weeks. The ranges provided above account for possible concentrations and/or bridge versions available within the chosen degree program. The term "normal time" means the length of time it would take a student to complete this program if the student is continuously enrolled, takes a full course load, successfully completes each attempted course, and does not have any transfer credits. Students may exceed or com- plete prior to the anticipated "normal time" for a variety of reasons that are individual to the student. Bachelor Programs The established "normal time" to complete a program is specified on the Gainful Employment Program Disclosure for that program. Generally, the "normal time" is as follows: Education - 206 to 220 weeks, Health Professions - 200 to 204 weeks, Humanities & Sci- ences - 200 to 204 weeks, Information Systems & Technology - 200 to 207 weeks, Security & Criminal Justice - 200 to 207 weeks, Social Sciences - 200 to 225 weeks, Business - 200 to 204 weeks. The ranges provided above account for possible concentrations and/or bridge versions available within the chosen degree program. The term "normal time" means the length of time it would take a student to complete this program if the student is continuously enrolled, takes a full course load, successfully completes each attempted course, and does not have any transfer credits. Students may exceed or complete prior to the anticipated "normal time" for a variety of reasons that are individual to the student.

143

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

THIS PAGE WAS LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY

144

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

COLLEGE OF HUMANITIES AND SCIENCES

.....................................................................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................................................... COLLEGE OF HUMANITIES AND SCIENCES

The study of Humanities and Sciences illuminates the world in which we live. Through the Humanities we have a greater under- standing of the human experience on its highest cognitive, spiri- tual, and social levels. Students in the Humanities learn to think critically, effectively express themselves, understand the complexi- ties of diverse cultural identities, appreciate the power of words, images and ideas, and interpret the human experience. Studying the sciences gives students insight into the fundamental processes of nature and provides the basic knowledge needed to understand modern scientific accomplishments. Students also develop inde- pendent and critical thinking for problem solving that forms the basis of lifelong learning. The College of Humanities and Sciences offers a variety of courses in Biology, Communication, English, Environmental and Natural Sciences, History, Languages, Litera- ture, Mathematics, Philosophy, Politics, Religion, and the Arts.

........................................................................................... Associate of Arts/Professional Focus

The following Associate of Arts/Professional Focus (AA/PF) program may be offered at these University of Phoenix campus locations: Online, depending on state of residence. The availability of programs and concentrations depend on student demand and other factors. Not all programs may be available to all residents of all states. Students may want to consider completing certain courses in the Online classroom at Online rates if the program is available via the Online modality in their state.

........................................................................................... Please contact your enrollment representative for more information.

The University of Phoenix Associate of Arts in Professional Focus acknowledges college level coursework, military training, and national testing to partially fulfill the requirements of the degree. The AA/PF program offers a Professional Focus. The University does not certify students in their Professional Focus but acknowl- edges their qualifications by recognizing their regionally or approved nationally accredited transferable coursework, ACE cer- tified training received through the United States Armed Forces or law enforcement training. **Note: Students enrolled in this degree program are ineligible to receive Federal Student Financial Aid. For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program, and other important information, please visit our website at http://www.phoenix.edu/ programs/aa-pf. General Information for the AA/PF • First time attendees with the University who indicate less than

24 previous college credits (as recognized by the university) on the admission application and who meet the requirements for "Admitted with Condition" status, will be admitted with condition to this program according to the risk free period policy. • Prior Learning Assessment and credits earned through

National Testing Programs are excluded from the calculation of previous college credits.

• Applicants must complete a Pathway Diagnostic before enrolling into their first credit-bearing course. The results of the diagnostic will determine placement in the Accelerated Pathway (A Track) or standard pathway (B Track).

• Students who are placed in the Accelerated Pathway may choose to pursue the standard pathway without appeal, but must complete the standard pathway in its entirety upon the change. Students who are placed in the standard pathway must appeal to pursue the Accelerated Pathway.

• Any student planning to complete an associate of arts degree prior to enrolling in a bachelor degree must complete all required credits of the associates degree and meet admission requirements for their chosen bachelor degree before enrolling in any University bachelor degree programs.

• The AA/PF is not eligible for financial aid and thus students may not dual enroll in the AA/PF and a bachelor or Online Associates degree program and receive financial aid funding for the AA/PF courses that apply toward the bachelor or Online Associates degree program.

Additional Admission Requirements for the AA/PF All applicants are expected to meet the following admissions requirements: • High school graduation from an institution that holds state

approval to confer high school diplomas or are accredited or a candidate for accreditation at the time the student attended by an acceptable accrediting body, GED certificate or CHSPE (California High School Proficiency Examination) certificate, or completion of the HiSET examination with a passing score. • Students residing in Tennessee who are attending classes

online and students attending a local campus in Tennessee, including from any cross-border locations must provide the university with an official High School transcript or official GED score (if applicable). A college transcript which documents high school date of completion or a copy of a DD-214 showing high school graduation or equivalency may be submitted to satisfy this requirement.

• Applicants for admission must be active duty (to include members of the National Guard and Reserve), spouses and family members, Department of Defense (DoD) civilians, and veterans.

• Submit a signed Professional Focus Declaration request. Degree and General Education Requirements for the AA/PF Completion of a minimum of 60 credits that include the following distribution: Communication Arts, 6 credits A Track must include ENG 220, equivalent or higher B Track must include ENG 147 Mathematics, 6 credits Effective for Enrollment Agreements sign 6/1/2016 or later, must include 6 credits of quantitative reasoning or higher Science and Technology, 6 credits Must include: three (3) credits in the physical or biological sciences Humanities, 6 credits Must include: HUM 115 Social Science, 6 credits

145

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

Additional Liberal Arts, 9 credits A Track must include GEN 201 B Track must include GEN 127 Professional Focus/Interdisciplinary, 15 credits Typically the 15 credit Professional Focus requirement will be fulfilled through selected transfer credits, including American Council on Education (ACE) recognized credit earned from military specialty training, technical schools, MOS's, Navy ratings, NEC's, and law enforcement training. Elective, 6 credits • Students who lack .67 or fewer general education credits may

use interdisciplinary or elective credits to waive the balance. Students must use interdisciplinary or elective credits to waive the general education balance in order to complete the minimum general education credits required for their program.

• A minimum grade point average (GPA) of 2.0. • Students must complete the AA/PF degree within 5 years. • The Professional Focus is reflected on the transcript only and

will not appear on the diploma. • The diploma awarded for this program will read as:

Associate of Arts Academic Progression Requirements for the AA/PF • Students placed in the Accelerated Pathway (A Track) are

required to successfully complete GEN 201 followed by HUM 115 prior to proceeding into additional coursework in their programs.

• Standard pathway (B Track) students must satisfy all three (3) courses from the standard pathway prior to enrolling in any other course: GEN 127, HUM 115, ENG 147

• Accelerated Pathway (A Track) students have the option to satisfy HUM 115 by meeting one of the following criteria: • Transfer a regionally accredited Associate of Arts degree

from a community college, or higher degree from a regionally or approved nationally accredited institution.

• Transfer to University of Phoenix with an Associate's Degree, or higher, from an articulated institution where the Program Transfer Guide requirements do not mandate completion of a critical thinking course.

• Transfer a Critical Thinking course of 2.67 credits or higher with a C- grade.

• Previous completion of an Associate of Arts or higher degree from University of Phoenix.

• Previous completion of a Critical Thinking course with University of Phoenix.

• Non-pathway students may not enroll in HUM 115 to satisfy programmatic prerequisites, general education, or elective requirements.

• Accelerated Pathway (A Track) students may not enroll in GEN 127 or ENG 147 to satisfy programmatic prerequisites, general education or elective requirements.

• Concurrent enrollment is prohibited during any of the following courses: GEN 201, GEN 127, ENG 147, or HUM 115.

• Continuously enrolled students in an approved entry point course should not execute a program or version change until completion of the entry point course to determine if the pathway diagnostic is required based on the outcome of the course.

• Students who have successfully completed an approved entry point course in a degree program and are re-entry or executing a program change will not be required to complete the pathway diagnostic and will be placed in the Accelerated Pathway (A Track).

• Students who previously completed an approved entry point course are not required to take GEN 127 or GEN 201.

• Students may not complete any of the following courses via Directed Study: GEN 201, GEN 127, ENG 147, or HUM 115.

• With the exception of ENG 147, GEN 127, GEN 201, and HUM 115, General Education and Elective course requirements may be satisfied by any of the following means: • University of Phoenix coursework, • Regionally or nationally accredited coursework (C- or higher

grade), • University of Phoenix Prior Learning Assessment • National Testing Programs, and • ACE evaluated Military credits.

• Satisfy University Proficiency Requirements • Undergraduate students must satisfy math and English

proficiencies as a condition of degree conferral and as a degree progression requirement prior to specific courses in their program. Students have the following options to fulfill proficiency: • Successful completion of University of Phoenix math and

English courses designated as applicable to the proficiency requirement

• Comparable regionally or approved nationally accredited transfer, or credit recommended by the American Council on Education transfer coursework that meets the following requirements:

-Completed within ten years of enrollment -Grade of C- or better (or academic equivalent) -At least 2.67 semester credits -Eligible to receive general education credits

• Achieve a passing score (as established by the American Council on Education) on a comparable National Testing Program (NTP) exam completed within ten years of enrollment.

• Demonstrate competency by meeting minimum passing score on University of Phoenix approved placement exam.

• Students who satisfied the English and/or math proficiency and sign a new enrollment agreement may carry forward the completed proficiency in their new program/version provided they have remained in continuous attendance in alignment with the University's Re-Entry policy.

Professional Focus for the AA/PF • The AA/PF program offers a Professional Focus. The University

does not certify students in their Professional Focus but acknowledges their qualifications by recognizing their regionally or approved nationally accredited transferable coursework, ACE certified training received through the United States Armed Forces or law enforcement training. University of Phoenix coursework may also be recognized to fulfill professional focus credits.

• A minimum of 15 credits are required for each Professional Focus chosen.

• Students are required to submit a signed Professional Focus Declaration request as an admissions requirement.

146

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

COLLEGE OF HUMANITIES AND SCIENCES

• Students who wish to declare no Professional Focus are required to submit a signed Professional Focus Declaration form declaring no Professional Focus.

Residency Requirements and Course Waivers for the AA/PF Students must meet the established University residency require- ment for degree conferral. The University requires that 15 credits (as a part of the final 30 credits of the program) must be completed at University of Phoenix. Re-entry for the AA/PF Re-entry students who have successfully completed an approved entry point course in a degree program will not be required to com- plete the pathway diagnostic and will be placed in the Accelerated Pathway (A Track). They will not be required to enroll in the stan- dard pathway (B Track) courses. Any student who has been out of attendance for more than 365 days from the last date of positive recorded attendance in a pro- gram applicable course is considered a re-entry student. Re-entry students may re-enroll into their program version without appeal if the program version is still the most current in their state or jurisdiction and the student has the ability to satisfy all program requirements within their original program completion deadline. Re-entry students whose program version is not the most current in their state or jurisdiction will be required to enroll into the most current version. Select programs may have additional re-entry requirements/ restrictions. Re-entry students should consult their Academic Advisor for guidance.

........................................................................................... Associate of Arts/Professional Focus (Minnesota)

The following Associate of Arts/Professional Focus (AA/PF) program may be offered at these University of Phoenix campus locations: Online, depeinding on state of residence. The availability of programs and concentrations depend on student demand and other factors. Not all programs may be available to all residents of all states. Students may want to consider completing certain courses in the Online classroom at Online rates if the program is available via the Online modality in their state.

........................................................................................... Please contact your enrollment representative for more information.

The University of Phoenix Associate of Arts in Professional Focus acknowledges college level coursework, military training, and national testing to partially fulfill the requirements of the degree. The AA/PF program offers a Professional Focus. The University does not certify students in their Professional Focus but acknowl- edges their qualifications by recognizing their regionally or approved nationally accredited transferable coursework, ACE cer- tified training received through the United States Armed Forces or law enforcement training. **Note: Students enrolled in this degree program are ineligible to receive Federal Student Financial Aid. For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program, and other important information, please visit our website at http://www.phoenix.edu/ programs/aa-pf. General Information for the AA/PF • First time attendees with the University who indicate less than

24 previous college credits (as recognized by the university) on the admission application and who meet the requirements for "Admitted with Condition" status, will be admitted with condition to this program.

• Prior Learning Assessment and credits earned through National Testing Programs are excluded from the calculation of previous college credits.

• Applicants must complete a Pathway Diagnostic before enrolling into their first credit-bearing course. The results of the diagnostic will determine placement in the Accelerated Pathway (A Track) or standard pathway (B Track).

• Students who are placed in the Accelerated Pathway may choose to pursue the standard pathway without appeal, but must complete the standard pathway in its entirety upon the change. Students who are placed in the standard pathway must appeal to pursue the Accelerated Pathway.

• Any student planning to complete an associate of arts degree prior to enrolling in a bachelor degree must complete all required credits of the associates degree and meet admission requirements for their chosen bachelor degree before enrolling in any University bachelor degree programs.

• The AA/PF is not eligible for financial aid and thus students may not dual enroll in the AA/PF and a bachelor or Online Associates degree program and receive financial aid funding for the AA/PF courses that apply toward the bachelor or Online Associates degree program.

Additional Admission Requirements for the AA/PF All applicants are expected to meet the following admissions requirements: • High school graduation from an institution that holds state

approval to confer high school diplomas or are accredited or a candidate for accreditation at the time the student attended by an acceptable accrediting body, GED certificate or CHSPE (California High School Proficiency Examination) certificate, or completion of the HiSET examination with a passing score.

• Applicants for admission must be active duty (to include members of the National Guard and Reserve), spouses and family members, Department of Defense (DoD) civilians, and veterans.

• Submit a signed Professional Focus Declaration request. Degree and General Education Requirements for the AA/PF Completion of a minimum of 60 credits that include the following distribution: Communication Arts, 6 credits A Track must include ENG 220, equivalent or higher B Track must include ENG 147 Mathematics, 6 credits Must include 6 credits of quantitative reasoning or higher Natural Science, 9 credits Humanities, 9 credits Must include: HUM 115 Social Science, 9 credits Additional Liberal Arts, 4 credits A Track must include GEN 201 B Track must include GEN 127 Students are required to complete at least 1 credit in either Communication Arts, Social Science, Natural Science, Humanities, or Mathematics. Professional Focus/Interdisciplinary, 15 credits Typically the 15 credit Professional Focus requirement will be fulfilled through selected transfer credits, including American Council on Education (ACE) recognized credit earned from military specialty

147

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

training, technical schools, MOS's, Navy ratings, NEC's, and law enforcement training. Elective, 2 credits • Students who lack .67 or fewer general education credits may

use interdisciplinary or elective credits to waive the balance. Students must use interdisciplinary or elective credits to waive the general education balance in order to complete the minimum general education credits required for their program.

• A minimum grade point average (GPA) of 2.0. • Students must complete the AA/PF degree within 5 years. • The Professional Focus is reflected on the transcript only and

will not appear on the diploma. The diploma awarded for this program will read as: Associate of Arts

Academic Progression Requirements for the AA/PF • Students placed in the Accelerated Pathway (A Track) are

required to successfully complete GEN 201 followed by HUM 115 prior to proceeding into additional coursework in their programs.

• Standard pathway (B Track) students must satisfy all three (3) courses from the standard pathway prior to enrolling in any other course: GEN 127, HUM 115, ENG 147

• Accelerated Pathway (A Track) students have the option to satisfy HUM 115 by meeting one of the following criteria: • Transfer a regionally accredited Associate of Arts degree

from a community college, or higher degree from a regionally or approved nationally accredited institution.

• Transfer to University of Phoenix with an Associate's Degree, or higher, from an articulated institution where the Program Transfer Guide requirements do not mandate completion of a critical thinking course.

• Transfer a Critical Thinking course of 2.67 credits or higher with a C- grade.

• Previous completion of an Associate of Arts or higher degree from University of Phoenix.

• Previous completion of a Critical Thinking course with University of Phoenix.

• Non-pathway students may not enroll in HUM 115 to satisfy programmatic prerequisites, general education, or elective requirements.

• Accelerated Pathway (A Track) students may not enroll in GEN 127 or ENG 147 to satisfy programmatic prerequisites, general education or elective requirements.

• Concurrent enrollment is prohibited during any of the following courses: GEN 201, GEN 127, ENG 147, or HUM 115.

• Continuously enrolled students in an approved entry point course should not execute a program or version change until completion of the entry point course to determine if the pathway diagnostic is required based on the outcome of the course.

• Students who have successfully completed an approved entry point course in a degree program and are re-entry or executing a program change will not be required to complete the pathway diagnostic and will be placed in the Accelerated Pathway (A Track).

• Students who previously completed an approved entry point course are not required to take GEN 127 or GEN 201.

• Students may not complete any of the following courses via Directed Study: GEN 201, GEN 127, ENG 147, or HUM 115.

• With the exception of ENG 147, GEN 127, GEN 201, and HUM 115, General Education and Elective course requirements may be satisfied by any of the following means: • University of Phoenix coursework, • Regionally or nationally accredited coursework (C- or higher

grade), • University of Phoenix Prior Learning Assessment • National Testing Programs, and • ACE evaluated Military credits.

• Satisfy University Proficiency Requirements • Undergraduate students must satisfy math and English

proficiencies as a condition of degree conferral and as a degree progression requirement prior to specific courses in their program.

• Students have the following options to fulfill proficiency: • Successful completion of University of Phoenix math and

English courses designated as applicable to the proficiency requirement

• Comparable regionally or approved nationally accredited transfer, or credit recommended by the American Council on Education transfer coursework that meets the following requirements:

-Completed within ten years of enrollment (5 years School of Nursing)

-Grade of C- or better (or academic equivalent) -At least 2.67 semester credits -Eligible to receive general education credits

• Achieve a passing score (as established by the American Council on Education) on a comparable National Testing Program (NTP) exam completed within ten years of enrollment (5 years School of Nursing).

• Demonstrate competency by meeting minimum passing score on University of Phoenix approved placement exam.

• Students who satisfied the English and/or math proficiency and sign a new enrollment agreement may carry forward the completed proficiency in their new program/version provided they have remained in continuous attendance in alignment with the University's re-entry policy.

Professional Focus for the AA/PF • The AA/PF program offers a Professional Focus. The University

does not certify students in their Professional Focus but acknowledges their qualifications by recognizing their regionally or approved nationally accredited transferable coursework, ACE certified training received through the United States Armed Forces or law enforcement training. University of Phoenix coursework may also be recognized to fulfill professional focus credits.

• A minimum of 15 credits are required for each Professional Focus chosen.

• Students are required to submit a signed Professional Focus Declaration request as an admissions requirement.

• Students who wish to declare no Professional Focus are required to submit a signed Professional Focus Declaration form declaring no Professional Focus.

Residency Requirements and Course Waivers for the AA/PF Students must meet the established University residency require- ment for degree conferral. The University requires that 15 credits (as a part of the final 30 credits of the program) must be completed at University of Phoenix.

148

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

COLLEGE OF HUMANITIES AND SCIENCES

Re-entry for the AA/PF • Re-entry students who have successfully completed an

approved entry point course in a degree program will not be required to complete the pathway diagnostic and will be placed in the Accelerated Pathway (A Track). They will not be required to enroll in the standard pathway (B Track) courses.

• Any student who has been out of attendance for more than 365 days from the last date of positive recorded attendance in a program applicable course is considered a re-entry student.

• Re-entry students may re-enroll into their program version without appeal if the program version is still the most current in their state or jurisdiction and the student has the ability to satisfy all program requirements within their original program completion deadline.

• Re-entry students whose program version is not the most current in their state or jurisdiction will be required to enroll into the most current version.

• Select programs may have additional re-entry requirements/ restrictions. Re-entry students should consult their Academic Advisor for guidance.

........................................................................................... Bachelor of Science in Communication

The following Bachelor of Science in Communication (BS/COM) program may be offered at these University of Phoenix campus locations: Online, depending on state of residence. The availability of programs and concentrations depend on student demand and other factors. Not all programs may be available to all residents of all states. Students may want to consider completing certain courses in the Online classroom at Online rates if the program is available via the Online modality in their state.

........................................................................................... Please contact your enrollment representative for more information.

The Bachelor of Science in Communication (BS/COM) degree pro- gram is designed to develop knowledge and skills for effective communication in a variety of public and private work environ- ments. The program was created specifically to build upon per- sonal and professional communication experiences. The BS/COM degree enhances the communication skills necessary for the devel- opment of professional competence and values; critical thinking and problem solving; information utilization; and collaboration. The curriculum focuses on the development of core communica- tion competencies. It emphasizes theory and application in the domains of interpersonal, small group, organizational, mass com- munication, culture, and communication technology. Specific areas of focus include business communication, diversity, intercultural communication, conflict resolution, legal and ethical issues, media, and future trends in communication technology. For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program, and other important information, please visit our website at http://www.phoenix.edu/ programs/bs-com. Program Student Learning Outcomes In addition to the knowledge and skills related to the University Learning Goals, College of Humanities and Sciences graduating students are intended to attain certain program-specific knowl- edge, skills and abilities. Therefore, you should be able to demon- strate the following learning outcomes by the time you complete this program. • Students will apply the theoretical concepts and techniques of

communication in their professional and personal environments.

• Students will apply interaction strategies in interpersonal, intercultural and organizational settings using multiple media.

• Students will evaluate communication effectiveness in the workplace.

• Students will analyze the historical foundations of communication in order to forecast trends in contemporary society.

• Students will apply ethical principles to all communication channels and strategies.

• Students will recognize the legal implications of the use of all types of communication.

• Students will apply research methods in the field of communication.

Program Category Requirements and Course Selections for the BS/COM Courses requiring prerequisites are identified by a ~ symbol following the course number. Course descriptions for all courses are listed in the Course Guide section of the catalog (page B-1). Foundations of Human Communication, 3 total credits

BSCOM 100 ~ .......................................................................... 3 credits

Introduction to Communication

Interpersonal, 3 total credits

BSCOM 234 ~ .......................................................................... 3 credits

Foundations of Interpersonal Communication

Mass Communication, 6 total credits

BSCOM 268 ~ .......................................................................... 3 credits

Foundations of Mass Communication

BSCOM 410 ~ .......................................................................... 3 credits

Media and Society

Communication Research, 3 total credits

BSCOM 324 ~ ......................................................................... 3 credits

Communication Research Communication Theory, 3 total credits

BSCOM 336 ~ .......................................................................... 3 credits

Communication Theories and Practice

Group Communication, 3 total credits

BSCOM 348 ~ .......................................................................... 3 credits

Small Group and Team Communication

Organizational, 3 total credits

BSCOM 360 ~ .......................................................................... 3 credits

Organizational Communication

Intercultural, 3 total credits

BSCOM 390 ~ .......................................................................... 3 credits

Intercultural Communication

Communication Law, 3 total credits

BSCOM 415 ~ .......................................................................... 3 credits

Communication Law

Communication Ethics, 3 total credits

BSCOM 460 ~ .......................................................................... 3 credits

Ethics and Communication

Mediation/Conflict Resolution, 3 total credits

BSCOM 465 ~ .......................................................................... 3 credits

Communication in Mediation and Conflict Resolution

149

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

Communication Capstone, 3 total credits

BSCOM 485 ~ .......................................................................... 3 credits

Capstone in Communication

Upper Division Communication Electives, 18 total credits General Information for the BS/COM • First time attendees with the University who indicate less than

24 previous college credits (as recognized by the university) on the admission application and who meet the requirements for "Admitted with Condition" status, will be admitted with condition to this program according to the risk free period policy. • Prior Learning Assessment and credits earned through

National Testing Programs are excluded from the calculation of previous college credits.

• Applicants who have not previously completed an associate degree or higher at a regionally or approved nationally accredited institution must complete a Pathway Diagnostic before enrolling into their first credit-bearing course. The results of the diagnostic will determine placement in the Accelerated Pathway (A Track) or standard pathway (B Track).

• Students who have completed an associate degree or higher at a regionally or nationally accredited institution are not required to complete the Pathway Diagnostic and will be placed in the Accelerated Pathway (A Track).

• Students who are placed in the Accelerated Pathway may choose to pursue the standard pathway without appeal, but must complete the standard pathway in its entirety upon the change. Students who are placed in the standard pathway must appeal to pursue the Accelerated Pathway.

En-Route Credentials for the BS/COM • Students may declare and earn additional credentials that are

approved in their state or jurisdiction en-route to completing the bachelor degree. Students must sign and submit the enrollment agreement that corresponds with the unique combination of desired credentials to be earned.

• Students may apply for conferral of an en-route credential upon meeting the following program requirements: • Successful completion of all the courses outlined in the

enrollment agreement for the credential • Achievement of the minimum program GPA • Fulfillment of the minimum University residency

requirement • Students may elect to update or remove the selected credentials

by completing a new enrollment agreement reflecting the new selection of credentials.

Additional Admission Requirements for the BS/COM All applicants are expected to meet the following admissions requirements: • High school graduation from an institution that holds state

approval to confer high school diplomas or are accredited or a candidate for accreditation at the time the student attended by an acceptable accrediting body, GED certificate or CHSPE (California High School Proficiency Examination) certificate, or completion of the HiSET examination with a passing score.

• Tennessee: Students residing in Tennessee who are attending classes via the Online modality and students attending a local campus in Tennessee, including from any cross-border locations must provide the university with an official High School transcript or official GED score (if applicable). A college transcript which documents high school date of completion or a copy of a DD-214 showing high school graduation or equivalency may be submitted to satisfy this requirement.

Degree Requirements for the BS/COM • Completion of a minimum of 120 credits that include the

following distribution: • General Education - 45 credits • Required Course of Study - 39 credits • Upper Division Communication Electives - 18 credits • Electives - 18 credits

• A minimum of 48 upper division credits. • A minimum grade point average (GPA) of 2.0. • The diploma awarded for this program will read as:

Bachelor of Science in Communication General Education Requirements for the BS/COM A minimum of 45 of the 120 credits must be in the general educa- tion areas approved by the University. Communication Arts, 6 credits A Track must include: COMM 215, equivalent or higher B Track must include: ENG 147 Mathematics, 6 credits Effective for Enrollment Agreements sign 6/1/2016 or later, must include 6 credits of quantitative reasoning or higher Science and Technology, 6 credits Must include at least 3 credits in the physical or biological sciences Humanities, 6 credits Must include: HUM 115 Social Science, 6 credits Additional Liberal Arts, 6 credits A Track must include: GEN 201 B Track must include: GEN 127 Interdisciplinary Component, 9 credits Any credit that is not being applied to the primary major as a waiver may be applied to the lower division electives/Interdisciplinary requirement. Physical Education activity credits are limited to four (4) credits. Students who lack .67 or fewer general education credits may use interdisciplinary or elective credits to waive the balance. Students must use interdisciplinary or elective credits to waive the general education balance in order to complete the minimum general edu- cation credits required for their program. General Education Requirements for the BS/COM for Minnesota Students A minimum of 45 of the 120 credits must be in the general educa- tion areas approved by the University. Communication Arts, 6 credits A Track must include: COMM 215, equivalent or higher B Track must include: ENG 147 Mathematics, 6 credits Effective for Enrollment Agreements sign 6/1/2016 or later, must include

150

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

COLLEGE OF HUMANITIES AND SCIENCES

6 credits of quantitative reasoning or higher Natural Science, 6 credits Humanities, 6 credits Must include: HUM 115 Social Science, 6 credits Additional Liberal Arts, 6 credits A Track must include: GEN 201 B Track must include: GEN 127 Interdisciplinary Component, 9 credits Physical Education activity credits are limited to four (4) credits. Students who lack .67 or fewer general education credits may use interdisciplinary or elective credits to waive the balance. Students must use interdisciplinary or elective credits to waive the general education balance in order to complete the minimum general edu- cation credits required for their program. General Education Requirements for the BS/COM for Minnesota Students obtaining an Associates En-Route Credential A minimum of 45 of the 120 credits must be in the general educa- tion areas approved by the University. Communication Arts, 6 credits A Track must include: COMM 215, equivalent or higher B Track must include: ENG 147 Mathematics, 6 credits Effective for Enrollment Agreements sign 6/1/2016 or later, must include 6 credits of quantitative reasoning or higher Natural Science, 9 credits Humanities, 9 credits Must include: HUM 115 Social Science, 9 credits Additional Liberal Arts, 6 credits A Track must include: GEN 201 B Track must include: GEN 127 Students are required to complete at least 1 credit in either Communication Arts, Social Science, Natural Science, Humanities, or Mathematics. Students who lack .67 or fewer general education credits may use interdisciplinary or elective credits to waive the balance. Students must use interdisciplinary or elective credits to waive the general education balance in order to complete the minimum general edu- cation credits required for their program. Academic Progression Requirements for the BS/COM • Students placed in the Accelerated Pathway (A Track) are

required to successfully complete GEN 201 followed by HUM 115 prior to proceeding into additional coursework in their programs.

• Standard pathway (B Track) students must satisfy all three (3) courses from the standard pathway prior to enrolling in any other course: GEN 127, HUM 115, ENG 147

• Accelerated Pathway (A Track) students have the option to satisfy HUM 115 by meeting one of the following criteria: • Transfer a regionally accredited Associate of Arts degree

from a community college, or higher degree from a regionally or approved nationally accredited institution.

• Transfer to University of Phoenix with an Associate's Degree, or higher, from an articulated institution where the Program Transfer Guide requirements do not mandate completion of a critical thinking course.

• Transfer a Critical Thinking course of 2.67 credits or higher with a C- grade.

• Previous completion of an Associate of Arts or higher degree from University of Phoenix.

• Previous completion of a Critical Thinking course with University of Phoenix

• Non-pathway students may not enroll in HUM 115 to satisfy programmatic prerequisites, general education, or elective requirements.

• With the exception of ENG 147, GEN 127, GEN 201, and HUM 115, General Education and Elective course requirements may be satisfied by any of the following means: • University of Phoenix coursework, • Regionally or nationally accredited coursework (C- or higher

grade), • University of Phoenix Prior Learning Assessment • National Testing Programs, and • ACE evaluated Military credits.

• Concurrent enrollment is prohibited during any of the following courses: GEN 201, GEN 127, ENG 147, or HUM 115.

• Accelerated Pathway (A Track) students may not enroll in GEN 127 or ENG 147 to satisfy programmatic prerequisites, general education or elective requirements.

• Continuously enrolled students in an approved entry point course should not execute a program or version change until completion of the entry point course to determine if the pathway diagnostic is required based on the outcome of the course.

• Students who have successfully completed an approved entry point course in a degree program and are re-entry or executing a program change will not be required to complete the pathway diagnostic and will be placed in the Accelerated Pathway (A Track).

• Students who previously completed an approved entry point course are not required to take GEN 127 or GEN 201.

• Students may not complete any of the following courses via Directed Study: GEN 201, GEN 127, ENG 147, or HUM 115.

• Satisfy University Proficiency Requirements • Undergraduate students must satisfy math and English

proficiencies as a condition of degree conferral and as a degree progression requirement prior to specific courses in their program.

• Students have the following options to fulfill proficiency: • Successful completion of University of Phoenix math and

English courses designated as applicable to the proficiency requirement

• Comparable regionally or approved nationally accredited transfer, or credit recommended by the American Council on Education transfer coursework that meets the following requirements:

-Completed within ten years of enrollment -Grade of C- or better (or academic equivalent) -At least 2.67 semester credits -Eligible to receive general education credits

151

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

• Achieve a passing score (as established by the American Council on Education) on a comparable National Testing Program (NTP) exam completed within ten years of enrollment.

• Demonstrate competency by meeting minimum passing score on University of Phoenix approved placement exam.

• Students who satisfied the English and/or math proficiency and sign a new enrollment agreement may carry forward the completed proficiency in their new program/version provided they have remained in continuous attendance in alignment with the University's Re-Entry policy.

Additional Residency Requirements and Course Waivers for the BS/COM • Students in this program may waive a maximum of 12 credits

from their required course of study. • The 18 credit Upper Division Communication Electives

requirement may be satisfied by any of the following means: • Upper Division University of Phoenix Communication

coursework. • Upper Division Certificate approved in the student's state or

jurisdiction. • Upper Division Communication transfer coursework that is

acceptable for transfer and was completed within the past ten (10) years from current program enrollment agreement sign date with a grade of C- or better.

• Upper Division Communication National Testing Program exams that are acceptable for transfer and were completed within the past ten (10) years from current program enrollment agreement sign date.

• Upper Division Communication American Council on Education recommended (Military) credits that are acceptable for transfer and were completed within the past ten (10) years from current program enrollment agreement sign date.

• Upper Division Communication Prior Learning Assessment (PLA) credits awarded to activities completed within the past ten (10) years from current program enrollment agreement sign date.

• The following courses in the Required Course of Study may not be waived: BSCOM 485

Re-entry for the BS/COM Re-entry students who have successfully completed an approved entry point course in a degree program will not be required to com- plete the pathway diagnostic and will be placed in the Accelerated Pathway (A Track). They will not be required to enroll in the stan- dard pathway (B Track) courses. Any student who has been out of attendance for more than 365 days from the last date of positive recorded attendance in a pro- gram applicable course is considered a re-entry student. Re-entry students may re-enroll into their program version without appeal if the program version is still the most current in their state or jurisdiction and the student has the ability to satisfy all program requirements within their original program completion deadline. Re-entry students whose program version is not the most current in their state or jurisdiction will be required to enroll into the most current version. Select programs may have additional re-entry requirements/ restrictions. Re-entry students should consult their Academic Advisor for guidance.

........................................................................................... Bachelor of Arts in English

The following Bachelor of Arts in English (BA/ENG) program may be offered at these University of Phoenix campus locations: Online, depending on state of residence. The availability of programs and concentrations depend on student demand and other factors. Not all programs may be available to all residents of all states. Students may want to consider completing certain courses in the Online classroom at Online rates if the program is available via the Online modality in their state.

........................................................................................... Please contact your enrollment representative for more information.

The Bachelor of Arts degree with a language requirement and pri- mary major in English is designed to provide students with sub- stantive academic content in a liberal arts discipline of their choice. The degree provides an academic content area foundation for stu- dents interested in pursuing further graduate or alternative route methodology courses required for teaching certification in all states. The degree also provides an academic foundation for stu- dents interested in pursuing further graduate education necessary for postsecondary teaching positions in liberal arts at most colleges and Universities. This program does not directly prepare students for certification or licensure as a teacher. The degree also provides an academic foundation for students interested in pursuing further graduate education necessary for postsecondary teaching positions in liberal arts at most colleges and universities. Focused studies are designed to provide an interdisciplinary component that will increase the student’s breadth of learning. The program will pro- vide workers in business and government, as well as education, with learning that promotes critical thinking, information utiliza- tion, collaboration, communication, and analytical skills essential to effective and efficient work productivity. The Bachelor of Arts in English introduces students to literature, rhetoric, grammar and composition as a disciplined course of study. Students will gain a multifaceted understanding of the major literary genres, authors, and forms; and proficiency in the English language through their course of study. Using English language as a context, students develop skills in research, critical thinking & analysis, and commu- nication. For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program, and other important information, please visit our website at http://www.phoenix.edu/ programs/ba-eng. Program Student Learning Outcomes In addition to the knowledge and skills related to the University Learning Goals, College of Humanities and Sciences graduating students are intended to attain certain program-specific knowl- edge, skills and abilities. Therefore, you should be able to demon- strate the following learning outcomes by the time you complete this program. • Students will demonstrate mastery of written English and apply

this to a variety of rhetorical strategies of exposition, persuasion, narration and descriptive writing.

• Students will demonstrate understanding of texts and apply rhetorical concepts in a variety of diverse communication situations and contingencies.

• Students will apply collaborative learning skills in analysis and composition to works collectively authored in a team setting in the creation of a product.

• Students will compare and contrast literature across its forms, genres and schools, using significant authors and works in the identification of essential elements.

152

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

COLLEGE OF HUMANITIES AND SCIENCES

• Students will research authors, historical contexts and theoretical frames to deepen comprehension of written works.

• Students will evaluate literary and rhetorical works for quality and purpose.

• Students will apply concepts from literary works and scholarly research to their lives.

• Students will explain the importance of literature, rhetoric and linguistics to society.

BA/ENG Preferred Sequence- A Track and B Track

Courses requiring prerequisites are identified by a ~ symbol following the course number. Course descriptions for all courses are listed in the Course Guide section of the catalog (page B-1). Lower Division Courses - 21 credits Major Courses - 6 credits ENG 270 ~................................................................................ 3 credits

Literary Interpretation and Analysis

ENG 280 ~................................................................................ 3 credits

Rhetoric and Critical Thinking Select 2 courses from the following: LIT 235 ~ .................................................................................. 3 credits

Survey of English Literature to 1798

LIT 245 ~ .................................................................................. 3 credits

Survey of English Literature since 1798

LIT 255 ~ .................................................................................. 3 credits

Survey of American Literature to 1860

LIT 265 ~ .................................................................................. 3 credits

Survey of American Literature since 1860 Select 3 courses from the following or another 200 level ENG course: ENG 230 ~................................................................................ 3 credits

Mechanics of Writing

ENG 235 ~................................................................................ 3 credits

Linguistics

ENG 240 ~................................................................................ 3 credits

Introduction to Creative Writing

ENG 250 ~................................................................................ 3 credits

History of the English Language

ENG 260 ~................................................................................ 3 credits

Folklore and Fairytales

ENG 265 ~................................................................................ 3 credits

The Short Story

ENG 295 ~................................................................................ 3 credits

Children's Literature Upper Division Courses - 27 credits Major Courses - 6 credits LIT 375 ~ .................................................................................. 3 credits

Literary Theory and Criticism

WRIT 320 ~ .............................................................................. 3 credits

Advanced Composition for the English Major

Select 6 courses from the below list or another upper division course with a LIT, WRIT, or RHET prefix: LIT 304 ~ .................................................................................. 3 credits

Shakespeare

LIT 305 ~ .................................................................................. 3 credits

Major American Novel

LIT 315 ~ .................................................................................. 3 credits

American Autobiography

LIT 325 ~ .................................................................................. 3 credits

Modern Theatre

LIT 330 ~ .................................................................................. 3 credits

Modern Poetry

LIT 340 ~ .................................................................................. 3 credits

African American Literature

LIT 410 ~ .................................................................................. 3 credits

Literature of the Fantastic

LIT 420 ~ .................................................................................. 3 credits

Comic Books and Graphic Novels

LIT 430 ~ .................................................................................. 3 credits

The Romantic Poet

LIT 450 ~ .................................................................................. 3 credits

Women Writers

RHET 300 ~ ............................................................................. 3 credits

Rhetorical Theories

RHET 450 ~ ............................................................................. 3 credits

Advanced Linguistics

RHET 470 ~ ............................................................................. 3 credits

Studies of American Rhetoric

RHET 475 ~ ............................................................................. 3 credits

Rhetoric and Social Media

WRIT 310 ~.............................................................................. 3 credits

Creative Writing: Personal Essays and Creative Non-Fiction

WRIT 350 ~.............................................................................. 3 credits

Writing for Social Media

WRIT 410 ~.............................................................................. 3 credits

Creative Writing: Poetry

WRIT 415 ~.............................................................................. 3 credits

Creative Writing: Short Story

WRIT 420 ~.............................................................................. 3 credits

Creative Writing: One Act Play Select 1 Capstone: ENG 480 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits

Applied Rhetoric

Focus Study -15 credits

To satisfy the Focus Study requirement, students must complete 15 credits in a content area outside of their selected major, nine (9) of which must be upper division. All 15 credits must be from the same content area and can be satisfied using transfer or University of Phoenix coursework. Credits completed and applying to satisfy the Focus Study requirement may not also apply within applicable General Education categories.

General Information for the BA/ENG • First time attendees with the University who indicate less than

24 previous college credits (as recognized by the university) on the admission application and who meet the requirements for "Admitted with Condition" status, will be admitted with condition to this program according to the risk free period policy.

153

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

• Prior Learning Assessment and credits earned through National Testing Programs are excluded from the calculation of previous college credits.

• Applicants who have not previously completed an associate degree or higher at a regionally or approved nationally accredited institution must complete a Pathway Diagnostic before enrolling into their first credit-bearing course. The results of the diagnostic will determine placement in the Accelerated Pathway (A Track) or standard pathway (B Track).

• Students who have completed an associate degree or higher at a regionally or nationally accredited institution are not required to complete the Pathway Diagnostic and will be placed in the Accelerated Pathway (A Track).

• Students who are placed in the Accelerated Pathway may choose to pursue the standard pathway without appeal, but must complete the standard pathway in its entirety upon the change. Students who are placed in the standard pathway must appeal to pursue the Accelerated Pathway.

Additional Admission Requirements for the BA/ENG

All applicants are expected to meet the following admissions requirements: • High school graduation from an institution that holds state

approval to confer high school diplomas or are accredited or a candidate for accreditation at the time the student attended by an acceptable accrediting body, GED certificate, CHSPE (California High School Proficiency Examination) certificate, or completion of the HiSET examination with a passing score. • Tennessee: Students residing in Tennessee who are attending

classes via the Online modality and students attending a local campus in Tennessee, including from any cross-border locations must provide the university with an official High School transcript or official GED score (if applicable). A college transcript which documents high school date of completion or a copy of a DD-214 showing high school graduation or equivalency may be submitted to satisfy this

Degree Requirements for the BA/ENG • Completion of a minimum of 120 credits that include the

following distribution: • General Education 42 credits • Major-English 48 credits • Focus Study 15 credits • Elective Credits 15 credits

• A minimum of 42 upper division credits. • Completion of a fifteen (15) credit Focus Study, nine (9) of which

must be upper division. • A minimum grade point average (GPA) of 2.0. • The diploma awarded for this program will read as:

Bachelor of Arts in English Degree Requirements for the BA/ENG for Minnesota Students • Completion of a minimum of 120 credits that include the

following distribution: • General Education 51 credits • Major-English 48 credits • Focus Study 15 credits • Elective Credits 6 credits

• A minimum of 42 upper division credits. • Completion of a fifteen (15) credit Focus Study, nine (9) of which

must be upper division. • A minimum grade point average (GPA) of 2.0.

• The diploma awarded for this program will read as: Bachelor of Arts in English

General Education Requirements for the BA/ENG A minimum of 42 of the 120 credits must be in the general educa- tion areas approved by the University. Communication Arts, 6 credits A Track must include: ENG 220, equivalent or higher B Track must include: ENG 147 Mathematics, 6 credits Effective for Enrollment Agreements sign 6/1/2016 or later, must include 6 credits of quantitative reasoning or higher Social Science, 6 credits Science & Technology, 6 credits Must include at least three (3) credits in the physical or biological sciences Humanities, 6 credits Must include: HUM 115 Additional Liberal Arts, 3 credits A Track must include: GEN 201 B Track must include: GEN 127 Foreign Language, 6 credits NTP Foreign Language Exams may be used to satisfy foreign language requirements. Interdisciplinary Component, 3 credits Students who lack .67 or fewer general education credits may use interdisciplinary or elective credits to waive the balance. Students must use interdisciplinary or elective credits to waive the general education balance in order to complete the minimum general edu- cation credits required for their program. General Education Requirements for the BA/ENG for Minnesota Students A minimum of 51 of the 120 credits must be in the general educa- tion areas approved by the University. Communication Arts, 6 credits A Track must include: ENG 220, equivalent or higher B Track must include: ENG 147 Mathematics, 6 credits Effective for Enrollment Agreements sign 6/1/2016 or later, must include 6 credits of quantitative reasoning or higher Social Science, 9 credits Natural Science, 9 credits Humanities, 9 credits Must include: HUM 115 Additional Liberal Arts, 6 credits A Track must include: GEN 201 B Track must include: GEN 127 Students are required to complete at least 1 credit in either Communication Arts, Social Science, Natural Science, Humanities, or Mathematics. Foreign Language, 6 credits NTP Foreign Language Exams may be used to satisfy foreign language requirements. Students who lack .67 or fewer general education credits may use interdisciplinary or elective credits to waive the balance. Students must use interdisciplinary or elective credits to waive the general education balance in order to complete the minimum general edu- cation credits required for their program.

154

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

COLLEGE OF HUMANITIES AND SCIENCES

Academic Progression Requirements for the BA/ENG

• Students placed in the Accelerated Pathway (A Track) are required to successfully complete GEN 201 followed by HUM 115 prior to proceeding into additional coursework in their programs.

• Standard pathway (B Track) students must satisfy all three (3) courses from the standard pathway prior to enrolling in any other course: GEN 127, HUM 115, ENG 147

• Accelerated Pathway (A Track) students have the option to satisfy HUM 115 by meeting one of the following criteria: • Transfer a regionally accredited Associate of Arts degree

from a community college, or higher degree from a regionally or approved nationally accredited institution.

• Transfer to University of Phoenix with an Associate's Degree, or higher, from an articulated institution where the Program Transfer Guide requirements do not mandate completion of a critical thinking course.

• Transfer a Critical Thinking course of 2.67 credits or higher with a C- grade.

• Previous completion of an Associate of Arts or higher degree from University of Phoenix.

• Previous completion of a Critical Thinking course with University of Phoenix

• Non-pathway students may not enroll in HUM 115 to satisfy programmatic prerequisites, general education, or elective requirements.

• With the exception of ENG 147, GEN 127, GEN 201, and HUM 115, General Education and Elective course requirements may be satisfied by any of the following means: • University of Phoenix coursework, • Regionally or nationally accredited coursework (C- or higher

grade), • University of Phoenix Prior Learning Assessment • National Testing Programs, and • ACE evaluated Military credits.

• Concurrent enrollment is prohibited during any of the following courses: GEN 201, GEN 127, ENG 147, or HUM 115.

• Accelerated Pathway (A Track) students may not enroll in GEN 127 or ENG 147 to satisfy programmatic prerequisites, general education or elective requirements.

• Continuously enrolled students in an approved entry point course should not execute a program or version change until completion of the entry point course to determine if the pathway diagnostic is required based on the outcome of the course.

• Students who have successfully completed an approved entry point course in a degree program and are re-entry or executing a program change will not be required to complete the pathway diagnostic and will be placed in the Accelerated Pathway (A Track).

• Students who previously completed an approved entry point course are not required to take GEN 127 or GEN 201.

• Students may not complete any of the following courses via Directed Study: GEN 201, GEN 127, ENG 147, or HUM 115.

• Satisfy University Proficiency Requirements • Undergraduate students must satisfy math and English

proficiencies as a condition of degree conferral and as a degree progression requirement prior to specific courses in their program.

• Students have the following options to fulfill proficiency:

• Successful completion of University of Phoenix math and English courses designated as applicable to the proficiency requirement

• Comparable regionally or approved nationally accredited transfer, or credit recommended by the American Council on Education transfer coursework that meets the following requirements:

-Completed within ten years of enrollment -Grade of C- or better (or academic equivalent) -At least 2.67 semester credits -Eligible to receive general education credits

• Achieve a passing score (as established by the American Council on Education) on a comparable National Testing Program (NTP) exam completed within ten years of enrollment.

• Demonstrate competency by meeting minimum passing score on University of Phoenix approved placement exam.

• Students who satisfied the English and/or math proficiency and sign a new enrollment agreement may carry forward the completed proficiency in their new program/version provided they have remained in continuous attendance in alignment with the University's Re-Entry policy.

Additional Residency Requirements and Course Waivers for the BA/ENG

Students in this program may waive a maximum of 15 credits from their required course of study. Re-entry for the BA/ENG Re-entry students who have successfully completed an approved entry point course in a degree program will not be required to com- plete the pathway diagnostic and will be placed in the Accelerated Pathway (A Track). They will not be required to enroll in the stan- dard pathway (B Track) courses. Any student who has been out of attendance for more than 365 days from the last date of positive recorded attendance in a pro- gram applicable course is considered a re-entry student. Re-entry students may re-enroll into their program version without appeal if the program version is still the most current in their state or jurisdiction and the student has the ability to satisfy all program requirements within their original program completion deadline. Re-entry students whose program version is not the most current in their state or jurisdiction will be required to enroll into the most current version. Select programs may have additional re-entry requirements/ restrictions. Re-entry students should consult their Academic Advisor for guidance.

155

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

........................................................................................... Bachelor of Science in Environmental Science

The following Bachelor of Science in Environmental Science (BS/EVS) program may be offered at these University of Phoenix campus locations: Online, depending on state of residence. The availability of programs and concentrations depend on student demand and other factors. Not all programs may be available to all residents of all states. Students may want to consider completing certain courses in the Online classroom at Online rates if the program is available via the Online modality in their state.

........................................................................................... Please contact your enrollment representative for more information.

The Bachelor of Science degree with a mathematics requirement and primary majors in natural sciences and history is designed to provide students with substantive academic content in the disci- pline of their choice. The program prepares students for teaching opportunities in elementary and secondary education after com- pletion of additional methodology courses required for teacher cer- tification in all states. The degree also provides an academic foundation for students interested in pursuing further graduate education necessary for postsecondary teaching positions in natu- ral science or history at most colleges and universities. Focused studies are designed to provide an interdisciplinary component that will increase the student’s breadth of learning. The program will provide workers in business and government, as well as edu- cation, with learning that promotes critical thinking, information utilization, collaboration, communication, and analytical skills essential to effective and efficient work productivity. The major in Environmental Science is designed to provide students with a com- prehensive understanding of the relationship between scientific principles and the environment. Topics will include biological and ecological fundamentals, the environment and society, environ- mental management and law, global health, risk assessment, ethics, and technology. For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program, and other important information, please visit our website at http://www.phoenix.edu/ programs/bs-evs. Program Student Learning Outcomes In addition to the knowledge and skills related to the University Learning Goals, College of Humanities and Sciences graduating students are intended to attain certain program-specific knowl- edge, skills and abilities. Therefore, you should be able to demon- strate the following learning outcomes by the time you complete this program. • Students will explain key concepts and theories in the physical

and life sciences. • Students will analyze environmental issues using the

fundamentals of the physical and life sciences. • Students will evaluate scientific reasoning to critically analyze

environmental issues. • Students will apply basic research methods in science. • Students will explain professional knowledge and ethical

responsibilities in environmental science. • Students will propose solutions to environmental problems

based on interdisciplinary knowledge. • Students will generate effective communications of theory,

findings and conclusions in a scientific manner. • Students will apply laws and policies when evaluating

environmental issues.

Preferred Sequence for the BS/EVS

Courses requiring prerequisites are identified by a ~ symbol following the course number. Course descriptions for all courses are listed in the Course Guide section of the catalog (page B-1). Major Requirements Lower Division Courses - 26 credits Major Courses - 23 credits BIO 101 ~.................................................................................. 3 credits

Principles of Biology

BIO 280 ~.................................................................................. 3 credits

Conservation Biology

CHM 150 ~............................................................................... 4 credits

General Chemistry I

CHM 151 ~............................................................................... 4 credits

General Chemistry II

ENV 100 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits

Principles of Environmental Science

GLG 220 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits

Physical Geology

SCI 256 ~ .................................................................................. 3 credits

People, Science and the Environment

Electives - Select (1) course - 3 credits BIO 204 ~.................................................................................. 3 credits

Plant Physiology

BIO 240 ~.................................................................................. 3 credits

General Biology

GEO 180 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits

Physical Geography

GLG 240 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits

Environmental Geology

SCI 209 ~ .................................................................................. 3 credits

Oceanography

Upper Division Courses - 30 credits Major Courses - 21 credits BIO 315 ~.................................................................................. 4 credits

Ecology and Evolution

ECO 370 ~ ................................................................................ 4 credits

Environmental Economics

ENV 320 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits

Environmental Law

ENV 410 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits

Environmental Toxicology

ENV 420 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits

Environmental Risk Assessment

SCI 362 ~ .................................................................................. 3 credits

Environmental Issues and Ethics

SUS 300 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits

Environmental Sustainability

Electives - Select (3) Courses - 9 credits BIO 325 ~.................................................................................. 3 credits

Economic Botany

156

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

COLLEGE OF HUMANITIES AND SCIENCES

ENV 310 ~................................................................................ 3 credits

Environmental Management

ENV 315 ~................................................................................ 3 credits

Global Change

ENV 330 ~................................................................................ 3 credits

Global Environmental Health

ENV 340 ~................................................................................ 3 credits

Energy and the Environment

ENV 350 ~................................................................................ 3 credits

Water and Wastewater Treatment Technology

ENV 400 ~................................................................................ 3 credits

Watershed Hydrology

ENV 430 ~................................................................................ 3 credits

Environmental Technology

ENV 431 ~................................................................................ 3 credits

Public Policy Analysis

Focus Study - 15 credits To satisfy the Focus Study requirement, students must complete 15 credits in a content area outside of their selected major, 9 of which must be upper division. All 15 credits must be from the same con- tent area and can be satisfied using transfer or University of Phoe- nix coursework. Credits completed to satisfy the Focus Study requirement may not apply within applicable General Education categories.

The University reserves the right to modify the required course of study.

General Information for the BS/EVS • First time attendees with the University who indicate less than

24 previous college credits (as recognized by the university) on the admission application and who meet the requirements for "Admitted with Condition" status, will be admitted with condition to this program according to the risk free period policy. • Prior Learning Assessment and credits earned through

National Testing Programs are excluded from the calculation of previous college credits.

• Applicants who have not previously completed an associate degree or higher at a regionally or approved nationally accredited institution must complete a Pathway Diagnostic before enrolling into their first credit-bearing course. The results of the diagnostic will determine placement in the Accelerated Pathway (A Track) or standard pathway (B Track).

• Students who have completed an associate degree or higher at a regionally or nationally accredited institution are not required to complete the Pathway Diagnostic and will be placed in the Accelerated Pathway (A Track).

• Students who are placed in the Accelerated Pathway may choose to pursue the standard pathway without appeal, but must complete the standard pathway in its entirety upon the change. Students who are placed in the standard pathway must appeal to pursue the Accelerated Pathway.

Additional Admission Requirements BS/EVS

All applicants are expected to meet the following admissions requirements:

• High school graduation from an institution that holds state approval to confer high school diplomas or are accredited or a candidate for accreditation at the time the student attended by an acceptable accrediting body, GED certificate or CHSPE (California High School Proficiency Examination) certificate, or completion of the HiSET examination with a passing score. • Tennessee: Students residing in Tennessee who are attending

classes via the Online modality and students attending a local campus in Tennessee, including from any cross-border locations must provide the university with an official High School transcript or official GED score (if applicable). A college transcript which documents high school date of completion or a copy of a DD-214 showing high school graduation or equivalency may be submitted to satisfy this requirement.

Degree Requirements for the BS/EVS

• Completion of a minimum of 120 credits that include the following distribution: • General Education - 36 credits • Major-Environmental Science - 56 credits • Focus Study - 15 credits • Elective Credits - 13 credits

• A minimum of 42 upper division credits. • Completion of a fifteen (15) credit Focus Study, nine (9) of which

must be upper division. • A minimum grade point average (GPA) of 2.0. • Students may choose additional elective credits to fulfill upper

division and elective requirements. • The diploma awarded for this program will read as:

Bachelor of Science in Environmental Science

General Education Requirements for the BS/EVS

A minimum of 36 of the 120 credits must be in the general educa- tion areas approved by the University Electives Requirement 13 credits Select elective courses to meet the minimum upper division and general education requirements for the Bachelor of Science in Environmental Science degree. Communication Arts Requirement(s) 6 credits A Track must include: ENG 220, equivalent or higher B Track must include: ENG 147 Mathematics Requirement(s) 9 credits Must include: MTH 231, equivalent or higher Effective for Enrollment Agreements sign 6/1/2016 or later, must include 6 credits of college algebra or higher Social Science Requirement(s) 6 credits Science/Tech Requirement(s) 6 credits Must include at least three (3) credits in the physical or biological sciences Humanities Requirement(s) 6 credits Must include: HUM 115 Additional Liberal Arts Requirement(s) 3 credits A Track must include: GEN 201 B Track must include: GEN 127 Students who lack .67 or fewer general education credits may use interdisciplinary or elective credits to waive the balance. Students must use interdisciplinary or elective credits to waive the general education balance in order to complete the minimum general edu- cation credits required for their program.

157

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

General Education Requirements for the BS/EVS for Minnesota Students

A minimum of 36 of the 120 credits must be in the general educa- tion areas approved by the University Communication Arts, 6 credits A Track must include: ENG 220, equivalent or higher B Track must include: ENG 147 Mathematics, 9 credits Must include: MTH 231, equivalent or higher Effective for Enrollment Agreements sign 6/1/2016 or later, must include 6 credits of college algebra or higher Social Science, 6 credits Natural Science, 6 credits Humanities, 6 credits Must include: HUM 115 Additional Liberal Arts, 3 credits A Track must include: GEN 201 B Track must include: GEN 127 Electives, 13 credits Students who lack .67 or fewer general education credits may use interdisciplinary or elective credits to waive the balance. Students must use interdisciplinary or elective credits to waive the general education balance in order to complete the minimum general edu- cation credits required for their program.

Academic Progression Requirements for the BS/EVS

• Students placed in the Accelerated Pathway (A Track) are required to successfully complete GEN 201 followed by HUM 115 prior to proceeding into additional coursework in their programs.

• Standard pathway (B Track) students must satisfy all three (3) courses from the standard pathway prior to enrolling in any other course: GEN 127, HUM 115, ENG 147

• Accelerated Pathway (A Track) students have the option to satisfy HUM 115 by meeting one of the following criteria: • Transfer a regionally accredited Associate of Arts degree

from a community college, or higher degree from a regionally or approved nationally accredited institution.

• Transfer to University of Phoenix with an Associate's Degree, or higher, from an articulated institution where the Program Transfer Guide requirements do not mandate completion of a critical thinking course.

• Transfer a Critical Thinking course of 2.67 credits or higher with a C- grade.

• Previous completion of an Associate of Arts or higher degree from University of Phoenix.

• Previous completion of a Critical Thinking course with University of Phoenix

• Non-pathway students may not enroll in HUM 115 to satisfy programmatic prerequisites, general education, or elective requirements.

• With the exception of ENG 147, GEN 127, GEN 201, and HUM 115, General Education and Elective course requirements may be satisfied by any of the following means: • University of Phoenix coursework, • Regionally or nationally accredited coursework (C- or higher

grade), • University of Phoenix Prior Learning Assessment

• National Testing Programs, and • ACE evaluated Military credits.

• Concurrent enrollment is prohibited during any of the following courses: GEN 201, GEN 127, ENG 147, or HUM 115.

• Accelerated Pathway (A Track) students may not enroll in GEN 127 or ENG 147 to satisfy programmatic prerequisites, general education or elective requirements.

• Continuously enrolled students in an approved entry point course should not execute a program or version change until completion of the entry point course to determine if the pathway diagnostic is required based on the outcome of the course.

• Students who have successfully completed an approved entry point course in a degree program and are re-entry or executing a program change will not be required to complete the pathway diagnostic and will be placed in the Accelerated Pathway (A Track).

• Students who previously completed an approved entry point course are not required to take GEN 127 or GEN 201.

• Students may not complete any of the following courses via Directed Study: GEN 201, GEN 127, ENG 147, or HUM 115.

• Satisfy University Proficiency Requirements • Undergraduate students must satisfy math and English

proficiencies as a condition of degree conferral and as a degree progression requirement prior to specific courses in their program.

• Students have the following options to fulfill proficiency: • Successful completion of University of Phoenix math and

English courses designated as applicable to the proficiency requirement

• Comparable regionally or approved nationally accredited transfer, or credit recommended by the American Council on Education transfer coursework that meets the following requirements:

-Completed within ten years of enrollment -Grade of C- or better (or academic equivalent) -At least 2.67 semester credits -Eligible to receive general education credits

• Achieve a passing score (as established by the American Council on Education) on a comparable National Testing Program (NTP) exam completed within ten years of enrollment.

• Demonstrate competency by meeting minimum passing score on University of Phoenix approved placement exam.

• Students who satisfied the English and/or math proficiency and sign a new enrollment agreement may carry forward the completed proficiency in their new program/version provided they have remained in continuous attendance in alignment with the University's Re-Entry policy.

Additional Residency Requirements and Course Waivers for the BS/EVS

• Students in this program may waive a maximum of 15 credits from their required course of study.

Re-entry for the BS/EVS Re-entry students who have successfully completed an approved entry point course in a degree program will not be required to com- plete the pathway diagnostic and will be placed in the Accelerated Pathway (A Track). They will not be required to enroll in the stan- dard pathway (B Track) courses.

158

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

COLLEGE OF HUMANITIES AND SCIENCES

Any student who has been out of attendance for more than 365 days from the last date of positive recorded attendance in a pro- gram applicable course is considered a re-entry student. Re-entry students may re-enroll into their program version without appeal if the program version is still the most current in their state or jurisdiction and the student has the ability to satisfy all program requirements within their original program completion deadline. Re-entry students whose program version is not the most current in their state or jurisdiction will be required to enroll into the most current version. Select programs may have additional re-entry requirements/ restrictions. Re-entry students should consult their Academic Advisor for guidance.

159

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

THIS PAGE WAS LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY

160

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

COLLEGE OF SECURITY AND CRIMINAL JUSTICE

.....................................................................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................................................... COLLEGE OF SECURITY AND CRIMINAL JUSTICE

The College of Security and Criminal Justice prepares students for professional and management-related career opportunities in crim- inal justice and security by applying a multidisciplinary compara- tive management approach to criminal justice theory and application. Students will be prepared to understand, explain, and predict criminal justice and security concepts and to contribute to the development of public and private policy within communities. Our mission is to enhance the academic preparation and profes- sionalism of the nation's criminal justice and security communities through access to quality criminal justice and security higher edu- cation. The College of Security and Criminal Justice provides inno- vative, respected, relevant, affordable, and student-focused programs, designed to prepare students for opportunities of ser- vice and leadership in a diverse, global society. Curriculum is delivered by experts who relate both theory and practice in this evolving field. The College has earned respect through continuous improvement driven by a combination of innovation in the field and empirical evidence of learning outcomes, all of which is accomplished through the integrity, teamwork, and creativity of college faculty and staff. We are a respected criminal justice and security college, known for its distinctive strengths in providing superior and relevant educational programs to its students. It is the student's responsibility to ascertain whether their past his- tory and conduct may prohibit their placement or participation in the criminal justice and security field. The University makes no guarantee or representation that the student will meet all qualifica- tions for such employment or licensure for the occupation or pro- fession related to the chosen program.

........................................................................................... Associate of Arts in Criminal Justice

The following Associate of Arts in Criminal Justice (AACJS) program may be offered at these University of Phoenix campus locations: Online. The availability of programs and concentrations depend on student demand and other factors. Not all programs may be available to all residents of all states. Students may want to consider completing certain courses in the Online classroom at Online rates if the program is available via the Online modality in their state. Please contact your enrollment

........................................................................................... representative for more information.

The AA in Criminal Justice Program is designed to address the needs of the Criminal justice and security occupations that require the breadth and depth of knowledge and a continually evolving set of physical, technological, cognitive, and interpersonal skills to navigate a rapidly changing environment. The program is designed to accommodate those requiring basic knowledge, as well as individuals seeking a comprehensive understanding of the field. For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program, and other important information, please visit our website at http://www.phoenix.edu/ programs/aacjs. Program Student Learning Outcomes In addition to the knowledge and skills related to the University Learning Goals, College of Security and Criminal Justice graduat- ing students are intended to attain certain program-specific knowl- edge, skills and abilities. Therefore, you should be able to demonstrate the following learning outcomes by the time you com-

plete this program. • Students will critically analyze issues of diversity, race, ethnicity

and multiculturalism related to criminal justice disciplines in order to identify and apply sound strategies to overcome socio- economic and racial issues in service to the communities they serve.

• Students will compare and contrast criminal justice standards relating to the codes of professional conduct in order to apply ethical principles to value-driven community service.

• Students will identify and recognize the importance of nonverbal communication, and the drafting of professionally written communication documents and verbal presentations, in the criminal justice disciplines.

• Students will define and articulate clear understanding in the application of public safety theory and practices, juvenile justice processes, criminal courts and correction systems through the use of technology. This will include the understanding of how sources of information are interpreted and applied to the criminal justice process.

• Students will examine different criminal justice and security problems by analyzing information using learned critical- and creative-thinking skills to find diverse solutions to improve the productivity of criminal justice organizations, and to provide quality community service.

• Students will demonstrate how to utilize information that identifies and classifies historical and contemporary social and behavioral theories to draft theoretical models of victim and criminal behavior, while exploring diverse policy approaches in criminal justice environments geared toward creating improvements in service to the community.

• Students will exhibit an understanding of foundations in forensic science, technology and mathematical principles used in crime laboratories and how utilization of this information applies to criminal justice environments for improved community service.

Required Course of Study for the Criminal Justice- A Track and B Track Courses requiring prerequisites are identified by a ~ symbol following the course number. Course descriptions for all courses are listed in the Course Guide section of the catalog (page B-1).

CJS 201 ~ .................................................................................. 3 credits

Introduction to Criminal Justice

CJS 225 ~ .................................................................................. 3 credits

Critical Thinking in Criminal Justice

CJS 241 ~ .................................................................................. 3 credits

Introduction to Police Theory and Practices

CJS 245 ~ .................................................................................. 3 credits

Juvenile Justice Systems and Processes

CJS 251 ~ .................................................................................. 3 credits

Introduction to Criminal Court Systems

CJS 255 ~ .................................................................................. 3 credits

Introduction to Corrections The University reserves the right to modify the required course of study.

161

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

The University's security and criminal justice programs are educational degree programs. For those interested in pursuing a career in law enforcement, corrections or as a peace officer with any particular local, state, federal or international agency, there are numerous additional qualifications (and often disqualifications) depending on the position. Before enrolling in a security and criminal justice program, potential students are highly encouraged to check with the relevant agency for a complete list of position requirements. The University makes no representations regarding whether any particular University program will qualify a graduate for any such position. General Information for the AACJS • First time attendees with the University who indicate less than

24 previous college credits (as recognized by the university) on the admission application and who meet the requirements for "Admitted with Condition" status, will be admitted with condition to this program according to the risk free period policy. • Prior Learning Assessment and credits earned through

National Testing Programs are excluded from the calculation of previous college credits.

• Applicants must complete a Pathway Diagnostic before enrolling into their first credit-bearing course. The results of the diagnostic will determine placement in the Accelerated Pathway (A Track) or standard pathway (B Track).

• Students who are placed in the Accelerated Pathway may choose to pursue the standard pathway without appeal, but must complete the standard pathway in its entirety upon the change. Students who are placed in the standard pathway must appeal to pursue the Accelerated Pathway.

• Any student planning to complete an associate of arts degree prior to enrolling in a bachelor degree must complete all required credits of the associates degree and meet admission requirements for their chosen bachelor degree before enrolling in any University bachelor degree programs.

Additional Admission Requirements for AACJS • Applicants must be at least 16 years of age at the time of

application. • High school graduation from an institution that holds state

approval to confer high school diplomas or are accredited or a candidate for accreditation at the time the student attended by an acceptable accrediting body, GED certificate or CHSPE (California High School Proficiency Examination) certificate, or completion of the HiSET examination with a passing score. • Tennessee: Students residing in Tennessee who are attending

classes via the Online modality and students attending a local campus in Tennessee, including from any cross-border locations must provide the university with an official High School transcript or official GED score (if applicable). A college transcript which documents high school date of completion or a copy of a DD-214 showing high school graduation or equivalency may be submitted to satisfy this requirement.

• Signed Acknowledgement Form Degree Requirements for AACJS • Completion of a minimum of 60 credits that include the

following distribution: • General Education - 42 credits • Required Course of Study - 18 credits

• A minimum grade point average (GPA) of 2.0.

• The diploma awarded for this program will read as: Associate of Arts

General Education Requirements for the AACJS The General Education requirements for this program are the fol- lowing: Communication Arts, 6 credits Must include: CJS 205 A Track must include: COMM 215, equivalent or higher B Track must include: ENG 147 Mathematics, 6 credits Effective for Enrollment Agreements sign 6/1/2016 or later, must include 6 credits of quantitative reasoning or higher; or 6 credits of statistics or higher Science and Technology, 6 credits Must include: CJS 215 Must include 3 credits in the physical or biological sciences Humanities, 6 credits Must include: CJS 211 Must include: HUM 115 Social Science, 9 credits Must include: CJS 221 and CJS 235 Additional Liberal Arts, 6 credits Must include CJS 231 A Track must include: GEN 201 B Track must include: GEN 127 Interdisciplinary Component, 3 credits CJS 201 is a prerequisite for the following General Education courses: CJS 215 and CJS 235. Academic Progression Requirements for the AACJS • Students placed in the Accelerated Pathway (A Track) are

required to successfully complete GEN 201 followed by HUM 115 prior to proceeding into additional coursework in their programs.

• Standard pathway (B Track) students must satisfy all three (3) courses from the standard pathway prior to enrolling in any other course: GEN 127, ENG 147, and HUM 115.

• With the exception of ENG 147, GEN 127, GEN 201, and HUM 115, General Education and Elective course requirements may be satisfied by any of the following means: • University of Phoenix coursework, • Regionally or nationally accredited coursework (C- or higher

grade), • University of Phoenix Prior Learning Assessment • National Testing Programs, and • ACE evaluated Military credits.

• Accelerated Pathway (A Track) students have the option to satisfy HUM 115 by meeting one of the following criteria: • Transfer a regionally accredited Associate of Arts degree

from a community college, or higher degree from a regionally or approved nationally accredited institution.

• Transfer to UoPX with an Associate's Degree, or higher, from an articulated institution where the Program Transfer Guide requirements do not mandate completion of a critical thinking course.

• Transfer a Critical Thinking course of 2.67 credits or higher with a C- grade.

• Previous completion of an Associate of Arts or higher degree from UOPX.

162

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

COLLEGE OF SECURITY AND CRIMINAL JUSTICE

• Previous completion of a Critical Thinking course with UOPX.

• Non-pathway students may not enroll in HUM 115 to satisfy programmatic prerequisites, general education, or elective requirements.

• Concurrent enrollment is prohibited during any of the following courses: GEN 201, GEN 127, ENG 147, or HUM 115.

• Accelerated Pathway (A Track) students may not enroll in GEN 127 or ENG 147 to satisfy programmatic prerequisites, general education or elective requirements.

• Continuously enrolled students in an approved entry point course should not execute a program or version change until completion of the entry point course to determine if the pathway diagnostic is required based on the outcome of the course.

• Students who have successfully completed an approved entry point course in a degree program and are re-entry or executing a program change will not be required to complete the pathway diagnostic and will be placed in the Accelerated Pathway (A Track).

• Students who previously completed an approved entry point course are not required to take GEN 127 or GEN 201.

• Students may not complete any of the following courses via Directed Study: GEN 201, GEN 127, ENG 147, or HUM 115.

• Satisfy University Proficiency Requirements • Undergraduate students must satisfy math and English

proficiencies as a condition of degree conferral and as a degree progression requirement prior to specific courses in their program.

• Students have the following options to fulfill proficiency: • Successful completion of University of Phoenix math and

English courses designated as applicable to the proficiency requirement

• Comparable regionally or approved nationally accredited transfer, or credit recommended by the American Council on Education transfer coursework that meets the following requirements:

-Completed within ten years of enrollment -Grade of C- or better (or academic equivalent) -At least 2.67 semester credits -Eligible to receive general education credits • Achieve a passing score (as established by the American Council

on Education) on a comparable National Testing Program (NTP) exam completed within ten years of enrollment.

• Demonstrate competency by meeting minimum passing score on University of Phoenix approved placement exam.

• Students who satisfied the English and/or math proficiency and sign a new enrollment agreement may carry forward the completed proficiency in their new program/version provided they have remained in continuous attendance in alignment with the University's Re-Entry policy.

Additional Residency Requirements and Course Waivers for the AACJS Students in this program may waive a maximum of 6 credits from their required course of study. Re-entry for the AACJS Re-entry students who have successfully completed an approved entry point course in a degree program will not be required to com- plete the pathway diagnostic and will be placed in the Accelerated

Pathway (A Track). They will not be required to enroll in the stan- dard pathway (B Track) courses. Any student who has been out of attendance for more than 365 days from the last date of positive recorded attendance in a pro- gram applicable course is considered a re-entry student. Re-entry students may re-enroll into their program version without appeal if the program version is still the most current in their state or jurisdiction and the student has the ability to satisfy all program requirements within their original program completion deadline. Re-entry students whose program version is not the most current in their state or jurisdiction will be required to enroll into the most current version. Select programs may have additional re-entry requirements/ restrictions. Re-entry students should consult their Academic Advisor for guidance.

........................................................................................... Associate of Arts in Criminal Justice (Minnesota)

The following Associate of Arts in Criminal Justice (AACJS) program may be offered at these University of Phoenix campus locations: Online. The availability of programs and concentrations depend on student demand and other factors. Not all programs may be available to all residents of all states. Students may want to consider completing certain courses in the Online classroom at Online rates if the program is available via the Online modality in their state. Please contact your enrollment

........................................................................................... representative for more information.

The AA in Criminal Justice Program is designed to address the needs of the Criminal justice and security occupations that require the breadth and depth of knowledge and a continually evolving set of physical, technological, cognitive, and interpersonal skills to navigate a rapidly changing environment. The program is designed to accommodate those requiring basic knowledge, as well as individuals seeking a comprehensive understanding of the field. For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program, and other important information, please visit our website at http://www.phoenix.edu/ programs/aacjs. Program Student Learning Outcomes In addition to the knowledge and skills related to the University Learning Goals, College of Security and Criminal Justice graduat- ing students are intended to attain certain program-specific knowl- edge, skills and abilities. Therefore, you should be able to demonstrate the following learning outcomes by the time you com- plete this program. • Students will critically analyze issues of diversity, race, ethnicity

and multiculturalism related to criminal justice disciplines in order to identify and apply sound strategies to overcome socio- economic and racial issues in service to the communities they serve.

• Students will compare and contrast criminal justice standards relating to the codes of professional conduct in order to apply ethical principles to value-driven community service.

• Students will identify and recognize the importance of nonverbal communication, and the drafting of professionally written communication documents and verbal presentations, in the criminal justice disciplines.

163

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

• Students will define and articulate clear understanding in the application of public safety theory and practices, juvenile justice processes, criminal courts and correction systems through the use of technology. This will include the understanding of how sources of information are interpreted and applied to the criminal justice process.

• Students will examine different criminal justice and security problems by analyzing information using learned critical- and creative-thinking skills to find diverse solutions to improve the productivity of criminal justice organizations, and to provide quality community service.

• Students will demonstrate how to utilize information that identifies and classifies historical and contemporary social and behavioral theories to draft theoretical models of victim and criminal behavior, while exploring diverse policy approaches in criminal justice environments geared toward creating improvements in service to the community.

• Students will exhibit an understanding of foundations in forensic science, technology and mathematical principles used in crime laboratories and how utilization of this information applies to criminal justice environments for improved community service.

Required Course of Study for the Criminal Justice- A Track and B Track Courses requiring prerequisites are identified by a ~ symbol following the course number. Course descriptions for all courses are listed in the Course Guide section of the catalog (page B-1).

CJS 201 ~................................................................................... 3 credits

Introduction to Criminal Justice

CJS 225 ~................................................................................... 3 credits

Critical Thinking in Criminal Justice

CJS 241 ~................................................................................... 3 credits

Introduction to Police Theory and Practices

CJS 245 ~................................................................................... 3 credits

Juvenile Justice Systems and Processes

CJS 251 ~................................................................................... 3 credits

Introduction to Criminal Court Systems

CJS 255 ~................................................................................... 3 credits

Introduction to Corrections The University reserves the right to modify the required course of study. The Associate of Arts in Criminal Justice degree program does not satisfy the requirements of the Minnesota Police Officer Standards and Training Board. Students will not qualify to be a police officer nor sit for the licensing exam in Minnesota upon successful completion of this program. The University's security and criminal justice programs are educational degree programs. For those interested in pursuing a career in law enforcement, corrections or as a peace officer with any particular local, state, federal or international agency, there are numerous additional qualifications (and often disqualifications) depending on the position. Before enrolling in a security and criminal justice program, potential students are highly encouraged to check with the relevant agency for a complete list of position requirements. The University makes no representations regarding whether any particular University program

will qualify a graduate for any such position. General Information for the AACJS • First time attendees with the University who indicate less than

24 previous college credits (as recognized by the university) on the admission application and who meet the requirements for "Admitted with Condition" status, will be admitted with condition to this program according to the risk free period policy. • Prior Learning Assessment and credits earned through

National Testing Programs are excluded from the calculation of previous college credits.

• Applicants must complete a Pathway Diagnostic before enrolling into their first credit-bearing course. The results of the diagnostic will determine placement in the Accelerated Pathway (A Track) or standard pathway (B Track).

• Students who are placed in the Accelerated Pathway may choose to pursue the standard pathway without appeal, but must complete the standard pathway in its entirety upon the change. Students who are placed in the standard pathway must appeal to pursue the Accelerated Pathway.

• Any student planning to complete an associate of arts degree prior to enrolling in a bachelor degree must complete all required credits of the associates degree and meet admission requirements for their chosen bachelor degree before enrolling in any University bachelor degree programs.

Additional Admission Requirements for AACJS • Applicants must be at least 16 years of age at the time of

application. • High school graduation from an institution that holds state

approval to confer high school diplomas or are accredited or a candidate for accreditation at the time the student attended by an acceptable accrediting body, GED certificate or CHSPE (California High School Proficiency Examination) certificate, or completion of the HiSET examination with a passing score.

• Signed Acknowledgement Form Degree Requirements for AACJS • Completion of a minimum of 66 credits that include the

following distribution: • General Education - 48 credits • Required Course of Study - 18 credits

• A minimum grade point average (GPA) of 2.0. • The diploma awarded for this program will read as:

Associate of Arts General Education Requirements for the AACJS The General Education requirements for this program are the fol- lowing: Communication Arts, 6 credits Must include: CJS 205 A Track must include: COMM 215, equivalent or higher B Track must include: ENG 147 Mathematics, 6 credits Effective for Enrollment Agreements sign 6/1/2016 or later, must include 6 credits of quantitative reasoning or higher; or 6 credits of statistics or higher Natural Science, 9 credits Humanities, 9 credits Must include: CJS 211 Must include: HUM 115 Social Science, 9 credits

164

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

COLLEGE OF SECURITY AND CRIMINAL JUSTICE

Must include: CJS 221 and CJS 235 Additional Liberal Arts, 6 credits Must include CJS 231 A Track must include: GEN 201 B Track must include: GEN 127 Students are required to complete at least 1 credit in either Communication Arts, Social Science, Natural Science, Humanities, or Mathematics. Note: CJS 231 will count toward additional social science credits. Interdisciplinary Component, 3 credits Must include: CJS 215 CJS 201 is a prerequisite for the following General Education courses: CJS 215 and CJS 235. Academic Progression Requirements for the AACJS • Students placed in the Accelerated Pathway (A Track) are

required to successfully complete GEN 201 followed by HUM 115 prior to proceeding into additional coursework in their programs.

• Standard pathway (B Track) students must satisfy all three (3) courses from the standard pathway prior to enrolling in any other course: GEN 127, ENG 147, and HUM 115.

• With the exception of ENG 147, GEN 127, GEN 201, and HUM 115, General Education and Elective course requirements may be satisfied by any of the following means: • University of Phoenix coursework, • Regionally or nationally accredited coursework (C- or higher

grade), • University of Phoenix Prior Learning Assessment • National Testing Programs, and • ACE evaluated Military credits.

• Accelerated Pathway (A Track) students have the option to satisfy HUM 115 by meeting one of the following criteria: • Transfer a regionally accredited Associate of Arts degree

from a community college, or higher degree from a regionally or approved nationally accredited institution.

• Transfer to UoPX with an Associate's Degree, or higher, from an articulated institution where the Program Transfer Guide requirements do not mandate completion of a critical thinking course.

• Transfer a Critical Thinking course of 2.67 credits or higher with a C- grade.

• Previous completion of an Associate of Arts or higher degree from UOPX.

• Previous completion of a Critical Thinking course with UOPX.

• Non-pathway students may not enroll in HUM 115 to satisfy programmatic prerequisites, general education, or elective requirements.

• Concurrent enrollment is prohibited during any of the following courses: GEN 201, GEN 127, ENG 147, or HUM 115.

• Accelerated Pathway (A Track) students may not enroll in GEN 127 or ENG 147 to satisfy programmatic prerequisites, general education or elective requirements.

• Continuously enrolled students in an approved entry point course should not execute a program or version change until completion of the entry point course to determine if the pathway diagnostic is required based on the outcome of the course.

• Students who have successfully completed an approved entry point course in a degree program and are re-entry or executing a program change will not be required to complete the pathway diagnostic and will be placed in the Accelerated Pathway (A Track).

• Students who previously completed an approved entry point course are not required to take GEN 127 or GEN 201.

• Students may not complete any of the following courses via Directed Study: GEN 201, GEN 127, ENG 147, or HUM 115.

• Satisfy University Proficiency Requirements • Undergraduate students must satisfy math and English

proficiencies as a condition of degree conferral and as a degree progression requirement prior to specific courses in their program.

• Students have the following options to fulfill proficiency: • Successful completion of University of Phoenix math and

English courses designated as applicable to the proficiency requirement

• Comparable regionally or approved nationally accredited transfer, or credit recommended by the American Council on Education transfer coursework that meets the following requirements:

-Completed within ten years of enrollment -Grade of C- or better (or academic equivalent) -At least 2.67 semester credits -Eligible to receive general education credits • Achieve a passing score (as established by the American Council

on Education) on a comparable National Testing Program (NTP) exam completed within ten years of enrollment.

• Demonstrate competency by meeting minimum passing score on University of Phoenix approved placement exam.

• Students who satisfied the English and/or math proficiency and sign a new enrollment agreement may carry forward the completed proficiency in their new program/version provided they have remained in continuous attendance in alignment with the University's Re-Entry policy.

Additional Residency Requirements and Course Waivers for the AACJS Students in this program may waive a maximum of 6 credits from their required course of study. Re-entry for the AACJS Re-entry students who have successfully completed an approved entry point course in a degree program will not be required to com- plete the pathway diagnostic and will be placed in the Accelerated Pathway (A Track). They will not be required to enroll in the stan- dard pathway (B Track) courses. Any student who has been out of attendance for more than 365 days from the last date of positive recorded attendance in a pro- gram applicable course is considered a re-entry student. Re-entry students may re-enroll into their program version without appeal if the program version is still the most current in their state or jurisdiction and the student has the ability to satisfy all program requirements within their original program completion deadline. Re-entry students whose program version is not the most current in their state or jurisdiction will be required to enroll into the most current version. Select programs may have additional re-entry requirements/ restrictions. Re-entry students should consult their Academic Advisor for guidance.

165

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

........................................................................................... Bachelor of Science in Criminal Justice Administration

The following Bachelor of Science in Criminal Justice Administration (BSCJA) program may be offered at these University of Phoenix campus locations: Online. The availability of programs and concentrations depend on student demand and other factors. Not all programs may be available to all residents of all states. Students may want to consider completing certain courses in the Online classroom at Online rates if the program is available via the Online modality in their state. Please contact your

........................................................................................... enrollment representative for more information.

The mission of the Bachelor of Science in Criminal Justice Adminis- tration is to provide students with a strong foundation in criminal justice principles, concepts, and theories, as well as a practice ori- entation to justice administration. The degree offers a global per- spective, as well as specialty coursework in criminal justice services. Students will receive core instruction in criminal justice as it is represented in the domains of law enforcement, criminal courts, and corrections then advance to emphasis courses within the broad domains of criminal justice. For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program, and other important information, please visit our website at http://www.phoenix.edu/ programs/bscja.

BSCJA A Track and B Track

Courses requiring prerequisites are identified by a ~ symbol following the course number. Course descriptions for all courses are listed in the Course Guide section of the catalog (page B-1).

CJS 241 ~................................................................................... 3 credits

Introduction to Police Theory and Practices

CJS 251 ~................................................................................... 3 credits

Introduction to Criminal Court Systems

CJS 255 ~................................................................................... 3 credits

Introduction to Corrections

CJS 211 ~................................................................................... 3 credits

Ethics in Criminal Justice

CJS 221 ~................................................................................... 3 credits

Cultural Diversity in Criminal Justice

CJS 231 ~................................................................................... 3 credits

Criminology

CJS 245 ~................................................................................... 3 credits

Juvenile Justice Systems and Processes

CJA 305 ~.................................................................................. 3 credits

Criminal Law

CJA 315 ~.................................................................................. 3 credits

Criminal Procedure

CJA 325 ~.................................................................................. 3 credits

Criminal Organizations

CJA 335 ~.................................................................................. 3 credits

Research Statistics

CJA 345 ~.................................................................................. 3 credits

Research Methods and Evaluation

CJA 355 ~.................................................................................. 3 credits

Grant Writing

CJA 365 ~.................................................................................. 3 credits

Budget, Finance, and Planning

CJA 375 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits

Interagency Communication

CJA 385 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits

Criminal Justice Policy Analysis & Program Evaluation Upper Division Criminal Justice Electives, 18 credits Students must take the following: CJA 484 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits

Criminal Justice Administration Capstone Students may satisfy the 18 credit Upper Division Criminal Justice Electives using the courses below and their respective equivalencies, including students earning an Associate of Arts in Criminal Justice en- route. Students earning a certificate en-route will fulfill the 18 credit Upper Division Criminal Justice Electives using the certificate coursework. Students choose five of the following: BCC 395 ~................................................................................. 3 credits

Contemporary Issues and Futures in Cybercrimes

BCC 400 ~................................................................................. 3 credits

Information Systems Fundamentals

BCC 401 ~................................................................................. 3 credits

Cybercrimes in the 21st Century

BCC 402 ~................................................................................. 3 credits

Cybercrime and Role of Law Enforcement Security Personnel

BCC 403 ~................................................................................. 3 credits

Global Technology and Cybercrime

BSS 395 ~ .................................................................................. 3 credits

Contemporary Issues and Futures in Security

BSS 480 ~ .................................................................................. 3 credits

Risk Management Perception and Communication

BSS 481 ~ .................................................................................. 3 credits

Counterterrorism Intelligence and Analysis

BSS 482 ~ .................................................................................. 3 credits

Securing Critical Infrastructure and Cyberspace

BSS 483 ~ .................................................................................. 3 credits

World View of Homeland Security

CJA 395 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits

Current Issues/Futures in Criminal Justice Management

CJA 444 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits

Organizational Behavior and Management

CJA 454 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits

Criminal Justice Management Theory and Practice

CJA 474 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits

Managing Criminal Justice Personnel

CJA 475 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits

Forecasting and Strategic Planning

CJHS 395 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits

Issues and Futures in Human Services in Criminal Justice

CJHS 400 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits

Theory and Practice: Human Services in Criminal Justice

CJHS 410 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits

Mental Health and Crisis Interventions in Criminal Justice

CJHS 420 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits

166

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

COLLEGE OF SECURITY AND CRIMINAL JUSTICE

Case Management and Services Provided in Criminal Justice

CJHS 430 ~............................................................................... 3 credits

Collaborative Services in Criminal Justice The University reserves the right to modify the required course of study. The Bachelor of Science in Criminal Justice Administration program does not satisfy the requirements of the Minnesota Police Officer Standards and Training Board. Students will not qualify to be a police officer nor sit for the licensing exam in Minnesota upon successful completion of this program. The University's security and criminal justice programs are educational degree programs. For those interested in pursuing a career in law enforcement, corrections or as a peace officer with any particular local, state, federal or international agency, there are numerous additional qualifications (and often disqualifications) depending on the position. Before enrolling in a security and criminal justice program, potential students are highly encouraged to check with the relevant agency for a complete list of position requirements. The University makes no representations regarding whether any particular University program will qualify a graduate for any such position. The University's security and criminal justice programs are educational degree programs. For those interested in pursuing a career in law enforcement, corrections or as a peace officer with any particular local, state, federal or international agency, there are numerous additional qualifications (and often disqualifications) depending on the position. Before enrolling in a security and criminal justice program, potential students are highly encouraged to check with the relevant agency for a complete list of position requirements. The University makes no representations regarding whether any particular University program will qualify a graduate for any such position. General Information for the BSCJA • First time attendees with the University who indicate less than

24 previous college credits (as recognized by the university) on the admission application and who meet the requirements for "Admitted with Condition" status, will be admitted with condition to this program according to the risk free period policy. • Prior Learning Assessment and credits earned through

National Testing Programs are excluded from the calculation of previous college credits.

• Applicants who have not previously completed an associate degree or higher at a regionally or approved nationally accredited institution must complete a Pathway Diagnostic before enrolling into their first credit-bearing course. The results of the diagnostic will determine placement in the Accelerated Pathway (A Track) or standard pathway (B Track).

• Students who have completed an associate degree or higher at a regionally or nationally accredited institution are not required to complete the Pathway Diagnostic and will be placed in the Accelerated Pathway (A Track).

• Students who are placed in the Accelerated Pathway may choose to pursue the standard pathway without appeal, but must complete the standard pathway in its entirety upon the change. Students who are placed in the standard pathway must appeal to pursue the Accelerated Pathway.

En-Route Credentials for the BSCJA • Students may declare and earn additional credentials that are

approved in their state or jurisdiction en-route to completing the bachelor degree. Students must sign and submit the enrollment agreement that corresponds with the unique combination of desired credentials to be earned. Possible credentials include an associate degree and an upper division certificate. Listed below are all of the possible en-route credentials: • Associate of Arts in Criminal Justice

• Students may apply for conferral of an en-route credential upon meeting the following program requirements: • Successful completion of all the courses outlined in the

enrollment agreement for the credential • Achievement of the minimum program GPA • Fulfillment of the minimum University residency

requirement • Students may elect to update or remove the selected credentials

by completing a new enrollment agreement reflecting the new selection of credentials.

Additional Admission Requirements for the BSCJA All applicants are expected to meet the following admissions requirements: • High school graduation from an institution that holds state

approval to confer high school diplomas or are accredited or a candidate for accreditation at the time the student attended by an acceptable accrediting body, GED certificate or CHSPE (California High School Proficiency Examination) certificate, or completion of the HiSET examination with a passing score. • Tennessee: Students residing in Tennessee who are attending

classes via the Online modality and students attending a local campus in Tennessee, including from any cross-border locations must provide the university with an official High School transcript or official GED score (if applicable). A college transcript which documents high school date of completion or a copy of a DD-214 showing high school graduation or equivalency may be submitted to satisfy this requirement.

• Applicants must be currently employed or have access to a work environment.

• Signed Acknowledgement Form Degree Requirements for the BSCJA • Completion of a minimum of 120 credits that include the

following distribution: • General Education - 45 credits • Required Course of Study - 48 credits • Upper Division Criminal Justice Electives - 18 credits • Electives - 9 credits

• A minimum of 45 upper division credits. • A minimum grade point average (GPA) of 2.0. • The diploma awarded for this program will read as:

Bachelor of Science in Criminal Justice Administration Degree Requirements for the BSCJA for Minnesota Students obtaining an Associates En-Route Credential • Completion of a minimum of 120 credits that include the

following distribution: • General Education - 48 credits • Required Course of Study - 48 credits • Upper Division Criminal Justice Electives - 18 credits • Electives - 6 credits

167

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

• A minimum of 45 upper division credits. • A minimum grade point average (GPA) of 2.0. • The diploma awarded for this program will read as:

Bachelor of Science in Criminal Justice Administration Academic Progression Requirements for the BSCJA • Students placed in the Accelerated Pathway (A Track) are

required to successfully complete GEN/201 followed by HUM 115 prior to proceeding into additional coursework in their programs.

• Standard pathway (B Track) students must satisfy all three (3) courses from the standard pathway prior to enrolling in any other course: GEN 127, HUM 115, ENG 147

• Accelerated Pathway (A Track) students have the option to satisfy HUM 115 by meeting one of the following criteria: • Transfer a regionally accredited Associate of Arts degree

from a community college, or higher degree from a regionally or approved nationally accredited institution.

• Transfer to UoPX with an Associate's Degree, or higher, from an articulated institution where the Program Transfer Guide requirements do not mandate completion of a critical thinking course.

• Transfer a Critical Thinking course of 2.67 credits or higher with a C- grade.

• Previous completion of an Associate of Arts or higher degree from UOPX.

• Previous completion of a Critical Thinking course with UOPX.

• Non-pathway students may not enroll in HUM 115 to satisfy programmatic prerequisites, general education, or elective requirements.

• Accelerated Pathway (A Track) students may not enroll in GEN 127 or ENG 147 to satisfy programmatic prerequisites, general education or elective requirements.

• Concurrent enrollment is prohibited during any of the following courses: GEN 201, GEN 127, ENG 147, or HUM 115.

• Continuously enrolled students in an approved entry point course should not execute a program or version change until completion of the entry point course to determine if the pathway diagnostic is required based on the outcome of the course.

• Students who have successfully completed an approved entry point course in a degree program and are re-entry or executing a program change will not be required to complete the pathway diagnostic and will be placed in the Accelerated Pathway (A Track).

• Students who previously completed an approved entry point course are not required to take GEN 127 or GEN 201.

• Students may not complete any of the following courses via Directed Study: GEN 201, GEN 127, ENG 147, or HUM 115.

• With the exception of ENG 147, GEN 127, GEN 201, and HUM 115, General Education and Elective course requirements may be satisfied by any of the following means: • University of Phoenix coursework, • Regionally or nationally accredited coursework (C- or higher

grade), • UOPX Prior Learning Assessment, • National Testing Programs, and • ACE evaluated Military credits.

• Satisfy University Proficiency Requirements • Undergraduate students must satisfy math and English

proficiencies as a condition of degree conferral and as a degree progression requirement prior to specific courses in their program.

• Students have the following options to fulfill proficiency: • Successful completion of University of Phoenix math and

English courses designated as applicable to the proficiency requirement

• Comparable regionally or approved nationally accredited transfer, or credit recommended by the American Council on Education transfer coursework that meets the following requirements:

-Completed within ten years of enrollment -Grade of C- or better (or academic equivalent) -At least 2.67 semester credits -Eligible to receive general education credits • Achieve a passing score (as established by the American Council

on Education) on a comparable National Testing Program (NTP) exam completed within ten years of enrollment.

• Demonstrate competency by meeting minimum passing score on University of Phoenix approved placement exam.

• Students who satisfied the English and/or math proficiency and sign a new enrollment agreement may carry forward the completed proficiency in their new program/version provided they have remained in continuous attendance in alignment with the University's Re-Entry policy.

Additional Residency Requirements and Course Waivers for the BSCJA Students in this program may waive a maximum of 15 upper divi- sion credits from their required course of study. Students may also waive a maximum of 12 lower division credits from the required course of study. Students earning a Criminal Justice Certificate en-route to complet- ing the undergraduate degree may waive a maximum of 3 credits within the certificate program in addition to the 15 upper division credits that can be waived in the BSCJA required course of study by meeting the following criteria: • The activity must have been completed at a regionally or

approved nationally accredited, or candidate for accreditation, college or university, or from an approved source of nontraditional transfer credit as listed in University transfer policy.

• The activity must have been completed within the past ten (10) years from current program enrollment agreement sign date with a grade of "C" (2.0) or better or comparable passing benchmark for nontraditional credits

• The activity must be comparable in content and semester academic credits to the University course it is replacing and must be an equivalent level or higher level course (i.e. graduate level coursework may be used to waive graduate or undergraduate coursework). Course descriptions must be included with the course waiver form in order for the Office of Admissions and Evaluation to review the course waiver request.

Students earning a Criminal Justice Certificate en-route must use the certificate coursework to fulfill the 18 credit Upper Division Criminal Justice Electives requirement. Students not earning an additional credential or earning an Associ- ate of Arts in Criminal Justice en-route may satisfy the18 credit Upper Division Criminal Justice Electives requirement through the following means: • Choose from a selection of University of Phoenix Upper

Division Criminal Justice courses, which must include CJA 484.

168

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

COLLEGE OF SECURITY AND CRIMINAL JUSTICE

• Upper Division Criminal Justice transfer activity that is acceptable for transfer and was completed within the past ten (10) years from current program enrollment agreement sign date with a grade of C- or better or comparable passing benchmark for nontraditional credits.

The following course in the Required Course of Study may not be waived: CJA 385, CJA 484 General Education Requirements for the BSCJA A minimum of 45 of the 120 credits must be in the general educa- tion areas approved by the University. Communication Arts, 6 credits A Track must include: COMM 215, equivalent or higher B Track must include: ENG 147 Mathematics, 6 credits Effective for Enrollment Agreements sign 6/1/2016 or later, must include 6 credits of quantitative reasoning or higher; or 6 credits of statistics or higher Science and Technology, 9 credits Must include at least six (6) credits in the physical or biological sciences Humanities, 6 credits Must include: HUM 115 Social Science, 9 credits Additional Liberal Arts, 6 credits A Track must include: GEN 201 B Track must include: GEN 127 Interdisciplinary Component, 3 credits Any credit that is not being applied to the primary major as a waiver may be applied to the Interdisciplinary requirement. Physical Education activity credits are limited to four (4) credits. Students who lack .67 or fewer general education credits may use interdisciplinary or elective credits to waive the balance. Students must use interdisciplinary or elective credits to waive the general education balance in order to complete the minimum general edu- cation credits required for their program. General Education Requirements for the BSCJA for Students Obtaining an Associates En-Route Credential Communication Arts, 6 credits A Track must include: COMM 215, equivalent or higher B Track must include: ENG 147 Must include: CJS 205Mathematics, 6 credits Effective for Enrollment Agreements sign 6/1/2016 or later, must include 6 credits of quantitative reasoning or higher; or 6 credits of statistics or higher Science and Technology, 9 credits Must include at least six (6) credits in the physical or biological sciences Must include: CJS 215 Humanities, 6 credits Must include: HUM 115 Social Science, 9 credits Must include: CJS 235 Additional Liberal Arts, 6 credits A Track must include: GEN 201 B Track must include: GEN 127 Interdisciplinary Component, 3 credits Any credit that is not being applied to the primary major as a waiver may be applied to the Interdisciplinary requirement. Physical Education activity credits are limited to four (4) credits. Students who lack .67 or fewer general education credits may use

interdisciplinary or elective credits to waive the balance. Students must use interdisciplinary or elective credits to waive the general education balance in order to complete the minimum general edu- cation credits required for their program. For students earning an associate degree en-route, CJS 201 is a pre- requisite for the following General Education courses: CJS 215 and CJS 235. General Education Requirements for the BSCJA for Minnesota Students A minimum of 45 of the 120 credits must be in the general educa- tion areas approved by the University. Communication Arts, 6 credits B Track must include: ENG 147 Mathematics, 6 credits Effective for Enrollment Agreements sign 6/1/2016 or later, must include 6 credits of quantitative reasoning or higher; or 6 credits of statistics or higher Natural Science, 9 credits Humanities, 6 credits Must include: HUM 115 Social Science, 9 credits Additional Liberal Arts, 6 credits A Track must include: GEN 201 B Track must include: GEN 127 Interdisciplinary Component, 3 credits Physical Education activity credits are limited to four (4) credits. Students who lack .67 or fewer general education credits may use interdisciplinary or elective credits to waive the balance. Students must use interdisciplinary or elective credits to waive the general education balance in order to complete the minimum general edu- cation credits required for their program. General Education Requirements for the BSCJA for Minnesota Students Obtaining an Associates En-Route Credential A minimum of 48 of the 120 credits must be in the general educa- tion areas approved by the University. Communication Arts, 6 credits A Track must include: COMM 215, equivalent or higher B Track must include: ENG 147 Must include: CJS 205 Mathematics, 6 credits Effective for Enrollment Agreements sign 6/1/2016 or later, must include 6 credits of quantitative reasoning or higher; or 6 credits of statistics or higher Natural Science, 9 credits Humanities, 9 credits Must include: HUM 115 Social Science, 9 credits Must include CJS 235 Additional Liberal Arts, 6 credits A Track must include: GEN 201 B Track must include: GEN 127 Students are required to complete at least 1 credit in either Communication Arts, Social Science, Natural Science, Humanities, or Mathematics. Interdisciplinary Component, 3 credits Must include: CJS 215 Students who lack .67 or fewer general education credits may use interdisciplinary or elective credits to waive the balance. Students

169

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

must use interdisciplinary or elective credits to waive the general education balance in order to complete the minimum general edu- cation credits required for their program. For students earning an associate degree en-route, CJS 201 is a pre- requisite for the following General Education courses: CJS 215 and CJS 235. Re-entry for the BSCJA Re-entry students who have successfully completed an approved entry point course in a degree program will not be required to com- plete the pathway diagnostic and will be placed in the Accelerated Pathway (A Track). They will not be required to enroll in the stan- dard pathway (B Track) courses. Any student who has been out of attendance for more than 365 days from the last date of positive recorded attendance in a pro- gram applicable course is considered a re-entry student. Re-entry students may re-enroll into their program version without appeal if the program version is still the most current in their state or jurisdiction and the student has the ability to satisfy all program requirements within their original program completion deadline. Re-entry students whose program version is not the most current in their state or jurisdiction will be required to enroll into the most current version. Select programs may have additional re-entry requirements/ restrictions. Re-entry students should consult their Academic Advisor for guidance.

Bachelor of Science in Criminal Justice Administration

........................................................................................... (Maryland-Online)

The following Bachelor of Science in Criminal Justice Administration (BSCJA) program may be offered at these University of Phoenix campus locations: Online, depending on state of residence. The availability of programs and emphases depend on student demand and other factors. Not all programs may be available to all residents of all states. Students may want to consider completing certain courses in the Online classroom at Online rates if the program is available via the Online modality in their

........................................................................................... state. Please contact your enrollment representative for more information.

The mission of the Bachelor of Science in Criminal Justice Adminis- tration is to provide students with a strong foundation in criminal justice principles, concepts, and theories, as well as a practice ori- entation to justice administration. The degree offers a global per- spective, as well as specific emphasis areas of criminal justice services delivery. Students will receive core instruction in criminal justice as it is represented in the domains of police, courts, and cor- rections and then advance to emphases related to specific areas of criminal justice within those domains. For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program, and other important information, please visit our website at http://www.phoenix.edu/ programs/bscja. Program Student Learning Outcomes In addition to the knowledge and skills related to the University Learning Goals, College of Security and Criminal Justice graduat- ing students are intended to attain certain program-specific knowl- edge, skills and abilities. Therefore, you should be able to demonstrate the following learning outcomes by the time you com- plete this program. • Students will be able to demonstrate the ability to critically

analyze criminological theory, and identify its impact on society and public policy.

• Students will demonstrate a clear understanding of ethical principles and standards for all facets of the criminal justice system.

• Students will be able to identify dynamic human and organizational factors as a process, while applying sound problem-solving and critical-thinking skills to resolve conflict and achieve the desired, measurable outcome.

• Students will demonstrate the application of quantitative and qualitative research methods, and apply each to individualized and complex criminal justice situations.

• Students will demonstrate robust leadership qualities, and exhibit sound management skills aimed at fostering effective communication and performance in a dynamic, collaborative and diverse working environment.

• Students will be able to apply knowledge and skills to successfully collaborate with diverse groups and engage them in best practices. Students also will be able to demonstrate the application of research and evaluation methods to identify trends and evidence-based practices within the components of the criminal justice system and their specializations.

• Students will demonstrate the knowledge and skills to successfully collaborate with diverse groups and engage them in best practices of the criminal justice profession.

BSCJA Foundation Courses

Courses requiring prerequisites are identified by a ~ symbol following the course number. Course descriptions for all courses are listed in the Course Guide section of the catalog (page B-1).

GEN 200 ................................................................................... 3 credits

Foundations for General Education and Professional Success

CJA 204 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits

Introduction to Criminal Justice

CJA 214 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits

Introduction to Police Theory and Practices

CJA 224 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits

Introduction to Criminal Court Systems

CJA 234 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits

Introduction to Corrections

BSCJA Required Course of Study

CJA 304 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits

Interpersonal Communications

CJA 314 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits

Criminology

CJA 324 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits

Ethics in Criminal Justice

CJA 334 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits

Research Methods in Criminal Justice

CJA 344 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits

Cultural Diversity Issues in Criminal Justice

CJA 354 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits

Criminal Law

CJA 364 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits

Criminal Procedure

CJA 374 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits

Juvenile Justice Systems and Processes

CJA 384 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits

170

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

COLLEGE OF SECURITY AND CRIMINAL JUSTICE

Criminal Organizations

CJA 394 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits

Contemporary Issues and Futures in Criminal Justice Students must select one emphasis in a particular area of study at the time of enrollment. Students may also complete an additional emphasis. Please contact your academic representative for more information.

Emphasis in Management

The BS/CJA Management emphasis is designed to give learners a depth of understanding concerning the management and adminis- trative skills necessary to effectively run organizations in the vari- ous domains of criminal justice system. The courses included in this degree emphasis focus primarily on the management and administration skill sets associated with the police, the courts, and with corrections. The theories and principles behind criminal jus- tice are also examined. Students learn about policies, procedures associated with management functions, as well as many adminis- trative practices and factors impacting criminal justice agency operations. This will not only give you the insight into what these specific departments are and what they do, but how to maintain and evaluate organizational operations from an administrative viewpoint. For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program, and other important information, please visit our website at http://www.phoenix.edu/ programs/bscja-m.

CJA 444 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits

Organizational Behavior and Management

CJA 454 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits

Criminal Justice Management Theory and Practice

CJA 464 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits

Criminal Justice Policy Analysis

CJA 474 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits

Managing Criminal Justice Personnel

CJA 484 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits

Criminal Justice Administration Capstone

Emphasis in Institutional Healthcare

The BSCJA Institutional Health Care emphasis addresses the basic body of knowledge, understanding, and skills identified as rele- vant to criminal justice based health care services. This includes such areas as management, policy, legal and ethical parameters, health and disease factors, and health care service delivery. The reshaping of contemporary criminal justice health care requires workers to have a broad range of knowledge associated with the functions of health care in detention and correctional institutions, as well as various other areas represented in the greater criminal justice system. For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program, and other important information, please visit our website at http://www.phoenix.edu/ programs/bscja-ih.

HCS 310 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits

Health Care Delivery in the United States

HCS 330 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits

Introduction to Health and Disease

HCS 430 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits

Legal Issues in Health Care: Regulation and Compliance

HCS 455 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits

Health Care Policy: The Past and the Future

CJA 484 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits

Criminal Justice Administration Capstone

Emphasis in Cybercrimes

The BSCJA Cybercrimes emphasis provides students with the basic skills needed to recognize relevant sources of electronic evidence and determine how electronic evidence can be used in court pro- ceedings and as part of an organizational security plan. The emphasis combines academic instruction in criminal justice and cybercrime concepts to include; the evolution of cybercrime, cyber- crime forensics, electronic evidence gathering, and cybercrime investigation and prevention. Students are prepared to provide ser- vices in a variety of private and public settings within the criminal justice domains of policing, the courts, corrections, and security. For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program, and other important information, please visit our website at http://www.phoenix.edu/ programs/bscja.

BCC 400 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits

Information Systems Fundamentals

BCC 401 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits

Cybercrimes in the 21st Century

BCC 402 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits

Cybercrime and Role of Law Enforcement Security Personnel

BCC 403 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits

Global Technology and Cybercrime

CJA 484 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits

Criminal Justice Administration Capstone

Emphasis in Security

The BSCJA Security concentration is intended to provide students with the knowledge and basic skills to work in homeland security and other areas of the criminal justice system that deal with terror- ism, counterintelligence, and analysis. This concentration com- bines academic instruction in criminal justice and security practices to include; risk management, counterterrorism, critical infrastruc- ture protection, and critical incident management. Students are prepared to provide services in a variety of private and public set- tings within the criminal justice domains of policing, the courts, corrections and security. For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program, and other important information, please visit our website at http://www.phoenix.edu/ programs/bscja.

BSS 480 ~.................................................................................. 3 credits

Risk Management Perception and Communication

BSS 481 ~.................................................................................. 3 credits

Counterterrorism Intelligence and Analysis

BSS 482 ~.................................................................................. 3 credits

Securing Critical Infrastructure and Cyberspace

BSS 483 ~.................................................................................. 3 credits

World View of Homeland Security

CJA 484 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits

Criminal Justice Administration Capstone

171

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

Emphasis in Human Services for Criminal Justice The BSCJA Human Services for Criminal Justice emphasis is intended to give graduates knowledge and basic skills to work in the human services and helping areas of the criminal justice sys- tem. This particular emphasis represents an integrated program combining academic instruction in criminal justice with applied skills for students whose goal is a career in the areas of the system where basic skills in interviewing, case management, mental health interventions, advocacy and mediation are required. Human Ser- vices for Criminal Justice graduates are prepared to provide ser- vices in a variety of institutional and community settings within the criminal justice domains of policing, the courts, institutional and community corrections.

CJHS 400 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits

Theory and Practice: Human Services in Criminal Justice

CJHS 410 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits

Mental Health and Crisis Interventions in Criminal Justice

CJHS 420 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits

Case Management and Services Provided in Criminal Justice

CJHS 430 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits

Collaborative Services in Criminal Justice

CJA 484 ~.................................................................................. 3 credits

Criminal Justice Administration Capstone The University reserves the right to modify the required course of study. The University's security and criminal justice programs are educational degree programs. For those interested in pursuing a career in law enforcement, corrections or as a peace officer with any particular local, state, federal or international agency, there are numerous additional qualifications (and often disqualifications) depending on the position. Before enrolling in a security and criminal justice program, potential students are highly encouraged to check with the relevant agency for a complete list of position requirements. The University makes no representations regarding whether any particular University program will qualify a graduate for any such position. Additional Admission Requirements for the BSCJA • High school graduation from an institution that holds state

approval to confer high school diplomas or are accredited or a candidate for accreditation at the time the student attended by an acceptable accrediting body, GED certificate, CHSPE (California High School Proficiency Examination) certificate, or completion of the HiSET examination with a passing score.

• Applicants must be currently employed or have access to a work environment.

• Signed Criminal Conviction Prohibition Acknowledgement Form

General Education Requirements for the BSCJA A minimum of 54 credits of the 120 credits in the following general education areas approved by the University: Communication Arts, 6 credits Mathematics, 6 credits Effective for Enrollment Agreements sign 6/1/2016 or later, must include 6 credits of quantitative reasoning or higher; or 6 credits of statistics or higher Science and Technology, 6 credits Must include at least three credits in physical or biological sciences Humanities, 6 credits Social Science, 6 credits

Additional Liberal Arts, 6 credits Interdisciplinary Component, 18 credits Any credit that is not being applied to the primary major as a waiver may be applied to the lower division electives/Interdisciplinary requirement. Physical Education activity credits are limited to four (4) credits. Students who lack .67 or fewer general education credits may use interdisciplinary or elective credits to waive the balance. Students must use interdisciplinary or elective credits to waive the general education balance in order to complete the minimum general edu- cation credits required for their program. For a description of the preceding general education areas, see the Undergraduate Programs section within this catalog. Degree Requirements for the BSCJA • Completion of a minimum of 120 credits that include the

following distribution: • A minimum of 45 upper division credits. • A minimum of 54 credits of the 120 credits must be in the

general education areas approved by the University. • A minimum program grade point average (GPA) of 2.0. • Students must satisfy all required courses of study and general

education requirements. Any remaining credits may be satisfied by elective coursework.

• Students will declare an emphasis at the time of enrollment. • Emphases are reflected on the transcript only and will not

appear on the diploma. The diploma awarded for this program will read as: Bachelor of Science in Criminal Justice Administration.

Additional Academic Progression Requirements for the BSCJA • Applicants to this program will be required to follow the

university's First-Year Sequence policies. Students required to enter the First-Year Sequence will complete GEN 195 as the first course in their program. Students not required to enter the First- Year Sequence will complete GEN 200 as the first course in their program.

• With the exception of course requirements outlined in the First- Year Sequence policies, General Education and Elective course requirements may be satisfied by any of the following means: • University of Phoenix coursework, • Regionally or nationally accredited transfer coursework (C-

or higher grade), • UOPX Prior Learning Assessment • National Testing Programs, and • ACE evaluated Military credits.

• Many courses in the Required Course of Study build on or reinforce each other. To ensure that students have the requisite skills for specific coursework, certain program areas must be satisfied before students can progress to others.

• Satisfy University Proficiency Requirements • Undergraduate students must satisfy math and English

proficiencies as a condition of degree conferral and as a degree progression requirement prior to specific courses in their program.

• Students have the following options to fulfill proficiency: • Successful completion of University of Phoenix math and

English courses designated as applicable to the proficiency requirement

172

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

COLLEGE OF SECURITY AND CRIMINAL JUSTICE

• Comparable regionally or approved nationally accredited transfer, or credit recommended by the American Council on Education transfer coursework that meets the following requirements:

-Completed within ten years of enrollment -Grade of C- or better (or academic equivalent) -At least 2.67 semester credits -Eligible to receive general education credits • Achieve a passing score (as established by the American Council

on Education) on a comparable National Testing Program (NTP) exam completed within ten years of enrollment.

• Demonstrate competency by meeting minimum passing score on University of Phoenix approved placement exam.

• Students who satisfied the English and/or math proficiency and sign a new enrollment agreement may carry forward the completed proficiency in their new program/version provided they have remained in continuous attendance in alignment with the University's Re-Entry policy.

Residency Requirements and Course Waivers for the BSCJA Students in this program may waive a maximum of 15 upper divi- sion credits from their required course of study. Students may also waive twelve (12) lower division credits from the required course of study. The following courses in the required course of study may not be waived: GEN 200, CJA 484, GEN 195. Re-entry for the BSCJA Re-entry students who have successfully completed an approved entry point course in a degree program will not be required to com- plete the pathway diagnostic and will be placed in the Accelerated Pathway (A Track). They will not be required to enroll in the stan- dard pathway (B Track) courses. Any student who has been out of attendance for more than 365 days from the last date of positive recorded attendance in a pro- gram applicable course is considered a re-entry student. Re-entry students may re-enroll into their program version without appeal if the program version is still the most current in their state or jurisdiction and the student has the ability to satisfy all program requirements within their original program completion deadline. Re-entry students whose program version is not the most current in their state or jurisdiction will be required to enroll into the most current version. Select programs may have additional re-entry requirements/ restrictions. Re-entry students should consult their Academic Advisor for guidance.

........................................................................................... Bachelor of Science in Public Administration

The following Bachelor of Science in Public Administration (BSPA) program may be offered at these University of Phoenix campus locations: Online, depending on state of residency. The availability of programs and concentrations depend on student demand and other factors. Not all programs may be available to all residents of all states. Students may want to consider completing certain courses in the Online classroom at Online rates if the program is available via the Online modality in their state.

........................................................................................... Please contact your enrollment representative for more information.

The Bachelor of Science in Public Administration program devel- ops skills necessary for a career in government policy, organization and management at the local, federal, and state level, and in non- profit administration. The program topics include: administrative management, civic leadership, business and governmental law,

risk management, ethics, public programs, human resources, and public finance and budgeting. For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program, and other important information, please visit our website at http://www.phoenix.edu/ programs/bspa. Preferred Sequence and Prerequisites for the BSPA - A Track and B Track Courses requiring prerequisites are identified by a ~ symbol following the course number. Course descriptions for all courses are listed in the Course Guide section of the catalog (page B-1).

BPA 200 ~................................................................................. 3 credits

Public Sector Communications

BPA 201 ~................................................................................. 3 credits

Foundations of Pubic Administration

BPA 211 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits

Foundations of Federal, State and Local Government

BPA 221 ~................................................................................. 3 credits

Critical Thinking and Decision Making in the Public Sector

BPA 300 ~................................................................................. 3 credits

Politics and Citizenship: The Public Policy Environment

BPA 311 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits

Principles of Governmental Accounting

BPA 321 ~................................................................................. 3 credits

Personnel Management

BPA 331 ~................................................................................. 3 credits

Financial Management for Non-Profit Organizations

BPA 341 ~................................................................................. 3 credits

Public Programs: Implement and Evaluate in a Dynamic Setting

BPA 351 ~................................................................................. 3 credits

Research in Public Administration

BPA 361 ~................................................................................. 3 credits

Grant Writing

BPA 371 ~................................................................................. 3 credits

Intergovernmental Relations

BPA 381 ~................................................................................. 3 credits

Public Administration Policy, Legal Issues, Law and Ethics

BPA 410 ~................................................................................. 3 credits

Governmental and Non-Profit Accounting

BPA 411 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits

Public Finance: Sources, Management and Reports

BPA 421 ~................................................................................. 3 credits

Organizational Behavior and Ethical Responsibility

BPA 431 ~................................................................................. 3 credits

Leadership in the Public Sector

BPA 441 ~................................................................................. 3 credits

Urban and Regional Planning

BPA 451 ~................................................................................. 3 credits

Capital Improvement Planning and Management

BPA 461 ~................................................................................. 3 credits

Contemporary Issues in Public Administration

The University reserves the right to modify the required course of study.

173

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

General Information for the BSPA • First time attendees with the University who indicate less than

24 previous college credits (as recognized by the university) on the admission application and who meet the requirements for "Admitted with Condition" status, will be admitted with condition to this program according to the risk free period policy. • Prior Learning Assessment and credits earned through

National Testing Programs are excluded from the calculation of previous college credits.

• Applicants who have not previously completed an associate degree or higher at a regionally or approved nationally accredited institution must complete a Pathway Diagnostic before enrolling into their first credit-bearing course. The results of the diagnostic will determine placement in the Accelerated Pathway (A Track) or standard pathway (B Track).

• Students who have completed an associate degree or higher at a regionally or nationally accredited institution are not required to complete the Pathway Diagnostic and will be placed in the Accelerated Pathway (A Track).

• Students who are placed in the Accelerated Pathway may choose to pursue the standard pathway without appeal, but must complete the standard pathway in its entirety upon the change. Students who are placed in the standard pathway must appeal to pursue the Accelerated Pathway.

Additional Admission Requirements for the BSPA All applicants are expected to meet the following admissions requirements: • High school graduation from an institution that holds state

approval to confer high school diplomas or are accredited or a candidate for accreditation at the time the student attended by an acceptable accrediting body, GED certificate or CHSPE (California High School Proficiency Examination) certificate, or completion of the HiSET examination with a passing score. • Tennessee: Students residing in Tennessee who are attending

classes via the Online modality and students attending a local campus in Tennessee, including from any cross-border locations must provide the university with an official High School transcript or official GED score (if applicable). A college transcript which documents high school date of completion or a copy of a DD-214 showing high school graduation or equivalency may be submitted to satisfy this requirement.

• Applicants must be currently employed or have access to a work environment.

• Signed Acknowledgement Form Degree Requirements for the BSPA • Completion of a minimum of 120 credits that include the

following distribution: • General Education - 54 credits • Required Course of Study - 60 credits • Electives - 6 credits

• A minimum of 48 upper division credits. • A minimum grade point average (GPA) of 2.0. • The diploma awarded for this program will read as:

Bachelor of Science in Public Administration

Academic Progression Requirements for the BSPA • Students placed in the Accelerated Pathway (A Track) are

required to successfully complete GEN 201 followed by HUM 115 prior to proceeding into additional coursework in their programs.

• Standard pathway (B Track) students must satisfy all three (3) courses from the standard pathway prior to enrolling in any other course: GEN 127, HUM 115, ENG 147

• Accelerated Pathway (A Track) students have the option to satisfy HUM 115 by meeting one of the following criteria: • Transfer a regionally accredited Associate of Arts degree

from a community college, or higher degree from a regionally or approved nationally accredited institution.

• Transfer to University of Phoenix with an Associate's Degree, or higher, from an articulated institution where the Program Transfer Guide requirements do not mandate completion of a critical thinking course.

• Transfer a Critical Thinking course of 2.67 credits or higher with a C- grade.

• Previous completion of an Associate of Arts or higher degree from University of Phoenix.

• Previous completion of a Critical Thinking course with University of Phoenix.

• Non-pathway students may not enroll in HUM 115 to satisfy programmatic prerequisites, general education, or elective requirements.

• Accelerated Pathway (A Track) students may not enroll in GEN 127 or ENG 147 to satisfy programmatic prerequisites, general education or elective requirements.

• Concurrent enrollment is prohibited during any of the following courses: GEN 201, GEN 127, ENG 147, or HUM 115.

• Continuously enrolled students in an approved entry point course should not execute a program or version change until completion of the entry point course to determine if the pathway diagnostic is required based on the outcome of the course.

• Students who have successfully completed an approved entry point course in a degree program and are re-entry or executing a program change will not be required to complete the pathway diagnostic and will be placed in the Accelerated Pathway (A Track).

• Students who previously completed an approved entry point course are not required to take GEN 127 or GEN 201.

• Students may not complete any of the following courses via Directed Study: GEN 201, GEN 127, ENG 147, or HUM 115.

• With the exception of ENG 147, GEN 127, GEN 201, and HUM 115, General Education and Elective course requirements may be satisfied by any of the following means: • University of Phoenix coursework, • Regionally or nationally accredited coursework (C- or higher

grade), • University of Phoenix Prior Learning Assessment, • National Testing Programs, and • ACE evaluated Military credits.

• Satisfy University Proficiency Requirements. • Undergraduate students must satisfy math and English

proficiencies as a condition of degree conferral and as a degree progression requirement prior to specific courses in their program.

• Students have the following options to fulfill proficiency:

174

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

COLLEGE OF SECURITY AND CRIMINAL JUSTICE

• Successful completion of University of Phoenix math and English courses designated as applicable to the proficiency requirement

• Comparable regionally or approved nationally accredited transfer, or credit recommended by the American Council on Education transfer coursework that meets the following requirements:

-Completed within ten years of enrollment (5 years School of Nursing) -Grade of C- or better (or academic equivalent) -At least 2.67 semester credits -Eligible to receive general education credits

• Achieve a passing score (as established by the American Council on Education) on a comparable National Testing Program (NTP) exam completed within ten years of enrollment (5 years School of Nursing).

• Demonstrate competency by meeting minimum passing score on University of Phoenix approved placement exam.

• Students who satisfied the English and/or math proficiency and sign a new enrollment agreement may carry forward the completed proficiency in their new program/version provided they have remained in continuous attendance in alignment with the University's re-entry policy.

Residency Requirements and Course Waivers for the BSPA • Students must meet the established University residency

requirement for degree conferral. The University requires that the majority of coursework, 30 credits (as a part of the final 60 credits of the program) come from a combination of the Required Course of Study, General Education, and Electives must be completed at University of Phoenix.

• In order to be granted a waiver for a course in the required course of study, the student must have completed a previous credit bearing activity in transfer which meets the following criteria: • The activity must have been completed at a regionally or

approved nationally accredited, or candidate for accreditation, college or university, or from an approved source of nontraditional transfer credit as listed in University transfer policy.

• The activity must have been completed within the past ten (10) years (5 years for IS&T courses) from current program enrollment agreement sign date with a grade of "C" (2.0) or better or comparable passing benchmark for nontraditional credits.

• The activity must be comparable in content and semester academic credits to the University course it is replacing and must be an equivalent level or higher level course (i.e. graduate level coursework may be used to waive graduate or undergraduate coursework). Course descriptions must be included with the course waiver form in order for the Office of Admissions and Evaluation to review the course waiver request.

• Experiential Learning (essay) credit is not eligible to waive courses in the required course of study.

• Providing that University residency policy is met, through an approved articulation agreement or Educational Partnership Pathway (EPP) students may be able to waive courses outside of standard course waiver policy requirements to facilitate seamless transfer for Associate degree completers.

• Nationally recognized and/or industry accepted certifications may be used to waive certain courses in the Required Course of Study upon approval by the appropriate college or school that the courses reside under, and will not require Prior Learning Assessment. All waivers using certifications must be verified by an official transcript or completion documentation from the certifying organization.

• Eligible students who have attended a SOC Member Institution and have successfully completed equivalent courses according to the SOC Transfer Tables may transfer all equivalent courses into a student's required course of study as a waiver if the courses meet the minimum grade and timeframe as stated in policy.

• Students in this program may waive a maximum of 30 credits from their required course of study.

• The following course in the Required Course of Study may not be waived: BPA 461

General Education Requirements for the BSPA A minimum of 54 of the 120 credits must be in the general educa- tion areas approved by the University. Communication Arts, 6 credits A Track must include: ENG 220, equivalent or higher B Track must include: ENG 147 Mathematics, 6 credits Effective for Enrollment Agreements sign 6/1/2016 or later, must include 6 credits of quantitative reasoning or higher; or 6 credits of statistics or higher Science and Technology, 6 credits Must include three (3) credits in the physical or biological sciences Humanities, 6 credits Must include: HUM 115 Social Science, 6 credits Additional Liberal Arts, 6 credits A Track must include: GEN 201 B Track must include: GEN 127 Interdisciplinary Component, 18 credits Any credit that is not being applied to the primary major as a waiver may be applied to the lower division electives/Interdisciplinary requirement. Physical Education activity credits are limited to four (4) credits. Students who lack .67 or fewer general education credits may use interdisciplinary or elective credits to waive the balance. Students must use interdisciplinary or elective credits to waive the general education balance in order to complete the minimum general edu- cation credits required for their program. General Education Requirements for the BSPA for Minnesota Students A minimum of 54 of the 120 credits must be in the general educa- tion areas approved by the University. Communication Arts, 6 credits A Track must include: ENG 220, equivalent or higher B Track must include: ENG 147 Mathematics, 6 credits Effective for Enrollment Agreements sign 6/1/2016 or later, must include 6 credits of quantitative reasoning or higher; or 6 credits of statistics or higher Natural Science, 6 credits Humanities, 6 credits

175

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

Must include: HUM 115 Social Science, 6 credits Additional Liberal Arts, 6 credits A Track must include: GEN 201 B Track must include: GEN 127 Interdisciplinary Component, 18 credits Any credit that is not being applied to the primary major as a waiver may be applied to the lower division electives/Interdisciplinary requirement. Physical Education activity credits are limited to four (4) credits. Students who lack .67 or fewer general education credits may use interdisciplinary or elective credits to waive the balance. Students must use interdisciplinary or elective credits to waive the general education balance in order to complete the minimum general edu- cation credits required for their program. Re-Entry for BSPA • Re-entry students who have successfully completed an

approved entry point course in a degree program will not be required to complete the pathway diagnostic and will be placed in the Accelerated Pathway (A Track). They will not be required to enroll in the standard pathway (B Track) courses.

• Any student who has been out of attendance for more than 365 days from the last date of positive recorded attendance in a program applicable course is considered a re-entry student.

• Re-entry students may re-enroll into their program version without appeal if the program version is still the most current in their state or jurisdiction and the student has the ability to satisfy all program requirements within their original program completion deadline.

• Re-entry students whose program version is not the most current in their state or jurisdiction will be required to enroll into the most current version.

• Select programs may have additional re-entry requirements/ restrictions. Re-entry students should consult their Academic Advisor for guidance.

176

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

COLLEGE OF SOCIAL SCIENCES

.....................................................................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................................................... COLLEGE OF SOCIAL SCIENCES

The College of Social Sciences offers undergraduate and graduate degree programs in a number of diverse academic areas including counseling, psychology, and human services. In addition, the col- lege offers a certificate program in mediation. The College provides innovative educational programs designed to enhance the core knowledge, skills and values essential for stu- dents seeking to achieve their academic goals in the field of social sciences. These programs are developed and taught by skilled practitioners who work in their respective fields. Through individ- ual and collaborative work, students can acquire the knowledge and skills needed in today's working environment.

Bachelor of Science in Correctional Program Support

........................................................................................... Services

The following Bachelor of Science in Correctional Program Support Services (BSCPSS) program may be offered at these University of Phoenix campus locations: Online. The availability of programs and concentrations depend on student demand and other factors. Not all programs may be available to all residents of all states. Students may want to consider completing certain courses in the Online classroom at Online rates if the program is available via the Online modality in their state.

........................................................................................... Please contact your enrollment representative for more information.

The Correctional Program Support Services undergraduate degree at University of Phoenix is focused on developing professional intervention, facilitation skills and foundational competencies spe- cifically for students working with a forensic population. The pro- gram provides instruction in correctional assessment, case management, facilitation skills, systems of therapeutic interven- tion, and reintegration strategies. This program does not lead to an industry certification or license. For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program, and other important information, please visit our website at http://www.phoenix.edu/ programs/bscpss. Program Purpose The Bachelor of Science in Correctional Program Support Services is an educational degree program that provides a foundation of knowledge in the field of correctional program support services. This program does not prepare students for any type of professional certification or licensure as a correctional officer, social worker or counselor. Preferred Sequence for the BSCPSS Courses requiring prerequisites are identified by a ~ symbol fol- lowing the course number. Course descriptions for all courses are listed in the Course Guide section of the catalog (page B-1). CPSS 210 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits Introduction to Criminal Justice CPSS 215 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits Survey of Corrections in the United States CPSS 225 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits Survey of Correctional Program Career Opportunities CPSS 235 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits Working with the Juvenile Justice System CPSS 240 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits Foundations of Criminal Behavior

CPSS 300 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits Working with the Correctional Population CPSS 315 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits Social Psychology CPSS 330 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits Essentials of Communication in Corrections CPSS 370 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits Intake, Assessment, and Classification CPSS 385 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits Case Planning and Case Management CPSS 395 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits Program Facilitation Skills CPSS 400 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits Institutional and Community-Based Programs CPSS 405 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits Working with Sex Offenders CPSS 410 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits Overview of Mental Health in Criminal Justice CPSS 415 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits Working with Juvenile Offenders CPSS 420 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits Issues of Substance Abuse and Addiction CPSS 430 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits Maintaining Boundaries and Self-Care The University reserves the right to modify the required course of study. General Information for the BSCPSS • First time attendees with the University who indicate less than

24 previous college credits (as recognized by the university) on the admission application and who meet the requirements for "Admitted with Condition" status, will be admitted with condition to this program according to the risk free period policy. • Prior Learning Assessment and credits earned through

National Testing Programs are excluded from the calculation of previous college credits.

• Applicants who have not previously completed an associate degree or higher at a regionally or approved nationally accredited institution must complete a Pathway Diagnostic before enrolling into their first credit-bearing course. The results of the diagnostic will determine placement in the Accelerated Pathway (A Track) or standard pathway (B Track).

• Students who have completed an associate degree or higher at a regionally or nationally accredited institution are not required to complete the Pathway Diagnostic and will be placed in the Accelerated Pathway (A Track).

• Students who are placed in the Accelerated Pathway may choose to pursue the standard pathway without appeal, but must complete the standard pathway in its entirety upon the change. Students who are placed in the standard pathway must appeal to pursue the Accelerated Pathway.

Additional Admission Requirements for the BSCPSS All applicants are expected to meet the following admissions requirements:

177

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

• High school graduation from an institution that holds state approval to confer high school diplomas or are accredited or a candidate for accreditation at the time the student attended by an acceptable accrediting body, GED certificate or CHSPE (California High School Proficiency Examination) certificate, or completion of the HiSET examination with a passing score. • Tennessee: Students residing in Tennessee who are attending

classes via the Online modality and students attending a local campus in Tennessee, including from any cross-border locations must provide the university with an official High School transcript or official GED score (if applicable). A college transcript which documents high school date of completion or a copy of a DD-214 showing high school graduation or equivalency may be submitted to satisfy this requirement.

• No work experience and/or current employment is required for this program.

• Signed Acknowledgement Form • A signed Professional Non-Academic Requirement Addendum

Form. Degree Requirements for the BSCPSS • Completion of a minimum of 120 credits that include the

following distribution: • General Education - 54 credits • Required Course of Study - 51 credits • Upper Division Correctional Program Support Services

Electives - 9 credits • Electives - 6 credits

• A minimum of 42 upper division credits. • A minimum grade point average (GPA) of 2.0. • The diploma awarded for this program will read as:

Bachelor of Science in Correctional Program Support Services General Education Requirements for the BSCPSS A minimum of 54 of the 120 credits must be in the general educa- tion areas approved by the University. Communication Arts, 6 credits A Track must include: ENG 220, equivalent or higher B Track must include: ENG 147 Mathematics, 6 credits Effective for Enrollment Agreements sign 6/1/2016 or later, must include 6 credits of quantitative reasoning or higher Science and Technology, 6 credits Must include at least three (3) credits in the physical or biological sciences Humanities, 6 credits Must include: HUM 115 Social Science, 6 credits Additional Liberal Arts, 6 credits A Track must include: GEN 201 B Track must include: GEN 127 Interdisciplinary Requirements, 18 credits Any credit that is not being applied to the primary major as a waiver may be applied to the lower division electives/Interdisciplinary requirement. Physical Education activity credits are limited to four (4) credits. Students who lack .67 or fewer general education credits may use excess interdisciplinary or elective credits to waive the balance. Students must use excess interdisciplinary or elective credits to waive the general education balance in order to complete the mini-

mum general education credits required for their program. Academic Progression Requirements for the BSCPSS • Students placed in the Accelerated Pathway (A Track) are

required to successfully complete GEN 201 followed by HUM 115 prior to proceeding into additional coursework in their programs.

• Standard pathway (B Track) students must satisfy all three (3) courses from the standard pathway prior to enrolling in any other course: GEN 127, HUM 115, ENG 147

• With the exception of ENG 147, GEN 127, GEN 201, and HUM 115, General Education and Elective course requirements may be satisfied by any of the following means: • University of Phoenix coursework, • Regionally or nationally accredited coursework (C- or higher

grade), • University of Phoenix Prior Learning Assessment • National Testing Programs, and • ACE evaluated Military credits.

• Accelerated Pathway (A Track) students have the option to satisfy HUM 115 by meeting one of the following criteria: • Transfer a regionally accredited Associate of Arts degree

from a community college, or higher degree from a regionally or approved nationally accredited institution.

• Transfer to UoPX with an Associate's Degree, or higher, from an articulated institution where the Program Transfer Guide requirements do not mandate completion of a critical thinking course.

• Transfer a Critical Thinking course of 2.67 credits or higher with a C- grade.

• Previous completion of an Associate of Arts or higher degree from UOPX.

• Previous completion of a Critical Thinking course with UOPX.

• Non-pathway students may not enroll in HUM 115 to satisfy programmatic prerequisites, general education, or elective requirements.

• Concurrent enrollment is prohibited during any of the following courses: GEN 201, GEN 127, ENG 147, or HUM 115.

• Accelerated Pathway (A Track) students may not enroll in GEN 127 or ENG 147 to satisfy programmatic prerequisites, general education or elective requirements.

• Continuously enrolled students in an approved entry point course should not execute a program or version change until completion of the entry point course to determine if the pathway diagnostic is required based on the outcome of the course.

• Students who have successfully completed an approved entry point course in a degree program and are re-entry or executing a program change will not be required to complete the pathway diagnostic and will be placed in the Accelerated Pathway (A Track).

• Students who previously completed an approved entry point course are not required to take GEN 127 or GEN 201.

• Students may not complete any of the following courses via Directed Study: GEN 201, GEN 127, ENG 147, or HUM 115.

• Satisfy University Proficiency Requirements • Undergraduate students must satisfy math and English

proficiencies as a condition of degree conferral and as a degree progression requirement prior to specific courses in their program.

178

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

COLLEGE OF SOCIAL SCIENCES

• Students have the following options to fulfill proficiency: • Successful completion of University of Phoenix math and

English courses designated as applicable to the proficiency requirement

• Comparable regionally or approved nationally accredited transfer, or credit recommended by the American Council on Education transfer coursework that meets the following requirements:

-Completed within ten years of enrollment -Grade of C- or better (or academic equivalent) -At least 2.67 semester credits -Eligible to receive general education credits • Achieve a passing score (as established by the American Council

on Education) on a comparable National Testing Program (NTP) exam completed within ten years of enrollment.

• Demonstrate competency by meeting minimum passing score on University of Phoenix approved placement exam.

• Students who satisfied the English and/or math proficiency and sign a new enrollment agreement may carry forward the completed proficiency in their new program/version provided they have remained in continuous attendance in alignment with the University's Re-Entry policy.

Residency Requirements and Course Waivers for the BSCPSS • Students must meet the established University residency

requirement for degree conferral. The University requires that the majority of coursework, 30 credits (as a part of the final 60 credits of the program) come from a combination of the Required Course of Study, General Education, and Electives must be completed at University of Phoenix.

• In order to be granted a waiver for a course in the required course of study, the student must have completed a previous credit bearing activity in transfer which meets the following criteria: • The activity must have been completed at a regionally or

approved nationally accredited, or candidate for accreditation, college or university, or from an approved source of nontraditional transfer credit as listed in University transfer policy.

• The activity must have been completed within the past ten (10) years (5 years for IS&T courses) from current program enrollment agreement sign date with a grade of "C" (2.0) or better or comparable passing benchmark for nontraditional credits.

• The activity must be comparable in content and semester academic credits to the University course it is replacing and must be an equivalent level or higher level course (i.e. graduate level coursework may be used to waive graduate or undergraduate coursework). Course descriptions must be included with the course waiver form in order for the Office of Admissions and Evaluation to review the course waiver request.

• Experiential Learning (essay) credit is not eligible to waive courses in the required course of study.

• Providing that University residency policy is met, through an approved articulation agreement or Educational Partnership Pathway (EPP) students may be able to waive courses outside of standard course waiver policy requirements to facilitate seamless transfer for Associate degree completers.

• Nationally recognized and/or industry accepted certifications may be used to waive certain courses in the Required Course of Study upon approval by the appropriate college or school that the courses reside under, and will not require Prior Learning Assessment. All waivers using certifications must be verified by an official transcript or completion documentation from the certifying organization.

• Eligible students who have attended a SOC Member Institution and have successfully completed equivalent courses according to the SOC Transfer Tables may transfer all equivalent courses into a student's required course of study as a waiver if the courses meet the minimum grade and timeframe as stated in policy.

• Students in this program may waive a maximum of 24 credits from their required course of study.

• Students may fulfill a maximum of 30 credits through their Peace Officer Standards and Training (POST) Certification, by submitting their certification documents through Prior Learning Assessment. POST credits not applied as waivers in the required course of study may be applied to interdisciplinary and elective components.

• The nine credit Upper Division Correctional Program Support Services (CPSS) Elective requirement may be satisfied by the following means: • University of Phoenix Upper Division CPSS Electives. • Upper division transfer coursework that has been approved

through a course waiver request. • The following courses in the Required Course of Study may not

be waived: CPSS 225, CPSS 400 Re-entry for the BSCPSS Re-entry students who have successfully completed an approved entry point course in a degree program will not be required to com- plete the pathway diagnostic and will be placed in the Accelerated Pathway (A Track). They will not be required to enroll in the stan- dard pathway (B Track) courses. Any student who has been out of attendance for more than 365 days from the last date of positive recorded attendance in a pro- gram applicable course is considered a re-entry student. Re-entry students may re-enroll into their program version without appeal if the program version is still the most current in their state or jurisdiction and the student has the ability to satisfy all program requirements within their original program completion deadline. Re-entry students whose program version is not the most current in their state or jurisdiction will be required to enroll into the most current version. Select programs may have additional re-entry requirements/ restrictions. Re-entry students should consult their Academic Advisor for guidance.

179

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

THIS PAGE WAS LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY

180

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

SCHOOL OF BUSINESS

.....................................................................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................................................... SCHOOL OF BUSINESS

We prepare future leaders for business excellence. Consistent with the values, mission, and purpose of the University of Phoenix, the mission of the School of Business is to provide effective and accessible higher education that prepares its students to be ethical practitioners and leaders. Our goal is to make a differ- ence in the lives of our students and their organizations. We achieve this by always acting with a sense of social responsibility and in a manner consistent with our core values. In particular we: • Define quality as standards-based, industry-aligned, career-

relevant educational curriculum, linked to current and future business needs

• Commit to excellence in teaching and to leveraging innovative teaching methodologies

• Be relentless in driving institutional self-assessment and continuous quality improvement

By 2020, through its integrated network of faculty, staff and busi- ness collaborators, the University of Phoenix, School of Business will be a preferred source for finding and developing emerging leaders for organizations.

Associate of Arts/Concentration in Accounting

........................................................................................... Fundamentals

The following Associate of Arts/Concentration in Accounting Fundamentals (AAACCT) program may be offered at these University of Phoenix campus locations: Online, depending on state of residence. The availability of programs and concentrations depend on student demand and other factors. Not all programs may be available to all residents of all states. Students may want to consider completing certain courses in the Online classroom at Online rates if the program is available via the Online modality in their state. Please contact your enrollment

........................................................................................... representative for more information.

The Associate of Arts with a concentration in Accounting Funda- mentals focuses on the role of accounting in business strategy, financial statements, cost information, economics, management, and ethical issues. Students will encounter real-world scenarios where they will use accounting information resources and systems, and present conclusions based on accounting and business data. Additionally, students will use ledgers, journals, and worksheets to complete formal, informal, and quantitative accounting tasks. For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program, and other important information, please visit our website at http://www.phoenix.edu/ programs/aaacct. Concentration in Accounting Fundamentals- A Track and B Track Courses requiring prerequisites are identified by a ~ symbol following the course number. Course descriptions for all courses are listed in the Course Guide section of the catalog (page B-1). BIS 220 ~ .................................................................................. 3 credits Introduction to Computer Applications and Systems BCOM 230 ~ ............................................................................ 3 credits Business Communication for Accountants QNT 275 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits Statistics for Decision Making MGT 230 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits

Management Theory and Practice ACC 290 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits Principles of Accounting I ACC 291 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits Principles of Accounting II The University reserves the right to modify the required course of study. General Information for the AAACCT • First time attendees with the University who indicate less than

24 previous college credits (as recognized by the university) on the admission application and who meet the requirements for "Admitted with Condition" status, will be admitted with condition to this program. • Prior Learning Assessment and credits earned through

National Testing Programs are excluded from the calculation of previous college credits.

• Applicants must complete a Pathway Diagnostic before enrolling into their first credit-bearing course. The results of the diagnostic will determine placement in the Accelerated Pathway (A Track) or standard pathway (B Track).

• Students who are placed in the Accelerated Pathway may choose to pursue the standard pathway without appeal, but must complete the standard pathway in its entirety upon the change. Students who are placed in the standard pathway must appeal to pursue the Accelerated Pathway.

• Any student planning to complete an associate of arts degree prior to enrolling in a bachelor degree must complete all required credits of the associates degree and meet admission requirements for their chosen bachelor degree before enrolling in any University bachelor degree programs.

Additional Admission Requirements for AAACCT • Applicants must be at least 16 years of age at the time of

application. • High school graduation from an institution that holds state

approval to confer high school diplomas or are accredited or a candidate for accreditation at the time the student attended by an acceptable accrediting body, GED certificate or CHSPE (California High School Proficiency Examination) certificate, or completion of the HiSET examination with a passing score. • Tennessee: Students residing in Tennessee who are attending

classes via the Online modality and students attending a local campus in Tennessee, including from any cross-border locations must provide the university with an official High School transcript or official GED score (if applicable). A college transcript which documents high school date of completion or a copy of a DD-214 showing high school graduation or equivalency may be submitted to satisfy this requirement.

General Education Requirements for the AAACCT Communication Arts, 6 credits A Track must include: COMM 215, equivalent, or higher B Track must include: ENG 147 Mathematics, 6 credits Effective for Enrollment Agreements sign 6/1/2016 or later, must include 6 credits of quantitative reasoning or higher Science and Technology, 6 credits Must include: 3 credits in the physical or biological sciences Humanities, 6 credits

181

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

Must include: HUM 115 Social Science, 6 credits Additional Liberal Arts, 3 credits A Track must include: GEN 201 B Track must include: GEN 127 Interdisciplinary Component, 9 credits Any credit that is not being applied to the primary major as a waiver may be applied to the lower division electives/Interdisciplinary requirement. Physical Education activity credits are limited to four (4) credits. Students who lack .67 or fewer general education credits may use interdisciplinary or elective credits to waive the balance. Students must use interdisciplinary or elective credits to waive the general education balance in order to complete the minimum general education credits required for their program. For a description of the preceding general education areas, see the Undergraduate Programs section within this catalog. Degree Requirements for the AAACCT • Completion of a minimum of 60 credits. • A minimum grade point average (GPA) of 2.0.

• Students earning the associate en-route will only be placed on Academic Probation if their bachelor program GPA falls below the minimum requirement.

• Students earning this associate en-route to completion of a bachelor degree program must meet the minimum GPA requirement at the conclusion of all required coursework for the associate degree to be eligible for associate conferral.

• Concentrations or emphases are reflected on the transcript only and will not appear on the diploma.

• The diploma awarded for this program will read as: Associate of Arts

Academic Progression Requirements for the AAACCT • Students placed in the Accelerated Pathway (A Track) are

required to successfully complete GEN 201 followed by HUM 115 prior to proceeding into additional coursework in their programs.

• Standard pathway (B Track) students must satisfy all three (3) courses from the standard pathway prior to enrolling in any other course: GEN 127, HUM 115, ENG 147

• Accelerated Pathway (A Track) students have the option to satisfy HUM 115 by meeting one of the following criteria: • Transfer a regionally accredited Associate of Arts degree

from a community college, or higher degree from a regionally or approved nationally accredited institution.

• Transfer to UoPX with an Associate's Degree, or higher, from an articulated institution where the Program Transfer Guide requirements do not mandate completion of a critical thinking course.

• Transfer a Critical Thinking course of 2.67 credits or higher with a C- grade.

• Previous completion of an Associate of Arts or higher degree from University of Phoenix.

• Previous completion of a Critical Thinking course with University of Phoenix

• Non-pathway students may not enroll in HUM 115 to satisfy programmatic prerequisites, general education, or elective requirements.

• Accelerated Pathway (A Track) students may not enroll in GEN 127 or ENG 147 to satisfy programmatic prerequisites, general education or elective requirements.

• Concurrent enrollment is prohibited during any of the following courses: GEN 201, GEN 127, ENG 147, or HUM 115.

• Continuously enrolled students in an approved entry point course should not execute a program or version change until completion of the entry point course to determine if the pathway diagnostic is required based on the outcome of the course.

• Students who have successfully completed an approved entry point course in a degree program and are re-entry or executing a program change will not be required to complete the pathway diagnostic and will be placed in the Accelerated Pathway (A Track).

• Students who previously completed an approved entry point course are not required to take GEN 127 or GEN 201.

• Students may not complete any of the following courses via Directed Study: GEN 201, GEN 127, ENG 147, or HUM 115.

• With the exception of ENG 147, GEN 127, GEN 201, and HUM 115, General Education and Elective course requirements may be satisfied by any of the following means: • University of Phoenix coursework, • Regionally or nationally accredited coursework (C- or higher

grade), • UOPX Prior Learning Assessment, • National Testing Programs, and • ACE evaluated Military credits.

• Satisfy University Proficiency Requirements • Undergraduate students must satisfy math and English

proficiencies as a condition of degree conferral and as a degree progression requirement prior to specific courses in their program.

• Students have the following options to fulfill proficiency: • Successful completion of University of Phoenix math and

English courses designated as applicable to the proficiency requirement

• Comparable regionally or approved nationally accredited transfer, or credit recommended by the American Council on Education transfer coursework that meets the following requirements:

-Completed within ten years of enrollment -Grade of C- or better (or academic equivalent) -At least 2.67 semester credits -Eligible to receive general education credits • Achieve a passing score (as established by the American Council

on Education) on a comparable National Testing Program (NTP) exam completed within ten years of enrollment.

• Demonstrate competency by meeting minimum passing score on University of Phoenix approved placement exam.

• Students who satisfied the English and/or math proficiency and sign a new enrollment agreement may carry forward the completed proficiency in their new program/version provided they have remained in continuous attendance in alignment with the University's Re-Entry policy.

Additional Residency Requirements and Course Waivers for the AAACCT • Students in this program may waive a maximum of 6 credits

from their required course of study. Re-entry for the AAACCT Re-entry students who have successfully completed an approved entry point course in a degree program will not be required to com- plete the pathway diagnostic and will be placed in the Accelerated Pathway (A Track). They will not be required to enroll in the stan- dard pathway (B Track) courses. Any student who has been out of attendance for more than 365 days from the last date of positive recorded attendance in a pro- gram applicable course is considered a re-entry student.

182

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

SCHOOL OF BUSINESS

Re-entry students may re-enroll into their program version without appeal if the program version is still the most current in their state or jurisdiction and the student has the ability to satisfy all program requirements within their original program completion deadline. Re-entry students whose program version is not the most current in their state or jurisdiction will be required to enroll into the most current version. Select programs may have additional re-entry requirements/ restrictions. Re-entry students should consult their Academic Advisor for guidance.

Associate of Arts/Concentration in Accounting

........................................................................................... Fundamentals (Minnesota)

The following Associate of Arts/Concentration in Accounting Fundamentals (AAACCT) program may be offered at these University of Phoenix campus locations: Online, depending on state of residence. The availability of programs and concentrations depend on student demand and other factors. Not all programs may be available to all residents of all states. Students may want to consider completing certain courses in the Online classroom at Online rates if the program is available via the Online modality in their state. Please contact your enrollment

........................................................................................... representative for more information.

The Associate of Arts with a concentration in Accounting Funda- mentals focuses on the role of accounting in business strategy, financial statements, cost information, economics, management, and ethical issues. Students will encounter real-world scenarios where they will use accounting information resources and systems, and present conclusions based on accounting and business data. Additionally, students will use ledgers, journals, and worksheets to complete formal, informal, and quantitative accounting tasks. For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program, and other important information, please visit our website at http://www.phoenix.edu/ programs/aaacct. Concentration in Accounting Fundamentals- A Track and B Track Courses requiring prerequisites are identified by a ~ symbol following the course number. Course descriptions for all courses are listed in the Course Guide section of the catalog (page B-1). BIS 220 ~ .................................................................................. 3 credits Introduction to Computer Applications and Systems BCOM 230 ~ ............................................................................ 3 credits Business Communication for Accountants QNT 275 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits Statistics for Decision Making MGT 230 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits Management Theory and Practice ACC 290 ~................................................................................ 3 credits Principles of Accounting I ACC 291 ~................................................................................ 3 credits Principles of Accounting II The University reserves the right to modify the required course of study. General Information for the AAACCT • First time attendees with the University who indicate less than

24 previous college credits (as recognized by the university) on the admission application and who meet the requirements for "Admitted with Condition" status, will be admitted with condition to this program.

• Prior Learning Assessment and credits earned through National Testing Programs are excluded from the calculation of previous college credits.

• Applicants must complete a Pathway Diagnostic before enrolling into their first credit-bearing course. The results of the diagnostic will determine placement in the Accelerated Pathway (A Track) or standard pathway (B Track).

• Students who are placed in the Accelerated Pathway may choose to pursue the standard pathway without appeal, but must complete the standard pathway in its entirety upon the change. Students who are placed in the standard pathway must appeal to pursue the Accelerated Pathway.

• Any student planning to complete an associate of arts degree prior to enrolling in a bachelor degree must complete all required credits of the associates degree and meet admission requirements for their chosen bachelor degree before enrolling in any University bachelor degree programs.

Additional Admission Requirements for AAACCT • Applicants must be at least 16 years of age at the time of

application. • High school graduation from an institution that holds state

approval to confer high school diplomas or are accredited or a candidate for accreditation at the time the student attended by an acceptable accrediting body, GED certificate or CHSPE (California High School Proficiency Examination) certificate, or completion of the HiSET examination with a passing score.

Degree Requirements for the AAACCT • Completion of a minimum of 61 credits. • A minimum grade point average (GPA) of 2.0.

• Students earning the associate en-route will only be placed on Academic Probation if their bachelor program GPA falls below the minimum requirement.

• Students earning this associate en-route to completion of a bachelor degree program must meet the minimum GPA requirement at the conclusion of all required coursework for the associate degree to be eligible for associate conferral.

• Concentrations are reflected on the transcript only and will not appear on the diploma. The diploma awarded for this program will read as Associate of Arts

General Education Requirements for the AAACCT The General Education requirements for this program are the fol- lowing: Communication Arts, 6 credits A Track must include: COMM 215, equivalent, or higher B Track must include: ENG 147 Mathematics, 6 credits Effective for Enrollment Agreements sign 6/1/2016 or later, must include 6 credits of quantitative reasoning or higher Natural Science, 9 credits Humanities, 9 credits Must include: HUM 115 Social Science, 9 credits Additional Liberal Arts, 4 credits A Track must include: GEN 201 B Track must include: GEN 127 Students are required to complete at least 1 credit in either Communication Arts, Social Science, Natural Science, Humanities, or Mathematics. Students who lack .67 or fewer general education credits may use interdisciplinary or elective credits to waive the balance. Students must use interdisciplinary or elective credits to waive the general

183

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

education balance in order to complete the minimum general edu- cation credits required for their program. For a description of the preceding general education areas, see the Undergraduate Programs section within this catalog. Academic Progression Requirements for the AAACCT • Students placed in the Accelerated Pathway (A Track) are

required to successfully complete GEN/201 followed by HUM 115 prior to proceeding into additional coursework in their programs.

• Standard pathway (B Track) students must satisfy all three (3) courses from the standard pathway prior to enrolling in any other course: GEN 127, HUM 115, ENG 147

• Accelerated Pathway (A Track) students have the option to satisfy HUM 115 by meeting one of the following criteria: • Transfer a regionally accredited Associate of Arts degree

from a community college, or higher degree from a regionally or approved nationally accredited institution.

• Transfer to UoPX with an Associate's Degree, or higher, from an articulated institution where the Program Transfer Guide requirements do not mandate completion of a critical thinking course.

• Transfer a Critical Thinking course of 2.67 credits or higher with a C- grade.

• Previous completion of an Associate of Arts or higher degree from UOPX.

• Previous completion of a Critical Thinking course with UOPX

• Non-pathway students may not enroll in HUM 115 to satisfy programmatic prerequisites, general education, or elective requirements.

• Accelerated Pathway (A Track) students may not enroll in GEN 127 or ENG 147 to satisfy programmatic prerequisites, general education or elective requirements.

• Concurrent enrollment is prohibited during any of the following courses: GEN 201, GEN 127, ENG 147, or HUM 115.

• Continuously enrolled students in an approved entry point course should not execute a program or version change until completion of the entry point course to determine if the pathway diagnostic is required based on the outcome of the course.

• Students who have successfully completed an approved entry point course in a degree program and are re-entry or executing a program change will not be required to complete the pathway diagnostic and will be placed in the Accelerated Pathway (A Track).

• Students who previously completed an approved entry point course are not required to take GEN 127 or GEN 201.

• Students may not complete any of the following courses via Directed Study: GEN 201, GEN 127, ENG 147, or HUM 115.

• With the exception of ENG 147, GEN 127, GEN 201, and HUM 115, General Education and Elective course requirements may be satisfied by any of the following means: • University of Phoenix coursework, • Regionally or nationally accredited coursework (C- or higher

grade), • UOPX Prior Learning Assessment, • National Testing Programs, and • ACE evaluated Military credits.

• Satisfy University Proficiency Requirements • Undergraduate students must satisfy math and English

proficiencies as a condition of degree conferral and as a degree progression requirement prior to specific courses in their program.

• Students have the following options to fulfill proficiency: • Successful completion of University of Phoenix math and

English courses designated as applicable to the proficiency requirement

• Comparable regionally or approved nationally accredited transfer, or credit recommended by the American Council on Education transfer coursework that meets the following requirements:

-Completed within ten years of enrollment -Grade of C- or better (or academic equivalent) -At least 2.67 semester credits -Eligible to receive general education credits • Achieve a passing score (as established by the American Council

on Education) on a comparable National Testing Program (NTP) exam completed within ten years of enrollment.

• Demonstrate competency by meeting minimum passing score on University of Phoenix approved placement exam.

• Students who satisfied the English and/or math proficiency and sign a new enrollment agreement may carry forward the completed proficiency in their new program/version provided they have remained in continuous attendance in alignment with the University's Re-Entry policy.

Additional Residency Requirements and Course Waivers for the AAACCT Students in this program may waive a maximum of 6 credits from their required course of study. Re-entry for the AAACCT Re-entry students who have successfully completed an approved entry point course in a degree program will not be required to com- plete the pathway diagnostic and will be placed in the Accelerated Pathway (A Track). They will not be required to enroll in the stan- dard pathway (B Track) courses. Any student who has been out of attendance for more than 365 days from the last date of positive recorded attendance in a pro- gram applicable course is considered a re-entry student. Re-entry students may re-enroll into their program version without appeal if the program version is still the most current in their state or jurisdiction and the student has the ability to satisfy all program requirements within their original program completion deadline. Re-entry students whose program version is not the most current in their state or jurisdiction will be required to enroll into the most current version. Select programs may have additional re-entry requirements/ restrictions. Re-entry students should consult their Academic Advisor for guidance.

Associate of Arts/Concentration in Accounting

........................................................................................... Fundamentals (Certificate Track)

The following Associate of Arts/Concentration in Accounting Fundamentals (Certificate Track) (AAACCTC) program may be offered at these University of Phoenix campus locations: Online, depending on state of residence. The availability of programs and concentrations depend on student demand and other factors. Not all programs may be available to all residents of all states. Students may want to consider completing certain courses in the Online classroom at Online rates if the program is available via the Online modality in their state. Please contact your

........................................................................................... enrollment representative for more information.

The Associate of Arts with a concentration in Accounting Funda- mentals focuses on the role of accounting in business strategy, financial statements, cost information, economics, management,

184

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

SCHOOL OF BUSINESS

and ethical issues. Students will encounter real-world scenarios where they will use accounting information resources and systems, and present conclusions based on accounting and business data. Additionally, students will use ledgers, journals, and worksheets to complete formal, informal, and quantitative accounting tasks. For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program, and other important information, please visit our website at http://www.phoenix.edu/ programs/aaacctc. Concentration in Accounting Fundamentals- A Track and B Track Courses requiring prerequisites are identified by a ~ symbol following the course number. Course descriptions for all courses are listed in the Course Guide section of the catalog (page B-1). BIS 220 ~ .................................................................................. 3 credits Introduction to Computer Applications and Systems BCOM 230 ~ ............................................................................ 3 credits Business Communication for Accountants QNT 275 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits Statistics for Decision Making MGT 230 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits Management Theory and Practice ACC 290 ~................................................................................ 3 credits Principles of Accounting I ACC 291 ~................................................................................ 3 credits Principles of Accounting II The University reserves the right to modify the required course of study. General Information for the AAACCTC • First time attendees with the University who indicate less than

24 previous college credits (as recognized by the university) on the admission application and who meet the requirements for "Admitted with Condition" status, will be admitted with condition to this program according to the risk free period policy. • Prior Learning Assessment and credits earned through

National Testing Programs are excluded from the calculation of previous college credits.

• The Certificate Track associates programs are designed to be an option for students to earn a certificate en-route to earning the associates degree.

• Students who completed a certificate in its entirety and who later choose to enroll in an associates program with a concentration in the same area of focus as the completed certificate will be required to enroll in the Certificate Track and will not earn a second certificate en-route to completing the associates program.

• Applicants must complete a Pathway Diagnostic before enrolling into their first credit-bearing course. The results of the diagnostic will determine placement in the Accelerated Pathway (A Track) or standard pathway (B Track).

• Students who are placed in the Accelerated Pathway may choose to pursue the standard pathway without appeal, but must complete the standard pathway in its entirety upon the change. Students who are placed in the standard pathway must appeal to pursue the Accelerated Pathway.

• Any student planning to complete an associate of arts degree prior to enrolling in a bachelor degree must complete all required credits of the associates degree and meet admission requirements for their chosen bachelor degree before enrolling in any University bachelor degree programs.

Additional Admission Requirements for AAACCTC • Applicants must be at least 16 years of age at the time of

application. • High school graduation from an institution that holds state

approval to confer high school diplomas or are accredited or a candidate for accreditation at the time the student attended by an acceptable accrediting body, GED certificate, CHSPE (California High School Proficiency Examination) certificate, or completion of the HiSET examination with a passing score. • Tennessee: Students residing in Tennessee who are attending

classes via the Online modality and students attending a local campus in Tennessee, including from any cross-border locations must provide the university with an official High School transcript or official GED score (if applicable). A college transcript which documents high school date of completion or a copy of a DD-214 showing high school graduation or equivalency may be submitted to satisfy this requirement.

Degree Requirements for the AAACCTC • Completion of a minimum of 60 credits. • A minimum grade point average (GPA) of 2.0.

• Students earning the associate en-route will only be placed on Academic Probation if their bachelor program GPA falls below the minimum requirement.

• Students earning this associate en-route to completion of a bachelor degree program must meet the minimum GPA requirement at the conclusion of all required coursework for the associate degree to be eligible for associate conferral.

• Students may earn a certificate in the same area of focus as the concentration en route to completing the associates degree. Students may apply for certificate conferral upon meeting the following program requirements: • Successful completion of the concentration courses outlined

in the enrollment agreement for the certificate • Achievement of the minimum program GPA • Fulfillment of the minimum University residency

requirement • Concentrations are reflected on the transcript only and will not

appear on the diploma. The diploma awarded for this program will read as: Associate of Arts

General Education Requirements for the AAACCTC Communication Arts, 6 credits A Track must include: COMM 215, equivalent, or higher B Track must include: ENG 147 Mathematics, 6 credits Effective for Enrollment Agreements sign 6/1/2016 or later, must include 6 credits of quantitative reasoning or higher Science and Technology, 6 credits Must include: 3 credits in the physical or biological sciences Humanities, 6 credits Must include: HUM 115 Social Science, 6 credits Additional Liberal Arts, 3 credits A Track must include: GEN 201 B Track must include: GEN 127 Interdisciplinary Component, 9 credits Any credit that is not being applied to the primary major as a waiver may be applied to the lower division electives/Interdisciplinary requirement. Physical Education activity credits are limited to four (4) credits. Students who lack .67 or fewer general education credits may use

185

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

interdisciplinary or elective credits to waive the balance. Students must use interdisciplinary or elective credits to waive the general education balance in order to complete the minimum general edu- cation credits required for their program. For a description of the preceding general education areas, see the Undergraduate Programs section within this catalog. Academic Progression Requirements for the AAACCTC • Students placed in the Accelerated Pathway (A Track) are

required to successfully complete GEN 201 followed by HUM 115 prior to proceeding into additional coursework in their programs.

• Standard pathway (B Track) students must satisfy all three (3) courses from the standard pathway prior to enrolling in any other course: GEN 127, HUM 115, and ENG 147

• Students are encouraged to complete the concentration or emphasis courses prior to enrolling in any other general education or interdisciplinary courses.

• With the exception of ENG 147, GEN 127, GEN 201, and HUM 115, General Education course requirements may be satisfied by any of the following means: • University of Phoenix coursework, • Regionally or nationally accredited coursework (C- or higher

grade), • University of Phoenix Prior Learning Assessment • National Testing Programs, and • ACE evaluated Military credits.

• Accelerated Pathway (A Track) students have the option to satisfy HUM 115 by meeting one of the following criteria: • Transfer a regionally accredited Associate of Arts degree

from a community college, or higher degree from a regionally or approved nationally accredited institution.

• Transfer to UoPX with an Associate's Degree, or higher, from an articulated institution where the Program Transfer Guide requirements do not mandate completion of a critical thinking course.

• Transfer a Critical Thinking course of 2.67 credits or higher with a C- grade.

• Previous completion of an Associate of Arts or higher degree from UOPX.

• Previous completion of a Critical Thinking course with UOPX.

• Non-pathway students may not enroll in HUM 115 to satisfy programmatic prerequisites, general education, or elective requirements.

• Concurrent enrollment is prohibited during any of the following courses: GEN 201, GEN 127, ENG 147, or HUM 115.

• Accelerated Pathway (A Track) students may not enroll in GEN 127 or ENG 147 to satisfy programmatic prerequisites, general education or elective requirements.

• Continuously enrolled students in an approved entry point course should not execute a program or version change until completion of the entry point course to determine if the pathway diagnostic is required based on the outcome of the course.

• Students who have successfully completed an approved entry point course in a degree program and are re-entry or executing a program change will not be required to complete the pathway diagnostic and will be placed in the Accelerated Pathway (A Track).

• Students who previously completed an approved entry point course are not required to take GEN 127 or GEN 201.

• Students may not complete any of the following courses via Directed Study: GEN 201, GEN 127, ENG 147, or HUM 115.

• Satisfy University Proficiency Requirements • Undergraduate students must satisfy math and English

proficiencies as a condition of degree conferral and as a degree progression requirement prior to specific courses in their program.

• Students have the following options to fulfill proficiency: • Successful completion of University of Phoenix math and

English courses designated as applicable to the proficiency requirement

• Comparable regionally or approved nationally accredited transfer, or credit recommended by the American Council on Education transfer coursework that meets the following requirements:

-Completed within ten years of enrollment -Grade of C- or better (or academic equivalent) -At least 2.67 semester credits -Eligible to receive general education credits • Achieve a passing score (as established by the American Council

on Education) on a comparable National Testing Program (NTP) exam completed within ten years of enrollment.

• Demonstrate competency by meeting minimum passing score on University of Phoenix approved placement exam.

• Students who satisfied the English and/or math proficiency and sign a new enrollment agreement may carry forward the completed proficiency in their new program/version provided they have remained in continuous attendance in alignment with the University's Re-Entry policy.

Additional Residency Requirements and Course Waivers for the AAACCTC Students in this program may waive a maximum of 6 credits from their required course of study. Re-entry for the AAACCTC Re-entry students who have successfully completed an approved entry point course in a degree program will not be required to com- plete the pathway diagnostic and will be placed in the Accelerated Pathway (A Track). They will not be required to enroll in the stan- dard pathway (B Track) courses. Any student who has been out of attendance for more than 365 days from the last date of positive recorded attendance in a pro- gram applicable course is considered a re-entry student. Re-entry students may re-enroll into their program version without appeal if the program version is still the most current in their state or jurisdiction and the student has the ability to satisfy all program requirements within their original program completion deadline. Re-entry students whose program version is not the most current in their state or jurisdiction will be required to enroll into the most current version. Select programs may have additional re-entry requirements/ restrictions. Re-entry students should consult their Academic Advisor for guidance.

186

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

SCHOOL OF BUSINESS

Associate of Arts/Concentration in Accounting

........................................................................................... Fundamentals (Certificate Track) (Minnesota)

The following Associate of Arts/Concentration in Accounting Fundamentals (Certificate Track) (AAACCTC) program may be offered at these University of Phoenix campus locations: Online, depending on state of residence. The availability of programs and concentrations depend on student demand and other factors. Not all programs may be available to all residents of all states. Students may want to consider completing certain courses in the Online classroom at Online rates if the program is available via the Online modality in their state. Please contact your

........................................................................................... enrollment representative for more information.

The Associate of Arts with a concentration in Accounting Funda- mentals focuses on the role of accounting in business strategy, financial statements, cost information, economics, management, and ethical issues. Students will encounter real-world scenarios where they will use accounting information resources and systems, and present conclusions based on accounting and business data. Additionally, students will use ledgers, journals, and worksheets to complete formal, informal, and quantitative accounting tasks. For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program, and other important information, please visit our website at http://www.phoenix.edu/ programs/aaacctc. Concentration in Accounting Fundamentals- A Track and B Track Courses requiring prerequisites are identified by a ~ symbol following the course number. Course descriptions for all courses are listed in the Course Guide section of the catalog (page B-1). BIS 220 ~ .................................................................................. 3 credits Introduction to Computer Applications and Systems BCOM 230 ~ ............................................................................ 3 credits Business Communication for Accountants QNT 275 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits Statistics for Decision Making MGT 230 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits Management Theory and Practice ACC 290 ~................................................................................ 3 credits Principles of Accounting I ACC 291 ~................................................................................ 3 credits Principles of Accounting II The University reserves the right to modify the required course of study. General Information for the AAACCTC • First time attendees with the University who indicate less than

24 previous college credits (as recognized by the university) on the admission application and who meet the requirements for "Admitted with Condition" status, will be admitted with condition to this program according to the risk free period policy. • Prior Learning Assessment and credits earned through

National Testing Programs are excluded from the calculation of previous college credits.

• The Certificate Track associates programs are designed to be an option for students to earn a certificate en-route to earning the associates degree.

• Students who completed a certificate in its entirety and who later choose to enroll in an associates program with a concentration in the same area of focus as the completed certificate will be required to enroll in the Certificate Track and will not earn a second certificate en-route to completing the associates program.

• Applicants must complete a Pathway Diagnostic before enrolling into their first credit-bearing course. The results of the diagnostic will determine placement in the Accelerated Pathway (A Track) or standard pathway (B Track).

• Students who are placed in the Accelerated Pathway may choose to pursue the standard pathway without appeal, but must complete the standard pathway in its entirety upon the change. Students who are placed in the standard pathway must appeal to pursue the Accelerated Pathway.

• Any student planning to complete an associate of arts degree prior to enrolling in a bachelor degree must complete all required credits of the associates degree and meet admission requirements for their chosen bachelor degree before enrolling in any University bachelor degree programs.

Additional Admission Requirements for AAACCTC • Applicants must be at least 16 years of age at the time of

application. • High school graduation from an institution that holds state

approval to confer high school diplomas or are accredited or a candidate for accreditation at the time the student attended by an acceptable accrediting body, GED certificate or CHSPE (California High School Proficiency Examination) certificate, or completion of the HiSET examination with a passing score.

Degree Requirements for the AAACCTC • Completion of a minimum of 61 credits. • A minimum grade point average (GPA) of 2.0. • Students may earn a certificate in the same area of focus as the

concentration en route to completing the associates degree. Students may apply for certificate conferral meeting the following program requirements: • Successful completion of the concentration or emphasis

courses outlined in the enrollment agreement for the certificate.

• Achievement of the minimum program GPA. • Fulfillment of the minimum University residency

requirement. • Concentrations are reflected on the transcript only and will not

appear on the diploma. The diploma awarded for this program will read as: Associate of Arts

General Education Requirements for the AAACCTC The General Education requirements for this program are the fol- lowing: Communication Arts, 6 credits A Track must include: COMM 215, equivalent, or higher B Track must include: ENG 147 Mathematics, 6 credits Effective for Enrollment Agreements sign 6/1/2016 or later, must include 6 credits of quantitative reasoning or higher Natural Science, 9 credits Humanities, 9 credits Must include: HUM 115 Social Science, 9 credits Additional Liberal Arts, 4 credits A Track must include: GEN 201 B Track must include: GEN 127 Students are required to complete at least 1 credit in either

187

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

Communication Arts, Social Science, Natural Science, Humanities, or Mathematics. Students who lack .67 or fewer general education credits may use interdisciplinary or elective credits to waive the balance. Students must use interdisciplinary or elective credits to waive the general education balance in order to complete the minimum general edu- cation credits required for their program. For a description of the preceding general education areas, see the Undergraduate Programs section within this catalog. Academic Progression Requirements for the AAACCTC • Students placed in the Accelerated Pathway (A Track) are

required to successfully complete GEN 201 followed by HUM 115 prior to proceeding into additional coursework in their programs.

• Standard pathway (B Track) students must satisfy all three (3) courses from the standard pathway prior to enrolling in any other course: GEN 127, HUM 115, ENG 147

• Students are encouraged to complete the concentration or emphasis courses prior to enrolling in any other general education or interdisciplinary courses.

• With the exception of ENG 147, GEN 127, GEN 201, and HUM 115, General Education course requirements may be satisfied by any of the following means: • University of Phoenix coursework, • Regionally or nationally accredited coursework (C- or higher

grade), • University of Phoenix Prior Learning Assessment • National Testing Programs, and • ACE evaluated Military credits.

• Accelerated Pathway (A Track) students have the option to satisfy HUM 115 by meeting one of the following criteria: • Transfer a regionally accredited Associate of Arts degree

from a community college, or higher degree from a regionally or approved nationally accredited institution.

• Transfer to UoPX with an Associate's Degree, or higher, from an articulated institution where the Program Transfer Guide requirements do not mandate completion of a critical thinking course.

• Transfer a Critical Thinking course of 2.67 credits or higher with a C- grade.

• Previous completion of an Associate of Arts or higher degree from UOPX.

• Previous completion of a Critical Thinking course with UOPX.

• Non-pathway students may not enroll in HUM 115 to satisfy programmatic prerequisites, general education, or elective requirements.

• Concurrent enrollment is prohibited during any of the following courses: GEN 201, GEN 127, ENG 147, or HUM 115.

• Accelerated Pathway (A Track) students may not enroll in GEN 127 or ENG 147 to satisfy programmatic prerequisites, general education or elective requirements.

• Continuously enrolled students in an approved entry point course should not execute a program or version change until completion of the entry point course to determine if the pathway diagnostic is required based on the outcome of the course.

• Students who have successfully completed an approved entry point course in a degree program and are re-entry or executing a program change will not be required to complete the pathway diagnostic and will be placed in the Accelerated Pathway (A Track).

• Students who previously completed an approved entry point course are not required to take GEN 127 or GEN 201.

• Students may not complete any of the following courses via Directed Study: GEN 201, GEN 127, ENG 147, or HUM 115.

• Satisfy University Proficiency Requirements • Undergraduate students must satisfy math and English

proficiencies as a condition of degree conferral and as a degree progression requirement prior to specific courses in their program.

• Students have the following options to fulfill proficiency: • Successful completion of University of Phoenix math and

English courses designated as applicable to the proficiency requirement

• Comparable regionally or approved nationally accredited transfer, or credit recommended by the American Council on Education transfer coursework that meets the following requirements:

-Completed within ten years of enrollment -Grade of C- or better (or academic equivalent) -At least 2.67 semester credits -Eligible to receive general education credits • Achieve a passing score (as established by the American Council

on Education) on a comparable National Testing Program (NTP) exam completed within ten years of enrollment.

• Demonstrate competency by meeting minimum passing score on University of Phoenix approved placement exam.

• Students who satisfied the English and/or math proficiency and sign a new enrollment agreement may carry forward the completed proficiency in their new program/version provided they have remained in continuous attendance in alignment with the University's Re-Entry policy.

Additional Residency Requirements and Course Waivers for the AAACCTC Students in this program may waive a maximum of 6 credits from their required course of study. Re-entry for the AAACCTC Re-entry students who have successfully completed an approved entry point course in a degree program will not be required to com- plete the pathway diagnostic and will be placed in the Accelerated Pathway (A Track). They will not be required to enroll in the stan- dard pathway (B Track) courses. Any student who has been out of attendance for more than 365 days from the last date of positive recorded attendance in a pro- gram applicable course is considered a re-entry student. Re-entry students may re-enroll into their program version without appeal if the program version is still the most current in their state or jurisdiction and the student has the ability to satisfy all program requirements within their original program completion deadline. Re-entry students whose program version is not the most current in their state or jurisdiction will be required to enroll into the most current version. Select programs may have additional re-entry requirements/ restrictions. Re-entry students should consult their Academic Advisor for guidance.

188

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

SCHOOL OF BUSINESS

Associate of Arts/Concentration in Business

........................................................................................... Fundamentals

The following Associate of Arts/Concentration in Business Fundamentals (AABFN) program may be offered at these University of Phoenix campus locations as of: Online, depending on state of residence. The availability of programs and concentrations depend on student demand and other factors. Not all programs may be available to all residents of all states. Students may want to consider completing certain courses in the Online classroom at Online rates if the program is available via the Online modality in their state. Please contact your enrollment representative for

........................................................................................... more information.

The Associate of Arts with a concentration in Business Fundamen- tals focuses on a variety of business essentials including manage- ment theory and practice, information systems, financial accounting, critical thinking and effective managerial communica- tions. Students will explore business principles and learn to apply problem solving strategies to real-life scenarios. In addition, stu- dents will also discuss the effects of culture and ethics in current global and domestic business environments. For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program, and other important information, please visit our website at http://www.phoenix.edu/ programs/aabfn. Concentration in Business Fundamentals- A Track and B Track Courses requiring prerequisites are identified by a ~ symbol following the course number. Course descriptions for all courses are listed in the Course Guide section of the catalog (page B-1). BUS 211 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits Foundations of Business COM 295 ~............................................................................... 3 credits Business Communications QNT 275 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits Statistics for Decision Making BIS 220 ~ .................................................................................. 3 credits Introduction to Computer Applications and Systems ACC 290 ~................................................................................ 3 credits Principles of Accounting I ACC 291 ~................................................................................ 3 credits Principles of Accounting II The University reserves the right to modify the required course of study. General Information for the AABFN • First time attendees with the University who indicate less than

24 previous college credits (as recognized by the university) on the admission application and who meet the requirements for "Admitted with Condition" status, will be admitted with condition to this program according to the risk free period policy. • Prior Learning Assessment and credits earned through

National Testing Programs are excluded from the calculation of previous college credits.

• Applicants must complete a Pathway Diagnostic before enrolling into their first credit-bearing course. The results of the diagnostic will determine placement in the Accelerated Pathway (A Track) or standard pathway (B Track).

• Students who are placed in the Accelerated Pathway may choose to pursue the standard pathway without appeal, but must complete the standard pathway in its entirety upon the change. Students who are placed in the standard pathway must appeal to pursue the Accelerated Pathway.

• Any student planning to complete an associate of arts degree prior to enrolling in a bachelor degree must complete all required credits of the associates degree and meet admission requirements for their chosen bachelor degree before enrolling in any University bachelor degree programs.

Additional Admission Requirements for the AABFN • Applicants must be at least 16 years of age at the time of

application. • High school graduation from an institution that holds state

approval to confer high school diplomas or are accredited or a candidate for accreditation at the time the student attended by an acceptable accrediting body, GED certificate, CHSPE (California High School Proficiency Examination) certificate, or completion of the HiSET examination with a passing score. • Students residing in Tennessee who are attending classes via

the Online modality and students attending a local campus in Tennessee, including from any cross-border locations must provide the university with an official High School transcript or official GED score (if applicable). A college transcript which documents high school date of completion or a copy of a DD-214 showing high school graduation or equivalency may be submitted to satisfy this requirement.

General Education Requirements for the AABFN Communication Arts, 6 credits A Track must include: COMM 215, equivalent, or higher B Track must include: ENG 147 Mathematics, 6 credits Effective for Enrollment Agreements sign 6/1/2016 or later, must include 6 credits of quantitative reasoning or higher Science and Technology, 6 credits Must include: 3 credits in the physical or biological sciences Humanities, 6 credits Must include: HUM 115 Social Science, 6 credits Additional Liberal Arts, 3 credits A Track must include: GEN 201 B Track must include: GEN 127 Interdisciplinary Component, 9 credits Any credit that is not being applied to the primary major as a waiver may be applied to the lower division electives/Interdisciplinary requirement. Physical Education activity credits are limited to four (4) credits. Students who lack .67 or fewer general education credits may use interdisciplinary or elective credits to waive the balance. Students must use interdisciplinary or elective credits to waive the general education balance in order to complete the minimum general edu- cation credits required for their program. For a description of the preceding general education areas, see the Undergraduate Programs section within this catalog. Degree Requirements for the AABFN • Completion of a minimum of 60 credits. • A minimum grade point average (GPA) of 2.0.

• Students earning the associate en-route will only be placed on Academic Probation if their bachelor program GPA falls below the minimum requirement.

189

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

• Students earning this associate en-route to completion of a bachelor degree program must meet the minimum GPA requirement at the conclusion of all required coursework for the associate degree to be eligible for associate conferral.

• Concentrations are reflected on the transcript only and will not appear on the diploma. The diploma awarded for this program will read as: Associate of Arts

Academic Progression Requirements for the AABFN • Students placed in the Accelerated Pathway (A Track) are

required to successfully complete GEN 201 followed by HUM 115 prior to proceeding into additional coursework in their programs.

• Standard pathway (B Track) students must satisfy all three (3) courses from the standard pathway prior to enrolling in any other course: GEN 127, HUM 115, and ENG 147

• Accelerated Pathway (A Track) students have the option to satisfy HUM 115 by meeting one of the following criteria: • Transfer a regionally accredited Associate of Arts degree

from a community college, or higher degree from a regionally or approved nationally accredited institution.

• Transfer to UoPX with an Associate's Degree, or higher, from an articulated institution where the Program Transfer Guide requirements do not mandate completion of a critical thinking course.

• Transfer a Critical Thinking course of 2.67 credits or higher with a C- grade.

• Previous completion of an Associate of Arts or higher degree from UOPX.

• Previous completion of a Critical Thinking course with UOPX

• Non-pathway students may not enroll in HUM 115 to satisfy programmatic prerequisites, general education, or elective requirements.

• Accelerated Pathway (A Track) students may not enroll in GEN 127 or ENG 147 to satisfy programmatic prerequisites, general education or elective requirements.

• Concurrent enrollment is prohibited during any of the following courses: GEN 201, GEN 127, ENG 147, or HUM 115.

• Continuously enrolled students in an approved entry point course should not execute a program or version change until completion of the entry point course to determine if the pathway diagnostic is required based on the outcome of the course.

• Students who have successfully completed an approved entry point course in a degree program and are re-entry or executing a program change will not be required to complete the pathway diagnostic and will be placed in the Accelerated Pathway (A Track).

• Students who previously completed an approved entry point course are not required to take GEN 127 or GEN 201.

• Students may not complete any of the following courses via Directed Study: GEN 201, GEN 127, ENG 147, or HUM 115.

• With the exception of ENG 147, GEN 127, GEN 201, and HUM 115, General Education course requirements may be satisfied by any of the following means: • University of Phoenix coursework, • Regionally or nationally accredited coursework (C- or higher

grade), • University of Phoenix Prior Learning Assessment, • National Testing Programs, and • ACE evaluated Military credits.

• Satisfy University Proficiency Requirements

• Undergraduate students must satisfy math and English proficiencies as a condition of degree conferral and as a degree progression requirement prior to specific courses in their program.

• Students have the following options to fulfill proficiency: • Successful completion of University of Phoenix math and

English courses designated as applicable to the proficiency requirement

• Comparable regionally or approved nationally accredited transfer, or credit recommended by the American Council on Education transfer coursework that meets the following requirements:

-Completed within ten years of enrollment -Grade of C- or better (or academic equivalent) -At least 2.67 semester credits -Eligible to receive general education credits • Achieve a passing score (as established by the American Council

on Education) on a comparable National Testing Program (NTP) exam completed within ten years of enrollment.

• Demonstrate competency by meeting minimum passing score on University of Phoenix approved placement exam.

• Students who satisfied the English and/or math proficiency and sign a new enrollment agreement may carry forward the completed proficiency in their new program/version provided they have remained in continuous attendance in alignment with the University's Re-Entry policy.

Additional Residency Requirements and Course Waivers for the AABFN • Students in this program may waive a maximum of 6 credits

from their required course of study. Re-entry for the AABFN Re-entry students who have successfully completed an approved entry point course in a degree program will not be required to com- plete the pathway diagnostic and will be placed in the Accelerated Pathway (A Track). They will not be required to enroll in the stan- dard pathway (B Track) courses. Any student who has been out of attendance for more than 365 days from the last date of positive recorded attendance in a pro- gram applicable course is considered a re-entry student. Re-entry students may re-enroll into their program version without appeal if the program version is still the most current in their state or jurisdiction and the student has the ability to satisfy all program requirements within their original program completion deadline. Re-entry students whose program version is not the most current in their state or jurisdiction will be required to enroll into the most current version. Select programs may have additional re-entry requirements/ restrictions. Re-entry students should consult their Academic Advisor for guidance.

190

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

SCHOOL OF BUSINESS

Associate of Arts/Concentration in Business

........................................................................................... Fundamentals (Minnesota)

The following Associate of Arts/Concentration in Business Fundamentals (AABFN) program may be offered at these University of Phoenix campus locations as of: Online, depending on state of residence. The availability of programs and concentrations depend on student demand and other factors. Not all programs may be available to all residents of all states. Students may want to consider completing certain courses in the Online classroom at Online rates if the program is available via the Online modality in their state. Please contact your enrollment representative for

........................................................................................... more information.

The Associate of Arts with a concentration in Business Fundamen- tals focuses on a variety of business essentials including manage- ment theory and practice, information systems, financial accounting, critical thinking and effective managerial communica- tions. Students will explore business principles and learn to apply problem solving strategies to real-life scenarios. In addition, stu- dents will also discuss the effects of culture and ethics in current global and domestic business environments. For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program, and other important information, please visit our website at http://www.phoenix.edu/ programs/aabfn. Concentration in Business Fundamentals- A Track and B Track Courses requiring prerequisites are identified by a ~ symbol following the course number. Course descriptions for all courses are listed in the Course Guide section of the catalog (page B-1). BUS 211 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits Foundations of Business COM 295 ~............................................................................... 3 credits Business Communications QNT 275 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits Statistics for Decision Making BIS 220 ~ .................................................................................. 3 credits Introduction to Computer Applications and Systems ACC 290 ~................................................................................ 3 credits Principles of Accounting I ACC 291 ~................................................................................ 3 credits Principles of Accounting II The University reserves the right to modify the required course of study. General Information for the AABFN • First time attendees with the University who indicate less than

24 previous college credits (as recognized by the university) on the admission application and who meet the requirements for "Admitted with Condition" status, will be admitted with condition to this program according to the risk free period policy. • Prior Learning Assessment and credits earned through

National Testing Programs are excluded from the calculation of previous college credits.

• Applicants must complete a Pathway Diagnostic before enrolling into their first credit-bearing course. The results of the diagnostic will determine placement in the Accelerated Pathway (A Track) or standard pathway (B Track).

• Students who are placed in the Accelerated Pathway may choose to pursue the standard pathway without appeal, but must complete the standard pathway in its entirety upon the change. Students who are placed in the standard pathway must appeal to pursue the Accelerated Pathway.

• Any student planning to complete an associate of arts degree prior to enrolling in a bachelor degree must complete all required credits of the associates degree and meet admission requirements for their chosen bachelor degree before enrolling in any University bachelor degree programs.

Additional Admission Requirements for the AABFN • Applicants must be at least 16 years of age at the time of

application. • High school graduation from an institution that holds state

approval to confer high school diplomas or are accredited or a candidate for accreditation at the time the student attended by an acceptable accrediting body, GED certificate or CHSPE (California High School Proficiency Examination) certificate, or completion of the HiSET examination with a passing score.

Degree Requirements for the AABFN • Completion of a minimum of 61 credits. • A minimum grade point average (GPA) of 2.0.

• Students earning the associate en-route will only be placed on Academic Probation if their bachelor program GPA falls below the minimum requirement.

• Students earning this associate en-route to completion of a bachelor degree program must meet the minimum GPA requirement at the conclusion of all required coursework for the associate degree to be eligible for associate conferral.

• Concentrations are reflected on the transcript only and will not appear on the diploma. The diploma awarded for this program will read as: Associate of Arts

General Education Requirements for the AABFN The General Education requirements for this program are the fol- lowing: Communication Arts, 6 credits A Track must include: COMM 215, equivalent, or higher B Track must include: ENG 147 Mathematics, 6 credits Effective for Enrollment Agreements sign 6/1/2016 or later, must include 6 credits of quantitative reasoning or higher Natural Science, 9 credits Humanities, 9 credits Must include: HUM 115 Social Science, 9 credits Additional Liberal Arts, 4 credits A Track must include: GEN 201 B Track must include: GEN 127 Students are required to complete at least 1 credit in either Communication Arts, Social Science, Natural Science, Humanities, or Mathematics. Students who lack .67 or fewer general education credits may use interdisciplinary or elective credits to waive the balance. Students must use interdisciplinary or elective credits to waive the general education balance in order to complete the minimum general edu- cation credits required for their program. For a description of the preceding general education areas, see the Undergraduate Programs section within this catalog.

191

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

Academic Progression Requirements for the AABFN • Students placed in the Accelerated Pathway (A Track) are

required to successfully complete GEN 201 followed by HUM 115 prior to proceeding into additional coursework in their programs.

• Standard pathway (B Track) students must satisfy all three (3) courses from the standard pathway prior to enrolling in any other course: GEN 127, HUM 115, ENG 147

• With the exception of ENG 147, GEN 127, GEN 201, and HUM 115, General Education course requirements may be satisfied by any of the following means: • University of Phoenix coursework, • Regionally or nationally accredited coursework (C- or higher

grade), • University of Phoenix Prior Learning Assessment • National Testing Programs, and • ACE evaluated Military credits.

• Accelerated Pathway (A Track) students have the option to satisfy HUM 115 by meeting one of the following criteria: • Transfer a regionally accredited Associate of Arts degree

from a community college, or higher degree from a regionally or approved nationally accredited institution.

• Transfer to UoPX with an Associate's Degree, or higher, from an articulated institution where the Program Transfer Guide requirements do not mandate completion of a critical thinking course.

• Transfer a Critical Thinking course of 2.67 credits or higher with a C- grade.

• Previous completion of an Associate of Arts or higher degree from UOPX.

• Previous completion of a Critical Thinking course with UOPX.

• Non-pathway students may not enroll in HUM 115 to satisfy programmatic prerequisites, general education, or elective requirements.

• Concurrent enrollment is prohibited during any of the following courses: GEN 201, GEN 127, ENG 147, or HUM 115.

• Accelerated Pathway (A Track) students may not enroll in GEN 127 or ENG 147 to satisfy programmatic prerequisites, general education or elective requirements.

• Continuously enrolled students in an approved entry point course should not execute a program or version change until completion of the entry point course to determine if the pathway diagnostic is required based on the outcome of the course.

• Students who have successfully completed an approved entry point course in a degree program and are re-entry or executing a program change will not be required to complete the pathway diagnostic and will be placed in the Accelerated Pathway (A Track).

• Students who previously completed an approved entry point course are not required to take GEN 127 or GEN 201.

• Students may not complete any of the following courses via Directed Study: GEN 201, GEN 127, ENG 147, or HUM 115.

• Satisfy University Proficiency Requirements • Undergraduate students must satisfy math and English

proficiencies as a condition of degree conferral and as a degree progression requirement prior to specific courses in their program.

• Students have the following options to fulfill proficiency: • Successful completion of University of Phoenix math and

English courses designated as applicable to the proficiency requirement

• Comparable regionally or approved nationally accredited transfer, or credit recommended by the American Council on Education transfer coursework that meets the following requirements:

-Completed within ten years of enrollment -Grade of C- or better (or academic equivalent) -At least 2.67 semester credits -Eligible to receive general education credits • Achieve a passing score (as established by the American Council

on Education) on a comparable National Testing Program (NTP) exam completed within ten years of enrollment.

• Demonstrate competency by meeting minimum passing score on University of Phoenix approved placement exam.

• Students who satisfied the English and/or math proficiency and sign a new enrollment agreement may carry forward the completed proficiency in their new program/version provided they have remained in continuous attendance in alignment with the University's Re-Entry policy.

Additional Residency Requirements and Course Waivers for the AABFN • Students in this program may waive a maximum of 6 credits

from their required course of study. Re-entry for the AABFN Re-entry students who have successfully completed an approved entry point course in a degree program will not be required to com- plete the pathway diagnostic and will be placed in the Accelerated Pathway (A Track). They will not be required to enroll in the stan- dard pathway (B Track) courses. Any student who has been out of attendance for more than 365 days from the last date of positive recorded attendance in a pro- gram applicable course is considered a re-entry student. Re-entry students may re-enroll into their program version without appeal if the program version is still the most current in their state or jurisdiction and the student has the ability to satisfy all program requirements within their original program completion deadline. Re-entry students whose program version is not the most current in their state or jurisdiction will be required to enroll into the most current version. Select programs may have additional re-entry requirements/ restrictions. Re-entry students should consult their Academic Advisor for guidance.

192

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

SCHOOL OF BUSINESS

........................................................................................... The Bachelor of Science in Business

The following Bachelor of Science in Business (BSB) program may be offered at these University of Phoenix campus locations: Online, depending on state of residence. The availability of programs and en-route credentials depend on student demand and other factors. Not all programs and en-route credentials may be available to all residents of all states. Students may want to consider completing certain courses in the Online classroom at Online rates if the program is available via the Online modality in their state. Please contact your enrollment representative for

........................................................................................... more information.

The Bachelor of Science in Business (BSB) undergraduate degree program is designed to prepare graduates with the requisite knowledge, skills, and values to effectively apply various business principles and tools in an organizational setting. The BSB founda- tion is designed to bridge the gap between theory and practical application, while examining the areas of accounting, critical think- ing and decision-making, economics, finance, business law and ethics, management, marketing, organizational behavior, business statistical techniques, and information systems. Students are required to demonstrate a comprehensive understanding of the undergraduate business curricula through an integrated topics course. For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program, and other important information, please visit our website at http://www.phoenix.edu/ programs/bsb. Program Student Learning Outcomes In addition to the knowledge and skills related to the University Learning Goals, School of Business graduating students are intended to attain certain program-specific knowledge, skills and abilities. Therefore, you should be able to demonstrate the follow- ing learning outcomes by the time you complete this program. • Students will apply decision-making skills and consider ethical

implications when solving business situations. • Students will integrate business concepts and principles to

advance organizational goals. • Students will analyze interrelationships among distinct

functional areas of an organization. • Students will analyze the implications of operating in a

changing global business environment. • Students will examine the degree of alignment between their

individual values and an organization's values as reflected in the organization's plans and actions.

• Students will apply key disciplinary skills as practitioners in business to critical business issues in the following domains of the BSB program: • Finance • Marketing • Information systems • Research methodologies • Economics • Business law • Management • Accounting

BSB Program Category Requirements- A Track and B Track Courses requiring prerequisites are identified by a ~ symbol following the course number. Course descriptions for all courses are listed in the Course Guide section of the catalog (page B-1).

Communications, 3 total credits COM 295 ~ .............................................................................. 3 credits Business Communications Business Information Systems, 3 total credits BIS 220 ~ .................................................................................. 3 credits Introduction to Computer Applications and Systems Management, 6 total credits PHL 320 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Critical Thinking and Decision Making in Business MGT 312 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits Organizational Behavior for Managers Accounting, 6 total credits ACC 290 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits Principles of Accounting I ACC 291 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits Principles of Accounting II Ethics and Legal Topics in Business, 3 total credits ETH 321 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Ethical and Legal Topics in Business Economics, 6 total credits ECO 365 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Principles of Microeconomics ECO 372 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Principles of Macroeconomics Finance, 3 total credits FIN 370 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits Finance for Business Marketing, 3 total credits MKT 421 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits Marketing Business Statistics, 3 total credits QNT 275 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits Statistics for Decision Making Business Capstone, 3 total credits BUS 475 ~................................................................................. 3 credits Integrated Business Topics BSB Upper Division Business/Management Electives, 18 total credits The University reserves the right to modify the required course of study.

General Information for the BSB

• First time attendees with the University who indicate less than 24 previous college credits (as recognized by the university) on the admission application and who meet the requirements for "Admitted with Condition" status, will be admitted with condition to this program according to the risk free period policy. • Prior Learning Assessment and credits earned through

National Testing Programs are excluded from the calculation of previous college credits.

• Applicants who have not previously completed an associate degree or higher at a regionally or approved nationally accredited institution must complete a Pathway Diagnostic before enrolling into their first credit-bearing course. The results of the diagnostic will determine placement in the Accelerated Pathway (A Track) or standard pathway (B Track).

193

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

• Students who have completed an associate degree or higher at a regionally or nationally accredited institution are not required to complete the Pathway Diagnostic and will be placed in the Accelerated Pathway (A Track).

• Students who are placed in the Accelerated Pathway may choose to pursue the standard pathway without appeal, but must complete the standard pathway in its entirety upon the change. Students who are placed in the standard pathway must appeal to pursue the Accelerated Pathway.

En-Route Credentials for the BSB • Students may declare and earn additional credentials that are

approved in their state or jurisdiction en-route to completing the bachelor degree. Students must sign and submit the enrollment agreement that corresponds with the unique combination of desired credentials to be earned. Possible credentials include an associate degree, lower division certificate, and/or upper division certificate. Listed below are all of the possible en-route credentials: • Hospitality Fundamentals Certificate (Undergraduate) • Bookkeeping Fundamentals Certificate (Undergraduate) • Retail Management Certificate • Digital Marketing Certificate • Financial Planning Certificate • Marketing Certificate • Operations Management Certificate • Small Business Management and Entrepreneurship

Certificate • Supply Chain Management Certificate • Project Management Certificate • Human Resource Management Certificate • General Management Certificate • Hospitality Management Certificate (Undergraduate) • Retail Fundamentals Certificate (Undergraduate) • Associate of Arts with a Concentration in Business

Fundamentals • Associate of Arts with a Concentration in Accounting

Fundamentals • Students may apply for conferral of an en-route credential upon

meeting the following program requirements: • Successful completion of all the courses outlined in the

enrollment agreement for the credential • Achievement of the minimum program GPA • Fulfillment of the minimum University residency

requirement • Students may elect to update or remove the selected credentials

by completing a new enrollment agreement reflecting the new selection of credentials.

Additional Admission Requirements for the BSB

All applicants are expected to meet the following admissions requirements: • High school graduation from an institution that holds state

approval to confer high school diplomas or are accredited or a candidate for accreditation at the time the student attended by an acceptable accrediting body, GED certificate, CHSPE (California High School Proficiency Examination) certificate, or completion of the HiSET examination with a passing score.

• Students residing in Tennessee who are attending classes via the Online modality and students attending a local campus in Tennessee, including from any cross-border locations must provide the university with an official High School transcript or official GED score (if applicable). A college transcript which documents high school date of completion or a copy of a DD-214 showing high school graduation or equivalency may be submitted to satisfy this requirement.

• Applicants must be currently employed or have access to a work environment.

Degree Requirements for the BSB

• Completion of a minimum of 120 credits. • General Education - 45 credits • Required Course of Study (BSB) - 39 credits • Upper Division Business/Management Electives - 18 credits • Electives - 18 credits

• A minimum of 42 upper division credits. • A minimum grade point average (GPA) of 2.0. • The diploma awarded for this program will read as:

Bachelor of Science in Business General Education Requirements for the BSB A minimum of 45 of the 120 credits must be in the general educa- tion areas approved by the University. Liberal Arts Component, 36 credits Communication Arts, 6 credits A Track must include: COMM 215, equivalent or higher B Track must include: ENG 147 Mathematics, 6 credits Effective for Enrollment Agreements sign 6/1/2016 or later, must include 6 credits of quantitative reasoning or higher; or 6 credits of statistics or higher Science and Technology, 6 credits Must include at least three (3) credits in the physical or biological sciences Humanities, 6 credits Must include: HUM 115 Social Science, 6 credits Additional Liberal Arts, 6 credits A Track must include: GEN 201 B Track must include: GEN 127 Interdisciplinary Component, 9 credits Any credit that is not being applied to the primary major as a waiver may be applied to the lower division electives/Interdisciplinary requirement. Physical Education activity credits are limited to four (4) credits. Students who lack .67 or fewer general education credits may use interdisciplinary or elective credits to waive the balance. Students must use interdisciplinary or elective credits to waive the general education balance in order to complete the minimum general edu- cation credits required for their program. General Education Requirements for the BSB for students obtaining an Associates En-Route Credential A minimum of 45 of the 120 credits must be in the general educa- tion areas approved by the University. Liberal Arts Component, 33 credits Communication Arts, 6 credits A Track must include: COMM 215, equivalent, or higher B Track must include: ENG 147 Mathematics, 6 credits Effective for Enrollment Agreements sign 6/1/2016 or later, must include

194

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

SCHOOL OF BUSINESS

6 credits of quantitative reasoning or higher Science and Technology, 6 credits Must include: 3 credits in the physical or biological sciences Humanities, 6 credits Must include: HUM 115 Social Science, 6 credits Additional Liberal Arts, 6 credits A Track must include: GEN 201 B Track must include: GEN 127 Interdisciplinary Requirement, 9 credits Any credit that is not being applied to the primary major as a waiver may be applied to the lower division electives/Interdisciplinary requirement. Physical Education activity credits are limited to four (4) credits. General Education Requirements for the BSB for Minnesota Students A minimum of 45 of the 120 credits must be in the general educa- tion areas approved by the University. Liberal Arts Component 36 credits Communication Arts, 6 credits A Track must include: COMM 215, equivalent or higher B Track must include: ENG 147 Mathematics, 6 credits Effective for Enrollment Agreements sign 6/1/2016 or later, must include 6 credits of quantitative reasoning or higher; or 6 credits of statistics or higher Natural Science, 6 credits Humanities, 6 credits Must include: HUM 115 Social Science, 6 credits Additional Liberal Arts, 6 credits A Track must include: GEN 201 B Track must include: GEN 127 Interdisciplinary Component, 9 credits Physical Education activity credits are limited to four (4) credits. Students who lack .67 or fewer general education credits may use interdisciplinary or elective credits to waive the balance. Students must use interdisciplinary or elective credits to waive the general education balance in order to complete the minimum general edu- cation credits required for their program. General Education Requirements for the BSB for Minnesota Students obtaining an Associates En-Route Credential A minimum of 45 of the 120 credits must be in the general educa- tion areas approved by the University. Liberal Arts Component, 36 credits Communication Arts, 6 credits A Track must include: COMM 215, equivalent or higher B Track must include: ENG 147 Mathematics, 6 credits Effective for Enrollment Agreements sign 6/1/2016 or later, must include 6 credits of quantitative reasoning or higher Natural Science, 9 credits Humanities, 9 credits Must include: HUM 115 Social Science, 9 credits Additional Liberal Arts, 6 credits

A Track must include: GEN 201 B Track must include: GEN 127 Students are required to complete at least 1 credit in either Communication Arts, Social Science, Natural Science, Humanities, or Mathematics. Students who lack .67 or fewer general education credits may use interdisciplinary or elective credits to waive the balance. Students must use interdisciplinary or elective credits to waive the general education balance in order to complete the minimum general edu- cation credits required for their program.

Academic Progression Requirements for the BSB

• Students placed in the Accelerated Pathway (A Track) are required to successfully complete GEN 201 followed by HUM 115 prior to proceeding into additional coursework in their programs.

• Standard pathway (B Track) students must satisfy all three (3) courses from the standard pathway prior to enrolling in any other course: GEN 127, HUM 115, and ENG 147

• With the exception of ENG 147, GEN 127, GEN 201, and HUM 115, General Education and Elective course requirements may be satisfied by any of the following means: • University of Phoenix coursework, • Regionally or nationally accredited coursework (C- or higher

grade), • University of Phoenix Prior Learning Assessment • National Testing Programs, and • ACE evaluated Military credits.

• Accelerated Pathway (A Track) students ave the option to satisfy HUM 115 by meeting one of the following criteria: • Transfer a regionally accredited Associate of Arts degree

from a community college, or higher degree from a regionally or approved nationally accredited institution.

• Transfer to UoPX with an Associate's Degree, or higher, from an articulated institution where the Program Transfer Guide requirements do not mandate completion of a critical thinking course.

• Transfer a Critical Thinking course of 2.67 credits or higher with a C- grade.

• Previous completion of an Associate of Arts or higher degree from UOPX.

• Previous completion of a Critical Thinking course with UOPX.

• Non-pathway students may not enroll in HUM 115 to satisfy programmatic prerequisites, general education, or elective requirements.

• Accelerated Pathway (A Track) students may not enroll in GEN 127 or ENG 147 to satisfy programmatic prerequisites, general education or elective requirements.

• Concurrent enrollment is prohibited during any of the following courses: GEN 201, GEN 127, ENG 147, or HUM 115.

• Continuously enrolled students in an approved entry point course should not execute a program or version change until completion of the entry point course to determine if the pathway diagnostic is required based on the outcome of the course.

• Students who have successfully completed an approved entry point course in a degree program and are re-entry or executing a program change will not be required to complete the pathway diagnostic and will be placed in the Accelerated Pathway (A Track).

• Students who previously completed an approved entry point course are not required to take GEN 127 or GEN 201.

195

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

• Students may not complete any of the following courses via Directed Study: GEN 201, GEN 127, ENG 147, or HUM 115.

• Satisfy University Proficiency Requirements • Undergraduate students must satisfy math and English

proficiencies as a condition of degree conferral and as a degree progression requirement prior to specific courses in their program.

• Students have the following options to fulfill proficiency: • Successful completion of University of Phoenix math and

English courses designated as applicable to the proficiency requirement

• Comparable regionally or approved nationally accredited transfer, or credit recommended by the American Council on Education transfer coursework that meets the following requirements:

-Completed within ten years of enrollment -Grade of C- or better (or academic equivalent) -At least 2.67 semester credits -Eligible to receive general education credits • Achieve a passing score (as established by the American Council

on Education) on a comparable National Testing Program (NTP) exam completed within ten years of enrollment.

• Demonstrate competency by meeting minimum passing score on University of Phoenix approved placement exam.

• Students who satisfied the English and/or math proficiency and sign a new enrollment agreement may carry forward the completed proficiency in their new program/version provided they have remained in continuous attendance in alignment with the University's Re-Entry policy.

• Students transferring to University of Phoenix into an undergraduate Bachelor of Science in Business degree program with a previously completed Associate degree in Business under Direct Transfer Agreement (DTA) provisions from a Community or Technical College in the state of Washington will be considered as satisfying their lower division elective and general education requirements making the student Required Course of Study ready at University of Phoenix. Students utilizing this policy will still need to meet all pre-requisite or state specific content requirements as outlined in the Academic Progression and General Education Requirements policy sections for their Bachelor of Science in Business degree program.

Additional Residency Requirements and Course Waivers for the BSB

• Students in this program may waive a maximum of 18 upper division credits from their required course of study.

• Students may also waive twelve (12) lower division credits from the required course of study.

• The 18 credit Upper Division Business/Management Elective requirement may be satisfied by any of the following means: • Upper Division University of Phoenix Business/

Management coursework. • Upper Division Certificate approved in the student's state or

jurisdiction. • Upper Division Business/Management transfer coursework

that is acceptable for transfer and was completed within the past ten (10) years from current program enrollment agreement sign date with a grade of C- or better.

• Upper Division Business/Management National Testing Program exams that are acceptable for transfer and were completed within the past ten (10) years from current program enrollment agreement sign date.

• Upper Division Business/Management American Council on Education recommended (Military) credits that are acceptable for transfer and were completed within the past ten (10) years from current program enrollment agreement sign date.

• Upper Division Business/Management Prior Learning Assessment (PLA) credits awarded to activities completed within the past ten (10) years from current program enrollment agreement sign date.

• The following course(s) may not be waived: BUS 475 Re-entry for the BSB Re-entry students who have successfully completed an approved entry point course in a degree program will not be required to com- plete the pathway diagnostic and will be placed in the Accelerated Pathway (A Track). They will not be required to enroll in the stan- dard pathway (B Track) courses. Any student who has been out of attendance for more than 365 days from the last date of positive recorded attendance in a pro- gram applicable course is considered a re-entry student. Re-entry students may re-enroll into their program version without appeal if the program version is still the most current in their state or jurisdiction and the student has the ability to satisfy all program requirements within their original program completion deadline. Re-entry students whose program version is not the most current in their state or jurisdiction will be required to enroll into the most current version. Select programs may have additional re-entry requirements/ restrictions. Re-entry students should consult their Academic Advisor for guidance.

The Bachelor of Science in Business (Maryland-

........................................................................................... Online)

The following Bachelor of Science in Business (BSB) program may be offered at these University of Phoenix campus locations: Online, depending on state of residence. The availability of programs and emphases depend on student demand and other factors. Not all programs may be available to all residents of all states. Students may want to consider completing certain courses in the Online classroom at Online rates if the program is available via the Online modality in their state.

........................................................................................... Please contact your enrollment representative for more information.

The Bachelor of Science in Business (BSB) undergraduate degree program is designed to prepare graduates with the requisite knowledge, skills, and values to effectively apply various business principles and tools in an organizational setting. The BSB founda- tion is designed to bridge the gap between theory and practical application, while examining the areas of accounting, critical think- ing and decision-making, finance, business law, management, mar- keting, organizational behavior, research and evaluation, and technology. Students are required to demonstrate a comprehensive understanding of the undergraduate business curricula through an integrated topics course. For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program, and other important information, please visit our website at http://www.phoenix.edu/ programs/bsb

BSB Program Category Requirements - A Track and B Track Courses requiring prerequisites are identified by a ~ symbol following the course number. Course descriptions for all courses are listed in the Course Guide section of the catalog (page B-1).

196

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

SCHOOL OF BUSINESS

Introductory Course, 3 total credits GEN 200(For A Track only)................................................... 3 credits Foundations for General Education and Professional Success GEN 195 (For B Track only) .................................................. 3 credits Foundations of University Studies Communications, 3 total credits BCOM 275 ~ (Prerequisite for Track A only)...................... 3 credits Business Communications and Critical Thinking COM 295 ~............................................................................... 3 credits Business Communications Business Information Systems, 3 total credits BIS 220 ~ (Prerequisite for Track A only) ............................ 3 credits Introduction to Computer Applications and Systems Management, 6 total credits MGT 230 ~ (Prerequisite for Track A only) ........................ 3 credits Management Theory and Practice MGT 311 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits Organizational Development Accounting, 6 total credits ACC 290 ~................................................................................ 3 credits Principles of Accounting I ACC 291 ~................................................................................ 3 credits Principles of Accounting II Ethics & Social Responsibility, 3 total credits ETH 316 ~ (Prerequisite for Track A only) ......................... 3 credits Ethics and Social Responsibility Economics, 6 total credits ECO 372 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Principles of Macroeconomics ECO 365 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Principles of Microeconomics Business Law, 3 total credits LAW 421 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits Contemporary Business Law Finance, 3 total credits FIN 370 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits Finance for Business Marketing, 3 total credits MKT 421 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits Marketing Research and Statistics, 6 total credits RES 351 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits Business Research QNT 351 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits Quantitative Analysis for Business Business Capstone, 3 total credits BUS 475 ~................................................................................. 3 credits Integrated Business Topics Students must select one emphasis in a particular area of study at the time of enrollment. Students may also complete an additional emphasis. Please contact your academic representative for more information. Accounting Emphasis The Accounting Emphasis promotes identification with and orien- tation to the accounting profession and is designed to provide knowledge skills, and abilities necessary for a career in accounting. Core competencies in technology, critical thinking, and communi-

cation are emphasized throughout the curriculum. The program also utilizes specific accounting problem-solving software to pro- vide students with practical knowledge of the accounting field. Students have broad exposure to varied business disciplines, including management, organizational behavior, economics, and finance, and learn how the general manager integrates these disci- plines to meet the strategic goals of the organization. For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program, and other important information, please visit our website at http://www.phoenix.edu/ programs/bsb-acc. ACC 349 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits Cost Accounting ACC 421 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits Intermediate Financial Accounting I ACC 422 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits Intermediate Financial Accounting II ACC 423 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits Intermediate Financial Accounting III ACC 497 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits Advanced Topics in Accounting Research The BSB/ACC may not educationally qualify graduates to sit for the CPA exam in some states. To the extent that a student intends to sit for the CPA examination, the student should consult with the applicable board of examiners in the state or states in which the individual intends to sit for the examination to determine the precise educational and other requirements, including the acceptability of the University's BSB/ACC. Administration Emphasis

The Business Administration emphasis is designed for the working professional employed in a business or public organization. The major coursework emphasizes quantitative skills and is designed to enable graduates to deal effectively with an increasingly com- plex business environment. The administration emphasis examines the areas of operations management, project management, eco- nomics, accounting, finance, and strategic management. For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program, and other important information, please visit our website at http://www.phoenix.edu/ programs/bsb-a. ACC 400 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits Accounting for Decision Making MGT 448 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits Global Business Strategies Students must choose three of the following courses: ACC 340 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits Accounting Information Systems I BSA 375 ~................................................................................. 3 credits Fundamentals of Business Systems Development EBUS 405 ~ .............................................................................. 3 credits E-Business Technologies ISCOM 472 ~ ........................................................................... 3 credits Lean Enterprise MKT 441 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits Marketing Research MGT 437 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits Project Management ETH 355 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Understanding Ethics OI 370 ~.................................................................................... 3 credits Innovation for the 21st Century

197

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

PHL 410 ~................................................................................. 3 credits Classical Logic

Finance Emphasis

The Finance Emphasis emphasizes fundamental and advanced financial concepts, theories, and practices to promote well- informed financial decision making. The Finance Emphasis allows students to examine the areas of finance for decision making, financial risk management, mergers, acquisitions, and corporate restructuring, investment analysis and portfolio management, and global finance. Students will integrate advanced topics in financial management through real-world business application. Financial managers need many different skills. Interpersonal skills are important because these jobs involve managing people and working as part of a team to solve problems. Financial managers must have excellent communication skills to explain complex financial data. Since financial managers work extensively with various departments in their firm, a broad understanding of business is essential. Financial managers should be creative thinkers and problem-solvers, applying their analytical skills to business. They must be comfortable with the latest computer technology. Financial managers must have knowledge of international finance because financial operations are increasingly being affected by the global economy. For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program, and other important information, please visit our website at http://www.phoenix.edu/ programs/bsb-f. FIN 419 ~ .................................................................................. 3 credits Finance for Decision Making FIN 486 ~ .................................................................................. 3 credits Strategic Financial Management Students must choose three of the following courses: FIN 366 ~ .................................................................................. 3 credits Financial Institutions FIN 402 ~ .................................................................................. 3 credits Investment Fundamentals and Portfolio Management FIN 410 ~ .................................................................................. 3 credits Working Capital Management FIN 415 ~ .................................................................................. 3 credits Corporate Risk Management FIN 420 ~ .................................................................................. 3 credits Personal Financial Planning FIN 444 ~ .................................................................................. 3 credits Mergers, Acquisitions, and Corporate Restructuring FIN 467 ~ .................................................................................. 3 credits Real Estate Investment

Global Management Emphasis

The Global Business emphasis emphasizes fundamental principles and practices of conducting global business activities. Components include: international marketing, international trade and invest- ment, global finance, global human resource management, and global value-chain management. Students will integrate advanced topics in global business through real-life applications. The pro- gram promotes the development of a "global mindset" and reflects the dynamic nature of global business realities. For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program, and other important information, please visit our website at http://www.phoenix.edu/ programs/bsb-gm.

GBM 380 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits Global Business GBM 381 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits International Trade HRM 350 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits International Human Resource Management ISCOM 383 ~............................................................................ 3 credits Global Value Chain Management GBM 489 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits Strategic Topics in Global Business Management

Sustainable Enterprise Management Emphasis

The Sustainable Enterprise Management emphasis will prepare students for management careers based on sustainable business practices. The program emphasizes the development of skills in operating standards, enterprise planning, social responsibility, and sustainable management techniques. Upon completion of this pro- gram students will possess the knowledge and skills needed to manage business enterprises for a sustainable future. For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program, and other important information, please visit our website at http://www.phoenix.edu/ programs/bsb-sm. MGT 360 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits Green and Sustainable Enterprise Management MGT 470 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits Sustainable Enterprise Planning Students must choose three of the following courses: ECO 370 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Environmental Economics MGT 380 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits Organizational Change Management MGT 441 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits Business Models in Early-stage Enterprises MKT 411 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Green Marketing MKT 442 ~................................................................................ 3 credits Market Discovery and Validation in Early-stage Enterprises BUS 443 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits Implementing Entrepreneurship in Early-stage Enterprises MKT 455 ~................................................................................ 3 credits Internet Marketing

Human Resource Management Emphasis

The Human Resource Management Emphasis helps students develop an understanding of the fundamentals of human resource management and its strategic relevance in business. The emphasis addresses the legal and ethical components of the decision making process involved in the human resources environment. The Human Resource Management Emphasis introduces students to the basic concepts of human resource management, and allows fur- ther study in the areas of employment law, risk management, recruitment and selection of employees, international HR, change management, compensation and benefits, employee development, and performance management. Students will also develop an understanding of the critical business implications for human resource professionals today and in the future. HR practitioners and managers must be equipped with a solid understanding of the fundamentals of human resource management, along with strong skills in the areas of systems thinking, problem solving, influenc- ing, negotiating, communications, and leadership. This program is

198

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

SCHOOL OF BUSINESS

consistent with generally accepted human resource management principles, including the professional certification knowledge areas. For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program, and other important information, please visit our website at http://www.phoenix.edu/ programs/bsb-hrm. HRM 300 ~............................................................................... 3 credits Fundamentals of Human Resource Management HRM 498 ~............................................................................... 3 credits Strategic Human Resource Management and Emerging Issues Students must choose three of the following courses: HRM 310 ~ ...................................................................................3 credits

Change Management HRM 324 ~............................................................................... 3 credits Total Compensation HRM 326 ~............................................................................... 3 credits Employee Development HRM 420 ~............................................................................... 3 credits Human Resource Risk Management MGT 434 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits Employment Law

Management Emphasis

The Management Emphasis emphasizes managing human and fis- cal resources within the structure, culture, and missions of any organization. The Management Emphasis allows students the opportunity to examine the areas of innovation, design, and cre- ativity in business, global business, quality management and pro- ductivity, human resource management, employment law, and organizational negotiations. Students will integrate advanced top- ics in management through real-world business application. For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program, and other important information, please visit our website at http://www.phoenix.edu/ programs/bsb-m. PHL 458 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Creative Minds and Critical Thinking MGT 498 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits Strategic Management Students must choose three of the following courses: HRM 300 ~............................................................................... 3 credits Fundamentals of Human Resource Management HRM 326 ~............................................................................... 3 credits Employee Development LDR 300 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Innovative Leadership MGT 360 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits Green and Sustainable Enterprise Management MGT 411 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits Innovative and Creative Business Thinking MGT 426 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits Managing Change in the Workplace OI 361 ~ .................................................................................... 3 credits Innovation, Design, and Creativity for a Competitive Advantage ETH 355 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Understanding Ethics OI 370 ~ .................................................................................... 3 credits Innovation for the 21st Century

PHL 410 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Classical Logic MUS 320 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits The Music Business Today

Marketing Emphasis

The Marketing Emphasis addresses how to identify customer needs, how to communicate information about products and ser- vices to customers and potential customers, where to market, the pricing of products and services, and how to respond to growing demands in different countries and cultures. The marketing emphasis builds upon the foundational marketing course, which allows further study in the areas of consumer behavior, advertis- ing, marketing research, public relations, promotion measurement and analysis, and international and global marketing. Marketing managers need creative, analytical, and leadership abilities to man- age the marketing function of the business enterprise. For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program, and other important information, please visit our website at http://www.phoenix.edu/ programs/bsb-mkt. MKT 435 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits Consumer Behavior MKT 498 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits Integrated Marketing Strategies Students must choose three of the following courses: COM 340 ~ .............................................................................. 3 credits Mass Communication COM 400 ~ .............................................................................. 3 credits Media and Society MKT 438 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits Public Relations BRM 353 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits Product and Brand Management MKT 411 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits Green Marketing MKT 441 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits Marketing Research

Project Management Emphasis

The Project Management emphasis focuses on the professional suc- cess of its students. It emphasizes real-world application with assignments designed to apply the newfound skills and knowl- edge to the workplace. Practical study materials, team activities, and presentations to the class foster teamwork, critical thinking, self-confidence, and application of project technical and leadership skills on a real-time basis. This program is consistent with gener- ally accepted project management principles, including the project management processes and knowledge areas that lead to profes- sional certification. For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program, and other important information, please visit our website at http://www.phoenix.edu/ programs/bsb-pm. CPMGT 300 ~.......................................................................... 3 credits Project Management CPMGT 301 ~.......................................................................... 3 credits Strategic Portfolio and Project Management CPMGT 302 ~.......................................................................... 3 credits Procurement and Risk Management

199

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

CPMGT 303 ~ .......................................................................... 3 credits Project Estimating and Control Techniques CPMGT 305 ~ .......................................................................... 3 credits Project Management Capstone

Public Sector Emphasis

The Public Sector emphasis focuses on the efficient and effective utilization of public resources to achieve the public purpose within a state, local, or not-for-profit environment. The emphasis empha- sizes the foundations of public policy, program development, implementation and valuation, human resources and labor rela- tions, and public finance. Students will develop powerful leader- ship skills enabling them to successfully manage complex public programs. For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program, and other important information, please visit our website at http://www.phoenix.edu/ programs/bsb-ps. BPA 303 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits Public Programs: Implementation and Evaluation in a Dynamic Environment BPA 406 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits The Public Leader: Integration and Application Students must choose three of the following courses: BPA 301 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits Foundations of Public Administration HRM 330 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits Human Resources and Labor Relations in Public Service FIN 380 ~ .................................................................................. 3 credits Financial Management of Non-Profit Organizations ACC 460 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Government and Non-Profit Accounting MKT 438 ~................................................................................ 3 credits Public Relations

Small Business Management & Entrepreneurship Emphasis

The Small Business Management emphasis provides students with a course framework built around small business planning, finan- cial management, and integrated business topics on entrepreneur- ship and small business management. Within the emphasis, students can elect to study advanced concepts in small business marketing, leadership, family business management, operations management, and business law for entrepreneurs. They may also elect to explore in more depth either small business management or entrepreneurship studies as a function of their emphasis elec- tives. Students graduating with the Small Business Management emphasis will be prepared to address the challenges and opportu- nities specific to small business management and entrepreneur- ship. For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program, and other important information, please visit our website at http://www.phoenix.edu/ programs/bsb-sbe. MGT 401 ~................................................................................ 3 credits The Small Business: Structure, Planning and Funding MGT 418 ~................................................................................ 3 credits Evaluating New Business Opportunities MKT 431 ~................................................................................ 3 credits Small Business Marketing FIN 375 ~ .................................................................................. 3 credits Financial Management in the Small Business

MGT 465 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits Small Business and Entrepreneurial Planning

Service Sector Emphasis

The Service Sector emphasis focuses the student on the service environment. The program emphasizes skill development in strate- gic management, marketing, supply management, product and brand management, service operations, merchandising, and per- sonnel management unique to the service industry, which includes retail, hospitality, lodging, restaurant, and gaming management. Upon completion of this program students will possess the knowl- edge and skills necessary to be leaders in the service industry. For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program, and other important information, please visit our website at http://www.phoenix.edu/ programs/bsb-svc. OI 365 ~ .................................................................................... 3 credits Knowledge Management and Intellectual Capital OI 466 ~ .................................................................................... 3 credits Organizational Innovation Integrated Project Students must choose three of the following courses: BRM 353 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Product and Brand Management MGT 356 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits Retail Personnel Management HM 322 ~.................................................................................. 3 credits Gaming Management HM 370 ~.................................................................................. 3 credits Hospitality Management ISCOM 354 ~............................................................................ 3 credits Retail Operations: Supply Management MGT 371 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits Lodging Management MGT 372 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits Food and Beverage Management MGT 373 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits Events and Recreation Management The University reserves the right to modify the required course of study. Please note that within each state, emphasis availability may vary by campus location.

Additional Admission Requirements BSB

• High school graduation from an institution that holds state approval to confer high school diplomas or are accredited or a candidate for accreditation at the time the student attended by an acceptable accrediting body, GED certificate, CHSPE (California High School Proficiency Examination) certificate, or completion of the HiSET examination with a passing score.

• Applicants must be currently employed or have access to a work environment.

Degree Requirements for the BSB

• Completion of a minimum of 120 credits that include the following distribution: • A minimum of 45 upper division credits

• A minimum of 54 of the 120 credits must be in the general education areas approved by the University.

• A minimum program grade point average (GPA) of 2.0. • Emphases are reflected on the transcript only and will not

appear on the diploma.The diploma awarded for this program will read as: Bachelor of Science in Business

200

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

SCHOOL OF BUSINESS

General Education Requirements for the BSB

A minimum of 54 of the 120 credits must be in the general educa- tion areas approved by the University. Communication Arts, 6 credits A Track must include: COMM 215, equivalent or higher B Track must include: COM 170 and COM 172 Mathematics, 6 credits Effective for Enrollment Agreements sign 6/1/2016 or later, must include 6 credits of quantitative reasoning or higher; or 6 credits of statistics or higher Science & Technology, 6 credits B Track must include: SCI 163 Must include at least three (3) credits in the physical or biological sciences Humanities, 6 credits B Track must include: HUM 114 Social Science, 6 credits B Track must include: PSY 211 Additional Liberal Arts, 6 credits Interdisciplinary Component, 18 credits B Track must include: FP 120 Any credit that is not being applied to the primary major as a waiver may be applied to the lower division electives/Interdisciplinary requirement. Physical Education activity credits are limited to four (4) credits. Students who lack .67 or fewer general education credits may use interdisciplinary or elective credits to waive the balance. Students must use interdisciplinary or elective credits to waive the general education balance in order to complete the minimum general edu- cation credits required for their program. For a description of the preceding general education areas, see the Undergraduate Programs section within this catalog.

Additional Academic Progression Requirements for the BSB

• Many courses in the Required Course of Study build on or reinforce each other. To ensure that students have the requisite skills for specific coursework certain program areas must be satisfied before students can progress to others.

• Satisfy University Proficiency Requirements • Undergraduate students must satisfy math and English

proficiencies as a condition of degree conferral and as a degree progression requirement prior to specific courses in their program.

• Students have the following options to fulfill proficiency: • Successful completion of University of Phoenix math and

English courses designated as applicable to the proficiency requirement

• Comparable regionally or approved nationally accredited transfer, or credit recommended by the American Council on Education transfer coursework that meets the following requirements:

-Completed within ten years of enrollment -Grade of C- or better (or academic equivalent) -At least 2.67 semester credits -Eligible to receive general education credits • Achieve a passing score (as established by the American Council

on Education) on a comparable National Testing Program (NTP) exam completed within ten years of enrollment.

• Demonstrate competency by meeting minimum passing score on University of Phoenix approved placement exam.

• Students who satisfied the English and/or math proficiency and sign a new enrollment agreement may carry forward the completed proficiency in their new program/version provided they have remained in continuous attendance in alignment with the University's Re-Entry policy.

Additional Residency Requirements and Course Waivers for the BSB

Students in this program may waive a maximum of 30 credits from their required course of study. The following courses in the required course of study may not be waived: ACC 497, BPA 406, BUS 475, CPMGT 305, FIN 486, GBM 489, GEN 195, GEN 200, HRM 498, MGT 420, MGT 465, MGT 470, MGT 488, MGT 498, MKT 498, OI 466, SUS 300 Re-entry for the BSB With the exception of AAEE, BSED/E, BSLS, LVN/BSN, LPN/ BSN, and BSN, students who have been out of attendance for a period of more than 365 days from the last date of positive recorded attendance in a program applicable course, and who have less than 24 credits from a combination of UOPX credits, previous college credits listed on the initial application for admission, and any additional college credits listed on the re-entry paperwork, are required to enroll in the First-Year Sequence upon re-entry. Students who have been out of attendance for a period of more than 365 days from the last date of positive recorded attendance in a program applicable course, and who have 24 or more credits from a combination of UOPX credits, previous college credits listed on the initial application for admission, and any additional college credits listed on the re-entry paperwork, are not required to enroll in the First-Year Sequence upon re-entry. Students who have been out of attendance for a period of more than 365 days from the last date of positive recorded attendance in a program applicable course, and who have 12 or more UOPX credits, and a total of 24 or more credits from a combination of UOPX credits, previous college credits listed on the initial applica- tion for admission, and any additional college credits listed on the re-entry paperwork will not be required to complete GEN 200 (or equivalent) upon re-entry. Any student who has been out of attendance for more than 365 days from the last date of positive recorded attendance in a pro- gram applicable course is considered a re-entry student. Re-entry students may re-enroll into their program version without appeal if the program version is still the most current in their state or jurisdiction and the student has the ability to satisfy all program requirements within their original program completion deadline. Re-entry students whose program version is not the most current in their state or jurisdiction will be required to enroll into the most current version. Select programs may have additional re-entry requirements/ restrictions. Re-entry students should consult their Academic Advisor for guidance.

201

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

........................................................................................... Bachelor of Science in Management

The following Bachelor of Science in Management (BSM) program may be offered at these University of Phoenix campus locations: Online, depending on state of residence. The availability of programs and concentrations depend on student demand and other factors. Not all programs may be available to all residents of all states. Students may want to consider completing certain courses in the Online classroom at Online rates if the program is available via the Online modality in their state.

........................................................................................... Please contact your enrollment representative for more information.

The Bachelor of Science in Management (BSM) degree program is designed to develop the professional knowledge and skills of cross- functional managers in an organization. The BSM degree enhances skills necessary for improved organizational effective- ness in a dynamic and evolving workplace. The program focuses on the development of management roles and emphasizes skills necessary to align resources, and to improve communication, pro- ductivity, and effectiveness. Upon completion of the program, stu- dents will possess the skills and competencies needed to determine and implement key management decisions and develop skills in leadership, human resource management, change management, and core business functional areas. For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program, and other important information, please visit our website at http://www.phoenix.edu/ programs/bsm. Program Student Learning Outcomes In addition to the knowledge and skills related to the University Learning Goals, School of Business graduating students are intended to attain certain program-specific knowledge, skills and abilities. Therefore, you should be able to demonstrate the follow- ing learning outcomes by the time you complete this program. • Students will identify management principles necessary for

organizational effectiveness. • Students will evaluate the effectiveness of processes used to

achieve organizational goals. • Students will apply key problem-solving strategies in the

analysis and recommendation of business decisions. • Students will analyze the implications of diversity in an

organization. BSM Program Category Requirements - A Track and B Track Courses requiring prerequisites are identified by a ~ symbol following the course number. Course descriptions for all courses are listed in the Course Guide section of the catalog (page B-1). Business Communications, 3 total credits COM 295 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits Business Communications Management, 12 total credits MGT 312 ~................................................................................ 3 credits Organizational Behavior for Managers HRM 300 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits Fundamentals of Human Resource Management LDR 300 ~................................................................................. 3 credits Innovative Leadership MGT 426 ~................................................................................ 3 credits Managing Change in the Workplace Economics, 3 total credits ECO 372 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Principles of Macroeconomics

Ethics and Social Responsibility, 3 total credits ETH 321 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Ethical and Legal Topics in Business Quantitative Techniques/Statistics, 3 total credits QNT 275 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Statistics for Decision Making Accounting, 3 total credits ACC 290 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Principles of Accounting I Marketing, 3 total credits MKT 421 ~................................................................................ 3 credits Marketing Finance, 3 total credits FIN 419 ~ .................................................................................. 3 credits Finance for Decision Making Strategy, 3 total credits MGT 498 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits Strategic Management The University reserves the right to modify the required course of study. General Information for the BSM • First time attendees with the University who indicate less than

24 previous college credits (as recognized by the university) on the admission application and who meet the requirements for "Admitted with Condition" status, will be admitted with condition to this program according to the risk free period policy. • Prior Learning Assessment and credits earned through

National Testing Programs are excluded from the calculation of previous college credits.

• Applicants who have not previously completed an associate degree or higher at a regionally or approved nationally accredited institution must complete a Pathway Diagnostic before enrolling into their first credit-bearing course. The results of the diagnostic will determine placement in the Accelerated Pathway (A Track) or standard pathway (B Track).

• Students who have completed an associate degree or higher at a regionally or nationally accredited institution are not required to complete the Pathway Diagnostic and will be placed in the Accelerated Pathway (A Track).

• Students who are placed in the Accelerated Pathway may choose to pursue the standard pathway without appeal, but must complete the standard pathway in its entirety upon the change. Students who are placed in the standard pathway must appeal to pursue the Accelerated Pathway.

En-Route Credentials for the BSM • Students may declare and earn additional credentials that are

approved in their state or jurisdiction en-route to completing the bachelor degree. Students must sign and submit the enrollment agreement that corresponds with the unique combination of desired credentials to be earned. Possible credentials include an associate degree. Listed below are all of the possible en-route credentials: • Associate of Arts Concentration in Accounting

Fundamentals • Associate of Arts Concentration in Business Fundamentals

• Students may apply for conferral of an en-route credential upon meeting the following program requirements: • Successful completion of all the courses outlined in the

enrollment agreement for the credential • Achievement of the minimum program GPA

202

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

SCHOOL OF BUSINESS

• Fulfillment of the minimum University residency requirement

• Students may elect to update or remove the selected credentials by completing a new enrollment agreement reflecting the new selection of credentials.

Additional Admission Requirements for the BSM All applicants are expected to meet the following admissions requirements: • High school graduation from an institution that holds state

approval to confer high school diplomas or are accredited or a candidate for accreditation at the time the student attended by an acceptable accrediting body, GED certificate or CHSPE (California High School Proficiency Examination) certificate, or completion of the HiSET examination with a passing score. • Tennessee: Students residing in Tennessee who are attending

classes via the Online modality and students attending a local campus in Tennessee, including from any cross-border locations must provide the university with an official High School transcript or official GED score (if applicable). A college transcript which documents high school date of completion or a copy of a DD-214 showing high school graduation or equivalency may be submitted to satisfy this requirement.

• Applicants must be currently employed or have access to a work environment.

Degree Requirements for the BSM • Completion of a minimum of 120 credits that include the

following distribution: • General Education - 45 credits • Required Course of Study (BSM) - 36 credits • Electives - 39 credits

• A minimum of 33 upper division credits. • A minimum grade point average (GPA) of 2.0. • The diploma awarded for this program will read as:

Bachelor of Science in Management General Education Requirements for the BSM A minimum of 45 of the 120 credits must be in the general educa- tion areas approved by the University. Communication Arts, 6 credits A Track must include: ENG 220, equivalent or higher B Track must include: ENG 147 Mathematics, 6 credits Effective for Enrollment Agreements sign 6/1/2016 or later, must include 6 credits of quantitative reasoning or higher Science and Technology, 6 credits Must include at least three (3) credits in the physical or biological sciences Humanities, 6 credits Must include: HUM 115 Must include: 3 credits of upper division Humanities coursework The preferred course is PHL 320 Social Science, 6 credits Must include: 3 credits of upper division Social Science coursework The preferred course is SOC 315 Additional Liberal Arts, 6 credits A Track must include: GEN/201 B Track must include: GEN/127 Interdisciplinary Component, 9 credits Any credit that is not being applied to the primary major as a waiver may be applied to the lower division electives/Interdisciplinary requirement.

Physical Education activity credits are limited to four (4) credits. Students who lack .67 or fewer general education credits may use interdisciplinary or elective credits to waive the balance. Students must use interdisciplinary or elective credits to waive the general education balance in order to complete the minimum general edu- cation credits required for their program. Academic Progression Requirements for the BSM • Students placed in the Accelerated Pathway (A Track) are

required to successfully complete GEN 201 followed by HUM 115 prior to proceeding into additional coursework in their programs.

• Standard pathway (B Track) students must satisfy all three (3) courses from the standard pathway prior to enrolling in any other course: GEN 127, HUM 115, ENG 147

• Accelerated Pathway (A Track) students have the option to satisfy HUM 115 by meeting one of the following criteria: • Transfer a regionally accredited Associate of Arts degree

from a community college, or higher degree from a regionally or approved nationally accredited institution.

• Transfer to UoPX with an Associate's Degree, or higher, from an articulated institution where the Program Transfer Guide requirements do not mandate completion of a critical thinking course.

• Transfer a Critical Thinking course of 2.67 credits or higher with a C- grade.

• Previous completion of an Associate of Arts or higher degree from UOPX.

• Previous completion of a Critical Thinking course with UOPX.

• Non-pathway students may not enroll in HUM 115 to satisfy programmatic prerequisites, general education, or elective requirements.

• With the exception of ENG 147, GEN 127, GEN 201, and HUM 115, General Education and Elective course requirements may be satisfied by any of the following means: • University of Phoenix coursework, • Regionally or nationally accredited coursework (C- or higher

grade), • University of Phoenix Prior Learning Assessment • National Testing Programs, and • ACE evaluated Military credits.

• Concurrent enrollment is prohibited during any of the following courses: GEN 201, GEN 127, ENG 147, or HUM 115.

• Accelerated Pathway (A Track) students may not enroll in GEN 127 or ENG 147 to satisfy programmatic prerequisites, general education or elective requirements.

• Continuously enrolled students in an approved entry point course should not execute a program or version change until completion of the entry point course to determine if the pathway diagnostic is required based on the outcome of the course.

• Students who have successfully completed an approved entry point course in a degree program and are re-entry or executing a program change will not be required to complete the pathway diagnostic and will be placed in the Accelerated Pathway (A Track).

• Students who previously completed an approved entry point course are not required to take GEN 127 or GEN 201.

• Students may not complete any of the following courses via Directed Study: GEN 201, GEN 127, ENG 147, or HUM 115.

• Satisfy University Proficiency Requirements

203

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

• Undergraduate students must satisfy math and English proficiencies as a condition of degree conferral and as a degree progression requirement prior to specific courses in their program.

• Students have the following options to fulfill proficiency: • Successful completion of University of Phoenix math and

English courses designated as applicable to the proficiency requirement

• Comparable regionally or approved nationally accredited transfer, or credit recommended by the American Council on Education transfer coursework that meets the following requirements:

-Completed within ten years of enrollment -Grade of C- or better (or academic equivalent) -At least 2.67 semester credits -Eligible to receive general education credits • Achieve a passing score (as established by the American Council

on Education) on a comparable National Testing Program (NTP) exam completed within ten years of enrollment.

• Demonstrate competency by meeting minimum passing score on University of Phoenix approved placement exam.

• Students who satisfied the English and/or math proficiency and sign a new enrollment agreement may carry forward the completed proficiency in their new program/version provided they have remained in continuous attendance in alignment with the University's Re-Entry policy.

Additional Residency Requirements and Course Waivers for the BSM Students in this program may waive a maximum of nine (9) upper division credits from their required course of study. Students may also waive three (3) lower division credits from the required course of study. The elective requirement may be satisfied by any of the following means: • Any upper and/or lower division University of Phoenix

coursework. • Upper or lower division Certificate approved in the student's

state or jurisdiction. • Any upper and/or lower division transfer coursework that is

acceptable for transfer and was completed with a grade of C- or better.

• Upper and/or lower division National Testing Program exams that are acceptable for transfer.

• Upper and/or lower division American Council on Education recommended (Military) credits that are acceptable for transfer.

• Upper and/or lower division Prior Learning Assessment (PLA) credits awarded to activities.

The following course(s) and their equivalents may not be waived: MGT 498 Re-entry for the BSM Re-entry students who have successfully completed an approved entry point course will not be required to complete the Pathway Diagnostic and will be placed in the Accelerated Pathway (A Track). They will not be required to enroll in the standard pathway (B Track) courses. Any student who has been out of attendance for more than 365 days from the last date of positive recorded attendance in a program applicable course is considered a re-entry student. Re-entry students may re-enroll into their program version without appeal if the program version is still the most current in their state or jurisdiction and the student has the ability to satisfy all program requirements within their original program completion deadline.

Re-entry students whose program version is not the most current in their state or jurisdiction will be required to enroll into the most current version. Select programs may have additional re-entry requirements/ restrictions. Re-entry students should consult their Academic Advisor for guidance.

Bachelor of Science in Management Concentration in

........................................................................................... Manufacturing Sector

The following Bachelor of Science in Management Concentration in Manufacturing Sector (BSM/MAN) program may be offered at these University of Phoenix campus locations: Online, depending on state of residence. The availability of programs and concentrations depend on student demand and other factors. Not all programs may be available to all residents of all states. Students may want to consider completing certain courses in the Online classroom at Online rates if the program is available via the Online modality in their state. Please contact your

........................................................................................... enrollment representative for more information.

The Bachelor of Science in Management (BSM) degree program is designed to develop the professional knowledge and skills of cross functional managers in any organization. The BSM degree enhances skills necessary for improved organizational effective- ness in a dynamic and evolving workplace. The curriculum focuses on the development of management roles. It emphasizes skills nec- essary to align resources, and to improve communication, produc- tivity, and effectiveness. Through a participative learning environment structured for adult learners, students are taught to manage innovation and apply professional skills and knowledge. Special emphasis can be placed on key management areas, includ- ing, leadership, general management, or human resource manage- ment based on student preference. The Manufacturing Sector (MAN) concentration focuses on strategic performance improve- ment of all business planning, global sourcing and procurement, production, and logistical activities that make up an organization’s operations and supply chain. The program highlights the impor- tant role that operations and supply chain play in satisfying cus- tomer demands and expectations. The program also emphasizes a company’s need to develop and maintain a sustainable competitive advantage through the efficient and effective performance of all operations. The program provides the most current content in the manufacturing field as outlined by various specialized manufac- turing and supply chain organizations and experts. In addition to courses in the BSM foundation and courses specific to manufactur- ing, the degree concentration has coursework that stresses key business related knowledge and skill development in the areas of computers and information processing, business law, macro-eco- nomics, financial analysis, and marketing. For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program, and other important information, please visit our website at http://www.phoenix.edu/ programs/bsm-man. BSM/MAN Program Category Requirements - A Track and B Track Courses requiring prerequisites are identified by a ~ symbol following the course number. Course descriptions for all courses are listed in the Course Guide section of the catalog (page B-1). Communications, 3 total credits BCOM 275 ................................................................................ 3 credits Business Communications and Critical Thinking

204

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

SCHOOL OF BUSINESS

Management, 3 total credits PHL 458 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Creative Minds and Critical Thinking Ethics and Social Responsibility, 3 total credits ETH 316 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Ethics and Social Responsibility Business Law, 3 total credits LAW 421 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits Contemporary Business Law Research and Statistics, 3 total credits RES 320 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits Foundations of Research Marketing, 3 total credits PSY 322 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits Consumer Psychology and Research Business Information Systems, 3 total credits BIS 320 ~ .................................................................................. 3 credits Business Information Systems Economics, 3 total credits ECO 365 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Principles of Microeconomics Accounting, 3 total credits ACC 300 ~................................................................................ 3 credits Principles of Accounting Finance, 3 total credits FIN 370 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits Finance for Business Management Capstone, 3 total credits MGT 498 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits Strategic Management Manufacturing Sector Concentration, 15 total credits ISCOM 370 ~ ........................................................................... 3 credits Strategic Supply Chain Management MGT 420 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits Managing Quality in the Supply Chain Students must choose three of the following BSM/MAN Concentration Electives: HRM 420 ~............................................................................... 3 credits Human Resource Risk Management ISCOM 352 ~ ........................................................................... 3 credits Logistics Management ISCOM 472 ~ ........................................................................... 3 credits Lean Enterprise ISCOM 471 ~ ........................................................................... 3 credits Operations Management ISCOM 473 ~ ........................................................................... 3 credits Global Sourcing and Procurement The University reserves the right to modify the required course of study. Additional Admission Requirements for the BSM/MAN All applicants are expected to meet the following admissions requirements:

• High school graduation from an institution that holds state approval to confer high school diplomas or are accredited or a candidate for accreditation at the time the student attended by an acceptable accrediting body, GED certificate, CHSPE (California High School Proficiency Examination) certificate, or completion of the HiSET examination with a passing score. • Tennessee: Students residing in Tennessee who are attending

classes via the Online modality and students attending a local campus in Tennessee, including from any cross-border locations, must provide the university with an official High School transcript or official GED score (if applicable). A college transcript which documents high school date of completion or a copy of a DD-214 showing high school graduation or equivalency may be submitted to satisfy this requirement.

Degree Requirements for the BSM/MAN • Completion of a minimum of 120 credits that include the

following distribution: • A minimum of 45 upper division credits. • A minimum of 54 of the 120 credits must be in the general

education areas approved by the University. • A minimum grade point average (GPA) of 2.0. • Students holding an associate degree from the University or a

regionally or approved nationally accredited, or candidate for accreditation, college or university or equivalent undergraduate degree earned at a recognized foreign institution will have that associate degree emphasis(es) noted on the student's University of Phoenix transcript when the BSM degree is conferred, if applicable.

• Concentrations are reflected on the transcript only and will not appear on the diploma. The diploma awarded for this program will read as follows: Bachelor of Science in Management

General Education Requirements for the BSM/MAN A minimum of 54 of the 120 credits must be in the general educa- tion areas approved by the University. Communication Arts, 6 credits (A Track must include COMM 215, equivalent, or higher) (B Track must include: COM 170 and COM 172) Mathematics, 6 credits Effective for Enrollment Agreements sign 6/1/2016 or later, must include 6 credits of quantitative reasoning or higher Science & Technology, 6 credits (B Track must include: SCI 163) Must include at least three (3) credits in the physical or biological sciences Humanities, 6 credits (B Track must include: HUM 114) Social Science, 6 credits (B Track must include: PSY 211) Additional Liberal Arts, 6 credits (B Track must include: GEN 195) Interdisciplinary Component, 18 credits (B Track must include: FP 120) Any credit that is not being applied to the primary major as a waiver may be applied to the lower division electives/Interdisciplinary requirement. Physical Education activity credits are limited to four (4) credits. Students who lack .67 or fewer general education credits may use interdisciplinary or elective credits to waive the balance. Students must use interdisciplinary or elective credits to waive the general education balance in order to complete the minimum general edu- cation credits required for their program.

205

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

General Education Requirements for the BSM/MAN for Minnesota Students A minimum of 54 of the 120 credits must be in the general educa- tion areas approved by the University. Communication Arts, 6 credits (A Track must include COMM 215, equivalent, or higher) (B Track must include: COM 170 and COM 172) Mathematics, 6 credits Effective for Enrollment Agreements sign 6/1/2016 or later, must include 6 credits of quantitative reasoning or higher Natural Science, 6 credits (B Track must include: SCI 163) Humanities, 6 credits (B Track must include: HUM 114) Social Science, 6 credits (B Track must include: PSY 211) Additional Liberal Arts, 6 credits (B Track must include: GEN 195) Interdisciplinary Component, 18 credits (B Track must include: FP 120) Any credit that is not being applied to the primary major as a waiver may be applied to the lower division electives/Interdisciplinary requirement. Physical Education activity credits are limited to four (4) credits. Students who lack .67 or fewer general education credits may use interdisciplinary or elective credits to waive the balance. Students must use interdisciplinary or elective credits to waive the general education balance in order to complete the minimum general edu- cation credits required for their program. For a description of the preceding general education areas, see the Undergraduate Programs section within this catalog. Additional Academic Progression Requirements for the BSM/ MAN • Applicants to this program will be required to follow the

university's First-Year Sequence policies. Students required to enter the First-Year Sequence will complete GEN 195 as the first course in their program. Students not required to enter the First- Year Sequence will complete BCOM 275 as the first course in their program.

• With the exception of course requirements outlined in the First- Year Sequence policies, General Education and Elective course requirements may be satisfied by any of the following means: • University of Phoenix coursework, • Regionally or nationally accredited transfer coursework (C-

or higher grade), • UOPX Prior Learning Assessment • National Testing Programs, and • ACE evaluated Military credits

• Many courses in the Required Course of Study build on or reinforce each other. To ensure that students have the requisite skills for specific coursework certain program areas must be satisfied before students can progress to others.

• Satisfy University Proficiency Requirements • Undergraduate students must satisfy math and English

proficiencies as a condition of degree conferral and as a degree progression requirement prior to specific courses in their program.

• Students have the following options to fulfill proficiency: • Successful completion of University of Phoenix math and

English courses designated as applicable to the proficiency requirement

• Comparable regionally or approved nationally accredited transfer, or credit recommended by the American Council on Education transfer coursework that meets the following requirements:

-Completed within ten years of enrollment -Grade of C- or better (or academic equivalent) -At least 2.67 semester credits -Eligible to receive general education credits • Achieve a passing score (as established by the American Council

on Education) on a comparable National Testing Program (NTP) exam completed within ten years of enrollment.

• Demonstrate competency by meeting minimum passing score on University of Phoenix approved placement exam.

• Students who satisfied the English and/or math proficiency and sign a new enrollment agreement may carry forward the completed proficiency in their new program/version provided they have remained in continuous attendance in alignment with the University's Re-Entry policy.

Additional Residency Requirements and Course Waivers for the BSM/MAN Students in this program may waive a maximum of 30 credits from their required course of study. The following courses in the Required Course of Study may not be waived: MGT 420, MGT 498 Re-entry for the BSM/MAN With the exception of BSED/E, BSLS, LVN/BSN, LPN/BSN, and BSN, students who have been out of attendance for a period of more than 365 days from the last date of positive recorded atten- dance in a program applicable course, and who have less than 24 credits from a combination of UOPX credits, previous college cred- its listed on the initial application for admission, and any addi- tional college credits listed on the re-entry paperwork, are required to enroll in the First-Year Sequence upon re-entry. Students who have been out of attendance for a period of more than 365 days from the last date of positive recorded attendance in a program applicable course, and who have 24 or more credits from a combination of UOPX credits, previous college credits listed on the initial application for admission, and any additional college credits listed on the re-entry paperwork, are not required to enroll in the First-Year Sequence upon re-entry. Any student who has been out of attendance for more than 365 days from the last date of positive recorded attendance in a pro- gram applicable course is considered a re-entry student. Re-entry students may re-enroll into their program version without appeal if the program version is still the most current in their state or jurisdiction and the student has the ability to satisfy all program requirements within their original program completion deadline. Re-entry students whose program version is not the most current in their state or jurisdiction will be required to enroll into the most current version. Select programs may have additional re-entry requirements/ restrictions. Re-entry students should consult their Academic Advisor for guidance.

206

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

SCHOOL OF BUSINESS

Bachelor of Science in Management Emphasis in

........................................................................................... Manufacturing Sector (Maryland-Online)

The following Bachelor of Science in Management Emphasis in Manufacturing Sector (BSM/MAN) program may be offered at these University of Phoenix campus locations: Online, depending on state of residence. The availability of programs and emphases depend on student demand and other factors. Not all programs may be available to all residents of all states. Students may want to consider completing certain courses in the Online classroom at Online rates if the program is available via the Online modality in their state. Please contact your enrollment

........................................................................................... representative for more information.

The Bachelor of Science in Management (BSM) degree program is designed to develop the professional knowledge and skills of cross functional managers in any organization. The BSM degree enhances skills necessary for improved organizational effective- ness in a dynamic and evolving workplace. The curriculum focuses on the development of management roles. It emphasizes skills nec- essary to align resources, and to improve communication, produc- tivity, and effectiveness. Through a participative learning environment structured for adult learners, students are taught to manage innovation and apply professional skills and knowledge. Special emphasis can be placed on key management areas, includ- ing, leadership, general management, or human resource manage- ment based on student preference. The Manufacturing Sector (MAN) emphasis focuses on strategic performance improvement of all business planning, global sourc- ing and procurement, production, and logistical activities that make up an organization’s operations and supply chain. The pro- gram highlights the important role that operations and supply chain play in satisfying customer demands and expectations. The program also emphasizes a company’s need to develop and main- tain a sustainable competitive advantage through the efficient and effective performance of all operations. The program provides the most current content in the manufacturing field as outlined by var- ious specialized manufacturing and supply chain organizations and experts. In addition to courses in the BSB foundation and courses specific to manufacturing, the degree emphasis has course- work that stresses key business related knowledge and skill devel- opment in the areas of computers and information processing, business law, macro-economics, financial analysis, and marketing. For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program, and other important information, please visit our website at http://www.phoenix.edu/ programs/bsm-man. BSM/MAN Program Category Requirements - A Track and B Track Courses requiring prerequisites are identified by a ~ symbol following the course number. Course descriptions for all courses are listed in the Course Guide section of the catalog (page B-1). Communications, 3 total credits BCOM 275................................................................................ 3 credits Business Communications and Critical Thinking Management, 3 total credits PHL 458 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Creative Minds and Critical Thinking Ethics and Social Responsibility, 3 total credits ETH 316 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Ethics and Social Responsibility

Business Law, 3 total credits LAW 421 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits Contemporary Business Law Research and Statistics, 3 total credits RES 320 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits Foundations of Research Marketing, 3 total credits PSY 322 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits Consumer Psychology and Research Business Information Systems, 3 total credits BIS 320 ~ .................................................................................. 3 credits Business Information Systems Economics, 3 total credits ECO 365 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Principles of Microeconomics Accounting, 3 total credits ACC 300 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits Principles of Accounting Finance, 3 total credits FIN 370 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits Finance for Business Management Capstone, 3 total credits MGT 498 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits Strategic Management Manufacturing Sector Emphasis, 15 total credits ISCOM 370 ~ ........................................................................... 3 credits Strategic Supply Chain Management MGT 420 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits Managing Quality in the Supply Chain Students must choose three of the following BSM/MAN Emphasis Electives: HRM 420 ~ .............................................................................. 3 credits Human Resource Risk Management ISCOM 352 ~ ........................................................................... 3 credits Logistics Management ISCOM 472 ~ ........................................................................... 3 credits Lean Enterprise ISCOM 471 ~ ........................................................................... 3 credits Operations Management ISCOM 473 ~ ........................................................................... 3 credits Global Sourcing and Procurement The University reserves the right to modify the required course of study. Additional Admission Requirements for the BSM/MAN All applicants are expected to meet the following admissions requirements: • High school graduation from an institution that holds state

approval to confer high school diplomas or are accredited or a candidate for accreditation at the time the student attended by an acceptable accrediting body, GED certificate, CHSPE (California High School Proficiency Examination) certificate, or completion of the HiSET examination with a passing score.

Degree Requirements for the BSM/MAN • Completion of a minimum of 120 credits that include the

following distribution: • A minimum of 45 upper division credits.

207

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

• A minimum of 54 of the 120 credits must be in the general education areas approved by the University.

• A minimum grade point average (GPA) of 2.0. • Students holding an associate degree from the University or a

regionally or approved nationally accredited, or candidate for accreditation, college or university or equivalent undergraduate degree earned at a recognized foreign institution will have that associate degree emphasis(es) noted on the student's University of Phoenix transcript when the BSM degree is conferred, if applicable.

• Emphases are reflected on the transcript only and will not appear on the diploma. The diploma awarded for this program will read as follows: Bachelor of Science in Management

General Education Requirements for the BSM/MAN A minimum of 54 of the 120 credits must be in the general educa- tion areas approved by the University. Communication Arts, 6 credits (A Track must include COMM 215, equivalent, or higher) (B Track must include: COM 170 and COM 172) Mathematics, 6 credits Effective for Enrollment Agreements sign 6/1/2016 or later, must include 6 credits of quantitative reasoning or higher Science & Technology, 6 credits (B Track must include: SCI 163) Must include at least three (3) credits in the physical or biological sciences Humanities, 6 credits (B Track must include: HUM 114) Social Science, 6 credits (B Track must include: PSY 211) Additional Liberal Arts, 6 credits (B Track must include: GEN 195) Interdisciplinary Component, 18 credits (B Track must include: FP 120) Any credit that is not being applied to the primary major as a waiver may be applied to the lower division electives/Interdisciplinary requirement. Physical Education activity credits are limited to four (4) credits. Students who lack .67 or fewer general education credits may use interdisciplinary or elective credits to waive the balance. Students must use interdisciplinary or elective credits to waive the general education balance in order to complete the minimum general edu- cation credits required for their program. For a description of the preceding general education areas, see the Undergraduate Programs section within this catalog. Additional Academic Progression Requirements for the BSM/ MAN • Applicants to this program will be required to follow the

university's First-Year Sequence policies. Students required to enter the First-Year Sequence will complete GEN 195 as the first course in their program. Students not required to enter the First- Year Sequence will complete BCOM 275 as the first course in their program.

• With the exception of course requirements outlined in the First- Year Sequence policies, General Education and Elective course requirements may be satisfied by any of the following means: • University of Phoenix coursework, • Regionally or nationally accredited transfer coursework (C-

or higher grade), • UOPX Prior Learning Assessment • National Testing Programs, and • ACE evaluated Military credits

• Many courses in the Required Course of Study build on or reinforce each other. To ensure that students have the requisite skills for specific coursework certain program areas must be satisfied before students can progress to others.

• Satisfy University Proficiency Requirements • Undergraduate students must satisfy math and English

proficiencies as a condition of degree conferral and as a degree progression requirement prior to specific courses in their program.

• Students have the following options to fulfill proficiency: • Successful completion of University of Phoenix math and

English courses designated as applicable to the proficiency requirement

• Comparable regionally or approved nationally accredited transfer, or credit recommended by the American Council on Education transfer coursework that meets the following requirements:

-Completed within ten years of enrollment -Grade of C- or better (or academic equivalent) -At least 2.67 semester credits -Eligible to receive general education credits • Achieve a passing score (as established by the American Council

on Education) on a comparable National Testing Program (NTP) exam completed within ten years of enrollment.

• Demonstrate competency by meeting minimum passing score on University of Phoenix approved placement exam.

• Students who satisfied the English and/or math proficiency and sign a new enrollment agreement may carry forward the completed proficiency in their new program/version provided they have remained in continuous attendance in alignment with the University's Re-Entry policy.

Additional Residency Requirements and Course Waivers for the BSM/MAN Students in this program may waive a maximum of 30 credits from their required course of study. The following courses in the Required Course of Study may not be waived: MGT 420, MGT 498 Re-entry for the BSM/MAN With the exception of BSED/E, BSLS, LVN/BSN, LPN/BSN, and BSN, students who have been out of attendance for a period of more than 365 days from the last date of positive recorded atten- dance in a program applicable course, and who have less than 24 credits from a combination of UOPX credits, previous college cred- its listed on the initial application for admission, and any addi- tional college credits listed on the re-entry paperwork, are required to enroll in the First-Year Sequence upon re-entry. Students who have been out of attendance for a period of more than 365 days from the last date of positive recorded attendance in a program applicable course, and who have 24 or more credits from a combination of UOPX credits, previous college credits listed on the initial application for admission, and any additional college credits listed on the re-entry paperwork, are not required to enroll in the First-Year Sequence upon re-entry. Any student who has been out of attendance for more than 365 days from the last date of positive recorded attendance in a pro- gram applicable course is considered a re-entry student. Re-entry students may re-enroll into their program version without appeal if the program version is still the most current in their state or jurisdiction and the student has the ability to satisfy all program requirements within their original program completion deadline. Re-entry students whose program version is not the most current in their state or jurisdiction will be required to enroll into the most

208

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

SCHOOL OF BUSINESS

current version. Select programs may have additional re-entry requirements/ restrictions. Re-entry students should consult their Academic Advisor for guidance.

........................................................................................... Bachelor of Science in Accounting

The following Bachelor of Science in Accounting (BSACC) program may be offered at these University of Phoenix campus locations: Online, depending on state of residence. The availability of programs and concentrations depend on student demand and other factors. Not all programs may be available to all residents of all states. Students may want to consider completing certain courses in the Online classroom at Online rates if the program is available via the Online modality in their state.

........................................................................................... Please contact your enrollment representative for more information.

The Bachelor of Science in Accounting (BSACC) promotes identifi- cation with, and orientation to, the accounting profession and is designed to provide knowledge and skills necessary to an account- ing career. In addition to the key accounting course work at the introductory and intermediate levels, critical areas of study includ- ing auditing and taxation are required in the program. The impor- tance of ethics and international issues are emphasized throughout the curriculum, along with core competencies in technology and communication. The program utilizes specific accounting problem- solving software to provide students with practical knowledge of the accounting field. The program also addresses the goals of pro- fessional values, communications and leadership skills, strategic and critical thinking skills, and technology skills of the professional accounting environment and provides additional coverage on the International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS). Students are also exposed to varied business disciplines including economics, statistics, law, corporate finance, and marketing to provide the gen- eral business overview and context necessary for accounting stud- ies. This program is consistent with generally accepted accounting principles, including the accounting processes and knowledge areas that lead to professional certification. For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program, and other important information, please visit our website at http://www.phoenix.edu/ programs/bsacc. Each state sets forth standards required to be eligible to take the CPA exam and apply for licensure or certification as a CPA. While this program was designed with consideration for the standards proposed by the National Association of State Boards of Accounting (NASBA), the University of Phoenix cannot, and will not, provide any assurance that completion of this program will allow a successful student to qualify within the student's specific jurisdiction. Potential applicants should check with the appropriate organization within their jurisdiction to determine requirements. States frequently change their requirements for examination. There is no assurance that at the time of degree completion the specific jurisdiction's requirements will be consistent with the requirements at the time of admission. Program Student Learning Outcomes In addition to the knowledge and skills related to the University Learning Goals, School of Business graduating students are intended to attain certain program-specific knowledge, skills and abilities. Therefore, you should be able to demonstrate the follow- ing learning outcomes by the time you complete this program. Business Core • Students will demonstrate the ability to make business-related

decisions that incorporate ethical implications.

• Students will integrate business concepts and principles to advance organizational goals.

• Students will analyze interrelationships among distinct functional areas of an organization.

• Students will analyze the implications of operating in a changing global business environment.

• Students will apply knowledge attained from the following domains of the MBA program as practitioners in business: • Finance • Marketing • Information systems • Research methodologies • Economics • Business law • Management • Accounting

• Students will identify the degree of alignment between their individual values and an organization's values as reflected in the organization's plans and actions.

Accounting Core • Students will apply financial accounting principles to record

and communicate measurable business activities to stakeholders.

• Students will analyze accounting financial statements to support effective financial decision-making.

• Students will evaluate various accounting activities in relation to ethical, legal and professional standards.

• Students will apply business issues in the application of generally accepted accounting principles, government and not- for-profit accounting, international transactions, taxation, and auditing.

Program Category Requirements - A Track and B Track

Courses requiring prerequisites are identified by a ~ symbol following the course number. Course descriptions for all courses are listed in the Course Guide section of the catalog (page B-1).

Communications, 3 total credits

COM 295 ~ .............................................................................. 3 credits Business Communications

Business Information Systems, 3 total credits

ACC 210 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits Accounting Information Systems

Quantitative Techniques/Statistics, 3 total credits

QNT 275 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits Statistics for Decision Making

Accounting Principles, 6 total credits

ACC 290 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits Principles of Accounting I ACC 291 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits Principles of Accounting II Management, 6 total credits PHL 320 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Critical Thinking and Decision Making in Business MGT 312 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits Organizational Behavior for Managers

Ethics and Legal Topics in Business, 3 total credits

ETH 321 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Ethical and Legal Topics in Business

209

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

Economics, 6 total credits

ECO 365 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Principles of Microeconomics ECO 372 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Principles of Macroeconomics

Marketing, 3 total credits

MKT 421 ~................................................................................ 3 credits Marketing

Finance, 3 total credits

FIN 370 ~ .................................................................................. 3 credits Finance for Business

Strategy, 3 total credits

BUS 475 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits Integrated Business Topics

Cost Accounting, 3 total credits

ACC 349 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Cost Accounting

Intermediate Accounting, 9 total credits

ACC 421 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Intermediate Financial Accounting I ACC 422 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Intermediate Financial Accounting II ACC 423 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Intermediate Financial Accounting III

Tax, 3 total credits

Students must choose one of the following courses: ACC 455 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Corporate Taxation ACC 456 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Individual/Estate Taxation

Government & Non-Profit Accounting, 3 total credits

ACC 460 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Government and Non-Profit Accounting

Auditing, 6 total credits

ACC 491 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Contemporary Auditing I ACC 492 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Contemporary Auditing II

Accounting Research, 3 total credits

ACC 497 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Advanced Topics in Accounting Research The University reserves the right to modify the required course of study. General Information for the BSACC • First time attendees with the University who indicate less than

24 previous college credits (as recognized by the university) on the admission application and who meet the requirements for "Admitted with Condition" status, will be admitted with condition to this program according to the risk free period policy. • Prior Learning Assessment and credits earned through

National Testing Programs are excluded from the calculation of previous college credits.

• Applicants who have not previously completed an associate degree or higher at a regionally or approved nationally accredited institution must complete a Pathway Diagnostic before enrolling into their first credit-bearing course. The results of the diagnostic will determine placement in the Accelerated Pathway (A Track) or standard pathway (B Track).

• Students who have completed an associate degree or higher at a regionally or nationally accredited institution are not required to complete the Pathway Diagnostic and will be placed in the Accelerated Pathway (A Track).

• Students who are placed in the Accelerated Pathway may choose to pursue the standard pathway without appeal, but must complete the standard pathway in its entirety upon the change. Students who are placed in the standard pathway must appeal to pursue the Accelerated Pathway.

En-Route Credentials for the BSACC Students may declare and earn additional credentials that are approved in their state or jurisdiction en-route to completing the bachelor degree. Students must sign and submit the enrollment agreement that corresponds with the unique combination of desired credentials to be earned. Possible credentials include an associate degree. Listed below are all of the possible en-route cre- dentials: • Associate of Arts with a Concentration in Business

Fundamentals Students may apply for conferral of an en-route credential upon meeting the following program requirements: • Successful completion of all the courses outlined in the

enrollment agreement for the credential • Achievement of the minimum program GPA • Fulfillment of the minimum University residency requirement Students may elect to update or remove the selected credentials by completing a new enrollment agreement reflecting the new selec- tion of credentials.

Additional Admission Requirements for the BSACC

All applicants are expected to meet the following admissions requirements: • High school graduation from an institution that holds state

approval to confer high school diplomas or are accredited or a candidate for accreditation at the time the student attended by an acceptable accrediting body, GED certificate or CHSPE (California High School Proficiency Examination) certificate, or completion of the HiSET examination with a passing score. • Tennessee: Students residing in Tennessee who are attending

classes via the Online modality and students attending a local campus in Tennessee, including from any cross-border locations must provide the university with an official High School transcript or official GED score (if applicable). A college transcript which documents high school date of completion or a copy of a DD-214 showing high school graduation or equivalency may be submitted to satisfy this requirement.

• Applicants must be currently employed or have access to a work environment.

Degree Requirements for the BSACC

• Completion of a minimum of 120 credits that include the following distribution: • General Education - 45 credits • Required Course of Study - 66 credits • Electives - 9 credits

• A minimum of 51 upper division credits. • A minimum grade point average (GPA) of 2.00.

210

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

SCHOOL OF BUSINESS

• The diploma awarded for this program will read as: Bachelor of Science in Accounting

General Education Requirements for the BSACC

A minimum of 45 of the 120 credits must be in the general educa- tion areas approved by the University. Communication Arts, 6 credits B Track must include: ENG 147 Mathematics, 6 credits Effective for Enrollment Agreements sign 6/1/2016 or later, must include 6 credits of quantitative reasoning or higher Science and Technology, 6 credits Must include at least three (3) credits in the physical or biological sciences Humanities, 6 credits Must include: HUM 115 Social Science, 6 credits Additional Liberal Arts, 6 credits A Track must include: GEN 201 B Track must include: GEN 127 Interdisciplinary Component, 9 credits Any credit that is not being applied to the primary major as a waiver may be applied to the lower division electives/Interdisciplinary requirement. Physical Education activity credits are limited to four (4) credits. Students who lack .67 or fewer general education credits may use interdisciplinary or elective credits to waive the balance. Students must use interdisciplinary or elective credits to waive the general education balance in order to complete the minimum general edu- cation credits required for their program.

General Education Requirements for the BSACC for Minnesota Students

A minimum of 45 of the 120 credits must be in the general educa- tion areas approved by the University. Communication Arts, 6 credits A Track must include: COMM 215, equivalent or higher B Track must include: ENG 147 Mathematics, 6 credits Effective for Enrollment Agreements sign 6/1/2016 or later, must include 6 credits of quantitative reasoning or higher Natural Science, 6 credits Humanities, 6 credits Must include: HUM 115 Social Science, 6 credits Additional Liberal Arts, 6 credits A Track must include: GEN 201 B Track must include: GEN 127 Interdisciplinary Component, 9 credits Physical Education activity credits are limited to four (4) credits. Students who lack .67 or fewer general education credits may use interdisciplinary or elective credits to waive the balance. Students must use interdisciplinary or elective credits to waive the general education balance in order to complete the minimum general edu- cation credits required for their program. General Education Requirements for the BSACC for Minnesota Students obtaining an Associates En-Route Credential A minimum of 45 of the 120 credits must be in the general educa- tion areas approved by the University. Communication Arts, 6 credits

A Track must include: COMM 215, equivalent or higher B Track must include: ENG 147 Mathematics, 6 credits Effective for Enrollment Agreements sign 6/1/2016 or later, must include 6 credits of quantitative reasoning or higher Natural Science, 9 credits Humanities, 9 credits Must include: HUM 115 Social Science, 9 credits Additional Liberal Arts, 6 credits A Track must include: GEN 201 B Track must include: GEN 127 Students are required to complete at least 1 credit in either Com- munication Arts, Social Science, Natural Science, Humanities, or Mathematics. Students who lack .67 or fewer general education credits may use interdisciplinary or elective credits to waive the balance. Students must use interdisciplinary or elective credits to waive the general education balance in order to complete the minimum general edu- cation credits required for their program.

Academic Progression Requirements for the BSACC

• Students placed in the Accelerated Pathway (A Track) are required to successfully complete GEN 201 followed by HUM 115 prior to proceeding into additional coursework in their programs.

• Standard pathway (B Track) students must satisfy all three (3) courses from the standard pathway prior to enrolling in any other course: GEN 127, HUM 115, ENG 147

• With the exception of ENG 147, GEN 127, GEN 201, and HUM 115, General Education and Elective course requirements may be satisfied by any of the following means: • University of Phoenix coursework, • Regionally or nationally accredited coursework (C- or higher

grade), • University of Phoenix Prior Learning Assessment • National Testing Programs, and • ACE evaluated Military credits.

• Accelerated Pathway (A Track) students have the option to satisfy HUM 115 by meeting one of the following criteria: • Transfer a regionally accredited Associate of Arts degree

from a community college, or higher degree from a regionally or approved nationally accredited institution.

• Transfer to UoPX with an Associate's Degree, or higher, from an articulated institution where the Program Transfer Guide requirements do not mandate completion of a critical thinking course.

• Transfer a Critical Thinking course of 2.67 credits or higher with a C- grade.

• Previous completion of an Associate of Arts or higher degree from UOPX.

• Previous completion of a Critical Thinking course with UOPX.

• Non-pathway students may not enroll in HUM 115 to satisfy programmatic prerequisites, general education, or elective requirements.

• Concurrent enrollment is prohibited during any of the following courses: GEN 201, GEN 127, ENG 147, or HUM 115

• Accelerated Pathway (A Track) students may not enroll in GEN 127 or ENG 147 to satisfy programmatic prerequisites, general education or elective requirements.

211

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

• Continuously enrolled students in an approved entry point course should not execute a program or version change until completion of the entry point course to determine if the pathway diagnostic is required based on the outcome of the course.

• Students who have successfully completed an approved entry point course in a degree program and are re-entry or executing a program change will not be required to complete the pathway diagnostic and will be placed in the Accelerated Pathway (A Track).

• Students who previously completed an approved entry point course are not required to take GEN 127 or GEN 201.

• Students may not complete any of the following courses via Directed Study: GEN 201, GEN 127, ENG 147, or HUM 115.

• Satisfy University Proficiency Requirements • Undergraduate students must satisfy math and English

proficiencies as a condition of degree conferral and as a degree progression requirement prior to specific courses in their program.

• Students have the following options to fulfill proficiency: • Successful completion of University of Phoenix math and

English courses designated as applicable to the proficiency requirement

• Comparable regionally or approved nationally accredited transfer, or credit recommended by the American Council on Education transfer coursework that meets the following requirements:

-Completed within ten years of enrollment -Grade of C- or better (or academic equivalent) -At least 2.67 semester credits -Eligible to receive general education credits • Achieve a passing score (as established by the American Council

on Education) on a comparable National Testing Program (NTP) exam completed within ten years of enrollment.

• Demonstrate competency by meeting minimum passing score on University of Phoenix approved placement exam.

• Students who satisfied the English and/or math proficiency and sign a new enrollment agreement may carry forward the completed proficiency in their new program/version provided they have remained in continuous attendance in alignment with the University's Re-Entry policy.

Additional Residency Requirements and Course Waivers for the BSACC

• Students in this program may waive a maximum of 30 credits from their required course of study.

• The following courses in the Required Course of Study may not be waived: ACC 497, BUS 475

Re-entry for the BSACC Re-entry students who have successfully completed an approved entry point course in a degree program will not be required to com- plete the pathway diagnostic and will be placed in the Accelerated Pathway (A Track). They will not be required to enroll in the stan- dard pathway (B Track) courses. Any student who has been out of attendance for more than 365 days from the last date of positive recorded attendance in a pro- gram applicable course is considered a re-entry student. Re-entry students may re-enroll into their program version without appeal if the program version is still the most current in their state or jurisdiction and the student has the ability to satisfy all program requirements within their original program completion deadline. Re-entry students whose program version is not the most current in their state or jurisdiction will be required to enroll into the most current version.

Select programs may have additional re-entry requirements/ restrictions. Re-entry students should consult their Academic Advisor for guidance.

Bachelor of Science/Concentration in Accounting

........................................................................................... (Ohio)

The following Bachelor of Science/Concentration in Accounting (BSACC) program may be offered at these University of Phoenix campus locations: Online, depending on state of residence. The availability of programs and concentrations depend on student demand and other factors. Not all programs may be available to all residents of all states. Students may want to consider completing certain courses in the Online classroom at Online rates if the program is available via the Online modality in their state.

........................................................................................... Please contact your enrollment representative for more information.

The Bachelor of Science/Concentration in Accounting (BSACC) promotes identification with, and orientation to, the accounting profession and is designed to provide knowledge and skills neces- sary to an accounting career. In addition to the key accounting course work at the introductory and intermediate levels, critical areas of study including auditing and taxation are required in the program. The importance of ethics and international issues are emphasized throughout the curriculum, along with core compe- tencies in technology and communication. The program utilizes specific accounting problem-solving software to provide students with practical knowledge of the accounting field. The program also addresses the goals of professional values, communications and leadership skills, strategic and critical thinking skills, and technol- ogy skills of the professional accounting environment and provides additional coverage on the International Financial Reporting Stan- dards (IFRS). Students are also exposed to varied business disci- plines including economics, statistics, law, corporate finance, and marketing to provide the general business overview and context necessary for accounting studies. This program is consistent with generally accepted accounting principles, including the accounting processes and knowledge areas that lead to professional certifica- tion. For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program, and other important information, please visit our website at http://www.phoenix.edu/ programs/bsacc. Each state sets forth standards required to be eligible to take the CPA exam and apply for licensure or certification as a CPA. While this program was designed with consideration for the standards proposed by the National Association of State Boards of Accounting (NASBA), the University of Phoenix cannot, and will not, provide any assurance that completion of this program will allow a successful student to qualify within the student's specific jurisdiction. Potential applicants should check with the appropriate organization within their jurisdiction to determine requirements. States frequently change their requirements for examination. There is no assurance that at the time of degree completion the specific jurisdiction's requirements will be consistent with the requirements at the time of admission. Program Student Learning Outcomes In addition to the knowledge and skills related to the University Learning Goals, School of Business graduating students are intended to attain certain program-specific knowledge, skills and abilities. Therefore, you should be able to demonstrate the follow- ing learning outcomes by the time you complete this program.

212

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

SCHOOL OF BUSINESS

Business Core • Students will demonstrate the ability to make business-related

decisions that incorporate ethical implications. • Students will integrate business concepts and principles to

advance organizational goals. • Students will analyze interrelationships among distinct

functional areas of an organization. • Students will analyze the implications of operating in a

changing global business environment. • Students will apply knowledge attained from the following

domains of the MBA program as practitioners in business: • Finance • Marketing • Information systems • Research methodologies • Economics • Business law • Management • Accounting

• Students will identify the degree of alignment between their individual values and an organization's values as reflected in the organization's plans and actions.

Accounting Core • Students will apply financial accounting principles to record

and communicate measurable business activities to stakeholders.

• Students will analyze accounting financial statements to support effective financial decision-making.

• Students will evaluate various accounting activities in relation to ethical, legal and professional standards.

Students will apply business issues in the application of generally accepted accounting principles, government and not-for-profit accounting, international transactions, taxation, and auditing.

Program Category Requirements - A Track and B Track

Courses requiring prerequisites are identified by a ~ symbol following the course number. Course descriptions for all courses are listed in the Course Guide section of the catalog (page B-1).

Communications, 3 total credits

COM 295 ~............................................................................... 3 credits Business Communications

Business Information Systems, 3 total credits

ACC 210 ~................................................................................ 3 credits Accounting Information Systems

Quantitative Techniques/Statistics, 3 total credits

QNT 275 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits Statistics for Decision Making

Accounting Principles, 6 total credits

ACC 290 ~................................................................................ 3 credits Principles of Accounting I ACC 291 ~................................................................................ 3 credits Principles of Accounting II Management, 6 total credits PHL 320 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Critical Thinking and Decision Making in Business MGT 312 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits Organizational Behavior for Managers

Ethics and Legal Topics in Business, 3 total credits

ETH 321 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Ethical and Legal Topics in Business

Economics, 6 total credits

ECO 365 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Principles of Microeconomics ECO 372 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Principles of Macroeconomics

Marketing, 3 total credits

MKT 421 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits Marketing

Finance, 3 total credits

FIN 370 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits Finance for Business

Strategy, 3 total credits

BUS 475 ~................................................................................. 3 credits Integrated Business Topics

Cost Accounting, 3 total credits

ACC 349 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits Cost Accounting

Intermediate Accounting, 9 total credits

ACC 421 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits Intermediate Financial Accounting I ACC 422 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits Intermediate Financial Accounting II ACC 423 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits Intermediate Financial Accounting III

Tax, 3 total credits

Students must choose one of the following courses: ACC 455 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits Corporate Taxation ACC 456 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits Individual/Estate Taxation

Government & Non-Profit Accounting, 3 total credits

ACC 460 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits Government and Non-Profit Accounting

Auditing, 6 total credits

ACC 491 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits Contemporary Auditing I ACC 492 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits Contemporary Auditing II

Accounting Research, 3 total credits

ACC 497 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits Advanced Topics in Accounting Research The University reserves the right to modify the required course of study. General Information for the BSACC • First time attendees with the University who indicate less than

24 previous college credits (as recognized by the university) on the admission application and who meet the requirements for "Admitted with Condition" status, will be admitted with condition to this program according to the risk free period policy.

213

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

• Prior Learning Assessment and credits earned through National Testing Programs are excluded from the calculation of previous college credits.

• Applicants who have not previously completed an associate degree or higher at a regionally or approved nationally accredited institution must complete a Pathway Diagnostic before enrolling into their first credit-bearing course. The results of the diagnostic will determine placement in the Accelerated Pathway (A Track) or standard pathway (B Track).

• Students who have completed an associate degree or higher at a regionally or nationally accredited institution are not required to complete the Pathway Diagnostic and will be placed in the Accelerated Pathway (A Track).

• Students who are placed in the Accelerated Pathway may choose to pursue the standard pathway without appeal, but must complete the standard pathway in its entirety upon the change. Students who are placed in the standard pathway must appeal to pursue the Accelerated Pathway.

En-Route Credentials for the BSACC Students may declare and earn additional credentials that are approved in their state or jurisdiction en-route to completing the bachelor degree. Students must sign and submit the enrollment agreement that corresponds with the unique combination of desired credentials to be earned. Possible credentials include an associate degree. Listed below are all of the possible en-route cre- dentials: • Associate of Arts with a Concentration in Business

Fundamentals Students may apply for conferral of an en-route credential upon meeting the following program requirements: • Successful completion of all the courses outlined in the

enrollment agreement for the credential • Achievement of the minimum program GPA • Fulfillment of the minimum University residency requirement Students may elect to update or remove the selected credentials by completing a new enrollment agreement reflecting the new selec- tion of credentials.

Additional Admission Requirements for the BSACC

All applicants are expected to meet the following admissions requirements: • High school graduation from an institution that holds state

approval to confer high school diplomas or are accredited or a candidate for accreditation at the time the student attended by an acceptable accrediting body, GED certificate or CHSPE (California High School Proficiency Examination) certificate, or completion of the HiSET examination with a passing score.

• Applicants must be currently employed or have access to a work environment.

Degree Requirements for the BSACC

• Completion of a minimum of 120 credits that include the following distribution: • General Education - 45 credits • Required Course of Study - 66 credits • Electives - 9 credits

• A minimum of 51 upper division credits. • A minimum grade point average (GPA) of 2.00. • The diploma awarded for this program will read as:

Bachelor of Science in Accounting

General Education Requirements for the BSACC

A minimum of 45 of the 120 credits must be in the general educa- tion areas approved by the University. Communication Arts, 6 credits B Track must include: ENG 147 Mathematics, 6 credits Effective for Enrollment Agreements sign 6/1/2016 or later, must include 6 credits of quantitative reasoning or higher Science and Technology, 6 credits Must include at least three (3) credits in the physical or biological sciences Humanities, 6 credits Must include: HUM 115 Social Science, 6 credits Additional Liberal Arts, 6 credits A Track must include: GEN 201 B Track must include: GEN 127 Interdisciplinary Component, 9 credits Any credit that is not being applied to the primary major as a waiver may be applied to the lower division electives/Interdisciplinary requirement. Physical Education activity credits are limited to four (4) credits. Students who lack .67 or fewer general education credits may use interdisciplinary or elective credits to waive the balance. Students must use interdisciplinary or elective credits to waive the general education balance in order to complete the minimum general edu- cation credits required for their program.

Academic Progression Requirements for the BSACC

• Students placed in the Accelerated Pathway (A Track) are required to successfully complete GEN 201 followed by HUM 115 prior to proceeding into additional coursework in their programs.

• Standard pathway (B Track) students must satisfy all three (3) courses from the standard pathway prior to enrolling in any other course: GEN 127, HUM 115, ENG 147

• With the exception of ENG 147, GEN 127, GEN 201, and HUM 115, General Education and Elective course requirements may be satisfied by any of the following means: • University of Phoenix coursework, • Regionally or nationally accredited coursework (C- or higher

grade), • University of Phoenix Prior Learning Assessment • National Testing Programs, and • ACE evaluated Military credits.

• Accelerated Pathway (A Track) students have the option to satisfy HUM 115 by meeting one of the following criteria: • Transfer a regionally accredited Associate of Arts degree

from a community college, or higher degree from a regionally or approved nationally accredited institution.

• Transfer to UoPX with an Associate's Degree, or higher, from an articulated institution where the Program Transfer Guide requirements do not mandate completion of a critical thinking course.

• Transfer a Critical Thinking course of 2.67 credits or higher with a C- grade.

• Previous completion of an Associate of Arts or higher degree from UOPX.

• Previous completion of a Critical Thinking course with UOPX.

• Non-pathway students may not enroll in HUM 115 to satisfy programmatic prerequisites, general education, or elective requirements.

214

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

SCHOOL OF BUSINESS

• Concurrent enrollment is prohibited during any of the following courses: GEN 201, GEN 127, ENG 147, or HUM 115.

• Accelerated Pathway (A Track) students may not enroll in GEN 127 or ENG 147 to satisfy programmatic prerequisites, general education or elective requirements.

• Continuously enrolled students in an approved entry point course should not execute a program or version change until completion of the entry point course to determine if the pathway diagnostic is required based on the outcome of the course.

• Students who have successfully completed an approved entry point course in a degree program and are re-entry or executing a program change will not be required to complete the pathway diagnostic and will be placed in the Accelerated Pathway (A Track).

• Students who previously completed an approved entry point course are not required to take GEN 127 or GEN 201.

• Students may not complete any of the following courses via Directed Study: GEN 201, GEN 127, ENG 147, or HUM 115.

• Satisfy University Proficiency Requirements • Undergraduate students must satisfy math and English

proficiencies as a condition of degree conferral and as a degree progression requirement prior to specific courses in their program.

• Students have the following options to fulfill proficiency: • Successful completion of University of Phoenix math and

English courses designated as applicable to the proficiency requirement

• Comparable regionally or approved nationally accredited transfer, or credit recommended by the American Council on Education transfer coursework that meets the following requirements:

-Completed within ten years of enrollment -Grade of C- or better (or academic equivalent) -At least 2.67 semester credits -Eligible to receive general education credits • Achieve a passing score (as established by the American Council

on Education) on a comparable National Testing Program (NTP) exam completed within ten years of enrollment.

• Demonstrate competency by meeting minimum passing score on University of Phoenix approved placement exam.

• Students who satisfied the English and/or math proficiency and sign a new enrollment agreement may carry forward the completed proficiency in their new program/version provided they have remained in continuous attendance in alignment with the University's Re-Entry policy.

Additional Residency Requirements and Course Waivers for the BSACC

• Students in this program may waive a maximum of 30 credits from their required course of study.

• The following courses in the Required Course of Study may not be waived: ACC 497, BUS 475

Re-entry for the BSACC Re-entry students who have successfully completed an approved entry point course in a degree program will not be required to com- plete the pathway diagnostic and will be placed in the Accelerated Pathway (A Track). They will not be required to enroll in the stan- dard pathway (B Track) courses. Any student who has been out of attendance for more than 365 days from the last date of positive recorded attendance in a pro- gram applicable course is considered a re-entry student. Re-entry students may re-enroll into their program version without appeal if the program version is still the most current in their state

or jurisdiction and the student has the ability to satisfy all program requirements within their original program completion deadline. Re-entry students whose program version is not the most current in their state or jurisdiction will be required to enroll into the most current version. Select programs may have additional re-entry requirements/ restrictions. Re-entry students should consult their Academic Advisor for guidance.

215

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

THIS PAGE WAS LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY

216

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

COLLEGE OF INFORMATION SYSTEMS AND TECHNOLOGY

.....................................................................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................................................... COLLEGE OF INFORMATION SYSTEMS AND TECHNOLOGY

The College of Information Systems and Technology prepares stu- dents for professional and management-related career opportuni- ties in six different IT pathways and provides the knowledge students need to successfully apply information systems theory and principles that address real world business opportunities and challenges that meet the needs of today's information economy. Students will be prepared to work in core technologies such as sys- tems integration, web systems, network architecture, database design, information security, programming and other IT principles. Our mission is to provide industry-relevant education through innovative learning pathways, which will prepare learners for career success. The College of Information Systems and Technol- ogy delivers real-time, IT education solutions that are experiential, relevant and applicable to solving IT challenges anywhere, any place, and at any time. The curriculum in the College of Informa- tion Systems and Technology is delivered by experts who relate both theory and practice in this evolving, face paced industry. Each degree and certificate program is aligned to one or more of over 40 industry certifications so students are provided the relevant, hands-on learning they need to be successful in this industry. The College of Information Systems and Technology is continuously updating curriculum, staying relevant in the industry and evolving with the always changing world of technology, all of which is accomplished through dedication, creativity and teamwork of the college faculty and staff. The College of Information Systems and Technology is an innovative, education leader in the IT industry and proud to partner with Fortune 1000 companies and other enti- ties and creators of emerging IT standards nationwide.

Associate of Arts/Concentration in Information

........................................................................................... Technology

The following Associate of Arts/Concentration in Information Technology (AAITT) program may be offered at these University of Phoenix campus locations: Online, depending on state fo residence. The availability of programs and concentrations depend on student demand and other factors. Not all programs may be available to all residents of all states. Students may want to consider completing certain courses in the Online classroom at Online rates if the program is available via the Online modality in their state. Please contact your enrollment representative for

........................................................................................... more information.

The Associate of Arts degree in Information Technology program provides the opportunity to specialize through the selection of Col- lege of Information Systems and Technology practical based aca- demic certificates aligned to industry certifications in a variety of areas. Knowledge and skills in Information Technology profes- sional competence and values, information utilization, collabora- tion, communication, critical thinking and problem solving are provided in the program. For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program, and other important information, please visit our website at http://www.phoenix.edu/ programs/aaitt. Some courses require prerequisites. Prerequisites and course descriptions for all courses are listed in the Course Guide section of the catalog (page B-1).

Program Category Requirements for the AAITT Information Systems and Technology Electives .............. 18 credits The University reserves the right to modify the required course of study. General Information for the AAITT • First time attendees with the University who indicate less than

24 previous college credits (as recognized by the university) on the admission application and who meet the requirements for "Admitted with Condition" status, will be admitted with condition to this program according to the risk free period policy. • Prior Learning Assessment and credits earned through

National Testing Programs are excluded from the calculation of previous college credits.

• Applicants must complete a Pathway Diagnostic before enrolling into their first credit-bearing course. The results of the diagnostic will determine placement in the Accelerated Pathway (A Track) or standard pathway (B Track).

• Students who are placed in the Accelerated Pathway may choose to pursue the standard pathway without appeal, but must complete the standard pathway in its entirety upon the change. Students who are placed in the standard pathway must appeal to pursue the Accelerated Pathway.

• Any student planning to complete an associate of arts degree prior to enrolling in a bachelor degree must complete all required credits of the associates degree and meet admission requirements for their chosen bachelor degree before enrolling in any University bachelor degree programs.

En-Route Credentials for the AAITT

Students may declare and earn additional credentials that are approved in their state or jurisdiction en-route to completing the Associate degree. Students must sign and submit the enrollment agreement that corresponds with the unique combination of desired credentials to be earned. Additional credentials include a lower division certificate. Listed below are all of the possible en- route credentials: • Cisco Networking Certificate (Undergraduate) • Database Administration Certificate (Undergraduate) • Desktop Support Certificate (Undergraduate) • Information Assurance and Security Certificate

(Undergraduate) • Multimedia Development Certificate (Undergraduate) • Network Support Certificate (Undergraduate) • Programming Certificate (Undergraduate) • Storage Management Certificate (Undergraduate) Students may apply for conferral of an en-route credential upon meeting the following requirements: • Successful completion of all the courses outlined in the

enrollment agreement for the credential • Achievement of the minimum program GPA • Fulfillment of the minimum University residency requirement Students may elect to update or remove the selected credentials by completing a new enrollment agreement reflecting the new selec- tion of credentials.

217

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

Additional Admission Requirements for the AAITT

All applicants are expected to meet the following admissions requirements: • Applicants must be at least 16 years of age at the time of

application. • High school graduation from an institution that holds state

approval to confer high school diplomas or are accredited or a candidate for accreditation at the time the student attended by an acceptable accrediting body, GED certificate or CHSPE (California High School Proficiency Examination) certificate, or completion of the HiSET examination with a passing score. • Tennessee: Students residing in Tennessee who are attending

classes via the Online modality and students attending a local campus in Tennessee, including from any cross-border locations must provide the university with an official High School transcript or official GED score (if applicable). A college transcript which documents high school date of completion or a copy of a DD-214 showing high school graduation or equivalency may be submitted to satisfy this requirement.

• Signed Hardware/Software Agreement Degree Requirements for the AAITT • Completion of a minimum of 60 credits. • A minimum grade point average (GPA) of 2.0. • All students must complete the minimum number of credits

required by their degree program. • Concentrations are reflected on the transcript only and will not

appear on the diploma.The diploma awarded for this program will read as follows: Associate of Arts

General Education Requirements for the AAITT

The General Education requirements for this program are the fol- lowing: Communication Arts, 6 credits A Track must include: COMM 215, equivalent, or higher B Track must include: ENG 147 Mathematics, 6 credits Effective for Enrollment Agreements sign 6/1/2016 or later, must include 6 credits of college algebra or higher Science & Technology, 6 credits Must include: 3 credits in the physical or biological sciences Humanities, 6 credits Must include: HUM 115 Social Science, 6 credits Additional Liberal Arts, 3 credits A Track must include: GEN 201 B Track must include: GEN 127 Interdisciplinary Component, 9 credits Any credit that is not being applied to the primary major as a waiver may be applied to the lower division electives/Interdisciplinary requirement. Physical Education activity credits are limited to four (4) credits. Students who lack .67 or fewer general education credits may use interdisciplinary or elective credits to waive the balance. Students must use interdisciplinary or elective credits to waive the general education balance in order to complete the minimum general edu- cation credits required for their program.

Academic Progression Requirements for the AAITT • Students placed in the Accelerated Pathway (A Track) are

required to successfully complete GEN 201 followed by HUM 115 prior to proceeding into additional coursework in their programs.

• Standard pathway (B Track) students must satisfy all three (3) courses from the standard pathway prior to enrolling in any other course: GEN 127, HUM 115, ENG 147

• With the exception of ENG 147, GEN 127, GEN 201, and HUM 115, General Education and Elective course requirements may be satisfied by any of the following means: • University of Phoenix coursework, • Regionally or nationally accredited coursework (C- or higher

grade), • University of Phoenix Prior Learning Assessment • National Testing Programs, and • ACE evaluated Military credits.

• Accelerated Pathway (A Track) students have the option to satisfy HUM 115 by meeting one of the following criteria: • Transfer a regionally accredited Associate of Arts degree

from a community college, or higher degree from a regionally or approved nationally accredited institution.

• Transfer to UoPX with an Associate's Degree, or higher, from an articulated institution where the Program Transfer Guide requirements do not mandate completion of a critical thinking course.

• Transfer a Critical Thinking course of 2.67 credits or higher with a C- grade.

• Previous completion of an Associate of Arts or higher degree from UOPX.

• Previous completion of a Critical Thinking course with UOPX.

• Non-pathway students may not enroll in HUM 115 to satisfy programmatic prerequisites, general education, or elective requirements.

• Concurrent enrollment is prohibited during any of the following courses: GEN 201, GEN 127, ENG 147, or HUM 115.

• Accelerated Pathway (A Track) students may not enroll in GEN 127 or ENG 147 to satisfy programmatic prerequisites, general education or elective requirements.

• Continuously enrolled students in an approved entry point course should not execute a program or version change until completion of the entry point course to determine if the pathway diagnostic is required based on the outcome of the course.

• Students who have successfully completed an approved entry point course in a degree program and are re-entry or executing a program change will not be required to complete the pathway diagnostic and will be placed in the Accelerated Pathway (A Track).

• Students who previously completed an approved entry point course are not required to take GEN 127 or GEN 201.

• Students may not complete any of the following courses via Directed Study: GEN 201, GEN 127, ENG 147, or HUM 115.

• Satisfy University Proficiency Requirements • Undergraduate students must satisfy math and English

proficiencies as a condition of degree conferral and as a degree progression requirement prior to specific courses in their program.

• Students have the following options to fulfill proficiency:

218

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

COLLEGE OF INFORMATION SYSTEMS AND TECHNOLOGY

• Successful completion of University of Phoenix math and English courses designated as applicable to the proficiency requirement

• Comparable regionally or approved nationally accredited transfer, or credit recommended by the American Council on Education transfer coursework that meets the following requirements:

-Completed within ten years of enrollment -Grade of C- or better (or academic equivalent) -At least 2.67 semester credits -Eligible to receive general education credits • Achieve a passing score (as established by the American Council

on Education) on a comparable National Testing Program (NTP) exam completed within ten years of enrollment.

• Demonstrate competency by meeting minimum passing score on University of Phoenix approved placement exam.

• Students who satisfied the English and/or math proficiency and sign a new enrollment agreement may carry forward the completed proficiency in their new program/version provided they have remained in continuous attendance in alignment with the University's Re-Entry policy.

Additional Residency Requirements and Course Waivers for the AAITT The 18 credit Information Systems and Technology Electives requirement may be satisfied by any of the following means: • Lower Division University of Phoenix IS&T coursework. • Previously completed Lower or Upper Division coursework

from the College of IS&T. • Lower Division Certificate from the College of IS&T approved in

the student's state or jurisdiction. • Lower or Upper Division Information Technology transfer

coursework that is acceptable for transfer and was completed within the past five (5) years from current program enrollment agreement sign date with a grade of C or better.

• Lower or Upper Division Information Technology National Testing Program exams that are acceptable for transfer and were completed within the past five (5) years from current program enrollment agreement sign date.

• Lower or Upper Division Information Technology American Council on Education recommended (Military) credits that are acceptable for transfer and were completed within the past five (5) years from current program enrollment agreement sign date.

• Lower or Upper Division Information Technology Prior Learning Assessment (PLA) credits awarded to activities completed within the past five (5) years from current program enrollment agreement sign date.

Re-entry for the AAITT

Re-entry students who have successfully completed an approved entry point course in a degree program will not be required to complete the pathway diagnostic and will be placed in the Accelerated Pathway (A Track). They will not be required to enroll in the standard pathway (B Track) courses. Any student who has been out of attendance for more than 365 days from the last date of positive recorded attendance in a program applicable course is considered a re-entry student. Re-entry students may re-enroll into their program version without appeal if the program version is still the most current in their state or jurisdiction and the student has the ability to satisfy all program requirements within their original program completion deadline.

Re-entry students whose program version is not the most current in their state or jurisdiction will be required to enroll into the most current version. Select programs may have additional re-entry requirements/ restrictions. Re-entry students should consult their Academic Advisor for guidance.

Associate of Arts/Emphasis in Information Technology

........................................................................................... (Maryland-Online)

The following Associate of Arts/Emphasis in Information Technology (AAITT) program may be offered at these University of Phoenix campus locations: Online, depending on state of residence. The availability of programs and emphases depend on student demand and other factors. Not all programs may be available to all residents of all states. Students may want to consider completing certain courses in the Online classroom at Online rates if the program is available via the Online modality in their

........................................................................................... state. Please contact your enrollment representative for more information.

The Associate of Arts degree in Information Technology program provides the opportunity to specialize through the selection of Col- lege of Information Systems and Technology practical based aca- demic certificates aligned to industry certifications in a variety of areas. Knowledge and skills in Information Technology profes- sional competence and values, information utilization, collabora- tion, communication, critical thinking and problem solving are provided in the program. For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program, and other important information, please visit our website at http://www.phoenix.edu/ programs/aaitt. Some courses require prerequisites. Prerequisites and course descriptions for all courses are listed in the Course Guide section of the catalog (page B-1). Program Category Requirements for the AAITT Information Systems and Technology Electives .............. 18 credits The University reserves the right to modify the required course of study. General Information for the AAITT • First time attendees with the University who indicate less than

24 previous college credits (as recognized by the university) on the admission application and who meet the requirements for "Admitted with Condition" status, will be admitted with condition to this program according to the risk free period policy. • Prior Learning Assessment and credits earned through

National Testing Programs are excluded from the calculation of previous college credits.

• Applicants must complete a Pathway Diagnostic before enrolling into their first credit-bearing course. The results of the diagnostic will determine placement in the Accelerated Pathway (A Track) or standard pathway (B Track).

• Students who are placed in the Accelerated Pathway may choose to pursue the standard pathway without appeal, but must complete the standard pathway in its entirety upon the change. Students who are placed in the standard pathway must appeal to pursue the Accelerated Pathway.

219

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

• Any student planning to complete an associate of arts degree prior to enrolling in a bachelor degree must complete all required credits of the associates degree and meet admission requirements for their chosen bachelor degree before enrolling in any University bachelor degree programs.

En-Route Credentials for the AAITT

Students may declare and earn additional credentials that are approved in their state or jurisdiction en-route to completing the Associate degree. Students must sign and submit the enrollment agreement that corresponds with the unique combination of desired credentials to be earned. Additional credentials include a lower division certificate. Listed below are all of the possible en- route credentials: • Cisco Networking Certificate (Undergraduate) • Database Administration Certificate (Undergraduate) • Desktop Support Certificate (Undergraduate) • Information Assurance and Security Certificate

(Undergraduate) • Multimedia Development Certificate (Undergraduate) • Network Support Certificate (Undergraduate) • Programming Certificate (Undergraduate) • Storage Management Certificate (Undergraduate) Students may apply for conferral of an en-route credential upon meeting the following requirements: • Successful completion of all the courses outlined in the

enrollment agreement for the credential • Achievement of the minimum program GPA • Fulfillment of the minimum University residency requirement Students may elect to update or remove the selected credentials by completing a new enrollment agreement reflecting the new selec- tion of credentials.

Additional Admission Requirements for the AAITT

All applicants are expected to meet the following admissions requirements: • Applicants must be at least 16 years of age at the time of

application. • High school graduation from an institution that holds state

approval to confer high school diplomas or are accredited or a candidate for accreditation at the time the student attended by an acceptable accrediting body, GED certificate or CHSPE (California High School Proficiency Examination) certificate, or completion of the HiSET examination with a passing score.

• Signed Hardware/Software Agreement Degree Requirements for the AAITT • Completion of a minimum of 60 credits. • A minimum grade point average (GPA) of 2.0. • All students must complete the minimum number of credits

required by their degree program. • Emphases are reflected on the transcript only and will not

appear on the diploma.The diploma awarded for this program will read as follows: Associate of Arts

General Education Requirements for the AAITT

The General Education requirements for this program are the fol- lowing: Communication Arts, 6 credits

A Track must include: COMM 215, equivalent, or higher B Track must include: ENG 147 Mathematics, 6 credits Effective for Enrollment Agreements sign 6/1/2016 or later, must include 6 credits of college algebra or higher Science & Technology, 6 credits Must include: 3 credits in the physical or biological sciences Humanities, 6 credits Must include: HUM 115 Social Science, 6 credits Additional Liberal Arts, 3 credits A Track must include: GEN 201 B Track must include: GEN 127 Interdisciplinary Component, 9 credits Any credit that is not being applied to the primary major as a waiver may be applied to the lower division electives/Interdisciplinary requirement. Physical Education activity credits are limited to four (4) credits. Students who lack .67 or fewer general education credits may use interdisciplinary or elective credits to waive the balance. Students must use interdisciplinary or elective credits to waive the general education balance in order to complete the minimum general edu- cation credits required for their program. Academic Progression Requirements for the AAITT • Students placed in the Accelerated Pathway (A Track) are

required to successfully complete GEN 201 followed by HUM 115 prior to proceeding into additional coursework in their programs.

• Standard pathway (B Track) students must satisfy all three (3) courses from the standard pathway prior to enrolling in any other course: GEN 127, HUM 115, ENG 147.

• With the exception of ENG 147, GEN 127, GEN 201, and HUM 115, General Education and Elective course requirements may be satisfied by any of the following means: • University of Phoenix coursework, • Regionally or nationally accredited coursework (C- or higher

grade), • University of Phoenix Prior Learning Assessment • National Testing Programs, and • ACE evaluated Military credits.

• Accelerated Pathway (A Track) students have the option to satisfy HUM 115 by meeting one of the following criteria: • Transfer a regionally accredited Associate of Arts degree

from a community college, or higher degree from a regionally or approved nationally accredited institution.

• Transfer to UoPX with an Associate's Degree, or higher, from an articulated institution where the Program Transfer Guide requirements do not mandate completion of a critical thinking course.

• Transfer a Critical Thinking course of 2.67 credits or higher with a C- grade.

• Previous completion of an Associate of Arts or higher degree from UOPX.

• Previous completion of a Critical Thinking course with UOPX.

• Non-pathway students may not enroll in HUM 115 to satisfy programmatic prerequisites, general education, or elective requirements.

• Concurrent enrollment is prohibited during any of the following courses: GEN 201, GEN 127, ENG 147, or HUM 115.

220

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

COLLEGE OF INFORMATION SYSTEMS AND TECHNOLOGY

• Accelerated Pathway (A Track) students may not enroll in GEN 127 or ENG 147 to satisfy programmatic prerequisites, general education or elective requirements.

• Continuously enrolled students in an approved entry point course should not execute a program or version change until completion of the entry point course to determine if the pathway diagnostic is required based on the outcome of the course.

• Students who have successfully completed an approved entry point course in a degree program and are re-entry or executing a program change will not be required to complete the pathway diagnostic and will be placed in the Accelerated Pathway (A Track).

• Students who previously completed an approved entry point course are not required to take GEN 127 or GEN 201.

• Students may not complete any of the following courses via Directed Study: GEN 201, GEN 127, ENG 147, or HUM 115.

• Satisfy University Proficiency Requirements • Undergraduate students must satisfy math and English

proficiencies as a condition of degree conferral and as a degree progression requirement prior to specific courses in their program.

• Students have the following options to fulfill proficiency: • Successful completion of University of Phoenix math and

English courses designated as applicable to the proficiency requirement

• Comparable regionally or approved nationally accredited transfer, or credit recommended by the American Council on Education transfer coursework that meets the following requirements:

-Completed within ten years of enrollment -Grade of C- or better (or academic equivalent) -At least 2.67 semester credits -Eligible to receive general education credits • Achieve a passing score (as established by the American Council

on Education) on a comparable National Testing Program (NTP) exam completed within ten years of enrollment.

• Demonstrate competency by meeting minimum passing score on University of Phoenix approved placement exam.

• Students who satisfied the English and/or math proficiency and sign a new enrollment agreement may carry forward the completed proficiency in their new program/version provided they have remained in continuous attendance in alignment with the University's Re-Entry policy.

Additional Residency Requirements and Course Waivers for the AAITT The 18 credit Information Systems and Technology Electives requirement may be satisfied by any of the following means: • Lower Division University of Phoenix IS&T coursework. • Previously completed Lower or Upper Division coursework

from the College of IS&T. • Lower Division Certificate from the College of IS&T approved in

the student's state or jurisdiction. • Lower or Upper Division Information Technology transfer

coursework that is acceptable for transfer and was completed within the past five (5) years from current program enrollment agreement sign date with a grade of C or better.

• Lower or Upper Division Information Technology National Testing Program exams that are acceptable for transfer and were completed within the past five (5) years from current program enrollment agreement sign date.

• Lower or Upper Division Information Technology American Council on Education recommended (Military) credits that are acceptable for transfer and were completed within the past five (5) years from current program enrollment agreement sign date.

• Lower or Upper Division Information Technology Prior Learning Assessment (PLA) credits awarded to activities completed within the past five (5) years from current program enrollment agreement sign date.

Re-entry for the AAITT

Re-entry students who have successfully completed an approved entry point course in a degree program will not be required to complete the pathway diagnostic and will be placed in the Accelerated Pathway (A Track). They will not be required to enroll in the standard pathway (B Track) courses. Any student who has been out of attendance for more than 365 days from the last date of positive recorded attendance in a program applicable course is considered a re-entry student. Re-entry students may re-enroll into their program version without appeal if the program version is still the most current in their state or jurisdiction and the student has the ability to satisfy all program requirements within their original program completion deadline. Re-entry students whose program version is not the most current in their state or jurisdiction will be required to enroll into the most current version. Select programs may have additional re-entry requirements/ restrictions. Re-entry students should consult their Academic Advisor for guidance.

Associate of Arts/Concentration in Information

........................................................................................... Technology (Minnesota)

The following Associate of Arts/Concentration in Information Technology (AAITT) program may be offered at these University of Phoenix campus locations: Online, depending on state of residence. The availability of programs and concentrations depend on student demand and other factors. Not all programs may be available to all residents of all states. Students may want to consider completing certain courses in the Online classroom at Online rates if the program is available via the Online modality in their state. Please contact your enrollment representative for

........................................................................................... more information.

The Associate of Arts degree in Information Technology program provides the opportunity to specialize through the selection of Col- lege of Information Systems and Technology practical based aca- demic certificates aligned to industry certifications in a variety of areas. Knowledge and skills in Information Technology profes- sional competence and values, information utilization, collabora- tion, communication, critical thinking and problem solving are provided in the program. For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program, and other important information, please visit our website at http://www.phoenix.edu/ programs/aaitt. Some courses require prerequisites. Prerequisites and course descriptions for all courses are listed in the Course Guide section of the catalog (page B-1).

221

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

Program Category Requirements for the AAITT Information Systems and Technology Electives............... 18 credits The University reserves the right to modify the required course of study. General Information for the AAITT • First time attendees with the University who indicate less than

24 previous college credits (as recognized by the university) on the admission application and who meet the requirements for "Admitted with Condition" status, will be admitted with condition to this program according to the risk free period policy. • Prior Learning Assessment and credits earned through

National Testing Programs are excluded from the calculation of previous college credits.

• Applicants must complete a Pathway Diagnostic before enrolling into their first credit-bearing course. The results of the diagnostic will determine placement in the Accelerated Pathway (A Track) or standard pathway (B Track).

• Students who are placed in the Accelerated Pathway may choose to pursue the standard pathway without appeal, but must complete the standard pathway in its entirety upon the change. Students who are placed in the standard pathway must appeal to pursue the Accelerated Pathway.

• Any student planning to complete an associate of arts degree prior to enrolling in a bachelor degree must complete all required credits of the associates degree and meet admission requirements for their chosen bachelor degree before enrolling in any University bachelor degree programs.

En-Route Credentials for the AAITT

Students may declare and earn additional credentials that are approved in their state or jurisdiction en-route to completing the Associate degree. Students must sign and submit the enrollment agreement that corresponds with the unique combination of desired credentials to be earned. Additional credentials include a lower division certificate. Listed below are all of the possible en- route credentials: • Cisco Networking Certificate • Database Administration Certificate • Desktop Support Certificate • Information Assurance and Security Certificate • Multimedia Development Certificate • Network Support Certificate • Programming Certificate Students may apply for conferral of an en-route credential upon meeting the following requirements: • Successful completion of all the courses outlined in the

enrollment agreement for the credential • Achievement of the minimum program GPA • Fulfillment of the minimum University residency requirement Students may elect to update or remove the selected credentials by completing a new enrollment agreement reflecting the new selec- tion of credentials.

Additional Admission Requirements for the AAITT

All applicants are expected to meet the following admissions requirements: • Applicants must be at least 16 years of age at the time of

application.

• High school graduation from an institution that holds state approval to confer high school diplomas or are accredited or a candidate for accreditation at the time the student attended by an acceptable accrediting body, GED certificate or CHSPE (California High School Proficiency Examination) certificate, or completion of the HiSET examination with a passing score.

• Signed Hardware/Software Agreement Degree Requirements for the AAITT • Completion of a minimum of 61 credits. • A minimum grade point average (GPA) of 2.0. • Concentrations are reflected on the transcript only and will not

appear on the diploma. The diploma awarded for this program will read as: Associate of Arts

General Education Requirements for the AAITT

The General Education requirements for this program are the fol- lowing: Communication Arts, 6 credits A Track must include: COMM 215, equivalent, or higher B Track must include: ENG 147 Mathematics, 6 credits Effective for Enrollment Agreements sign 6/1/2016 or later, must include 6 credits of college algebra or higher Natural Science, 9 credits Must include: 3 credits in the physical or biological sciences Humanities, 9 credits Must include: HUM 115 Social Science, 9 credits Additional Liberal Arts, 4 credits A Track must include: GEN 201 B Track must include: GEN 127 Students who lack .67 or fewer general education credits may use interdisciplinary or elective credits to waive the balance. Students must use interdisciplinary or elective credits to waive the general education balance in order to complete the minimum general edu- cation credits required for their program. Academic Progression Requirements for the AAITT • Students placed in the Accelerated Pathway (A Track) are

required to successfully complete GEN 201 followed by HUM 115 prior to proceeding into additional coursework in their programs.

• Standard pathway (B Track) students must satisfy all three (3) courses from the standard pathway prior to enrolling in any other course: GEN 127, HUM 115, ENG 147

• With the exception of ENG 147, GEN 127, GEN 201, and HUM 115, General Education and Elective course requirements may be satisfied by any of the following means: • University of Phoenix coursework, • Regionally or nationally accredited coursework (C- or higher

grade), • University of Phoenix Prior Learning Assessment • National Testing Programs, and • ACE evaluated Military credits.

• Accelerated Pathway (A Track) students have the option to satisfy HUM 115 by meeting one of the following criteria: • Transfer a regionally accredited Associate of Arts degree

from a community college, or higher degree from a regionally or approved nationally accredited institution.

222

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

COLLEGE OF INFORMATION SYSTEMS AND TECHNOLOGY

• Transfer to UoPX with an Associate's Degree, or higher, from an articulated institution where the Program Transfer Guide requirements do not mandate completion of a critical thinking course.

• Transfer a Critical Thinking course of 2.67 credits or higher with a C- grade.

• Previous completion of an Associate of Arts or higher degree from UOPX.

• Previous completion of a Critical Thinking course with UOPX.

• Non-pathway students may not enroll in HUM 115 to satisfy programmatic prerequisites, general education, or elective requirements.

• Concurrent enrollment is prohibited during any of the following courses: GEN 201, GEN 127, ENG 147, or HUM 115.

• Accelerated Pathway (A Track) students may not enroll in GEN 127 or ENG 147 to satisfy programmatic prerequisites, general education or elective requirements.

• Continuously enrolled students in an approved entry point course should not execute a program or version change until completion of the entry point course to determine if the pathway diagnostic is required based on the outcome of the course.

• Students who have successfully completed an approved entry point course in a degree program and are re-entry or executing a program change will not be required to complete the pathway diagnostic and will be placed in the Accelerated Pathway (A Track).

• Students who previously completed an approved entry point course are not required to take GEN 127 or GEN 201.

• Students may not complete any of the following courses via Directed Study: GEN 201, GEN 127, ENG 147, or HUM 115.

• Satisfy University Proficiency Requirements • Undergraduate students must satisfy math and English

proficiencies as a condition of degree conferral and as a degree progression requirement prior to specific courses in their program.

• Students have the following options to fulfill proficiency: • Successful completion of University of Phoenix math and

English courses designated as applicable to the proficiency requirement

• Comparable regionally or approved nationally accredited transfer, or credit recommended by the American Council on Education transfer coursework that meets the following requirements:

-Completed within ten years of enrollment -Grade of C- or better (or academic equivalent) -At least 2.67 semester credits -Eligible to receive general education credits • Achieve a passing score (as established by the American Council

on Education) on a comparable National Testing Program (NTP) exam completed within ten years of enrollment.

• Demonstrate competency by meeting minimum passing score on University of Phoenix approved placement exam.

• Students who satisfied the English and/or math proficiency and sign a new enrollment agreement may carry forward the completed proficiency in their new program/version provided they have remained in continuous attendance in alignment with the University's Re-Entry policy.

Additional Residency Requirements and Course Waivers for the AAITT The 18 credit Information Systems and Technology Electives requirement may be satisfied by any of the following means: • Lower Division UOPX IS&T coursework. • Previously completed Lower or Upper Division coursework

from the College of IS&T. • Lower Division Certificate from the College of IS&T approved in

the student's state or jurisdiction. • Lower or Upper Division Information Technology transfer

coursework that is acceptable for transfer and was completed within the past five (5) years from current program enrollment agreement sign date with a grade of C or better.

• Lower or Upper Division Information Technology National Testing Program exams that are acceptable for transfer and were completed within the past five (5) years from current program enrollment agreement sign date.

• Lower or Upper Division Information Technology American Council on Education recommended (Military) credits that are acceptable for transfer and were completed within the past five (5) years from current program enrollment agreement sign date.

• Lower or Upper Division Information Technology Prior Learning Assessment (PLA) credits awarded to activities completed within the past five (5) years from current program enrollment agreement sign date.

Re-entry for the AAITT

Re-entry students who have successfully completed an approved entry point course in a degree program will not be required to complete the pathway diagnostic and will be placed in the Accelerated Pathway (A Track). They will not be required to enroll in the standard pathway (B Track) courses. Any student who has been out of attendance for more than 365 days from the last date of positive recorded attendance in a program applicable course is considered a re-entry student. Re-entry students may re-enroll into their program version without appeal if the program version is still the most current in their state or jurisdiction and the student has the ability to satisfy all program requirements within their original program completion deadline. Re-entry students whose program version is not the most current in their state or jurisdiction will be required to enroll into the most current version. Select programs may have additional re-entry requirements/ restrictions. Re-entry students should consult their Academic Advisor for guidance.

223

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

........................................................................................... Associate of Arts in Security Management

The following Associate of Arts in Security Management (AASEC) program may be offered at these University of Phoenix campus locations: Online, depending on state of residence. The availability of programs and concentrations depend on student demand and other factors. Not all programs may be available to all residents of all states. Students may want to consider completing certain courses in the Online classroom at Online rates if the program is available via the Online modality in their state.

........................................................................................... Please contact your enrollment representative for more information.

The mission of the Associate of Arts in Security Management (AASEC ) degree program is to develop critical thinking, creative decision-making, and management capabilities of private industry security practitioners that will enable professional success. Specifi- cally, the program prepares graduates to employ current security, management, and leadership theories and evidence-based prac- tices to: • Conduct and apply threat assessments and risk analysis,

manage integrated physical security systems and the appropriate identification, implementation and ongoing evaluation of security measures.

• Manage corporate investigations through applied investigative interviewing methodologies, case management, evidence collection and preparation of reports and testimony to substantiate findings.

• Apply security practices that enhance the corporate business model and function through workplace safety, loss prevention strategies, ethical applications and corporate communication skills.

For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program, and other important information, please visit our website at http://www.phoenix.edu/ programs/aasec. Preferred Sequence for the AASEC - Track A and B Courses requiring prerequisites are identified by a ~ symbol following the course number. Course descriptions for all courses are listed in the Course Guide section of the catalog (page B-1). Required: SEC 100 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits Introduction to Security Management Security Management Electives: SEC 120 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits Corporate Security Essentials SEC 130 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits Private Security Issues and Conflicts SEC 150 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits Insider Threats Fundamentals SEC 200 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits Emergency Management and Response SEC 240 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits Loss Prevention and Supply Chain Security The University's security and criminal justice programs are educational degree programs. For those interested in pursuing a career in law enforcement, corrections or as a peace officer with any particular local, state, federal or international agency, there are numerous additional qualifications (and often disqualifications) depending on the position. Before enrolling in a security and criminal justice program, potential students are highly encouraged to check with the relevant agency for a complete list of position requirements. The University makes no

representations regarding whether any particular University program will qualify a graduate for any such position. The University reserves the right to modify the required course of study. General Information for the AASEC • First time attendees with the University who indicate less than

24 previous college credits (as recognized by the university) on the admission application and who meet the requirements for "Admitted with Condition" status, will be admitted with condition to this program according to the risk free period policy. • Prior Learning Assessment and credits earned through

National Testing Programs are excluded from the calculation of previous college credits.

• Applicants must complete a Pathway Diagnostic before enrolling into their first credit-bearing course. The results of the diagnostic will determine placement in the Accelerated Pathway (A Track) or standard pathway (B Track).

• Students who are placed in the Accelerated Pathway may choose to pursue the standard pathway without appeal, but must complete the standard pathway in its entirety upon the change. Students who are placed in the standard pathway must appeal to pursue the Accelerated Pathway.

• Any student planning to complete an associate of arts degree prior to enrolling in a bachelor degree must complete all required credits of the associates degree and meet admission requirements for their chosen bachelor degree before enrolling in any University bachelor degree programs.

En-Route Credentials for the AASEC • Students may declare and earn additional credentials that are

approved in their state or jurisdiction en-route to completing the bachelor degree. Students must sign and submit the enrollment agreement that corresponds with the unique combination of desired credentials to be earned. Possible credentials include an associate degree and a lower division certificate. Listed below are all of the possible en-route credentials: • Asset Protection/Loss Prevention Certificate

(Undergraduate) • Students may apply for conferral of an en-route credential upon

meeting the following program requirements: • Successful completion of all the courses outlined in the

enrollment agreement for the credential • Achievement of the minimum program GPA • Fulfillment of the minimum University residency

requirement • Students may elect to update or remove the selected credentials

by completing a new enrollment agreement reflecting the new selection of credentials.

Additional Admission Requirements for AASEC • Applicants must be at least 16 years of age at the time of

application. • High school graduation from an institution that holds state

approval to confer high school diplomas or are accredited or a candidate for accreditation at the time the student attended by an acceptable accrediting body, GED certificate or CHSPE (California High School Proficiency Examination) certificate, or completion of the HiSET examination with a passing score.

224

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

COLLEGE OF INFORMATION SYSTEMS AND TECHNOLOGY

• South Carolina: Applicants attending a local campus in South Carolina must submit a copy of their high school diploma, high school transcript with graduation posted, GED certificate, GED transcript with successful completion posted, CHSPE examination results or a letter on letterhead from the high school records office confirming the date of graduation. Students may submit an Associate Degree posted transcript in lieu of the high school documentation. This may include a copy of a transcript or degree verification information from the institution's student website. Students can also submit a copy of a DD-214 showing high school graduation or equivalency to satisfy this requirement.

• Nevada: Applicants attending a local campus in Nevada must submit a copy of their high school diploma, high school transcript with graduation posted, GED certificate, GED transcript with successful completion posted, CHSPE examination results or a letter on letterhead from the high school records office confirming the date of graduation. Students may submit a college transcript which documents high school attended and date of completion or a copy of a DD-214 showing high school graduation or equivalency to satisfy this requirement.

• Tennessee: Students residing in Tennessee who are attending classes via the Online modality and students attending a local campus in Tennessee, including from any cross-border locations must provide the university with an official High School transcript or official GED score (if applicable). A college transcript which documents high school date of completion or a copy of a DD-214 showing high school graduation or equivalency may be submitted to satisfy this requirement.

• Signed Acknowledgement Form Degree Requirements for AASEC • Completion of a minimum of 60 credits that include the

following distribution: • General Education - 42 credits • Required Course of Study - 3 credits • Security Management Electives - 15 credits

• A minimum grade point average (GPA) of 2.0. • The diploma awarded for this program will read as:

Associate of Arts General Education Requirements for the AASEC The General Education requirements for this program are the fol- lowing: Communication Arts, 6 credits A Track must include: ENG 220, equivalent or higher B Track must include: ENG 147 Oregon campus students must use writing courses to complete the 6 credits of Communication Arts. This does not include Oregon students attending the Online Campus Mathematics, 6 credits Effective for Enrollment Agreements sign 6/1/2016 or later, must include 6 credits of quantitative reasoning or higher; or 6 credits of statistics or higher Science and Technology, 6 credits Must include SEC 250 Must include: 3 credits in the physical or biological sciences Humanities, 6 credits

Must include: SEC 220 Must include: HUM 115 Social Science, 9 credits Must include: SEC 110 and SEC 210 Nevada campus students must complete three (3) credits in Nevada Constitution. This does not include Nevada students attending the Online Campus. Additional Liberal Arts, 6 credits Must include: SEC 230 A Track must include: GEN 201 B Track must include: GEN 127 Interdisciplinary Component, 3 credits Must include: SEC 140 SEC 100 is a prerequisite for the following General Education courses: SEC 110, SEC 140, SEC 210, SEC 220, SEC 230, and SEC 250. Academic Progression Requirements for the AASEC • Students placed in the Accelerated Pathway (A Track) are

required to successfully complete GEN 201 followed by HUM 115 prior to proceeding into additional coursework in their programs.

• Standard pathway (B Track) students must satisfy all three (3) courses from the standard pathway prior to enrolling in any other course: GEN 127, HUM 115, ENG 147

• With the exception of ENG 147, GEN 127, GEN 201, and HUM 115, General Education and Elective course requirements may be satisfied by any of the following means: • University of Phoenix coursework, • Regionally or nationally accredited coursework (C- or higher

grade), • University of Phoenix Prior Learning Assessment • National Testing Programs, and • ACE evaluated Military credits.

• Accelerated Pathway (A Track) students have the option to satisfy HUM 115 by meeting one of the following criteria: • Transfer a regionally accredited Associate of Arts degree

from a community college, or higher degree from a regionally or approved nationally accredited institution.

• Transfer to UoPX with an Associate's Degree, or higher, from an articulated institution where the Program Transfer Guide requirements do not mandate completion of a critical thinking course.

• Transfer a Critical Thinking course of 2.67 credits or higher with a C- grade.

• Previous completion of an Associate of Arts or higher degree from UOPX.

• Previous completion of a Critical Thinking course with UOPX.

• Non-pathway students may not enroll in HUM 115 to satisfy programmatic prerequisites, general education, or elective requirements.

• Concurrent enrollment is prohibited during any of the following courses: GEN 201, GEN 127, ENG 147, or HUM 115.

• Accelerated Pathway (A Track) students may not enroll in GEN 127 or ENG 147 to satisfy programmatic prerequisites, general education or elective requirements.

225

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

• Continuously enrolled students in an approved entry point course should not execute a program or version change until completion of the entry point course to determine if the pathway diagnostic is required based on the outcome of the course.

• Students who have successfully completed an approved entry point course in a degree program and are re-entry or executing a program change will not be required to complete the pathway diagnostic and will be placed in the Accelerated Pathway (A Track).

• Students who previously completed an approved entry point course are not required to take GEN 127 or GEN 201.

• Students may not complete any of the following courses via Directed Study: GEN 201, GEN 127, ENG 147, or HUM 115.

• Satisfy University Proficiency Requirements • Undergraduate students must satisfy math and English

proficiencies as a condition of degree conferral and as a degree progression requirement prior to specific courses in their program.

• Students have the following options to fulfill proficiency: • Successful completion of University of Phoenix math and

English courses designated as applicable to the proficiency requirement

• Comparable regionally or approved nationally accredited transfer, or credit recommended by the American Council on Education transfer coursework that meets the following requirements:

-Completed within ten years of enrollment -Grade of C- or better (or academic equivalent) -At least 2.67 semester credits -Eligible to receive general education credits

• Achieve a passing score (as established by the American Council on Education) on a comparable National Testing Program (NTP) exam completed within ten years of enrollment.

• Demonstrate competency by meeting minimum passing score on University of Phoenix approved placement exam.

• Students who satisfied the English and/or math proficiency and sign a new enrollment agreement may carry forward the completed proficiency in their new program/version provided they have remained in continuous attendance in alignment with the University's Re-Entry policy.

Additional Residency Requirements and Course Waivers for the AASEC Students in this program may waive a maximum of 3 credits from their required course of study. The 15 credit Security Management Electives requirement may be satisfied by any of the following means: • Lower Division UOPX Security Management Elective

coursework. • Lower Division Certificate from the College of Information

Systems and Technology approved in the student's state or jurisdiction.

• Lower Division or Upper Division Security Management transfer coursework that is acceptable for transfer and was completed within the past ten (10)years from current program enrollment agreement sign date with a grade of C or better.

• Lower or Upper Division Security Management National Testing Program exams that are acceptable for transfer and were completed within the past ten(10) years from current program enrollment agreement sign date.

• Lower or Upper Division Security Management American Council on Education recommended (Military) credits that are acceptable for transfer and were completed within the past ten (10) years from current program enrollment agreement sign date.

• Lower or Upper Division Security Management Prior Learning Assessment (PLA) credits awarded to activities completed within the past ten (10) years from current program enrollment agreement sign date.

Re-entry for the AASEC Re-entry students who have successfully completed an approved entry point course in a degree program will not be required to com- plete the pathway diagnostic and will be placed in the Accelerated Pathway (A Track). They will not be required to enroll in the stan- dard pathway (B Track) courses. Any student who has been out of attendance for more than 365 days from the last date of positive recorded attendance in a pro- gram applicable course is considered a re-entry student. Re-entry students may re-enroll into their program version without appeal if the program version is still the most current in their state or jurisdiction and the student has the ability to satisfy all program requirements within their original program completion deadline. Re-entry students whose program version is not the most current in their state or jurisdiction will be required to enroll into the most current version. Select programs may have additional re-entry requirements/ restrictions. Re-entry students should consult their Academic Advisor for guidance.

........................................................................................... Associate of Arts in Security Management (Minnesota)

The following Associate of Arts in Security Management (AASEC) program may be offered at these University of Phoenix campus locations: Online, depending on state of residence. The availability of programs and concentrations depend on student demand and other factors. Not all programs may be available to all residents of all states. Students may want to consider completing certain courses in the Online classroom at Online rates if the program is available via the Online modality in their state.

........................................................................................... Please contact your enrollment representative for more information.

The mission of the Associate of Arts in Security Management (AASEC) degree program is to develop critical thinking, creative decision-making, and management capabilities of private industry security practitioners that will enable professional success. Specifi- cally, the program prepares graduates to employ current security, management, and leadership theories and evidence-based prac- tices to: • Conduct and apply threat assessments and risk analysis,

manage integrated physical security systems and the appropriate identification, implementation and ongoing evaluation of security measures.

• Manage corporate investigations through applied investigative interviewing methodologies, case management, evidence collection and preparation of reports and testimony to substantiate findings.

226

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

COLLEGE OF INFORMATION SYSTEMS AND TECHNOLOGY

• Apply security practices that enhance the corporate business model and function through workplace safety, loss prevention strategies, ethical applications and corporate communication skills.

For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program, and other important information, please visit our website at http://www.phoenix.edu/ programs/aasec. Preferred Sequence for the AASEC - Track A and B Courses requiring prerequisites are identified by a ~ symbol following the course number. Course descriptions for all courses are listed in the Course Guide section of the catalog (page B-1). Required: SEC 100 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits Introduction to Security Management Security Management Electives: SEC 120 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits Corporate Security Essentials SEC 130 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits Private Security Issues and Conflicts SEC 150 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits Insider Threats Fundamentals SEC 200 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits Emergency Management and Response SEC 240 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits Loss Prevention and Supply Chain Security The Associate of Arts in Security Management program does not satisfy the requirements of the Minnesota Police Officer Standards and Training Board. Students will not qualify to be a police officer nor sit for the licensing exam in Minnesota upon successful completion of this program. The University's security and criminal justice programs are educational degree programs. For those interested in pursuing a career in law enforcement, corrections or as a peace officer with any particular local, state, federal or international agency, there are numerous additional qualifications (and often disqualifications) depending on the position. Before enrolling in a security and criminal justice program, potential students are highly encouraged to check with the relevant agency for a complete list of position requirements. The University makes no representations regarding whether any particular University program will qualify a graduate for any such position. The University reserves the right to modify the required course of study. General Information for the AASEC • First time attendees with the University who indicate less than

24 previous college credits (as recognized by the university) on the admission application and who meet the requirements for "Admitted with Condition" status, will be admitted with condition to this program according to the risk free period policy. • Prior Learning Assessment and credits earned through

National Testing Programs are excluded from the calculation of previous college credits.

• Applicants must complete a Pathway Diagnostic before enrolling into their first credit-bearing course. The results of the diagnostic will determine placement in the Accelerated Pathway (A Track) or standard pathway (B Track).

• Students who are placed in the Accelerated Pathway may choose to pursue the standard pathway without appeal, but must complete the standard pathway in its entirety upon the change. Students who are placed in the standard pathway must appeal to pursue the Accelerated Pathway.

• Any student planning to complete an associate of arts degree prior to enrolling in a bachelor degree must complete all required credits of the associates degree and meet admission requirements for their chosen bachelor degree before enrolling in any University bachelor degree programs.

En-Route Credentials for the AASEC • Students may declare and earn additional credentials that are

approved in their state or jurisdiction en-route to completing the bachelor degree. Students must sign and submit the enrollment agreement that corresponds with the unique combination of desired credentials to be earned. Possible credentials include an associate degree and a lower division certificate. Listed below are all of the possible en-route credentials: • Asset Protection/Loss Prevention Certificate

(Undergraduate) • Students may apply for conferral of an en-route credential upon

meeting the following program requirements: • Successful completion of all the courses outlined in the

enrollment agreement for the credential • Achievement of the minimum program GPA • Fulfillment of the minimum University residency

requirement • Students may elect to update or remove the selected credentials

by completing a new enrollment agreement reflecting the new selection of credentials.

Additional Admission Requirements for AASEC • Applicants must be at least 16 years of age at the time of

application. • High school graduation from an institution that holds state

approval to confer high school diplomas or are accredited or a candidate for accreditation at the time the student attended by an acceptable accrediting body, GED certificate or CHSPE (California High School Proficiency Examination) certificate, or completion of the HiSET examination with a passing score.

• Signed Acknowledgement Form Degree Requirements for AASEC • Completion of a minimum of 66 credits that include the

following distribution: • General Education - 48 credits • Required Course of Study - 3 credits • Security Management Electives - 15 credits

• A minimum grade point average (GPA) of 2.0. • The diploma awarded for this program will read as:

Associate of Arts General Education Requirements for the AASEC The General Education requirements for this program are the fol- lowing: Communication Arts, 6 credits Must include: SEC 140 A Track must include: ENG 220, equivalent or higher B Track must include: ENG 147 Mathematics, 6 credits Effective for Enrollment Agreements sign 6/1/2016 or later, must include 6 credits of quantitative reasoning or higher; or 6 credits of statistics or

227

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

higher Natural Science, 9 credits Humanities, 9 credits Must include: SEC 220 Must include: HUM 115 Social Science, 9 credits Must include: SEC 110 and SEC 210 Additional Liberal Arts, 6 credits Must include: SEC/230 A Track must include: GEN 201 B Track must include: GEN 127 Students are required to complete at least 1 credit in either Communication Arts, Social Science, Natural Science, Humanities, or Mathematics. Note: SEC 230 will count toward additional social science credits. Interdisciplinary Component, 3 credits Must include: SEC 250 SEC 100 is a prerequisite for the following General Education courses: SEC 110, SEC 140, SEC 210, SEC 220, SEC 230, and SEC 250. Academic Progression Requirements for the AASEC • Students placed in the Accelerated Pathway (A Track) are

required to successfully complete GEN 201 followed by HUM 115 prior to proceeding into additional coursework in their programs.

• Standard pathway (B Track) students must satisfy all three (3) courses from the standard pathway prior to enrolling in any other course: GEN 127, HUM 115, ENG 147

• Accelerated Pathway (A Track) students have the option to satisfy HUM 115 by meeting one of the following criteria: • Transfer a regionally accredited Associate of Arts degree

from a community college, or higher degree from a regionally or approved nationally accredited institution.

• Transfer to UoPX with an Associate's Degree, or higher, from an articulated institution where the Program Transfer Guide requirements do not mandate completion of a critical thinking course.

• Transfer a Critical Thinking course of 2.67 credits or higher with a C- grade.

• Previous completion of an Associate of Arts or higher degree from UOPX.

• Previous completion of a Critical Thinking course with UOPX.

• Non-pathway students may not enroll in HUM 115 to satisfy programmatic prerequisites, general education, or elective requirements.

• Concurrent enrollment is prohibited during any of the following courses: GEN 201, GEN 127, ENG 147, or HUM 115.

• Accelerated Pathway (A Track) students may not enroll in GEN 127 or ENG 147 to satisfy programmatic prerequisites, general education or elective requirements.

• Continuously enrolled students in an approved entry point course should not execute a program or version change until completion of the entry point course to determine if the pathway diagnostic is required based on the outcome of the course.

• Students who have successfully completed an approved entry point course in a degree program and are re-entry or executing a program change will not be required to complete the pathway diagnostic and will be placed in the Accelerated Pathway (A Track).

• Students who previously completed an approved entry point course are not required to take GEN 127 or GEN 201.

• Students may not complete any of the following courses via Directed Study: GEN 201, GEN 127, ENG 147, or HUM 115.

• With the exception of ENG 147, GEN 127, GEN 201, and HUM 115, General Education and Elective course requirements may be satisfied by any of the following means: • University of Phoenix coursework, • Regionally or nationally accredited coursework (C- or higher

grade), • University of Phoenix Prior Learning Assessment • National Testing Programs, and • ACE evaluated Military credits.

• Satisfy University Proficiency Requirements • Undergraduate students must satisfy math and English

proficiencies as a condition of degree conferral and as a degree progression requirement prior to specific courses in their program.

• Students have the following options to fulfill proficiency: • Successful completion of University of Phoenix math and

English courses designated as applicable to the proficiency requirement

• Comparable regionally or approved nationally accredited transfer, or credit recommended by the American Council on Education transfer coursework that meets the following requirements:

-Completed within ten years of enrollment -Grade of C- or better (or academic equivalent) -At least 2.67 semester credits -Eligible to receive general education credits • Achieve a passing score (as established by the American Council

on Education) on a comparable National Testing Program (NTP) exam completed within ten years of enrollment.

• Demonstrate competency by meeting minimum passing score on University of Phoenix approved placement exam.

• Students who satisfied the English and/or math proficiency and sign a new enrollment agreement may carry forward the completed proficiency in their new program/version provided they have remained in continuous attendance in alignment with the University's Re-Entry policy.

Additional Residency Requirements and Course Waivers for the AASEC Students in this program may waive a maximum of 3 credits from their required course of study. The 15 credit Security Management Electives requirement may be satisfied by any of the following means: • Lower Division UOPX Security Management Elective

coursework. • Lower Division Certificate from the College of Information

Systems and Technology approved in the student's state or jurisdiction.

228

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

COLLEGE OF INFORMATION SYSTEMS AND TECHNOLOGY

• Lower Division or Upper Division Security Management transfer coursework that is acceptable for transfer and was completed within the past ten (10)years from current program enrollment agreement sign date with a grade of C or better.

• Lower or Upper Division Security Management National Testing Program exams that are acceptable for transfer and were completed within the past ten(10) years from current program enrollment agreement sign date.

• Lower or Upper Division Security Management American Council on Education recommended (Military) credits that are acceptable for transfer and were completed within the past ten (10) years from current program enrollment agreement sign date.

• Lower or Upper Division Security Management Prior Learning Assessment (PLA) credits awarded to activities completed within the past ten (10) years from current program enrollment agreement sign date.

Re-entry for the AASEC Re-entry students who have successfully completed an approved entry point course in a degree program will not be required to com- plete the pathway diagnostic and will be placed in the Accelerated Pathway (A Track). They will not be required to enroll in the stan- dard pathway (B Track) courses. Any student who has been out of attendance for more than 365 days from the last date of positive recorded attendance in a pro- gram applicable course is considered a re-entry student. Re-entry students may re-enroll into their program version without appeal if the program version is still the most current in their state or jurisdiction and the student has the ability to satisfy all program requirements within their original program completion deadline. Re-entry students whose program version is not the most current in their state or jurisdiction will be required to enroll into the most current version. Select programs may have additional re-entry requirements/ restrictions. Re-entry students should consult their Academic Advisor for guidance.

........................................................................................... Bachelor of Science in Security Management

The following Bachelor of Science in Security Management (BSSEC) program may be offered at these University of Phoenix campus locations: Online, depending on state of residence. The availability of programs and concentrations depend on student demand and other factors. Not all programs may be available to all residents of all states. Students may want to consider completing certain courses in the Online classroom at Online rates if the program is available via the Online modality in their state.

........................................................................................... Please contact your enrollment representative for more information.

The mission of the Bachelor of Science in Security Management (BSSEC) degree consistent with the University of Phoenix Mission and Purpose is to academically prepare students from diverse backgrounds for positions as private industry security practitio- ners. Students actively participating in the BSSEC program will receive core instruction which is aligned to private security indus- try standards relating to business operations and continuity, client relations, corporate security management methodologies, critical incident response, investigative techniques, laws and regulations, private security practices, personnel management, security tech- nology. For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program, and other important information, please visit our website at http://www.phoenix.edu/

programs/bssec. Program Student Learning Outcomes In addition to the knowledge and skills related to the University Learning Goals, College of Information Systems and Technology graduating students are intended to attain certain program-specific knowledge, skills and abilities. Therefore, you should be able to demonstrate the following learning outcomes by the time you com- plete this program. • Students will be able to identify and describe key components of

business operations and continuity, client relations and corporate security management methodologies.

• Students will be able to describe corporate investigative techniques, applicable laws and regulations, investigative interviewing methodologies, evidence collection procedures, preparation of reports, and investigation case management.

• Students will be able to design, direct, manage and apply threat assessment and risk analysis, and describe the implementation of ongoing evolution of security measures.

• Students will be able to apply security best practices to critical incident responses such as natural disasters, workplace violence, catastrophic events, and other internal and external risks and threats.

• Students will be able to apply critical-thinking and decision- making skills to effectively solve ethical situations related to personnel management in the security industry.

• Students will be able to evaluate and apply security technology needs for an organization based on security industry standards.

• Students will be able to describe and analyze the components of effective loss prevention and workplace safety programs based in security industry best practices and standards.

Preferred Sequence for the BSSEC Courses requiring prerequisites are identified by a ~ symbol following the course number. Course descriptions for all courses are listed in the Course Guide section of the catalog (page B-1). SEC 311 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits Security Management Fundamentals SEC 321 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits Survey of Security Specializations SEC 331 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits Industrial Safety SEC 319 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits Computers and Information Processing in Security SEC 300 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits Fundamentals of Human Resource Management in Security SEC 341 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits Criminology and the Criminal Justice System SEC 351 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits Legal and Regulatory Issues in Security Management SEC 361 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits Interpersonal Communications SEC 371 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits Finance and Budgeting Practices SEC 391 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits Organizational Behavior and Management SEC 401 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits Threat and Vulnerability Management SEC 431 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits Principles of Investigation

229

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

SEC 441 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits Security of Networks and Enterprise Systems SEC 481 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits Security Capstone Upper Division Security Management Electives SEC 411 ~.................................................................................. 3 credits Physical Security SEC 421 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits Personnel Security and Executive Protection SEC 451 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits Global Security Issues SEC 461 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits Terrorism SEC 471 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits Critical Incident Management SEC 489 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits Implementation of Security System Measures SEC 490 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits Physical Security Operations Capstone SEC 491 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits Enterprise Security Administration Capstone The University's security and criminal justice programs are educational degree programs. For those interested in pursuing a career in law enforcement, corrections or as a peace officer with any particular local, state, federal or international agency, there are numerous additional qualifications (and often disqualifications) depending on the position. Before enrolling in a security and criminal justice program, potential students are highly encouraged to check with the relevant agency for a complete list of position requirements. The University makes no representations regarding whether any particular University program will qualify a graduate for any such position. The University reserves the right to modify the required course of study. General Information for the BSSEC • First time attendees with the University who indicate less than

24 previous college credits (as recognized by the university) on the admission application and who meet the requirements for "Admitted with Condition" status, will be admitted with condition to this program according to the risk free period policy. • Prior Learning Assessment and credits earned through

National Testing Programs are excluded from the calculation of previous college credits.

• Applicants who have not previously completed an associate degree or higher at a regionally or approved nationally accredited institution must complete a Pathway Diagnostic before enrolling into their first credit-bearing course. The results of the diagnostic will determine placement in the Accelerated Pathway (A Track) or standard pathway (B Track).

• Students who have completed an associate degree or higher at a regionally or nationally accredited institution are not required to complete the Pathway Diagnostic and will be placed in the Accelerated Pathway (A Track).

• Students who are placed in the Accelerated Pathway may choose to pursue the standard pathway without appeal, but must complete the standard pathway in its entirety upon the change. Students who are placed in the standard pathway must appeal to pursue the Accelerated Pathway.

En-Route Credentials for the BSSEC • Students may declare and earn additional credentials that are

approved in their state or jurisdiction en-route to completing the bachelor degree. Students must sign and submit the enrollment agreement that corresponds with the unique combination of desired credentials to be earned. Possible credentials include an upper division certificate Listed below are all of the possible en- route credentials: • Critical Incident Response Certificate (Undergraduate) • Advanced Cyber Security Certificate (Undergraduate) • Physical Security Operations Certificate (Undergraduate) • Enterprise Security Administration Certificate

(Undergraduate) • Students may apply for conferral of an en-route credential upon

meeting the following program requirements: • Successful completion of all the courses outlined in the

enrollment agreement for the credential • Achievement of the minimum program GPA • Fulfillment of the minimum University residency

requirement • Students may elect to update or remove the selected credentials

by completing a new enrollment agreement reflecting the new selection of credentials.

Additional Admission Requirements for the BSSEC All applicants are expected to meet the following admissions requirements: • High school graduation from an institution that holds state

approval to confer high school diplomas or are accredited or a candidate for accreditation at the time the student attended by an acceptable accrediting body, GED certificate or CHSPE (California High School Proficiency Examination) certificate, or completion of the HiSET examination with a passing score. • Tennessee: Students residing in Tennessee who are attending

classes via the Online modality and students attending a local campus in Tennessee, including from any cross-border locations must provide the university with an official High School transcript or official GED score (if applicable). A college transcript which documents high school date of completion or a copy of a DD-214 showing high school graduation or equivalency may be submitted to satisfy this requirement.

• Applicants must be currently employed or have access to a work environment.

• Signed Acknowledgement Form Degree Requirements for the BSSEC • Completion of a minimum of 120 credits that include the

following distribution: • General Education - 51 credits • Required Course of Study - 42 credits • Upper Division Security Management Electives - 15 credits • Electives - 12 credits

A minimum of 42 upper division credits. A minimum of 51 of the 120 credits must be in the general education areas approved by the University.

• A minimum grade point average (GPA) of 2.0. • The diploma awarded for this program will read as:

Bachelor of Science in Security Management

230

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

COLLEGE OF INFORMATION SYSTEMS AND TECHNOLOGY

Academic Progression Requirements for the BSSEC • Students placed in the Accelerated Pathway (A Track) are

required to successfully complete GEN 201 followed by HUM 115 prior to proceeding into additional coursework in their programs.

• Standard pathway (B Track) students must satisfy all three (3) courses from the standard pathway prior to enrolling in any other course: GEN 127, HUM 115, ENG 147

• With the exception of ENG 147, GEN 127, GEN 201, and HUM 115, General Education and Elective course requirements may be satisfied by any of the following means: • University of Phoenix coursework, • Regionally or nationally accredited coursework (C- or higher

grade), • University of Phoenix Prior Learning Assessment • National Testing Programs, and • ACE evaluated Military credits.

• Accelerated Pathway (A Track) students have the option to satisfy HUM 115 by meeting one of the following criteria: • Transfer a regionally accredited Associate of Arts degree

from a community college, or higher degree from a regionally or approved nationally accredited institution.

• Transfer to UoPX with an Associate's Degree, or higher, from an articulated institution where the Program Transfer Guide requirements do not mandate completion of a critical thinking course.

• Transfer a Critical Thinking course of 2.67 credits or higher with a C- grade.

• Previous completion of an Associate of Arts or higher degree from UOPX.

• Previous completion of a Critical Thinking course with UOPX.

• Non-pathway students may not enroll in HUM 115 to satisfy programmatic prerequisites, general education, or elective requirements.

• Concurrent enrollment is prohibited during any of the following courses: GEN 201, GEN 127, ENG 147, or HUM 115.

• Accelerated Pathway (A Track) students may not enroll in GEN 127 or ENG 147 to satisfy programmatic prerequisites, general education or elective requirements.

• Continuously enrolled students in an approved entry point course should not execute a program or version change until completion of the entry point course to determine if the pathway diagnostic is required based on the outcome of the course.

• Students who have successfully completed an approved entry point course in a degree program and are re-entry or executing a program change will not be required to complete the pathway diagnostic and will be placed in the Accelerated Pathway (A Track).

• Students who previously completed an approved entry point course are not required to take GEN 127 or GEN 201.

• Students may not complete any of the following courses via Directed Study: GEN 201, GEN 127, ENG 147, or HUM 115.

• Satisfy University Proficiency Requirements • Undergraduate students must satisfy math and English

proficiencies as a condition of degree conferral and as a degree progression requirement prior to specific courses in their program.

• Students have the following options to fulfill proficiency:

• Successful completion of University of Phoenix math and English courses designated as applicable to the proficiency requirement

• Comparable regionally or approved nationally accredited transfer, or credit recommended by the American Council on Education transfer coursework that meets the following requirements:

-Completed within ten years of enrollment -Grade of C- or better (or academic equivalent) -At least 2.67 semester credits -Eligible to receive general education credits • Achieve a passing score (as established by the American Council

on Education) on a comparable National Testing Program (NTP) exam completed within ten years of enrollment.

• Demonstrate competency by meeting minimum passing score on University of Phoenix approved placement exam.

• Students who satisfied the English and/or math proficiency and sign a new enrollment agreement may carry forward the completed proficiency in their new program/version provided they have remained in continuous attendance in alignment with the University's Re-Entry policy.

• Students must earn a grade of "C-" or better in SEC 481 in order to complete the program. Students who earn a grade lower than "C-" must repeat the course until the minimum grade requirement is met.

Additional Residency Requirements and Course Waivers for the BSSEC • Students in this program may waive a maximum of 30 credits

from their required course of study. • Students earning a Security Management Certificate en-route to

completing the undergraduate degree may waive a maximum of 3 credits within the certificate program in addition to the 30 credits that can be waived in the BSSEC required course of study by meeting the following criteria: • The activity must have been completed at a regionally or

approved nationally accredited, or candidate for accreditation, college or university, or from an approved source of nontraditional transfer credit as listed in University transfer policy.

• The activity must have been completed within the past ten (10) years from current program enrollment agreement sign date with a grade of "C" (2.0) or better or comparable passing benchmark for nontraditional credits

• The activity must be comparable in content and semester academic credits to the University course it is replacing and must be an equivalent level or higher level course (i.e. graduate level coursework may be used to waive graduate or undergraduate coursework). Course descriptions must be included with the course waiver form in order for the Office of Admissions and Evaluation to review the course waiver request.

• Students earning a Security Management Certificate en-route must use the certificate coursework to fulfill the 15 credit Upper Division Security Management Electives requirement.

• Students not earning an Security Management Certificate en- route may satisfy the 15 credit Upper Division Security Management Electives requirement through the following means: • Approved UOPX Upper Division Security Management

coursework.

231

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

• Upper Division Security Management transfer coursework that is acceptable for transfer and was completed within the past ten (10) years from current program enrollment agreement sign date with a grade of C- or better.

• Upper Division Security Management National Testing Program exams that are acceptable for transfer and were completed within the past ten (10) years from current program enrollment agreement sign date.

• Upper Division Security Management American Council on Education recommended (Military) credits that are acceptable for transfer and were completed within the past ten (10) years from current program enrollment agreement sign date.

• Upper Division Security Management Prior Learning Assessment (PLA) credits awarded to activities completed within the past ten (10) years from current program enrollment agreement sign date.

• The following course in the Required Course of Study may not be waived: SEC 481

General Education Requirements for the BSSEC A minimum of 51 of the 120 credits must be in the general educa- tion areas approved by the University. Communication Arts, 6 credits A Track must include: ENG 220, equivalent or higher B Track must include: ENG 147 Mathematics, 6 credits Effective for Enrollment Agreements sign 6/1/2016 or later, must include 6 credits of quantitative reasoning or higher; or 6 credits of statistics or higher Science and Technology, 6 credits Must include three (3) credits in the physical or biological sciences Humanities, 6 credits B Track must include: HUM 115 Social Science, 6 credits Additional Liberal Arts, 6 credits A Track must include: GEN 201 B Track must include: GEN 127 Interdisciplinary Component, 15 credits Physical Education activity credits are limited to four (4) credits. Any credit that is not being applied to the primary major as a waiver may be applied to the lower division electives/Interdisciplinary requirement. Students who lack .67 or fewer general education credits may use interdisciplinary or elective credits to waive the balance. Students must use interdisciplinary or elective credits to waive the general education balance in order to complete the minimum general edu- cation credits required for their program. Re-entry for BSSEC Re-entry students who have successfully completed an approved entry point course in a degree program will not be required to com- plete the pathway diagnostic and will be placed in the Accelerated Pathway (A Track). They will not be required to enroll in the stan- dard pathway (B Track) courses. Any student who has been out of attendance for more than 365 days from the last date of positive recorded attendance in a pro- gram applicable course is considered a re-entry student. Re-entry students may re-enroll into their program version without appeal if the program version is still the most current in their state or jurisdiction and the student has the ability to satisfy all program requirements within their original program completion deadline.

Re-entry students whose program version is not the most current in their state or jurisdiction will be required to enroll into the most current version. Select programs may have additional re-entry requirements/ restrictions. Re-entry students should consult their Academic Advisor for guidance.

The Bachelor of Science in Organizational Security

........................................................................................... and Management

The following Bachelor of Science in Organizational Security and Management (BS/OSM) program may be offered at these University of Phoenix campus locations: Online, depending on state of residence. The availability of programs and concentrations depend on student demand and other factors. Not all programs may be available to all residents of all states. Students may want to consider completing certain courses in the Online classroom at Online rates if the program is available via the Online modality in their state. Please contact your enrollment

........................................................................................... representative for more information.

The Bachelor of Science in Organizational Security and Manage- ment degree is designed to address an increasing national and international need for greater technical competence and profes- sionalism in the security industry. The distinctions between the roles of criminal justice agencies and private security organizations are recognized and the degree program provides the required knowledge for a student to develop competency and management skills in organizational security. While the program includes courses in Terrorism and Homeland Security, it also recognizes the depth and breadth of the discipline and provides a variety of courses designed to expose students to the entire spectrum of the security profession. For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program, and other important information, please visit our website at http://www.phoenix.edu/ programs/bs-osm. Program Student Learning Outcomes In addition to the knowledge and skills related to the University Learning Goals, College of Information Systems and Technology graduating students are intended to attain certain program-specific knowledge, skills and abilities. Therefore, you should be able to demonstrate the following learning outcomes by the time you com- plete this program. • Students will demonstrate an integrated holistic approach to the

application of enterprise risk management techniques for physical and technology security.

• Students will comprehend and synthesize diverse ethical, competent and professional leadership skills that are founded on core values congruent with evidence-based legal and professional standards in the modern security discipline.

• Students will master effective, practical and sound security- based problem-solving skills, risk assessment methodologies based on theoretical and technical competence designed to efficiently identify and evaluate problems, utilize critical- thinking skills, and provide options for consideration for the implementation of evidence-based solutions to problems.

• Students will identify and describe key components of diverse leadership and communication skills.

• Students will apply understanding of STEM competencies relating to the occupational development of security personnel.

232

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

COLLEGE OF INFORMATION SYSTEMS AND TECHNOLOGY

• Students will apply learned concepts for the strategic design and development of security specializations and processes within both public and private organizations.

• Students will be able to apply business and financial management acumen to develop and implement fiscal strategies for criminal justice and security organizations.

• Students will define and determine strategies and best practices for enhancing team performance, including identifying implications of diversity for group effectiveness.

Required Course of Study for the BS/OSM Courses requiring prerequisites are identified by a ~ symbol following the course number. Course descriptions for all courses are listed in the Course Guide section of the catalog (page B-1). GEN 300 ................................................................................... 3 credits Skills for Professional Development SEC 310 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits Introduction to Organizational Security and Management SEC 320 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits Survey of Security Specializations CIS 319 ~ .................................................................................. 3 credits Computers and Information Processing MGT 431 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits Human Resources Management SEC 340 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits Criminology and the Criminal Justice System SEC 360 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits Interpersonal Communications SEC 390 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits Organizational Behavior and Management SEC 370 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits The Administration Process SEC 330 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits Industrial Safety SEC 350 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits Legal and Regulatory Issues in Security Management SEC 400 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits Threat and Vulnerability Management SEC 430 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits Principles of Investigation SEC 440 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits Security of Information Systems and Technology SEC 410 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits Physical Security SEC 420 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits Personal Security SEC 450 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits Global Security Issues SEC 460 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits Terrorism SEC 470 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits Homeland Security and Interagency Response SEC 480 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits Capstone Course The University reserves the right to modify the required course of study. The University's security and criminal justice programs are educational degree programs. For those interested in pursuing a career in law

enforcement, corrections or as a peace officer with any particular local, state, federal or international agency, there are numerous additional qualifications (and often disqualifications) depending on the position. Before enrolling in a security and criminal justice program, potential students are highly encouraged to check with the relevant agency for a complete list of position requirements. The University makes no representations regarding whether any particular University program will qualify a graduate for any such position. Additional Admission Requirements for the BS/OSM All applicants are expected to meet the following admissions requirements: • High school graduation from an institution that holds state

approval to confer high school diplomas or are accredited or a candidate for accreditation at the time the student attended by an acceptable accrediting body, GED certificate, CHSPE (California High School Proficiency Examination) certificate, or completion of the HiSET examination with a passing score. • Tennessee: Students residing in Tennessee who are attending

classes via the Online modality and students attending a local campus in Tennessee, including from any cross-border locations must provide the university with an official High School transcript or official GED score (if applicable). A college transcript which documents high school date of completion or a copy of a DD-214 showing high school graduation or equivalency may be submitted to satisfy this requirement.

• Applicants must be currently employed or have access to a work environment.

• Signed Criminal Conviction Prohibition Acknowledgement Form

Degree Requirements for the BS/OSM • Completion of a minimum of 120 credits that include the

following distribution: • A minimum of 57 upper division credits. • A minimum of 54 of the 120 credits must be in the general

education areas approved by the University. • A minimum grade point average (GPA) of 2.00. • A minimum of 120 total credits that include a minimum of 57

upper division credits. Students must satisfy all required courses of study and general education requirements. Any remaining credits may be satisfied by elective coursework.

• If a student fails to complete SEC 480 with a C- or better, the student must retake the course to satisfy the degree requirement.

Additional Academic Progression Requirements for the BS/ OSM • Applicants to this program will be required to follow the

university's First-Year Sequence policies. Students required to enter the First-Year Sequence will complete GEN 195 as the first course in their program. Students not required to enter the First- Year Sequence will complete GEN 200 as the first course in their program.

• With the exception of course requirements outlined in the First- Year Sequence policies, General Education and Elective course requirements may be satisfied by any of the following means: • University of Phoenix coursework, • Regionally or nationally accredited transfer coursework (C-

or higher grade), • UOPX Prior Learning Assessment • National Testing Programs, and

233

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

• ACE evaluated Military credits. • Many courses in the Required Course of Study build on or

reinforce each other. To ensure that students have the requisite skills for specific coursework, certain program areas must be satisfied before students can progress to others.

• Satisfy University Proficiency Requirements • Undergraduate students must satisfy math and English

proficiencies as a condition of degree conferral and as a degree progression requirement prior to specific courses in their program.

• Students have the following options to fulfill proficiency: • Successful completion of University of Phoenix math and

English courses designated as applicable to the proficiency requirement

• Comparable regionally or approved nationally accredited transfer, or credit recommended by the American Council on Education transfer coursework that meets the following requirements:

-Completed within ten years of enrollment -Grade of C- or better (or academic equivalent) -At least 2.67 semester credits -Eligible to receive general education credits • Achieve a passing score (as established by the American Council

on Education) on a comparable National Testing Program (NTP) exam completed within ten years of enrollment.

• Demonstrate competency by meeting minimum passing score on University of Phoenix approved placement exam.

• Students who satisfied the English and/or math proficiency and sign a new enrollment agreement may carry forward the completed proficiency in their new program/version provided they have remained in continuous attendance in alignment with the University's Re-Entry policy.

General Education Requirements for the BS/OSM A minimum of 54 of the 120 credits must be in the general educa- tion areas approved by the University. Communication Arts, 6 credits Mathematics, 6 credits Effective for Enrollment Agreements sign 6/1/2016 or later, must include 6 credits of quantitative reasoning or higher; or 6 credits of statistics or higher Science and Technology, 6 credits Must include at least 3 credits in the physical or biological sciences Humanities, 6 credits Social Science, 6 credits Additional Liberal Arts, 3 credits Interdisciplinary Component, 15 credits Any credit that is not being applied to the primary major as a waiver may be applied to the lower division electives/Interdisciplinary requirement. Physical Education activity credits are limited to four (4) credits. Professional Development, 3 credits GEN 300 is completed as part of the required course of study Integrating, 3 credits SEC 480 is completed as part of the required course of study Students who lack .67 or fewer general education credits may use excess interdisciplinary or elective credits to waive the balance. Students must use excess interdisciplinary or elective credits to waive the general education balance in order to complete the mini- mum general education credits required for their program.

General Education Requirements for the BS/OSM for Minnesota Students A minimum of 54 of the 120 credits must be in the general educa- tion areas approved by the University. Communication Arts, 6 credits Mathematics, 6 credits Effective for Enrollment Agreements sign 6/1/2016 or later, must include 6 credits of quantitative reasoning or higher; or 6 credits of statistics or higher Natural Science, 6 credits Humanities, 6 credits Social Science, 6 credits Additional Liberal Arts, 3 credits Interdisciplinary Component, 15 credits Any credit that is not being applied to the primary major as a waiver may be applied to the lower division electives/Interdisciplinary requirement. Physical Education activity credits are limited to four (4) credits. Professional Development, 3 credits GEN 300 is completed as part of the required course of study Integrating, 3 credits SEC 480 is completed as part of the required course of study Students who lack .67 or fewer general education credits may use excess interdisciplinary or elective credits to waive the balance. Students must use excess interdisciplinary or elective credits to waive the general education balance in order to complete the mini- mum general education credits required for their program. For a description of the preceding general education areas, see the Undergraduate Programs section within this catalog. Additional Residency Requirements and Course Waivers for the BS/OSM Students in this program may waive a maximum of 30 credits from their required course of study. The following courses in the Required Course of Study may not be waived: GEN 300, SEC 480 Re-entry for the BS/OSM With the exception of BSED/E, BSLS, LVN/BSN, LPN/BSN, and BSN, students who have been out of attendance for a period of more than 365 days from the last date of positive recorded atten- dance in a program applicable course, and who have less than 24 credits from a combination of UOPX credits, previous college cred- its listed on the initial application for admission, and any addi- tional college credits listed on the re-entry paperwork, are required to enroll in the First-Year Sequence upon re-entry. Students who have been out of attendance for a period of more than 365 days from the last date of positive recorded attendance in a program applicable course, and who have 24 or more credits from a combination of UOPX credits, previous college credits listed on the initial application for admission, and any additional college credits listed on the re-entry paperwork, are not required to enroll in the First-Year Sequence upon re-entry. Students who have been out of attendance for a period of more than 365 days from the last date of positive recorded attendance in a program applicable course, and who have 12 or more UOPX credits, and a total of 24 or more credits from a combination of UOPX credits, previous college credits listed on the initial applica- tion for admission, and any additional college credits listed on the re-entry paperwork will not be required to complete GEN 200 upon re-entry. Any student who has been out of attendance for more than 365

234

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

COLLEGE OF INFORMATION SYSTEMS AND TECHNOLOGY

days from the last date of positive recorded attendance in a pro- gram applicable course is considered a re-entry student. Re-entry students may re-enroll into their program version without appeal if the program version is still the most current in their state or jurisdiction and the student has the ability to satisfy all program requirements within their original program completion deadline. Re-entry students whose program version is not the most current in their state or jurisdiction will be required to enroll into the most current version. Select programs may have additional re-entry requirements/ restrictions. Re-entry students should consult their Academic Advisor for guidance.

........................................................................................... Bachelor of Science in Information Technology

The following Bachelor of Science in Information Technology (BSIT) program may be offered at these University of Phoenix campus locations: Online, depending on state of residence. The availability of programs and en-route credentials depend on student demand and other factors. Not all programs and en-route credentials may be available to all residents of all states. Students may want to consider completing certain courses in the Online classroom at Online rates if the program is available via the Online modality in their state. Please contact your enrollment

........................................................................................... representative for more information.

The Bachelor of Science in Information Technology (BSIT) program provides the knowledge to successfully apply information technol- ogy theory and principles to address real world business opportu- nities and challenges. The program covers fundamental and advanced knowledge in a variety of IT related topic areas. The pro- gram provides the opportunity to specialize through the selection of University of Phoenix IT academic certificates, aligned to indus- try certifications, to support IT career goals. For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program, and other important information, please visit our website at http://www.phoenix.edu/ programs/bsit

Program Student Learning Outcomes

In addition to the knowledge and skills related to the University Learning Goals, College of Information Systems and Technology graduating students are intended to attain certain program-specific knowledge, skills and abilities. Therefore, you should be able to demonstrate the following learning outcomes by the time you com- plete this program. • Students will be able to apply key principles of systems analysis

and design to selected business processes within the organization in order to implement effective information systems. (BSA - Business Systems Analysis)

• Students will be able to design and develop key database structures meeting selected business requirements for effective storage and retrieval of information. (DBM - Database Management)

• Students will be able to explain implementation, integration and maintenance for IT applications to support selected business processes. (INT - Integration)

• Students will be able to explain information systems security that will comply with key requirements of accepted industry standards to support and improve the security of an organization's systems. (ISS - Information Systems Security)

• Students will be able to explain select network and telecommunications technologies that will comply with key requirements of accepted industry standards to improve organizational network communications. (NTC - Networking)

• Students will be able to explain and develop an effective IT project plan using selected accepted project management standards to manage projects in a cost-effective manner. (PPL - Project Planning)

• Students will be able to design and develop computer programs using standards promoted by the Association of Software Professionals (ASP) to promote the quality and effectiveness of programs. (PRG - Programming)

• Students will be able to design and develop a website using selected professional web design principles and standards to facilitate the professional appearance of an organization. (WEB - Web development)

Program Category Requirements for the BSIT

Some courses require prerequisites. Prerequisites and course descriptions for all courses are listed in the Course Guide section of the catalog (page B-1).

Systems Integration, 6 total credits

CIS 207 ~ .................................................................................. 3 credits Information Systems Fundamentals CMGT 445 ~ ............................................................................ 3 credits Application Implementation

Web Systems, 3 total credits

WEB 240 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits Web Design Fundamentals

Networking, 3 total credits

NTC 362 ~................................................................................ 3 credits Fundamentals of Networking

Information Management, 3 total credits

DBM 380 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits Database Concepts

Security, 3 total credits

CMGT 400 ~ ............................................................................ 3 credits Intro to Information Assurance & Security

Programming, 3 total credits

PRG 420 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Java Programming I

Supporting IT Principles, 9 total credits

BSA 375 ~................................................................................. 3 credits Fundamentals of Business Systems Development CMGT 410 ~ ............................................................................ 3 credits Project Planning & Implementation PRG 211 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Algorithms and Logic for Computer Programming

Enhanced Math, 3 total credits

MTH 221 ~............................................................................... 3 credits Discrete Math for IT MTH 280 ~............................................................................... 3 credits Calculus I

235

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

Information Systems and Technology Electives, 15 total credits

The University reserves the right to modify the required course of study.

General Information for the BSIT

• First time attendees with the University who indicate less than 24 previous college credits (as recognized by the university) on the admission application and who meet the requirements for "Admitted with Condition" status, will be admitted with condition to this program according to the risk free period policy. • Prior Learning Assessment and credits earned through

National Testing Programs are excluded from the calculation of previous college credits.

• Applicants who have not previously completed an associate degree or higher at a regionally or approved nationally accredited institution must complete a Pathway Diagnostic before enrolling into their first credit-bearing course. The results of the diagnostic will determine placement in the Accelerated Pathway (A Track) or standard pathway (B Track).

• Students who have completed an associate degree or higher at a regionally or nationally accredited institution are not required to complete the Pathway Diagnostic and will be placed in the Accelerated Pathway (A Track).

• Students who are placed in the Accelerated Pathway may choose to pursue the standard pathway without appeal, but must complete the standard pathway in its entirety upon the change. Students who are placed in the standard pathway must appeal to pursue the Accelerated Pathway.

En-Route Credentials for the BSIT

Students may declare and earn additional credentials that are approved in their state or jurisdiction en-route to completing the bachelor degree. Students must sign and submit the enrollment agreement that corresponds with the unique combination of desired credentials to be earned. Possible credentials include an associate degree, lower division certificate, and/or upper division certificate. Listed below are all of the possible en-route credentials: • Advanced Multimedia Development Certificate

(Undergraduate) • Multimedia Development Certificate (Undergraduate) • Advanced Software Developer Certificate (Undergraduate) • Advanced Cyber Security Certificate (Undergraduate) • Advanced Networking Certificate (Undergraduate) • Associate of Arts with a Concentration in Information

Technology Students may apply for conferral of an en-route credential upon meeting the following program requirements: • Successful completion of all the courses outlined in the

enrollment agreement for the credential • Achievement of the minimum program GPA • Fulfillment of the minimum University residency requirement Students may elect to update or remove the selected credentials by completing a new enrollment agreement reflecting the new selec- tion of credentials.

Additional Admission Requirements for the BSIT

All applicants are expected to meet the following admissions requirements:

• High school graduation from an institution that holds state approval to confer high school diplomas or are accredited or a candidate for accreditation at the time the student attended by an acceptable accrediting body, GED certificate or CHSPE (California High School Proficiency Examination) certificate, or completion of the HiSET examination with a passing score. • Tennessee: Students residing in Tennessee who are attending

classes via the Online modality and students attending a local campus in Tennessee, including from any cross-border locations must provide the university with an official High School transcript or official GED score (if applicable). A college transcript which documents high school date of completion or a copy of a DD-214 showing high school graduation or equivalency may be submitted to satisfy this requirement.

• Applicants must be currently employed or have access to a work environment.

• Signed Hardware/Software Agreement • Students who have previously completed a regionally

accredited Associate of Arts or Associate of Science degree from a Community College will be eligible to apply all of the credits earned for the associate degree towards the lower division general education and elective requirements at University of Phoenix. The transfer coursework will be applied as a block at the time of admission to the program. Students utilizing this policy will need to meet the following conditions: • Satisfy the Accelerated Pathway entry course sequence

(GEN 201 and HUM 115), unless otherwise stated in policy. • Satisfy the MTH 220 General Education requirement. • Complete a minimum of 15 credits of upper division

Information Technology elective coursework or enroll in an en-route upper division Information Technology certificate approved in the student's state or jurisdiction.

• Meet all prerequisite or state specific content requirements as outlined in the Academic Progression, Preferred Course Sequence, and General Education Requirements policy sections for their BSIT program.

Degree Requirements for the BSIT

• Completion of a minimum of 120 credits that include the following distribution: • General Education - 45 credits • Required Course of Study - 33 credits • Information Systems and Technology Electives - 15 credits • Electives - 6 credits • Upper Division Electives - 21 credits

• A minimum of 42 upper division credits. • A minimum grade point average (GPA) of 2.0. • The diploma awarded for this program will read as:

Bachelor of Science in Information Technology

General Education Requirements for the BSIT

A minimum of 45 of the 120 credits must be in the general educa- tion areas approved by the University. Communication Arts, 6 credits A Track must include: COMM 215, equivalent or higher B Track must include: ENG 147 Mathematics, 6 credits Effective for Enrollment Agreements sign 6/1/2016 or later, must include

236

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

COLLEGE OF INFORMATION SYSTEMS AND TECHNOLOGY

6 credits of college algebra or higher Science & Technology, 6 credits Must include at least three (3) credits in the physical or biological sciences Humanities, 6 credits (Must include: HUM 115) Social Science, 6 credits Additional Liberal Arts, 6 credits A Track must include: GEN 201 B Track must include: GEN 127 Interdisciplinary Component, 9 credits Any credit that is not being applied to the primary major as a waiver may be applied to the lower division electives/Interdisciplinary requirement. Physical Education activity credits are limited to four (4) credits. Students who lack .67 or fewer general education credits may use interdisciplinary or elective credits to waive the balance. Students must use interdisciplinary or elective credits to waive the general education balance in order to complete the minimum general edu- cation credits required for their program. Graduate coursework from the College of Information Systems and Technology may be completed as an option to satisfy credits within the Upper Division Elective requirement.

General Education Requirements for the BSIT for Minnesota Students

A minimum of 45 of the 120 credits must be in the general educa- tion areas approved by the University. Communication Arts, 6 credits A Track must include: COMM 215, equivalent or higher B Track must include: ENG 147 Mathematics, 6 credits Effective for Enrollment Agreements sign 6/1/2016 or later, must include 6 credits of college algebra or higher Natural Science, 6 credits Humanities, 6 credits Must include: HUM 115 Social Science, 6 credits Additional Liberal Arts, 6 credits A Track must include: GEN 201 B Track must include: GEN 127 Interdisciplinary Component, 9 credits Physical Education activity credits are limited to four (4) credits. Students who lack .67 or fewer general education credits may use interdisciplinary or elective credits to waive the balance. Students must use interdisciplinary or elective credits to waive the general education balance in order to complete the minimum general edu- cation credits required for their program. Graduate coursework from the College of Information Systems and Technology may be completed as an option to satisfy credits within the Upper Division Elective requirement.

General Education Requirements for the BSIT for Minnesota Students obtaining an Associates En-Route Credential

A minimum of 45 of the 120 credits must be in the general educa- tion areas approved by the University. Communication Arts, 6 credits A Track must include: COMM 215, equivalent or higher B Track must include: ENG 147 Mathematics, 6 credits Effective for Enrollment Agreements sign 6/1/2016 or later, must include

6 credits of college algebra or higher Natural Science, 9 credits Humanities, 9 credits Must include: HUM 115 Social Science, 9 credits Additional Liberal Arts, 6 credits A Track must include: GEN 201 B Track must include: GEN 127 Students are required to complete at least 1 credit in either Communication Arts, Social Science, Natural Science, Humanities, or Mathematics. Students who lack .67 or fewer general education credits may use interdisciplinary or elective credits to waive the balance. Students must use interdisciplinary or elective credits to waive the general education balance in order to complete the minimum general edu- cation credits required for their program. Graduate coursework from the College of Information Systems and Technology may be completed as an option to satisfy credits within the Upper Division Elective requirement.

Academic Progression Requirements for the BSIT

• Students placed in the Accelerated Pathway (A Track) are required to successfully complete GEN 201 followed by HUM 115 prior to proceeding into additional coursework in their programs.

• Standard pathway (B Track) students must satisfy all three (3) courses from the standard pathway prior to enrolling in any other course: GEN 127, HUM 115, ENG 147

• Accelerated Pathway (A Track) students have the option to satisfy HUM 115 by meeting one of the following criteria: • Transfer a regionally accredited Associate of Arts degree

from a community college, or higher degree from a regionally or approved nationally accredited institution.

• Transfer to UoPX with an Associate's Degree, or higher, from an articulated institution where the Program Transfer Guide requirements do not mandate completion of a critical thinking course.

• Transfer a Critical Thinking course of 2.67 credits or higher with a C- grade.

• Previous completion of an Associate of Arts or higher degree from UOPX.

• Previous completion of a Critical Thinking course with UOPX.

• Non-pathway students may not enroll in HUM 115 to satisfy programmatic prerequisites, general education, or elective requirements.

• Accelerated Pathway (A Track) students may not enroll in GEN 127 or ENG 147 to satisfy programmatic prerequisites, general education or elective requirements.

• Concurrent enrollment is prohibited during any of the following courses: GEN 201, GEN 127, ENG 147, or HUM 115.

• Continuously enrolled students in an approved entry point course should not execute a program or version change until completion of the entry point course to determine if the pathway diagnostic is required based on the outcome of the course.

237

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

• Students who have successfully completed an approved entry point course in a degree program and are re-entry or executing a program change will not be required to complete the pathway diagnostic and will be placed in the Accelerated Pathway (A Track).

• Students who previously completed an approved entry point course are not required to take GEN 127 or GEN 201.

• Students may not complete any of the following courses via Directed Study: GEN 201, GEN 127, ENG 147, or HUM 115.

• With the exception of ENG 147, GEN 127, GEN 201, and HUM 115, General Education and Elective course requirements may be satisfied by any of the following means: • University of Phoenix coursework, • Regionally or nationally accredited coursework (C- or higher

grade), • UOPX Prior Learning Assessment, • National Testing Programs, and • ACE evaluated Military credits.

• Satisfy University Proficiency Requirements • Undergraduate students must satisfy math and English

proficiencies as a condition of degree conferral and as a degree progression requirement prior to specific courses in their program.

• Students have the following options to fulfill proficiency: • Successful completion of University of Phoenix math and

English courses designated as applicable to the proficiency requirement

• Comparable regionally or approved nationally accredited transfer, or credit recommended by the American Council on Education transfer coursework that meets the following requirements:

-Completed within ten years of enrollment -Grade of C- or better (or academic equivalent) -At least 2.67 semester credits -Eligible to receive general education credits • Achieve a passing score (as established by the American Council

on Education) on a comparable National Testing Program (NTP) exam completed within ten years of enrollment.

• Demonstrate competency by meeting minimum passing score on University of Phoenix approved placement exam.

• Students who satisfied the English and/or math proficiency and sign a new enrollment agreement may carry forward the completed proficiency in their new program/version provided they have remained in continuous attendance in alignment with the University's Re-Entry policy.

Additional Residency Requirements and Course Waivers for the BSIT

Students in this program may waive a maximum of 21 credits from their required course of study. The 15 credit Information Systems and Technology Electives requirement may be satisfied by any of the following means: • Lower/Upper Division or Graduate IS&T University of Phoenix

coursework. • Previously completed Graduate coursework from the College of

IS&T. • Lower or Upper Division Certificate approved in the student's

state or jurisdiction.

• Lower/Upper Division or Graduate Information Technology transfer coursework that is acceptable for transfer and was completed within the past five (5) years from current program enrollment agreement sign date with a grade of C- or better.

• Lower or Upper Division Information Technology National Testing Program exams that are acceptable for transfer and were completed within the past five (5) years from current program enrollment agreement sign date.

• Lower or Upper Division Information Technology American Council on Education recommended (Military) credits that are acceptable for transfer and were completed within the past five (5) years from current program enrollment agreement sign date.

• Lower or Upper Division Information Technology Prior Learning Assessment (PLA) credits awarded to activities completed within the past five (5) years from current program enrollment agreement sign date.

Re-entry for the BSIT

Re-entry students who have successfully completed an approved entry point course in a degree program will not be required to complete the pathway diagnostic and will be placed in the Accelerated Pathway (A Track). They will not be required to enroll in the standard pathway (B Track) courses. Any student who has been out of attendance for more than 365 days from the last date of positive recorded attendance in a program applicable course is considered a re-entry student. Re-entry students may re-enroll into their program version without appeal if the program version is still the most current in their state or jurisdiction and the student has the ability to satisfy all program requirements within their original program completion deadline. Re-entry students whose program version is not the most current in their state or jurisdiction will be required to enroll into the most current version. Select programs may have additional re-entry requirements/ restrictions. Re-entry students should consult their Academic Advisor for guidance.

238

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

COLLEGE OF HEALTH PROFESSIONS

.....................................................................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................................................... COLLEGE OF HEALTH PROFESSIONS

The College of Health Professions provides a blend of the business and management focus of health care with the clinical/delivery focus of nursing. Each academic program area will provide stu- dents with the insight and perspectives needed to support their specific career focus. .....................................................................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................................................... School of Health Services Administration

As the health care industry expands and evolves at a rapid rate, jobs in health care administration (the “business” side of health care) are expected to increase by 23 percent between 2012 and 2022.1 Whether you are already working in the field and looking to deepen your knowledge and advance in your profession, or if you are new to health care and want to gain the skills needed to launch a new career, The University of Phoenix® School of Health Services Administration will equip you with the leading-edge training you need to succeed in today's dynamic health care environment-and to effectively tackle all of tomorrow's challenges.

........................................................................................... The Bachelor of Science in Health Administration

The following Bachelor of Science in Health Administration (BSHA) program may be offered at these University of Phoenix campus locations: Online, depending on state of residence. The availability of programs and concentrations depend on student demand and other factors. Not all programs may be available to all residents of all states. Students may want to consider completing certain courses in the Online classroom at Online rates if the program is available via the Online modality in their state.

........................................................................................... Please contact your enrollment representative for more information.

The Bachelor of Science in Health Administration (BSHA) Program is designed to integrate a framework of general education courses with a health care curriculum that prepares the graduate with the foundational knowledge needed to enter today's challenging health industry. The BSHA curriculum addresses the basic body of knowledge, understanding, and skills identified as relevant to an ever expanding and diverse health care arena. Coursework includes content in some of the following areas- management, finance, legal and ethical parameters, risk and quality manage- ment, human resources, and information systems. Upon comple- tion of the core curriculum health care students have the opportunity to select an area of focus that is designed to expand their professional opportunities. For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program, and other important information, please visit our website at http://www.phoenix.edu/ programs/bsha. Program Student Learning Outcomes In addition to the knowledge and skills related to the University Learning Goals, School of Health Services Administration graduat- ing students are intended to attain certain program-specific knowl- edge, skills and abilities. Therefore, you should be able to demonstrate the following learning outcomes by the time you com- plete this program. • Students will be able to analyze a health care organization from

a market-based perspective.

• Students will be able to analyze financial and economic issues in the health care industry.

• Students will be able to explain the application of risk and quality management concepts in the health care industry.

• Students will be able to analyze the utilization and application of technology within a health care organization.

• Students will be able to apply management and adaptable leadership skills in the health care industry.

BSHA Foundation Courses Courses requiring prerequisites are identified by a ~ symbol following the course number. Course descriptions for all courses are listed in the Course Guide section of the catalog (page B-1).

HCS 120 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits

Medical Terminology for Health Care Professionals

HCS 131 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits

Business Communication Skills for Health Care Professionals

HCS 235 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits

Health Care Delivery in the U. S. HCIS 140 ~............................................................................... 3 credits

Fundamentals of Electronic Health Records

BSHA Core Courses HCS 305 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits

Health Care Professional Development

HCS 335 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits

Health Care Ethics and Social Responsibility HCS 325 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits

Health Care Management HCS 370 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits

Organizational Behavior

HCS 341 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits

Human Resources in Health Care

HCS 380 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits

Health Care Accounting

HCS 385 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits

Health Care Finance

HCS 490 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits

Health Care Consumer - Trends and Marketing

HCS 457 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits

Public and Community Health

HCS 483 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits

Health Care Information Systems

239

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

HCS 451 ~................................................................................. 3 credits

Health Care Quality Management and Outcomes Analysis

HCS 465 ~................................................................................. 3 credits

Health Care Research Utilization

HCS 499 ~................................................................................. 3 credits

Health Care Strategy Capstone

BSHA Health Administration Electives The electives below are intended for students earning their Associ- ates en-route to the BSHA or students pursuing the BSHA with no en-route credential. Students may satisfy the 15 credit Upper Division Health Adminis- tration Electives using the courses below and their respective equivalencies. Students earning a certificate en-route will fulfill the 15 credit Upper Division Health Administration Electives using the certificate coursework. The School of Health Service Administration recommends students select and complete all courses within one elective track. General Health Administration Elective Track: HCS 430 ~................................................................................. 3 credits

Legal Issues in Health Care: Regulation and Compliance

HCS 446 ~................................................................................. 3 credits

Facility Planning

HCS 455 ~................................................................................. 3 credits

Health Care Policy: The Past and the Future

HCS 456 ~................................................................................. 3 credits

Risk Management

HCS 475 ~................................................................................. 3 credits

Leadership and Performance Development

Health Information Systems Track: HCIS 410 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits

Project Planning and Implementation in Health Care

BSA 376 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits

Systems Analysis and Design

NTC 361 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits

Network and Telecommunications Concepts

DBM 381~ ................................................................................ 3 credits

Database Concepts

HCIS 420 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits

Information Systems Risk Management in Health Care

Retail Health Management Track: RHM 410 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits

The Landscape of Health Care in Retail Health Clinics

RHM 420 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits

The Management of Retail Health Clinics

RHM 430 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits

Technology and Digital Health Care in Retail Health Clinics

RHM 440 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits

Regulatory and Compliance in the Retail Health Environment

RHM 450 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits

Retail Health Financial Strategies

The University reserves the right to modify the required course of study as necessary.

General Information for the BSHA • First time attendees with the University who indicate less than

24 previous college credits (as recognized by the university) on the admission application and who meet the requirements for "Admitted with Condition" status, will be admitted with condition to this program according to the risk free period policy. • Prior Learning Assessment and credits earned through

National Testing Programs are excluded from the calculation of previous college credits.

• Applicants who have not previously completed an associate degree or higher at a regionally or approved nationally accredited institution must complete a Pathway Diagnostic before enrolling into their first credit-bearing course. The results of the diagnostic will determine placement in the Accelerated Pathway (A Track) or standard pathway (B Track).

• Students who have completed an associate degree or higher at a regionally or nationally accredited institution are not required to complete the Pathway Diagnostic and will be placed in the Accelerated Pathway (A Track).

• Students who are placed in the Accelerated Pathway may choose to pursue the standard pathway without appeal, but must complete the standard pathway in its entirety upon the change. Students who are placed in the standard pathway must appeal to pursue the Accelerated Pathway.

En-Route Credentials for the BSHA • Students may declare and earn additional credentials that are

approved in their state or jurisdiction en-route to completing the bachelor degree. Students must sign and submit the enrollment agreement that corresponds with the unique combination of desired credentials to be earned. Possible credentials include an associate degree and/or upper division certificate. Listed below are all of the possible en-route credentials: • Long Term Care Certificate

• Students may apply for conferral of an en-route credential upon meeting the following program requirements: • Successful completion of all the courses outlined in the

enrollment agreement for the credential • Achievement of the minimum program GPA • Fulfillment of the minimum University residency

requirement • Students may elect to update or remove the selected credentials

by completing a new enrollment agreement reflecting the new selection of credentials.

Additional Admission Requirements for the BSHA

All applicants are expected to meet the following admissions requirements: • High school graduation from an institution that holds state

approval to confer high school diplomas or are accredited or a candidate for accreditation at the time the student attended by an acceptable accrediting body, GED certificate or CHSPE (California High School Proficiency Examination) certificate, or completion of the HiSET examination with a passing score.

240

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

School of Health Services Administration

• Tennessee: Students residing in Tennessee who are attending classes via the Online modality and students attending a local campus in Tennessee, including from any cross-border locations must provide the university with an official High School transcript or official GED score (if applicable). A college transcript which documents high school date of completion or a copy of a DD-214 showing high school graduation or equivalency may be submitted to satisfy this requirement.

• Applicants must be currently employed or have access to a work environment.

Degree Requirements for the BSHA

• Completion of a minimum of 120 credits that include the following distribution: • General Education - 45 credits • Required Course of Study (BSHA) - 51 credits • Upper Division Health Administration Electives - 15 credits • Electives - 9 credits

• A minimum of 42 upper division credits. • A minimum grade point average (GPA) of 2.0. • The diploma awarded for this program will read as:

Bachelor of Science in Health Administration

General Education Requirements for the BSHA

A minimum of 45 of the 120 credits must be in the general educa- tion areas approved by the University. Communication Arts, 6 credits A Track must include: ENG 220, equivalent or higher B Track must include: ENG 147 Mathematics, 6 credits Effective for Enrollment Agreements sign 6/1/2016 or later, must include 6 credits of quantitative reasoning or higher; or 6 credits of statistics or higher Science and Technology, 6 credits Must include: HCS 245 Humanities, 6 credits Must include: HUM 115 Social Science, 6 credits Additional Liberal Arts, 6 credits A Track must include: GEN 201 B Track must include: GEN 127 Interdisciplinary Component, 9 credits Any credit that is not being applied to the primary major as a waiver may be applied to the lower division electives/Interdisciplinary requirement. Physical Education activity credits are limited to four (4) credits. Students who lack .67 or fewer general education credits may use interdisciplinary or elective credits to waive the balance. Students must use interdisciplinary or elective credits to waive the general education balance in order to complete the minimum general edu- cation credits required for their program. MHA Pathway Policy for the BSHA Bachelor of Science in Health Administration (BSHA) students who want to transition into the Masters of Health Administration (MHA) degree program may complete a maximum of six (6) grad- uate-level credits as part of their Elective requirement. These courses may only be taken after the completion of the required course of study.

MHA 505.................................................................................. 3 credits

Systems Thinking in health care environments

MHA 507 ................................................................................. 3 credits

Leveraging informatics in the health sector

MHA 508 ................................................................................. 3 credits

Navigating the regulatory environment in health care

MHA 542 ................................................................................. 3 credits

Leading with authenticity in the health sector

MHA 560 ................................................................................. 3 credits

Creating a sustainable legacy: healthy communities

Academic Progression Requirements for the BSHA

• Students placed in the Accelerated Pathway (A Track) are required to successfully complete GEN 201 followed by HUM 115 prior to proceeding into additional coursework in their programs.

• Standard pathway (B Track) students must satisfy all three (3) courses from the standard pathway prior to enrolling in any other course: GEN 127, HUM 115, ENG 147

• Accelerated Pathway (A Track) students have the option to satisfy HUM 115 by meeting one of the following criteria: • Transfer a regionally accredited Associate of Arts degree

from a community college, or higher degree from a regionally or approved nationally accredited institution.

• Transfer to UoPX with an Associate's Degree, or higher, from an articulated institution where the Program Transfer Guide requirements do not mandate completion of a critical thinking course.

• Transfer a Critical Thinking course of 2.67 credits or higher with a C- grade.

• Previous completion of an Associate of Arts or higher degree from UOPX.

• Previous completion of a Critical Thinking course with UOPX.

• Non-pathway students may not enroll in HUM 115 to satisfy programmatic prerequisites, general education, or elective requirements.

• Accelerated Pathway (A Track) students may not enroll in GEN 127 or ENG 147 to satisfy programmatic prerequisites, general education or elective requirements.

• Concurrent enrollment is prohibited during any of the following courses: GEN 201, GEN 127, ENG 147, or HUM 115.

• With the exception of ENG 147, GEN 127, GEN 201, and HUM 115, General Education and Elective course requirements may be satisfied by any of the following means: • University of Phoenix coursework, • Regionally or nationally accredited coursework (C- or higher

grade), • University of Phoenix Prior Learning Assessment • National Testing Programs, and • ACE evaluated Military credits.

• Continuously enrolled students in an approved entry point course should not execute a program or version change until completion of the entry point course to determine if the pathway diagnostic is required based on the outcome of the course.

• Students who have successfully completed an approved entry point course in a degree program and are re-entry or executing a program change will not be required to complete the pathway diagnostic and will be placed in the Accelerated Pathway (A Track).

241

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

• Students who previously completed an approved entry point course are not required to take GEN 127 or GEN 201.

• Students may not complete any of the following courses via Directed Study: GEN 201, GEN 127, ENG 147, or HUM 115.

• Satisfy University Proficiency Requirements • Undergraduate students must satisfy math and English

proficiencies as a condition of degree conferral and as a degree progression requirement prior to specific courses in their program.

• Students have the following options to fulfill proficiency: • Successful completion of University of Phoenix math and

English courses designated as applicable to the proficiency requirement

• Comparable regionally or approved nationally accredited transfer, or credit recommended by the American Council on Education transfer coursework that meets the following requirements:

-Completed within ten years of enrollment -Grade of C- or better (or academic equivalent) -At least 2.67 semester credits -Eligible to receive general education credits • Achieve a passing score (as established by the American Council

on Education) on a comparable National Testing Program (NTP) exam completed within ten years of enrollment.

• Demonstrate competency by meeting minimum passing score on University of Phoenix approved placement exam.

• Students who satisfied the English and/or math proficiency and sign a new enrollment agreement may carry forward the completed proficiency in their new program/version provided they have remained in continuous attendance in alignment with the University's Re-Entry policy.

• Effective for new Enrollment Agreements Signed 7/1/2015 and thereafter: Students must successfully complete a minimum of 24 general education credits prior to entry into the first required course of study course. The 24 credits may be satisfied using UOPX coursework or applied transfer credit. The 24 general education credits must consist of: • 6 credits in Communication Arts • 3 credits in Humanities • 6 credits in Social Science • 3 credits in Science/Technology • 3 credits in Physical/Biological Science • 3 credits in Liberal Arts

• Minnesota students and Minnesota residents attending Online: Effective for new Enrollment Agreements Signed 7/1/2015 and thereafter: Students must successfully complete a minimum of 24 general education credits prior to entry into the first required course of study course. The 24 credits may be satisfied using UOPX coursework or applied transfer credit. The 24 general education credits must consist of: • 6 credits in Communication Arts • 3 credits in Humanities • 6 credits in Social Science • 6 credits in Natural Science • 3 credits in Liberal Arts

Minimum Grade Requirements for the BSHA • Students in this program are required to achieve a minimum

grade of "C" (2.0) in course listed below. A "C-" grade is not acceptable. Students who fail to receive a minimum grade of "C" will be scholastically disqualified from the University. • HCS 499 Health Care Strategy Capstone

• Students who fail to meet the minimum grade requirement and have been scholastically disqualified will not be allowed to continue in the program until the course has been successfully repeated. Students will be allowed to repeat each class in which the minimum grade was not achieved one time. Students who fail to meet the minimum grade requirement after the second attempt will be Scholastically Suspended and will not be able to continue in the BSHA program.

Additional Residency Requirements and Course Waivers for the BSHA

Students in this program may waive a maximum of 15 upper divi- sion credits from their required course of study. Students may also waive 12 lower division credits from the required course of study. The Upper Division Health Administration Elective requirement may be satisfied by any of the following means: • Approved UOPX Health Administration Elective coursework. • Upper division Certificate approved in the student's state or

jurisdiction. The following course(s) may not be waived: HCS 305, HCS 499 Re-entry for the BSHA Re-entry students who have successfully completed an approved entry point course in a degree program will not be required to com- plete the pathway diagnostic and will be placed in the Accelerated Pathway (A Track). They will not be required to enroll in the stan- dard pathway (B Track) courses. Any student who has been out of attendance for more than 365 days from the last date of positive recorded attendance in a pro- gram applicable course is considered a re-entry student. Re-entry students may re-enroll into their program version without appeal if the program version is still the most current in their state or jurisdiction and the student has the ability to satisfy all program requirements within their original program completion deadline. Re-entry students whose program version is not the most current in their state or jurisdiction will be required to enroll into the most current version. Select programs may have additional re-entry requirements/ restrictions. Re-entry students should consult their Academic Advisor for guidance.

242

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

School of Health Services Administration

The Bachelor of Science in Health Administration

........................................................................................... (Maryland-Online)

The following Bachelor of Science in Health Administration (BSHA) program may be offered at these University of Phoenix campus locations: Online, depending on state of residence. The availability of programs and emphases depend on student demand and other factors. Not all programs may be available to all residents of all states. Students may want to consider completing certain courses in the Online classroom at Online rates if the program is available via the Online modality in their state.

........................................................................................... Please contact your enrollment representative for more information.

The Bachelor of Science in Health Administration (BSHA) Program is designed to integrate a framework of general education courses with a health care curriculum that provides the graduate with the foundational knowledge needed to enter today’s challenging health industry. The BSHA curriculum focuses on the basic body of knowledge, understanding, and skills identified as relevant to an ever expanding and diverse health care arena. Coursework includes content in some of the following areas- man- agement, finance, legal and ethical parameters, human resources, and information systems. Upon completion of the core curriculum healthcare students have the opportunity to select an emphasis that is designed to expand their professional opportunities. For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program, and other important information, please visit our website at http://www.phoenix.edu/ programs/bsha. Program Student Learning Outcomes In addition to the knowledge and skills related to the University Learning Goals, School of Health Services Administration graduat- ing students are intended to attain certain program-specific knowl- edge, skills and abilities. Therefore, you should be able to demonstrate the following learning outcomes by the time you com- plete this program. • Students will be able to analyze a health care organization from

a market-based perspective. • Students will be able to analyze financial and economic issues in

the health care industry. • Students will be able to explain the application of risk and

quality management concepts in the health care industry. • Students will be able to analyze the utilization and application

of technology within a health care organization. • Students will be able to apply management and adaptable

leadership skills in the health care industry.

BSHA Foundation Courses Courses requiring prerequisites are identified by a ~ symbol following the course number. Course descriptions for all courses are listed in the Course Guide section of the catalog (page B-1).

GEN 200 ................................................................................... 3 credits

Foundations for General Education and Professional Success

HCS 212 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits

Health Care Vocabulary

HCS 235 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits

Health Care Delivery in the United States HCS 245 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits

Introduction to Health and Disease

BSHA Required Course of Study HCS 320 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits

Health Care Communication Strategies

HCS 325 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits

Health Care Management HCS 335 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits

Health Care Ethics and Social Responsibility HCS 341 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits

Human Resources in Health Care

HCS 483 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits

Health Care Information Systems

HCS 490 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits

Health Care Consumer - Trends and Marketing

HCS 405 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits

Health Care Financial Accounting

HCS 440 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits

Economics: The Financing of Health Care

HCS 465 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits

Health Care Research Utilization

HCS 451 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits

Health Care Quality Management and Outcome Analysis

Students must select one emphasis in a particular area of study at the time of enrollment. Students may complete an additional emphasis. Please contact your academic representative for more information. Emphasis in Health Management This emphasis is designed to expand the students' health care management focus. Courses will include content in leadership theory, the legal and regulatory aspects in health care, facility planning, community health as well as an introduction to health care policy. For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program, and other important information, please visit our website at http://www.phoenix.edu/ programs/bsha-hm.

HCS 457 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits

Public and Community Health

HCS 430 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits

Legal Issues in Health Care: Regulation and Compliance

HCS 475 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits

Leadership and Performance Development

HCS 455 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits

Health Care Policy: The Past and the Future

HCS 446 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits

Facility Planning

HCS 449 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits

Health Administration Capstone

243

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

Emphasis in Long Term Care

As the needs of the long-term care population evolve, there is a growing market for long-term care products and services. The long-term care certificate focuses on increasing the knowledge and skills essential to work with various populations across the life span that require long-term care. Courses focus on long-term care administration, health and wellness, legal issues and perspectives, programs and services, as well as alternative living environments for populations that require long-term care. For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program, and other important information, please visit our website at http://www.phoenix.edu/ programs/bsha-ltc. Program Purpose This program is designed to integrate a framework of general education courses with a health care curriculum that provides the graduate with the foundational knowledge needed to enter today’s challenging health industry. This concentration is designed to increase skills that are essential when working with various populations requiring long-term care. This program does not prepare students for any type of licensure or certification in any state. Program Student Learning Outcomes In addition to the knowledge and skills related to the University Learning Goals, School of Health Services Administration graduat- ing students are intended to attain certain program-specific knowl- edge, skills and abilities. Therefore, you should be able to demonstrate the following learning outcomes by the time you com- plete this program. • Students will apply concepts of long-term care administration

within the industry. • Students will analyze health and wellness concepts to address

the needs of various LTC populations. • Students will integrate ethical principles into all aspects of the

LTC industry. • Students will explain products and services to address the needs

of various LTC populations.

HCS 437 .................................................................................... 3 credits

Long-term Care Administration

HCS 433 ~................................................................................. 3 credits

Dimensions of Health and the Older Adult

LTC 315 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits

Alternative Living Environments

LTC 328 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits

Legal Perspectives in Aging

LTC 310 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits

Social and Community Related Programs and Services

HCS 449 ~................................................................................. 3 credits

Health Administration Capstone

Emphasis in Health Information Systems

This emphasis is designed for individuals that want to work with information technology in health care. Focus is on database concepts as well as information network and system design. For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program, and other important information, please visit our website at http://www.phoenix.edu/ programs/bsha-his.

HCIS 410 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits

Project Planning and Implementation in Health Care

DBM 381 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits

Database Concepts

NTC 361 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits

Network and Telecommunications Concepts

BSA 376 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits

Systems Analysis and Design

HCIS 420 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits

Information Systems Risk Management in Health Care

HCS 449 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits

Health Administration Capstone

The University reserves the right to modify the required course of study as necessary.

Additional Admission Requirements BSHA

• High school graduation from an institution that holds state approval to confer high school diplomas or are accredited or a candidate for accreditation at the time the student attended by an acceptable accrediting body, GED certificate, CHSPE (California High School Proficiency Examination) certificate, or completion of the HiSET examination with a passing score.

• Applicants must be currently employed or have access to a work environment.

Degree Requirements for the BSHA

• Completion of a minimum of 120 credits that include the following distribution: • A minimum of 48 upper division credits • A minimum of 54 credits of the 120 must be in the general

education areas approved by the University. • A minimum program grade point average (GPA) of 2.0. • Students must satisfy all required courses of study and general

education requirements. Any remaining credits may be satisfied by elective coursework.

• Students will declare an emphasis at the time of enrollment. • Emphases are reflected on the transcript only and will not

appear on the diploma.The diploma awarded for this program will read as: Bachelor of Science in Health Administration

General Education Requirements for the BSHA

All students must complete a minimum of 54 credits in the follow- ing areas as a part of their minimum 120 credit degree requirement. Communication Arts, 6 credits Mathematics, 6 credits Effective for Enrollment Agreements sign 6/1/2016 or later, must include 6 credits of quantitative reasoning or higher; or 6 credits of statistics or higher Science & Technology, 6 credits Must include at least 3 credits in the physical or biological sciences Humanities, 6 credits Social Science, 6 credits Additional Liberal Arts, 6 credits Interdisciplinary Component, 18 credits Any credit that is not being applied to the primary major as a waiver may be applied to the lower division electives/ Interdisciplinary requirement. Physical Education activity credits are limited to four (4) credits. Students who lack .67 or fewer general education credits may use interdisciplinary or elective credits to waive the balance. Students

244

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

School of Health Services Administration

must use interdisciplinary or elective credits to waive the general education balance in order to complete the minimum general edu- cation credits required for their program. For a description of the proceeding general education areas, see the Undergraduate Programs section within this catalog.

Academic Progression Requirements for the BSHA

• Applicants to this program will be required to follow the university's First-Year Sequence policies. Students required to enter the First-Year Sequence will complete GEN 195 as the first course in their program. Students not required to enter the First- Year Sequence will complete GEN 200 as the first course in their program.

• With the exception of course requirements outlined in the First- Year Sequence policies, General Education and Elective course requirements may be satisfied by any of the following means: • University of Phoenix coursework, • Regionally or nationally accredited transfer coursework (C-

or higher grade), • UOPX Prior Learning Assessment • National Testing Programs, and • ACE evaluated Military credits.

• Many courses in the Required Course of Study build on or reinforce each other. To ensure that students have the requisite skills for specific coursework, certain program areas must be satisfied before students can progress to others.

• Satisfy University Proficiency Requirements • Undergraduate students must satisfy math and English

proficiencies as a condition of degree conferral and as a degree progression requirement prior to specific courses in their program.

• Students have the following options to fulfill proficiency: • Successful completion of University of Phoenix math and

English courses designated as applicable to the proficiency requirement

• Comparable regionally or approved nationally accredited transfer, or credit recommended by the American Council on Education transfer coursework that meets the following requirements:

-Completed within ten years of enrollment -Grade of C- or better (or academic equivalent) -At least 2.67 semester credits -Eligible to receive general education credits • Achieve a passing score (as established by the American Council

on Education) on a comparable National Testing Program (NTP) exam completed within ten years of enrollment.

• Demonstrate competency by meeting minimum passing score on University of Phoenix approved placement exam.

• Students who satisfied the English and/or math proficiency and sign a new enrollment agreement may carry forward the completed proficiency in their new program/version provided they have remained in continuous attendance in alignment with the University's Re-Entry policy.

Additional Residency Requirements and Course Waivers for the BSHA

Students in this program may waive a maximum of eighteen (18) upper division credits from their required course of study (national testing program credit, prior learning credit, and military credit may not be used to waive with or without credit coursework in the required course of study). Students may also waive nine (9) lower division credits from the required course of study. The following courses in the required course of study may not be waived: GEN 200, HCS 449 Re-entry for the BSHA With the exception of BSED/E, BSLS, LVN/BSN, LPN/BSN, and BSN, students who have been out of attendance for a period of more than 365 days from the last date of positive recorded atten- dance in a program applicable course, and who have less than 24 credits from a combination of UOPX credits, previous college cred- its listed on the initial application for admission, and any addi- tional college credits listed on the re-entry paperwork, are required to enroll in the First-Year Sequence upon re-entry. Students who have been out of attendance for a period of more than 365 days from the last date of positive recorded attendance in a program applicable course, and who have 24 or more credits from a combination of UOPX credits, previous college credits listed on the initial application for admission, and any additional college credits listed on the re-entry paperwork, are not required to enroll in the First-Year Sequence upon re-entry. Students who have been out of attendance for a period of more than 365 days from the last date of positive recorded attendance in a program applicable course, and who have 12 or more UOPX credits, and a total of 24 or more credits from a combination of UOPX credits, previous college credits listed on the initial applica- tion for admission, and any additional college credits listed on the re-entry paperwork will not be required to complete GEN 200 upon re-entry. Any student who has been out of attendance for more than 365 days from the last date of positive recorded attendance in a pro- gram applicable course is considered a re-entry student. Re-entry students may re-enroll into their program version without appeal if the program version is still the most current in their state or jurisdiction and the student has the ability to satisfy all program requirements within their original program completion deadline. Re-entry students whose program version is not the most current in their state or jurisdiction will be required to enroll into the most current version. Select programs may have additional re-entry requirements/ restrictions. Re-entry students should consult their Academic Advisor for guidance.

245

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

The Bachelor of Science in Health Administration

........................................................................................... (Certificate Track) (Maryland-Online)

The following Bachelor of Science in Health Administration (Certificate Track) (BSHA) program may be offered at these University of Phoenix campus locations: Online, depending on state of residence. The availability of programs and emphases depend on student demand and other factors. Not all programs may be available to all residents of all states. Students may want to consider completing certain courses in the Online classroom at Online rates if the program is available via the Online modality in their state. Please contact your enrollment

........................................................................................... representative for more information.

The Bachelor of Science in Health Administration (BSHA) Program is designed to integrate a framework of general education courses with a health care curriculum that provides the graduate with the foundational knowledge needed to enter today's challenging health industry. The BSHA curriculum focuses on the basic body of knowledge, understanding, and skills identified as relevant to an ever expanding and diverse health care arena. Coursework includes content in some of the following areas- man- agement, finance, legal and ethical parameters, human resources, and information systems. Upon completion of the core curriculum healthcare students have the opportunity to select a emphasis that is designed to expand their professional opportunities. For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program, and other important information, please visit our website at http://www.phoenix.edu/ programs/bsha. Program Student Learning Outcomes In addition to the knowledge and skills related to the University Learning Goals, School of Health Services Administration graduat- ing students are intended to attain certain program-specific knowl- edge, skills and abilities. Therefore, you should be able to demonstrate the following learning outcomes by the time you com- plete this program. • Students will be able to analyze a health care organization from

a market-based perspective. • Students will be able to analyze financial and economic issues in

the health care industry. • Students will be able to explain the application of risk and

quality management concepts in the health care industry. • Students will be able to analyze the utilization and application

of technology within a health care organization. • Students will be able to apply management and adaptable

leadership skills in the health care industry.

BSHA Foundation Courses (Certificate Track) Courses requiring prerequisites are identified by a ~ symbol following the course number. Course descriptions for all courses are listed in the Course Guide section of the catalog (page B-1).

GEN 200 (For A Track only) .................................................. 3 credits

Foundations for General Education and Professional Success

GEN 195 (For B Track only)................................................... 3 credits

Foundations of University Studies

HCS 212 ~................................................................................. 3 credits

Health Care Vocabulary

HCS 235 ~................................................................................. 3 credits

Health Care Delivery in the United States

HCS 245 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits

Introduction to Health and Disease

BSHA Required Course of Study (Certificate Track) HCS 320 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits

Health Care Communication Strategies

HCS 325 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits

Health Care Management HCS 335 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits

Health Care Ethics and Social Responsibility HCS 341 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits

Human Resources in Health Care

HCS 483 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits

Health Care Information Systems

HCS 490 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits

Health Care Consumer - Trends and Marketing

HCS 405 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits

Health Care Financial Accounting

HCS 440 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits

Economics: The Financing of Health Care

HCS 465 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits

Health Care Research Utilization

HCS 451 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits

Health Care Quality Management and Outcome Analysis

Students must select one emphasis in a particular area of study at the time of enrollment. Students may complete an additional emphasis. Please contact your academic representative for more information. Emphasis in Health Management (Certificate Track) This emphasis is designed to expand the students' health care management focus. Courses will include content in leadership theory, the legal and regulatory aspects in health care, facility planning, community health as well as an introduction to health care policy. For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program, and other important information, please visit our website at http://www.phoenix.edu/ programs/bsha-hm.

HCS 457 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits

Public and Community Health

HCS 430 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits

Legal Issues in Health Care: Regulation and Compliance

HCS 475 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits

Leadership and Performance Development

HCS 455 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits

Health Care Policy: The Past and the Future

HCS 446 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits

Facility Planning

HCS 449 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits

Health Administration Capstone

246

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

School of Health Services Administration

Emphasis in Long Term Care (Certificate Track)

As the needs of the long-term care population evolve, there is a growing market for long-term care products and services. The long-term care certificate focuses on increasing the knowledge and skills essential to work with various populations across the life span that require long-term care. Courses focus on long-term care administration, health and wellness, legal issues and perspectives, programs and services, as well as alternative living environments for populations that require long-term care. For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program, and other important information, please visit our website at http://www.phoenix.edu/ programs/bsha-ltc. Program Purpose This program is designed to integrate a framework of general education courses with a health care curriculum that provides the graduate with the foundational knowledge needed to enter today’s challenging health industry. This concentration is designed to increase skills that are essential when working with various populations requiring long-term care. This program does not prepare students for any type of licensure or certification in any state. HCS 437 ................................................................................... 3 credits

Long-term Care Administration

HCS 433 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits

Dimensions of Health and the Older Adult

LTC 315 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits

Alternative Living Environments

LTC 328 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits

Legal Perspectives in Aging

LTC 310 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits

Social and Community Related Programs and Services

HCS 449 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits

Health Administration Capstone

The University reserves the right to modify the required course of study as necessary.

General Information for the BSHA (Certificate Track)

The Certificate Track bachelors programs are designed to be an option for students to earn a certificate en-route to earning the bachelors degree. Students who completed a certificate in its entirety and who later choose to enroll in a bachelors program with an emphasis in the same area of focus as the completed certificate will not be required to enroll in the Certificate Track and will not earn a second certifi- cate en-route to completing the bachelors program. Additional Admission Requirements for the BSHA (Certificate Track) All applicants are expected to meet the following admissions requirements: • High school graduation from an institution that holds state

approval to confer high school diplomas or are accredited or a candidate for accreditation at the time the student attended by an acceptable accrediting body, GED certificate, CHSPE (California High School Proficiency Examination) certificate, or completion of the HiSET examination with a passing score.

• Applicants must be currently employed or have access to a work environment.

Degree Requirements for the BSHA (Certificate Track)

• Completion of a minimum of 120 credits that include the following distribution: • A minimum of 48 upper division credits. • A minimum of 54 of the 120 credits must be in the general

education areas approved by the University. • A minimum grade point average (GPA) of 2.0. • Students may earn a certificate in the same area of focus as the

emphasis en route to completing the bachelor degree. Students may apply for certificate conferral upon successful completion of both the 18 credits required for the certificate and the certificate programmatic requirements outlined in the certificate program policy.

• Students must successfully complete the following programmatic requirements for certificate conferral: • Health Management Certificate (HM) - 18 credits: GEN 200,

HCS 235 Choose four of the following: HCS 325, HCS 335, HCS 341, HCS 405, HCS 430, HCS 446, HCS 457, HCS 483

• Long Term Care Certificate (LTC) - 18 credits: GEN 200, HCS 433, HCS 437, LTC 310, LTC 315, LTC 328

• Students can only earn one certificate en-route to completing the undergraduate program.

• Emphases are reflected on the transcript only and will not appear on the diploma. The diploma awarded for this program will read as: Bachelor of Science in Health Administration

Academic Progression Requirements for the BSHA (Certificate Track)

• Applicants to this program will be required to follow the university's First-Year Sequence policies. Students required to enter the First-Year Sequence will complete GEN 195 as the first course in their program. Students not required to enter the First- Year Sequence will complete GEN 200 as the first course in their program.

• With the exception of course requirements outlined in the First- Year Sequence policies, General Education and Elective course requirements may be satisfied by any of the following means: • University of Phoenix coursework, • Regionally or nationally accredited transfer coursework (C-

or higher grade), • UOPX Prior Learning Assessment • National Testing Programs, and • ACE evaluated Military credits.

• Many courses in the Required Course of Study build on or reinforce each other. To ensure that students have the requisite skills for specific coursework, certain program areas must be satisfied before students can progress to others.

• Satisfy University Proficiency Requirements • Undergraduate students must satisfy math and English

proficiencies as a condition of degree conferral and as a degree progression requirement prior to specific courses in their program.

• Students have the following options to fulfill proficiency: • Successful completion of University of Phoenix math and

English courses designated as applicable to the proficiency requirement

247

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

• Comparable regionally or approved nationally accredited transfer, or credit recommended by the American Council on Education transfer coursework that meets the following requirements:

-Completed within ten years of enrollment -Grade of C- or better (or academic equivalent) -At least 2.67 semester credits -Eligible to receive general education credits • Achieve a passing score (as established by the American Council

on Education) on a comparable National Testing Program (NTP) exam completed within ten years of enrollment.

• Demonstrate competency by meeting minimum passing score on University of Phoenix approved placement exam.

• Students who satisfied the English and/or math proficiency and sign a new enrollment agreement may carry forward the completed proficiency in their new program/version provided they have remained in continuous attendance in alignment with the University's Re-Entry policy.

Additional Residency Requirements and Course Waivers for the BSHA (Certificate Track)

Students in this program may waive a maximum of eighteen (18) upper division credits from their required course of study (national testing program credit, prior learning credit, and military credit may not be used to waive with or without credit coursework in the required course of study). Students may also waive nine (9) lower division credits from the required course of study. The following courses in the Required Course of Study may not be waived: GEN 195, GEN 200, HCS 449 General Education Requirements for the BSHA (Certificate Track) All students must complete a minimum of 54 credits in the follow- ing areas as a part of their minimum 120 credit degree requirement. Communication Arts, 6 credits A track must include: COMM 215, equivalent or higher B Track must include: COM 170 and COM 172 Mathematics, 6 credits Effective for Enrollment Agreements sign 6/1/2016 or later, must include 6 credits of quantitative reasoning or higher; or 6 credits of statistics or higher Science & Technology, 6 credits B Track must include: SCI 163 Must include at least 3 credits in the physical or biological sciences Humanities, 6 credits B Track must include: HUM 114 Social Science, 6 credits B Track must include: PSY 211 Additional Liberal Arts, 6 credits Interdisciplinary Component, 18 credits B Track must include: FP 120 Any credit that is not being applied to the primary major as a waiver may be applied to the lower division electives/Interdisciplinary requirement. Physical Education activity credits are limited to four (4) credits. Students who lack .67 or fewer general education credits may use interdisciplinary or elective credits to waive the balance. Students must use interdisciplinary or elective credits to waive the general education balance in order to complete the minimum general edu- cation credits required for their program.

For a description of the preceding general education areas, see the Undergraduate Programs section within this catalog. Re-entry for the BSHA (Certificate Track) With the exception of BSED/E, BSLS, LVN/BSN, LPN/BSN, and BSN, students who have been out of attendance for a period of more than 365 days from the last date of positive recorded atten- dance in a program applicable course, and who have less than 24 credits from a combination of UOPX credits, previous college cred- its listed on the initial application for admission, and any addi- tional college credits listed on the re-entry paperwork, are required to enroll in the First-Year Sequence upon re-entry. Students who have been out of attendance for a period of more than 365 days from the last date of positive recorded attendance in a program applicable course, and who have 24 or more credits from a combination of UOPX credits, previous college credits listed on the initial application for admission, and any additional college credits listed on the re-entry paperwork, are not required to enroll in the First-Year Sequence upon re-entry. Students who have been out of attendance for a period of more than 365 days from the last date of positive recorded attendance in a program applicable course, and who have 12 or more UOPX credits, and a total of 24 or more credits from a combination of UOPX credits, previous college credits listed on the initial applica- tion for admission, and any additional college credits listed on the re-entry paperwork will not be required to complete GEN 200 upon re-entry. Any student who has been out of attendance for more than 365 days from the last date of positive recorded attendance in a pro- gram applicable course is considered a re-entry student. Re-entry students may re-enroll into their program version without appeal if the program version is still the most current in their state or jurisdiction and the student has the ability to satisfy all program requirements within their original program completion deadline. Re-entry students whose program version is not the most current in their state or jurisdiction will be required to enroll into the most current version. Select programs may have additional re-entry requirements/ restrictions. Re-entry students should consult their Academic Advisor for guidance.

248

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

School of Nursing

.....................................................................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................................................... School of Nursing

Programs in the School of Nursing are designed to support the career advancement and educational needs of licensed practical, vocational and registered nurses, who are looking to expand their professional horizons. In an era of unprecedented and disruptive change in the health care industry-from shifting patient demo- graphics, to the emergence of new models like telemedicine and retail medicine, to an increasingly complex licensing and creden- tialing environment-today's nurses must work hard to navigate the changes and remain on the leading-edge of their professions. Whether you are a registered nurse looking to bolster your creden- tials to meet today's higher standards, or an advanced-practice nurse seeking to expand your knowledge and take on greater lead- ership challenges, The University of Phoenix® School of Nursing will equip you with the deep industry insight and up-to-the-min- ute knowledge and skills you need to become the nurse tomorrow needs.

........................................................................................... Accreditation- School of Nursing Programs

The Bachelor of Science in Nursing and Master of Science in Nurs- ing programs at University of Phoenix are accredited by the Com- mission on Collegiate Nursing Education (CCNE) One Dupont Circle, NW, Suite 530, Washington, DC 20036, (202) 887-6791. http://www.aacn.nche.edu/ccne-accreditation

........................................................................................... International Nursing Honor Society

The mission of Sigma Theta Tau International (STTI) is advancing world health and celebrating nursing excellence in scholarship, leadership, and service. The honor society provides products and services that advance the learning and professional development of members and all nurses who strive to improve the health of the world's people. University of Phoenix, School of Nursing is a member of the Omi- cron Delta chapter of STTI, a virtual chapter that support members across the globe. Membership is by invitation to baccalaureate and graduate nursing students who demonstrate excellence in scholar- ship and to nurse leaders exhibiting exceptional achievements in nursing. Undergraduate students must have completed at least 1/2 of the nursing curriculum, rank in the upper 35 percent of his/her graduating class, achieved academic excellence (at least a 3.0 on a 4.0 grade point average scale) and met the expectation of academic integrity. Graduate students must have completed at least 1/4 of the nursing curriculum, achieved academic excellence (at least 3.5 on a 4.0 grade point average scale) and met the expectation of aca- demic integrity. STTI has more than 135,000 active members who reside in more than 85 countries. There are roughly 500 chapters at approximately 695 higher education institutions. To learn more about STTI visit their website at www.nursingsociety.org. To learn more about the Omicron Delta chapter visit their website at http://www.omicron- delta.net.

Academic Progression Requirements for all Current

........................................................................................... Nursing Programs (excluding BSN/I)

License Requirement PN/VN to BSN students must possess an active unrestricted/ unencumbered PN or VN license in the state where they are com- pleting clinical hours. PN/VN to BSN students must hold a valid and unrestricted/unencumbered PN or VN license in all states and jurisdictions in which the applicant holds an active nursing license. RN to BSN, MSN and post-master's certificate students must hold a valid, unrestricted/unencumbered RN license in all states and jurisdictions in which the applicant holds an active nursing license. Students must also hold a valid and unrestricted/unencumbered RN license for the state in which they practice. All active licenses must remain valid and unrestricted/unencum- bered through the duration of the program. With the exception of Hawaii, VA, and active duty military students are allowed to prac- tice nursing in a state or country where they are not licensed as long as they are practicing nursing in a federal facility. In Hawaii, students must possess a valid Hawaii license. Scholastic Disqualification Students who receive a non-passing grade in a Nursing CORE course (CORE courses are listed in the program description of each program handbook chapter) will be required to meet with the Campus College Chair, an assigned nursing faculty member, or designee to discuss the non-passing grade and resolve any con- cerns prior to retaking the course that placed the student on scho- lastic disqualification. Students will also be required to complete and sign an Academic Progression Student Agreement Form. For Students signing an enrollment agreement 10/1/2015 or later: Students are permitted one retake of a nursing course due to non- passing grades. Students who fail to achieve the minimum grade on a second course will be scholastically suspended and perma- nently withdrawn from their nursing program. Drug Testing Any student who demonstrates behaviors in a clinical, classroom, or laboratory setting that gives rise to a reasonable suspicion of substance abuse, or otherwise indicates that the student may be impaired by drugs or alcohol without reasonable justification, will be required to undergo a "for-cause" 10-panel drug screen plus an alcohol drug test. 1. For purposes of this policy, the following definitions apply: • Drug testing means the scientific analysis of urine, blood, breath,

saliva, hair, tissue, and other specimens from the human body for the purpose of detecting the use of drugs or alcohol.

• Reasonable suspicion means evidence which forms a reasonable basis for concluding that it is more likely than not that a person is impaired by alcohol or drugs or has engaged in substance abuse. Facts which could give rise to reasonable suspicion include, but are not limited to: the odor of alcohol or drugs, impaired behavior such as slurred speech, decreased motor coordination, difficulty in maintaining balance, marked changes in personality or job performance, and unexplained accidents, without reasonable justification. Such evidence may come from a professional or expert opinion, layperson opinion, scientific tests, or other sources or methods.

249

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

• Illegal drug means any drug which is not legally obtainable; any drug which is legally obtainable but has not been legally obtained; any prescribed drug not legally obtained; any prescribed drug not being used for the prescribed purpose or by the person for whom it was prescribed; any over-the-counter drug being used at a dosage level other than that recommended by the manufacturer, or being used for a purpose other than the purpose intended by the manufacturer; and any drug being used for a purpose or by a person not in accordance with bona fide medical therapy. Examples of illegal drugs include, but are not limited to, stimulants; depressants; narcotic or hallucinogenic drugs; cannabis substances, such as marijuana and hashish; cocaine; heroin; methamphetamine; phencyclidine (PCP); and so-called designer drugs and look-alike drugs.

• Impaired means that a person's mental or physical capabilities are reduced below his or her normal levels without reasonable justification. An impaired student manifests deterioration in the level of function as compared to that previously observed, or the student does not function at a level normally expected under the prevailing circumstances. Impairment may exist in one or more multiple domains, including psychomotor activity and skills, conceptual or factual recall, integrative or synthetic thought processes, judgment, attentiveness, demeanor and attitudes as manifested in speech or actions. Impairment will include addiction to and/or physical dependence upon alcohol or illegal drugs.

• Substance abuse means: • the consumption, possession, or distribution of alcohol or

illegal drugs by any nursing student while on University or affiliated clinical site premises or while participating in any University (or affiliated clinical site) sponsored or related activity, including any nursing-related course or clinical training activity.

• a nursing student's use of alcohol or any drug in such a way that the student's performance in any nursing course, including activities at any clinical site, is impaired.

2. Prior to being assigned to a clinical placement and as a prerequi- site for placement at any agency or health care facility the nursing student shall sign an agreement: • to abide by the drug policies and drug testing policies of the

University and each agency or health care facility in which a student is assigned as applicable,

• to submit to any "for cause" drug testing required by the University and testing required by each agency or health care facility the nursing student obtains clinical hours, and

• to release a copy of any and all drug test results to the University of Phoenix, Dean/Associate Dean of Nursing, other appropriate University officials, and to any State Board(s) of Nursing in which the student holds a nursing license or certificate, where required by the relevant State Board(s) of Nursing. Failure to sign such agreement is grounds for refusal for student admission and progression in the program.

3. The College of Health Professions, School of Nursing requires students to obtain a 10 panel, plus alcohol drug test if the student's behavior in the clinical, classroom or laboratory setting creates facts that give rise to a reasonable suspicion of substance abuse, or indicates they are impaired by alcohol or drugs. 4. If the results of the 10 panel, plus alcohol drug test is negative for alcohol or illegal drugs:

• The student shall meet with their Campus College Chair, Director of Nursing, or NP Program Manager within 24 hours or by the first business day following the test results to discuss the circumstances surrounding suspected behavior.

• The Campus College Chair, Director of Nursing, or NP Program Manager will counsel the student regarding return to the classroom and clinical agency. The preliminary investigation will cease and the student will be released from further action at that time.

• The Campus College Chair, Director of Nursing, or NP Program Manager will arrange for the student to make up the missed clinical hours.

5. If the results of the 10 panel, plus alcohol drug test is positive for alcohol or illegal drugs: • A full review by the Office of Dispute Management and Apollo

Ethics and Compliance shall be conducted. Students who test positive for alcohol or illegal drugs will not be permitted to return to any clinical setting pending conclusion of the review. The findings may result in student dismissal from the nursing program and expulsion from the University.

• The results of the positive test for alcohol or illegal drugs shall be reported to the applicable State Board(s) of Nursing, if required by the applicable State Board(s), by the Campus College Chair, Director of Nursing, or NP Program Manager.

6. If the results of the 10 panel, plus alcohol drug test(s) are positive for a prescribed drug(s) but not those that would be defined as ille- gal in the definitions above: • The student shall, within three (3) business days, obtain a

written statement from their treating, licensed health care provider (MD, DO, HMD, ND/NMD, NP or PA) stating that: • the drug level is within prescribed limits. • the level does not indicate abuse. • the student's use of the drug as prescribed will not interfere

with safe practice in the clinical area.

This statement must be provided to the Campus College Chair, Director of Nursing, or NP Program Manager. If the statement is approved, then the test result will be deemed acceptable and not failed for these purposes.

• The failure of a student to provide the above statement or a health care provider's inability to provide a statement meeting the requirements above shall be treated as a positive test for an illegal drug.

7. Students who refuse to submit to a "for-cause" drug test will not be allowed to return to any clinical setting pending conclusion of a full review by the Office of Dispute Management and Apollo Eth- ics and Compliance. The findings may result in dismissal from the nursing program and expulsion from the University. The results of a positive test for illegal drugs as defined herein or a refusal to undergo a required drug test will be reported to the applicable State Board of Nursing where required by the applicable State Board(s) of Nursing's statute(s) or regulation(s). 8. Students must also adhere to any other additional policies pre- scribed by the clinical agency. It is the sole responsibility of the stu- dent to read and acknowledge the requirements of the clinical health care facility in addition to University policy. 9. All costs associated with the drug test, including any transporta- tion costs to or from the drug testing facility, will be the responsi- bility of the student. 10. University of Phoenix, College of Health Professions, School of Nursing, campus officials may be required to report all failed drug

250

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

School of Nursing

tests to each State Board of Nursing in which the student holds a nursing license or certificate. Campus officials shall report test results to all applicable State Boards of Nursing as described in the applicable Board's statutes and/or regulations.

........................................................................................... Bachelor of Science in Nursing

The following Bachelor of Science in Nursing (BSN) program may be offered at these University of Phoenix campus locations: Online, depending on state of residence. The availability of programs and concentrations depend on student demand and other factors. Not all programs may be available to all residents of all states. Students may want to consider completing certain courses in the Online classroom at Online rates if the program is available via the Online modality in their state.

........................................................................................... Please contact your enrollment advisor for more information.

The Bachelor of Science in Nursing (BSN), accredited by the Com- mission of Collegiate Nursing Education (CCNE)*, is a program designed to develop the professional knowledge and skills of regis- tered nurses. The curriculum builds on a foundation of biological, physical, and social sciences, which contribute to the science of nursing. The liberal arts components enhance the development of the intellectual, social, and cultural aspects of the professional nurse. This baccalaureate program includes behavioral objectives that concentrate on the development of the nurse's role as researcher, practitioner, and leader. Using human caring as a framework, registered nurses are prepared as generalists who are able to apply critical thinking, professional skills, and knowledge to patient outcomes and health care systems. The Bachelor of Science in Nursing programs at the University of Phoenix are accredited by the Commission on Collegiate Nursing Education http://www.aacn.nche.edu/ccne-accreditation. For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program, and other important information, please visit our website at http://www.phoenix.edu/ programs/bsn. Program Purpose This program is a post-licensure nursing program designed for nurses with current RN licensure who wish to obtain a bachelor’s of science degree in nursing. The program is designed to expand knowledge in the areas of nursing science evidence and theory in order to apply current evidence-based knowledge to increase quality of patient outcomes and health systems. The program targets relevant content to align with many industry standards, which permits graduates to be influential leaders within the nursing profession. Required Course of Study for the BSN Courses requiring prerequisites are identified by a ~ symbol following the course number. Course descriptions for all courses are listed in the Course Guide section of the catalog (page B-1).

NSG 302 ................................................................................... 3 credits

Professional Contemporary Nursing Role and Practice

NSG 416 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits

Theoretical Development and Conceptual Frameworks

HSN 376 ~................................................................................ 3 credits

Health Information Technology for Nursing

NSG 451 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits

Professional Nursing Leadership Perspectives

NSG 456 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits

Research Outcomes Management for the Practicing Nurse

NSG 426 ~................................................................................ 3 credits

Integrity in Practice: Ethic and Legal Considerations

HSN 476 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits

Healthcare Policy and Financial Management

*NSG 486 ~ .............................................................................. 3 credits Public Health: Health Promotion and Disease Prevention

*NSG 482 ~ .............................................................................. 3 credits Promoting Healthy Communities

NSG 468 ~................................................................................ 3 credits

Influencing Quality within Healthcare

NSG 498 ~................................................................................ 3 credits

Senior Leadership Practicum

*Students residing in California who have a California nursing license are required to take NSG 486CA and NSG 482CA: NSG 486CA ~ .......................................................................... 3 credits

Public Health: Health Promotion and Disease Prevention

NSG 482CA ~ .......................................................................... 3 credits

Promoting Healthy Communities

The University reserves the right to modify the required course of study. State approval of a program to offer Alabama licensed nurses opportunities for advanced degrees does not indicate eligibility for approval to practice as an advanced practice nurse in Alabama. Applicants for approval in Alabama are required to meet the Alabama requirements for national certification, graduation from a specific-type program for the advanced practice approval, and completion of the appropriate application. Any program offering a pre-licensure track to Alabama students shall meet the requirements of the Alabama regulations for pre-licensure programs or the graduates may not be eligible to take the national licensure examination required by the Alabama Board of Nursing to enter practice. www.abn.alabama.gov Additional Admission Requirements for the BSN All applicants are expected to meet the following admissions requirements: • High school graduation from an institution that holds state

approval to confer high school diplomas or are accredited or a candidate for accreditation at the time the student attended by an acceptable accrediting body, GED certificate or CHSPE (California High School Proficiency Examination) certificate, or completion of the HiSET examination with a passing score. • Tennessee: Students residing in Tennessee who are attending

classes via the Online modality and students attending a local campus in Tennessee, including from any cross-border locations must provide the university with an official High School transcript or official GED score (if applicable). A college transcript which documents high school date of completion or a copy of a DD-214 showing high school graduation or equivalency may be submitted to satisfy this requirement.

251

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

• Applicants who reside in the United States or in one of the US Territories with documentation of a valid, unrestricted / unencumbered RN license in all states in which the applicant holds an active nursing license. For applicants holding licenses in multiple jurisdictions, all active licenses must be valid, unrestricted / unencumbered through the duration of the program. Applicants from the following territories must also hold a RN license obtained by taking the US NCLEX-RN exam Students must provide documentation showing successful completion of the US NCLEX-RN exam: • Guam • American Samoa • Northern Mariana Islands • US Virgin Islands • Puerto Rico

• Completion of a nursing diploma earned from a recognized school of nursing in the United States; associate degree (any emphasis) earned in the United States from an approved regionally or nationally accredited institution; an associate degree in nursing or post-secondary diploma in nursing or foreign equivalent earned at a recognized foreign institution; California 30 credit option or California BSN approved program.

• International students who are residents outside of the United States or approved US Territories must meet the following requirements: • Completion of a nursing diploma, associates degree in

nursing, or foreign equivalent program. • All students, with the exception of students residing in

Canada or Puerto Rico, will be required to validate their International Nursing License equivalency by CGFNS (Commission on Graduates of Foreign Nursing Schools) or ICD (International Consultants of Delaware) for RN equivalency.

• All Canadian students must complete the Canadian RN License Verification Form and submit documentation of a valid, unrestricted, unencumbered RN license.

• Applicants who reside in Canada must meet one of the following requirements for admission:

-Be a legal resident of Canada -Be a landed immigrant -Have a valid visa that does not prohibit educational studies

• A signed Foreign Nursing Memorandum of Understanding • The Lower Division Nursing requirement will be satisfied using

students valid unrestricted / unencumbered RN license. • Signed Criminal Background Check Disclosure • Signed Acknowledgement of Criminal Conviction Prohibition

for Placement and Licensure • Signed FERPA Release/Drug Test or Failure to Test Results • Signed Clinical Assurance Statement form • RN-BSN Pathway Partnership Concurrent Enrollment Students

Only: Applicants transferring to University of Phoenix with a completed Associate degree in nursing from an approved Partnership Institution will be eligible to satisfy lower division general education program requirements within their BSN as outlined on the RN-BSN Pathway Partnership Transfer Guide. Prior to enrolling into the BSN program applicants must: • Have a signed Concurrent Enrollment Memorandum of

Understanding on file.

• Complete NSG 302, NSG 416, NSG 426, and NSG 451 at the University of Phoenix under the ND-NURSE 001 Non- degree program code.

• Meet all other BSN admission requirements. Degree Requirements for the BSN • Completion of a minimum of 120 credits that include the

following distribution: • General Education - 47 credits • Required Course of Study - 33 credits • Lower Division Nursing - 40 credits

• A minimum of 33 upper division credits. • A maximum of 87 lower division credits • A minimum grade point average (GPA) of 2.0. • University of Phoenix offers assessment of prior learning as an

option by which students can earn assessed credits toward degree completion requirements. Registered nurses, enrolled in the BSN program, whose nursing education was completed at a non-US institution, or a non-accredited institution, may be evaluated for transferable non-nursing credits for degree completion.

• The diploma awarded for this program will read as: Bachelor of Science in Nursing

Academic Progression Requirements for the BSN • All students enrolling in the BSN program will take NSG 302 as

their first course. • Students may take courses required for the Bachelor of Science

in Nursing degree in any sequence as long as the prerequisite(s) for each course has been satisfactorily completed.

• Students must hold a valid, unrestricted / unencumbered RN license in all states in which the applicant holds an active nursing license. For students holding licenses in multiple jurisdictions, all active licenses must be valid, unrestricted / unencumbered through the duration of the program.

• Satisfy University Proficiency Requirements • A clinical course may not be taken concurrently with any other

course. The clinical courses in this program include: NSG 482CA, NSG 486CA.

• Any student who demonstrates behaviors in a clinical, classroom, or laboratory setting that gives rise to a reasonable suspicion, of substance abuse or otherwise indicates that the student may be impaired by drugs or alcohol, without reasonable justification will be required to undergo a "for-cause" 10 panel, plus alcohol drug test.

Minimum Grade Requirements for the BSN • Students in the Bachelor of Science in Nursing are required to

achieve a minimum grade of "C" (2.0) in all nursing and clinical courses. A "C-" grade is not acceptable. Students who fail to receive a minimum grade of "C" in any of the following courses will be scholastically disqualified from the University: HSN 376, HSN 476, NSG 302, NSG 416, NSG 426, NSG 451, NSG 456, NSG 468, NSG 482, NSG 486, NSG 498

• Students cannot repeat more than one nursing or clinical course from the lists above. Students who fail to achieve the minimum grade requirement on a second course will be scholastically suspended, permanently withdrawn, from the Bachelor of Science in Nursing program.

• Students who have been scholastically disqualified will not be allowed to continue in their degree program until they have taken the following steps:

252

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

School of Nursing

• Met with the Campus College Chair, an assigned nursing faculty member, or designee to discuss the non-passing grade and resolve any concerns moving forward.

• Completion of the academic progression student agreement form, signed by the student and returned to Campus College Chair, or designee.

• Retake of the course which placed them on scholastic disqualification and satisfy the grade requirement.

• Re-Admission is granted when the student satisfactorily fulfills the outlined requirements to remove the scholastic disqualification. Students may repeat the specific nursing courses listed above only one time. If the student does not receive the minimum grade requirement on the second attempt, the student will be scholastically suspended, permanently withdrawn, from the Bachelor of Science in Nursing program.

Residency Requirements and Course Waivers for the BSN • Students must meet the established University residency

requirement for degree conferral. The University requires that the majority of coursework, 30 credits from a combination of the Required Course of Study, General Education, and Electives must be completed at University of Phoenix.

• Students in this program cannot waive any courses in their required course of study.

General Education Requirements for the BSN A minimum of 47 of the 120 credits must be in the general educa- tion areas approved by the University. Communication Arts, 6 credits ENG/220, equivalent or higher Mathematics, 6 credits Must include 6 credits of statistics or higher. Natural/Physical Sciences, 12 credits Humanities, 6 credits Social Science, 6 credits Interdisciplinary Requirements, 11 credits Any earned credit may be applied to the Interdisciplinary Component, with the exception of the following: credits applied to course(s) in the Required Course of Study as a waiver, equivalent course(s) to the BSN Required Course of Study, LD nursing credits from a nursing diploma or ADN program, and credits that apply to other areas of general education or the nursing Required Course of Study. Physical Education activity credits are limited to four (4) credits. Note: Six (6) upper division Nursing Pathway course credits may be applied to the interdisciplinary category. Students who lack .67 or fewer general education credits may use interdisciplinary or elective credits to waive the balance. Students must use interdisciplinary or elective credits to waive the general education balance in order to complete the minimum general edu- cation credits required for their program. Nursing Pathway for BSN Bachelor of Science in Nursing students who want to transition into the University's Master of Science in Nursing (MSN) degree programs may complete two (2) of the following courses as part of their upper division elective credits which are required for degree completion. The nursing pathway courses may be taken only after completion of the required course of study. Pathway Courses to MSN/ADM, MSN/NED, MSN/INF • NSG 511 • NSG 512

Re-entry for the BSN • Any student who has been out of attendance for more than 365

days from the last date of positive recorded attendance in a program applicable course is considered a re-entry student to this program.

• Re-entry students may re-enroll into their program version if the program version is still the most current in their state or jurisdiction and the student has the ability to satisfy all program requirements within their original program completion deadline.

• Re-entry students whose program version is not the most current in their state or jurisdiction will be required to enroll into the most current version.

• An appeal will be required for re-entry students to re-enroll in their program if: • The student is requesting to return after being

administratively withdrawn due to one of the following student academic statuses: academic disqualification (AD), scholastic suspension (SS), or scholastic disqualification (SD).

• The student's program version is still the most current offered in their state or jurisdiction but they are unable to complete the remaining program requirements within the original program completion deadline.

• The student wishes to return to a prior program version and the student can complete their remaining requirements within the original program completion deadline.

• Re-entry students will be required to submit an admissions application as well as all forms and documents required for readmission to the program at the time of re-entry.

........................................................................................... Bachelor of Science in Nursing/International

The following Bachelor of Science in Nursing (BSN-I) program may be offered at these University of Phoenix campus locations: Online, depending on state of residence. The availability of programs and concentrations depend on student demand and other factors. Not all programs may be available to all residents of all states. Students may want to consider completing certain courses in the Online classroom at Online rates if the program is available via the Online modality in their state.

........................................................................................... Please contact your enrollment advisor for more information.

This program is intended for Registered Nurses living outside the US and not considered US residents. The Bachelor of Science in Nursing (BSN), accredited by the Commission of Collegiate Nurs- ing Education* (CCNE), is a program designed to develop the pro- fessional knowledge and skills of registered nurses. The curriculum builds on a foundation of biological, physical, and social sciences, which contribute to the science of nursing. The lib- eral arts components enhance the development of the intellectual, social, and cultural aspects of the professional nurse. This bacca- laureate program includes behavioral objectives that concentrate on the development of the nurse's role as researcher, practitioner, and leader. Using human caring as a framework, registered nurses are prepared as generalists who are able to apply critical thinking, progressional skills, and knowledge to patient outcomes and health care systems. The Bachelor of Science in Nursing degree program has a 38-credit required course of study. The required course of study includes a capstone course that synthesizes bacca- laureate student learning outcomes. The required course of study fulfills only part of the 120-minimum-credit requirement for degree

253

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

completion. The Bachelor of Science in Nursing programs at the University of Phoenix are accredited by the Commission on Collegiate Nursing Education http://www.aacn.nche.edu/ccne-accreditation. For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program, and other important information, please visit our website at http://www.phoenix.edu/ programs/bsn. Required Course of Study for the BSN-I Courses requiring prerequisites are identified by a ~ symbol following the course number. Course descriptions for all courses are listed in the Course Guide section of the catalog (page B-1).

NSG 301.................................................................................... 3 credits

Transition to Baccalaureate Studies

HSN 375 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits

Informatics for Patient-Centered Care

NSG 397 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits

Professional Nursing Role

NSG 415 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits

Theory-Based Nursing Practice

NSG 425 ~ ................................................................................ 4 credits

Nursing Ethics and Professionalism

NSG 455 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits

Evidence-Based Practice and Statistics

NSG 467 ~ ................................................................................ 4 credits

Influencing Quality Improvement

HSN 475 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits

Health Policy and Finance

NSG 485 ~ ................................................................................ 4 credits

Public Health: Health Promotion and Disease Prevention

NSG 478 ~ ................................................................................ 4 credits

Promoting Healthy Communities

NSG 495 ~ ................................................................................ 4 credits

Senior Leadership Project

Upper Division Coursework ................................................. 6 credits

The University reserves the right to modify the required course of study. Additional Admission Requirements for the BSN-I All applicants are expected to meet the following admissions requirements: • Applicants must be residents outside of the United States or

approved US Territories. Program will only be offered online. • Completion of a nursing diploma, associates degree in nursing,

or foreign equivalent program. • All students, with the exception of students residing in Canada

or Puerto Rico, will be required to validate their International Nursing License equivalency by CGFNS (Commission on Graduates of Foreign Nursing Schools) or ICD (International Consultants of Delaware) for RN equivalency.

• All Canadian students must complete the Canadian RN License Verification Form and submit documentation of a valid, unrestricted, unencumbered RN license.

• Applicants residing in the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico must have an approved appeal on file documenting successful completion of the US NCLEX-RN exam and that all Puerto Rico RN licensing requirements are met to be eligible for admission.

• A signed Foreign Nursing Memorandum of Understanding • Signed Criminal Background Check Disclosure • Signed Acknowledgement of Criminal Conviction Prohibition

for Placement and Licensure • Signed FERPA Release/Drug Test or Failure to Test Results • Enrollment Agreements signed 7/1/2016 or later, signed

Clinical Assurance Statement form Degree Requirements for the BSN-I • Completion of a minimum of 120 credits that include the

following distribution: • A minimum of 44 upper division credits. • A maximum of 76 lower division credits

• A minimum grade point average (GPA) of 2.0. • University of Phoenix offers assessment of prior learning as an

option by which students can earn assessed credits toward degree completion requirements. Registered nurses, enrolled in the BSN program, whose nursing education was completed at a non-US institution or a non-accredited institution, may be evaluated for transferable non-nursing credits for degree completion.

• The diploma awarded for this program will read as: Bachelor of Science in Nursing

Additional Academic Progression Requirements for the BSN-I • All students enrolling in the BSN program will take NSG 301 as

their first course. • Students may take courses required for the Bachelor of Science

in Nursing degree in any sequence as long as the prerequisite(s) for each course has been satisfactorily completed.

• Students must hold a valid, unrestricted / unencumbered RN license in all states in which the applicant holds an active nursing license. For students holding licenses in multiple jurisdictions, all active licenses must be valid, unrestricted / unencumbered through the duration of the program.

• Satisfy University Proficiency Requirements • Undergraduate students must satisfy math and English

proficiencies as a condition of degree conferral and as a degree progression requirement prior to specific courses in their program.

• Students have the following options to fulfill proficiency: • Successful completion of University of Phoenix math and

English courses designated as applicable to the proficiency requirement

• Comparable regionally or approved nationally accredited transfer, or credit recommended by the American Council on Education transfer coursework that meets the following requirements:

-Completed within five years of enrollment -Grade of C- or better (or academic equivalent) -At least 2.67 semester credits -Eligible to receive general education credits • Achieve a passing score (as established by the American Council

on Education) on a comparable National Testing Program (NTP) exam completed within five years of enrollment.

• Demonstrate competency by meeting minimum passing score on University of Phoenix approved placement exam.

254

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

School of Nursing

• Students who satisfied the English and/or math proficiency and sign a new enrollment agreement may carry forward the completed proficiency in their new program/version provided they have remained in continuous attendance in alignment with the University's Re-Entry policy.

• Any student who demonstrates behaviors in a clinical, classroom, or laboratory setting that gives rise to a reasonable suspicion, of substance abuse or otherwise indicates that the student may be impaired by drugs or alcohol, without reasonable justification will be required to undergo a "for-cause" 10 panel, plus alcohol drug test.

Minimum Grade Requirements for the BSN-I • Students in the Bachelor of Science in Nursing are required to

achieve a minimum grade of "C" (2.0) in specific nursing and clinical courses. A "C-" grade is not acceptable. Students who fail to receive a minimum grade of "C" in any of the following courses will be scholastically disqualified from the University: HSN 375, HSN 475, NSG 301, NSG 397, NSG 415, NSG 425, NSG 455, NSG 467, NSG 478, NSG 485

• Students in the Bachelor of Science in Nursing are required to achieve a minimum grade of "B-" (2.5) in the Senior Leadership Project course. A "C+" grade is not acceptable. Students who fail to receive a minimum grade of "B-" will be scholastically disqualified from the University: NSG 495

• Effective for new Enrollment Agreements signed 10/1/2015 or later: Students cannot repeat more than one nursing or clinical course from the lists above. Students who fail to achieve the minimum grade requirement on a second course will be scholastically suspended, permanently withdrawn, from the Bachelor of Science in Nursing program.

• Students who have been scholastically disqualified will not be allowed to continue in their degree program until they have taken the following steps: • Met with the Campus College Chair, an assigned nursing

faculty member, or designee to discuss the non-passing grade and resolve any concerns moving forward.

• Completion of the academic progression student agreement form, signed by the student and returned to Campus College Chair, or designee.

• Retake of the course which placed them on scholastic disqualification and satisfy the grade requirement.

• Re-Admission is granted when the student satisfactorily fulfills the outlined requirements to remove the scholastic disqualification. Students may repeat the specific nursing courses listed above only one time. If the student does not receive the minimum grade requirement on the second attempt, the student will be scholastically suspended, permanently withdrawn, from the Bachelor of Science in Nursing program.

Residency Requirements and Course Waivers for the BSN-I Students must meet the established University residency require- ment for degree conferral. The University requires that the major- ity of coursework, 30 credits from a combination of the Required Course of Study, General Education, and Electives must be com- pleted at University of Phoenix. Students in this program may waive a maximum of 9 credits from their required course of study. In order to be granted a waiver with credit for a course in the Required Course of Study, a student must have completed a previ- ous course which meets the following criteria:

• The course must have been completed at a regionally or approved nationally accredited, or candidate for accreditation, college or university.

• The course must have been completed within the past five (5) years from current program enrollment agreement sign date with a grade of "C" (2.0) or better.

• The course must be comparable in content and credits to the University course it is replacing and must be an equivalent level or higher level course (i.e. graduate level coursework may be used to waive graduate or undergraduate coursework). Course descriptions must be included with the course waiver form in order for the Office of Admissions and Evaluation to review the course waiver request.

Through an approved articulation agreement, students who have successfully completed equivalent courses may waive, without credits, up to thirty (30) credits of the Required Course of Study. Students must substitute other upper division coursework to sat- isfy the upper division credit requirement of their degree program (each program has specific substitution requirements).This policy also applies to upper division courses which are used to fulfill Associate of Arts degree requirements. In order to be granted a waiver, without credit, for a course in the Required Course of Study, a student must have completed a previous course which meets the following criteria: • The course must have been completed and transcripted from a

regionally or nationally accredited institution with which the University of Phoenix has an approved articulation agreement.

• The course must have been completed with a grade of "C" (2.0) or better during the effective dates of the approved articulation agreement.

• The course must be approved through the articulation agreement and must be comparable in content and credits to the University course it is replacing.

The following courses in the Required Course of Study may not be waived: NSG 397, NSG 415, NSG 425, NSG 455, NSG 467, NSG 478, NSG 485, NSG 495 General Education Requirements for the BSN-I A minimum of 52 of the 120 credits must be in the general educa- tion areas approved by the University. Communication Arts, 6 credits ENG 220, equivalent or higher Mathematics, 6 credits Effective for enrollment agreements signed 6/1/2016 or later, must include 6 credits of statistics or higher Natural/Physical Sciences, 12 credits Humanities, 6 credits Social Science, 6 credits Interdisciplinary Requirements, 16 credits Any earned credit may be applied to the Interdisciplinary Component, with the exception of the following: credits applied to course(s) in the Required Course of Study as a waiver, equivalent course(s) to the BSN Required Course of Study and credits that apply to other areas of general education or the nursing Required Course of Study. Students may be able to apply additional Lower Division nursing content credits towards the interdisciplinary component exceeding 30 total LD nursing credits in transfer. Physical Education activity credits are limited to four (4) credits. Six (6) credits must be Upper Division. Six (6) upper division RN to BSN pathway course credits may be applied

255

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

to the interdisciplinary category. Students who lack .67 or fewer general education credits may use interdisciplinary or elective credits to waive the balance. Students must use interdisciplinary or elective credits to waive the general education balance in order to complete the minimum general edu- cation credits required for their program. Nursing Pathway for BSN-I Bachelor of Science in Nursing students who want to transition into the University's Master of Science in Nursing (MSN) degree programs may complete two (2) of the following courses as part of their upper division elective credits which are required for degree completion. The nursing pathway courses may be taken only after completion of the required course of study. All MSN pathway courses must be completed with a grade of B- or better. Students who do not pass these classes with a grade of B- or better will be scholastically disqualified. Students who fail to meet the minimum grade requirement will be allowed to repeat the class once. Students who fail to meet the minimum grade requirement after the second attempt, will be permanently withdrawn from the program and will be placed on scholastic suspension. Appeals through SAC for readmission to the program will not be accepted by the School of Nursing. Re-entry for the BSN-I Any student who has been out of attendance for more than 365 days from the last date of positive recorded attendance in a pro- gram applicable course is considered a re-entry student to this pro- gram. Re-entry students may re-enroll into their program version if the program version is still the most current in their state or jurisdic- tion and the student has the ability to satisfy all program require- ments within their original program completion deadline. Re-entry students whose program version is not the most current in their state or jurisdiction will be required to enroll into the most current version. An appeal will be required for re-entry students to re-enroll in their program if: • The student is requesting to return after being administratively

withdrawn due to one of the following student academic statuses: academic disqualification (AD), scholastic suspension (SS), or scholastic disqualification (SD).

• The student's program version is still the most current offered in their state or jurisdiction but they are unable to complete the remaining program requirements within the original program completion deadline.

• The student wishes to return to a prior program version and the student can complete their remaining requirements within the original program completion deadline.

Re-entry students will be required to submit an admissions appli- cation as well as all forms and documents required for readmission to the program at the time of re-entry.

........................................................................................... Bachelor of Science in Nursing Partner

The following Bachelor of Science in Nursing Partner (BSN) program may be offered at these University of Phoenix campus locations: Online, depending on state of residence. The availability of programs and concentrations depend on student demand and other factors. Not all programs may be available to all residents of all states. Students may want to consider completing certain courses in the Online classroom at Online rates if the program is available via the Online modality in their state.

........................................................................................... Please contact your enrollment representative for more information.

The Bachelor of Science in Nursing (BSN), accredited by the Com- mission of Collegiate Nursing Education (CCNE), is a program designed to develop the professional knowledge and skills of regis- tered nurses. The curriculum builds on a foundation of biological, physical, and social sciences, which contribute to the science of nursing. The liberal arts components enhance the development of the intellectual, social, and cultural aspects of the professional nurse. This baccalaureate program includes behavioral objectives that concentrate on the development of the nurse's role as care- giver, teacher, and leader. Utilizing human caring as a framework, registered nurses are prepared as generalists who are able to apply critical thinking, progressional skills, and knowledge to client out- comes and health care systems. Registration in the partnership pro- gram is limited to students who are following the program of study as outlined by the community college partnership(s): Gate- way Community College. The Bachelor of Science in Nursing programs at the University of Phoenix are accredited by the Commission on Collegiate Nursing Education http://www.aacn.nche.edu/ccne-accreditation. For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program, and other important information, please visit our website at http://www.phoenix.edu/ programs/bsn. Program Purpose This program is a post-licensure education program designed for nurses with current RN licensure who wish to obtain a Bachelor’s degree in the professional field of nursing. The program is designed to develop the professional knowledge and skills of registered nurses and prepare them as generalists who are able to apply critical thinking, professional skills, and knowledge to client outcomes and health care systems. Program Student Learning Outcomes In addition to the knowledge and skills related to the University Learning Goals, School of Nursing graduating students are intended to attain certain program-specific knowledge, skills and abilities. Therefore, you should be able to demonstrate the follow- ing learning outcomes by the time you complete this program. • Students will integrate ethical values and respect for cultural

diversity in safe patient-centered health care delivery and practice in a variety of health care settings.

• Students will apply theories, knowledge and the nursing process to provide safe patient-centered care in a variety of health care settings.

• Students will apply health promotion and disease management principles that integrate evidenced-based nursing knowledge to ensure safe patient-centered care.

• Students will integrate professional nursing leadership roles as designer, manager and coordinator of safe patient-centered care in a variety of health care settings.

256

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

School of Nursing

• Students will use health care equipment, technology, communication devices and information systems to provide safe patient-centered care in a variety of health care settings.

• Students will analyze the effect of health care policy, regulatory, legal, economic and sociocultural environments on health care delivery and practice in a variety of health care settings.

• Students will integrate professional role as educator in health care delivery and practice in a variety of health care settings.

Required Course of Study for the BSN Courses requiring prerequisites are identified by a ~ symbol fol- lowing the course number. Course descriptions for all courses are listed in the Course Guide section of the catalog (page B-1).

HSN 302 ................................................................................... 3 credits

Undergraduate Nursing Studies

NSG 391 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits

Professional Nursing Practice

Upper Division Humanities Elective .................................. 3 credits

NUR 440CC ~.......................................................................... 3 credits

Health Assessment and Promotion for Vulnerable Populations

HSN 251 ................................................................................... 3 credits

Critical Thinking

Upper Division Elective ........................................................ 3 credits

NUR 443CC ~.......................................................................... 3 credits

Evidence-Based Nursing Research and Practice

NUR 405CC ~.......................................................................... 4 credits

Healthy Communities: Theory and Practice

NUR 408CC ~.......................................................................... 4 credits

Epidemiology: Global and Public Health

NUR 492CC ~.......................................................................... 4 credits

Senior Practicum: Leadership and Management

The following courses will be waived with coursework from the partner institution:

HCS 350 ................................................................................... 3 credits

Health Care Communication

HCS 438 ................................................................................... 3 credits

Statistical Applications

HCS 478 ................................................................................... 3 credits

Health Law and Ethics

HCS 482 ................................................................................... 3 credits

Health Care Informatics

NUR 403................................................................................... 3 credits

Theories and Models of Nursing Practice

NUR 427................................................................................... 3 credits

Health and Chronic Disease Management

The University reserves the right to modify the required course of study. All grades of “F” or grades not meeting minimum specific course grade requirements must be repeated. Additional Admission Requirements for the BSN • High school graduation from an institution that holds state

approval to confer high school diplomas or are accredited or a candidate for accreditation at the time the student attended by an acceptable accrediting body, GED certificate, CHSPE (California High School Proficiency Examination) certificate, or completion of the HiSET examination with a passing score.

• Current employment is not a requirement for admission. • Completion of an associate degree in nursing from an approved

RN-BSN transfer partner institution. • Signed Criminal Background Check Disclosure • Signed Acknowledgement of Criminal Conviction Prohibition

for Placement and Licensure • Signed FERPA Release/Drug Test or Failure to Test Results • Enrollment Agreements signed 7/1/2016 or later, signed

Clinical Assurance Statement form • Students must complete HSN 302, NSG 391 and NUR 440CC as

a Non-Degree student with UOPX with a C or better as part of their associate degree progression with the partner institution and prior to admission to University of Phoenix.

Degree Requirements for the BSN • Completion of a minimum of 120 credits that include the

following: • A minimum of 30 upper division credits. • A maximum of 90 lower division credits • A minimum of 54 of the 120 credits must be in the general

education areas approved by the University. • A minimum program grade point average (GPA) of 2.0. • The diploma awarded for this program will read as:

Bachelor of Science in Nursing Academic Progression Requirements for the BSN • All students enrolling in the BSN Partner program will take

NUR 443CC as their first course. • Students may take courses required for the Bachelor of Science

in Nursing degree in any sequence as long as the prerequisite(s) for each course has been satisfactorily completed.

• Students whose RN license becomes restricted, encumbered or revoked while enrolled in the program may not enroll in any further program courses.

• Satisfy University Proficiency Requirements • Undergraduate students must satisfy math and English

proficiencies as a condition of degree conferral and as a degree progression requirement prior to specific courses in their program.

• Students have the following options to fulfill proficiency: • Successful completion of University of Phoenix math and

English courses designated as applicable to the proficiency requirement

• Comparable regionally or approved nationally accredited transfer, or credit recommended by the American Council on Education transfer coursework that meets the following requirements:

-Completed within five years of enrollment -Grade of C- or better (or academic equivalent) -At least 2.67 semester credits -Eligible to receive general education credits • Achieve a passing score (as established by the American Council

on Education) on a comparable National Testing Program (NTP) exam completed within five years of enrollment.

• Demonstrate competency by meeting minimum passing score on University of Phoenix approved placement exam.

• Students who satisfied the English and/or math proficiency and sign a new enrollment agreement may carry forward the completed proficiency in their new program/version provided they have remained in continuous attendance in alignment with the University's Re-Entry policy.

257

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

• A clinical course may not be taken concurrently with any other course. The clinical courses in this program include: NUR 405CC, NUR 408CC, and NUR 492CC.

• Any student who demonstrates behaviors in a clinical, classroom, or laboratory setting that gives rise to a reasonable suspicion, of substance abuse or otherwise indicates that the student may be impaired by drugs or alcohol, without reasonable justification will be required to undergo a "for-cause" 10 panel, plus alcohol drug test.

Candidacy Status for the BSN The School of Nursing has two levels of review consisting of Level 1 Candidate Status and Level 2 Candidate Status. Applicants must meet requirements for both levels of candidacy status to continue in their program with no interruption of scheduling. • Level 1 Candidate Status is completed upon admission to the

University. Students who are admitted have met the requirements for Candidate Status Level 1.

• All Level 2 Candidate Status requirements must be completed and posted to the student's academic record prior to starting NUR 405CC. Review for Level 2 Candidacy will be based on the following items: • Documentation of a permanent valid, unrestricted,

unencumbered RN license. • Completion of all general education credits.

Minimum Grade Requirements for the BSN Students in the Bachelor of Science in Nursing are required to achieve a minimum grade of “C” (2.0) in specific nursing and clini- cal courses. Students who fail to receive a minimum grade of “C” in any of the specified courses will be scholastically disqualified from the University. (“C-” is not acceptable). These courses include: HSN 302, NSG 391, NUR 405CC, NUR 408CC, NUR 440CC, NUR 443CC, and NUR 492CC. Effective for new Enrollment Agreements signed 10/1/2015 or later: Students cannot repeat more than one nursing or clinical course from the list above. Students who fail to achieve the mini- mum grade requirement on a second course will be scholastically suspended, permanently withdrawn, from the Bachelor of Science in Nursing program. Students who have been scholastically disqualified will not be allowed to continue in their degree program until they have taken the following steps: • Met with the Campus College Chair, an assigned nursing faculty

member, or designee to discuss the non-passing grade and resolve any concerns moving forward.

• Completion of the academic progression student agreement form, signed by the student and returned to Campus College Chair, or designee.

• Retake of the course which placed them on scholastic disqualification and satisfy the grade requirement.

Residency Requirements and Course Waivers for the BSN Students must meet the established University residency require- ment for degree conferral. The University requires that the major- ity of coursework, 30 credits from a combination of the Required Course of Study, General Education, and Electives must be com- pleted at University of Phoenix. Students in this program may waive a maximum of 18 credits from their required course of study using their associates degree in nurs- ing from an approved partner institution. The following courses will be waived with coursework from the partner institution: HCS 350, NUR 403, NUR 427, HCS 438, HCS 478, and HCS 482. Students

in this program are not eligible to waive any additional courses from the required course of study. The following courses in the Required Course of Study may not be waived or satisfied with transfer coursework: HSN 251, HSN 302, NSG 391, NUR 405CC, NUR 408CC, NUR 440CC, NUR 443CC, NUR 492CC, Upper Division Elective, and Upper Division Humanities. General Education Requirements for the BSN A minimum of 54 of the 120 credits must be in the general educa- tion areas approved by the University. Communication Arts, 6 credits Must include COMM 215, equivalent or higher. Mathematics, 6 credits Effective for enrollment agreements signed 6/1/2016 or later, must include 6 credits of statistics or higher Natural/Physical Sciences, 12 credits Humanities, 6 credits Students will fulfill the Humanities content requirement by completing HSN 251 and a 3-credit upper division Humanities Elective as part of the required course of study. Students may use excess general education or elective credit to satisfy the six required Humanities General Education credits. Social Science, 6 credits Interdisciplinary Component, 18 credits Any earned credit may be applied to the Interdisciplinary Component, with the exception of the following: credits applied to course(s) in the Required Course of Study as a waiver, equivalent course(s) to the BSN Required Course of Study and credits that apply to other areas of general education or the nursing Required Course of Study. Physical Education activity credits are limited to four (4) credits. Students who lack .67 or fewer general education credits may use interdisciplinary or elective credits to waive the balance. Students must use interdisciplinary or elective credits to waive the general education balance in order to complete the minimum general edu- cation credits required for their program. For a description of the preceding general education areas, see the Undergraduate Programs section within this catalog. Re-entry for the BSN Any student who has been out of attendance for more than 365 days from the last date of positive recorded attendance in a pro- gram applicable course is considered a re-entry student to this pro- gram. Re-entry students may re-enroll into their program version if the program version is still the most current in their state or jurisdic- tion and the student has the ability to satisfy all program require- ments within their original program completion deadline. Re-entry students whose program version is not the most current in their state or jurisdiction will be required to enroll into the most current version. An appeal will be required for re-entry students to re-enroll in their program if: • The student is requesting to return after being administratively

withdrawn due to one of the following student academic statuses: academic disqualification (AD), scholastic suspension (SS), or scholastic disqualification (SD).

• The student's program version is still the most current offered in their state or jurisdiction but they are unable to complete the remaining program requirements within the original program completion deadline.

258

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

School of Nursing

• The student wishes to return to a prior program version and the student can complete their remaining requirements within the original program completion deadline.

Re-entry students will be required to submit an admissions appli- cation as well as all forms and documents required for readmission to the program at the time of re-entry.

........................................................................................... Bachelor of Science in Nursing Partner (California)

The following Bachelor of Science in Nursing Partner (BSN) program may be offered at these University of Phoenix campus locations: Online, depending on state of residence. The availability of programs and concentrations depend on student demand and other factors. Not all programs may be available to all residents of all states. Students may want to consider completing certain courses in the Online classroom at Online rates if the program is available via the Online modality in their state.

........................................................................................... Please contact your enrollment representative for more information.

The Bachelor of Science in Nursing (BSN), accredited by the Com- mission of Collegiate Nursing Education (CCNE), is a program designed to develop the professional knowledge and skills of regis- tered nurses. The curriculum builds on a foundation of biological, physical, and social sciences, which contribute to the science of nursing. The liberal arts components enhance the development of the intellectual, social, and cultural aspects of the professional nurse. This baccalaureate program includes behavioral objectives that concentrate on the development of the nurse's role as care- giver, teacher, and leader. Utilizing human caring as a framework, registered nurses are prepared as generalists who are able to apply critical thinking, progressional skills, and knowledge to client out- comes and health care systems. The Bachelor of Science in Nursing programs at the University of Phoenix are accredited by the Commission on Collegiate Nursing Education http://www.aacn.nche.edu/ccne-accreditation. For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program, and other important information, please visit our website at http://www.phoenix.edu/ programs/bsn. Program Purpose This program is a post-licensure education program designed for nurses with current RN licensure who wish to obtain a Bachelor’s degree in the professional field of nursing. The program is designed to develop the professional knowledge and skills of registered nurses and prepare them as generalists who are able to apply critical thinking, professional skills, and knowledge to client outcomes and health care systems. Program Student Learning Outcomes In addition to the knowledge and skills related to the University Learning Goals, School of Nursing graduating students are intended to attain certain program-specific knowledge, skills and abilities. Therefore, you should be able to demonstrate the follow- ing learning outcomes by the time you complete this program. • Students will integrate ethical values and respect for cultural

diversity in safe patient-centered health care delivery and practice in a variety of health care settings.

• Students will apply theories, knowledge, and the nursing process to provide safe patient-centered care in a variety of health care settings.

• Students will apply health promotion and disease management principles that integrate evidenced-based nursing knowledge to ensure safe patient-centered care.

• Students will integrate professional nursing leadership roles as designer, manager, and coordinator of safe patient-centered care in a variety of health care settings.

• Students will use health care equipment, technology, communication devices, and information systems to provide safe patient-centered care in a variety of health care settings.

• Students will analyze the effect of health care policy, regulatory, legal, economic, and sociocultural environments on health care delivery and practice in a variety of health care settings.

• Students will integrate professional role as educator in health care delivery and practice in a variety of health care settings.

Preferred Sequence and Prerequisites for the BSN The courses below make up the Required Course of Study for the BSN program and must be completed at University of Phoenix. Since this is a Pathway Partnership program, course requirements may be satisfied three different ways. As outlined below, some courses may be completed by the student in a Non-Degree status prior to admission to the program. Other courses may be waived using transfer coursework from the partnering institution. The remaining courses will be completed at University of Phoenix fol- lowing admission to the BSN program. Students residing in California who have a California nursing license are required to take NUR 405CA and NUR 408CA. Courses requiring prerequisites are identified by a ~ symbol fol- lowing the course number. Course descriptions for all courses are listed in the Course Guide section of the catalog (page B-1).

The following courses will be taken at University of Phoenix:

HSN 302 ................................................................................... 3 credits

Undergraduate Nursing Studies

NSG 391 ~................................................................................ 3 credits

Professional Nursing Practice

NUR 440CC ~ ......................................................................... 3 credits

Health Assessment and Promotion for Vulnerable Populations

Upper Division Non-Nursing Elective ............................... 6 credits

NUR 443CC ~ ......................................................................... 3 credits

Evidence-Based Nursing Research and Practice

NUR 405CA ~ ......................................................................... 4 credits

Healthy Communities: Theory and Practice

NUR 408CA ~ ......................................................................... 4 credits

Epidemiology: Global and Public Health

NUR 492CC ~ ......................................................................... 4 credits

Senior Practicum: Leadership and Management

The following courses will be waived with coursework from the partner institution:

HCS 350 ................................................................................... 3 credits

Health Care Communication

HCS 438 ................................................................................... 3 credits

Statistical Applications

HCS 478 ................................................................................... 3 credits

Health Law and Ethics

HCS 482 ................................................................................... 3 credits

Health Care Informatics

NUR 403................................................................................... 3 credits

Theories and Models of Nursing Practice

259

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

NUR 427 ................................................................................... 3 credits

Health and Chronic Disease Management

Lower Division Nursing Elective ....................................... 24 credits

The University reserves the right to modify the required course of study. Additional Admission Requirements for the BSN All applicants are expected to meet the following admissions requirements: • High school graduation from an institution that holds state

approval to confer high school diplomas or are accredited or a candidate for accreditation at the time the student attended by an acceptable accrediting body, GED certificate or CHSPE (California High School Proficiency Examination) certificate, or completion of the HiSET examination with a passing score.

• Current employment is not a requirement for admission. • Completion of an associate degree in nursing from an approved

RN-BSN transfer partner institution. • Signed Criminal Background Check Disclosure • Signed Acknowledgement of Criminal Conviction Prohibition

for Placement and Licensure • Signed FERPA Release/Drug Test or Failure to Test Results • Enrollment Agreements signed 7/1/2016 or later, signed

Clinical Assurance Statement form • Students must complete HSN 302, NSG 391 and NUR 440CC as

a Non-Degree student with UOPX with a C or better as part of their associate degree progression with the partner institution and prior to admission to University of Phoenix.

Candidacy Status for the BSN The College of Nursing has two levels of review consisting of Level 1 Candidate Status and Level 2 Candidate Status. Applicants must meet requirements for both levels of candidacy status to continue in their program with no interruption of scheduling. Level 1 Candidate Status is completed upon admission to the Uni- versity. Students who are admitted have met the requirements for Candidate Status Level 1. All Level 2 Candidate Status requirements must be completed and posted to the student's academic record prior to starting NUR/ 405CC. Review for Level 2 Candidacy will be based on the follow- ing items: • Documentation of a valid, unrestricted, unencumbered RN

license. • Completion of all general education credits. Degree Requirements for the BSN • Completion of a minimum of 120 credits that include the

following distribution: • A minimum of 30 upper division credits. • A maximum of 90 lower division credits • A minimum of 48 of the 120 credits must be in the general

education areas approved by the University. • A minimum grade point average (GPA) of 2.0. • The diploma awarded for this program will read as:

Bachelor of Science in Nursing Additional Academic Progression Requirements for the BSN • All students enrolling in the BSN Partner program will take

NUR 443CC as their first course. • Students may take courses required for the Bachelor of Science

in Nursing degree in any sequence as long as the prerequisite(s) for each course has been satisfactorily completed.

• Students whose RN license becomes restricted, encumbered or revoked while enrolled in the program may not enroll in any further program courses.

• Satisfy University Proficiency Requirements • Undergraduate students must satisfy math and English

proficiencies as a condition of degree conferral and as a degree progression requirement prior to specific courses in their program.

• Students have the following options to fulfill proficiency: • Successful completion of University of Phoenix math and

English courses designated as applicable to the proficiency requirement

• Comparable regionally or approved nationally accredited transfer, or credit recommended by the American Council on Education transfer coursework that meets the following requirements:

-Completed within five years of enrollment -Grade of C- or better (or academic equivalent) -At least 2.67 semester credits -Eligible to receive general education credits • Achieve a passing score (as established by the American Council

on Education) on a comparable National Testing Program (NTP) exam completed within five years of enrollment.

• Demonstrate competency by meeting minimum passing score on University of Phoenix approved placement exam.

• Students who satisfied the English and/or math proficiency and sign a new enrollment agreement may carry forward the completed proficiency in their new program/version provided they have remained in continuous attendance in alignment with the University's Re-Entry policy.

• A clinical course may not be taken concurrently with any other course. The clinical courses in this program include: NUR 405CC, NUR 408CC, and NUR 492CC.

• Any student who demonstrates behaviors in a clinical, classroom, or laboratory setting that gives rise to a reasonable suspicion, of substance abuse or otherwise indicates that the student may be impaired by drugs or alcohol, without reasonable justification will be required to undergo a "for-cause" 10 panel, plus alcohol drug test.

Minimum Grade Requirements for the BSN • Students in the Bachelor of Science in Nursing are required to

achieve a minimum grade of "C" (2.0) in specific nursing and clinical courses. A "C-" grade is not acceptable. Students who fail to receive a minimum grade of "C" in any of the following courses will be scholastically disqualified from the University. These courses include: HSN 302, NSG 391, NUR 405CC, NUR 408CC, NUR 440CC, NUR 443CC, NUR 492CC.

Effective for new Enrollment Agreements signed 10/1/2015 or later: Students cannot repeat more than one nursing or clinical course from the list above. Students who fail to achieve the mini- mum grade requirement on a second course will be scholastically suspended, permanently withdrawn, from the Bachelor of Science in Nursing program. Students who have been scholastically disqualified will not be allowed to continue in their degree program until they have taken the following steps: • Met with the Campus College Chair, an assigned nursing faculty

member, or designee to discuss the non-passing grade and resolve any concerns moving forward.

260

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

School of Nursing

• Completion of the academic progression student agreement form, signed by the student and returned to Campus College Chair, or designee.

• Retake of the course which placed them on scholastic disqualification and satisfy the grade requirement.

Residency Requirements and Course Waivers for the BSN • Students must meet the established University residency

requirement for degree conferral. The University requires that the majority of coursework, 30 credits from a combination of the Required Course of Study, General Education, and Electives must be completed at University of Phoenix.

• Students in this program may waive a maximum of 18 credits from their required course of study using their associates degree in nursing from an approved partner institution. The following courses will be waived with coursework from the partner institution: HCS 350, NUR 403, NUR 427, HCS 438, HCS 478, and HCS 482. Students in this program are not eligible to waive any additional courses from the required course of study.

• The following courses in the Required Course of Study may not be waived or satisfied with transfer coursework: HSN 302, NSG 391, NUR 405CA, NUR 405CC, NUR 408CA, NUR 408CC, NUR 440CC, NUR 443CC, NUR 492CC, Upper Division Non-Nursing Elective.

General Education Requirements for the BSN A minimum of 48 of the 120 credits must be in the general educa- tion areas approved by the University. Communication Arts, 6 credits Must include COMM 215, equivalent or higher. Must include an oral communication course and a written communication course. Mathematics, 6 credits Effective for enrollment agreements signed 6/1/2016 or later, must include 6 credits of statistics or higher Natural/Physical Sciences, 12 credits Humanities, 6 credits Social Science, 6 credits Must include 3 credits of psychology and 3 credits of sociology or anthropology Additional Liberal Arts, 3 credits Interdisciplinary Component, 9 credits Any earned credit may be applied to the Interdisciplinary Component, with the exception of the following: credits applied to course(s) in the Required Course of Study as a waiver, equivalent course(s) to the BSN Required Course of Study and credits that apply to other areas of general education or the nursing Required Course of Study. Physical Education activity credits are limited to four (4) credits. Students who lack .67 or fewer general education credits may use interdisciplinary or elective credits to waive the balance. Students must use interdisciplinary or elective credits to waive the general education balance in order to complete the minimum general edu- cation credits required for their program.

Re-entry for the BSN Any student who has been out of attendance for more than 365 days from the last date of positive recorded attendance in a pro- gram applicable course is considered a re-entry student to this pro- gram. Re-entry students may re-enroll into their program version if the program version is still the most current in their state or jurisdic- tion and the student has the ability to satisfy all program require- ments within their original program completion deadline. Re-entry students whose program version is not the most current in their state or jurisdiction will be required to enroll into the most current version. An appeal will be required for re-entry students to re-enroll in their program if: • The student is requesting to return after being administratively

withdrawn due to one of the following student academic statuses: academic disqualification (AD), scholastic suspension (SS), or scholastic disqualification (SD).

• The student's program version is still the most current offered in their state or jurisdiction but they are unable to complete the remaining program requirements within the original program completion deadline.

• The student wishes to return to a prior program version and the student can complete their remaining requirements within the original program completion deadline.

Re-entry students will be required to submit an admissions appli- cation as well as all forms and documents required for readmission to the program at the time of re-entry.

261

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

THIS PAGE WAS LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY

262

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

COLLEGE OF EDUCATION (Online)

.....................................................................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................................................... COLLEGE OF EDUCATION (Online)

The College of Education offers undergraduate programs designed for future educators combining content and pedagogical prepara- tion. These programs are developed and taught by skilled practi- tioners who work in their respective fields, and emphasize knowledge, skills, dispositions, and lifelong learning as essential elements for professional practice. Each program blends theory and practice through a combination of individual and collaborative work to foster a learning environment that allows students to build their knowledge base and apply what they have learned to "impact student learning one educator at a time." Each student/applicant is responsible for checking with his/her state Department of Educa- tion and/or school district to determine specific credentialing requirements. The College of Education offers associate level degree programs designed to provide content knowledge in areas such as English/language arts, fine arts, math, science, and social studies, as well as foundational coursework in education.

........................................................................................... Admission Requirements for University of Phoenix

All applicants are expected to meet the following admission requirements: • Applicants whose native language is not English must have

either: • achieved a minimum score of 213 on the computer-based test

(cBT), or a score of 79 on the internet-based test (iBT), or a score of 550 on the written-based test (wBT) on the Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) within two years of application to the University.

-or- • achieved a minimum passing score of 750 on the Test of

English as an International Communication (TOEIC) within two years of application to the University.

-or- • achieved a minimum passing score of 6.5 on the test of the

International English Language Testing System (IELTS) within two years of application to the University.

-or- • achieved a minimum score of 69 on the Berlitz Online Test of

Reading and Listening Skills - English or a minimum score of 550 on the Berlitz Online English Proficiency Exam within two years of application to the University.

-or- • successful completion of the approved ESL series of courses

completed at: Canadian College of English Language (CCEL), International Language Schools of Canada (ILSC) or Kaplan.

-or- • achieved a minimum score of 59 on the Pearson Test of

English Academic Exam within two years of application to the University.

• The following may exempt a non-native speaker from having to take the TOEFL/TOEIC/IELTS, however official documentation may be required: • The applicant has successfully completed thirty (30)

transferable, academic semester credits at a regionally or nationally accredited college or university in the United States.

• The applicant has successfully completed the equivalent of thirty (30) transferable, academic semester credits at a recognized college or university in a country in which English is the official language.

• The applicant has successfully completed the equivalent of thirty (30) transferable, academic semester credits at a recognized institution where English is the medium of instruction.

• The applicant has previously earned, prior to applying for admission to the University of Phoenix, a U.S. high school diploma or G.E.D. Applicants that list any language other than English as their native language on the admission application and G.E.D is taken, must submit a copy of the G.E.D to verify it was taken in the English version format.

• The applicant has earned the equivalent of a U.S. high school diploma in a country in which English is the official language.

• The applicant has earned the equivalent of a U.S. high school diploma at an institution where English is the medium of instruction.

• Applicants who reside in the United States must meet one of the following requirements: • Be a legal resident of the United States • Have been granted permanent residency • Have a valid visa that does not prohibit educational studies • Have been granted temporary protected status and has been

verified through Citizenship and Immigration Service that the country is eligible for TPS status at the time of application sign date. Student must list TPS as the visa type on the admissions application in order for US to verify TPS status.

• Have been granted asylum or refugee status. • A signed Enrollment/Disclosure Agreement. • Students, who list less than 24 previous college credits as

recognized by the University on the admissions application, are required to successfully complete a University Orientation Workshop (UNIV 100 for Online or UNIV 101 for local campus) to be officially admitted (AM).

• Only students who reside within the United States and its territories are eligible to enroll into a University of Phoenix bachelor or master of education program.

• A signed New Student Checklist may be required. • Completion of any state-specific required documents or forms. • Applicants who have been expelled from other institutions are

not eligible for admission to University of Phoenix. • Students who have been expelled from University of Phoenix

are not eligible for readmission to University of Phoenix. No appeals will be accepted.

Students who begin their studies at campuses located in the states listed below are required to submit immunization information to the University. The state appropriate forms must be completed and sent to Office of Admissions & Records.

263

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

• Students attending a local campus in Oklahoma must provide written documentation of vaccinations or immunity against Hepatitis B, measles, mumps, and rubella (MMR). Students must demonstrate compliance with the immunization requirement prior to the first attendance in a university course and documentation concerning this requirement must be on file at the time of admission to the university.

• Students attending a physical campus in the state of Tennessee are required to submit a Hepatitis B Waiver form to the University.

Students residing in the states listed below are required to submit health insurance information to the University. The state appropri- ate forms must be completed and sent to Office of Admissions & Records. • Full and part-time students enrolled in a college, university or

other institution of higher learning in Massachusetts must participate in a school sponsored health insurance plan, or an alternate plan with comparable coverage. All full and part-time students attending a Massachusetts local campus must complete the Student Health Insurance Plan Enrollment/ Acknowledgement form indicating either that they have either enrolled in the University's sponsored plan or that they decline participation in the University sponsored plan as they have comparable health insurance coverage. Students must complete and submit this form prior to enrolling in any class. Students who do not complete the Enrollment/Acknowledgement form each calendar year may not enroll in further courses until the form has been completed and the student has appropriate health insurance coverage.

All residents of Hawaii are required to submit immunization infor- mation to the University.

The Hawaii State Department of Health requires that all students attending school at a campus in this state who were born after December 31, 1956, be immunized for measles-mumps-rubella (MMR). Additionally, in order for Hawaii residents to be admitted, the University requires that all applicants to this program provide a verification of immunization of MMR. Students shall demonstrate compliance with the immunization requirement prior to the first attendance in a university course and documentation concerning this requirement must be on file at the time of admission to the university.

Exemptions from the MMR immunization requirement may be granted for the following reasons: • A medical exemption may be granted to specific vaccines.

• A U.S. licensed physician (M.D. or D.O.) must state in writing that giving a specific vaccine would endanger the student's life or health, and specify the reason based on valid medical contraindications.

• The physician must state the length of time during which the vaccine would endanger the student's health or life.

• The exemption certification must be signed by the physician on the physician's printed stationery.

• A religious exemption may be granted if the student signs a statement certifying that the student's religious beliefs prohibit the practice of immunization.

• If the State of Hawaii Director of Health determines that there is a danger of an outbreak from any of the diseases for which immunization is required, no exemption shall be recognized and inadequately immunized students shall be excluded from school until the Director has determined that the outbreak is over.

• A copy of each exemption must be kept in the student's health record at school.

The Hawaii State Department of Health requires that all students attending school at a campus in this state shall provide a Certificate of TB Examination issued in the United States within 12 months prior to their first attendance in a post-secondary school in Hawaii. Additionally, in order for Hawaii residents to be admitted, the Uni- versity requires that all applicants to this program provide a clear Certificate of TB Examination. A completed Certificate of TB Exam- ination shall be submitted prior to the first attendance in a univer- sity course or the student will not be permitted to attend class. Students shall complete Section A of this form, or submit a copy of their TB Clearance Certification received prior to their attendance at another Hawaii post-secondary school. In accordance with Section 10a-155 of the Connecticut general stat- utes, all full time or matriculating students will be required to dem- onstrate proof of adequate immunization against measles, mumps, rubella (MMR) and varicella as recommended by the Advisory Committee for Immunization Practices (ACIP). For more specific state information, refer to the link below. Students shall demon- strate compliance with the immunization requirement prior to the first attendance in a university course and documentation concern- ing this requirement must be on file at the time of admission to the university. Exemptions from the MMR and varicella immunization requirements may be granted for the following reasons: • The student was born before January 1, 1957 (applicable to MMR

vaccine only). • The student was born in the United States before January 1, 1980

(applicable to the varicella (chicken pox) vaccine only) • The student has documentation from a physician stating that it

is medically inadvisable to receive the vaccines for the one or more of the diseases as indicated on the immunization form.

• The student has documentation from a physician or director of health that he/she has had a confirmed case of one or more of the diseases as indicated on the immunization form.

• The student has laboratory confirmation of immunity to the disease(s) as indicated on the immunization form.

• The student has submitted a statement that immunization is contrary to his/her religious beliefs.

• The student is enrolled exclusively online and does not congregate with other students on campus or at campus- sponsored events. If the student later decides to attend a class at a University of Phoenix local campus location in Connecticut, the student must meet the immunization requirements before he/she may begin attending classes at a local campus location.

• The student graduated from a public or nonpublic high school in the state of Connecticut in 1999 or later and was not exempt from the measles, rubella and on or after August 1, 2010, the mumps vaccination requirement pursuant to subdivision (2) or (3) of subsection (a) of section 10-204a.

264

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

COLLEGE OF EDUCATION (Online)

Bachelor of Science in Education/Elementary

........................................................................................... Education

The following Bachelor of Science in Education/Elementary Education (BSED/E) program may be offered at these University of Phoenix campus locations: Online, depending on state of residence. The availability of programs and concentrations depend on student demand and other factors. Not all programs may be available to all residents of all states. Students may want to consider completing certain courses in the Online classroom at Online rates if the program is available via the Online modality in their state. Please contact your enrollment representative for

........................................................................................... more information.

The Bachelor of Science in Education/Elementary (BSEd-E) is an undergraduate degree program preparing candidates for teacher licensure. The guiding philosophy of the BSEd/E program is to provide students with the skills and knowledge that will allow them to become competent and effective educators. This program focuses on elementary student learning by developing the skills of the educator responsible for that learning. Student teaching is an integral component of the Teacher Education Program. It provides students with a field-based experience at the appropriate grade and content level. Student teachers work with a cooperating teacher from a school site and with a University of Phoenix faculty advisor. The student teaching experience is designed to emphasize the achievement of state standards leading to certification and to present individuals with growth opportunities that best prepare them to assume the duties of a certified classroom teacher. Throughout the program, students are required to complete a min- imum of 100 hours of verified field experiences, covering a variety of developmental levels. The focus of each observation will relate to specific course content. For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program, and other important information, please visit our website at http://www.phoenix.edu/ programs/bsed-e. State authorization to provide a program related to the preparation of teachers or other P-12 school/system personnel does not indicate eligibility for an Alabama certificate. Applicants for an Alabama certificate based on reciprocity must meet Alabama's test requirements and submit a valid, renewable professional educator certificate/license issued by another state at the degree level, grade level, and in the teaching field or area of instructional support for which an Alabama certificate is sought and for which Alabama issues a certificate. Applicants for Alabama certification in an area of administration must also document at least three years of full-time employment as an administrator in a P-12 school system(s). www.alsde.edu Program Purpose The Bachelor of Science in Education/Elementary Education is an undergraduate degree program intended to prepare students with no prior teaching experience for initial teacher licensure. The program is designed for students who want to become elementary school teachers and includes a clinical component requiring field experiences and student teaching above and beyond program coursework. As licensure requirements may vary by state, it is the student's responsibility to ascertain and meet licensure requirements in any state in which the student desires to practice and to contact the applicable state educator licensure agency to verify current requirements to become a licensed teacher. There may be

additional qualifications and/or disqualifications applicable in order to work as a teacher with any local, state or federal entity. Program Category Requirements and Course Selections Courses requiring prerequisites are identified by a ~ symbol fol- lowing the course number. Course descriptions for all courses are listed in the Course Guide section of the catalog (page B-1). Introductory Course, 3 total credits GEN 201 (A TRACK) ............................................................. 3 credits Foundations for University Success GEN 127 (B TRACK .............................................................. 3 credits) University Studies for Success Orientation, 0 total credits EDU 300 ................................................................................... 0 credits Orientation to Teacher Education History and Foundations of Education, 6 total credits EDU 301~ ............................................................................... 3 credits Foundations of Education EDU 315~ ............................................................................... 3 credits Legal & Ethical Issues in Education Educational Theories and Models, 6 total credits EDU 311~................................................................................ 3 credits Models and Theories of Instruction EDU 321 ................................................................................... 3 credits Classroom Management Human Development, 3 total credits EDU 305~ ............................................................................... 3 credits Child Development Assessment, 3 total credits EED 400.................................................................................... 3 credits Assessment in Elementary Education

Reading, 9 total credits RDG 350 ................................................................................... 3 credits Children's Literature RDG 420 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits Elementary Methods - Reading/Language Arts RDG 415 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits Diagnosis and Remediation of Reading Difficulties Special Populations, 9 total credits SEI 300...................................................................................... 3 credits Structured English Immersion SEI 301 ~ .................................................................................. 3 credits Advanced Structured English Immersion Methods SPE 300..................................................................................... 3 credits Orientation to the Exceptional Child Elementary Methods, 15 total credits EED 416 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Elementary Methods - Mathematics EED 420 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Elementary Methods - Science EED 425 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Elementary Methods - Health/PE EED 430 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Elementary Methods - Social Studies EED 435 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Elementary Methods - Fine Arts

265

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

Student Teaching and Field Experience, 9 total credits EDU 390 ~ ..................................................................................1 credit Elementary Education Seminar EED 498~................................................................................. 4 credits Elementary Student Teaching, Seminar I EED 499~................................................................................. 4 credits Elementary Student Teaching, Seminar II Illinois, Delaware, and New Jersey residents will take EED 496 in place of EED 498 and EED 499 EED 496 ~ ................................................................................. 8 credits Student Teaching

The University reserves the right to modify the required course of Study. General Information for the BSED/E • First time attendees with the University who indicate less than

24 previous college credits (as recognized by the university) on the admission application and who meet the requirements for "Admitted with Condition" status, will be admitted with condition to this program according to the risk free period policy.

• Prior Learning Assessment and credits earned through National Testing Programs are excluded from the calculation of previous college credits.

• Applicants who have not previously completed an associate degree or higher at a regionally or approved nationally accredited institution must complete a Pathway Diagnostic before enrolling into their first credit-bearing course. The results of the diagnostic will determine placement in the Accelerated Pathway (A Track) or standard pathway (B Track).

• Students who have completed an associate degree or higher at a regionally or nationally accredited institution are not required to complete the Pathway Diagnostic and will be placed in the Accelerated Pathway (A Track).

• Students who are placed in the Accelerated Pathway may choose to pursue the standard pathway without appeal, but must complete the standard pathway in its entirety upon the change. Students who are placed in the standard pathway must appeal to pursue the Accelerated Pathway.

Additional Admission Requirements for the BSED/E All applicants are expected to meet the following admissions requirements: • High school graduation from an institution that holds state

approval to confer high school diplomas or are accredited or a candidate for accreditation at the time the student attended by an acceptable accrediting body, GED certificate or CHSPE (California High School Proficiency Examination) certificate, or completion of the HiSET examination with a passing score.

• South Carolina: Applicants attending a local campus in South Carolina must submit a copy of their high school diploma, high school transcript with graduation posted, GED certificate, GED transcript with successful completion posted, CHSPE examination results or a letter on letterhead from the high school records office confirming the date of graduation. Students may submit an Associate Degree posted transcript in lieu of the high school documentation. This may include a copy of a transcript or degree verification information from the institution's student website. Students can also submit a copy of a DD-214 showing high school graduation or equivalency to satisfy this requirement.

• Tennessee: Students residing in Tennessee who are attending classes via the Online modality and students attending a local campus in Tennessee, including from any cross-border locations must provide the university with an official High School transcript or official GED score (if applicable). A college transcript which documents high school attended and date of completion or a copy of a DD-214 showing high school graduation or equivalency may be submitted to satisfy this requirement.

• Applicants must be currently employed or have access to a work environment.

Candidacy Status for the BSED/E The College of Education has two levels of review consisting of Level 1 Candidate Status and Level 2 Candidate Status. Applicants must meet requirements for both levels of candidacy status to con- tinue in their program with no interruption of scheduling. • Level 1 Candidate Status is completed upon admission to the

University. Students who are admitted have met the requirements for Candidate Status Level 1.

• Level 2 Candidate Status is completed prior to the completion of 12 Required Course of Study (Core) credits of the program. To meet the Candidate Status Level 2 requirements, the following items must be completed. Evidence that these requirements have been met must be entered in IS3 and the student's eXp file.

• Demonstration of basic skills proficiency Students who reside in a state that does not have a basic skills exam have three options for completing this requirement. Students must pass the Praxis I exam at the cut score deter- mined by the College of Education. * Reading 169 * Writing 172 * Math 170 Students must pass the Essential Academic Skills provided by National Evaluation Systems at the cut scores determined by the national benchmark. * Essential Academic Skills Subtest I: Reading - 220 * Essential Academic Skills Subtest II: Writing - 220 * Essential Academic Skills Subtest III: Mathematics - 220 * Essential Academic Skills Subtest IV: Technology Literacy - 220 Core Academic Skills for Educators (Core) * Core Academic Skills for Educators: Reading 156 * Core Academic Skills for Educators: Writing - 162 * Core Academic Skills for Educators: Mathematics - 150

• Verification of fingerprint clearance Georgia residents attending Online and Local Campus students with enrollment agreements signed 3/1/2015 or thereafter seeking

266

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

COLLEGE OF EDUCATION (Online)

a Georgia certificate: Additional Candidacy Level II Requirements:

• Obtain a Georgia Pre-service Certificate. The steps to qualify for this certificate include:

• Completion of GACE Educator Ethics Assessment-Program Entry Assessment (350)

• Signed Pre-service certification application • Signed and notarized Verification of Lawful Presence (VLP)

Affidavit • Completed Background Check Form

Students must be admitted and meet Level 1 Candidate Status prior to being reviewed for Level 2 Candidate Status. Degree Completion Requirements for the BSED/E • Completion of a minimum of 120 credits that include the

following distribution:

• A minimum of 60 upper division credits in the Required Program Category Preferred Sequence.

• A minimum of 54 of the 120 credits must be in the general education areas approved by the University.

• A minimum grade point average (GPA) of 2.5.

• Satisfactory completion and uploading of the Teacher Work Sample (TWS).

• Satisfactory completion of any required internship, student teaching, practicum courses and/or alternative clinical practice.

• Complete course within the sequence specified by course prerequisite requirements.

• Meet state requirements as set forth by state of residency to receive state endorsement.

• Completion of Field Experience Record (100 hours).

• All students must complete the minimum number of credits required by their degree program.

• Georgia residents attending Online and Local Campus students who complete field experience, student teaching, and apply for state certification 9/1/2015 or thereafter must complete:

• Teacher Performance Assessment • GACE Educator Ethics Exit Exam (360)

• The diploma awarded for this program will read as: Bachelor of Science in Education Elementary Education

Academic Progression Requirements for the BSED/E Students placed in the Accelerated Pathway (A Track) are required to successfully complete GEN 201 as the first course in their pro- gram. Standard pathway (B Track) students must satisfy all three (3) courses from the standard pathway prior to enrolling in any other course: GEN 127, HUM 115, ENG 147 With the exception of ENG 147, GEN 127, GEN 201, and HUM 115, General Education and Elective course requirements may be satis- fied by any of the following means:

• University of Phoenix coursework, • Regionally or nationally accredited coursework (C- or higher

grade), • National Testing Programs, and • ACE evaluated Military credits.

Concurrent enrollment is prohibited during any of the courses in the standard pathway (B Track).

Accelerated Pathway (A Track) students may not enroll in GEN 127, ENG 147, or HUM 115 to satisfy programmatic prerequisites, general education or elective requirements. Continuously enrolled students in an approved entry point course should not execute a program or version change until completion of the entry point course to determine if the pathway diagnostic is required based on the outcome of the course. Students who have successfully completed an approved entry point course in a degree program and are re-entry or executing a program change will not be required to complete the pathway diagnostic and will be placed in the Accelerated Pathway (A Track). Students who previously completed an approved entry point course are not required to take GEN 127 or GEN 201. Students may not complete any of the standard pathway (B Track) courses via Directed Study. Satisfy University Proficiency Requirements Undergraduate students must satisfy math and English proficien- cies as a condition of degree conferral and as a degree progression requirement prior to specific courses in their program. Students have the following options to fulfill proficiency: • Successful completion of University of Phoenix math and

English courses designated as applicable to the proficiency requirement

• Comparable regionally or approved nationally accredited transfer, or credit recommended by the American Council on Education transfer coursework that meets the following requirements:

-Completed within ten years of enrollment -Grade of C- or better (or academic equivalent) -At least 2.67 semester credits -Eligible to receive general education credits Achieve a passing score (as established by the American Council on Education) on a comparable National Testing Program (NTP) exam completed within ten years of enrollment. Demonstrate competency by meeting minimum passing score on University of Phoenix approved placement exam. Students who satisfied the English and/or math proficiency and sign a new enrollment agreement may carry forward the com- pleted proficiency in their new program/version provided they have remained in continuous attendance in alignment with the University's Re-Entry policy. Candidates must provide verification of content knowledge mas- tery prior to beginning student teaching. Candidates must provide: • Verification of Elementary Education (Subtest I, II, and III) • Verification of immunization or TB test results (district specific) • Verification of the completion of 100 hours of field experience Many courses in the Required Course of Study build on or rein- force each other. To ensure that students have the requisite skills for specific coursework certain program areas must be satisfied before students can progress to others. All students must complete GEN 201 or GEN 127 as their first course at the University. Students must complete all General Education requirements prior to completion of EDU 390. Candidates will be required to have the minimum GPA for the pro- gram prior to entering the Student Teaching experience.

267

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

Minimum Grade Requirements for the BSED/E • A candidate must earn a grade of "B" (grades of "I" and "B-" are

not accepted) or better in the following courses in order to student teach: EDU 390, EED 498, EED 499. Illinois students only: EED 496

• Candidates who do not earn a "B" or better will be required to repeat the seminar(s) in which the candidate did not receive the required minimum grade and the related portion of student teaching. The Campus College chair will coordinate with the Cooperating/Mentor Teacher and Faculty Supervisor to design a remediation plan.

• If the candidate does not receive a grade of "B" or better on the second attempt, the candidate will be Scholastically Suspended, permanently withdrawn, from the program.

Residency Requirements and Course Waivers for the BSED/E Students must meet the established University residency require- ment for degree conferral. The University requires that the major- ity of coursework, 30 credits from a combination of the Required Course of Study, General Education, and Electives must be com- pleted at University of Phoenix. Students in this program may waive a maximum of 30 credits from their required course of study on the basis of regionally accredited transferable coursework. Upon the successful completion of the Child Development Associ- ate (CDA) or the Florida Child Care Professional Credential (FCCPC) candidates transferring to UOPX may waive 12 credits using the following coursework in the BSEd/E program. The options for credit application are based upon specific GE require- ments for each state. • * 3 credits in social studies • * 9 credits in additional liberal arts or • *12 credits in social studies or • *12 credits in any combination of social studies, additional

liberal arts or electives In order to be granted a waiver with credit for a course in the Required Course of Study, a student must have completed a previ- ous course which meets the following criteria: • The course must have been completed at a regionally accredited,

or candidate for accreditation, college or university.

• The course must have been completed within the past five (5) years from current program enrollment agreement sign date with a grade of "C" (2.0) or better.

• The course must be comparable in content and credits to the University course it is replacing and must be an equivalent level or higher level course (i.e. graduate level coursework may be used to waive graduate or undergraduate coursework). Course descriptions must be included with the course waiver form in order for the Office of Admissions and Evaluation to review the course waiver request.

Through an approved articulation agreement, students who have successfully completed equivalent courses may waive, without credits, up to thirty (30) credits of the Required Course of Study. Students must substitute other upper division coursework to sat- isfy the upper division credit requirement of their degree program (each program has specific substitution requirements).This policy

also applies to upper division courses which are used to fulfill Associate of Arts degree requirements. In order to be granted a waiver, without credit, for a course in the Required Course of Study, a student must have completed a previous course which meets the following criteria: • The course must have been completed and transcripted from a

regionally accredited institution with which the University of Phoenix has an approved articulation agreement.

• The course must have been completed with a grade of "C" (2.0) or better during the effective dates of the approved articulation agreement.

• The course must be approved through the articulation agreement and must be comparable in content and credits to the University course it is replacing.

The following courses in the Required Course of Study may not be waived: EDU 300, EDU 311, EDU 321, EDU 390, EED 416, EED 498, EED 499, GEN 127, GEN 201, RDG 415, SPE 300. Georgia and Illi- nois students only: EDU 300, EDU 311, EDU 321, EDU 390, EED 416, GEN 127, GEN 201, RDG 415, SPE 300, EED 496 Arizona residents may waive SEI 300 and/or SEI 301 with an Ari- zona Department of Education approved SEI course (institution of higher education or approved district workshop) OR verification of one of the following endorsements: • Arizona Provisional SEI Endorsement (SEI 300)

• Arizona Full SEI Endorsement (SEI 300 and SEI 301)

• Arizona English as a Second Language Endorsement

• Arizona Bilingual Endorsement

Approved SEI courses/workshops can be found at http:// www.ade.state.az.us/asd/lep/. General Education Requirements for the BSED/E A minimum of 54 of the 120 credits must be in the general educa- tion areas approved by the University. English/Language Arts Requirement(s) 12 credits Must include HUM 115 B track must include ENG 147 Mathematics Requirement(s) 12 credits 6 credits must include MTH 213 and MTH 214 Effective for Enrollment Agreements sign 6/1/2016 or later, must include 6 credits of quantitative reasoning or higher Physical/Biological Science Requirement(s) 6 credits Social Studies Requirement(s) 9 credits 3 credits must include HIS 301 or HIS 110 3 credits must include ETH 120 Fine Arts Requirement(s) 3 credits Art, music, drama or dance Humanities Requirement(s) 3 credits Additional Liberal Arts Requirement(s) 9 credits Physical Education activity credits are limited to four (4) credits. All undergraduate students are required to complete the minimum general education credits required by their program version. Unless otherwise noted, no timeframe or minimum grade (other than a passing grade) is required when applying UOPX or transfer coursework to the mandatory General Education courses (MTH 213, MTH 214, SOC 315, HIS 301 or HIS 110). Students may use a 2 semester credit Constitution course to satisfy the HIS 301 or HIS 110 constitution requirement, or a 2 semester credit Education Math course to satisfy the MTH 213 and MTH 214 requirements,

268

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

COLLEGE OF EDUCATION (Online)

but will be required to make up the credit with other Liberal Arts General Education credit to meet the minimum requirements. Students who lack .67 or fewer general education credits may use interdisciplinary or elective credits to waive the balance. Students must use interdisciplinary or elective credits to waive the general education balance in order to complete the minimum general edu- cation credits required for their program. Field Experience for BSED/E Beginning with the first course, and throughout the program, can- didates are required to complete a minimum of 100 hours of veri- fied field experiences, covering a variety of developmental levels from ages birth through grade eight. The focus of each field experi- ence will relate to specific course content and will follow a struc- tured format. Four formal field experience evaluations are required during the program (observation, one-on-one instruction, small- group instruction, and whole-group instruction). These evalua- tions must be maintained and reviewed as specified in the hand- book/courses. Documentation of field experience will be reviewed by campus staff and faculty prior to student teaching. Candidates must work with their campus to arrange field experience. Student Teaching for the BSED/E Student teaching is a full-time experience. Each campus establishes operational policies related to placement and completion of stu- dent teaching. Candidates must follow the guidelines in place at their campus. • Student teaching is the culminating experience of the Bachelor

of Science in Education program. Students must complete prerequisites leading up to Student Teaching Seminar I prior to beginning the student teaching experience.

• Student teaching must occur in a 1-8 self-contained classroom setting under the supervision of a certified teacher. This applies to self-contained settings only, not departmentalized settings.

• Candidates wishing to do their student teaching in a single subject in grades 6 - 8 must provide the following prior to Student Teaching I:

• Transcripts documenting of a minimum of 24 semester credits in their content area

• Passing scores on the state mandated content exam • Candidates must earn a "B" or better in Elementary Education

Seminar. If a candidate receives less than a "B" (B- or lower, or an incomplete grade), they must repeat the course.

• Student teachers who are removed from a placement at the request of a school district administrator will be withdrawn from class and will be issued a grade of "F" by their faculty member.

• Candidates must be enrolled in Student Teaching Seminar I and II during their student teaching experience. If a candidate chooses to postpone student teaching they must postpone their enrollment in these seminars.

• Student teaching can only be repeated one time.

• Unapproved self-terminations of student teaching will result in the candidate receiving a failing grade for the student teaching experience and the associated student teaching seminar. This experience counts as one of their two student teaching attempts.

• Candidates that do not successfully complete the second student teaching program will be removed from the program and are not eligible for re-entry.

• Candidates must student teach in a self-contained elementary setting. Candidates may not student teach in special education.

• Students should complete student teaching within twelve (12) months from the completion date of their last required course in the program.

• Students must complete a minimum of 8 credit hours of student teaching, including the completion of a Teacher Work Sample project.

Candidates who are unable to complete their student teaching experience at the campus where they began are not guaranteed a placement. Candidates may be able to complete their student teaching online. A select number of states do not participate in the University of Phoenix Teacher Education program. Candidates must contact the Online Administrative Offices for a list of partici- pating states and procedures for student teaching placement. • Candidates must successfully pass the Elementary Education

Seminar with a "B" or better.

• Candidates must enroll in the remaining Student Teaching Seminars online while completing their student teaching experience.

• Candidates need to work directly with the Online Administrative Offices to complete the requirements for verification of placement.

Re-entry for the BSED/E Re-entry students who have successfully completed an approved entry point course in a degree program will not be required to com- plete the pathway diagnostic and will be placed in the Accelerated Pathway (A Track). They will not be required to enroll in the stan- dard pathway (B Track) courses. Candidates who have been out of attendance for more than one year and have completed all degree requirements except student teaching, internship or practicum and can complete within their original deadline may reenter their original program version. However, if the state certification requirements have changed since a candidate went out of attendance needing only student teaching, internship or practicum, in addition to the admissions paperwork required by the University Re-entry policy, the candidate must complete an Enrollment Agreement Addendum before reentry to the original program version will be approved. Candidates who have been out of attendance for more than one year and are lacking more than student teaching, internship or practicum and meet the following criteria are eligible for reentry into their current program version. • Met Level 2 Candidacy • Have 60 or more applied credits • The ability to satisfy all program requirements within their

original program completion deadline Only students who reside within the United States and its territo- ries are eligible to enroll into a UOPX bachelor or master of educa- tion program. International students who have been out of attendance for more than 365 days will not be eligible to re-enter. Institutional Recommendation for the BSED/E Candidates must meet all current state certification requirements prior to being issued an Institutional Recommendation (IR, request for state teaching credential). Upon completion, candidates must complete a University of Phoe- nix graduation application in order to receive a diploma and offi- cial transcript. Candidates' records will be analyzed to ensure that

269

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

they have met all academic and financial requirements of their pro- grams. An IR cannot be completed until this process has been fin- ished. This will ensure that candidates have met all of their obligations to the University before they receive an IR from the University. Candidates must pass their state-mandated professional knowl- edge exam. Candidates must provide verification of state and U.S. Constitution coursework as required by the state certification agency.

Bachelor of Science in Education/Elementary

........................................................................................... Education (Hawaii)

The following Bachelor of Science in Education Elementary Education (BSED/E) program may be offered at these University of Phoenix campus locations: Online, depending on state of residence. The availability of programs and concentrations depend on student demand and other factors. Not all programs may be available to all residents of all states. Students may want to consider completing certain courses in the Online classroom at Online rates if the program is available via the Online modality in their state. Please contact your enrollment representative for

........................................................................................... more information.

The Bachelor of Science in Education/Elementary (BSEd-E) is an undergraduate degree program preparing candidates for teacher licensure. The guiding philosophy of the BSEd/E program is to provide students with the skills and knowledge that will allow them to become competent and effective educators. This program focuses on elementary student learning by developing the skills of the educator responsible for that learning. Student teaching is an integral component of the Teacher Education Program. It provides students with a field-based experience at the appropriate grade and content level. Student teachers work with a cooperating teacher from a school site and with a University of Phoenix faculty advisor. The student teaching experience is designed to emphasize the achievement of state standards leading to certification and to present individuals with growth opportunities that best prepare them to assume the duties of a certified classroom teacher. Throughout the program, students are required to complete a min- imum of 100 hours of verified field experiences, covering a variety of developmental levels. The focus of each observation will relate to specific course content. For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program, and other important information, please visit our website at http://www.phoenix.edu/ programs/bsed-e. Program Purpose The Bachelor of Science in Education/Elementary Education is an undergraduate degree program intended to prepare students with no prior teaching experience for initial teacher licensure. The program is designed for students who want to become elementary school teachers and includes a clinical component requiring field experiences and student teaching above and beyond program coursework. As licensure requirements may vary by state, it is the student's responsibility to ascertain and meet licensure requirements in any state in which the student desires to practice and to contact the applicable state educator licensure agency to verify current requirements to become a licensed teacher. There may be additional qualifications and/or disqualifications applicable in order to

work as a teacher with any local, state or federal entity. Program Category Requirements and Course Selections Courses requiring prerequisites are identified by a ~ symbol fol- lowing the course number. Course descriptions for all courses are listed in the Course Guide section of the catalog (page B-1). Introductory Course, 3 total credits GEN 201 (A Track) .................................................................. 3 credits Foundations for University Success GEN 127 (B Track)................................................................... 3 credits University Studies for Success Orientation, 0 total credits EDU 300 ................................................................................... 0 credits Orientation to Teacher Education History and Foundations of Education, 6 total credits EDU 301 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Foundations of Education EDU 315 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Legal & Ethical Issues in Education Educational Theories and Models, 6 total credits EDU 311 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Models and Theories of Instruction EDU 321 ................................................................................... 3 credits Classroom Management Human Development, 3 total credits EDU 305 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Child Development Assessment, 3 total credits EED 400 .................................................................................... 3 credits Assessment in Elementary Education

Reading, 9 total credits RDG 350 ................................................................................... 3 credits Children’s Literature RDG 420 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Elementary Methods - Reading/Language Arts RDG 415 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Diagnosis and Remediation of Reading Difficulties Special Populations, 6 total credits ESL 300 ..................................................................................... 3 credits Teaching English Language Learners SPE 300 ..................................................................................... 3 credits Orientation to the Exceptional Child Elementary Methods, 18 total credits EED 416 ~................................................................................. 3 credits Elementary Methods - Mathematics EED 420 ~................................................................................. 3 credits Elementary Methods - Science EED 425 ~................................................................................. 3 credits Elementary Methods - Health/PE EED 430 ~................................................................................. 3 credits Elementary Methods - Social Studies EED 435 ~................................................................................. 3 credits Elementary Methods - Fine Arts EED 444 .................................................................................... 3 credits Elementary Methods - Integration of Hawaiian Studies

270

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

COLLEGE OF EDUCATION (Online)

Student Teaching and Field Experience, 9 total credits EDU 390 ~.................................................................................. 1 credit Elementary Education Seminar EED 498 ~ ................................................................................ 4 credits Elementary Student Teaching, Seminar I EED 499 ~ ................................................................................ 4 credits Elementary Student Teaching, Seminar II

The University reserves the right to modify the required course of Study. General Information for the BSED/E • First time attendees with the University who indicate less than

24 previous college credits (as recognized by the university) on the admission application and who meet the requirements for "Admitted with Condition" status, will be admitted with condition to this program according to the risk free period policy. • Prior Learning Assessment and credits earned through

National Testing Programs are excluded from the calculation of previous college credits.

• Applicants who have not previously completed an associate degree or higher at a regionally or approved nationally accredited institution must complete a Pathway Diagnostic before enrolling into their first credit-bearing course. The results of the diagnostic will determine placement in the Accelerated Pathway (A Track) or standard pathway (B Track).

• Students who have completed an associate degree or higher at a regionally or nationally accredited institution are not required to complete the Pathway Diagnostic and will be placed in the Accelerated Pathway (A Track).

• Students who are placed in the Accelerated Pathway may choose to pursue the standard pathway without appeal, but must complete the standard pathway in its entirety upon the change. Students who are placed in the standard pathway must appeal to pursue the Accelerated Pathway.

Additional Admission Requirements for the BSED/E All applicants are expected to meet the following admissions requirements: • High school graduation from an institution that holds state

approval to confer high school diplomas or are accredited or a candidate for accreditation at the time the student attended by an acceptable accrediting body, GED certificate or CHSPE (California High School Proficiency Examination) certificate, or completion of the HiSET examination with a passing score.

• Applicants must be currently employed or have access to a work environment.

Candidacy Status for the BSED/E The College of Education has two levels of review consisting of Level 1 Candidate Status and Level 2 Candidate Status. Applicants must meet requirements for both levels of candidacy status to con- tinue in their program with no interruption of scheduling. • Level 1 Candidate Status is completed upon admission to the

University. Students who are admitted have met the requirements for Candidate Status Level 1.

• Level 2 Candidate Status is completed prior to the completion of 12 Required Course of Study (Core) credits of the program. To meet the Candidate Status Level 2 requirements, the following items must be completed. Evidence that these requirements have been met must be entered in IS3 and the student's eXp file. • Demonstration of basic skills proficiency

Students who reside in a state that does not have a basic skills exam have three options for completing this requirement. Students must pass the Praxis I exam at the cut score deter- mined by the College of Education. * Reading 169 * Writing 172 * Math 170 Students must pass the Essential Academic Skills provided by National Evaluation Systems at the cut scores determined by the national benchmark. * Essential Academic Skills Subtest I: Reading - 220 * Essential Academic Skills Subtest II: Writing - 220 * Essential Academic Skills Subtest III: Mathematics - 220 * Essential Academic Skills Subtest IV: Technology Literacy - 220 Core Academic Skills for Educators (Core) * Core Academic Skills for Educators: Reading 156 * Core Academic Skills for Educators: Writing - 162 * Core Academic Skills for Educators: Mathematics - 150

• Verification of fingerprint clearance Students must be admitted and meet Level 1 Candidate Status prior to being reviewed for Level 2 Candidate Status. Degree Completion Requirements for the BSED/E • Completion of a minimum of 120 credits that include the

following distribution: • A minimum of 60 upper division credits in the Required

Program Category Preferred Sequence. • A minimum of 54 of the 120 credits must be in the general

education areas approved by the University. • A minimum grade point average (GPA) of 2.5. • Satisfactory completion and uploading of the Teacher Work

Sample (TWS). • Satisfactory completion of any required internship, student

teaching, practicum courses and/or alternative clinical practice. • Complete course within the sequence specified by course

prerequisite requirements. • Meet state requirements as set forth by state of residency to

receive state endorsement. • Completion of Field Experience Record (100 hours). • All students must complete the minimum number of credits

required by their degree program. • The diploma awarded for this program will read as:

Bachelor of Science in Education Elementary Education

Academic Progression Requirements for the BSED/E Students placed in the Accelerated Pathway (A Track) are required to successfully complete GEN 201 followed by HUM 115 prior to proceeding into additional coursework in their programs. Standard pathway (B Track) students must satisfy all three (3) courses from the standard pathway prior to enrolling in any other course: GEN 127, HUM 115, ENG 147 With the exception of ENG 147, GEN 127, GEN 201, and HUM 115, General Education and Elective course requirements may be satis- fied by any of the following means: • University of Phoenix coursework, • Regionally or nationally accredited coursework (C- or higher

grade), • National Testing Programs, and

271

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

• ACE evaluated Military credits. Accelerated Pathway (A Track) students who meet the following criteria may satisfy the HUM 115 requirement with transfer course- work: • Students transferring to University of Phoenix with a regionally

accredited Associate of Arts degree from a community college. • Students transferring to University of Phoenix with an

Associate's Degree from an articulated institution where the Program Transfer Guide requirements do not mandate completion of a critical thinking course

Concurrent enrollment is prohibited during any of the following courses: GEN 201, GEN 127, ENG 147, or HUM 115. Accelerated Pathway (A Track) students may not enroll in GEN 127 or ENG 147 to satisfy programmatic prerequisites, general educa- tion or elective requirements. Continuously enrolled students in an approved entry point course should not execute a program or version change until completion of the entry point course to determine if the pathway diagnostic is required based on the outcome of the course. Students who have successfully completed an approved entry point course in a degree program and are re-entry or executing a program change will not be required to complete the pathway diagnostic and will be placed in the Accelerated Pathway (A Track). Students who previously completed an approved entry point course are not required to take GEN 127 or GEN 201. Students may not complete any of the following courses via Directed Study: GEN 201, GEN 127, ENG 147, or HUM 115. Satisfy University Proficiency Requirements Undergraduate students must satisfy math and English proficien- cies as a condition of degree conferral and as a degree progression requirement prior to specific courses in their program. Students have the following options to fulfill proficiency: • Successful completion of University of Phoenix math and

English courses designated as applicable to the proficiency requirement

• Comparable regionally or approved nationally accredited transfer, or credit recommended by the American Council on Education transfer coursework that meets the following requirements:

-Completed within ten years of enrollment -Grade of C- or better (or academic equivalent) -At least 2.67 semester credits -Eligible to receive general education credits Achieve a passing score (as established by the American Council on Education) on a comparable National Testing Program (NTP) exam completed within ten years of enrollment. Demonstrate competency by meeting minimum passing score on University of Phoenix approved placement exam. Students who satisfied the English and/or math proficiency and sign a new enrollment agreement may carry forward the com- pleted proficiency in their new program/version provided they have remained in continuous attendance in alignment with the University's Re-Entry policy. Candidates must provide verification of content knowledge mas- tery prior to beginning student teaching. Candidates must provide: • Verification of Elementary Education (Subtest I, II, and III) • Verification of the completion of 100 hours of field experience Many courses in the Required Course of Study build on or rein- force each other. To ensure that students have the requisite skills

for specific coursework certain program areas must be satisfied before students can progress to others. All students must complete GEN 201 or GEN 127 as their first course at the University. Students must complete all General Education requirements prior to completion of EDU 390. Candidates will be required to have the minimum GPA for the pro- gram prior to entering the Student Teaching experience. Minimum Grade Requirements for the BSED/E • A candidate must earn a grade of "B" (Grades of "I" and "B-" are

not accepted) or better in the following courses in order to student teach: EDU 390, EED 498, EED 499

• Candidates who do not earn a "B" or better will be required to repeat the seminar(s) in which the candidate did not receive the required minimum grade and the related portion of student teaching. The Campus College chair will coordinate with the Cooperating/Mentor Teacher and Faculty Supervisor to design a remediation plan.

• If the candidate does not receive a grade of "B" or better on the second attempt, the candidate will be Scholastically Suspended, permanently withdrawn, from the program.

Residency Requirements and Course Waivers for the BSED/E Students must meet the established University residency require- ment for degree conferral. The University requires that the major- ity of coursework, 30 credits from a combination of the Required Course of Study, General Education, and Electives must be com- pleted at University of Phoenix. Students in this program may waive a maximum of 30 credits from their required course of study on the basis of regionally accredited transferable coursework. Upon the successful completion of the Child Development Associ- ate (CDA) or the Florida Child Care Professional Credential (FCCPC) candidates transferring to UOPX may waive 12 credits using the following coursework in the BSEd/E program. The options for credit application are based upon specific GE require- ments for each state. • * 3 credits in social studies • * 9 credits in additional liberal arts or • *12 credits in social studies or • *12 credits in any combination of social studies, additional

liberal arts or electives In order to be granted a waiver with credit for a course in the Required Course of Study, a student must have completed a previ- ous course which meets the following criteria: • The course must have been completed at a regionally accredited,

or candidate for accreditation, college or university. • The course must have been completed within the past five (5)

years from current program enrollment agreement sign date with a grade of "C" (2.0) or better.

• The course must be comparable in content and credits to the University course it is replacing and must be an equivalent level or higher level course (i.e. graduate level coursework may be used to waive graduate or undergraduate coursework). Course descriptions must be included with the course waiver form in order for the Office of Admissions and Evaluation to review the course waiver request.

Through an approved articulation agreement, students who have successfully completed equivalent courses may waive, without

272

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

COLLEGE OF EDUCATION (Online)

credits, up to thirty (30) credits of the Required Course of Study. Students must substitute other upper division coursework to sat- isfy the upper division credit requirement of their degree program (each program has specific substitution requirements).This policy also applies to upper division courses which are used to fulfill Associate of Arts degree requirements. In order to be granted a waiver, without credit, for a course in the Required Course of Study, a student must have completed a previous course which meets the following criteria: • The course must have been completed and transcripted from a

regionally accredited institution with which the University of Phoenix has an approved articulation agreement.

• The course must have been completed with a grade of "C" (2.0) or better during the effective dates of the approved articulation agreement.

• The course must be approved through the articulation agreement and must be comparable in content and credits to the University course it is replacing.

The following courses in the Required Course of Study may not be waived: EDU 300, EDU 311, EDU 321, EDU 390, EED 416, EED 498, EED 499, GEN 127, GEN 201, RDG 415, SPE 300 General Education Requirements for the BSED/E A minimum of 54 of the 120 credits must be in the general educa- tion areas approved by the University. English/Language Arts Requirement(s) 12 credits Must include HUM 115 B track must include ENG 147 Mathematics Requirement(s) 12 credits 6 credits must include MTH 213 and MTH 214 Effective for Enrollment Agreements sign 6/1/2016 or later, must include 6 credits of quantitative reasoning or higher Physical/Biological Science Requirement(s) 6 credits Social Studies Requirement(s) 9 credits 3 credits must include HIS 301 or HIS 110 3 credits must include HIS 265 3 credits must include ETH 120 Fine Arts Requirement(s) 3 credits Art, music, drama or dance Humanities Requirement(s) 3 credits Additional Liberal Arts Requirement(s) 9 credits All undergraduate students are required to complete the minimum general education credits required by their program version. Unless otherwise noted, no timeframe or minimum grade (other than a passing grade) is required when applying UOPX or transfer coursework to the mandatory General Education courses (MTH 213, MTH 214, SOC 315, HIS 301 or HIS 110). Students may use a 2 semester credit Constitution course to satisfy the HIS 301 or HIS 110 constitution requirement, or a 2 semester credit Education Math course to satisfy the MTH 213 and MTH 214 requirements, but will be required to make up the credit with other Liberal Arts General Education credit to meet the minimum requirements. Students who lack .67 or fewer general education credits may use interdisciplinary or elective credits to waive the balance. Students must use interdisciplinary or elective credits to waive the general education balance in order to complete the minimum general edu- cation credits required for their program. Field Experience for BSED/E Beginning with the first course, and throughout the program, can-

didates are required to complete a minimum of 100 hours of veri- fied field experiences, covering a variety of developmental levels from ages birth through grade eight. The focus of each field experi- ence will relate to specific course content and will follow a struc- tured format. Four formal field experience evaluations are required during the program (observation, one-on-one instruction, small- group instruction, and whole-group instruction). These evalua- tions must be maintained and reviewed as specified in the hand- book/courses. Documentation of field experience will be reviewed by campus staff and faculty prior to student teaching. Candidates must work with their campus to arrange field experience. Student Teaching for the BSED/E Student teaching is a full-time experience. Each campus establishes operational policies related to placement and completion of stu- dent teaching. Candidates must follow the guidelines in place at their campus. • Student teaching is the culminating experience of the Bachelor

of Science in Education program. Students must complete prerequisites leading up to Student Teaching Seminar I prior to beginning the student teaching experience.

• Student teaching must occur in a K-8 self-contained classroom setting under the supervision of a certified teacher. This applies to self-contained settings only, not departmentalized settings.

• Candidates wishing to do their student teaching in a single subject in grades 6 - 8 must provide the following prior to Student Teaching I: • Transcripts documenting of a minimum of 24 semester

credits in their content area • Passing scores on the state mandated content exam

• Candidates must earn a "B" or better in Elementary Education Seminar. If a candidate receives less than a "B" (B- or lower, or an incomplete grade), they must repeat the course.

• Student teachers who are removed from a placement at the request of a school district administrator will be withdrawn from class and will be issued a grade of "F" by their faculty member.

• Candidates must be enrolled in Student Teaching Seminar I and II during their student teaching experience. If a candidate chooses to postpone student teaching they must postpone their enrollment in these seminars.

• Student teaching can only be repeated one time. • Unapproved self-terminations of student teaching will result in

the candidate receiving a failing grade for the student teaching experience and the associated student teaching seminar. This experience counts as one of their two student teaching attempts.

• Candidates that do not successfully complete the second student teaching program will be removed from the program and are not eligible for re-entry.

• Candidates must student teach in a self-contained elementary setting. Candidates may not student teach in special education.

• Students should complete student teaching within twelve (12) months from the completion date of their last required course in the program.

• Students must complete a minimum of 8 credit hours of student teaching, including the completion of a Teacher Work Sample project.

Candidates who are unable to complete their student teaching experience at the campus where they began are not guaranteed a placement. Candidates may be able to complete their student teaching online. A select number of states do not participate in the

273

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

University of Phoenix Teacher Education program. Candidates must contact the Online Administrative Offices for a list of partici- pating states and procedures for student teaching placement. • Candidates must successfully pass the Elementary Education

Seminar with a "B" or better. • Candidates must enroll in the remaining Student Teaching

Seminars online while completing their student teaching experience.

• Candidates need to work directly with the Online Administrative Offices to complete the requirements for verification of placement.

Re-entry for the BSED/E Re-entry students who have successfully completed an approved entry point course in a degree program will not be required to com- plete the pathway diagnostic and will be placed in the Accelerated Pathway (A Track). They will not be required to enroll in the stan- dard pathway (B Track) courses. Candidates who have been out of attendance for more than one year and have completed all degree requirements except student teaching, internship or practicum and can complete within their original deadline may reenter their original program version. However, if the state certification requirements have changed since a candidate went out of attendance needing only student teaching, internship or practicum, in addition to the admissions paperwork required by the University Re-entry policy, the candidate must complete an Enrollment Agreement Addendum before reentry to the original program version will be approved. Candidates who have been out of attendance for more than one year and are lacking more than student teaching, internship or practicum and meet the following criteria are eligible for reentry into their current program version. • Met Level 2 Candidacy • Have 60 or more applied credits • The ability to satisfy all program requirements within their

original program completion deadline Only students who reside within the United States and its territo- ries are eligible to enroll into a UOPX bachelor or master of educa- tion program. International students who have been out of attendance for more than 365 days will not be eligible to re-enter. Institutional Recommendation for the BSED/E Candidates must meet all current state certification requirements prior to being issued an Institutional Recommendation (IR, request for state teaching credential). Upon completion, candidates must complete a University of Phoe- nix graduation application in order to receive a diploma and offi- cial transcript. Candidates' records will be analyzed to ensure that they have met all academic and financial requirements of their pro- grams. An IR cannot be completed until this process has been fin- ished. This will ensure that candidates have met all of their obligations to the University before they receive an IR from the University. Candidates must pass their state-mandated professional knowl- edge exam. Candidates must provide verification of state and U.S. Constitution coursework as required by the state certification agency.

........................................................................................... Bachelor of Science in Liberal Studies (California)

The following Bachelor of Science in Liberal Studies (BSLS) program may be offered at these University of Phoenix campus locations: Online, depending on state of residence. The availability of programs and concentrations depend on student demand and other factors. Not all programs may be available to all residents of all states. Students may want to consider completing certain courses in the Online classroom at Online rates if the program is available via the Online modality in their state.

........................................................................................... Please contact your enrollment representative for more information.

The Bachelor of Science in Liberal Studies (BSLS) is an undergradu- ate liberal studies program that combines content and pedagogical preparation required for multiple subject credential candidates. Field experiences are integrated throughout the program, with a culminating student teaching experience. The program and field experiences are designed to emphasize mastery of state standards with ongoing assessment to measure candidate competency. For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program, and other important information, please visit our website at http://www.phoenix.edu/ programs/bsls. Program Purpose The Bachelor of Science in Liberal Studies is an undergraduate degree program intended to prepare students with no prior teaching experience for initial teacher licensure. The program includes a clinical component requiring field experiences and student teaching above and beyond program coursework. As licensure requirements may vary by state, it is the student's responsibility to ascertain and meet licensure requirements in any state in which the student desires to practice and to contact the applicable state educator licensure agency to verify current requirements to become a licensed teacher. There may be additional qualifications and/or disqualifications applicable in order to work as a teacher with any local, state or federal entity. Program Category Requirements and Course Selections Courses requiring prerequisites are identified by a ~ symbol fol- lowing the course number. Course descriptions for all courses are listed in the Course Guide section of the catalog (page B-1). Orientation, 0 total credits EDU 300CA ~ .......................................................................... 0 credits Orientation to Teacher Education

Introductory Course, 3 total credits GEN 201 (A Track) .................................................................. 3 credits Foundations for University Success GEN 127 (B Track)................................................................... 3 credits University Studies for Success Foundations of Education, 3 total credits EDU 301CA.............................................................................. 3 credits Foundations of Education Education Models & Theories, 6 total credits EDU 311CA ~ .......................................................................... 3 credits Models and Theories of Instruction EDU 321CA.............................................................................. 3 credits Classroom Management Human Development, 3 total credits EDU 305CA ~ .......................................................................... 3 credits Child Development

274

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

COLLEGE OF EDUCATION (Online)

Reading, 3 total credits RDG 420CA ............................................................................. 3 credits Elementary Methods: Reading and Language Arts Special Populations, 6 total credits SPE 300CA ............................................................................... 3 credits Orientation to the Exceptional Child ELL 300 .................................................................................... 3 credits Instruction and Assessment of English Language Learners Elementary Methods & Assessment, 6 total credits EED 436CA .............................................................................. 3 credits Elementary Methods: Social Science and Fine Arts EED 438CA .............................................................................. 3 credits Elementary Methods: Mathematics and Science Field Experience and Student Teaching, 8 total credits EED 498CA ~ .......................................................................... 4 credits Elementary Student Teaching, Seminar I EED 499CA ~ .......................................................................... 4 credits Elementary Student Teaching, Seminar II TPA, 2 total credits TPA 001 ~................................................................................... 1 credit Subject Specific Pedagogy TPA 002 ~................................................................................... 1 credit Designing Instruction The University reserves the right to modify the required course of Study. General Information for the BSLS • First time attendees with the University who indicate less than

24 previous college credits (as recognized by the university) on the admission application and who meet the requirements for "Admitted with Condition" status, will be admitted with condition to this program according to the risk free period policy. • Prior Learning Assessment and credits earned through

National Testing Programs are excluded from the calculation of previous college credits.

• Applicants who have not previously completed an associate degree or higher at a regionally or approved nationally accredited institution must complete a Pathway Diagnostic before enrolling into their first credit-bearing course. The results of the diagnostic will determine placement in the Accelerated Pathway (A Track) or standard pathway (B Track).

• Students who have completed an associate degree or higher at a regionally or nationally accredited institution are not required to complete the Pathway Diagnostic and will be placed in the Accelerated Pathway (A Track).

• Students who are placed in the Accelerated Pathway may choose to pursue the standard pathway without appeal, but must complete the standard pathway in its entirety upon the change. Students who are placed in the standard pathway must appeal to pursue the Accelerated Pathway.

Additional Admission Requirements for the BSLS All applicants are expected to meet the following admissions requirements:

• High school graduation from an institution that holds state approval to confer high school diplomas or are accredited or a candidate for accreditation at the time the student attended by an acceptable accrediting body, GED certificate or CHSPE (California High School Proficiency Examination) certificate, or completion of the HiSET examination with a passing score.

• Applicants must be currently employed or have access to a work environment.

• Verification of negative TB test results • A receipt of the Request for Certificate of Clearance or

Verification of Certificate of Clearance or other approved Certificate of Clearance documents.

• A signed New Student Checklist: • Students who reside outside of the state of California are not

eligible to apply. • Signed Enrollment/Disclosure Agreement • Signed CalTPA Code of Honor • Completion of any state-specific required documents or forms • Students transferring to University of Phoenix on or after July 1,

2015, with a California completed Associate of Arts or Associate of Science transfer degree in Elementary or Early Childhood Education will be considered as satisfying a 60 credit block of courses within the program. To earn the Bachelor of Science in Liberal Studies degree, students must: • Successfully complete a minimum of 61 credits at University

of Phoenix. • Meet all pre-requisite, proficiency, and/or state specific

content requirements as outlined in the program policies Candidacy Status for the BSLS The College of Education has two levels of review consisting of Level 1 Candidate Status and Level 2 Candidate Status. Applicants must meet requirements for both levels of candidacy status to con- tinue in their program with no interruption of scheduling. Level 1 Candidate Status is completed upon admission to the Uni- versity. Students who are admitted have met the requirements for Candidate Status Level 1. Level 2 Candidate Status is completed prior to the completion of 12 University of Phoenix credits from the Required Course of Study (Core) of the program. To meet the Candidate Status Level 2 requirements, the following items must be completed. Evidence that these requirements have been met must be entered in IS3 and the student's eXp file. • Demonstration of basic skills proficiency (CBEST) • Verification of Certificate of Clearance • Must provide one of the following verifications prior to the

completion of 12 semester credits in the program: • The candidate provides evidence of having passed the

appropriate subject matter examination(s). • The candidate provides evidence of having attempted the

appropriate subject matter examination(s). • The candidate provides evidence of registration for the next

scheduled examination. • The candidate provides evidence of having completed a

Commission approved subject matter preparation program. • The candidate provides evidence of continuous progress

toward meeting the subject matter requirement. Students must be admitted and meet Level 1 Candidate Status prior to being reviewed for Level 2 Candidate Status.

275

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

Degree Completion Requirements for the BSLS • Completion of a minimum of 121 credits that include the

following distribution: • A minimum of 43 upper division credits. • A minimum of 81 of the 121 credits must be in the general

education areas approved by the University. • A minimum grade point average (GPA) of 2.5. • Satisfactory completion of CalTPA 1-4. • Satisfactory completion of student teaching. • Complete courses within the sequence specified by course

prerequisite requirements. • Meet state requirements as set forth by state of residency to

receive state endorsement. • Complete Field Experience Record (100 hours). • All students must complete the minimum number of credits

required by their degree program. • The diploma awarded for this program will read as:

Bachelor of Science in Liberal Studies Academic Progression Requirements for the BSLS • Students placed in the Accelerated Pathway (A Track) are

required to successfully complete GEN 201 followed by HUM 115 prior to proceeding into additional coursework in their programs.

• Standard pathway (B Track) students must satisfy all three (3) courses from the standard pathway prior to enrolling in any other course: GEN 127, HUM 115, ENG 147

• Accelerated Pathway (A Track) students have the option to satisfy HUM 115 by meeting one of the following criteria: • Transfer a regionally accredited Associate of Arts degree

from a community college, or higher degree from a regionally or approved nationally accredited institution.

• Transfer to UoPX with an Associate's Degree, or higher, from an articulated institution where the Program Transfer Guide requirements do not mandate completion of a critical thinking course.

• Transfer a Critical Thinking course of 2.67 credits or higher with a C- grade.

• Previous completion of an Associate of Arts or higher degree from UOPX.

• Previous completion of a Critical Thinking course with UOPX

• Non-pathway students may not enroll in HUM 115 to satisfy programmatic prerequisites, general education, or elective requirements.

• Accelerated Pathway (A Track) students may not enroll in GEN 127 or ENG 147 to satisfy programmatic prerequisites, general education or elective requirements.

• Concurrent enrollment is prohibited during any of the following courses: GEN 201, GEN 127, ENG 147, or HUM 115.

• Continuously enrolled students in an approved entry point course should not execute a program or version change until completion of the entry point course to determine if the pathway diagnostic is required based on the outcome of the course.

• Students who have successfully completed an approved entry point course in a degree program and are re-entry or executing a program change will not be required to complete the pathway diagnostic and will be placed in the Accelerated Pathway (A Track).

• Students who previously completed an approved entry point course are not required to take GEN 127 or GEN 201.

• Students may not complete any of the following courses via Directed Study: GEN 201, GEN 127, ENG 147, or HUM 115.

• With the exception of ENG 147, GEN 127, GEN 201, and HUM 115, General Education and Elective course requirements may be satisfied by any of the following means: • University of Phoenix coursework, • Regionally or nationally accredited coursework (C- or higher

grade), • National Testing Programs, and • ACE evaluated Military credits.

• Satisfy University Proficiency Requirements Undergraduate students must satisfy math and English proficien- cies as a condition of degree conferral and as a degree progression requirement prior to specific courses in their program (R1, R2, E1). • Students have the following options to fulfill proficiency:

• Successful completion of UOPX math and English courses designated as applicable to the proficiency requirement

• Comparable regionally or approved nationally accredited transfer, or credit recommended by the American Council on Education transfer coursework that meets the following requirements:

-Completed within ten years of enrollment (5 years School of Nursing)

-Grade of C- or better (or academic equivalent) -At least 2.67 semester credits -Eligible to receive general education credits

• Achieve a passing score (as established by the American Council on Education) on a comparable National Testing Program (NTP) exam completed within ten years of enrollment (5 years School of Nursing).

• Demonstrate competency by meeting minimum passing score on UOPX approved placement exam.

• Students who satisfied the English and/or math proficiency and sign a new enrollment agreement may carry forward the completed proficiency in their new program/version provided they have remained in continuous attendance in alignment with the University's re-entry policy.

Minimum Grade Requirements for the BSLS • A candidate must earn a grade of "B" (Grades of "I" and "B-" are

not accepted) or better in the following courses in order to student teach: EED 498CA, EED 499CA

• Candidates who do not earn a "B" or better will be required to repeat the seminar(s) in which the candidate did not receive the required minimum grade and the related portion of student teaching. The Campus College chair will coordinate with the Cooperating/Mentor Teacher and Faculty Supervisor to design a remediation plan.

• If the candidate does not receive a grade of "B" or better on the second attempt, the candidate will be Scholastically Suspended, permanently withdrawn, from the program.

Residency Requirements and Course Waivers for the BSLS Students must meet the established University residency require- ment for degree conferral. The University requires that the major- ity of coursework, 30 credits from a combination of the Required Course of Study, General Education, and Electives must be com- pleted at University of Phoenix. Students in this program may waive a maximum of 9 credits from

276

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

COLLEGE OF EDUCATION (Online)

their required course of study on the basis of regionally accredited transferable coursework. In order to be granted a waiver with credit for a course in the required course of study, a student must have completed a previ- ous course which meets the following criteria: • The course must have been completed at a regionally accredited

college or university. • The course must have been completed within the past five (5)

years from current program enrollment agreement sign date with a grade of "C" (2.0) or better.

• The course must be comparable in content and credits to the University course it is replacing and must be an equivalent level or higher level course (i.e. graduate level coursework may be used to waive graduate or undergraduate coursework). Course descriptions must be included with the course waiver form in order for the Office of Admissions and Evaluation to review the course waiver request.

Through an approved articulation agreement, students who have successfully completed equivalent courses may waive, without credits, up to thirty (30) credits of the Required Course of Study. Students must substitute other upper division coursework to sat- isfy the upper division credit requirement of their degree program (each program has specific substitution requirements).This policy also applies to upper division courses which are used to fulfill Associate of Arts degree requirements. In order to be granted a waiver, without credit, for a course in the Required Course of Study, a student must have completed a previous course which meets the following criteria: • The course must have been completed and transcripted from a

regionally accredited institution with which the University of Phoenix has an approved articulation agreement.

• The course must have been completed with a grade of "C" (2.0) or better during the effective dates of the approved articulation agreement.

• The course must be approved through the articulation agreement and must be comparable in content and credits to the University course it is replacing.

Students may use a 2 semester credit Constitution course to satisfy the HIS 305CA or HIS 110CA constitution requirement, or a 2 semester credit Education Math course to satisfy the MTH 213CA and MTH 214CA requirements, but will be required to make up the credit with other Liberal Arts General Education credit to meet the minimum requirements. The following courses in the Required Course of Study may not be waived: EED 498CA, EED 499CA, GEN 127, GEN 201 General Education Requirements for the BSLS A minimum of 81 of the 121 credits must be in the general educa- tion areas approved by the University. BSLS Orientation, 0 credits Must include: BSLS 101CA, Orientation to Liberal Studies in Education English/Language Arts, 21 credits

Must include the following: Must include HUM 115 B Track must include ENG 147 6 credits in Writing (RDG 201CA) 3 credits in Communication 3 credits in Linguistics 3 credits in American Literature 3 credits in Reading Mathematics, 12 credits Must include: MTH 213CA & MTH 214CA Effective for Enrollment Agreements sign 6/1/2016 or later, must include 6 credits of quantitative reasoning or higher Physical/Biological Science, 12 credits Must include the following: 3 credits in Physics 3 credits in Biology 3 credits in Chemistry 3 credits in Earth Science (recommended to include two lab sciences) Social Studies, 15 credits Must include the following: 6 credits in World History 3 credits in CA History (HIS 305CA) 6 credits in U.S. History (HIS 110CA) Fine Arts, 9 credits Must include: ARTS 100CA, ARTS 230CA, and ARTS 340CA Humanities, 6 credits Must include: HUM 375CA and PHL 310CA Health/Physical Education, 6 credits Must include the following: 3 credits in Health/PE (HPE 170CA) 3 credits in Human Nutrition Coursework which was completed at an institution that offers associate degrees or higher, which was accredited, or a candidate for accreditation at the time the student attended, by a regional or approved national accrediting body, or a foreign institution recog- nized/authorized by the country's Ministry of Education, will be reviewed for transfer into the University. In order to satisfy RDG 201CA with transfer coursework, a student must have completed a previous course which meets the following criteria: • The course must have been completed at a regionally accredited,

or candidate for accreditation, college or university. • The course must be comparable in content and credits to the

University course it is replacing and must be an equivalent level or higher level course (i.e. graduate level coursework may be used to waive graduate or undergraduate coursework).

Coursework in which students earn a minimum grade of "C-" or grades of credit, pass or satisfactory will be accepted towards stu- dent's degree requirements. The following courses may not be satisfied by transfer coursework or nontraditional credit (i.e. PLA, NTP, Military, ACE, etc,.) and must be completed at University of Phoenix: HUM 375CA, PHL 310CA All undergraduate students are required to complete the minimum general education credits required by their program version.

277

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

Students who lack .67 or fewer general education credits may use liberal arts credits to satisfy the balance in order to complete the minimum general education credits required for their program. Field Experience for BSLS Beginning with the first course, and throughout the program, can- didates are required to complete a minimum of 100 hours of veri- fied field experiences, covering a variety of developmental levels from ages birth through grade eight. The focus of each field experi- ence will relate to specific course content and will follow a struc- tured format. Four formal field experience evaluations are required during the program (observation, one-on-one instruction, small- group instruction, and whole-group instruction). These evalua- tions must be maintained and reviewed as specified in the hand- book/courses. Documentation of field experience will be reviewed by campus staff and faculty prior to student teaching. Candidates must be placed for field experience by the campus. A Certificate of Clearance and negative TB test is required prior to Field Experi- ence placement. Student Teaching for the BSLS Student teaching is a full-time experience. Each campus establishes operational policies related to placement and completion of stu- dent teaching. Candidates must follow the guidelines in place at their campus. • Student teaching is the culminating experience of the Bachelor

of Science in Liberal Studies program. Students must complete prerequisites leading up to Student Teaching Seminar I prior to beginning the student teaching experience.

• Students must complete placements in two elementary grade levels. Placement must occur in two of the following grade levels: K-2, 3-5, 6. One placement is seven weeks and the other placement is eight weeks. These must be in self-contained classroom settings in which the candidate teaches 6 of the 7 multiple subject areas to the same group of students.

• Candidates must earn a "B" or better in Student Teaching Seminar I and II. If a candidate receives less than a "B" (B- or lower, or an incomplete grade), they must repeat the course.

• Student teachers who are removed from a placement at the request of a school district administrator will be withdrawn from class and will be issued a grade of "F" by their faculty member.

• Candidates must be enrolled in Student Teaching Seminar I and II during their student teaching experience. If a candidate chooses to postpone student teaching they must postpone their enrollment in these seminars.

• Student teaching can only be repeated one time. • Candidates that do not successfully complete the second student

teaching experience will be removed from the program and are not eligible for re-entry.

• Candidates must student teach in a self-contained elementary setting. Candidates may not student teach in special education.

• Students should complete student teaching within twelve (12) months from the completion date of their last required course in the program.

• Students must complete a minimum of 8 credit hours of student teaching, including the completion of a Teaching Performance Assessment.

Re-entry for the BSLS Re-entry students who have successfully completed an approved entry point course in a degree program will not be required to com- plete the pathway diagnostic and will be placed in the Accelerated

Pathway (A Track). They will not be required to enroll in the stan- dard pathway (B Track) courses. Candidates who have been out of attendance for more than one year and have completed all degree requirements except student teaching, internship or practicum and can complete within their original deadline may reenter their original program version. However, if the state certification requirements have changed since a candidate went out of attendance needing only student teaching, internship or practicum, in addition to the admissions paperwork required by the University Re-entry policy, the candidate must complete an Enrollment Agreement Addendum before reentry to the original program version will be approved. Candidates who have been out of attendance for more than one year and are lacking more than student teaching, internship or practicum and meet the following criteria are eligible for reentry into their current program version. • Met Level 2 Candidacy • Have 60 or more applied credits • The ability to satisfy all program requirements within their

original program completion deadline Only students who reside within the United States and its territo- ries are eligible to enroll into a UOPX bachelor or master of educa- tion program. International students who have been out of attendance for more than 365 days will not be eligible to re-enter. Institutional Recommendation for the BSLS • Candidates must meet all current state certification

requirements prior to being issued an Institutional Recommendation (IR, request for state teaching credential).

• Upon completion, candidates must complete a University of Phoenix graduation application in order to receive a diploma and official transcript. Candidates' records will be analyzed to ensure that they have met all academic and financial requirements of their programs. An IR cannot be completed until this process has been finished. This will ensure that candidates have met all of their obligations to the University before they receive an IR from the University.

• Candidates must provide verification of U.S. Constitution coursework (with a grade of "C" or better), or exam as required by the state certification agency.

• Candidates must provide proof of certification in cardio pulmonary resuscitation (CPR).

• Candidates must pass the RICA exam. California Teaching Performance Assessment Policy • Candidates must receive passing scores on TPA/001: Subject-

Specific Pedagogy (course and assessment) and TPA/002: Designing Instruction (course and assessment) prior to beginning their student teaching experience. Verification of scores is maintained by the campus Credential Analyst.

• Candidates may attempt the Teaching Performance Assessment 1: Subject-Specific Pedagogy and Teaching Performance Assessment 2: Designing Instruction a total of three times each. Candidates are required to retake TPA/001 or TPA/002 courses if they have failed the corresponding assessment two times. This retake must be completed prior to the third attempt.

• Teaching Performance Assessment 3: Assessing Learning and Teaching Performance Assessment 4: Culminating Teaching Experience are completed during the student teaching experience. These assessments can only be attempted two times each.

278

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

COLLEGE OF EDUCATION (Online)

• Candidates must earn a score of 3 or 4 on each Teaching Performance Assessment to be considered passing. Scores of 1 or 2 are not considering passing scores.

• Candidates who are unable to pass any assessment after the allotted number of attempts are permanently removed from the program TPA 1 and TPA2 = 3 attempts TPA 3 and TPA4 = 2 attempts

• Students who transfer into the BSLS program and have documentation of passing TPA 1: Subject-specific Pedagogy and/or TPA 2: Designing Instruction while attending another university are not required to complete the corresponding preparation courses TPA 001 - Subject-specific Pedagogy and/or TPA 002 - Designing Instruction. Students should submit a course waiver request to apply the TPA 1 and/or TPA 2 assessments to the TPA 001 and/or TPA 002 courses at University of Phoenix.

Bachelor of Science in Education/Early Childhood

........................................................................................... Education

The following Bachelor of Science in Education/Early Childhood Education (BSED/ECH) program may be offered at these University of Phoenix campus locations: Online, depending on state of residence. The availability of programs and concentrations depend on student demand and other factors. Not all programs may be available to all residents of all states. Students may want to consider completing certain courses in the Online classroom at Online rates if the program is available via the Online modality in their state. Please contact your enrollment

........................................................................................... representative for more information.

The Bachelor of Science in Education (BSED) with a specialization in Early Childhood Education is an undergraduate degree pro- gram preparing candidates for teacher licensure in the field of early childhood (birth to age eight/grade 3). The curriculum is aligned with the Interstate Teaching Assessment and Support Consor- tium's (InTASC) model core teaching standards and the National Association for the Education of Young Children (NAEYC) stan- dards. The curriculum includes common core standards, child development and learning, building family and community rela- tions, cultural diversity, assessment to support young children and families, strong content knowledge to build developmentally appropriate and meaningful curriculum and experiences, and pro- fessionalism and ethics of educators. Throughout the program, stu- dents are required to complete verified field experiences and student teaching. For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program, and other important information, please visit our website at http://www.phoenix.edu/ programs/bsed-ech. State authorization to provide a program related to the preparation of teachers or other P-12 school/system personnel does not indicate eligibility for an Alabama certificate. Applicants for an Alabama certificate based on reciprocity must meet Alabama's test requirements and submit a valid, renewable professional educator certificate/license issued by another state at the degree level, grade level, and in the teaching field or area of instructional support for which an Alabama certificate is sought and for which Alabama issues a certificate. Applicants for Alabama certification in an area of administration must also document at least three years of full-time employment as an administrator in a P-12 school system(s).

www.alsde.edu Program Purpose The Bachelor of Science in Education/Early Childhood is an undergraduate degree program intended to prepare students with no prior teaching experience for initial teacher licensure. The program is designed for students who want to work with children from pre-K through grade 3 or age 8 as a licensed early childhood educator. The program includes a clinical component requiring field experiences and student teaching above and beyond program coursework. As licensure requirements may vary by state, it is the student's responsibility to ascertain and meet licensure requirements in any state in which the student desires to practice and to contact the applicable state educator licensure agency to verify current requirements to become a licensed teacher. There may be additional qualifications and/or disqualifications applicable in order to work as a teacher with any local, state or federal entity. Program Student Learning Outcomes In addition to the knowledge and skills related to the University Learning Goals, College of Education graduating students are intended to attain certain program-specific knowledge, skills and abilities. Therefore, you should be able to demonstrate the follow- ing learning outcomes by the time you complete this program. • Students will be able to design and implement effective

instruction in the early childhood classroom to produce a positive impact on student learning.

• Students will be able to evaluate effective professional practice in early childhood education.

• Students will be able to apply professional ethics to their instructional practices in early childhood education.

• Students will be able to evaluate learning principles to differentiate instruction to meet the needs of diverse early childhood populations.

• Students will be able to create innovative strategies and incorporate developmentally appropriate technology in an early childhood setting.

Program Category Requirements and Course Selections Courses requiring prerequisites are identified by a ~ symbol fol- lowing the course number. Course descriptions for all courses are listed in the Course Guide section of the catalog (page B-1). Introductory Course, 3 total credits GEN 201 (A Track) ................................................................. 3 credits Foundations for University Success GEN 127 (B Track) .................................................................. 3 credits University Studies for Success Orientation, 0 total credits ECH 300 ~................................................................................ 0 credits Orientation to Early Childhood Education History and Foundations of Education, 9 total credits ECH 301 ~................................................................................ 3 credits Foundations of Early Childhood Education EDU 215 ~................................................................................ 3 credits Ethics and Social Responsibility in Education ECH 418 ~................................................................................ 3 credits Community and Family Engagement Educational Theories and Models, 6 total credits ECH 211 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Instructional Strategies for Early Childhood Education

279

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

ECH 321 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Developmentally Effective Learning Environments Human Development, 3 total credits ECH 205 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Early Childhood Growth and Development Assessment, 3 total credits ECH 400 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Assessment and Evaluation in Early Childhood

Reading, 6 total credits RDG 351 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Early Childhood Literacy Development RDG 416 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Methods of Teaching in Early Childhood Language and Literacy Special Populations, 9 total credits SEI 300 ~ ................................................................................... 3 credits Structured English Immersion SEI 301 ~ ................................................................................... 3 credits Advanced Structured English Immersion Methods ECH 302 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Exceptionalities of the Young Child Early Childhood Methods, 12 total credits ECH 416 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Methods of Teaching in Early Childhood: Math ECH 420 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Methods of Teaching in Early Childhood: Science ECH 430 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Methods of Teaching in Early Childhood: Social Studies ECH 435 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Methods of Teaching in Early Childhood: Arts & Music Student Teaching and Field Experience, 9 total credits ECH 390 ~ ..................................................................................1 credit Early Childhood Student Teaching Seminar ECH 498 ~ ................................................................................ 4 credits Early Childhood Student Teaching (Birth-Preschool) ECH 499 ~ ................................................................................ 4 credits Early Childhood Student Teaching (K through Age 8/Grade 3) Georgia, Illinois, and Delaware students will take EED 496 in place of ECH 498 and ECH 499 EED 496 ~ ................................................................................. 8 credits Student Teaching

The University reserves the right to modify the required course of Study. General Information for the BSED/ECH • First time attendees with the University who indicate less than

24 previous college credits (as recognized by the university) on the admission application and who meet the requirements for "Admitted with Condition" status, will be admitted with condition to this program according to the risk free period policy. • Prior Learning Assessment and credits earned through

National Testing Programs are excluded from the calculation of previous college credits.

• Applicants who have not previously completed an associate degree at a regionally or approved nationally accredited institution must complete a Pathway Diagnostic before enrolling into their first credit-bearing course. The results of the diagnostic will determine placement in the Accelerated Pathway (A Track) or standard pathway (B Track).

• Students who have completed an associate degree at a regionally or nationally accredited institution are not required to complete the Pathway Diagnostic and will be placed in the Accelerated Pathway (A Track).

• Students who are placed in the Accelerated Pathway may choose to pursue the standard pathway without appeal, but must complete the standard pathway in its entirety upon the change. Students who are placed in the standard pathway must appeal to pursue the Accelerated Pathway

Additional Admission Requirements for the BSED/ECH All applicants are expected to meet the following admissions requirements: • High school graduation from an institution that holds state

approval to confer high school diplomas or are accredited or a candidate for accreditation at the time the student attended by an acceptable accrediting body, GED certificate or CHSPE (California High School Proficiency Examination) certificate, or completion of the HiSET examination with a passing score. • Tennessee: Students residing in Tennessee who are attending

classes via the Online modality and students attending a local campus in Tennessee, including from any cross-border locations must provide the university with an official High School transcript or official GED score (if applicable). A college transcript which documents high school attended and date of completion or a copy of a DD-214 showing high school graduation or equivalency may be submitted to satisfy this requirement.

• Applicants must be currently employed or have access to a work environment.

Candidacy Status for the BSED/ECH The College of Education has two levels of review consisting of Level 1 Candidate Status and Level 2 Candidate Status. Applicants must meet requirements for both levels of candidacy status to con- tinue in their program with no interruption of scheduling. • Level 1 Candidate Status is completed upon admission to the

University. Students who are admitted have met the requirements for Candidate Status Level 1.

• Level 2 Candidate Status is completed prior to the completion of 12 Required Course of Study (Core) credits of the program. To meet the Candidate Status Level 2 requirements, the following items must be completed. Evidence that these requirements have been met must be entered in IS3 and the student's eXp file. • Demonstration of basic skills proficiency Students who reside in a state that does not have a basic skills exam have three options for completing this requirement. Students must pass the Praxis I exam at the cut score deter- mined by the College of Education. * Reading 169 * Writing 172 * Math 170 Students must pass the Essential Academic Skills provided by National Evaluation Systems at the cut scores determined by the national benchmark. * Essential Academic Skills Subtest I: Reading - 220

280

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

COLLEGE OF EDUCATION (Online)

* Essential Academic Skills Subtest II: Writing - 220 * Essential Academic Skills Subtest III: Mathematics - 220 * Essential Academic Skills Subtest IV: Technology Literacy - 220 Core Academic Skills for Educators (Core) * Core Academic Skills for Educators: Reading 156 * Core Academic Skills for Educators: Writing - 162 * Core Academic Skills for Educators: Mathematics - 150

• Verification of fingerprint clearance Students must be admitted and meet Level 1 Candidate Status prior to being reviewed for Level 2 Candidate Status. Degree Completion Requirements for the BSED/ECH • Completion of a minimum of 120 credits that include the

following distribution: • General Education - 57 credits • Required Course of Study- 60 credits • Electives - 3 credits

• A minimum of 48 upper division credits. • A minimum grade point average (GPA) of 2.5. • Satisfactory completion and uploading of the Teacher Work

Sample (TWS). • Satisfactory completion of any required student teaching and/or

alternative clinical practice. • Meet state requirements as set forth by state of residency to

receive state endorsement. • Completion of Field Experience Record (100 hours). • The diploma awarded for this program will read as:

Bachelor of Science in Education Early Childhood Education

• Students who have graduated from any BS Early Childhood Education program leading to initial teacher certification are not eligible for admission to any MAED/TED programs.

Academic Progression Requirements for the BSED/ECH Students placed in the Accelerated Pathway (A Track) are required to successfully complete GEN 201 followed by HUM 115 prior to proceeding into additional coursework in their programs. Standard pathway (B Track) students must satisfy all three (3) courses from the standard pathway prior to enrolling in any other course: GEN 127, HUM 115, ENG 147. With the exception of ENG 147, GEN 127, GEN 201, and HUM 115, General Education and Elective course requirements may be satis- fied by any of the following means: • University of Phoenix coursework, • Regionally or nationally accredited coursework (C- or higher

grade), • University of Phoenix Prior Learning Assessment, (30 credit

limit on experiential learning; 30 credit limit on professional training),

• National Testing Programs, and • ACE evaluated Military credits. Accelerated Pathway (A Track) students who meet the following criteria may satisfy the HUM 115 requirement with transfer course- work: • Students transferring to UoPX with a regionally accredited

Associate of Arts degree from a community college.

• Students transferring to UoPX with an Associate's Degree from an articulated institution where the Program Transfer Guide requirements do not mandate completion of a critical thinking course

Concurrent enrollment is prohibited during any of the following courses: GEN 201, GEN 127, ENG 147, or HUM 115. Accelerated Pathway (A Track) students may not enroll in GEN 127 or ENG 147 to satisfy programmatic prerequisites, general educa- tion or elective requirements. Continuously enrolled students in an approved entry point course should not execute a program or version change until completion of the entry point course to determine if the pathway diagnostic is required based on the outcome of the course. Students who have successfully completed an approved entry point course in a degree program and are re-entry or executing a program change will not be required to complete the pathway diagnostic and will be placed in the Accelerated Pathway (A Track). Students who previously completed an approved entry point course are not required to take GEN 127 or GEN 201. Students may not complete any of the following courses via Directed Study: GEN 201, GEN 127, ENG 147, or HUM 115. Satisfy University Proficiency Requirements Undergraduate students must satisfy math and English proficien- cies as a condition of degree conferral and as a degree progression requirement prior to specific courses in their program. Students have the following options to fulfill proficiency: • Successful completion of University of Phoenix math and

English courses designated as applicable to the proficiency requirement

• Comparable regionally or approved nationally accredited transfer, or credit recommended by the American Council on Education transfer coursework that meets the following requirements:

-Completed within ten years of enrollment -Grade of C- or better (or academic equivalent) -At least 2.67 semester credits -Eligible to receive general education credits Achieve a passing score (as established by the American Council on Education) on a comparable National Testing Program (NTP) exam completed within ten years of enrollment. Demonstrate competency by meeting minimum passing score on University of Phoenix approved placement exam. Students who satisfied the English and/or math proficiency and sign a new enrollment agreement may carry forward the com- pleted proficiency in their new program/version provided they have remained in continuous attendance in alignment with the University's Re-Entry policy. Candidates must provide verification of content knowledge mas- tery prior to beginning student teaching. Candidates must provide: • Passing scores on the designated state content knowledge exam. • Verification of immunization or TB test results (district specific) • Verification of the completion of 100 hours of field experience Candidates residing in the state of Idaho must provide verification of the completion of twenty (20) required semester credits in one of the endorsement areas below prior to student teaching. • Social Studies (This may include areas such as American

Government, Political Science, Economics, Geography, History, Psychology, Sociology, and Sociology/Anthropology).

281

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

• English/Language Arts (This may include areas such as Communication, English, English as a New Language, Journalism, Literacy, Writing and Foreign Language).

• Mathematics (This may include areas such as Mathematics, Geometry, Linear Algebra, Discrete Mathematics, Probability and Statistics, Trigonometry, and Calculus).

• Science (This may include areas such as Biological Science, Chemistry, Earth Science, Geology, Natural Science, and Physical Science).

Students must complete all General Education requirements prior to completion of ECH 390. Candidates will be required to have the minimum GPA for the pro- gram prior to entering the Student Teaching experience. Minimum Grade Requirements for the BSED/ECH • A candidate must earn a grade of "B" or better in the following

courses in order to progress in future coursework. Grades of "I" and "B-" are not accepted. Students who do not receive a B- or better will be placed on Scholastic Disqualification and will be required to repeat the seminar(s) in which the candidate did not receive the required minimum grade and the related portion of student teaching. The Campus College chair will coordinate with the Cooperating/Mentor Teacher and Faculty Supervisor to design a remediation plan: ECH 390, ECH 498, ECH 499 Georgia students only: ECH 390, EED 496

• If the candidate does not receive a grade of "B" or better on the second attempt, the candidate will be Scholastically Suspended, permanently withdrawn, from the program.

Residency Requirements and Course Waivers for the BSED/ ECH • Students must meet the established University residency

requirement for degree conferral. The University requires that the majority of coursework, 30 credits from a combination of the Required Course of Study, General Education, and Electives must be completed at University of Phoenix.

• Students in this program may waive a maximum of 30 credits from their required course of study on the basis of regionally accredited transferable coursework.

• Upon the successful completion of the Child Development Associate (CDA) or the Florida Child Care Professional Credential (FCCPC) candidates transferring to University of Phoenix may waive 21 credits using the following coursework in the BSEd/ECH program: • 3 credits in social studies • 9 credits in additional liberal arts • ECH 301: Foundations of Early Childhood (3 credits) • ECH 205: Growth and Development (3 credits) • ECH 321: Developmentally Effective Learning Environments

(3 credits) • Arizona residents may waive SEI 300 and/or SEI 301 with an

Arizona Department of Education approved SEI course (institution of higher education or approved district workshop) OR verification of one of the following endorsements: • Arizona Provisional SEI Endorsement (SEI/300) • Arizona Full SEI Endorsement (SEI/300 and SEI/301) • Arizona English as a Second Language Endorsement • Arizona Bilingual Endorsement

• In order to be granted a waiver with credit for a course in the Required Course of Study, a student must have completed a previous course which meets the following criteria:

• The course must have been completed at a regionally accredited, or candidate for accreditation, college or university.

• The course must have been completed within the past five (5) years from current program enrollment agreement sign date with a grade of "C" (2.0) or better.

• The course must be comparable in content and credits to the University course it is replacing and must be an equivalent level or higher level course (i.e. graduate level coursework may be used to waive graduate or undergraduate coursework). Course descriptions must be included with the course waiver form in order for the Office of Admissions and Evaluation to review the course waiver request.

• Through an approved articulation agreement, students who have successfully completed equivalent courses may waive, without credits, up to thirty (30) credits of the Required Course of Study. Students must substitute other upper division coursework to satisfy the upper division credit requirement of their degree program (each program has specific substitution requirements).This policy also applies to upper division courses which are used to fulfill Associate of Arts degree requirements. In order to be granted a waiver, without credit, for a course in the Required Course of Study, a student must have completed a previous course which meets the following criteria: • The course must have been completed and transcripted from

a regionally accredited institution with which the University of Phoenix has an approved articulation agreement.

• The course must have been completed with a grade of "C" (2.0) or better during the effective dates of the approved articulation agreement.

• The course must be approved through the articulation agreement and must be comparable in content and credits to the University course it is replacing.

• The following courses in the Required Course of Study may not be waived: ECH 211, ECH 300, ECH 302, ECH 321, ECH 390, ECH 416, ECH 498, ECH 499, EED 496, RDG 416.

General Education Requirements for the BSED/ECH A minimum of 57 of the 120 credits must be in the general educa- tion areas approved by the University. English/Language Arts Requirement(s) 12 credits Must include: HUM 115 B Track must include: ENG 147 Mathematics Requirement(s) 12 credits 6 credits must include MTH 213 and MTH 214 Effective for Enrollment Agreements sign 6/1/2016 or later, must include 6 credits of quantitative reasoning or higher Physical/Biological Science Requirement(s) 6 credits Social Studies Requirement(s) 9 credits 3 credits must include ETH 120 3 credits must include HIS 301 or HIS 110 Fine Arts Requirement(s) 6 credits Art, music, drama or dance Humanities Requirement(s) 3 credits Additional Liberal Arts Requirement(s) 9 credits All undergraduate students are required to complete the minimum general education credits required by their program version. Unless otherwise noted, no timeframe or minimum grade (other than a passing grade) is required when applying UOPX or transfer coursework to the mandatory General Education courses (MTH

282

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

COLLEGE OF EDUCATION (Online)

213, MTH 214, SOC 315, HIS 301 or HIS 110). Students may use a 2 semester credit Constitution course to satisfy the HIS 301 or HIS 110 constitution requirement, or a 2 semester credit Education Math course to satisfy the MTH 213 and MTH 214 requirements, but will be required to make up the credit with other Liberal Arts General Education credit to meet the minimum requirements. Students who lack .67 or fewer general education credits may use interdisciplinary or elective credits to waive the balance. Students must use interdisciplinary or elective credits to waive the general education balance in order to complete the minimum general edu- cation credits required for their program. Field Experience for BSED/ECH Beginning with the first course, and throughout the program, can- didates are required to complete a minimum of 100 hours of veri- fied field experiences, covering a variety of developmental levels from ages birth through grade eight. The focus of each field experi- ence will relate to specific course content and will follow a struc- tured format. Four formal field experience evaluations are required during the program (observation, one-on-one instruction, small- group instruction, and whole-group instruction). These evalua- tions must be maintained and reviewed as specified in the hand- book/courses. Documentation of field experience will be reviewed by campus staff and faculty prior to student teaching. Candidates must work with their campus to arrange field experience. Student Teaching for the BSED/ECH Student teaching is a full-time experience. Each campus establishes operational policies related to placement and completion of stu- dent teaching. Candidates must follow the guidelines in place at their campus. • Student teaching is the culminating experience of the Bachelor

of Science in Early Childhood program. Students must complete prerequisites leading up to Student Teaching prior to beginning the student teaching experience.

• Candidates must earn a "B" or better in Early Childhood Education Seminar. If a candidate receives less than a "B" (B- or lower, or an incomplete grade), they must repeat the course.

• Student teachers who are removed from a placement at the request of a school district administrator will be withdrawn from class and will be issued a grade of "F" by their faculty member.

• Candidates must be enrolled in Early Childhood Student Teaching courses during their student teaching experience. If a candidate chooses to postpone student teaching they must postpone their enrollment in these courses.

• Student teaching can only be repeated one time. • Unapproved self-terminations of student teaching will result in

the candidate receiving a failing grade for the student teaching experience and the associated student teaching seminar. This experience counts as one of their two student teaching attempts.

• Candidates that do not successfully complete the second student teaching program will be removed from the program and are not eligible for re-entry.

• Candidates must student teach in a self-contained early childhood setting. Candidates may not student teach in special education.

• Students should complete student teaching within twelve (12) months from the completion date of their last required course in the program.

• Students must complete a minimum of 8 credit hours of student teaching, including the completion of a Teacher Work Sample project.

Candidates who are unable to complete their student teaching experience at the campus where they began are not guaranteed a placement. Candidates may be able to complete their student teaching online. A select number of states do not participate in the University of Phoenix Teacher Education program. Candidates must contact the Online Administrative Offices for a list of partici- pating states and procedures for student teaching placement. • Candidates must successfully pass the Early Childhood Seminar

with a "B" or better. • Candidates must enroll in the remaining Student Teaching

courses online while completing their student teaching experience.

• Candidates need to work directly with the Online Administrative Offices to complete the requirements for verification of placement.

Re-entry for the BSED/ECH • Re-entry students who have successfully completed an

approved entry point course in a degree program will not be required to complete the pathway diagnostic and will be placed in the Accelerated Pathway (A Track). They will not be required to enroll in the standard pathway (B Track) courses.

• Candidates who have been out of attendance for more than one year and have completed all degree requirements except student teaching, internship or practicum and can complete within their original deadline may reenter their original program version. However, if the state certification requirements have changed since a candidate went out of attendance needing only student teaching, internship or practicum, in addition to the admissions paperwork required by the University Re-entry policy, the candidate must complete an Enrollment Agreement Addendum before reentry to the original program version will be approved.

• Candidates who have been out of attendance for more than one year and are lacking courses in addition to their student teaching, internship or practicum must reenter the current program version and successfully complete all courses required by their reentry credit summary.

• Only students who reside within the United States and its territories are eligible to enroll into a UOPX bachelor or master of education program. International students who have been out of attendance for more than 365 days will not be eligible to re-enter.

Institutional Recommendation for the BSED/ECH • Candidates must meet all current state certification

requirements prior to being issued an Institutional Recommendation (IR, request for state teaching credential).

• Upon completion, candidates must complete a University of Phoenix graduation application in order to receive a diploma and official transcript. Candidates' records will be analyzed to ensure that they have met all academic and financial requirements of their programs. An IR cannot be completed until this process has been finished. This will ensure that candidates have met all of their obligations to the University before they receive an IR from the University.

• Candidates must pass their state-mandated professional knowledge exam.

283

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

• Candidates must provide verification of state and U.S. Constitution coursework as required by the state certification agency.

........................................................................................... Bachelor of Science in Education/Educational Studies

The following Bachelor of Science in Education/Educational Studies (BSED/ES) program may be offered at these University of Phoenix campus locations: Online, depending on state of residence. The availability of programs and concentrations depend on student demand and other factors. Not all programs may be available to all residents of all states. Students may want to consider completing certain courses in the Online classroom at Online rates if the program is available via the Online modality in their state. Please contact your enrollment

........................................................................................... representative for more information.

The Bachelor of Science in Education/Educational Studies (BSEd/ ES) degree is a non-teaching degree designed to facilitate the devel- opment of professional knowledge, skills and understanding of the teaching and learning process. The program provides students with information across a variety of education topics with an emphasis in the field of education. Program Purpose The Bachelor of Science in Education/Educational Studies is an undergraduate degree program intended for students who have completed all coursework from a UOPX initial licensure program with the exception of both student teaching courses. The program does not prepare students for any type of professional certification or state licensure as a teacher. It is only intended as a degree completion option. BSED/ES Program Category Requirements and Course Selections Courses requiring prerequisites are identified by a ~ symbol fol- lowing the course number. Course descriptions for all courses are listed in the Course Guide section of the catalog (page B-1). Students must choose 3 courses from the following list: AET 500 .................................................................................... 3 credits Foundations of Adult Learning Theory AET 508 .................................................................................... 3 credits Community-Based Education AET 552 .................................................................................... 3 credits Marketing Adult Education AET 560 .................................................................................... 3 credits Facilitating Change AET 562 .................................................................................... 3 credits Social Media for Professional Learning

The University reserves the right to modify the required course of Study.

Additional Admission Requirements for the BSED/ES Applicants are expected to meet all admissions requirements: • Applicants enrolling in this program must have met all

admission requirements from their University of Phoenix previous pre-licensure program.

• All versions of the following University of Phoenix previous pre-licensure programs eligible for admission to the BSEd/ES: • BSEd/E • BSEd/E-MTH • BSEd/E-SOC • BSEd/E-SCI • BSEd/E-ELA

• Applicants to this program must have completed all coursework from their University of Phoenix previous pre-licensure program with the exception of both Student Teaching courses.

• Students will be eligible for admission to the BSEd/ES program provided that the Enrollment Agreement sign date for the previous pre-licensure program is no more than nine and a half (9.5) years in the past. Applicants must be able to complete all requirements of the degree within 10 years of the Enrollment Agreement sign date of the previous pre-licensure program.

• Continuously enrolled students completing a program change from a pre-licensure program to the BSEd/ES program only need to submit an Enrollment Agreement and will not be required to complete a new admissions application.

Degree Completion Requirements for the BSED/ES • Completion of a minimum of 121 credits. • Completion of three (3) BSEd/ES Elective courses in addition to

all completed coursework from the previous pre-licensure program, with the exception of student teaching.

• A minimum grade point average (GPA) of 2.5. • BSEd/ES graduates will not be permitted to return to complete

student teaching and receive a degree in any previous pre- licensure program at the University. In addition students will not be permitted to enter a new Bachelor or Master level pre- licensure program.

• The diploma awarded for this program will read as: Bachelor of Science in Education Educational Studies

Residency Requirements and Course Waivers for the BSED/ES Students must meet the established University residency require- ment for degree conferral. The University requires that all nine (9) elective credits must be completed at University of Phoenix in order to meet residency. Re-entry for the BSED/ES Students who have been out of attendance for more than one year must complete an Enrollment Agreement for the BSEd/ES pro- gram and will be eligible for re-entry into the program provided that they are able to complete all requirements of the degree within 10 years of the Enrollment Agreement sign date of the previous pre-licensure program.

284

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

COLLEGE OF EDUCATION (Online)

Bachelor of Science in Education/Elementary

........................................................................................... Education (Florida)

The following Bachelor of Science in Education/Elementary Education (BSED/E) program may be offered at these University of Phoenix campus locations: Online, depending on state of residence. The availability of programs and concentrations depend on student demand and other factors. Not all programs may be available to all residents of all states. Students may want to consider completing certain courses in the Online classroom at Online rates if the program is available via the Online modality in their state. Please contact your enrollment representative for

........................................................................................... more information.

The Bachelor of Science in Education/Elementary (BSEd-E) is an undergraduate degree program preparing candidates for teacher licensure. The guiding philosophy of the BSEd/E program is to provide students with the skills and knowledge that will allow them to become competent and effective educators. This program focuses on elementary student learning by developing the skills of the educator responsible for that learning. Student teaching is an integral component of the Teacher Education Program. It provides students with a field-based experience at the appropriate grade and content level. Student teachers work with a cooperating teacher from a school site and with a University of Phoenix faculty advisor. The student teaching experience is designed to emphasize the achievement of state standards leading to certification and to present individuals with growth opportunities that best prepare them to assume the duties of a certified classroom teacher. Throughout the program, students are required to complete a min- imum of 100 hours of verified field experiences, covering a variety of developmental levels. The focus of each observation will relate to specific course content. For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program, and other important information, please visit our website at http://www.phoenix.edu/ programs/bsed-e. Program Purpose The Bachelor of Science in Education/Elementary Education is an undergraduate degree program intended to prepare students with no prior teaching experience for initial teacher licensure. The program is designed for students who want to become elementary school teachers and includes a clinical component requiring field experiences and student teaching above and beyond program coursework. As licensure requirements may vary by state, it is the student's responsibility to ascertain and meet licensure requirements in any state in which the student desires to practice and to contact the applicable state educator licensure agency to verify current requirements to become a licensed teacher. There may be additional qualifications and/or disqualifications applicable in order to work as a teacher with any local, state or federal entity. Program Category Requirements and Course Selections Courses requiring prerequisites are identified by a ~ symbol fol- lowing the course number. Course descriptions for all courses are listed in the Course Guide section of the catalog (page B-1). Introductory Course, 3 total credits GEN 201 (A TRACK) ............................................................. 3 credits Foundations for University Success GEN 127 (B TRACK .............................................................. 3 credits) University Studies for Success

Orientation, 0 total credits EDU 300 ................................................................................... 0 credits Orientation to Teacher Education History and Foundations of Education, 6 total credits EDU 301~ ............................................................................... 3 credits Foundations of Education EDU 315~ ............................................................................... 3 credits Legal & Ethical Issues in Education Educational Theories and Models, 6 total credits EDU 311~................................................................................ 3 credits Models and Theories of Instruction EDU 321 ................................................................................... 3 credits Classroom Management Human Development, 3 total credits EDU 305~ ............................................................................... 3 credits Child Development Assessment, 3 total credits EED 400.................................................................................... 3 credits Assessment in Elementary Education

Reading, 9 total credits RDG 350.................................................................................. 3 credits Children's Literature RDG 420 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits Elementary Methods - Reading/Language Arts RDG 415 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits Diagnosis and Remediation of Reading Difficulties Special Populations, 9 total credits SEI 300...................................................................................... 3 credits Structured English Immersion SEI 301 ~ .................................................................................. 3 credits Advanced Structured English Immersion Methods SPE 300..................................................................................... 3 credits Orientation to the Exceptional Child Elementary Methods, 15 total credits EED 416 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Elementary Methods - Mathematics EED 420 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Elementary Methods - Science EED 425 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Elementary Methods - Health/PE EED 430 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Elementary Methods - Social Studies EED 435 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Elementary Methods - Fine Arts Student Teaching and Field Experience, 9 total credits EDU 390 ~.................................................................................. 1 credit Elementary Education Seminar EED 498~ ................................................................................ 4 credits Elementary Student Teaching, Seminar I EED 499~ ................................................................................ 4 credits Elementary Student Teaching, Seminar II

The University reserves the right to modify the required course of Study.

285

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

General Information for the BSED/E • First time attendees with the University who indicate less than

24 previous college credits (as recognized by the university) on the admission application and who meet the requirements for "Admitted with Condition" status, will be admitted with condition to this program.

• Prior Learning Assessment and credits earned through National Testing Programs are excluded from the calculation of previous college credits.

• Applicants must complete a Pathway Diagnostic before enrolling into their first credit-bearing course. The results of the diagnostic will determine placement in the Accelerated Pathway (A Track) or standard pathway (B Track).

• Students who are placed in the Accelerated Pathway may choose to pursue the standard pathway without appeal, but must complete the standard pathway in its entirety upon the change. Students who are placed in the standard pathway must appeal to pursue the Accelerated Pathway.

• Any student planning to complete an associate of arts degree prior to enrolling in a bachelor degree must complete all required credits of the associates degree and meet admission requirements for their chosen bachelor degree before enrolling in any University bachelor degree programs.

Additional Admission Requirements for the BSED/E All applicants are expected to meet the following admissions requirements: • High school graduation from an institution that holds state

approval to confer high school diplomas or are accredited or a candidate for accreditation at the time the student attended by an acceptable accrediting body, GED certificate or CHSPE (California High School Proficiency Examination) certificate, or completion of the HiSET examination with a passing score.

• Applicants must be currently employed or have access to a work environment.

Candidacy Status for the BSED/E The College of Education has two levels of review consisting of Level 1 Candidate Status and Level 2 Candidate Status. Applicants must meet requirements for both levels of candidacy status to con- tinue in their program with no interruption of scheduling. • Level 1 Candidate Status is completed upon admission to the

University. Students who are admitted have met the requirements for Candidate Status Level 1.

• Level 2 Candidate Status is completed prior to the completion of 12 Required Course of Study (Core) credits of the program. To meet the Candidate Status Level 2 requirements, the following items must be completed. Evidence that these requirements have been met must be entered in IS3 and the student's eXp file.

• Demonstration of basic skills proficiency Students who reside in a state that does not have a basic skills exam have three options for completing this requirement. Students must pass the Praxis I exam at the cut score deter- mined by the College of Education. * Reading 169 * Writing 172 * Math 170 Students must pass the Essential Academic Skills provided by

National Evaluation Systems at the cut scores determined by the national benchmark. * Essential Academic Skills Subtest I: Reading - 220 * Essential Academic Skills Subtest II: Writing - 220 * Essential Academic Skills Subtest III: Mathematics - 220 * Essential Academic Skills Subtest IV: Technology Literacy - 220 Core Academic Skills for Educators (Core) * Core Academic Skills for Educators: Reading 156 * Core Academic Skills for Educators: Writing - 162 * Core Academic Skills for Educators: Mathematics - 150

• Verification of fingerprint clearance Students must be admitted and meet Level 1 Candidate Status prior to being reviewed for Level 2 Candidate Status. Degree Completion Requirements for the BSED/E • Completion of a minimum of 120 credits that include the

following distribution:

• A minimum of 60 upper division credits in the Required Program Category Preferred Sequence.

• A minimum of 54 of the 120 credits must be in the general education areas approved by the University.

• A minimum grade point average (GPA) of 2.5.

• Satisfactory completion and uploading of the Teacher Work Sample (TWS).

• Satisfactory completion of any required internship, student teaching, practicum courses and/or alternative clinical practice.

• Complete course within the sequence specified by course prerequisite requirements.

• Meet state requirements as set forth by state of residency to receive state endorsement.

• Completion of Field Experience Record (100 hours).

• All students must complete the minimum number of credits required by their degree program.

• The diploma awarded for this program will read as: Bachelor of Science in Education Elementary Education

Academic Progression Requirements for the BSED/E • Students placed in the Accelerated Pathway (A Track) are

required to successfully complete GEN 201 followed by HUM 115 prior to proceeding into additional coursework in their programs.

• Standard pathway (B Track) students must satisfy all three (3) courses from the standard pathway prior to enrolling in any other course: GEN 127, HUM 115, ENG 147

• With the exception of ENG 147, GEN 127, GEN 201, and HUM 115, General Education and Elective course requirements may be satisfied by any of the following means: • University of Phoenix coursework, • Regionally or nationally accredited coursework (C- or higher

grade), • National Testing Programs, and • ACE evaluated Military credits.

• Accelerated Pathway (A Track) students who meet the following criteria may satisfy the HUM 115 requirement with transfer coursework: • Students transferring to UoPX with a regionally accredited

Associate of Arts degree from a community college.

286

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

COLLEGE OF EDUCATION (Online)

• Students transferring to UoPX with an Associate's Degree from an articulated institution where the Program Transfer Guide requirements do not mandate completion of a critical thinking course.

• Concurrent enrollment is prohibited during the following courses: GEN 201, GEN 127, ENG 147, or HUM 115.

• Accelerated Pathway (A Track) students may not enroll in GEN 127 or ENG 147 to satisfy programmatic prerequisites, general education or elective requirements.

• Continuously enrolled students in an approved entry point course should not execute a program or version change until completion of the entry point course to determine if the pathway diagnostic is required based on the outcome of the course.

• Students who have successfully completed an approved entry point course in a degree program and are re-entry or executing a program change will not be required to complete the pathway diagnostic and will be placed in the Accelerated Pathway (A Track).

• Students who previously completed an approved entry point course are not required to take GEN 127 or GEN 201.

• Students may not complete any of the following courses via Directed Study: GEN 201, GEN 127, ENG 147, or HUM 115.

• Satisfy University Proficiency Requirements • Undergraduate students must satisfy math and English

proficiencies as a condition of degree conferral and as a degree progression requirement prior to specific courses in their program.

• Students have the following options to fulfill proficiency: • Successful completion of University of Phoenix math and

English courses designated as applicable to the proficiency requirement

• Comparable regionally or approved nationally accredited transfer, or credit recommended by the American Council on Education transfer coursework that meets the following requirements:

-Completed within ten years of enrollment -Grade of C- or better (or academic equivalent) -At least 2.67 semester credits -Eligible to receive general education credits • Achieve a passing score (as established by the American Council

on Education) on a comparable National Testing Program (NTP) exam completed within ten years of enrollment.

• Demonstrate competency by meeting minimum passing score on University of Phoenix approved placement exam.

• Students who satisfied the English and/or math proficiency and sign a new enrollment agreement may carry forward the completed proficiency in their new program/version provided they have remained in continuous attendance in alignment with the University's Re-Entry policy.

• Candidates must provide verification of content knowledge mastery prior to beginning student teaching. Candidates must provide: • Verification of Elementary Education (Subtest I, II, and III) • Verification of immunization or TB test results (district

specific) • Verification of the completion of 100 hours of field

experience

• Many courses in the Required Course of Study build on or reinforce each other. To ensure that students have the requisite skills for specific coursework certain program areas must be satisfied before students can progress to others. • All students must complete GEN 201 or GEN 127 as their

first course at the University. • Students must complete all General Education requirements

prior to completion of EDU 390. Candidates will be required to have the minimum GPA for the pro- gram prior to entering the Student Teaching experience. Minimum Grade Requirements for the BSED/E • A candidate must earn a grade of "B" (grades of "I" and "B-" are

not accepted) or better in the following courses in order to student teach: EDU 390, EED 498, EED 499

• Candidates who do not earn a "B" or better will be required to repeat the seminar(s) in which the candidate did not receive the required minimum grade and the related portion of student teaching. The Campus College chair will coordinate with the Cooperating/Mentor Teacher and Faculty Supervisor to design a remediation plan.

• If the candidate does not receive a grade of "B" or better on the second attempt, the candidate will be Scholastically Suspended, permanently withdrawn, from the program.

Residency Requirements and Course Waivers for the BSED/E Students must meet the established University residency require- ment for degree conferral. The University requires that the major- ity of coursework, 30 credits from a combination of the Required Course of Study, General Education, and Electives must be com- pleted at University of Phoenix. Students in this program may waive a maximum of 30 credits from their required course of study on the basis of regionally accredited transferable coursework. Upon the successful completion of the Child Development Associ- ate (CDA) or the Florida Child Care Professional Credential (FCCPC) candidates transferring to University of Phoenix may waive 12 credits using the following coursework in the BSEd/E program. The options for credit application are based upon specific GE requirements for each state. * 3 credits in social studies * 9 credits in additional liberal arts OR *12 credits in social studies OR *12 credits in any combination of social studies, additional liberal arts or electives In order to be granted a waiver with credit for a course in the Required Course of Study, a student must have completed a previ- ous course which meets the following criteria: • The course must have been completed at a regionally accredited,

or candidate for accreditation, college or university.

• The course must have been completed within the past five (5) years from current program enrollment agreement sign date with a grade of "C" (2.0) or better.

287

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

• The course must be comparable in content and credits to the University course it is replacing and must be an equivalent level or higher level course (i.e. graduate level coursework may be used to waive graduate or undergraduate coursework). Course descriptions must be included with the course waiver form in order for the Office of Admissions and Evaluation to review the course waiver request.

Through an approved articulation agreement, students who have successfully completed equivalent courses may waive, without credits, up to thirty (30) credits of the Required Course of Study. Students must substitute other upper division coursework to sat- isfy the upper division credit requirement of their degree program (each program has specific substitution requirements).This policy also applies to upper division courses which are used to fulfill Associate of Arts degree requirements. In order to be granted a waiver, without credit, for a course in the Required Course of Study, a student must have completed a previous course which meets the following criteria: • The course must have been completed and transcripted from a

regionally accredited institution with which the University of Phoenix has an approved articulation agreement.

• The course must have been completed with a grade of "C" (2.0) or better during the effective dates of the approved articulation agreement.

• The course must be approved through the articulation agreement and must be comparable in content and credits to the University course it is replacing.

The following courses in the Required Course of Study may not be waived: EDU 300, EDU 311, EDU 321, EDU 390, EED 416, EED 498, EED 499, GEN 127, GEN 201, RDG 415, SPE 300 General Education Requirements for the BSED/E A minimum of 54 of the 120 credits must be in the general educa- tion areas approved by the University. English/Language Arts Requirement(s) 12 credits Must include: HUM 115 B track must include ENG 147 Mathematics Requirement(s) 12 credits 6 credits must include MTH 213 and MTH 214 Effective for Enrollment Agreements sign 6/1/2016 or later, must include 6 credits of quantitative reasoning or higher Physical/Biological Science Requirement(s) 6 credits Social Studies Requirement(s) 9 credits 3 credits must include HIS 301 or HIS 110 3 credits must include ETH 120 Fine Arts Requirement(s) 3 credits Art, music, drama or dance Humanities Requirement(s) 3 credits Additional Liberal Arts Requirement(s) 9 credits All undergraduate students are required to complete the minimum general education credits required by their program version. Unless otherwise noted, no timeframe or minimum grade (other than a passing grade) is required when applying UOPX or transfer coursework to the mandatory General Education courses (MTH 213, MTH 214, SOC 315, HIS 301 or HIS 110). Students may use a 2 semester credit Constitution course to satisfy the HIS 301 or HIS 110 constitution requirement, or a 2 semester credit Education Math course to satisfy the MTH 213 and MTH 214 requirements,

but will be required to make up the credit with other Liberal Arts General Education credit to meet the minimum requirements. Students who lack .67 or fewer general education credits may use interdisciplinary or elective credits to waive the balance. Students must use interdisciplinary or elective credits to waive the general education balance in order to complete the minimum general edu- cation credits required for their program. Field Experience for BSED/E Beginning with the first course, and throughout the program, can- didates are required to complete a minimum of 100 hours of veri- fied field experiences, covering a variety of developmental levels from ages birth through grade eight. The focus of each field experi- ence will relate to specific course content and will follow a struc- tured format. Four formal field experience evaluations are required during the program (observation, one-on-one instruction, small- group instruction, and whole-group instruction). These evalua- tions must be maintained and reviewed as specified in the hand- book/courses. Documentation of field experience will be reviewed by campus staff and faculty prior to student teaching. Candidates must work with their campus to arrange field experience. Student Teaching for the BSED/E Student teaching is a full-time experience. Each campus establishes operational policies related to placement and completion of stu- dent teaching. Candidates must follow the guidelines in place at their campus. • Student teaching is the culminating experience of the Bachelor

of Science in Education program. Students must complete prerequisites leading up to Student Teaching Seminar I prior to beginning the student teaching experience.

• Student teaching must occur in a K-8 self-contained classroom setting under the supervision of a certified teacher. This applies to self-contained settings only, not departmentalized settings.

• Candidates wishing to do their student teaching in a single subject in grades 6 - 8 must provide the following prior to Student Teaching I:

• Transcripts documenting of a minimum of 24 semester credits in their content area

• Passing scores on the state mandated content exam • Candidates must earn a "B" or better in Elementary Education

Seminar. If a candidate receives less than a "B" (B- or lower, or an incomplete grade), they must repeat the course.

• Student teachers who are removed from a placement at the request of a school district administrator will be withdrawn from class and will be issued a grade of "F" by their faculty member.

• Candidates must be enrolled in Student Teaching Seminar I and II during their student teaching experience. If a candidate chooses to postpone student teaching they must postpone their enrollment in these seminars.

• Student teaching can only be repeated one time.

• Unapproved self-terminations of student teaching will result in the candidate receiving a failing grade for the student teaching experience and the associated student teaching seminar. This experience counts as one of their two student teaching attempts.

• Candidates that do not successfully complete the second student teaching program will be removed from the program and are not eligible for re-entry.

288

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

COLLEGE OF EDUCATION (Online)

• Candidates must student teach in a self-contained elementary setting. Candidates may not student teach in special education.

• Students should complete student teaching within twelve (12) months from the completion date of their last required course in the program.

• Students must complete a minimum of 8 credit hours of student teaching, including the completion of a Teacher Work Sample project.

Candidates who are unable to complete their student teaching experience at the campus where they began are not guaranteed a placement. Candidates may be able to complete their student teaching online. A select number of states do not participate in the University of Phoenix Teacher Education program. Candidates must contact the Online Administrative Offices for a list of partici- pating states and procedures for student teaching placement. • Candidates must successfully pass the Elementary Education

Seminar with a "B" or better.

• Candidates must enroll in the remaining Student Teaching Seminars online while completing their student teaching experience.

• Candidates need to work directly with the Online Administrative Offices to complete the requirements for verification of placement.

Re-entry for the BSED/E Re-entry students who have successfully completed an approved entry point course in a degree program will not be required to com- plete the pathway diagnostic and will be placed in the Accelerated Pathway (A Track). They will not be required to enroll in the stan- dard pathway (B Track) courses. Candidates who have been out of attendance for more than one year and have completed all degree requirements except student teaching, internship or practicum and can complete within their original deadline may reenter their original program version. However, if the state certification requirements have changed since a candidate went out of attendance needing only student teaching, internship or practicum, in addition to the admissions paperwork required by the University Re-entry policy, the candidate must complete an Enrollment Agreement Addendum before reentry to the original program version will be approved. Candidates who have been out of attendance for more than one year and are lacking more than student teaching, internship or practicum and meet the following criteria are eligible for reentry into their current program version. • Met Level 2 Candidacy • Have 60 or more applied credits • The ability to satisfy all program requirements within their

original program completion deadline Only students who reside within the United States and its territo- ries are eligible to enroll into a UOPX bachelor or master of educa- tion program. International students who have been out of attendance for more than 365 days will not be eligible to re-enter. Institutional Recommendation for the BSED/E • Candidates must meet all current state certification

requirements prior to being issued an Institutional Recommendation (IR, request for state teaching credential).

• Upon completion, candidates must complete a University of Phoenix graduation application in order to receive a diploma and be degree conferred. Candidates' records will be analyzed to ensure that they have met all academic and financial requirements of their programs. An IR cannot be completed until this process has been finished. This will ensure that candidates have met all of their obligations to the University before they receive an IR from the University.

• Candidates must pass their state-mandated professional knowledge exam.

• Candidates must provide verification of state and U.S. Constitution coursework as required by the state certification agency.

289

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

THIS PAGE WAS LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY

290

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017 GRADUATE PROGRAMS

.....................................................................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................................................... GRADUATE PROGRAMS

........................................................................................... Admission Procedures

Application Process Students seeking admission to the University's graduate programs in business, management, information systems, nursing, counsel- ing, or education begin the admission process by submitting a complete and accurate application. An application which is later verified to contain incomplete, false or misleading information may be grounds for dismissal and administrative withdrawal. Once the application has been received by the University, appli- cants are responsible for ensuring the completion of their admis- sion file. No applicant will be formally accepted for admission until their admission file is complete and officially evaluated. For- mal written notice is provided by the central Office of Admissions & Evaluation upon formal acceptance.

The University will advise students which admission file docu- ments are required in order to begin a program of study. Students may attend their first four courses under Registered status. Stu- dents, however, must submit all admission documentation and gain unconditional admission status prior to the start of their fifth course. Students failing to submit all documentation prior to the end of the required time frame will be administratively withdrawn until formally admitted by the central Office of Admissions & Eval- uation. The University cannot guarantee that a student who begins course work under Registered status will be admitted to the degree program.

Applications of individuals who have not gained admission or enrolled in the University will be kept on file for one year. After that time, the applicant is required to submit a new application and material. A second application fee (if applicable) is not required.

Transcript Requests of Other Institutions Because institutions vary in the time they take to respond to tran- script requests, all transcripts should be requested immediately upon submission of an application and application fee (if applica- ble). University staff will process all requests for transcripts on behalf of the student unless the transferring institution does not accept third party requests. However, it remains the student's responsibility to ensure that all transcripts are submitted to the University. The student must sign a "Transcript Request Form" for each transcript being requested from educational institutions. The University's application fee (if applicable) covers the student's expense for requesting official transcripts.

General International Admissions Information Graduate applicants relying on educational credentials from an institution outside of the United States to meet admission require- ments may enroll in University of Phoenix courses prior to the stu- dent being officially admitted only if they meet all the following requirements:

• If residing in the United States, have an appropriate immigrant or nonimmigrant status which does not prohibit educational studies

• Graduate applicants must have a professional evaluation report (or pre-eval completed by the Office of Admissions and Records from a country that the Office of Admissions & Records evaluates in-house) indicating that the student has the appropriate academic background to meet the admission requirements, and

• All other program specific admission requirements must be met. An applicant who has earned an undergraduate degree, or other transfer credit, from an institution outside of the United States, but has earned a Master's degree from a regionally accredited or approved nationally accredited institution is eligible to enroll in the University at the graduate level provided all program specific poli- cies have been met by the previous credential earned without requiring an evaluation of the previous international credentials.

Undergraduate applicants relying on educational credentials from an institution outside of the United States may enroll in University of Phoenix courses upon the completion of their admission appli- cation and enrollment agreement provided that they meet all admission requirements for their selected program.

For applicants with academic records from colleges or universities earned outside of the United States, the University will accept cop- ies of academic records issued from international institutions to conduct a pre-evaluation to determine comparability of previous academic studies for unofficial placement and advisement pur- poses.

For official admission and transfer credit evaluation purposes pre- vious academic credentials earned outside of the United States must meet the University's verification standards prior to an offi- cial admission or transfer credit decision being rendered. Verifica- tion of previous academic credentials earned outside of the United States can be satisfied by the following methods.

• Receipt and verification of official academic credentials issued directly to University of Phoenix by the student's previous institution, or

• Receipt and verification of official academic credentials held in possession of the student as the official record of academic studies conducted in the student's specific country, or

• Receipt and verification of official correspondence issued directly to University of Phoenix by the student's previous institution indicating copies of academic credentials and/or level study is valid, or

• Receipt of an official professional evaluation issued directly from a professional evaluation agency that is approved to satisfy verification requirements as indicated by the Office of Admission and Records.

For applicants with academic records from colleges or universities earned outside of the United States from a regionally accredited or approved nationally accredited institution, academic credentials will be subject to the same policies as credentials issued from a domestic institution.

Secondary completion credentials earned outside of the United States are considered comparable to United States secondary com- pletion credentials and do not need to be validated unless required by the student's state or jurisdiction.

Applicants who completed high school/secondary school outside of the United States, in a country where English is not the official

291

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

language, must meet the English language proficiency requirement for admission. Specific English language proficiency policies will be listed in the admission requirements section for each program.

If documents are issued to University of Phoenix in a language other than English, the student will be required to obtain an official translation and submit it to University of Phoenix. Translations must be completed/verified by an official translation service, a for- eign language department of an accredited college or university, the country's embassy/consulate or by the Office of Admission and Records at University of Phoenix if translation services are provided for that specific language.

The University is authorized under Federal law to enroll nonimmi- grant students. University of Phoenix only issues Forms I-20/A-B to Border Commuters and approved doctoral learners during their residency in the United States. Form I-20/A-B is required by stu- dents who need to obtain F-1 (Student) visas to attend school in the United States. The University is only authorized to issue the I-20 for students attending specific campus locations and programs recorded with DHS.

Admission Deadlines The University cannot guarantee that a student who begins course- work will be admitted to his/her degree or credit-bearing certifi- cate program. Students in all programs must be officially admitted by the completion of their fourth University course. Students who are unable to be admitted by the completion of their fourth Univer- sity course will be administratively withdrawn from the University and placed on Admission Deadline Exceeded (DE) admission sta- tus. Admissions Appeal Process for Expelled Students Expelled students are not eligible for admission to University of Phoenix. No appeals will be accepted for students expelled from University of Phoenix. Appeals will be reviewed for students who were expelled from other institutions. Applicants for admission are not eligible to begin classes until formal approval of the appeal is obtained.

........................................................................................... Graduate Admission Requirements

For graduate education and doctoral admission requirements please refer to the education and doctoral section(s) of the catalog. Most graduate programs have additional admission requirements listed within the program specific information. All applicants are expected to meet the following admission requirements:

• Applicants who completed high school/secondary school outside of the United States, in a country where English is not the official language, must meet one of the following exceptions in order to meet the English Language Proficiency Requirement: • achieved a minimum score of 213 on the computer-based test

(cBT), or a score of 79 on the internet-based test (iBT), or a score of 550 on the written-based test (wBT) on the Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) within two years of application to the University.

-or-

• achieved a minimum passing score of 750 on the Test of English as an International Communication (TOEIC) within two years of application to the University.

-or-

• achieved a minimum passing score of 6.5 on the test of the International English Language Testing System (IELTS) within two years of application to the University.

-or-

• achieved a minimum score of 69 on the Berlitz Online Test of Reading and Listening Skills - English or a minimum score of 550 on the Berlitz Online English Proficiency Exam within two years of application to the University

-or-

• successful completion of the approved ESL series of courses completed at: Canadian College of English Language (CCEL), International Language Schools of Canada (ILSC) or Kaplan.

-or- • achieved a minimum score of 59 on the Pearson Test of

English Academic Exam within two years of application to the University.

• The following may exempt a non-native speaker from having to take the TOEFL/TOEIC/IELTS, however official documentation may be required: • The applicant has successfully completed thirty (30)

transferable, academic semester credits at a regionally or nationally accredited college or university in the United States.

• The applicant has successfully completed the equivalent of thirty (30) transferable, academic semester credits at a recognized college or university in a country in which English is the official language.

• The applicant has successfully completed the equivalent of thirty (30) transferable, academic semester credits at a recognized institution where English is the medium of instruction.

• The applicant has previously earned, prior to applying for admission to the University of Phoenix, a U.S. high school diploma or G.E.D. Applicants that list any language other than English as their native language on the admission application and G.E.D is taken, must submit a copy of the G.E.D to verify it was taken in the English version format.

• The applicant has earned the equivalent of a U.S. high school diploma in a country in which English is the official language.

• The applicant has earned the equivalent of a U.S. high school diploma at an institution where English is the medium of instruction.

• Applicants who reside in the United States must meet one of the following requirements: • Be a legal resident of the United States • Have been granted permanent residency • Have a valid visa that does not prohibit educational studies • Have been granted temporary protected status and has been

verified through Citizenship and Immigration Service that the country is eligible for TPS status at the time of application sign date. Student must list TPS as the visa type on the admissions application in order for US to verify TPS status.

• Have been granted asylum or refugee status.

• Applicants who reside in Canada must meet one of the following requirements: • Be a legal resident of Canada

292

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017 GRADUATE PROGRAMS

• Be a landed immigrant • Have a valid visa that does not prohibit educational studies

• Students may not receive a graduate degree and a graduate- level certificate in the same area of focus.

• A signed Enrollment/Disclosure Agreement. • Completion of any state-specific required documents or forms. • Applicants who have been expelled from other institutions are

not eligible for admission to University of Phoenix. • Students who have been expelled from University of Phoenix

are not eligible for readmission to University of Phoenix. No appeals will be accepted.

Students who begin their studies at campuses located in the states listed below are required to submit immunization information to the University. The state appropriate forms must be completed and sent to Office of Admissions & Records.

• Students attending a local campus in Oklahoma must provide written documentation of vaccinations or immunity against Hepatitis B, measles, mumps, and rubella (MMR). Students must demonstrate compliance with the immunization requirement prior to the first attendance in a university course and documentation concerning this requirement must be on file at the time of admission to the university.

• Students attending a physical campus in the state of Tennessee are required to submit a Hepatitis B Waiver form to the University.

• Full and part-time students enrolled in a college, university or other institution of higher learning in Massachusetts must participate in a school sponsored health insurance plan, or an alternate plan with comparable coverage. All full and part-time students attending a Massachusetts local campus must complete the Student Health Insurance Plan Enrollment/ Acknowledgement form indicating either that they have either enrolled in the University's sponsored plan or that they decline participation in the University sponsored plan as they have comparable health insurance coverage. Students must complete and submit this form prior to enrolling in any class. Students who do not complete the Enrollment/Acknowledgement form each calendar year may not enroll in further courses until the form has been completed and the student has appropriate health insurance coverage.

All residents of Hawaii are required to submit immunization infor- mation to the University.

The Hawaii State Department of Health requires that all students attending school at a campus in this state who were born after December 31, 1956, be immunized for measles-mumps-rubella (MMR). Additionally, in order for Hawaii residents to be admitted, the University requires that all applicants to this program provide a verification of immunization of MMR. Students shall demonstrate compliance with the immunization requirement prior to the first attendance in a university course and documentation concerning this requirement must be on file at the time of admission to the university.

Exemptions from the MMR immunization requirement may be granted for the following reasons: • A medical exemption may be granted to specific vaccines.

• A U.S. licensed physician (M.D. or D.O.) must state in writing that giving a specific vaccine would endanger the student's life or health, and specify the reason based on valid medical contraindications.

• The physician must state the length of time during which the vaccine would endanger the student's health or life.

• The exemption certification must be signed by the physician on the physician's printed stationery.

• A religious exemption may be granted if the student signs a statement certifying that the student's religious beliefs prohibit the practice of immunization.

• If the State of Hawaii Director of Health determines that there is a danger of an outbreak from any of the diseases for which immunization is required, no exemption shall be recognized and inadequately immunized students shall be excluded from school until the Director has determined that the outbreak is over.

• A copy of each exemption must be kept in the student's health record at school.

The Hawaii State Department of Health requires that all students attending school at a campus in this state shall provide a Certificate of TB Examination issued in the United States within 12 months prior to their first attendance in a post-secondary school in Hawaii. Additionally, in order for Hawaii residents to be admitted, the Uni- versity requires that all applicants to this program provide a clear Certificate of TB Examination. A completed Certificate of TB Exam- ination shall be submitted prior to the first attendance in a univer- sity course or the student will not be permitted to attend class. Students shall complete Section A of this form, or submit a copy of their TB Clearance Certification received prior to their attendance at another Hawaii post-secondary school. In accordance with Section 10a-155 of the Connecticut general stat- utes, all full time or matriculating students will be required to dem- onstrate proof of adequate immunization against measles, mumps, rubella (MMR) and varicella as recommended by the Advisory Committee for Immunization Practices (ACIP). For more specific state information, refer to the link below. Students shall demon- strate compliance with the immunization requirement prior to the first attendance in a university course and documentation concern- ing this requirement must be on file at the time of admission to the university. Exemptions from the MMR and varicella immunization requirements may be granted for the following reasons: • The student was born before January 1, 1957 (applicable to MMR

vaccine only). • The student was born in the United States before January 1, 1980

(applicable to the varicella (chicken pox) vaccine only) • The student has documentation from a physician stating that it

is medically inadvisable to receive the vaccines for the one or more of the diseases as indicated on the immunization form.

• The student has documentation from a physician or director of health that he/she has had a confirmed case of one or more of the diseases as indicated on the immunization form.

• The student has laboratory confirmation of immunity to the disease(s) as indicated on the immunization form.

• The student has submitted a statement that immunization is contrary to his/her religious beliefs.

• The student is enrolled exclusively online and does not congregate with other students on campus or at campus- sponsored events. If the student later decides to attend a class at a University of Phoenix local campus location in Connecticut, the student must meet the immunization requirements before he/she may begin attending classes at a local campus location.

293

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

• The student graduated from a public or nonpublic high school in the state of Connecticut in 1999 or later and was not exempt from the measles, rubella and on or after August 1, 2010, the mumps vaccination requirement pursuant to subdivision (2) or (3) of subsection (a) of section 10-204a.

........................................................................................... Program Length

The anticipated "normal time" to complete a master level program is specified on the Gainful Employment Program Disclosure for that program. Generally, the "normal time" is as follows: Education - 68 to 92 weeks, Health Professions (single degree) - 77 to 94 weeks, Health Professions (dual degree) - 117 to 164 weeks, Health Professions (MSN/FNP) - 150 to 165 weeks, Information Systems & Technology - 84 weeks, Security & Criminal Justice - 72 to 95 weeks, Social Sciences (psychology) - 78 to 108 weeks, Social Sci- ences (counseling) - 132 to 179 weeks, Business - 72 to 108 weeks. The term "normal time" means the length of time it would take a student to complete this program if the student is continuously enrolled, takes a full course load, successfully completes each attempted course, and does not have any transfer credits. Students may exceed or complete prior to the anticipated "normal time" for a variety of reasons that are individual to the student.

294

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

COLLEGE OF SECURITY AND CRIMINAL JUSTICE

.....................................................................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................................................... COLLEGE OF SECURITY AND CRIMINAL JUSTICE

The College of Security and Criminal Justice prepares students for professional and management-related career opportunities in crim- inal justice and security by applying a multidisciplinary compara- tive management approach to criminal justice theory and application. Students will be prepared to understand, explain, and predict criminal justice and security concepts and to contribute to the development of public and private policy within communities. Our mission is to enhance the academic preparation and profes- sionalism of the nation's criminal justice and security communities through access to quality criminal justice and security higher edu- cation. The College of Security and Criminal Justice provides inno- vative, respected, relevant, affordable, and student-focused programs, designed to prepare students for opportunities of ser- vice and leadership in a diverse, global society. Curriculum is delivered by experts who relate both theory and practice in this evolving field. The College has earned respect through continuous improvement driven by a combination of innovation in the field and empirical evidence of learning outcomes, all of which is accomplished through the integrity, teamwork, and creativity of college faculty and staff. We are a respected criminal justice and security college, known for its distinctive strengths in providing superior and relevant educational programs to its students. It is the student's responsibility to ascertain whether their past his- tory and conduct may prohibit their placement or participation in the criminal justice and security field. The University makes no guarantee or representation that the student will meet all qualifica- tions for such employment or licensure for the occupation or pro- fession related to the chosen program.

Master of Science/Administration of Justice and

........................................................................................... Security

The following Master of Science/Administration of Justice and Security (MS/AJS) program may be offered at these University of Phoenix campus locations: Online. The availability of programs and concentrations depend on student demand and other factors. Not all programs may be available to all residents of all states. Students may want to consider completing certain courses in the Online classroom at Online rates if the program is available via the Online modality in their state. Please contact your

........................................................................................... enrollment representative for more information.

The mission of the Master of Science/Administration of Justice and Security degree program is to provide criminal justice practitio- ners, pre-service students and second career students with admin- istrative skills required in both public and private sector criminal justice organizations. While distinctions between the roles of jus- tice and security organizations are understood, the degree empha- sizes an understanding of administrative responsibilities common to both disciplines. Consistent with the University of Phoenix Mis- sion Statement, and focuses on organizational productivity, leader- ship, and providing quality service in criminal justice organizations and the community are stressed. The degree pro- vides students with administrative program and policy develop- ment and problem solving skills that blend industry theory with best practices and practical application. This degree should be of particular interest to criminal justice practitioners, pre-service stu- dents and second career students seeking executive, management, promotional or transitional opportunities in the management of police, corrections, court operations, and security organizations.

For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program, and other important information, please visit our website at http://www.phoenix.edu/ programs/ms-ajs. MS/AJS Preferred Course Sequence Courses requiring prerequisites are identified by a ~ symbol following the course number. Course descriptions for all courses are listed in the Course Guide section of the catalog (page B-1).

AJS 503 ....................................................................................... 1 credit

Introduction to Graduate Study in Criminal Justice and Security

AJS 504 ~.................................................................................. 3 credits

Survey of Justice and Security

AJS 514 ~.................................................................................. 3 credits

Criminological Theory

AJS 524 ~.................................................................................. 3 credits

Cybercrime and Information Systems Security

AJS 534 ~.................................................................................. 3 credits

Organizational Administration in Justice and Security

AJS 544 ~.................................................................................. 3 credits

Ethics in Justice and Security

AJS 554 ~.................................................................................. 3 credits

Concepts of Physical and Personal Security

AJS 564 ~.................................................................................. 3 credits

Management of Institutional Risk and Critical Incident Manage- ment

AJS 574 ~.................................................................................. 3 credits

Finance and Budgeting in Justice and Security

AJS 583 ~.................................................................................. 3 credits

Legal Issues in Justice and Security

AJS 584 ~.................................................................................. 3 credits

Forensic Science and Psychological Profiling

AJS 586 ~.................................................................................. 3 credits

Public Policy Issues

AJS 594 ~.................................................................................. 3 credits

Program Development and Evaluation

The University reserves the right to modify the required course of study. The University's security and criminal justice programs are educational degree programs. For those interested in pursuing a career in law enforce- ment, corrections or as a peace officer with any particular local, state, fed- eral or international agency, there are numerous additional qualifications (and often disqualifications) depending on the position. Before enrolling in a security and criminal justice program, potential students are highly encouraged to check with the relevant agency for a complete list of posi- tion requirements. The University makes no representations regarding whether any particular University program will qualify a graduate for any such position. The Master of Science/Administration of Justice and Security program does not satisfy the requirements of the Minnesota Police Officer Stan- dards and Training Board. Students will not qualify to be a police officer nor sit for the licensing exam in Minnesota upon successful completion of this program. The University's security and criminal justice programs

295

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

are educational degree programs. For those interested in pursuing a career in law enforcement, corrections or as a peace officer with any particular local, state, federal or international agency, there are numerous additional qualifications (and often disqualifications) depending on the position. Before enrolling in a security and criminal justice program, potential stu- dents are highly encouraged to check with the relevant agency for a com- plete list of position requirements. The University makes no representations regarding whether any particular University program will qualify a graduate for any such position. Additional Admission Requirements for the MS/AJS All applicants are expected to meet the following admissions requirements: • An undergraduate degree from a regionally or approved

nationally accredited, or candidate for accreditation, college or university or comparable undergraduate bachelor's degree earned at a recognized foreign institution or a graduate degree from an ABA accredited institution (i.e.- JD, LLB, LLM). If the institution became accredited while the student was attending, a minimum of 75% of the coursework taken toward the degree must have been completed while the institution was accredited or during the candidacy period.

• A cumulative grade point average (GPA) of 2.5 for all undergraduate coursework on the undergraduate degree posted transcript is required for admission.

• A minimum equivalent of three (3) years of full-time, post-high school professional work experience.

• All applicants must be currently employed or have access to a suitable work environment for the completion of course assignments.

• Signed Acknowledgement Form

Degree Requirements for the MS/AJS • The completion of a minimum of 37 credits.

• A minimum program grade point average (GPA) of 3.0.

• The diploma awarded for this program will read as: Master of Science Administration of Justice and Security

Residency Requirements and Course Waivers for the MS/AJS • Students must meet established University residency

requirement for degree conferral. The University requires that the majority of coursework, 28 credits in the Required Course of Study, must be completed at University of Phoenix.

• Students in this program may waive a maximum of 9 credits from their required course of study.

• In order to be granted a waiver for a course in the required course of study, the student must have completed a previous course which meets the following criteria:

• The course must have been completed at a regionally or approved nationally accredited, or candidate for accreditation, college or university.

• The course must have been completed within the past ten (10) years from current program enrollment agreement sign date with a grade of "B" (3.0) or better.

• The course must be comparable in content and credits to the University course it is replacing and must be an equivalent level or higher level course (i.e. graduate level coursework may be used to waive graduate or undergraduate coursework). Course descriptions must be included with the course waiver form in order for the Office of Admissions and Evaluation to review the course waiver request.

• Nationally recognized and/or industry accepted certifications may be used to waive certain courses in the Required Course of Study upon approval by the appropriate college or school that the courses reside under, and will not require Prior Learning Assessment. All waivers using certifications must be verified by an official transcript or completion documentation from the certifying organization.

• The following courses in the Required Course of Study may not be waived: AJS 594

Re-entry for the MS/AJS Any student who has been out of attendance for more than 365 days from the last date of positive recorded attendance in a pro- gram applicable course is considered a re-entry student. Re-entry students may re-enroll into their program version without appeal if the program version is still the most current in their state or jurisdiction and the student has the ability to satisfy all program requirements within their original program completion deadline. Re-entry students whose program version is not the most current in their state or jurisdiction will be required to enroll into the most current version. Select programs may have additional re-entry requirements/ restrictions. Re-entry students should consult their Academic Advisor for guidance.

........................................................................................... Master of Public Administration

The following Master of Public Administration (MPA) program may be offered at these University of Phoenix campus locations: Online. The availability of programs and concentrations depend on student demand and other factors. Not all programs may be available to all residents of all states. Students may want to consider completing certain courses in the Online classroom at Online rates if the program is available via the Online modality in their state. Please contact your enrollment

........................................................................................... representative for more information.

The Master of Public Administration (MPA) program is designed to prepare students for a leadership career within private, non- profit, and public service organizations and communities. To pre- pare students for leadership careers in public administration, the program focuses on the regulatory, political, economic, social, and cultural environments and the theories and concepts that influence management and evaluation of diverse public service organiza- tions, programs and processes; presents social entrepreneurial and business approaches to public service issues and opportunities at the state, county and local levels of government; and emphasizes adherence to the values and ethical principles of the public admin- istration profession in all aspects of public service. The Masters of Public Administration program curriculum is based on the current accreditation standards set forth by the National Association of Schools of Public Affairs and Administration (NASPAA). For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program, and other important information, please visit our website at http://www.phoenix.edu/

296

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

COLLEGE OF SECURITY AND CRIMINAL JUSTICE

programs/mpa. MPA Preferred Course Sequence Courses requiring prerequisites are identified by a ~ symbol following the course number. Course descriptions for all courses are listed in the Course Guide section of the catalog (page B-1).

MPA 503................................................................................... 3 credits Public Administration Institutions and Processes

COM PA523 ~ ......................................................................... 3 credits Communications for Public Administrators

LAW PA513 ~ .......................................................................... 3 credits Law and Public Administration

HRM PA533 ~ ......................................................................... 3 credits Human Capital Development in the Public Sector MPA 533 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits Leading Organizational Change in the Public Sector

MPA 543 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits Data Analysis for Public Policy and Management MPA 573 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits Program Evaluation MPA TM543 ~ ......................................................................... 3 credits Leveraging Technology in the Public Sector MPA 563 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits Public Budgeting MPA 553 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits Public Finance MPA 583 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits Public Policy Planning and Implementation MPA 593 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits Public Administration Applied Project The University reserves the right to modify the required course of study. Additional Admission Requirements for the MPA All applicants are expected to meet the following admissions requirements: • An undergraduate degree from a regionally or approved

nationally accredited, or candidate for accreditation, college or university or comparable undergraduate bachelor's degree earned at a recognized foreign institution or a graduate degree from an ABA accredited institution (i.e- JD, LLB, LLM). If the institution became accredited while the student was attending, a minimum of 75% of the coursework taken toward the degree must have been completed while the institution was accredited or during the candidacy period.

• A minimum equivalent of three years of full-time, post-high school work or volunteer experience with exposure to organizational systems and management processes is required.

• All applicants must be currently employed or have access to a suitable work environment for the completion of course assignments.

• A cumulative grade point average (GPA) of 2.5 for all undergraduate coursework on the undergraduate degree posted transcript is required for admission.

Degree Requirements for the MPA • A minimum of 36 graduate credits. • A minimum grade point average (GPA) of 3.0. • The diploma awarded for this program will read as:

Master of Public Administration Residency Requirements and Course Waivers for the MPA • Completion of a minimum of 27 credits of the required course of

study to meet University residency requirements.

• Students in this program may waive a maximum of 9 credits from their required course of study.

• In order to waive a course in the required course of study, the student must have completed a previous course that meets the following criteria:

• The course must have been completed at a regionally or approved nationally accredited, or candidate for accreditation, college or university;

• The course must have been completed within the past ten (10) years from current program enrollment agreement sign date with a "B" (3.0) or better; and

• The course must be comparable in content and credits to the University course it is replacing and must be an equivalent level or higher level course (i.e. graduate level coursework may be used to waive graduate or undergraduate coursework). Course descriptions must be included with the course waiver form in order for the Office of Admissions and Evaluation to review the course waiver request.

• Nationally recognized and/or industry accepted certifications may be used to waive certain courses in the Required Course of Study upon approval by the appropriate college or school that the courses reside under, and will not require Prior Learning Assessment. All waivers using certifications must be verified by an official transcript or completion documentation from the certifying organization.

• The following courses in the Required Course of Study may not be waived: MPA 593

Re-entry for the MPA Any student who has been out of attendance for more than 365 days from the last date of positive recorded attendance in a pro- gram applicable course is considered a re-entry student. Re-entry students may re-enroll into their program version without appeal if the program version is still the most current in their state or jurisdiction and the student has the ability to satisfy all program requirements within their original program completion deadline. Re-entry students whose program version is not the most current in their state or jurisdiction will be required to enroll into the most current version. Select programs may have additional re-entry requirements/ restrictions. Re-entry students should consult their Academic Advisor for guidance. •

297

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

THIS PAGE WAS LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY

298

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

COLLEGE OF SOCIAL SCIENCES

.....................................................................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................................................... COLLEGE OF SOCIAL SCIENCES

The College of Social Sciences offers undergraduate and graduate degree programs in a number of diverse academic areas including counseling, psychology, and human services. In addition, the col- lege offers a certificate program in mediation. The College provides innovative educational programs designed to enhance the core knowledge, skills and values essential for stu- dents seeking to achieve their academic goals in the field of social sciences. These programs are developed and taught by skilled practitioners who work in their respective fields. Through individ- ual and collaborative work, students can acquire the knowledge and skills needed in today's working environment.

Master of Science in Counseling Clinical Mental

........................................................................................... Health Counseling

The following Master of Science in Counseling Clinical Mental Health Counseling (MSC/CCMH) program may be offered at these University of Phoenix campus locations: Online, depending on state of residence. The availability of programs and concentrations depend on student demand and other factors. Not all programs may be available to all residents of all states. Students may want to consider completing certain courses in the Online classroom at Online rates if the program is available via the Online modality in their state. Please contact your enrollment

........................................................................................... representative for more information.

The Master of Science in Counseling: Clinical Mental Health Coun- seling is a 63 credit program that prepares graduates to work as practitioners with diverse clients in various mental health environ- ments, including private practice, hospitals, and public and private mental health agencies. Students learn the foundations of counsel- ing including theories and their application with groups and indi- viduals; assessment and evaluation; counseling and consultative relationships; career planning; research methods; legal and ethical concerns, trauma and crisis, and program development, imple- mentation, and evaluation. The program addresses critical issues facing counselors and includes supervised practicum and intern- ship experiences where students obtain practical experience prior to graduation. Students in the program must pass the Counselor Preparation Comprehensive Examination (CPCE) as part of the graduation requirements. For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program, and other important information, please visit our website at http://www.phoenix.edu/ programs/msc-ccmh.

Program Purpose In order to practice as a counselor in most states, the student must be licensed as an LPC (licensed professional counselor), MFT (marriage and family therapist), or other comparable state professional license designation. License requirements vary by state. It is the student's responsibility to ascertain and meet licensure requirements in any state in which the student desires to practice. This program meets the California LPCC educational requirements for registration with the Board of Behavioral Sciences (BBS) as a licensed professional clinical counselor intern (LPCCI). Upon successful completion of all educational requirements and required postgraduate supervised clinical hours, graduates are eligible to sit for the LPCC

licensure exams in California. Program Student Learning Outcomes In addition to the knowledge and skills related to the University Learning Goals, College of Social Sciences graduating students are intended to attain certain program-specific knowledge, skills and abilities. Therefore, you should be able to demonstrate the follow- ing learning outcomes by the time you complete this program.

Core Counseling Program Student Learning Outcomes • Students will be able to integrate legal and ethical standards of

the counseling profession in all aspects of professional practice. • Students will be able to apply the historical, philosophical and

theoretical foundations of the counseling profession in all aspects of professional practice.

• Students will be able to synthesize aspects of professional functioning to develop a professional counselor identity.

• Students will be able to apply multicultural competencies in all aspects of professional practice.

• Students will be able to analyze the needs of diverse groups to advocate for equitable mental health and counseling services, programs, policies and interventions.

• Students will be able to apply theories of human growth and development in all aspects of professional practice in diverse societies.

• Students will be able to apply career development theories and models to all aspects of educational and career counseling in a global economy.

• Students will be able to apply counseling theories, techniques and processes to develop a personal model of counseling practice to help diverse clients.

• Students will be able to apply theoretical and experiential group approaches in all aspects of professional practice in diverse societies.

• Students will be able to ethically apply psychological measurement theories and concepts in assessment and evaluation in multicultural societies.

• Students will be able to analyze counseling research and ethically apply the findings in an evidence-based practice and program evaluation.

CCMH-Specific Program Student Learning Outcomes • Students will be able to analyze the effect of mental health

policies, regulatory processes and legal standards in the practice of mental health counseling.

• Students will be able to apply culturally responsive mental health counseling, prevention, intervention and referral practices in mental health counseling.

• Students will be able to apply developmentally appropriate diagnostic principals and tools in all aspects of mental health counseling.

299

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

Program Category Requirements for the MSC/CCMH Courses requiring prerequisites are identified by a ~ symbol following the course number. Course descriptions for all courses are listed in the Course Guide section of the catalog (page B-1).

Basic Counseling, 13 total credits CNSL 500.................................................................................. 0 credits Orientation to the Counseling Profession CCMH 504 ~ ............................................................................ 3 credits Individual and Family Development Across the Life Span CCMH 506 ~ ............................................................................ 3 credits Personality Theories and Counseling Models CCMH 515 ~ ............................................................................ 3 credits Legal, Ethical, and Professional Issues in Counseling CCMH 511 ~ ............................................................................ 3 credits Fundamental Counseling Skills CNSL 503R ~ .............................................................................1 credit Residency I Intermediate Counseling, 22 total credits CCMH 525 ~ ............................................................................ 3 credits Research Methods for Mental Health Counselors CCMH 510 ~ ............................................................................ 3 credits Multi-Cultural Issues in Mental Health Counseling CCMH 547 ~ ............................................................................ 3 credits Basic Clinical Assessment and Psychometrics CCMH 522 ~ ............................................................................ 3 credits Psychopharmacology CCMH 548 ~ ............................................................................ 3 credits Psychopathology: Advanced Clinical Assessment CCMH 551 ~ ............................................................................ 3 credits Individual Counseling CCMH 568 ~ ............................................................................ 3 credits Group Counseling CNSL 513R ~ .............................................................................1 credit Residency II Advanced Counseling, 19 total credits CCMH 540 ~ ............................................................................ 3 credits Career and Vocational Counseling CCMH 561 ~ ............................................................................ 3 credits Dependency and Addictions CCMH 558 ~ ............................................................................ 3 credits Crisis Intervention and Trauma CCMH 565 ~ ............................................................................ 3 credits Family, Couple, and Child Counseling CMHC 551 ~ ............................................................................ 3 credits Human Sexuality and Sex Therapy CCMH 581 ~ ............................................................................ 3 credits Supervision/Management in Clinical Mental Health Counseling CNSL 523R ~ .............................................................................1 credit Residency III Clinical Placement, 9 total credits CCMH 592 ~ ............................................................................ 3 credits Practicum in Clinical Mental Health Counseling CCMH 597A~ ......................................................................... 3 credits Internship A CCMH 597B ~.......................................................................... 3 credits Internship B

The University reserves the right to modify the required course of study. Additional Admission Requirements for the MSC/CCMH All applicants are expected to meet the following admissions requirements: • An undergraduate degree from a regionally accredited, or

candidate for accreditation, college or university or comparable undergraduate bachelor's degree earned at a recognized foreign institution or a graduate degree from an ABA accredited institution (i.e.- JD, LLB, LLM). If the institution became accredited while the student was attending, a minimum of 75% of the coursework taken toward the degree must have been completed while the institution was accredited or during the candidacy period.

• A cumulative grade point average (GPA) of 2.5 for all undergraduate coursework on the undergraduate degree posted transcript is required for admission.

• A signed Criminal Conviction Disclosure Form. • A signed Professional Counseling Non-Academic Requirement

Addendum Form. • Official transcripts listing at least six (6) credits in the helping

professions (psychology, counseling, or related) or education with a grade of "C" or better in each course. The six credits must have been completed prior to the student starting CNSL 500 - Orientation to the Counseling Profession.

• A minimum equivalent of two (2) years of full-time, post-high school paid and/or volunteer work experience with direct exposure to human services, human resources, primary, secondary or higher education, or organizational systems and associated management processes is required.

• Successful completion of CNSL 500, Orientation to the Counseling Profession. If the student is denied admission because of the unacceptable grade, the student may reapply for the Counseling program in 30 days and would be required to retake and pass CNSL 500. A student failing CNSL 500 on the second attempt, must wait 6 months before reapplying. Passing CNSL 500 is limited to a total of three attempts.

Degree Requirements for the MSC/CCMH • Completion of a minimum of 63 credits. • A minimum program grade point average (GPA) of 3.0. • Students are required to complete and to score at or above the

minimum criterion for the Counselor Preparation Comprehensive Exam (CPCE) or another assessment/ examination instrument as authorized by the Dean of the College. Successful completion of the capstone assessment is a degree completion and graduation requirement. Capstone examinations may not be scheduled before completion of core curriculum requirements. The University provides students with the opportunity to take the exam three times at no cost. Additional attempts to pass the exam are the student's financial responsibility. • This program requires a score at or above the minimum

criterion on a capstone examination • Completion of Internship (600 hours) and Practicum (100 hours). • The diploma awarded for this program will read as:

Master of Science in Counseling Clinical Mental Health Counseling

300

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

COLLEGE OF SOCIAL SCIENCES

Academic Progression Requirements for the MSC/CCMH • Residency courses contain multiple requirements for academic

progression; therefore sufficient time is needed for faculty to conduct a thorough assessment of student coursework. Residency courses are: CNSL 503R, CNSL 513R, CNSL 523R.

• Clinical Practice courses contain multiple requirements for academic progression; therefore sufficient time is needed for faculty to conduct a thorough assessment of student coursework. Clinical Practice courses are: CCMH 592, CCMH 597A, CCMH 597B.

• The following Clinical courses contain multiple requirements for academic progression; therefore sufficient time is needed for faculty to conduct a thorough assessment of student coursework. Clinical courses are: CCMH 515, CCMH 548, CCMH 551, CCMH 568, CNSL 500.

• Completion of all courses with a grade of "B-" or better. Students must maintain an overall GPA of at least 3.0.

Academic Standing and Minimum Grade Requirements for the MSC/CCMH • Students in this program may not attend any further courses

after being assigned a grade of incomplete in a course. • MSC students will be placed on Scholastic Disqualification if a

minimum grade of "B-" is not attained in any course. If a student repeats a course due to receiving a grade that is less than a "B-" and does not receive a grade of "B-" or better the second time, the student will be scholastically suspended, permanently withdrawn, from this program.

• Students who have been scholastically disqualified will not be allowed to continue in their degree program until they have fulfilled the requirements for reentry as determined by the Campus College Chair.

• Students must successfully complete CNSL 503R Graduate Portfolio Residency I in order to continue in this program. Students who don't successfully complete CNSL 503R may not enroll in any subsequent coursework until the course has been successfully completed. Students who fail CSNL 503R may repeat the course after three (3) months. If the student does not meet the minimum grade requirement on the second attempt, the student will be scholastically suspended, permanently withdrawn, from this program.

• Students in the College of Social Science graduate programs may not transfer credit to the University from courses taken from other schools while academically or scholastically disqualified.

Residency Requirements and Course Waivers for the MSC/ CCMH • Students in this program may waive a maximum of 9 credits

from their required course of study. • In order to be granted a waiver for a course in the required

course of study, the student must have completed a previous course which meets the following criteria: • The course must have been completed at a regionally

accredited, or candidate for accreditation, college or university.

• The course must have been completed within the past five (5) years from current program enrollment agreement sign date with a grade of "B" (3.0) or better.

• The course must be comparable in content and credits to the University course it is replacing and must be an equivalent level or higher level course (i.e. graduate level coursework may be used to waive graduate or undergraduate coursework). Course descriptions must be included with the course waiver form in order for the Office of Admissions and Evaluation to review the course waiver request.

• The following courses in the Required Course of Study may not be waived: CCMH 515, CCMH 515CA, CCMH 522, CCMH 547, CCMH 548, CCMH 558, CCMH 565, CCMH 581, CCMH 592, CCMH 597A, CCMH 597B, CNSL 500, CNSL 503R, CNSL 513R, CNSL 523R

Re-entry for the MSC/CCMH All students who have been out of attendance for one (1) year or more in a counseling program must retake and pass the most recently graded Residency class. If a student is required to retake CNSL 503R Residency I: Basic Helping Competencies upon re-entry and does not pass the course, the student may reapply for the Counseling program in three (3) months and would be required to retake and pass CNSL 503R. A student failing CNSL 503R on the second attempt, must wait six (6) months before reapplying. Passing CNSL 503R is limited to a total of three attempts.

Master of Science in Counseling Clinical Mental

........................................................................................... Health Counseling (Utah)

The following Master of Science in Counseling Clinical Mental Health Counseling (MSC/CCMH) program may be offered at these University of Phoenix campus locations: Online, depending on state of residence. The availability of programs and concentrations depend on student demand and other factors. Not all programs may be available to all residents of all states. Students may want to consider completing certain courses in the Online classroom at Online rates if the program is available via the Online modality in their state. Please contact your enrollment

........................................................................................... representative for more information.

The Master of Science in Counseling: Clinical Mental Health Coun- seling is a 66 credit program that prepares graduates to work as practitioners with diverse clients in various mental health environ- ments, including private practice, hospitals, and public and private mental health agencies. Students learn the foundations of counsel- ing including theories and their application with groups and indi- viduals; assessment and evaluation; counseling and consultative relationships; career planning; research methods; legal and ethical concerns, trauma and crisis, and program development, imple- mentation, and evaluation. The program addresses critical issues facing counselors and includes supervised practicum and intern- ship experiences where students obtain practical experience prior to graduation. Students in the program must pass the Counselor Preparation Comprehensive Examination (CPCE) as part of the graduation requirements. For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program, and other important information, please visit our website at http://www.phoenix.edu/ programs/msc-ccmh.

301

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

Program Purpose In order to practice as a counselor in most states, the student must be licensed as an LPC (licensed professional counselor), MFT (marriage and family therapist), or other comparable state professional license designation. License requirements vary by state. It is the student's responsibility to ascertain and meet licensure requirements in any state in which the student desires to practice. Program Student Learning Outcomes In addition to the knowledge and skills related to the University Learning Goals, College of Social Sciences graduating students are intended to attain certain program-specific knowledge, skills and abilities. Therefore, you should be able to demonstrate the follow- ing learning outcomes by the time you complete this program.

Core Counseling Program Student Learning Outcomes • Students will be able to integrate legal and ethical standards of

the counseling profession in all aspects of professional practice. • Students will be able to apply the historical, philosophical and

theoretical foundations of the counseling profession in all aspects of professional practice.

• Students will be able to synthesize aspects of professional functioning to develop a professional counselor identity.

• Students will be able to apply multicultural competencies in all aspects of professional practice.

• Students will be able to analyze the needs of diverse groups to advocate for equitable mental health and counseling services, programs, policies and interventions.

• Students will be able to apply theories of human growth and development in all aspects of professional practice in diverse societies.

• Students will be able to apply career development theories and models to all aspects of educational and career counseling in a global economy.

• Students will be able to apply counseling theories, techniques and processes to develop a personal model of counseling practice to help diverse clients.

• Students will be able to apply theoretical and experiential group approaches in all aspects of professional practice in diverse societies.

• Students will be able to ethically apply psychological measurement theories and concepts in assessment and evaluation in multicultural societies.

• Students will be able to analyze counseling research and ethically apply the findings in an evidence-based practice and program evaluation.

CCMH-Specific Program Student Learning Outcomes • Students will be able to analyze the effect of mental health

policies, regulatory processes and legal standards in the practice of mental health counseling.

• Students will be able to apply culturally responsive mental health counseling, prevention, intervention and referral practices in mental health counseling.

• Students will be able to apply developmentally appropriate diagnostic principals and tools in all aspects of mental health counseling.

Program Category Requirements for the MSC/CCMH Courses requiring prerequisites are identified by a ~ symbol following the course number. Course descriptions for all courses are listed in the Course Guide section of the catalog (page B-1).

Basic Counseling, 13 total credits CNSL 500 ................................................................................. 0 credits Orientation to the Counseling Profession CCMH 504 ~ ............................................................................ 3 credits Individual and Family Development Across the Life Span CCMH 506 ~ ............................................................................ 3 credits Personality Theories and Counseling Models CCMH 515 ~ ............................................................................ 3 credits Legal, Ethical, and Professional Issues in Counseling CCMH 511 ~ ............................................................................ 3 credits Fundamental Counseling Skills CNSL 503R ~ .............................................................................1 credit Residency I Intermediate Counseling, 22 total credits CCMH 525 ~ ............................................................................ 3 credits Research Methods for Mental Health Counselors CCMH 510 ~ ............................................................................ 3 credits Multi-Cultural Issues in Mental Health Counseling CCMH 547 ~ ............................................................................ 3 credits Basic Clinical Assessment and Psychometrics CCMH 522 ~ ............................................................................ 3 credits Psychopharmacology CCMH 548 ~ ............................................................................ 3 credits Psychopathology: Advanced Clinical Assessment CCMH 551 ~ ............................................................................ 3 credits Individual Counseling CCMH 568 ~ ............................................................................ 3 credits Group Counseling CNSL 513R ~ .............................................................................1 credit Residency II Advanced Counseling, 19 total credits CCMH 540 ~ ............................................................................ 3 credits Career and Vocational Counseling CCMH 561 ~ ............................................................................ 3 credits Dependency and Addictions CCMH 558 ~ ............................................................................ 3 credits Crisis Intervention and Trauma CCMH 565 ~ ............................................................................ 3 credits Family, Couple, and Child Counseling CMHC 551 ~ ............................................................................ 3 credits Human Sexuality and Sex Therapy CCMH 581 ~ ............................................................................ 3 credits Supervision/Management in Clinical Mental Health Counseling CNSL 523R ~ .............................................................................1 credit Residency III Clinical Placement, 12 total credits CCMH 592 ~ ............................................................................ 3 credits Practicum in Clinical Mental Health Counseling CCMH 597A ~ ......................................................................... 3 credits Internship A CCMH 597B ~ ......................................................................... 3 credits Internship B CCMH 597C ~ ......................................................................... 3 credits Internship C The University reserves the right to modify the required course of study.

302

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

COLLEGE OF SOCIAL SCIENCES

Additional Admission Requirements for the MSC/CCMH All applicants are expected to meet the following admissions requirements: • An undergraduate degree from a regionally accredited, or

candidate for accreditation, college or university or comparable undergraduate bachelor's degree earned at a recognized foreign institution or a graduate degree from an ABA accredited institution (i.e.- JD, LLB, LLM). If the institution became accredited while the student was attending, a minimum of 75% of the coursework taken toward the degree must have been completed while the institution was accredited or during the candidacy period.

• A cumulative grade point average (GPA) of 2.5 for all undergraduate coursework on the undergraduate degree posted transcript is required for admission.

• A signed Criminal Conviction Disclosure Form. • A signed Professional Counseling Non-Academic Requirement

Addendum Form. • Official transcripts listing at least six (6) credits in the helping

professions (psychology, counseling, or related) or education with a grade of "C" or better in each course. The six credits must have been completed prior to the student starting CNSL/500 - Orientation to the Counseling Profession.

• A minimum equivalent of two (2) years of full-time, post-high school paid and/or volunteer work experience with direct exposure to human services, human resources, primary, secondary or higher education, or organizational systems and associated management processes is required.

• Successful completion of CNSL 500, Orientation to the Counseling Profession. If the student is denied admission because of the unacceptable grade, the student may reapply for the Counseling program in 30 days and would be required to retake and pass CNSL 500. A student failing CNSL 500 on the second attempt, must wait 6 months before reapplying. Passing CNSL 500 is limited to a total of three attempts.

Degree Requirements for the MSC/CCMH • Completion of a minimum of 66 credits. • A minimum program grade point average (GPA) of 3.0. • Students are required to complete and to score at or above the

minimum criterion for the Counselor Preparation Comprehensive Exam (CPCE) or another assessment/ examination instrument as authorized by the Dean of the College. Successful completion of the capstone assessment is a degree completion and graduation requirement. Capstone examinations may not be scheduled before completion of core curriculum requirements. The University provides students with the opportunity to take the exam three times at no cost. Additional attempts to pass the exam are the student's financial responsibility. • This program requires a score at or above the minimum

criterion on a capstone examination. • Completion of Internship (900 hours) and Practicum (100 hours). • The diploma awarded for this program will read as:

Master of Science in Counseling Clinical Mental Health Counseling

Academic Progression Requirements for the MSC/CCMH • Residency courses contain multiple requirements for academic

progression; therefore sufficient time is needed for faculty to conduct a thorough assessment of student coursework. Residency courses are: CNSL 503R, CNSL 513R, CNSL 523R

• Clinical Practice courses contain multiple requirements for academic progression; therefore sufficient time is needed for faculty to conduct a thorough assessment of student coursework. Clinical Practice courses are: CCMH 592, CCMH 597A, CCMH 597B, CCMH 597C

• The following Clinical courses contain multiple requirements for academic progression; therefore sufficient time is needed for faculty to conduct a thorough assessment of student coursework. Clinical courses are: CCMH 515, CCMH 548, CCMH 551, CCMH 568, CNSL 500

• Completion of all courses with a grade of "B-" or better. Students must maintain an overall GPA of at least 3.0.

Academic Standing and Minimum Grade Requirements for the MSC/CCMH • Students in this program may not attend any further courses

after being assigned a grade of incomplete in a course. • MSC students will be placed on Scholastic Disqualification if a

minimum grade of "B-" is not attained in any course. If a student repeats a course due to receiving a grade that is less than a "B-" and does not receive a grade of "B-" or better the second time, the student will be scholastically suspended, permanently withdrawn, from this program.

• Students who have been scholastically disqualified will not be allowed to continue in their degree program until they have fulfilled the requirements for reentry as determined by the Campus College Chair.

• Students must successfully complete CNSL 503R Graduate Portfolio Residency I in order to continue in this program. Students who don't successfully complete CNSL 503R may not enroll in any subsequent coursework until the course has been successfully completed. Students who fail CSNL 503R may repeat the course after three (3) months. If the student does not meet the minimum grade requirement on the second attempt, the student will be scholastically suspended, permanently withdrawn, from this program.

• Students in the College of Social Science graduate programs may not transfer credit to the University from courses taken from other schools while academically or scholastically disqualified.

Residency Requirements and Course Waivers for the MSC/ CCMH • Students in this program may waive a maximum of 9 credits

from their required course of study. • In order to be granted a waiver for a course in the required

course of study, the student must have completed a previous course which meets the following criteria: • The course must have been completed at a regionally

accredited, or candidate for accreditation, college or university.

• The course must have been completed within the past five (5) years from current program enrollment agreement sign date with a grade of "B" (3.0) or better.

• The course must be comparable in content and credits to the University course it is replacing and must be an equivalent level or higher level course (i.e. graduate level coursework may be used to waive graduate or undergraduate coursework). Course descriptions must be included with the course waiver form in order for the Office of Admissions and Evaluation to review the course waiver request.

303

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

• The following courses in the Required Course of Study may not be waived: CCMH 515, CCMH 522, CCMH 547, CCMH 548, CCMH 558, CCMH 565, CCMH 581, CCMH 592, CCMH 597A, CCMH 597B, CCMH 597C, CNSL 500, CNSL 503R, CNSL 513R, CNSL 523R

Re-entry for the MSC/CCMH All students who have been out of attendance for one (1) year or more in a counseling program must retake and pass the most recently graded Residency class.

If a student is required to retake CNSL 503R Residency I: Basic Helping Competencies upon re-entry and does not pass the course, the student may reapply for the Counseling program in three (3) months and would be required to retake and pass CNSL 503R. A student failing CNSL 503R on the second attempt, must wait six (6) months before reapplying. Passing CNSL 503R is limited to a total of three attempts.

Master of Science in Counseling Clinical Mental

........................................................................................... Health Counseling (Nevada)

The following Master of Science in Counseling Clinical Mental Health Counseling (MSC/CCMH) program may be offered at these University of Phoenix campus locations: Online, depending on state of residence. The availability of programs and concentrations depend on student demand and other factors. Not all programs may be available to all residents of all states. Students may want to consider completing certain courses in the Online classroom at Online rates if the program is available via the Online modality in their state. Please contact your enrollment

........................................................................................... representative for more information.

The Master of Science in Counseling: Clinical Mental Health Coun- seling is a 66 credit program that prepares graduates to work as practitioners with diverse clients in various mental health environ- ments, including private practice, hospitals, and public and private mental health agencies. Students learn the foundations of counsel- ing including theories and their application with groups and indi- viduals; assessment and evaluation; counseling and consultative relationships; career planning; research methods; legal and ethical concerns, trauma and crisis, and program development, imple- mentation, and evaluation. The program addresses critical issues facing counselors and includes supervised practicum and intern- ship experiences where students obtain practical experience prior to graduation. Students in the program must pass the Counselor Preparation Comprehensive Examination (CPCE) as part of the graduation requirements. For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program, and other important information, please visit our website at http://www.phoenix.edu/ programs/msc-ccmh.

Program Purpose In order to practice as a counselor in most states, the student must be licensed as an LPC (licensed professional counselor), MFT (marriage and family therapist), or other comparable state professional license designation. License requirements vary by state. It is the student's responsibility to ascertain and meet licensure requirements in any state in which the student desires to practice.

Program Student Learning Outcomes In addition to the knowledge and skills related to the University Learning Goals, College of Social Sciences graduating students are intended to attain certain program-specific knowledge, skills and abilities. Therefore, you should be able to demonstrate the follow- ing learning outcomes by the time you complete this program.

Core Counseling Program Student Learning Outcomes • Students will be able to integrate legal and ethical standards of

the counseling profession in all aspects of professional practice. • Students will be able to apply the historical, philosophical and

theoretical foundations of the counseling profession in all aspects of professional practice.

• Students will be able to synthesize aspects of professional functioning to develop a professional counselor identity.

• Students will be able to apply multicultural competencies in all aspects of professional practice.

• Students will be able to analyze the needs of diverse groups to advocate for equitable mental health and counseling services, programs, policies and interventions.

• Students will be able to apply theories of human growth and development in all aspects of professional practice in diverse societies.

• Students will be able to apply career development theories and models to all aspects of educational and career counseling in a global economy.

• Students will be able to apply counseling theories, techniques and processes to develop a personal model of counseling practice to help diverse clients.

• Students will be able to apply theoretical and experiential group approaches in all aspects of professional practice in diverse societies.

• Students will be able to ethically apply psychological measurement theories and concepts in assessment and evaluation in multicultural societies.

• Students will be able to analyze counseling research and ethically apply the findings in an evidence-based practice and program evaluation.

CCMH-Specific Program Student Learning Outcomes • Students will be able to analyze the effect of mental health

policies, regulatory processes and legal standards in the practice of mental health counseling.

• Students will be able to apply culturally responsive mental health counseling, prevention, intervention and referral practices in mental health counseling.

• Students will be able to apply developmentally appropriate diagnostic principals and tools in all aspects of mental health counseling.

304

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

COLLEGE OF SOCIAL SCIENCES

Program Category Requirements for the MSC/CCMH Courses requiring prerequisites are identified by a ~ symbol following the course number. Course descriptions for all courses are listed in the Course Guide section of the catalog (page B-1).

Basic Counseling, 13 total credits CNSL 500 ................................................................................. 0 credits Orientation to the Counseling Profession CCMH 504 ~............................................................................ 3 credits Individual and Family Development Across the Life Span CCMH 506 ~............................................................................ 3 credits Personality Theories and Counseling Models CCMH 515 ~............................................................................ 3 credits Legal, Ethical, and Professional Issues in Counseling CCMH 511 ~............................................................................ 3 credits Fundamental Counseling Skills CNSL 503R ~ ............................................................................. 1 credit Residency I Intermediate Counseling, 22 total credits CCMH 525 ~............................................................................ 3 credits Research Methods for Mental Health Counselors CCMH 510 ~............................................................................ 3 credits Multi-Cultural Issues in Mental Health Counseling CCMH 547 ~............................................................................ 3 credits Basic Clinical Assessment and Psychometrics CCMH 522 ~............................................................................ 3 credits Psychopharmacology CCMH 548 ~............................................................................ 3 credits Psychopathology: Advanced Clinical Assessment CCMH 551 ~............................................................................ 3 credits Individual Counseling CCMH 568 ~............................................................................ 3 credits Group Counseling CNSL 513R ~ ............................................................................. 1 credit Residency II Advanced Counseling, 19 total credits CCMH 540 ~............................................................................ 3 credits Career and Vocational Counseling CCMH 561 ~............................................................................ 3 credits Dependency and Addictions CCMH 558 ~............................................................................ 3 credits Crisis Intervention and Trauma CCMH 565 ~............................................................................ 3 credits Family, Couple, and Child Counseling CMHC 551 ~............................................................................ 3 credits Human Sexuality and Sex Therapy CCMH 581 ~............................................................................ 3 credits Supervision/Management in Clinical Mental Health Counseling CNSL 523R ~ ............................................................................. 1 credit Residency III Clinical Placement, 12 total credits CCMH 592 ~............................................................................ 3 credits Practicum in Clinical Mental Health Counseling CCMH 597A ~ ........................................................................ 3 credits Internship A CCMH 597B ~ ......................................................................... 3 credits Internship B

CCMH 597C ~......................................................................... 3 credits Internship C The University reserves the right to modify the required course of study. Additional Admission Requirements for the MSC/CCMH All applicants are expected to meet the following admissions requirements: • An undergraduate degree from a regionally accredited, or

candidate for accreditation, college or university or comparable undergraduate bachelor's degree earned at a recognized foreign institution or a graduate degree from an ABA accredited institution (i.e.- JD, LLB, LLM). If the institution became accredited while the student was attending, a minimum of 75% of the coursework taken toward the degree must have been completed while the institution was accredited or during the candidacy period.

• A cumulative grade point average (GPA) of 2.5 for all undergraduate coursework on the undergraduate degree posted transcript is required for admission.

• A signed Criminal Conviction Disclosure Form. • A signed Professional Counseling Non-Academic Requirement

Addendum Form. • Official transcripts listing at least six (6) credits in the helping

professions (psychology, counseling, or related) or education with a grade of "C" or better in each course. The six credits must have been completed prior to the student starting CNSL/500 - Orientation to the Counseling Profession.

• A minimum equivalent of two (2) years of full-time, post-high school paid and/or volunteer work experience with direct exposure to human services, human resources, primary, secondary or higher education, or organizational systems and associated management processes is required.

• Successful completion of CNSL 500, Orientation to the Counseling Profession. If the student is denied admission because of the unacceptable grade, the student may reapply for the Counseling program in 30 days and would be required to retake and pass CNSL 500. A student failing CNSL 500 on the second attempt, must wait 6 months before reapplying. Passing CNSL 500 is limited to a total of three attempts.

Degree Requirements for the MSC/CCMH • Completion of a minimum of 66 credits. • A minimum program grade point average (GPA) of 3.0. • Students are required to complete and to score at or above the

minimum criterion for the Counselor Preparation Comprehensive Exam (CPCE) or another assessment/ examination instrument as authorized by the Dean of the College. Successful completion of the capstone assessment is a degree completion and graduation requirement. Capstone examinations may not be scheduled before completion of core curriculum requirements. The University provides students with the opportunity to take the exam three times at no cost. Additional attempts to pass the exam are the student's financial responsibility. • This program requires a score at or above the minimum

criterion on a capstone examination. • Completion of Internship (600 hrs) and Practicum (100 hours)

within 52 weeks. • The diploma awarded for this program will read as:

Master of Science in Counseling Clinical Mental Health Counseling

305

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

Academic Progression Requirements for the MSC/CCMH • Residency courses contain multiple requirements for academic

progression; therefore sufficient time is needed for faculty to conduct a thorough assessment of student coursework. Residency courses are: CNSL 503R, CNSL 513R, CNSL 523R

• Clinical Practice courses contain multiple requirements for academic progression, therefore sufficient time is needed for faculty to conduct a thorough assessment of student coursework. Clinical Practice courses are: CCMH 592, CCMH 597A, CCMH 597B, CCMH 597C

• The following Clinical courses contain multiple requirements for academic progression, therefore sufficient time is needed for faculty to conduct a thorough assessment of student coursework. Clinical courses are: CCMH 515, CCMH 548, CCMH 551, CCMH 568, CNSL 500

• Completion of all courses with a grade of "B-" or better. Students must maintain an overall GPA of at least 3.0.

Academic Standing and Minimum Grade Requirements for the MSC/CCMH • Students in this program may not attend any further courses

after being assigned a grade of incomplete in a course. • MSC students will be placed on Scholastic Disqualification if a

minimum grade of "B-" is not attained in any course. If a student repeats a course due to receiving a grade that is less than a "B-" and does not receive a grade of "B-" or better the second time, the student will be scholastically suspended, permanently withdrawn, from this program.

• Students who have been scholastically disqualified will not be allowed to continue in their degree program until they have fulfilled the requirements for reentry as determined by the Campus College Chair.

• Students must successfully complete CNSL 503R Graduate Portfolio Residency I in order to continue in this program. Students who don't successfully complete CNSL 503R may not enroll in any subsequent coursework until the course has been successfully completed. Students who fail CSNL 503R may repeat the course after three (3) months. If the student does not meet the minimum grade requirement on the second attempt, the student will be scholastically suspended, permanently withdrawn, from this program.

• Students in the College of Social Science graduate programs may not transfer credit to the University from courses taken from other schools while academically or scholastically disqualified.

Residency Requirements and Course Waivers for the MSC/ CCMH • Students in this program may waive a maximum of 9 credits

from their required course of study. • In order to be granted a waiver for a course in the required

course of study, the student must have completed a previous course which meets the following criteria: • The course must have been completed at a regionally

accredited, or candidate for accreditation, college or university.

• The course must have been completed within the past five (5) years from current program enrollment agreement sign date with a grade of "B" (3.0) or better.

• The course must be comparable in content and credits to the University course it is replacing and must be an equivalent level or higher level course (i.e. graduate level coursework may be used to waive graduate or undergraduate coursework). Course descriptions must be included with the course waiver form in order for the Office of Admissions and Evaluation to review the course waiver request.

• The following courses in the Required Course of Study may not be waived: CCMH 515, CCMH 522, CCMH 547, CCMH 548, CCMH 558, CCMH 565, CCMH 581, CCMH 592, CCMH 597A, CCMH 597B, CCMH 597C, CNSL 500, CNSL 503R, CNSL 513R, CNSL 523R

Re-entry for the MSC/CCMH All students who have been out of attendance for one (1) year or more in a counseling program must retake and pass the most recently graded Residency class.

If a student is required to retake CNSL 503R Residency I: Basic Helping Competencies upon re-entry and does not pass the course, the student may reapply for the Counseling program in three (3) months and would be required to retake and pass CNSL 503R. A student failing CNSL 503R on the second attempt, must wait six (6) months before reapplying. Passing CNSL 503R is limited to a total of three attempts.

........................................................................................... Master of Science in Psychology

The following Master of Science in Psychology (MSP) program may be offered at these University of Phoenix campus locations: Online, depending on state of residence. The availability of programs and concentrations depend on student demand and other factors. Not all programs may be available to all residents of all states. Students may want to consider completing certain courses in the Online classroom at Online rates if the program is available via the Online modality in their state.

........................................................................................... Please contact your enrollment representative for more information.

The Master of Science in Psychology focuses on the scientific study of human behavior including cognition, motivation and emotion. The program provides training in four core areas: biological bases of behavior, acquired or learned bases of behavior, social, cultural and systemic influences on behavior and individual differences in behavior. Students will learn how the science of psychology is advanced through research. Emphasis is placed on critical think- ing, problem-solving and the application of knowledge to prob- lems and issues related to the human experience. This program is not designed to prepare students for professional licensure. For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program, and other important information, please visit our website at http://www.phoenix.edu/ programs/ms-p.

Program Purpose The Master of Science in Psychology is an educational degree program that provides a foundation of knowledge in the field of psychology. This program does not prepare students for any type of professional certification or licensure as a psychologist. Program Student Learning Outcomes In addition to the knowledge and skills related to the University Learning Goals, College of Social Sciences graduating students are intended to attain certain program-specific knowledge, skills and abilities. Therefore, you should be able to demonstrate the follow- ing learning outcomes by the time you complete this program.

306

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

COLLEGE OF SOCIAL SCIENCES

• Students will be able to analyze the major concepts, theories, methodologies and historical trends in psychology.

• Students will be able to apply the scientific method to research- related activities in psychology.

• Students will be able to apply psychological principles to address personal, social and organizational problems and/or issues.

• Students will be able to apply the APA code of ethics when resolving problems and/or issues related to human behavior and conducting psychological research.

• Students will be able to interpret relevant psychological theories, interventions and research results from a global perspective.

MSP Required Course of Study Courses requiring prerequisites are identified by a ~ symbol following the course number. Course descriptions for all courses are listed in the Course Guide section of the catalog (page B-1).

COM 600 .................................................................................. 3 credits Communication Skills for Graduate Study PSYCH 600~ ........................................................................... 3 credits Developmental Psychology PSYCH 650~ ........................................................................... 3 credits Psychopathology PSYCH 645~ ........................................................................... 3 credits Personality Theories PSYCH 640~ ........................................................................... 3 credits Cognitive Psychology PSYCH 660~ ........................................................................... 3 credits Ethics and Professional Issues PSYCH 610~ ........................................................................... 3 credits Research Methods in Psychology PSYCH 620~ ........................................................................... 3 credits Multicultural and Social Issues in Psychology PSYCH 625~ ........................................................................... 3 credits Statistics for the Behavior Sciences PSYCH 635~ ........................................................................... 3 credits Psychology of Learning PSYCH 630~ ........................................................................... 3 credits Physiological Psychology PSYCH 655~ ........................................................................... 3 credits Psychometrics PSYCH 665~ ........................................................................... 3 credits Integrative Capstone: Psychology Past and Present The University reserves the right to modify the required course of study. Additional Admission Requirements for the MSP All applicants are expected to meet the following admissions requirements: • An undergraduate degree from a regionally or approved

nationally accredited, or candidate for accreditation, college or university, or comparable undergraduate bachelor's degree earned at a recognized foreign institution, or a graduate degree from an ABA accredited institution (i.e- JD, LLB, LLM). If the institution became accredited while the student was attending, a minimum of 75% of the coursework taken toward the degree must have been completed while the institution was accredited or during the candidacy period.

• No work experience is required for this program.

• A cumulative grade point average (GPA) of 2.5 for all undergraduate coursework on the undergraduate degree posted transcript is required for admission.

Degree Requirements for the MSP • Completion of a minimum of 39 credits. • A minimum grade point average (GPA) of 3.0. • Concentrations are reflected on the transcript only and will not

appear on the diploma. The diploma awarded for this program will read as: Master of Science in Psychology

Academic Progression Requirements for the MSP • Students must successfully complete COM 600 with a B or

better. Minimum Grade Requirements for the MSP COM 600 must be completed with a grade of B or better. Students who do not pass this course with a grade of B or better will be scho- lastically disqualified. Students who fail to meet the minimum grade requirement will be allowed to repeat the class once. Stu- dents who fail to meet the minimum grade requirement after the second attempt will be Scholastically Suspended and permanently withdrawn from the program. Residency Requirements and Course Waivers for the MSP Students must meet established University residency requirement for degree conferral. The University requires that the majority of coursework, 30 credits from the Required Course of Study must be completed at University of Phoenix. Students in this program may waive a maximum of 9 credits from their required course of study on the basis of regionally or approved nationally accredited transferable coursework. In order to be granted a waiver for a course in the required course of study, the student must have completed a previous course which meets the following criteria: • The course must have been completed at a regionally or

approved nationally accredited, or candidate for accreditation, college or university.

• The course must have been completed within the past ten (10) years (5 years for IS&T courses) from current program enrollment agreement sign date with a grade of "B" (3.0) or better.

• The course must be comparable in content and credits to the University course it is replacing and must be an equivalent level or higher level course (i.e. graduate level coursework may be used to waive graduate or undergraduate coursework). Course descriptions must be included with the course waiver form in order for the Office of Admissions and Evaluation to review the course waiver request.

The following courses in the Required Course of Study may not be waived: COM 600, PSYCH 610, PSYCH 660, PSYCH 665 Re-entry for the MSP Any student who has been out of attendance for more than 365 days from the last date of positive recorded attendance in a pro- gram applicable course is considered a re-entry student. Re-entry students may re-enroll into their program version without appeal if the program version is still the most current in their state or jurisdiction and the student has the ability to satisfy all program requirements within their original program completion deadline. Re-entry students whose program version is not the most current in their state or jurisdiction will be required to enroll into the most current version.

307

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

Select programs may have additional re-entry requirements/ restrictions. Re-entry students should consult their Academic Advisor for guidance.

Master of Science in Psychology Concentration in

........................................................................................... Industrial-Organizational Psychology

The following Master of Science in Psychology Concentration in Industrial-Organizational Psychology (MSP/I-O) program may be offered at these University of Phoenix campus locations: Online, depending on state of residence. The availability of programs and concentrations depend on student demand and other factors. Not all programs may be available to all residents of all states. Students may want to consider completing certain courses in the Online classroom at Online rates if the program is available via the Online modality in their state. Please contact your

........................................................................................... enrollment representative for more information.

The Master of Science in Psychology focuses on the scientific study of human behavior including cognition, motivation and emotion. The program provides training in four core areas: biological bases of behavior acquired or learned bases of behavior, social, cultural and systemic influences on behavior and individual differences in behavior. Students will learn how the science of psychology is advanced through research. Emphasis is placed on critical think- ing, problem-solving and the application of knowledge to prob- lems and issues related to the human experience. This program is not designed to prepare students for professional licensure. For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program, and other important information, please visit our website at http://www.phoenix.edu/ programs/ms-p.

Program Purpose The Master of Science in Psychology is an educational degree program that provides a foundation of knowledge in the field of psychology. This program does not prepare students for any type of professional certification or licensure as a psychologist. Program Student Learning Outcomes In addition to the knowledge and skills related to the University Learning Goals, College of Social Sciences graduating students are intended to attain certain program-specific knowledge, skills and abilities. Therefore, you should be able to demonstrate the follow- ing learning outcomes by the time you complete this program. • Students will be able to analyze the major concepts, theories,

methodologies and historical trends in psychology. • Students will be able to apply the scientific method to research-

related activities in psychology. • Students will be able to apply psychological principles to

address personal, social and organizational problems and/or issues.

• Students will be able to apply the APA code of ethics when resolving problems and/or issues related to human behavior and conducting psychological research.

• Students will be able to interpret relevant psychological theories, interventions and research results from a global perspective.

308

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

COLLEGE OF SOCIAL SCIENCES

MSP/I-O Required Course of Study Courses requiring prerequisites are identified by a ~ symbol following the course number. Course descriptions for all courses are listed in the Course Guide section of the catalog (page B-1).

COM 600 .................................................................................. 3 credits Communication Skills for Graduate Study PSYCH 600~ ........................................................................... 3 credits Developmental Psychology PSYCH 650~ ........................................................................... 3 credits Psychopathology PSYCH 645~ ........................................................................... 3 credits Personality Theories PSYCH 640~ ........................................................................... 3 credits Cognitive Psychology PSYCH 660~ ........................................................................... 3 credits Ethics and Professional Issues PSYCH 610~ ........................................................................... 3 credits Research Methods in Psychology PSYCH 620~ ........................................................................... 3 credits Multicultural and Social Issues in Psychology PSYCH 625~ ........................................................................... 3 credits Statistics for the Behavior Sciences PSYCH 629 ~ ........................................................................... 3 credits Introduction to Industrial/Organizational Psychology PSYCH 630~ ........................................................................... 3 credits Physiological Psychology PSYCH 635~ ........................................................................... 3 credits Psychology of Learning PSYCH 642 ~ ........................................................................... 3 credits Personnel Psychology PSYCH 647 ~ ........................................................................... 3 credits Human Performance, Assessment, and Feedback PSYCH 655~ ........................................................................... 3 credits Psychometrics PSYCH 658 ~ ........................................................................... 3 credits Work Motivation and Job Attitudes PSYCH 665~ ........................................................................... 3 credits Integrative Capstone: Psychology Past and Present The University reserves the right to modify the required course of study. Additional Admission Requirements for the MSP/I-O All applicants are expected to meet the following admissions requirements: • An undergraduate degree from a regionally or approved

nationally accredited, or candidate for accreditation, college or university, or comparable undergraduate bachelor's degree earned at a recognized foreign institution, or a graduate degree from an ABA accredited institution (i.e- JD, LLB, LLM). If the institution became accredited while the student was attending, a minimum of 75% of the coursework taken toward the degree must have been completed while the institution was accredited or during the candidacy period.

• No work experience is required for this program. • A cumulative grade point average (GPA) of 2.5 for all

undergraduate coursework on the undergraduate degree posted transcript is required for admission.

Degree Requirements for the MSP/I-O • Completion of a minimum of 51 credits. • A minimum grade point average (GPA) of 3.0. • Concentrations are reflected on the transcript only and will not

appear on the diploma. The diploma awarded for this program will read as: Master of Science in Psychology

Academic Progression Requirements for the MSP/I-O • Students must successfully complete COM 600 with a B or

better. Minimum Grade Requirements for the MSP/I-O COM 600 must be completed with a grade of B or better. Students who do not pass this course with a grade of B or better will be scho- lastically disqualified. Students who fail to meet the minimum grade requirement will be allowed to repeat the class once. Stu- dents who fail to meet the minimum grade requirement after the second attempt will be Scholastically Suspended and permanently withdrawn from the program. Residency Requirements and Course Waivers for the MSP/I-O Students must meet established University residency requirement for degree conferral. The University requires that the majority of coursework, 42 credits from the Required Course of Study must be completed at University of Phoenix. Students in this program may waive a maximum of 9 credits from their required course of study on the basis of regionally or approved nationally accredited transferable coursework. In order to be granted a waiver for a course in the required course of study, the student must have completed a previous course which meets the following criteria: • The course must have been completed at a regionally or

approved nationally accredited, or candidate for accreditation, college or university.

• The course must have been completed within the past ten (10) years (5 years for IS&T courses) from current program enrollment agreement sign date with a grade of "B" (3.0) or better.

• The course must be comparable in content and credits to the University course it is replacing and must be an equivalent level or higher level course (i.e. graduate level coursework may be used to waive graduate or undergraduate coursework). Course descriptions must be included with the course waiver form in order for the Office of Admissions and Evaluation to review the course waiver request.

The following courses in the Required Course of Study may not be waived: COM 600, PSYCH 610, PSYCH 660, PSYCH 665 Re-entry for the MSP/I-O Any student who has been out of attendance for more than 365 days from the last date of positive recorded attendance in a pro- gram applicable course is considered a re-entry student. Re-entry students may re-enroll into their program version without appeal if the program version is still the most current in their state or jurisdiction and the student has the ability to satisfy all program requirements within their original program completion deadline. Re-entry students whose program version is not the most current in their state or jurisdiction will be required to enroll into the most current version. Select programs may have additional re-entry requirements/ restrictions. Re-entry students should consult their Academic Advisor for guidance.

309

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

THIS PAGE WAS LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY

310

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

SCHOOL OF BUSINESS

.....................................................................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................................................... SCHOOL OF BUSINESS

We prepare future leaders for business excellence. Consistent with the values, mission, and purpose of the University of Phoenix, the mission of the School of Business is to provide effective and accessible higher education that prepares its students to be ethical practitioners and leaders. Our goal is to make a differ- ence in the lives of our students and their organizations. We achieve this by always acting with a sense of social responsibility and in a manner consistent with our core values. In particular we: • Define quality as standards-based, industry-aligned, career-

relevant educational curriculum, linked to current and future business needs

• Commit to excellence in teaching and to leveraging innovative teaching methodologies

• Be relentless in driving institutional self-assessment and continuous quality improvement

By 2020, through its integrated network of faculty, staff and busi- ness collaborators, the University of Phoenix, School of Business will be a preferred source for finding and developing emerging leaders for organizations.

........................................................................................... Master of Business Administration

The following Master of Business Administration (MBA) program may be offered at these University of Phoenix campus locations: Online. The availability of programs and concentrations depend on student demand and other factors. Not all programs may be available to all residents of all states. Students may want to consider completing certain courses in the Online classroom at Online rates if the program is available via the Online modality in their state. Please contact your enrollment

........................................................................................... representative for more information.

The Master of Business Administration (MBA) program prepares students in the functional areas of business allowing them to develop managerial skills necessary to be effective in a rapidly changing business environment. The program is based on current research of managerial competencies and graduate business stan- dards as tested by existing national standardized graduate busi- ness examinations. In addition to the University of Phoenix learning goals, the MBA program prepares students to: • Demonstrate the knowledge and skills needed to identify and

solve organizational problems using a systematic decision- making approach.

• Demonstrate the knowledge and skills needed to manage, develop, and motivate personnel to meet changing organizational needs in a global business environment.

• Apply critical analysis of alternatives under conditions of uncertainty.

• Develop awareness of their own values and the effect of those values on organizational decision making.

• Assess whether an organization's plans and actions align with its values.

• Comprehend the application of a significant amount of business administration knowledge within the domains of management, business law, human capital management, organizational leadership, quantitative reasoning for business, economics, accounting, applied business research & statistics, operations management, corporate finance, marketing, and strategic planning & implementation.

Students can gain additional knowledge in a concentration area through the selection and completion of up to 15 graduate-level credits in required concentration-specific courses. Students may also complete an additional concentration. Please contact your academic representative for more information.

For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program, and other important information, please visit our website at http://www.phoenix.edu/ programs/mba.

Program Student Learning Outcomes

In addition to the knowledge and skills related to the University Learning Goals, School of Business graduating students are intended to attain certain program-specific knowledge, skills and abilities. Therefore, you should be able to demonstrate the follow- ing learning outcomes by the time you complete this program.

• Students will apply key systematic and analytical decision- making skills to solve complex organizational problems.

• Students will create strategies for business growth based on the alignment of their personal values against the organization's values.

• Students will apply key managerial skills to foster innovation and lead change in a dynamic business environment.

• Students will evaluate the implications of changing environmental factors on organizational choices within a global environment.

• Students will apply key disciplinary skills to the following domains of the MBA program as practitioners in business: • Human capital management • Business law • Organizational leadership • Economics • Accounting • Research and statistics • Operations management • Corporate finance • Marketing • Strategic planning and implementation

311

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

MBA Program Category Requirements Courses requiring prerequisites are identified by a ~ symbol following the course number. Course descriptions for all courses are listed in the Course Guide section of the catalog (page B-1).

Management, 3 total credits MGT 521 ................................................................................... 3 credits Management Human Capital Management, 3 total credits HRM 531 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits Human Capital Management

Business Law, 3 total credits LAW 531 ~................................................................................ 3 credits Business Law Organizational Leadership, 3 total credits LDR 531 ~................................................................................. 3 credits Organizational Leadership Quantitative Reasoning for Business, 3 total credits QRB 501 ~................................................................................. 3 credits Quantitative Reasoning for Business Economics, 3 total credits ECO 561 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Economics Accounting, 3 total credits ACC 561 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Accounting Applied Business Research and Statistics, 3 total credits QNT 561 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Applied Business Research & Statistics Operations Management, 3 total credits OPS 571 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits Operations Management Corporate Finance, 3 total credits FIN 571 ~ .................................................................................. 3 credits Corporate Finance Marketing, 3 total credits MKT 571 ~................................................................................ 3 credits Marketing Strategic Planning and Implementation, 3 total credits STR 581 ~.................................................................................. 3 credits Strategic Planning & Implementation

Finance Concentration MBA students may earn a concentration in Finance (FIN) by satisfying all the requirements for the concentration. Students must earn a minimum of 12 unique and concentration-area specific credits beyond the standard MBA required course of study. Students earning a FIN concentration will complete a minimum of 48 credits, which includes 36 credits from the MBA required course of study and 12 credits from the FIN concentration. For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program, and other important information, please visit our website at http://www.phoenix.edu/ programs/mba-fin. FIN 580 ~ .................................................................................. 3 credits Global Capital Markets FIN 585 ~ .................................................................................. 3 credits Financial Controlling

FIN 590 ~ .................................................................................. 3 credits Audit and Compliance Management Students must choose one course from the following: FIN 591 ~ .................................................................................. 3 credits Real Estate Investment FIN 592 ~ .................................................................................. 3 credits Mergers and Acquisitions FIN 593 ~ .................................................................................. 3 credits Investment Banking Health Care Management Concentration MBA students may earn a concentration in Health Care Management (HCM) by completing at least 15 credit hours of course work in Health Care Management. Students earning a HCM concentration will complete a minimum of 51credits, which includes 36 credits from the MBA required areas and 15 credits from the HCM concentration. For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program, and other important information, please visit our website at http://www.phoenix.edu/ programs/mba-hcm. HCS 531 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Health Care Organizations and Delivery Systems HCS 533 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Health Information Systems HCS 545 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Health Law and Ethics HCS 588 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Measuring Performance Standards HCS 586 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Health Care Strategic Management Marketing Concentration MBA students may earn a concentration in Marketing (MKT) by satisfying all the requirements for the concentration. Students must earn a minimum of 12 unique and concentration-area specific credits beyond the standard MBA required course of study. Students earning a MKT concentration will complete a minimum of 48 credits, which includes 36 credits from the MBA required course of study and 12 credits from the MKT concentration (3 of which must include MKT 593-Product Design and Development Course). For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program, and other important information, please visit our website at http://www.phoenix.edu/ programs/mba-mkt. MKT 544 ~................................................................................ 3 credits Integrated Marketing Communications MKT 554 ~................................................................................ 3 credits Consumer Behavior MKT 552 ~................................................................................ 3 credits Technology Applications and e-Marketing MKT 562 ~................................................................................ 3 credits Advanced International Marketing MKT 593 ~................................................................................ 3 credits Product Design and Development Project Management Concentration MBA students may earn a concentration in Project Management (PM) by completing at least 15 credit hours of coursework in Project Management. Students earning a PM concentration will complete a minimum of 51 credits, which includes 36 credits from the MBA required areas and 15 credits from the PM concentration coursework. For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of

312

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

SCHOOL OF BUSINESS

students who completed the program, and other important information, please visit our website at http://www.phoenix.edu/programs/mba-pm. PM 571 ~ .................................................................................. 3 credits Project Management PM 582 ~ .................................................................................. 3 credits Project Leadership PM 584 ~ .................................................................................. 3 credits Project Risk Management PM 586 ~ .................................................................................. 3 credits Project Quality Management PM 598 ~ .................................................................................. 3 credits Project Management Capstone The University reserves the right to modify the required course of study. Please note that within each state, concentration availability may vary by campus location. Additional Admission Requirements for the MBA All applicants are expected to meet the following admissions requirements: • An undergraduate degree from a regionally or approved

nationally accredited, or candidate for accreditation, college or university or comparable undergraduate bachelor's degree earned at a recognized foreign institution or a graduate degree from an ABA accredited institution (i.e.- JD, LLB, LLM). If the institution became accredited while the student was attending, a minimum of 75% of the coursework taken toward the degree must have been completed while the institution was accredited or during the candidacy period.

• No work experience is required for this program. • A cumulative grade point average (GPA) of 2.5 for all

undergraduate coursework on the undergraduate degree posted transcript is required for admission.

Degree Requirements for the MBA The degree requirements for this program are the following: • A minimum of 36 graduate credits must be completed to meet

all areas of the required course of study. • A minimum grade point average (GPA) of 3.0. • Students must take courses within a sequence specified by

course prerequisite requirements. • Concentrations are reflected on the transcript only and will not

appear on the diploma. The diploma awarded for this program will read as: Master of Business Administration

Academic Progression Requirements for the MBA • MGT 521 must be the first course taken. • QRB 501 must be satisfied prior to progressing in courses in

Economics, Accounting, Applied Business Research & Statistics, Operations Management, Corporate Finance, Marketing, and Strategic Planning & Implementation.

• Strategic Planning & Implementation (STR 581 or an alternative strategy course) must be taken as the last core course in the program.

Residency Requirements and Course Waivers for the MBA • The University requires that the majority of coursework in the

Required Course of Study be completed through the University. Also known as the residency requirement, the University requires completion of a minimum of 30 graduate level credits at the University.

• Students who are pursuing multiple UOPX degrees must complete 30 unique credits within the MBA program to satisfy residency for MBA degree conferral.

• In order to waive a course in the required course of study, the student must have completed a previous course that meets the following criteria: • The course must have been completed at a regionally or

approved nationally accredited, or candidate for accreditation, college or university;

• The course must have been completed within the past ten (10) years with a “B” (3.0) or better; and

• The course must be comparable in content and credits to the University course it is replacing and must be an equivalent level or higher level course (i.e. graduate level coursework may be used to waive graduate or undergraduate coursework). Course descriptions must be included with the course waiver form in order for the Office of Admissions and Evaluation to review the course waiver request.

• Management (MGT 521) may not be waived. • Strategic Planning & Implementation (STR 581 or an alternative

strategy course), which is the last core course in the program, may not be waived.

• Nationally recognized and/or industry accepted certifications may be used to waive certain courses in the Required Course of Study upon approval by the appropriate college or school that the courses reside under, and will not require Prior Learning Assessment. All waivers using certifications must be verified by an official transcript or completion documentation from the certifying organization.

• The following courses may not be waived: ACC 541, CAP GM591, EM 555, EM 595, GMGT 510, HCS 531, HCS 586, HRM 595, MGT 521, MKT 593, PM 598, QRB 501, STR 581

The School of Advanced Studies offers a pathway opportunity for master's degree students who are interested in taking doctoral courses as part of the master's degree program. The Doctoral Pathway gives students the option to complete doc- toral level coursework during a master's program. The Doctoral Pathway allows a master's degree student to substi- tute up to two graduate level courses with designated doctoral level courses. Upon admission to the selected doctoral program, students are eligible to satisfy required course(s) within the doc- toral program. • Students must earn a B- or better in the doctoral level courses in

order to apply them towards the doctoral program. • Student schedules may need to be adjusted, or student will need

to overlap courses since doctoral courses are eight weeks in length. Students should speak with their academic/finance advisor for further information.

Students who have completed Meritus University graduate MBA courses may transfer all courses earned at Meritus University into the MBA program at the University of Phoenix without limitation provided that they sign an Enrollment Agreement for the Univer- sity of Phoenix MBA program by March 1, 2012. Students transfer- ring from Meritus University to University of Phoenix will still be required to satisfy all program requirements for the University of Phoenix MBA program and complete at least 3 credits at Univer- sity of Phoenix in order to obtain their MBA degree from Univer- sity of Phoenix.

313

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

Re-entry for the MBA Any student who has been out of attendance for more than 365 days from the last date of positive recorded attendance in a pro- gram applicable course is considered a re-entry student. Re-entry students may re-enroll into their program version without appeal if the program version is still the most current in their state or jurisdiction and the student has the ability to satisfy all program requirements within their original program completion deadline. Re-entry students whose program version is not the most current in their state or jurisdiction will be required to enroll into the most current version. Select programs may have additional re-entry requirements/ restrictions. Re-entry students should consult their Academic Advisor for guidance.

........................................................................................... Master of Business Administration (Certificate Track)

The following Master of Business Administration (MBA) program may be offered at these University of Phoenix campus locations: Online. The availability of programs and concentrations depend on student demand and other factors. Not all programs may be available to all residents of all states. Students may want to consider completing certain courses in the Online classroom at Online rates if the program is available via the Online modality in their state. Please contact your enrollment

........................................................................................... representative for more information.

The Master of Business Administration (MBA) program prepares students in the functional areas of business allowing them to develop managerial skills necessary to be effective in a rapidly changing business environment. The program is based on current research of managerial competencies and graduate business stan- dards as tested by existing national standardized graduate busi- ness examinations. In addition to the University of Phoenix learning goals, the MBA program prepares students to: • Demonstrate the knowledge and skills needed to identify and

solve organizational problems using a systematic decision- making approach.

• Demonstrate the knowledge and skills needed to manage, develop, and motivate personnel to meet changing organizational needs in a global business environment.

• Apply critical analysis of alternatives under conditions of uncertainty.

• Develop awareness of their own values and the effect of those values on organizational decision making.

• Assess whether an organization’s plans and actions align with its values.

• Comprehend the application of a significant amount of business administration knowledge within the domains of management, business law, human capital management, organizational leadership, quantitative reasoning for business, economics, accounting, applied business research & statistics, operations management, corporate finance, marketing, and strategic planning & implementation.

The MBA consists of 36-51 credit hours. Thirty-six credit hours constitute the required course of study. Students can gain addi- tional knowledge in a concentration area through the selection and completion of concentration-specific courses.

For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program, and other important information, please visit our website at http://www.phoenix.edu/ programs/mba.

Program Student Learning Outcomes

In addition to the knowledge and skills related to the University Learning Goals, School of Business graduating students are intended to attain certain program-specific knowledge, skills and abilities. Therefore, you should be able to demonstrate the follow- ing learning outcomes by the time you complete this program.

• Students will apply key systematic and analytical decision- making skills to solve complex organizational problems.

• Students will create strategies for business growth based on the alignment of their personal values against the organization's values.

• Students will apply key managerial skills to foster innovation and lead change in a dynamic business environment.

• Students will evaluate the implications of changing environmental factors on organizational choices within a global environment.

• Students will apply key disciplinary skills to the following domains of the MBA program as practitioners in business: • Human capital management • Business law • Organizational leadership • Economics • Accounting • Research and statistics • Operations management • Corporate finance • Marketing • Strategic planning and implementation

Program Category Requirements and Preferred Sequence for the MBA Courses requiring prerequisites are identified by a ~ symbol following the course number. Course descriptions for all courses are listed in the Course Guide section of the catalog (page B-1).

Management, 3 total credits MGT 521 ................................................................................... 3 credits Management Human Capital Management, 3 total credits HRM 531 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits Human Capital Management

Business Law, 3 total credits LAW 531 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits Business Law Organizational Leadership, 3 total credits LDR 531 ~................................................................................. 3 credits Organizational Leadership Quantitative Reasoning for Business, 3 total credits QRB 501 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Quantitative Reasoning for Business Economics, 3 total credits ECO 561 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Economics Accounting, 3 total credits ACC 561 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Accounting Applied Business Research and Statistics, 3 total credits QNT 561 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits

314

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

SCHOOL OF BUSINESS

Applied Business Research & Statistics Operations Management, 3 total credits OPS 571 ~................................................................................. 3 credits Operations Management Corporate Finance, 3 total credits FIN 571 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits Corporate Finance Marketing, 3 total credits MKT 571 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits Marketing Strategic Planning and Implementation, 3 total credits STR 581 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits Strategic Planning & Implementation Accounting Certificate Track MBA students may earn a concentration in Accounting (ACC) by satisfying all the requirements for the concentration. Students must earn a minimum of 12 unique and concentration-area specific credits beyond the standard MBA required course of study. Students earning an ACC concentration will complete a minimum of 48 credits, which includes 36 credits from the MBA required course of study and 12 credits from the ACC concentration coursework (3 of which must include ACC 541-Accounting Theory & Research). For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program, and other important information, please visit our website at http://www.phoenix.edu/programs/mba-accc. ACC 541 ~................................................................................ 3 credits Accounting Theory & Research ACC 542 ~................................................................................ 3 credits Accounting Information Systems ACC 543 ~................................................................................ 3 credits Managerial Accounting & Legal Aspects of Business ACC 544 ~................................................................................ 3 credits Internal Control Systems ACC 545 ~................................................................................ 3 credits Financial Reporting ACC 546 ~................................................................................ 3 credits Auditing ACC 547 ~................................................................................ 3 credits Taxation ACC 548 ~................................................................................ 3 credits Not-for-Profit & Government Accounting ACC 556 ~................................................................................ 3 credits Forensic Accounting ETH 557 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Accounting Ethics Students who select an Accounting Concentration may not educa- tionally qualify to sit for the CPA exam in some states. To the extent that a student intends to sit for the CPA examination, the student should consult with the applicable board of examiners in the state or states in which the individual intends to sit for the examination to determine the precise educational and other requirements, including the acceptability of the University's Accounting Concen- tration. Human Resource Management Certificate Track MBA students may earn a concentration in Human Resource Management (HRM) by satisfying all the requirements for the concentration. Students must earn a minimum of 12 unique and concentration-area specific credits beyond the standard MBA required

course of study. Students earning a HRM concentration will complete a minimum of 48 credits, which includes 36 credits from the MBA required course of study and 12 credits from the HRM concentration coursework (3 of which must include HRM 595-Human Resource Capstone Course). For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program, and other important information, please visit our website at http://www.phoenix.edu/programs/mba-hrmc. HRM 546 ~ .............................................................................. 3 credits Human Resource Law HRM 558 ~ .............................................................................. 3 credits Research in Human Resource Management HRM 548 ~ .............................................................................. 3 credits Recruitment and Retention Practices HRM 552 ~ .............................................................................. 3 credits Organizational Training and Development HRM 595 ~ .............................................................................. 3 credits Human Resource Capstone Course

Marketing Certificate Track MBA students may earn a concentration in Marketing (MKT) by satisfying all the requirements for the concentration. Students must earn a minimum of 12 unique and concentration-area specific credits beyond the standard MBA required course of study. Students earning a MKT concentration will complete a minimum of 48 credits, which includes 36 credits from the MBA required course of study and 12 credits from the MKT concentration (3 of which must include MKT 593-Product Design and Development Course). For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program, and other important information, please visit our website at http://www.phoenix.edu/programs/mba-mktc. MKT 544 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits Integrated Marketing Communications MKT 554 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits Consumer Behavior MKT 552 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits Technology Applications and e-Marketing MKT 562 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits Advanced International Marketing MKT 593 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits Product Design and Development Project Management Certificate Track MBA students may earn a concentration in Project Management (PM) by completing at least 15 credit hours of coursework in Project Management. Students earning a PM concentration will complete a minimum of 51 credits, which includes 36 credits from the MBA required areas and 15 credits from the PM concentration coursework. For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program, and other important information, please visit our website at http://www.phoenix.edu/programs/mba-pmc. PM 571 ~ .................................................................................. 3 credits Project Management PM 582 ~ .................................................................................. 3 credits Project Leadership PM 584 ~ .................................................................................. 3 credits Project Risk Management PM 586 ~ .................................................................................. 3 credits Project Quality Management PM 598 ~ .................................................................................. 3 credits Project Management Capstone The University reserves the right to modify the required course of

315

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

study. General Information for the MBA • The Certificate Track graduate program is designed to be an

option for students to earn a certificate en-route to earning the graduate degree.

• Students who completed a certificate in its entirety and who later choose to enroll in a graduate program with a concentration in the same area of focus as the completed certificate will not be required to enroll in the Certificate Track and will not earn a second certificate en-route to completing the graduate program.

Additional Admission Requirements for the MBA All applicants are expected to meet the following admissions requirements: • An undergraduate degree from a regionally or approved

nationally accredited, or candidate for accreditation, college or university or comparable undergraduate bachelor's degree earned at a recognized foreign institution or a graduate degree from an ABA accredited institution (i.e.- JD, LLB, LLM). If the institution became accredited while the student was attending, a minimum of 75% of the coursework taken toward the degree must have been completed while the institution was accredited or during the candidacy period.

• No prior work experience is required for this program. • Applicants must have access to a suitable work environment for

the completion of course assignments. • A cumulative grade point average (GPA) of 2.5 for all

undergraduate coursework on the undergraduate degree posted transcript is required for admission.

Degree Requirements for the MBA The degree requirements for this program are the following: • Completion of a minimum of 36-51 credits. • A minimum grade point average (GPA) of 3.0. • Students must take courses within a sequence specified by

course prerequisite requirements. • Students may earn a certificate in the same area of focus as the

concentration en-route to completing the graduate degree. Students may apply for certificate conferral meeting the following program requirements: • Successful completion of all courses outlined in the

enrollment agreement for the certificate. • Achievement of the minimum program GPA. • Fulfillment of the minimum University residency

requirement. Students must successfully complete the following programmatic requirements for certificate conferral: Graduate Accounting Certificate (CERT/G-ACC) - 15 credits Foundational coursework • ACC 541 - Accounting Theory & Research • ACC 561 - Accounting Graduate Accounting Certificate Electives (Choose 3): • ACC 542 - Accounting Information Systems • ACC 543 - Managerial Accounting & Legal Aspects of Business • ACC 544 - Internal Control Systems • ACC 545 - Financial Reporting • ACC 546 - Auditing • ACC 547 - Taxation • ACC 548 - Not-for-Profit & Government Accounting

• ACC 556 - Forensic Accounting • ETH 557 - Accounting Ethics Graduate Human Resources Management Certificate (CERT/G- HRM) - 15 credits Foundational coursework • HRM 531 - Human Capital Management • HRM 595 - Human Resource Capstone Course Graduate Human Resource Management Certificate Electives (Choose 3): • HRM 546 - Human Resource Law • HRM 548 - Recruitment and Retention Practices • HRM 552 - Organizational Training and Development • HRM 558 - Research in Human Resource Management Graduate Marketing Certificate (CERT/G-MKT) - 15 credits Foundational coursework • MKT 571 - Marketing • MKT 593 - Product Design and Development Graduate Marketing Certificate Electives (Choose 3): • MKT 544 - Integrated Marketing Communications • MKT 552 - Technology Applications and e-Marketing • MKT 554 - Consumer Behavior • MKT 562 - Advanced International Marketing Graduate Project Management Certificate (G-PM) - 18 • MGT 521 - Management • PM 571 - Project Management • PM 582 - Project Leadership • PM 584 - Project Risk Management • PM 586 - Project Quality Management • PM 598 - Project Management Capstone Students can only earn one certificate en-route to completing the graduate program. Concentrations are reflected on the transcript only and will not appear on the diploma. The diploma awarded for this program will read as: Master of Business Administration Academic Progression Requirements for the MBA • The Program Requirement in Management must be completed

first. • The Program Requirement in Quantitative Reasoning for

Business must be satisfied prior to progressing in courses in Economics, Accounting, Applied Business Research & Statistics, Operations Management, Corporate Finance, Marketing, and Strategic Planning & Implementation.

• Strategic Planning & Implementation (STR 581 or an alternative strategy course) must be taken as the last core course in the program.

Residency Requirements and Course Waivers for the MBA The University requires that the majority of coursework in the Required Course of Study be completed through the University. Also known as the residency requirement, the University requires completion of a minimum of 30 graduate level credits at the Uni- versity. Students who are pursuing multiple UOPX degrees must complete 30 unique credits within the MBA program to satisfy residency for MBA degree conferral. In order to waive a course in the required course of study, the stu- dent must have completed a previous course that meets the follow-

316

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

SCHOOL OF BUSINESS

ing criteria: • The course must have been completed at a regionally or

approved nationally accredited, or candidate for accreditation, college or university;

• The course must have been completed within the past ten (10) years with a "B" (3.0) or better; and

• The course must be comparable in content and credits to the University course it is replacing and must be an equivalent level or higher level course (i.e. graduate level coursework may be used to waive graduate or undergraduate coursework). Course descriptions must be included with the course waiver form in order for the Office of Admissions and Evaluation to review the course waiver request.

Nationally recognized and/or industry accepted certifications may be used to waive certain courses in the Required Course of Study upon approval by the appropriate college or school that the courses reside under, and will not require Prior Learning Assess- ment. All waivers using certifications must be verified by an offi- cial transcript or completion documentation from the certifying organization. The following courses may not be waived: ACC 541, HRM 595, MGT 521, MKT 593, PM 598, QRB 501, STR 581 The School of Advanced Studies offers a pathway opportunity for master's degree students who are interested in taking doctoral courses as part of the master's degree program. Re-entry for the MBA Any student who has been out of attendance for more than 365 days from the last date of positive recorded attendance in a pro- gram applicable course is considered a re-entry student. Re-entry students may re-enroll into their program version without appeal if the program version is still the most current in their state or jurisdiction and the student has the ability to satisfy all program requirements within their original program completion deadline. Re-entry students whose program version is not the most current in their state or jurisdiction will be required to enroll into the most current version. Select programs may have additional re-entry requirements/ restrictions. Re-entry students should consult their Academic Advisor for guidance.

........................................................................................... Master of Management

The following Master of Management (MM) program may be offered at these University of Phoenix campus locations: Online, depending on state of residency. The availability of programs and concentrations depend on student demand and other factors. Not all programs may be available to all residents of all states. Students may want to consider completing certain courses in the Online classroom at Online rates if the program is available via the Online modality in their state. Please contact your

........................................................................................... enrollment representative for more information.

The Master of Management degree program promotes the devel- opment of management competencies through the practical appli- cation of theory, business and management diagnostics, and the formulation of creative management and consulting solutions. Stu- dents will acquire a wide range of tools, concepts and methodolo- gies to design, conduct, and follow through on successful leadership and entrepreneurship practices. In addition, students will be able to actively develop their interpersonal and business- related management skills in order to foster leadership, creative thinking, collegiality, and teamwork ability in an international con- text. The Master of Management will provide students with first-

hand knowledge of the tools and techniques used by successful consultants in the competitive leadership, entrepreneurship and management industry. For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program, and other important information, please visit our website at http://www.phoenix.edu/ programs/mm. Program Category Requirements Preferred Sequence and Prerequisites for the MM Courses requiring prerequisites are identified by a ~ symbol following the course number. Course descriptions for all courses are listed in the Course Guide section of the catalog (page B-1).

Foundation, 9 total credits BUS 511 .................................................................................... 3 credits Managing the Business Environment BUS 502 .................................................................................... 3 credits The External Factors that Impact Business BUS 503 .................................................................................... 3 credits Accounting and Financial Decision Making Entrepreneurial Leadership, 3 total credits ENT 527 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Opportunity Assessment and Innovation Communications, 3 total credits COM 539 ~ .............................................................................. 3 credits Communications: Selling and Customer Engagement Leadership, 3 total credits LDR 535 .................................................................................. 3 credits Leading Change Strategic Marketing, 3 total credits MKT 575 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits Marketing Strategy Research, 3 total credits DAT 565 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Data Analysis and Business Analytics Business Law, 3 total credits LAW 531 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits Business Law Technology, 3 total credits ENT 586 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Informational Technology for Entrepreneurs and Leaders Budgetary Finance, 3 total credits FIN 575 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits Project Budget and Finance Management, 3 total credits MGT 521 .................................................................................. 3 credits Management Entrepreneurial Project, 3 total credits ENT 588 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Innovation and Design: Capstone Project The University reserves the right to modify the required course of study. Additional Admission Requirements for the MM All applicants are expected to meet the following admissions requirements:

317

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

• An undergraduate degree from a regionally or approved nationally accredited, or candidate for accreditation, college or university or comparable undergraduate bachelor's degree earned at a recognized foreign institution or a graduate degree from an ABA accredited institution (i.e.- JD, LLB, LLM). If the institution became accredited while the student was attending, a minimum of 75% of the coursework taken toward the degree must have been completed while the institution was accredited or during the candidacy period.

• No work experience is required for this program. • A cumulative grade point average (GPA) of 2.5 for all

undergraduate coursework on the undergraduate degree posted transcript is required for admission.

Degree Requirements for the MM • Completion of a minimum of 39 credits. • A minimum grade point average (GPA) of 3.0. • The diploma awarded for this program will read as:

Master of Management Academic Progression for the MM • Students must complete the following three Master of

Management (MM) foundational courses before proceeding into any additional coursework for the program: BUS 502, BUS 503, BUS 511

Residency Requirements and Course Waivers for the MM The University requires that the majority of coursework in the Required Course of Study be completed through the University. Also known as the residency requirement, the University requires completion of a minimum of 30 graduate level credits at the Uni- versity. Students may satisfy the three foundational courses (BUS 511, BUS 502, and BUS 503) using one of the following methods: • Successful completion of the three foundational courses (BUS

511, BUS 502, and BUS 503) or equivalents. • Undergraduate degree in Business, Management or Accounting

completed within 10 years from current program enrollment agreement sign date.

• Graduate degree in Business. • At least 30 credits in undergraduate, graduate and/or doctoral

level business or accounting-related coursework completed at a regionally or approved nationally accredited, or candidate for accreditation, college or university within ten years from current program enrollment agreement sign date.

Only the three foundational courses can be waived, no other required course of study courses can be waived. Re-entry for the MM • Any student who has been out of attendance for more than 365

days from the last date of positive recorded attendance in a program applicable course is considered a re-entry student.

• Re-entry students may re-enroll into their program version without appeal if the program version is still the most current in their state or jurisdiction and the student has the ability to satisfy all program requirements within their original program completion deadline.

• Re-entry students whose program version is not the most current in their state or jurisdiction will be required to enroll into the most current version.

• Select programs may have additional re-entry requirements/ restrictions. Re-entry students should consult their Academic Advisor for guidance.

........................................................................................... Master of Science in Accountancy

The following Master of Science in Accountancy (MSA) program may be offered at these University of Phoenix campus locations: Online. The availability of programs and concentrations depend on student demand and other factors. Not all programs may be available to all residents of all states. Students may want to consider completing certain courses in the Online classroom at Online rates if the program is available via the Online modality in their state. Please contact your enrollment

........................................................................................... representative for more information.

The Master of Science in Accountancy (MSA) provides the breadth of knowledge for the professional accountant. Students master the theory and principles that frame a wide range of problems and issues encountered in the accounting profession. This program is designed for accountants and non-accountants who are preparing for a professional certification in accounting such as the uniform Certified Public Accountant (CPA) exam. This degree will allow students to seek positions in such career areas as accounting, audit- ing, and budgeting. The MSA core curriculum covers the following areas of accounting: accounting theory and research, accounting information systems, managerial accounting and legal aspects of business, internal control systems, financial reporting, auditing, taxation, not-for-profit and government accounting, forensic accounting, and accounting ethics. The core courses were designed based upon the standards proposed by the National Association of State Boards of Accountancy (NASBA). This program addresses the goals of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants (AICPA) for the professional values, communications and leader- ship skills, strategic and critical thinking skills, and technology skills (The American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, 2015). In addition, this program utilizes CPA Exam Prep software, which is integrated throughout the core program. Note: Each state sets forth standards required to be eligible to take the CPA exam and apply for licensure or certification as a CPA. While this program was designed with consideration for the standards proposed by the National Association of State Boards of Accounting (NASBA), the University of Phoenix cannot, and will not, provide any assurance that completion of this program will allow a successful student to qualify within the student's specific jurisdiction. Potential applicants should check with the appropriate organization within their jurisdiction to determine if this program, combined with their undergraduate degree and any other specific criteria, meets the requirements to qualify for examination in that specific jurisdiction. States frequently change their requirements for examination. There is no assurance that at the time of degree completion the specific jurisdiction's requirements will be consistent with the requirements at the time of admission. For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program, and other important information, please visit our website at http://www.phoenix.edu/ programs/msa. MSA Required Course of Study Courses requiring prerequisites are identified by a ~ symbol following the course number. Course descriptions for all courses are listed in the Course Guide section of the catalog (page B-1).

COM 530 .................................................................................. 3 credits Communications for Accountants BUS 511 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits Managing the Business Environment BUS 502 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits The External Factors that Impact Business BUS 503 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits

318

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

SCHOOL OF BUSINESS

Accounting and Financial Decision Making ACC 537 ~................................................................................ 3 credits Financial Accounting ACC 541 ~................................................................................ 3 credits Accounting Theory & Research ACC 542 ~................................................................................ 3 credits Accounting Information Systems ACC 543 ~................................................................................ 3 credits Managerial Accounting & Legal Aspects of Business ACC 544 ~................................................................................ 3 credits Internal Control Systems ACC 545 ~................................................................................ 3 credits Financial Reporting ACC 546 ~................................................................................ 3 credits Auditing ACC 547 ~................................................................................ 3 credits Taxation ACC 548 ~................................................................................ 3 credits Not-for-Profit & Government Accounting ACC 556 ~................................................................................ 3 credits Forensic Accounting ETH 557 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Accounting Ethics The University reserves the right to modify the required course of study. En-Route Credentials for the MSA Students may declare and earn an additional credential that is approved in their state or jurisdiction en-route to completing the graduate degree. Students must sign and submit the enrollment agreement that corresponds with the unique combination of desired credentials to be earned. Possible credentials include a graduate certificate. Listed below are all of the possible en-route credentials:

• Graduate CPA Bridge Certificate Students may apply for conferral of an en-route credential upon meeting the following program requirements:

• Successful completion of all the courses outlined in the enrollment agreement for the credential

• Achievement of the minimum program GPA • Fulfillment of the minimum University residency requirement Students may elect to update or remove the selected credentials by completing a new enrollment agreement reflecting the new selection of credentials.

Additional Admission Requirements for the MSA All applicants are expected to meet the following admissions requirements: • An undergraduate degree from a regionally or approved

nationally accredited, or candidate for accreditation, college or university or comparable undergraduate bachelor's degree earned at a recognized foreign institution or a graduate degree from an ABA accredited institution (i.e.- JD, LLB, LLM). If the institution became accredited while the student was attending, a minimum of 75% of the coursework taken toward the degree must have been completed while the institution was accredited or during the candidacy period.

• No work experience is required for this program.

• A cumulative grade point average (GPA) of 2.5 for all undergraduate coursework on the undergraduate degree posted transcript is required for admission.

Academic Progression Requirements for the MSA • Students must complete COM 530 as the first course in the

program. • After COM 530, students must complete the following three

Master of Science in Accountancy (MSA) foundational courses before proceeding into any additional coursework for the program: BUS 511, BUS 502, BUS 503

Degree Requirements for the MSA The degree requirements for this program are the following: • A minimum of 45 graduate credits. • A minimum grade point average (GPA) of 3.0. • The diploma awarded for this program will read as:

Master of Science in Accountancy Residency Requirements and Course Waivers for the MSA The University requires completion of a minimum of 21 graduate level credits at the University to meet residency requirements. Students may satisfy the three foundational courses (BUS 511, BUS 502, and BUS 503) using one of the following methods: • Successful completion of the three foundational courses (BUS

511, BUS 502, and BUS 503) or equivalents. • Undergraduate degree in Business or Accounting completed

within 10 years from current program enrollment agreement sign date.

• Graduate degree in Business. • At least 30 credits in undergraduate and/or graduate level

business or accounting-related coursework completed at a regionally or approved nationally accredited, or candidate for accreditation, college or university within ten years from current program enrollment agreement sign date.

Eligible students may satisfy COM 530 and ACC 537 using one of the following methods: • Six semester credits of upper-division undergraduate

coursework or three semester credits of graduate coursework in communications that meets the following requirements will satisfy COM 530: • The coursework must have been completed at a regionally or

approved nationally accredited, foreign equivalency, or candidate for accreditation, college or university,

• The coursework must have been completed with a C- or better, within the past ten (10) years from current program enrollment agreement sign date

• A Waiver Request Form must be submitted listing six semester credits of upper division undergraduate coursework or three semester credits of graduate coursework and the courses requested to be satisfied as some students may wish to complete one or more of the courses to improve their ability to succeed in the MSA Program.

• Six semester credits of upper-division undergraduate coursework or three semester credits of graduate coursework in financial accounting that meets the following requirements will satisfy ACC 537: • The coursework must have been completed at a regionally or

approved nationally accredited, foreign equivalency, or candidate for accreditation, college or university,

319

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

• The coursework must have been completed with a C- or better, within the past ten (10) years from current program enrollment agreement sign date

• A Waiver Request Form must be submitted listing six semester credits of upper division undergraduate coursework or three semester credits of graduate coursework and the courses requested to be satisfied as some students may wish to complete one or more of the courses to improve their ability to succeed in the MSA Program.

In addition to waiving the foundational courses and COM 530 and ACC 537 using one of the approved methods, students may also waive a maximum of nine (9) credits in the MSA Core on the basis of prior graduate-level college coursework. In order to waive a course in the required course of study, the stu- dent must have completed a previous course that meets the follow- ing criteria: • The course must have been completed at a regionally or

approved nationally accredited, or candidate for accreditation, college or university;

• The course must have been completed within the past ten (10) years from current program enrollment agreement sign date with a "B" (3.0) or better; and

• The course must be comparable in content and credits to the University course it is replacing and must be an equivalent level or higher level course (i.e. graduate level coursework may be used to waive graduate or undergraduate coursework). Course descriptions must be included with the course waiver form in order for the Office of Admissions and Evaluation to review the course waiver request.

Nationally recognized and/or industry accepted certifications may be used to waive certain courses in the Required Course of Study upon approval by the appropriate college or school that the courses reside under, and will not require Prior Learning Assess- ment. All waivers using certifications must be verified by an offi- cial transcript or completion documentation from the certifying organization. Re-entry for the MSA Any student who has been out of attendance for more than 365 days from the last date of positive recorded attendance in a pro- gram applicable course is considered a re-entry student. Re-entry students may re-enroll into their program version without appeal if the program version is still the most current in their state or jurisdiction and the student has the ability to satisfy all program requirements within their original program completion deadline. Re-entry students whose program version is not the most current in their state or jurisdiction will be required to enroll into the most current version. Select programs may have additional re-entry requirements/ restrictions. Re-entry students should consult their Academic Advisor for guidance.

320

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

COLLEGE OF INFORMATION SYSTEMS AND TECHNOLOGY

.....................................................................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................................................... COLLEGE OF INFORMATION SYSTEMS AND TECHNOLOGY

The College of Information Systems and Technology prepares stu- dents for professional and management-related career opportuni- ties in six different IT pathways and provides the knowledge students need to successfully apply information systems theory and principles that address real world business opportunities and challenges that meet the needs of today's information economy. Students will be prepared to work in core technologies such as sys- tems integration, web systems, network architecture, database design, information security, programming and other IT principles. Our mission is to provide industry-relevant education through innovative learning pathways, which will prepare learners for career success. The College of Information Systems and Technol- ogy delivers real-time, IT education solutions that are experiential, relevant and applicable to solving IT challenges anywhere, any place, and at any time. The curriculum in the College of Informa- tion Systems and Technology is delivered by experts who relate both theory and practice in this evolving, face paced industry. Each degree and certificate program is aligned to one or more of over 40 industry certifications so students are provided the relevant, hands-on learning they need to be successful in this industry. The College of Information Systems and Technology is continuously updating curriculum, staying relevant in the industry and evolving with the always changing world of technology, all of which is accomplished through dedication, creativity and teamwork of the college faculty and staff. The College of Information Systems and Technology is an innovative, education leader in the IT industry and proud to partner with Fortune 1000 companies and other enti- ties and creators of emerging IT standards nationwide.

........................................................................................... Master of Information Systems

The following Master of Information Systems (MIS) program may be offered at these University of Phoenix campus locations: Online. The availability of programs and concentrations depend on student demand and other factors. Not all programs may be available to all residents of all states. Students may want to consider completing certain courses in the Online classroom at Online rates if the program is available via the Online modality in their state. Please contact your enrollment

........................................................................................... representative for more information.

The Master of Information Systems (MIS) program provides the knowledge to successfully apply information systems theory and principles to address real world business opportunities and chal- lenges to meet the needs of today's information economy. Under the guidance of practitioner faculty, the graduate student is exposed to key information systems technologies and real world use cases to understand the development and management of busi- ness systems within and across organizations. For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program, and other important information, please visit our website at http://www.phoenix.edu/ programs/mis. Program Student Learning Outcomes In addition to the knowledge and skills related to the University Learning Goals, College of Information Systems and Technology graduating students are intended to attain certain program-specific knowledge, skills and abilities. Therefore, you should be able to demonstrate the following learning outcomes by the time you com-

plete this program. • Students will be able to design and plan for the development of

an information system to address the needs of an organization.

• Students will be able to create the plans required for key roles, resources, operational metrics and risk responses needed to implement and maintain information systems within an organization.

• Students will be able to develop methods and tools for communication to facilitate the satisfactory completion of processes required to manage IT resources.

• Students will be able to generate the vision, direction and strategic purpose for the creation of an information systems project.

• Students will be able to construct a plan to verify that the regulations, compliance and security issues within an organization are addressed.

• Students will be able to explain and develop an effective IT project plan meeting professional standards.

MIS Required Course of Study Courses requiring prerequisites are identified by a ~ symbol following the course number. Course descriptions for all courses are listed in the Course Guide section of the catalog (page B-1). Information Systems Technology, 12 total credits CMGT 554................................................................................ 3 credits IT Infrastructure CMGT 555................................................................................ 3 credits Systems Analysis and Development CMGT 556................................................................................ 3 credits Enterprise Models CMGT 557................................................................................ 3 credits Emerging Technologies & Issues Information Systems Management, 12 total credits CMGT 575................................................................................ 3 credits CIS Project Management CMGT 578................................................................................ 3 credits CIS Strategic Planning CMGT 582................................................................................ 3 credits Security & Ethics CMGT 583................................................................................ 3 credits IS Integration Graduate Electives, 18 total credits The University reserves the right to modify the required course of study. En-Route Credentials for the MIS Students may declare and earn an additional credential that is approved in their state or jurisdiction en-route to completing the graduate degree. Students must sign and submit the enrollment agreement that corresponds with the unique combination of desired credentials to be earned. Possible credentials include a graduate certificate. Listed below are all of the possible en-route credentials: • Graduate Business Analytics Certificate

321

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

• Graduate Information Systems Management Certificate

• Graduate Cyber Security Certificate

Students may apply for conferral of an en-route credential upon meeting the following program requirements: • Successful completion of all the courses outlined in the

enrollment agreement for the credential

• Achievement of the minimum program GPA

• Fulfillment of the minimum University residency requirement

Students may elect to update or remove the selected credentials by completing a new enrollment agreement reflecting the new selec- tion of credentials. Admission Requirements for the MIS • An undergraduate degree from a regionally or approved

nationally accredited, or candidate for accreditation, college or university or comparable undergraduate bachelor's degree earned at a recognized foreign institution or a graduate degree from an ABA accredited institution (i.e- JD, LLB, LLM). If the institution became accredited while the student was attending, a minimum of 75% of the coursework taken toward the degree must have been completed while the institution was accredited or during the candidacy period.

• Applicants must have access to a suitable work environment for the completion of course assignments.

• A cumulative grade point average (GPA) of 2.5 for all undergraduate coursework on the undergraduate degree posted transcript is required for admission.

• Signed Hardware/Software Agreement

Degree Requirements for the MIS • Completion of a minimum of 42 credits that include the

following distribution:

• Required Course of Study - 24 credits

• Graduate Electives - 18 credits

• A minimum grade point average (GPA) of 3.0.

• The diploma awarded for this program will read as: Master of Information Systems

Residency Requirements and Course Waivers for the MIS Students must meet established University residency requirement for degree conferral. The University requires that the majority of coursework, 24 credits in the program, must be completed at Uni- versity of Phoenix. Students in this program may waive a maximum of 9 credits from their required course of study. In order to waive a course in the major course of study, the student must have completed a previous course which meets the following criteria: • The course must have been completed at a regionally or

approved nationally accredited, or candidate for accreditation, college or university.

• The course must have been completed within the past five (5) years from current program enrollment agreement sign date with a grade of "B" (3.0) or better; and

• The course must be comparable in content and credits to the University course it is replacing and must be an equivalent level or higher level course (i.e. graduate level coursework may be used to waive graduate or undergraduate coursework). Course descriptions must be included with the course waiver form in order for the Office of Admissions and Evaluation to review the course waiver request.

The 18 credit Graduate Electives requirement may be satisfied by any of the following means: • Any pre-determined 3-credit Graduate UOPX courses.

• Any previously completed Graduate coursework from UOPX.

• Graduate transfer coursework that is acceptable for transfer and was completed within the past ten (10) years from current program enrollment agreement sign date with a grade of C- or better.

• Graduate Certificate approved in the student's state or jurisdiction.

Students earning a certificate en-route to completing the graduate degree may waive a maximum of 6 credits within the certificate program in addition to the 9 credits that can be waived in the MIS required course of study by meeting the following criteria: • The course must have been completed at a regionally or

approved nationally accredited, or candidate for accreditation, college or university.

• The course must have been completed within the past five (5) years from current program enrollment agreement sign date with a grade of "B" (3.0) or better; and

• The course must be comparable in content and credits to the University course it is replacing and must be an equivalent level or higher level course (i.e. graduate level coursework may be used to waive graduate or undergraduate coursework). Course descriptions must be included with the course waiver form in order for the Office of Admissions and Evaluation to review the course waiver request.

Nationally recognized and/or industry accepted certifications may be used to waive certain courses in the Required Course of Study upon approval by the appropriate college or school that the courses reside under, and will not require Prior Learning Assess- ment. All waivers using certifications must be verified by an offi- cial transcript or completion documentation from the certifying organization. Re-entry for the MIS Any student who has been out of attendance for more than 365 days from the last date of positive recorded attendance in a program applicable course is considered a re-entry student. Re-entry students may re-enroll into their program version without appeal if the program version is still the most current in their state or jurisdiction and the student has the ability to satisfy all program requirements within their original program completion deadline. Re-entry students whose program version is not the most current in their state or jurisdiction will be required to enroll into the most current version. Select programs may have additional re-entry requirements/ restrictions. Re-entry students should consult their Academic Advisor for guidance.

322

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

COLLEGE OF HEALTH PROFESSIONS

.....................................................................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................................................... COLLEGE OF HEALTH PROFESSIONS

The College of Health Professions provides a blend of the business and management focus of health care with the clinical/delivery focus of nursing. Each academic program area will provide stu- dents with the insight and perspectives needed to support their specific career focus. .....................................................................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................................................... School of Health Services Administration

As the health care industry expands and evolves at a rapid rate, jobs in health care administration (the “business” side of health care) are expected to increase by 23 percent between 2012 and 2022.1 Whether you are already working in the field and looking to deepen your knowledge and advance in your profession, or if you are new to health care and want to gain the skills needed to launch a new career, The University of Phoenix® School of Health Services Administration will equip you with the leading-edge training you need to succeed in today's dynamic health care environment-and to effectively tackle all of tomorrow's challenges.

........................................................................................... Master of Health Administration

The following Master of Health Administration (MHA) program may be offered at these University of Phoenix campus locations: Online, depending on state of residence. The availability of programs and concentrations depend on student demand and other factors. Not all programs may be available to all residents of all states. Students may want to consider completing certain courses in the Online classroom at Online rates if the program is available via the Online modality in their state.

........................................................................................... Please contact your enrollment representative for more information.

The Master of Health Administration v004 provides leaders and aspiring leaders in the health sector with the insight and skills nec- essary to drive the future of healthcare by facilitating cross-system transformation and improving outcomes for patients, populations, and providers. The program's curriculum, built via close collabora- tion with industry and academic experts, anticipates emerging needs trends in the health sector. Areas of inquiry include industry and organizational dynamics in the health sector, visioning the future, forming strategic relationships, leading with authenticity in health care systems, creating a sustainable personal legacy, and transformation and execution in diverse health system contexts. For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program, and other important information, please visit our website at http://www.phoenix.edu/ programs/mha. MHA Program Category Requirements Preferred Sequence and Prerequisites Courses requiring prerequisites are identified by a ~ symbol following the course number. Course descriptions for all courses are listed in the Course Guide section of the catalog (page B-1).

Organizational Dynamics in Health Care Systems, 12 total credits

MHA 505 ................................................................................. 3 credits

Systems Thinking in Health Care Environments

MHA 506 ~ .............................................................................. 3 credits

Ethical Marketing: The New Health Care Economics

MHA 507 ~ .............................................................................. 3 credits

Leveraging Informatics in The Health Sector

MHA 508 ~ .............................................................................. 3 credits

Navigating The Regulatory Environment In Health Care

Visioning the Future: Creating Industry Trends in the Health Sector, 6 total credits

MHA 515 ~ .............................................................................. 3 credits

Scanning The Health Sector as an Industry Expert

MHA 516 ~ .............................................................................. 3 credits

Operating in Structure: Health Sector Policy and Governance

Strategic Relationships, 3 total credits

MHA 520 ~ .............................................................................. 3 credits

Sector Stakeholders: Identifying and Cultivating Alliances

Adaptive Leadership, 6 total credits

MHA 542 ~ .............................................................................. 3 credits

Leading With Authenticity in The Health Sector

MHA 543 ~ .............................................................................. 3 credits

Tackling The Talent War in The Health Sector

Personal Legacy and Investment in the Future of Health Care, 3 total credits

MHA 560 ~ .............................................................................. 3 credits

Creating A Sustainable Legacy: Healthy Communities

Transformation and Execution, 6 total credits

MHA 598 ~ .............................................................................. 3 credits

Leveraging Results To Build Brand In The Health Sector

MHA 599 ~ .............................................................................. 3 credits

Capstone: Leading the Organization Through Change

The University reserves the right to modify the required course of study.

323

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

Additional Admission Requirements for the MHA All applicants are expected to meet the following admissions requirements: • An undergraduate degree from a regionally or approved

nationally accredited, or candidate for accreditation, college or university or comparable undergraduate bachelor's degree earned at a recognized foreign institution or a graduate degree from an ABA accredited institution (i.e.- JD, LLB, LLM). If the institution became accredited while the student was attending, a minimum of 75% of the coursework taken toward the degree must have been completed while the institution was accredited or during the candidacy period.

• A cumulative grade point average (GPA) of 2.5 for all undergraduate coursework on the undergraduate degree posted transcript is required for admission.

• A minimum equivalent of three (3) years of full-time, post-high school professional work experience within the past ten years.

• All applicants must be currently employed or have access to a suitable work environment for the completion of course assignments.

Degree Requirements for the MHA • Completion of a minimum of 36 credits. • A minimum program grade point average (GPA) of 3.0. • Concentrations are reflected on the transcript only and will not

appear on the diploma. The diploma awarded for this program will read as: Master of Health Administration

Residency Requirements and Course Waivers for the MHA Students in this program may waive a maximum of 9 credits from their required course of study. In order to be granted a waiver for a course in the required course of study, the student must have completed a previous course which meets the following criteria: • The course must have been completed at a regionally or

approved nationally accredited, or candidate for accreditation, college or university.

• The course must have been completed within the past ten (10) years from current program enrollment agreement sign date with a grade of "B" (3.0) or better.

• The course must be comparable in content and credits to the University course it is replacing and must be an equivalent level or higher level course (i.e. graduate level coursework may be used to waive graduate or undergraduate coursework). Course descriptions must be included with the course waiver form in order for the Office of Admissions and Evaluation to review the course waiver request.

Nationally recognized and/or industry accepted certifications may be used to waive certain courses in the Required Course of Study upon approval by the appropriate college or school that the courses reside under, and will not require Prior Learning Assess- ment. All waivers using certifications must be verified by an offi- cial transcript or completion documentation from the certifying organization. The following courses in the Required Course of Study may not be waived: MHA 599 Students who have successfully completed the below certificates prior to enrollment in the MHA may waive the listed course with any of the courses contained within the certificate. These approved waivers will not count towards the maximum waiver limit in the program.

• CERT/G-HCP - MHA 508 • CERT/G-HCS - MHA 560 • CERT/G-INF - MHA 507 The School of Advanced Studies offers a pathway opportunity for master's degree students who are interested in taking doctoral courses as part of the master's degree program. The Doctoral Pathway gives students the option to complete doc- toral level coursework during a master's program. The Doctoral Pathway allows a master's degree student to substi- tute up to two graduate level courses with designated doctoral level courses. Upon admission to the selected doctoral program, students are eligible to satisfy required course(s) within the doc- toral program. • Students must earn a B- or better in the doctoral level courses in

order to apply them towards the doctoral program. • Student schedules may need to be adjusted, or student will need

to overlap courses since doctoral courses are eight weeks in length. Students should speak with their academic/finance advisor for further information.

Minimum Grade Requirements for the MHA • Students in this program are required to achieve a minimum

grade of "B" (3.0) in courses listed below. A "B-" grade is not acceptable. Students who fail to receive a minimum grade of "B" will be scholastically disqualified from the University: MHA 542, MHA 599

• Students who fail to meet the minimum grade requirement and have been scholastically disqualified will not be allowed to continue in the program until the course has been successfully repeated. Students will be allowed to repeat each class in which the minimum grade was not achieved one time. Students who fail to meet the minimum grade requirement after the second attempt will be Scholastically Suspended and will not be able to continue in the MHA program.

Re-entry for the MHA

• Any student who has been out of attendance for more than 365 days from the last date of positive recorded attendance in a program applicable course is considered a re-entry student.

• Re-entry students may re-enroll into their program version without appeal if the program version is still the most current in their state or jurisdiction and the student has the ability to satisfy all program requirements within their original program completion deadline.

• Re-entry students whose program version is not the most current in their state or jurisdiction will be required to enroll into the most current version.

• Select programs may have additional re-entry requirements/ restrictions. Re-entry students should consult their Academic Advisor for guidance.

324

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

School of Health Services Administration

Master of Health Administration Concentration in

........................................................................................... Education

The following Master of Health Administration Concentration in Education (MHA/ED) program may be offered at these University of Phoenix campus locations: Online, depending on state of residence. The availability of programs and concentrations depend on student demand and other factors. Not all programs may be available to all residents of all states. Students may want to consider completing certain courses in the Online classroom at Online rates if the program is available via the Online modality in their state. Please contact your enrollment

........................................................................................... representative for more information.

The Master of Health Administration prepares leaders and aspir- ing leaders in the health sector by providing the competencies nec- essary to drive the future of healthcare through effective facilitation of cross-system transformation and the improvement of health outcomes for patients, populations, and providers. Areas of inquiry include industry and organizational dynamics, visioning the future, forming strategic relationships, leading with authentic- ity, creating a sustainable personal legacy, and transformation and execution in diverse health system contexts. As the health industry continues to undergo unprecedented growth, “health” is beginning to encompass everything from patient care to community engage- ment to overarching system design. The curricular framework for the newest version of the MHA is provided by the industry stan- dard American College of Healthcare Executives (ACHE). The pro- gram provides UOPX students with an academically- rigorous and integrated experience that requires both critical thinking and cre- ativity, while remaining aligned to professional and industry stan- dards. The concentration in Health Professions Education is designed for health care professionals who are interested in pursu- ing or advancing a career in an academic institution and/or corpo- rate setting in the health sector. Learners are provided with a foundation in educational theory and practice. Students may choose to focus on traditional faculty accountabilities and/or cor- porate training responsibilities within health care organizations for design and dissemination of curricula. Topics include adult learn- ing theory, curriculum development, assessment and evaluation, and best practice in instruction in diverse settings. For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program, and other important information, please visit our website at http://www.phoenix.edu/ programs/mha-ed. MHA/ED Program Category Requirements Preferred Sequence and Prerequisites Courses requiring prerequisites are identified by a ~ symbol following the course number. Course descriptions for all courses are listed in the Course Guide section of the catalog (page B-1). Organizational Dynamics in Health Care Systems, 12 total credits

MHA 505.................................................................................. 3 credits

Systems Thinking in Health Care Environments

MHA 506 ~ .............................................................................. 3 credits

Ethical Marketing: The New Health Care Economics

MHA 507 ~ .............................................................................. 3 credits

Leveraging Informatics in The Health Sector

MHA 508 ~ .............................................................................. 3 credits

Navigating The Regulatory Environment In Health Care

Visioning the Future: Creating Industry Trends in the Health Sector, 6 total credits

MHA 515 ~ .............................................................................. 3 credits

Scanning The Health Sector as an Industry Expert

MHA 516 ~ .............................................................................. 3 credits

Operating in Structure: Health Sector Policy and Governance

Strategic Relationships, 3 total credits

MHA 520 ~ .............................................................................. 3 credits

Sector Stakeholders: Identifying and Cultivating Alliances

Adaptive Leadership, 6 total credits

MHA 542 ~ .............................................................................. 3 credits

Leading With Authenticity in The Health Sector

MHA 543 ~ .............................................................................. 3 credits

Tackling The Talent War in The Health Sector

Personal Legacy and Investment in the Future of Health Care, 3 total credits

MHA 560 ~ .............................................................................. 3 credits

Creating A Sustainable Legacy: Healthy Communities

Education Concentration, 9 total credits

HPE 540 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits

Teaching and Learning in Health Professions Education

HPE 544 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits

Curriculum Development in Health Professions Contexts

HPE 549 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits

Evaluation and Assessment Methodologies

Transformation and Execution, 6 total credits

MHA 598 ~ .............................................................................. 3 credits

Leveraging Results To Build Brand In The Health Sector

MHA 599 ~ .............................................................................. 3 credits

Capstone: Leading the Organization Through Change

The University reserves the right to modify the required course of study. Additional Admission Requirements for the MHA/ED All applicants are expected to meet the following admissions requirements: • An undergraduate degree from a regionally or approved

nationally accredited, or candidate for accreditation, college or university or comparable undergraduate bachelor's degree earned at a recognized foreign institution or a graduate degree from an ABA accredited institution (i.e.- JD, LLB, LLM). If the institution became accredited while the student was attending, a minimum of 75% of the coursework taken toward the degree must have been completed while the institution was accredited or during the candidacy period.

• A cumulative grade point average (GPA) of 2.5 for all undergraduate coursework on the undergraduate degree posted transcript is required for admission.

• A minimum equivalent of three (3) years of full-time, post-high school professional work experience within the past ten years.

• All applicants must be currently employed or have access to a suitable work environment for the completion of course assignments.

325

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

Degree Requirements for the MHA/ED • Completion of a minimum of 45 credits. • A minimum program grade point average (GPA) of 3.0. • Concentrations are reflected on the transcript only and will not

appear on the diploma. The diploma awarded for this program will read as: Master of Health Administration

Residency Requirements and Course Waivers for the MHA/ED Students in this program may waive a maximum of 9 credits from their required course of study. In order to be granted a waiver for a course in the required course of study, the student must have completed a previous course which meets the following criteria: • The course must have been completed at a regionally or

approved nationally accredited, or candidate for accreditation, college or university.

• The course must have been completed within the past ten (10) years from current program enrollment agreement sign date with a grade of "B" (3.0) or better.

• The course must be comparable in content and credits to the University course it is replacing and must be an equivalent level or higher level course (i.e. graduate level coursework may be used to waive graduate or undergraduate coursework). Course descriptions must be included with the course waiver form in order for the Office of Admissions and Evaluation to review the course waiver request.

Nationally recognized and/or industry accepted certifications may be used to waive certain courses in the Required Course of Study upon approval by the appropriate college or school that the courses reside under, and will not require Prior Learning Assess- ment. All waivers using certifications must be verified by an offi- cial transcript or completion documentation from the certifying organization. The following courses in the Required Course of Study may not be waived: MHA 599 Students who have successfully completed the below certificates prior to enrollment in the MHA may waive the listed course with any of the courses contained within the certificate. These approved waivers will not count towards the maximum waiver limit in the program. • CERT/G-HCP - MHA 508 • CERT/G-HCS - MHA 560 • CERT/G-INF - MHA 507 The School of Advanced Studies offers a pathway opportunity for master's degree students who are interested in taking doctoral courses as part of the master's degree program. The Doctoral Pathway gives students the option to complete doc- toral level coursework during a master's program. The Doctoral Pathway allows a master's degree student to substi- tute up to two graduate level courses with designated doctoral level courses. Upon admission to the selected doctoral program, students are eligible to satisfy required course(s) within the doc- toral program. • Students must earn a B- or better in the doctoral level courses in

order to apply them towards the doctoral program. • Student schedules may need to be adjusted, or student will need

to overlap courses since doctoral courses are eight weeks in length. Students should speak with their academic/finance advisor for further information.

Minimum Grade Requirements for the MHA/ED • Students in this program are required to achieve a minimum

grade of "B" (3.0) in courses listed below. A "B-" grade is not acceptable. Students who fail to receive a minimum grade of "B" will be scholastically disqualified from the University: HPE 540, HPE 544, HPE 549, MHA 542, MHA 599

• Students who fail to meet the minimum grade requirement and have been scholastically disqualified will not be allowed to continue in the program until the course has been successfully repeated. Students will be allowed to repeat each class in which the minimum grade was not achieved one time. Students who fail to meet the minimum grade requirement after the second attempt will be Scholastically Suspended and will not be able to continue in the MHA program.

Re-entry for the MHA/ED

• Any student who has been out of attendance for more than 365 days from the last date of positive recorded attendance in a program applicable course is considered a re-entry student.

• Re-entry students may re-enroll into their program version without appeal if the program version is still the most current in their state or jurisdiction and the student has the ability to satisfy all program requirements within their original program completion deadline.

• Re-entry students whose program version is not the most current in their state or jurisdiction will be required to enroll into the most current version.

• Select programs may have additional re-entry requirements/ restrictions. Re-entry students should consult their Academic Advisor for guidance.

Master of Health Administration Concentration in

........................................................................................... Gerontology

The following Master of Health Administration Concentration in Gerontology (MHA/GER) program may be offered at these University of Phoenix campus locations: Online, depending on state of residence. The availability of programs and concentrations depend on student demand and other factors. Not all programs may be available to all residents of all states. Students may want to consider completing certain courses in the Online classroom at Online rates if the program is available via the Online modality in their state. Please contact your enrollment

........................................................................................... representative for more information.

The Master of Health Administration prepares leaders and aspir- ing leaders in the health sector by providing the competencies nec- essary to drive the future of healthcare through effective facilitation of cross-system transformation and the improvement of health outcomes for patients, populations, and providers. Areas of inquiry include industry and organizational dynamics, visioning the future, forming strategic relationships, leading with authentic- ity, creating a sustainable personal legacy, and transformation and execution in diverse health system contexts. As the health industry continues to undergo unprecedented growth, “health” is beginning to encompass everything from patient care to community engage- ment to overarching system design. The curricular framework for the newest version of the MHA is provided by the industry stan- dard American College of Healthcare Executives (ACHE). The pro- gram provides UOPX students with an academically- rigorous and integrated experience that requires both critical thinking and cre- ativity, while remaining aligned to professional and industry stan- dards. The concentration in Gerontology for Health Administrators

326

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

School of Health Services Administration

addresses the diverse needs of aging populations, focusing on the existing systems and emerging policy and social initiatives that inform the care continuum for these individuals now and in the future. Content includes exploration and critique of the environ- ments and facilities that provide resources to aging populations, an entrepreneurial perspective on how to shape the industry in a way that is aging-centric, and strategies for improving health outcomes for these populations with an acute awareness of the complexity of existing cultural, economic, and legal factors. For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program, and other important information, please visit our website at http://www.phoenix.edu/ programs/mha-ger. MHA/GER Program Category Requirements Preferred Sequence and Prerequisites Courses requiring prerequisites are identified by a ~ symbol following the course number. Course descriptions for all courses are listed in the Course Guide section of the catalog (page B-1). Organizational Dynamics in Health Care Systems, 12 total credits

MHA 505.................................................................................. 3 credits

Systems Thinking in Health Care Environments

MHA 506 ~ .............................................................................. 3 credits

Ethical Marketing: The New Health Care Economics

MHA 507 ~ .............................................................................. 3 credits

Leveraging Informatics in The Health Sector

MHA 508 ~ .............................................................................. 3 credits

Navigating The Regulatory Environment In Health Care

Visioning the Future: Creating Industry Trends in the Health Sector, 6 total credits

MHA 515 ~ .............................................................................. 3 credits

Scanning The Health Sector as an Industry Expert

MHA 516 ~ .............................................................................. 3 credits

Operating in Structure: Health Sector Policy and Governance

Strategic Relationships, 3 total credits

MHA 520 ~ .............................................................................. 3 credits

Sector Stakeholders: Identifying and Cultivating Alliances

Adaptive Leadership, 6 total credits

MHA 542 ~ .............................................................................. 3 credits

Leading With Authenticity in The Health Sector

MHA 543 ~ .............................................................................. 3 credits

Tackling The Talent War in The Health Sector

Personal Legacy and Investment in the Future of Health Care, 3 total credits

MHA 560 ~ .............................................................................. 3 credits

Creating A Sustainable Legacy: Healthy Communities

Gerontology Concentration, 9 total credits

GHA 548 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits

Foundations of Gerontology for Health Administrators

GHA 551 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits

Biological and Psychological Aspects of Aging

GHA 557 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits

Social and Cultural Aspects of Aging

Transformation and Execution, 6 total credits

MHA 598 ~ .............................................................................. 3 credits

Leveraging Results To Build Brand In The Health Sector

MHA 599 ~ .............................................................................. 3 credits

Capstone: Leading the Organization Through Change

The University reserves the right to modify the required course of study. Additional Admission Requirements for the MHA/GER All applicants are expected to meet the following admissions requirements: • An undergraduate degree from a regionally or approved

nationally accredited, or candidate for accreditation, college or university or comparable undergraduate bachelor's degree earned at a recognized foreign institution or a graduate degree from an ABA accredited institution (i.e.- JD, LLB, LLM). If the institution became accredited while the student was attending, a minimum of 75% of the coursework taken toward the degree must have been completed while the institution was accredited or during the candidacy period.

• A cumulative grade point average (GPA) of 2.5 for all undergraduate coursework on the undergraduate degree posted transcript is required for admission.

• A minimum equivalent of three (3) years of full-time, post-high school professional work experience within the past ten years.

• All applicants must be currently employed or have access to a suitable work environment for the completion of course assignments.

Degree Requirements for the MHA/GER • Completion of a minimum of 45 credits. • A minimum program grade point average (GPA) of 3.0. • Concentrations are reflected on the transcript only and will not

appear on the diploma. The diploma awarded for this program will read as: Master of Health Administration

Residency Requirements and Course Waivers for the MHA/ GER Students in this program may waive a maximum of 9 credits from their required course of study. In order to be granted a waiver for a course in the required course of study, the student must have completed a previous course which meets the following criteria: • The course must have been completed at a regionally or

approved nationally accredited, or candidate for accreditation, college or university.

• The course must have been completed within the past ten (10) years from current program enrollment agreement sign date with a grade of "B" (3.0) or better.

• The course must be comparable in content and credits to the University course it is replacing and must be an equivalent level or higher level course (i.e. graduate level coursework may be used to waive graduate or undergraduate coursework). Course descriptions must be included with the course waiver form in order for the Office of Admissions and Evaluation to review the course waiver request.

Nationally recognized and/or industry accepted certifications may be used to waive certain courses in the Required Course of Study upon approval by the appropriate college or school that the courses reside under, and will not require Prior Learning Assess- ment. All waivers using certifications must be verified by an offi-

327

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

cial transcript or completion documentation from the certifying organization. The following courses in the Required Course of Study may not be waived: MHA 599 Students who have successfully completed the below certificates prior to enrollment in the MHA may waive the listed course with any of the courses contained within the certificate. These approved waivers will not count towards the maximum waiver limit in the program. • CERT/G-HCP - MHA 508 • CERT/G-HCS - MHA 560 • CERT/G-INF - MHA 507 The School of Advanced Studies offers a pathway opportunity for master's degree students who are interested in taking doctoral courses as part of the master's degree program. The Doctoral Pathway gives students the option to complete doc- toral level coursework during a master's program. The Doctoral Pathway allows a master's degree student to substi- tute up to two graduate level courses with designated doctoral level courses. Upon admission to the selected doctoral program, students are eligible to satisfy required course(s) within the doc- toral program. • Students must earn a B- or better in the doctoral level courses in

order to apply them towards the doctoral program. • Student schedules may need to be adjusted, or student will need

to overlap courses since doctoral courses are eight weeks in length. Students should speak with their academic/finance advisor for further information.

Minimum Grade Requirements for the MHA/GER • Students in this program are required to achieve a minimum

grade of "B" (3.0) in courses listed below. A "B-" grade is not acceptable. Students who fail to receive a minimum grade of "B" will be scholastically disqualified from the University: GHA 548, GHA 551, GHA 557, MHA 542, MHA 599

• Students who fail to meet the minimum grade requirement and have been scholastically disqualified will not be allowed to continue in the program until the course has been successfully repeated. Students will be allowed to repeat each class in which the minimum grade was not achieved one time. Students who fail to meet the minimum grade requirement after the second attempt will be Scholastically Suspended and will not be able to continue in the MHA program.

Re-entry for the MHA/GER

• Any student who has been out of attendance for more than 365 days from the last date of positive recorded attendance in a program applicable course is considered a re-entry student.

• Re-entry students may re-enroll into their program version without appeal if the program version is still the most current in their state or jurisdiction and the student has the ability to satisfy all program requirements within their original program completion deadline.

• Re-entry students whose program version is not the most current in their state or jurisdiction will be required to enroll into the most current version.

• Select programs may have additional re-entry requirements/ restrictions. Re-entry students should consult their Academic Advisor for guidance.

Master of Health Administration Concentration in

........................................................................................... Informatics

The following Master of Health Administration Concentration in Informatics (MHA/INF) program may be offered at these University of Phoenix campus locations: Online, depending on state of residence. The availability of programs and concentrations depend on student demand and other factors. Not all programs may be available to all residents of all states. Students may want to consider completing certain courses in the Online classroom at Online rates if the program is available via the Online modality in their state. Please contact your enrollment

........................................................................................... representative for more information.

The Master of Health Administration prepares leaders and aspir- ing leaders in the health sector by providing the competencies nec- essary to drive the future of healthcare through effective facilitation of cross-system transformation and the improvement of health outcomes for patients, populations, and providers. Areas of inquiry include industry and organizational dynamics, visioning the future, forming strategic relationships, leading with authentic- ity, creating a sustainable personal legacy, and transformation and execution in diverse health system contexts. As the health industry continues to undergo unprecedented growth, “health” is beginning to encompass everything from patient care to community engage- ment to overarching system design. The curricular framework for the newest version of the MHA is provided by the industry stan- dard American College of Healthcare Executives (ACHE). The pro- gram provides UOPX students with an academically- rigorous and integrated experience that requires both critical thinking and cre- ativity, while remaining aligned to professional and industry stan- dards. The concentration in Health Care Informatics presents informatics as the strategic acquisition, interpretation and utiliza- tion of data to lead organizations in the health sector. The focus of the program is on informatics as an evolving and interdisciplinary field related to the sourcing, compiling and synthesis of data across the health sector. Topics include staffing to meet an organization’s informatics needs, assessing the interoperability of systems, effec- tively sourcing data from repositories within and outside the orga- nization, and presenting data in health organization contexts. Also presented are emerging best practices administrators need to suc- cessfully address quality, safety, and cost of care, and lead data- driven initiatives that place the patient/consumer at the center of care. For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program, and other important information, please visit our website at http://www.phoenix.edu/ programs/mha-inf. MHA/INF Program Category Requirements Preferred Sequence and Prerequisites Courses requiring prerequisites are identified by a ~ symbol following the course number. Course descriptions for all courses are listed in the Course Guide section of the catalog (page B-1).

328

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

School of Health Services Administration

Organizational Dynamics in Health Care Systems, 9 total credits

MHA 505.................................................................................. 3 credits

Systems Thinking in Health Care Environments

MHA 506 ~ .............................................................................. 3 credits

Ethical Marketing: The New Health Care Economics

MHA 508 ~ .............................................................................. 3 credits

Navigating The Regulatory Environment In Health Care

Visioning the Future: Creating Industry Trends in the Health Sector, 6 total credits

MHA 515 ~ .............................................................................. 3 credits

Scanning The Health Sector as an Industry Expert

MHA 516 ~ .............................................................................. 3 credits

Operating in Structure: Health Sector Policy and Governance

Strategic Relationships, 3 total credits

MHA 520 ~ .............................................................................. 3 credits

Sector Stakeholders: Identifying and Cultivating Alliances

Adaptive Leadership, 6 total credits

MHA 542 ~ .............................................................................. 3 credits

Leading With Authenticity in The Health Sector

MHA 543 ~ .............................................................................. 3 credits

Tackling The Talent War in The Health Sector

Personal Legacy and Investment in the Future of Health Care, 3 total credits

MHA 560 ~ .............................................................................. 3 credits

Creating A Sustainable Legacy: Healthy Communities

Informatics Concentration, 9 total credits

HINF 500 ~ .............................................................................. 3 credits

Informatics for Health Administration

HINF 520 ~ .............................................................................. 3 credits

Data Management and Design in Health Administration

HINF 510 ~ .............................................................................. 3 credits

The Systems Life Cycle

Transformation and Execution, 6 total credits

MHA 598 ~ .............................................................................. 3 credits

Leveraging Results To Build Brand In The Health Sector

MHA 599 ~ .............................................................................. 3 credits

Capstone: Leading the Organization Through Change

The University reserves the right to modify the required course of study. Additional Admission Requirements for the MHA/INF All applicants are expected to meet the following admissions requirements: • An undergraduate degree from a regionally or approved

nationally accredited, or candidate for accreditation, college or university or comparable undergraduate bachelor's degree earned at a recognized foreign institution or a graduate degree from an ABA accredited institution (i.e.- JD, LLB, LLM). If the institution became accredited while the student was attending, a minimum of 75% of the coursework taken toward the degree must have been completed while the institution was accredited or during the candidacy period.

• A cumulative grade point average (GPA) of 2.5 for all undergraduate coursework on the undergraduate degree posted transcript is required for admission.

• A minimum equivalent of three (3) years of full-time, post-high school professional work experience within the past ten years.

• All applicants must be currently employed or have access to a suitable work environment for the completion of course assignments.

Degree Requirements for the MHA/INF • Completion of a minimum of 42 credits. • A minimum program grade point average (GPA) of 3.0. • Concentrations are reflected on the transcript only and will not

appear on the diploma. The diploma awarded for this program will read as: Master of Health Administration

Residency Requirements and Course Waivers for the MHA/INF Students in this program may waive a maximum of 9 credits from their required course of study. In order to be granted a waiver for a course in the required course of study, the student must have completed a previous course which meets the following criteria: • The course must have been completed at a regionally or

approved nationally accredited, or candidate for accreditation, college or university.

• The course must have been completed within the past ten (10) years from current program enrollment agreement sign date with a grade of "B" (3.0) or better.

• The course must be comparable in content and credits to the University course it is replacing and must be an equivalent level or higher level course (i.e. graduate level coursework may be used to waive graduate or undergraduate coursework). Course descriptions must be included with the course waiver form in order for the Office of Admissions and Evaluation to review the course waiver request.

Nationally recognized and/or industry accepted certifications may be used to waive certain courses in the Required Course of Study upon approval by the appropriate college or school that the courses reside under, and will not require Prior Learning Assess- ment. All waivers using certifications must be verified by an offi- cial transcript or completion documentation from the certifying organization. The following courses in the Required Course of Study may not be waived: MHA 599 Students who have successfully completed the below certificates prior to enrollment in the MHA may waive the listed course with any of the courses contained within the certificate. These approved waivers will not count towards the maximum waiver limit in the program. • CERT/G-HCP - MHA 508 • CERT/G-HCS - MHA 560 • CERT/G-INF - MHA 507 The School of Advanced Studies offers a pathway opportunity for master's degree students who are interested in taking doctoral courses as part of the master's degree program. The Doctoral Pathway gives students the option to complete doc- toral level coursework during a master's program. The Doctoral Pathway allows a master's degree student to substi- tute up to two graduate level courses with designated doctoral level courses. Upon admission to the selected doctoral program, students are eligible to satisfy required course(s) within the doc-

329

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

toral program. • Students must earn a B- or better in the doctoral level courses in

order to apply them towards the doctoral program. • Student schedules may need to be adjusted, or student will need

to overlap courses since doctoral courses are eight weeks in length. Students should speak with their academic/finance advisor for further information.

Minimum Grade Requirements for the MHA/INF • Students in this program are required to achieve a minimum

grade of "B" (3.0) in courses listed below. A "B-" grade is not acceptable. Students who fail to receive a minimum grade of "B" will be scholastically disqualified from the University: HINF 500, HINF 520, HINF 510, MHA 542, MHA 599

• Students who fail to meet the minimum grade requirement and have been scholastically disqualified will not be allowed to continue in the program until the course has been successfully repeated. Students will be allowed to repeat each class in which the minimum grade was not achieved one time. Students who fail to meet the minimum grade requirement after the second attempt will be Scholastically Suspended and will not be able to continue in the MHA program.

Re-entry for the MHA/INF

• Any student who has been out of attendance for more than 365 days from the last date of positive recorded attendance in a program applicable course is considered a re-entry student.

• Re-entry students may re-enroll into their program version without appeal if the program version is still the most current in their state or jurisdiction and the student has the ability to satisfy all program requirements within their original program completion deadline.

• Re-entry students whose program version is not the most current in their state or jurisdiction will be required to enroll into the most current version.

• Select programs may have additional re-entry requirements/ restrictions. Re-entry students should consult their Academic Advisor for guidance.

Master of Health Administration Concentration in

........................................................................................... Sustainability Management

The following Master of Health Administration Concentration in Sustainability Management (MHA/SUS) program may be offered at these University of Phoenix campus locations: Online, depending on state of residence. The availability of programs and concentrations depend on student demand and other factors. Not all programs may be available to all residents of all states. Students may want to consider completing certain courses in the Online classroom at Online rates if the program is available via the Online modality in their state. Please contact your

........................................................................................... enrollment representative for more information.

The Master of Health Administration prepares leaders and aspir- ing leaders in the health sector by providing the competencies nec- essary to drive the future of healthcare through effective facilitation of cross-system transformation and the improvement of health outcomes for patients, populations, and providers. Areas of inquiry include industry and organizational dynamics, visioning the future, forming strategic relationships, leading with authentic- ity, creating a sustainable personal legacy, and transformation and execution in diverse health system contexts. As the health industry continues to undergo unprecedented growth, “health” is beginning to encompass everything from patient care to community engage-

ment to overarching system design. The curricular framework for the newest version of the MHA is provided by the industry stan- dard American College of Healthcare Executives (ACHE). The pro- gram provides UOPX students with an academically- rigorous and integrated experience that requires both critical thinking and cre- ativity, while remaining aligned to professional and industry stan- dards. The concentration in Sustainability Management for Health Care prepares learners to lead at the intersection of the environ- mental, social and economic domains of the health sector. The pro- gram is designed to help leaders and aspiring leaders cultivate environmental, economic, and social sensitivities to address the footprint of the health care industry. Content includes strategies to successfully navigate resource and supply chain use in health care contexts, engagement with the community regarding the health and well-being of current and future generations, as well as the implications of sustainability initiatives and the “triple bottom line” in the health sector. For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program, and other important information, please visit our website at http://www.phoenix.edu/ programs/mha-sus. MHA/SUS Program Category Requirements Preferred Sequence and Prerequisites Courses requiring prerequisites are identified by a ~ symbol following the course number. Course descriptions for all courses are listed in the Course Guide section of the catalog (page B-1). Organizational Dynamics in Health Care Systems, 12 total credits

MHA 505 .................................................................................. 3 credits

Systems Thinking in Health Care Environments

MHA 506 ~ .............................................................................. 3 credits

Ethical Marketing: The New Health Care Economics

MHA 507 ~ .............................................................................. 3 credits

Leveraging Informatics in The Health Sector

MHA 508 ~ .............................................................................. 3 credits

Navigating The Regulatory Environment In Health Care

Visioning the Future: Creating Industry Trends in the Health Sector, 6 total credits

MHA 515 ~ .............................................................................. 3 credits

Scanning The Health Sector as an Industry Expert

MHA 516 ~ .............................................................................. 3 credits

Operating in Structure: Health Sector Policy and Governance

Strategic Relationships, 3 total credits

MHA 520 ~ .............................................................................. 3 credits

Sector Stakeholders: Identifying and Cultivating Alliances

Adaptive Leadership, 6 total credits

MHA 542 ~ .............................................................................. 3 credits

Leading With Authenticity in The Health Sector

MHA 543 ~ .............................................................................. 3 credits

Tackling The Talent War in The Health Sector

Sustainability Concentration, 9 total credits

SMH 591 ~................................................................................ 3 credits

Creating a Sustainable Health Care Organization

SMH 593 ~................................................................................ 3 credits

The Economics of Health Care Sustainability

330

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

School of Health Services Administration

SMH 596 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits

Issues in Environmental Sustainability

Transformation and Execution, 6 total credits

MHA 598 ~ .............................................................................. 3 credits

Leveraging Results To Build Brand In The Health Sector

MHA 599 ~ .............................................................................. 3 credits

Capstone: Leading the Organization Through Change

The University reserves the right to modify the required course of study. Additional Admission Requirements for the MHA/SUS All applicants are expected to meet the following admissions requirements: • An undergraduate degree from a regionally or approved

nationally accredited, or candidate for accreditation, college or university or comparable undergraduate bachelor's degree earned at a recognized foreign institution or a graduate degree from an ABA accredited institution (i.e.- JD, LLB, LLM). If the institution became accredited while the student was attending, a minimum of 75% of the coursework taken toward the degree must have been completed while the institution was accredited or during the candidacy period.

• A cumulative grade point average (GPA) of 2.5 for all undergraduate coursework on the undergraduate degree posted transcript is required for admission.

• A minimum equivalent of three (3) years of full-time, post-high school professional work experience within the past ten years.

• All applicants must be currently employed or have access to a suitable work environment for the completion of course assignments.

Degree Requirements for the MHA/SUS • Completion of a minimum of 42 credits. • A minimum program grade point average (GPA) of 3.0. • Concentrations are reflected on the transcript only and will not

appear on the diploma. The diploma awarded for this program will read as: Master of Health Administration

Residency Requirements and Course Waivers for the MHA/ SUS Students in this program may waive a maximum of 9 credits from their required course of study. In order to be granted a waiver for a course in the required course of study, the student must have completed a previous course which meets the following criteria: • The course must have been completed at a regionally or

approved nationally accredited, or candidate for accreditation, college or university.

• The course must have been completed within the past ten (10) years from current program enrollment agreement sign date with a grade of "B" (3.0) or better.

• The course must be comparable in content and credits to the University course it is replacing and must be an equivalent level or higher level course (i.e. graduate level coursework may be used to waive graduate or undergraduate coursework). Course descriptions must be included with the course waiver form in order for the Office of Admissions and Evaluation to review the course waiver request.

Nationally recognized and/or industry accepted certifications may be used to waive certain courses in the Required Course of Study

upon approval by the appropriate college or school that the courses reside under, and will not require Prior Learning Assess- ment. All waivers using certifications must be verified by an offi- cial transcript or completion documentation from the certifying organization. The following courses in the Required Course of Study may not be waived: MHA 599 Students who have successfully completed the below certificates prior to enrollment in the MHA may waive the listed course with any of the courses contained within the certificate. These approved waivers will not count towards the maximum waiver limit in the program. • CERT/G-HCP - MHA 508 • CERT/G-HCS - MHA 560 • CERT/G-INF - MHA 507 The School of Advanced Studies offers a pathway opportunity for master's degree students who are interested in taking doctoral courses as part of the master's degree program. The Doctoral Pathway gives students the option to complete doc- toral level coursework during a master's program. The Doctoral Pathway allows a master's degree student to substi- tute up to two graduate level courses with designated doctoral level courses. Upon admission to the selected doctoral program, students are eligible to satisfy required course(s) within the doc- toral program. • Students must earn a B- or better in the doctoral level courses in

order to apply them towards the doctoral program. • Student schedules may need to be adjusted, or student will need

to overlap courses since doctoral courses are eight weeks in length. Students should speak with their academic/finance advisor for further information.

Minimum Grade Requirements for the MHA/SUS • Students in this program are required to achieve a minimum

grade of "B" (3.0) in courses listed below. A "B-" grade is not acceptable. Students who fail to receive a minimum grade of "B" will be scholastically disqualified from the University: SMH 591, SMH 593, SMH 596, MHA 542, MHA 599

• Students who fail to meet the minimum grade requirement and have been scholastically disqualified will not be allowed to continue in the program until the course has been successfully repeated. Students will be allowed to repeat each class in which the minimum grade was not achieved one time. Students who fail to meet the minimum grade requirement after the second attempt will be Scholastically Suspended and will not be able to continue in the MHA program.

Re-entry for the MHA/SUS

• Any student who has been out of attendance for more than 365 days from the last date of positive recorded attendance in a program applicable course is considered a re-entry student.

• Re-entry students may re-enroll into their program version without appeal if the program version is still the most current in their state or jurisdiction and the student has the ability to satisfy all program requirements within their original program completion deadline.

• Re-entry students whose program version is not the most current in their state or jurisdiction will be required to enroll into the most current version.

• Select programs may have additional re-entry requirements/ restrictions. Re-entry students should consult their Academic Advisor for guidance.

331

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

Dual Degree in Master of Health Administration/

........................................................................................... Master of Business Administration

The following Dual Degree in Master of Health Administration/Master of Business Administration (MHA/MBA) program may be offered at these University of Phoenix campus locations: Online, depending on state of residence. The availability of programs and concentrations depend on student demand and other factors. Not all programs may be available to all residents of all states. Students may want to consider completing certain courses in the Online classroom at Online rates if the program is available via the Online modality in their state. Please contact your

........................................................................................... enrollment representative for more information.

The Master of Health Administration (MHA)/Master of Business Administration (MBA) dual degree program prepares leaders who can effectively respond to the dynamic and ever-changing health care industry while providing in-depth knowledge to business management practices. The dual degree provides graduates with a distinct edge and greater flexibility in shaping a meaningful career by covering essential business knowledge and industry specific skills. Students have the capacity to critically examine and evaluate issues and trends that are influential to the destiny of a broad and evolving health care system. Curriculum is tailored to the needs of the health care business leader by providing content in areas such as finance, policy, research, technology, human resources, econom- ics, marketing, and strategic planning. The program also empha- sizes the identification, analysis, and solution of complex management problems for a growing industry. In addition, the dual degree offers students to customize the curriculum by select- ing elective courses to maximize career goals and opportunities. For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program, and other important information, please visit our website at http://www.phoenix.edu/ programs/mha-mba. MHA/MBA Program Category Requirements Courses requiring prerequisites are identified by a ~ symbol following the course number. Course descriptions for all courses are listed in the Course Guide section of the catalog (page B-1). Introduction, 1 total credit

HCS 504 ......................................................................................1 credit

Introduction to Graduate Study in Health Sciences/Nursing

Health Care Systems, 3 total credits

HCS 531 ~................................................................................. 3 credits

Health Care Organizations and Delivery Systems

Management, 3 total credits

MGT 521 ~................................................................................ 3 credits

Management

Human Capital Management, 3 total credits

HRM 531 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits

Human Capital Management

Legal and Ethics, 3 total credits

HCS 545 ~................................................................................. 3 credits

Health Law and Ethics

Policy, 3 total credits

HCS 550 ~................................................................................. 3 credits

Health Care Policy

Organizational Leadership, 3 total credits

LDR 531 ~................................................................................. 3 credits

Organizational Leadership

Quantitative Reasoning, 3 total credits

QRB 501 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits

Quantitative Reasoning for Business

Data Management, 3 total credits

HCS 588 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits

Measuring Performance Standards

Economics, 3 total credits

HCS 552 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits

Health Care Economics

Accounting, 3 total credits

ACC 561 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits

Accounting

Finance, 3 total credits

HCS 577 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits

Financial Management in Health Care

Operations Management, 3 total credits

OPS 571 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits

Operations Management

Marketing, 3 total credits

MKT 571 ~................................................................................ 3 credits

Marketing

Facility Design, 3 credits

HCS 529 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits

Contemporary Health Care Facility Design

Technology, 3 total credits

HCS 533 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits

Health Information Systems

Research and Statistics, 3 total credits

QNT 561 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits

Applied Business Research & Statistics

Elective, 6 total credits

HCS 535 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits

Concepts of Population Health

HCS 539 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits

Marketing for Health Care

HCS 548 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits

Foundations of Gerontology

HCS 567 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits

Entrepreneurship in Health Care

HCS 587 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits

Creating Change Within Organizations

HCS 591 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits

Creating a Sustainable Health Care Organization

Strategic Management, 3 total credits

HCS 589 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits

Health Care Strategic Management

The University reserves the right to modify the required course of

332

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

School of Health Services Administration

study. Additional Admission Requirements for the MHA/MBA All applicants are expected to meet the following admissions requirements: • An undergraduate degree from a regionally or approved

nationally accredited, or candidate for accreditation, college or university or comparable undergraduate bachelor's degree earned at a recognized foreign institution or a graduate degree from an ABA accredited institution (i.e.- JD, LLB, LLM). If the institution became accredited while the student was attending, a minimum of 75% of the coursework taken toward the degree must have been completed while the institution was accredited or during the candidacy period.

• A cumulative grade point average (GPA) of 2.5 for all undergraduate coursework on the undergraduate degree posted transcript is required for admission.

• A minimum equivalent of three (3) years of full-time, post-high school professional work experience within the past ten years.

• All applicants must be currently employed or have access to a suitable work environment for the completion of course assignments.

Degree Requirements for the MHA/MBA • The completion of a minimum of 58 credits. • A minimum program grade point average (GPA) of 3.0. • Concentrations are reflected on the transcript only and will not

appear on the diplomas. Two diplomas will be awarded for this dual degree. The diplomas will read as: Master of Health Administration Master of Business Administration

• Students who have earned a graduate degree in Health Administration (MHA) or Business Administration (MBA) may not receive a certificate in the same area of focus. Example: a student may not earn an MHA/MBA/GR degree and a GER certificate; however, students who have completed a certificate may return to receive a Master of Health Administration/ Master of Business Administration (MHA/MBA) degree with a concentration in the same area as the completed certificate or another approved concentration.

Residency Requirements and Course Waivers for the MHA/ MBA • Students must meet established University residency

requirement for degree conferral. The University requires that the majority of coursework, 46 credits in the Required Course of Study, must be completed at University of Phoenix.

• Students in this program may waive a maximum of 12 credits from their required course of study on the basis of regionally or approved nationally accredited transferable coursework.

• In order to be granted a waiver for a course in the required course of study, the student must have completed a previous course which meets the following criteria: • The course must have been completed at a regionally or

approved nationally accredited, or candidate for accreditation, college or university.

• The course must have been completed within the past ten (10) years from current program enrollment agreement sign date with a grade of "B" (3.0) or better.

• The course must be comparable in content and credits to the University course it is replacing and must be an equivalent level or higher level course (i.e. graduate level coursework may be used to waive graduate or undergraduate coursework). Course descriptions must be included with the course waiver form in order for the Office of Admissions and Evaluation to review the course waiver request.

• Requests to waive a course within a concentration must be submitted to the Student Appeals Center (SAC).

• Nationally recognized and/or industry accepted certifications may be used to waive certain courses in the Required Course of Study upon approval by the appropriate college or school that the courses reside under, and will not require Prior Learning Assessment. All waivers using certifications must be verified by an official transcript or completion documentation from the certifying organization.

• The following courses in the Required Course of Study may not be waived: HCS 504, HCS 589, HRM 595, MGT 521, PM 598, QRB 501

• The School of Advanced Studies offers a bridge opportunity for master's degree students who are interested in taking doctoral courses as part of the master's degree program.

• The Doctoral Pathway gives students the option to complete doctoral level coursework during a master's program.

• The Doctoral Pathway allows a master's degree student to substitute up to two graduate level courses with designated doctoral level courses. Upon admission to the selected doctoral program, students are eligible to satisfy required course(s) within the doctoral program. • Students must earn a B- or better in the doctoral level courses

in order to apply them towards the doctoral program. • Student schedules may need to be adjusted, or student will

need to overlap courses since doctoral courses are eight weeks in length. Students should speak with their academic/finance advisor for further information.

Minimum Grade Requirements for the MHA/MBA • Students in this program are required to achieve a minimum

grade of "B" (3.0) in the following course: HCS 589. A "B-" grade is not acceptable. Students who fail to receive a minimum grade of "B" will be scholastically disqualified from the University.

• Students who fail to meet the minimum grade requirement and have been scholastically disqualified will not be allowed to continue in the program until the course has been successfully repeated. Students will be allowed to repeat each class in which the minimum grade was not achieved one time. Students who fail to meet the minimum grade requirement after the second attempt will be Scholastically Suspended and will not be able to continue in the MHA/MBA program.

Re-entry for the MHA/MBA

Any student who has been out of attendance for more than 365 days from the last date of positive recorded attendance in a pro- gram applicable course is considered a re-entry student. Re-entry students may re-enroll into their program version without appeal if the program version is still the most current in their state or jurisdiction and the student has the ability to satisfy all program requirements within their original program completion deadline. Re-entry students whose program version is not the most current in their state or jurisdiction will be required to enroll into the most current version. Select programs may have additional re-entry requirements/

333

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

restrictions. Re-entry students should consult their Academic Advisor for guidance. .....................................................................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................................................... School of Nursing

Programs in the School of Nursing are designed to support the career advancement and educational needs of licensed practical, vocational and registered nurses, who are looking to expand their professional horizons. In an era of unprecedented and disruptive change in the health care industry-from shifting patient demo- graphics, to the emergence of new models like telemedicine and retail medicine, to an increasingly complex licensing and creden- tialing environment-today's nurses must work hard to navigate the changes and remain on the leading-edge of their professions. Whether you are a registered nurse looking to bolster your creden- tials to meet today's higher standards, or an advanced-practice nurse seeking to expand your knowledge and take on greater lead- ership challenges, The University of Phoenix® School of Nursing will equip you with the deep industry insight and up-to-the-min- ute knowledge and skills you need to become the nurse tomorrow needs.

........................................................................................... Accreditation- School of Nursing Programs

The Bachelor of Science in Nursing and Master of Science in Nurs- ing programs at University of Phoenix are accredited by the Com- mission on Collegiate Nursing Education (CCNE) One Dupont Circle, NW, Suite 530, Washington, DC 20036, (202) 887-6791. http://www.aacn.nche.edu/ccne-accreditation

........................................................................................... International Nursing Honor Society

The mission of Sigma Theta Tau International (STTI) is advancing world health and celebrating nursing excellence in scholarship, leadership, and service. The honor society provides products and services that advance the learning and professional development of members and all nurses who strive to improve the health of the world's people. University of Phoenix, School of Nursing is a member of the Omi- cron Delta chapter of STTI, a virtual chapter that support members across the globe. Membership is by invitation to baccalaureate and graduate nursing students who demonstrate excellence in scholar- ship and to nurse leaders exhibiting exceptional achievements in nursing. Undergraduate students must have completed at least 1/2 of the nursing curriculum, rank in the upper 35 percent of his/her graduating class, achieved academic excellence (at least a 3.0 on a 4.0 grade point average scale) and met the expectation of academic integrity. Graduate students must have completed at least 1/4 of the nursing curriculum, achieved academic excellence (at least 3.5 on a 4.0 grade point average scale) and met the expectation of aca- demic integrity. STTI has more than 135,000 active members who reside in more than 85 countries. There are roughly 500 chapters at approximately 695 higher education institutions. To learn more about STTI visit their website at www.nursingsociety.org. To learn more about the Omicron Delta chapter visit their website at http://www.omicron- delta.net.

Academic Progression Requirements for all Current

........................................................................................... Nursing Programs (excluding BSN/I)

License Requirement PN/VN to BSN students must possess an active unrestricted/ unencumbered PN or VN license in the state where they are com- pleting clinical hours. PN/VN to BSN students must hold a valid

and unrestricted/unencumbered PN or VN license in all states and jurisdictions in which the applicant holds an active nursing license. RN to BSN, MSN and post-master's certificate students must hold a valid, unrestricted/unencumbered RN license in all states and jurisdictions in which the applicant holds an active nursing license. Students must also hold a valid and unrestricted/unencumbered RN license for the state in which they practice. All active licenses must remain valid and unrestricted/unencum- bered through the duration of the program. With the exception of Hawaii, VA, and active duty military students are allowed to prac- tice nursing in a state or country where they are not licensed as long as they are practicing nursing in a federal facility. In Hawaii, students must possess a valid Hawaii license. Scholastic Disqualification Students who receive a non-passing grade in a Nursing CORE course (CORE courses are listed in the program description of each program handbook chapter) will be required to meet with the Campus College Chair, an assigned nursing faculty member, or designee to discuss the non-passing grade and resolve any con- cerns prior to retaking the course that placed the student on scho- lastic disqualification. Students will also be required to complete and sign an Academic Progression Student Agreement Form. For Students signing an enrollment agreement 10/1/2015 or later: Students are permitted one retake of a nursing course due to non- passing grades. Students who fail to achieve the minimum grade on a second course will be scholastically suspended and perma- nently withdrawn from their nursing program. Drug Testing Any student who demonstrates behaviors in a clinical, classroom, or laboratory setting that gives rise to a reasonable suspicion of substance abuse, or otherwise indicates that the student may be impaired by drugs or alcohol without reasonable justification, will be required to undergo a "for-cause" 10-panel drug screen plus an alcohol drug test. 1. For purposes of this policy, the following definitions apply: • Drug testing means the scientific analysis of urine, blood, breath,

saliva, hair, tissue, and other specimens from the human body for the purpose of detecting the use of drugs or alcohol.

• Reasonable suspicion means evidence which forms a reasonable basis for concluding that it is more likely than not that a person is impaired by alcohol or drugs or has engaged in substance abuse. Facts which could give rise to reasonable suspicion include, but are not limited to: the odor of alcohol or drugs, impaired behavior such as slurred speech, decreased motor coordination, difficulty in maintaining balance, marked changes in personality or job performance, and unexplained accidents, without reasonable justification. Such evidence may come from a professional or expert opinion, layperson opinion, scientific tests, or other sources or methods.

334

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

School of Nursing

• Illegal drug means any drug which is not legally obtainable; any drug which is legally obtainable but has not been legally obtained; any prescribed drug not legally obtained; any prescribed drug not being used for the prescribed purpose or by the person for whom it was prescribed; any over-the-counter drug being used at a dosage level other than that recommended by the manufacturer, or being used for a purpose other than the purpose intended by the manufacturer; and any drug being used for a purpose or by a person not in accordance with bona fide medical therapy. Examples of illegal drugs include, but are not limited to, stimulants; depressants; narcotic or hallucinogenic drugs; cannabis substances, such as marijuana and hashish; cocaine; heroin; methamphetamine; phencyclidine (PCP); and so-called designer drugs and look-alike drugs.

• Impaired means that a person's mental or physical capabilities are reduced below his or her normal levels without reasonable justification. An impaired student manifests deterioration in the level of function as compared to that previously observed, or the student does not function at a level normally expected under the prevailing circumstances. Impairment may exist in one or more multiple domains, including psychomotor activity and skills, conceptual or factual recall, integrative or synthetic thought processes, judgment, attentiveness, demeanor and attitudes as manifested in speech or actions. Impairment will include addiction to and/or physical dependence upon alcohol or illegal drugs.

• Substance abuse means: • the consumption, possession, or distribution of alcohol or

illegal drugs by any nursing student while on University or affiliated clinical site premises or while participating in any University (or affiliated clinical site) sponsored or related activity, including any nursing-related course or clinical training activity.

• a nursing student's use of alcohol or any drug in such a way that the student's performance in any nursing course, including activities at any clinical site, is impaired.

2. Prior to being assigned to a clinical placement and as a prerequi- site for placement at any agency or health care facility the nursing student shall sign an agreement: • to abide by the drug policies and drug testing policies of the

University and each agency or health care facility in which a student is assigned as applicable,

• to submit to any "for cause" drug testing required by the University and testing required by each agency or health care facility the nursing student obtains clinical hours, and

• to release a copy of any and all drug test results to the University of Phoenix, Dean/Associate Dean of Nursing, other appropriate University officials, and to any State Board(s) of Nursing in which the student holds a nursing license or certificate, where required by the relevant State Board(s) of Nursing. Failure to sign such agreement is grounds for refusal for student admission and progression in the program.

3. The College of Health Professions, School of Nursing requires students to obtain a 10 panel, plus alcohol drug test if the student's behavior in the clinical, classroom or laboratory setting creates facts that give rise to a reasonable suspicion of substance abuse, or indicates they are impaired by alcohol or drugs. 4. If the results of the 10 panel, plus alcohol drug test is negative for alcohol or illegal drugs:

• The student shall meet with their Campus College Chair, Director of Nursing, or NP Program Manager within 24 hours or by the first business day following the test results to discuss the circumstances surrounding suspected behavior.

• The Campus College Chair, Director of Nursing, or NP Program Manager will counsel the student regarding return to the classroom and clinical agency. The preliminary investigation will cease and the student will be released from further action at that time.

• The Campus College Chair, Director of Nursing, or NP Program Manager will arrange for the student to make up the missed clinical hours.

5. If the results of the 10 panel, plus alcohol drug test is positive for alcohol or illegal drugs: • A full review by the Office of Dispute Management and Apollo

Ethics and Compliance shall be conducted. Students who test positive for alcohol or illegal drugs will not be permitted to return to any clinical setting pending conclusion of the review. The findings may result in student dismissal from the nursing program and expulsion from the University.

• The results of the positive test for alcohol or illegal drugs shall be reported to the applicable State Board(s) of Nursing, if required by the applicable State Board(s), by the Campus College Chair, Director of Nursing, or NP Program Manager.

6. If the results of the 10 panel, plus alcohol drug test(s) are positive for a prescribed drug(s) but not those that would be defined as ille- gal in the definitions above: • The student shall, within three (3) business days, obtain a

written statement from their treating, licensed health care provider (MD, DO, HMD, ND/NMD, NP or PA) stating that: • the drug level is within prescribed limits. • the level does not indicate abuse. • the student's use of the drug as prescribed will not interfere

with safe practice in the clinical area.

This statement must be provided to the Campus College Chair, Director of Nursing, or NP Program Manager. If the statement is approved, then the test result will be deemed acceptable and not failed for these purposes.

• The failure of a student to provide the above statement or a health care provider's inability to provide a statement meeting the requirements above shall be treated as a positive test for an illegal drug.

7. Students who refuse to submit to a "for-cause" drug test will not be allowed to return to any clinical setting pending conclusion of a full review by the Office of Dispute Management and Apollo Eth- ics and Compliance. The findings may result in dismissal from the nursing program and expulsion from the University. The results of a positive test for illegal drugs as defined herein or a refusal to undergo a required drug test will be reported to the applicable State Board of Nursing where required by the applicable State Board(s) of Nursing's statute(s) or regulation(s). 8. Students must also adhere to any other additional policies pre- scribed by the clinical agency. It is the sole responsibility of the stu- dent to read and acknowledge the requirements of the clinical health care facility in addition to University policy. 9. All costs associated with the drug test, including any transporta- tion costs to or from the drug testing facility, will be the responsi- bility of the student. 10. University of Phoenix, College of Health Professions, School of Nursing, campus officials may be required to report all failed drug

335

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

tests to each State Board of Nursing in which the student holds a nursing license or certificate. Campus officials shall report test results to all applicable State Boards of Nursing as described in the applicable Board's statutes and/or regulations.

Master of Science in Nursing Concentration in

........................................................................................... Informatics

The following Master of Science in Nursing Concentration in Informatics (MSN/INF) program may be offered at these University of Phoenix campus locations: Online, depending on state of residency. The availability of programs and concentrations depend on student demand and other factors. Not all programs may be available to all residents of all states. Students may want to consider completing certain courses in the Online classroom at Online rates if the program is available via the Online modality in their state. Please contact your enrollment

........................................................................................... representative for more information.

The Master of Science in Nursing with a concentration in Nursing Informatics (MSN/INF) program prepares registered nurses to become leaders in the field of Nursing Informatics. Advanced nursing theory and research provide the foundation for nurse lead- ers to influence the future of nursing and health care. Specialty informatics courses allow students to focus on contemporary industry-required competencies such as: interpretation, analysis, and translation of health care data into meaningful information; healthcare information workflow and project management; and design, implementation, evaluation of health information systems and technologies that improve patient outcomes and reduce risk. The Master of Science in Nursing programs at the University of Phoenix are accredited by the Commission on Collegiate Nursing Education http://www.aacn.nche.edu/ccne-accreditation. For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program, and other important information, please visit our website at http://www.phoenix.edu/ programs/msn-inf.

Program Purpose This is a post-licensure nursing program designed for nurses with current RN licensure who desire to obtain a master’s of science degree in nursing with a focus on nursing informatics. The program prepares the graduate to function in nursing informatics leadership roles; specialize in the design and use of electronically stored data to influence quality in care delivery; and provide evidence of meeting quality, compliance and regulatory standards and requirements. The graduate who uses elective opportunities to complete necessary practicum hours will be eligible to sit for the American Nurses Credentialing Center (ANCC) Informatics Nursing Certification (RN-BC). MSN/INF Required Course Sequence and Prerequisites

Courses requiring prerequisites are identified by a ~ symbol fol- lowing the course number. Course descriptions for all courses are listed in the Course Guide section of the catalog (page B-1). NSG 511 .................................................................................... 3 credits Contemporary Nursing Practice NSG 512 ................................................................................... 3 credits Nursing Research NSG 513 ................................................................................... 3 credits Inter-professional Leadership and Management NSG 514 ................................................................................... 3 credits Health Law, Policy, Ethics, and Global Trends NSG 516IN .............................................................................. 3 credits

Practicum I NSG 541 ................................................................................... 3 credits Data Analysis and Management NSG 542 ................................................................................... 3 credits Information Workflow NSG 543 ................................................................................... 3 credits Database Management NSG 544 ................................................................................... 3 credits Evaluation and Application of Information NSG 517IN ~............................................................................ 3 credits Practicum II Graduate Elective Requirement............................................ 6 credits The University reserves the right to modify the required course of study. State approval of a program to offer Alabama licensed nurses opportunities for advanced degrees does not indicate eligibility for approval to practice as an advanced practice nurse in Alabama. Applicants for approval in Alabama are required to meet the Alabama requirements for national certification, graduation from a specific-type program for the advanced practice approval, and completion of the appropriate application. Any program offering a pre-licensure track to Alabama students shall meet the requirements of the Alabama regulations for pre-licensure programs or the graduates may not be eligible to take the national licensure examination required by the Alabama Board of Nursing to enter practice. www.abn.alabama.gov Additional Admission Requirements for the MSN/INF

All applicants are expected to meet the following admissions requirements: • An undergraduate degree with an upper division major in

nursing from a regionally or approved nationally accredited, or candidate for accreditation, college or university or comparable undergraduate bachelors degree earned at a recognized foreign institution. If the institution became accredited while the student was attending, a minimum of 75% of the coursework taken toward the degree must have been completed while the institution was accredited or during the candidacy period.

• Students with regionally or approved nationally accredited undergraduate degrees in a field other than nursing are required to enroll in the MSN Bridge program.

• A cumulative grade point average (GPA) of 2.5 for all undergraduate coursework on the undergraduate degree posted transcript is required for admission.

• Current employment is not a requirement for admission. • Applicants who reside in the United States or in one of the US

Territories with documentation of a valid, unrestricted / unencumbered RN license in all states in which the applicant holds an active nursing license. For applicants holding licenses in multiple jurisdictions, all active licenses must be valid, unrestricted / unencumbered through the duration of the program. Applicants from the following territories must hold a RN license obtained by taking the US NCLEX-RN exam. Students must provide documentation showing successful completion of the US NCLEX-RN exam: • Guam • American Samoa • Northern Mariana Islands • US Virgin Islands • Puerto Rico

336

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

School of Nursing

• International students who are residents outside of the United States or approved US Territories must meet the following requirements: • Completion of a nursing diploma, associates degree in

nursing, or foreign equivalent program. • All students, with the exception of students residing in

Canada or Puerto Rico, will be required to validate their International Nursing License equivalency by CGFNS (Commission on Graduates of Foreign Nursing Schools) or ICD (International Consultants of Delaware) for RN equivalency.

• All Canadian students must complete the Canadian RN License Verification Form and submit documentation of a valid, unrestricted, unencumbered RN license.

• Applicants who reside in Canada must meet one of the following requirements for admission:

-Be a legal resident of Canada -Be a landed immigrant -Have a valid visa that does not prohibit educational studies

• A signed Foreign Nursing Memorandum of Understanding • Signed Criminal Background Check Disclosure • Signed Acknowledgement of Criminal Conviction Prohibition

for Placement and Licensure • Signed FERPA Release/Drug Test or Failure to Test Results • Signed Clinical Assurance Statement form

Degree Requirements for the MSN/INF

• Completion of a minimum of 36 credits. • A minimum program grade point average (GPA) of 3.0. • Concentrations are reflected on the transcript only and will not

appear on the diploma. The diploma awarded for this program will read as: Master of Science in Nursing

Academic Progression Requirements for the MSN/INF

• Students must hold a valid, unrestricted / unencumbered RN license in all states in which the applicant holds an active nursing license. For students holding licenses in multiple jurisdictions, all active licenses must be valid, unrestricted / unencumbered through the duration of the program.

• Clinical experiences/hours cannot be completed during work time at the student's place of employment.

• A clinical course may not be taken concurrently with any other course.

• Any student who demonstrates behaviors in a clinical, classroom, or laboratory setting that gives rise to a reasonable suspicion, of substance abuse or otherwise indicates that the student may be impaired by drugs or alcohol, without reasonable justification will be required to undergo a "for-cause" 10 panel, plus alcohol drug test.

Minimum Grade Requirements for the MSN/INF

• All MSN bridge and graduate level MSN courses must be completed with a grade of C or better. Grades "C-" are not accepted. Students who do not pass these courses with a grade of C or better will be scholastically disqualified. Students who fail to meet the minimum grade requirement will be allowed to repeat each class once. Students who fail to meet the minimum grade requirement after the second attempt will be Scholastically Suspended and will not be able to continue in the MSN program.

• Students cannot repeat more than one nursing or clinical course. Students who fail to achieve the minimum grade requirement on a second course will be scholastically suspended, permanently withdrawn, from the Master of Science in Nursing program.

• Students who have been scholastically disqualified will not be allowed to continue in their degree program until they have taken the following steps: • Met with the Campus College Chair, an assigned nursing

faculty member, or designee to discuss the non-passing grade and resolve any concerns moving forward.

• Completion of the academic progression student agreement form, signed by the student and returned to Campus College Chair, or designee.

• Retake of the course which placed them on scholastic disqualification and satisfy the grade requirement.

Residency Requirements and Course Waivers for the MSN/INF

Students must meet established University residency requirement for degree conferral. The University requires that the majority of coursework, 30 credits in the Required Course of Study, must be completed at UOPX. Students in this program may waive a maximum of 6 credits from their required course of study. In order to be granted a waiver with credit for a course in the Required Course of Study, a student must have completed a previ- ous course which meets the following criteria: • The course must have been completed at a regionally or

approved nationally accredited, or candidate for accreditation, college or university.

• The course must have been completed within the past five (5) years from current program enrollment agreement sign date with a grade of "B" (3.0) or better.

• The course must be comparable in content and credits to the University course it is replacing and must be an equivalent level or higher level course (i.e. graduate level coursework may be used to waive graduate or undergraduate coursework). Course descriptions must be included with the course waiver form in order for the Office of Admissions and Evaluation to review the course waiver request.

The following courses in the Required Course of Study may not be waived: NSG 516IN, NSG 517IN, NSG 541, NSG 542, NSG 543, NSG 544 The 6 credit Graduate Elective Requirement for the MSN/INF may be satisfied by the following means: • An approved UOPX Graduate Elective course. • Previously completed UOPX graduate level coursework. • Graduate transfer coursework that is acceptable for transfer and

was completed within the past ten (10) years.

Re-entry for the MSN/INF

• Any student who has been out of attendance for more than 365 days from the last date of positive recorded attendance in a program applicable course is considered a re-entry student to this program.

• Re-entry students may re-enroll into their program version if the program version is still the most current in their state or jurisdiction and the student has the ability to satisfy all program requirements within their original program completion deadline.

337

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

• Re-entry students whose program version is not the most current in their state or jurisdiction will be required to enroll into the most current version.

• An appeal will be required for re-entry students to re-enroll in their program if: • The student is requesting to return after being

administratively withdrawn due to one of the following student academic statuses: academic disqualification (AD), scholastic suspension (SS), or scholastic disqualification (SD).

• The student's program version is still the most current offered in their state or jurisdiction but they are unable to complete the remaining program requirements within the original program completion deadline.

• The student wishes to return to a prior program version and the student can complete their remaining requirements within the original program completion deadline.

• Re-entry students will be required to submit an admissions application as well as all forms and documents required for readmission to the program at the time of re-entry.

Master of Science in Nursing Concentration in

........................................................................................... Informatics Bridge

The following Master of Science in Nursing Concentration in Informatics Bridge (MSN/INF) program may be offered at these University of Phoenix campus locations: Online, depending on state of residency. The availability of programs and concentrations depend on student demand and other factors. Not all programs may be available to all residents of all states. Students may want to consider completing certain courses in the Online classroom at Online rates if the program is available via the Online modality in their state. Please contact your enrollment

........................................................................................... representative for more information.

The Master of Science in Nursing with a concentration in Nursing Informatics (MSN/INF) program prepares registered nurses to become leaders in the field of Nursing Informatics. Advanced nursing theory and research provide the foundation for nurse lead- ers to influence the future of nursing and health care. Specialty informatics courses allow students to focus on contemporary industry-required competencies such as: interpretation, analysis, and translation of health care data into meaningful information; healthcare information workflow and project management; and design, implementation, evaluation of health information systems and technologies that improve patient outcomes and reduce risk. The Master of Science in Nursing programs at the University of Phoenix are accredited by the Commission on Collegiate Nursing Education http://www.aacn.nche.edu/ccne-accreditation. For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program, and other important information, please visit our website at http://www.phoenix.edu/ programs/msn-inf.

Program Purpose This is a post-licensure nursing program designed for nurses with current RN licensure who desire to obtain a master’s of science degree in nursing with a focus on nursing informatics. The program prepares the graduate to function in nursing informatics leadership roles; specialize in the design and use of electronically stored data to influence quality in care delivery; and provide evidence of meeting quality, compliance and regulatory standards and requirements. The graduate who uses elective opportunities to complete necessary practicum hours will be eligible to sit

for the American Nurses Credentialing Center (ANCC) Informatics Nursing Certification (RN-BC). MSN/INF Required Course Sequence and Prerequisites

Courses requiring prerequisites are identified by a ~ symbol fol- lowing the course number. Course descriptions for all courses are listed in the Course Guide section of the catalog (page B-1). To ensure course scheduling availability, the College of Health Professions, School of Nursing recommends the following course selections to satisfy the bridge requirements: Nursing Bridge 1 NSG 416 is the preferred option to satisfy the Nursing Bridge 1 requirement. NSG 416 ................................................................................... 3 credits Theoretical Development and Conceptual Frameworks NSG 415 ................................................................................... 3 credits Theory-Based Nursing Practice NUR 403 .................................................................................. 3 credits Theories and Models of Nursing Practice Nursing Bridge 2 NSG 451 is the preferred option to satisfy Nursing Bridge 2. NSG 451 ................................................................................... 3 credits Professional Nursing Leadership Perspectives NSG 397 ................................................................................... 3 credits Professional Nursing Role NUR 391 .................................................................................. 3 credits Professional Nursing Practice NUR 440 .................................................................................. 3 credits Health Assessment and Promotion for Vulnerable Population Nursing Bridge 3 NSG 456 is the preferred course option to satisfy the Nursing Bridge 3 requirement. NSG 456 ................................................................................... 3 credits Research Outcomes Management for the Practicing Nurse NSG 455 ................................................................................... 3 credits Evidence-Based Practice and Statistics NUR 443 .................................................................................. 3 credits Evidence-Based Nursing Research and Practice Required Course Sequence NSG 511 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Contemporary Nursing Practice NSG 512 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Nursing Research NSG 513 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Inter-professional Leadership and Management NSG 514 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Health Law, Policy, Ethics, and Global Trends NSG 516IN ~............................................................................ 3 credits Practicum I NSG 541 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Data Analysis and Management NSG 542 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Information Workflow NSG 543 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Database Management NSG 544 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Evaluation and Application of Information

338

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

School of Nursing

NSG 517IN ~ ........................................................................... 3 credits Practicum II Graduate Elective Requirement ........................................... 6 credits The University reserves the right to modify the required course of study. State approval of a program to offer Alabama licensed nurses opportunities for advanced degrees does not indicate eligibility for approval to practice as an advanced practice nurse in Alabama. Applicants for approval in Alabama are required to meet the Alabama requirements for national certification, graduation from a specific-type program for the advanced practice approval, and completion of the appropriate application. Any program offering a pre-licensure track to Alabama students shall meet the requirements of the Alabama regulations for pre-licensure programs or the graduates may not be eligible to take the national licensure examination required by the Alabama Board of Nursing to enter practice. www.abn.alabama.gov Additional Admission Requirements for the MSN/INF

All applicants are expected to meet the following admissions requirements: • An undergraduate degree with an upper division major in

nursing from a regionally or approved nationally accredited, or candidate for accreditation, college or university or comparable undergraduate bachelors degree earned at a recognized foreign institution. If the institution became accredited while the student was attending, a minimum of 75% of the coursework taken toward the degree must have been completed while the institution was accredited or during the candidacy period.

• Students with regionally or approved nationally accredited undergraduate degrees in a field other than nursing are required to enroll in the MSN Bridge program.

• A cumulative grade point average (GPA) of 2.5 for all undergraduate coursework on the undergraduate degree posted transcript is required for admission.

• Current employment is not a requirement for admission. • Applicants who reside in the United States or in one of the US

Territories with documentation of a valid, unrestricted / unencumbered RN license in all states in which the applicant holds an active nursing license. For applicants holding licenses in multiple jurisdictions, all active licenses must be valid, unrestricted / unencumbered through the duration of the program. Applicants from the following territories must hold a RN license obtained by taking the US NCLEX-RN exam. Students must provide documentation showing successful completion of the US NCLEX-RN exam: • Guam • American Samoa • Northern Mariana Islands • US Virgin Islands • Puerto Rico

• International students who are residents outside of the United States or approved US Territories must meet the following requirements: • Completion of a nursing diploma, associates degree in

nursing, or foreign equivalent program. • All students, with the exception of students residing in

Canada or Puerto Rico, will be required to validate their International Nursing License equivalency by CGFNS (Commission on Graduates of Foreign Nursing Schools) or ICD (International Consultants of Delaware) for RN equivalency.

• All Canadian students must complete the Canadian RN License Verification Form and submit documentation of a valid, unrestricted, unencumbered RN license.

• Applicants who reside in Canada must meet one of the following requirements for admission:

-Be a legal resident of Canada -Be a landed immigrant -Have a valid visa that does not prohibit educational studies

• A signed Foreign Nursing Memorandum of Understanding • Signed Criminal Background Check Disclosure • Signed Acknowledgement of Criminal Conviction Prohibition

for Placement and Licensure • Signed FERPA Release/Drug Test or Failure to Test Results • Signed Clinical Assurance Statement form

Degree Requirements for the MSN/INF

• Completion of a minimum of 45 credits. • A minimum program grade point average (GPA) of 3.0. • Concentrations are reflected on the transcript only and will not

appear on the diploma. The diploma awarded for this program will read as: Master of Science in Nursing

Academic Progression Requirements for the MSN/INF

• Students enrolling in the MSN bridge program must complete the three MSN bridge courses with a C or better in each course prior to enrolling in NSG 511 - Contemporary Nursing Practice.

• Students must hold a valid, unrestricted / unencumbered RN license in all states in which the applicant holds an active nursing license. For students holding licenses in multiple jurisdictions, all active licenses must be valid, unrestricted / unencumbered through the duration of the program.

• Clinical experiences/hours cannot be completed during work time at the student's place of employment.

• A clinical course may not be taken concurrently with any other course.

• Any student who demonstrates behaviors in a clinical, classroom, or laboratory setting that gives rise to a reasonable suspicion, of substance abuse or otherwise indicates that the student may be impaired by drugs or alcohol, without reasonable justification will be required to undergo a "for-cause" 10 panel, plus alcohol drug test.

Minimum Grade Requirements for the MSN/INF

• All MSN bridge and graduate level MSN courses must be completed with a grade of C or better. Grades "C-" are not accepted. Students who do not pass these courses with a grade of C or better will be scholastically disqualified. Students who fail to meet the minimum grade requirement will be allowed to repeat each class once. Students who fail to meet the minimum grade requirement after the second attempt will be Scholastically Suspended and will not be able to continue in the MSN program.

• Students cannot repeat more than one nursing or clinical course. Students who fail to achieve the minimum grade requirement on a second course will be scholastically suspended, permanently withdrawn, from the Master of Science in Nursing program.

• Students who have been scholastically disqualified will not be allowed to continue in their degree program until they have taken the following steps:

339

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

• Met with the Campus College Chair, an assigned nursing faculty member, or designee to discuss the non-passing grade and resolve any concerns moving forward.

• Completion of the academic progression student agreement form, signed by the student and returned to Campus College Chair, or designee.

• Retake of the course which placed them on scholastic disqualification and satisfy the grade requirement.

Residency Requirements and Course Waivers for the MSN/INF

Students must meet established University residency requirement for degree conferral. The University requires that the majority of coursework, 30 credits in the Required Course of Study, must be completed at UOPX. Students in this program may waive a maximum of 6 credits from their required course of study. In order to be granted a waiver with credit for a course in the Required Course of Study, a student must have completed a previ- ous course which meets the following criteria: • The course must have been completed at a regionally or

approved nationally accredited, or candidate for accreditation, college or university.

• The course must have been completed within the past five (5) years from current program enrollment agreement sign date with a grade of "B" (3.0) or better.

• The course must be comparable in content and credits to the University course it is replacing and must be an equivalent level or higher level course (i.e. graduate level coursework may be used to waive graduate or undergraduate coursework). Course descriptions must be included with the course waiver form in order for the Office of Admissions and Evaluation to review the course waiver request.

The following courses in the Required Course of Study may not be waived: NSG 516IN, NSG 517IN, NSG 541, NSG 542, NSG 543, NSG 544 The 6 credit Graduate Elective Requirement for the MSN/INF may be satisfied by the following means: • An approved UOPX Graduate Elective course. • Previously completed UOPX graduate level coursework. • Graduate transfer coursework that is acceptable for transfer and

was completed within the past ten (10) years.

Re-entry for the MSN/INF

• Any student who has been out of attendance for more than 365 days from the last date of positive recorded attendance in a program applicable course is considered a re-entry student to this program.

• Re-entry students may re-enroll into their program version if the program version is still the most current in their state or jurisdiction and the student has the ability to satisfy all program requirements within their original program completion deadline.

• Re-entry students whose program version is not the most current in their state or jurisdiction will be required to enroll into the most current version.

• An appeal will be required for re-entry students to re-enroll in their program if:

• The student is requesting to return after being administratively withdrawn due to one of the following student academic statuses: academic disqualification (AD), scholastic suspension (SS), or scholastic disqualification (SD).

• The student's program version is still the most current offered in their state or jurisdiction but they are unable to complete the remaining program requirements within the original program completion deadline.

• The student wishes to return to a prior program version and the student can complete their remaining requirements within the original program completion deadline.

• Re-entry students will be required to submit an admissions application as well as all forms and documents required for readmission to the program at the time of re-entry.

Master of Science in Nursing Concentration in

........................................................................................... Nurse Administration

The following Master of Science in Nursing Concentration in Nurse Administration (MSN/ADM) program may be offered at these University of Phoenix campus locations: Online, depending on state of residency. The availability of programs and concentrations depend on student demand and other factors. Not all programs may be available to all residents of all states. Students may want to consider completing certain courses in the Online classroom at Online rates if the program is available via the Online modality in their state. Please contact your enrollment

........................................................................................... representative for more information.

The Master of Science in Nursing with a concentration in Nursing Administration (MSN/ADM) program prepares registered nurses to become leaders in the field of Nursing Administration. Advanced nursing theory and research provide the foundation for nurse leaders to influence the future of nursing and health care. Specialty Administration courses allow students to focus on con- temporary industry-required competencies such as: leadership and management within and between diverse healthcare organizations; communication, collaboration, and relationship management within interprofessional teams; systems thinking and design as a means to improve quality, safety, patient outcomes, and reduce risk. The Master of Science in Nursing programs at the University of Phoenix are accredited by the Commission on Collegiate Nursing Education http://www.aacn.nche.edu/ccne-accreditation. For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program, and other important information, please visit our website at http://www.phoenix.edu/ programs/msn-adm.

Program Purpose This is a post-licensure nursing program designed for nurses with current RN licensure who desire to obtain a master’s of science degree in nursing with a focus on nursing administration. The program prepares the graduate to function in leadership and administrative roles within the profession of nursing. Upon completing the program, graduates with the required practice experience will be prepared to sit for the American Nurses Credentialing Center (ANCC) Nurse Executive – Board Certified (NE-BC) exam. MSN/ADM Required Course of Study

Courses requiring prerequisites are identified by a ~ symbol fol- lowing the course number. Course descriptions for all courses are listed in the Course Guide section of the catalog (page B-1).

340

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

School of Nursing

NSG 511 ................................................................................... 3 credits Contemporary Nursing Practice NSG 512 .................................................................................. 3 credits Nursing Research NSG 513 .................................................................................. 3 credits Inter-professional Leadership and Management NSG 514 .................................................................................. 3 credits Health Law, Policy, Ethics, and Global Trends NSG 516AD ............................................................................ 3 credits Practicum I NSG 557 .................................................................................. 3 credits Organizational Dynamics and Systems Thinking NSG 577 .................................................................................. 3 credits Continuous Quality Monitoring and Outcomes Improvement NSG 547 .................................................................................. 3 credits Human Resources Management NSG 567 .................................................................................. 3 credits Financial Resources Management in Health Care NSG 517AD ~.......................................................................... 3 credits Practicum II Graduate Elective Requirement ........................................... 6 credits The University reserves the right to modify the required course of study. State approval of a program to offer Alabama licensed nurses opportunities for advanced degrees does not indicate eligibility for approval to practice as an advanced practice nurse in Alabama. Applicants for approval in Alabama are required to meet the Alabama requirements for national certification, graduation from a specific-type program for the advanced practice approval, and completion of the appropriate application. Any program offering a pre-licensure track to Alabama students shall meet the requirements of the Alabama regulations for pre-licensure programs or the graduates may not be eligible to take the national licensure examination required by the Alabama Board of Nursing to enter practice. www.abn.alabama.gov Additional Admission Requirements for the MSN/ADM

All applicants are expected to meet the following admissions requirements: • An undergraduate degree with an upper division major in

nursing from a regionally or approved nationally accredited, or candidate for accreditation, college or university or comparable undergraduate bachelors degree earned at a recognized foreign institution. If the institution became accredited while the student was attending, a minimum of 75% of the coursework taken toward the degree must have been completed while the institution was accredited or during the candidacy period.

• Students with regionally or approved nationally accredited undergraduate degrees in a field other than nursing are required to enroll in the MSN Bridge program.

• A cumulative grade point average (GPA) of 2.5 for all undergraduate coursework on the undergraduate degree posted transcript is required for admission.

• Current employment is not a requirement for admission.

• Applicants who reside in the United States or in one of the US Territories with documentation of a valid, unrestricted / unencumbered RN license in all states in which the applicant holds an active nursing license. For applicants holding licenses in multiple jurisdictions, all active licenses must be valid, unrestricted / unencumbered through the duration of the program. Applicants from the following territories must also hold a RN license obtained by taking the NCLEX-RN exam. Students must provide documentation showing successful completion of the US NCLEX-RN exam: • Guam • American Samoa • Northern Mariana Islands • US Virgin Islands • Puerto Rico

• International students who are residents outside of the United States or approved US Territories must meet the following requirements: • Completion of a nursing diploma, associates degree in

nursing, or foreign equivalent program. • All students, with the exception of students residing in

Canada or Puerto Rico, will be required to validate their International Nursing License equivalency by CGFNS (Commission on Graduates of Foreign Nursing Schools) or ICD (International Consultants of Delaware) for RN equivalency.

• All Canadian students must complete the Canadian RN License Verification Form and submit documentation of a valid, unrestricted, unencumbered RN license.

• Applicants who reside in Canada must meet one of the following requirements for admission:

-Be a legal resident of Canada -Be a landed immigrant -Have a valid visa that does not prohibit educational studies

• A signed Foreign Nursing Memorandum of Understanding • Signed Criminal Background Check Disclosure • Signed Acknowledgement of Criminal Conviction Prohibition

for Placement and Licensure • Signed FERPA Release/Drug Test or Failure to Test Results • Signed Clinical Assurance Statement form

Degree Requirements for the MSN/ADM

• Completion of a minimum of 36 credits. • A minimum program grade point average (GPA) of 3.0. • Concentrations are reflected on the transcript only and will not

appear on the diploma. The diploma awarded for this program will read as: Master of Science in Nursing

Academic Progression Requirements for the MSN/ADM

• Students must hold a valid, unrestricted/unencumbered RN license in all states in which the applicant holds an active nursing license. For students holding licenses in multiple jurisdictions, all active licenses must be valid, unrestricted / unencumbered through the duration of the program.

• Clinical experiences/hours cannot be completed during work time at the student's place of employment.

• A clinical course may not be taken concurrently with any other course.

341

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

• Any student who demonstrates behaviors in a clinical, classroom, or laboratory setting that gives rise to a reasonable suspicion, of substance abuse or otherwise indicates that the student may be impaired by drugs or alcohol, without reasonable justification will be required to undergo a "for-cause" 10 panel, plus alcohol drug test.

Minimum Grade Requirements for the MSN/ADM

• All MSN bridge and graduate level MSN courses must be completed with a grade of C or better. Grades "C-" are not accepted. Students who do not pass these courses with a grade of C or better will be scholastically disqualified. Students who fail to meet the minimum grade requirement will be allowed to repeat each class once. Students who fail to meet the minimum grade requirement after the second attempt will be Scholastically Suspended and will not be able to continue in the MSN program.

• Students cannot repeat more than one nursing or clinical course. Students who fail to achieve the minimum grade requirement on a second course will be scholastically suspended, permanently withdrawn, from the Master of Science in Nursing program.

• Students who have been scholastically disqualified will not be allowed to continue in their degree program until they have taken the following steps: • Met with the Campus College Chair, an assigned nursing

faculty member, or designee to discuss the non-passing grade and resolve any concerns moving forward.

• Completion of the academic progression student agreement form, signed by the student and returned to Campus College Chair, or designee.

• Retake of the course which placed them on scholastic disqualification and satisfy the grade requirement.

Residency Requirements and Course Waivers for the MSN/ ADM

Students must meet established University residency requirement for degree conferral. The University requires that the majority of coursework, 30 credits in the Required Course of Study, must be completed at University of Phoenix. Students in this program may waive a maximum of 6 credits from their required course of study. In order to be granted a waiver with credit for a course in the Required Course of Study, a student must have completed a previ- ous course which meets the following criteria: • The course must have been completed at a regionally or

approved nationally accredited, or candidate for accreditation, college or university.

• The course must have been completed within the past five (5) years from current program enrollment agreement sign date with a grade of "B" (3.0) or better.

• The course must be comparable in content and credits to the University course it is replacing and must be an equivalent level or higher level course (i.e. graduate level coursework may be used to waive graduate or undergraduate coursework). Course descriptions must be included with the course waiver form in order for the Office of Admissions and Evaluation to review the course waiver request.

The following courses in the Required Course of Study may not be waived: NSG 516AD, NSG 517AD, NSG 547, NSG 557, NSG 567, NSG 577 The 6 credit Graduate Elective Requirement for the MSN/ADM

may be satisfied by the following means: • An approved University of Phoenix Graduate Elective course. • Previously completed UOPX graduate level coursework. • Graduate transfer coursework that is acceptable for transfer and

was completed within the past ten (10) years.

Re-entry for the MSN/ADM

• Any student who has been out of attendance for more than 365 days from the last date of positive recorded attendance in a program applicable course is considered a re-entry student to this program.

• Re-entry students may re-enroll into their program version if the program version is still the most current in their state or jurisdiction and the student has the ability to satisfy all program requirements within their original program completion deadline.

• Re-entry students whose program version is not the most current in their state or jurisdiction will be required to enroll into the most current version.

• An appeal will be required for re-entry students to re-enroll in their program if: • The student is requesting to return after being

administratively withdrawn due to one of the following student academic statuses: academic disqualification (AD), scholastic suspension (SS), or scholastic disqualification (SD).

• The student's program version is still the most current offered in their state or jurisdiction but they are unable to complete the remaining program requirements within the original program completion deadline.

• The student wishes to return to a prior program version and the student can complete their remaining requirements within the original program completion deadline.

• Re-entry students will be required to submit an admissions application as well as all forms and documents required for readmission to the program at the time of re-entry.

Master of Science in Nursing Concentration in

........................................................................................... Nurse Administration Bridge

The following Master of Science in Nursing Concentration in Nurse Administration Bridge (MSN/ADM) program may be offered at these University of Phoenix campus locations: Online, depending on state of residence. The availability of programs and concentrations depend on student demand and other factors. Not all programs may be available to all residents of all states. Students may want to consider completing certain courses in the Online classroom at Online rates if the program is available via the Online modality in their state. Please contact your

........................................................................................... enrollment representative for more information.

The Master of Science in Nursing with a concentration in Nursing Administration (MSN/ADM) program prepares registered nurses to become leaders in the field of Nursing Administration. Advanced nursing theory and research provide the foundation for nurse leaders to influence the future of nursing and health care. Specialty Administration courses allow students to focus on con- temporary industry-required competencies such as: leadership and management within and between diverse healthcare organizations; communication, collaboration, and relationship management within interprofessional teams; systems thinking and design as a means to improve quality, safety, patient outcomes, and reduce risk.

342

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

School of Nursing

The Master of Science in Nursing programs at the University of Phoenix are accredited by the Commission on Collegiate Nursing Education http://www.aacn.nche.edu/ccne-accreditation. For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program, and other important information, please visit our website at http://www.phoenix.edu/ programs/msn-adm.

Program Purpose This is a post-licensure nursing program designed for nurses with current RN licensure who desire to obtain a master’s of science degree in nursing with a focus on nursing administration. The program prepares the graduate to function in leadership and administrative roles within the profession of nursing. Upon completing the program, graduates with the required practice experience will be prepared to sit for the American Nurses Credentialing Center (ANCC) Nurse Executive – Board Certified (NE-BC) exam. MSN/ADM Required Course of Study

Courses requiring prerequisites are identified by a ~ symbol fol- lowing the course number. Course descriptions for all courses are listed in the Course Guide section of the catalog (page B-1). To ensure course scheduling availability, the College of Health Professions, School of Nursing recommends the following course selections to satisfy the bridge requirements: Nursing Bridge 1 NSG 416 is the preferred option to satisfy the Nursing Bridge 1 requirement. NSG 416 .................................................................................. 3 credits Theoretical Development and Conceptual Frameworks NSG 415 .................................................................................. 3 credits Theory-Based Nursing Practice NUR 403 .................................................................................. 3 credits Theories and Models of Nursing Practice Nursing Bridge 2 NSG 451 is the preferred option to satisfy Nursing Bridge 2. NSG 451 .................................................................................. 3 credits Professional Nursing Leadership Perspectives NSG 397 .................................................................................. 3 credits Professional Nursing Role NUR 391 .................................................................................. 3 credits Professional Nursing Practice NUR 440 .................................................................................. 3 credits Health Assessment and Promotion for Vulnerable Population Nursing Bridge 3 NSG 456 is the preferred course option to satisfy the Nursing Bridge 3 requirement. NSG 456 .................................................................................. 3 credits Research Outcomes Management for the Practicing Nurse NSG 455 .................................................................................. 3 credits Evidence-Based Practice and Statistics NUR 443 .................................................................................. 3 credits Evidence-Based Nursing Research and Practice Required Course Sequence NSG 416 ................................................................................... 3 credits Theoretical Development and Conceptual Frameworks NSG 451 ................................................................................... 3 credits Professional Nursing Leadership Perspectives NSG 456 ................................................................................... 3 credits

Research Outcomes Management for the Practicing Nurse NSG 511 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Contemporary Nursing Practice NSG 512 ~................................................................................ 3 credits Nursing Research NSG 513 ~................................................................................ 3 credits Inter-professional Leadership and Management NSG 514 ~................................................................................ 3 credits Health Law, Policy, Ethics, and Global Trends NSG 516AD ~.......................................................................... 3 credits Practicum I NSG 557 ~................................................................................ 3 credits Organizational Dynamics and Systems Thinking NSG 577 ~................................................................................ 3 credits Continuous Quality Monitoring and Outcomes Improvement NSG 547 ~................................................................................ 3 credits Human Resources Management NSG 567 ~................................................................................ 3 credits Financial Resources Management in Health Care NSG 517AD ~.......................................................................... 3 credits Practicum II Graduate Elective Requirement ........................................... 6 credits The University reserves the right to modify the required course of study. State approval of a program to offer Alabama licensed nurses opportunities for advanced degrees does not indicate eligibility for approval to practice as an advanced practice nurse in Alabama. Applicants for approval in Alabama are required to meet the Alabama requirements for national certification, graduation from a specific-type program for the advanced practice approval, and completion of the appropriate application. Any program offering a pre-licensure track to Alabama students shall meet the requirements of the Alabama regulations for pre-licensure programs or the graduates may not be eligible to take the national licensure examination required by the Alabama Board of Nursing to enter practice. www.abn.alabama.gov Additional Admission Requirements for the MSN/ADM

All applicants are expected to meet the following admissions requirements: • An undergraduate degree with an upper division major in

nursing from a regionally or approved nationally accredited, or candidate for accreditation, college or university or comparable undergraduate bachelors degree earned at a recognized foreign institution. If the institution became accredited while the student was attending, a minimum of 75% of the coursework taken toward the degree must have been completed while the institution was accredited or during the candidacy period.

• Students with regionally or approved nationally accredited undergraduate degrees in a field other than nursing are required to enroll in the MSN Bridge program.

• A cumulative grade point average (GPA) of 2.5 for all undergraduate coursework on the undergraduate degree posted transcript is required for admission.

• Current employment is not a requirement for admission.

343

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

• Applicants who reside in the United States or in one of the US Territories with documentation of a valid, unrestricted / unencumbered RN license in all states in which the applicant holds an active nursing license. For applicants holding licenses in multiple jurisdictions, all active licenses must be valid, unrestricted / unencumbered through the duration of the program. Applicants from the following territories must also hold a RN license obtained by taking the NCLEX-RN exam. Students must provide documentation showing successful completion of the US NCLEX-RN exam: • Guam • American Samoa • Northern Mariana Islands • US Virgin Islands • Puerto Rico

• International students who are residents outside of the United States or approved US Territories must meet the following requirements: • Completion of a nursing diploma, associates degree in

nursing, or foreign equivalent program. • All students, with the exception of students residing in

Canada or Puerto Rico, will be required to validate their International Nursing License equivalency by CGFNS (Commission on Graduates of Foreign Nursing Schools) or ICD (International Consultants of Delaware) for RN equivalency.

• All Canadian students must complete the Canadian RN License Verification Form and submit documentation of a valid, unrestricted, unencumbered RN license.

• Applicants who reside in Canada must meet one of the following requirements for admission:

-Be a legal resident of Canada -Be a landed immigrant -Have a valid visa that does not prohibit educational studies

• A signed Foreign Nursing Memorandum of Understanding • Signed Criminal Background Check Disclosure • Signed Acknowledgement of Criminal Conviction Prohibition

for Placement and Licensure • Signed FERPA Release/Drug Test or Failure to Test Results • Signed Clinical Assurance Statement form

Degree Requirements for the MSN/ADM

• Completion of a minimum of 45 credits. • A minimum program grade point average (GPA) of 3.0. • Concentrations are reflected on the transcript only and will not

appear on the diploma. The diploma awarded for this program will read as: Master of Science in Nursing

Academic Progression Requirements for the MSN/ADM

• Students enrolling in the MSN bridge program must complete the three MSN bridge courses with a C or better in each course prior to enrolling in NSG 511 - Contemporary Nursing Practice.

• Students must hold a valid, unrestricted / unencumbered RN license in all states in which the applicant holds an active nursing license. For students holding licenses in multiple jurisdictions, all active licenses must be valid, unrestricted / unencumbered through the duration of the program.

• Clinical experiences/hours cannot be completed during work time at the student's place of employment.

• A clinical course may not be taken concurrently with any other course.

• Any student who demonstrates behaviors in a clinical, classroom, or laboratory setting that gives rise to a reasonable suspicion, of substance abuse or otherwise indicates that the student may be impaired by drugs or alcohol, without reasonable justification will be required to undergo a "for-cause" 10 panel, plus alcohol drug test.

Minimum Grade Requirements for the MSN/ADM

• All MSN bridge and graduate level MSN courses must be completed with a grade of C or better. Grades "C-" are not accepted. Students who do not pass these courses with a grade of C or better will be scholastically disqualified. Students who fail to meet the minimum grade requirement will be allowed to repeat each class once. Students who fail to meet the minimum grade requirement after the second attempt will be Scholastically Suspended and will not be able to continue in the MSN program.

• Students cannot repeat more than one nursing or clinical course. Students who fail to achieve the minimum grade requirement on a second course will be scholastically suspended, permanently withdrawn, from the Master of Science in Nursing program.

• Students who have been scholastically disqualified will not be allowed to continue in their degree program until they have taken the following steps: • Met with the Campus College Chair, an assigned nursing

faculty member, or designee to discuss the non-passing grade and resolve any concerns moving forward.

• Completion of the academic progression student agreement form, signed by the student and returned to Campus College Chair, or designee.

• Retake of the course which placed them on scholastic disqualification and satisfy the grade requirement.

Residency Requirements and Course Waivers for the MSN/ ADM

Students must meet established University residency requirement for degree conferral. The University requires that the majority of coursework, 30 credits in the Required Course of Study, must be completed at University of Phoenix. Students in this program may waive a maximum of 6 credits from their required course of study. In order to be granted a waiver with credit for a course in the Required Course of Study, a student must have completed a previ- ous course which meets the following criteria: • The course must have been completed at a regionally or

approved nationally accredited, or candidate for accreditation, college or university.

• The course must have been completed within the past five (5) years from current program enrollment agreement sign date with a grade of "B" (3.0) or better.

• The course must be comparable in content and credits to the University course it is replacing and must be an equivalent level or higher level course (i.e. graduate level coursework may be used to waive graduate or undergraduate coursework). Course descriptions must be included with the course waiver form in order for the Office of Admissions and Evaluation to review the course waiver request.

The following courses in the Required Course of Study may not be waived: NSG 516AD, NSG 517AD, NSG 547, NSG 557, NSG 567,

344

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

School of Nursing

NSG 577 The 6 credit Graduate Elective Requirement for the MSN/ADM may be satisfied by the following means: • An approved University of Phoenix Graduate Elective course. • Previously completed UOPX graduate level coursework. • Graduate transfer coursework that is acceptable for transfer and

was completed within the past ten (10) years.

Re-Entry for the MSN/ADM

• Any student who has been out of attendance for more than 365 days from the last date of positive recorded attendance in a program applicable course is considered a re-entry student to this program.

• Re-entry students may re-enroll into their program version if the program version is still the most current in their state or jurisdiction and the student has the ability to satisfy all program requirements within their original program completion deadline.

• Re-entry students whose program version is not the most current in their state or jurisdiction will be required to enroll into the most current version.

• An appeal will be required for re-entry students to re-enroll in their program if: • The student is requesting to return after being

administratively withdrawn due to one of the following student academic statuses: academic disqualification (AD), scholastic suspension (SS), or scholastic disqualification (SD).

• The student's program version is still the most current offered in their state or jurisdiction but they are unable to complete the remaining program requirements within the original program completion deadline.

• The student wishes to return to a prior program version and the student can complete their remaining requirements within the original program completion deadline.

• Re-entry students will be required to submit an admissions application as well as all forms and documents required for readmission to the program at the time of re-entry.

Master of Science in Nursing Concentration in

........................................................................................... Nurse Administration-International

The following Master of Science in Nursing Concentration in Nurse Administration-International (MSN/ADM-I) program may be offered at these University of Phoenix campus locations: Online, depending on state of residence. The availability of programs and concentrations depend on student demand and other factors. Not all programs may be available to all residents of all states. Students may want to consider completing certain courses in the Online classroom at Online rates if the program is available via the Online modality in their state. Please contact your

........................................................................................... enrollment representative for more information.

The Master of Science in Nursing (MSN) program, accredited by the Commission of Collegiate Nursing Education (CCNE)*, enhances the knowledge and skills of registered nurses with bacca- laureate-degree preparation. The program prepares registered nurses to function in leadership roles in administration, practice, and education settings. Advanced nursing theory and research provide the foundation for nurses to influence the future of nurs- ing and health care. Students complete core courses in advanced nursing content, process, and leadership. Concentrations in nurs- ing administration, nursing education, or family nurse practitioner

allow students to concentrate on developing increased knowledge and skills in a specific area of content or advanced practice role. The Master of Science in Nursing programs at the University of Phoenix are accredited by the Commission on Collegiate Nursing Education http://www.aacn.nche.edu/ccne-accreditation. For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program, and other important information, please visit our website at http://www.phoenix.edu/ programs/msn-adm.

Program Student Learning Outcomes

In addition to the knowledge and skills related to the University Learning Goals, School of Nursing graduating students are intended to attain certain program-specific knowledge, skills and abilities. Therefore, you should be able to demonstrate the follow- ing learning outcomes by the time you complete this program. • Students will be able to evaluate nursing and related sciences

and humanities in all aspects of safe individually focused care for diverse populations in a variety of settings.

• Students will be able to apply organizational and systems leadership concepts to the management of human, fiscal and physical health care resources for diverse populations in a variety of settings.

• Students will be able to evaluate processes and systems for continuous quality improvement across the care continuum in a variety of settings.

• Students will be able to synthesize scholarship from a variety of sources and translate to promote implementation of evidence- based practice.

• Students will be able to evaluate informatics and health care technologies for integration into practice for enhanced care outcomes.

• Students will be able to evaluate health care policy, regulatory, legal, economic and sociocultural environments to advocate for patients and effect change in the health care system based on their role.

• Students will be able to collaborate in inter- and intra- disciplinary teams to optimize patient and population health outcomes.

• Students will be able to design and deliver evidenced-based clinical prevention and population care and services for diverse populations in a variety of local, national and international settings.

• Students will be able to create a professional development plan to continuously facilitate the delivery of ethical, safe and quality care to diverse populations in a variety of settings.

MSN/ADM-I Required Course of Study

Courses requiring prerequisites are identified by a ~ symbol following the course number. Course descriptions for all courses are listed in the Course Guide section of the catalog (page B-1). HSN 505 ................................................................................... 2 credits Introduction to Graduate Studies in Nursing NSG 510 ~................................................................................ 3 credits Theoretical Foundations of Nursing Roles and Practice NSG 515 ~................................................................................ 3 credits Nursing Research and Evidence-Based Practice NSG 520 ~................................................................................ 3 credits Nursing Leadership NSG 550 ~................................................................................ 3 credits Role of the Nurse Administrator

345

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

HSN 525 ~ ................................................................................ 4 credits Research Methodologies for the Nurse Administrator HSN 555 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Human Resources in Health Care HSN 560 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Organizational Systems and Informatics HSN 565 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Organizational Change and Negotiation HSN 570 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Financial Resource Management HSN 575 ~ ................................................................................ 4 credits Quality Management and Outcomes NSG 580 ~ ................................................................................ 4 credits Practicum The University reserves the right to modify the required course of study.

Additional Admission Requirements for the MSN/ADM-I

All applicants are expected to meet the following admissions requirements: • Applicants must be residents outside of the United States or

approved US Territories. Program will be only be offered online. Applicants residing in the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico must enroll in the International version. Program will be offered only online.

• An undergraduate degree with an upper division major in nursing from a regionally or approved nationally accredited, or candidate for accreditation, college or university or comparable undergraduate bachelors degree earned at a recognized foreign institution. If the institution became accredited while the student was attending, a minimum of 75% of the coursework taken toward the degree must have been completed while the institution was accredited or during the candidacy period.

• A cumulative grade point average (GPA) of 2.5 for all undergraduate coursework on the undergraduate degree posted transcript is required for admission.

• All students, with the exception of students residing in Canada or Puerto Rico, will be required to validate their International Nursing License equivalency by CGFNS (Commission on Graduates of Foreign Nursing Schools) or ICD (International Consultants of Delaware) for RN equivalency.

• All Canadian students must complete the Canadian RN License Acknowledgment Form and submit documentation of a valid, unrestricted, unencumbered RN license.

• Applicants residing in the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico must have an approved appeal on file documenting successful completion of the US NCLEX-RN exam and that all Puerto Rico RN licensing requirements are met to be eligible for admission.

• Signed Criminal Background Check Disclosure • Signed Acknowledgement of Criminal Conviction Prohibition

for Placement and Licensure • Signed FERPA Release/Drug Test or Failure to Test Results • Signed Foreign Nursing Memorandum of Understanding • Enrollment Agreements signed 7/1/2016 or later, signed

Clinical Assurance Statement form

Degree Requirements for the MSN/ADM-I

• Completion of a minimum of 38 credits. • A minimum program grade point average (GPA) of 3.0.

• Concentrations are reflected on the transcript only and will not appear on the diploma. The diploma awarded for this program will read as: Master of Science in Nursing

Academic Progression Requirements for the MSN/ADM-I

• Minimum grade of B- or better in all graduate level courses. • Clinical experiences/hours cannot be completed during work

time at the student's place of employment. • Students must successfully complete NSG 580 with a B- or

better. Students have a maximum of three attempts to meet the minimum grade requirement. Students who do not pass this class on the first attempt will be scholastically disqualified. Students who fail to meet the minimum grade requirement after the second attempt, will be placed on scholastic suspension and will be withdrawn from the program. Students must sit out for six months after the second unsuccessful attempt. Once the student has sat out six months, the student may submit to SAC to appeal for a third attempt. If students do not meet the minimum grade requirement after the third attempt, the student will be Scholastically Suspended.

• Any student who demonstrates behaviors in a clinical, classroom, or laboratory setting that gives rise to a reasonable suspicion, of substance abuse or otherwise indicates that the student may be impaired by drugs or alcohol, without reasonable justification will be required to undergo a “for- cause” 10 panel, plus alcohol drug test.

Minimum Grade Requirements for the MSN/ADM-I

• All graduate level MSN courses must be completed with a grade of B- or better. Students who do not pass these classes with a grade of B- or better will be scholastically disqualified. Students who fail to meet the minimum grade requirement will be allowed to repeat the class once. Students who fail to meet the minimum grade requirement after the second attempt, will be permanently withdrawn from the program and will be placed on scholastic suspension.

• Students must successfully complete NSG 580 with a B- or better. Students have a maximum of three attempts to meet the minimum grade requirement. Students who do not pass this class on the first attempt will be scholastically disqualified. Students who fail to meet the minimum grade requirement after the second attempt, will be placed on scholastic suspension and will be withdrawn from the program. Students must sit out for six months after the second unsuccessful attempt. Once the student has sat out six months, the student may submit to SAC to appeal for a third attempt. If students do not meet the minimum grade requirement after the third attempt, the student will be Scholastically Suspended.

• Effective for new Enrollment Agreements signed 10/1/2015 or later: Students cannot repeat more than one nursing or clinical course. Students who fail to achieve the minimum grade requirement on a second course will be scholastically suspended, permanently withdrawn, from the Master of Science in Nursing program.

• Students who have been scholastically disqualified will not be allowed to continue in their degree program until they have taken the following steps: • Met with the Campus College Chair, an assigned nursing

faculty member, or designee to discuss the non-passing grade and resolve any concerns moving forward.

346

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

School of Nursing

• Completion of the academic progression student agreement form, signed by the student and returned to Campus College Chair, or designee.

• Retake of the course which placed them on scholastic disqualification and satisfy the grade requirement.

Residency Requirements and Course Waivers for the MSN/ ADM-I

Students must meet established University residency requirement for degree conferral. The University requires that the majority of coursework, 30 credits in the Required Course of Study, must be completed at University of Phoenix. Students in this program may waive a maximum of 8 credits from their required course of study on the basis of regionally or approved nationally accredited transferable coursework. In order to be granted a waiver with credit for a course in the Required Course of Study, a student must have completed a previ- ous course which meets the following criteria: • The course must have been completed at a regionally or

approved nationally accredited, or candidate for accreditation, college or university.

• The course must have been completed within the past five (5) years from current program enrollment agreement sign date with a grade of "B" (3.0) or better.

• The course must be comparable in content and credits to the University course it is replacing and must be an equivalent level or higher level course (i.e. graduate level coursework may be used to waive graduate or undergraduate coursework). Course descriptions must be included with the course waiver form in order for the Office of Admissions and Evaluation to review the course waiver request.

The following courses in the Required Course of Study may not be waived: NSG 500, NSG 505, NSG 525, NSG 530, NSG 535, NSG 540, NSG 545, NSG 580. The School of Advanced Studies offers a bridge opportunity for master's degree students who are interested in taking doctoral courses as part of the master's degree program. The Doctoral Pathway gives students the option to complete doc- toral level coursework during a master's program. The Doctoral Pathway allows a master's degree student to substi- tute up to two graduate level courses with designated doctoral level courses. Upon admission to the selected doctoral program, students are eligible to satisfy required course(s) within the doc- toral program. • Students must earn a B- or better in the doctoral level courses in

order to apply them towards the doctoral program. • Student schedules may need to be adjusted, or student will need

to overlap courses since doctoral courses are eight weeks in length. Students should speak with their academic/finance advisor for further information.

Re-entry for the MSN/ADM-I

Any student who has been out of attendance for more than 365 days from the last date of positive recorded attendance in a pro- gram applicable course is considered a re-entry student to this pro- gram. Re-entry students may re-enroll into their program version if the program version is still the most current in their state or jurisdic- tion and the student has the ability to satisfy all program require- ments within their original program completion deadline. Re-entry students whose program version is not the most current in their state or jurisdiction will be required to enroll into the most

current version. An appeal will be required for re-entry students to re-enroll in their program if: • The student is requesting to return after being administratively

withdrawn due to one of the following student academic statuses: academic disqualification (AD), scholastic suspension (SS), or scholastic disqualification (SD).

• The student's program version is still the most current offered in their state or jurisdiction but they are unable to complete the remaining program requirements within the original program completion deadline.

• The student wishes to return to a prior program version and the student can complete their remaining requirements within the original program completion deadline.

Re-entry students will be required to submit an admissions appli- cation as well as all forms and documents required for readmission to the program at the time of re-entry.

Master of Science in Nursing Concentration in

........................................................................................... Nurse Education

The following Master of Science in Nursing Concentration in Nurse Education (MSN/NED) program may be offered at these University of Phoenix campus locations: Online, depending on state of residency. The availability of programs and concentrations depend on student demand and other factors. Not all programs may be available to all residents of all states. Students may want to consider completing certain courses in the Online classroom at Online rates if the program is available via the Online modality in their state. Please contact your enrollment

........................................................................................... representative for more information.

The Masters of Science in Nursing with a concentration in Nursing Education (MSN/NED) program prepares registered nurses to become leaders in the field of Nursing Education. Advanced nurs- ing theory and research provide the foundation for nurse leaders to influence the future of nursing and health care. Specialty education courses allow students to focus on contemporary industry- required competencies such as: design, implementation, and evalu- ation of nursing curriculum, facilitation of learner development and socialization; interpretation, analysis, and translation of evi- dence to guide student learning and assessment strategies. The Master of Science in Nursing programs at the University of Phoenix are accredited by the Commission on Collegiate Nursing Education http://www.aacn.nche.edu/ccne-accreditation. For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program, and other important information, please visit our website at http://www.phoenix.edu/ programs/msn-ned.

Program Purpose This is a post-licensure nursing program designed for nurses with current RN licensure who desire to obtain a master’s of science degree in nursing with a focus on nursing education. The program prepares graduates for leadership roles in nursing education, and to function as a nurse educator in a variety of practice and educational settings. Upon completion of the program, graduates will be eligible to sit for the National League of Nursing (NLN) Certified Nurse Educator (CNE) exam. MSN/NED Required Course of Study

Courses requiring prerequisites are identified by a ~ symbol fol- lowing the course number. Course descriptions for all courses are listed in the Course Guide section of the catalog (page B-1).

347

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

NSG 511 .................................................................................... 3 credits Contemporary Nursing Practice NSG 512 ................................................................................... 3 credits Nursing Research NSG 513 ................................................................................... 3 credits Inter-professional Leadership and Management NSG 514 ................................................................................... 3 credits Health Law, Policy, Ethics, and Global Trends NSG 501 ................................................................................... 3 credits Pathophysiology, Assessment Variables and Pharmacology I NSG 502 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Pathophysiology, Assessment Variables & Pharmacology II NSG 516ED ............................................................................. 3 credits Practicum I NSG 531 ................................................................................... 3 credits Program and Course Development NSG 532 ................................................................................... 3 credits Innovative Curriculum Design NSG 533 ................................................................................... 3 credits Educational Assessment and Evaluation NSG 534 ................................................................................... 3 credits Facilitating Engaged Learning NSG 517ED ~........................................................................... 3 credits Practicum II The University reserves the right to modify the required course of study. State approval of a program to offer Alabama licensed nurses opportunities for advanced degrees does not indicate eligibility for approval to practice as an advanced practice nurse in Alabama. Applicants for approval in Alabama are required to meet the Alabama requirements for national certification, graduation from a specific-type program for the advanced practice approval, and completion of the appropriate application. Any program offering a pre-licensure track to Alabama students shall meet the requirements of the Alabama regulations for pre-licensure programs or the graduates may not be eligible to take the national licensure examination required by the Alabama Board of Nursing to enter practice. www.abn.alabama.gov Additional Admission Requirements for the MSN/NED

All applicants are expected to meet the following admissions requirements: • An undergraduate degree with an upper division major in

nursing from a regionally or approved nationally accredited, or candidate for accreditation, college or university or comparable undergraduate bachelors degree earned at a recognized foreign institution. If the institution became accredited while the student was attending, a minimum of 75% of the coursework taken toward the degree must have been completed while the institution was accredited or during the candidacy period.

• Students with regionally or approved nationally accredited undergraduate degrees in a field other than nursing are required to enroll in the MSN Bridge program.

• A cumulative grade point average (GPA) of 2.5 for all undergraduate coursework on the undergraduate degree posted transcript is required for admission.

• Current employment is not a requirement for admission.

• Applicants who reside in the United States or in one of the US Territories with documentation of a valid, unrestricted / unencumbered RN license in all states in which the applicant holds an active nursing license. For applicants holding licenses in multiple jurisdictions, all active licenses must be valid, unrestricted / unencumbered through the duration of the program. Applicants from the following territories must also hold a RN license obtained by taking the NCLEX-RN exam. Students must provide documentation showing successful completion of the US NCLEX-RN exam: • Guam • American Samoa • Northern Mariana Islands • US Virgin Islands • Puerto Rico

• International students who are residents outside of the United States or approved US Territories must meet the following requirements: • Completion of a nursing diploma, associates degree in

nursing, or foreign equivalent program. • All students, with the exception of students residing in

Canada or Puerto Rico, will be required to validate their International Nursing License equivalency by CGFNS (Commission on Graduates of Foreign Nursing Schools) or ICD (International Consultants of Delaware) for RN equivalency.

• All Canadian students must complete the Canadian RN License Verification Form and submit documentation of a valid, unrestricted, unencumbered RN license.

• Applicants who reside in Canada must meet one of the following requirements for admission:

-Be a legal resident of Canada -Be a landed immigrant -Have a valid visa that does not prohibit educational studies

• A signed Foreign Nursing Memorandum of Understanding • Signed Criminal Background Check Disclosure • Signed Acknowledgement of Criminal Conviction Prohibition

for Placement and Licensure • Signed FERPA Release/Drug Test or Failure to Test Results • Signed Clinical Assurance Statement form

Degree Requirements for the MSN/NED

• Completion of a minimum of 36 credits. • A minimum program grade point average (GPA) of 3.0. • Concentrations are reflected on the transcript only and will not

appear on the diploma. The diploma awarded for this program will read as: Master of Science in Nursing

Academic Progression Requirements for the MSN/NED

• Students must hold a valid, unrestricted/unencumbered RN license in all states in which the applicant holds an active nursing license. For students holding licenses in multiple jurisdictions, all active licenses must be valid, unrestricted / unencumbered through the duration of the program.

• Clinical experiences/hours cannot be completed during work time at the student's place of employment.

• A clinical course may not be taken concurrently with any other course.

348

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

School of Nursing

• Any student who demonstrates behaviors in a clinical, classroom, or laboratory setting that gives rise to a reasonable suspicion, of substance abuse or otherwise indicates that the student may be impaired by drugs or alcohol, without reasonable justification will be required to undergo a "for-cause" 10 panel, plus alcohol drug test.

Minimum Grade Requirements for the MSN/NED

• All MSN bridge and graduate level MSN courses must be completed with a grade of C or better. Grades "C-" are not accepted. Students who do not pass these courses with a grade of C or better will be scholastically disqualified. Students who fail to meet the minimum grade requirement will be allowed to repeat each class once. Students who fail to meet the minimum grade requirement after the second attempt will be Scholastically Suspended and will not be able to continue in the MSN program.

• Students cannot repeat more than one nursing or clinical course. Students who fail to achieve the minimum grade requirement on a second course will be scholastically suspended, permanently withdrawn, from the Master of Science in Nursing program.

• Students who have been scholastically disqualified will not be allowed to continue in their degree program until they have taken the following steps: • Met with the Campus College Chair, an assigned nursing

faculty member, or designee to discuss the non-passing grade and resolve any concerns moving forward.

• Completion of the academic progression student agreement form, signed by the student and returned to Campus College Chair, or designee.

• Retake of the course which placed them on scholastic disqualification and satisfy the grade requirement.

Residency Requirements and Course Waivers for the MSN/ NED

Students must meet established University residency requirement for degree conferral. The University requires that the majority of coursework, 30 credits in the Required Course of Study, must be completed at University of Phoenix. Students in this program may waive a maximum of 6 credits from their required course of study. In order to be granted a waiver with credit for a course in the Required Course of Study, a student must have completed a previ- ous course which meets the following criteria: • The course must have been completed at a regionally or

approved nationally accredited, or candidate for accreditation, college or university.

• The course must have been completed within the past five (5) years from current program enrollment agreement sign date with a grade of "B" (3.0) or better.

• The course must be comparable in content and credits to the University course it is replacing and must be an equivalent level or higher level course (i.e. graduate level coursework may be used to waive graduate or undergraduate coursework). Course descriptions must be included with the course waiver form in order for the Office of Admissions and Evaluation to review the course waiver request.

The following courses in the Required Course of Study may not be waived: NSG 516ED, NSG 517ED, NSG 531, NSG 532, NSG 533, NSG 534

Re-Entry for the MSN/NED

• Any student who has been out of attendance for more than 365 days from the last date of positive recorded attendance in a program applicable course is considered a re-entry student to this program.

• Re-entry students may re-enroll into their program version if the program version is still the most current in their state or jurisdiction and the student has the ability to satisfy all program requirements within their original program completion deadline.

• Re-entry students whose program version is not the most current in their state or jurisdiction will be required to enroll into the most current version.

• An appeal will be required for re-entry students to re-enroll in their program if: • The student is requesting to return after being

administratively withdrawn due to one of the following student academic statuses: academic disqualification (AD), scholastic suspension (SS), or scholastic disqualification (SD).

• The student's program version is still the most current offered in their state or jurisdiction but they are unable to complete the remaining program requirements within the original program completion deadline.

• The student wishes to return to a prior program version and the student can complete their remaining requirements within the original program completion deadline.

• Re-entry students will be required to submit an admissions application as well as all forms and documents required for readmission to the program at the time of re-entry.

Master of Science in Nursing Concentration in

........................................................................................... Nurse Education Bridge

The following Master of Science in Nursing Concentration in Nurse Education Bridge (MSN/NED) program may be offered at these University of Phoenix campus locations: Online, depending on state of residency. The availability of programs and concentrations depend on student demand and other factors. Not all programs may be available to all residents of all states. Students may want to consider completing certain courses in the Online classroom at Online rates if the program is available via the Online modality in their state. Please contact your

........................................................................................... enrollment representative for more information.

The Masters of Science in Nursing with a concentration in Nursing Education (MSN/NED) program prepares registered nurses to become leaders in the field of Nursing Education. Advanced nurs- ing theory and research provide the foundation for nurse leaders to influence the future of nursing and health care. Specialty education courses allow students to focus on contemporary industry- required competencies such as: design, implementation, and evalu- ation of nursing curriculum, facilitation of learner development and socialization; interpretation, analysis, and translation of evi- dence to guide student learning and assessment strategies. The Master of Science in Nursing programs at the University of Phoenix are accredited by the Commission on Collegiate Nursing Education http://www.aacn.nche.edu/ccne-accreditation. For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program, and other important information, please visit our website at http://www.phoenix.edu/ programs/msn-ned.

349

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

Program Purpose This is a post-licensure nursing program designed for nurses with current RN licensure who desire to obtain a master’s of science degree in nursing with a focus on nursing education. The program prepares graduates for leadership roles in nursing education, and to function as a nurse educator in a variety of practice and educational settings. Upon completion of the program, graduates will be eligible to sit for the National League of Nursing (NLN) Certified Nurse Educator (CNE) exam. MSN/NED Required Course of Study

Courses requiring prerequisites are identified by a ~ symbol fol- lowing the course number. Course descriptions for all courses are listed in the Course Guide section of the catalog (page B-1). To ensure course scheduling availability, the College of Health Professions, School of Nursing recommends the following course selections to satisfy the bridge requirements: Nursing Bridge 1 NSG 416 is the preferred option to satisfy the Nursing Bridge 1 requirement. NSG 416.................................................................................... 3 credits Theoretical Development and Conceptual Frameworks NSG 415.................................................................................... 3 credits Theory-Based Nursing Practice NUR 403 ................................................................................... 3 credits Theories and Models of Nursing Practice Nursing Bridge 2 NSG 451 is the preferred option to satisfy Nursing Bridge 2. NSG 451.................................................................................... 3 credits Professional Nursing Leadership Perspectives NSG 397.................................................................................... 3 credits Professional Nursing Role NUR 391 ................................................................................... 3 credits Professional Nursing Practice NUR 440 ................................................................................... 3 credits Health Assessment and Promotion for Vulnerable Population Nursing Bridge 3 NSG 456 is the preferred course option to satisfy the Nursing Bridge 3 requirement. NSG 456.................................................................................... 3 credits Research Outcomes Management for the Practicing Nurse NSG 455.................................................................................... 3 credits Evidence-Based Practice and Statistics NUR 443 ................................................................................... 3 credits Evidence-Based Nursing Research and Practice Required Course Sequence NSG 416.................................................................................... 3 credits Theoretical Development and Conceptual Frameworks NSG 451.................................................................................... 3 credits Professional Nursing Leadership Perspectives NSG 456.................................................................................... 3 credits Research Outcomes Management for the Practicing Nurse NSG 511 ~................................................................................. 3 credits Contemporary Nursing Practice NSG 512 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Nursing Research NSG 513 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Inter-professional Leadership and Management NSG 514 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits

Health Law, Policy, Ethics, and Global Trends NSG 501 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Pathophysiology, Assessment Variables and Pharmacology I NSG 502 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Pathophysiology, Assessment Variables & Pharmacology II NSG 516ED ~........................................................................... 3 credits Practicum I NSG 531 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Program and Course Development NSG 532 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Innovative Curriculum Design NSG 533 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Educational Assessment and Evaluation NSG 534 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Facilitating Engaged Learning NSG 517ED ~........................................................................... 3 credits Practicum II The University reserves the right to modify the required course of study. State approval of a program to offer Alabama licensed nurses opportunities for advanced degrees does not indicate eligibility for approval to practice as an advanced practice nurse in Alabama. Applicants for approval in Alabama are required to meet the Alabama requirements for national certification, graduation from a specific-type program for the advanced practice approval, and completion of the appropriate application. Any program offering a pre-licensure track to Alabama students shall meet the requirements of the Alabama regulations for pre-licensure programs or the graduates may not be eligible to take the national licensure examination required by the Alabama Board of Nursing to enter practice. www.abn.alabama.gov Additional Admission Requirements for the MSN/NED

All applicants are expected to meet the following admissions requirements: • An undergraduate degree with an upper division major in

nursing from a regionally or approved nationally accredited, or candidate for accreditation, college or university or comparable undergraduate bachelors degree earned at a recognized foreign institution. If the institution became accredited while the student was attending, a minimum of 75% of the coursework taken toward the degree must have been completed while the institution was accredited or during the candidacy period.

• Students with regionally or approved nationally accredited undergraduate degrees in a field other than nursing are required to enroll in the MSN Bridge program.

• A cumulative grade point average (GPA) of 2.5 for all undergraduate coursework on the undergraduate degree posted transcript is required for admission.

• Current employment is not a requirement for admission. • Applicants who reside in the United States or in one of the US

Territories with documentation of a valid, unrestricted / unencumbered RN license in all states in which the applicant holds an active nursing license. For applicants holding licenses in multiple jurisdictions, all active licenses must be valid, unrestricted / unencumbered through the duration of the program. Applicants from the following territories must also hold a RN license obtained by taking the NCLEX-RN exam. Students must provide documentation showing successful completion of the US NCLEX-RN exam: • Guam

350

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

School of Nursing

• American Samoa • Northern Mariana Islands • US Virgin Islands • Puerto Rico

• International students who are residents outside of the United States or approved US Territories must meet the following requirements: • Completion of a nursing diploma, associates degree in

nursing, or foreign equivalent program. • All students, with the exception of students residing in

Canada or Puerto Rico, will be required to validate their International Nursing License equivalency by CGFNS (Commission on Graduates of Foreign Nursing Schools) or ICD (International Consultants of Delaware) for RN equivalency.

• All Canadian students must complete the Canadian RN License Verification Form and submit documentation of a valid, unrestricted, unencumbered RN license.

• Applicants who reside in Canada must meet one of the following requirements for admission:

-Be a legal resident of Canada -Be a landed immigrant -Have a valid visa that does not prohibit educational studies

• A signed Foreign Nursing Memorandum of Understanding • Signed Criminal Background Check Disclosure • Signed Acknowledgement of Criminal Conviction Prohibition

for Placement and Licensure • Signed FERPA Release/Drug Test or Failure to Test Results • Signed Clinical Assurance Statement form

Degree Requirements for the MSN/NED

• Completion of a minimum of 45 credits. • A minimum program grade point average (GPA) of 3.0. • Concentrations are reflected on the transcript only and will not

appear on the diploma. The diploma awarded for this program will read as: Master of Science in Nursing

Academic Progression Requirements for the MSN/NED

• Students enrolling in the MSN bridge program must complete the three MSN bridge courses with a C or better in each course prior to enrolling in NSG 511 - Contemporary Nursing Practice.

• Students must hold a valid, unrestricted / unencumbered RN license in all states in which the applicant holds an active nursing license. For students holding licenses in multiple jurisdictions, all active licenses must be valid, unrestricted / unencumbered through the duration of the program.

• Clinical experiences/hours cannot be completed during work time at the student's place of employment.

• A clinical course may not be taken concurrently with any other course.

• Any student who demonstrates behaviors in a clinical, classroom, or laboratory setting that gives rise to a reasonable suspicion, of substance abuse or otherwise indicates that the student may be impaired by drugs or alcohol, without reasonable justification will be required to undergo a "for-cause" 10 panel, plus alcohol drug test.

Minimum Grade Requirements for the MSN/NED

• All MSN bridge and graduate level MSN courses must be completed with a grade of C or better. Grades "C-" are not accepted. Students who do not pass these courses with a grade of C or better will be scholastically disqualified. Students who fail to meet the minimum grade requirement will be allowed to repeat each class once. Students who fail to meet the minimum grade requirement after the second attempt will be Scholastically Suspended and will not be able to continue in the MSN program.

• Students cannot repeat more than one nursing or clinical course. Students who fail to achieve the minimum grade requirement on a second course will be scholastically suspended, permanently withdrawn, from the Master of Science in Nursing program.

• Students who have been scholastically disqualified will not be allowed to continue in their degree program until they have taken the following steps: • Met with the Campus College Chair, an assigned nursing

faculty member, or designee to discuss the non-passing grade and resolve any concerns moving forward.

• Completion of the academic progression student agreement form, signed by the student and returned to Campus College Chair, or designee.

• Retake of the course which placed them on scholastic disqualification and satisfy the grade requirement.

Residency Requirements and Course Waivers for the MSN/ NED

Students must meet established University residency requirement for degree conferral. The University requires that the majority of coursework, 30 credits in the Required Course of Study, must be completed at University of Phoenix. Students in this program may waive a maximum of 6 credits from their required course of study. In order to be granted a waiver with credit for a course in the Required Course of Study, a student must have completed a previ- ous course which meets the following criteria: • The course must have been completed at a regionally or

approved nationally accredited, or candidate for accreditation, college or university.

• The course must have been completed within the past five (5) years from current program enrollment agreement sign date with a grade of "B" (3.0) or better.

• The course must be comparable in content and credits to the University course it is replacing and must be an equivalent level or higher level course (i.e. graduate level coursework may be used to waive graduate or undergraduate coursework). Course descriptions must be included with the course waiver form in order for the Office of Admissions and Evaluation to review the course waiver request.

The following courses in the Required Course of Study may not be waived: NSG 516ED, NSG 517ED, NSG 531, NSG 532, NSG 533, NSG 534

Re-entry for the MSN/NED

• Any student who has been out of attendance for more than 365 days from the last date of positive recorded attendance in a program applicable course is considered a re-entry student to this program.

351

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

• Re-entry students may re-enroll into their program version if the program version is still the most current in their state or jurisdiction and the student has the ability to satisfy all program requirements within their original program completion deadline.

• Re-entry students whose program version is not the most current in their state or jurisdiction will be required to enroll into the most current version.

• An appeal will be required for re-entry students to re-enroll in their program if: • The student is requesting to return after being

administratively withdrawn due to one of the following student academic statuses: academic disqualification (AD), scholastic suspension (SS), or scholastic disqualification (SD).

• The student's program version is still the most current offered in their state or jurisdiction but they are unable to complete the remaining program requirements within the original program completion deadline.

• The student wishes to return to a prior program version and the student can complete their remaining requirements within the original program completion deadline.

• Re-entry students will be required to submit an admissions application as well as all forms and documents required for readmission to the program at the time of re-entry.

Master of Science in Nursing Concentration in

........................................................................................... Nurse Education-International

The following Master of Science in Nursing Concentration in Nurse Education-International (MSN/NED-I) program may be offered at these University of Phoenix campus locations: Online, depending on state of residence. The availability of programs and concentrations depend on student demand and other factors. Not all programs may be available to all residents of all states. Students may want to consider completing certain courses in the Online classroom at Online rates if the program is available via the Online modality in their state. Please contact your

........................................................................................... enrollment representative for more information.

The Master of Science in Nursing (MSN) program, accredited by the Commission of Collegiate Nursing Education (CCNE)*, enhances the knowledge and skills of registered nurses with bacca- laureate-degree preparation. The program prepares registered nurses to function in leadership roles in administration, practice, and education settings. Advanced nursing theory and research provide the foundation for nurses to influence the future of nurs- ing and health care. Students complete core courses in advanced nursing content, process, and leadership. Concentrations in nurs- ing administration, nursing education, or family nurse practitioner allow students to concentrate on developing increased knowledge and skills in a specific area of content or advanced practice role. The Master of Science in Nursing programs at the University of Phoenix are accredited by the Commission on Collegiate Nursing Education http://www.aacn.nche.edu/ccne-accreditation. For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program, and other important information, please visit our website at http://www.phoenix.edu/ programs/msn-ned.

Program Student Learning Outcomes

In addition to the knowledge and skills related to the University Learning Goals, School of Nursing graduating students are intended to attain certain program-specific knowledge, skills and abilities. Therefore, you should be able to demonstrate the follow- ing learning outcomes by the time you complete this program. • Students will be able to evaluate nursing and related sciences

and humanities in all aspects of safe individually focused care for diverse populations in a variety of settings.

• Students will be able to apply organizational and systems leadership concepts to the management of human, fiscal and physical health care resources for diverse populations in a variety of settings.

• Students will be able to evaluate processes and systems for continuous quality improvement across the care continuum in a variety of settings.

• Students will be able to synthesize scholarship from a variety of sources and translate to promote implementation of evidence- based practice.

• Students will be able to evaluate informatics and health care technologies for integration into practice for enhanced care outcomes.

• Students will be able to evaluate health care policy, regulatory, legal, economic and sociocultural environments to advocate for patients and effect change in the health care system based on their role.

• Students will be able to collaborate in inter- and intra- disciplinary teams to optimize patient and population health outcomes.

• Students will be able to design and deliver evidenced-based clinical prevention and population care and services for diverse populations in a variety of local, national and international settings.

• Students will be able to create a professional development plan to continuously facilitate the delivery of ethical, safe and quality care to diverse populations in a variety of settings.

MSN/NED-I Required Course of Study

Courses requiring prerequisites are identified by a ~ symbol following the course number. Course descriptions for all courses are listed in the Course Guide section of the catalog (page B-1). HSN 505 ................................................................................... 2 credits Introduction to Graduate Studies in Nursing NSG 510 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Theoretical Foundations of Nursing Roles and Practice NSG 515 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Nursing Research and Evidence-Based Practice NSG 520 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Nursing Leadership NSG 525 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Role of the Nurse Educator NSG 530 ~ ................................................................................ 4 credits Theory and Principles of Nursing Education NSG 535 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Curriculum Development NSG 540 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Instructional Design and Technology NSG 545 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Assessment, Measurement, and Evaluation

352

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

School of Nursing

NSG 500 ~ ................................................................................ 4 credits An Integrated Approach to Pathophysiology and Pharmacology NSG 505 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Comprehensive Health Assessment NSG 580 ~ ................................................................................ 4 credits Practicum The University reserves the right to modify the required course of study.

Additional Admission Requirements for the MSN/NED-I

All applicants are expected to meet the following admissions requirements: • Applicants must be residents outside of the United States or

approved US Territories. Program will only be offered online. Applicants residing in the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico must enroll in the International version. Program will be offered only online.

• An undergraduate degree with an upper division major in nursing from a regionally or approved nationally accredited, or candidate for accreditation, college or university or comparable undergraduate bachelors degree earned at a recognized foreign institution. If the institution became accredited while the student was attending, a minimum of 75% of the coursework taken toward the degree must have been completed while the institution was accredited or during the candidacy period.

• A cumulative grade point average (GPA) of 2.5 for all undergraduate coursework on the undergraduate degree posted transcript is required for admission.

• All students, with the exception of students residing in Canada or Puerto Rico, will be required to validate their International Nursing License equivalency by CGFNS (Commission on Graduates of Foreign Nursing Schools) or ICD (International Consultants of Delaware) for RN equivalency.

• All Canadian students must complete the Canadian RN License Acknowledgment Form and submit documentation of a valid, unrestricted, unencumbered RN license.

• Applicants residing in the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico must have an approved appeal on file documenting successful completion of the US NCLEX-RN exam and that all Puerto Rico RN licensing requirements are met to be eligible for admission.

• Signed Criminal Background Check Disclosure • Signed Acknowledgement of Criminal Conviction Prohibition

for Placement and Licensure • Signed FERPA Release/Drug Test or Failure to Test Results • Signed Foreign Nursing Memorandum of Understanding • Enrollment Agreements signed 7/1/2016 or later, signed

Clinical Assurance Statement form

Degree Requirements for the MSN/NED-I

• Completion of a minimum of 38 credits. • A minimum program grade point average (GPA) of 3.0. • Concentrations are reflected on the transcript only and will not

appear on the diploma. The diploma awarded for this program will read as: Master of Science in Nursing

Academic Progression Requirements for the MSN/NED-I

• Minimum grade of B- or better in all graduate level courses. • Clinical experiences/hours cannot be completed during work

time at the student's place of employment.

• Students must successfully complete NSG 580 with a B- or better. Students have a maximum of three attempts to meet the minimum grade requirement. Students who do not pass this class on the first attempt will be scholastically disqualified. Students who fail to meet the minimum grade requirement after the second attempt, will be placed on scholastic suspension and will be withdrawn from the program. Students must sit out for six months after the second unsuccessful attempt. Once the student has sat out six months, the student may submit to SAC to appeal for a third attempt. If students do not meet the minimum grade requirement after the third attempt, the student will be Scholastically Suspended.

• Any student who demonstrates behaviors in a clinical, classroom, or laboratory setting that gives rise to a reasonable suspicion, of substance abuse or otherwise indicates that the student may be impaired by drugs or alcohol, without reasonable justification will be required to undergo a “for- cause” 10 panel, plus alcohol drug test.

• A clinical course may not be taken concurrently with any other course. The clinical courses in this program are NSG 525, NSG 530, NSG 535, NSG 540, NSG 545, NSG 500, NSG 505, and NSG 580

Minimum Grade Requirements for the MSN/NED-I

• All graduate level MSN courses must be completed with a grade of B- or better. Students who do not pass these classes with a grade of B- or better will be scholastically disqualified. Students who fail to meet the minimum grade requirement will be allowed to repeat the class once. Students who fail to meet the minimum grade requirement after the second attempt, will be permanently withdrawn from the program and will be placed on scholastic suspension.

• Students must successfully complete NSG 580 with a B- or better. Students have a maximum of three attempts to meet the minimum grade requirement. Students who do not pass this class on the first attempt will be scholastically disqualified. Students who fail to meet the minimum grade requirement after the second attempt, will be placed on scholastic suspension and will be withdrawn from the program. Students must sit out for six months after the second unsuccessful attempt. Once the student has sat out six months, the student may submit to SAC to appeal for a third attempt. If students do not meet the minimum grade requirement after the third attempt, the student will be Scholastically Suspended.

• Effective for new Enrollment Agreements signed 10/1/2015 or later: Students cannot repeat more than one nursing or clinical course. Students who fail to achieve the minimum grade requirement on a second course will be scholastically suspended, permanently withdrawn, from the Master of Science in Nursing program.

• Students who have been scholastically disqualified will not be allowed to continue in their degree program until they have taken the following steps: • Met with the Campus College Chair, an assigned nursing

faculty member, or designee to discuss the non-passing grade and resolve any concerns moving forward.

• Completion of the academic progression student agreement form, signed by the student and returned to Campus College Chair, or designee.

• Retake of the course which placed them on scholastic disqualification and satisfy the grade requirement.

353

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

Residency Requirements and Course Waivers for the MSN/ NED-I

Students must meet established University residency requirement for degree conferral. The University requires that the majority of coursework, 30 credits in the Required Course of Study, must be completed at University of Phoenix. Students in this program may waive a maximum of 8 credits from their required course of study on the basis of regionally or approved nationally accredited transferable coursework. In order to be granted a waiver with credit for a course in the Required Course of Study, a student must have completed a previ- ous course which meets the following criteria: • The course must have been completed at a regionally or

approved nationally accredited, or candidate for accreditation, college or university.

• The course must have been completed within the past five (5) years from current program enrollment agreement sign date with a grade of "B" (3.0) or better.

• The course must be comparable in content and credits to the University course it is replacing and must be an equivalent level or higher level course (i.e. graduate level coursework may be used to waive graduate or undergraduate coursework). Course descriptions must be included with the course waiver form in order for the Office of Admissions and Evaluation to review the course waiver request.

The following courses in the Required Course of Study may not be waived: HSN 505, NSG 510, NSG 520, NSG 525, NSG 580. The School of Advanced Studies offers a bridge opportunity for master's degree students who are interested in taking doctoral courses as part of the master's degree program. The Doctoral Pathway gives students the option to complete doc- toral level coursework during a master's program. The Doctoral Pathway allows a master's degree student to substi- tute up to two graduate level courses with designated doctoral level courses. Upon admission to the selected doctoral program, students are eligible to satisfy required course(s) within the doc- toral program. • Students must earn a B- or better in the doctoral level courses in

order to apply them towards the doctoral program. • Student schedules may need to be adjusted, or student will need

to overlap courses since doctoral courses are eight weeks in length. Students should speak with their academic/finance advisor for further information.

Re-entry for the MSN/NED-I

Any student who has been out of attendance for more than 365 days from the last date of positive recorded attendance in a pro- gram applicable course is considered a re-entry student to this pro- gram. Re-entry students may re-enroll into their program version if the program version is still the most current in their state or jurisdic- tion and the student has the ability to satisfy all program require- ments within their original program completion deadline. Re-entry students whose program version is not the most current in their state or jurisdiction will be required to enroll into the most current version. An appeal will be required for re-entry students to re-enroll in their program if:

• The student is requesting to return after being administratively withdrawn due to one of the following student academic statuses: academic disqualification (AD), scholastic suspension (SS), or scholastic disqualification (SD).

• The student's program version is still the most current offered in their state or jurisdiction but they are unable to complete the remaining program requirements within the original program completion deadline.

• The student wishes to return to a prior program version and the student can complete their remaining requirements within the original program completion deadline.

Re-entry students will be required to submit an admissions appli- cation as well as all forms and documents required for readmission to the program at the time of re-entry.

354

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

COLLEGE OF EDUCATION (Online)

.....................................................................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................................................... COLLEGE OF EDUCATION (Online)

The College of Education offers graduate level degree and non- degree courses designed for future teachers and current educators. These programs are developed and taught by skilled practitioners who work in their respective fields, and emphasize knowledge, skills, dispositions, and lifelong learning as essential elements for professional practice. Each program blends theory and practice through a combination of individual and collaborative work to fos- ter a learning environment that allows students to build their knowledge base and apply what they have learned to "impact stu- dent learning one educator at a time." Graduate students may choose to pursue a major in a variety of areas. Graduate non- degree programs include several state-specific certificates/ endorsements designed for current educators. Each student/appli- cant is responsible for checking with his/her state Department of Education and/or school district to determine specific credential- ing requirements.

........................................................................................... Admission Requirements

All applicants to this program are expected to meet the following admission requirements: • A cumulative grade point average (GPA) of 2.5 for all

undergraduate coursework on the undergraduate degree posted transcript is required for admission.

• Applicants whose native language is not English must have either:

• achieved a minimum score of 213 on the computer-based test (cBT), or a score of 79 on the internet-based test (iBT), or a score of 550 on the written-based test (wBT) on the Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) within two years of application to the University.

-or- • achieved a minimum passing score of 750 on the Test of

English as an International Communication (TOEIC) within two years of application to the University.

-or- • achieved a minimum passing score of 6.5 on the test of the

International English Language Testing System (IELTS) within two years of application to the University.

-or- • achieved a minimum score of 69 on the Berlitz Online Test of

Reading and Listening Skills - English or a minimum score of 550 on the Berlitz Online English Proficiency Exam within two years of application to the University.

-or- • successful completion of the approved ESL series of courses

completed at: Canadian College of English Language (CCEL), International Language Schools of Canada (ILSC) or Kaplan.

-or- • achieved a minimum score of 59 on the Pearson Test of

English Academic Exam within two years of application to the University.

• The following may exempt a non-native speaker from having to take the TOEFL/TOEIC/IELTS, however official documentation may be required:

• The applicant has successfully completed thirty (30) transferable, academic semester credits at a regionally or nationally accredited college or university in the United States.

• The applicant has successfully completed the equivalent of thirty (30) transferable, academic semester credits at a recognized college or university in a country in which English is the official language.

• The applicant has successfully completed the equivalent of thirty (30) transferable, academic semester credits at a recognized institution where English is the medium of instruction.

• The applicant has previously earned, prior to applying for admission to the University of Phoenix, a U.S. high school diploma or G.E.D. Applicants that list any language other than English as their native language on the admission application and G.E.D is taken, must submit a copy of the G.E.D to verify it was taken in the English version format.

• The applicant has earned the equivalent of a U.S. high school diploma in a country in which English is the official language.

• The applicant has earned the equivalent of a U.S. high school diploma at an institution where English is the medium of instruction.

• Applicants (including re-entry students) attending the Puerto Rico campus must meet the English language proficiency requirement for admission.

• Applicants who reside in the United States must meet one of the following requirements: • Be a legal resident of the United States • Have been granted permanent residency • Have a valid visa that does not prohibit educational studies • Have been granted temporary protected status and has been

verified through Citizenship and Immigration Service that the country is eligible for TPS status at the time of application sign date. Student must list TPS as the visa type on the admissions application in order for US to verify TPS status.

• Have been granted asylum or refugee status. • Only students who reside within the United States and its

territories are eligible to enroll into a University of Phoenix bachelor or master of education program.

• A signed New Student Checklist may be required • A signed Enrollment/Disclosure Agreement. • Completion of any state-specific required documents or forms. • Applicants who have been expelled from other institutions are

not eligible for admission to University of Phoenix. • Students who have been expelled from University of Phoenix

are not eligible for readmission to University of Phoenix. No appeals will be accepted.

Students who begin their studies at campuses located in the states listed below are required to submit immunization information to the University. The state appropriate forms must be completed and sent to Office of Admissions & Records.

355

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

• Students attending a local campus in Oklahoma must provide written documentation of vaccinations or immunity against Hepatitis B, measles, mumps, and rubella (MMR). Students must demonstrate compliance with the immunization requirement prior to the first attendance in a university course and documentation concerning this requirement must be on file at the time of admission to the university.

• Students attending a physical campus in the state of Tennessee are required to submit a Hepatitis B Waiver form to the University.

Students residing in the states listed below are required to submit health insurance information to the University. The state appropri- ate forms must be completed and sent to Office of Admissions & Records.

• Full and part-time students enrolled in a college, university or other institution of higher learning in Massachusetts must participate in a school sponsored health insurance plan, or an alternate plan with comparable coverage. All full and part-time students attending a Massachusetts local campus must complete the Student Health Insurance Plan Enrollment/ Acknowledgement form indicating either that they have either enrolled in the University's sponsored plan or that they decline participation in the University sponsored plan as they have comparable health insurance coverage. Students must complete and submit this form prior to enrolling in any class. Students who do not complete the Enrollment/Acknowledgement form each calendar year may not enroll in further courses until the form has been completed and the student has appropriate health insurance coverage.

All residents of Hawaii are required to submit immunization infor- mation to the University.

The Hawaii State Department of Health requires that all students attending school at a campus in this state who were born after December 31, 1956, be immunized for measles-mumps-rubella (MMR). Additionally, in order for Hawaii residents to be admitted, the University requires that all applicants to this program provide a verification of immunization of MMR. Students shall demonstrate compliance with the immunization requirement prior to the first attendance in a university course and documentation concerning this requirement must be on file at the time of admission to the university.

Exemptions from the MMR immunization requirement may be granted for the following reasons: • A medical exemption may be granted to specific vaccines.

• A U.S. licensed physician (M.D. or D.O.) must state in writing that giving a specific vaccine would endanger the student's life or health, and specify the reason based on valid medical contraindications.

• The physician must state the length of time during which the vaccine would endanger the student's health or life.

• The exemption certification must be signed by the physician on the physician's printed stationery.

• A religious exemption may be granted if the student signs a statement certifying that the student's religious beliefs prohibit the practice of immunization.

• If the State of Hawaii Director of Health determines that there is a danger of an outbreak from any of the diseases for which immunization is required, no exemption shall be recognized and inadequately immunized students shall be excluded from school until the Director has determined that the outbreak is over.

• A copy of each exemption must be kept in the student's health record at school.

The Hawaii State Department of Health requires that all students attending school at a campus in this state shall provide a Certificate of TB Examination issued in the United States within 12 months prior to their first attendance in a post-secondary school in Hawaii. Additionally, in order for Hawaii residents to be admitted, the Uni- versity requires that all applicants to this program provide a clear Certificate of TB Examination. A completed Certificate of TB Exam- ination shall be submitted prior to the first attendance in a univer- sity course or the student will not be permitted to attend class. Students shall complete Section A of this form, or submit a copy of their TB Clearance Certification received prior to their attendance at another Hawaii post-secondary school. In accordance with Section 10a-155 of the Connecticut general stat- utes, all full time or matriculating students will be required to dem- onstrate proof of adequate immunization against measles, mumps, rubella (MMR) and varicella as recommended by the Advisory Committee for Immunization Practices (ACIP). For more specific state information, refer to the link below. Students shall demon- strate compliance with the immunization requirement prior to the first attendance in a university course and documentation concern- ing this requirement must be on file at the time of admission to the university. Exemptions from the MMR and varicella immunization requirements may be granted for the following reasons: • The student was born before January 1, 1957 (applicable to MMR

vaccine only). • The student was born in the United States before January 1, 1980

(applicable to the varicella (chicken pox) vaccine only) • The student has documentation from a physician stating that it

is medically inadvisable to receive the vaccines for the one or more of the diseases as indicated on the immunization form.

• The student has documentation from a physician or director of health that he/she has had a confirmed case of one or more of the diseases as indicated on the immunization form.

• The student has laboratory confirmation of immunity to the disease(s) as indicated on the immunization form.

• The student has submitted a statement that immunization is contrary to his/her religious beliefs.

• The student is enrolled exclusively online and does not congregate with other students on campus or at campus- sponsored events. If the student later decides to attend a class at a University of Phoenix local campus location in Connecticut, the student must meet the immunization requirements before he/she may begin attending classes at a local campus location.

• The student graduated from a public or nonpublic high school in the state of Connecticut in 1999 or later and was not exempt from the measles, rubella and on or after August 1, 2010, the mumps vaccination requirement pursuant to subdivision (2) or (3) of subsection (a) of section 10-204a.

356

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

COLLEGE OF EDUCATION (Online)

Master of Arts in Education/Administration and

........................................................................................... Supervision

The following Master of Arts in Education/Administration and Supervision (MAED/ADM) program may be offered at these University of Phoenix campus locations: Online, depending on state of residence. The availability of programs and concentrations depend on student demand and other factors. Not all programs may be available to all residents of all states. Students may want to consider completing certain courses in the Online classroom at Online rates if the program is available via the Online modality in their state. Please contact your enrollment

........................................................................................... representative for more information.

The Master of Arts in Education/Administration and Supervision program prepares candidates for principal licensure. The stan- dards-based program is designed to provide principal candidates with the knowledge, skills, and dispositions necessary to be suc- cessful school leaders who can apply theory to practice. The pro- gram encompasses instructional leadership, organizational management, technology management, and data-driven decision- making. An administrative internship is an integral component of the program, providing candidates with a field-based experience in the various aspects of school administration and supervision. For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program, and other important information, please visit our website at http://www.phoenix.edu/ programs/maed-adm. State authorization to provide a program related to the preparation of teachers or other P-12 school/system personnel does not indicate eligibility for an Alabama certificate. Applicants for an Alabama certificate based on reciprocity must meet Alabama's test requirements and submit a valid, renewable professional educator certificate/license issued by another state at the degree level, grade level, and in the teaching field or area of instructional support for which an Alabama certificate is sought and for which Alabama issues a certificate. Applicants for Alabama certification in an area of administration must also document at least three years of full-time employment as an administrator in a P-12 school system(s). www.alsde.edu Program Purpose The Master of Arts in Education/Administration and Supervision is a graduate degree program intended to prepare candidates for K-12 school principal licensure. Candidates for this program have already earned a bachelor's degree. The program includes a clinical component requiring field experiences and an administrative internship above and beyond program coursework. As licensure requirements may vary by state, it is the student's responsibility to ascertain and meet licensure requirements in any state in which the student desires to practice and to contact the applicable state educator licensure agency to verify current requirements to become a licensed school principal. There may be additional qualifications and/or disqualifications applicable in order to work as a principal with any local, state or federal entity. Program Student Learning Outcomes In addition to the knowledge and skills related to the University Learning Goals, College of Education graduating students are intended to attain certain program-specific knowledge, skills and abilities. Therefore, you should be able to demonstrate the follow- ing learning outcomes by the time you complete this program.

• Students will be able to design and implement school leadership practices to produce a positive impact on P-12 student learning.

• Students will be able to evaluate effective professional practice.

• Students will be able to apply professional ethics to their leadership practices.

• Students will be able to evaluate community factors to address the needs of diverse populations.

• Students will be able to evaluate research and synthesize information from multiple sources.

MAED/ADM Required Course of Study Courses requiring prerequisites are identified by a ~ symbol fol- lowing the course number. Course descriptions for all courses are listed in the Course Guide section of the catalog (page B-1). ADMIN 500 ............................................................................. 0 credits Orientation to Administration and Supervision COM 516 .................................................................................... 1 credit Professional Communications ADMIN 518 ............................................................................. 3 credits Leadership and Collaborative Processes ADMIN 570 ............................................................................. 3 credits Equity, Diversity, and Access in Education ADMIN 555 ............................................................................. 3 credits School Policy and Law for Principals ADMIN 524 ............................................................................. 3 credits Supervision of Curriculum, Instruction and Assessment ADMIN 591A ............................................................................ 1 credit Principal Internship Part I: Instructional Leadership ADMIN 528 ............................................................................. 3 credits Administration of Special Programs ADMIN 535 ............................................................................. 3 credits Business and Facilities Management ADMIN 560 ............................................................................. 3 credits Human Resources Leadership and Management ADMIN 591B ~ ......................................................................... 1 credit Principal Internship Part II: Organizational Management ADMIN 575 ............................................................................. 3 credits Family, Community and Media Relations EDD 581 ................................................................................... 4 credits Action Research and Evaluation ADMIN 565 ............................................................................. 3 credits School Improvement Processes ADMIN 591C ~......................................................................... 1 credit Administrative Internship Part III: Professional Practice Students must also choose an elective from one of the following: AET 560.................................................................................... 3 credits Facilitating Change AET 562.................................................................................... 3 credits Social Media for Professional Learning CUR 550 ................................................................................... 3 credits Engaging in Communities of Practice CUR 555 ................................................................................... 3 credits Professional Learning for Continuous Improvement The University reserves the right to modify the required course of study.

357

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

Additional Admission Requirements for the MAED/ADM All applicants are expected to meet the following admissions requirements: • Students enrolled in this program must have an undergraduate

degree from a regionally accredited college or university or equivalent undergraduate degree earned at a recognized foreign institution.

• A minimum equivalent of three (3) years post-high school work experience including 18 months of instructional experience in a P-12 setting. Illinois residents: A minimum equivalent of three (3) years post- high school work experience including 30 months of instructional experience in a P-12 setting. • The teaching or instructional experience must be as a

contracted teacher in either a traditional or year-round public or private school.

• Teaching experience is defined as stand-up teaching or facilitation with a pre-school (P)-12 school-age population. The following constitutes teaching experience:

Verifiable (contracted) P-12 instructional classroom experience - 40 hours per week

• All applicants must be currently employed or have access to a suitable work environment for the completion of course assignments.

Degree Completion Requirements for the MAED/ADM • Completion of a minimum of 38 credits. • A minimum grade point average (GPA) of 3.0. • Completion of signature assignments. • Completion of Field Experience Record. • Satisfactory completion of any required internship and/or

practicum courses with a grade of "B" or better. • Students must take courses within a sequence specified by

course prerequisite requirements. • The diploma awarded for this program will read as:

Master of Arts in Education Administration and Supervision

Minimum Grade Requirement for the MAED/ADM • A candidate must earn a grade of "B" (3.0) or better in the

following practicum/internship courses, grades of "B-" are not accepted: ADMIN 591A, ADMIN 591B and ADMIN 591C. Students who earn less than a grade of "B" (3.0) in any of these courses must repeat the course in order to continue in their one credit administrative practicum/internship courses.

• Candidates who earn less than a grade of "B" (3.0) in any of these courses must complete a remediation plan and repeat the course.

• If the candidate does not receive a grade of "B" (3.0) or better on the second attempt, the candidate will be, scholastically suspended, permanently withdrawn from program.

Residency Requirements and Course Waivers for the MAED/ ADM The University requires that the majority of coursework in the Required Course of Study be completed through the University. Also known as the residency requirement, the University requires completion of a minimum of 32 graduate level credits at the Uni- versity. Students in this program may waive a maximum of 6 credits from their required course of study.

In order to be granted a waiver with credit for a course in the Required Course of Study, a student must have completed a previ- ous course which meets the following criteria: • The course must have been completed at a regionally accredited,

or candidate for accreditation, college or university. • The course must have been completed within the past five (5)

years from current program enrollment agreement sign date with a grade of "B" (3.0) or better.

• The course must be comparable in content and credits to the University course it is replacing and must be an equivalent level or higher level course (i.e. graduate level coursework may be used to waive graduate or undergraduate coursework). Course descriptions must be included with the course waiver form in order for the Office of Admissions and Evaluation to review the course waiver request.

Nationally recognized and/or industry accepted certifications may be used to waive certain courses in the Required Course of Study upon approval by the appropriate college or school that the courses reside under, and will not require Prior Learning Assess- ment. All waivers using certifications must be verified by an offi- cial transcript or completion documentation from the certifying organization. Students in the MAED/ADM (Arizona) who waive courses using an approved certification may exceed the maximum waiver limit for their program. The following courses in the Required Course of Study may not be waived: ADMIN 591A, ADMIN 591B, ADMIN 591C, COM 516, EDD 581. Students who waive ADMIN 591A, ADMIN 591B, and ADMIN 591C without credit using a California Commission on Teacher Credentialing approved Administrative Services Preliminary Cer- tificate program will be required to complete AET 562 to satisfy the credit deficiency. Students who waive ADMIN 591A, ADMIN 591B, and ADMIN 591C without credit using a Hawaii Certification Institute for School Leaders program will be required to complete AET 562 to satisfy the credit deficiency. The School of Advanced Studies offers a bridge opportunity for master's degree students who are interested in taking doctoral courses as part of the master's degree program. The Doctoral Pathway gives students the option to complete doc- toral level coursework during a master's program. The Doctoral Pathway allows a master's degree student to substi- tute up to two graduate level courses with designated doctoral level courses. Upon admission to the selected doctoral program, students are eligible to satisfy required course(s) within the doc- toral program. • Students must earn a B- or better in the doctoral level courses in

order to apply them towards the doctoral program.

• Student schedules may need to be adjusted, or student will need to overlap courses since doctoral courses are eight weeks in length. Students should speak with their academic/finance advisor for further information.

Institutional Recommendation for the MAED/ADM • Candidates must meet all current state certification

requirements prior to being issued an Institutional Recommendation (IR, request for principal certification).

358

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

COLLEGE OF EDUCATION (Online)

• Upon completion, candidates must complete a University of Phoenix graduation application in order to receive a diploma and official transcript. Candidates' records will be analyzed to ensure that they have met all academic and financial requirements of their programs. An IR cannot be completed until this process has been finished. This will ensure that candidates have met all of their obligations to the University before they receive an IR from the University.

• Candidates must pass their state-mandated administrator exam, if required.

Arizona: • Students must verify full SEI endorsement or equivalent

coursework prior to issuance of an administrative license. Approved SEI courses/workshops can be found at http:// www.ade.az.gov/oelas/.

• Students must verify three (3) years of classroom teaching experience prior to issuance of Institutional Recommendation.

Illinois: • Students must provide evidence of four (4) years of teaching

experience for Institutional Recommendation. Internship Policies for the MAED/ADM • The Administrative Internship is a minimum 240-hour

placement. Each campus establishes operational policies related to placement and completion of the internship. Candidates must follow the guidelines in place at their campus.

• Candidates must take the internship courses concurrently with the internship experience. If a candidate chooses to postpone the internship, he/she must postpone their enrollment in the internship courses.

• Candidates must pass each Administrative Internship course with a grade of "B" or better in order to avoid Scholastic Disqualification.

• Candidates who are removed from a placement at the request of a school district administrator will be withdrawn from class and will be issued a grade of "F" by their faculty member.

Field Experience for the MAED/ADM Beginning with the first course, and throughout the program, can- didates are required to complete a minimum of 30-40 hours of veri- fied field experiences. The focus of each field experience will relate to specific course content and will follow a structured format. Doc- umentation of field experience must be maintained and reviewed as specified in the handbook/courses and will be reviewed by campus staff and faculty. Candidates must work with their campus to arrange field experience. Re-entry for the MAED/ADM Candidates who have been out of attendance for more than one year and have completed all degree requirements except student teaching, internship or practicum and can complete within their original deadline may reenter their original program version. However, if the state certification requirements have changed since a candidate went out of attendance needing only student teaching, internship or practicum, in addition to the admissions paperwork required by the University Re-entry policy, the candidate must complete an Enrollment Agreement Addendum before reentry to the original program version will be approved. Candidates who have been out of attendance for more than one year and are lacking courses in addition to their student teaching, internship or practicum must reenter the current program version and successfully complete all courses required by their reentry credit summary.

Only students who reside within the United States and its territo- ries are eligible to enroll into a UOPX bachelor or master of educa- tion program. International students who have been out of attendance for more than 365 days will not be eligible to re-enter.

Master of Arts in Education/Administration and

........................................................................................... Supervision (Utah)

The following Master of Arts in Education/Administration and Supervision (MAED/ADM) program may be offered at these University of Phoenix campus locations: Online, depending on state of residence. The availability of programs and concentrations depend on student demand and other factors. Not all programs may be available to all residents of all states. Students may want to consider completing certain courses in the Online classroom at Online rates if the program is available via the Online modality in their state. Please contact your enrollment

........................................................................................... representative for more information.

The Master of Arts in Education/Administration and Supervision program prepares candidates for principal licensure. The stan- dards-based program is designed to provide principal candidates with the knowledge, skills, and dispositions necessary to be suc- cessful school leaders who can apply theory to practice. The pro- gram encompasses instructional leadership, organizational management, technology management, and data-driven decision- making. An administrative internship is an integral component of the program, providing candidates with a field-based experience in the various aspects of school administration and supervision. For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program, and other important information, please visit our website at http://www.phoenix.edu/ programs/maed-adm. Program Purpose The Master of Arts in Education/Administration and Supervision is a graduate degree program intended to prepare candidates for K-12 school principal licensure. Candidates for this program have already earned a bachelor's degree. The program includes a clinical component requiring field experiences and an administrative internship above and beyond program coursework. As licensure requirements may vary by state, it is the student's responsibility to ascertain and meet licensure requirements in any state in which the student desires to practice and to contact the applicable state educator licensure agency to verify current requirements to become a licensed school principal. There may be additional qualifications and/or disqualifications applicable in order to work as a principal with any local, state or federal entity. Program Student Learning Outcomes In addition to the knowledge and skills related to the University Learning Goals, College of Education graduating students are intended to attain certain program-specific knowledge, skills and abilities. Therefore, you should be able to demonstrate the follow- ing learning outcomes by the time you complete this program. • Students will be able to design and implement school leadership

practices to produce a positive impact on P-12 student learning.

• Students will be able to evaluate effective professional practice.

• Students will be able to apply professional ethics to their leadership practices.

• Students will be able to evaluate community factors to address the needs of diverse populations.

359

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

• Students will be able to evaluate research and synthesize information from multiple sources.

MAED/ADM Required Course of Study Courses requiring prerequisites are identified by a ~ symbol fol- lowing the course number. Course descriptions for all courses are listed in the Course Guide section of the catalog (page B-1). ADMIN 500.............................................................................. 0 credits Orientation to Administration and Supervision COM 516 ....................................................................................1 credit Professional Communications ADMIN 518.............................................................................. 3 credits Leadership and Collaborative Processes ADMIN 570.............................................................................. 3 credits Equity, Diversity, and Access in Education ADMIN 555.............................................................................. 3 credits School Policy and Law for Principals ADMIN 524.............................................................................. 3 credits Supervision of Curriculum, Instruction and Assessment ADMIN 591A ............................................................................1 credit Principal Internship Part I: Instructional Leadership ADMIN 528.............................................................................. 3 credits Administration of Special Programs ADMIN 535.............................................................................. 3 credits Business and Facilities Management ADMIN 560.............................................................................. 3 credits Human Resources Leadership and Management ADMIN 591B ~..........................................................................1 credit Principal Internship Part II: Organizational Management ADMIN 575.............................................................................. 3 credits Family, Community and Media Relations EDD 581.................................................................................... 4 credits Action Research and Evaluation ADMIN 565.............................................................................. 3 credits School Improvement Processes ADMIN 591C ~ .........................................................................1 credit Administrative Internship Part III: Professional Practice Students must also choose an elective from one of the following: AET 560 .................................................................................... 3 credits Facilitating Change AET 562 .................................................................................... 3 credits Social Media for Professional Learning CUR 550.................................................................................... 3 credits Engaging in Communities of Practice CUR 555.................................................................................... 3 credits Professional Learning for Continuous Improvement The University reserves the right to modify the required course of study. Additional Admission Requirements for the MAED/ADM All applicants are expected to meet the following admissions requirements: • A cumulative grade point average (GPA) of 3.0 for all

undergraduate coursework on the undergraduate degree posted transcript is required for admission.

• Students enrolled in this program must have an undergraduate degree from a regionally accredited college or university or equivalent undergraduate degree earned at a recognized foreign institution.

• Students enrolled in this program must hold a level 2 or 3 Utah teaching license to be admissible to this program. • A minimum equivalent of three (3) years post-high school

work experience including 18 months of instructional experience in a P-12 setting.

- The teaching or instructional experience must be as a contracted teacher in either a traditional or year-round public or private school. - Teaching experience is defined as stand-up teaching or facilitation with a pre-school (P)-12 school-age population. The following constitutes teaching experience:

-Verifiable (contracted) P-12 instructional classroom experience - 40 hours per week.

• Utah students in the MAED/ADM program can have experience as a licensed school counselor.

• All applicants must be currently employed or have access to a suitable work environment for the completion of course assignments.

• Students must provide evidence of their teaching effectiveness by providing: • Verification of scores of effective or higher on the candidate's

most recent teaching evaluation. • Letter of recommendation from the candidate's immediate

administrative supervisor or other administrator with knowledge regarding the individual's potential as an education leader.

• Students must pass an interview conducted by the college to measure the potential of the individual as an education leader.

• Clear a Utah State Board of Education (USBE) fingerprint background check.

Degree Completion Requirements for the MAED/ADM • Completion of a minimum of 38 credits. • A minimum grade point average (GPA) of 3.0. • Completion of signature assignments. • Satisfactory completion of any required internship and/or

practicum courses with a grade of "B" or better. • Students must take courses within a sequence specified by

course prerequisite requirements. • The diploma awarded for this program will read as:

Master of Arts in Education Administration and Supervision

Minimum Grade Requirement for the MAED/ADM • A candidate must earn a grade of "B" (3.0) or better in the

following practicum/internship courses, grades of "B-" are not accepted: ADMIN 591A, ADMIN 591B and ADMIN 591C. Students who earn less than a grade of "B" (3.0) in any of these courses must repeat the course in order to continue in their one credit administrative practicum/internship courses.

• Candidates who earn less than a grade of "B" (3.0) in any of these courses must complete a remediation plan and repeat the course.

• If the candidate does not receive a grade of "B" (3.0) or better on the second attempt, the candidate will be, scholastically suspended, permanently withdrawn from program.

360

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

COLLEGE OF EDUCATION (Online)

Residency Requirements and Course Waivers for the MAED/ ADM The University requires that the majority of coursework in the Required Course of Study be completed through the University. Also known as the residency requirement, the University requires completion of a minimum of 32 graduate level credits at the Uni- versity. Students in this program may waive a maximum of 6 credits from their required course of study. In order to be granted a waiver with credit for a course in the Required Course of Study, a student must have completed a previ- ous course which meets the following criteria: • The course must have been completed at a regionally accredited,

or candidate for accreditation, college or university. • The course must have been completed within the past five (5)

years from current program enrollment agreement sign date with a grade of "B" (3.0) or better.

• The course must be comparable in content and credits to the University course it is replacing and must be an equivalent level or higher level course (i.e. graduate level coursework may be used to waive graduate or undergraduate coursework). Course descriptions must be included with the course waiver form in order for the Office of Admissions and Evaluation to review the course waiver request.

Nationally recognized and/or industry accepted certifications may be used to waive certain courses in the Required Course of Study upon approval by the appropriate college or school that the courses reside under, and will not require Prior Learning Assess- ment. All waivers using certifications must be verified by an offi- cial transcript or completion documentation from the certifying organization. The following courses in the Required Course of Study may not be waived: ADMIN 591A, ADMIN 591B, ADMIN 591C, COM 516, EDD 581. The School of Advanced Studies offers a bridge opportunity for master's degree students who are interested in taking doctoral courses as part of the master's degree program. The Doctoral Pathway gives students the option to complete doc- toral level coursework during a master's program. The Doctoral Pathway allows a master's degree student to substi- tute up to two graduate level courses with designated doctoral level courses. Upon admission to the selected doctoral program, students are eligible to satisfy required course(s) within the doc- toral program. • Students must earn a B- or better in the doctoral level courses in

order to apply them towards the doctoral program.

• Student schedules may need to be adjusted, or student will need to overlap courses since doctoral courses are eight weeks in length. Students should speak with their academic/finance advisor for further information.

Institutional Recommendation for the MAED/ADM • Candidates must meet all current state certification

requirements prior to being issued an Institutional Recommendation (IR, request for principal certification).

• Upon completion, candidates must complete a University of Phoenix graduation application in order to receive a diploma and official transcript. Candidates' records will be analyzed to ensure that they have met all academic and financial requirements of their programs. An IR cannot be completed until this process has been finished. This will ensure that candidates have met all of their obligations to the University before they receive an IR from the University.

• Candidates must pass their state-mandated administrator exam, if required.

Internship Policies for the MAED/ADM • The Administrative Internship is a minimum 240-hour

placement. Each campus establishes operational policies related to placement and completion of the internship. Candidates must follow the guidelines in place at their campus.

• Candidates must take the internship courses concurrently with the internship experience. If a candidate chooses to postpone the internship, he/she must postpone their enrollment in the internship courses.

• Candidates must pass each Administrative Internship course with a grade of "B" or better in order to avoid Scholastic Disqualification.

• Candidates who are removed from a placement at the request of a school district administrator will be withdrawn from class and will be issued a grade of "F" by their faculty member.

Field Experience for the MAED/ADM Beginning with the first course, and throughout the program, can- didates are required to complete a minimum of 30-40 hours of veri- fied field experiences. The focus of each field experience will relate to specific course content and will follow a structured format. Doc- umentation of field experience must be included in the portfolio and will be reviewed by campus staff and faculty. Candidates must work with their campus to arrange field experience. Re-entry for the MAED/ADM Candidates who have been out of attendance for more than one year and have completed all degree requirements except student teaching, internship or practicum and can complete within their original deadline may reenter their original program version. However, if the state certification requirements have changed since a candidate went out of attendance needing only student teaching, internship or practicum, in addition to the admissions paperwork required by the University Re-entry policy, the candidate must complete an Enrollment Agreement Addendum before reentry to the original program version will be approved. Candidates who have been out of attendance for more than one year and are lacking courses in addition to their student teaching, internship or practicum must reenter the current program version and successfully complete all courses required by their reentry credit summary. Only students who reside within the United States and its territo- ries are eligible to enroll into a UOPX bachelor or master of educa- tion program. International students who have been out of attendance for more than 365 days will not be eligible to re-enter.

361

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

Master of Arts in Education/Administration and

........................................................................................... Supervision (California)

The following Master of Arts in Education/Administration and Supervision (MAED/ADM) program may be offered at these University of Phoenix campus locations: Online, depending on state of residence. The availability of programs and concentrations depend on student demand and other factors. Not all programs may be available to all residents of all states. Students may want to consider completing certain courses in the Online classroom at Online rates if the program is available via the Online modality in their state. Please contact your enrollment

........................................................................................... representative for more information.

The Master of Arts in Education/Administration and Supervision program prepares candidates for principal licensure. The stan- dards-based program is designed to provide principal candidates with the knowledge, skills, and dispositions necessary to be suc- cessful school leaders who can apply theory to practice. The pro- gram encompasses instructional leadership, organizational management, technology management, and data-driven decision- making. An administrative internship is an integral component of the program, providing candidates with a field-based experience in the various aspects of school administration and supervision. For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program, and other important information, please visit our website at http://www.phoenix.edu/ programs/maed-adm. Program Purpose The Master of Arts in Education/Administration and Supervision is a graduate degree program intended to prepare candidates for K-12 school principal licensure. Candidates for this program have already earned a bachelor's degree. The program includes a clinical component requiring field experiences and an administrative internship above and beyond program coursework. As licensure requirements may vary by state, it is the student's responsibility to ascertain and meet licensure requirements in any state in which the student desires to practice and to contact the applicable state educator licensure agency to verify current requirements to become a licensed school principal. There may be additional qualifications and/or disqualifications applicable in order to work as a principal with any local, state or federal entity. Preferred Sequence for the MAED/ADM Courses requiring prerequisites are identified by a ~ symbol fol- lowing the course number. Course descriptions for all courses are listed in the Course Guide section of the catalog (page B-1). Orientation, 0 total credits ADMN 500CA ......................................................................... 0 credits Orientation to California Administration and Supervision Introductory Course, 1 total credit COM 516 ....................................................................................1 credit Professional Communications Administrative Leadership, 3 total credits ADMIN 520 ~ ............................................................................1 credit Leadership II: Organizational and Instructional Leadership ADMIN 530 ~ ............................................................................1 credit Leadership III: School Improvement and Professional Learning ADMIN 540 ~ ............................................................................1 credit Leadership IV: Community

Visionary Leadership, 7 total credits ADMIN 510 ~ .......................................................................... 3 credits Visionary Leadership: Foundations of Leadership ADMIN 550 ~ .......................................................................... 4 credits Leadership V: Assessment of Leadership Organizational and Instructional Leadership, 12 total credits ADMIN 521 ~ .......................................................................... 3 credits Business Systems Management ADMIN 522 ~ .......................................................................... 3 credits School Policy and Law for Principals ADMIN 523 ~ .......................................................................... 3 credits Cultural Competency and Equity ADMIN 525 ~ .......................................................................... 3 credits Instructional Leadership School Improvement and Professional Growth Leadership, 9 total credits ADMIN 531 ~ .......................................................................... 3 credits School Improvement Process and Leadership ADMIN 532 ~ .......................................................................... 3 credits Professional Growth Leadership ADMIN 533 ~ .......................................................................... 3 credits Coaching as a Leader Community Leadership, 3 total credits ADMIN 541 ~ .......................................................................... 3 credits Community Leadership The University reserves the right to modify the required course of study. Additional Admission Requirements for the MAED/ADM All applicants are expected to meet the following admissions requirements: • Students enrolled in this program must have an undergraduate

degree from a regionally accredited college or university or equivalent undergraduate degree earned at a recognized foreign institution.

• Five (5) years verified (contracted) full-time teaching experience (40 hours per week) or services experiences in schools in pre- school through grade 12 (P-12) setting. (substitute or part-time service does not apply). • The teaching or services experiences must be as a contracted

teacher in either a traditional or year-round public or private school.

• Teaching experience is defined as stand-up teaching or facilitation with a pre-school (P)-12 school-age population. The following constitutes teaching or services experience.

• Verification of the following: • Current negative TB test or negative chest xray.

• Applicants must possess one of the following California credentials: • A valid clear or life California teaching credential requiring a

baccalaureate degree and a program of professional preparation, including student teaching

• A valid clear or life California Designated Subjects Teaching Credential provided the applicant also possesses a baccalaureate degree

362

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

COLLEGE OF EDUCATION (Online)

• A valid clear services prerequisite credential, California Pupil Personnel Services Credential, Teacher Librarian Services Credential, Speech-Language Pathology Services Credential, Clinical or Rehabilitative Services Credential, or a School Nurse Services Credential (Clear or Professional Clear level only), requiring a baccalaureate degree and a program of professional preparation, including field practice or the equivalent.

Candidacy Status for the MAED/ADM The College of Education has two levels of review consisting of Level 1 Candidate Status and Level 2 Candidate Status. Applicants must meet requirements for both levels of candidacy status to con- tinue in their program with no interruption of scheduling. • Level 1 Candidate Status is completed upon admission to the

University. Students who are admitted have met the requirements for Candidate Status Level 1.

• Level 2 Candidate Status is completed prior to the completion of 12 semester credits of the program. To meet the Candidate Status Level 2 requirements, the following items must be completed. Evidence that these requirements have been met must be entered in IS3 and the student's eXp file. • Proof of passing score on the CBEST exam, CSET Multiple

subject Plus Writing Skills Examination, or another state approved basic skills exam.

Students must be admitted and meet Level 1 Candidate Status prior to being reviewed for Level 2 Candidate Status. Degree Requirements for the MAED/ADM • Completion of a minimum of 35 credits. • A minimum grade point average (GPA) of 3.0. • Completion of signature assignments. • The Administrative Field Work and Clinical Experience is a

minimum of 120 hours and cannot be waived. (Each state's requirement for these hours will vary; candidates must follow the guidelines within their state.)

• Students must document having met all California Administrator Performance Expectations (CAPE) during field work and clinical experience by the end of the MAED/ADM program. These hours are documented on the Field Work and Clinical Experience Record Log.

• Students must take courses within a sequence specified by course prerequisite requirements.

• The diploma awarded for this program will read as: Master of Arts in Education Administration and Supervision

Minimum Grade Requirement for the MAED/ADM • A candidate must earn a grade of "B" (3.0) or better in the

following courses, grades of "B-" are not accepted. Students who earn less than a grade of "B" (3.0) in any of these courses must repeat the course in order to continue in their one credit administrative courses: ADMIN 510, ADMIN 520, ADMIN 530, ADMIN 540, ADMIN 550

• Candidates who earn less than a grade of "B" (3.0) in any of these courses must complete a remediation plan and repeat the course.

• If the candidate does not receive a grade of "B" (3.0) or better on the second attempt, the candidate will be scholastically suspended and permanently withdrawn from program.

Residency Requirements and Course Waivers for the MAED/ ADM The University requires that the majority of coursework in the Required Course of Study be completed through the University. Also known as the residency requirement, the University requires completion of a minimum of 29 graduate level credits at the Uni- versity. Students in this program may waive a maximum of 6 credits from their required course of study. In order to be granted a waiver with credit for a course in the Required Course of Study, a student must have completed a previ- ous course which meets the following criteria: • The course must have been completed at a regionally accredited

college or university. • The course must have been completed within the past five (5)

years from current program enrollment agreement sign date with a grade of "B" (3.0) or better.

• The course must be comparable in content and credits to the University course it is replacing and must be an equivalent level or higher level course (i.e. graduate level coursework may be used to waive graduate or undergraduate coursework). Course descriptions must be included with the course waiver form in order for the Office of Admissions and Evaluation to review the course waiver request.

Nationally recognized and/or industry accepted certifications may be used to waive certain courses in the Required Course of Study upon approval by the appropriate college or school that the courses reside under, and will not require Prior Learning Assess- ment. All waivers using certifications must be verified by an offi- cial transcript or completion documentation from the certifying organization. The following courses in the Required Course of Study may not be waived: ADMIN 510, ADMIN 520, ADMIN 530, ADMIN 540, ADMIN 550, ADMN 500CA, COM 516 Field Work and Clinical Experience for the MAED/ADM Field Work and Clinical Experience Policies • The Administrative Field Work and Clinical Experience is two-

part experience as seen below: • Candidates must complete 120 hours of directed field work

and clinical experience • Candidates must complete individual activities to verify the

completion of the Administration Performance Expectations • Candidates who are removed from a field work and clinical

experience at the request of a school district administrator will be withdrawn from class and will be issued a grade of "F" by their faculty member.

Field Work Students must document having met all CAPE and CE standards during field experience by the end of the MAED/ADM program. These hours are documented on the Field Work and Clinical Expe- rience Record Log. Beginning with the first course, and throughout the program, candidates are required to complete Field Experi- ences. The focus of each field experience will relate to specific course content and will follow a structured format. Documentation of field experience must be maintained and reviewed as specified in the handbook/courses and will be reviewed by campus staff and faculty. Candidates must work with their campus to arrange field experience.

363

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

Re-entry for the MAED/ADM Candidates who have been out of attendance for more than one year and have completed all degree requirements except student teaching, internship or practicum and can complete within their original deadline may reenter their original program version. However, if the state certification requirements have changed since a candidate went out of attendance needing only student teaching, internship or practicum, in addition to the admissions paperwork required by the University Re-entry policy, the candidate must complete an Enrollment Agreement Addendum before reentry to the original program version will be approved. Candidates who have been out of attendance for more than one year and are lacking courses in addition to their student teaching, internship or practicum must reenter the current program version and successfully complete all courses required by their reentry credit summary. Only students who reside within the United States and its territories are eligible to enroll into a UOPX bachelor or master of education program. International students who have been out of attendance for more than 365 days will not be eligible to re-enter. Institutional Recommendation for the MAED/ADM • Candidates must meet all current state certification

requirements prior to being issued an Institutional Recommendation (IR, request for Administrative Services Credential). Refer to New Student Checklist and your state certification agency for specific requirements.

• Upon completion, candidates must complete a University of Phoenix graduation application in order to receive a diploma and be degree conferred. Candidates' records will be analyzed to ensure that they have met all academic and financial requirements of their programs. An IR cannot be completed until this process has been finished. This will ensure that candidates have met all of their obligations to the University before they receive an IR from the University.

• Verification of employment in an administrative position is required prior to issuance of a Preliminary Administrative Credential. Those students who do not have an offer of employment in an administrative position may apply for a Certificate of Eligibility to seek employment.

Master of Arts in Education/Adult Education and

........................................................................................... Training

The following Master of Arts in Education/Adult Education and Training (MAED/AET) program may be offered at these University of Phoenix campus locations: Online, depending on state of residence. The availability of programs and concentrations depend on student demand and other factors. Not all programs may be available to all residents of all states. Students may want to consider completing certain courses in the Online classroom at Online rates if the program is available via the Online modality in their state. Please contact your enrollment

........................................................................................... representative for more information.

The Master of Arts/Adult Education and Training (MAED/AET) program is designed for individuals interested in working with adult learners in areas such as corporate training, non-profit and community-based organizations, government, postsecondary edu- cation, and human services agencies. Learners develop competen- cies and expertise necessary to align education and training with strategic objectives and human services foundations across an

enterprise with culturally diverse populations. Learners expand their knowledge in andragogical theory, instructional design and strategies, assessment of learning, delivering online learning, man- agement and marketing, and technology integration. In addition, learners engage in practice through collaborative learning, social media, and community-based learning. Graduates will be able to serve adult students, colleagues, industries, and communities as expert educators and trainers. For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program, and other important information, please visit our website at http://www.phoenix.edu/ programs/maed-aet. Program Purpose The Master of Arts in Education/Adult Education and Training is a graduate degree program intended for students interested in working with adult learners in an educational or training environment. The program does not prepare students for any type of professional certification or state licensure as a teacher. It is only intended as an advanced degree. Program Student Learning Outcomes In addition to the knowledge and skills related to the University Learning Goals, College of Education graduating students are intended to attain certain program-specific knowledge, skills and abilities. Therefore, you should be able to demonstrate the follow- ing learning outcomes by the time you complete this program. • Students will be able to design and implement instructional

practices to produce a positive impact on adult learning.

• Students will be able to understand the process of organizational change and how to communicate effectively to stakeholders.

• Students will be able to evaluate the educational and training needs of an organization.

• Students will be able to create innovative strategies and incorporate technology in adult education and training programs.

Program Requirements for the MAED/AET Courses requiring prerequisites are identified by a ~ symbol fol- lowing the course number. Course descriptions for all courses are listed in the Course Guide section of the catalog (page B-1). COM 520 ................................................................................. 3 credits Organizational Communication for Adult Education and Training AET 500 ................................................................................... 3 credits Foundations of Adult Learning Theory AET 508 ................................................................................... 3 credits Community-Based Education CUR 516 ~ ................................................................................ 4 credits Curriculum Theory and Instructional Design CUR 518 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Multicultural Strategies for the Adult Learner CUR 528 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Assessment of Learning CUR 532 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Facilitating Online Learning AET 552 .................................................................................... 3 credits Marketing Adult Education AET 560 .................................................................................... 3 credits Facilitating Change AET 562 .................................................................................... 3 credits Social Media for Professional Learning

364

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

COLLEGE OF EDUCATION (Online)

AET 570 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Program Development in Adult Education The University reserves the right to modify the Program Require- ments. Additional Admission Requirements for the MAED/AET All applicants are expected to meet the following admissions requirements:

• An undergraduate degree from a regionally or approved nationally accredited, or candidate for accreditation, college or university or comparable undergraduate bachelor's degree earned at a recognized foreign institution or a graduate degree from an ABA accredited institution (i.e.- JD, LLB, LLM). If the institution became accredited while the student was attending, a minimum of 75% of the coursework taken toward the degree must have been completed while the institution was accredited or during the candidacy period.

• All applicants must be currently employed or have access to a suitable work environment for the completion of course assignments.

Degree Completion Requirements for the MAED/AET • The completion of a minimum of 34 credits.

• A minimum grade point average (GPA) of 3.0.

• The diploma awarded for this program will read: Master of Arts in Education Adult Education and Training

Residency Requirements and Course Waivers for the MAED/ AET Students in this program may waive a maximum of 6 credits from their required course of study on the basis of prior graduate level coursework. In order to be granted a waiver with credit for a course in the Required Course of Study, a student must have completed a previ- ous course which meets the following criteria: • The course must have been completed at a regionally or

approved nationally accredited, or candidate for accreditation, college or university.

• The course must have been completed within the past five (5) years from current program enrollment agreement sign date with a grade of "B" (3.0) or better.

• The course must be comparable in content and credits to the University course it is replacing and must be an equivalent level or higher level course (i.e. graduate level coursework may be used to waive graduate or undergraduate coursework). Course descriptions must be included with the course waiver form in order for the Office of Admissions and Evaluation to review the course waiver request.

Nationally recognized and/or industry accepted certifications may be used to waive certain courses in the Required Course of Study upon approval by the appropriate college or school that the courses reside under, and will not require Prior Learning Assess- ment. All waivers using certifications must be verified by an offi- cial transcript or completion documentation from the certifying organization. Any student in MAED/TED-Elementary, MAED/TED-Secondary, or MAED-Special Education who have completed a minimum of 12 credits, and for whom Candidacy Level II status equals 2N, is eligible to enter the MAED/AET program using the following

course waivers:

The following course in the Required Course of Study may not be waived: COM 520 Academic Progression for the MAED/AET Students must successfully complete COM 520 as the first course in the program Re-entry for the MAED/AET Any student who has been out of attendance for more than 365 days from the last date of positive recorded attendance in a pro- gram applicable course is considered a re-entry student. Re-entry students may re-enroll into their program version without appeal if the program version is still the most current in their state or jurisdiction and the student has the ability to satisfy all program requirements within their original program completion deadline. Re-entry students whose program version is not the most current in their state or jurisdiction will be required to enroll into the most current version. Select programs may have additional re-entry requirements/ restrictions. Re-entry students should consult their Academic Advisor for guidance.

Program Courses Waived Using Courses (or equivalents)

MAED/TED-E AET 500 (3 credits) CUR 516 (4 credits) CUR 528 (3 credits) Total credits: 10

MTE 501 (2 credits) MTE 508 (3 credits) MTE 562 (3 credits) Total credits: 8

MAED/TED-S AET 500 (3 credits) CUR 516 (4 credits) CUR 528 (3 credits) Total credits: 10

MTE 501 (2 credits) SEC 508 (3 credits) MTE 562 (3 credits) Total credits: 8

MAED/SPE CUR 516 (4 credits) MTE 508 (3 credits) and SPE 511 (3 cred- its) -or- SPE 578 (3 credits) and SPE 546 (3 credits)

365

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

Master of Arts in Education/Elementary Teacher

........................................................................................... Education

The following Master of Arts in Education/Elementary Teacher Education (MAED/TED-E) program may be offered at these University of Phoenix campus locations: Online, depending on state of residence. The availability of programs and concentrations depend on student demand and other factors. Not all programs may be available to all residents of all states. Students may want to consider completing certain courses in the Online classroom at Online rates if the program is available via the Online modality in their state. Please contact your enrollment

........................................................................................... representative for more information.

The Master of Arts in Education/Elementary Teacher Education (MAED/TED-E) is a graduate degree program preparing candi- dates for teacher licensure. The guiding philosophy of the MAED/ TED-E program is to provide the adult student, who already has a degree in a discipline other than education, with the skills and knowledge that will allow them to become a competent and effec- tive educator. This program focuses on elementary student learn- ing by improving the educator ’s responsibility for that learning. Student teaching is an integral component of the Teacher Educa- tion Program. It provides students with a field-based experience at the appropriate grade and content level. Student teachers work with a cooperating teacher from a school site and with a University of Phoenix faculty advisor. The student teaching experience is designed to emphasize the achievement of state standards leading to certification and to present individuals with growth opportuni- ties that best prepare them to assume the duties of a certified class- room teacher. Throughout the program, students are required to complete a minimum of 100 hours of verified field experiences, covering a variety of developmental levels. The focus of each observation will relate to specific course content. For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program, and other important information, please visit our website at http://www.phoenix.edu/ programs/maed-ted-e. State authorization to provide a program related to the preparation of teachers or other P-12 school/system personnel does not indicate eligibility for an Alabama certificate. Applicants for an Alabama certificate based on reciprocity must meet Alabama's test requirements and submit a valid, renewable professional educator certificate/license issued by another state at the degree level, grade level, and in the teaching field or area of instructional support for which an Alabama certificate is sought and for which Alabama issues a certificate. Applicants for Alabama certification in an area of administration must also document at least three years of full-time employment as an administrator in a P-12 school system(s). www.alsde.edu Program Purpose The Master of Arts in Education/Elementary Teacher Education is a graduate degree program intended to prepare students with no prior teaching experience for initial teacher licensure. The program is designed for students who want to become elementary school teachers. Candidates for this program have already earned a bachelor's degree. The program includes a clinical component requiring field experiences and student teaching above and beyond program coursework. As licensure requirements may vary by state, it is the student's responsibility to ascertain and meet licensure requirements in any state in which the student desires to practice and to contact the applicable state educator

licensure agency to verify current requirements to become a licensed teacher. There may be additional qualifications and/or disqualifications applicable in order to work as a teacher with any local, state or federal entity. Program Student Learning Outcomes In addition to the knowledge and skills related to the University Learning Goals, College of Education graduating students are intended to attain certain program-specific knowledge, skills and abilities. Therefore, you should be able to demonstrate the follow- ing learning outcomes by the time you complete this program. • Students will be able to design and implement effective

instruction in the elementary classroom to produce a positive impact on student learning.

• Students will be able to evaluate effective professional practice in elementary education.

• Students will be able to apply professional ethics to their instructional practices in elementary education.

• Students will be able to evaluate learning principles to differentiate instruction to meet the needs of diverse elementary student populations.

• Students will be able to create innovative strategies and incorporate technology in an elementary classroom setting.

Program Category Requirements and Course Selections Courses requiring prerequisites are identified by a ~ symbol fol- lowing the course number. Course descriptions for all courses are listed in the Course Guide section of the catalog (page B-1). Orientation, 0 total credits MTE 507 ................................................................................... 0 credits Orientation to Teacher Education Introductory Course, 1 total credit COM 516 ....................................................................................1 credit Professional Communications Foundations of Education, 2 total credits MTE 501 ~ ................................................................................ 2 credits The Art and Science of Teaching Educational Theories and Models, 6 total credits MTE 518 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Models, Theories, and Instructional Strategies MTE 522 ................................................................................... 3 credits Maintaining an Effective Learning Climate Human Development, 2 total credits MTE 506 ~ ................................................................................ 2 credits Child and Adolescent Development Assessment, 3 total credits MTE 562 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Assessment and Evaluation Reading, 4 total credits RDG 537 ~ ................................................................................ 4 credits Curriculum Constructs & Assessment: Reading and Language Arts Special Populations, 8 total credits SEI 500 ...................................................................................... 3 credits Structured English Immersion SEI 503 ~ ................................................................................... 3 credits Advanced Structured English Immersion Methods SPE 514 ..................................................................................... 2 credits

366

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

COLLEGE OF EDUCATION (Online)

Survey of Special Populations Elementary Methods and Assessment, 10 total credits MTE 531 ................................................................................... 2 credits Curriculum Constructs & Assessment: History and Social Science MTE 533 ................................................................................... 4 credits Curriculum Constructs & Assessment: Science and Mathematics MTE 534 ................................................................................... 2 credits Curriculum Constructs & Assessment: Visual and Performing Arts MTE 537 .................................................................................. 2 credits Curriculum Constructs & Assessment: Physical Education and Health Student Teaching & Field Experience, 8 total credits ELM 598 ~................................................................................ 4 credits Elementary Student Teaching Part A ELM 599 ~................................................................................ 4 credits Elementary Student Teaching Part B Georgia, Illinois, Delaware, and New Jersey residents will take MTE 583 in place of ELM 598 and ELM 599. MTE 583 ~................................................................................ 8 credits Student Teaching The University reserves the right to modify the required course of Study. Additional Admission Requirements for the MAED/TED-E All applicants are expected to meet the following admissions requirements: • Students enrolled in this program must have an undergraduate

degree from a regionally accredited college or university or equivalent undergraduate degree earned at a recognized foreign institution.

• Students using foreign credentials when enrolling in a program leading to initial teacher certification/licensure must use a foreign credential evaluation service that is on both the approved University of Phoenix evaluation agency list and the state regulating board list of approved agencies, for the particular state in which the student is attending, to verify degree completion and equivalency to a United States undergraduate degree. Students attending online should abide by the regulations of the state in which they reside. In-house evaluations cannot be completed for programs leading to initial teacher certification.

• All applicants must be currently employed or have access to a suitable work environment for the completion of course assignments.

Additional Elementary Admission Requirements for Michigan: • Students enrolled in the MAED/TED-E program and residing in

the state of Michigan must provide a transcripted verification of a minimum of 30 semester credit hours in one of the content areas appropriate to elementary education prior to admission to the University.

• Appropriate content areas are: • English/Language Arts • Math • Science • Social Studies

Candidacy Status for the MAED/TED-E The College of Education has two levels of review consisting of Level 1 Candidate Status and Level 2 Candidate Status. Applicants must meet requirements for both levels of candidacy status to con-

tinue in their program with no interruption of scheduling. • Level 1 Candidate Status is completed upon admission to the

University. Students who are admitted have met the requirements for Candidate Status Level 1.

• Level 2 Candidate Status is completed prior to the completion of 12 semester credits of the program. To meet the Candidate Status Level 2 requirements, the following items must be completed. Evidence that these requirements have been met must be entered in IS3 and the student's eXp file. • Demonstration of basic skills proficiency • Verification of fingerprint clearance

Georgia residents attending Online and Local Campus students with enrollment agreements signed 3/1/2015 or thereafter seeking a Georgia certificate: Additional Candidacy Level II Requirements: • Obtain a Georgia Pre-service Certificate. The steps to qualify for

this certificate include: • Completion of GACE Educator Ethics Assessment-Program

Entry Assessment (350) • Signed Pre-service certification application • Signed and notarized Verification of Lawful Presence (VLP)

Affidavit • Completed Background Check Form

Students must be admitted and meet Level 1 Candidate Status prior to being reviewed for Level 2 Candidate Status. Degree Completion Requirements for the MAED/TED-E • Completion of a minimum of 44 credits. • A minimum grade point average (GPA) of 3.0. • Satisfactory completion and uploading of the Teacher Work

Sample (TWS). • Satisfactory completion of any required internship, student

teaching, and/or practicum courses. • Students must take courses within a sequence specified by

course prerequisite requirements. • Completion of Field Experience Record (100 hours). To ensure

student's meet this requirement documentation will be periodically uploaded, reviewed, and maintained as specified in the handbook/courses.

• Completion of signature assignments. • In order to receive an institutional recommendation and/or state

certification, candidates may need to meet other requirements as set forth by their state of residency. Candidates are advised to check with their State Department of Education for any additional certification requirements.

• Georgia residents attending Online and Local Campus students who complete field experience, student teaching, and apply for state certification 9/1/2015 or thereafter must complete: • Teacher Performance Assessment • GACE Educator Ethics Exit Exam (360)

• The diploma awarded for this program will read as: Master of Arts in Education Elementary Teacher Education

Academic Progression Requirements for the MAED/TED-E Candidates must provide verification of the following prior to beginning their student teaching experience. Candidates must pro- vide: • Immunization or TB test results (District specific) • Passing scores on the designated state content knowledge exam

(elementary content or secondary content area specific)

367

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

• Verification of the completion of 100 hours of field experience. • Students residing in Iowa must provide verification of the

completion of any outstanding credits as indicated in the admissions requirements prior to student teaching.

Candidates will be required to have the minimum GPA for the pro- gram prior to entering the Student Teaching experience. Minimum Grade Requirements for the MAED/TED-E • A candidate must earn a grade of "B" (grades of "I" and "B-" are

not accepted) or better in the following courses in order to student teach: ELM 598, ELM 599. Georgia and Illinois students only: MTE 583.

• Candidates must earn a "B" or better in Student Teaching Part A & B in order to complete this program. Candidates who do not earn a "B" or better will be required to repeat the seminar(s) in which the candidate did not receive the required minimum grade and the related portion of student teaching. The Campus College chair will coordinate with the Cooperating/Mentor Teacher and Faculty Supervisor to design a remediation plan.

• If the candidate does not receive a grade of "B" or better on the second attempt, the candidate will be Scholastically Suspended, permanently withdrawn, from the program.

Residency Requirements and Course Waivers for the MAED/ TED-E Students in this program may waive a maximum of 6 credits from their required course of study. In order to be granted a waiver with credit for a course in the Required Course of Study, a student must have completed a previ- ous course which meets the following criteria: • The course must have been completed at a regionally accredited,

or candidate for accreditation, college or university. • The course must have been completed within the past five (5)

years from current program enrollment agreement sign date with a grade of "B" (3.0) or better.

• The course must be comparable in content and credits to the University course it is replacing and must be an equivalent level or higher level course (i.e. graduate level coursework may be used to waive graduate or undergraduate coursework). Course descriptions must be included with the course waiver form in order for the Office of Admissions and Evaluation to review the course waiver request.

Nationally recognized and/or industry accepted certifications may be used to waive certain courses in the Required Course of Study upon approval by the appropriate college or school that the courses reside under, and will not require Prior Learning Assess- ment. All waivers using certifications must be verified by an offi- cial transcript or completion documentation from the certifying organization. The following courses in the Required Course of Study may not be waived: COM 516, ELM 598, ELM 599, MTE 507, MTE 518, MTE 522, MTE 533, RDG 537, SPE 514. Georgia and Illinois students only: COM 516, MTE 507, MTE 518, MTE 522, MTE 533, RDG 537, SPE 514, MTE 583. Arizona residents may waive SEI 500 and/or SEI 503 with an Ari- zona Department of Education approved SEI course (institution of higher education or approved district workshop) OR verification of one of the following endorsements: • Arizona Provisional SEI Endorsement (SEI 500) • Arizona Full SEI Endorsement (SEI 503) • Arizona English as a Second Language Endorsement • Arizona Bilingual Endorsement

Approved SEI courses/workshops can be found at https:// www.ade.az.gov/oelas/. Students who complete the Teach for America Summer Institute are eligible to waive the following course in the MAED/TED Pro- grams. Candidates must provide verification of completion in order to be eligible for these waivers.

Candidates who have completed Post-Baccalaureate Teacher Certi- fication program (Post-Bacc) from Rio Salado Community College are eligible to apply completed coursework from the Post-Bacc pro- gram to fulfill requirements within this program. Course waivers will only be granted to students who have completed the Post-Bacc program in its entirety. Single courses from the Post-Bacc program will not be approved. Students who waive courses using the Post-Bacc Course Waiver policy may exceed the maximum waiver limit for their program and will be eligible to waive select non-waivable courses as out- lined on the Post-Bacc Teacher Certification Course Waiver Form. Following application of the Post-Bacc course waivers, candidates will fulfill Candidacy 2 and all academic progression requirements. Candidates will not be required to complete and/or provide the following: • Fingerprint clearance • Basic Skills proficiency • Completion and uploading of the Teacher Work Sample (TWS) • Satisfactory completion of any required internship, student

teaching, and/or practicum courses. • Completion of Field Experience Record (100 hours). To ensure

student's meet this requirement documentation will be periodically uploaded, reviewed, and maintained as specified in the handbook/courses.

Field Experience for the MAED/TED-E Beginning with the first course, and throughout the program, can- didates are required to complete a minimum of 100 hours of veri- fied field experiences, covering a variety of developmental levels from ages birth through grade eight. The focus of each field experi- ence will relate to specific course content and will follow a struc- tured format. Four formal field experience evaluations are required during the program (observation, one-on-one instruction, small- group instruction, and whole-group instruction). These evalua- tions must be maintained and reviewed as specified in the hand- book/courses. Documentation of field experience will be reviewed by campus staff and faculty prior to student teaching. Candidates must work with their campus to arrange field experience. Student Teaching for the MAED/TED-E Student teaching is a full-time experience. Each campus establishes operational policies related to placement and completion of stu- dent teaching. Candidates must follow the guidelines in place at their campus. Arizona Teacher candidates enrolled in the MAED/TED-E program will be issued an Elementary certificate in grades 1-8. Teacher candidates in the MAED/TED-E program will not be eligible to student teach in Kin-

Program Courses Waived

MAED/TED-E MTE 501 MTE 506, MTE 518

MAED/TED-S MTE 501, MTE 506, SEC 508

MAED/TED-E CA MTE 501CA, MTE 506CA, MTE 518CA

MAED/TED- S CA MTE 501, MTE 506, SEC 508CA

368

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

COLLEGE OF EDUCATION (Online)

dergarten and will not be issued an Institutional Recommendation (IR) as the Arizona Department of Education will no longer recognize Kinder- garten experience for certification in Elementary education. • Candidates must take Student Teaching Part A & B concurrently

with the student teaching experience. If a candidate chooses to postpone student teaching, he/she must postpone their enrollment in the student teaching courses.

• Student teachers who are removed from a placement at the request of a school district administrator will be withdrawn from class and will be issued a grade of "F" by their faculty member.

• Student teaching can only be repeated one time. • Unapproved self-terminations of student teaching will result in

the candidate receiving a failing grade for the student teaching experience and the associated student teaching seminar. This experience counts as one of their two student teaching attempts.

• Candidates who do not successfully complete the second student teaching experience will be removed from the program and are not eligible for re-entry.

• Candidates enrolled in the MAED/TED program must student teach in the subject area in which a passing score was achieved on the content knowledge assessment exam. This is either an elementary (general), middle level (subject specific), or secondary (content specific) setting based on their program specialization.

• Candidates in the MAED/TED program may not student teach in special education.

• MAED/TED candidates, who are currently employed as the teacher of record in a classroom appropriate grade level/content for the certificate they are pursuing (e.g. 4th grade for elementary candidate or 9th grade English for secondary candidate), can 'student teach' or 'validate' in their current classroom. Students will be evaluated by a faculty supervisor in their classroom and will not have to seek additional placement for student teaching. Students must complete the Student Teaching courses and complete and upload the Teacher Work Sample.

• Students should complete student teaching within twelve (12) months from the completion date of their last required course in the program.

• Students must complete a minimum of 8 credit hours of student teaching, including the completion of a Teacher Work Sample project.

Candidates who are unable to complete their student teaching experience at the campus where they began are not guaranteed a placement. Candidates may be able to complete their student teaching online. A select number of states do not participate in the University of Phoenix Teacher Education program. Candidates must contact the Online Administrative Offices for a list of partici- pating states and procedures for student teaching placement. • Candidates must enroll in the remaining Student Teaching

Seminars online while completing their student teaching experience.

• Candidates need to work directly with the Online Administrative Offices to complete the requirements for verification of placement.

Institutional Recommendation for the MAED/TED-E • Candidates must meet all current state certification

requirements prior to being issued an Institutional Recommendation (IR, request for state teaching credential).

• Upon completion, candidates must complete a University of Phoenix graduation application in order to receive a diploma and official transcript. Candidates' records will be analyzed to ensure that they have met all academic and financial requirements of their programs. An IR cannot be completed until this process has been finished. This will ensure that candidates have met all of their obligations to the University before they receive an IR from the University.

• Candidates must pass their state-mandated professional knowledge exam.

• Candidates must provide verification of school law, state and U.S. Constitution coursework, as required by the state certification agency.

Arizona Teaching Intern Certificate Program The requirements for initial issuance of the teaching intern certifi- cate are:

• A Bachelor's degree or higher from an accredited institution • A passing score on one or more subject knowledge portions of

the Arizona Teacher Proficiency Assessment that corresponds to the applicant's teaching assignment(s)

• Completion of the requirements for a Provisional Structured English Immersion endorsement as prescribed in R7-2-613(J)

• A valid fingerprint clearance card issued by the Arizona Department of Public Safety

Re-entry for the MAED/TED-E Candidates who have been out of attendance for more than one year and have completed all degree requirements except student teaching, internship or practicum and can complete within their original deadline may reenter their original program version. However, if the state certification requirements have changed since a candidate went out of attendance needing only student teaching, internship or practicum, in addition to the admissions paperwork required by the University Re-entry policy, the candidate must complete an Enrollment Agreement Addendum before reentry to the original program version will be approved. Candidates who have been out of attendance for more than one year and are lacking courses in addition to their student teaching, internship or practicum must reenter the current program version and successfully complete all courses required by their reentry credit summary. Only students who reside within the United States and its territo- ries are eligible to enroll into a UOPX bachelor or master of educa- tion program. International students who have been out of attendance for more than 365 days will not be eligible to re-enter.

369

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

Master of Arts in Education/Secondary Teacher

........................................................................................... Education

The following Master of Arts in Education/Secondary Teacher Education (MAED/TED-S) program may be offered at these University of Phoenix campus locations: Online, depending on state of residence. The availability of programs and concentrations depend on student demand and other factors. Not all programs may be available to all residents of all states. Students may want to consider completing certain courses in the Online classroom at Online rates if the program is available via the Online modality in their state. Please contact your enrollment

........................................................................................... representative for more information.

The Master of Arts in Education/Secondary Teacher Education (MAED/TED-S) is a graduate degree program preparing candi- dates for teacher licensure. The guiding philosophy of the MAED/ TED-S program is to provide the adult student, who already has a degree in a discipline other than education, with the skills and knowledge that will allow them to become a competent and effec- tive educator. This program focuses on secondary student learning by improving the educator ’s responsibility for that learning. Stu- dent teaching is an integral component of the Teacher Education Program. It provides students with a field-based experience at the appropriate grade and content level. Student teachers work with a cooperating teacher from a school site and with a University of Phoenix faculty advisor. The student teaching experience is designed to emphasize the achievement of state standards leading to certification and to present individuals with growth opportuni- ties that best prepare them to assume the duties of a certified class- room teacher. Throughout the program, students are required to complete a minimum of 100 hours of verified field experiences, covering a variety of developmental levels. The focus of each observation will relate to specific course content. For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program, and other important information, please visit our website at http://www.phoenix.edu/ programs/maed-ted-s. State authorization to provide a program related to the preparation of teachers or other P-12 school/system personnel does not indicate eligibility for an Alabama certificate. Applicants for an Alabama certificate based on reciprocity must meet Alabama's test requirements and submit a valid, renewable professional educator certificate/license issued by another state at the degree level, grade level, and in the teaching field or area of instructional support for which an Alabama certificate is sought and for which Alabama issues a certificate. Applicants for Alabama certification in an area of administration must also document at least three years of full-time employment as an administrator in a P-12 school system(s). www.alsde.edu Program Purpose The Master of Arts in Education/Secondary Teacher Education is a graduate degree program intended to prepare students with no prior teaching experience for initial teacher licensure. The program is designed for students who want to become secondary school teachers. Candidates for this program have already earned a bachelor's degree. The program includes a clinical component requiring field experiences and student teaching above and beyond program coursework. As licensure requirements may vary by state, it is the student's responsibility to ascertain and meet licensure requirements in any state in which the student desires to practice and to contact the applicable state educator

licensure agency to verify current requirements to become a licensed teacher. There may be additional qualifications and/or disqualifications applicable in order to work as a teacher with any local, state or federal entity. Program Student Learning Outcomes In addition to the knowledge and skills related to the University Learning Goals, College of Education graduating students are intended to attain certain program-specific knowledge, skills and abilities. Therefore, you should be able to demonstrate the follow- ing learning outcomes by the time you complete this program. • Students will be able to design and implement effective

instruction in the secondary classroom to produce a positive impact on student learning.

• Students will be able evaluate effective professional practice in secondary education.

• Students will be able apply professional ethics to their instructional practices in secondary education.

• Students will be able evaluate learning principles to differentiate instruction to meet the needs of diverse secondary student populations.

• Students will be able create innovative strategies and incorporate technology in a secondary classroom setting.

Program Category Requirements and Course Selections Courses requiring prerequisites are identified by a ~ symbol fol- lowing the course number. Course descriptions for all courses are listed in the Course Guide section of the catalog (page B-1). Orientation, 0 total credits MTE 507 ................................................................................... 0 credits Orientation to Teacher Education Introductory Course, 1 total credit COM 516 .................................................................................. 1 credits Professional Communications Foundations of Education, 2 total credits MTE 501 ~ ................................................................................ 2 credits The Art and Science of Teaching Educational Theories and Models, 6 total credits SEC 508 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits Models, Theories and Strategies for Secondary Education MTE 523 ................................................................................... 3 credits Maintaining an Effective Learning Climate Human Development, 2 total credits MTE 506 ~ ................................................................................ 2 credits Child and Adolescent Development Assessment, 3 total credits MTE 562 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Assessment and Evaluation Secondary Reading, 3 total credits RDG 542 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Curriculum Constructs & Assessment: Reading Methods for Sec- ondary Settings Secondary Methods, 3 total credits MTE 559 ................................................................................... 3 credits Curriculum Constructs and Assessment: Secondary Methods SEI 500 ...................................................................................... 3 credits Structured English Immersion

370

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

COLLEGE OF EDUCATION (Online)

Secondary Elective, 3 total credits SEI 503 ...................................................................................... 3 credits Advanced Structured English Immersion Methods Special Populations, 2 total credits SPE 514..................................................................................... 2 credits Survey of Special Populations Student Teaching & Field Experience, 8 total credits SEC 598 .................................................................................... 4 credits Secondary Student Teaching Part A SEC 599 ~ ................................................................................. 4 credits Secondary Student Teaching Part B Georgia, Illinois, Delaware, and New Jersey residents will take SEC 596 in place of SEC 598 and SEC 599 SEC 596 ~ ................................................................................. 8 credits Student Teaching The University reserves the right to modify the required course of Study. Additional Admission Requirements for the MAED/TED-S All applicants are expected to meet the following admissions requirements: • Students enrolled in this program must have an undergraduate

degree from a regionally accredited college or university or equivalent undergraduate degree earned at a recognized foreign institution.

• Students in the MAED/TED-S program residing in Tennessee and attending UOPX online must have an undergraduate degree in a secondary endorsement area as recognized by the Tennessee State Board of Education. Endorsement areas designated as Pre-K-12 or K-12 are not eligible for enrollment.

• Students using foreign credentials when enrolling in a program leading to initial teacher certification/licensure must use a foreign credential evaluation service that is on both the approved University of Phoenix evaluation agency list and the state regulating board list of approved agencies, for the particular state in which the student is attending, to verify degree completion and equivalency to a United States undergraduate degree. Students attending online should abide by the regulations of the state in which they reside. In-house evaluations cannot be completed for programs leading to initial teacher certification.

• All applicants must be currently employed or have access to a suitable work environment for the completion of course assignments.

Additional Secondary Admission Requirements for Iowa: • To be admitted, students must provide transcripted verification

of a minimum of 24 semester credit hours in their secondary content area.

Additional Secondary Admission Requirements for Michigan: • Students enrolled in the MAED/TED-S program and residing in

the state of Michigan must provide a transcripted verification of a minimum of 30 semester credit hours in their secondary content area prior to admission to the University.

Candidacy Status for the MAED/TED-S The College of Education has two levels of review consisting of Level 1 Candidate Status and Level 2 Candidate Status. Applicants must meet requirements for both levels of candidacy status to con- tinue in their program with no interruption of scheduling.

• Level 1 Candidate Status is completed upon admission to the University. Students who are admitted have met the requirements for Candidate Status Level 1.

• Level 2 Candidate Status is completed prior to the completion of 12 semester credits of the program. To meet the Candidate Status Level 2 requirements, the following items must be completed. Evidence that these requirements have been met must be entered in IS3 and the student's eXp file. • Demonstration of basic skills proficiency • Verification of fingerprint clearance

Georgia residents attending Online and Local Campus students with enrollment agreements signed 3/1/2015 or thereafter seeking a Georgia certificate: Additional Candidacy Level II Requirements: • Obtain a Georgia Pre-service Certificate. The steps to qualify for

this certificate include: • Completion of GACE Educator Ethics Assessment-Program

Entry Assessment (350) • Signed Pre-service certification application • Signed and notarized Verification of Lawful Presence (VLP)

Affidavit • Completed Background Check Form

Students must be admitted and meet Level 1 Candidate Status prior to being reviewed for Level 2 Candidate Status. Degree Completion Requirements for the MAED/TED-S • Completion of a minimum of 36 credits. • A minimum grade point average (GPA) of 3.0. • Satisfactory completion and uploading of the Teacher Work

Sample (TWS). • Satisfactory completion of any required internship, student

teaching, and/or practicum courses. • Students must take courses within a sequence specified by

course prerequisite requirements. • Completion of Field Experience Record (100 hours). To ensure

student's meet this requirement documentation will be periodically uploaded, reviewed, and maintained as specified in the handbook/courses.

• Completion of signature assignments. • In order to receive an institutional recommendation and/or state

certification, candidates may need to meet other requirements as set forth by their state of residency. Candidates are advised to check with their State Department of Education for any additional certification requirements.

• Georgia residents attending Online and Local Campus students who complete field experience, student teaching, and apply for state certification 9/1/2015 or thereafter must complete: • Teacher Performance Assessment • GACE Educator Ethics Exit Exam (360)

• The diploma awarded for this program will read as: Master of Arts in Education Secondary Teacher Education

Academic Progression Requirements for the MAED/TED-S Candidates must provide verification of the following prior to beginning their student teaching experience. Candidates must pro- vide: • Immunization or TB test results (District specific) • Passing scores on the designated state content knowledge exam

(elementary content or secondary content area specific) • Verification of the completion of 100 hours of field experience.

371

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

• Students residing in Iowa must provide verification of the completion of any outstanding credits as indicated in the admissions requirements prior to student teaching.

Candidates will be required to have the minimum GPA for the pro- gram prior to entering the Student Teaching experience. Minimum Grade Requirements for the MAED/TED-S • A candidate must earn a grade of "B" (grades of "I" or "B-" are

not accepted) or better in the following courses in order to student teach: SEC 598, SEC 599. Georgia and Illinois students only: SEC 596.

• Candidates must earn a "B" or better in Student Teaching Part A & B in order to complete this program. Candidates who do not earn a "B" or better will be required to repeat the seminar(s) in which the candidate did not receive the required minimum grade and the related portion of student teaching. The Campus College chair will coordinate with the Cooperating/Mentor Teacher and Faculty Supervisor to design a remediation plan.

• If the candidate does not receive a grade of "B" or better on the second attempt, the candidate will be Scholastically Suspended, permanently withdrawn, from the program.

Institutional Recommendation for the MAED/TED-S • Candidates must meet all current state certification

requirements prior to being issued an Institutional Recommendation (IR, request for state teaching credential).

• Upon completion, candidates must complete a University of Phoenix graduation application in order to receive a diploma and official transcript. Candidates' records will be analyzed to ensure that they have met all academic and financial requirements of their programs. An IR cannot be completed until this process has been finished. This will ensure that candidates have met all of their obligations to the University before they receive an IR from the University.

• Candidates must pass their state-mandated professional knowledge exam.

• Candidates must provide verification of school law, state and U.S. Constitution coursework, as required by the state certification agency.

Residency Requirements and Course Waivers for the MAED/ TED-S Students in this program may waive a maximum of 6 credits from their required course of study. In order to be granted a waiver with credit for a course in the Required Course of Study, a student must have completed a previ- ous course which meets the following criteria: • The course must have been completed at a regionally accredited,

or candidate for accreditation, college or university. • The course must have been completed within the past five (5)

years from current program enrollment agreement sign date with a grade of "B" (3.0) or better.

• The course must be comparable in content and credits to the University course it is replacing and must be an equivalent level or higher level course (i.e. graduate level coursework may be used to waive graduate or undergraduate coursework). Course descriptions must be included with the course waiver form in order for the Office of Admissions and Evaluation to review the course waiver request.

Nationally recognized and/or industry accepted certifications may be used to waive certain courses in the Required Course of Study upon approval by the appropriate college or school that the courses reside under, and will not require Prior Learning Assess-

ment. All waivers using certifications must be verified by an offi- cial transcript or completion documentation from the certifying organization. The following courses in the Required Course of Study may not be waived: COM 516, MTE 507, MTE 523, MTE 559, RDG 542, SEC 508, SEC 598, SEC 599, SPE 514. Georgia and Illinois students only: COM 516, MTE 507, MTE 523, MTE 559, RDG 542, SEC 508, SPE 514, SEC 596. Arizona residents may waive SEI 500 and/or SEI 503 with an Ari- zona Department of Education approved SEI course (institution of higher education or approved district workshop) OR verification of one of the following endorsements: • Arizona Provisional SEI Endorsement (SEI 500) • Arizona Full SEI Endorsement (SEI 503) • Arizona English as a Second Language Endorsement • Arizona Bilingual Endorsement Approved SEI courses/workshops can be found at https:// www.ade.az.gov/oelas/. Students who complete the Teach for America Summer Institute are eligible to waive the following course in the MAED/TED Pro- grams. Candidates must provide verification of completion in order to be eligible for these waivers.

Candidates who have completed Post-Baccalaureate Teacher Certi- fication program (Post-Bacc) from Rio Salado Community College are eligible to apply completed coursework from the Post-Bacc pro- gram to fulfill requirements within this program. Course waivers will only be granted to students who have completed the Post-Bacc program in its entirety. Single courses from the Post-Bacc program will not be approved. Students who waive courses using the Post-Bacc Course Waiver policy may exceed the maximum waiver limit for their program and will be eligible to waive select non-waivable courses as out- lined on the Post-Bacc Teacher Certification Course Waiver Form. Following application of the Post-Bacc course waivers, candidates will fulfill Candidacy 2 and all academic progression requirements. Candidates will not be required to complete and/or provide the following: • Fingerprint clearance • Basic Skills proficiency • Completion and uploading of the Teacher Work Sample (TWS) • Satisfactory completion of any required internship, student

teaching, and/or practicum courses. • Completion of Field Experience Record (100 hours). To ensure

student's meet this requirement documentation will be periodically uploaded, reviewed, and maintained as specified in the handbook/courses.

Field Experience for the MAED/TED-S Beginning with the first course, and throughout the program, can- didates are required to complete a minimum of 100 hours of veri- fied field experiences, covering a variety of developmental levels from ages birth through grade eight. The focus of each field experi- ence will relate to specific course content and will follow a struc- tured format. Four formal field experience evaluations are required during the program (observation, one-on-one instruction, small-

Program Courses Waived

MAED/TED-E MTE 501, MTE 506, MTE 518

MAED/TED-S MTE 501 MTE 506, SEC 508

372

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

COLLEGE OF EDUCATION (Online)

group instruction, and whole-group instruction). These evalua- tions must be maintained and reviewed as specified in the hand- book/courses. Documentation of field experience will be reviewed by campus staff and faculty prior to student teaching. Candidates must work with their campus to arrange field experience. Student Teaching for the MAED/TED-S Student teaching is a full-time experience. Each campus establishes operational policies related to placement and completion of stu- dent teaching. Candidates must follow the guidelines in place at their campus. • Candidates must take Student Teaching Part A & B concurrently

with the student teaching experience. If a candidate chooses to postpone student teaching, he/she must postpone their enrollment in the student teaching courses.

• Student teachers who are removed from a placement at the request of a school district administrator will be withdrawn from class and will be issued a grade of "F" by their faculty member.

• Student teaching can only be repeated one time. • Unapproved self-terminations of student teaching will result in

the candidate receiving a failing grade for the student teaching experience and the associated student teaching seminar. This experience counts as one of their two student teaching attempts.

• Candidates who do not successfully complete the second student teaching experience will be removed from the program and are not eligible for re-entry.

• Candidates enrolled in the MAED/TED program must student teach in the subject area in which a passing score was achieved on the content knowledge assessment exam. This is either an elementary (general), middle level (subject specific), or secondary (content specific) setting based on their program specialization.

• Candidates in the MAED/TED program may not student teach in special education.

• MAED/TED candidates, who are currently employed as the teacher of record in a classroom appropriate grade level/content for the certificate they are pursuing (e.g. 4th grade for elementary candidate or 9th grade English for secondary candidate), can 'student teach' or 'validate' in their current classroom. Students will be evaluated by a faculty supervisor in their classroom and will not have to seek additional placement for student teaching. Students must complete the Student Teaching courses and complete and upload the Teacher Work Sample.

• Students should complete student teaching within twelve (12) months from the completion date of their last required course in the program.

• Students must complete a minimum of 8 credit hours of student teaching, including the completion of a Teacher Work Sample project.

Candidates who are unable to complete their student teaching experience at the campus where they began are not guaranteed a placement. Candidates may be able to complete their student teaching online. A select number of states do not participate in the University of Phoenix Teacher Education program. Candidates must contact the Online Administrative Offices for a list of partici- pating states and procedures for student teaching placement. • Candidates must enroll in the remaining Student Teaching

Seminars online while completing their student teaching experience.

• Candidates need to work directly with the Online Administrative Offices to complete the requirements for verification of placement.

Arizona Teaching Intern Certificate Program The requirements for initial issuance of the teaching intern certifi- cate are: • A Bachelor's degree or higher from an accredited institution • A passing score on one or more subject knowledge portions of

the Arizona Teacher Proficiency Assessment that corresponds to the applicant's teaching assignment(s)

• Completion of the requirements for a Provisional Structured English Immersion endorsement as prescribed in R7-2-613(J)

• A valid fingerprint clearance card issued by the Arizona Department of Public Safety

Re-entry for the MAED/TED-S Candidates who have been out of attendance for more than one year and have completed all degree requirements except student teaching, internship or practicum and can complete within their original deadline may reenter their original program version. However, if the state certification requirements have changed since a candidate went out of attendance needing only student teaching, internship or practicum, in addition to the admissions paperwork required by the University Re-entry policy, the candidate must complete an Enrollment Agreement Addendum before reentry to the original program version will be approved. Candidates who have been out of attendance for more than one year and are lacking courses in addition to their student teaching, internship or practicum must reenter the current program version and successfully complete all courses required by their reentry credit summary. Only students who reside within the United States and its territo- ries are eligible to enroll into a UOPX bachelor or master of educa- tion program. International students who have been out of attendance for more than 365 days will not be eligible to re-enter.

Master of Arts in Education/Elementary Teacher

........................................................................................... Education (Hawaii)

The following Master of Arts in Education/Elementary Teacher Education (MAED/TED-E) program may be offered at these University of Phoenix campus locations: Online, depending on state of residence. The availability of programs and concentrations depend on student demand and other factors. Not all programs may be available to all residents of all states. Students may want to consider completing certain courses in the Online classroom at Online rates if the program is available via the Online modality in their state. Please contact your enrollment

........................................................................................... representative for more information.

The Master of Arts in Education/Elementary Teacher Education (MAED/TED-E) is a graduate degree program preparing candi- dates for teacher licensure. The guiding philosophy of the MAED/ TED-E program is to provide the adult student, who already has a degree in a discipline other than education, with the skills and knowledge that will allow them to become a competent and effec- tive educator. This program focuses on elementary student learn- ing by improving the educator ’s responsibility for that learning. Student teaching is an integral component of the Teacher Educa- tion Program. It provides students with a field-based experience at the appropriate grade and content level. Student teachers work with a cooperating teacher from a school site and with a University of Phoenix faculty advisor. The student teaching experience is

373

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

designed to emphasize the achievement of state standards leading to certification and to present individuals with growth opportuni- ties that best prepare them to assume the duties of a certified class- room teacher. Throughout the program, students are required to complete a minimum of 100 hours of verified field experiences, covering a variety of developmental levels. The focus of each observation will relate to specific course content. For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program, and other important information, please visit our website at http://www.phoenix.edu/ programs/maed-ted-e. Program Purpose The Master of Arts in Education/Elementary Teacher Education is a graduate degree program intended to prepare students with no prior teaching experience for initial teacher licensure. The program is designed for students who want to become elementary school teachers. Candidates for this program have already earned a bachelor's degree. The program includes a clinical component requiring field experiences and student teaching above and beyond program coursework. As licensure requirements may vary by state, it is the student's responsibility to ascertain and meet licensure requirements in any state in which the student desires to practice and to contact the applicable state educator licensure agency to verify current requirements to become a licensed teacher. There may be additional qualifications and/or disqualifications applicable in order to work as a teacher with any local, state or federal entity. Program Student Learning Outcomes In addition to the knowledge and skills related to the University Learning Goals, College of Education graduating students are intended to attain certain program-specific knowledge, skills and abilities. Therefore, you should be able to demonstrate the follow- ing learning outcomes by the time you complete this program. • Students will be able to design and implement effective

instruction in the elementary classroom to produce a positive impact on student learning.

• Students will be able to evaluate effective professional practice in elementary education.

• Students will be able to apply professional ethics to their instructional practices in elementary education.

• Students will be able to evaluate learning principles to differentiate instruction to meet the needs of diverse elementary student populations.

• Students will be able to create innovative strategies and incorporate technology in an elementary classroom setting.

Program Category Requirements and Course Selections Courses requiring prerequisites are identified by a ~ symbol fol- lowing the course number. Course descriptions for all courses are listed in the Course Guide section of the catalog (page B-1). Orientation, 0 total credits MTE 507.................................................................................... 0 credits Orientation to Teacher Education Introductory Course, 1 total credit COM 516 ....................................................................................1 credit Professional Communications Foundations of Education, 2 total credits MTE 501 ~ ................................................................................ 2 credits The Art and Science of Teaching

Educational Theories and Models, 6 total credits MTE 518 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Models, Theories, and Instructional Strategies MTE 522 ................................................................................... 3 credits Maintaining an Effective Learning Climate Human Development, 2 total credits MTE 506 ~ ................................................................................ 2 credits Child and Adolescent Development Assessment, 3 total credits MTE 562 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Assessment and Evaluation Reading, 4 total credits RDG 537 ~ ................................................................................ 4 credits Curriculum Constructs & Assessment: Reading and Language Arts Special Populations, 5 total credits MTE 553 ................................................................................... 3 credits Instruction and Assessment of English Language Learners SPE 514 ..................................................................................... 2 credits Survey of Special Populations Elementary Methods and Assessment, 10 total credits MTE 531 ................................................................................... 2 credits Curriculum Constructs & Assessment: History and Social Science MTE 533 ................................................................................... 4 credits Curriculum Constructs & Assessment: Science and Mathematics MTE 534 ................................................................................... 2 credits Curriculum Constructs & Assessment: Visual and Performing Arts MTE 537 .................................................................................. 2 credits Curriculum Constructs & Assessment: Physical Education and Health Student Teaching & Field Experience, 8 total credits ELM 598 ~ ................................................................................ 4 credits Elementary Student Teaching Part A ELM 599 ~ ................................................................................ 4 credits Elementary Student Teaching Part B The University reserves the right to modify the Required Course of Study. Additional Admission Requirements for the MAED/TED-E All applicants are expected to meet the following admissions requirements: • Students enrolled in this program must have an undergraduate

degree from a regionally accredited college or university or equivalent undergraduate degree earned at a recognized foreign institution.

• Students using foreign credentials when enrolling in a program leading to initial teacher certification/licensure must use a foreign credential evaluation service that is on both the approved University of Phoenix evaluation agency list and the state regulating board list of approved agencies, for the particular state in which the student is attending, to verify degree completion and equivalency to a United States undergraduate degree. Students attending online should abide by the regulations of the state in which they reside. In-house evaluations cannot be completed for programs leading to initial teacher certification.

• All applicants must be currently employed or have access to a suitable work environment for the completion of course assignments.

374

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

COLLEGE OF EDUCATION (Online)

Candidacy Status for the MAED/TED-E The College of Education has two levels of review consisting of Level 1 Candidate Status and Level 2 Candidate Status. Applicants must meet requirements for both levels of candidacy status to con- tinue in their program with no interruption of scheduling. • Level 1 Candidate Status is completed upon admission to the

University. Students who are admitted have met the requirements for Candidate Status Level 1.

• Level 2 Candidate Status is completed prior to the completion of 12 semester credits of the program. To meet the Candidate Status Level 2 requirements, the following items must be completed. Evidence that these requirements have been met must be entered in IS3 and the student's eXp file. • Demonstration of basic skills proficiency

• Verification of fingerprint clearance

Students must be admitted and meet Level 1 Candidate Status prior to being reviewed for Level 2 Candidate Status. Degree Completion Requirements for the MAED/TED-E • Completion of a minimum of 41 credits. • A minimum grade point average (GPA) of 3.0. • Satisfactory completion and uploading of the Teacher Work

Sample (TWS). • Satisfactory completion of any required internship, student

teaching, and/or practicum courses. • Students must take courses within a sequence specified by

course prerequisite requirements. • Completion of Field Experience Record (100 hours). To ensure

student's meet this requirement documentation will be periodically uploaded, reviewed, and maintained as specified in the handbook/courses.

• Completion of signature assignments. • In order to receive an institutional recommendation and/or state

certification, candidates may need to meet other requirements as set forth by their state of residency. Candidates are advised to check with their State Department of Education for any additional certification requirements.

• The diploma awarded for this program will read as: Master of Arts in Education Elementary Teacher Education

Academic Progression Requirements for the MAED/TED-E Candidates must provide verification of the following prior to beginning their student teaching experience. Candidates must pro- vide: • Passing scores on the designated state content knowledge exam

(elementary content or secondary content area specific) • Verification of the completion of 100 hours of field experience Candidates will be required to have the minimum GPA for the pro- gram prior to entering the Student Teaching experience. Minimum Grade Requirements for the MAED/TED-E • A candidate must earn a grade of "B" (grades of "I" and "B-" are

not accepted) or better in the following courses in order to student teach: ELM 598 and ELM 599.

• Candidates must earn a "B" or better in Student Teaching Part A & B in order to complete this program. Candidates who do not earn a "B" or better will be required to repeat the seminar(s) in which the candidate did not receive the required minimum grade and the related portion of student teaching. The Campus College chair will coordinate with the Cooperating/Mentor Teacher and Faculty Supervisor to design a remediation plan.

• If the candidate does not receive a grade of "B" or better on the second attempt, the candidate will be Scholastically Suspended, permanently withdrawn, from the program.

Institutional Recommendation for the MAED/TED-E • Candidates must meet all current state certification

requirements prior to being issued an Institutional Recommendation (IR, request for state teaching credential).

• Upon completion, candidates must complete a University of Phoenix graduation application in order to receive a diploma and official transcript. Candidates' records will be analyzed to ensure that they have met all academic and financial requirements of their programs. An IR cannot be completed until this process has been finished. This will ensure that candidates have met all of their obligations to the University before they receive an IR from the University.

• Candidates must pass their state-mandated professional knowledge exam.

• Candidates must provide verification of state and U.S. Constitution coursework as required by the state certification agency.

Residency Requirements and Course Waivers for the MAED/ TED-E Students in this program may waive a maximum of 6 credits from their required course of study. In order to be granted a waiver with credit for a course in the Required Course of Study, a student must have completed a previ- ous course which meets the following criteria: • The course must have been completed at a regionally accredited,

or candidate for accreditation, college or university. • The course must have been completed within the past five (5)

years from current program enrollment agreement sign date with a grade of "B" (3.0) or better.

• The course must be comparable in content and credits to the University course it is replacing and must be an equivalent level or higher level course (i.e. graduate level coursework may be used to waive graduate or undergraduate coursework). Course descriptions must be included with the course waiver form in order for the Office of Admissions and Evaluation to review the course waiver request.

Nationally recognized and/or industry accepted certifications may be used to waive certain courses in the Required Course of Study upon approval by the appropriate college or school that the courses reside under, and will not require Prior Learning Assess- ment. All waivers using certifications must be verified by an offi- cial transcript or completion documentation from the certifying organization. The following courses in the Required Course of Study may not be waived: COM 516, ELM 598, ELM 599, MTE 507, MTE 518, MTE 522, MTE 533, RDG 537, SPE 514 Students who complete the Teach for America Summer Institute are eligible to waive the following course in the MAED/TED Pro- grams. Candidates must provide verification of completion in order to be eligible for these waivers.

Program Courses Waived

MAED/TED-E MTE 501, MTE 506, MTE 518

MAED/TED-S MTE 501 MTE 506, SEC 508

375

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

Field Experience for the MAED/TED-E Beginning with the first course, and throughout the program, can- didates are required to complete a minimum of 100 hours of veri- fied field experiences, covering a variety of developmental levels from ages birth through 18 years of age. The focus of each field experience will relate to specific course content and will follow a structured format. Four formal field experience evaluations are required during the program (observation, one-on-one instruction, small-group instruction, and whole-group instruction). These eval- uations must be maintained and reviewed as specified in the hand- book/courses. Documentation of field experience will be reviewed by campus staff and faculty prior to student teaching. Candidates must work with their campus to arrange field experience. Student Teaching for the MAED/TED-E Student teaching is a full-time experience. Each campus establishes operational policies related to placement and completion of stu- dent teaching. Candidates must follow the guidelines in place at their campus. • Candidates must take Student Teaching Part A & B concurrently

with the student teaching experience. If a candidate chooses to postpone student teaching, he/she must postpone their enrollment in the student teaching courses.

• Student teachers who are removed from a placement at the request of a school district administrator will be withdrawn from class and will be issued a grade of "F" by their faculty member.

• Student teaching can only be repeated one time. • Unapproved self-terminations of student teaching will result in

the candidate receiving a failing grade for the student teaching experience and the associated student teaching seminar. This experience counts as one of their two student teaching attempts.

• Candidates who do not successfully complete the second student teaching experience will be removed from the program and are not eligible for re-entry.

• Candidates enrolled in the MAED/TED program must student teach in the subject area in which a passing score was achieved on the content knowledge assessment exam. This is either an elementary (general), middle level (subject specific), or secondary (content specific) setting based on their program specialization.

• Candidates in the MAED/TED program may not student teach in special education.

• MAED/TED candidates, who are currently employed as the teacher of record in a classroom appropriate grade level/content for the certificate they are pursuing (e.g. 4th grade for elementary candidate or 9th grade English for secondary candidate), can 'student teach' or 'validate' in their current classroom. Students will be evaluated by a faculty supervisor in their classroom and will not have to seek additional placement for student teaching. Students must complete the Student Teaching courses and complete and upload the Teacher Work Sample.

• Students should complete student teaching within twelve (12) months from the completion date of their last required course in the program.

• Students must complete a minimum of 8 credit hours of student teaching, including the completion of a Teacher Work Sample project.

Candidates who are unable to complete their student teaching experience at the campus where they began are not guaranteed a

placement. Candidates may be able to complete their student teaching online. A select number of states do not participate in the University of Phoenix Teacher Education program. Candidates must contact the Online Administrative Offices for a list of partici- pating states and procedures for student teaching placement. • Candidates must enroll in the remaining Student Teaching

Seminars online while completing their student teaching experience.

• Candidates need to work directly with the Online Administrative Offices to complete the requirements for verification of placement.

Candidates attending online who live in Hawaii, must transfer to the Hawaii ground campus for their student teaching experience and student teaching seminars. These courses will allow students to complete their MAED/TED program and earn a Hawaii creden- tial. This policy applies to candidates in the following programs: MAED/TED-E, MAED/TED-S (English, social studies, math, or science concentrations). MAED/TED-S candidates living in Hawaii who attend online and are pursuing a content area outside of the four areas noted above must meet the Arizona requirements, including AEPA exams or comparable content and professional knowledge examinations from another state or agency taken within the past 7 years and Ari- zona fingerprinting requirements, in order to complete the Arizona approved program and be eligible for Institutional Recommenda- tion. Re-entry for the MAED/TED-E Candidates who have been out of attendance for more than one year and have completed all degree requirements except student teaching, internship or practicum and can complete within their original deadline may reenter their original program version. However, if the state certification requirements have changed since a candidate went out of attendance needing only student teaching, internship or practicum, in addition to the admissions paperwork required by the University Re-entry policy, the candidate must complete an Enrollment Agreement Addendum before reentry to the original program version will be approved. Candidates who have been out of attendance for more than one year and are lacking courses in addition to their student teaching, internship or practicum must reenter the current program version and successfully complete all courses required by their reentry credit summary. Only students who reside within the United States and its territo- ries are eligible to enroll into a UOPX bachelor or master of educa- tion program. International students who have been out of attendance for more than 365 days will not be eligible to re-enter.

376

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

COLLEGE OF EDUCATION (Online)

Master of Arts in Education/Secondary Teacher

........................................................................................... Education (Hawaii)

The following Master of Arts in Education/Secondary Teacher Education (MAED/TED-S) program may be offered at these University of Phoenix campus locations: Online, depending on state of residence. The availability of programs and concentrations depend on student demand and other factors. Not all programs may be available to all residents of all states. Students may want to consider completing certain courses in the Online classroom at Online rates if the program is available via the Online modality in their state. Please contact your enrollment

........................................................................................... representative for more information.

The Master of Arts in Education/Secondary Teacher Education (MAED/TED-S) is a graduate degree program preparing candi- dates for teacher licensure. The guiding philosophy of the MAED/ TED-S program is to provide the adult student, who already has a degree in a discipline other than education, with the skills and knowledge that will allow them to become a competent and effec- tive educator. This program focuses on secondary student learning by improving the educator ’s responsibility for that learning. Stu- dent teaching is an integral component of the Teacher Education Program. It provides students with a field-based experience at the appropriate grade and content level. Student teachers work with a cooperating teacher from a school site and with a University of Phoenix faculty advisor. The student teaching experience is designed to emphasize the achievement of state standards leading to certification and to present individuals with growth opportuni- ties that best prepare them to assume the duties of a certified class- room teacher. Throughout the program, students are required to complete a minimum of 100 hours of verified field experiences, covering a variety of developmental levels. The focus of each observation will relate to specific course content. For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program, and other important information, please visit our website at http://www.phoenix.edu/ programs/maed-ted-s. Program Purpose The Master of Arts in Education/Secondary Teacher Education is a graduate degree program intended to prepare students with no prior teaching experience for initial teacher licensure. The program is designed for students who want to become secondary school teachers. Candidates for this program have already earned a bachelor's degree. The program includes a clinical component requiring field experiences and student teaching above and beyond program coursework. As licensure requirements may vary by state, it is the student's responsibility to ascertain and meet licensure requirements in any state in which the student desires to practice and to contact the applicable state educator licensure agency to verify current requirements to become a licensed teacher. There may be additional qualifications and/or disqualifications applicable in order to work as a teacher with any local, state or federal entity. Program Student Learning Outcomes In addition to the knowledge and skills related to the University Learning Goals, College of Education graduating students are intended to attain certain program-specific knowledge, skills and abilities. Therefore, you should be able to demonstrate the follow- ing learning outcomes by the time you complete this program.

• Students will be able to design and implement effective instruction in the secondary classroom to produce a positive impact on student learning.

• Students will be able evaluate effective professional practice in secondary education.

• Students will be able apply professional ethics to their instructional practices in secondary education.

• Students will be able evaluate learning principles to differentiate instruction to meet the needs of diverse secondary student populations.

• Students will be able create innovative strategies and incorporate technology in a secondary classroom setting.

Program Category Requirements and Course Selections Courses requiring prerequisites are identified by a ~ symbol fol- lowing the course number. Course descriptions for all courses are listed in the Course Guide section of the catalog (page B-1). Orientation, 0 total credits MTE 507 ................................................................................... 0 credits Orientation to Teacher Education Introductory Course, 1 total credit COM 516 .................................................................................... 1 credit Professional Communications Foundations of Education, 2 total credits MTE 501 ~................................................................................ 2 credits The Art and Science of Teaching Educational Theories and Models, 6 total credits SEC 508 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits Models, Theories and Instructional Strategies for Secondary Edu- cation MTE 523 ................................................................................... 3 credits Maintaining an Effective Learning Climate Human Development, 2 total credits MTE 506 ~................................................................................ 2 credits Child and Adolescent Development Assessment, 3 total credits MTE 562 ~................................................................................ 3 credits Assessment and Evaluation Secondary Reading, 3 total credits RDG 542 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits Curriculum Constructs & Assessment: Reading Methods for Sec- ondary Settings Special Populations, 5 total credits MTE 553 ................................................................................... 3 credits Instruction and Assessment of English Language Learners SPE 514..................................................................................... 2 credits Survey of Special Populations Secondary Methods and Assessment, 3 total credits MTE 564 ................................................................................... 3 credits Curriculum Constructs and Assessment: Secondary Math MTE 566 ................................................................................... 3 credits Curriculum Constructs & Assessment: Secondary English/Lan- guage Arts MTE 567 ................................................................................... 3 credits Curriculum Constructs & Assessment: Secondary History/Social Science

377

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

MTE 569 ................................................................................... 3 credits Curriculum Constructs & Assessment: Secondary Science Secondary Elective, 3 total credits MTE 556 ................................................................................... 3 credits Curriculum Constructs & Assessment: Distance Education Meth- ods for Secondary Schools MTE 557 ................................................................................... 3 credits Language Development for Secondary Settings MAT 504 ................................................................................... 3 credits Adolescent Psychology MAT 538 ................................................................................... 3 credits Middle School Foundations and Philosophy CMP 521 ................................................................................... 3 credits Using Computers in Education Student Teaching & Field Experience, 8 total credits SEC 598 ~ ................................................................................. 4 credits Secondary Student Teaching Part A SEC 599 ~ ................................................................................. 4 credits Secondary Student Teaching Part B The University reserves the right to modify the Required Course of Study. Additional Admission Requirements for the MAED/TED-S All applicants are expected to meet the following admissions requirements: • Students enrolled in this program must have an undergraduate

degree from a regionally accredited college or university or equivalent undergraduate degree earned at a recognized foreign institution.

• Students using foreign credentials when enrolling in a program leading to initial teacher certification/licensure must use a foreign credential evaluation service that is on both the approved University of Phoenix evaluation agency list and the state regulating board list of approved agencies, for the particular state in which the student is attending, to verify degree completion and equivalency to a United States undergraduate degree. Students attending online should abide by the regulations of the state in which they reside. In-house evaluations cannot be completed for programs leading to initial teacher certification.

• All applicants must be currently employed or have access to a suitable work environment for the completion of course assignments.

Candidacy Status for the MAED/TED-S The College of Education has two levels of review consisting of Level 1 Candidate Status and Level 2 Candidate Status. Applicants must meet requirements for both levels of candidacy status to con- tinue in their program with no interruption of scheduling. • Level 1 Candidate Status is completed upon admission to the

University. Students who are admitted have met the requirements for Candidate Status Level 1.

• Level 2 Candidate Status is completed prior to the completion of 12 semester credits of the program. To meet the Candidate Status Level 2 requirements, the following items must be completed. Evidence that these requirements have been met must be entered in IS3 and the student's eXp file. • Demonstration of basic skills proficiency

• Verification of fingerprint clearance

Students must be admitted and meet Level 1 Candidate Status

prior to being reviewed for Level 2 Candidate Status. Degree Requirements for the MAED/TED-S • Completion of a minimum of 36 credits. • A minimum grade point average (GPA) of 3.0. • Satisfactory completion and uploading of the Teacher Work

Sample (TWS). • Satisfactory completion of any required internship, student

teaching, and/or practicum courses. • Students must take courses within a sequence specified by

course prerequisite requirements. • Completion of Field Experience Record (100 hours). To ensure

student's meet this requirement documentation will be periodically uploaded, reviewed, and maintained as specified in the handbook/courses.

• Completion of signature assignments. • In order to receive an institutional recommendation and/or state

certification, candidates may need to meet other requirements as set forth by their state of residency. Candidates are advised to check with their State Department of Education for any additional certification requirements.

• The diploma awarded for this program will read as: Master of Arts in Education Secondary Teacher Education

Academic Progression Requirements for the MAED/TED-S Candidates must provide verification of the following prior to beginning their student teaching experience. Candidates must pro- vide: • Passing scores on the designated state content knowledge exam

(elementary content or secondary content area specific) • Verification of the completion of 100 hours of field experience Candidates will be required to have the minimum GPA for the pro- gram prior to entering the Student Teaching experience. Minimum Grade Requirements for the MAED/TED-S • A candidate must earn a grade of "B" (grades of "I" and "B-" are

not accepted) or better in the following courses in order to student teach: SEC 598 and SEC 599.

• Candidates must earn a "B" or better in Student Teaching Part A & B in order to complete this program. Candidates who do not earn a "B" or better will be required to repeat the seminar(s) in which the candidate did not receive the required minimum grade and the related portion of student teaching. The Campus College chair will coordinate with the Cooperating/Mentor Teacher and Faculty Supervisor to design a remediation plan.

• If the candidate does not receive a grade of "B" or better on the second attempt, the candidate will be Scholastically Suspended, permanently withdrawn, from the program.

Institutional Recommendation for the MAED/TED-S • Candidates must meet all current state certification

requirements prior to being issued an Institutional Recommendation (IR, request for state teaching credential).

• Upon completion, candidates must complete a University of Phoenix graduation application in order to receive a diploma and official transcript. Candidates' records will be analyzed to ensure that they have met all academic and financial requirements of their programs. An IR cannot be completed until this process has been finished. This will ensure that candidates have met all of their obligations to the University before they receive an IR from the University.

378

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

COLLEGE OF EDUCATION (Online)

• Candidates must pass their state-mandated professional knowledge exam.

• Candidates must provide verification of state and U.S. Constitution coursework as required by the state certification agency.

Residency Requirements and Course Waivers for the MAED/ TED-S Students in this program may waive a maximum of 6 credits from their required course of study. In order to be granted a waiver with credit for a course in the Required Course of Study, a student must have completed a previ- ous course which meets the following criteria: • The course must have been completed at a regionally accredited,

or candidate for accreditation, college or university. • The course must have been completed within the past five (5)

years from current program enrollment agreement sign date with a grade of "B" (3.0) or better.

• The course must be comparable in content and credits to the University course it is replacing and must be an equivalent level or higher level course (i.e. graduate level coursework may be used to waive graduate or undergraduate coursework). Course descriptions must be included with the course waiver form in order for the Office of Admissions and Evaluation to review the course waiver request.

Nationally recognized and/or industry accepted certifications may be used to waive certain courses in the Required Course of Study upon approval by the appropriate college or school that the courses reside under, and will not require Prior Learning Assess- ment. All waivers using certifications must be verified by an offi- cial transcript or completion documentation from the certifying organization. The following courses in the Required Course of Study may not be waived: COM 516, MTE 507, MTE 523, MTE 564, MTE 566, MTE 567, MTE 569, RDG 542, SEC 508, SEC 598, SEC 599, SPE 514 Students who complete the Teach for America Summer Institute are eligible to waive the following course in the MAED/TED Pro- grams. Candidates must provide verification of completion in order to be eligible for these waivers.

Field Experience for the MAED/TED-S Beginning with the first course, and throughout the program, can- didates are required to complete a minimum of 100 hours of veri- fied field experiences, covering a variety of developmental levels from ages birth through 18 years of age. The focus of each field experience will relate to specific course content and will follow a structured format. Four formal field experience evaluations are required during the program (observation, one-on-one instruction, small-group instruction, and whole-group instruction). These eval- uations must be maintained and reviewed as specified in the hand- book/courses. Documentation of field experience will be reviewed by campus staff and faculty prior to student teaching. Candidates must work with their campus to arrange field experience. Student Teaching for the MAED/TED-S Student teaching is a full-time experience. Each campus establishes operational policies related to placement and completion of stu-

dent teaching. Candidates must follow the guidelines in place at their campus. • Candidates must take Student Teaching Part A & B concurrently

with the student teaching experience. If a candidate chooses to postpone student teaching, he/she must postpone their enrollment in the student teaching courses.

• Student teachers who are removed from a placement at the request of a school district administrator will be withdrawn from class and will be issued a grade of "F" by their faculty member.

• Student teaching can only be repeated one time. • Unapproved self-terminations of student teaching will result in

the candidate receiving a failing grade for the student teaching experience and the associated student teaching seminar. This experience counts as one of their two student teaching attempts.

• Candidates who do not successfully complete the second student teaching experience will be removed from the program and are not eligible for re-entry.

• Candidates enrolled in the MAED/TED program must student teach in the subject area in which a passing score was achieved on the content knowledge assessment exam. This is either an elementary (general), middle level (subject specific), or secondary (content specific) setting based on their program specialization.

• Candidates in the MAED/TED program may not student teach in special education.

• MAED/TED candidates, who are currently employed as the teacher of record in a classroom appropriate grade level/content for the certificate they are pursuing (e.g. 4th grade for elementary candidate or 9th grade English for secondary candidate), can 'student teach' or 'validate' in their current classroom. Students will be evaluated by a faculty supervisor in their classroom and will not have to seek additional placement for student teaching. Students must complete the Student Teaching courses and complete and upload the Teacher Work Sample.

• Students should complete student teaching within twelve (12) months from the completion date of their last required course in the program.

• Students must complete a minimum of 8 credit hours of student teaching, including the completion of a Teacher Work Sample project.

Candidates who are unable to complete their student teaching experience at the campus where they began are not guaranteed a placement. Candidates may be able to complete their student teaching online. A select number of states do not participate in the University of Phoenix Teacher Education program. Candidates must contact the Online Administrative Offices for a list of partici- pating states and procedures for student teaching placement. • Candidates must enroll in the remaining Student Teaching

Seminars online while completing their student teaching experience.

• Candidates need to work directly with the Online Administrative Offices to complete the requirements for verification of placement.

Candidates attending online who live in Hawaii, must transfer to the Hawaii ground campus for their student teaching experience and student teaching seminars. These courses will allow students to complete their MAED/TED program and earn a Hawaii creden- tial. This policy applies to candidates in the following programs: MAED/TED-E, MAED/TED-S (English, social studies, math, or

Program Courses Waived

MAED/TED-E MTE 501, MTE 506, MTE 518

MAED/TED-S MTE 501, MTE 506, SEC 508

379

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

science concentrations). MAED/TED-S candidates living in Hawaii who attend online and are pursuing a content area outside of the four areas noted above must meet the Arizona requirements, including AEPA exams or comparable content and professional knowledge examinations from another state or agency taken within the past 7 years and Ari- zona fingerprinting requirements, in order to complete the Arizona approved program and be eligible for Institutional Recommenda- tion. Re-entry for the MAED/TED-S Candidates who have been out of attendance for more than one year and have completed all degree requirements except student teaching, internship or practicum and can complete within their original deadline may reenter their original program version. However, if the state certification requirements have changed since a candidate went out of attendance needing only student teaching, internship or practicum, in addition to the admissions paperwork required by the University Re-entry policy, the candidate must complete an Enrollment Agreement Addendum before reentry to the original program version will be approved. Candidates who have been out of attendance for more than one year and are lacking courses in addition to their student teaching, internship or practicum must reenter the current program version and successfully complete all courses required by their reentry credit summary. Only students who reside within the United States and its territo- ries are eligible to enroll into a UOPX bachelor or master of educa- tion program. International students who have been out of attendance for more than 365 days will not be eligible to re-enter.

Master of Arts in Education/Elementary Teacher

........................................................................................... Education (California)

The following Master of Arts in Education/Elementary Teacher Education (MAED/TED-E) program may be offered at these University of Phoenix campus locations: Online, depending on state of residence. The availability of programs and concentrations depend on student demand and other factors. Not all programs may be available to all residents of all states. Students may want to consider completing certain courses in the Online classroom at Online rates if the program is available via the Online modality in their state. Please contact your enrollment

........................................................................................... representative for more information.

The Master of Arts in Education/Elementary Teacher Education (MAED/TED-E) is a graduate degree program preparing candi- dates for teacher licensure. The guiding philosophy of the MAED/ TED-E program is to provide the adult student, who already has a degree in a discipline other than education, with the skills and knowledge that will allow them to become a competent and effec- tive educator. This program focuses on elementary student learn- ing by improving the educator ’s responsibility for that learning. Student teaching is an integral component of the Teacher Educa- tion Program. It provides students with a field-based experience at the appropriate grade and content level. Student teachers work with a cooperating teacher from a school site and with a University of Phoenix faculty advisor. The student teaching experience is designed to emphasize the achievement of state standards leading to certification and to present individuals with growth opportuni- ties that best prepare them to assume the duties of a certified class- room teacher. Throughout the program, students are required to complete a minimum of 100 hours of verified field experiences,

covering a variety of developmental levels. The focus of each observation will relate to specific course content. For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program, and other important information, please visit our website at http://www.phoenix.edu/ programs/maed-ted-e. Program Purpose The Master of Arts in Education/Elementary Teacher Education is a graduate degree program intended to prepare students with no prior teaching experience for initial teacher licensure. The program is designed for students who want to become elementary school teachers. Candidates for this program have already earned a bachelor's degree. The program includes a clinical component requiring field experiences and student teaching above and beyond program coursework. As licensure requirements may vary by state, it is the student's responsibility to ascertain and meet licensure requirements in any state in which the student desires to practice and to contact the applicable state educator licensure agency to verify current requirements to become a licensed teacher. There may be additional qualifications and/or disqualifications applicable in order to work as a teacher with any local, state or federal entity. Program Student Learning Outcomes In addition to the knowledge and skills related to the University Learning Goals, College of Education graduating students are intended to attain certain program-specific knowledge, skills and abilities. Therefore, you should be able to demonstrate the follow- ing learning outcomes by the time you complete this program. • Students will be able to design and implement effective

instruction in the elementary classroom to produce a positive impact on student learning.

• Students will be able to evaluate effective professional practice in elementary education.

• Students will be able to apply professional ethics to their instructional practices in elementary education.

• Students will be able to evaluate learning principles to differentiate instruction to meet the needs of diverse elementary student populations.

• Students will be able to create innovative strategies and incorporate technology in an elementary classroom setting.

Program Category Requirements and Course Selections Courses requiring prerequisites are identified by a ~ symbol fol- lowing the course number. Course descriptions for all courses are listed in the Course Guide section of the catalog (page B-1). Orientation, 0 total credits MTE 507CA.............................................................................. 0 credits Orientation to Teacher Education Introductory Course, 1 total credit COM 516 ....................................................................................1 credit Professional Communications Foundations of Education, 2 total credits MTE 501 ~ ................................................................................ 2 credits The Art and Science of Teaching Educational Theories and Models, 6 total credits MTE 518CA ~ .......................................................................... 3 credits Models, Theories, and Instructional Strategies MTE 522CA.............................................................................. 3 credits

380

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

COLLEGE OF EDUCATION (Online)

Maintaining an Effective Learning Climate Human Development, 2 total credits MTE 506 ~................................................................................ 2 credits Child and Adolescent Development Assessment, 3 total credits MTE 562 ~................................................................................ 3 credits Assessment and Evaluation Reading, 4 total credits RDG 537CA ~.......................................................................... 4 credits Curriculum Constructs & Assessment: Reading and Language Arts Special Populations, 5 total credits ELL 500 .................................................................................... 3 credits Instructional Methods for English Language Learners SPE 514CA ............................................................................... 2 credits Survey of Special Populations Elementary Methods and Assessment, 10 total credits MTE 531 ................................................................................... 2 credits Curriculum Constructs & Assessment: History and Social Science MTE 533CA ............................................................................. 4 credits Curriculum Constructs & Assessment: Science and Mathematics MTE 534 ................................................................................... 2 credits Curriculum Constructs & Assessment: Visual and Performing Arts MTE 537 .................................................................................. 2 credits Curriculum Constructs & Assessment: Physical Education and Health Student Teaching, 8 total credits ELM 590 ~................................................................................ 4 credits Elementary Student Teaching Part A ELM 595 ~................................................................................ 4 credits Elementary Student Teaching Part B The University reserves the right to modify the Required Course of Study. Teacher Performance Assessment, 2 total credits TPA 001 ~................................................................................... 1 credit Subject Specific Pedagogy TPA 002 ~................................................................................... 1 credit Designing Instruction The University reserves the right to modify the required course of Study. Additional Admission Requirements for the MAED/TED-E All applicants are expected to meet the following admissions requirements: • Students enrolled in this program must have an undergraduate

or graduate degree from a regionally accredited college or university or equivalent undergraduate degree earned at a recognized foreign institution.

• Students using foreign credentials when enrolling in a program leading to initial teacher certification/licensure must use a foreign credential evaluation service that is on both the approved University of Phoenix evaluation agency list and the state regulating board list of approved agencies, for the particular state in which the student is attending, to verify degree completion and equivalency to a United States undergraduate degree. Students attending the online should abide by the regulations of the state in which they reside. In- house evaluations cannot be completed for programs leading to initial teacher certification.

• All California residents (Online and Local) must enroll in this version. Candidates in the MAED/TED-E and MAED/TED-S programs must sign the California Teaching Performance Assessment (TPA) Code of Honor Guidelines.

• TB test results • Verification of Certificate of Clearance or other approved

Certificate of Clearance documents. Candidacy Status for the MAED/TED-E The College of Education has two levels of review consisting of Level 1 Candidate Status and Level 2 Candidate Status. Applicants must meet requirements for both levels of candidacy status to con- tinue in their program with no interruption of scheduling. Level 1 Candidate Status is completed upon admission to the Uni- versity. Students who are admitted have met the requirements for Candidate Status Level 1. Level 2 Candidate Status is completed prior to the completion of 12 semester credits of the program. To meet the Candidate Status Level 2 requirements, the following items must be completed. Evi- dence that these requirements have been met must be entered in IS3 and the student's eXp file. • Demonstration of basic skills proficiency

• Students who reside in states that require a basic skills test exam for teacher certification will be required to successfully pass the state exam (i.e. CBEST, CSET, Praxis I, etc.) using their state's cut score.

• Online students who reside in California and are enrolled in a California approved program (MAED/TED-E or MAED/ TED-S) must successfully pass the CBEST exam, CSET Multiple subject Plus Writing Skills, Examination, or another state approved basic skills exam.

• Students enrolled in this program (Elementary or Secondary) must provide one of the following verifications prior to the completion of 12 semester credits in the program: • The candidate provides evidence of having passed the

appropriate subject matter examination(s). • The candidate provides evidence of having attempted the

appropriate subject matter examination(s). • The candidate provides evidence of registration for the next

scheduled examination. • The candidate provides evidence of having completed a

Commission approved subject matter preparation program. • The candidate provides evidence of continuous progress

toward meeting the subject matter requirement. Students must be admitted and meet Level 1 Candidate Status prior to being reviewed for Level 2 Candidate Status. Degree Completion Requirements for the MAED/TED-E • Completion of a minimum of 43 credits. • A minimum grade point average (GPA) of 3.0. • Students must pass all four Teacher Performance Assessments

(TPA). • Satisfactory completion of any required internship, student

teaching, and/or practicum courses. • Students must take courses within a sequence specified by

course prerequisite requirements. • Completion of Field Experience Record (100 hours). To ensure

student's meet this requirement documentation will be periodically uploaded, reviewed, and maintained as specified in the handbook/courses.

• Completion of signature assignments.

381

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

• In order to receive an institutional recommendation and/or state certification, candidates may need to meet other requirements as set forth by their state of residency. Candidates are advised to check with their State Department of Education for any additional certification requirements.

• The diploma awarded for this program will read as: Master of Arts in Education Elementary Teacher Education

Academic Progression Requirements for the MAED/TED-E Candidates must provide verification of the following prior to beginning their student teaching experience. Candidates must pro- vide: • Passing scores on the designated state content knowledge exam

(elementary content or secondary content area specific) • Verification of the completion of 100 hours of field experience Candidates will be required to have the minimum GPA for the pro- gram prior to entering the Student Teaching experience. California students must pass the following courses: TPA 001 and TPA 002 prior to beginning their student teaching experience. Candidates enrolled in MAED/TED-E and S must receive passing scores on the following assessments: TPA 1 Subject-specific Peda- gogy and TPA 2 Designing Instruction prior to beginning their stu- dent teaching experience. Verification of scores is maintained by the campus Credential Analyst. Transfer Requirements for the MAED/TED-E Transfer of non-California specific coursework California MAED/TED programs will accept a maximum of 10 credits of non-California (CA) coursework as identified in the list below. COM 516 is not included in the 10 credits and does not need to be repeated. The following non-California (CA) courses can be transferred into the California specific program: • MTE 501 (2 credits) • MTE 505 (3 credits) or MTE 506 (2 credits) • MTE 508 (3 credits) or MTE 509 (2 credits) Minimum Grade Requirements for the MAED/TED-E • A candidate must earn a grade of "B" (grades of "I" and "B-" are

not accepted) or better in the following courses: ELM 590, ELM 595

• Candidates must earn a "B" or better in Student Teaching Part A & B in order to complete this program. Candidates who do not earn a "B" or better will be required to repeat the seminar(s) in which the candidate did not receive the required minimum grade and the related portion of student teaching. The Campus College chair will coordinate with the Cooperating/Mentor Teacher and Faculty Supervisor to design a remediation plan.

• If the candidate does not receive a grade of "B" or better on the second attempt, the candidate will be Scholastically Suspended, permanently withdrawn, from the program.

Residency Requirements and Course Waivers for the MAED/ TED-E Students in this program may waive a maximum of 6 credits from their required course of study. In order to be granted a waiver with credit for a course in the Required Course of Study, a student must have completed a previ- ous course which meets the following criteria: • The course must have been completed at a regionally accredited,

college or university.

• The course must have been completed within the past five (5) years from current program enrollment agreement sign date with a grade of "B" (3.0) or better.

• The course must be comparable in content and credits to the University course it is replacing and must be an equivalent level or higher level course (i.e. graduate level coursework may be used to waive graduate or undergraduate coursework). Course descriptions must be included with the course waiver form in order for the Office of Admissions and Evaluation to review the course waiver request.

Nationally recognized and/or industry accepted certifications may be used to waive certain courses in the Required Course of Study upon approval by the appropriate college or school that the courses reside under, and will not require Prior Learning Assess- ment. All waivers using certifications must be verified by an offi- cial transcript or completion documentation from the certifying organization. The following courses in the Required Course of Study may not be waived: COM 516, ELM 590, ELM 595, MTE 507CA, MTE 518CA, MTE 522CA, MTE 533CA, RDG 537CA, SPE 514CA. Students who complete the Teach for America Summer Institute are eligible to waive the following courses in the MAED/TED Pro- grams. Candidates must provide verification of completion in

order to be eligible for these waivers.

Field Experience for the MAED/TED-E Beginning with the first course, and throughout the program, can- didates are required to complete a minimum of 100 hours of veri- fied field experiences, covering a variety of developmental levels from ages birth through 18 years of age. The focus of each field experience will relate to specific course content and will follow a structured format. Four formal field experience evaluations are required during the program (observation, one-on-one instruction, small-group instruction, and whole-group instruction). These eval- uations must be maintained and reviewed as specified in the hand- book/courses. Documentation of field experience will be reviewed by campus staff and faculty prior to student teaching. Candidates must work with their campus to arrange field experience. A Certif- icate of Clearance and negative TB test is required prior to Field Experience placement. Student Teaching for the MAED/TED-E Student teaching is a full-time experience. Each campus establishes operational policies related to placement and completion of stu- dent teaching. Candidates must follow the guidelines in place at their campus. • Candidates must take Student Teaching Part A & B concurrently

with the student teaching experience. If a candidate chooses to postpone student teaching, he/she must postpone their enrollment in the student teaching courses.

• Student teachers who are removed from a placement at the request of a school district administrator will be withdrawn from class and will be issued a grade of "F" by their faculty member.

Program Courses Waived

MAED/TED-E MTE 501, MTE 501CA, MTE 506, MTE 506CA, MTE 518, MTE 518CA

MAED/TED-S MTE 501, MTE 506,

SEC 508, SEC 508CA

382

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

COLLEGE OF EDUCATION (Online)

• Student teaching can only be repeated one time. • Unapproved self-terminations of student teaching will result in

the candidate receiving a failing grade for the student teaching experience and the associated student teaching seminar. This experience counts as one of their two student teaching attempts.

• Candidates who do not successfully complete the second student teaching experience will be removed from the program and are not eligible for re-entry.

• Candidates enrolled in the MAED/TED program must student teach in the subject area in which a passing score was achieved on the content knowledge assessment exam. This is either an elementary (general), middle level (subject specific), or secondary (content specific) setting based on their program specialization.

• Candidates in the MAED/TED program may not student teach in special education.

• MAED/TED candidates, who are currently employed as the teacher of record in a classroom appropriate grade level/content for the certificate they are pursuing (e.g. 4th grade for elementary candidate or 9th grade English for secondary candidate), can 'student teach' or 'validate' in their current classroom. Students will be evaluated by a faculty supervisor in their classroom and will not have to seek additional placement for student teaching. Students must complete the Student Teaching courses and pass CalTPA tasks 3 and 4.

• California students must pass the Teacher Performance Assessment 3 and 4 during student teaching. Students may attempt the Teacher Performance Assessment 3 and 4 a maximum of two (2) times.

• Candidates enrolled in this program must complete placements in two elementary grade levels. Placements must occur in two of the following grade levels: K-2, 3-5, or 6. One placement is for seven (7) weeks and the other placement is for eight (8) weeks. These must be self-contained classroom settings in which the candidates teach 6 of the 7 multiple subject areas to the same group of students.

• Candidates enrolled in this program must complete a full-time student teaching experience (minimum 15 weeks) in which they teach two content areas and/or two grade-levels within their discipline. Candidates must student teach in the disciplines covered by their subject matter competency exams.

• Students should complete student teaching within twelve (12) months from the completion date of their last required course in the program.

• Students must complete a minimum of 8 credit hours of student teaching, including the completion of a Teacher Work Sample project.

Out of state Student Teaching Candidates who are unable to complete their student teaching experience at the campus where they began are not guaranteed a placement. Candidates may be able to complete their student teaching online. A select number of states do not participate in the University of Phoenix Teacher Education program. Candidates must contact the Online Administrative Offices for a list of partici- pating states and procedures for student teaching placement. • Candidates must enroll in the remaining Student Teaching

Seminars online while completing their student teaching experience.

• Candidates need to work directly with the Online Administrative Offices to complete the requirements for verification of placement.

Institutional Recommendation for the MAED/TED-E • Candidates must meet all current state certification

requirements prior to being issued an Institutional Recommendation (IR, request for state teaching credential).

• Upon completion, candidates must complete a University of Phoenix graduation application in order to receive a diploma and official transcript. Candidates' records will be analyzed to ensure that they have met all academic and financial requirements of their programs. An IR cannot be completed until this process has been finished. This will ensure that candidates have met all of their obligations to the University before they receive an IR from the University.

• Candidates must pass their state-mandated professional knowledge exam.

• Candidates in this program must pass the RICA exam. • Candidates completing the California approved MAED/TED-E

or S program must provide verification of current CPR certification prior to being recommended for their credential.

• Candidates must provide verification of U.S. Constitution coursework (with a grade of "C" or better), or exam as required by the state certification agency.

California Teaching Performance Assessment Policy • Candidates must receive passing scores on TPA 001: Subject-

Specific Pedagogy (course and assessment) and TPA 002: Designing Instruction (course and assessment) prior to beginning their student teaching experience. Verification of scores is maintained by the campus Credential Analyst.

• Candidates may attempt the Teaching Performance Assessment 1: Subject-Specific Pedagogy and Teaching Performance Assessment 2: Designing Instruction a total of three times each. Candidates are required to retake TPA 001 or TPA 002 courses if they have failed the corresponding assessment two times. This retake must be completed prior to the third attempt.

• Teaching Performance Assessment 3: Assessing Learning and Teaching Performance Assessment 4: Culminating Teaching Experience are completed during the student teaching experience. These assessments can only be attempted two times each.

• Candidates must earn a score of 3 or 4 on each Teaching Performance Assessment to be considered passing. Scores of 1 or 2 are not considered passing scores.

• Candidates who are unable to pass any assessment after the allotted number of attempts are permanently removed from the program.

TPA 1 and TPA2 = 3 attempts TPA 3 and TPA4 = 2 attempts • Students who transfer into MAED/TEDCA E or S and have

documentation of passing TPA 1: Subject-specific Pedagogy and/or TPA 2: Designing Instruction while attending another university are not required to complete the corresponding preparation courses TPA 001 - Subject-specific Pedagogy and/or TPA 002 - Designing Instruction. Students should submit a course waiver request to apply the TPA 1 and/or TPA 2 assessments to the TPA 001 and/or TPA 002 courses at University of Phoenix.

California Intern Credential Candidates in California may qualify for an intern credential in California while enrolled in the MAED/TED program. The Califor- nia Commission has identified specific requirements for intern qualification.

383

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

• Candidates who qualify as an elementary or secondary intern must meet the requirements noted below and sign an intern checklist.

• Candidates who are seeking an Internship must also be advised of the Early Completion Option.

• Candidates must provide verification of each of the following requirements: • Passing score on CBEST, CSET Multiple subject Plus Writing

Skills, Examination, or another state approved basic skills exam.

• Passing score on appropriate CSET for intern placement • Completion of a Bachelors degree from a regionally

accredited institution • Letter of Intent to Hire • Completion of 30 hours Field Experience with diverse

students • Certificate of Clearance • Continuous enrollment in the University of Phoenix MAED/

TED-E or S (Elementary or Secondary Education teacher preparation degree program)

• US Constitution (units or exam) • Negative TB results or negative chest x-ray • Completion of the following coursework: Multiple Subject:

MTE 506CA; MTE 518CA; ELL 500; SPE 514CA; RDG 537CA; MTE 522CA Single Subject: MTE 506CA; SEC 508CA; ELL 500; SPE 514CA; RDG 542CA; MTE 523CA

• If an intern candidate is removed from the university intern program, the university must notify the California Commission on Teacher Credentialing so the intern certificate can be deactivated by the Commission. If the candidate re-enters the program, the Commission must be notified in order to reactivate the intern credential.

• Candidates who had been issued an Internship from another university must provide a letter of academic good standing from their previous university prior to being accepted in the Internship Program.

• Candidates must be continuously enrolled to maintain their Internship Credential. Candidates who fail to be continuously enrolled or are dismissed or removed from their Internship will have their Internship Credential revoked and returned to the state with notification to their hiring district.

California Early Completion Option California residents may qualify, per state Commission require- ments, for the Early Completion Option. This allows candidates to earn a preliminary credential in Multiple Subject or Single Subject by completing an Internship and the supervised student teaching component and teaching performance assessments. Candidates who qualify for the early completion option must take TPA 001 and TPA 002, Student Teaching Seminars A & B and suc- cessfully complete the Teaching Performance Assessments 1, 2, 3 and 4 on the first attempt. Candidates do not waive course work in MAED/TED and are not earning an MAED/TED degree. Students should be scheduled for these courses as Non-Degree Category Two courses. Candidates are not enrolled in the MAED/TED program, but are sponsored by the university to complete an alternative path to license. All coursework is completed through single course options. Candidates interested in this program must contact a CA Campus College Chair for eligibility.

Re-entry for the MAED/TED-E Candidates who have been out of attendance for more than one year and have completed all degree requirements except student teaching, internship or practicum and can complete within their original deadline may reenter their original program version. However, if the state certification requirements have changed since a candidate went out of attendance needing only student teaching, internship or practicum, in addition to the admissions paperwork required by the University Re-entry policy, the candidate must complete an Enrollment Agreement Addendum before reentry to the original program version will be approved. Candidates who have been out of attendance for more than one year and are lacking courses in addition to their student teaching, internship or practicum must reenter the current program version and successfully complete all courses required by their reentry credit summary. Only students who reside within the United States and its territo- ries are eligible to enroll into a UOPX bachelor or master of educa- tion program. International students who have been out of attendance for more than 365 days will not be eligible to re-enter.

Master of Arts in Education/Secondary Teacher

........................................................................................... Education (California)

The following Master of Arts in Education/Secondary Teacher Education (MAED/TED-S) program may be offered at these University of Phoenix campus locations: Online, depending on state of residence. The availability of programs and concentrations depend on student demand and other factors. Not all programs may be available to all residents of all states. Students may want to consider completing certain courses in the Online classroom at Online rates if the program is available via the Online modality in their state. Please contact your enrollment

........................................................................................... representative for more information.

The Master of Arts in Education/Secondary Teacher Education (MAED/TED-S) is a graduate degree program preparing candi- dates for teacher licensure. The guiding philosophy of the MAED/ TED-S program is to provide the adult student, who already has a degree in a discipline other than education, with the skills and knowledge that will allow them to become a competent and effec- tive educator. This program focuses on secondary student learning by improving the educator’s responsibility for that learning. Stu- dent teaching is an integral component of the Teacher Education Program. It provides students with a field-based experience at the appropriate grade and content level. Student teachers work with a cooperating teacher from a school site and with a University of Phoenix faculty advisor. The student teaching experience is designed to emphasize the achievement of state standards leading to certification and to present individuals with growth opportuni- ties that best prepare them to assume the duties of a certified class- room teacher. Throughout the program, students are required to complete a minimum of 100 hours of verified field experiences, covering a variety of developmental levels. The focus of each observation will relate to specific course content. For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program, and other important information, please visit our website at http://www.phoenix.edu/ programs/maed-ted-s. Program Purpose The Master of Arts in Education/Secondary Teacher Education is a graduate degree program intended to prepare students with no prior

384

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

COLLEGE OF EDUCATION (Online)

teaching experience for initial teacher licensure. The program is designed for students who want to become secondary school teachers. Candidates for this program have already earned a bachelor's degree. The program includes a clinical component requiring field experiences and student teaching above and beyond program coursework. As licensure requirements may vary by state, it is the student's responsibility to ascertain and meet licensure requirements in any state in which the student desires to practice and to contact the applicable state educator licensure agency to verify current requirements to become a licensed teacher. There may be additional qualifications and/or disqualifications applicable in order to work as a teacher with any local, state or federal entity. Program Student Learning Outcomes In addition to the knowledge and skills related to the University Learning Goals, College of Education graduating students are intended to attain certain program-specific knowledge, skills and abilities. Therefore, you should be able to demonstrate the follow- ing learning outcomes by the time you complete this program. • Students will be able to design and implement effective

instruction in the secondary classroom to produce a positive impact on student learning.

• Students will be able evaluate effective professional practice in secondary education.

• Students will be able apply professional ethics to their instructional practices in secondary education.

• Students will be able evaluate learning principles to differentiate instruction to meet the needs of diverse secondary student populations.

• Students will be able create innovative strategies and incorporate technology in a secondary classroom setting.

Program Category Requirements and Course Selections Courses requiring prerequisites are identified by a ~ symbol fol- lowing the course number. Course descriptions for all courses are listed in the Course Guide section of the catalog (page B-1). Orientation, 0 total credits MTE 507CA ............................................................................. 0 credits Orientation to Teacher Education Introductory Course, 1 total credit COM 516 .................................................................................... 1 credit Professional Communications Foundations of Education, 2 total credits MTE 501 ~................................................................................ 2 credits The Art and Science of Teaching Educational Theories and Models, 6 total credits SEC 508CA ~ ........................................................................... 3 credits Models, Theories, and Strategies for Secondary Education MTE 523CA ............................................................................. 3 credits Maintaining an Effective Learning Climate Human Development, 2 total credits MTE 506 ~................................................................................ 2 credits Child and Adolescent Development Assessment, 3 total credits MTE 562 ~................................................................................ 3 credits Assessment and Evaluation Secondary Reading, 3 total credits RDG 542CA ~.......................................................................... 3 credits

Curriculum Constructs & Assessment: Reading Methods for Sec- ondary Settings Special Populations, 5 total credits ELL 500 .................................................................................... 3 credits Instructional Methods for English Language Learners SPE 514CA............................................................................... 2 credits Survey of Special Populations Secondary Methods and Assessment, 3 total credits MTE 528CA ............................................................................. 3 credits Curriculum Constructs and Assessment: Visual Arts MTE 564CA ............................................................................. 3 credits Curriculum Constructs and Assessment: Secondary Math MTE 566CA ............................................................................. 3 credits Curriculum Constructs & Assessment: Secondary English/Lan- guage Arts MTE 567CA ............................................................................ 3 credits Curriculum Constructs & Assessment: Secondary History/Social Science MTE 569CA ............................................................................ 3 credits Curriculum Constructs and Assessment: Secondary Science MTE 551CA ............................................................................ 3 credits Curriculum Constructs and Assessment: Physical Education Secondary Elective, 2 total credits MTE 541CA ............................................................................ 2 credits Language Development for Secondary Settings Student Teaching, 8 total credits SEC 590 ~ ................................................................................. 4 credits Secondary Student Teaching Part A SEC 595 ~ ................................................................................. 4 credits Secondary Student Teaching Part B The University reserves the right to modify the Required Course of Study. Teacher Performance Assessment, 2 total credits TPA 001 ~................................................................................... 1 credit Subject Specific Pedagogy TPA 002 ~................................................................................... 1 credit Designing Instruction The University reserves the right to modify the required course of Study. Additional Admission Requirements for the MAED/TED-S All applicants are expected to meet the following admissions requirements: • Students enrolled in this program must have an undergraduate

or graduate degree from a regionally accredited college or university or equivalent undergraduate degree earned at a recognized foreign institution.

• Students using foreign credentials when enrolling in a program leading to initial teacher certification/licensure must use a foreign credential evaluation service that is on both the approved University of Phoenix evaluation agency list and the state regulating board list of approved agencies, for the particular state in which the student is attending, to verify degree completion and equivalency to a United States undergraduate degree. Students attending online should abide by the regulations of the state in which they reside. In-house evaluations cannot be completed for programs leading to initial teacher certification.

385

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

• All California residents (Online and Local) must enroll in this version. Candidates in the MAED/TED-E and MAED/TED-S programs must sign the California Teaching Performance Assessment (TPA) Code of Honor Guidelines.

• TB test results • Verification of Certificate of Clearance or other approved

Certificate of Clearance documents. Candidacy Status for the MAED/TED-S The College of Education has two levels of review consisting of Level 1 Candidate Status and Level 2 Candidate Status. Applicants must meet requirements for both levels of candidacy status to con- tinue in their program with no interruption of scheduling. Level 1 Candidate Status is completed upon admission to the Uni- versity. Students who are admitted have met the requirements for Candidate Status Level 1. Level 2 Candidate Status is completed prior to the completion of 12 semester credits of the program. To meet the Candidate Status Level 2 requirements, the following items must be completed. Evi- dence that these requirements have been met must be entered in IS3 and the student's eXp file. • Demonstration of basic skills proficiency

• Students who reside in states that require a basic skills test exam for teacher certification will be required to successfully pass the state exam (i.e. CBEST, CSET, Praxis I, etc.) using their state's cut score.

• Online students who reside in California and are enrolled in a California approved program (MAED/TED-E or MAED/ TED-S) must successfully pass the CBEST exam, CSET Multiple subject Plus Writing Skills, Examination, or another state approved basic skills exam.

• Students enrolled in this program (Elementary or Secondary) must provide one of the following verifications prior to the completion of 12 semester credits in the program: • The candidate provides evidence of having passed the

appropriate subject matter examination(s). • The candidate provides evidence of having attempted the

appropriate subject matter examination(s). • The candidate provides evidence of registration for the next

scheduled examination. • The candidate provides evidence of having completed a

Commission approved subject matter preparation program. • The candidate provides evidence of continuous progress

toward meeting the subject matter requirement. Students must be admitted and meet Level 1 Candidate Status prior to being reviewed for Level 2 Candidate Status. Degree Completion Requirements for the MAED/TED-S • Completion of a minimum of 37 credits. • A minimum grade point average (GPA) of 3.0. • Students must pass all four Teacher Performance Assessments

(TPA). • Satisfactory completion of any required internship, student

teaching, and/or practicum courses. • Students must take courses within a sequence specified by

course prerequisite requirements. • Completion of Field Experience Record (100 hours). To ensure

student's meet this requirement documentation will be periodically uploaded, reviewed, and maintained as specified in the handbook/courses.

• Completion of signature assignments.

• In order to receive an institutional recommendation and/or state certification, candidates may need to meet other requirements as set forth by their state of residency. Candidates are advised to check with their State Department of Education for any additional certification requirements.

• The diploma awarded for this program will read as: Master of Arts in Education Secondary Teacher Education

Academic Progression Requirements for the MAED/TED-S Candidates must provide verification of the following prior to beginning their student teaching experience. Candidates must pro- vide: • Passing scores on the designated state content knowledge exam

(elementary content or secondary content area specific) • Verification of the completion of 100 hours of field experience Candidates will be required to have the minimum GPA for the pro- gram prior to entering the Student Teaching experience. California students must pass the following courses: TPA 001 and TPA 002 prior to beginning their student teaching experience. Candidates enrolled in MAED/TED-E and S must receive passing scores on the following assessments: TPA 1 Subject-specific Peda- gogy and TPA 2 Designing Instruction prior to beginning their stu- dent teaching experience. Verification of scores is maintained by the campus Credential Analyst. Transfer Requirements for the MAED/TED-S Transfer of non-California specific coursework California MAED/TED programs will accept a maximum of 10 credits of non-California (CA) coursework as identified in the list below. COM 516 is not included in the 10 credits and does not need to be repeated. The following non-California (CA) courses can be transferred into the California specific program: • MTE 501 (2 credits) • MTE 505 (3 credits) or MTE 506 (2 credits) • MTE 508 (3 credits) or MTE 509 (2 credits) Minimum Grade Requirements for the MAED/TED-S • A candidate must earn a grade of "B" (grades of "I" and "B-" are

not accepted) or better in the following courses: SEC 590, SEC 595

• Candidates must earn a "B" or better in Student Teaching Part A & B in order to complete this program. Candidates who do not earn a "B" or better will be required to repeat the seminar(s) in which the candidate did not receive the required minimum grade and the related portion of student teaching. The Campus College chair will coordinate with the Cooperating/Mentor Teacher and Faculty Supervisor to design a remediation plan.

• If the candidate does not receive a grade of "B" or better on the second attempt, the candidate will be Scholastically Suspended, permanently withdrawn, from the program.

Residency Requirements and Course Waivers for the MAED/ TED-S Students in this program may waive a maximum of 6 credits from their required course of study. In order to be granted a waiver with credit for a course in the Required Course of Study, a student must have completed a previ- ous course which meets the following criteria: • The course must have been completed at a regionally accredited,

college or university.

386

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

COLLEGE OF EDUCATION (Online)

• The course must have been completed within the past five (5) years from current program enrollment agreement sign date with a grade of "B" (3.0) or better.

• The course must be comparable in content and credits to the University course it is replacing and must be an equivalent level or higher level course (i.e. graduate level coursework may be used to waive graduate or undergraduate coursework). Course descriptions must be included with the course waiver form in order for the Office of Admissions and Evaluation to review the course waiver request.

Nationally recognized and/or industry accepted certifications may be used to waive certain courses in the Required Course of Study upon approval by the appropriate college or school that the courses reside under, and will not require Prior Learning Assess- ment. All waivers using certifications must be verified by an offi- cial transcript or completion documentation from the certifying organization. The following courses in the Required Course of Study may not be waived: COM 516, MTE 507CA, SEC 508CA, MTE 523CA, RDG 542CA, SPE 514CA, MTE 528CA, MTE 566CA, MTE 567CA, MTE 569CA, MTE 551CA, MTE 541CA, MTE 564CA, SEC 590, SEC 595. Students who complete the Teach for America Summer Institute are eligible to waive the following courses in the MAED/TED Pro- grams. Candidates must provide verification of completion in

order to be eligible for these waivers.

Field Experience for the MAED/TED-S Beginning with the first course, and throughout the program, can- didates are required to complete a minimum of 100 hours of veri- fied field experiences, covering a variety of developmental levels from ages birth through 18 years of age. The focus of each field experience will relate to specific course content and will follow a structured format. Four formal field experience evaluations are required during the program (observation, one-on-one instruction, small-group instruction, and whole-group instruction). These eval- uations must be maintained and reviewed as specified in the hand- book/courses. Documentation of field experience will be reviewed by campus staff and faculty prior to student teaching. Candidates must work with their campus to arrange field experience. A Certif- icate of Clearance and negative TB test is required prior to Field Experience placement. Student Teaching for the MAED/TED-S Student teaching is a full-time experience. Each campus establishes operational policies related to placement and completion of stu- dent teaching. Candidates must follow the guidelines in place at their campus. • Candidates must take Student Teaching Part A & B concurrently

with the student teaching experience. If a candidate chooses to postpone student teaching, he/she must postpone their enrollment in the student teaching courses.

• Student teachers who are removed from a placement at the request of a school district administrator will be withdrawn from class and will be issued a grade of "F" by their faculty member.

• Student teaching can only be repeated one time. • Unapproved self-terminations of student teaching will result in

the candidate receiving a failing grade for the student teaching experience and the associated student teaching seminar. This experience counts as one of their two student teaching attempts.

• Candidates who do not successfully complete the second student teaching experience will be removed from the program and are not eligible for re-entry.

• Candidates enrolled in the MAED/TED program must student teach in the subject area in which a passing score was achieved on the content knowledge assessment exam. This is either an elementary (general), middle level (subject specific), or secondary (content specific) setting based on their program specialization.

• Candidates in the MAED/TED program may not student teach in special education.

• MAED/TED candidates, who are currently employed as the teacher of record in a classroom appropriate grade level/content for the certificate they are pursuing (e.g. 4th grade for elementary candidate or 9th grade English for secondary candidate), can 'student teach' or 'validate' in their current classroom. Students will be evaluated by a faculty supervisor in their classroom and will not have to seek additional placement for student teaching. Students must complete the Student Teaching courses and pass CalTPA tasks 3 and 4.

• California students must pass the Teacher Performance Assessment 3 and 4 during student teaching. Students may attempt the Teacher Performance Assessment 3 and 4 a maximum of two (2) times.

• Candidates enrolled in this program must complete placements in two elementary grade levels. Placements must occur in two of the following grade levels: K-2, 3-5, or 6. One placement is for seven (7) weeks and the other placement is for eight (8) weeks. These must be self-contained classroom settings in which the candidates teach 6 of the 7 multiple subject areas to the same group of students.

• Candidates enrolled in this program must complete a full-time student teaching experience (minimum 15 weeks) in which they teach two content areas and/or two grade-levels within their discipline. Candidates must student teach in the disciplines covered by their subject matter competency exams.

• Students should complete student teaching within twelve (12) months from the completion date of their last required course in the program.

• Students must complete a minimum of 8 credit hours of student teaching, including the completion of a Teacher Work Sample project.

Out of state Student Teaching Candidates who are unable to complete their student teaching experience at the campus where they began are not guaranteed a placement. Candidates may be able to complete their student teaching online. A select number of states do not participate in the University of Phoenix Teacher Education program. Candidates must contact the Online Administrative Offices for a list of partici- pating states and procedures for student teaching placement.

Program Courses Waived

MAED/TED-E MTE 501, MTE 501CA, MTE 506, MTE 506CA, MTE 518, MTE 518CA

MAED/TED-S MTE 501, MTE 506,

SEC 508, SEC 508CA

387

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

• Candidates must enroll in the remaining Student Teaching Seminars online while completing their student teaching experience.

• Candidates need to work directly with the Online Administrative Offices to complete the requirements for verification of placement.

Institutional Recommendation for the MAED/TED-S • Candidates must meet all current state certification

requirements prior to being issued an Institutional Recommendation (IR, request for state teaching credential).

• Upon completion, candidates must complete a University of Phoenix graduation application in order to receive a diploma and official transcript. Candidates' records will be analyzed to ensure that they have met all academic and financial requirements of their programs. An IR cannot be completed until this process has been finished. This will ensure that candidates have met all of their obligations to the University before they receive an IR from the University.

• Candidates must pass their state-mandated professional knowledge exam.

• Candidates in this program must pass the RICA exam. • Candidates completing the California approved MAED/TED-E

or S program must provide verification of current CPR certification prior to being recommended for their credential.

• Candidates must provide verification of U.S. Constitution coursework (with a grade of "C" or better), or exam as required by the state certification agency.

California Teaching Performance Assessment Policy • Candidates must receive passing scores on TPA 001: Subject-

Specific Pedagogy (course and assessment) and TPA 002: Designing Instruction (course and assessment) prior to beginning their student teaching experience. Verification of scores is maintained by the campus Credential Analyst.

• Candidates may attempt the Teaching Performance Assessment 1: Subject-Specific Pedagogy and Teaching Performance Assessment 2: Designing Instruction a total of three times each. Candidates are required to retake TPA 001 or TPA 002 courses if they have failed the corresponding assessment two times. This retake must be completed prior to the third attempt.

• Teaching Performance Assessment 3: Assessing Learning and Teaching Performance Assessment 4: Culminating Teaching Experience are completed during the student teaching experience. These assessments can only be attempted two times each.

• Candidates must earn a score of 3 or 4 on each Teaching Performance Assessment to be considered passing. Scores of 1 or 2 are not considered passing scores.

• Candidates who are unable to pass any assessment after the allotted number of attempts are permanently removed from the program.

TPA 1 and TPA2 = 3 attempts TPA 3 and TPA4 = 2 attempts

• Students who transfer into MAED/TEDCA E or S and have documentation of passing TPA 1: Subject-specific Pedagogy and/or TPA 2: Designing Instruction while attending another university are not required to complete the corresponding preparation courses TPA 001 - Subject-specific Pedagogy and/or TPA 002 - Designing Instruction. Students should submit a course waiver request to apply the TPA 1 and/or TPA 2 assessments to the TPA 001 and/or TPA 002 courses at University of Phoenix.

California Intern Credential Candidates in California may qualify for an intern credential in California while enrolled in the MAED/TED program. The Califor- nia Commission has identified specific requirements for intern qualification. • Candidates who qualify as an elementary or secondary intern

must meet the requirements noted below and sign an intern checklist.

• Candidates who are seeking an Internship must also be advised of the Early Completion Option.

• Candidates must provide verification of each of the following requirements: • Passing score on CBEST, CSET Multiple subject Plus Writing

Skills, Examination, or another state approved basic skills exam.

• Passing score on appropriate CSET for intern placement • Completion of a Bachelors degree from a regionally

accredited institution • Letter of Intent to Hire • Completion of 30 hours Field Experience with diverse

students • Certificate of Clearance • Continuous enrollment in the University of Phoenix MAED/

TED-E or S (Elementary or Secondary Education teacher preparation degree program)

• US Constitution (units or exam) • Negative TB results or negative chest xray • Completion of the following coursework: Multiple Subject:

MTE 506CA; MTE 518CA; ELL 500; SPE 514CA; RDG 537CA; MTE 522CA Single Subject: MTE 506CA; SEC 508CA; ELL 500; SPE 514CA; RDG 542CA; MTE 523CA

• If an intern candidate is removed from the university intern program, the university must notify the California Commission on Teacher Credentialing so the intern certificate can be deactivated by the Commission. If the candidate re-enters the program, the Commission must be notified in order to reactivate the intern credential.

• Candidates who had been issued an Internship from another university must provide a letter of academic good standing from their previous university prior to being accepted in the Internship Program.

• Candidates must be continuously enrolled to maintain their Internship Credential. Candidates who fail to be continuously enrolled or are dismissed or removed from their Internship will have their Internship Credential revoked and returned to the state with notification to their hiring district.

California Early Completion Option California residents may qualify, per state Commission require- ments, for the Early Completion Option. This allows candidates to earn a preliminary credential in Multiple Subject or Single Subject by completing an Internship and the supervised student teaching

388

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

COLLEGE OF EDUCATION (Online)

component and teaching performance assessments. Candidates who qualify for the early completion option must take TPA 001 and TPA 002, Student Teaching Seminars A & B and suc- cessfully complete the Teaching Performance Assessments 1, 2, 3 and 4 on the first attempt. Candidates do not waive course work in MAED/TED and are not earning an MAED/TED degree. Students should be scheduled for these courses as Non-Degree Category Two courses. Candidates are not enrolled in the MAED/TED program, but are sponsored by the university to complete an alternative path to license. All coursework is completed through single course options. Candidates interested in this program must contact a CA Campus College Chair for eligibility. Re-entry for the MAED/TED-S Candidates who have been out of attendance for more than one year and have completed all degree requirements except student teaching, internship or practicum and can complete within their original deadline may reenter their original program version. However, if the state certification requirements have changed since a candidate went out of attendance needing only student teaching, internship or practicum, in addition to the admissions paperwork required by the University Re-entry policy, the candidate must complete an Enrollment Agreement Addendum before reentry to the original program version will be approved. Candidates who have been out of attendance for more than one year and are lacking courses in addition to their student teaching, internship or practicum must reenter the current program version and successfully complete all courses required by their reentry credit summary. Only students who reside within the United States and its territo- ries are eligible to enroll into a UOPX bachelor or master of educa- tion program. International students who have been out of attendance for more than 365 days will not be eligible to re-enter.

Master of Arts in Education/Elementary Teacher

........................................................................................... Education (Utah)

The following Master of Arts in Education/Elementary Teacher Education (MAED/TED-E) program may be offered at these University of Phoenix campus locations: Online. The availability of programs and concentrations depend on student demand and other factors. Not all programs may be available to all residents of all states. Students may want to consider completing certain courses in the Online classroom at Online rates if the program is available via the Online modality in their state.

........................................................................................... Please contact your enrollment representative for more information.

The Master of Arts in Education/Elementary Teacher Education (MAED/TED-E) is a graduate degree program preparing candi- dates for teacher licensure. The guiding philosophy of the MAED/ TED-E program is to provide the adult student, who already has a degree in a discipline other than education, with the skills and knowledge that will allow them to become a competent and effec- tive educator. This program focuses on elementary student learn- ing by improving the educator ’s responsibility for that learning. Student teaching is an integral component of the Teacher Educa- tion Program. It provides students with a field-based experience at the appropriate grade and content level. Student teachers work with a cooperating teacher from a school site and with a University of Phoenix faculty advisor. The student teaching experience is designed to emphasize the achievement of state standards leading

to certification and to present individuals with growth opportuni- ties that best prepare them to assume the duties of a certified class- room teacher. Throughout the program, students are required to complete a minimum of 100 hours of verified field experiences, covering a variety of developmental levels. The focus of each observation will relate to specific course content. Documentation will be maintained and reviewed as specified in the handbook/ courses. For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program, and other important information, please visit our website at http://www.phoenix.edu/ programs/maed-ted-e. Program Purpose The Master of Arts in Education/Elementary Teacher Education is a graduate degree program intended to prepare students with no prior teaching experience for initial teacher licensure. The program is designed for students who want to become elementary school teachers. Candidates for this program have already earned a bachelor's degree. The program includes a clinical component requiring field experiences and student teaching above and beyond program coursework. As licensure requirements may vary by state, it is the student's responsibility to ascertain and meet licensure requirements in any state in which the student desires to practice and to contact the applicable state educator licensure agency to verify current requirements to become a licensed teacher. There may be additional qualifications and/or disqualifications applicable in order to work as a teacher with any local, state or federal entity. Program Student Learning Outcomes In addition to the knowledge and skills related to the University Learning Goals, College of Education graduating students are intended to attain certain program-specific knowledge, skills and abilities. Therefore, you should be able to demonstrate the follow- ing learning outcomes by the time you complete this program. • Students will be able to design and implement effective

instruction in the elementary classroom to produce a positive impact on student learning.

• Students will be able to evaluate effective professional practice in elementary education.

• Students will be able to apply professional ethics to their instructional practices in elementary education.

• Students will be able to evaluate learning principles to differentiate instruction to meet the needs of diverse elementary student populations.

• Students will be able to create innovative strategies and incorporate technology in an elementary classroom setting.

Program Category Requirements and Course Selections Courses requiring prerequisites are identified by a ~ symbol fol- lowing the course number. Course descriptions for all courses are listed in the Course Guide section of the catalog (page B-1). Orientation, 0 total credits MTE 507 ................................................................................... 0 credits Orientation to Teacher Education Introductory Course, 1 total credit COM 516 .................................................................................... 1 credit Professional Communications Foundations of Education, 2 total credits MTE 501 ~................................................................................ 2 credits

389

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

The Art and Science of Teaching Educational Theories and Models, 6 total credits MTE 518 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Models, Theories, and Instructional Strategies MTE 522.................................................................................... 3 credits Maintaining an Effective Learning Climate Human Development, 2 total credits MTE 506 ~ ................................................................................ 2 credits Child and Adolescent Development Assessment, 3 total credits MTE 562 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Assessment and Evaluation Reading, 4 total credits RDG 537 ~ ................................................................................ 4 credits Curriculum Constructs & Assessment: Reading and Language Arts Special Populations, 5 total credits SPE 514 ..................................................................................... 2 credits Survey of Special Populations MTE 553.................................................................................... 3 credits Instruction and Assessment of English Language Learners Elementary Methods and Assessment, 10 total credits MTE 531.................................................................................... 2 credits Curriculum Constructs & Assessment: History and Social Science MTE 533.................................................................................... 4 credits Curriculum Constructs & Assessment: Science and Mathematics MTE 534.................................................................................... 2 credits Curriculum Constructs & Assessment: Visual and Performing Arts MTE 537 ................................................................................... 2 credits Curriculum Constructs & Assessment: Physical Education and Health Student Teaching & Field Experience, 8 total credits ELM 598 ~ ................................................................................ 4 credits Elementary Student Teaching Part A ELM 599 ~ ................................................................................ 4 credits Elementary Student Teaching Part B The University reserves the right to modify the required course of Study. Additional Admission Requirements for the MAED/TED-E All applicants are expected to meet the following admissions requirements: • A cumulative grade point average (GPA) of 3.0 for all

undergraduate coursework on the undergraduate degree posted transcript is required for admission.

• Students enrolled in this program must have an undergraduate degree from a regionally accredited college or university or equivalent undergraduate degree earned at a recognized foreign institution.

• Students using foreign credentials when enrolling in a program leading to initial teacher certification/licensure must use a foreign credential evaluation service that is on both the approved University of Phoenix evaluation agency list and the state regulating board list of approved agencies, for the particular state in which the student is attending, to verify degree completion and equivalency to a United States undergraduate degree. Students attending online should abide by the regulations of the state in which they reside. In-house evaluations cannot be completed for programs leading to initial teacher certification.

• All applicants must be currently employed or have access to a suitable work environment for the completion of course assignments.

• Effective for Enrollment Agreements signed 4/1/2016 or later, demonstration of basic skills proficiency. Students who reside in a state that does not have a basic skills exam have three options for completing this requirement. Students must pass the Praxis I exam at the cut score deter- mined by the College of Education. * Reading 169 * Writing 172 * Math 170 Students must pass the Essential Academic Skills provided by National Evaluation Systems at the cut scores determined by the national benchmark. * Essential Academic Skills Subtest I: Reading - 220 * Essential Academic Skills Subtest II: Writing - 220 * Essential Academic Skills Subtest III: Mathematics - 220 * Essential Academic Skills Subtest IV: Technology Literacy - 220 Core Academic Skills for Educators (Core) * Core Academic Skills for Educators: Reading 156 * Core Academic Skills for Educators: Writing - 162 * Core Academic Skills for Educators: Mathematics - 150

• Effective for Enrollment Agreements signed 4/1/2016 or later, verification of fingerprint clearance

Candidacy Status for the MAED/TED-E The College of Education has two levels of review consisting of Level 1 Candidate Status and Level 2 Candidate Status. Applicants must meet requirements for both levels of candidacy status to con- tinue in their program with no interruption of scheduling. • Level 1 Candidate Status is completed upon admission to the

University. Students who are admitted have met the requirements for Candidate Status Level 1.

• Level 2 Candidate Status is completed prior to the completion of 12 semester credits of the program. To meet the Candidate Status Level 2 requirements, the following items must be completed. Evidence that these requirements have been met must be entered in IS3 and the student's eXp file. • Students enrolled in this program must provide one of the

following verifications prior to the completion of 12 semester credits in the program:

•The candidate provides evidence of having passed the appropriate UT Board-approved subject matter exam (ie. Praxis II).

•The candidate provides evidence of having attempted the appropriate UT Board-approved subject matter exam.

390

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

COLLEGE OF EDUCATION (Online)

•The candidate provides evidence of registration for the next scheduled examination UT Board-approved subject matter exam.

Students must be admitted and meet Level 1 Candidate Status prior to being reviewed for Level 2 Candidate Status. Additional Candidacy Level 2 requirements for Enrollment Agree- ments signed prior to 4/1/2016 • Demonstration of basic skills proficiency • Verification of fingerprint clearance Degree Completion Requirements for the MAED/TED-E • Completion of a minimum of 41 credits. • A minimum grade point average (GPA) of 3.0. • Satisfactory completion and uploading of the Teacher Work

Sample (TWS). • Satisfactory completion of any required internship, student

teaching, and/or practicum courses. • Students must take courses within a sequence specified by

course prerequisite requirements. • Completion of signature assignments. • In order to receive an institutional recommendation and/or state

certification, candidates may need to meet other requirements as set forth by their state of residency. Candidates are advised to check with their State Department of Education for any additional certification requirements.

• The diploma awarded for this program will read as: Master of Arts in Education Elementary Teacher Education

Academic Progression Requirements for the MAED/TED-E Candidates must provide verification of the following prior to beginning their student teaching experience. Candidates must pro- vide: • Immunization or TB test results (District specific) • Passing scores on the designated state content knowledge exam

(elementary content or secondary content area specific) • Students enrolled at a Utah campus must provide verification of

a 'student teaching license' and submit a copy of the license prior to the student teaching placement

• Students enrolled at the Utah campus must complete any outstanding credits towards completion of their major/minor as indicated in the admissions requirements prior to student teaching

• Verification of the completion of 100 hours of field experience • Candidates will be required to have the minimum GPA for the

program prior to entering the Student Teaching experience. • All courses in the program have minimum grade requirements.

The minimum grade must be achieved in all courses to satisfy prerequisite and degree conferral requirements. A student who earns less than the minimum grade must repeat the course(s) until the minimum grade is reached. • A grade of "C" or better is required in all courses in the

candidates' course of study. Minimum Grade Requirements for the MAED/TED-E • A candidate must earn a grade of "B" (grades of "I" and "B-" are

not accepted) or better in the following courses in order to student teach: ELM 598, ELM 599

• Candidates must earn a "B" or better in Student Teaching Part A & B in order to complete this program. Candidates who do not earn a "B" or better will be required to repeat the seminar(s) in which the candidate did not receive the required minimum grade and the related portion of student teaching. The Campus College chair will coordinate with the Cooperating/Mentor Teacher and Faculty Supervisor to design a remediation plan.

• If the candidate does not receive a grade of "B" or better on the second attempt, the candidate will be Scholastically Suspended, permanently withdrawn, from the program.

Residency Requirements and Course Waivers for the MAED/ TED-E Students in this program may waive a maximum of 6 credits from their required course of study. In order to be granted a waiver with credit for a course in the Required Course of Study, a student must have completed a previ- ous course which meets the following criteria: • The course must have been completed at a regionally accredited,

or candidate for accreditation, college or university. • The course must have been completed within the past five (5)

years from current program enrollment agreement sign date with a grade of "B" (3.0) or better.

• The course must be comparable in content and credits to the University course it is replacing and must be an equivalent level or higher level course (i.e. graduate level coursework may be used to waive graduate or undergraduate coursework). Course descriptions must be included with the course waiver form in order for the Office of Admissions and Evaluation to review the course waiver request.

Nationally recognized and/or industry accepted certifications may be used to waive certain courses in the Required Course of Study upon approval by the appropriate college or school that the courses reside under, and will not require Prior Learning Assess- ment. All waivers using certifications must be verified by an offi- cial transcript or completion documentation from the certifying organization. The following courses in the Required Course of Study may not be waived: COM 516, ELM 598, ELM 599, MTE 507, MTE 518, MTE 522, MTE 533, RDG 537, SPE 514 Students who complete the Teach for America Summer Institute are eligible to waive the following courses in the MAED/TED Pro- grams. Candidates must provide verification of completion in order to be eligible for these waivers.

Field Experience for the MAED/TED-E Beginning with the first course, and throughout the program, can- didates are required to complete a minimum of 100 hours of veri- fied field experiences, covering a variety of developmental levels from ages birth through 18 years of age. The focus of each field experience will relate to specific course content and will follow a structured format. Four formal field experience evaluations are required during the program (observation, one-on-one instruction, small-group instruction, and whole-group instruction). These eval- uations must be maintained and reviewed as specified in the hand- book/courses. Documentation of field experience will be reviewed by campus staff and faculty prior to student teaching. Candidates

Program Courses Waived

MAED/TED-E MTE 501 MTE 506, MTE 518

MAED/TED-S MTE 501, MTE 506, SEC 508

391

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

must work with their campus to arrange field experience. Student Teaching for the MAED/TED-E • Student teaching is a full-time experience. Each campus

establishes operational policies related to placement and completion of student teaching. Candidates must follow the guidelines in place at their campus.

• Candidates must take Student Teaching Part A & B concurrently with the student teaching experience. If a candidate chooses to postpone student teaching, he/she must postpone their enrollment in the student teaching courses.

• Student teachers who are removed from a placement at the request of a school district administrator will be withdrawn from class and will be issued a grade of "F" by their faculty member.

• Student teaching can only be repeated one time. • Unapproved self-terminations of student teaching will result in

the candidate receiving a failing grade for the student teaching experience and the associated student teaching seminar. This experience counts as one of their two student teaching attempts.

• Candidates who do not successfully complete the second student teaching experience will be removed from the program and are not eligible for re-entry.

• Candidates enrolled in the MAED/TED program must student teach in the subject area in which a passing score was achieved on the content knowledge assessment exam. This is either an elementary (general), middle level (subject specific), or secondary (content specific) setting based on their program specialization.

• Candidates in the MAED/TED program may not student teach in special education.

• MAED/TED candidates, who are currently employed as the teacher of record in a classroom appropriate grade level/content for the certificate they are pursuing (e.g. 4th grade for elementary candidate or 9th grade English for secondary candidate), can 'student teach' or 'validate' in their current classroom. Students will be evaluated by a faculty supervisor in their classroom and will not have to seek additional placement for student teaching. Students must complete the Student Teaching courses and complete and upload the Teacher Work Sample.

• Students should complete student teaching within twelve (12) months from the completion date of their last required course in the program.

• Students must complete a minimum of 8 credit hours of student teaching, including the completion of a Teacher Work Sample project.

Out of state Student Teaching Candidates who are unable to complete their student teaching experience at the campus where they began are not guaranteed a placement. Candidates may be able to complete their student teaching online. A select number of states do not participate in the University of Phoenix Teacher Education program. Candidates must contact the Online Administrative Offices for a list of partici- pating states and procedures for student teaching placement. • Candidates must enroll in the remaining Student Teaching

Seminars online while completing their student teaching experience.

• Candidates need to work directly with the Online Administrative Offices to complete the requirements for verification of placement.

Institutional Recommendation for the MAED/TED-E • Candidates must meet all current state certification

requirements prior to being issued an Institutional Recommendation (IR, request for state teaching credential).

• Upon completion, candidates must complete a University of Phoenix graduation application in order to receive a diploma and official transcript. Candidates' records will be analyzed to ensure that they have met all academic and financial requirements of their programs. An IR cannot be completed until this process has been finished. This will ensure that candidates have met all of their obligations to the University before they receive an IR from the University.

• Candidates must pass their state-mandated professional knowledge exam.

• Candidates must provide verification of school law, state and U.S. Constitution coursework, as required by the state certification agency.

Re-entry for the MAED/TED-E Candidates who have been out of attendance for more than one year and have completed all degree requirements except student teaching, internship or practicum and can complete within their original deadline may reenter their original program version. However, if the state certification requirements have changed since a candidate went out of attendance needing only student teaching, internship or practicum, in addition to the admissions paperwork required by the University Re-entry policy, the candidate must complete an Enrollment Agreement Addendum before reentry to the original program version will be approved. Candidates who have been out of attendance for more than one year and are lacking courses in addition to their student teaching, internship or practicum must reenter the current program version and successfully complete all courses required by their reentry credit summary. Only students who reside within the United States and its territo- ries are eligible to enroll into a UOPX bachelor or master of educa- tion program. International students who have been out of attendance for more than 365 days will not be eligible to re-enter.

Master of Arts in Education/Secondary Teacher

........................................................................................... Education (Utah)

The following Master of Arts in Education/Secondary Teacher Education (MAED/TED-S) program may be offered at these University of Phoenix campus locations: Online. The availability of programs and concentrations depend on student demand and other factors. Not all programs may be available to all residents of all states. Students may want to consider completing certain courses in the Online classroom at Online rates if the program is available via the Online modality in their state.

........................................................................................... Please contact your enrollment representative for more information.

The Master of Arts in Education/Secondary Teacher Education (MAED/TED-S) is a graduate degree program preparing candi- dates for teacher licensure. The guiding philosophy of the MAED/ TED-S program is to provide the adult student, who already has a degree in a discipline other than education, with the skills and knowledge that will allow them to become a competent and effec- tive educator. This program focuses on secondary student learning by improving the educator’s responsibility for that learning. Stu- dent teaching is an integral component of the Teacher Education Program. It provides students with a field-based experience at the appropriate grade and content level. Student teachers work with a

392

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

COLLEGE OF EDUCATION (Online)

cooperating teacher from a school site and with a University of Phoenix faculty advisor. The student teaching experience is designed to emphasize the achievement of state standards leading to certification and to present individuals with growth opportuni- ties that best prepare them to assume the duties of a certified class- room teacher. Throughout the program, students are required to complete a minimum of 100 hours of verified field experiences, covering a variety of developmental levels. The focus of each observation will relate to specific course content. Documentation will be maintained and reviewed as specified in the handbook/ courses. For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program, and other important information, please visit our website at http://www.phoenix.edu/ programs/maed-ted-s. Program Purpose The Master of Arts in Education/Secondary Teacher Education is a graduate degree program intended to prepare students with no prior teaching experience for initial teacher licensure. The program is designed for students who want to become secondary school teachers. Candidates for this program have already earned a bachelor's degree. The program includes a clinical component requiring field experiences and student teaching above and beyond program coursework. As licensure requirements may vary by state, it is the student's responsibility to ascertain and meet licensure requirements in any state in which the student desires to practice and to contact the applicable state educator licensure agency to verify current requirements to become a licensed teacher. There may be additional qualifications and/or disqualifications applicable in order to work as a teacher with any local, state or federal entity. Program Student Learning Outcomes In addition to the knowledge and skills related to the University Learning Goals, College of Education graduating students are intended to attain certain program-specific knowledge, skills and abilities. Therefore, you should be able to demonstrate the follow- ing learning outcomes by the time you complete this program. • Students will be able to design and implement effective

instruction in the secondary classroom to produce a positive impact on student learning.

• Students will be able evaluate effective professional practice in secondary education.

• Students will be able apply professional ethics to their instructional practices in secondary education.

• Students will be able evaluate learning principles to differentiate instruction to meet the needs of diverse secondary student populations.

• Students will be able create innovative strategies and incorporate technology in a secondary classroom setting.

Program Category Requirements and Courses Selections Courses requiring prerequisites are identified by a ~ symbol fol- lowing the course number. Course descriptions for all courses are listed in the Course Guide section of the catalog (page B-1). Orientation, 0 total credits MTE 507 ................................................................................... 0 credits Orientation to Teacher Education Introductory Course, 1 total credit COM 516 .................................................................................... 1 credit

Professional Communications Foundations of Education, 2 total credits MTE 501 ~................................................................................ 2 credits The Art and Science of Teaching Educational Theories and Models, 6 total credits SEC 508 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits Models, Theories and Strategies for Secondary Education MTE 523 ................................................................................... 3 credits Maintaining an Effective Learning Climate Human Development, 2 total credits MTE 506 ~................................................................................ 2 credits Child and Adolescent Development Assessment, 3 total credits MTE 562 ~................................................................................ 3 credits Assessment and Evaluation Secondary Reading, 3 total credits RDG 542 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits Curriculum Constructs & Assessment: Reading Methods for Sec- ondary Settings Special Populations, 5 total credits SPE 514..................................................................................... 2 credits Survey of Special Populations MTE 553 ................................................................................... 3 credits Instruction and Assessment of English Language Learners Secondary Methods and Assessment, 3 total credits Students must choose one of the following courses: MTE 559 ................................................................................... 3 credits Curriculum Constructs and Assessment: Secondary Methods MTE 564 ................................................................................... 3 credits

Curriculum Constructs and Assessment: Secondary Math

MTE 566 ................................................................................... 3 credits Curriculum Constructs & Assessment: Secondary English/Lan- guage Arts MTE 567 ................................................................................... 3 credits Curriculum Constructs & Assessment: Secondary History/Social Science MTE 569 ................................................................................... 3 credits Curriculum Constructs and Assessment: Secondary Science MTE 543 ................................................................................... 3 credits Curriculum Constructs & Assessment: Secondary Visual & Per- forming Arts MTE 551 ................................................................................... 3 credits Curriculum Constructs and Assessment: Physical Education MTE 560 ................................................................................... 3 credits Curriculum Constructs & Assessment: Secondary Health Science MTE 580 ................................................................................... 3 credits Curriculum Constructs and Assessment: Secondary Business & Marketing Secondary Elective, 3 total credits Students must choose one of the following courses: MTE 556 ................................................................................... 3 credits Curriculum Constructs & Assessment: Distance Education Meth- ods for Secondary Schools MTE 557 ................................................................................... 3 credits

Language Development for Secondary Settings

MAT 504................................................................................... 3 credits

393

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

Adolescent Psychology MAT 538 ................................................................................... 3 credits

Middle School Foundations and Philosophy

CMP 521 ................................................................................... 3 credits Using Computers in Education Student Teaching & Field Experience, 8 total credits SEC 598 ~ ................................................................................. 4 credits Secondary Student Teaching Part A SEC 599 ~ ................................................................................. 4 credits Secondary Student Teaching Part B The University reserves the right to modify the Required Course of Study. Additional Admission Requirements for the MAED/TED-S All applicants are expected to meet the following admissions requirements: • A cumulative grade point average (GPA) of 3.0 for all

undergraduate coursework on the undergraduate degree posted transcript is required for admission.

• Students enrolled in this program must have an undergraduate degree from a regionally accredited college or university or equivalent undergraduate degree earned at a recognized foreign institution.

• Upon admission, student must have completed all but six (6) semester hours in the required secondary endorsement area. These additional six (6) credits must be completed prior to student teaching. Information regarding endorsement coursework requirements for secondary teacher licensure can be located on the Utah State Office of Education website.

• Students using foreign credentials when enrolling in a program leading to initial teacher certification/licensure must use a foreign credential evaluation service that is on both the approved University of Phoenix evaluation agency list and the state regulating board list of approved agencies, for the particular state in which the student is attending, to verify degree completion and equivalency to a United States undergraduate degree. Students attending online should abide by the regulations of the state in which they reside. In-house evaluations cannot be completed for programs leading to initial teacher certification.

• All applicants must be currently employed or have access to a suitable work environment for the completion of course assignments.

• Effective for Enrollment Agreements signed 4/1/2016 or later, demonstration of basic skills proficiency. Students who reside in a state that does not have a basic skills exam have three options for completing this requirement. Students must pass the Praxis I exam at the cut score deter- mined by the College of Education. * Reading 169 * Writing 172 * Math 170 Students must pass the Essential Academic Skills provided by National Evaluation Systems at the cut scores determined by the national benchmark. * Essential Academic Skills Subtest I: Reading - 220 * Essential Academic Skills Subtest II: Writing - 220 * Essential Academic Skills Subtest III: Mathematics - 220 * Essential Academic Skills Subtest IV: Technology Literacy - 220

Core Academic Skills for Educators (Core) * Core Academic Skills for Educators: Reading 156 * Core Academic Skills for Educators: Writing - 162 * Core Academic Skills for Educators: Mathematics - 150

• Effective for Enrollment Agreements signed 4/1/2016 or later, verification of fingerprint clearance

Candidacy Status for the MAED/TED-S The College of Education has two levels of review consisting of Level 1 Candidate Status and Level 2 Candidate Status. Applicants must meet requirements for both levels of candidacy status to con- tinue in their program with no interruption of scheduling. • Level 1 Candidate Status is completed upon admission to the

University. Students who are admitted have met the requirements for Candidate Status Level 1.

• Level 2 Candidate Status is completed prior to the completion of 12 semester credits of the program. To meet the Candidate Status Level 2 requirements, the following items must be completed. Evidence that these requirements have been met must be entered in IS3 and the student's eXp file. • Students enrolled in this program must provide one of the

following verifications prior to the completion of 12 semester credits in the program:

•The candidate provides evidence of having passed the appropriate UT Board-approved subject matter exam (ie. Praxis II).

•The candidate provides evidence of having attempted the appropriate UT Board-approved subject matter exam.

•The candidate provides evidence of registration for the next scheduled examination UT Board-approved subject matter exam.

Students must be admitted and meet Level 1 Candidate Status prior to being reviewed for Level 2 Candidate Status. Additional Candidacy Level 2 requirements for Enrollment Agree- ments signed prior to 4/1/2016 • Demonstration of basic skills proficiency • Verification of fingerprint clearance Degree Completion Requirements for the MAED/TED-S • Completion of a minimum of 36 credits. • A minimum grade point average (GPA) of 3.0. • Satisfactory completion and uploading of the Teacher Work

Sample (TWS). • Satisfactory completion of any required internship, student

teaching, and/or practicum courses. • Students must take courses within a sequence specified by

course prerequisite requirements. • Completion of signature assignments. • In order to receive an institutional recommendation and/or state

certification, candidates may need to meet other requirements as set forth by their state of residency. Candidates are advised to check with their State Department of Education for any additional certification requirements.

• The diploma awarded for this program will read as: Master of Arts in Education Secondary Teacher Education

Academic Progression Requirements for the MAED/TED-S Candidates must provide verification of the following prior to beginning their student teaching experience. Candidates must pro- vide: • Immunization or TB test results (District specific)

394

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

COLLEGE OF EDUCATION (Online)

• Passing scores on the designated state content knowledge exam (elementary content or secondary content area specific)

• Students enrolled at a Utah campus must provide verification of a 'student teaching license' and submit a copy of the license prior to the student teaching placement

• Students enrolled at the Utah campus must complete any outstanding credits towards completion of their major/minor as indicated in the admissions requirements prior to student teaching

• Verification of the completion of 100 hours of field experience • Candidates will be required to have the minimum GPA for the

program prior to entering the Student Teaching experience. • All courses in the program have minimum grade requirements.

The minimum grade must be achieved in all courses to satisfy prerequisite and degree conferral requirements. A student who earns less than the minimum grade must repeat the course(s) until the minimum grade is reached. • A grade of "C" or better is required in all courses in the

candidates' course of study. Minimum Grade Requirements for the MAED/TED-S • A candidate must earn a grade of "B" (grades of "I" and "B-" are

not accepted) or better in the following courses in order to student teach: SEC 598, SEC 599

• Candidates must earn a "B" or better in Student Teaching Part A & B in order to complete this program. Candidates who do not earn a "B" or better will be required to repeat the seminar(s) in which the candidate did not receive the required minimum grade and the related portion of student teaching. The Campus College chair will coordinate with the Cooperating/Mentor Teacher and Faculty Supervisor to design a remediation plan.

• If the candidate does not receive a grade of "B" or better on the second attempt, the candidate will be Scholastically Suspended, permanently withdrawn, from the program.

Residency Requirements and Course Waivers for the MAED/ TED-S Students in this program may waive a maximum of 6 credits from their required course of study. In order to be granted a waiver with credit for a course in the Required Course of Study, a student must have completed a previ- ous course which meets the following criteria: • The course must have been completed at a regionally accredited,

or candidate for accreditation, college or university. • The course must have been completed within the past five (5)

years from current program enrollment agreement sign date with a grade of "B" (3.0) or better.

• The course must be comparable in content and credits to the University course it is replacing and must be an equivalent level or higher level course (i.e. graduate level coursework may be used to waive graduate or undergraduate coursework). Course descriptions must be included with the course waiver form in order for the Office of Admissions and Evaluation to review the course waiver request.

Nationally recognized and/or industry accepted certifications may be used to waive certain courses in the Required Course of Study upon approval by the appropriate college or school that the courses reside under, and will not require Prior Learning Assess- ment. All waivers using certifications must be verified by an offi- cial transcript or completion documentation from the certifying organization. The following courses in the Required Course of Study may not be

waived: COM 516, MTE 507, MTE 523, MTE 564, MTE 566, MTE 567, MTE 569, RDG 542, SEC 508, SEC 598, SEC 599, SPE 514 Students who complete the Teach for America Summer Institute are eligible to waive the following courses in the MAED/TED Pro- grams. Candidates must provide verification of completion in order to be eligible for these waivers.

Field Experience for the MAED/TED-S Beginning with the first course, and throughout the program, can- didates are required to complete a minimum of 100 hours of veri- fied field experiences, covering a variety of developmental levels from ages birth through 18 years of age. The focus of each field experience will relate to specific course content and will follow a structured format. Four formal field experience evaluations are required during the program (observation, one-on-one instruction, small-group instruction, and whole-group instruction). These eval- uations must be maintained and reviewed as specified in the hand- book/courses. Documentation of field experience will be reviewed by campus staff and faculty prior to student teaching. Candidates must work with their campus to arrange field experience. Student Teaching for the MAED/TED-S • Student teaching is a full-time experience. Each campus

establishes operational policies related to placement and completion of student teaching. Candidates must follow the guidelines in place at their campus.

• Candidates must take Student Teaching Part A & B concurrently with the student teaching experience. If a candidate chooses to postpone student teaching, he/she must postpone their enrollment in the student teaching courses.

• Student teachers who are removed from a placement at the request of a school district administrator will be withdrawn from class and will be issued a grade of "F" by their faculty member.

• Student teaching can only be repeated one time. • Unapproved self-terminations of student teaching will result in

the candidate receiving a failing grade for the student teaching experience and the associated student teaching seminar. This experience counts as one of their two student teaching attempts.

• Candidates who do not successfully complete the second student teaching experience will be removed from the program and are not eligible for re-entry.

• Candidates enrolled in the MAED/TED program must student teach in the subject area in which a passing score was achieved on the content knowledge assessment exam. This is either an elementary (general), middle level (subject specific), or secondary (content specific) setting based on their program specialization.

• Candidates in the MAED/TED program may not student teach in special education.

Program Courses Waived

MAED/TED-E MTE 501 MTE 506, MTE 518

MAED/TED-S MTE 501, MTE 506, SEC 508

395

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

• MAED/TED candidates, who are currently employed as the teacher of record in a classroom appropriate grade level/content for the certificate they are pursuing (e.g. 4th grade for elementary candidate or 9th grade English for secondary candidate), can 'student teach' or 'validate' in their current classroom. Students will be evaluated by a faculty supervisor in their classroom and will not have to seek additional placement for student teaching. Students must complete the Student Teaching courses and complete and upload the Teacher Work Sample.

• Students should complete student teaching within twelve (12) months from the completion date of their last required course in the program.

• Students must complete a minimum of 8 credit hours of student teaching, including the completion of a Teacher Work Sample project.

Out of state Student Teaching Candidates who are unable to complete their student teaching experience at the campus where they began are not guaranteed a placement. Candidates may be able to complete their student teaching online. A select number of states do not participate in the University of Phoenix Teacher Education program. Candidates must contact the Online Administrative Offices for a list of partici- pating states and procedures for student teaching placement. • Candidates must enroll in the remaining Student Teaching

Seminars online while completing their student teaching experience.

• Candidates need to work directly with the Online Administrative Offices to complete the requirements for verification of placement.

Institutional Recommendation for the MAED/TED-S • Candidates must meet all current state certification

requirements prior to being issued an Institutional Recommendation (IR, request for state teaching credential).

• Upon completion, candidates must complete a University of Phoenix graduation application in order to receive a diploma and official transcript. Candidates' records will be analyzed to ensure that they have met all academic and financial requirements of their programs. An IR cannot be completed until this process has been finished. This will ensure that candidates have met all of their obligations to the University before they receive an IR from the University.

• Candidates must pass their state-mandated professional knowledge exam.

• Candidates must provide verification of school law, state and U.S. Constitution coursework, as required by the state certification agency.

Re-entry for the MAED/TED-S Candidates who have been out of attendance for more than one year and have completed all degree requirements except student teaching, internship or practicum and can complete within their original deadline may reenter their original program version. However, if the state certification requirements have changed since a candidate went out of attendance needing only student teaching, internship or practicum, in addition to the admissions paperwork required by the University Re-entry policy, the candidate must complete an Enrollment Agreement Addendum before reentry to the original program version will be approved. Candidates who have been out of attendance for more than one year and are lacking courses in addition to their student teaching,

internship or practicum must reenter the current program version and successfully complete all courses required by their reentry credit summary. Only students who reside within the United States and its territo- ries are eligible to enroll into a UOPX bachelor or master of educa- tion program. International students who have been out of attendance for more than 365 days will not be eligible to re-enter.

........................................................................................... Master of Arts in Education/Special Education (Hawaii)

The following Master of Arts in Education/Special Education (MAED/ SPE) program may be offered at these University of Phoenix campus locations: Online, depending on state of residence. The availability of programs and concentrations depend on student demand and other factors. Not all programs may be available to all residents of all states. Students may want to consider completing certain courses in the Online classroom at Online rates if the program is available via the Online modality in their state. Please contact your enrollment representative for

........................................................................................... more information.

Special Education is a graduate degree program preparing candi- dates for teacher licensure in the field of special education. Candi- dates for this program have already earned a bachelor’s degree and wish to gain the pedagogical skills and knowledge that will assist them in becoming effective special education educators. The program’s curriculum includes orientation to the exceptional child, foundations and methodologies of mild disabilities, diagnosis and assessment of disabilities, structured English immersion, reading and language arts instruction, inclusion strategies, and collabora- tion and resource management for the special educator. Through- out the program, students are required to complete a minimum of 100 hours of verified field experiences. The focus of each observa- tion will relate to specific course content. Students’ field experi- ences are designed to prepare them for student teaching. Student teaching is an integral component of the Special Education Pro- gram. Student teachers work with a cooperating teacher and with a University of Phoenix faculty advisor during a field-based experi- ence in a cross-categorical special education setting. The student teaching experience is designed to emphasize the achievement of state standards leading to certification and to present individuals with growth opportunities that best prepare them to assume the duties of a certified teacher. The degree program has a research component as well. This component requires an Action Research Project. The project integrates the theoretical aspects of special edu- cation and the practical experience of the adult learner through the identification and exploration of a significant problem related to the student's area of professional responsibilities and interest. For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program, and other important information, please visit our website at http://www.phoenix.edu/ programs/maed-spe. Program Purpose The Master of Arts in Education/Special Education is a graduate degree program intended to prepare students with no prior teaching experience for initial teacher licensure. The program is designed for students who want to become special education teachers. Candidates for this program have already earned a bachelor's degree. The program includes a clinical component requiring field experiences and student teaching above and beyond program coursework. As licensure requirements may vary by state, it is the student's responsibility to ascertain and meet licensure requirements in any state in which the student desires to practice and to

396

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

COLLEGE OF EDUCATION (Online)

contact the applicable state educator licensure agency to verify current requirements to become a licensed teacher. There may be additional qualifications and/or disqualifications applicable in order to work as a teacher with any local, state or federal entity. Program Student Learning Outcomes In addition to the knowledge and skills related to the University Learning Goals, College of Education graduating students are intended to attain certain program-specific knowledge, skills and abilities. Therefore, you should be able to demonstrate the follow- ing learning outcomes by the time you complete this program.

• Students will be able to design and implement effective instruction in the P-12 classroom to produce a positive impact on student learning.

• Students will be able to evaluate effective professional practice in special education.

• Students will be able to apply professional ethics to their instructional practices in special education.

• Students will be able to create and modify instructional and behavioral plans for a variety of learning needs.

• Students will be able to create innovative strategies and incorporate technology in a P-12 classroom setting.

Program Category Requirements and Course Selections Courses requiring prerequisites are identified by a ~ symbol fol- lowing the course number. Course descriptions for all courses are listed in the Course Guide section of the catalog (page B-1). Orientation, 0 total credits MTE 507 ................................................................................... 0 credits Orientation to Teacher Education Introductory Course, 1 total credit EDU 500 ..................................................................................... 1 credit Professional Communications Foundations of Special Education, 3 total credits SPE 513 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits Orientation to the Exceptional Child Educational Theories and Models, 9 total credits SPE 578 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits Models, Theories and Instructional Strategies for SPE SPE 546 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits Special Education Methods SPE 575 .................................................................................... 3 credits Inclusion Strategies of the Special Educator Assessment, 3 total credits SPE 512 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits Special Education Assessment and Interpretation Reading, 4 total credits RDG 570 ~................................................................................ 4 credits Curriculum Const and Assmt: Reading and Lang Arts for SPE Instruction and Management for Special Needs Students, 15 total credits MTE 553 .................................................................................. 3 credits Instruction and Assessment of English Language Learners SPE 574 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits Characteristics of Intellectual/Developmental Disabilities SPE 559 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits Characteristics of Learning Disabilities SPE 544 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits

Characteristics of Emotional & Behavioral Disorders SPE 556 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits Characteristics of Physical & Health Disabilities Student Teaching, 8 total credits SPE 594 ~ ................................................................................. 4 credits Special Education Student Teaching: Part A SPE 595 ~ ................................................................................. 4 credits Special Education Student Teaching: Part B The University reserves the right to modify the required course of Study. Additional Admission Requirements for the MAED/SPE All applicants are expected to meet the following admissions requirements: • Students enrolled in this program must have an undergraduate

degree from a regionally accredited college or university or equivalent undergraduate degree earned at a recognized foreign institution.

• Students using foreign credentials when enrolling in a program leading to initial teacher certification/licensure must use a foreign credential evaluation service that is on both the approved University of Phoenix evaluation agency list and the state regulating board list of approved agencies, for the particular state in which the student is attending, to verify degree completion and equivalency to a United States undergraduate degree. Students attending online should abide by the regulations of the state in which they reside. In-house evaluations cannot be completed for programs leading to initial teacher certification.

• All applicants must be currently employed or have access to a suitable work environment for the completion of course assignments.

Candidacy Status for the MAED/SPE The College of Education has two levels of review consisting of Level 1 Candidate Status and Level 2 Candidate Status. Applicants must meet requirements for both levels of candidacy status to con- tinue in their program with no interruption of scheduling. • Level 1 Candidate Status is completed upon admission to the

University. Students who are admitted have met the requirements for Candidate Status Level 1.

• Level 2 Candidate Status is completed prior to the completion of 12 semester credits of the program. To meet the Candidate Status Level 2 requirements, the following items must be completed. Evidence that these requirements have been met must be entered in IS3 and the student's eXp file. • Demonstration of basic skills proficiency

Students who reside in a state that does not have a basic skills exam have three options for completing this requirement. Students must pass the Praxis I exam at the cut score deter- mined by the College of Education. * Reading 169 * Writing 172 * Math 170 Students must pass the Essential Academic Skills provided by National Evaluation Systems at the cut scores determined by the national benchmark. * Essential Academic Skills Subtest I: Reading - 220 * Essential Academic Skills Subtest II: Writing - 220 * Essential Academic Skills Subtest III: Mathematics - 220 * Essential Academic Skills Subtest IV: Technology Literacy -

397

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

220 Core Academic Skills for Educators (Core) * Core Academic Skills for Educators: Reading 156 * Core Academic Skills for Educators: Writing - 162 * Core Academic Skills for Educators: Mathematics - 150

• Verification of fingerprint clearance

Students must be admitted and meet Level 1 Candidate Status prior to being reviewed for Level 2 Candidate Status. Degree Completion Requirements for the MAED/SPE • A minimum of 43 graduate credits in the Required Program

Category Preferred Sequence. • A minimum grade point average (GPA) of 3.0. • Satisfactory completion and uploading of the Teacher Work

Sample (TWS). • Satisfactory completion of any required internship, student

teaching, and/or practicum courses. • Students must take courses within a sequence specified by

course prerequisite requirements. • Completion of Field Experience Record (100 hours). To ensure

students meet this requirement documentation will be periodically uploaded, reviewed, and maintained as specified in the handbook/courses.

• Completion of signature assignments. • In order to receive an institutional recommendation and/or state

certification, candidates may need to meet other requirements as set forth by their state of residency. Candidates are advised to check with their State Department of Education for any additional certification requirements.

• The diploma awarded for this program will read as: Master of Arts in Education Special Education

Academic Progression Requirements for the MAED/SPE Candidates must provide verification of the following prior to beginning their student teaching experience. Candidates must pro- vide: • Passing scores on the designated state content knowledge exam. • Verification of the completion of 100 hours of field experience Candidates will be required to have the minimum GPA for the pro- gram prior to entering the Student Teaching experience. Minimum Grade Requirements for the MAED/SPE • A candidate must earn a grade of "B" (grades of "I" and "B-" are

not accepted) or better in the following courses: SPE 594, SPE 595.

• Candidates must earn a "B" or better in Student Teaching Part A & B in order to complete this program. Candidates who do not earn a "B" or better will be required to repeat the seminar(s) in which the candidate did not receive the required minimum grade and the related portion of student teaching. The Campus College chair will coordinate with the Cooperating/Mentor Teacher and Faculty Supervisor to design a remediation plan.

• Candidates must earn a "B" or better in Student Teaching Part A & B in order to complete the MAED/SPE program. Candidates who do not earn a "B" or better will be required to repeat the seminars and student teaching.

• If the candidate does not receive a grade of "B" or better on the second attempt, the candidate will be Scholastically Suspended, permanently withdrawn, from the program.

Institutional Recommendation for the MAED/SPE • Candidates must meet all current state certification

requirements prior to being issued an Institutional Recommendation (IR, request for state teaching credential).

• Upon completion, candidates must complete a University of Phoenix graduation application in order to receive a diploma and official transcript. Candidates' records will be analyzed to ensure that they have met all academic and financial requirements of their programs. An IR cannot be completed until this process has been finished. This will ensure that candidates have met all of their obligations to the University before they receive an IR from the University.

• Candidates must pass their state-mandated professional knowledge exam.

• Candidates must provide verification of state and U.S. Constitution coursework as required by the state certification agency.

• Online students may submit a passing score on a comparable professional knowledge examination from another state or agency taken within the past 7 years.

Residency Requirements and Course Waivers for the MAED/ SPE Students in this program may waive a maximum of 6 credits from their required course of study. In order to be granted a waiver with credit for a course in the Required Course of Study, a student must have completed a previ- ous course which meets the following criteria: • The course must have been completed at a regionally accredited,

or candidate for accreditation, college or university. • The course must have been completed within the past five (5)

years from current program enrollment agreement sign date with a grade of "B" (3.0) or better.

• The course must be comparable in content and credits to the University course it is replacing and must be an equivalent level or higher level course (i.e. graduate level coursework may be used to waive graduate or undergraduate coursework). Course descriptions must be included with the course waiver form in order for the Office of Admissions and Evaluation to review the course waiver request.

Nationally recognized and/or industry accepted certifications may be used to waive certain courses in the Required Course of Study upon approval by the appropriate college or school that the courses reside under, and will not require Prior Learning Assess- ment. All waivers using certifications must be verified by an offi- cial transcript or completion documentation from the certifying organization. The following courses in the Required Course of Study may not be waived: COM 516, MTE 507, RDG 570, SPE 546, SPE 559, SPE 575, SPE 578, SPE 594, SPE 595 Students who complete the Teach for America Summer Institute are eligible to waive the following courses in the MAED/TED Pro- grams. Candidates must provide verification of completion in order to be eligible for these waivers.

Field Experience for the MAED/SPE Beginning with the first course, and throughout the program, can- didates are required to complete a minimum of 100 hours of veri-

Program Courses Waived

MAED/SPE SPE 578

398

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

COLLEGE OF EDUCATION (Online)

fied field experiences, covering a variety of developmental levels from ages birth through 18 years of age. The focus of each field experience will relate to specific course content and will follow a structured format. Four formal field experience evaluations are required during the program (observation, one-on-one instruction, small-group instruction, and whole-group instruction). These eval- uations must be maintained and reviewed as specified in the hand- book/courses. Documentation of field experience will be reviewed by campus staff and faculty prior to student teaching. Candidates must work with their campus to arrange field experience. Student Teaching for the MAED/SPE Student teaching is a full-time experience. Each campus establishes operational policies related to placement and completion of stu- dent teaching. Candidates must follow the guidelines in place at their campus. • Candidates must take Student Teaching Part A & B concurrently

with the student teaching experience. If a candidate chooses to postpone student teaching, he/she must postpone their enrollment in the student teaching courses.

• Candidates must earn a "B" or better in Student Teaching Seminar A in order to progress to Seminar B and the remainder of the student teaching experience. Candidates who do not earn a "B" or better will be required to repeat the seminar and student teaching.

• Student teachers who are removed from a placement at the request of a school district administrator will be withdrawn from class and will be issued a grade of "F" by their faculty member.

• Student teaching can only be repeated one time. • Unapproved self-terminations of student teaching will result in

the candidate receiving a failing grade for the student teaching experience and the associated student teaching seminar. This experience counts as one of their two student teaching attempts.

• Candidates who do not successfully complete the second student teaching experience will be removed from the program and are not eligible for re-entry.

• Candidates enrolled in the MAED/SPE program must student teach in the appropriate cross-categorical special education student teaching setting.

• Students who are already teaching in an appropriate K-12 cross- categorical special education environment will be evaluated by a faculty supervisor in their classroom and will not have to seek additional placement for student teaching. Students in the MAED/SPE program must be currently teaching in a K-12 cross-categorical special education setting that meets their state requirements for student teaching.

• Students should complete student teaching within twelve (12) months from the completion date of their last required course in the program.

• Students must complete a minimum of 8 credit hours of student teaching, including the completion of a Teacher Work Sample project.

Candidates who are unable to complete their student teaching experience at the campus where they began are not guaranteed a placement. Candidates may be able to complete their student teaching online. A select number of states do not participate in the University of Phoenix Special Education program. Candidates must contact the Online Administrative Offices for a list of partici- pating states and procedures for student teaching placement

• Candidates must enroll in the remaining Student Teaching Seminars online while completing their student teaching experience.

• Candidates need to work directly with the Online Administrative Offices to complete the requirements for verification of placement.

Candidates attending online who live in Hawaii, must transfer to the Hawaii ground campus for their student teaching experience and student teaching seminars. These courses will allow students to complete their MAED/SPE program and earn a Hawaii creden- tial. Re-entry for the MAED/SPE Candidates who have been out of attendance for more than one year and have completed all degree requirements except student teaching, internship or practicum and can complete within their original deadline may reenter their original program version. However, if the state certification requirements have changed since a candidate went out of attendance needing only student teaching, internship or practicum, in addition to the admissions paperwork required by the University Re-entry policy, the candidate must complete an Enrollment Agreement Addendum before reentry to the original program version will be approved. Candidates who have been out of attendance for more than one year and are lacking courses in addition to their student teaching, internship or practicum must reenter the current program version and successfully complete all courses required by their reentry credit summary. Only students who reside within the United States and its territo- ries are eligible to enroll into a UOPX bachelor or master of educa- tion program. International students who have been out of attendance for more than 365 days will not be eligible to re-enter.

........................................................................................... Master of Arts in Education/Special Education (Utah)

The following Master of Arts in Education/Special Education (MAED/ SPE) program may be offered at these University of Phoenix campus locations: Online. The availability of programs and concentrations depend on student demand and other factors. Not all programs may be available to all residents of all states. Students may want to consider completing certain courses in the Online classroom at Online rates if the program is available via the Online modality in their state. Please contact your

........................................................................................... enrollment representative for more information.

The Master of Arts in Education (MAED) with a specialization in Special Education is a graduate degree program preparing candi- dates for teacher licensure in the field of special education. Candi- dates for this program have already earned a bachelor’s degree and wish to gain the pedagogical skills and knowledge that will assist them in becoming effective special education educators. The program’s curriculum includes orientation to the exceptional child, foundations and methodologies of mild disabilities, diagnosis and assessment of disabilities, structured English immersion, reading and language arts instruction, inclusion strategies, and collabora- tion and resource management for the special educator. Through- out the program, students are required to complete a minimum of 100 hours of verified field experiences. The focus of each observa- tion will relate to specific course content. Documentation will be maintained and reviewed as specified in the handbook/courses. Students’ field experiences are designed to prepare them for stu- dent teaching. Student teaching is an integral component of the Special Education Program. Student teachers work with a cooper-

399

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

ating teacher and with a University of Phoenix faculty advisor dur- ing a field-based experience in a cross-categorical special education setting. The student teaching experience is designed to emphasize the achievement of state standards leading to certification and to present individuals with growth opportunities that best prepare them to assume the duties of a certified teacher. The degree pro- gram has a research component as well. This component requires an Action Research Project. The project integrates the theoretical aspects of special education and the practical experience of the adult learner through the identification and exploration of a signif- icant problem related to the student's area of professional responsi- bilities and interest. For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program, and other important information, please visit our website at http://www.phoenix.edu/ programs/maed-spe. Program Purpose The Master of Arts in Education/Special Education is a graduate degree program intended to prepare students with no prior teaching experience for initial teacher licensure. The program is designed for students who want to become special education teachers. Candidates for this program have already earned a bachelor's degree. The program includes a clinical component requiring field experiences and student teaching above and beyond program coursework. As licensure requirements may vary by state, it is the student's responsibility to ascertain and meet licensure requirements in any state in which the student desires to practice and to contact the applicable state educator licensure agency to verify current requirements to become a licensed teacher. There may be additional qualifications and/or disqualifications applicable in order to work as a teacher with any local, state or federal entity. Program Student Learning Outcomes In addition to the knowledge and skills related to the University Learning Goals, College of Education graduating students are intended to attain certain program-specific knowledge, skills and abilities. Therefore, you should be able to demonstrate the follow- ing learning outcomes by the time you complete this program.

• Students will be able to design and implement effective instruction in the P-12 classroom to produce a positive impact on student learning.

• Students will be able to evaluate effective professional practice in special education.

• Students will be able to apply professional ethics to their instructional practices in special education.

• Students will be able to create and modify instructional and behavioral plans for a variety of learning needs.

• Students will be able to create innovative strategies and incorporate technology in a P-12 classroom setting.

Program Category Requirements and Course Selections Courses requiring prerequisites are identified by a ~ symbol fol- lowing the course number. Course descriptions for all courses are listed in the Course Guide section of the catalog (page B-1). Orientation, 0 total credits MTE 507.................................................................................... 0 credits Orientation to Teacher Education Introductory Course, 1 total credit COM 516 ....................................................................................1 credit Professional Communications

Foundations of Special Education, 3 total credits SPE 513 ~.................................................................................. 3 credits Orientation to the Exceptional Child Educational Theories and Models, 6 total credits SPE 578 ~.................................................................................. 3 credits Models, Theories and Instructional Strategies for SPE SPE 546 ~.................................................................................. 3 credits Special Education Methods Human Development, 2 total credits MTE 506 .................................................................................. 2 credits Child and Adolescent Development Assessment, 3 total credits SPE 512 ~.................................................................................. 3 credits Special Education Assessment and Interpretation Reading, 3 total credits RDG 535 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Diagnosis & Remediation of Reading Difficulties Math, 3 total credits MTH 506 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits Methods of Teaching Mathematics Instruction and Management for Special Needs Students, 12 total credits SPE 559 ~.................................................................................. 3 credits Characteristics of Learning Disabilities SPE 574 ~.................................................................................. 3 credits Characteristics of Intellectual/Developmental Disabilities SPE 544 ~.................................................................................. 3 credits Characteristics of Emotional & Behavioral Disorders SPE 575 ..................................................................................... 3 credits Inclusion Strategies of the Special Educator Student Teaching, 8 total credits SPE 594 ~.................................................................................. 4 credits Special Education Student Teaching: Part A SPE 595 ~.................................................................................. 4 credits Special Education Student Teaching: Part B The University reserves the right to modify the required course of Study. Additional Admission Requirements for the MAED/SPE All applicants are expected to meet the following admissions requirements: • A cumulative grade point average (GPA) of 3.0 for all

undergraduate coursework on the undergraduate degree posted transcript is required for admission.

• Students enrolled in this program must have an undergraduate degree from a regionally accredited college or university or equivalent undergraduate degree earned at a recognized foreign institution.

400

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

COLLEGE OF EDUCATION (Online)

• Students using foreign credentials when enrolling in a program leading to initial teacher certification/licensure must use a foreign credential evaluation service that is on both the approved University of Phoenix evaluation agency list and the state regulating board list of approved agencies, for the particular state in which the student is attending, to verify degree completion and equivalency to a United States undergraduate degree. Students attending online should abide by the regulations of the state in which they reside. In-house evaluations cannot be completed for programs leading to initial teacher certification.

• All applicants must be currently employed or have access to a suitable work environment for the completion of course assignments.

• Effective for Enrollment Agreements signed 4/1/2016 or later, demonstration of basic skills proficiency Students who reside in a state that does not have a basic skills exam have three options for completing this requirement. Students must pass the Praxis I exam at the cut score deter- mined by the College of Education. * Reading 169 * Writing 172 * Math 170 Students must pass the Essential Academic Skills provided by National Evaluation Systems at the cut scores determined by the national benchmark. * Essential Academic Skills Subtest I: Reading - 220 * Essential Academic Skills Subtest II: Writing - 220 * Essential Academic Skills Subtest III: Mathematics - 220 * Essential Academic Skills Subtest IV: Technology Literacy - 220 Core Academic Skills for Educators (Core) * Core Academic Skills for Educators: Reading 156 * Core Academic Skills for Educators: Writing - 162 * Core Academic Skills for Educators: Mathematics - 150

• Effective for Enrollment Agreements signed 4/1/2016 or later, verification of fingerprint clearance

Candidacy Status for the MAED/SPE The College of Education has two levels of review consisting of Level 1 Candidate Status and Level 2 Candidate Status. Applicants must meet requirements for both levels of candidacy status to con- tinue in their program with no interruption of scheduling. • Level 1 Candidate Status is completed upon admission to the

University. Students who are admitted have met the requirements for Candidate Status Level 1.

• Level 2 Candidate Status is completed prior to the completion of 12 semester credits of the program. To meet the Candidate Status Level 2 requirements, the following items must be completed. Evidence that these requirements have been met must be entered in IS3 and the student's eXp file. • Students enrolled in this program must provide one of the

following verifications prior to the completion of 12 semester credits in the program:

•The candidate provides evidence of having passed the appropriate UT Board-approved subject matter exam (ie. Praxis II).

•The candidate provides evidence of having attempted the appropriate UT Board-approved subject matter exam.

•The candidate provides evidence of registration for the next scheduled examination UT Board-approved subject matter exam.

Students must be admitted and meet Level 1 Candidate Status prior to being reviewed for Level 2 Candidate Status. Additional Candidacy Level 2 requirements for Enrollment Agree- ments signed prior to 4/1/2016 • Demonstration of basic skills proficiency • Verification of fingerprint clearance Degree Completion Requirements for the MAED/SPE • A minimum of 41 graduate credits in the Required Program

Category Preferred Sequence. • A minimum grade point average (GPA) of 3.0. • Satisfactory completion and uploading of the Teacher Work

Sample (TWS). • Satisfactory completion of any required internship, student

teaching, and/or practicum courses. • Students must take courses within a sequence specified by

course prerequisite requirements. • Completion of signature assignments. • In order to receive an institutional recommendation and/or state

certification, candidates may need to meet other requirements as set forth by their state of residency. Candidates are advised to check with their State Department of Education for any additional certification requirements.

• The diploma awarded for this program will read as: Master of Arts in Education Special Education

Academic Progression Requirements for the MAED/SPE Candidates must provide verification of the following prior to beginning their student teaching experience. Candidates must pro- vide: • Immunization or TB test results (District specific) • Verification of content knowledge mastery prior to student

teaching (PRAXIS content exam) • Students enrolled at a Utah campus must provide verification of

a 'student teaching license' and submit a copy of the license prior to the student teaching placement.

• Verification of the completion of 100 hours of field experience Candidates will be required to have the minimum GPA for the pro- gram prior to entering the Student Teaching experience. Minimum Grade Requirements for the MAED/SPE • A candidate must earn a grade of "B" (grades of "I" and "B-" are

not accepted) or better in the following courses: SPE 594, SPE 595

• Candidates must earn a "B" or better in Student Teaching Part A & B in order to complete this program. Candidates who do not earn a "B" or better will be required to repeat the seminar(s) in which the candidate did not receive the required minimum grade and the related portion of student teaching. The Campus College chair will coordinate with the Cooperating/Mentor Teacher and Faculty Supervisor to design a remediation plan.

• Candidates must earn a "B" or better in Student Teaching Part A & B in order to complete the MAED/SPE program. Candidates who do not earn a "B" or better will be required to repeat the seminars and student teaching.

• If the candidate does not receive a grade of "B" or better on the second attempt, the candidate will be Scholastically Suspended, permanently withdrawn, from the program.

401

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

Institutional Recommendation for the MAED/SPE • Candidates must meet all current state certification

requirements prior to being issued an Institutional Recommendation (IR, request for state teaching credential).

• Upon completion, candidates must complete a University of Phoenix graduation application in order to receive a diploma and official transcript. Candidates' records will be analyzed to ensure that they have met all academic and financial requirements of their programs. An IR cannot be completed until this process has been finished. This will ensure that candidates have met all of their obligations to the University before they receive an IR from the University.

• Candidates must pass their state-mandated professional knowledge exam.

• Candidates must provide verification of state and U.S. Constitution coursework as required by the state certification agency.

Residency Requirements and Course Waivers for the MAED/ SPE Students in this program may waive a maximum of 6 credits from their required course of study. In order to be granted a waiver with credit for a course in the Required Course of Study, a student must have completed a previ- ous course which meets the following criteria: • The course must have been completed at a regionally accredited,

or candidate for accreditation, college or university. • The course must have been completed within the past five (5)

years from current program enrollment agreement sign date with a grade of "B" (3.0) or better.

• The course must be comparable in content and credits to the University course it is replacing and must be an equivalent level or higher level course (i.e. graduate level coursework may be used to waive graduate or undergraduate coursework). Course descriptions must be included with the course waiver form in order for the Office of Admissions and Evaluation to review the course waiver request.

Nationally recognized and/or industry accepted certifications may be used to waive certain courses in the Required Course of Study upon approval by the appropriate college or school that the courses reside under, and will not require Prior Learning Assess- ment. All waivers using certifications must be verified by an offi- cial transcript or completion documentation from the certifying organization. The following courses in the Required Course of Study may not be waived: COM 516, MTE 507, SPE 546, SPE 594, SPE 595 Students who complete the Teach for America Summer Institute are eligible to waive the following courses in the MAED/TED Pro- grams. Candidates must provide verification of completion in order to be eligible for these waivers.

Field Experience for the MAED/SPE Beginning with the first course, and throughout the program, can- didates are required to complete a minimum of 100 hours of veri- fied field experiences, covering a variety of developmental levels from ages birth through 18 years of age. The focus of each field experience will relate to specific course content and will follow a structured format. Four formal field experience evaluations are

required during the program (observation, one-on-one instruction, small-group instruction, and whole-group instruction). These eval- uations must be maintained and reviewed as specified in the hand- book/courses. Documentation of field experience will be reviewed by campus staff and faculty prior to student teaching. Candidates must work with their campus to arrange field experience. Student Teaching for the MAED/SPE • Student teaching is a full-time experience. Each campus

establishes operational policies related to placement and completion of student teaching. Candidates must follow the guidelines in place at their campus.

• Candidates must take Student Teaching Part A & B concurrently with the student teaching experience. If a candidate chooses to postpone student teaching, he/she must postpone their enrollment in the student teaching courses.

• Student teachers who are removed from a placement at the request of a school district administrator will be withdrawn from class and will be issued a grade of "F" by their faculty member.

• Student teaching can only be repeated one time. • Unapproved self-terminations of student teaching will result in

the candidate receiving a failing grade for the student teaching experience and the associated student teaching seminar. This experience counts as one of their two student teaching attempts.

• Candidates who do not successfully complete the second student teaching experience will be removed from the program and are not eligible for re-entry.

• Candidates enrolled in the MAED/SPE program must student teach in the appropriate cross-categorical special education student teaching setting.

• Students who are already teaching in an appropriate K-12 cross- categorical special education environment will be evaluated by a faculty supervisor in their classroom and will not have to seek additional placement for student teaching. Students in the MAED/SPE program must be currently teaching in a K-12 cross-categorical special education setting that meets their state requirements for student teaching.

• Students should complete student teaching within twelve (12) months from the completion date of their last required course in the program.

• Students must complete a minimum of 8 credit hours of student teaching, including the completion of a Teacher Work Sample project.

Re-entry for the MAED/SPE Candidates who have been out of attendance for more than one year and have completed all degree requirements except student teaching, internship or practicum and can complete within their original deadline may reenter their original program version. However, if the state certification requirements have changed since a candidate went out of attendance needing only student teaching, internship or practicum, in addition to the admissions paperwork required by the University Re-entry policy, the candidate must complete an Enrollment Agreement Addendum before reentry to the original program version will be approved. Candidates who have been out of attendance for more than one year and are lacking courses in addition to their student teaching, internship or practicum must reenter the current program version and successfully complete all courses required by their reentry credit summary. Only students who reside within the United States and its territo-

Program Courses Waived

MAED/SPE SPE 578

402

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

COLLEGE OF EDUCATION (Online)

ries are eligible to enroll into a UOPX bachelor or master of educa- tion program. International students who have been out of attendance for more than 365 days will not be eligible to re-enter.

........................................................................................... Master of Arts in Education/Special Education

The following Master of Arts in Education/Special Education (MAED/ SPE) program may be offered at these University of Phoenix campus locations: Online, depending on state of residence. The availability of programs and concentrations depend on student demand and other factors. Not all programs may be available to all residents of all states. Students may want to consider completing certain courses in the Online classroom at Online rates if the program is available via the Online modality in their state. Please contact your enrollment representative for

........................................................................................... more information.

The Master of Arts in Education (MAED) with a specialization in Special Education is a graduate degree program preparing candi- dates for teacher licensure in the field of special education. Candi- dates for this program have already earned a bachelor ’s degree and wish to gain the pedagogical skills and knowledge that will assist them in becoming effective special education educators. The program’s curriculum includes orientation to the exceptional child, foundations and methodologies of mild disabilities, diagnosis and assessment of disabilities, structured English immersion, reading and language arts instruction, inclusion strategies, and collabora- tion and resource management for the special educator. Through- out the program, students are required to complete a minimum of 100 hours of verified field experiences. The focus of each observa- tion will relate to specific course content. Students’ field experi- ences are designed to prepare them for student teaching. Student teaching is an integral component of the Special Education Pro- gram. Student teachers work with a cooperating teacher and with a University of Phoenix faculty advisor during a field-based experi- ence in a mild-moderate special education setting. The student teaching experience is designed to emphasize the achievement of state standards leading to certification and to present individuals with growth opportunities that best prepare them to assume the duties of a certified teacher. For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program, and other important information, please visit our website at http://www.phoenix.edu/ programs/maed-spe. State authorization to provide a program related to the preparation of teachers or other P-12 school/system personnel does not indicate eligibility for an Alabama certificate. Applicants for an Alabama certificate based on reciprocity must meet Alabama's test requirements and submit a valid, renewable professional educator certificate/license issued by another state at the degree level, grade level, and in the teaching field or area of instructional support for which an Alabama certificate is sought and for which Alabama issues a certificate. Applicants for Alabama certification in an area of administration must also document at least three years of full-time employment as an administrator in a P-12 school system(s). www.alsde.edu Program Purpose The Master of Arts in Education/Special Education is a graduate degree program intended to prepare students with no prior teaching experience for initial teacher licensure. The program is designed for students who want to become special education teachers. Candidates for this program have already earned a bachelor's degree. The program includes a clinical

component requiring field experiences and student teaching above and beyond program coursework. As licensure requirements may vary by state, it is the student's responsibility to ascertain and meet licensure requirements in any state in which the student desires to practice and to contact the applicable state educator licensure agency to verify current requirements to become a licensed teacher. There may be additional quali- fications and/or disqualifications applicable in order to work as a teacher with any local, state or federal entity. Program Student Learning Outcomes In addition to the knowledge and skills related to the University Learning Goals, College of Education graduating students are intended to attain certain program-specific knowledge, skills and abilities. Therefore, you should be able to demonstrate the follow- ing learning outcomes by the time you complete this program.

• Students will be able to design and implement effective instruction in the P-12 classroom to produce a positive impact on student learning.

• Students will be able to evaluate effective professional practice in special education.

• Students will be able to apply professional ethics to their instructional practices in special education.

• Students will be able to create and modify instructional and behavioral plans for a variety of learning needs.

• Students will be able to create innovative strategies and incorporate technology in a P-12 classroom setting.

Program Category Requirements and Course Selections Courses requiring prerequisites are identified by a ~ symbol fol- lowing the course number. Course descriptions for all courses are listed in the Course Guide section of the catalog (page B-1). Orientation, 0 total credits MTE 507 ................................................................................... 0 credits Orientation to Teacher Education Introductory Course, 1 total credit COM 516 .................................................................................... 1 credit Professional Communications Foundations of Special Education, 3 total credits SPE 513 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits Orientation to the Exceptional Child Educational Theories and Models, 9 total credits SPE 578 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits Models, Theories and Instructional Strategies for SPE SPE 584 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits Learning Disabilities and Language and Development Disorders MTH 575 ................................................................................. 3 credits Mathematics Instruction for Special Education

Assessment, 3 total credits SPE 512 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits Special Education Assessment and Interpretation Reading, 4 total credits RDG 570 ~ ............................................................................... 4 credits Curriculum Const and Assmt: Reading and Lang Arts for SPE Instruction and Management for Special Needs Students, 18 total credits SEI 500 ..................................................................................... 3 credits Structured English Immersion SEI 503 ~ .................................................................................. 3 credits Advanced Structured English Immersion Methods

403

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

SPE 574 ~ .................................................................................. 3 credits Characteristics of Intellectual/Developmental Disabilities SPE 544 ~ .................................................................................. 3 credits Characteristics of Emotional & Behavioral Disorders SPE 556 ~ .................................................................................. 3 credits Characteristics of Physical & Health Disabilities SPE 576 ~ .................................................................................. 3 credits Characteristics of Autism Spectrum Disorders Student Teaching, 8 total credits SPE 594 ~ .................................................................................. 4 credits Special Education Student Teaching: Part A SPE 595 ~ .................................................................................. 4 credits Special Education Student Teaching: Part B Georgia, Illinois, and Delaware residents will take SPE 596 in place of SPE 594 and SPE 595 SPE 596 ~ .................................................................................. 8 credits Student Teaching The University reserves the right to modify the required course of Study. Additional Admission Requirements for the MAED/SPE All applicants are expected to meet the following admissions requirements: • Students enrolled in this program must have an undergraduate

degree from a regionally accredited college or university or equivalent undergraduate degree earned at a recognized foreign institution.

• Students using foreign credentials when enrolling in a program leading to initial teacher certification/licensure must use a foreign credential evaluation service that is on both the approved University of Phoenix evaluation agency list and the state regulating board list of approved agencies, for the particular state in which the student is attending, to verify degree completion and equivalency to a United States undergraduate degree. Students attending online should abide by the regulations of the state in which they reside. In-house evaluations cannot be completed for programs leading to initial teacher certification.

• All applicants must be currently employed or have access to a suitable work environment for the completion of course assignments.

Candidacy Status for the MAED/SPE The College of Education has two levels of review consisting of Level 1 Candidate Status and Level 2 Candidate Status. Applicants must meet requirements for both levels of candidacy status to con- tinue in their program with no interruption of scheduling. • Level 1 Candidate Status is completed upon admission to the

University. Students who are admitted have met the requirements for Candidate Status Level 1.

• Level 2 Candidate Status is completed prior to the completion of 12 semester credits of the program. To meet the Candidate Status Level 2 requirements, the following items must be completed. Evidence that these requirements have been met must be entered in IS3 and the student's eXp file. • Demonstration of basic skills proficiency Students who reside in a state that does not have a basic skills exam have three options for completing this requirement. Students must pass the Praxis I exam at the cut score deter- mined by the College of Education. * Reading 169

* Writing 172 * Math 170 Students must pass the Essential Academic Skills provided by National Evaluation Systems at the cut scores determined by the national benchmark. * Essential Academic Skills Subtest I: Reading - 220 * Essential Academic Skills Subtest II: Writing - 220 * Essential Academic Skills Subtest III: Mathematics - 220 * Essential Academic Skills Subtest IV: Technology Literacy - 220 Core Academic Skills for Educators (Core) * Core Academic Skills for Educators: Reading 156 * Core Academic Skills for Educators: Writing - 162 * Core Academic Skills for Educators: Mathematics - 150

• Verification of fingerprint clearance Georgia residents attending Online and Local Campus students with enrollment agreements signed 3/1/2015 or thereafter seeking a Georgia certificate: Additional Candidacy Level II Requirements:

• Obtain a Georgia Pre-service Certificate. The steps to qualify for this certificate include:

• Completion of GACE Educator Ethics Assessment-Program Entry Assessment (350)

• Signed Pre-service certification application • Signed and notarized Verification of Lawful Presence (VLP)

Affidavit • Completed Background Check Form

Students must be admitted and meet Level 1 Candidate Status prior to being reviewed for Level 2 Candidate Status. Degree Completion Requirements for the MAED/SPE • Completion of a minimum of 46 credits. All but six (6) credits of

the major course of study must be completed at the University to meet residency requirements.

• A minimum grade point average (GPA) of 3.0. • Satisfactory completion and uploading of the Teacher Work

Sample (TWS). • Satisfactory completion of any required internship, student

teaching, and/or practicum courses. • Students must take courses within a sequence specified by

course prerequisite requirements. • Completion of Field Experience Record (100 hours). To ensure

students meet this requirement documentation will be periodically uploaded, reviewed, and maintained as specified in the handbook/courses.

• Completion of signature assignments. • In order to receive an institutional recommendation and/or state

certification, candidates may need to meet other requirements as set forth by their state of residency. Candidates are advised to check with their State Department of Education for any additional certification requirements.

• Georgia residents attending Online and Local Campus students who complete field experience, student teaching, and apply for state certification 9/1/2015 or thereafter must complete: • Teacher Performance Assessment • GACE Educator Ethics Exit Exam (360)

• The diploma awarded for this program will read as: Master of Arts in Education Special Education

404

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

COLLEGE OF EDUCATION (Online)

Academic Progression Requirements for the MAED/SPE Candidates must provide verification of the following prior to beginning their student teaching experience. Candidates must pro- vide: • Immunization or TB test results (District specific) • Passing scores on the designated state content knowledge exam. • Verification of the completion of 100 hours of field experience Candidates will be required to have the minimum GPA for the pro- gram prior to entering the Student Teaching experience. Minimum Grade Requirements for the MAED/SPE • A candidate must earn a grade of "B" (grades of "I" and "B-" are

not accepted) or better in the following courses: SPE 594, SPE 595. Georgia and Illinois students only: SPE 596.

• Candidates must earn a "B" or better in Student Teaching Part A & B in order to complete this program. Candidates who do not earn a "B" or better will be required to repeat the seminar(s) in which the candidate did not receive the required minimum grade and the related portion of student teaching. The Campus College chair will coordinate with the Cooperating/Mentor Teacher and Faculty Supervisor to design a remediation plan.

• Candidates must earn a "B" or better in Student Teaching Part A & B in order to complete the MAED/SPE program. Candidates who do not earn a "B" or better will be required to repeat the seminars and student teaching.

• If the candidate does not receive a grade of "B" or better on the second attempt, the candidate will be Scholastically Suspended, permanently withdrawn, from the program.

Institutional Recommendation for the MAED/SPE • Candidates must meet all current state certification

requirements prior to being issued an Institutional Recommendation (IR, request for state teaching credential).

• Upon completion, candidates must complete a University of Phoenix graduation application in order to receive a diploma and official transcript. Candidates' records will be analyzed to ensure that they have met all academic and financial requirements of their programs. An IR cannot be completed until this process has been finished. This will ensure that candidates have met all of their obligations to the University before they receive an IR from the University.

• Candidates must pass their state-mandated professional knowledge exam.

• Candidates must provide verification of state and U.S. Constitution coursework as required by the state certification agency.

Residency Requirements and Course Waivers for the MAED/ SPE Students in this program may waive a maximum of 6 credits from their required course of study. In order to be granted a waiver with credit for a course in the Required Course of Study, a student must have completed a previ- ous course which meets the following criteria: • The course must have been completed at a regionally accredited,

or candidate for accreditation, college or university. • The course must have been completed within the past five (5)

years from current program enrollment agreement sign date with a grade of "B" (3.0) or better.

• The course must be comparable in content and credits to the University course it is replacing and must be an equivalent level or higher level course (i.e. graduate level coursework may be used to waive graduate or undergraduate coursework). Course descriptions must be included with the course waiver form in order for the Office of Admissions and Evaluation to review the course waiver request.

Nationally recognized and/or industry accepted certifications may be used to waive certain courses in the Required Course of Study upon approval by the appropriate college or school that the courses reside under, and will not require Prior Learning Assess- ment. All waivers using certifications must be verified by an offi- cial transcript or completion documentation from the certifying organization. The following courses in the Required Course of Study may not be waived: COM 516, MTE 507, RDG 570, SPE 578, SPE 594, SPE 595, SPE 584, MTH 575, SPE 576. Georgia and Illinois students only: COM 516, MTE 507, RDG 570, SPE 578, SPE 584, MTH 575, SPE 576, SPE 596 Arizona residents may waive SEI 500 and/or SEI 503 with an Ari- zona Department of Education approved SEI course (institution of higher education or approved district workshop) OR verification of one of the following endorsements: • Arizona Provisional SEI Endorsement (SEI 500) • Arizona Full SEI Endorsement (SEI 500 and SEI 503) • Arizona English as a Second Language Endorsement • Arizona Bilingual Endorsement Approved SEI courses/workshops can be found at: https:// www.ade.az.gov/oelas/. Students who complete the Teach for America Summer Institute are eligible to waive the following course in the MAED/TED Pro- grams. Candidates must provide verification of completion in order to be eligible for these waivers.

Candidates who have completed Post-Baccalaureate Teacher Certi- fication program (Post-Bacc) from Rio Salado Community College are eligible to apply completed coursework from the Post-Bacc pro- gram to fulfill requirements within this program. Course waivers will only be granted to students who have completed the Post-Bacc program in its entirety. Single courses from the Post-Bacc program will not be approved. Students who waive courses using the Post-Bacc Course Waiver Policy may exceed the maximum waiver limit for their program and will be eligible to waive select non-waivable courses as out- lined on the Post-Bacc Teacher Certification Course Waiver Form. Following application of the Post-Bacc course waivers, candidates will fulfill Candidacy 2 and all academic progression requirements. Candidates will not be required to complete and/or provide the following: • Fingerprint clearance • Basic Skills proficiency • Completion and uploading of the Teacher Work Sample (TWS) • Satisfactory completion of any required internship, student

teaching, and/or practicum courses.

Program Courses Waived

MAED/SPE SPE 578

405

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

• Completion of Field Experience Record (100 hours). To ensure student's meet this requirement documentation will be periodically uploaded, reviewed, and maintained as specified in the handbook/courses.

Only students who have completed the Post-Bacc in Special Educa- tion will be eligible for waivers for the MAED/SPE. Field Experience for the MAED/SPE Beginning with the first course, and throughout the program, can- didates are required to complete a minimum of 100 hours of veri- fied field experiences, covering a variety of developmental levels from ages birth through 18 years of age. The focus of each field experience will relate to specific course content and will follow a structured format. Four formal field experience evaluations are required during the program (observation, one-on-one instruction, small-group instruction, and whole-group instruction). These eval- uations must be maintained and reviewed as specified in the hand- book/courses. Documentation of field experience will be reviewed by campus staff and faculty prior to student teaching. Candidates must work with their campus to arrange field experience. Student Teaching for the MAED/SPE Student teaching is a full-time experience. Each campus establishes operational policies related to placement and completion of stu- dent teaching. Candidates must follow the guidelines in place at their campus. • Candidates must take Student Teaching Part A & B concurrently

with the student teaching experience. If a candidate chooses to postpone student teaching, he/she must postpone their enrollment in the student teaching courses.

• Candidates must earn a "B" or better in Student Teaching Seminar A in order to progress to Seminar B and the remainder of the student teaching experience. Candidates who do not earn a "B" or better will be required to repeat the seminar and student teaching.

• Student teachers who are removed from a placement at the request of a school district administrator will be withdrawn from class and will be issued a grade of "F" by their faculty member.

• Student teaching can only be repeated one time. • Unapproved self-terminations of student teaching will result in

the candidate receiving a failing grade for the student teaching experience and the associated student teaching seminar. This experience counts as one of their two student teaching attempts.

• Candidates who do not successfully complete the second student teaching experience will be removed from the program and are not eligible for re-entry.

• Candidates enrolled in the MAED/SPE program must student teach in the appropriate mild-moderate special education student teaching setting.

• Students who are already teaching in an appropriate K-12 mild- moderate special education environment will be evaluated by a faculty supervisor in their classroom and will not have to seek additional placement for student teaching. Students in the MAED/SPE program must be currently teaching in a K-12 mild- moderate special education setting that meets their state requirements for student teaching.

• Students should complete student teaching within twelve (12) months from the completion date of their last required course in the program.

• Students must complete a minimum of 8 credit hours of student teaching, including the completion of a Teacher Work Sample project.

Candidates who are unable to complete their student teaching experience at the campus where they began are not guaranteed a placement. Candidates may be able to complete their student teaching online. A select number of states do not participate in the University of Phoenix Special Education program. Candidates must contact the Online Administrative Offices for a list of partici- pating states and procedures for student teaching placement • Candidates must enroll in the remaining Student Teaching

Seminars online while completing their student teaching experience.

• Candidates need to work directly with the Online Administrative Offices to complete the requirements for verification of placement.

Arizona Teaching Intern Certificate Program The requirements for initial issuance of the teaching intern certifi- cate are: • A Bachelor's degree or higher from an accredited institution • A passing score on one or more subject knowledge portions of

the Arizona Teacher Proficiency Assessment that corresponds to the applicant's teaching assignment(s)

• Completion of the requirements for a Provisional Structured English Immersion endorsement as prescribed in R7-2-613(J)

• A valid fingerprint clearance card issued by the Arizona Department of Public Safety

Re-entry for the MAED/SPE Candidates who have been out of attendance for more than one year and have completed all degree requirements except student teaching, internship or practicum and can complete within their original deadline may reenter their original program version. However, if the state certification requirements have changed since a candidate went out of attendance needing only student teaching, internship or practicum, in addition to the admissions paperwork required by the University Re-entry policy, the candidate must complete an Enrollment Agreement Addendum before reentry to the original program version will be approved. Candidates who have been out of attendance for more than one year and are lacking courses in addition to their student teaching, internship or practicum must reenter the current program version and successfully complete all courses required by their reentry credit summary. Only students who reside within the United States and its territo- ries are eligible to enroll into a UOPX bachelor or master of educa- tion program. International students who have been out of attendance for more than 365 days will not be eligible to re-enter.

406

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

COLLEGE OF EDUCATION (Online)

........................................................................................... Master of Arts in Education/Educational Studies

The following Master of Arts in Education/Educational Studies (MAED/ ES) program may be offered at these University of Phoenix campus locations: Online, depending on state of residence. The availability of programs and concentrations depend on student demand and other factors. Not all programs may be available to all residents of all states. Students may want to consider completing certain courses in the Online classroom at Online rates if the program is available via the Online modality in their state. Please contact your enrollment representative for

........................................................................................... more information.

The Master of Arts in Education/Educational Studies (MAED/ES) degree is a non-teaching degree designed to facilitate the develop- ment of professional knowledge, skills and understanding of the teaching and learning process. The program provides students with information across a variety of education topics with an emphasis in the field of education. **Note: Students enrolled in this degree program are ineligible to receive Fed- eral Student Financial Aid. Program Purpose The Master of Arts in Education/Educational Studies is a graduate degree program intended for students who have completed all coursework from a UOPX initial licensure program with the exception of both student teaching courses. The program does not prepare students for any type of professional certification or state licensure as a teacher. It is only intended as a degree completion option. Program Category Requirements for the MAED/ES Courses requiring prerequisites are identified by a ~ symbol fol- lowing the course number. Course descriptions for all courses are listed in the Course Guide section of the catalog (page B-1). Students must select one course from each Elective category selec- tion below to complete the 6 credit requirement: Elective One, 3 total credits AET 500.................................................................................... 3 credits Foundations of Adult Learning Theory AET 552.................................................................................... 3 credits Marketing Adult Education AET 560.................................................................................... 3 credits Facilitating Change AET 562.................................................................................... 3 credits Social Media for Professional Learning Elective Two, 3 total credits CUR 520 ................................................................................... 3 credits Advocating for Learning CUR 525 ................................................................................... 3 credits Ethical Issues in Education CUR 550 ................................................................................... 3 credits Engaging in Communities of Practice CUR 555 ................................................................................... 3 credits Professional Learning for Continuous Improvement The University reserves the right to modify the Program Require- ments. Additional Admission Requirements for the MAED/ES Applicants are expected to meet all admissions requirements:

• Applicants enrolling in this program must meet all admission requirements from their University of Phoenix previous pre- licensure program.

• The University of Phoenix previous pre-licensure programs eligible for admission to the MAED/ES are the following: MAED/TED-E, MAED/TEDEE, MAED/TEDEM, MAED/ TEDMS, MAED/TEDMG, MAED/TEDMM, MAED/TEDSM, MAED/TEDSS, MAED/TED-S, MAED/SPE, MAED/ECH Note: Some restrictions apply to the MAED/ECH program. Please contact your campus representative for more information.

• Applicants to this program must have completed all coursework from their University of Phoenix previous pre-licensure program with the exception of both Student Teaching courses.

• Students will be eligible for admission to the MAED/ES program provided that the Enrollment Agreement sign date for the previous pre-licensure program is no more than six and a half (6.5) years in the past. Applicants must be able to complete all requirements of the degree within 7 years of the Enrollment Agreement sign date of the previous pre-licensure program.

Degree Completion Requirements for the MAED/ES • Completion of a minimum of 32 credits to earn a university

degree. • Completion of two (2) MAED/ES Elective courses in addition to

all completed coursework from the previous pre-licensure program, with the exception of student teaching.

• A minimum grade point average (GPA) of 3.0. • MAED/ES graduates will not be permitted to return to complete

student teaching and receive a degree in any previous pre- licensure program at the University.

• The diploma awarded for this program will read as: Master of Arts in Education Educational Studies

Residency Requirement for the MAED/ES Students must meet the established University residency require- ment for degree conferral. The University requires that all six (6) Elective credits must be completed in order to meet residency. Nationally recognized and/or industry accepted certifications may be used to waive certain courses in the Required Course of Study upon approval by the appropriate college or school that the courses reside under, and will not require Prior Learning Assess- ment. All waivers using certifications must be verified by an offi- cial transcript or completion documentation from the certifying organization. Re-entry for the MAED/ES Re-entry students completing a program change from one of the following UOPX pre-licensure programs to the MAED/ES pro- gram will be required to complete all paperwork required by the University Re-entry policy. MAED/TED-E MAED/TEDEE MAED/TEDEM MAED/TEDMS MAED/TEDMG MAED/TEDMM MAED/TEDSM MAED/TEDSS MAED/TED-S MAED/SPE MAED/ECH

407

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

Any student who has been out of attendance for more than 365 days from the last date of positive recorded attendance in a pro- gram applicable course is considered a re-entry student. Re-entry students may re-enroll into their program version without appeal if the program version is still the most current in their state or jurisdiction and the student has the ability to satisfy all program requirements within their original program completion deadline. Re-entry students whose program version is not the most current in their state or jurisdiction will be required to enroll into the most current version. Select programs may have additional re-entry requirements/ restrictions. Re-entry students should consult their Academic Advisor for guidance.

........................................................................................... Master of Arts in Education/Curriculum and Instruction

The following Master of Arts in Education/Curriculum and Instruction (MAED/CI) program may be offered at these University of Phoenix campus locations: Online, depending on state of residence. The availability of programs and concentrations depend on student demand and other factors. Not all programs may be available to all residents of all states. Students may want to consider completing certain courses in the Online classroom at Online rates if the program is available via the Online modality in their state. Please contact your enrollment

........................................................................................... representative for more information.

The Master of Arts in Education program with a specialization in Curriculum and Instruction is intended to afford P-12 educators the opportunity to enhance their curriculum, instruction, and lead- ership repertoire by expanding their knowledge of assessment, instructional strategies, integration of technology, professional development, data-driven decision making, and mentoring and coaching. Educators will develop teacher leadership skills by exploring the latest research, trends, and strategies. Graduates will be able to effectively collaborate with all stakeholders and serve their students, colleagues, and communities as ethical leaders com- mitted to excellence. For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program, and other important information, please visit our website at http://www.phoenix.edu/ programs/maed-ci. Program Purpose The Master of Arts in Education/Curriculum and Instruction is a graduate degree program intended to provide educators with advanced knowledge and skills in curriculum and instruction. The program does not prepare students for any type of professional certification or state licensure as a teacher. It is only intended as an advanced degree. Program Student Learning Outcomes In addition to the knowledge and skills related to the University Learning Goals, College of Education graduating students are intended to attain certain program-specific knowledge, skills and abilities. Therefore, you should be able to demonstrate the follow- ing learning outcomes by the time you complete this program. • Students will be able to synthesize multiple theories of

curriculum and instruction to design effective professional development opportunities.

• Students will be able to analyze assessment data to make informed decisions for continuous improvement of instructional programs.

• Students will be able to create innovative strategies and incorporate technology to enhance student learning in the classroom setting.

MAED/CI Required Course of Study Courses requiring prerequisites are identified by a ~ symbol fol- lowing the course number. Course descriptions for all courses are listed in the Course Guide section of the catalog (page B-1). COM 516 ....................................................................................1 credit Professional Communications CUR 505.................................................................................... 3 credits Social and Global Perspectives of Teacher Leadership CUR 506.................................................................................... 3 credits Theories and Best Practices of Curriculum and Instruction CUR 515 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Critical Thinking and Innovative Skills CUR 520.................................................................................... 3 credits Advocating for Learning CUR 525.................................................................................... 3 credits Ethical Issues in Education CUR 530 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Assessment and Evaluation Models CUR 535 ~ ................................................................................ 4 credits Research for Improved Practice CUR 540.................................................................................... 3 credits Methods of Coaching in the Instructional Setting CUR 545.................................................................................... 3 credits Using Technology for Teaching and Learning CUR 550.................................................................................... 3 credits Engaging in Communities of Practice CUR 555.................................................................................... 3 credits Professional Learning for Continuous Improvement The University reserves the right to modify the required course of study. Additional Admission Requirements for the MAED/CI All applicants are expected to meet the following admissions requirements: • An undergraduate degree from a regionally or approved

nationally accredited, or candidate for accreditation, college or university or comparable undergraduate bachelor's degree earned at a recognized foreign institution or a graduate degree from an ABA accredited institution (i.e.- JD, LLB, LLM). If the institution became accredited while the student was attending, a minimum of 75% of the coursework taken toward the degree must have been completed while the institution was accredited or during the candidacy period.

• All applicants must be currently employed or have access to a suitable work environment for the completion of course assignments.

Degree Completion Requirements for the MAED/CI • The completion of a minimum of 35 credits. • A minimum grade point average (GPA) of 3.0. • The diploma awarded for this program will read as:

Master of Arts in Education Curriculum and Instruction

Residency Requirements and Course Waivers for the MAED/CI The University requires that the majority of coursework in the Required Course of Study be completed through the University. Also known as the residency requirement, the University requires

408

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

COLLEGE OF EDUCATION (Online)

completion of a minimum of 29 graduate level credits at the Uni- versity. Students in this program may waive a maximum of 6 credits from their required course of study. In order to be granted a waiver with credit for a course in the Required Course of Study, a student must have completed a previ- ous course which meets the following criteria: • The course must have been completed at a regionally or

approved nationally accredited, or candidate for accreditation, college or university, or a foreign institution recognized/ authorized by the country's Ministry of Education.

• The course must have been completed within the past five (5) years from current program enrollment agreement sign date with a grade of "B" (3.0) or better.

• The course must be comparable in content and credits to the University course it is replacing and must be an equivalent level or higher level course (i.e. graduate level coursework may be used to waive graduate or undergraduate coursework). Course descriptions must be included with the course waiver form in order for the Office of Admissions and Evaluation to review the course waiver request.

Nationally recognized and/or industry accepted certifications may be used to waive certain courses in the Required Course of Study upon approval by the appropriate college or school that the courses reside under, and will not require Prior Learning Assess- ment. All waivers using certifications must be verified by an offi- cial transcript or completion documentation from the certifying organization. Students in the MAED/CI who waive courses using an approved certification may exceed the maximum waiver limit for their program. The following courses in the Required Course of Study may not be waived: COM 516 Candidates who successfully complete either the MAED/TED-Ele- mentary or MAED/TED-Secondary program may waive the fol- lowing courses in the MAED/CI program upon enrolling in the

Master of Arts in Education/Curriculum and Instruction program.

Any resident in the state of California who can show verification of the completion of the CTEL (California Teachers of English Learn- ers) requirement may waive the following 6 credits upon admis- sion to the MAED/CI program: CUR 506, CUR 530 Any resident in the state of California who can show verification of the completion of the BTSA (Beginning Teacher Support and Assessment Induction) requirement may exceed the 6 credit waiver maximum and waive up to 13 credits upon admission to the MAED/CI program: CUR 506, CUR 530, CUR 535, CUR 520 Candidates who have completed Post-Baccalaureate Teacher Certi- fication program (Post-Bacc) from Rio Salado Community College are eligible to apply completed coursework from the Post-Bacc pro- gram to fulfill requirements within this program. Course waivers

will only be granted to students who have completed the Post-Bacc program in its entirety. Single courses from the Post-Bacc program will not be approved. Students who waive courses using the Post-Bacc Course Waiver Policy may exceed the maximum waiver limit for their program and will be eligible to waive select non-waivable courses as out- lined on the Post-Bacc Teacher Certification Course Waiver Form. Following application of the Post-Bacc course waivers, candidates will fulfill Candidacy 2 and all academic progression requirements. Candidates will not be required to complete and/or provide the following: • Fingerprint clearance

• Basic Skills proficiency

• Completion and uploading of the Teacher Work Sample (TWS)

• Satisfactory completion of any required internship, student teaching, and/or practicum courses.

• Completion of Field Experience Record (100 hours). To ensure student's meet this requirement documentation will be periodically uploaded, reviewed, and maintained as specified in the handbook/courses.

Re-entry for the MAED/CI

Any student who has been out of attendance for more than 365 days from the last date of positive recorded attendance in a program applicable course is considered a re-entry student.

Re-entry students may re-enroll into their program version without appeal if the program version is still the most current in their state or jurisdiction and the student has the ability to satisfy all program requirements within their original program completion deadline.

Re-entry students whose program version is not the most current in their state or jurisdiction will be required to enroll into the most current version.

Select programs may have additional re-entry requirements/ restrictions. Re-entry students should consult their Academic Advisor for guidance.

Master of Arts in Education/Administration and

........................................................................................... Supervision (Florida)

The following Master of Arts in Education/Administration and Supervision (MAED/ADM) program may be offered at these University of Phoenix campus locations: Online, depending on state of residence. The availability of programs and concentrations depend on student demand and other factors. Not all programs may be available to all residents of all states. Students may want to consider completing certain courses in the Online classroom at Online rates if the program is available via the Online modality in their state. Please contact your enrollment

........................................................................................... representative for more information.

The Master of Arts in Education/Administration and Supervision program prepares candidates for principal licensure. The stan- dards-based program is designed to provide principal candidates with the knowledge, skills, and dispositions necessary to be suc- cessful school leaders who can apply theory to practice. The pro- gram encompasses instructional leadership, organizational management, technology management, and data-driven decision- making. An administrative internship is an integral component of the program, providing candidates with a field-based experience in the various aspects of school administration and supervision. For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt

Program Courses Waived

MAED/TED-E COM 516 (1 credit) CUR 530 (3 credits) CUR 535 (4 credits) CUR 550 (3 credits)

MAED/TED-S COM 516 (1 credit) CUR 530 (3 credits) CUR 535 (4 credits) CUR 550 (3 credits)

409

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

of students who completed the program, and other important information, please visit our website at http://www.phoenix.edu/ programs/maed-adm. Program Purpose The Master of Arts in Education/Administration and Supervision is a graduate degree program intended to prepare candidates for K-12 school principal licensure. Candidates for this program have already earned a bachelor's degree. The program includes a clinical component requiring field experiences and an administrative internship above and beyond program coursework. As licensure requirements may vary by state, it is the student's responsibility to ascertain and meet licensure requirements in any state in which the student desires to practice and to contact the applicable state educator licensure agency to verify current requirements to become a licensed school principal. There may be additional qualifications and/or disqualifications applicable in order to work as a principal with any local, state or federal entity. MAED/ADM Required Course of Study Courses requiring prerequisites are identified by a ~ symbol fol- lowing the course number. Course descriptions for all courses are listed in the Course Guide section of the catalog (page B-1). ADMIN 500.............................................................................. 0 credits Orientation to Administration and Supervision COM 516 ....................................................................................1 credit Professional Communications ADMIN 518.............................................................................. 3 credits Leadership and Collaborative Processes ADMIN 570.............................................................................. 3 credits Equity, Diversity, and Access in Education ADMIN 555.............................................................................. 3 credits School Policy and Law for Principals ADMIN 524.............................................................................. 3 credits Supervision of Curriculum, Instruction and Assessment ADMIN 591A ............................................................................1 credit Principal Internship Part I: Instructional Leadership ADMIN 528.............................................................................. 3 credits Administration of Special Programs ADMIN 535.............................................................................. 3 credits Business and Facilities Management ADMIN 560.............................................................................. 3 credits Human Resources Leadership and Management ADMIN 591B ~..........................................................................1 credit Principal Internship Part II: Organizational Management ADMIN 575.............................................................................. 3 credits Family, Community and Media Relations EDD 581.................................................................................... 4 credits Action Research and Evaluation ADMIN 565.............................................................................. 3 credits School Improvement Processes ADMIN 591C ~ .........................................................................1 credit Administrative Internship Part III: Professional Practice Students must also choose an elective from one of the following: AET 560 .................................................................................... 3 credits Facilitating Change AET 562 .................................................................................... 3 credits Social Media for Professional Learning

CUR 550.................................................................................... 3 credits Engaging in Communities of Practice CUR 555.................................................................................... 3 credits Professional Learning for Continuous Improvement The University reserves the right to modify the required course of study. Additional Admission Requirements for the MAEd/ADM All applicants are expected to meet the following admissions requirements: • Students enrolled in this program must have an undergraduate

degree from a regionally accredited college or university or equivalent undergraduate degree earned at a recognized foreign institution.

• A minimum equivalent of three (3) years post-high school work experience including 18 months of instructional experience in a P-12 setting. • The teaching or instructional experience must be as a

contracted teacher in either a traditional or year-round public or private school.

• Teaching experience is defined as stand-up teaching or facilitation with a pre-school (P)-12 school-age population. The following constitutes teaching experience:

Verifiable (contracted) P-12 instructional classroom experience - 40 hours per week.

• All applicants must be currently employed or have access to a suitable work environment for the completion of course assignments.

Degree Completion Requirements for the MAED/ADM • Completion of a minimum of 38 credits. • A minimum grade point average (GPA) of 3.0. • Completion of signature assignments. • Completion of Field Experience Record. • Satisfactory completion of any required internship and/or

practicum courses with a grade of "B" or better. • Students must take courses within a sequence specified by

course prerequisite requirements. • The diploma awarded for this program will read as:

Master of Arts in Education Administration and Supervision

Minimum Grade Requirement for the MAED/ADM • A candidate must earn a grade of "B" (3.0) or better in the

following practicum/internship courses, grades of "B-" are not accepted: ADMIN 591A, ADMIN 591B and ADMIN 591C. Students who earn less than a grade of "B" (3.0) in any of these courses must repeat the course in order to continue in their one credit administrative practicum/internship courses.

• Candidates who earn less than a grade of "B" (3.0) in any of these courses must complete a remediation plan and repeat the course.

• If the candidate does not receive a grade of "B" (3.0) or better on the second attempt, the candidate will be, scholastically suspended, permanently withdrawn from program.

Residency Requirements and Course Waivers for the MAED/ ADM The University requires that the majority of coursework in the Required Course of Study be completed through the University. Also known as the residency requirement, the University requires

410

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

COLLEGE OF EDUCATION (Online)

completion of a minimum of 32 graduate level credits at the Uni- versity. Students in this program may waive a maximum of 6 credits from their required course of study. In order to be granted a waiver with credit for a course in the Required Course of Study, a student must have completed a previ- ous course which meets the following criteria: • The course must have been completed at a regionally accredited,

or candidate for accreditation, college or university. • The course must have been completed within the past five (5)

years from current program enrollment agreement sign date with a grade of "B" (3.0) or better.

• The course must be comparable in content and credits to the University course it is replacing and must be an equivalent level or higher level course (i.e. graduate level coursework may be used to waive graduate or undergraduate coursework). Course descriptions must be included with the course waiver form in order for the Office of Admissions and Evaluation to review the course waiver request.

Nationally recognized and/or industry accepted certifications may be used to waive certain courses in the Required Course of Study upon approval by the appropriate college or school that the courses reside under, and will not require Prior Learning Assess- ment. All waivers using certifications must be verified by an offi- cial transcript or completion documentation from the certifying organization. The following courses in the Required Course of Study may not be waived: ADMIN 591A, ADMIN 591B, ADMIN 591C, COM 516, EDD 581. The School of Advanced Studies offers a bridge opportunity for master's degree students who are interested in taking doctoral courses as part of the master's degree program. The Doctoral Pathway gives students the option to complete doc- toral level coursework during a master's program. The Doctoral Pathway allows a master's degree student to substi- tute up to two graduate level courses with designated doctoral level courses. Upon admission to the selected doctoral program, students are eligible to satisfy required course(s) within the doc- toral program. • Students must earn a B- or better in the doctoral level courses in

order to apply them towards the doctoral program.

• Student schedules may need to be adjusted, or student will need to overlap courses since doctoral courses are eight weeks in length. Students should speak with their academic/finance advisor for further information.

Institutional Recommendation for the MAED/ADM • Candidates must meet all current state certification

requirements prior to being issued an Institutional Recommendation (IR, request for principal certification).

• Upon completion, candidates must complete a University of Phoenix graduation application in order to receive a diploma and official transcript. Candidates' records will be analyzed to ensure that they have met all academic and financial requirements of their programs. An IR cannot be completed until this process has been finished. This will ensure that candidates have met all of their obligations to the University before they receive an IR from the University.

• Candidates must pass their state-mandated administrator exam, if required.

Internship Policies for MAED/ADM • The Administrative Internship is a minimum 240-hour

placement. Each campus establishes operational policies related to placement and completion of the internship. Candidates must follow the guidelines in place at their campus.

• Candidates must take the internship courses concurrently with the internship experience. If a candidate chooses to postpone the internship, he/she must postpone their enrollment in the internship courses.

• Candidates must pass each Administrative Internship course with a grade of "B" or better in order to avoid Scholastic Disqualification.

• Candidates who are removed from a placement at the request of a school district administrator will be withdrawn from class and will be issued a grade of "F" by their faculty member.

Field Experience for MAED/ADM Beginning with the first course, and throughout the program, can- didates are required to complete a minimum of 30-40 hours of veri- fied field experiences. The focus of each field experience will relate to specific course content and will follow a structured format. Doc- umentation of field experience must be maintained and reviewed as specified in the handbook/courses and will be reviewed by campus staff and faculty. Candidates must work with their campus to arrange field experience. Re-entry for the MAED/ADM Candidates who have been out of attendance for more than one year and have completed all degree requirements except student teaching, internship or practicum and can complete within their original deadline may reenter their original program version. However, if the state certification requirements have changed since a candidate went out of attendance needing only student teaching, internship or practicum, in addition to the admissions paperwork required by the University Re-entry policy, the candidate must complete an Enrollment Agreement Addendum before reentry to the original program version will be approved. Candidates who have been out of attendance for more than one year and are lacking courses in addition to their student teaching, internship or practicum must reenter the current program version and successfully complete all courses required by their reentry credit summary. Only students who reside within the United States and its territo- ries are eligible to enroll into a UOPX bachelor or master of educa- tion program. International students who have been out of attendance for more than 365 days will not be eligible to re-enter.

411

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

Master of Arts in Education/Elementary Teacher

........................................................................................... Education (Florida)

The following Master of Arts in Education/Elementary Teacher Education (MAED/TED-E) program may be offered at these University of Phoenix campus locations: Online, depending on state of residence. The availability of programs and concentrations depend on student demand and other factors. Not all programs may be available to all residents of all states. Students may want to consider completing certain courses in the Online classroom at Online rates if the program is available via the Online modality in their state. Please contact your enrollment

........................................................................................... representative for more information.

The Master of Arts in Education/Elementary Teacher Education (MAED/TED-E) is a graduate degree program preparing candi- dates for teacher licensure. The guiding philosophy of the MAED/ TED-E program is to provide the adult student, who already has a degree in a discipline other than education, with the skills and knowledge that will allow them to become a competent and effec- tive educator. This program focuses on elementary student learn- ing by improving the educator ’s responsibility for that learning. Student teaching is an integral component of the Teacher Educa- tion Program. It provides students with a field-based experience at the appropriate grade and content level. Student teachers work with a cooperating teacher from a school site and with a University of Phoenix faculty advisor. The student teaching experience is designed to emphasize the achievement of state standards leading to certification and to present individuals with growth opportuni- ties that best prepare them to assume the duties of a certified class- room teacher. Throughout the program, students are required to complete a minimum of 100 hours of verified field experiences, covering a variety of developmental levels. The focus of each observation will relate to specific course content. For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program, and other important information, please visit our website at http://www.phoenix.edu/ programs/maed-ted-e. Program Purpose The Master of Arts in Education/Elementary Teacher Education is a graduate degree program intended to prepare students with no prior teaching experience for initial teacher licensure. The program is designed for students who want to become elementary school teachers. Candidates for this program have already earned a bachelor's degree. The program includes a clinical component requiring field experiences and student teaching above and beyond program coursework. As licensure requirements may vary by state, it is the student's responsibility to ascertain and meet licensure requirements in any state in which the student desires to practice and to contact the applicable state educator licensure agency to verify current requirements to become a licensed teacher. There may be additional qualifications and/or disqualifications applicable in order to work as a teacher with any local, state or federal entity. Program Student Learning Outcomes In addition to the knowledge and skills related to the University Learning Goals, College of Education graduating students are intended to attain certain program-specific knowledge, skills and abilities. Therefore, you should be able to demonstrate the follow- ing learning outcomes by the time you complete this program.

• Students will be able to design and implement effective instruction in the elementary classroom to produce a positive impact on student learning.

• Students will be able to evaluate effective professional practice in elementary education.

• Students will be able to apply professional ethics to their instructional practices in elementary education.

• Students will be able to evaluate learning principles to differentiate instruction to meet the needs of diverse elementary student populations.

• Students will be able to create innovative strategies and incorporate technology in an elementary classroom setting.

Program Category Requirements and Course Selections Courses requiring prerequisites are identified by a ~ symbol fol- lowing the course number. Course descriptions for all courses are listed in the Course Guide section of the catalog (page B-1). Orientation, 0 total credits MTE 507 ................................................................................... 0 credits Orientation to Teacher Education Introductory Course, 1 total credit COM 516 ....................................................................................1 credit Professional Communications Foundations of Education, 2 total credits MTE 501 ~ ................................................................................ 2 credits The Art and Science of Teaching Educational Theories and Models, 6 total credits MTE 518 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Models, Theories, and Instructional Strategies MTE 522 ................................................................................... 3 credits Maintaining an Effective Learning Climate Human Development, 2 total credits MTE 506 ~ ................................................................................ 2 credits Child and Adolescent Development Assessment, 3 total credits MTE 562 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Assessment and Evaluation Reading, 4 total credits RDG 537 ~ ................................................................................ 4 credits Curriculum Constructs & Assessment: Reading and Language Arts Special Populations, 8 total credits SEI 500 ...................................................................................... 3 credits Structured English Immersion SEI 503 ~ ................................................................................... 3 credits Advanced Structured English Immersion Methods SPE 514 ..................................................................................... 2 credits Survey of Special Populations Elementary Methods and Assessment, 10 total credits MTE 531 ................................................................................... 2 credits Curriculum Constructs & Assessment: History and Social Science MTE 533 ................................................................................... 4 credits Curriculum Constructs & Assessment: Science and Mathematics MTE 534 ................................................................................... 2 credits Curriculum Constructs & Assessment: Visual and Performing Arts MTE 537 .................................................................................. 2 credits Curriculum Constructs & Assessment: Physical Education and

412

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

COLLEGE OF EDUCATION (Online)

Health Student Teaching & Field Experience, 8 total credits ELM 598 ~................................................................................ 4 credits Elementary Student Teaching Part A ELM 599 ~................................................................................ 4 credits Elementary Student Teaching Part B The University reserves the right to modify the Required Course of Study. Additional Admission Requirements for the MAED/TED-E All applicants are expected to meet the following admissions requirements: • Students enrolled in this program must have an undergraduate

degree from a regionally accredited college or university or equivalent undergraduate degree earned at a recognized foreign institution.

• Students using foreign credentials when enrolling in a program leading to initial teacher certification/licensure must use a foreign credential evaluation service that is on both the approved University of Phoenix evaluation agency list and the state regulating board list of approved agencies, for the particular state in which the student is attending, to verify degree completion and equivalency to a United States undergraduate degree. Students attending online should abide by the regulations of the state in which they reside. In-house evaluations cannot be completed for programs leading to initial teacher certification.

• All applicants must be currently employed or have access to a suitable work environment for the completion of course assignments.

Candidacy Status for the MAED/TED-E The College of Education has two levels of review consisting of Level 1 Candidate Status and Level 2 Candidate Status. Applicants must meet requirements for both levels of candidacy status to con- tinue in their program with no interruption of scheduling. • Level 1 Candidate Status is completed upon admission to the

University. Students who are admitted have met the requirements for Candidate Status Level 1.

• Level 2 Candidate Status is completed prior to the completion of 12 semester credits of the program. To meet the Candidate Status Level 2 requirements, the following items must be completed. Evidence that these requirements have been met must be entered in IS3 and the student's eXp file. • 1. Demonstration of basic skills proficiency

• 2. Verification of fingerprint clearance

Students must be admitted and meet Level 1 Candidate Status prior to being reviewed for Level 2 Candidate Status. Degree Completion Requirements for the MAED/TED-E • Completion of a minimum of 44 credits. • A minimum grade point average (GPA) of 3.0. • Satisfactory completion and uploading of the Teacher Work

Sample (TWS). • Satisfactory completion of any required internship, student

teaching, and/or practicum courses. • Students must take courses within a sequence specified by

course prerequisite requirements. • Completion of Field Experience Record (100 hours). To ensure

student's meet this requirement documentation will be periodically uploaded, reviewed, and maintained as specified in the handbook/courses.

• Completion of signature assignments. • In order to receive an institutional recommendation and/or state

certification, candidates may need to meet other requirements as set forth by their state of residency. Candidates are advised to check with their State Department of Education for any additional certification requirements.

• The diploma awarded for this program will read as: Master of Arts in Education Elementary Teacher Education

Academic Progression Requirements for the MAED/TED-E Candidates must provide verification of the following prior to beginning their student teaching experience. Candidates must pro- vide: • Immunization or TB test results (District specific) • Passing scores on the designated state content knowledge exam

(elementary content or secondary content area specific) • Verification of the completion of 100 hours of field experience. Candidates will be required to have the minimum GPA for the pro- gram prior to entering the Student Teaching experience. Minimum Grade Requirements for the MAED/TED-E • A candidate must earn a grade of "B" (grades of "I" and "B-" are

not accepted) or better in the following courses in order to student teach: ELM 598 and ELM 599.

• Candidates must earn a "B" or better in Student Teaching Part A & B in order to complete this program. Candidates who do not earn a "B" or better will be required to repeat the seminar(s) in which the candidate did not receive the required minimum grade and the related portion of student teaching. The Campus College chair will coordinate with the Cooperating/Mentor Teacher and Faculty Supervisor to design a remediation plan.

• If the candidate does not receive a grade of "B" or better on the second attempt, the candidate will be Scholastically Suspended, permanently withdrawn, from the program.

Institutional Recommendation for the MAED/TED-E • Candidates must meet all current state certification

requirements prior to being issued an Institutional Recommendation (IR, request for state teaching credential).

• Upon completion, candidates must complete a University of Phoenix graduation application in order to receive a diploma and official transcript. Candidates' records will be analyzed to ensure that they have met all academic and financial requirements of their programs. An IR cannot be completed until this process has been finished. This will ensure that candidates have met all of their obligations to the University before they receive an IR from the University.

• Candidates must pass their state-mandated professional knowledge exam.

• Candidates must provide verification of school law, state and U.S. Constitution coursework, as required by the state certification agency.

Residency Requirements and Course Waivers for the MAED/ TED-E Students in this program may waive a maximum of 6 credits from their required course of study. In order to be granted a waiver with credit for a course in the Required Course of Study, a student must have completed a previ- ous course which meets the following criteria: • The course must have been completed at a regionally accredited,

or candidate for accreditation, college or university.

413

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

• The course must have been completed within the past five (5) years from current program enrollment agreement sign date with a grade of "B" (3.0) or better.

• The course must be comparable in content and credits to the University course it is replacing and must be an equivalent level or higher level course (i.e. graduate level coursework may be used to waive graduate or undergraduate coursework). Course descriptions must be included with the course waiver form in order for the Office of Admissions and Evaluation to review the course waiver request.

Nationally recognized and/or industry accepted certifications may be used to waive certain courses in the Required Course of Study upon approval by the appropriate college or school that the courses reside under, and will not require Prior Learning Assess- ment. All waivers using certifications must be verified by an offi- cial transcript or completion documentation from the certifying organization. The following courses in the Required Course of Study may not be waived: COM 516, ELM 598, ELM 599, MTE 507, MTE 518, MTE 522, MTE 533, RDG 537, SPE 514 Students who complete the Teach for America Summer Institute are eligible to waive the following course in the MAED/TED Pro- grams. Candidates must provide verification of completion in order to be eligible for these waivers.

Field Experience for the MAED/TED-E Beginning with the first course, and throughout the program, can- didates are required to complete a minimum of 100 hours of veri- fied field experiences, covering a variety of developmental levels from ages birth through 18 years of age. The focus of each field experience will relate to specific course content and will follow a structured format. Four formal field experience evaluations are required during the program (observation, one-on-one instruction, small-group instruction, and whole-group instruction). These eval- uations must be maintained and reviewed as specified in the hand- book/courses. Documentation of field experience will be reviewed by campus staff and faculty prior to student teaching. Candidates must work with their campus to arrange field experience. Student Teaching for the MAED/TED-E 1. Student teaching is a full-time experience. Each campus estab- lishes operational policies related to placement and completion of student teaching. Candidates must follow the guidelines in place at their campus. • Candidates must take Student Teaching Part A & B concurrently

with the student teaching experience. If a candidate chooses to postpone student teaching, he/she must postpone their enrollment in the student teaching courses.

• Student teachers who are removed from a placement at the request of a school district administrator will be withdrawn from class and will be issued a grade of "F" by their faculty member.

• Student teaching can only be repeated one time. • Unapproved self-terminations of student teaching will result in

the candidate receiving a failing grade for the student teaching experience and the associated student teaching seminar. This experience counts as one of their two student teaching attempts.

• Candidates who do not successfully complete the second student teaching experience will be removed from the program and are not eligible for re-entry.

• Candidates enrolled in the MAED/TED program must student teach in the subject area in which a passing score was achieved on the content knowledge assessment exam. This is either an elementary (general), middle level (subject specific), or secondary (content specific) setting based on their program specialization.

• Candidates in the MAED/TED program may not student teach in special education.

• MAED/TED candidates, who are currently employed as the teacher of record in a classroom appropriate grade level/content for the certificate they are pursuing (e.g. 4th grade for elementary candidate or 9th grade English for secondary candidate), can 'student teach' or 'validate' in their current classroom. Students will be evaluated by a faculty supervisor in their classroom and will not have to seek additional placement for student teaching. Students must complete the Student Teaching courses and complete and upload the Teacher Work Sample.

• Students should complete student teaching within twelve (12) months from the completion date of their last required course in the program.

• Students must complete a minimum of 8 credit hours of student teaching, including the completion of a Teacher Work Sample project.

Candidates who are unable to complete their student teaching experience at the campus where they began are not guaranteed a placement. Candidates may be able to complete their student teaching online. A select number of states do not participate in the University of Phoenix Teacher Education program. Candidates must contact the Online Administrative Offices for a list of partici- pating states and procedures for student teaching placement. • Candidates must enroll in the remaining Student Teaching

Seminars online while completing their student teaching experience.

• Candidates need to work directly with the Online Administrative Offices to complete the requirements for verification of placement.

Re-entry for the MAED/TED-E Candidates who have been out of attendance for more than one year and have completed all degree requirements except student teaching, internship or practicum and can complete within their original deadline may reenter their original program version. However, if the state certification requirements have changed since a candidate went out of attendance needing only student teaching, internship or practicum, in addition to the admissions paperwork required by the University Re-entry policy, the candidate must complete an Enrollment Agreement Addendum before reentry to the original program version will be approved. Candidates who have been out of attendance for more than one year and are lacking courses in addition to their student teaching, internship or practicum must reenter the current program version and successfully complete all courses required by their reentry credit summary. Only students who reside within the United States and its territo- ries are eligible to enroll into a UOPX bachelor or master of educa- tion program. International students who have been out of attendance for more than 365 days will not be eligible to re-enter.

Program Courses Waived

MAED/TED-E MTE 501 MTE 506, SEC 508

MAED/TED-S MTE 501, MTE 506, MTE 518

414

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

COLLEGE OF EDUCATION (Online)

Master of Arts in Education/Secondary Teacher

........................................................................................... Education (Florida)

The following Master of Arts in Education/Secondary Teacher Education (MAED/TED-S) program may be offered at these University of Phoenix campus locations: Online, depending on state of residence. The availability of programs and concentrations depend on student demand and other factors. Not all programs may be available to all residents of all states. Students may want to consider completing certain courses in the Online classroom at Online rates if the program is available via the Online modality in their state. Please contact your enrollment

........................................................................................... representative for more information.

The Master of Arts in Education/Secondary Teacher Education (MAED/TED-S) is a graduate degree program preparing candi- dates for teacher licensure. The guiding philosophy of the MAED/ TED-S program is to provide the adult student, who already has a degree in a discipline other than education, with the skills and knowledge that will allow them to become a competent and effec- tive educator. This program focuses on secondary student learning by improving the educator ’s responsibility for that learning. Stu- dent teaching is an integral component of the Teacher Education Program. It provides students with a field-based experience at the appropriate grade and content level. Student teachers work with a cooperating teacher from a school site and with a University of Phoenix faculty advisor. The student teaching experience is designed to emphasize the achievement of state standards leading to certification and to present individuals with growth opportuni- ties that best prepare them to assume the duties of a certified class- room teacher. Throughout the program, students are required to complete a minimum of 100 hours of verified field experiences, covering a variety of developmental levels. The focus of each observation will relate to specific course content. For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program, and other important information, please visit our website at http://www.phoenix.edu/ programs/maed-ted-s. Program Purpose The Master of Arts in Education/Secondary Teacher Education is a graduate degree program intended to prepare students with no prior teaching experience for initial teacher licensure. The program is designed for students who want to become secondary school teachers. Candidates for this program have already earned a bachelor's degree. The program includes a clinical component requiring field experiences and student teaching above and beyond program coursework. As licensure requirements may vary by state, it is the student's responsibility to ascertain and meet licensure requirements in any state in which the student desires to practice and to contact the applicable state educator licensure agency to verify current requirements to become a licensed teacher. There may be additional qualifications and/or disqualifications applicable in order to work as a teacher with any local, state or federal entity. Program Student Learning Outcomes In addition to the knowledge and skills related to the University Learning Goals, College of Education graduating students are intended to attain certain program-specific knowledge, skills and abilities. Therefore, you should be able to demonstrate the follow- ing learning outcomes by the time you complete this program.

• Students will be able to design and implement effective instruction in the secondary classroom to produce a positive impact on student learning.

• Students will be able evaluate effective professional practice in secondary education.

• Students will be able apply professional ethics to their instructional practices in secondary education.

• Students will be able evaluate learning principles to differentiate instruction to meet the needs of diverse secondary student populations.

• Students will be able create innovative strategies and incorporate technology in a secondary classroom setting.

Program Category Requirements and Course Selections Courses requiring prerequisites are identified by a ~ symbol fol- lowing the course number. Course descriptions for all courses are listed in the Course Guide section of the catalog (page B-1). Orientation, 0 total credits MTE 507 ................................................................................... 0 credits Orientation to Teacher Education Introductory Course, 1 total credit COM 516 .................................................................................. 1 credits Professional Communications Foundations of Education, 2 total credits MTE 501 ~................................................................................ 2 credits The Art and Science of Teaching Educational Theories and Models, 6 total credits SEC 508 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits Models, Theories and Instructional Strategies for Secondary Edu- cation MTE 523 ................................................................................... 3 credits Maintaining an Effective Learning Climate Human Development, 2 total credits MTE 506 ~................................................................................ 2 credits Child and Adolescent Development Assessment, 3 total credits MTE 562 ~................................................................................ 3 credits Assessment and Evaluation Secondary Reading, 3 total credits RDG 542 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits Curriculum Constructs & Assessment: Reading Methods for Sec- ondary Settings Special Populations, 5 total credits SEI 500...................................................................................... 3 credits Structured English Immersion SPE 514..................................................................................... 2 credits Survey of Special Populations Student Teaching & Field Experience, 8 total credits SEC 598 ~ ................................................................................. 4 credits Secondary Student Teaching Part A SEC 599 ~ ................................................................................. 4 credits Secondary Student Teaching Part B Secondary Elective, 3 total credits SEI 503...................................................................................... 3 credits Advanced Structured English Immersion Methods

415

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

Secondary Methods, 3 total credits MTE 559.................................................................................... 3 credits Curriculum Constructs and Assessment: Secondary Methods The University reserves the right to modify the required course of Study. Additional Admission Requirements for the MAED/TED-S All applicants are expected to meet the following admissions requirements: • Students enrolled in this program must have an undergraduate

degree from a regionally accredited college or university or equivalent undergraduate degree earned at a recognized foreign institution.

• Students using foreign credentials when enrolling in a program leading to initial teacher certification/licensure must use a foreign credential evaluation service that is on both the approved University of Phoenix evaluation agency list and the state regulating board list of approved agencies, for the particular state in which the student is attending, to verify degree completion and equivalency to a United States undergraduate degree. Students attending online should abide by the regulations of the state in which they reside. In-house evaluations cannot be completed for programs leading to initial teacher certification.

• All applicants must be currently employed or have access to a suitable work environment for the completion of course assignments.

Candidacy Status for the MAED/TED-S The College of Education has two levels of review consisting of Level 1 Candidate Status and Level 2 Candidate Status. Applicants must meet requirements for both levels of candidacy status to con- tinue in their program with no interruption of scheduling. • Level 1 Candidate Status is completed upon admission to the

University. Students who are admitted have met the requirements for Candidate Status Level 1.

• Level 2 Candidate Status is completed prior to the completion of 12 semester credits of the program. To meet the Candidate Status Level 2 requirements, the following items must be completed. Evidence that these requirements have been met must be entered in IS3 and the student's eXp file. • Demonstration of basic skills proficiency

• Verification of fingerprint clearance

Students must be admitted and meet Level 1 Candidate Status prior to being reviewed for Level 2 Candidate Status. Degree Completion Requirements for the MAED/TED-S • Completion of a minimum of 36 credits. • A minimum grade point average (GPA) of 3.0. • Satisfactory completion and uploading of the Teacher Work

Sample (TWS). • Satisfactory completion of any required internship, student

teaching, and/or practicum courses. • Students must take courses within a sequence specified by

course prerequisite requirements. • Completion of Field Experience Record (100 hours). To ensure

student's meet this requirement documentation will be periodically uploaded, reviewed, and maintained as specified in the handbook/courses.

• Completion of signature assignments.

• In order to receive an institutional recommendation and/or state certification, candidates may need to meet other requirements as set forth by their state of residency. Candidates are advised to check with their State Department of Education for any additional certification requirements.

• The diploma awarded for this program will read as: Master of Arts in Education Secondary Teacher Education

Academic Progression Requirements for the MAED/TED-S Candidates must provide verification of the following prior to beginning their student teaching experience. Candidates must pro- vide: • Immunization or TB test results (District specific) • Passing scores on the designated state content knowledge exam

(elementary content or secondary content area specific) • Verification of the completion of 100 hours of field experience. Candidates will be required to have the minimum GPA for the pro- gram prior to entering the Student Teaching experience. Minimum Grade Requirements for the MAED/TED-S • A candidate must earn a grade of "B" (grades of "I" and "B-" are

not accepted) or better in the following courses in order to student teach: SEC 598 and SEC 599.

• Candidates must earn a "B" or better in Student Teaching Part A & B in order to complete this program. Candidates who do not earn a "B" or better will be required to repeat the seminar(s) in which the candidate did not receive the required minimum grade and the related portion of student teaching. The Campus College chair will coordinate with the Cooperating/Mentor Teacher and Faculty Supervisor to design a remediation plan.

• If the candidate does not receive a grade of "B" or better on the second attempt, the candidate will be Scholastically Suspended, permanently withdrawn, from the program.

Institutional Recommendation for the MAED/TED-S • Candidates must meet all current state certification

requirements prior to being issued an Institutional Recommendation (IR, request for state teaching credential).

• Upon completion, candidates must complete a University of Phoenix graduation application in order to receive a diploma and official transcript. Candidates' records will be analyzed to ensure that they have met all academic and financial requirements of their programs. An IR cannot be completed until this process has been finished. This will ensure that candidates have met all of their obligations to the University before they receive an IR from the University.

• Candidates must pass their state-mandated professional knowledge exam.

• Candidates must provide verification of school law, state and U.S. Constitution coursework, as required by the state certification agency.

Residency Requirements and Course Waivers for the MAED/ TED-S Students in this program may waive a maximum of 6 credits from their required course of study. In order to be granted a waiver with credit for a course in the Required Course of Study, a student must have completed a previ- ous course which meets the following criteria: • The course must have been completed at a regionally accredited,

or candidate for accreditation, college or university.

416

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

COLLEGE OF EDUCATION (Online)

• The course must have been completed within the past five (5) years from current program enrollment agreement sign date with a grade of "B" (3.0) or better.

• The course must be comparable in content and credits to the University course it is replacing and must be an equivalent level or higher level course (i.e. graduate level coursework may be used to waive graduate or undergraduate coursework). Course descriptions must be included with the course waiver form in order for the Office of Admissions and Evaluation to review the course waiver request.

Nationally recognized and/or industry accepted certifications may be used to waive certain courses in the Required Course of Study upon approval by the appropriate college or school that the courses reside under, and will not require Prior Learning Assess- ment. All waivers using certifications must be verified by an offi- cial transcript or completion documentation from the certifying organization. The following courses in the Required Course of Study may not be waived: COM 516, MTE 507, MTE 523, MTE 559, RDG 542, SEC 508, SEC 598, SEC 599, SPE 514 Students who complete the Teach for America Summer Institute are eligible to waive the following course in the MAED/TED Pro- grams. Candidates must provide verification of completion in order to be eligible for these waivers.

Field Experience for the MAED/TED-S Beginning with the first course, and throughout the program, can- didates are required to complete a minimum of 100 hours of veri- fied field experiences, covering a variety of developmental levels from ages birth through 18 years of age. The focus of each field experience will relate to specific course content and will follow a structured format. Four formal field experience evaluations are required during the program (observation, one-on-one instruction, small-group instruction, and whole-group instruction). These eval- uations must be maintained and reviewed as specified in the hand- book/courses. Documentation of field experience will be reviewed by campus staff and faculty prior to student teaching. Candidates must work with their campus to arrange field experience. Student Teaching for the MAED/TED-S Student teaching is a full-time experience. Each campus establishes operational policies related to placement and completion of stu- dent teaching. Candidates must follow the guidelines in place at their campus. • Candidates must take Student Teaching Part A & B concurrently

with the student teaching experience. If a candidate chooses to postpone student teaching, he/she must postpone their enrollment in the student teaching courses.

• Student teachers who are removed from a placement at the request of a school district administrator will be withdrawn from class and will be issued a grade of "F" by their faculty member.

• Student teaching can only be repeated one time. • Unapproved self-terminations of student teaching will result in

the candidate receiving a failing grade for the student teaching experience and the associated student teaching seminar. This experience counts as one of their two student teaching attempts.

• Candidates who do not successfully complete the second student teaching experience will be removed from the program and are not eligible for re-entry.

• Candidates enrolled in the MAED/TED program must student teach in the subject area in which a passing score was achieved on the content knowledge assessment exam. This is either an elementary (general), middle level (subject specific), or secondary (content specific) setting based on their program specialization.

• Candidates in the MAED/TED program may not student teach in special education.

• MAED/TED candidates, who are currently employed as the teacher of record in a classroom appropriate grade level/content for the certificate they are pursuing (e.g. 4th grade for elementary candidate or 9th grade English for secondary candidate), can 'student teach' or 'validate' in their current classroom. Students will be evaluated by a faculty supervisor in their classroom and will not have to seek additional placement for student teaching. Students must complete the Student Teaching courses and complete and upload the Teacher Work Sample.

• Students should complete student teaching within twelve (12) months from the completion date of their last required course in the program.

• Students must complete a minimum of 8 credit hours of student teaching, including the completion of a Teacher Work Sample project.

Candidates who are unable to complete their student teaching experience at the campus where they began are not guaranteed a placement. Candidates may be able to complete their student teaching online. A select number of states do not participate in the University of Phoenix Teacher Education program. Candidates must contact the Online Administrative Offices for a list of partici- pating states and procedures for student teaching placement. • Candidates must enroll in the remaining Student Teaching

Seminars online while completing their student teaching experience.

• Candidates need to work directly with the Online Administrative Offices to complete the requirements for verification of placement.

Re-entry for the MAED/TED-S Candidates who have been out of attendance for more than one year and have completed all degree requirements except student teaching, internship or practicum and can complete within their original deadline may reenter their original program version. However, if the state certification requirements have changed since a candidate went out of attendance needing only student teaching, internship or practicum, in addition to the admissions paperwork required by the University Re-entry policy, the candidate must complete an Enrollment Agreement Addendum before reentry to the original program version will be approved. Candidates who have been out of attendance for more than one year and are lacking courses in addition to their student teaching, internship or practicum must reenter the current program version and successfully complete all courses required by their reentry credit summary. Only students who reside within the United States and its territo- ries are eligible to enroll into a UOPX bachelor or master of educa- tion program. International students who have been out of attendance for more than 365 days will not be eligible to re-enter.

Program Courses Waived

MAED/TED-E MTE 501 MTE 506, SEC 508

MAED/TED-S MTE 501, MTE 506, MTE 518

417

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

THIS PAGE WAS LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY

418

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

SCHOOL OF ADVANCED STUDIES

.....................................................................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................................................... SCHOOL OF ADVANCED STUDIES

The School of Advanced Studies is home to the University's doc- toral programs and represents a community of professionals who want to make a meaningful social contribution to their communi- ties and influence change in their fields. Diverse in program offer- ings, the School supports advanced learning in business, management, education, health care administration, nursing, higher education administration, and psychology.

........................................................................................... Admission Requirements

Most doctoral programs have additional admission requirements listed within the program specific information. All applicants to doctoral programs must meet the following admission require- ments: • Applicants who completed high school/secondary school

outside of the United States, in a country where English is not the official language, must meet one of the following exceptions in order to meet the English Language Proficiency Requirement: • achieved a minimum score of 213 on the computer-based test

(cBT), or a score of 79 on the internet-based test (iBT), or a score of 550 on the written-based test (wBT) on the Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) within two years of application to the University.

-or- • achieved a minimum passing score of 750 on the Test of

English as an International Communication (TOEIC) within two years of application to the University.

-or- • achieved a minimum passing score of 6.5 on the test of the

International English Language Testing System (IELTS) within two years of application to the University.

-or- • achieved a minimum score of 69 on the Berlitz Online Test of

Reading and Listening Skills - English or a minimum score of 550 on the Berlitz Online English Proficiency Exam within two years of application to the University.

-or- • successful completion of the approved ESL series of courses

completed at: Canadian College of English Language (CCEL), International Language Schools of Canada (ILSC) or Kaplan.

-or- • achieved a minimum score of 59 on the Pearson Test of

English Academic Exam within two years of application to the University.

• The following may exempt a non-native speaker from having to take the TOEFL/TOEIC/IELTS, however official documentation may be required: • The applicant has successfully completed thirty (30)

transferable, academic semester credits at a regionally or nationally accredited college or university in the United States.

• The applicant has successfully completed the equivalent of thirty (30) transferable, academic semester credits at a recognized college or university in a country in which English is the official language.

• The applicant has successfully completed the equivalent of thirty (30) transferable, academic semester credits at a recognized institution where English is the medium of instruction.

• The applicant has previously earned, prior to applying for admission to the University of Phoenix, a U.S. high school diploma or G.E.D. Applicants that list any language other than English as their native language on the admission application and G.E.D is taken, must submit a copy of the G.E.D to verify it was taken in the English version format.

• The applicant has earned the equivalent of a U.S. high school diploma in a country in which English is the official language.

• The applicant has earned the equivalent of a U.S. high school diploma at an institution where English is the medium of instruction.

• Applicants who reside in the United States must meet one of the following requirements: • Be a legal resident of the United States • Have been granted permanent residency • Have a valid visa that does not prohibit educational studies • Have been granted temporary protected status and has been

verified through Citizenship and Immigration Service that the country is eligible for TPS status at the time of application sign date. Student must list TPS as the visa type on the admissions application in order for US to verify TPS status.

• Have been granted asylum or refugee status. • Applicants who reside in Canada must meet one of the

following requirements: • Be a legal resident of Canada • Be a landed immigrant • Have a valid visa that does not prohibit educational studies

• A completed and signed graduate application and application fee

• A signed current Hardware/Software agreement verifying Internet access and multimedia equipped computer.

• A signed Research Library Access Agreement. • A signed Enrollment/Disclosure Agreement. • Completion of any state-specific required documents or forms. • Applicants who have been expelled from other institutions are

not eligible for admission to University of Phoenix. • Students who have been expelled from University of Phoenix

are not eligible for readmission to University of Phoenix. No appeals will be accepted.

Students who begin their studies at campuses located in the states listed below are required to submit immunization information to the University. The state appropriate forms must be completed and sent to Office of Admissions & Records. • Students attending a local campus in Oklahoma must provide

written documentation of vaccinations or immunity against Hepatitis B, measles, mumps, and rubella (MMR). Students must demonstrate compliance with the immunization requirement prior to the first attendance in a university course and documentation concerning this requirement must be on file at the time of admission to the university.

419

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

• Students attending a physical campus in the state of Tennessee are required to submit a Hepatitis B Waiver form to the University.

Students attending a local campus in the states listed below are required to submit health insurance information to the University. The state appropriate forms must be completed and sent to Office of Admissions & Records. • Full and part-time students enrolled in a college, university or

other institution of higher learning in Massachusetts must participate in a school sponsored health insurance plan, or an alternate plan with comparable coverage. All full and part-time students attending a Massachusetts local campus must complete the Student Health Insurance Plan Enrollment/ Acknowledgement form indicating either that they have either enrolled in the University's sponsored plan or that they decline participation in the University sponsored plan as they have comparable health insurance coverage. Students must complete and submit this form prior to enrolling in any class. Students who do not complete the Enrollment/Acknowledgement form each calendar year may not enroll in further courses until the form has been completed and the student has appropriate health insurance coverage.

Students who begin their studies at campuses located in Hawaii are required to submit immunization information to the University. The state appropriate forms must be completed and sent to Office of Admissions & Records.

The Hawaii State Department of Health requires that all students attending school at a campus in this state who were born after December 31, 1956, be immunized for measles-mumps-rubella (MMR). Students shall demonstrate compliance with the immunization requirement prior to the first attendance in a university course and documentation concerning this requirement must be on file at the time of admission to the university.

Exemptions from the MMR immunization requirement may be granted for the following reasons: • A medical exemption may be granted to specific vaccines.

• A U.S. licensed physician (M.D. or D.O.) must state in writing that giving a specific vaccine would endanger the student's life or health, and specify the reason based on valid medical contraindications.

• The physician must state the length of time during which the vaccine would endanger the student's health or life.

• The exemption certification must be signed by the physician on the physician's printed stationery.

• A religious exemption may be granted if the student signs a statement certifying that the student's religious beliefs prohibit the practice of immunization.

• If the State of Hawaii Director of Health determines that there is a danger of an outbreak from any of the diseases for which immunization is required, no exemption shall be recognized and inadequately immunized students shall be excluded from school until the Director has determined that the outbreak is over.

• A copy of each exemption must be kept in the student's health record at school.

The Hawaii State Department of Health requires that all students attending school at a campus in this state shall provide a Certificate of TB Examination issued in the United States within 12 months prior to their first attendance in a post-secondary school in Hawaii. A completed Certificate of TB Examination shall be submitted

prior to the first night of class or the student will not be permitted to attend class. Students shall complete Section A of this form, or submit a copy of their TB Clearance Certification received prior to their attendance at another Hawaii post-secondary school. Students residing in the state of Connecticut are required to submit immunization information to the University. The state appropriate forms must be completed and sent to Office of Admissions & Records. In accordance with Section 10a-155 of the Connecticut general stat- utes, all full time or matriculating students will be required to dem- onstrate proof of adequate immunization against measles, mumps, rubella (MMR) and varicella as recommended by the Advisory Committee for Immunization Practices (ACIP). For more specific state information, refer to the link below. Students shall demon- strate compliance with the immunization requirement prior to the first attendance in a university course and documentation concern- ing this requirement must be on file at the time of admission to the university.

Exemptions from the MMR and varicella immunization requirements may be granted for the following reasons: • The student was born before January 1, 1957 (applicable to MMR

vaccine only). • The student was born in the United States before January 1, 1980

(applicable to the varicella (chicken pox) vaccine only) • The student has documentation from a physician stating that it

is medically inadvisable to receive the vaccines for the one or more of the diseases as indicated on the immunization form.

• The student has documentation from a physician or director of health that he/she has had a confirmed case of one or more of the diseases as indicated on the immunization form.

• The student has laboratory confirmation of immunity to the disease(s) as indicated on the immunization form.

• The student has submitted a statement that immunization is contrary to his/her religious beliefs.

• The student is enrolled exclusively online and does not congregate with other students on campus or at campus- sponsored events. If the student later decides to attend a class at a University of Phoenix local campus location in Connecticut, the student must meet the immunization requirements before he/she may begin attending classes at a local campus location.

• The student graduated from a public or nonpublic high school in the state of Connecticut in 1999 or later and was not exempt from the measles, rubella and on or after August 1, 2010, the mumps vaccination requirement pursuant to subdivision (2) or (3) of subsection (a) of section 10-204a.

........................................................................................... Program Length

The anticipated "normal time" to complete a doctoral level pro- gram with a dissertation is specified on the Gainful Employment Program Disclosure for that program. Generally, the "normal time" is 194 to 206 weeks, the anticipated "normal time" to complete a doctoral level program with no dissertation is 83 weeks. The term "normal time" means the length of time it would take a student to complete this program if the student is continuously enrolled, takes a full course load, successfully completes each attempted course, and does not have any transfer credits. Students may exceed or complete prior to the anticipated "normal time" for a variety of reasons that are individual to the student.

420

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

SCHOOL OF ADVANCED STUDIES

........................................................................................... Educational Specialist

The following Educational Specialist (Ed.S) program may be offered at these University of Phoenix campus locations: Online, depending on state of residence. The availability of programs and concentrations depend on student demand and other factors. Not all programs may be available to all residents of all states. Not all programs may be available to all residents of all states. Students may want to consider completing certain courses in the Online classroom at Online rates if the program is available via the Online modality in their state. Please contact your enrollment

........................................................................................... representative for more information.

The Educational Specialist program (Ed.S) will prepare learners to become transformational leaders who will strategically manage and lead complex educational organizations. Graduates will be educational practitioners who demonstrate analytical, critical, and innovative thinking to improve the performance of educational institutions. The Educational Specialist program degree is consis- tent with the University's mission to develop the knowledge and skills that will enable learners to achieve their professional goals, improve the productivity of their organizations, and provide lead- ership and service to their communities. The program is designed to emphasize leadership and to focus on a specialization in Curric- ulum and Instruction. For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program, and other important information, please visit our website at http://www.phoenix.edu/ programs/eds.

Ed.S Required Course of Study

Courses requiring prerequisites are identified by a ~ symbol following the course number. Course descriptions for all courses are listed in the Course Guide section of the catalog (page B-1).

COM 705 .................................................................................... 1 credit

Communication Strategies

CUR 712 ~................................................................................ 3 credits

Curriculum Theory

EDD 721 ~................................................................................ 3 credits

Planning and Leading Change

EDD 722 ~................................................................................ 3 credits

The Legal Context of Education

EDD 723 ~................................................................................ 3 credits

Ethics and Values in Learning Organizations

CUR 721 ~................................................................................ 3 credits

Curriculum Design

CUR 722 ~................................................................................ 3 credits

Instructional Models

EDD 731 ~................................................................................ 3 credits

The Economics of Education

EDD 733 ~................................................................................ 3 credits

Evaluation and Assessment Methods

CUR 731 ~................................................................................ 3 credits

Supervision of Curriculum and Instruction

EDS 799 ~................................................................................. 3 credits

Educational Specialist Capstone The University reserves the right to modify the required course of

study.

Additional Admission Requirements for the Ed.S

• A graduate degree from a regionally or approved nationally accredited, or candidate for accreditation, college or university, an ABA accredited institution (if coursework was from a graduate level program) or equivalent graduate degree earned at a recognized foreign institution. If the institution became accredited while the student was attending, a minimum of 75% of the coursework taken toward the degree must have been completed while the institution was accredited or during the candidacy period.

• A cumulative grade point average (GPA) of 3.0 on the graduate degree posted transcript is required for admission.

• Current or a record of past employment in an education or related position is required for admission.

Degree Requirements for the Ed.S

Educational Specialist students must meet the following degree requirements: • A minimum of 31 doctorate credits in the Required Program

Category Preferred Sequence. • A minimum grade point average (GPA) of 3.0. • Completion of the graduation information packet. • Students must satisfy all credits and non-credit bearing activities

prior to commencement eligibility. Academic Progression Requirements for the Ed.S Educational Specialist students are subject to the following aca- demic progression requirements: • Students must earn a grade of "B" or better in COM 705

Communication Strategies. Students who earn less than a "B" will be scholastically disqualified and must repeat the course. COM 705 may be repeated one time. Students who fail to meet the minimum grade requirement after the second attempt will be scholastically suspended and will not be able to continue in the program.

• Students who miss or must withdraw from a course may complete the course via directed study, if available. All maximum enrollment policies apply. This option will only be available three times (9 credits) and applies only to online courses. However, some courses may not be suitable or available for directed study, and all directed studies must have the approval of the Doctoral Program Chair.

• Any student who earns a course grade of "C+" or below must repeat that course. If a student who is not on academic probation earns a "C+" or below, that student must repeat the course and earn a grade of "B-" or better. If a student who is on academic probation earns a "C+" or below, that student must repeat the course again and earn a grade of "B" or better.

• Any student who does not maintain a minimum GPA of 3.0 will be put on academic probation.

• Academic probation will last for four consecutive courses during which time students must (1) raise their GPA to a minimum of 3.0 and (2) earn at least a grade of "B" in each course.

• Students will be allowed to have only one incomplete grade on their records at a time. Students will have up to 5 weeks to complete a course once an incomplete has been issued.

421

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

• Students in the Doctor of Education in Educational Leadership (EdD) program, due to extenuating personal circumstances, may transfer their credits into the Educational Specialist program.

• Learners meeting a minimum GPA of 3.5 may concurrently enroll in courses not in the following areas: Year 1 coursework (must successfully complete DOC 721R or 13 credits earned in EDS program), research courses (RES prefix), residency courses, and EDS 799.

Residency Requirements for the Ed.S Educational Specialist students must meet the following residency requirements: • Students in this program may waive a maximum of 6 credits

from their required course of study. • Students may not waive any of the following courses: COM 705

and EDS 799 In order to waive a course in the EDS program, students must have completed a previous course that meets the following criteria: • The course must have been completed and transcripted from a

regionally, approved nationally, or provincially accredited college or university or one in candidacy for accreditation.

• The course must have been completed within the past ten (10) years from current program enrollment agreement sign date with a grade of "B" (3.0) or better.

• The course must be comparable in content and credits to the University course it is replacing and must be a doctoral-level course. Course descriptions must be included with the course waiver form in order for the Office of Admissions and Evaluation to review the course waiver request.

Re-entry for the Ed.S A student who is readmitted into this program after one year of absence must update and resubmit the following forms: application, enrollment agreement, Hardware/Software agreement and research library access.

Doctor of Education in Educational Leadership/Higher

........................................................................................... Education Administration

The following Doctor of Education in Educational Leadership/Higher Education Administration (EDD/HEA) program may be offered at these University of Phoenix campus locations: Online, depending on state of residence. The availability of programs and concentrations depend on student demand and other factors. Not all programs may be available to all residents of all states. Students may want to consider completing certain courses in the Online classroom at Online rates if the program is available via the Online modality in their state. Please contact your

........................................................................................... enrollment representative for more information.

The mission of the Doctor of Education in Higher Education Administration program is to prepare education professionals who can address the multiple challenges facing higher education in a dynamic global community. The program prepares students to lead innovative, institutional policy changes and improvements within complex educational environments involving multiple stakehold- ers. The program addresses the diversity of higher education enti- ties including public and private colleges and universities, governmental entities, accrediting and regulatory bodies, and higher education professional associations. The program empha- sizes the discovery, integration and application of knowledge about higher education and leadership, promotes a commitment to professional integrity and development, the value of human diver-

sity, innovative practice, and collaboration. For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program, and other important information, please visit our website at http://www.phoenix.edu/ programs/edd-hea. Program Category Requirements for the EDD/HEA Courses requiring prerequisites are identified by a ~ symbol following the course number. Course descriptions for all courses are listed in the Course Guide section of the catalog (page B-1).

Doctoral Foundations, 4 total credits

DOC 700 .....................................................................................1 credit

Developing the Doctoral Identity

LDR 711A ~.............................................................................. 3 credits

Leadership Theory and Practice

Foundations in Higher Education Administration, 9 total credits

HEA 711 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits

History and Philosophy of Higher Education

HEA 712 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits

Higher Education Law, Policy and the Regulatory Environment

HEA 713 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits

Higher Education Economics, Finance and Strategic Planning

Research Foundations, 6 total credits

RES 709 ~.................................................................................. 3 credits

Research Conceptualization and Design

RES 710 ~.................................................................................. 3 credits

Statistical Research Methods and Design I

Advanced Research Design, 6 total credits

RES 720 ~.................................................................................. 3 credits

Statistical Research Methods and Design II

RES 724 ~.................................................................................. 3 credits

Qualitative Methods and Design

Administration and Leadership in Higher Education, 6 total credits

HEA 721 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits

Organizational Theory, Innovation and Change Management

HEA 722 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits

Academic and Student Affairs Administration

Doctoral Residencies, 10 total credits

DOC 705R ~ ............................................................................. 3 credits

Creative and Critical Thinking

DOC 720R ~ ............................................................................. 2 credits

Doctoral Seminar I

DOC 733R ~ ............................................................................. 3 credits

Doctoral Seminar III

DOC 734R ~ ............................................................................. 2 credits

Doctoral Seminar IV

The Context of Higher Education, 9 total credits

HEA 731 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits

Student Development, Adult Education, and Student Diversity

HEA 732 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits

Curriculum Development, Assessment, and Program Evaluation

422

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

SCHOOL OF ADVANCED STUDIES

HEA 733 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits

Global Models and International Issues in Higher Education

Advanced Research Analysis, 3 total credits

RES 725 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits

Descriptive and Comparative Data Analysis

RES 726 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits

Correlational Methods of Analysis

RES 727 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits

Approaches to Phenomenological Inquiry and Data Analysis

RES 728 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits

Qualitative Case Study

RES 729 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits

Ethnomethodology and the Study of Culture

RES 745 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits

Grounded Theory Methods

RES 746 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits

Mixed Methods

Dissertation, 9 total credits

DOC 723 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits

Doctoral Seminar II

DOC 741 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits

Doctoral Dissertation

DOC 742 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits

Doctoral Project IV

Annual Renewal Residency Students may be required to complete DOC 741R (2-credit course) in addition to the required Doctoral Residency courses. Enrollment in DOC 741R is required only when a student's dissertation has not been completed and approved by the dean within 12 months of achieving candidacy. Candidacy begins when a student has suc- cessfully completed a minimum of 53 credits in the required course of study including DOC 733R, DOC 734R, and an advanced research analysis elective course.

DOC 741R ................................................................................ 2 credits

Annual Renewal Residency

The following extension courses may be required to satisfy the seminar, dissertation, and project requirements for the doctoral program. Students may be required to complete DOC 787 or DOC 787 and DOC 788 until Concept Review approval has been received. Students may be required to complete the A or A and B courses for DOC 741 until Quality Review Method (QRM) approval has been received. Student may be required to complete the A or A and B courses for DOC 742 until Quality Review Final (QRF) and Oral Defense approvals have been received. Seminar II Extension

DOC 787 ~ ............................................................................... 0 credits

Concept Continuing Enrollment I

DOC 788 ~ ................................................................................. 1 credit

Concept Continuing Enrollment II

Dissertation Extension

DOC 741A ~ ............................................................................ 3 credits

Doctoral Dissertation

DOC 741B ~............................................................................. 3 credits

Doctoral Dissertation

DOC 887 ~ ............................................................................... 0 credits

Dissertation Continuing Enrollment I

DOC 888 ~ ................................................................................. 1 credit

Dissertation Continuing Enrollment II

DOC 889 ~ ............................................................................... 0 credits

Dissertation Continuing Enrollment I

DOC 890 ~ ................................................................................. 1 credit

Dissertation Continuing Enrollment II

DOC 891 ~ ............................................................................... 0 credits

Dissertation Continuing Enrollment I

DOC 892 ~ ................................................................................. 1 credit

Dissertation Continuing Enrollment II Project Extension

DOC 742A ~ ............................................................................ 3 credits

Doctoral Project IV

DOC 742B ~............................................................................. 3 credits

Doctoral Project IV

DOC 987 ~ ............................................................................... 0 credits

Project Continuing Enrollment I

DOC 988 ~ ................................................................................. 1 credit

Project Continuing Enrollment II

DOC 989 ~ ............................................................................... 0 credits

Project Continuing Enrollment I

DOC 990 ~ ................................................................................. 1 credit

Project Continuing Enrollment II

DOC 991 ~ ............................................................................... 0 credits

Project Continuing Enrollment I

DOC 992 ~ ................................................................................. 1 credit

Project Continuing Enrollment II The University reserves the right to modify the required course of study. Additional Admission Requirements for the EDD/HEA All applicants are expected to meet the following admissions requirements: • A graduate degree from a regionally or approved nationally

accredited, or candidate for accreditation, college or university or equivalent graduate degree earned at a recognized foreign institution or a graduate degree from an ABA accredited institution (i.e.- JD, LLB, LLM). If the institution became accredited while the student was attending, a minimum of 75% of the coursework taken toward the degree must have been completed while the institution was accredited or during the candidacy period.

• A cumulative grade point average (GPA) of 3.0 for all graduate coursework on the graduate degree posted transcript is required for admission.

• Current or a record of past employment in supervisory or management position is required for admission.

Degree Requirements for the EDD/HEA • A minimum of 62 doctorate credits. • A minimum grade point average (GPA) of 3.0.

423

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

• Satisfactory completion of all residencies. • Written approval of the dissertation proposal. • Satisfactory oral defense and written completion of the

dissertation. • The School of Advanced Studies (SAS) will allow Doctoral

students, who have satisfied all program requirements with the exception of their dissertation, a one (1) year graduation deadline extension to allow additional time for dissertation completion. Students requesting an extension via SAC appeal must submit a letter from their Chair stating that they have demonstrated satisfactory progress and completion of the dissertation is probable if a one (1) year extension is granted.

• Students must satisfy all credit and non-credit bearing activities prior to commencement eligibility.

• Specializations are reflected on the transcript only and will not appear on the diploma. The diploma awarded for this program will read as: Doctor of Education

Academic Progression Requirements for the EDD/HEA Students are subject to the following academic progression require- ments: • Learners meeting a minimum GPA of 3.5 may concurrently

enroll in courses not in the following areas: Year 1 coursework (must successfully complete DOC 720R or 13 credits earned in EDS program), research courses (RES prefix), residency courses, and EDS 799.

• Students may have only one incomplete grade on their records at a time.

• Students must receive approval for each step prior to moving to subsequent steps in the dissertation process in the following order: Concept Review, Quality Review (QRM), Institutional Review Board (IRB), Quality Final Institutional Review (QRF), Oral Defense.

• Students must be enrolled in the appropriate concept, project, or dissertation course to submit to Concept Review, QRM, QRF, and complete the Oral Defense.

• Students must submit and receive written approval of the dissertation precis paper as a completion requirement for DOC 720R Doctoral Seminar I.

• Students must secure a dissertation chair prior to enrollment in DOC 741 and DOC 742, and all corresponding extension courses.

• Concept review approval prior to enrollment in DOC/741. • Quality review of dissertation proposal approval prior to

enrollment in DOC 742. • Quality review of proposal approval must be renewed if the

final dissertation is not approved within 2 years of the approval date.

• Quality final Institutional review of dissertation during DOC 742.

• Enrollment in DOC 741R is required only when a student has not completed his or her dissertation within 12 months of achieving candidacy. Candidacy begins when a student has successfully completed a minimum of 53 credits in the required course of study including DOC 733R, DOC 734R, and an advanced research analysis elective course.

• Students who would like to repeat DOC 741R may repeat the course.

Academic Standing and Minimum Grade Requirements for the EDD/HEA • Scholastic Disqualification courses and minimum grade

requirements are included below and students who fail to meet the minimum grade may only repeat the course once. Students who fail to meet the minimum grade requirement after the second attempt will be scholastically suspended and will not be able to continue in the program. Students are required to achieve a minimum grade of "B" in the following course: DOC 700 Students are required to achieve a minimum grade of "B-" in the following course: DOC 700R

• All credit-bearing courses, with the exception of DOC/700 and courses that are outlined in the syllabus as Pass/Fail, must be completed with a grade of "B-" or better. Students who earn a grade lower than "B-" must repeat the course until the minimum grade requirement is met.

• Students who do not meet minimum grade requirements and maintain a minimum GPA of 3.00 will be placed on academic probation (AP) and will be subject to the University academic probation policy.

Residency Requirements and Course Waivers for the EDD/ HEA • Students must meet the established University residency

requirement for degree conferral. The University requires that 23 credits in the required course of study, must be completed at University of Phoenix.

• Completion of physical residencies. • Five-day residency at the beginning of the program. • Three-day residency at the beginning of year two. • Eight-day residency at the beginning of year three. • If a student's dissertation has not been completed and

approved by the dean within 12 months of achieving candidacy, he or she must attend DOC 741R, a two-credit, three-day weekend residency course. Candidacy begins when a student has successfully completed a minimum of 53 credits in the required course of study including DOC 733R, DOC 734R, and an advanced research analysis elective course.

• Exception: DOC/741R will not be required if all other degree requirements have been completed.

• Students may waive a maximum of 39 credits from their required course of study.

• In order to be granted a waiver with credit for a course in the required course of study, students must have completed a previous course that meets the following criteria: • The course must have been completed and transcripted from

a regionally, approved nationally, or provincially accredited college or university or one in candidacy for accreditation.

• The course must have been completed within the past ten (10) years from current program enrollment agreement sign date with a grade of "B" (3.0) or better.

• The course must be comparable in content and credits to the University course it is replacing and must be an equivalent level or higher level course (i.e. graduate level coursework may be used to waive graduate or undergraduate coursework). Course descriptions must be included with the course waiver form in order for the Office of Admissions and Evaluation to review the course waiver request.

424

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

SCHOOL OF ADVANCED STUDIES

• The following courses may not be waived: DOC 700, DOC 705R, DOC 720R, DOC 723, DOC 733R, DOC 734R, DOC 741, DOC 741R, DOC 742, LDR 711A

• The dissertation may not be waived. Re-entry for the EDD/HEA • Any student who has been out of attendance for more than 365

days from the last date of positive recorded attendance in a program applicable course is considered a re-entry student.

• Re-entry students may re-enroll into their program version without appeal if the program version is still the most current in their state or jurisdiction and the student has the ability to satisfy all program requirements within their original program completion deadline.

• Re-entry students whose program version is not the most current in their state or jurisdiction will be required to enroll into the most current version.

• Select programs may have additional re-entry requirements/ restrictions. Re-entry students should consult their Academic Advisor for guidance.

........................................................................................... Doctor of Management in Organizational Leadership

The following Doctor of Management in Organizational Leadership (DM) program may be offered at these University of Phoenix campus locations: Online, depending on state of residence. The availability of programs and concentrations depend on student demand and other factors. Not all programs may be available to all residents of all states. Students may want to consider completing certain courses in the Online classroom at Online rates if the program is available via the Online modality in their state.

........................................................................................... Please contact your enrollment representative for more information.

The mission of the Doctor of Management in Organizational Lead- ership degree program is to develop the critical and creative deci- sion-making capabilities of management professionals that enable professional success. Merging current theory and best practices, the program prepares students to advance their organization, industry, and community through ethical and transformational leadership by • Integrating scholar, practitioner, and leader perspectives to

implement best practices and resolve emerging managerial challenges

• Designing and conducting practical, data-driven research that informs managerial decisions and contributes to the existing body of knowledge.

For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program, and other important information, please visit our website at http://www.phoenix.edu/ programs/dm. DM Program Category Requirements Courses requiring prerequisites are identified by a ~ symbol following the course number. Course descriptions for all courses are listed in the Course Guide section of the catalog (page B-1).

Doctoral Foundations, 4 total credits

DOC 700..................................................................................... 1 credit

Developing the Doctoral Identity

LDR 711A ~ ............................................................................. 3 credits

Leadership Theory and Practice

Foundations in Management and Organizational Leadership, 6 total credits

ORG 716 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits

Organizational Theory and Design

MGT 716 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits

Management Philosophies

Research Foundations, 6 total credits

RES 709 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits

Research Conceptualization and Design

RES 710 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits

Statistical Research Methods and Design I

Advanced Research Design, 6 total credits

RES 720 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits

Statistical Research Methods and Design II

RES 724 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits

Qualitative Methods and Design

Theory and Practice of Management and Organizational Leadership, 12 total credits

LDR 726 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits

The Dynamics of Group and Team Leadership

ORG 726 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits

The Impact of Technology on Organizations

MGT 726 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits

Emerging Managerial Practices

ORG 727 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits

Organizational Diagnosis and Intervention

Doctoral Residencies, 10 total credits

DOC 705R ~............................................................................. 3 credits

Creative and Critical Thinking

DOC 720R ~............................................................................. 2 credits

Doctoral Seminar I

DOC 733R ~............................................................................. 3 credits

Doctoral Seminar III

DOC 734R ~............................................................................. 2 credits

Doctoral Seminar IV

Advanced Inquiry in Management and Organizational Leadership, 6 total credits

PHL 736 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits

Political Acumen and Ethics

LDR 736 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits

Architecture of Leadership

Advanced Research Analysis, 3 total credits

RES 725 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits

Descriptive and Comparative Data Analysis

RES 726 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits

Correlational Methods of Analysis

RES 727 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits

Approaches to Phenomenological Inquiry and Data Analysis

RES 728 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits

Qualitative Case Study

425

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

RES 729 ~.................................................................................. 3 credits

Ethnomethodology and the Study of Culture

RES 745 ~.................................................................................. 3 credits

Grounded Theory Methods

RES 746 ~.................................................................................. 3 credits

Mixed Methods Dissertation, 9 total credits

DOC 723 ~................................................................................ 3 credits

Doctoral Seminar II

DOC 741 ~................................................................................ 3 credits

Doctoral Dissertation

DOC 742 ~................................................................................ 3 credits

Doctoral Project IV

Annual Renewal Residency Students may be required to complete DOC 741R (2-credit course) in addition to the required Doctoral Residency courses. Enrollment in DOC 741R is required only when a student's dissertation has not been completed and approved by the dean within 12 months of achieving candidacy. Candidacy begins when a student has suc- cessfully completed a minimum of 53 credits in the required course of study including DOC 733R, DOC 734R, and an advanced research analysis elective course.

DOC 741R ................................................................................ 2 credits

Annual Renewal Residency

The following extension courses may be required to satisfy the seminar, dissertation, and project requirements for the doctoral program. Students may be required to complete DOC 787 or DOC 787 and DOC 788 until Concept Review approval has been received. Students may be required to complete the A or A and B courses for DOC 741 until Quality Review Method (QRM) approval has been received. Student may be required to complete the A or A and B courses for DOC 742 until Quality Review Final (QRF) and Oral Defense approvals have been received. Seminar II Extension

DOC 787 ~................................................................................ 0 credits

Concept Continuing Enrollment I

DOC 788 ~..................................................................................1 credit

Concept Continuing Enrollment II

Dissertation Extension

DOC 741A ~............................................................................. 3 credits

Doctoral Dissertation

DOC 741B ~ ............................................................................. 3 credits

Doctoral Dissertation

DOC 887 ~................................................................................ 0 credits

Dissertation Continuing Enrollment I

DOC 888 ~..................................................................................1 credit

Dissertation Continuing Enrollment II

DOC 889 ~................................................................................ 0 credits

Dissertation Continuing Enrollment I

DOC 890 ~..................................................................................1 credit

Dissertation Continuing Enrollment II

DOC 891 ~................................................................................ 0 credits

Dissertation Continuing Enrollment I

DOC 892 ~..................................................................................1 credit

Dissertation Continuing Enrollment II Project Extension

DOC 742A ~............................................................................. 3 credits

Doctoral Project IV

DOC 742B ~ ............................................................................. 3 credits

Doctoral Project IV

DOC 987 ~................................................................................ 0 credits

Project Continuing Enrollment I

DOC 988 ~..................................................................................1 credit

Project Continuing Enrollment II

DOC 989 ~................................................................................ 0 credits

Project Continuing Enrollment I

DOC 990 ~..................................................................................1 credit

Project Continuing Enrollment II

DOC 991 ~................................................................................ 0 credits

Project Continuing Enrollment I

DOC 992 ~..................................................................................1 credit

Project Continuing Enrollment II The University reserves the right to modify the required course of study. Additional Admission Requirements for the DM All applicants are expected to meet the following admissions requirements: • A graduate degree from a regionally or approved nationally

accredited, or candidate for accreditation, college or university or equivalent graduate degree earned at a recognized foreign institution or a graduate degree from an ABA accredited institution (i.e.- JD, LLB, LLM). If the institution became accredited while the student was attending, a minimum of 75% of the coursework taken toward the degree must have been completed while the institution was accredited or during the candidacy period.

• A cumulative grade point average (GPA) of 3.0 for all graduate coursework on the graduate degree posted transcript is required for admission.

• Current or a record of past employment in supervisory or management position is required for admission.

Degree Requirements for the DM • A minimum of 62 doctorate credits. • A minimum grade point average (GPA) of 3.0. • Satisfactory completion of all residencies. • Written approval of the dissertation proposal. • Satisfactory oral defense and written completion of the

dissertation. • The School of Advanced Studies (SAS) will allow Doctoral

students, who have satisfied all program requirements with the exception of their dissertation, a one (1) year graduation deadline extension to allow additional time for dissertation completion. Students requesting an extension via SAC appeal must submit a letter from their mentor stating that they have demonstrated satisfactory progress and completion of the dissertation is probable if a one (1) year extension is granted.

426

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

SCHOOL OF ADVANCED STUDIES

• Students must successful complete all credit and non-credit bearing degree requirements, including a completed dissertation approved by the Dean, prior to commencement eligibility.

• Specializations are reflected on the transcript only and will not appear on the diploma.

• The diploma awarded for this program will read as: Doctor of Management

Academic Progression Requirements for the DM Students are subject to the following academic progression require- ments: • Learners meeting a minimum GPA of 3.5 may concurrently

enroll in courses not in the following areas: Year 1 coursework (must successfully complete DOC 720R or 13 credits earned in EDS program), research courses (RES prefix), residency courses, and EDS 799.

• Students may have only one incomplete grade on their records at a time.

• Students must receive approval for each step prior to moving to subsequent steps in the dissertation process in the following order: Concept Review, Quality Review (QRM), Institutional Review Board (IRB), Quality Final Institutional Review (QRF), Oral Defense.

• Students must be enrolled in the appropriate concept, project, or dissertation course to submit to Concept Review, QRM, QRF, and complete the Oral Defense.

• Students must submit and receive written approval of the dissertation precis paper as a completion requirement for DOC 720R Doctoral Seminar I.

• Students must secure a dissertation chair prior to enrollment in DOC 741 and DOC 742, and all corresponding extension courses.

• Concept review approval prior to enrollment in DOC 741. • Quality review of dissertation proposal approval prior to

enrollment in DOC 742. • Quality review of proposal approval must be renewed if the

final dissertation is not approved within 2 years of the approval date.

• Quality final Institutional review of dissertation during DOC 742.

• Enrollment in DOC 741R is required only when a student has not completed his or her dissertation within 12 months of achieving candidacy. Candidacy begins when a student has successfully completed a minimum of 53 credits in the required course of study including DOC 733R, DOC 734R, and an advanced research analysis elective course.

• Students who would like to repeat DOC 741R may repeat the course.

Academic Standing and Scholastic Disqualification for the DM • Scholastic Disqualification courses and minimum grade

requirements are included below and students who fail to meet the minimum grade may only repeat the course once. Students who fail to meet the minimum grade requirement after the second attempt will be scholastically suspended and will not be able to continue in the program. Students are required to achieve a minimum grade of "B" in the following course: DOC 700 Students are required to achieve a minimum grade of "B-" in the following course: DOC 720R

• All credit-bearing courses, with the exception of DOC 700 and courses that are outlined in the syllabus as Pass/Fail, must be completed with a grade of "B-" or better. Students who earn a grade lower than "B-" must repeat the course until the minimum grade requirement is met.

Residency Requirements and Course Waivers for the DM • Students must meet established University residency

requirement for degree conferral. The University requires that the 23 credits in the Required Course of Study, must be completed at University of Phoenix.

• Completion of physical residencies. • Five-day residency at the beginning of the program. • Three-day residency at the beginning of year two. • Eight-day residency at the beginning of year three. • If a student's dissertation has not been completed and

approved by the dean within 12 months of achieving candidacy, he or she must attend DOC 741R, a two-credit, three-day weekend residency course. Candidacy begins when a student has successfully completed a minimum of 53 credits in the required course of study including DOC 733R, DOC 734R, and an advanced research analysis elective course.

• Students may waive a maximum of 39 credits from their required course of study.

• In order to be granted a waiver with credit for a course in the required course of study, students must have completed a previous course that meets the following criteria: • The course must have been completed and transcripted from

a regionally, approved nationally, or provincially accredited college or university or one in candidacy for accreditation.

• The course must have been completed within the past ten (10) years from current program enrollment agreement sign date with a grade of "B" (3.0) or better.

• The course must be comparable in content and credits to the University course it is replacing and must be an equivalent level or higher level course (i.e. graduate level coursework may be used to waive graduate or undergraduate coursework). Course descriptions must be included with the course waiver form in order for the Office of Admissions and Evaluation to review the course waiver request.

• The following courses may not be waived: DOC 700, DOC 705R, DOC 720R, DOC 723, DOC 733R, DOC 734R, DOC 741, DOC 741R, DOC 742, LDR 711A

• The dissertation may not be waived. Re-entry for the DM • Any student who has been out of attendance for more than 365

days from the last date of positive recorded attendance in a program applicable course will be required to re-enter and follow the admission, degree requirements and program policies published in the catalog which is in effect at the time of re-entry.

• Students who have been out of attendance over one year who have not exceeded their program completion deadline who wish to remain in their current program version will be required to appeal to the Student Appeals Center to move forward with the re-entry process.

• Re-entry students will be required to submit an admissions application as well as all forms and documents required for readmission to the program at the time of re-entry.

427

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

Doctor of Management in Organizational Leadership with a Specialization in Information Systems and

........................................................................................... Technology

The following Doctor of Management in Organizational Leadership with a specialization in Information Systems and Technology (DM/IST) program may be offered at these University of Phoenix campus locations: Online, depending on state of residence. The availability of programs and concentrations depend on student demand and other factors. Not all programs may be available to all residents of all states. Students may want to consider completing certain courses in the Online classroom at Online rates if the program is available via the Online modality in their state.

........................................................................................... Please contact your enrollment representative for more information.

The mission of the Information Systems and Technology special- ization of the Doctor of Management in Organizational Leadership degree (DM/IST) is to enable a diverse group of students to syn- thesize and apply new knowledge and models affecting informa- tion systems and technology (IST) from an organizational and global perspective. Students integrate critical thinking, ethical leadership, and the application of IST content areas with their pro- fessional experiences and doctoral-level research to create innova- tive, positive, and practical contributions to the body of IST knowledge. Graduates will be able to influence and direct their organizations positively through strong leadership and manage- ment practices within the IST environment. For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program, and other important information, please visit our website at http://www.phoenix.edu/ programs/dm-ist. DM/IST Program Category Requirements Courses requiring prerequisites are identified by a ~ symbol fol- lowing the course number. Course descriptions for all courses are listed in the Course Guide section of the catalog (page B-1). Doctoral Foundations, 4 total credits

DOC 700 .....................................................................................1 credit

Developing the Doctoral Identity

LDR 711A ~.............................................................................. 3 credits

Leadership Theory and Practice

Foundations of Informational Systems in Management and Organizational Leadership, 9 total credits

IST 710 ~ ................................................................................... 3 credits

Foundations of Information Systems Management

ORG 716 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits

Organizational Theory and Design

MGT 716 ~................................................................................ 3 credits

Management Philosophies

Research Foundations, 6 total credits

RES 709 ~.................................................................................. 3 credits

Research Conceptualization and Design

RES 710 ~.................................................................................. 3 credits

Statistical Research Methods and Design I

Advanced Research Design, 6 total credits

RES 720 ~.................................................................................. 3 credits

Statistical Research Methods and Design II

RES 724 ~.................................................................................. 3 credits

Qualitative Methods and Design

Information Systems Across Organizations, 9 total credits

IST 722 ~ ................................................................................... 3 credits

Information Technology for Teams

IST 723 ~ ................................................................................... 3 credits

Departmental Information Systems

IST 724 ~ ................................................................................... 3 credits

Organizational Information Systems Management

Doctoral Residencies, 10 total credits

DOC 705R ~ ............................................................................. 3 credits

Creative and Critical Thinking

DOC 720R ~ ............................................................................. 2 credits

Doctoral Seminar I

DOC 733R ~ ............................................................................. 3 credits

Doctoral Seminar III

DOC 734R ~ ............................................................................. 2 credits

Doctoral Seminar IV

Advanced Inquiry in Information Systems and Technology, 6 total credits

IST 732 ~ ................................................................................... 3 credits

Global Information Systems Management

IST 733 ~ ................................................................................... 3 credits

Information Systems Management Architecture

Advanced Research Analysis, 3 total credits

RES 725 ~.................................................................................. 3 credits

Descriptive and Comparative Data Analysis

RES 726 ~.................................................................................. 3 credits

Correlational Methods of Analysis

RES 727 ~.................................................................................. 3 credits

Approaches to Phenomenological Inquiry and Data Analysis

RES 728 ~.................................................................................. 3 credits

Qualitative Case Study

RES 729 ~.................................................................................. 3 credits

Ethnomethodology and the Study of Culture

RES 745 ~.................................................................................. 3 credits

Grounded Theory Methods

RES 746 ~.................................................................................. 3 credits

Mixed Methods Dissertation, 9 total credits

DOC 723 ~................................................................................ 3 credits

Doctoral Seminar II

DOC 741 ~................................................................................ 3 credits

Doctoral Dissertation

DOC 742 ~................................................................................ 3 credits

Doctoral Project IV

428

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

SCHOOL OF ADVANCED STUDIES

Annual Renewal Residency Students may be required to complete DOC 741R (2-credit course) in addition to the required Doctoral Residency courses. Enrollment in DOC 741R is required only when a student's dissertation has not been completed and approved by the dean within 12 months of achieving candidacy. Candidacy begins when a student has suc- cessfully completed a minimum of 53 credits in the required course of study including DOC 733R, DOC 734R, and an advanced research analysis elective course.

DOC 741R ................................................................................ 2 credits

Annual Renewal Residency

The following extension courses may be required to satisfy the seminar, dissertation, and project requirements for the doctoral program. Students may be required to complete DOC 787 or DOC 787 and DOC 788 until Concept Review approval has been received. Students may be required to complete the A or A and B courses for DOC 741 until Quality Review Method (QRM) approval has been received. Student may be required to complete the A or A and B courses for DOC 742 until Quality Review Final (QRF) and Oral Defense approvals have been received. Seminar II Extension

DOC 787 ~ ............................................................................... 0 credits

Concept Continuing Enrollment I

DOC 788 ~ ................................................................................. 1 credit

Concept Continuing Enrollment II

Dissertation Extension

DOC 741A ~ ............................................................................ 3 credits

Doctoral Dissertation

DOC 741B ~ ............................................................................. 3 credits

Doctoral Dissertation

DOC 887 ~ ............................................................................... 0 credits

Dissertation Continuing Enrollment I

DOC 888 ~ ................................................................................. 1 credit

Dissertation Continuing Enrollment II

DOC 889 ~ ............................................................................... 0 credits

Dissertation Continuing Enrollment I

DOC 890 ~ ................................................................................. 1 credit

Dissertation Continuing Enrollment II

DOC 891 ~ ............................................................................... 0 credits

Dissertation Continuing Enrollment I

DOC 892 ~ ................................................................................. 1 credit

Dissertation Continuing Enrollment II Project Extension

DOC 742A ~ ............................................................................ 3 credits

Doctoral Project IV

DOC 742B ~ ............................................................................. 3 credits

Doctoral Project IV

DOC 987 ~ ............................................................................... 0 credits

Project Continuing Enrollment I

DOC 988 ~ ................................................................................. 1 credit

Project Continuing Enrollment II

DOC 989 ~ ............................................................................... 0 credits

Project Continuing Enrollment I

DOC 990 ~ ................................................................................. 1 credit

Project Continuing Enrollment II

DOC 991 ~ ............................................................................... 0 credits

Project Continuing Enrollment I

DOC 992 ~ ................................................................................. 1 credit

Project Continuing Enrollment II The University reserves the right to modify the required course of study. Additional Admission Requirements for the DM/IST All applicants are expected to meet the following admissions requirements: • A graduate degree from a regionally or approved nationally

accredited, or candidate for accreditation, college or university or equivalent graduate degree earned at a recognized foreign institution or a graduate degree from an ABA accredited institution (i.e.- JD, LLB, LLM). If the institution became accredited while the student was attending, a minimum of 75% of the coursework taken toward the degree must have been completed while the institution was accredited or during the candidacy period.

• A cumulative grade point average (GPA) of 3.0 for all graduate coursework on the graduate degree posted transcript is required for admission.

• Current or a record of past employment in supervisory or management position is required for admission.

Degree Requirements for the DM/IST • A minimum of 62 doctorate credits. • A minimum grade point average (GPA) of 3.0. • Satisfactory completion of all residencies. • Written approval of the dissertation proposal. • Satisfactory oral defense and written completion of the

dissertation. • The School of Advanced Studies (SAS) will allow Doctoral

students, who have satisfied all program requirements with the exception of their dissertation, a one (1) year graduation deadline extension to allow additional time for dissertation completion. Students requesting an extension via SAC appeal must submit a letter from their chair stating that they have demonstrated satisfactory progress and completion of the dissertation is probable if a one (1) year extension is granted.

• Students must successful complete all credit and non-credit bearing degree requirements, including a completed dissertation approved by the Dean, prior to commencement eligibility.

• Specializations are reflected on the transcript only and will not appear on the diploma.

• The diploma awarded for this program will read as: Doctor of Management

429

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

Academic Progression Requirements for the DM/IST Students are subject to the following academic progression require- ments: • Learners meeting a minimum GPA of 3.5 may concurrently

enroll in courses not in the following areas: Year 1 coursework (must successfully complete DOC 720R or 13 credits earned in EDS program), research courses (RES prefix), residency courses, and EDS 799.

• Students may have only one incomplete grade on their records at a time.

• Students must receive approval for each step prior to moving to subsequent steps in the dissertation process in the following order: Concept Review, Quality Review (QRM), Institutional Review Board (IRB), Quality Final Institutional Review (QRF), Oral Defense.

• Students must be enrolled in the appropriate concept, project, or dissertation course to submit to Concept Review, QRM, QRF, and complete the Oral Defense.

• Students must submit and receive written approval of the dissertation precis paper as a completion requirement for DOC 720R Doctoral Seminar I.

• Students must secure a dissertation chair prior to enrollment in DOC 741 and DOC 742, and all corresponding extension courses.

• Concept review approval prior to enrollment in DOC 741. • Quality review of dissertation proposal approval prior to

enrollment in DOC 742. • Quality review of proposal approval must be renewed if the

final dissertation is not approved within 2 years of the approval date.

• Quality final Institutional review of dissertation during DOC 742.

• Enrollment in DOC 741R is required only when a student has not completed his or her dissertation within 12 months of achieving candidacy. Candidacy begins when a student has successfully completed a minimum of 53 credits in the required course of study including DOC 733R, DOC 734R, and an advanced research analysis elective course.

• Students who would like to repeat DOC 741R may repeat the course.

Academic Standing and Scholastic Disqualification for the DM/ IST • Scholastic Disqualification courses and minimum grade

requirements are included below and students who fail to meet the minimum grade may only repeat the course once. Students who fail to meet the minimum grade requirement after the second attempt will be scholastically suspended and will not be able to continue in the program. Students are required to achieve a minimum grade of "B" in the following course: DOC 700 Students are required to achieve a minimum grade of "B-" in the following course: DOC 720R

• All credit-bearing courses, with the exception of DOC 700 and courses that are outlined in the syllabus as Pass/Fail, must be completed with a grade of "B-" or better. Students who earn a grade lower than "B-" must repeat the course until the minimum grade requirement is met.

Residency Requirements and Course Waivers for the DM/IST • Students must meet established University residency

requirement for degree conferral. The University requires that 23 credits in the Required Course of Study, must be completed at University of Phoenix.

• Completion of physical residencies. • Five-day residency at the beginning of the program. • Three-day residency at the beginning of year two. • Eight-day residency at the beginning of year three. • If a student's dissertation has not been completed and

approved by the dean within 12 months of achieving candidacy, he or she must attend DOC 741R, a two-credit, three-day weekend residency course. Candidacy begins when a student has successfully completed a minimum of 53 credits in the required course of study including DOC 733R, DOC 734R, and an advanced research analysis elective course.

• Students may waive a maximum of 39 credits from their required course of study.

• In order to be granted a waiver with credit for a course in the required course of study, students must have completed a previous course that meets the following criteria: • The course must have been completed and transcripted from

a regionally, approved nationally, or provincially accredited college or university or one in candidacy for accreditation.

• The course must have been completed within the past ten (10) years from current program enrollment agreement sign date with a grade of "B" (3.0) or better.

• The course must be comparable in content and credits to the University course it is replacing and must be an equivalent level or higher level course (i.e. graduate level coursework may be used to waive graduate or undergraduate coursework). Course descriptions must be included with the course waiver form in order for the Office of Admissions and Evaluation to review the course waiver request.

• The following courses may not be waived: DOC 700, DOC 705R, DOC 720R, DOC 723, DOC 733R, DOC 734R, DOC 741, DOC 741R, DOC 742, LDR 711A

• The dissertation may not be waived. Re-entry for the DM/IST • Any student who has been out of attendance for more than 365

days from the last date of positive recorded attendance in a program applicable course will be required to re-enter and follow the admission, degree requirements and program policies published in the catalog which is in effect at the time of re-entry.

• Students who have been out of attendance over one year who have not exceeded their program completion deadline who wish to remain in their current program version will be required to appeal to the Student Appeals Center to move forward with the re-entry process.

• Re-entry students will be required to submit an admissions application as well as all forms and documents required for readmission to the program at the time of re-entry.

430

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

SCHOOL OF ADVANCED STUDIES

........................................................................................... Doctor of Business Administration

The following Doctor of Business Administration (DBA) program may be offered at these University of Phoenix campus locations: Online, depending on state of residence. The availability of programs and concentrations depend on student demand and other factors. Not all programs may be available to all residents of all states. Students may want to consider completing certain courses in the Online classroom at Online rates if the program is available via the Online modality in their state.

........................................................................................... Please contact your enrollment representative for more information.

The mission of the Doctor of Business Administration degree pro- gram is to empower business administration practitioners to become business subject experts, organizational leaders, and industry pioneers who create unique, value-added contributions to the existing body of knowledge and society by expanding their organizational vision, theoretical foundations of strategy, global business, research methodology, and cultural diversity. For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program, and other important information, please visit our website at http://www.phoenix.edu/ programs/dba. DBA Program Category Requirements Courses requiring prerequisites are identified by a ~ symbol following the course number. Course descriptions for all courses are listed in the Course Guide section of the catalog (page B-1).

Doctoral Foundations, 4 total credits

DOC 700..................................................................................... 1 credit

Developing the Doctoral Identity

LDR 711A ~ ............................................................................. 3 credits

Leadership Theory and Practice

Foundations in Business Administration, 12 total credits

FIN 711 ~.................................................................................. 3 credits

Financial Measures of Value Added

ORG 711 ~................................................................................ 3 credits

21st Century Issues in Organizational Behavior I

MGT 711 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits

Strategic Opportunities in an Internet-based Global Economy

MKT 711 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits

Marketing and Managing the Customer Relationship

Research Foundations, 6 total credits

RES 709 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits

Research Conceptualization and Design

RES 710 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits

Statistical Research Methods and Design I

Advanced Research Design, 6 total credits

RES 720 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits

Statistical Research Methods and Design II

RES 724 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits

Qualitative Methods and Design

Issues in Advanced Business Leadership, 6 total credits

LDR 722 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits

Ethical Leadership and the Law in the Global Environment

BUS 721 ~................................................................................. 3 credits

Issues in Optimizing Operations

Doctoral Residencies, 10 total credits

DOC 705R ~............................................................................. 3 credits

Creative and Critical Thinking

DOC 720R ~............................................................................. 2 credits

Doctoral Seminar I

DOC 733R ~............................................................................. 3 credits

Doctoral Seminar III

DOC 734R ~............................................................................. 2 credits

Doctoral Seminar IV

Advanced Inquiry in Business Analysis and Leadership, 6 total credits

LDR 731 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits

Contemporary Issues in Leadership

BUS 733 ~................................................................................. 3 credits

Transforming the Business

Advanced Research Analysis, 3 total credits

RES 725 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits

Descriptive and Comparative Data Analysis

RES 726 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits

Correlational Methods of Analysis

RES 727 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits

Approaches to Phenomenological Inquiry and Data Analysis

RES 728 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits

Qualitative Case Study

RES 729 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits

Ethnomethodology and the Study of Culture

RES 745 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits

Grounded Theory Methods

RES 746 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits

Mixed Methods

Dissertation, 9 total credits

DOC 723 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits

Doctoral Seminar II

DOC 741 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits

Doctoral Dissertation

DOC 742 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits

Doctoral Project IV

Annual Renewal Residency Students may be required to complete DOC 741R (2-credit course) in addition to the required Doctoral Residency courses. Enrollment in DOC 741R is required only when a student's dissertation has not been completed and approved by the dean within 12 months of achieving candidacy. Candidacy begins when a student has suc- cessfully completed a minimum of 53 credits in the required course of study including DOC 733R, DOC 734R, and an advanced research analysis elective course.

DOC 741R ................................................................................ 2 credits

Annual Renewal Residency

The following extension courses may be required to satisfy the seminar, dissertation, and project requirements for the doctoral program.

431

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

Students may be required to complete DOC 787 or DOC 787 and DOC 788 until Concept Review approval has been received. Students may be required to complete the A or A and B courses for DOC 741 until Quality Review Method (QRM) approval has been received. Student may be required to complete the A or A and B courses for DOC 742 until Quality Review Final (QRF) and Oral Defense approvals have been received. Seminar II Extension

DOC 787 ~................................................................................ 0 credits

Concept Continuing Enrollment I

DOC 788 ~..................................................................................1 credit

Concept Continuing Enrollment II

Dissertation Extension

DOC 741A ~............................................................................. 3 credits

Doctoral Dissertation

DOC 741B ~ ............................................................................. 3 credits

Doctoral Dissertation

DOC 887 ~................................................................................ 0 credits

Dissertation Continuing Enrollment I

DOC 888 ~..................................................................................1 credit

Dissertation Continuing Enrollment II

DOC 889 ~................................................................................ 0 credits

Dissertation Continuing Enrollment I

DOC 890 ~..................................................................................1 credit

Dissertation Continuing Enrollment II

DOC 891 ~................................................................................ 0 credits

Dissertation Continuing Enrollment I

DOC 892 ~..................................................................................1 credit

Dissertation Continuing Enrollment II Project Extension

DOC 742A ~............................................................................. 3 credits

Doctoral Project IV

DOC 742B ~ ............................................................................. 3 credits

Doctoral Project IV

DOC 987 ~................................................................................ 0 credits

Project Continuing Enrollment I

DOC 988 ~..................................................................................1 credit

Project Continuing Enrollment II

DOC 989 ~................................................................................ 0 credits

Project Continuing Enrollment I

DOC 990 ~..................................................................................1 credit

Project Continuing Enrollment II

DOC 991 ~................................................................................ 0 credits

Project Continuing Enrollment I

DOC 992 ~..................................................................................1 credit

Project Continuing Enrollment II The University reserves the right to modify the required course of study.

Additional Admission Requirements for the DBA All applicants are expected to meet the following admissions requirements: • A graduate degree in business, management or business

administration from a regionally or approved nationally accredited, or candidate for accreditation, college or university or equivalent graduate degree earned at a recognized foreign institution or a graduate degree from an ABA accredited institution (i.e.- JD, LLB, LLM). If the institution became accredited while the student was attending, a minimum of 75% of the coursework taken toward the degree must have been completed while the institution was accredited or during the candidacy period.

• Students who do not have a graduate degree in either business, management or business administration may be admitted if they meet all other requirements for admission and have official transcripts listing three (3) graduate credits in each of the following subjects from a regionally or approved nationally accredited, or candidate for accreditation, college or university or equivalent recognized foreign institution: • Finance for Managerial Decision Making • Human Relations and Organizational Behavior • Marketing Management • Strategy Formulation and Implementation

• A cumulative grade point average (GPA) of 3.0 for all graduate coursework on the graduate degree posted transcript is required for admission.

• Current or a record of past employment in supervisory or management position is required for admission.

Degree Requirements for the DBA • A minimum of 62 doctorate credits. • A minimum grade point average (GPA) of 3.0. • Satisfactory completion of all residencies. • Written approval of the dissertation proposal. • Satisfactory oral defense and written completion of the

dissertation. • The School of Advanced Studies (SAS) will allow Doctoral

students, who have satisfied all program requirements with the exception of their dissertation, a one (1) year graduation deadline extension to allow additional time for dissertation completion. Students requesting an extension via SAC appeal must submit a letter from their chair stating that they have demonstrated satisfactory progress and completion of the dissertation is probable if a one (1) year extension is granted.

• Students must satisfy all credit and non-credit bearing activities prior to commencement eligibility.

• The diploma awarded for this program will read as: Doctor of Business Administration

432

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

SCHOOL OF ADVANCED STUDIES

Academic Progression for the DBA Students are subject to the following academic progression require- ments: • Learners meeting a minimum GPA of 3.5 may concurrently

enroll in courses not in the following areas: Year 1 coursework (must successfully complete DOC 720R or 13 credits earned in EDS program), research courses (RES prefix), residency courses, and EDS 799.

• Students may have only one incomplete grade on their records at a time.

• Students must receive approval for each step prior to moving to subsequent steps in the dissertation process in the following order: Concept Review, Quality Review (QRM), Institutional Review Board (IRB), Quality Final Institutional Review (QRF), Oral Defense.

• Students must be enrolled in the appropriate concept, project, or dissertation course to submit to Concept Review, QRM, QRF, and complete the Oral Defense.

• Students must submit and receive written approval of the dissertation precis paper as a completion requirement for DOC 720R Doctoral Seminar I.

• Students must secure a dissertation chair prior to enrollment in DOC 741 and DOC 742, and all corresponding extension courses.

• Concept review approval prior to enrollment in DOC 741. • Quality review of dissertation proposal approval prior to

enrollment in DOC 742. • Quality review of proposal approval must be renewed if the

final dissertation is not approved within 2 years of the approval date.

• Quality final Institutional review of dissertation during DOC 742.

• Enrollment in DOC 741R is required only when a student has not completed his or her dissertation within 12 months of achieving candidacy. Candidacy begins when a student has successfully completed a minimum of 53 credits in the required course of study including DOC 733R, DOC 734R, and an advanced research analysis elective course.

• Students who would like to repeat DOC 741R may repeat the course.

Academic Standing and Minimum Grade Requirements for the DBA • Scholastic Disqualification courses and minimum grade

requirements are included below and students who fail to meet the minimum grade may only repeat the course once. Students who fail to meet the minimum grade requirement after the second attempt will be scholastically suspended and will not be able to continue in the program. Students are required to achieve a minimum grade of "B" in the following course: DOC 700 Students are required to achieve a minimum grade of "B-" in the following course: DOC 720R

• All credit-bearing courses, with the exception of DOC 700 and courses that are outlined in the syllabus as Pass/Fail, must be completed with a grade of "B-" or better. Students who earn a grade lower than "B-" must repeat the course until the minimum grade requirement is met.

Residency Requirements and Course Waivers for the DBA • Students must meet established University residency

requirement for degree conferral. The University requires that 23 credits in the Required Course of Study, must be completed at University of Phoenix.

• Completion of physical residencies. • Five-day residency at the beginning of the program. • Three-day residency at the beginning of year two. • Eight-day residency at the beginning of year three. • If a student's dissertation has not been completed and

approved by the dean within 12 months of achieving candidacy, he or she must attend DOC 741R, a two-credit, three-day weekend residency course. Candidacy begins when a student has successfully completed a minimum of 53 credits in the required course of study including DOC 733R, DOC 734R, and an advanced research analysis elective course.

• Students may waive a maximum of 39 credits from their required course of study.

• In order to be granted a waiver with credit for a course in the required course of study, students must have completed a previous course that meets the following criteria: • The course must have been completed and transcripted from

a regionally, approved nationally, or provincially accredited college or university or one in candidacy for accreditation.

• The course must have been completed within the past ten (10) years from current program enrollment agreement sign date with a grade of "B" (3.0) or better.

• The course must be comparable in content and credits to the University course it is replacing and must be an equivalent level or higher level course (i.e. graduate level coursework may be used to waive graduate or undergraduate coursework). Course descriptions must be included with the course waiver form in order for the Office of Admissions and Evaluation to review the course waiver request.

• The following courses may not be waived: DOC 700, DOC 705R, DOC 720R, DOC 723, DOC 733R, DOC 734R, DOC 741, DOC 741R, DOC 742, LDR 711A

• The dissertation may not be waived. Re-entry for the DBA • Any student who has been out of attendance for more than 365

days from the last date of positive recorded attendance in a program applicable course will be required to re-enter and follow the admission, degree requirements and program policies published in the catalog which is in effect at the time of re-entry.

• Students who have been out of attendance over one year who have not exceeded their program completion deadline who wish to remain in their current program version will be required to appeal to the Student Appeals Center to move forward with the re-entry process.

• Re-entry students will be required to submit an admissions application as well as all forms and documents required for readmission to the program at the time of re-entry.

433

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

........................................................................................... Doctor of Health Administration

The following Doctor of Health Administration (DHA) program may be offered at these University of Phoenix campus locations: Online, depending on state of residence. The availability of programs and concentrations depend on student demand and other factors. Not all programs may be available to all residents of all states. Students may want to consider completing certain courses in the Online classroom at Online rates if the program is available via the Online modality in their state.

........................................................................................... Please contact your enrollment representative for more information.

The mission of the Doctor of Health Administration degree pro- gram is to develop healthcare leaders by educating them in the areas of active inquiry, critical thought, and scholarly dialogue. The program prepares students from diverse backgrounds to: • lead and meet the demands of rapidly changing healthcare

organizations; • shape the structure of complex health systems and their future

evolution; • contribute to the existing body of knowledge through

publication of innovative and timely research in well-respected, peer reviewed journals and presentations at reputable conferences

For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program, and other important information, please visit our website at http://www.phoenix.edu/ programs/dha. DHA Program Category Requirements Courses requiring prerequisites are identified by a ~ symbol following the course number. Course descriptions for all courses are listed in the Course Guide section of the catalog (page B-1).

Doctoral Foundations, 4 total credits

DOC 700 .....................................................................................1 credit

Developing the Doctoral Identity

LDR 711A ~.............................................................................. 3 credits

Leadership Theory and Practice

Foundations in Health Care Administration, 6 total credits

DHA 711 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits

Administration of Complex Health Care Systems

DHA 715 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits

Risk Management in Complex Health Organizations

Research Foundations, 6 total credits

RES 709 ~.................................................................................. 3 credits

Research Conceptualization and Design

RES 710 ~.................................................................................. 3 credits

Statistical Research Methods and Design I

Advanced Research Design, 6 total credits

RES 720 ~.................................................................................. 3 credits

Statistical Research Methods and Design II

RES 724 ~.................................................................................. 3 credits

Qualitative Methods and Design

Advanced Leadership Issues in Health Care Administration, 9 total credits

DHA 721 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits

Health Care Economics

DHA 722 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits

Policy and Regulation in Health Care

Students must choose one of the following: DHA 723 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits

Executive Information Systems

DHA 724 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits

Globalization of Health Care

DHA 714 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits

Health Care Marketing

Doctoral Residencies, 10 total credits

DOC 705R ~ ............................................................................. 3 credits

Creative and Critical Thinking

DOC 720R ~ ............................................................................. 2 credits

Doctoral Seminar I

DOC 733R ~ ............................................................................. 3 credits

Doctoral Seminar III

DOC 734R ~ ............................................................................. 2 credits

Doctoral Seminar IV

Advanced Inquiry in Health Care Leadership, 9 total credits

DHA 731 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits

Population Health and Epidemiology

DHA 732 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits

Evaluation of Health Care Programs

DHA 733 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits

Contemporary Leadership Issues

Advanced Research Analysis, 3 total credits

RES 725 ~.................................................................................. 3 credits

Descriptive and Comparative Data Analysis

RES 726 ~.................................................................................. 3 credits

Correlational Methods of Analysis

RES 727 ~.................................................................................. 3 credits

Approaches to Phenomenological Inquiry and Data Analysis

RES 728 ~.................................................................................. 3 credits

Qualitative Case Study

RES 729 ~.................................................................................. 3 credits

Ethnomethodology and the Study of Culture

RES 745 ~................................................................................. .3 credits

Grounded Theory Methods

RES 746 ~.................................................................................. 3 credits

Mixed Methods

Dissertation, 9 total credits

DOC 723 ~................................................................................ 3 credits

Doctoral Seminar II

DOC 741 ~................................................................................ 3 credits

Doctoral Dissertation

DOC 742 ~................................................................................ 3 credits

Doctoral Project IV

434

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

SCHOOL OF ADVANCED STUDIES

Annual Renewal Residency Students may be required to complete DOC 741R (2-credit course) in addition to the required Doctoral Residency courses. Enrollment in DOC 741R is required only when a student's dissertation has not been completed and approved by the dean within 12 months of achieving candidacy. Candidacy begins when a student has suc- cessfully completed a minimum of 53 credits in the required course of study including DOC 733R, DOC 734R, and an advanced research analysis elective course.

DOC 741R ................................................................................ 2 credits

Annual Renewal Residency

The following extension courses may be required to satisfy the seminar, dissertation, and project requirements for the doctoral program. Students may be required to complete DOC 787 or DOC 787 and DOC 788 until Concept Review approval has been received. Students may be required to complete the A or A and B courses for DOC 741 until Quality Review Method (QRM) approval has been received. Student may be required to complete the A or A and B courses for DOC 742 until Quality Review Final (QRF) and Oral Defense approvals have been received. Seminar II Extension

DOC 787 ~ ............................................................................... 0 credits

Concept Continuing Enrollment I

DOC 788 ~ ................................................................................. 1 credit

Concept Continuing Enrollment II

Dissertation Extension

DOC 741A ~ ............................................................................ 3 credits

Doctoral Dissertation

DOC 741B ~ ............................................................................. 3 credits

Doctoral Dissertation

DOC 887 ~ ............................................................................... 0 credits

Dissertation Continuing Enrollment I

DOC 888 ~ ................................................................................. 1 credit

Dissertation Continuing Enrollment II

DOC 889 ~ ............................................................................... 0 credits

Dissertation Continuing Enrollment I

DOC 890 ~ ................................................................................. 1 credit

Dissertation Continuing Enrollment II

DOC 891 ~ ............................................................................... 0 credits

Dissertation Continuing Enrollment I

DOC 892 ~ ................................................................................. 1 credit

Dissertation Continuing Enrollment II Project Extension

DOC 742A ~ ............................................................................ 3 credits

Doctoral Project IV

DOC 742B ~ ............................................................................. 3 credits

Doctoral Project IV

DOC 987 ~ ............................................................................... 0 credits

Project Continuing Enrollment I

DOC 988 ~ ................................................................................. 1 credit

Project Continuing Enrollment II

DOC 989 ~ ............................................................................... 0 credits

Project Continuing Enrollment I

DOC 990 ~ ................................................................................. 1 credit

Project Continuing Enrollment II

DOC 991 ~ ............................................................................... 0 credits

Project Continuing Enrollment I

DOC 992 ~ ................................................................................. 1 credit

Project Continuing Enrollment II The University reserves the right to modify the required course of study. Additional Admission Requirements for the DHA All applicants are expected to meet the following admissions requirements: • A graduate degree from a regionally or approved nationally

accredited, or candidate for accreditation, college or university or equivalent graduate degree earned at a recognized foreign institution or a graduate degree from an ABA accredited institution (i.e.- JD, LLB, LLM). If the institution became accredited while the student was attending, a minimum of 75% of the coursework taken toward the degree must have been completed while the institution was accredited or during the candidacy period.

• A cumulative grade point average (GPA) of 3.0 for all graduate coursework on the graduate degree posted transcript is required for admission.

• Current or a record of past employment in supervisory or management position is required for admission.

Degree Requirements for the DHA • A minimum of 62 doctorate credits. • A minimum grade point average (GPA) of 3.0. • Satisfactory completion of all residencies. • Written approval of the dissertation proposal. • Satisfactory oral defense and written completion of the

dissertation. • The School of Advanced Studies (SAS) will allow Doctoral

students, who have satisfied all program requirements with the exception of their dissertation, a one (1) year graduation deadline extension to allow additional time for dissertation completion. Students requesting an extension via SAC appeal must submit a letter from their chair stating that they have demonstrated satisfactory progress and completion of the dissertation is probable if a one (1) year extension is granted.

• Students must satisfy all credit and non-credit bearing activities prior to commencement eligibility.

• The diploma awarded for this program will read as: Doctor of Health Administration

Academic Progression for the DHA Students are subject to the following academic progression require- ments: • Learners meeting a minimum GPA of 3.5 may concurrently

enroll in courses not in the following areas: Year 1 coursework (must successfully complete DOC 720R or 13 credits earned in EDS program), research courses (RES prefix), residency courses, and EDS 799.

• Students may have only one incomplete grade on their records at a time.

435

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

• Students must receive approval for each step prior to moving to subsequent steps in the dissertation process in the following order: Concept Review, Quality Review (QRM), Institutional Review Board (IRB), Quality Final Institutional Review (QRF), Oral Defense.

• Students must be enrolled in the appropriate concept, project, or dissertation course to submit to Concept Review, QRM, QRF, and complete the Oral Defense.

• Students must submit and receive written approval of the dissertation precis paper as a completion requirement for DOC 720R Doctoral Seminar I.

• Students must secure a dissertation chair prior to enrollment in DOC 741 and DOC 742, and all corresponding extension courses.

• Concept review approval prior to enrollment in DOC 741. • Quality review of dissertation proposal approval prior to

enrollment in DOC 742. • Quality review of proposal approval must be renewed if the

final dissertation is not approved within 2 years of the approval date.

• Quality final Institutional review of dissertation during DOC 742.

• Enrollment in DOC 741R is required only when a student has not completed his or her dissertation within 12 months of achieving candidacy. Candidacy begins when a student has successfully completed a minimum of 53 credits in the required course of study including DOC 733R, DOC 734R, and an advanced research analysis elective course.

• Students who would like to repeat DOC 741R may repeat the course.

Academic Standing and Minimum Grade Requirements for the DHA • Scholastic Disqualification courses and minimum grade

requirements are included below and students who fail to meet the minimum grade may only repeat the course once. Students who fail to meet the minimum grade requirement after the second attempt will be scholastically suspended and will not be able to continue in the program. Students are required to achieve a minimum grade of "B" in the following course: DOC 700 Students are required to achieve a minimum grade of "B-" in the following course: DOC 720R

• All credit-bearing courses, with the exception of DOC 700 and courses that are outlined in the syllabus as Pass/Fail, must be completed with a grade of "B-" or better. Students who earn a grade lower than "B-" must repeat the course until the minimum grade requirement is met.

Residency Requirements and Course Waivers for the DHA • Students must meet established University residency

requirement for degree conferral. The University requires that 23 credits in the Required Course of Study, must be completed at University of Phoenix.

• Completion of physical residencies. • Five-day residency at the beginning of the program. • Three-day residency at the beginning of year two. • Eight-day residency at the beginning of year three.

• If a student's dissertation has not been completed and approved by the dean within 12 months of achieving candidacy, he or she must attend DOC 741R, a two-credit, three-day weekend residency course. Candidacy begins when a student has successfully completed a minimum of 53 credits in the required course of study including DOC 733R, DOC 734R, and an advanced research analysis elective course.

• Students may waive a maximum of 39 credits from their required course of study.

• In order to be granted a waiver with credit for a course in the required course of study, students must have completed a previous course that meets the following criteria: • The course must have been completed and transcripted from

a regionally, approved nationally, or provincially accredited college or university or one in candidacy for accreditation.

• The course must have been completed within the past ten (10) years from current program enrollment agreement sign date with a grade of "B" (3.0) or better.

• The course must be comparable in content and credits to the University course it is replacing and must be an equivalent level or higher level course (i.e. graduate level coursework may be used to waive graduate or undergraduate coursework). Course descriptions must be included with the course waiver form in order for the Office of Admissions and Evaluation to review the course waiver request.

• The following courses may not be waived: DOC 700, DOC 705R, DOC 720R, DOC 723, DOC 733R, DOC 734R, DOC 741, DOC 741R, DOC 742, LDR 711A

• The dissertation may not be waived. Re-entry for the DHA • Any student who has been out of attendance for more than 365

days from the last date of positive recorded attendance in a program applicable course will be required to re-enter and follow the admission, degree requirements and program policies published in the catalog which is in effect at the time of re-entry.

• Students who have been out of attendance over one year who have not exceeded their program completion deadline who wish to remain in their current program version will be required to appeal to the Student Appeals Center to move forward with the re-entry process.

• Re-entry students will be required to submit an admissions application as well as all forms and documents required for readmission to the program at the time of re-entry.

436

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

SCHOOL OF ADVANCED STUDIES

........................................................................................... Doctor of Education in Educational Leadership

The following Doctor of Education in Educational Leadership (EdD) program may be offered at these University of Phoenix campus locations: Online, depending on state of residence. The availability of programs and concentrations depend on student demand and other factors. Not all programs may be available to all residents of all states. Students may want to consider completing certain courses in the Online classroom at Online rates if the program is available via the Online modality in their state.

........................................................................................... Please contact your enrollment representative for more information.

The mission of the Doctor of Education in Educational Leadership degree program is to prepare students and professionals to become effective leaders who value diversity and academic integrity and have the competencies essential for shaping the future within com- plex educational environments. The program promotes a commit- ment to fostering innovation, collaboration, scholarship, and service. Throughout the program students will be educated in the concepts, knowledge and skills necessary to make valuable contri- butions to the field of education and society. For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program, and other important information, please visit our website at http://www.phoenix.edu/ programs/edd. EdD Program Category Requirements Courses requiring prerequisites are identified by a ~ symbol following the course number. Course descriptions for all courses are listed in the Course Guide section of the catalog (page B-1).

Doctoral Foundations, 4 total credits

DOC 700..................................................................................... 1 credit

Developing the Doctoral Identity

LDR 711A ~ ............................................................................. 3 credits

Leadership Theory and Practice

Foundations in Education, 9 total credits

EDD 711 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits

Social Contexts and Contemporary Issues

EDD 712 ~................................................................................ 3 credits

Leadership in Contemporary Organizations

EDD 714 ~................................................................................ 3 credits

Comparative Models of Educational Environments

Research Foundations, 6 total credits

RES 709 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits

Research Conceptualization and Design

RES 710 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits

Statistical Research Methods and Design I

Advanced Research Design, 6 total credits

RES 720 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits

Statistical Research Methods and Design II

RES 724 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits

Qualitative Methods and Design

Ethics, Leadership, and Values in Education, 9 total credits

EDD 722 ~................................................................................ 3 credits

The Legal Context of Education

EDD 723 ~................................................................................ 3 credits

Ethics and Values in Learning Organizations

EDD 724 ~................................................................................ 3 credits

Instructional Leadership

Doctoral Residencies, 10 total credits

DOC 705R ~............................................................................. 3 credits

Creative and Critical Thinking

DOC 720R ~............................................................................. 2 credits

Doctoral Seminar I

DOC 733R ~............................................................................. 3 credits

Doctoral Seminar III

DOC 734R ~............................................................................. 2 credits

Doctoral Seminar IV

Advanced Inquiry in Education, 6 total credits

EDD 731 ~................................................................................ 3 credits

The Economics of Education

EDD 733 ~................................................................................ 3 credits

Evaluation and Assessment Methods

Advanced Research Analysis, 3 total credits

RES 725 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits

Descriptive and Comparative Data Analysis

RES 726 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits

Correlational Methods of Analysis

RES 727 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits

Approaches to Phenomenological Inquiry and Data Analysis

RES 728 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits

Qualitative Case Study

RES 729 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits

Ethnomethodology and the Study of Culture

RES 745 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits

Grounded Theory Methods

RES 746 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits

Mixed Methods

Dissertation, 9 total credits

DOC 723 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits

Doctoral Seminar II

DOC 741 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits

Doctoral Dissertation

DOC 742 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits

Doctoral Project IV

Annual Renewal Residency Students may be required to complete DOC 741R (2-credit course) in addition to the required Doctoral Residency courses. Enrollment in DOC 741R is required only when a student's dissertation has not been completed and approved by the dean within 12 months of achieving candidacy. Candidacy begins when a student has suc- cessfully completed a minimum of 53 credits in the required course of study including DOC 733R, DOC 734R, and an advanced research analysis elective course.

DOC 741R ................................................................................ 2 credits

Annual Renewal Residency

The following extension courses may be required to satisfy the seminar, dissertation, and project requirements for the doctoral

437

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

program. Students may be required to complete DOC 787 or DOC 787 and DOC 788 until Concept Review approval has been received. Students may be required to complete the A or A and B courses for DOC 741 until Quality Review Method (QRM) approval has been received. Student may be required to complete the A or A and B courses for DOC 742 until Quality Review Final (QRF) and Oral Defense approvals have been received. Seminar II Extension

DOC 787 ~................................................................................ 0 credits

Concept Continuing Enrollment I

DOC 788 ~..................................................................................1 credit

Concept Continuing Enrollment II

Dissertation Extension

DOC 741A ~............................................................................. 3 credits

Doctoral Dissertation

DOC 741B ~ ............................................................................. 3 credits

Doctoral Dissertation

DOC 887 ~................................................................................ 0 credits

Dissertation Continuing Enrollment I

DOC 888 ~..................................................................................1 credit

Dissertation Continuing Enrollment II

DOC 889 ~................................................................................ 0 credits

Dissertation Continuing Enrollment I

DOC 890 ~..................................................................................1 credit

Dissertation Continuing Enrollment II

DOC 891 ~................................................................................ 0 credits

Dissertation Continuing Enrollment I

DOC 892 ~..................................................................................1 credit

Dissertation Continuing Enrollment II Project Extension

DOC 742A ~............................................................................. 3 credits

Doctoral Project IV

DOC 742B ~ ............................................................................. 3 credits

Doctoral Project IV

DOC 987 ~................................................................................ 0 credits

Project Continuing Enrollment I

DOC 988 ~..................................................................................1 credit

Project Continuing Enrollment II

DOC 989 ~................................................................................ 0 credits

Project Continuing Enrollment I

DOC 990 ~..................................................................................1 credit

Project Continuing Enrollment II

DOC 991 ~................................................................................ 0 credits

Project Continuing Enrollment I

DOC 992 ~..................................................................................1 credit

Project Continuing Enrollment II The University reserves the right to modify the required course of study.

Additional Admission Requirements for the EdD All applicants are expected to meet the following admissions requirements: • A graduate degree from a regionally or approved nationally

accredited, or candidate for accreditation, college or university or equivalent graduate degree earned at a recognized foreign institution or a graduate degree from an ABA accredited institution (i.e.- JD, LLB, LLM). If the institution became accredited while the student was attending, a minimum of 75% of the coursework taken toward the degree must have been completed while the institution was accredited or during the candidacy period.

• A cumulative grade point average (GPA) of 3.0 for all graduate coursework on the graduate degree posted transcript is required for admission.

• Current or a record of past employment in supervisory or management position is required for admission.

Degree Requirements for the EdD • A minimum of 62 doctorate credits. • A minimum grade point average (GPA) of 3.0. • Satisfactory completion of all residencies. • Written approval of the dissertation proposal. • Satisfactory oral defense and written completion of the

dissertation. • The School of Advanced Studies (SAS) will allow Doctoral

students, who have satisfied all program requirements with the exception of their dissertation, a one (1) year graduation deadline extension to allow additional time for dissertation completion. Students requesting an extension via SAC appeal must submit a letter from their Chair stating that they have demonstrated satisfactory progress and completion of the dissertation is probable if a one (1) year extension is granted.

• Students must satisfy all credit and non-credit bearing activities prior to commencement eligibility.

• Specializations are reflected on the transcript only and will not appear on the diploma. The diploma awarded for this program will read as: Doctor of Education

Academic Progression Requirements for the EdD Students are subject to the following academic progression require- ments: • Learners meeting a minimum GPA of 3.5 may concurrently

enroll in courses not in the following areas: Year 1 coursework (must successfully complete DOC 720R or 13 credits earned in EDS program), research courses (RES prefix), residency courses, and EDS 799.

• Students may have only one incomplete grade on their records at a time.

• Students must receive approval for each step prior to moving to subsequent steps in the dissertation process in the following order: Concept Review, Quality Review (QRM), Institutional Review Board (IRB), Quality Final Institutional Review (QRF), Oral Defense.

• Students must be enrolled in the appropriate concept, project, or dissertation course to submit to Concept Review, QRM, QRF, and complete the Oral Defense.

• Students must submit and receive written approval of the dissertation precis paper as a completion requirement for DOC 720R Doctoral Seminar I.

438

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

SCHOOL OF ADVANCED STUDIES

• Students must secure a dissertation chair prior to enrollment in DOC 741 and DOC 742, and all corresponding extension courses.

• Concept review approval prior to enrollment in DOC 741. • Quality review of dissertation proposal approval prior to

enrollment in DOC 742. • Quality review of proposal approval must be renewed if the

final dissertation is not approved within 2 years of the approval date.

• Quality final Institutional review of dissertation during DOC 742.

• Enrollment in DOC 741R is required only when a student has not completed his or her dissertation within 12 months of achieving candidacy. Candidacy begins when a student has successfully completed a minimum of 53 credits in the required course of study including DOC 733R, DOC 734R, and an advanced research analysis elective course.

• Students who would like to repeat DOC 741R may repeat the course.

Academic Standing and Minimum Grade Requirements for the EdD • Scholastic Disqualification courses and minimum grade

requirements are included below and students who fail to meet the minimum grade may only repeat the course once. Students who fail to meet the minimum grade requirement after the second attempt will be scholastically suspended and will not be able to continue in the program. Students are required to achieve a minimum grade of "B" in the following course: DOC 700 Students are required to achieve a minimum grade of "B-" in the following course: DOC 720R

• All credit-bearing courses, with the exception of DOC 700 and courses that are outlined in the syllabus as Pass/Fail, must be completed with a grade of "B-" or better. Students who earn a grade lower than "B-" must repeat the course until the minimum grade requirement is met.

• Students who do not meet minimum grade requirements and maintain a minimum GPA of 3.00 will be placed on academic probation (AP) and will be subject to the University academic probation policy.

Residency Requirements and Course Waivers for the EdD Students must meet established University residency requirement for degree conferral. The University requires that 23 credits in the Required Course of Study, must be completed at UOPX. Additionally, students must meet the following residency require- ments: • Completion of physical residencies.

• Five-day residency at the beginning of the program. • Three-day residency at the beginning of year two. • Eight-day residency at the beginning of year three. • If a student's dissertation has not been completed and

approved by the dean within 12 months of achieving candidacy, he or she must attend DOC 741R, a two-credit, three-day weekend residency course. Candidacy begins when a student has successfully completed a minimum of 53 credits in the required course of study including DOC 733R, DOC 734R, and an advanced research analysis elective course.

Students may waive a maximum of 39 credits from their required course of study.

In order to be granted a waiver with credit for a course in the required course of study, students must have completed a previous course that meets the following criteria: • The course must have been completed and transcripted from a

regionally, approved nationally, or provincially accredited college or university or one in candidacy for accreditation.

• The course must have been completed within the past ten (10) years from current program enrollment agreement sign date with a grade of "B" (3.0) or better.

• The course must be comparable in content and credits to the University course it is replacing and must be an equivalent level or higher level course (i.e. graduate level coursework may be used to waive graduate or undergraduate coursework). Course descriptions must be included with the course waiver form in order for the Office of Admissions and Evaluation to review the course waiver request.

The following courses may not be waived: DOC 700, DOC 705R, DOC 720R, DOC 723, DOC 733R, DOC 734R, DOC 741, DOC 741R, DOC 742, LDR 711A The dissertation may not be waived. Re-entry for the EdD • Any student who has been out of attendance for more than 365

days from the last date of positive recorded attendance in a program applicable course will be required to re-enter and follow the admission, degree requirements and program policies published in the catalog which is in effect at the time of re-entry.

• Students who have been out of attendance over one year who have not exceeded their program completion deadline who wish to remain in their current program version will be required to appeal to the Student Appeals Center to move forward with the re-entry process.

• Re-entry students will be required to submit an admissions application as well as all forms and documents required for readmission to the program at the time of re-entry.

Doctor of Education in Educational Leadership/

........................................................................................... Curriculum and Instruction

The following Doctor of Education in Educational Leadership/ Curriculum and Instruction (EdD/CI) program may be offered at these University of Phoenix campus locations: Online, depending on state of residence. The availability of programs and concentrations depend on student demand and other factors. Not all programs may be available to all residents of all states. Students may want to consider completing certain courses in the Online classroom at Online rates if the program is available via the Online modality in their state. Please contact your

........................................................................................... enrollment representative for more information.

The mission of the Doctor of Education in Educational Leadership degree program is to prepare students and professionals to become effective leaders who value diversity and academic integrity and have the competencies essential for shaping the future within com- plex educational environments. The program promotes a commit- ment to fostering innovation, collaboration, scholarship, and service. Throughout the program students will be educated in the concepts, knowledge and skills necessary to make valuable contri- butions to the field of education and society. For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program, and other important information, please visit our website at http://www.phoenix.edu/ programs/edd-ci.

439

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

EdD/CI Program Category Requirements Courses requiring prerequisites are identified by a ~ symbol following the course number. Course descriptions for all courses are listed in the Course Guide section of the catalog (page B-1).

Doctoral Foundations, 4 total credits

DOC 700 .....................................................................................1 credit

Developing the Doctoral Identity

LDR 711A ~.............................................................................. 3 credits

Leadership Theory and Practice

Foundations of Curriculum and Instruction in Education, 9 total credits

EDD 711 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits

Social Contexts and Contemporary Issues

EDD 724 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits

Instructional Leadership

CUR 713 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits

Curriculum, Developmental, and Learning Theories

Research Foundations, 6 total credits

RES 709 ~.................................................................................. 3 credits

Research Conceptualization and Design

RES 710 ~.................................................................................. 3 credits

Statistical Research Methods and Design I

Advanced Research Design, 6 total credits

RES 720 ~.................................................................................. 3 credits

Statistical Research Methods and Design II

RES 724 ~.................................................................................. 3 credits

Qualitative Methods and Design

Principles and Practices in Curriculum and Instruction, 9 total credits

CUR 721 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits

Curriculum Design

CUR 722 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits

Instructional Models

CUR 723 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits

Assessment of Student Learning

Doctoral Residencies, 10 total credits

DOC 705R ~ ............................................................................. 3 credits

Creative and Critical Thinking

DOC 720R ~ ............................................................................. 2 credits

Doctoral Seminar I

DOC 733R ~ ............................................................................. 3 credits

Doctoral Seminar III

DOC 734R ~ ............................................................................. 2 credits

Doctoral Seminar IV

Advanced Inquiry in Curriculum Leadership, 6 total credits

CUR 731 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits

Supervision of Curriculum and Instruction

CUR 732 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits

Program Evaluation

Advanced Research Analysis, 3 total credits

RES 725 ~.................................................................................. 3 credits

Descriptive and Comparative Data Analysis

RES 726 ~.................................................................................. 3 credits

Correlational Methods of Analysis

RES 727 ~.................................................................................. 3 credits

Approaches to Phenomenological Inquiry and Data Analysis

RES 728 ~.................................................................................. 3 credits

Qualitative Case Study

RES 729 ~.................................................................................. 3 credits

Ethnomethodology and the Study of Culture

RES 745 ~.................................................................................. 3 credits

Grounded Theory Methods

RES 746 ~.................................................................................. 3 credits

Mixed Methods

Dissertation, 9 total credits

DOC 723 ~................................................................................ 3 credits

Doctoral Seminar II

DOC 741 ~................................................................................ 3 credits

Doctoral Dissertation

DOC 742 ~................................................................................ 3 credits

Doctoral Project IV

Annual Renewal Residency Students may be required to complete DOC 741R (2-credit course) in addition to the required Doctoral Residency courses. Enrollment in DOC 741R is required only when a student's dissertation has not been completed and approved by the dean within 12 months of achieving candidacy. Candidacy begins when a student has suc- cessfully completed a minimum of 53 credits in the required course of study including DOC 733R, DOC 734R, and an advanced research analysis elective course.

DOC 741R ................................................................................ 2 credits

Annual Renewal Residency

The following extension courses may be required to satisfy the seminar, dissertation, and project requirements for the doctoral program. Students may be required to complete DOC 787 or DOC 787 and DOC 788 until Concept Review approval has been received. Students may be required to complete the A or A and B courses for DOC 741 until Quality Review Method (QRM) approval has been received. Student may be required to complete the A or A and B courses for DOC 742 until Quality Review Final (QRF) and Oral Defense approvals have been received. Seminar II Extension

DOC 787 ~................................................................................ 0 credits

Concept Continuing Enrollment I

DOC 788 ~..................................................................................1 credit

Concept Continuing Enrollment II

440

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

SCHOOL OF ADVANCED STUDIES

Dissertation Extension

DOC 741A ~ ............................................................................ 3 credits

Doctoral Dissertation

DOC 741B ~ ............................................................................. 3 credits

Doctoral Dissertation

DOC 887 ~ ............................................................................... 0 credits

Dissertation Continuing Enrollment I

DOC 888 ~ ................................................................................. 1 credit

Dissertation Continuing Enrollment II

DOC 889 ~ ............................................................................... 0 credits

Dissertation Continuing Enrollment I

DOC 890 ~ ................................................................................. 1 credit

Dissertation Continuing Enrollment II

DOC 891 ~ ............................................................................... 0 credits

Dissertation Continuing Enrollment I

DOC 892 ~ ................................................................................. 1 credit

Dissertation Continuing Enrollment II Project Extension

DOC 742A ~ ............................................................................ 3 credits

Doctoral Project IV

DOC 742B ~ ............................................................................. 3 credits

Doctoral Project IV

DOC 987 ~ ............................................................................... 0 credits

Project Continuing Enrollment I

DOC 988 ~ ................................................................................. 1 credit

Project Continuing Enrollment II

DOC 989 ~ ............................................................................... 0 credits

Project Continuing Enrollment I

DOC 990 ~ ................................................................................. 1 credit

Project Continuing Enrollment II

DOC 991 ~ ............................................................................... 0 credits

Project Continuing Enrollment I

DOC 992 ~ ................................................................................. 1 credit

Project Continuing Enrollment II The University reserves the right to modify the required course of study. Additional Admission Requirements for the EdD/CI All applicants are expected to meet the following admissions requirements: • A graduate degree from a regionally or approved nationally

accredited, or candidate for accreditation, college or university or equivalent graduate degree earned at a recognized foreign institution or a graduate degree from an ABA accredited institution (i.e.- JD, LLB, LLM). If the institution became accredited while the student was attending, a minimum of 75% of the coursework taken toward the degree must have been completed while the institution was accredited or during the candidacy period.

• A cumulative grade point average (GPA) of 3.0 for all graduate coursework on the graduate degree posted transcript is required for admission.

• Current or a record of past employment in supervisory or management position is required for admission.

Degree Requirements for the EdD/CI • A minimum of 62 doctorate credits. • A minimum grade point average (GPA) of 3.0. • Satisfactory completion of all residencies. • Written approval of the dissertation proposal. • Satisfactory oral defense and written completion of the

dissertation. • The School of Advanced Studies (SAS) will allow Doctoral

students, who have satisfied all program requirements with the exception of their dissertation, a one (1) year graduation deadline extension to allow additional time for dissertation completion. Students requesting an extension via SAC appeal must submit a letter from their Chair stating that they have demonstrated satisfactory progress and completion of the dissertation is probable if a one (1) year extension is granted.

• Students must satisfy all credit and non-credit bearing activities prior to commencement eligibility.

• Specializations are reflected on the transcript only and will not appear on the diploma.

• The diploma awarded for this program will read as: Doctor of Education

Academic Progression Requirements for the EdD/CI Students are subject to the following academic progression require- ments: • Learners meeting a minimum GPA of 3.5 may concurrently

enroll in courses not in the following areas: Year 1 coursework (must successfully complete DOC 720R or 13 credits earned in EDS program), research courses (RES prefix), residency courses, and EDS 799.

• Students may have only one incomplete grade on their records at a time.

• Students must receive approval for each step prior to moving to subsequent steps in the dissertation process in the following order: Concept Review, Quality Review (QRM), Institutional Review Board (IRB), Quality Final Institutional Review (QRF), Oral Defense.

• Students must be enrolled in the appropriate concept, project, or dissertation course to submit to Concept Review, QRM, QRF, and complete the Oral Defense.

• Students must submit and receive written approval of the dissertation precis paper as a completion requirement for DOC 720R Doctoral Seminar I.

• Students must secure a dissertation chair prior to enrollment in DOC 741 and DOC 742, and all corresponding extension courses.

• Concept review approval prior to enrollment in DOC 741. • Quality review of dissertation proposal approval prior to

enrollment in DOC 742. • Quality review of proposal approval must be renewed if the

final dissertation is not approved within 2 years of the approval date.

• Quality final Institutional review of dissertation during DOC 742.

• Enrollment in DOC 741R is required only when a student has not completed his or her dissertation within 12 months of achieving candidacy. Candidacy begins when a student has successfully completed a minimum of 53 credits in the required course of study including DOC 733R, DOC 734R, and an advanced research analysis elective course.

441

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

• Students who would like to repeat DOC 741R may repeat the course.

Academic Standing and Minimum Grade Requirements for the EdD/CI • Scholastic Disqualification courses and minimum grade

requirements are included below and students who fail to meet the minimum grade may only repeat the course once. Students who fail to meet the minimum grade requirement after the second attempt will be scholastically suspended and will not be able to continue in the program. Students are required to achieve a minimum grade of "B" in the following course: DOC 700 Students are required to achieve a minimum grade of "B-" in the following course: DOC 720R

• All credit-bearing courses, with the exception of DOC 700 and courses that are outlined in the syllabus as Pass/Fail, must be completed with a grade of "B-" or better. Students who earn a grade lower than "B-" must repeat the course until the minimum grade requirement is met.

• Students who do not meet minimum grade requirements and maintain a minimum GPA of 3.00 will be placed on academic probation (AP) and will be subject to the University academic probation policy.

Residency Requirements and Course Waivers for the EdD/CI Students must meet established University residency requirement for degree conferral. The University requires that 23 credits in the Required Course of Study, must be completed at University of Phoenix. Additionally, students must meet the following residency require- ments: • Completion of physical residencies.

• Five-day residency at the beginning of the program. • Three-day residency at the beginning of year two. • Eight-day residency at the beginning of year three. • If a student's dissertation has not been completed and

approved by the dean within 12 months of achieving candidacy, he or she must attend DOC 741R, a two-credit, three-day weekend residency course. Candidacy begins when a student has successfully completed a minimum of 53 credits in the required course of study including DOC 733R, DOC 734R, and an advanced research analysis elective course.

Students may waive a maximum of 39 credits from their required course of study. In order to be granted a waiver with credit for a course in the required course of study, students must have completed a previous course that meets the following criteria: • The course must have been completed and transcripted from a

regionally, approved nationally, or provincially accredited college or university or one in candidacy for accreditation.

• The course must have been completed within the past ten (10) years from current program enrollment agreement sign date with a grade of "B" (3.0) or better.

• The course must be comparable in content and credits to the University course it is replacing and must be an equivalent level or higher level course (i.e. graduate level coursework may be used to waive graduate or undergraduate coursework). Course descriptions must be included with the course waiver form in order for the Office of Admissions and Evaluation to review the course waiver request.

The following courses may not be waived: DOC 700, DOC 705R, DOC 720R, DOC 723, DOC 733R, DOC 734R, DOC 741, DOC 741R, DOC 742, LDR 711A The dissertation may not be waived. Re-entry for the EdD/CI • Any student who has been out of attendance for more than 365

days from the last date of positive recorded attendance in a program applicable course will be required to re-enter and follow the admission, degree requirements and program policies published in the catalog which is in effect at the time of re-entry.

• Students who have been out of attendance over one year who have not exceeded their program completion deadline who wish to remain in their current program version will be required to appeal to the Student Appeals Center to move forward with the re-entry process.

• Re-entry students will be required to submit an admissions application as well as all forms and documents required for readmission to the program at the time of re-entry.

Doctor of Education in Educational Leadership/

........................................................................................... Educational Technology

The following Doctor of Education in Educational Leadership/ Educational Technology (EdD/ET) program may be offered at these University of Phoenix campus locations: Online, depending on state of residence. The availability of programs and concentrations depend on student demand and other factors. Not all programs may be available to all residents of all states. Students may want to consider completing certain courses in the Online classroom at Online rates if the program is available via the Online modality in their state. Please contact your

........................................................................................... enrollment representative for more information.

The mission of the Doctor of Education in Educational Leadership degree program is to prepare students and professionals to become effective leaders who value diversity and academic integrity and have the competencies essential for shaping the future within com- plex educational environments. The program promotes a commit- ment to fostering innovation, collaboration, scholarship, and service. Throughout the program students will be educated in the concepts, knowledge and skills necessary to make valuable contri- butions to the field of education and society. For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program, and other important information, please visit our website at http://www.phoenix.edu/ programs/edd-et. EdD/ET Program Category Requirements Courses requiring prerequisites are identified by a ~ symbol following the course number. Course descriptions for all courses are listed in the Course Guide section of the catalog (page B-1).

Doctoral Foundations, 4 total credits

DOC 700 .....................................................................................1 credit

Developing the Doctoral Identity

LDR 711A ~.............................................................................. 3 credits

Leadership Theory and Practice

Foundations in Educational Leadership and Technology, 9 total credits

EDD 711 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits

Social Contexts and Contemporary Issues

442

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

SCHOOL OF ADVANCED STUDIES

CUR 711 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits

Developmental and Learning Theories

EDT 711 ~................................................................................. 3 credits

Educational Technology Research

Research Foundations, 6 total credits

RES 709 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits

Research Conceptualization and Design

RES 710 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits

Statistical Research Methods and Design I

Advanced Research Design, 6 total credits

RES 720 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits

Statistical Research Methods and Design II

RES 724 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits

Qualitative Methods and Design

Techniques and Practices in Educational Technology, 9 total credits

EDT 721 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits

Instructional Design

EDT 722 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits

Distance Learning

EDT 723 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits

Instructional Media and Design Techniques

Doctoral Residencies, 10 total credits

DOC 705R ~............................................................................. 3 credits

Creative and Critical Thinking

DOC 720R ~............................................................................. 2 credits

Doctoral Seminar I

DOC 733R ~............................................................................. 3 credits

Doctoral Seminar III

DOC 734R ~............................................................................. 2 credits

Doctoral Seminar IV

Advanced Inquiry in Educational Technology Leadership, 6 total credits

EDT 732 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits

Integrating Technology and Curriculum

EDT 733 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits

Technology Leadership

Advanced Research Analysis, 3 total credits

RES 725 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits

Descriptive and Comparative Data Analysis

RES 726 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits

Correlational Methods of Analysis

RES 727 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits

Approaches to Phenomenological Inquiry and Data Analysis

RES 728 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits

Qualitative Case Study

RES 729 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits

Ethnomethodology and the Study of Culture

RES 745 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits

Grounded Theory Methods

RES 746 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits

Mixed Methods

Dissertation, 9 total credits

DOC 723 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits

Doctoral Seminar II

DOC 741 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits

Doctoral Dissertation

DOC 742 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits

Doctoral Project IV

Annual Renewal Residency Students may be required to complete DOC 741R (2-credit course) in addition to the required Doctoral Residency courses. Enrollment in DOC 741R is required only when a student's dissertation has not been completed and approved by the dean within 12 months of achieving candidacy. Candidacy begins when a student has suc- cessfully completed a minimum of 53 credits in the required course of study including DOC 733R, DOC 734R, and an advanced research analysis elective course.

DOC 741R ................................................................................ 2 credits

Annual Renewal Residency

The following extension courses may be required to satisfy the seminar, dissertation, and project requirements for the doctoral program. Students may be required to complete DOC 787 or DOC 787 and DOC 788 until Concept Review approval has been received. Students may be required to complete the A or A and B courses for DOC 741 until Quality Review Method (QRM) approval has been received. Student may be required to complete the A or A and B courses for DOC 742 until Quality Review Final (QRF) and Oral Defense approvals have been received. Seminar II Extension

DOC 787 ~ ............................................................................... 0 credits

Concept Continuing Enrollment I

DOC 788 ~ ................................................................................. 1 credit

Concept Continuing Enrollment II

Dissertation Extension

DOC 741A ~ ............................................................................ 3 credits

Doctoral Dissertation

DOC 741B ~............................................................................. 3 credits

Doctoral Dissertation

DOC 887 ~ ............................................................................... 0 credits

Dissertation Continuing Enrollment I

DOC 888 ~ ................................................................................. 1 credit

Dissertation Continuing Enrollment II

DOC 889 ~ ............................................................................... 0 credits

Dissertation Continuing Enrollment I

DOC 890 ~ ................................................................................. 1 credit

Dissertation Continuing Enrollment II

DOC 891 ~ ............................................................................... 0 credits

Dissertation Continuing Enrollment I

DOC 892 ~ ................................................................................. 1 credit

Dissertation Continuing Enrollment II

443

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

Project Extension

DOC 742A ~............................................................................. 3 credits

Doctoral Project IV

DOC 742B ~ ............................................................................. 3 credits

Doctoral Project IV

DOC 987 ~................................................................................ 0 credits

Project Continuing Enrollment I

DOC 988 ~..................................................................................1 credit

Project Continuing Enrollment II

DOC 989 ~................................................................................ 0 credits

Project Continuing Enrollment I

DOC 990 ~..................................................................................1 credit

Project Continuing Enrollment II

DOC 991 ~................................................................................ 0 credits

Project Continuing Enrollment I

DOC 992 ~..................................................................................1 credit

Project Continuing Enrollment II The University reserves the right to modify the required course of study. Additional Admission Requirements for the EdD/ET All applicants are expected to meet the following admissions requirements: • A graduate degree from a regionally or approved nationally

accredited, or candidate for accreditation, college or university or equivalent graduate degree earned at a recognized foreign institution or a graduate degree from an ABA accredited institution (i.e.- JD, LLB, LLM). If the institution became accredited while the student was attending, a minimum of 75% of the coursework taken toward the degree must have been completed while the institution was accredited or during the candidacy period.

• A cumulative grade point average (GPA) of 3.0 for all graduate coursework on the graduate degree posted transcript is required for admission.

• Current or a record of past employment in supervisory or management position is required for admission.

Degree Requirements for the EdD/ET • A minimum of 62 doctorate credits. • A minimum grade point average (GPA) of 3.0. • Satisfactory completion of all residencies. • Written approval of the dissertation proposal. • Satisfactory oral defense and written completion of the

dissertation. • The School of Advanced Studies (SAS) will allow Doctoral

students, who have satisfied all program requirements with the exception of their dissertation, a one (1) year graduation deadline extension to allow additional time for dissertation completion. Students requesting an extension via SAC appeal must submit a letter from their Chair stating that they have demonstrated satisfactory progress and completion of the dissertation is probable if a one (1) year extension is granted.

• Students must satisfy all credit and non-credit bearing activities prior to commencement eligibility.

• Specializations are reflected on the transcript only and will not appear on the diploma.

• The diploma awarded for this program will read as: Doctor of Education

Academic Progression Requirements for the EdD/ET Students are subject to the following academic progression require- ments: • Learners meeting a minimum GPA of 3.5 may concurrently

enroll in courses not in the following areas: Year 1 coursework (must successfully complete DOC 720R or 13 credits earned in EDS program), research courses (RES prefix), residency courses, and EDS 799.

• Students may have only one incomplete grade on their records at a time.

• Students must receive approval for each step prior to moving to subsequent steps in the dissertation process in the following order: Concept Review, Quality Review (QRM), Institutional Review Board (IRB), Quality Final Institutional Review (QRF), Oral Defense.

• Students must be enrolled in the appropriate concept, project, or dissertation course to submit to Concept Review, QRM, QRF, and complete the Oral Defense.

• Students must submit and receive written approval of the dissertation precis paper as a completion requirement for DOC 720R Doctoral Seminar I.

• Students must secure a dissertation chair prior to enrollment in DOC 741 and DOC 742, and all corresponding extension courses.

• Concept review approval prior to enrollment in DOC 741. • Quality review of dissertation proposal approval prior to

enrollment in DOC 742. • Quality review of proposal approval must be renewed if the

final dissertation is not approved within 2 years of the approval date.

• Quality final Institutional review of dissertation during DOC 742.

• Enrollment in DOC 741R is required only when a student has not completed his or her dissertation within 12 months of achieving candidacy. Candidacy begins when a student has successfully completed a minimum of 53 credits in the required course of study including DOC 733R, DOC 734R, and an advanced research analysis elective course.

• Students who would like to repeat DOC 741R may repeat the course.

Academic Standing and Minimum Grade Requirements for the EdD/ET • Scholastic Disqualification courses and minimum grade

requirements are included below and students who fail to meet the minimum grade may only repeat the course once. Students who fail to meet the minimum grade requirement after the second attempt will be scholastically suspended and will not be able to continue in the program. Students are required to achieve a minimum grade of "B" in the following course: DOC 700 Students are required to achieve a minimum grade of "B-" in the following course: DOC 720R

• All credit-bearing courses, with the exception of DOC 700 and courses that are outlined in the syllabus as Pass/Fail, must be completed with a grade of "B-" or better. Students who earn a grade lower than "B-" must repeat the course until the minimum grade requirement is met.

444

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

SCHOOL OF ADVANCED STUDIES

• Students who do not meet minimum grade requirements and maintain a minimum GPA of 3.00 will be placed on academic probation (AP) and will be subject to the University academic probation policy.

Residency Requirements and Course Waivers for the EdD/ET Students must meet established University residency requirement for degree conferral. The University requires that 23 credits in the Required Course of Study, must be completed at University of Phoenix. • Completion of physical residencies.

• Five-day residency at the beginning of the program. • Three-day residency at the beginning of year two. • Eight-day residency at the beginning of year three. • If a student's dissertation has not been completed and

approved by the dean within 12 months of achieving candidacy, he or she must attend DOC 741R, a two-credit, three-day weekend residency course. Candidacy begins when a student has successfully completed a minimum of 53 credits in the required course of study including DOC 733R, DOC 734R, and an advanced research analysis elective course.

Students may waive a maximum of 39 credits from their required course of study. In order to be granted a waiver with credit for a course in the required course of study, students must have completed a previous course that meets the following criteria: • The course must have been completed and transcripted from a

regionally, approved nationally, or provincially accredited college or university or one in candidacy for accreditation.

• The course must have been completed within the past ten (10) years from current program enrollment agreement sign date with a grade of "B" (3.0) or better.

• The course must be comparable in content and credits to the University course it is replacing and must be an equivalent level or higher level course (i.e. graduate level coursework may be used to waive graduate or undergraduate coursework). Course descriptions must be included with the course waiver form in order for the Office of Admissions and Evaluation to review the course waiver request.

The following courses may not be waived: DOC 700, DOC 705R, DOC 720R, DOC 723, DOC 733R, DOC 734R, DOC 741, DOC 741R, DOC 742, LDR 711A The dissertation may not be waived. Re-entry for the EdD/ET • Any student who has been out of attendance for more than 365

days from the last date of positive recorded attendance in a program applicable course will be required to re-enter and follow the admission, degree requirements and program policies published in the catalog which is in effect at the time of re-entry.

• Students who have been out of attendance over one year who have not exceeded their program completion deadline who wish to remain in their current program version will be required to appeal to the Student Appeals Center to move forward with the re-entry process.

• Re-entry students will be required to submit an admissions application as well as all forms and documents required for readmission to the program at the time of re-entry.

445

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

THIS PAGE WAS LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY

446

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017 PROFESSIONAL PROGRAMS

CREDIT-BEARING CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS

.....................................................................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................................................... PROFESSIONAL PROGRAMS

.....................................................................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................................................... CREDIT-BEARING CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS

The University of Phoenix offers Professional Certificate programs to organizations and individuals with professional development or specialized training needs. The programs effectively blend theory and practice, enabling the individual to rapidly become a more effective manager or specialist. Certificate programs are currently available in several fields: tech- nology, education, call center professional, human resource man- agement, health care, and project management. A Credit Bearing Certificate program is one that bears University of Phoenix credits. Credit Bearing Certificate programs are devel- oped and maintained by the Dean of each College.

........................................................................................... Admission Requirements

All applicants are expected to meet the following admission requirements: • A completed and signed certificate application and application

fee • Applicants whose native language is not English must have

either: • achieved a minimum score of 213 on the computer-based test

(cBT), or a score of 79 on the internet-based test (iBT), or a score of 550 on the written-based test (wBT) on the Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) within two years of application to the University.

-or- • achieved a minimum passing score of 750 on the Test of

English as an International Communication (TOEIC) within two years of application to the University.

-or- • achieved a minimum passing score of 6.5 on the test of the

International English Language Testing System (IELTS) within two years of application to the University.

-or- • achieved a minimum score of 69 on the Berlitz Online Test of

Reading and Listening Skills - English or a minimum score of 550 on the Berlitz Online English Proficiency Exam within two years of application to the University.

-or- • successful completion of the approved ESL series of courses

completed at: Canadian College of English Language (CCEL), International Language Schools of Canada (ILSC) or Kaplan.

-or- • achieved a minimum score of 59 on the Pearson Test of

English Academic Exam within two years of application to the University.

• The following may exempt a non-native speaker from having to take the TOEFL/TOEIC/IELTS, however official documentation may be required: • The applicant has successfully completed thirty (30)

transferable, academic semester credits at a regionally or nationally accredited college or university in the United States.

• The applicant has successfully completed the equivalent of thirty (30) transferable, academic semester credits at a recognized college or university in a country in which English is the official language.

• The applicant has successfully completed the equivalent of thirty (30) transferable, academic semester credits at a recognized institution where English is the medium of instruction.

• The applicant has previously earned, prior to applying for admission to the University of Phoenix, a U.S. high school diploma or G.E.D. Applicants that list any language other than English as their native language on the admission application and G.E.D is taken, must submit a copy of the G.E.D to verify it was taken in the English version format.

• The applicant has earned the equivalent of a U.S. high school diploma in a country in which English is the official language.

• The applicant has earned the equivalent of a U.S. high school diploma at an institution where English is the medium of instruction.

• Only students who reside within the United States and its territories are eligible to enroll into a University of Phoenix bachelor or master of education program.

• Applicants who reside in the United States must meet one of the following requirements: • Be a legal resident of the United States • Have been granted permanent residency • Have a valid visa that does not prohibit educational studies • Have been granted temporary protected status and has been

verified through Citizenship and Immigration Service that the country is eligible for TPS status at the time of application sign date. Student must list TPS as the visa type on the admissions application in order for US to verify TPS status.

• Have been granted asylum or refugee status. • Applicants who reside in Canada must meet one of the

following requirements: • Be a legal resident of Canada • Be a landed immigrant • Have a valid visa that does not prohibit educational studies

• A signed Enrollment/Disclosure Agreement. • Completion of any state-specific required documents or forms. • Applicants who have been expelled from other institutions are

not eligible for admission to University of Phoenix. • Students who have been expelled from University of Phoenix

are not eligible for readmission to University of Phoenix. No appeals will be accepted.

• Students are subject to all other University policies and procedures and additional requirements may be applied to specific programs at the discretion of the Dean

Students who begin their studies at campuses located in the states listed below are required to submit immunization information to the University. The state appropriate forms must be completed and

447

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

sent to Office of Admissions & Records. • Students attending a local campus in Oklahoma must provide

written documentation of vaccinations or immunity against Hepatitis B, measles, mumps, and rubella (MMR). Students must demonstrate compliance with the immunization requirement prior to the first attendance in a university course and documentation concerning this requirement must be on file at the time of admission to the university.

• Students attending a physical campus in the state of Tennessee are required to submit a Hepatitis B Waiver form to the University.

Students attending a local campus in the states listed below are required to submit health insurance information to the University. The state appropriate forms must be completed and sent to Office of Admissions & Records. • Full and part-time students enrolled in a college, university or

other institution of higher learning in Massachusetts must participate in a school sponsored health insurance plan, or an alternate plan with comparable coverage. All full and part-time students attending a Massachusetts local campus must complete the Student Health Insurance Plan Enrollment/ Acknowledgement form indicating either that they have either enrolled in the University's sponsored plan or that they decline participation in the University sponsored plan as they have comparable health insurance coverage. Students must complete and submit this form prior to enrolling in any class. Students who do not complete the Enrollment/Acknowledgement form each calendar year may not enroll in further courses until the form has been completed and the student has appropriate health insurance coverage.

All residents of Hawaii are required to submit immunization infor- mation to the University.

The Hawaii State Department of Health requires that all students attending school at a campus in this state who were born after December 31, 1956, be immunized for measles-mumps-rubella (MMR). Additionally, in order for Hawaii residents to be admitted, the University requires that all applicants to this program provide a verification of immunization of MMR. Students shall demonstrate compliance with the immunization requirement prior to the first attendance in a university course and documentation concerning this requirement must be on file at the time of admission to the university.

Exemptions from the MMR immunization requirement may be granted for the following reasons: • A medical exemption may be granted to specific vaccines.

• A U.S. licensed physician (M.D. or D.O.) must state in writing that giving a specific vaccine would endanger the student's life or health, and specify the reason based on valid medical contraindications.

• The physician must state the length of time during which the vaccine would endanger the student's health or life.

• The exemption certification must be signed by the physician on the physician's printed stationery.

• A religious exemption may be granted if the student signs a statement certifying that the student's religious beliefs prohibit the practice of immunization.

• If the State of Hawaii Director of Health determines that there is a danger of an outbreak from any of the diseases for which immunization is required, no exemption shall be recognized and inadequately immunized students shall be excluded from school until the Director has determined that the outbreak is over.

• A copy of each exemption must be kept in the student's health record at school.

The Hawaii State Department of Health requires that all students attending school at a campus in this state shall provide a Certificate of TB Examination issued in the United States within 12 months prior to their first attendance in a post-secondary school in Hawaii. Additionally, in order for Hawaii residents to be admitted, the Uni- versity requires that all applicants to this program provide a clear Certificate of TB Examination. A completed Certificate of TB Exam- ination shall be submitted prior to the first attendance in a univer- sity course or the student will not be permitted to attend class. Students shall complete Section A of this form, or submit a copy of their TB Clearance Certification received prior to their attendance at another Hawaii post-secondary school. Students residing in the state of Connecticut are required to submit immunization information to the University. The state appropriate forms must be completed and sent to Office of Admissions & Records. In accordance with Section 10a-155 of the Connecticut general stat- utes, all full time or matriculating students will be required to dem- onstrate proof of adequate immunization against measles, mumps, rubella (MMR) and varicella as recommended by the Advisory Committee for Immunization Practices (ACIP). For more specific state information, refer to the link below. Students shall demon- strate compliance with the immunization requirement prior to the first attendance in a university course and documentation concern- ing this requirement must be on file at the time of admission to the university. Exemptions from the MMR and varicella immunization requirements may be granted for the following reasons: • The student was born before January 1, 1957 (applicable to MMR

vaccine only). • The student was born in the United States before January 1, 1980

(applicable to the varicella (chicken pox) vaccine only) • The student has documentation from a physician stating that it

is medically inadvisable to receive the vaccines for the one or more of the diseases as indicated on the immunization form.

• The student has documentation from a physician or director of health that he/she has had a confirmed case of one or more of the diseases as indicated on the immunization form.

• The student has laboratory confirmation of immunity to the disease(s) as indicated on the immunization form.

• The student has submitted a statement that immunization is contrary to his/her religious beliefs.

• The student is enrolled exclusively online and does not congregate with other students on campus or at campus- sponsored events. If the student later decides to attend a class at a University of Phoenix local campus location in Connecticut, the student must meet the immunization requirements before he/she may begin attending classes at a local campus location.

• The student graduated from a public or nonpublic high school in the state of Connecticut in 1999 or later and was not exempt from the measles, rubella and on or after August 1, 2010, the mumps vaccination requirement pursuant to subdivision (2) or (3) of subsection (a) of section 10-204a.

448

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017 PROFESSIONAL PROGRAMS

CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS FOR SCHOOL OF BUSINESS - UNDERGRADUATE

........................................................................................... Program Length

The established "normal time" to complete a certificate program is specified on the Gainful Employment Program Disclosure for that program. Generally, the "normal time" is as follows: Education - 25 to 75 weeks, Health Professions (FNP certificate) - 138 weeks, Health Professions (general) - 21 to 46 weeks, Humanities & Sci- ences - 30 weeks, Information Systems & Technology - 30 to 36

weeks, Security & Criminal Justice - 30 weeks, Social Sciences - 24 to 40 weeks, Business - 27 to 36 weeks. The term "normal time" means the length of time it would take a student to complete this program if the student is continuously enrolled, takes a full course load, successfully completes each attempted course, and does not have any transfer credits. Students may exceed or complete prior to the anticipated "normal time" for a variety of reasons that are indi- vidual to the student.

.....................................................................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................................................... CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS FOR SCHOOL OF BUSINESS - UNDERGRADUATE

........................................................................................... Business Analytics Certificate (Undergraduate)

The following certificate program may be offered at these University of Phoenix campus locations: Online, depending on state of residence. The availability of programs and concentrations depend on student demand and other factors. Not all programs may be available to all residents of all states. Students may want to consider completing certain courses in the Online classroom at Online rates if the program is available via the Online modality in their state. Please contact your enrollment

........................................................................................... representative for more information.

The Business Analytics certificate will prepare students with the skills necessary to analyze data to make impactful business deci- sions that will improve the competitive advantages of an organiza- tion. Students will learn the skills of extracting meaningful information from digital data sources and make decisions regard- ing operations, sales and marketing, research and development, and other core business functions. Topics covered within the pro- gram include information technologies and applications; data min- ing, data analytics, and data visualization; practices for the collection, integration, analysis, and presentation of business data and information; and data ethics and security. Students will also be provided with the opportunity to apply these core business analyt- ics skills to industry-specific cases through the selection and com- pletion of elective courses within the program. Note: This program is not eligible for Federal Student Financial Aid funds. For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program, and other important information, please visit our website at http://www.phoenix.edu/ programs/cert-bsan. Program Category Requirements and Prerequisites for the CERT/BSAN Courses requiring prerequisites are identified by a ~ symbol following the course number. Course descriptions for all courses are listed in the Course Guide section of the catalog (page B-1).

Business Analytics Foundation, 9 total credits BIS 221 ...................................................................................... 3 credits Introduction to Computer Applications and Systems QNT 275 ................................................................................... 3 credits Statistics for Decision Making PHL 320.................................................................................... 3 credits Critical Thinking and Decision Making in Business Business Analytics Core, 15 total credits RES 351 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits Business Research

ETH 328 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Data Ethics and Security IM 310 ~ ................................................................................... 3 credits Data Analytics and Modeling DSC 330 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Data Communication and Visualization for Business MGT 362 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits Change Management and Implementation Business Analytics Electives, 3 total credits Students choose one course from the following: MKT 441 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits Marketing Research MKT 448 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits Web Analytics for Digital Marketing CPMGT 303 ~.......................................................................... 3 credits Project Estimating and Control Techniques BRM 360 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits Retail Data Analytics for Decision Making HM 482 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits Hospitality Analytics for Decision Making MGT 420 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits Managing Quality in the Supply Chain HCM 440 ~ .............................................................................. 3 credits Health Care Data Analytics The University reserves the right to modify the required course of study. Additional Admission Requirements for the CERT/BSAN A Credit Bearing Certificate program is one that bears UOPX cred- its. Credit Bearing Certificate programs are developed and main- tained by the Dean of each School. All applicants are expected to meet the following admissions requirements: • High school graduation from an institution that holds state

approval to confer high school diplomas or are accredited or a candidate for accreditation at the time the student attended by an acceptable accrediting body, GED certificate or CHSPE (California High School Proficiency Examination) certificate, or completion of the HiSET examination with a passing score. • Tennessee: Students residing in Tennessee who are attending

classes online and students attending a local campus in Tennessee, including from any cross-border locations must provide the university with an official High School transcript or official GED score (if applicable). A college transcript which documents high school date of completion or a copy of a DD-214 showing high school graduation or equivalency may be submitted to satisfy this requirement.

449

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

• Applicants must have access to a suitable work environment for the completion of course assignments.

Certificate Completion Requirements for the CERT/BSAN • Completion of a minimum of 27 credits. • A minimum grade point average (GPA) of 2.0.

• Students earning the certificate en-route will only be placed on Academic Probation if their bachelor program GPA falls below the minimum requirement.

• Students earning this certificate en-route to completion of a degree program must meet the minimum GPA requirement at the conclusion of all required coursework for the certificate to be eligible for certificate conferral.

• The certificate awarded for this program will read as: Business Analytics (Undergraduate)

Residency Requirements and Course Waivers for the CERT/ BSAN • Students must meet established University residency

requirement for certificate conferral. The University requires that the majority of coursework, 18 credits in the Required Course of Study, must be completed at University of Phoenix.

• Students in this program may waive a maximum of 9 credits from their required course of study.

• In order to be granted a waiver with credit for a course in the Required Course of Study, a student must have completed a previous credit bearing activity in transfer which meets the following criteria: • The activity must have been completed at a regionally or

approved nationally accredited, or candidate for accreditation, college or university, or from an approved source of nontraditional transfer credit as listed in University transfer policy.

• The activity must have been completed within the past ten (10) years (5 years for IS&T courses) from current program enrollment agreement sign date with a grade of "C" (2.0) or better or comparable passing benchmark for nontraditional credits

• The activity must be comparable in content and semester academic credits to the University course it is replacing and must be an equivalent level or higher level course (i.e. graduate level coursework may be used to waive graduate or undergraduate coursework). Course descriptions must be included with the course waiver form in order for the Office of Admissions and Evaluation to review the course waiver request.

• Experiential Learning (essay) credit is not eligible to waive courses in the required course of study.

• Eligible students who have attended a SOC Member Institution and have successfully completed equivalent courses according to the SOC Transfer Tables may transfer all equivalent courses into a student's required course of study as a waiver if the courses meet the minimum grade and timeframe as stated in policy.

• The following course may not be waived: DSC 330, IM 310, MGT 362

Re-entry for the CERT/BSAN • Any student who has been out of attendance for more than 365

days from the last date of positive recorded attendance in a program applicable course is considered a re-entry student.

• Re-entry students may re-enroll into their program version without appeal if the program version is still the most current in their state or jurisdiction and the student has the ability to satisfy all program requirements within their original program completion deadline.

• Re-entry students whose program version is not the most current in their state or jurisdiction will be required to enroll into the most current version.

• Select programs may have additional re-entry requirements/ restrictions. Re-entry students should consult their Academic Advisor for guidance.

........................................................................................... Hospitality Management Certificate (Undergraduate)

The following certificate program may be offered at these University of Phoenix campus locations: Online, depending on state of residence. The availability of programs and concentrations depend on student demand and other factors. Not all programs may be available to all residents of all states. Students may want to consider completing certain courses in the Online classroom at Online rates if the program is available via the Online modality in their state. Please contact your enrollment

........................................................................................... representative for more information.

The Hospitality Management certificate will prepare students for careers in the hospitality industry. The program emphasizes the development of skills in hospitality leadership and development; service operations management; managing information technology within hospitality, data analysis for decision-making within hospi- tality, and strategy revenue management. Upon completion of this program students will possess the knowledge and skills needed to become leaders in the hospitality industry. For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program, and other important information, please visit our website at http://www.phoenix.edu/ programs/cert-hpm. Program Category Requirements and Prerequisites for the CERT/HPM Courses requiring prerequisites are identified by a ~ symbol following the course number. Course descriptions for all courses are listed in the Course Guide section of the catalog (page B-1).

Introductory Course, 3 total credits HM 370 ..................................................................................... 3 credits Hospitality Management Hospitality Management Electives, 12 total credits BIS 303 ~ ................................................................................... 3 credits Managing Information Technology in the Hospitality Industry ISCOM 386 ~............................................................................ 3 credits Service Operations Management MGT 314 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits Hospitality Entrepreneurship REV 400 ~................................................................................. 3 credits Introduction to Revenue Management REV 405 ~................................................................................. 3 credits Hospitality Pricing and Yield Management REV 410 ~................................................................................. 3 credits Revenue Management Strategy and Implementation HM 482 ~.................................................................................. 3 credits Hospitality Analytics for Decision Making

450

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017 PROFESSIONAL PROGRAMS

CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS FOR SCHOOL OF BUSINESS - UNDERGRADUATE

MGT 455 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits Risk Management in the Hospitality Industry MKT 444 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits Hospitality Marketing Hospitality Decision Analysis Capstone, 3 total credits HM 475 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits Hospitality Decision Analysis HM 476 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits Hospitality Decision Analysis Applied Capstone The University reserves the right to modify the required course of study. Additional Admission Requirements for the CERT/HPM A Credit Bearing Certificate program is one that bears University of Phoenix credits. Credit Bearing Certificate programs are devel- oped and maintained by the Dean of each School. All applicants are expected to meet the following admissions requirements: • High school graduation from an institution that holds state

approval to confer high school diplomas or are accredited or a candidate for accreditation at the time the student attended by an acceptable accrediting body, GED certificate or CHSPE (California High School Proficiency Examination) certificate, or completion of the HiSET examination with a passing score. • Tennessee: Students residing in Tennessee who are attending

classes via the Online modality and students attending a local campus in Tennessee, including from any cross-border locations must provide the university with an official High School transcript or official GED score (if applicable). A college transcript which documents high school date of completion or a copy of a DD-214 showing high school graduation or equivalency may be submitted to satisfy this requirement.

• Applicants must have access to a suitable work environment for the completion of course assignments.

Certificate Completion Requirements for the CERT/HPM • Completion of a minimum of 18 credits. • A minimum grade point average (GPA) of 2.0.

• Students earning the certificate en-route will only be placed on Academic Probation if their bachelor program GPA falls below the minimum requirement.

• Students earning this certificate en-route to completion of a degree program must meet the minimum GPA requirement at the conclusion of all required coursework for the certificate to be eligible for certificate conferral.

• The certificate awarded for this program will read as: Hospitality Management (Undergraduate)

Residency Requirements and Course Waivers for the CERT/ HPM Students must meet established University residency requirement for certificate conferral. The University requires that the majority of coursework, 12 credits in the Required Course of Study, must be completed at University of Phoenix. Students in this program may waive a maximum of 6 credits from their required course of study. In order to be granted a waiver with credit for a course in the Required Course of Study, a student must have completed a previ- ous credit bearing activity in transfer which meets the following criteria:

• The activity must have been completed at a regionally or approved nationally accredited, or candidate for accreditation, college or university, or from an approved source of nontraditional transfer credit as listed in University transfer policy.

• The activity must have been completed within the past ten (10) years (5 years for IS&T courses) from current program enrollment agreement sign date with a grade of "C" (2.0) or better or comparable passing benchmark for nontraditional credits.

• The activity must be comparable in content and semester academic credits to the University course it is replacing and must be an equivalent level or higher level course (i.e. graduate level coursework may be used to waive graduate or undergraduate coursework). Course descriptions must be included with the course waiver form in order for the Office of Admissions and Evaluation to review the course waiver request.

Experiential Learning (essay) credit is not eligible to waive courses in the required course of study. Eligible students who have attended a SOC Member Institution and have successfully completed equivalent courses according to the SOC Transfer Tables may transfer all equivalent courses into a student's required course of study as a waiver if the courses meet the minimum grade and timeframe as stated in policy. The following course may not be waived: HM 475, HM 476 Applied Capstone Policies • Students in this program may elect to complete a Hospitality

Decision Analysis Applied Capstone course, HM 476, to coincide with a real-world applied capstone location. The applied capstone course is 5 weeks in length and the access to the real-world applied capstone location must be a minimum of 5 weeks in length to coincide with the Hospitality Decision Analysis Applied Capstone course.

• Students must meet the following requirements prior to enrolling in HM 476: • Must be in good academic standing. Good academic

standing is defined as not on academic probation, academic disqualification, and no student code of conduct violation on their record.

• Must receive campus Academic Affairs approval for the student's selected site.

• Must successfully complete 15 credits in the CERT/HPM program.

• HM 476 is 5 weeks in length. This course require a minimum of 25 hours, or an average of 5 hours per week at an approved applied capstone location.

• If access to the applied capstone course is cancelled, terminated, or the student self-terminates from the approved applied capstone course location without campus Academic Affairs approval, the student will be withdrawn from class and will be issued a grade of "F" by their faculty member. Student must take HM 475 Hospitality Decision Analysis. Students will not be permitted to have a second attempt at passing the applied capstone course.

• If the applied capstone is not completed with a passing grade, the student must take HM 475 Hospitality Decision Analysis. Students will not be permitted to have a second attempt at passing the applied capstone course.

451

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

• At the discretion of the Campus DAA or designee, outstanding student code of conduct issues may prevent a candidate's progression to the applied capstone course until the issue is resolved. • The Student Code of Conduct applies to student behavior

and actions that occur at the approved real-world applied capstone location.

Re-entry for the CERT/HPM • Any student who has been out of attendance for more than 365

days from the last date of positive recorded attendance in a program applicable course is considered a re-entry student.

• Re-entry students may re-enroll into their program version without appeal if the program version is still the most current in their state or jurisdiction and the student has the ability to satisfy all program requirements within their original program completion deadline.

• Re-entry students whose program version is not the most current in their state or jurisdiction will be required to enroll into the most current version.

• Select programs may have additional re-entry requirements/ restrictions. Re-entry students should consult their Academic Advisor for guidance.

........................................................................................... Retail Fundamentals Certificate (Undergraduate)

The following certificate program may be offered at these University of Phoenix campus locations: Online, depending on state of residence. The availability of programs and concentrations depend on student demand and other factors. Not all programs may be available to all residents of all states. Students may want to consider completing certain courses in the Online classroom at Online rates if the program is available via the Online modality in their state. Please contact your enrollment

........................................................................................... representative for more information.

The certificate in Retail Fundamentals focuses on skill develop- ment in customer service management, sales and marketing, sup- ply management, retail operations, merchandising, and personnel management unique to the retail industry. Upon completion of this certificate, students will possess the industry-aligned knowledge and skills necessary to be successful professionals in the retail industry. For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program, and other important information, please visit our website at http://www.phoenix.edu/ programs/cert-retf. Program Category Requirements and Prerequisites for the CERT/RETF Courses requiring prerequisites are identified by a ~ symbol following the course number. Course descriptions for all courses are listed in the Course Guide section of the catalog (page B-1).

Introductory Course, 3 total credits BRM 216 ................................................................................... 3 credits Introduction to the Retail Industry Customer Service Management, 3 total credits BRM 226 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Customer Service Management Retail Fundamentals Electives, 9 total credits BRM 236 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Sales, Tools, and Strategies

BRM 246 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Retail Marketing: Merchandising BRM 256 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Retail Personnel Management BRM 266 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Retail Operations: Supply Management Leadership and Supervision Capstone, 3 total credits BRM 276 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Leadership and Supervision in Retail Capstone BRM 277 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Leadership and Supervision in Retail Applied Capstone The University reserves the right to modify the required course of study. Additional Admission Requirements for the CERT/RETF A Credit Bearing Certificate program is one that bears University of Phoenix credits. Credit Bearing Certificate programs are devel- oped and maintained by the Dean of each School. All applicants are expected to meet the following admissions requirements: • High school graduation from an institution that holds state

approval to confer high school diplomas or are accredited or a candidate for accreditation at the time the student attended by an acceptable accrediting body, GED certificate or CHSPE (California High School Proficiency Examination) certificate, or completion of the HiSET examination with a passing score. • Tennessee: Students residing in Tennessee who are attending

classes via the Online modality and students attending a local campus in Tennessee, including from any cross-border locations must provide the university with an official High School transcript or official GED score (if applicable). A college transcript which documents high school date of completion or a copy of a DD-214 showing high school graduation or equivalency may be submitted to satisfy this requirement.

Certificate Completion Requirements for the CERT/RETF • Completion of a minimum of 18 credits. • A minimum grade point average (GPA) of 2.0.

• Students earning the certificate en-route will only be placed on Academic Probation if their bachelor program GPA falls below the minimum requirement.

• Students earning this certificate en-route to completion of a degree program must meet the minimum GPA requirement at the conclusion of all required coursework for the certificate to be eligible for certificate conferral.

• The certificate awarded for this program will read as follows: Retail Fundamentals (Undergraduate)

Residency Requirements and Course Waivers for the CERT/ RETF Students must meet the established University residency require- ment for certificate conferral. The University requires that the majority of coursework, 15 credits in the Required Course of Study, must be completed at University of Phoenix. Students in this program may waive a maximum of 3 credits from their required course of study. In order to be granted a waiver with credit for a course in the Required Course of Study, a student must have completed a previ- ous credit bearing activity in transfer which meets the following criteria:

452

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017 PROFESSIONAL PROGRAMS

CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS FOR SCHOOL OF BUSINESS - UNDERGRADUATE

• The activity must have been completed at a regionally or approved nationally accredited, or candidate for accreditation, college or university, or from an approved source of nontraditional transfer credit as listed in University transfer policy.

• The activity must have been completed within the past ten (10) years (5 years for IS&T courses) from current program enrollment agreement sign date with a grade of "C" (2.0) or better or comparable passing benchmark for nontraditional credits

• The activity must be comparable in content and semester academic credits to the University course it is replacing and must be an equivalent level or higher level course (i.e. graduate level coursework may be used to waive graduate or undergraduate coursework). Course descriptions must be included with the course waiver form in order for the Office of Admissions and Evaluation to review the course waiver request.

Experiential Learning (essay) credit is not eligible to waive courses in the required course of study. Eligible students who have attended a SOC Member Institution and have successfully completed equivalent courses according to the SOC Transfer Tables may transfer all equivalent courses into a student's required course of study as a waiver if the courses meet the minimum grade and timeframe as stated in policy. The following courses may not be waived: BRM 216, BRM 226, BRM 276, BRM 277 Applied Capstone Policies for the CERT/RETF • Students in this program may elect to complete a Leadership

and Supervision within Retail Applied Capstone course, BRM 277, to coincide with a real-world applied capstone location. The applied capstone course is 5 weeks in length and the access to the real-world applied capstone location must be a minimum of 5 weeks in length to coincide with the Leadership and Supervision in Retail Applied Capstone course.

• Students must meet the following requirements prior to enrolling in BRM 277: • Must be in good academic standing. Good academic

standing is defined as not on academic probation, academic disqualification, and no student code of conduct violation on their record.

• Must receive campus Academic Affairs approval for the student's selected site.

• BRM 277 is 5 weeks in length. This course require a minimum of 25 hours, or an average of 5 hours per week at an approved location.

• If access to the applied capstone course is cancelled, terminated, or the student self-terminates the approved applied capstone course location without campus Academic Affairs approval, the student will be withdrawn from class and will be issued a grade of "F" by their faculty member. Student must take BRM 276 Leadership and Supervision in Retail Capstone. Students will not be permitted to have a second attempt at passing the applied capstone course.

• If the applied capstone is not completed with a passing grade, the student must take BRM 276 Leadership and Supervision in Retail Capstone. Students will not be permitted to have a second attempt at passing the applied capstone course.

• At the discretion of the Campus DAA or designee, outstanding student code of conduct issues may prevent a candidate's progression to the applied capstone course experience until the issue is resolved.

• The Student Code of Conduct applies to student behavior and actions that occur at the approved real-world applied capstone location.

Re-entry for the CERT/RETF • Any student who has been out of attendance for more than 365

days from the last date of positive recorded attendance in a program applicable course is considered a re-entry student.

• Re-entry students may re-enroll into their program version without appeal if the program version is still the most current in their state or jurisdiction and the student has the ability to satisfy all program requirements within their original program completion deadline.

• Re-entry students whose program version is not the most current in their state or jurisdiction will be required to enroll into the most current version.

• Select programs may have additional re-entry requirements/ restrictions. Re-entry students should consult their Academic Advisor for guidance.

........................................................................................... Hospitality Fundamentals Certificate (Undergraduate)

The following certificate program may be offered at these University of Phoenix campus locations: Online, depending on state of residence. The availability of programs and concentrations depend on student demand and other factors. Not all programs may be available to all residents of all states. Students may want to consider completing certain courses in the Online classroom at Online rates if the program is available via the Online modality in their state. Please contact your enrollment

........................................................................................... representative for more information.

The Certificate in Hospitality Fundamentals helps students build a foundation of knowledge in an array of food service, lodging man- agement, and tourism industry settings. The courses emphasize the development of leadership competencies and management practices that are valued in today’s hospitality industry. For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program, and other important information, please visit our website at http://www.phoenix.edu/ programs/cert-hf. Program Student Learning Outcomes In addition to the knowledge and skills related to the University Learning Goals, School of Business graduating students are intended to attain certain program-specific knowledge, skills and abilities. Therefore, you should be able to demonstrate the following learning outcomes by the time you complete this program.

• Students will explain concepts and principles of hospitality service excellence.

• Students will apply concepts and principles of hospitality management to hospitality operations.

• Students will describe key operational functions vital to the hospitality business.

• Students will recognize the unique characteristics associated with the hospitality industry.

• Students will explain the role quality management plays in building effective teams in the hospitality industry.

Preferred Sequence for the CERT/HF Courses requiring prerequisites are identified by a ~ symbol following the course number. Course descriptions for all courses are listed in the Course Guide section of the catalog (page B-1).

453

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

HTT 201 .................................................................................... 3 credits Introduction to Hospitality HTT 251 ~................................................................................. 3 credits Hospitality Operations HTT 231 ~................................................................................. 3 credits Finance for Hospitality Professionals Hospitality Fundamentals Certificate Electives (Choose 3) HTT 211 ~................................................................................. 3 credits Hospitality, Travel, and Tourism, Supervision HTT 221 ~................................................................................. 3 credits IT in Hospitality HTT 241 ~................................................................................. 3 credits Food and Beverage Management RST 210 ~.................................................................................. 3 credits Food Service Operations RST 240 ~.................................................................................. 3 credits Food Safety Management RST 244 ~.................................................................................. 3 credits Restaurant Personnel Management The University reserves the right to modify the required course of study. Additional Admission Requirements for the CERT/HF All applicants are expected to meet the following admissions requirements: • High school graduation from an institution that holds state

approval to confer high school diplomas or are accredited or a candidate for accreditation at the time the student attended by an acceptable accrediting body, GED certificate or CHSPE (California High School Proficiency Examination) certificate, or completion of the HiSET examination with a passing score. • Tennessee: Students residing in Tennessee who are attending

classes via the Online modality and students attending a local campus in Tennessee, including from any cross-border locations must provide the university with an official High School transcript or official GED score (if applicable). A college transcript which documents high school date of completion or a copy of a DD-214 showing high school graduation or equivalency may be submitted to satisfy this requirement.

Certificate Completion Requirements for the CERT/HF • Completion of a minimum of 18 credits. • A minimum grade point average (GPA) of 2.0.

• Students earning the certificate en-route will only be placed on Academic Probation if their bachelor program GPA falls below the minimum requirement.

• Students earning this certificate en-route to completion of a degree program must meet the minimum GPA requirement at the conclusion of all required coursework for the certificate to be eligible for certificate conferral.

• The certificate awarded for this program will read as: Hospitality Fundamentals (Undergraduate)

Residency Requirements and Course Waivers for the CERT/HF Students must meet established University residency requirement for certificate conferral. The University requires that the majority of coursework, 15 credits in the Required Course of Study, must be completed at University of Phoenix. Students in this program may waive a maximum of 3 credits from

their required course of study. In order to be granted a waiver with credit for a course in the Required Course of Study, a student must have completed a previ- ous credit bearing activity in transfer which meets the following criteria: • The activity must have been completed at a regionally or

approved nationally accredited, or candidate for accreditation, college or university, or from an approved source of nontraditional transfer credit as listed in University transfer policy.

• The activity must have been completed within the past ten (10) years (5 years for IS&T courses) from current program enrollment agreement sign date with a grade of "C" (2.0) or better or comparable passing benchmark for nontraditional credits.

• The activity must be comparable in content and semester academic credits to the University course it is replacing and must be an equivalent level or higher level course (i.e. graduate level coursework may be used to waive graduate or undergraduate coursework). Course descriptions must be included with the course waiver form in order for the Office of Admissions and Evaluation to review the course waiver request.

Experiential Learning (essay) credit is not eligible to waive courses in the required course of study. Eligible students who have attended a SOC Member Institution and have successfully completed equivalent courses according to the SOC Transfer Tables may transfer all equivalent courses into a student's required course of study as a waiver if the courses meet the minimum grade and timeframe as stated in policy. The following course may not be waived: HTT 201, HTT 231, HTT 251 Re-entry for the CERT/HF With the exception of AAEE, BSED/E, BSLS, LVN/BSN, LPN/ BSN, and BSN, students who have been out of attendance for a period of more than 365 days from the last date of positive recorded attendance in a program applicable course, and who have less than 24 credits from a combination of UOPX credits, previous college credits listed on the initial application for admission, and any additional college credits listed on the re-entry paperwork, are required to enroll in the First-Year Sequence upon re-entry. Students who have been out of attendance for a period of more than 365 days from the last date of positive recorded attendance in a program applicable course, and who have 24 or more credits from a combination of UOPX credits, previous college credits listed on the initial application for admission, and any additional college credits listed on the re-entry paperwork, are not required to enroll in the First-Year Sequence upon re-entry. Students who have been out of attendance for a period of more than 365 days from the last date of positive recorded attendance in a program applicable course, and who have 12 or more UOPX credits, and a total of 24 or more credits from a combination of UOPX credits, previous college credits listed on the initial applica- tion for admission, and any additional college credits listed on the re-entry paperwork will not be required to complete GEN 200 (or equivalent) upon re-entry. Any student who has been out of attendance for more than 365 days from the last date of positive recorded attendance in a pro- gram applicable course is considered a re-entry student. Re-entry students may re-enroll into their program version without appeal if the program version is still the most current in their state or jurisdiction and the student has the ability to satisfy all program

454

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017 PROFESSIONAL PROGRAMS

CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS FOR SCHOOL OF BUSINESS - UNDERGRADUATE

requirements within their original program completion deadline. Re-entry students whose program version is not the most current in their state or jurisdiction will be required to enroll into the most current version. Select programs may have additional re-entry requirements/ restrictions. Re-entry students should consult their Academic Advisor for guidance.

........................................................................................... Supply Chain Management Certificate (Undergraduate)

The following certificate program may be offered at these University of Phoenix campus locations: Online, depending on state of residence. The availability of programs and concentrations depend on student demand and other factors. Not all programs may be available to all residents of all states. Students may want to consider completing certain courses in the Online classroom at Online rates if the program is available via the Online modality in their state. Please contact your enrollment

........................................................................................... representative for more information.

The Supply Chain Management certificate highlights the important role a supply chain plays in organizational performance and effi- ciency. The program emphasizes the need to develop and maintain a sustainable competitive advantage through the efficient and effective performance of all supply chain activities. Students will be able to examine logistic management processes, determine appropriate purchasing and procurement strategies, identify ele- ments of an effective supply chain information management sys- tem, and evaluate lean enterprise processes to improve organizational efficiency. For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program, and other important information, please visit our website at http://www.phoenix.edu/ programs/cert-scm. Required Course of Study for the CERT/SCM Courses requiring prerequisites are identified by a ~ symbol following the course number. Course descriptions for all courses are listed in the Course Guide section of the catalog (page B-1).

ISCOM 370 .............................................................................. 3 credits Strategic Supply Chain Management ISCOM 352 ~ ........................................................................... 3 credits Logistics Management ISCOM 476 ~ ........................................................................... 3 credits Integrated Supply Chain Applications Students must choose 3 of the following: BIS 375 ~ .................................................................................. 3 credits Supply Chain Information Management in Online Environments ISCOM 361 ~ ........................................................................... 3 credits Purchasing and Procurement ISCOM 424 ~ ........................................................................... 3 credits End-to-End Supply Chain Management ISCOM 472 ~ ........................................................................... 3 credits Lean Enterprise ISCOM 473 ~ ........................................................................... 3 credits Global Sourcing and Procurement The University reserves the right to modify the required course of study.

Additional Admission Requirements for the CERT/SCM • High school graduation from an institution that holds state

approval to confer high school diplomas or are accredited or a candidate for accreditation at the time the student attended by an acceptable accrediting body, GED certificate, CHSPE (California High School Proficiency Examination) certificate, or completion of the HiSET examination with a passing score. • Students residing in Tennessee who are attending classes via

the Online modality and students attending a local campus in Tennessee, including from any cross-border locations must provide the university with an official High School transcript or official GED score (if applicable). A college transcript which documents high school date of completion or a copy of a DD-214 showing high school graduation or equivalency may be submitted to satisfy this requirement.

• Applicants must have access to a suitable work environment for the completion of course assignments.

Certificate Completion Requirements for the CERT/SCM • Completion of a minimum of 18 credits. • A minimum grade point average (GPA) of 2.0.

• Students earning the certificate en-route will only be placed on Academic Probation if their bachelor program GPA falls below the minimum requirement.

• Students earning this certificate en-route to completion of a degree program must meet the minimum GPA requirement at the conclusion of all required coursework for the certificate to be eligible for certificate conferral.

• The certificate awarded for this program will read as: Supply Chain Management (Undergraduate)

Residency Requirements and Course Waivers for the CERT/ SCM • Students must meet established University residency

requirement for certificate conferral. The University requires that the majority of coursework, 15 credits in the Required Course of Study, must be completed at University of Phoenix.

• Students in this program may waive a maximum of 3 credits from their required course of study.

• In order to be granted a waiver with credit for a course in the Required Course of Study, a student must have completed a previous credit bearing activity in transfer which meets the following criteria: • The activity must have been completed at a regionally or

approved nationally accredited, or candidate for accreditation, college or university, or from an approved source of nontraditional transfer credit as listed in University transfer policy.

• The activity must have been completed within the past ten (10) years (5 years for IS&T courses) from current program enrollment agreement sign date with a grade of "C" (2.0) or better or comparable passing benchmark for nontraditional credits.

• The activity must be comparable in content and semester academic credits to the University course it is replacing and must be an equivalent level or higher level course (i.e. graduate level coursework may be used to waive graduate or undergraduate coursework). Course descriptions must be included with the course waiver form in order for the Office of Admissions and Evaluation to review the course waiver request.

455

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

• Experiential Learning (essay) credit is not eligible to waive courses in the required course of study.

• Eligible students who have attended a SOC Member Institution and have successfully completed equivalent courses according to the SOC Transfer Tables may transfer all equivalent courses into a student's required course of study as a waiver if the courses meet the minimum grade and timeframe as stated in policy.

• The following course may not be waived: ISCOM 476 Re-entry for the CERT/SCM With the exception of AAEE, BSED/E, BSLS, LVN/BSN, LPN/ BSN, and BSN, students who have been out of attendance for a period of more than 365 days from the last date of positive recorded attendance in a program applicable course, and who have less than 24 credits from a combination of UOPX credits, previous college credits listed on the initial application for admission, and any additional college credits listed on the re-entry paperwork, are required to enroll in the First-Year Sequence upon re-entry. Students who have been out of attendance for a period of more than 365 days from the last date of positive recorded attendance in a program applicable course, and who have 24 or more credits from a combination of UOPX credits, previous college credits listed on the initial application for admission, and any additional college credits listed on the re-entry paperwork, are not required to enroll in the First-Year Sequence upon re-entry. Students who have been out of attendance for a period of more than 365 days from the last date of positive recorded attendance in a program applicable course, and who have 12 or more UOPX credits, and a total of 24 or more credits from a combination of UOPX credits, previous college credits listed on the initial applica- tion for admission, and any additional college credits listed on the re-entry paperwork will not be required to complete GEN 200 (or equivalent) upon re-entry. Any student who has been out of attendance for more than 365 days from the last date of positive recorded attendance in a pro- gram applicable course is considered a re-entry student. Re-entry students may re-enroll into their program version without appeal if the program version is still the most current in their state or jurisdiction and the student has the ability to satisfy all program requirements within their original program completion deadline. Re-entry students whose program version is not the most current in their state or jurisdiction will be required to enroll into the most current version. Select programs may have additional re-entry requirements/ restrictions. Re-entry students should consult their Academic Advisor for guidance.

Small Business Management and Entrepreneurship

........................................................................................... Certificate (Undergraduate)

The following certificate program may be offered at these University of Phoenix campus locations: Online, depending on state of residence. The availability of programs and concentrations depend on student demand and other factors. Not all programs may be available to all residents of all states. Students may want to consider completing certain courses in the Online classroom at Online rates if the program is available via the Online modality in their state. Please contact your enrollment

........................................................................................... representative for more information.

The Small Business and Entrepreneurship certificate provides stu- dents with the skills necessary to establish and operate a small business or entrepreneurial enterprise through the successful man- agement of planning, marketing, financial management, and inte- grated business operations. Upon completion of this program students will be able to examine small business marketing oppor- tunities, identify innovative small business strategies, evaluate financial management decisions, and address the challenges and opportunities specific to small business management and entrepre- neurship. For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program, and other important information, please visit our website at http://www.phoenix.edu/ programs/cert-sbe. Required Course of Study for the CERT/SBE Courses requiring prerequisites are identified by a ~ symbol following the course number. Course descriptions for all courses are listed in the Course Guide section of the catalog (page B-1).

Small Business and Entrepreneurship Core, 9 total credits MGT 401 ................................................................................... 3 credits The Small Business: Structure, Planning, Funding MKT 431 ~................................................................................ 3 credits Small Business Marketing FIN 375 ~ .................................................................................. 3 credits Financial Management in the Small Business Small Business and Entrepreneurship Electives, 6 total credits Students must choose 2 of the following courses: MGT 418 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits Evaluating New Business Opportunities HRM 300 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits Fundamentals of Human Resource Management MKT 440 ~................................................................................ 3 credits Fundamentals of Digital Marketing LAW 441 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits Business Law for Small Business and Entrepreneurs LDR 300 ~................................................................................. 3 credits Innovative Leadership Small Business and Entrepreneurship Capstone, 3 total credits MGT 465 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits Small Business and Entrepreneurial Planning The University reserves the right to modify the required course of study. Additional Admission Requirements for the CERT/SBE A Credit Bearing Certificate program is one that bears UOPX cred-

456

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017 PROFESSIONAL PROGRAMS

CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS FOR SCHOOL OF BUSINESS - UNDERGRADUATE

its. Credit Bearing Certificate programs are developed and main- tained by the Dean of each School. All applicants are expected to meet the following admissions requirements: • High school graduation from an institution that holds state

approval to confer high school diplomas or are accredited or a candidate for accreditation at the time the student attended by an acceptable accrediting body, GED certificate or CHSPE (California High School Proficiency Examination) certificate, or completion of the HiSET examination with a passing score. • Tennessee: Students residing in Tennessee who are attending

classes via the Online modality and students attending a local campus in Tennessee, including from any cross-border locations must provide the university with an official High School transcript or official GED score (if applicable). A college transcript which documents high school date of completion or a copy of a DD-214 showing high school graduation or equivalency may be submitted to satisfy this requirement.

• Applicants must have access to a suitable work environment for the completion of course assignments.

Certificate Completion Requirements for the CERT/SBE • Completion of a minimum of 18 credits. • A minimum grade point average (GPA) of 2.0.

• Students earning the certificate en-route will only be placed on Academic Probation if their bachelor program GPA falls below the minimum requirement.

• Students earning this certificate en-route to completion of a degree program must meet the minimum GPA requirement at the conclusion of all required coursework for the certificate to be eligible for certificate conferral.

• The certificate awarded for this program will read as: Small Business Management and Entrepreneurship (Undergraduate)

Residency Requirements and Course Waivers for the CERT/ SBE Students must meet established University residency requirement for certificate conferral. The University requires that the majority of coursework, 15 credits in the Required Course of Study, must be completed at University of Phoenix. Students in this program may waive a maximum of 3 credits from their required course of study. In order to be granted a waiver with credit for a course in the Required Course of Study, a student must have completed a previ- ous credit bearing activity in transfer which meets the following criteria: • The activity must have been completed at a regionally or

approved nationally accredited, or candidate for accreditation, college or university, or from an approved source of nontraditional transfer credit as listed in University transfer policy.

• The activity must have been completed within the past ten (10) years (5 years for IS&T courses) from current program enrollment agreement sign date with a grade of "C" (2.0) or better or comparable passing benchmark for nontraditional credits.

• The activity must be comparable in content and semester academic credits to the University course it is replacing and must be an equivalent level or higher level course (i.e. graduate level coursework may be used to waive graduate or undergraduate coursework). Course descriptions must be included with the course waiver form in order for the Office of Admissions and Evaluation to review the course waiver request.

Experiential Learning (essay) credit is not eligible to waive courses in the required course of study. Eligible students who have attended a SOC Member Institution and have successfully completed equivalent courses according to the SOC Transfer Tables may transfer all equivalent courses into a student's required course of study as a waiver if the courses meet the minimum grade and timeframe as stated in policy. The following course may not be waived: MGT 465 Re-entry for the CERT/SBE • Any student who has been out of attendance for more than 365

days from the last date of positive recorded attendance in a program applicable course is considered a re-entry student.

• Re-entry students may re-enroll into their program version without appeal if the program version is still the most current in their state or jurisdiction and the student has the ability to satisfy all program requirements within their original program completion deadline.

• Re-entry students whose program version is not the most current in their state or jurisdiction will be required to enroll into the most current version.

• Select programs may have additional re-entry requirements/ restrictions. Re-entry students should consult their Academic Advisor for guidance.

........................................................................................... Operations Management Certificate (Undergraduate)

The following certificate program may be offered at these University of Phoenix campus locations: Online, depending on state of residence. The availability of programs and concentrations depend on student demand and other factors. Not all programs may be available to all residents of all states. Students may want to consider completing certain courses in the Online classroom at Online rates if the program is available via the Online modality in their state. Please contact your enrollment

........................................................................................... representative for more information.

The Operations Management certificate provides students with a strategic approach to managing performance improvement of all business planning, global sourcing and procurement, production, and logistical activities within an organization's operations divi- sion. Upon completion of this program students will be able to evaluate quality management approaches within operations, examine logistics management strategies, summarize purchasing and procurement decisions, and identify global sourcing opportu- nities to enhance the efficiency of an organization's operations management division. For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program, and other important information, please visit our website at http://www.phoenix.edu/ programs/cert-ops. Required Course of Study for the CERT/OPS Courses requiring prerequisites are identified by a ~ symbol following the course number. Course descriptions for all courses are listed in the Course Guide section of the catalog (page B-1).

457

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

ISCOM 305 ............................................................................... 3 credits Systems Operations Management MGT 420 ~................................................................................ 3 credits Managing Quality in the Supply Chain ISCOM 374 ............................................................................... 3 credits Integrated Logistics Management Students must choose 3 of the following: BIS 375 ~ ................................................................................... 3 credits Supply Chain Information Management in Online Environments ISCOM 361 ~............................................................................ 3 credits Purchasing and Procurement ISCOM 383 ~............................................................................ 3 credits Global Value Chain Management ISCOM 386 ~............................................................................ 3 credits Service Operations Management ISCOM 472 ~............................................................................ 3 credits Lean Enterprise The University reserves the right to modify the required course of study. Additional Admission Requirements for the CERT/OPS • High school graduation from an institution that holds state

approval to confer high school diplomas or are accredited or a candidate for accreditation at the time the student attended by an acceptable accrediting body, GED certificate, CHSPE (California High School Proficiency Examination) certificate, or completion of the HiSET examination with a passing score. • Students residing in Tennessee who are attending classes via

the Online modality and students attending a local campus in Tennessee, including from any cross-border locations must provide the university with an official High School transcript or official GED score (if applicable). A college transcript which documents high school date of completion or a copy of a DD-214 showing high school graduation or equivalency may be submitted to satisfy this requirement.

• Applicants must have access to a suitable work environment for the completion of course assignments.

Certificate Completion Requirements for the CERT/OPS • Completion of a minimum of 18 credits. • A minimum grade point average (GPA) of 2.0.

• Students earning the certificate en-route will only be placed on Academic Probation if their bachelor program GPA falls below the minimum requirement.

• Students earning this certificate en-route to completion of a degree program must meet the minimum GPA requirement at the conclusion of all required coursework for the certificate to be eligible for certificate conferral.

• The certificate awarded for this program will read as: Operations Management (Undergraduate)

Residency Requirements and Course Waivers for the CERT/ OPS • Students must meet established University residency

requirement for certificate conferral. The University requires that the majority of coursework, 15 credits in the Required Course of Study, must be completed at University of Phoenix.

• Students in this program may waive a maximum of 3 credits from their required course of study.

• In order to be granted a waiver with credit for a course in the Required Course of Study, a student must have completed a previous credit bearing activity in transfer which meets the following criteria: • The activity must have been completed at a regionally or

approved nationally accredited, or candidate for accreditation, college or university, or from an approved source of nontraditional transfer credit as listed in University transfer policy.

• The activity must have been completed within the past ten (10) years (5 years for IS&T courses) from current program enrollment agreement sign date with a grade of "C" (2.0) or better or comparable passing benchmark for nontraditional credits.

• The activity must be comparable in content and semester academic credits to the University course it is replacing and must be an equivalent level or higher level course (i.e. graduate level coursework may be used to waive graduate or undergraduate coursework). Course descriptions must be included with the course waiver form in order for the Office of Admissions and Evaluation to review the course waiver request.

• Experiential Learning (essay) credit is not eligible to waive courses in the required course of study.

• Eligible students who have attended a SOC Member Institution and have successfully completed equivalent courses according to the SOC Transfer Tables may transfer all equivalent courses into a student's required course of study as a waiver if the courses meet the minimum grade and timeframe as stated in policy.

• The following course may not be waived: ISCOM 374 Re-entry for the CERT/OPS With the exception of AAEE, BSED/E, BSLS, LVN/BSN, LPN/ BSN, and BSN, students who have been out of attendance for a period of more than 365 days from the last date of positive recorded attendance in a program applicable course, and who have less than 24 credits from a combination of UOPX credits, previous college credits listed on the initial application for admission, and any additional college credits listed on the re-entry paperwork, are required to enroll in the First-Year Sequence upon re-entry. Students who have been out of attendance for a period of more than 365 days from the last date of positive recorded attendance in a program applicable course, and who have 24 or more credits from a combination of UOPX credits, previous college credits listed on the initial application for admission, and any additional college credits listed on the re-entry paperwork, are not required to enroll in the First-Year Sequence upon re-entry. Students who have been out of attendance for a period of more than 365 days from the last date of positive recorded attendance in a program applicable course, and who have 12 or more UOPX credits, and a total of 24 or more credits from a combination of UOPX credits, previous college credits listed on the initial applica- tion for admission, and any additional college credits listed on the re-entry paperwork will not be required to complete GEN 200 (or equivalent) upon re-entry. Any student who has been out of attendance for more than 365 days from the last date of positive recorded attendance in a pro- gram applicable course is considered a re-entry student. Re-entry students may re-enroll into their program version without appeal if the program version is still the most current in their state or jurisdiction and the student has the ability to satisfy all program

458

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017 PROFESSIONAL PROGRAMS

CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS FOR SCHOOL OF BUSINESS - UNDERGRADUATE

requirements within their original program completion deadline. Re-entry students whose program version is not the most current in their state or jurisdiction will be required to enroll into the most current version. Select programs may have additional re-entry requirements/ restrictions. Re-entry students should consult their Academic Advisor for guidance.

........................................................................................... Marketing Certificate (Undergraduate)

The following certificate program may be offered at these University of Phoenix campus locations: Online, depending on state of residence. The availability of programs and concentrations depend on student demand and other factors. Not all programs may be available to all residents of all states. Students may want to consider completing certain courses in the Online classroom at Online rates if the program is available via the Online modality in their state. Please contact your enrollment

........................................................................................... representative for more information.

The Marketing certificate addresses how to identify customer needs, how to communicate information about products and ser- vices to customers and potential customers, where to market, the pricing of products and services, and how to respond to growing demands in different countries and cultures. The program builds upon the foundational marketing course and allows further study in the areas of consumer behavior, marketing research, public rela- tions, product and brand management, and small business market- ing. Marketing managers need creative, analytical, and leadership abilities to manage the marketing function of the business enter- prise. For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program, and other important information, please visit our website at http://www.phoenix.edu/ programs/cert-mkt. Required Course of Study for the CERT/MKT Courses requiring prerequisites are identified by a ~ symbol following the course number. Course descriptions for all courses are listed in the Course Guide section of the catalog (page B-1).

MKT 421................................................................................... 3 credits Marketing MKT 435 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits Consumer Behavior MKT 498 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits Integrated Marketing Strategies Students must choose 3 of the following: BRM 353 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits Product and Brand Management MKT 411 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits Green Marketing MKT 438 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits Public Relations MKT 441 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits Marketing Research MKT 444 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits Hospitality Marketing The University reserves the right to modify the required course of study. Additional Admission Requirements for the CERT/MKT

• High school graduation from an institution that holds state approval to confer high school diplomas or are accredited or a candidate for accreditation at the time the student attended by an acceptable accrediting body, GED certificate, CHSPE (California High School Proficiency Examination) certificate, or completion of the HiSET examination with a passing score. • Students residing in Tennessee who are attending classes via

the Online modality and students attending a local campus in Tennessee, including from any cross-border locations must provide the university with an official High School transcript or official GED score (if applicable). A college transcript which documents high school date of completion or a copy of a DD-214 showing high school graduation or equivalency may be submitted to satisfy this requirement.

• Applicants must have access to a suitable work environment for the completion of course assignments.

Certificate Completion Requirements for the CERT/MKT • Completion of a minimum of 18 credits. • A minimum grade point average (GPA) of 2.0.

• Students earning the certificate en-route will only be placed on Academic Probation if their bachelor program GPA falls below the minimum requirement.

• Students earning this certificate en-route to completion of a degree program must meet the minimum GPA requirement at the conclusion of all required coursework for the certificate to be eligible for certificate conferral.

• The certificate awarded for this program will read as: Marketing (Undergraduate)

Residency Requirements and Course Waivers for the CERT/ MKT • Students must meet established University residency

requirement for certificate conferral. The University requires that the majority of coursework, 15 credits in the Required Course of Study, must be completed at University of Phoenix.

• Students in this program may waive a maximum of 3 credits from their required course of study.

• In order to be granted a waiver with credit for a course in the Required Course of Study, a student must have completed a previous credit bearing activity in transfer which meets the following criteria: • The activity must have been completed at a regionally or

approved nationally accredited, or candidate for accreditation, college or university, or from an approved source of nontraditional transfer credit as listed in University transfer policy.

• The activity must have been completed within the past ten (10) years (5 years for IS&T courses) from current program enrollment agreement sign date with a grade of "C" (2.0) or better or comparable passing benchmark for nontraditional credits.

• The activity must be comparable in content and semester academic credits to the University course it is replacing and must be an equivalent level or higher level course (i.e. graduate level coursework may be used to waive graduate or undergraduate coursework). Course descriptions must be included with the course waiver form in order for the Office of Admissions and Evaluation to review the course waiver request.

• Experiential Learning (essay) credit is not eligible to waive courses in the required course of study.

459

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

• Eligible students who have attended a SOC Member Institution and have successfully completed equivalent courses according to the SOC Transfer Tables may transfer all equivalent courses into a student's required course of study as a waiver if the courses meet the minimum grade and timeframe as stated in policy.

• The following course may not be waived: MKT 498 Re-entry for the CERT/MKT With the exception of AAEE, BSED/E, BSLS, LVN/BSN, LPN/ BSN, and BSN, students who have been out of attendance for a period of more than 365 days from the last date of positive recorded attendance in a program applicable course, and who have less than 24 credits from a combination of UOPX credits, previous college credits listed on the initial application for admission, and any additional college credits listed on the re-entry paperwork, are required to enroll in the First-Year Sequence upon re-entry. Students who have been out of attendance for a period of more than 365 days from the last date of positive recorded attendance in a program applicable course, and who have 24 or more credits from a combination of UOPX credits, previous college credits listed on the initial application for admission, and any additional college credits listed on the re-entry paperwork, are not required to enroll in the First-Year Sequence upon re-entry. Students who have been out of attendance for a period of more than 365 days from the last date of positive recorded attendance in a program applicable course, and who have 12 or more UOPX credits, and a total of 24 or more credits from a combination of UOPX credits, previous college credits listed on the initial applica- tion for admission, and any additional college credits listed on the re-entry paperwork will not be required to complete GEN 200 (or equivalent) upon re-entry. Any student who has been out of attendance for more than 365 days from the last date of positive recorded attendance in a pro- gram applicable course is considered a re-entry student. Re-entry students may re-enroll into their program version without appeal if the program version is still the most current in their state or jurisdiction and the student has the ability to satisfy all program requirements within their original program completion deadline. Re-entry students whose program version is not the most current in their state or jurisdiction will be required to enroll into the most current version. Select programs may have additional re-entry requirements/ restrictions. Re-entry students should consult their Academic Advisor for guidance.

Human Resource Management Certificate

........................................................................................... (Undergraduate)

The following certificate program may be offered at these University of Phoenix campus locations: Online, depending on state of residence. The availability of programs and concentrations depend on student demand and other factors. Not all programs may be available to all residents of all states. Students may want to consider completing certain courses in the Online classroom at Online rates if the program is available via the Online modality in their state. Please contact your enrollment

........................................................................................... representative for more information.

The Human Resource Management certificate prepares students to develop an understanding of the fundamentals of human resource management and its strategic relevance in business. The program addresses the legal and ethical components of the decision making process involved in the human resources environment. Students will also develop an understanding of the critical business implica- tions for human resource professionals today and in the future. HR practitioners and managers must be equipped with a solid under- standing of the fundamentals of human resource management, along with strong skills in the areas of systems thinking, problem solving, influencing, negotiating, communications, and leadership. This program is consistent with generally accepted human resource management principles, including the professional certifi- cation knowledge areas. For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program, and other important information, please visit our website at http://www.phoenix.edu/ programs/cert-hrm. Required Course of Study for the CERT/HRM Courses requiring prerequisites are identified by a ~ symbol following the course number. Course descriptions for all courses are listed in the Course Guide section of the catalog (page B-1).

HRM 300 .................................................................................. 3 credits Fundamentals of Human Resource Management MGT 434 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits Employment Law HRM 324 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits Total Compensation HRM 420 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits Human Resource Risk Management HRM 326 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits Employee Development HRM 498 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits Strategic Human Resource Management and Emerging Issues The University reserves the right to modify the required course of study. Additional Admission Requirements for the CERT/HRM • High school graduation from an institution that holds state

approval to confer high school diplomas or are accredited or a candidate for accreditation at the time the student attended by an acceptable accrediting body, GED certificate, CHSPE (California High School Proficiency Examination) certificate, or completion of the HiSET examination with a passing score.

460

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017 PROFESSIONAL PROGRAMS

CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS FOR SCHOOL OF BUSINESS - UNDERGRADUATE

• Students residing in Tennessee who are attending classes via the Online modality and students attending a local campus in Tennessee, including from any cross-border locations must provide the university with an official High School transcript or official GED score (if applicable). A college transcript which documents high school date of completion or a copy of a DD-214 showing high school graduation or equivalency may be submitted to satisfy this requirement.

• Applicants must have access to a suitable work environment for the completion of course assignments.

Certificate Completion Requirements for the CERT/HRM • Completion of a minimum of 18 credits. • A minimum grade point average (GPA) of 2.0.

• Students earning the certificate en-route will only be placed on Academic Probation if their bachelor program GPA falls below the minimum requirement.

• Students earning this certificate en-route to completion of a degree program must meet the minimum GPA requirement at the conclusion of all required coursework for the certificate to be eligible for certificate conferral.

• The certificate awarded for this program will read as: Human Resource Management (Undergraduate)

Residency Requirements and Course Waivers for the CERT/ HRM • Students must meet established University residency

requirement for certificate conferral. The University requires that the majority of coursework, 15 credits in the Required Course of Study, must be completed at University of Phoenix.

• Students in this program may waive a maximum of 3 credits from their required course of study.

• In order to be granted a waiver with credit for a course in the Required Course of Study, a student must have completed a previous credit bearing activity in transfer which meets the following criteria: • The activity must have been completed at a regionally or

approved nationally accredited, or candidate for accreditation, college or university, or from an approved source of nontraditional transfer credit as listed in University transfer policy.

• The activity must have been completed within the past ten (10) years (5 years for IS&T courses) from current program enrollment agreement sign date with a grade of "C" (2.0) or better or comparable passing benchmark for nontraditional credits.

• The activity must be comparable in content and semester academic credits to the University course it is replacing and must be an equivalent level or higher level course (i.e. graduate level coursework may be used to waive graduate or undergraduate coursework). Course descriptions must be included with the course waiver form in order for the Office of Admissions and Evaluation to review the course waiver request.

• Experiential Learning (essay) credit is not eligible to waive courses in the required course of study.

• Eligible students who have attended a SOC Member Institution and have successfully completed equivalent courses according to the SOC Transfer Tables may transfer all equivalent courses into a student's required course of study as a waiver if the courses meet the minimum grade and timeframe as stated in policy.

• The following course may not be waived: HRM 498 Re-entry for the CERT/HRM With the exception of AAEE, BSED/E, BSLS, LVN/BSN, LPN/ BSN, and BSN, students who have been out of attendance for a period of more than 365 days from the last date of positive recorded attendance in a program applicable course, and who have less than 24 credits from a combination of UOPX credits, previous college credits listed on the initial application for admission, and any additional college credits listed on the re-entry paperwork, are required to enroll in the First-Year Sequence upon re-entry. Students who have been out of attendance for a period of more than 365 days from the last date of positive recorded attendance in a program applicable course, and who have 24 or more credits from a combination of UOPX credits, previous college credits listed on the initial application for admission, and any additional college credits listed on the re-entry paperwork, are not required to enroll in the First-Year Sequence upon re-entry. Students who have been out of attendance for a period of more than 365 days from the last date of positive recorded attendance in a program applicable course, and who have 12 or more UOPX credits, and a total of 24 or more credits from a combination of UOPX credits, previous college credits listed on the initial applica- tion for admission, and any additional college credits listed on the re-entry paperwork will not be required to complete GEN 200 (or equivalent) upon re-entry. Any student who has been out of attendance for more than 365 days from the last date of positive recorded attendance in a pro- gram applicable course is considered a re-entry student. Re-entry students may re-enroll into their program version without appeal if the program version is still the most current in their state or jurisdiction and the student has the ability to satisfy all program requirements within their original program completion deadline. Re-entry students whose program version is not the most current in their state or jurisdiction will be required to enroll into the most current version. Select programs may have additional re-entry requirements/ restrictions. Re-entry students should consult their Academic Advisor for guidance.

........................................................................................... General Management Certificate (Undergraduate)

The following certificate program may be offered at these University of Phoenix campus locations: Online, depending on state of residence. The availability of programs and concentrations depend on student demand and other factors. Not all programs may be available to all residents of all states. Students may want to consider completing certain courses in the Online classroom at Online rates if the program is available via the Online modality in their state. Please contact your enrollment

........................................................................................... representative for more information.

The Management certificate emphasizes managing human and fis- cal resources within the structure, culture, and missions of any organization. The program provides students with the opportunity to examine the areas of innovation in business, human resource management, change management, organizational negotiations, and strategic management. Students will integrate advanced topics in management through real-world business application. For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program, and other important information, please visit our website at http://www.phoenix.edu/ programs/cert-mgt.

461

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

Required Course of Study for the CERT/MGT Courses requiring prerequisites are identified by a ~ symbol following the course number. Course descriptions for all courses are listed in the Course Guide section of the catalog (page B-1).

MGT 312 .................................................................................. 3 credits Organizational Behavior for Managers MGT 498 ~................................................................................ 3 credits Strategic Management Students must choose 4 of the following: ACC 400 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Accounting for Decision Making BRM 353 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Product and Brand Management CPMGT 300 ~ .......................................................................... 3 credits Project Management FIN 419 ~ .................................................................................. 3 credits Finance for Decision Making HM 370 ~.................................................................................. 3 credits Hospitality Management HRM 300 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits Fundamentals of Human Resource Management HRM 326 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits Employee Development ISCOM 305 ~............................................................................ 3 credits Systems Operations Management ISCOM 370 ~............................................................................ 3 credits Strategic Supply Chain Management LDR 300 ~................................................................................ 3 credits Innovative Leadership MGT 317 ~............................................................................... 3 credits Critical Skills in Management MGT 411 ~............................................................................... 3 credits Innovative and Creative Business Thinking MGT 418 ~................................................................................ 3 credits Evaluating New Business Opportunities MGT 420 ~................................................................................ 3 credits Managing Quality in the Supply Chain MGT 426 ~................................................................................ 3 credits Managing Change in the Workplace MKT 445 ~................................................................................ 3 credits Sales, Tools and Strategies MKT 448 ~................................................................................ 3 credits Web Analytics for Digital Marketing OI 370 ~ .................................................................................... 3 credits Innovation for the 21st Century MGT 445 ~................................................................................ 3 credits Organizational Negotiations MUS 320 ~................................................................................ 3 credits The Music Business Today The University reserves the right to modify the required course of study.

Additional Admission Requirements for the CERT/MGT • High school graduation from an institution that holds state

approval to confer high school diplomas or are accredited or a candidate for accreditation at the time the student attended by an acceptable accrediting body, GED certificate, CHSPE (California High School Proficiency Examination) certificate, or completion of the HiSET examination with a passing score. • Students residing in Tennessee who are attending classes via

the Online modality and students attending a local campus in Tennessee, including from any cross-border locations must provide the university with an official High School transcript or official GED score (if applicable). A college transcript which documents high school date of completion or a copy of a DD-214 showing high school graduation or equivalency may be submitted to satisfy this requirement.

• Applicants must have access to a suitable work environment for the completion of course assignments.

Certificate Completion Requirements for the CERT/MGT • Completion of a minimum of 18 credits. • A minimum grade point average (GPA) of 2.0.

• Students earning the certificate en-route will only be placed on Academic Probation if their bachelor program GPA falls below the minimum requirement.

• Students earning this certificate en-route to completion of a degree program must meet the minimum GPA requirement at the conclusion of all required coursework for the certificate to be eligible for certificate conferral.

• The certificate awarded for this program will read as: General Management (Undergraduate)

Residency Requirements and Course Waivers for the CERT/ MGT • Students must meet established University residency

requirement for certificate conferral. The University requires that the majority of coursework, 15 credits in the Required Course of Study, must be completed at University of Phoenix.

• Students in this program may waive a maximum of 3 credits from their required course of study.

• In order to be granted a waiver with credit for a course in the Required Course of Study, a student must have completed a previous credit bearing activity in transfer which meets the following criteria: • The activity must have been completed at a regionally or

approved nationally accredited, or candidate for accreditation, college or university, or from an approved source of nontraditional transfer credit as listed in University transfer policy.

• The activity must have been completed within the past ten (10) years (5 years for IS&T courses) from current program enrollment agreement sign date with a grade of "C" (2.0) or better or comparable passing benchmark for nontraditional credits.

• The activity must be comparable in content and semester academic credits to the University course it is replacing and must be an equivalent level or higher level course (i.e. graduate level coursework may be used to waive graduate or undergraduate coursework). Course descriptions must be included with the course waiver form in order for the Office of Admissions and Evaluation to review the course waiver request.

462

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017 PROFESSIONAL PROGRAMS

CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS FOR SCHOOL OF BUSINESS - UNDERGRADUATE

• Experiential Learning (essay) credit is not eligible to waive courses in the required course of study.

• Eligible students who have attended a SOC Member Institution and have successfully completed equivalent courses according to the SOC Transfer Tables may transfer all equivalent courses into a student's required course of study as a waiver if the courses meet the minimum grade and timeframe as stated in policy.

• The following course may not be waived: MGT 498 Re-entry for the CERT/MGT With the exception of AAEE, BSED/E, BSLS, LVN/BSN, LPN/ BSN, and BSN, students who have been out of attendance for a period of more than 365 days from the last date of positive recorded attendance in a program applicable course, and who have less than 24 credits from a combination of UOPX credits, previous college credits listed on the initial application for admission, and any additional college credits listed on the re-entry paperwork, are required to enroll in the First-Year Sequence upon re-entry. Students who have been out of attendance for a period of more than 365 days from the last date of positive recorded attendance in a program applicable course, and who have 24 or more credits from a combination of UOPX credits, previous college credits listed on the initial application for admission, and any additional college credits listed on the re-entry paperwork, are not required to enroll in the First-Year Sequence upon re-entry. Students who have been out of attendance for a period of more than 365 days from the last date of positive recorded attendance in a program applicable course, and who have 12 or more UOPX credits, and a total of 24 or more credits from a combination of UOPX credits, previous college credits listed on the initial applica- tion for admission, and any additional college credits listed on the re-entry paperwork will not be required to complete GEN 200 (or equivalent) upon re-entry. Any student who has been out of attendance for more than 365 days from the last date of positive recorded attendance in a pro- gram applicable course is considered a re-entry student. Re-entry students may re-enroll into their program version without appeal if the program version is still the most current in their state or jurisdiction and the student has the ability to satisfy all program requirements within their original program completion deadline. Re-entry students whose program version is not the most current in their state or jurisdiction will be required to enroll into the most current version. Select programs may have additional re-entry requirements/ restrictions. Re-entry students should consult their Academic Advisor for guidance.

........................................................................................... Project Management Certificate (Undergraduate)

The following certificate program may be offered at these University of Phoenix campus locations: Online, depending on state of residence. The availability of programs and concentrations depend on student demand and other factors. Not all programs may be available to all residents of all states. Students may want to consider completing certain courses in the Online classroom at Online rates if the program is available via the Online modality in their state. Please contact your enrollment

........................................................................................... representative for more information.

The Project Management certificate focuses on the professional success of its students. It emphasizes real-world application with assignments designed to apply the newfound skills and knowl- edge to the workplace. Practical study materials, team activities, and presentations to the class foster teamwork, critical thinking, self-confidence, and application of project technical and leadership skills on a real-time basis. This program is consistent with gener- ally accepted project management principles, including the project management processes and knowledge areas that lead to profes- sional certification. For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program, and other important information, please visit our website at http://www.phoenix.edu/ programs/cert-pm. Required Course of Study for the CERT/PM Courses requiring prerequisites are identified by a ~ symbol following the course number. Course descriptions for all courses are listed in the Course Guide section of the catalog (page B-1).

Project Management Core, 12 total credits CPMGT 300 ............................................................................. 3 credits Project Management CPMGT 301 ~.......................................................................... 3 credits Strategic Portfolio and Project Management CPMGT 302 ~.......................................................................... 3 credits Procurement and Risk Management CPMGT 303 ~.......................................................................... 3 credits Project Estimating and Control Techniques Project Management Electives, 3 total credits Students must choose one of the following courses: CPMGT 304 ~.......................................................................... 3 credits Leading Projects in Organizations CPMGT 310 ~.......................................................................... 3 credits Project Management Methodologies CPMGT 311 ~ .......................................................................... 3 credits Agile Project Management with Scrum Methodology CPMGT 312 ~.......................................................................... 3 credits Program Management MGT 445 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits Organizational Negotiations Project Management Capstone, 3 total credits CPMGT 305 ~.......................................................................... 3 credits Project Management Capstone The University reserves the right to modify the required course of study.

463

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

Additional Admission Requirements for the CERT/PM A Credit Bearing Certificate program is one that bears University of Phoenix credits. Credit Bearing Certificate programs are devel- oped and maintained by the Dean of each School. All applicants are expected to meet the following admissions requirements: • High school graduation from an institution that holds state

approval to confer high school diplomas or are accredited or a candidate for accreditation at the time the student attended by an acceptable accrediting body, GED certificate or CHSPE (California High School Proficiency Examination) certificate, or completion of the HiSET examination with a passing score. • Tennessee: Students residing in Tennessee who are attending

classes via the Online modality and students attending a local campus in Tennessee, including from any cross-border locations must provide the university with an official High School transcript or official GED score (if applicable). A college transcript which documents high school date of completion or a copy of a DD-214 showing high school graduation or equivalency may be submitted to satisfy this requirement.

• Applicants must have access to a suitable work environment for the completion of course assignments.

Certificate Completion Requirements for the CERT/PM • Completion of a minimum of 18 credits. • A minimum grade point average (GPA) of 2.0.

• Students earning the certificate en-route will only be placed on Academic Probation if their bachelor program GPA falls below the minimum requirement.

• Students earning this certificate en-route to completion of a degree program must meet the minimum GPA requirement at the conclusion of all required coursework for the certificate to be eligible for certificate conferral.

• The certificate awarded for this program will read as: Project Management (Undergraduate)

Residency Requirements and Course Waivers for the CERT/ PM • Students must meet established University residency

requirement for certificate conferral. The University requires that the majority of coursework, 15 credits in the Required Course of Study, must be completed at University of Phoenix.

• Students in this program may waive a maximum of 3 credits from their required course of study.

• In order to be granted a waiver with credit for a course in the Required Course of Study, a student must have completed a previous credit bearing activity in transfer which meets the following criteria: • The activity must have been completed at a regionally or

approved nationally accredited, or candidate for accreditation, college or university, or from an approved source of nontraditional transfer credit as listed in University transfer policy.

• The activity must have been completed within the past ten (10) years (5 years for IS&T courses) from current program enrollment agreement sign date with a grade of "C" (2.0) or better or comparable passing benchmark for nontraditional credits.

• The activity must be comparable in content and semester academic credits to the University course it is replacing and must be an equivalent level or higher level course (i.e. graduate level coursework may be used to waive graduate or undergraduate coursework). Course descriptions must be included with the course waiver form in order for the Office of Admissions and Evaluation to review the course waiver request.

• Experiential Learning (essay) credit is not eligible to waive courses in the required course of study.

• Eligible students who have attended a SOC Member Institution and have successfully completed equivalent courses according to the SOC Transfer Tables may transfer all equivalent courses into a student's required course of study as a waiver if the courses meet the minimum grade and timeframe as stated in policy.

• The following course may not be waived: CPMGT 305 Re-entry for the CERT/PM • Any student who has been out of attendance for more than 365

days from the last date of positive recorded attendance in a program applicable course is considered a re-entry student.

• Re-entry students may re-enroll into their program version without appeal if the program version is still the most current in their state or jurisdiction and the student has the ability to satisfy all program requirements within their original program completion deadline.

• Re-entry students whose program version is not the most current in their state or jurisdiction will be required to enroll into the most current version.

• Select programs may have additional re-entry requirements/ restrictions. Re-entry students should consult their Academic Advisor for guidance.

Bookkeeping Fundamentals Certificate

........................................................................................... (Undergraduate)

The following certificate program may be offered at these University of Phoenix campus locations: Online, depending on state of residence. The availability of programs and concentrations depend on student demand and other factors. Not all programs may be available to all residents of all states. Students may want to consider completing certain courses in the Online classroom at Online rates if the program is available via the Online modality in their state. Please contact your enrollment

........................................................................................... representative for more information.

The Bookkeeping Fundamentals Certificate focuses on the role of accounting in business and management. Students will encounter real-world scenarios where they will use accounting information resources and systems, and present conclusions based on account- ing and business data. Additionally, students will use ledgers, jour- nals, and worksheets to complete formal, informal, and quantitative accounting tasks. For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program, and other important information, please visit our website at http://www.phoenix.edu/ programs/cert-bkpn.

464

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017 PROFESSIONAL PROGRAMS

CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS FOR SCHOOL OF BUSINESS - UNDERGRADUATE

Required Course of Study for the CERT/BKPN Courses requiring prerequisites are identified by a ~ symbol fol- lowing the course number. Course descriptions for all courses are listed in the Course Guide section of the catalog (page B-1). BIS 220 ...................................................................................... 3 credits Introduction to Computer Applications and Systems QNT 275 ................................................................................... 3 credits Statistics for Decision Making BCOM 230 ~ ............................................................................ 3 credits Business Communication for Accountants ACC 290 ~................................................................................ 3 credits Principles of Accounting I MGT 230 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits Management Theory and Practice ACC 291 ~................................................................................ 3 credits Principles of Accounting II The University reserves the right to modify the required course of study. Additional Admission Requirements for the CERT/BKPN Applicants must be at least 16 years of age at the time of applica- tion. • High school graduation from an institution that holds state

approval to confer high school diplomas or are accredited or a candidate for accreditation at the time the student attended by an acceptable accrediting body, GED certificate, CHSPE (California High School Proficiency Examination) certificate, or completion of the HiSET examination with a passing score. • Students residing in Tennessee who are attending classes via

the Online modality and students attending a local campus in Tennessee, including from any cross-border locations must provide the university with an official High School transcript or official GED score (if applicable). A college transcript which documents high school date of completion or a copy of a DD-214 showing high school graduation or equivalency may be submitted to satisfy this requirement.

• Demonstration of basic skills proficiency in mathematics. Students have the following options to satisfy this requirement: • Students must pass the Praxis I or Praxis Core exam at the

cut score determined by the School of Business (Math - 170). • Students must pass the Essential Academic Skills Subtest III:

Mathematics provided by National Evaluation Systems at the cut scores determined by the national benchmark (Essential Academic Skills Subtest III: Mathematics - 220).

• Students must pass the SAT at the cut scores determined by the national benchmark (Mathematics - 480).

• Students must pass the ACT at the cut scores determined by the national benchmark (Mathematics - 20).

• Transfer credit may be used by students who have achieved a C- or better in a college algebra or comparable course of at least 2.67 semester credits completed at a regionally or approved nationally accredited institution. Transfer courses used to fulfill this requirement must be eligible to receive general education credit.

• Achieve a passing score eligible for credit on an approved mathematics related National Testing Program. Current Approved National Testing Programs are: CLEP® Examination College Mathematics College Algebra Precalculus Calculus DANTES Examination Principles of Statistics Business Mathematics Advanced Placement Examination Calculus AB Calculus BC Statistics

• Successful completion (passing grade) of University of Phoenix mathematics course MAT 116, equivalent or higher.

• Achieve minimum passing score on a UOPX approved placement exam.

• Achieve a passing score on the School of Business math readiness exam. (MyMathTest Assessment - 70%)

• Students who have previously completed a nationally or regionally accredited two year Associate degree or higher will be considered to have demonstrated the basic skills math proficiency.

Certificate Completion Requirements for the CERT/BKPN • Completion of a minimum of 18 credits. • A minimum grade point average (GPA) of 2.0.

• Students earning the certificate en-route will only be placed on Academic Probation if their associate program GPA falls below the minimum requirement.

• Students earning this certificate en-route to completion of a degree program must meet the minimum GPA requirement at the conclusion of all required coursework for the certificate to be eligible for certificate conferral.

• The certificate awarded for this program will read as: Bookkeeping Fundamentals (Undergraduate)

Residency Requirements and Course Waivers for the CERT/ BKPN Students must meet the established University residency require- ment for certificate conferral. The University requires that the majority of coursework, 12 credits in the Required Course of Study, must be completed at University of Phoenix. Students in this program may waive a maximum of 6 credits from their required course of study. In order to be granted a waiver with credit for a course in the Required Course of Study, a student must have completed a previ- ous credit bearing activity in transfer which meets the following criteria: • The activity must have been completed at a regionally or

approved nationally accredited, or candidate for accreditation, college or university, or from an approved source of nontraditional transfer credit as listed in University transfer policy.

• The activity must have been completed within the past ten (10) years (5 years for IS&T courses) from current program enrollment agreement sign date with a grade of "C" (2.0) or better or comparable passing benchmark for nontraditional credits.

465

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

• The activity must be comparable in content and semester academic credits to the University course it is replacing and must be an equivalent level or higher level course (i.e. graduate level coursework may be used to waive graduate or undergraduate coursework). Course descriptions must be included with the course waiver form in order for the Office of Admissions and Evaluation to review the course waiver request.

Experiential Learning (essay) credit is not eligible to waive courses in the required course of study. Eligible students who have attended a SOC Member Institution and have successfully completed equivalent courses according to the SOC Transfer Tables may transfer all equivalent courses into a student's required course of study as a waiver if the courses meet the minimum grade and timeframe as stated in policy. Re-entry for the CERT/BKPN Any student who has been out of attendance for more than 365 days from the last date of positive recorded attendance in a pro- gram applicable course is considered a re-entry student. Re-entry students may re-enroll into their program version without appeal if the program version is still the most current in their state or jurisdiction and the student has the ability to satisfy all program requirements within their original program completion deadline. Re-entry students whose program version is not the most current in their state or jurisdiction will be required to enroll into the most current version. Select programs may have additional re-entry requirements/ restrictions. Re-entry students should consult their Academic Advisor for guidance.

........................................................................................... Digital Marketing Certificate (Undergraduate)

The following certificate program may be offered at these University of Phoenix campus locations: Online, depending on state of residence. The availability of programs and concentrations depend on student demand and other factors. Not all programs may be available to all residents of all states. Students may want to consider completing certain courses in the Online classroom at Online rates if the program is available via the Online modality in their state. Please contact your enrollment

........................................................................................... representative for more information.

With the emergence of social media, businesses are recognizing the need to enhance their marketing mix by connecting through digital channels. The digital marketing certificate emphasizes an under- standing of digital marketing, social media, Internet marketing, consumer behavior, web analytics, search engine optimization, and advertising and creativity strategy. Upon completion of this certifi- cate students will possess the knowledge and skills necessary to identify demand for products and services and digital marketing strategies. For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program, and other important information, please visit our website at http://www.phoenix.edu/ programs/cert-dmkt. Required Course of Study for the CERT/DMKT Courses requiring prerequisites are identified by a ~ symbol following the course number. Course descriptions for all courses are listed in the Course Guide section of the catalog (page B-1).

MKT 421 ................................................................................... 3 credits Marketing

MKT 440 ~................................................................................ 3 credits Fundamentals of Digital Marketing MKT 498 ~................................................................................ 3 credits Integrated Marketing Strategies Students must choose 3 of the following: MKT 435 ~................................................................................ 3 credits Consumer Behavior MKT 443 ~................................................................................ 3 credits Social Media Marketing MKT 446 ~................................................................................ 3 credits Search Engine Optimization MKT 447 ~................................................................................ 3 credits Advertising and Creativity Strategy MKT 448 ~................................................................................ 3 credits Web Analytics for Digital Marketing MKT 455 ~................................................................................ 3 credits Internet Marketing The University reserves the right to modify the required course of study. Additional Admission Requirements for the CERT/DMKT • High school graduation from an institution that holds state

approval to confer high school diplomas or are accredited or a candidate for accreditation at the time the student attended by an acceptable accrediting body, GED certificate, CHSPE (California High School Proficiency Examination) certificate, or completion of the HiSET examination with a passing score. • Students residing in Tennessee who are attending classes via

the Online modality and students attending a local campus in Tennessee, including from any cross-border locations must provide the university with an official High School transcript or official GED score (if applicable). A college transcript which documents high school date of completion or a copy of a DD-214 showing high school graduation or equivalency may be submitted to satisfy this requirement.

• Applicants must have access to a suitable work environment for the completion of course assignments.

Certificate Completion Requirements for the CERT/DMKT • Completion of a minimum of 18 credits. • A minimum grade point average (GPA) of 2.0.

• Students earning the certificate en-route will only be placed on Academic Probation if their bachelor program GPA falls below the minimum requirement.

• Students earning this certificate en-route to completion of a degree program must meet the minimum GPA requirement at the conclusion of all required coursework for the certificate to be eligible for certificate conferral.

• The certificate awarded for this program will read as: Digital Marketing (Undergraduate)

Residency Requirements and Course Waivers for the CERT/ DMKT • Students must meet established University residency

requirement for certificate conferral. The University requires that the majority of coursework, 15 credits in the Required Course of Study, must be completed at University of Phoenix.

• Students in this program may waive a maximum of 3 credits from their required course of study.

466

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017 PROFESSIONAL PROGRAMS

CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS FOR SCHOOL OF BUSINESS - UNDERGRADUATE

• In order to be granted a waiver with credit for a course in the Required Course of Study, a student must have completed a previous credit bearing activity in transfer which meets the following criteria: • The activity must have been completed at a regionally or

approved nationally accredited, or candidate for accreditation, college or university, or from an approved source of nontraditional transfer credit as listed in University transfer policy.

• The activity must have been completed within the past ten (10) years (5 years for IS&T courses) from current program enrollment agreement sign date with a grade of "C" (2.0) or better or comparable passing benchmark for nontraditional credits.

• The activity must be comparable in content and semester academic credits to the University course it is replacing and must be an equivalent level or higher level course (i.e. graduate level coursework may be used to waive graduate or undergraduate coursework). Course descriptions must be included with the course waiver form in order for the Office of Admissions and Evaluation to review the course waiver request.

• Experiential Learning (essay) credit is not eligible to waive courses in the required course of study.

• Eligible students who have attended a SOC Member Institution and have successfully completed equivalent courses according to the SOC Transfer Tables may transfer all equivalent courses into a student's required course of study as a waiver if the courses meet the minimum grade and timeframe as stated in policy.

• The following course may not be waived: MKT 498 Re-entry for the CERT/DMKT With the exception of AAEE, BSED/E, BSLS, LVN/BSN, LPN/ BSN, and BSN, students who have been out of attendance for a period of more than 365 days from the last date of positive recorded attendance in a program applicable course, and who have less than 24 credits from a combination of UOPX credits, previous college credits listed on the initial application for admission, and any additional college credits listed on the re-entry paperwork, are required to enroll in the First-Year Sequence upon re-entry. Students who have been out of attendance for a period of more than 365 days from the last date of positive recorded attendance in a program applicable course, and who have 24 or more credits from a combination of UOPX credits, previous college credits listed on the initial application for admission, and any additional college credits listed on the re-entry paperwork, are not required to enroll in the First-Year Sequence upon re-entry. Students who have been out of attendance for a period of more than 365 days from the last date of positive recorded attendance in a program applicable course, and who have 12 or more UOPX credits, and a total of 24 or more credits from a combination of UOPX credits, previous college credits listed on the initial applica- tion for admission, and any additional college credits listed on the re-entry paperwork will not be required to complete GEN 200 (or equivalent) upon re-entry. Any student who has been out of attendance for more than 365 days from the last date of positive recorded attendance in a pro- gram applicable course is considered a re-entry student. Re-entry students may re-enroll into their program version without appeal if the program version is still the most current in their state or jurisdiction and the student has the ability to satisfy all program

requirements within their original program completion deadline. Re-entry students whose program version is not the most current in their state or jurisdiction will be required to enroll into the most current version. Select programs may have additional re-entry requirements/ restrictions. Re-entry students should consult their Academic Advisor for guidance.

........................................................................................... Financial Planning Certificate (Undergraduate)

The following certificate program may be offered at these University of Phoenix campus locations: Online, depending on state of residence. The availability of programs and concentrations depend on student demand and other factors. Not all programs may be available to all residents of all states. Students may want to consider completing certain courses in the Online classroom at Online rates if the program is available via the Online modality in their state. Please contact your enrollment

........................................................................................... representative for more information.

The Finance Planning certificate emphasizes fundamental and advanced financial planning concepts, theories, and practices to promote well-informed personal financial decision making. Upon completion of this program, students will be able to examine the areas of personal finance planning, investment analysis and portfo- lio management, retirement and benefit planning, and insurance planning. Students will integrate advanced topics in financial plan- ning through practical application. For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program, and other important information, please visit our website at http://www.phoenix.edu/ programs/cert-finp. Required Course of Study for the CERT/FINP Courses requiring prerequisites are identified by a ~ symbol following the course number. Course descriptions for all courses are listed in the Course Guide section of the catalog (page B-1).

FIN 370..................................................................................... 3 credits Finance for Business FIN 420 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits Personal Financial Planning FIN 486 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits Strategic Financial Management Students must choose 3 of the following: FIN 366 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits Financial Institutions FIN 402 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits Investment Fundamentals and Portfolio Management FIN 467 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits Real Estate Investment FIN 422 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits Retirement and Benefit Planning FIN 428 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits Insurance for Financial Planning The University reserves the right to modify the required course of study.

467

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

Additional Admission Requirements for the CERT/FINP • High school graduation from an institution that holds state

approval to confer high school diplomas or are accredited or a candidate for accreditation at the time the student attended by an acceptable accrediting body, GED certificate, CHSPE (California High School Proficiency Examination) certificate, or completion of the HiSET examination with a passing score. • Students residing in Tennessee who are attending classes via

the Online modality and students attending a local campus in Tennessee, including from any cross-border locations must provide the university with an official High School transcript or official GED score (if applicable). A college transcript which documents high school date of completion or a copy of a DD-214 showing high school graduation or equivalency may be submitted to satisfy this requirement.

• Applicants must have access to a suitable work environment for the completion of course assignments.

Certificate Completion Requirements for the CERT/FINP • Completion of a minimum of 18 credits. • A minimum grade point average (GPA) of 2.0.

• Students earning the certificate en-route will only be placed on Academic Probation if their bachelor program GPA falls below the minimum requirement.

• Students earning this certificate en-route to completion of a degree program must meet the minimum GPA requirement at the conclusion of all required coursework for the certificate to be eligible for certificate conferral.

• The certificate awarded for this program will read as: Financial Planning (Undergraduate)

Residency Requirements and Course Waivers for the CERT/ FINP • Students must meet established University residency

requirement for certificate conferral. The University requires that the majority of coursework, 15 credits in the Required Course of Study, must be completed at University of Phoenix.

• Students in this program may waive a maximum of 3 credits from their required course of study.

• In order to be granted a waiver with credit for a course in the Required Course of Study, a student must have completed a previous credit bearing activity in transfer which meets the following criteria: • The activity must have been completed at a regionally or

approved nationally accredited, or candidate for accreditation, college or university, or from an approved source of nontraditional transfer credit as listed in University transfer policy.

• The activity must have been completed within the past ten (10) years (5 years for IS&T courses) from current program enrollment agreement sign date with a grade of "C" (2.0) or better or comparable passing benchmark for nontraditional credits.

• The activity must be comparable in content and semester academic credits to the University course it is replacing and must be an equivalent level or higher level course (i.e. graduate level coursework may be used to waive graduate or undergraduate coursework). Course descriptions must be included with the course waiver form in order for the Office of Admissions and Evaluation to review the course waiver request.

• Experiential Learning (essay) credit is not eligible to waive courses in the required course of study.

• Eligible students who have attended a SOC Member Institution and have successfully completed equivalent courses according to the SOC Transfer Tables may transfer all equivalent courses into a student's required course of study as a waiver if the courses meet the minimum grade and timeframe as stated in policy.

• The following course may not be waived: FIN 486 Re-entry for the CERT/FINP With the exception of AAEE, BSED/E, BSLS, LVN/BSN, LPN/ BSN, and BSN, students who have been out of attendance for a period of more than 365 days from the last date of positive recorded attendance in a program applicable course, and who have less than 24 credits from a combination of UOPX credits, previous college credits listed on the initial application for admission, and any additional college credits listed on the re-entry paperwork, are required to enroll in the First-Year Sequence upon re-entry. Students who have been out of attendance for a period of more than 365 days from the last date of positive recorded attendance in a program applicable course, and who have 24 or more credits from a combination of UOPX credits, previous college credits listed on the initial application for admission, and any additional college credits listed on the re-entry paperwork, are not required to enroll in the First-Year Sequence upon re-entry. Students who have been out of attendance for a period of more than 365 days from the last date of positive recorded attendance in a program applicable course, and who have 12 or more UOPX credits, and a total of 24 or more credits from a combination of UOPX credits, previous college credits listed on the initial applica- tion for admission, and any additional college credits listed on the re-entry paperwork will not be required to complete GEN 200 (or equivalent) upon re-entry. Any student who has been out of attendance for more than 365 days from the last date of positive recorded attendance in a pro- gram applicable course is considered a re-entry student. Re-entry students may re-enroll into their program version without appeal if the program version is still the most current in their state or jurisdiction and the student has the ability to satisfy all program requirements within their original program completion deadline. Re-entry students whose program version is not the most current in their state or jurisdiction will be required to enroll into the most current version. Select programs may have additional re-entry requirements/ restrictions. Re-entry students should consult their Academic Advisor for guidance.

468

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017 PROFESSIONAL PROGRAMS

CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS FOR SCHOOL OF BUSINESS - GRADUATE

.....................................................................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................................................... CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS FOR SCHOOL OF BUSINESS - GRADUATE

........................................................................................... Graduate Human Resource Management Certificate

The following certificate program may be offered at these University of Phoenix campus locations: Online, depending on state of residence. The availability of programs and concentrations depend on student demand and other factors. Not all programs may be available to all residents of all states. Students may want to consider completing certain courses in the Online classroom at Online rates if the program is available via the Online modality in their state. Please contact your enrollment

........................................................................................... representative for more information.

The Graduate Human Resource Management Certificate Program addresses issues which the human resource professional faces daily, from legal matters to staff recruitment and development. This program is designed for those who have functional responsi- bility to carry out the duties of an organization's human resource department; seasoned human resource staff members wishing to keep current; newcomers to the field requiring new knowledge and skills; and specialists wanting to broaden their knowledge. Major topic areas covered include the role of human resources, employment practices, employee and labor relations, compensa- tion, benefits, safety and health, and employee development. Par- ticipants acquire knowledge and skills that are essential in addressing the challenges of the human resource profession. For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program, and other important information, please visit our website at http://www.phoenix.edu/ programs/g-hrm.

CERT/G-HRM Preferred Course Sequence

Courses requiring prerequisites are identified by a ~ symbol following the course number. Course descriptions for all courses are listed in the Course Guide section of the catalog (page B-1).

Foundation HRM 531 .................................................................................. 3 credits Human Capital Management HRM 595 ~............................................................................... 3 credits Human Resource Capstone Course G-HRM Electives Students must choose three of the following: HRM 546 ~............................................................................... 3 credits Human Resource Law HRM 548 ~............................................................................... 3 credits Recruitment and Retention Practices HRM 552 ~............................................................................... 3 credits Organizational Training and Development HRM 558 ~............................................................................... 3 credits Research in Human Resource Management The University reserves the right to modify the required course of study. General Information for the CERT/G-HRM • This certificate program may be taken on its own or may be

earned en-route to earning a graduate degree. Students wishing to earn the certificate en-route must be enrolled in the corresponding "Certificate Track" graduate program.

• Students who completed a certificate in its entirety and who later choose to enroll in a graduate program with a concentration in the same area of focus as the completed certificate will not be required to enroll in the Certificate Track.

Additional Admission Requirements for the CERT/G-HRM All applicants are expected to meet the following admissions requirements: • An undergraduate degree from a regionally or approved

nationally accredited, or candidate for accreditation, college or university or comparable undergraduate bachelor's degree earned at a recognized foreign institution or a graduate degree from an ABA accredited institution (i.e- JD, LLB, LLM). If the institution became accredited while the student was attending, a minimum of 75% of the coursework taken toward the degree must have been completed while the institution was accredited or during the candidacy period.

• Applicants must have access to a suitable work environment for the completion of course assignments.

• A cumulative grade point average (GPA) of 2.5 for all undergraduate coursework on the undergraduate degree posted transcript is required for admission.

Certificate Completion Requirements for the CERT/G-HRM • Completion of a minimum of 15 credits. • A minimum grade point average (GPA) of 3.0.

• Students earning the certificate en-route will only be placed on Academic Probation if their graduate program GPA falls below the minimum requirement.

• Students earning this certificate en-route to completion of a degree program must meet the minimum GPA requirement at the conclusion of all required coursework for the certificate to be eligible for certificate conferral.

• The certificate awarded for this program will read as: Graduate Human Resource Management

Residency Requirements and Course Waivers for the CERT/G- HRM • Completion of a minimum of 12 credit of the required course of

study to meet University residency requirements. • Students in this program may waive a maximum of 3 credits

from their required course of study. • In order to be granted a waiver for a course in the required

course of study, the student must have completed a previous course which meets the following criteria: • The course must have been completed at a regionally or

approved nationally accredited, or candidate for accreditation, college or university.

• The course must have been completed within the past ten (10) years (5 years for IS&T courses) from current program enrollment agreement sign date with a grade of "B" (3.0) or better.

• The course must be comparable in content and credits to the University course it is replacing and must be an equivalent level or higher level course (i.e. graduate level coursework may be used to waive graduate or undergraduate coursework). Course descriptions must be included with the course waiver form in order for the Office of Admissions and Evaluation to review the course waiver request.

469

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

• Students completing this certificate en-route to the MHA/MBA Certificate Track program must appeal to the Student Appeals Center (SAC) to waive a certificate course that is required for their selected MHA/MBA concentration.

• The following course in the Required Course of Study may not be waived: HRM 595

Re-entry for the CERT/G-HRM Any student who has been out of attendance for more than 365 days from the last date of positive recorded attendance in a pro- gram applicable course is considered a re-entry student. Re-entry students may re-enroll into their program version without appeal if the program version is still the most current in their state or jurisdiction and the student has the ability to satisfy all program requirements within their original program completion deadline. Re-entry students whose program version is not the most current in their state or jurisdiction will be required to enroll into the most current version. Select programs may have additional re-entry requirements/ restrictions. Re-entry students should consult their Academic Advisor for guidance.

........................................................................................... Graduate Accounting Certificate

The following certificate program may be offered at these University of Phoenix campus locations: Online, depending on state of residence. The availability of programs and concentrations depend on student demand and other factors. Not all programs may be available to all residents of all states. Students may want to consider completing certain courses in the Online classroom at Online rates if the program is available via the Online modality in their state. Please contact your enrollment

........................................................................................... representative for more information.

Students in the Graduate Accounting Certificate will develop an understanding of accounting concepts and applications. Students will also become competent in the use of appropriate analytical tools and technologies. They will be sensitive to legal, ethical, and social values in the conduct and communication of accounting practice and decisions. In addition, students will have an under- standing of a portion of the topics required in preparation for the CPA exam: Audit & Attestation, Financial Accounting & Report- ing, Regulation, and Business Environment & Concepts. The Grad- uate Accounting Certificate is designed for students who want to enhance their accounting management skills, enter the accounting profession, or complete additional coursework required for the CPA exam. While completing this program, students who may be planning to take the CPA exam will utilize CPA Test Preparation software in conjunction with their course work. Note: Each state sets forth standards required to be eligible to take the CPA exam and apply for licensure or certification as a CPA. While this program was designed with consideration for the standards proposed by the National Association of State Boards of Accounting (NASBA), the University of Phoenix cannot, and will not, provide any assurance that completion of this program will allow a successful student to qualify within the student’s specific jurisdiction. Potential applicants should check with the appropriate organization within their jurisdiction to determine if this program, combined with their undergraduate degree and any other specific criteria, meets the requirements to qualify for examination in that specific jurisdiction. States frequently change their requirements for examination. There is no assurance that at the time of degree completion the specific jurisdiction’s requirements will be

consistent with the requirements at the time of admission. For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program, and other important information, please visit our website at http://www.phoenix.edu/ programs/cert-g-acc. Program Student Learning Outcomes In addition to the knowledge and skills related to the University Learning Goals, School of Business graduating students are intended to attain certain program-specific knowledge, skills and abilities. Therefore, you should be able to demonstrate the following learning outcomes by the time you complete this program.

• Students will differentiate key accounting principles in the organization, process and interpretation of data to make informed decisions.

• Students will synthesize pertinent information free from distortions, personal bias and conflicts of interest to support ethical, legal and professional standards.

• Students will evaluate decision-making options necessary to form appropriate conclusions to advance organizational goals.

• Students will apply key accounting concepts to solve critical business issues in the following domains of the MSA program: • Auditing and attestation • Financial accounting and reporting • Professional responsibilities and business law • Federal taxation • Business environment and concepts

Preferred Sequence for the CERT/G-ACC Courses requiring prerequisites are identified by a ~ symbol fol- lowing the course number. Course descriptions for all courses are listed in the Course Guide section of the catalog (page B-1). Foundational Coursework ACC 561 ................................................................................... 3 credits Accounting ACC 541 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Accounting Theory & Research Graduate Accounting Certificate Electives (Choose 3): ACC 542 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Accounting Information Systems ACC 543 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Managerial Accounting & Legal Aspects of Business ACC 544 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Internal Control Systems ACC 545 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Financial Reporting ACC 546 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Auditing ACC 547 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Taxation ACC 548 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Not-for-Profit & Government Accounting ACC 556 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Forensic Accounting ETH 557 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Accounting Ethics The University reserves the right to modify the required course of study.

470

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017 PROFESSIONAL PROGRAMS

CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS FOR SCHOOL OF BUSINESS - GRADUATE

General Information for the CERT/G-ACC • This certificate program may be taken on its own or may be

earned en-route to earning a graduate degree. Students wishing to earn the certificate en-route must be enrolled in the corresponding "Certificate Track" graduate program.

• Students who completed a certificate in its entirety and who later choose to enroll in a graduate program with a concentration in the same area of focus as the completed certificate will not be required to enroll in the Certificate Track.

Additional Admission Requirements for the CERT/G-ACC All applicants are expected to meet the following admissions requirements: • An undergraduate degree from a regionally or approved

nationally accredited, or candidate for accreditation, college or university or comparable undergraduate bachelor's degree earned at a recognized foreign institution or a graduate degree from an ABA accredited institution (i.e- JD, LLB, LLM). If the institution became accredited while the student was attending, a minimum of 75% of the coursework taken toward the degree must have been completed while the institution was accredited or during the candidacy period.

• Applicants must have access to a suitable work environment for the completion of course assignments.

• A cumulative grade point average (GPA) of 2.5 for all undergraduate coursework on the undergraduate degree posted transcript is required for admission.

Certificate Completion Requirements for the CERT/G-ACC • Completion of a minimum of 15 credits. • A minimum grade point average (GPA) of 3.0.

• Students earning the certificate en-route will only be placed on Academic Probation if their graduate program GPA falls below the minimum requirement.

• Students earning this certificate en-route to completion of a degree program must meet the minimum GPA requirement at the conclusion of all required coursework for the certificate to be eligible for certificate conferral.

• Students who complete the Graduate Accounting Certificate and wish to enroll in the MSA program can apply courses towards the MSA program requirement.

• The certificate awarded for this program will read as: Graduate Accounting

Residency Requirements and Course Waivers/Competency for the CERT/G-ACC Completion of a minimum of 12 credit of the required course of study to meet University residency requirements. Students in this program may waive a maximum of 3 credits from their required course of study. In order to waive a course in the required course of study, the stu- dent must have completed a previous course that meets the follow- ing criteria: • The course must have been completed at a regionally or

approved nationally accredited, or candidate for accreditation, college or university;

• The course must have been completed within the past ten (10) years from current program enrollment agreement sign date with a "B" (3.0) or better; and

• The course must be comparable in content and credits to the University course it is replacing and must be an equivalent level or higher level course (i.e. graduate level coursework may be used to waive graduate or undergraduate coursework). Course descriptions must be included with the course waiver form in order for the Office of Admissions and Evaluation to review the course waiver request.

The following course in the Required Course of Study may not be waived: ACC 541 Re-entry for the CERT/G-ACC Any student who has been out of attendance for more than 365 days from the last date of positive recorded attendance in a pro- gram applicable course is considered a re-entry student. Re-entry students may re-enroll into their program version without appeal if the program version is still the most current in their state or jurisdiction and the student has the ability to satisfy all program requirements within their original program completion deadline. Re-entry students whose program version is not the most current in their state or jurisdiction will be required to enroll into the most current version. Select programs may have additional re-entry requirements/ restrictions. Re-entry students should consult their Academic Advisor for guidance.

........................................................................................... Graduate Marketing Certificate

The following certificate program may be offered at these University of Phoenix campus locations: Online, depending on state of residence. The availability of programs and concentrations depend on student demand and other factors. Not all programs may be available to all residents of all states. Students may want to consider completing certain courses in the Online classroom at Online rates if the program is available via the Online modality in their state. Please contact your enrollment

........................................................................................... representative for more information.

Students in the Marketing Certificate program will develop an understanding of marketing concepts and applications. Students will develop and communicate innovative approaches to stake- holders in a socially responsible manner and will be well posi- tioned for several professionally recognized marketing certification exams. The Marketing Certificate is designed for students who want to enhance their marketing skills, enter the marketing profes- sion, or complete additional coursework required for several pro- fessionally recognized marketing certification exams. For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program, and other important information, please visit our website at http://www.phoenix.edu/ programs/g-mkt. Preferred Sequence for the CERT/G-MKT Courses requiring prerequisites are identified by a ~ symbol fol- lowing the course number. Course descriptions for all courses are listed in the Course Guide section of the catalog (page B-1). Foundational Coursework MKT 571................................................................................... 3 credits Marketing MKT 593 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits Product Design and Development Graduate Marketing Certificate Electives (Choose 3): MKT 544 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits Integrated Marketing Communications

471

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

MKT 552 ~................................................................................ 3 credits Technology Applications and e-Marketing MKT 554 ~................................................................................ 3 credits Consumer Behavior MKT 562 ~................................................................................ 3 credits Advanced International Marketing The University reserves the right to modify the required course of study. General Information for the CERT/G-MKT • This certificate program may be taken on its own or may be

earned en-route to earning a graduate degree. Students wishing to earn the certificate en-route must be enrolled in the corresponding "Certificate Track" graduate program.

• Students who completed a certificate in its entirety and who later choose to enroll in a graduate program with a concentration in the same area of focus as the completed certificate will not be required to enroll in the Certificate Track.

Additional Admission Requirements for the CERT/G-MKT All applicants are expected to meet the following admissions requirements: • An undergraduate degree from a regionally or approved

nationally accredited, or candidate for accreditation, college or university or comparable undergraduate bachelor's degree earned at a recognized foreign institution or a graduate degree from an ABA accredited institution (i.e- JD, LLB, LLM). If the institution became accredited while the student was attending, a minimum of 75% of the coursework taken toward the degree must have been completed while the institution was accredited or during the candidacy period.

• Applicants must have access to a suitable work environment for the completion of course assignments.

• A cumulative grade point average (GPA) of 2.5 for all undergraduate coursework on the undergraduate degree posted transcript is required for admission.

Certificate Completion Requirements for the CERT/G-MKT • Completion of a minimum of 15 credits. • A minimum grade point average (GPA) of 3.0.

• Students earning the certificate en-route will only be placed on Academic Probation if their graduate program GPA falls below the minimum requirement.

• Students earning this certificate en-route to completion of a degree program must meet the minimum GPA requirement at the conclusion of all required coursework for the certificate to be eligible for certificate conferral

• The certificate awarded for this program will read as: Graduate Marketing

Residency Requirements and Course Waivers/Competency for the CERT/G-MKT Completion of a minimum of 12 credit of the required course of study to meet University residency requirements. Students in this program may waive a maximum of 3 credits from their required course of study. In order to be granted a waiver for a course in the required course of study, the student must have completed a previous course which meets the following criteria:

• The activity must have been completed at a regionally or approved nationally accredited, or candidate for accreditation, college or university, or from an approved source of nontraditional transfer credit as listed in University transfer policy.

• The course must have been completed within the past ten (10) years (5 years for IS&T courses) from current program enrollment agreement sign date with a grade of "B" (3.0) or better.

• The course must be comparable in content and credits to the University course it is replacing and must be an equivalent level or higher level course (i.e. graduate level coursework may be used to waive graduate or undergraduate coursework). Course descriptions must be included with the course waiver form in order for the Office of Admissions and Evaluation to review the course waiver request.

The following course in the Required Course of Study may not be waived: MKT 593 Re-entry for the CERT/G-MKT Any student who has been out of attendance for more than 365 days from the last date of positive recorded attendance in a pro- gram applicable course is considered a re-entry student. Re-entry students may re-enroll into their program version without appeal if the program version is still the most current in their state or jurisdiction and the student has the ability to satisfy all program requirements within their original program completion deadline. Re-entry students whose program version is not the most current in their state or jurisdiction will be required to enroll into the most current version. Select programs may have additional re-entry requirements/ restrictions. Re-entry students should consult their Academic Advisor for guidance.

........................................................................................... Graduate CPA Bridge Certificate

The following certificate program may be offered at these University of Phoenix campus locations: Online, depending on state of residence. The availability of programs and concentrations depend on student demand and other factors. Not all programs may be available to all residents of all states. Students may want to consider completing certain courses in the Online classroom at Online rates if the program is available via the Online modality in their state. Please contact your enrollment

........................................................................................... representative for more information.

Students in the Graduate CPA Bridge Certificate will develop an understanding of the topics required in preparation for the CPA exam: Audit & Attestation, Financial Accounting & Reporting, Regulation, and Business Environment & Concepts. The Graduate CPA Bridge Certificate is designed for students who want to enhance their accounting management skills, enter the accounting profession, or complete additional coursework required for licen- sure while also preparing for the CPA exam. While completing this program, students who may be planning to take the CPA exam will utilize CPA Exam Preparation software in conjunction with their course work. Each state sets forth standards required to be eligible to take the CPA exam and apply for licensure or certification as a CPA. While this certificate program was designed with consideration for the standards proposed by the National Association of State Boards of Accounting (NASBA), the University of Phoenix cannot, and will not, provide any assurance that completion of this program will allow a successful student to qualify

472

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017 PROFESSIONAL PROGRAMS

CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS FOR SCHOOL OF BUSINESS - GRADUATE

within the student's specific jurisdiction. Potential applicants should check with the appropriate organization within their jurisdiction to determine if this certificate program, combined with their undergraduate degree and any other specific criteria, meets the requirements to qualify for examination in that specific jurisdiction. States frequently change their requirements for examination. There is no assurance that at the time of degree completion the specific jurisdiction's requirements will be consistent with the requirements at the time of admission. For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program, and other important information, please visit our website at http://www.phoenix.edu/ programs/cert-g-cpa. Preferred Sequence for the CERT/G-CPA Courses requiring prerequisites are identified by a ~ symbol fol- lowing the course number. Course descriptions for all courses are listed in the Course Guide section of the catalog (page B-1). ACC 543 ................................................................................... 3 credits Managerial Accounting & Legal Aspects of Business ACC 545 ~................................................................................ 3 credits Financial Reporting ACC 546 ~................................................................................ 3 credits Auditing ACC 547 ~................................................................................ 3 credits Taxation ACC 548 ~................................................................................ 3 credits Not-for-Profit & Government Accounting ETH 557 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Accounting Ethics The University reserves the right to modify the required course of study. General Information for the CERT/G-CPA • The Certificate Track graduate program is designed to be an

option for students to earn a certificate en-route to earning the graduate degree.

• Students who completed a certificate in its entirety and who later choose to enroll in a graduate program with a concentration in the same area of focus as the completed certificate will not be required to enroll in the Certificate Track and will not earn a second certificate en-route to completing the graduate program.

Additional Admission Requirements for the CERT/G-CPA All applicants are expected to meet the following admissions requirements: • Signed Certificate Application. • An undergraduate degree, or higher, in business with at least

nine (9) credits in accounting or an undergraduate degree in any field with at least 18 credit hours in accounting, from a regionally or approved nationally accredited, or candidate for accreditation, college or university or comparable undergraduate bachelor's degree earned at a recognized foreign institution or a graduate degree from an ABA accredited institution (i.e- JD, LLB, LLM). If the institution became accredited while the student was attending, a minimum of 75% of the coursework taken toward the degree must have been completed while the institution was accredited or during the candidacy period.

• Applicants must have access to a suitable work environment for the completion of course assignments.

• A cumulative grade point average (GPA) of 2.5 for all undergraduate coursework on the undergraduate degree posted transcript is required for admission.

Certificate Completion Requirements for the CERT/G-CPA • Completion of a minimum of 18 credits. • A minimum grade point average (GPA) of 3.0. • Students who complete the Graduate CPA Bridge Certificate

and wish to enroll in the MBA 022 program can apply courses towards the MBA 022 program requirement.

• The certificate awarded for this program will read as: Graduate CPA Bridge

Residency Requirements and Course Waivers/Competency for the CERT/G-CPA Completion of a minimum of 15 credit of the required course of study to meet University residency requirements. Note: Graduates from the Master of Business Administration Concentration in Accounting (MBA/ACC) program who enroll in the CERT/G-CPA must complete a minimum of six unique credits to meet residency. Students in this program may waive a maximum of 3 credits from their required course of study. In order to waive a course in the required course of study, the stu- dent must have completed a previous course that meets the follow- ing criteria: • The course must have been completed at a regionally or

approved nationally accredited, or candidate for accreditation, college or university;

• The course must have been completed within the past ten (10) years from current program enrollment agreement sign date with a "B" (3.0) or better; and

• The course must be comparable in content and credits to the University course it is replacing and must be an equivalent level or higher level course (i.e. graduate level coursework may be used to waive graduate or undergraduate coursework). Course descriptions must be included with the course waiver form in order for the Office of Admissions and Evaluation to review the course waiver request.

Re-entry for the CERT/G-CPA Any student who has been out of attendance for more than 365 days from the last date of positive recorded attendance in a pro- gram applicable course is considered a re-entry student. Re-entry students may re-enroll into their program version without appeal if the program version is still the most current in their state or jurisdiction and the student has the ability to satisfy all program requirements within their original program completion deadline. Re-entry students whose program version is not the most current in their state or jurisdiction will be required to enroll into the most current version. Select programs may have additional re-entry requirements/ restrictions. Re-entry students should consult their Academic Advisor for guidance.

473

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

........................................................................................... Graduate Project Management Certificate

The following certificate program may be offered at these University of Phoenix campus locations: Online, depending on state of residence. The availability of programs and concentrations depend on student demand and other factors. Not all programs may be available to all residents of all states. Students may want to consider completing certain courses in the Online classroom at Online rates if the program is available via the Online modality in their state. Please contact your enrollment

........................................................................................... representative for more information.

Students in the Graduate Project Management Certificate program will develop an understanding of project management concepts, applications, and the five processes that define project manage- ment. Students will collaboratively create an organizational project plan using Microsoft Project® software. The concentration is based on standards as tested by the Project Management Professional (PMP) certification examination. The Graduate Project Manage- ment Certificate program is designed for students who want to enhance their project management skills, become project managers, or complete additional coursework in preparation for Project Man- agement Professional (PMP) certification. For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program, and other important information, please visit our website at http://www.phoenix.edu/ programs/G-PM. Required Course of Study for the G-PM Courses requiring prerequisites are identified by a ~ symbol fol- lowing the course number. Course descriptions for all courses are listed in the Course Guide section of the catalog (page B-1). MGT 521 ................................................................................... 3 credits Management PM 571 ~................................................................................... 3 credits Project Management PM 582 ~................................................................................... 3 credits Project Leadership PM 584 ~................................................................................... 3 credits Project Risk Management PM 586 ~................................................................................... 3 credits Project Quality Management PM 598 ~................................................................................... 3 credits Project Management Capstone The University reserves the right to modify the required course of study. General Information for the G-PM The Certificate Track graduate program is designed to be an option for students to earn a certificate en-route to earning the graduate degree. Students who completed a certificate in its entirety and who later choose to enroll in a graduate program with a concentration in the same area of focus as the completed certificate will not be required to enroll in the Certificate Track and will not earn a second certifi- cate en-route to completing the graduate program. Additional Admission Requirements for the G-PM All applicants are expected to meet the following admissions requirements:

• An undergraduate degree from a regionally or approved nationally accredited, or candidate for accreditation, college or university or comparable undergraduate bachelor's degree earned at a recognized foreign institution or a graduate degree from an ABA accredited institution (i.e- JD, LLB, LLM). If the institution became accredited while the student was attending, a minimum of 75% of the coursework taken toward the degree must have been completed while the institution was accredited or during the candidacy period.

• Applicants must have access to a suitable work environment for the completion of course assignments.

• A cumulative grade point average (GPA) of 2.5 for all undergraduate coursework on the undergraduate degree posted transcript is required for admission.

Certificate Completion Requirements for the G-PM Credit Bearing Certificate completion requirements are the follow- ing: • Completion of a minimum of 18 credits. • All students must meet residency requirements. • A minimum grade point average (GPA) of 3.0.

• Students earning the certificate en-route will only be placed on Academic Probation if their graduate program GPA falls below the minimum requirement.

• Students earning this certificate en-route to completion of a degree program must meet the minimum GPA requirement at the conclusion of all required coursework for the certificate to be eligible for certificate conferral.

• The certificate awarded for this program will read as: Graduate Project Management

Residency Requirements and Course Waivers for the G-PM Completion of a minimum of 12 credits of the required course of study to meet University residency requirements. Students in this program may waive a maximum of 6 credits from their required course of study. Students who have completed graduate University of Phoenix coursework that meets the requirements for this certificate, may apply credits earned. However, students must still meet program residency requirements. In order to be granted a waiver for a course in the required course of study, the student must have completed a previous course which meets the following criteria: • The activity must have been completed at a regionally or

approved nationally accredited, or candidate for accreditation, college or university, or from an approved source of nontraditional transfer credit as listed in University transfer policy.

• The course must have been completed within the past ten (10) years (5 years for IS&T courses) from current program enrollment agreement sign date with a grade of "B" (3.0) or better.

• The course must be comparable in content and credits to the University course it is replacing and must be an equivalent level or higher level course (i.e. graduate level coursework may be used to waive graduate or undergraduate coursework). Course descriptions must be included with the course waiver form in order for the Office of Admissions and Evaluation to review the course waiver request.

Students completing this certificate en-route to the MHA/MBA Certificate Track program must appeal to the Student Appeals Center (SAC) to waive a certificate course that is required for their

474

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017 PROFESSIONAL PROGRAMS

CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS FOR THE SCHOOL OF HEALTH SERVICES ADMINISTRATION

selected MHA/MBA concentration. The following courses in the Required Course of Study may not be waived: MGT 521, PM 598 Re-entry for the G-PM Any student who has been out of attendance for more than 365 days from the last date of positive recorded attendance in a pro- gram applicable course is considered a re-entry student. Re-entry students may re-enroll into their program version without appeal if the program version is still the most current in their state

or jurisdiction and the student has the ability to satisfy all program requirements within their original program completion deadline. Re-entry students whose program version is not the most current in their state or jurisdiction will be required to enroll into the most current version. Select programs may have additional re-entry requirements/ restrictions. Re-entry students should consult their Academic Advisor for guidance.

.....................................................................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................................................... CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS FOR THE SCHOOL OF HEALTH SERVICES ADMINISTRATION

........................................................................................... Long Term Care Certificate Program

The following certificate program may be offered at these University of Phoenix campus locations: Online, depending on state of residence. The availability of programs and concentrations depend on student demand and other factors. Not all programs may be available to all residents of all states. Students may want to consider completing certain courses in the Online classroom at Online rates if the program is available via the Online modality in their state. Please contact your enrollment

........................................................................................... representative for more information.

As the needs of the long-term care population evolve, there is a growing market for long-term care products and services. The long-term care certificate focuses on increasing the knowledge and skills essential to work with various populations across the life span that require long-term care. Courses focus on long-term care administration, health and wellness, legal issues and perspectives, programs and services, as well as alternative living environments for populations that require long-term care. For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program, and other important information, please visit our website at http://www.phoenix.edu/ programs/ltc. Program Student Learning Outcomes In addition to the knowledge and skills related to the University Learning Goals, School of Health Services Administration graduat- ing students are intended to attain certain program-specific knowl- edge, skills and abilities. Therefore, you should be able to demonstrate the following learning outcomes by the time you com- plete this program. • Students will apply concepts of long-term care administration

within the industry. • Students will analyze health and wellness concepts to address

the needs of various LTC populations. • Students will integrate ethical principles into all aspects of the

LTC industry. • Students will explain products and services to address the needs

of various LTC populations. Required Course of Study for the LTC Courses requiring prerequisites are identified by a ~ symbol fol- lowing the course number. Course descriptions for all courses are listed in the Course Guide section of the catalog (page B-1). GEN 200 ................................................................................... 3 credits Foundations for General Education and Professional Success HCS 437 ................................................................................... 3 credits Long-term Care Administration

HCS 433 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Dimensions of Health and the Older Adult LTC 315 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits Alternative Living Environments LTC 328 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits Legal Perspectives in Aging LTC 310 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits Social and Community Related Programs and Services The University reserves the right to modify the required course of study. General Information This certificate program may be taken on its own or may be earned en-route to earning a bachelors degree. Students wishing to earn the certificate en-route must be enrolled in the corresponding "Cer- tificate Track" bachelors program. Students who completed a certificate in its entirety and who later choose to enroll in a bachelors program with a concentration in the same area of focus as the completed certificate will not be required to enroll in the Certificate Track. Additional Admission Requirements for the LTC All applicants are expected to meet the following admissions requirements: • High school graduation from an institution that holds state

approval to confer high school diplomas or are accredited or a candidate for accreditation at the time the student attended by an acceptable accrediting body, GED certificate, CHSPE (California High School Proficiency Examination) certificate, or completion of the HiSET examination with a passing score. • Tennessee: Students residing in Tennessee who are attending

classes via the Online modality and students attending a local campus in Tennessee, including from any cross-border locations must provide the university with an official High School transcript or official GED score (if applicable). A college transcript which documents high school date of completion or a copy of a DD-214 showing high school graduation or equivalency may be submitted to satisfy this requirement.

• Applicants must be currently employed or have access to a work environment.

Certificate Completion Requirements for the LTC • Completion of a minimum of 18 credits. • A minimum grade point average (GPA) of 2.0.

• Students earning the certificate en-route will only be placed on Academic Probation if their bachelor program GPA falls below the minimum requirement.

475

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

• Students earning this certificate en-route to completion of a degree program must meet the minimum GPA requirement at the conclusion of all required coursework for the certificate to be eligible for certificate conferral.

• All students must complete the minimum number of credits required by their certificate program.

• The certificate awarded for this program will read as: Long Term Care

Residency Requirements and Course Waivers for the LTC Students must meet established University residency requirement for certificate conferral. The University requires that the majority of coursework, 12 credits in the Required Course of Study, must be completed at University of Phoenix. Students in this program may waive a maximum of 6 credits from their required course of study. In order to be granted a waiver with credit for a course in the Required Course of Study, a student must have completed a previ- ous credit bearing activity in transfer which meets the following criteria: • The activity must have been completed at a regionally or

approved nationally accredited, or candidate for accreditation, college or university, or from an approved source of nontraditional transfer credit as listed in University transfer policy.

• The activity must have been completed within the past ten (10) years (5 years for IS&T courses) from current program enrollment agreement sign date with a grade of "C" (2.0) or better or comparable passing benchmark for nontraditional credits.

• The activity must be comparable in content and semester academic credits to the University course it is replacing and must be an equivalent level or higher level course (i.e. graduate level coursework may be used to waive graduate or undergraduate coursework). Course descriptions must be included with the course waiver form in order for the Office of Admissions and Evaluation to review the course waiver request.

Experiential Learning (essay) credit is not eligible to waive courses in the required course of study. Eligible students who have attended a SOC Member Institution and have successfully completed equivalent courses according to the SOC Transfer Tables may transfer all equivalent courses into a student's required course of study as a waiver if the courses meet the minimum grade and timeframe as stated in policy. The follow- ing course in the Required Course of Study may not be waived: GEN 200 Re-entry for the LTC With the exception of AAEE, BSED/E, BSLS, LVN/BSN, LPN/ BSN, and BSN, students who have been out of attendance for a period of more than 365 days from the last date of positive recorded attendance in a program applicable course, and who have less than 24 credits from a combination of UOPX credits, previous college credits listed on the initial application for admission, and any additional college credits listed on the re-entry paperwork, are required to enroll in the First-Year Sequence upon re-entry. Students who have been out of attendance for a period of more than 365 days from the last date of positive recorded attendance in a program applicable course, and who have 24 or more credits from a combination of UOPX credits, previous college credits listed on the initial application for admission, and any additional college credits listed on the re-entry paperwork, are not required to enroll

in the First-Year Sequence upon re-entry. Students who have been out of attendance for a period of more than 365 days from the last date of positive recorded attendance in a program applicable course, and who have 12 or more UOPX credits, and a total of 24 or more credits from a combination of UOPX credits, previous college credits listed on the initial applica- tion for admission, and any additional college credits listed on the re-entry paperwork will not be required to complete GEN 200 (or equivalent) upon re-entry. Any student who has been out of attendance for more than 365 days from the last date of positive recorded attendance in a pro- gram applicable course is considered a re-entry student. Re-entry students may re-enroll into their program version without appeal if the program version is still the most current in their state or jurisdiction and the student has the ability to satisfy all program requirements within their original program completion deadline. Re-entry students whose program version is not the most current in their state or jurisdiction will be required to enroll into the most current version. Select programs may have additional re-entry requirements/ restrictions. Re-entry students should consult their Academic Advisor for guidance.

Graduate Health Care Sustainability Management

........................................................................................... Certificate

The following certificate program may be offered at these University of Phoenix campus locations: Online, depending on state of residence. The availability of programs and concentrations depend on student demand and other factors. Not all programs may be available to all residents of all states. Students may want to consider completing certain courses in the Online classroom at Online rates if the program is available via the Online modality in their state. Please contact your enrollment

........................................................................................... representative for more information.

Students enrolled in the Graduate Health Care Sustainability Man- agement Certificate focus on curriculum that is designed to instill environmental, economical, and social sensitivity and responsibil- ity within the health care industry. This includes covering concepts such as accountability for managing outcomes, reducing costs and waste, and minimizing the environmental impact of health care systems. For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program, and other important information, please visit our website at http://www.phoenix.edu/ programs/cert-g-hcs.

CERT/G-HCS Preferred Course Sequence

Courses requiring prerequisites are identified by a ~ symbol following the course number. Course descriptions for all courses are listed in the Course Guide section of the catalog (page B-1).

HCS 504 ......................................................................................1 credit Introduction to Graduate Study in Health Sciences/Nursing HCS 591 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Creating a Sustainable Health Care Organization HCS 593 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Economics of Sustainability HCS 596 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Issues in Environmental Sustainability The University reserves the right to modify the required course of study.

476

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017 PROFESSIONAL PROGRAMS

CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS FOR THE SCHOOL OF HEALTH SERVICES ADMINISTRATION

General Information for the CERT/G-HCS • This certificate program may be taken on its own or may be

earned en-route to earning a graduate degree. Students wishing to earn the certificate en-route must be enrolled in the corresponding Certificate Track graduate program.

• Students who completed a certificate in its entirety and who later choose to enroll in a graduate program with a concentration in the same area of focus as the completed certificate will not be required to enroll in the Certificate Track and will not earn a second certificate en-route to completing the graduate program.

Additional Admission Requirements for the CERT/G-HCS • An undergraduate degree from a regionally or approved

nationally accredited, or candidate for accreditation, college or university or comparable undergraduate bachelor's degree earned at a recognized foreign institution or a graduate degree from an ABA accredited institution (i.e- JD, LLB, LLM). If the institution became accredited while the student was attending, a minimum of 75% of the coursework taken toward the degree must have been completed while the institution was accredited or during the candidacy period.

• A cumulative grade point average (GPA) of 2.5 for all undergraduate coursework on the undergraduate degree posted transcript is required for admission.

• A minimum equivalent of one year of full-time post high school work experience or volunteer experience is required.

Certificate Completion Requirements for the CERT/G-HCS • Completion of a minimum of 10 credits. • A minimum program grade point average (GPA) of 3.0.

• Students earning the certificate en-route will only be placed on Academic Probation if their graduate program GPA falls below the minimum requirement.

• Students earning this certificate en-route to completion of a degree program must meet the minimum GPA requirement at the conclusion of all required coursework for the certificate to be eligible for certificate conferral.

• The certificate awarded for this program will read as: Graduate Health Care Sustainability Management

Residency Requirements and Course Waivers for the CERT/G- HCS • Students must meet established University residency

requirement for degree conferral. The University requires that the majority of coursework, 7 credits in the Required Course of Study, must be completed at University of Phoenix.

• Students in this program may waive a maximum of 3 credits from their required course of study.

• In order to be granted a waiver with credit for a course in the Required Course of Study, a student must have completed a previous course which meets the following criteria: • The course must have been completed at a regionally or

approved nationally accredited, or candidate for accreditation, college or university.

• The course must have been completed within the past five (5) years from current program enrollment agreement sign date with a grade of "B" (3.0) or better.

• The course must be comparable in content and credits to the University course it is replacing and must be an equivalent level or higher level course (i.e. graduate level coursework may be used to waive graduate or undergraduate coursework). Course descriptions must be included with the course waiver form in order for the Office of Admissions and Evaluation to review the course waiver request.

• Students completing this certificate en-route to the MHA/MBA Certificate Track program must appeal to the Student Appeals Center (SAC) to waive a certificate course that is required for their selected MHA/MBA concentration.

• The following courses in the Required Course of Study may not be waived: HCS 504

Re-entry for the CERT/G-HCS Any student who has been out of attendance for more than 365 days from the last date of positive recorded attendance in a pro- gram applicable course is considered a re-entry student. Re-entry students may re-enroll into their program version without appeal if the program version is still the most current in their state or jurisdiction and the student has the ability to satisfy all program requirements within their original program completion deadline. Re-entry students whose program version is not the most current in their state or jurisdiction will be required to enroll into the most current version. Select programs may have additional re-entry requirements/ restrictions. Re-entry students should consult their Academic Advisor for guidance.

........................................................................................... Graduate Health Care Informatics Certificate

The following certificate program may be offered at these University of Phoenix campus locations: Online, depending on state of residence. The availability of programs and concentrations depend on student demand and other factors. Not all programs may be available to all residents of all states. Students may want to consider completing certain courses in the Online classroom at Online rates if the program is available via the Online modality in their state. Please contact your enrollment

........................................................................................... representative for more information.

This certificate program is designed for health care and nurse pro- fessionals interested in pursuing or advancing in careers associated with health care informatics and technology. Individuals with little or no background in Informatics receive an overview of informat- ics as it relates to delivery within a health care facility. The program is designed to provide the learner with current knowledge in con- cepts of health care informatics, systems life cycle, and data man- agement. The 10 credit-bearing specialization is available as a certificate program for post-baccalaureate students. The four courses in the informatics specialization certificate program are available at campuses offering nursing or heath care degree pro- grams using a variety of delivery methods. For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program, and other important information, please visit our website at http://www.phoenix.edu/ programs/hci. Required Course of Study for the HCI Courses requiring prerequisites are identified by a ~ symbol following the course number. Course descriptions for all courses are listed in the Course Guide section of the catalog (page B-1).

HCS 504 ..................................................................................... 1 credit Introduction to Graduate Study in Health Sciences/Nursing

477

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

HCI 500 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits Concepts of Health Care Informatics HCI 510 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits Systems Life Cycle HCI 520 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits Data Management and Design The University reserves the right to modify the required course of study. Additional Admission Requirements for the HCI • An undergraduate degree from a regionally or approved

nationally accredited, or candidate for accreditation, college or university or comparable undergraduate bachelor's degree earned at a recognized foreign institution or a graduate degree from an ABA accredited institution (i.e- JD, LLB, LLM). If the institution became accredited while the student was attending, a minimum of 75% of the coursework taken toward the degree must have been completed while the institution was accredited or during the candidacy period.

• A cumulative grade point average (GPA) of 2.5 for all undergraduate coursework on the undergraduate degree posted transcript is required for admission.

• A minimum equivalent of one year of full-time post high school work experience or volunteer experience is required.

Certificate Completion Requirements for the HCI Credit Bearing Certificate completion requirements are the follow- ing: • Completion of a minimum of 10 credits • A minimum University program grade point average (GPA) of

3.0. Residency Requirements and Course Waivers for the HCI Students must meet established University residency requirement for degree conferral. The University requires that the majority of coursework, 7 credits in the Required Course of Study, must be completed at University of Phoenix. Students in this program may waive a maximum of 3 credits from their required course of study. In order to waive a course in a HCI Certificate Program, the stu- dent must have completed a previous course which meets the fol- lowing criteria:

• The course must have been completed and transcripted from a regionally or approved nationally accredited, or candidate for accreditation, college or university.

• The course must have been completed within the past five years from current program enrollment agreement sign date with a grade of “B” (3.0) or better.

• The course must be comparable in content and credits to the University course it is replacing and must be an equivalent level or higher level course (i.e. graduate level coursework may be used to waive graduate or undergraduate coursework). Course descriptions must be included with the course waiver form in order for the Office of Admissions and Evaluation to review the course waiver request.

Students completing this certificate en-route to the MHA/MBA Certificate Track program must appeal to the Student Appeals Center (SAC) to waive a certificate course that is required for their selected MHA/MBA concentration. The following course will not be waived from the certificate pro- gram: HCS 504.

Re-entry for the HCI Any student who has been out of attendance for more than 365 days from the last date of positive recorded attendance in a pro- gram applicable course is considered a re-entry student. Re-entry students may re-enroll into their program version without appeal if the program version is still the most current in their state or jurisdiction and the student has the ability to satisfy all program requirements within their original program completion deadline. Re-entry students whose program version is not the most current in their state or jurisdiction will be required to enroll into the most current version. Select programs may have additional re-entry requirements/ restrictions. Re-entry students should consult their Academic Advisor for guidance.

........................................................................................... Gerontology Health Care Certificate Program

The following certificate program may be offered at these University of Phoenix campus locations: Online, depending on state of residence. The availability of programs and concentrations depend on student demand and other factors. Not all programs may be available to all residents of all states. Students may want to consider completing certain courses in the Online classroom at Online rates if the program is available via the Online modality in their state. Please contact your enrollment

........................................................................................... representative for more information.

This program is designed to provide health care professionals with diverse interdisciplinary backgrounds with the knowledge and process of aging. Content is designed to provide students with rel- evant information related to the physical, mental, and social aspects of gerontology as well as human services, economic and legal factors that influence elders. With an emerging proportion of older adults in our society there is a growing market for aging services which are fueled by products and services for well elders as well as those elders compromised by chronic illnesses or disabilities. Career opportunities are increasing and are not limited to just long term care. Business, industry, com- munity health, federal and local governments and professional organizations will look to include workers prepared to understand the needs of this population as a major consumer of their products and services. For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program, and other important information, please visit our website at http://www.phoenix.edu/ programs/ghc. Program Student Learning Outcomes In addition to the knowledge and skills related to the University Learning Goals, School of Health Services Administration graduat- ing students are intended to attain certain program-specific knowl- edge, skills and abilities. Therefore, you should be able to demonstrate the following learning outcomes by the time you com- plete this program. • Students will be able to analyze foundational concepts of

gerontology to support the health of older adults. • Students will be able to evaluate resources available to older

adults to support the aging process. • Students will be able to analyze business needs to promote

gerontology services and products.

478

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017 PROFESSIONAL PROGRAMS

CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS FOR THE SCHOOL OF HEALTH SERVICES ADMINISTRATION

Required Course of Study for the GHC Courses requiring prerequisites are identified by a ~ symbol fol- lowing the course number. Course descriptions for all courses are listed in the Course Guide section of the catalog (page B-1). HCS 548 ................................................................................... 3 credits Foundations of Gerontology HCS 551 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Biological and psychological Aspects of Aging HCS 557 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Social and Cultural Aspects of Aging HCS 565 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Organization and Management of Aging Services The University reserves the right to modify the required course of study. Additional Admission Requirements for the GHC All applicants to this certificate program are expected to meet the following additional admission requirements: • An undergraduate degree from a regionally or approved

nationally accredited, or candidate for accreditation, college or university or comparable undergraduate bachelor’s degree earned at a recognized foreign institution. If the institution became accredited while the student was attending, a minimum of 75% of the coursework taken toward the degree must have been completed while the institution was accredited or during the candidacy period.

• A cumulative grade point average (GPA) of 2.5 for all undergraduate coursework on the undergraduate degree posted transcript is required for admission.

• A minimum equivalent of one year full-time post- high school work experience.

Certificate Completion Requirements for the GHC Credit Bearing Certificate completion requirements are the follow- ing: • Completion of a minimum of 12 credits. • All students must meet residency requirements as set by the

Dean for each Certificate program. • A minimum certificate program grade point average (GPA) of

3.0. • Upon successful completion of HCS 548, HCS 551, HCS 557, and

HCS 565, the student can submit a certificate application for GHC, as well as use these courses towards their MHA/GER program requirements. University residency applies with both programs, but students will be considered to have met program residency.

• Students enrolled in the courses as part of their degree will not be able to then request these courses as an additional certificate.

Residency Requirements and Course Waivers for the GHC MHA/GER students may dual enroll in this program and submit a certificate application upon successful completion of HCS 548, HCS 551, HCS 557, and HCS 565. The courses may apply to both, the GHC and MHA/GER required course of study. University resi- dency applies to both programs, but students will be considered to have met program residency. Students in the Gerontology Health Care Certificate Program may waive a maximum of three (3) credits from their program. In order to waive a course in a Professional Certificate Program, the student must have completed a previous course which meets the following criteria:

• The course must have been completed and transcripted from a regionally or approved nationally accredited, foreign equivalency, or candidate for accreditation, college or university,

• The course must have been completed within the past ten (10) years from current program enrollment agreement sign date with a grade of “B” (3.0) or better; and

• The course must be comparable in content and credits to the University course it is replacing and must be an equivalent level or higher level course (i.e. graduate level coursework may be used to waive graduate or undergraduate coursework). Course descriptions must be included with the course waiver form in order for the Office of Admissions and Evaluation to review the course waiver request.

• Students completing this certificate en-route to the MHA/MBA Certificate Track program must appeal to the Student Appeals Center (SAC) to waive a certificate course that is required for their selected MHA/MBA concentration.

Re-entry for the GHC Any student who has been out of attendance for more than 365 days from the last date of positive recorded attendance in a pro- gram applicable course is considered a re-entry student. Re-entry students may re-enroll into their program version without appeal if the program version is still the most current in their state or jurisdiction and the student has the ability to satisfy all program requirements within their original program completion deadline. Re-entry students whose program version is not the most current in their state or jurisdiction will be required to enroll into the most current version. Select programs may have additional re-entry requirements/ restrictions. Re-entry students should consult their Academic Advisor for guidance.

........................................................................................... Health Management Certificate Program

The following certificate program may be offered at these University of Phoenix campus locations: Online, depending on state of residence. The availability of programs and concentrations depend on student demand and other factors. Not all programs may be available to all residents of all states. Students may want to consider completing certain courses in the Online classroom at Online rates if the program is available via the Online modality in their state. Please contact your enrollment

........................................................................................... representative for more information.

This certificate is designed to provide a framework in health care management concepts. The courses will provide perspectives related to health care delivery services, health care management and human resources, financial accounting concepts, as well as an introduction to the legal and regulatory aspects in health care. For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program, and other important information, please visit our website at http://www.phoenix.edu/ programs/hm. Required Course of Study for the HM Courses requiring prerequisites are identified by a ~ symbol fol- lowing the course number. Course descriptions for all courses are listed in the Course Guide section of the catalog (page B-1). GEN 200 ................................................................................... 3 credits Foundations for General Education and Professional Success HCS 235 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Health Care Delivery in the United States

479

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

Health Management Courses Students must choose four courses from the following: HCS 325 ~................................................................................. 3 credits Health Care Management HCS 335 ~................................................................................. 3 credits Health Care Ethics and Social Responsibility HCS 341 ~................................................................................. 3 credits Human Resources in Health Care HCS 405 ~................................................................................. 3 credits Health Care Financial Accounting HCS 430 ~................................................................................. 3 credits Legal Issues in Health Care: Regulation and Compliance HCS 446 ~................................................................................. 3 credits Facility Planning HCS 457 ~................................................................................. 3 credits Public and Community Health HCS 483 ~................................................................................. 3 credits Health Care Information Systems The University reserves the right to modify the required course of study. General Information This certificate program may be taken on its own or may be earned en-route to earning a bachelors degree. Students wishing to earn the certificate en-route must be enrolled in the corresponding "Cer- tificate Track" bachelors program. Students who completed a certificate in its entirety and who later choose to enroll in a bachelors program with a concentration in the same area of focus as the completed certificate will not be required to enroll in the Certificate Track. Additional Admission Requirements for the HM All applicants are expected to meet the following admissions requirements: • High school graduation from an institution that holds state

approval to confer high school diplomas or are accredited or a candidate for accreditation at the time the student attended by an acceptable accrediting body, GED certificate, CHSPE (California High School Proficiency Examination) certificate, or completion of the HiSET examination with a passing score. • Tennessee: Students residing in Tennessee who are attending

classes via the Online modality and students attending a local campus in Tennessee, including from any cross-border locations must provide the university with an official High School transcript or official GED score (if applicable). A college transcript which documents high school date of completion or a copy of a DD-214 showing high school graduation or equivalency may be submitted to satisfy this requirement.

• Applicants must be currently employed or have access to a work environment.

Certificate Completion Requirements for the HM • Completion of a minimum of 18 credits. • A minimum grade point average (GPA) of 2.0.

• Students earning the certificate en-route will only be placed on Academic Probation if their bachelor program GPA falls below the minimum requirement.

• Students earning this certificate en-route to completion of a degree program must meet the minimum GPA requirement at the conclusion of all required coursework for the certificate to be eligible for certificate conferral.

• All students must complete the minimum number of credits required by their certificate program.

• The certificate awarded for this program will read as: Health Management

Residency Requirements and Course Waivers for the HM Students must meet established University residency requirement for certificate conferral. The University requires that the majority of coursework, 12 credits in the Required Course of Study, must be completed at University of Phoenix. Students in this program may waive a maximum of 6 credits from their required course of study. In order to be granted a waiver with credit for a course in the Required Course of Study, a student must have completed a previ- ous credit bearing activity in transfer which meets the following criteria: • The activity must have been completed at a regionally or

approved nationally accredited, or candidate for accreditation, college or university, or from an approved source of nontraditional transfer credit as listed in University transfer policy.

• The activity must have been completed within the past ten (10) years (5 years for IS&T courses) from current program enrollment agreement sign date with a grade of "C" (2.0) or better or comparable passing benchmark for nontraditional credits.

• The activity must be comparable in content and semester academic credits to the University course it is replacing and must be an equivalent level or higher level course (i.e. graduate level coursework may be used to waive graduate or undergraduate coursework). Course descriptions must be included with the course waiver form in order for the Office of Admissions and Evaluation to review the course waiver request.

Experiential Learning (essay) credit is not eligible to waive courses in the required course of study. Eligible students who have attended a SOC Member Institution and have successfully completed equivalent courses according to the SOC Transfer Tables may transfer all equivalent courses into a student's required course of study as a waiver if the courses meet the minimum grade and timeframe as stated in policy. The following course in the Required Course of Study may not be waived: GEN 200 Re-entry for the HM With the exception of AAEE, BSED/E, BSLS, LVN/BSN, LPN/ BSN, and BSN, students who have been out of attendance for a period of more than 365 days from the last date of positive recorded attendance in a program applicable course, and who have less than 24 credits from a combination of UOPX credits, previous college credits listed on the initial application for admission, and any additional college credits listed on the re-entry paperwork, are required to enroll in the First-Year Sequence upon re-entry. Students who have been out of attendance for a period of more than 365 days from the last date of positive recorded attendance in a program applicable course, and who have 24 or more credits from a combination of UOPX credits, previous college credits listed on the initial application for admission, and any additional college credits listed on the re-entry paperwork, are not required to enroll

480

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017 PROFESSIONAL PROGRAMS

CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS FOR THE SCHOOL OF HEALTH SERVICES ADMINISTRATION

in the First-Year Sequence upon re-entry. Students who have been out of attendance for a period of more than 365 days from the last date of positive recorded attendance in a program applicable course, and who have 12 or more UOPX credits, and a total of 24 or more credits from a combination of UOPX credits, previous college credits listed on the initial applica- tion for admission, and any additional college credits listed on the re-entry paperwork will not be required to complete GEN 200 (or equivalent) upon re-entry. Any student who has been out of attendance for more than 365 days from the last date of positive recorded attendance in a pro- gram applicable course is considered a re-entry student. Re-entry students may re-enroll into their program version without appeal if the program version is still the most current in their state or jurisdiction and the student has the ability to satisfy all program requirements within their original program completion deadline. Re-entry students whose program version is not the most current in their state or jurisdiction will be required to enroll into the most current version. Select programs may have additional re-entry requirements/ restrictions. Re-entry students should consult their Academic Advisor for guidance.

Health and Wellness Administration Foundations

........................................................................................... Certificate (Undergraduate)

The following certificate program may be offered at these University of Phoenix campus locations: Online, depending on state of residence. The availability of programs and concentrations depend on student demand and other factors. Not all programs may be available to all residents of all states. Students may want to consider completing certain courses in the Online classroom at Online rates if the program is available via the Online modality in their state. Please contact your enrollment

........................................................................................... representative for more information.

This certificate will provide an introductory overview of concepts such as an introduction to health care delivery, communication skills, medical terminology, health care information systems, the regulatory environment, and patient records. These concepts are needed to work in an entry level aspect of the health and wellness industry, such as a medical spa, weight management clinic, physi- cian front office or clinic. Completion of the program allows a stu- dent to sit for the Certified Medical Administrative Assistant (CMAA) exam, a national certification offered through the National Healthcareers Association®. For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program, and other important information, please visit our website at http://www.phoenix.edu/ programs/cert-hwaf. Required Course of Study for the CERT/HWAF Courses requiring prerequisites are identified by a ~ symbol fol- lowing the course number. Course descriptions for all courses are listed in the Course Guide section of the catalog (page B-1). HCS 120 ................................................................................... 3 credits Medical Terminology for Health Care Professionals HCS 131 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Business Communication Skills for Health Care Professionals HCS 245 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Introduction to Health and Disease HCS 235 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Health Care Delivery in the U. S.

HCIS 140 ~............................................................................... 3 credits Fundamentals of Electronic Health Records HCS 182 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Introduction to Financial Concepts HCS 224 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Health Care Office Management The University reserves the right to modify the required course of study. General Information for the HWAF • This certificate program may be taken on its own or may be

earned en-route to earning an associates degree. Students wishing to earn the certificate en-route must be enrolled in the corresponding "Certificate Track" associates program.

• Students who completed a certificate in its entirety and who later choose to enroll in an associates program with a concentration in the same area of focus as the completed certificate will be required to enroll in the Certificate Track and will not earn a second certificate en-route to completing the associates program.

Additional Admission Requirements for the CERT/HWAF • Applicants must be at least 16 years of age at the time of

application. • High school graduation from an institution that holds state

approval to confer high school diplomas or are accredited or a candidate for accreditation at the time the student attended by an acceptable accrediting body, GED certificate or CHSPE (California High School Proficiency Examination) certificate, or completion of the HiSET examination with a passing score. • Tennessee: Students residing in Tennessee who are attending

classes via the Online modality and students attending a local campus in Tennessee, including from any cross-border locations must provide the university with an official High School transcript or official GED score (if applicable). A college transcript which documents high school date of completion or a copy of a DD-214 showing high school graduation or equivalency may be submitted to satisfy this requirement.

Certificate Completion Requirements for the CERT/HWAF • Completion of a minimum of 21 credits. • A minimum grade point average (GPA) of 2.00.

• Students earning the certificate en-route will only be placed on Academic Probation if their associate program GPA falls below the minimum requirement.

• Students earning this certificate en-route to completion of a degree program must meet the minimum GPA requirement at the conclusion of all required coursework for the certificate to be eligible for certificate conferral.

• The certificate awarded for this program will read as follows: Health and Wellness Administration Foundations (Undergraduate)

Minimum Grade Requirements for the CERT/HWAF • Students in this program will be placed on scholastic

disqualification if a minimum grade of "C" (2.0) is not attained in the following courses: HCS 182, HCS 224

481

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

• Students who have been scholastically disqualified will not be allowed to continue in their degree program until they have retaken the course which placed them on scholastic disqualification, satisfied the grade requirement, and fulfilled any additional criteria for reentry, as determined by the faculty member and the Campus College Chair or appropriate Dean.

• Re-Admission is granted when the student satisfactorily fulfills the outlined requirements to remove the scholastic disqualification. Students may repeat the specific courses listed above only one time. If the student does not receive the minimum grade requirement on the second attempt, the student will be scholastically suspended, permanently withdrawn, from this program.

Residency Requirements and Course Waivers for the CERT/ HWAF Students must meet the established University residency require- ment for certificate conferral. The University requires that the majority of coursework, 15 credits in the Required Course of Study, must be completed at University of Phoenix. Students in this program may waive a maximum of 6 credits from their required course of study. In order to be granted a waiver with credit for a course in the Required Course of Study, a student must have completed a previ- ous credit bearing activity in transfer which meets the following criteria: • The activity must have been completed at a regionally or

approved nationally accredited, or candidate for accreditation, college or university, or from an approved source of nontraditional transfer credit as listed in University transfer policy.

• The activity must have been completed within the past ten (10) years (5 years for IS&T courses) from current program enrollment agreement sign date with a grade of "C" (2.0) or better or comparable passing benchmark for nontraditional credits.

• The activity must be comparable in content and semester academic credits to the University course it is replacing and must be an equivalent level or higher level course (i.e. graduate level coursework may be used to waive graduate or undergraduate coursework). Course descriptions must be included with the course waiver form in order for the Office of Admissions and Evaluation to review the course waiver request.

Experiential Learning (essay) credit is not eligible to waive courses in the required course of study. Eligible students who have attended a SOC Member Institution and have successfully completed equivalent courses according to the SOC Transfer Tables may transfer all equivalent courses into a student's required course of study as a waiver if the courses meet the minimum grade and timeframe as stated in policy. Re-entry for the CERT/HWAF Any student who has been out of attendance for more than 365 days from the last date of positive recorded attendance in a pro- gram applicable course is considered a re-entry student. Re-entry students may re-enroll into their program version without appeal if the program version is still the most current in their state or jurisdiction and the student has the ability to satisfy all program requirements within their original program completion deadline. Re-entry students whose program version is not the most current in their state or jurisdiction will be required to enroll into the most current version.

Select programs may have additional re-entry requirements/ restrictions. Re-entry students should consult their Academic Advisor for guidance.

Electronic Health Records Fundamentals Certificate

........................................................................................... (Undergraduate)

The following certificate program may be offered at these University of Phoenix campus locations: Online, depending on state of residence. The availability of programs and concentrations depend on student demand and other factors. Not all programs may be available to all residents of all states. Students may want to consider completing certain courses in the Online classroom at Online rates if the program is available via the Online modality in their state. Please contact your enrollment

........................................................................................... representative for more information.

This certificate will provide a foundation of content needed to become an Electronic Health Records (EHR) specialist. While duties may vary, they will include entering data related to diagnos- tic procedures, diseases, and general health history information. EHR specialists ensure a patient’s health information is correct and assist with daily office operations. Students will be introduced to a current electronic health records system application in the certifi- cate program. Completion of the program allows a student to sit for the Certified Electronic Health Records Specialist (CEHRS) exam, a national certification offered through the National Health- careers Association®. For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program, and other important information, please visit our website at http://www.phoenix.edu/ programs/cert-ehrf. Required Course of Study for the CERT/EHRF Courses requiring prerequisites are identified by a ~ symbol fol- lowing the course number. Course descriptions for all courses are listed in the Course Guide section of the catalog (page B-1). HCS 120 .................................................................................... 3 credits Medical Terminology for Health Care Professionals HCS 131 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Business Communication Skills for Health Care Professionals HCS 245 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Introduction to Health and Disease HCS 235 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Health Care Delivery in the U. S. HCIS 140 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits Fundamentals of Electronic Health Records HCIS 250 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits Structure, Design and Tools of Electronic Health Records HCIS 270 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits Application of Electronic Health Records The University reserves the right to modify the required course of study. General Information for the EHRF • This certificate program may be taken on its own or may be

earned en-route to earning an associates degree. Students wishing to earn the certificate en-route must be enrolled in the corresponding "Certificate Track" associates program.

482

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017 PROFESSIONAL PROGRAMS

CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS FOR THE SCHOOL OF HEALTH SERVICES ADMINISTRATION

• Students who completed a certificate in its entirety and who later choose to enroll in an associates program with a concentration in the same area of focus as the completed certificate will be required to enroll in the Certificate Track and will not earn a second certificate en-route to completing the associates program.

Additional Admission Requirements for the CERT/EHRF • Applicants must be at least 16 years of age at the time of

application. • High school graduation from an institution that holds state

approval to confer high school diplomas or are accredited or a candidate for accreditation at the time the student attended by an acceptable accrediting body, GED certificate or CHSPE (California High School Proficiency Examination) certificate, or completion of the HiSET examination with a passing score. • Tennessee: Students residing in Tennessee who are attending

classes via the Online modality and students attending a local campus in Tennessee, including from any cross-border locations must provide the university with an official High School transcript or official GED score (if applicable). A college transcript which documents high school date of completion or a copy of a DD-214 showing high school graduation or equivalency may be submitted to satisfy this requirement.

Certificate Completion Requirements for the CERT/EHRF • Completion of a minimum of 21 credits. • A minimum grade point average (GPA) of 2.00.

• Students earning the certificate en-route will only be placed on Academic Probation if their associate program GPA falls below the minimum requirement.

• Students earning this certificate en-route to completion of a degree program must meet the minimum GPA requirement at the conclusion of all required coursework for the certificate to be eligible for certificate conferral.

• The certificate awarded for this program will read as follows: Electronic Health Records Fundamentals (Undergraduate)

Minimum Grade Requirements for the CERT/EHRF • Students in this program will be placed on scholastic

disqualification if a minimum grade of "C" (2.0) is not attained in the following courses: HCIS 250, HCIS 270

• Students who have been scholastically disqualified will not be allowed to continue in their degree program until they have retaken the course which placed them on scholastic disqualification, satisfied the grade requirement, and fulfilled any additional criteria for reentry, as determined by the faculty member and the Campus College Chair or appropriate Dean.

• Re-Admission is granted when the student satisfactorily fulfills the outlined requirements to remove the scholastic disqualification. Students may repeat the specific courses listed above only one time. If the student does not receive the minimum grade requirement on the second attempt, the student will be scholastically suspended, permanently withdrawn, from this program.

Residency Requirements and Course Waivers for the CERT/ EHRF Students must meet the established University residency require- ment for certificate conferral. The University requires that the majority of coursework, 15 credits in the Required Course of Study, must be completed at University of Phoenix. Students in this program may waive a maximum of 6 credits from their required course of study. In order to be granted a waiver with credit for a course in the Required Course of Study, a student must have completed a previ- ous credit bearing activity in transfer which meets the following criteria: • The activity must have been completed at a regionally or

approved nationally accredited, or candidate for accreditation, college or university, or from an approved source of nontraditional transfer credit as listed in University transfer policy.

• The activity must have been completed within the past ten (10) years (5 years for IS&T courses) from current program enrollment agreement sign date with a grade of "C" (2.0) or better or comparable passing benchmark for nontraditional credits.

• The activity must be comparable in content and semester academic credits to the University course it is replacing and must be an equivalent level or higher level course (i.e. graduate level coursework may be used to waive graduate or undergraduate coursework). Course descriptions must be included with the course waiver form in order for the Office of Admissions and Evaluation to review the course waiver request.

Experiential Learning (essay) credit is not eligible to waive courses in the required course of study. Eligible students who have attended a SOC Member Institution and have successfully completed equivalent courses according to the SOC Transfer Tables may transfer all equivalent courses into a student's required course of study as a waiver if the courses meet the minimum grade and timeframe as stated in policy. The following course(s) may not be waived: HCIS 270 Re-entry for the CERT/EHRF Any student who has been out of attendance for more than 365 days from the last date of positive recorded attendance in a pro- gram applicable course is considered a re-entry student. Re-entry students may re-enroll into their program version without appeal if the program version is still the most current in their state or jurisdiction and the student has the ability to satisfy all program requirements within their original program completion deadline. Re-entry students whose program version is not the most current in their state or jurisdiction will be required to enroll into the most current version. Select programs may have additional re-entry requirements/ restrictions. Re-entry students should consult their Academic Advisor for guidance.

483

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

........................................................................................... Medical Records Certificate (Undergraduate)

The following certificate program may be offered at these University of Phoenix campus locations: Online, depending on state of residence. The availability of programs and concentrations depend on student demand and other factors. Not all programs may be available to all residents of all states. Students may want to consider completing certain courses in the Online classroom at Online rates if the program is available via the Online modality in their state. Please contact your enrollment

........................................................................................... representative for more information.

The certificate in Medical Records lays a foundation for further study in health care medical records at the undergraduate level. Topics focus on anatomy and physiology related to terminology and disease diagnosis, medical billing and coding, medical insur- ance processes, and medical claims processing and compliance. Software instruction synthesizes a variety of records processes common in medical facilities. Completion of the program allows a student to sit for the Certified Billing and Coding Specialist (CBCS) exam, a national certification offered through the National Health- careers Association. For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program, and other important information, please visit our website at http://www.phoenix.edu/ programs/cert-mr. CERT/MR Preferred Sequence Courses requiring prerequisites are identified by a ~ symbol fol- lowing the course number. Course descriptions for all courses are listed in the Course Guide section of the catalog (page B-1). HCS 131 .................................................................................... 3 credits Business Communication Skills for Health Care Professionals HCS 235 ~................................................................................. 3 credits Health Care Delivery in the U. S. HCIS 140 ~ ............................................................................... 3 credits Fundamentals of Electronic Health Records HCS 214 ~................................................................................. 3 credits Anatomy and Physiology I HCS 216 ~................................................................................. 3 credits Anatomy and Physiology II HCR 202 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Medical Insurance HCR 201 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Medical Billing and Coding HCR 203 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Medical Claims Processing and Compliance The University reserves the right to modify the required course of study. General Information for the CERT/MR • This certificate program may be taken on its own or may be

earned en-route to earning an associates degree. Students wishing to earn the certificate en-route must be enrolled in the corresponding "Certificate Track" associates program.

• Students who completed a certificate in its entirety and who later choose to enroll in an associates program with a concentration in the same area of focus as the completed certificate will be required to enroll in the Certificate Track and will not earn a second certificate en-route to completing the associates program.

Additional Admission Requirements for the CERT/MR • Applicants must be at least 16 years of age at the time of

application. • High school graduation from an institution that holds state

approval to confer high school diplomas or are accredited or a candidate for accreditation at the time the student attended by an acceptable accrediting body, GED certificate or CHSPE (California High School Proficiency Examination) certificate, or completion of the HiSET examination with a passing score. • Tennessee: Students residing in Tennessee who are attending

classes via the Online modality and students attending a local campus in Tennessee, including from any cross-border locations must provide the university with an official High School transcript or official GED score (if applicable). A college transcript which documents high school date of completion or a copy of a DD-214 showing high school graduation or equivalency may be submitted to satisfy this requirement.

Certificate Completion Requirements for the CERT/MR • Completion of a minimum of 24 credits. • A minimum grade point average (GPA) of 2.0.

• Students earning the certificate en-route will only be placed on Academic Probation if their associate program GPA falls below the minimum requirement.

• Students earning this certificate en-route to completion of a degree program must meet the minimum GPA requirement at the conclusion of all required coursework for the certificate to be eligible for certificate conferral.

• The certificate awarded for this program will read as follows: Medical Records (Undergraduate)

Minimum Grade Requirements for the CERT/MR • Students in this program will be placed on scholastic

disqualification if a minimum grade of "C" (2.0) is not attained in the following courses: HCR 201, HCR 202, HCR 203, HCS 214, and HCS 216.

• Students who have been scholastically disqualified will not be allowed to continue in their degree program until they have retaken the course which placed them on scholastic disqualification, satisfied the grade requirement, and fulfilled any additional criteria for reentry, as determined by the faculty member and the Campus College Chair or appropriate Dean.

• Re-Admission is granted when the student satisfactorily fulfills the outlined requirements to remove the scholastic disqualification. Students may repeat the specific courses listed above only one time. If the student does not receive the minimum grade requirement on the second attempt, the student will be scholastically suspended, permanently withdrawn, from this program.

Residency Requirements and Course Waivers for the CERT/ MR • Students must meet the established University residency

requirement for certificate conferral. The University requires that the majority of coursework, 15 credits in the Required Course of Study, must be completed at University of Phoenix.

• Students in this program may waive a maximum of 6 credits from their required course of study.

• In order to be granted a waiver with credit for a course in the Required Course of Study, a student must have completed a previous credit bearing activity in transfer which meets the following criteria:

484

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017 PROFESSIONAL PROGRAMS

CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS FOR THE SCHOOL OF HEALTH SERVICES ADMINISTRATION

• The activity must have been completed at a regionally or approved nationally accredited, or candidate for accreditation, college or university, or from an approved source of nontraditional transfer credit as listed in University transfer policy.

• The activity must have been completed within the past ten (10) years (5 years for IS&T courses) from current program enrollment agreement sign date with a grade of "C" (2.0) or better or comparable passing benchmark for nontraditional credits.

• The activity must be comparable in content and semester academic credits to the University course it is replacing and must be an equivalent level or higher level course (i.e. graduate level coursework may be used to waive graduate or undergraduate coursework). Course descriptions must be included with the course waiver form in order for the Office of Admissions and Evaluation to review the course waiver request.

• Experiential Learning (essay) credit is not eligible to waive courses in the required course of study.

• Eligible students who have attended a SOC Member Institution and have successfully completed equivalent courses according to the SOC Transfer Tables may transfer all equivalent courses into a student's required course of study as a waiver if the courses meet the minimum grade and timeframe as stated in policy.

• The following course(s) may not be waived: HCR 203 Re-entry for the CERT/MR Any student who has been out of attendance for more than 365 days from the last date of positive recorded attendance in a pro- gram applicable course is considered a re-entry student. Re-entry students may re-enroll into their program version without appeal if the program version is still the most current in their state or jurisdiction and the student has the ability to satisfy all program requirements within their original program completion deadline. Re-entry students whose program version is not the most current in their state or jurisdiction will be required to enroll into the most current version. Select programs may have additional re-entry requirements/ restrictions. Re-entry students should consult their Academic Advisor for guidance.

485

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

.....................................................................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................................................... CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS FOR THE SCHOOL OF NURSING

Academic Progression Requirements for all Current

........................................................................................... Nursing Programs (excluding BSN/I)

Any student who demonstrates behaviors in a clinical, classroom, or laboratory setting that gives rise to a reasonable suspicion, of substance abuse or otherwise indicates that the student may be impaired by drugs or alcohol, without reasonable justification will be required to undergo a "for-cause" 10 panel, plus alcohol drug test. • For purposes of this policy, the following definitions apply:

• Drug testing means the scientific analysis of urine, blood, breath, saliva, hair, tissue, and other specimens from the human body for the purpose of detecting the use of drugs or alcohol.

• Reasonable suspicion means evidence which forms a reasonable basis for concluding that it is more likely than not that a person is impaired by alcohol or drugs or has engaged in substance abuse. Facts which could give rise to reasonable suspicion include, but are not limited to: the odor of alcohol or drugs, impaired behavior such as slurred speech, decreased motor coordination, difficulty in maintaining balance, marked changes in personality or job performance, and unexplained accidents, without reasonable justification. Such evidence may come from a professional or expert opinion, layperson opinion, scientific tests, or other sources or methods.

• Illegal drug means any drug which is not legally obtainable; any drug which is legally obtainable but has not been legally obtained; any prescribed drug not legally obtained; any prescribed drug not being used for the prescribed purpose or by the person for whom it was prescribed; any over-the- counter drug being used at a dosage level other than that recommended by the manufacturer, or being used for a purpose other than the purpose intended by the manufacturer; and any drug being used for a purpose or by a person not in accordance with bona fide medical therapy. Examples of illegal drugs include, but are not limited to, stimulants; depressants; narcotic or hallucinogenic drugs; cannabis substances, such as marijuana and hashish; cocaine; heroin; methamphetamine; phencyclidine (PCP); and so- called designer drugs and look-alike drugs.

• Impaired means that a person's mental or physical capabilities are reduced below his or her normal levels without reasonable justification. An impaired student manifests deterioration in the level of function as compared to that previously observed, or the student does not function at a level normally expected under the prevailing circumstances. Impairment may exist in one or more multiple domains, including psychomotor activity and skills, conceptual or factual recall, integrative or synthetic thought processes, judgment, attentiveness, demeanor and attitudes as manifested in speech or actions. Impairment will include addiction to and/or physical dependence upon alcohol or illegal drugs.

• Substance abuse means: •the consumption, possession, or distribution of alcohol or

illegal drugs by any nursing student while on University

or affiliated clinical site premises or while participating in any University (or affiliated clinical site) sponsored or related activity, including any nursing-related course or clinical training activity.

•a nursing student's use of alcohol or any drug in such a way that the student's performance in any nursing course, including activities at any clinical site, is impaired.

• Prior to being assigned to a clinical placement and as a prerequisite for placement at any agency or health care facility the nursing student shall sign an agreement: • to abide by the drug policies and drug testing policies of the

University and each agency or health care facility in which a student is assigned as applicable,

• to submit to any "for cause" drug testing required by the University and testing required by each agency or health care facility the nursing student obtains clinical hours, and

• to release a copy of any and all drug test results to the University of Phoenix, Dean/Associate Dean of Nursing, other appropriate University officials, and to any State Board(s) of Nursing in which the student holds a nursing license or certificate, where required by the relevant State Board(s) of Nursing. Failure to sign such agreement is grounds for refusal for student admission and progression in the program.

• The College of Nursing requires students to obtain a 10 panel, plus alcohol drug test if the student's behavior in the clinical, classroom or laboratory setting creates facts that give rise to a reasonable suspicion of substance abuse, or indicates they are impaired by alcohol or drugs.

• If the results of the 10 panel, plus alcohol drug test is negative for alcohol or illegal drugs: • The student shall meet with their Campus College Chair,

Director of Nursing, or NP Program Manager within 24 hours or by the first business day following the test results to discuss the circumstances surrounding suspected behavior.

• The Campus College Chair, Director of Nursing, or NP Program Manager will counsel the student regarding return to the classroom and clinical agency. The preliminary investigation will cease and the student will be released from further action at that time.

• The Campus College Chair, Director of Nursing, or NP Program Manager will arrange for the student to make up the missed clinical hours.

• If the results of the 10 panel, plus alcohol drug test is positive for alcohol or illegal drugs: • A full review by the Office of Dispute Management and

Apollo Ethics and Compliance shall be conducted. Students who test positive for alcohol or illegal drugs will not be permitted to return to any clinical setting pending conclusion of the review. The findings may result in student dismissal from the nursing program and expulsion from the University.

• The results of the positive test for alcohol or illegal drugs shall be reported to the applicable State Board(s) of Nursing, if required by the applicable State Board(s), by the Campus College Chair, Director of Nursing, or NP Program Manager.

486

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017 PROFESSIONAL PROGRAMS

CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS FOR THE SCHOOL OF NURSING

• If the results of the 10 panel, plus alcohol drug test(s) are positive for a prescribed drug(s) but not those that would be defined as illegal in the definitions above: • The student shall, within three (3) business days, obtain a

written statement from their treating, licensed health care provider (MD, DO, HMD, ND/NMD, NP or PA) stating that: •the drug level is within prescribed limits. •the level does not indicate abuse. •the student's use of the drug as prescribed will not interfere

with safe practice in the clinical area. This statement must be provided to the Campus College Chair, Director of Nursing, or NP Program Manager. If the statement is approved, then the test result will be deemed acceptable and not failed for these purposes.

• The failure of a student to provide the above statement or a health care provider's inability to provide a statement meeting the requirements above shall be treated as a positive test for an illegal drug.

• Students who refuse to submit to a "for-cause" drug test will not be allowed to return to any clinical setting pending conclusion of a full review by the Office of Dispute Management and Apollo Ethics and Compliance. The findings may result in dismissal from the nursing program and expulsion from the University. The results of a positive test for illegal drugs as defined herein or a refusal to undergo a required drug test will be reported to the applicable State Board of Nursing where required by the applicable State Board(s) of Nursing's statute(s) or regulation(s).

• Students must also adhere to any other additional policies prescribed by the clinical agency. It is the sole responsibility of the student to read and acknowledge the requirements of the clinical health care facility in addition to University policy.

• All costs associated with the drug test, including any transportation costs to or from the drug testing facility, will be the responsibility of the student.

• University of Phoenix, College of Nursing, campus officials may be required to report all failed drug tests to each State Board of Nursing in which the student holds a nursing license or certificate. Campus officials shall report test results to all applicable State Boards of Nursing as described in the applicable Board's statutes and/or regulations.

........................................................................................... Post Master's Certificate in Nurse Administration

The following certificate program may be offered at these University of Phoenix campus locations: Online, depending on state of residency. The availability of programs and concentrations depend on student demand and other factors. Not all programs may be available to all residents of all states. Students may want to consider completing certain courses in the Online classroom at Online rates if the program is available via the Online modality in their state. Please contact your enrollment

........................................................................................... representative for more information.

The Nursing Certificate programs, accredited by the Commission of Collegiate Nursing Education (CCNE)*, enhances the knowl- edge and skills of registered nurses with graduate-level nursing degree preparation. The program prepares registered nurses to function in leadership roles in administration, practice, and educa- tional settings. Advanced nursing theory and research provide the foundation for nurses to influence the future of nursing and health care. Students complete courses in advanced nursing content, pro-

cess, and leadership. Concentrations in nursing psychiatric-mental health, family nurse practitioner, nursing informatics, nursing administration and nursing education allow students to concen- trate on developing increased knowledge and skills in a specific area of content. For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program, and other important information, please visit our website at http://www.phoenix.edu/ programs/cert-nad. Program Purpose This certificate program is designed for nurses with current RN licensure who desire a concentrated course of study in nursing administration. The course of study prepares nurses to function in leadership roles in nursing administration. Upon completion of the certificate program, nurses with a graduate degree in nursing and the required practice experience may be eligible to sit for the American Nurses Credentialing Center (ANCC) Nurse Executive – Board Certified (NE-BC) exam. For complete eligibility requirements, reference the complete NE-BC criteria (www.nursecredentialing.org). CERT/NAD Required Course of Study Courses requiring prerequisites are identified by a ~ symbol following the course number. Course descriptions for all courses are listed in the Course Guide section of the catalog (page B-1).

Required Course of Study courses must be completed in the order recommended by the University. NSG 516AD ............................................................................. 3 credits Practicum I NSG 557 ................................................................................... 3 credits Organizational Dynamics and Systems Thinking NSG 577 ................................................................................... 3 credits Continuous Quality Monitoring and Outcomes Improvement NSG 547 ................................................................................... 3 credits Human Resources Management NSG 567 ................................................................................... 3 credits Financial Resources Management in Health Care NSG 517AD ~.......................................................................... 3 credits Practicum II The University reserves the right to modify the required course of study. Additional Admission Requirements for the CERT/NAD All applicants are expected to meet the following admissions requirements: • A master's degree in nursing (MSN or MN) or doctoral degree in

nursing from a regionally or approved nationally accredited, or candidate for accreditation, college or university or equivalent graduate degree earned at a recognized foreign institution. If the institution became accredited while the student was attending, a minimum of 75% of the coursework taken toward the degree must have been completed while the institution was accredited or during the candidacy period.

• A cumulative grade point average (GPA) of 3.0 for all graduate or doctoral coursework on the graduate or doctoral degree posted transcript is required for admission.

487

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

• Applicants who reside in the United States or in one of the US Territories with documentation of a valid, unrestricted / unencumbered RN license in all states in which the applicant holds an active nursing license. For applicants holding licenses in multiple jurisdictions, all active licenses must be valid, unrestricted / unencumbered through the duration of the program. Applicants from the following territories must also hold a RN license obtained by taking the NCLEX-RN exam. Students must provide documentation showing successful completion of the US NCLEX-RN exam: • Guam • American Samoa • Northern Mariana Islands • US Virgin Islands • Puerto Rico

• International students who are residents outside of the United States or approved US Territories must meet the following requirements: • Completion of a nursing diploma, associates degree in

nursing, or foreign equivalent program. • All students, with the exception of students residing in

Canada or Puerto Rico, will be required to validate their International Nursing License equivalency by CGFNS (Commission on Graduates of Foreign Nursing Schools) or ICD (International Consultants of Delaware) for RN equivalency.

• All Canadian students must complete the Canadian RN License Verification Form and submit documentation of a valid, unrestricted, unencumbered RN license.

• Applicants who reside in Canada must meet one of the following requirements for admission:

-Be a legal resident of Canada -Be a landed immigrant -Have a valid visa that does not prohibit educa-

tional studies • A signed Foreign Nursing Memorandum of Understanding

• Signed Criminal Background Check Disclosure • Signed Acknowledgement of Criminal Conviction Prohibition

for Placement and Licensure • Signed FERPA Release/Drug Test or Failure to Test Results • Signed Clinical Assurance Statement form Certificate Completion Requirements for the CERT/NAD • Completion of a minimum of 18 credits. • A minimum program grade point average (GPA) of 3.0. • The certificate awarded for this program will read as:

Post Master's Nurse Administration Academic Progression Requirements for the CERT/NAD • A minimum grade of C or better in all courses. • Students must hold a valid, unrestricted / unencumbered RN

license in all states in which the applicant holds an active nursing license. For students holding licenses in multiple jurisdictions, all active licenses must be valid, unrestricted / unencumbered through the duration of the program.

• Clinical experiences/hours cannot be completed during work time at the student's place of employment.

• Any student who demonstrates behaviors in a clinical, classroom, or laboratory setting that gives rise to a reasonable suspicion, of substance abuse or otherwise indicates that the student may be impaired by drugs or alcohol, without reasonable justification will be required to undergo a "for-cause" 10 panel, plus alcohol drug test.

Minimum Grade Requirements for the CERT/NAD • Students in this program are required to achieve a minimum

grade of "C" (2.0) in all courses. A "C-" grade is not acceptable. Students who fail to receive a minimum grade of "C" in any of the courses will be scholastically disqualified from the University.

• Students cannot repeat more than one nursing or clinical course. Students who fail to achieve the minimum grade requirement on a second course will be scholastically suspended, permanently withdrawn, from the certificate program.

• Students who have been scholastically disqualified will not be allowed to continue in their degree program until they have taken the following steps: • Met with the Campus College Chair, an assigned nursing

faculty member, or designee to discuss the non-passing grade and resolve any concerns moving forward.

• Completion of the academic progression student agreement form, signed by the student and returned to Campus College Chair, or designee.

• Retake of the course which placed them on scholastic disqualification and satisfy the grade requirement

• Re-Admission is granted when the student satisfactorily fulfills the outlined requirements to remove the scholastic disqualification. Once the grade minimum has been satisfied, the student may then proceed sequentially through the program.

Residency Requirements and Course Waivers for the CERT/ NAD • Students must meet established University residency

requirement for degree conferral. The University requires that 18 credits in the Required Course of Study must be completed at University of Phoenix.

• The courses in this program cannot be waived. Re-entry for the CERT/NAD • Any student who has been out of attendance for more than 365

days from the last date of positive recorded attendance in a program applicable course is considered a re-entry student to this program.

• Re-entry students may re-enroll into their program version if the program version is still the most current in their state or jurisdiction and the student has the ability to satisfy all program requirements within their original program completion deadline.

• Re-entry students whose program version is not the most current in their state or jurisdiction will be required to enroll into the most current version.

• An appeal will be required for re-entry students to re-enroll in their program if: • The student is requesting to return after being

administratively withdrawn due to one of the following student academic statuses: academic disqualification (AD), scholastic suspension (SS), or scholastic disqualification (SD).

488

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017 PROFESSIONAL PROGRAMS

CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS FOR THE SCHOOL OF NURSING

• The student's program version is still the most current offered in their state or jurisdiction but they are unable to complete the remaining program requirements within the original program completion deadline.

• The student wishes to return to a prior program version and the student can complete their remaining requirements within the original program completion deadline.

• Re-entry students will be required to submit an admissions application as well as all forms and documents required for readmission to the program at the time of re-entry.

Post Master's Certificate in Nurse Administration

........................................................................................... International

The following certificate program may be offered at these University of Phoenix campus locations: Online, depending on state of residence. The availability of programs and concentrations depend on student demand and other factors. Not all programs may be available to all residents of all states. Students may want to consider completing certain courses in the Online classroom at Online rates if the program is available via the Online modality in their state. Please contact your enrollment

........................................................................................... representative for more information.

The Nursing Certificate programs enhance the knowledge and skills of registered nurses with graduate-level nursing degree prep- aration. The program prepares registered nurses to function in leadership roles in administration, practice, and educational set- tings. Advanced nursing theory and research provide the founda- tion for nurses to influence the future of nursing and health care. Students complete courses in advanced nursing content, process, and leadership. Concentrations in nursing administration and nursing education allow students to concentrate on developing increased knowledge and skills in a specific area of content. For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program, and other important information, please visit our website at http://www.phoenix.edu/ programs/cert-nad. CERT/NAD-I Required Course of Study Courses requiring prerequisites are identified by a ~ symbol following the course number. Course descriptions for all courses are listed in the Course Guide section of the catalog (page B-1).

NSG 550 .................................................................................. 3 credits Role of the Nurse Administrator HSN 525 ~................................................................................ 4 credits Research Methodologies for the Nurse Administrator HSN 555 ~................................................................................ 3 credits Human Resources in Health Care HSN 560 ~................................................................................ 3 credits Organizational Systems and Informatics HSN 565 ~................................................................................ 3 credits Organizational Change and Negotiation HSN 570 ~................................................................................ 3 credits Financial Resource Management HSN 575 ~................................................................................ 4 credits Quality Management and Outcomes The University reserves the right to modify the required course of study.

Additional Admission Requirements for the CERT/NAD-I All applicants are expected to meet the following admissions requirements: • Applicants must be residents outside of the United States or

approved US Territories. Program will only be offered online. • A master's degree in nursing (MSN or MN) or doctoral degree in

nursing from a regionally or approved nationally accredited, or candidate for accreditation, college or university or equivalent graduate degree earned at a recognized foreign institution. If the institution became accredited while the student was attending, a minimum of 75% of the coursework taken toward the degree must have been completed while the institution was accredited or during the candidacy period.

• A cumulative grade point average (GPA) of 3.0 on the master's or doctoral degree posted transcript is required for admission.

• All students, with the exception of students residing in Canada or Puerto Rico, will be required to validate their International Nursing License equivalency by CGFNS (Commission on Graduates of Foreign Nursing Schools) or ICD (International Consultants of Delaware) for RN equivalency.

• All Canadian students must complete the Canadian RN License Acknowledgment Form and submit documentation of a valid, unrestricted, unencumbered RN license.

• Applicants residing in the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico must have an approved appeal on file documenting successful completion of the US NCLEX-RN exam and that all Puerto Rico RN licensing requirements are met to be eligible for admission.

• Signed Criminal Background Check Disclosure • Signed Acknowledgement of Criminal Conviction Prohibition

for Placement and Licensure • Signed FERPA Release/Drug Test or Failure to Test Results • Signed Foreign Nursing Memorandum of Understanding • Enrollment Agreements signed 7/1/2016 or later, signed

Clinical Assurance Statement form Certificate Completion Requirements for the CERT/NAD-I • The completion of a minimum of 23 credits. • A minimum program grade point average (GPA) of 3.0. • The certificate awarded for this program will read as:

Post Master's Nurse Administration Academic Progression Requirements for the CERT/NAD-I • Minimum grade of B- or better in all courses. • Students must hold a valid, unrestricted / unencumbered RN

license in all states/countries in which the applicant holds an active nursing license. For students holding licenses in multiple jurisdictions, all active licenses must be valid, unrestricted / unencumbered through the duration of the program.

• Clinical experiences/hours cannot be completed during work time at the student's place of employment.

• Any student who demonstrates behaviors in a clinical, classroom, or laboratory setting that gives rise to a reasonable suspicion, of substance abuse or otherwise indicates that the student may be impaired by drugs or alcohol, without reasonable justification will be required to undergo a "for-cause" 10 panel, plus alcohol drug test.

489

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

Minimum Grade Requirements for the CERT/NAD-I • Students in this program are required to achieve a minimum

grade of "B-" (2.66) in all courses. A "C+" grade is not acceptable. Students who fail to receive a minimum grade of "B-" in any of the courses will be scholastically disqualified from the University.

• Effective for new Enrollment Agreements signed 10/1/2015 or later: Students cannot repeat more than one nursing or clinical course. Students who fail to achieve the minimum grade requirement on a second course will be scholastically suspended, permanently withdrawn, from the certificate program.

• Students who have been scholastically disqualified will not be allowed to continue in their degree program until they have taken the following steps: • Met with the Campus College Chair, an assigned nursing

faculty member, or designee to discuss the non-passing grade and resolve any concerns moving forward.

• Completion of the academic progression student agreement form, signed by the student and returned to Campus College Chair, or designee.

• Retake of the course which placed them on scholastic disqualification and satisfy the grade requirement

• Re-Admission is granted when the student satisfactorily fulfills the outlined requirements to remove the scholastic disqualification. Once the grade minimum has been satisfied, the student may then proceed sequentially through the program.

Residency Requirements and Course Waivers for the CERT/ NAD-I Students must meet established University residency requirement for degree conferral. The University requires that the majority of coursework, 12 credits in the Required Course of Study, must be completed at University of Phoenix. Courses in this program cannot be waived. Re-entry for the CERT/NAD-I Any student who has been out of attendance for more than 365 days from the last date of positive recorded attendance in a pro- gram applicable course is considered a re-entry student to this pro- gram. Re-entry students may re-enroll into their program version if the program version is still the most current in their state or jurisdic- tion and the student has the ability to satisfy all program require- ments within their original program completion deadline. Re-entry students whose program version is not the most current in their state or jurisdiction will be required to enroll into the most current version. An appeal will be required for re-entry students to re-enroll in their program if: • The student is requesting to return after being administratively

withdrawn due to one of the following student academic statuses: academic disqualification (AD), scholastic suspension (SS), or scholastic disqualification (SD).

• The student's program version is still the most current offered in their state or jurisdiction but they are unable to complete the remaining program requirements within the original program completion deadline.

• The student wishes to return to a prior program version and the student can complete their remaining requirements within the original program completion deadline.

Re-entry students will be required to submit an admissions appli- cation as well as all forms and documents required for readmission to the program at the time of re-entry.

........................................................................................... Post Master's Certificate in Nurse Education

The following certificate program may be offered at these University of Phoenix campus locations: Online, depending on state of residency. The availability of programs and concentrations depend on student demand and other factors. Not all programs may be available to all residents of all states. Students may want to consider completing certain courses in the Online classroom at Online rates if the program is available via the Online modality in their state. Please contact your enrollment

........................................................................................... representative for more information.

The Nursing Certificate programs, accredited by the Commission of Collegiate Nursing Education (CCNE)*, enhances the knowl- edge and skills of registered nurses with graduate-level nursing degree preparation. The program prepares registered nurses to function in leadership roles in administration, practice, and educa- tional settings. Advanced nursing theory and research provide the foundation for nurses to influence the future of nursing and health care. Students complete courses in advanced nursing content, pro- cess, and leadership. Concentrations in nursing psychiatric-mental health, family nurse practitioner, nursing informatics, nursing administration and nursing education allow students to concen- trate on developing increased knowledge and skills in a specific area of content. For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program, and other important information, please visit our website at http://www.phoenix.edu/ programs/cert-ned. Program Purpose This certificate program is designed for nurses with current RN licensure who desire a concentrated course of study in nursing education. The course of study prepares nurses for roles within nurse education in a variety of educational and practice settings. Upon completion of the certificate, nurses with graduate degrees (or higher) and designated teaching experience may be eligible to sit for the National League of Nursing (NLN) Certified Nurse Educator (CNE) exam. For complete eligibility requirements, reference the complete NLN CNE criteria (www.nln.org). CERT/NED Required Course of Study Courses requiring prerequisites are identified by a ~ symbol following the course number. Course descriptions for all courses are listed in the Course Guide section of the catalog (page B-1).

Required Course of Study courses must be completed in the order recommended by the University. NSG 516ED ............................................................................. 3 credits Practicum I NSG 531 ................................................................................... 3 credits Program and Course Development NSG 532 ................................................................................... 3 credits Innovative Curriculum Design NSG 533 ................................................................................... 3 credits Educational Assessment and Evaluation NSG 534 ................................................................................... 3 credits Facilitating Engaged Learning NSG 517ED ~........................................................................... 3 credits Practicum II

490

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017 PROFESSIONAL PROGRAMS

CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS FOR THE SCHOOL OF NURSING

The University reserves the right to modify the required course of study. Additional Admission Requirements for the CERT/NED All applicants are expected to meet the following admissions requirements: • A master's degree in nursing (MSN or MN) or doctoral degree in

nursing from a regionally or approved nationally accredited, or candidate for accreditation, college or university or equivalent graduate degree earned at a recognized foreign institution. If the institution became accredited while the student was attending, a minimum of 75% of the coursework taken toward the degree must have been completed while the institution was accredited or during the candidacy period.

• A cumulative grade point average (GPA) of 3.0 for all graduate or doctoral coursework on the graduate or doctoral degree posted transcript is required for admission.

• Applicants who reside in the United States or in one of the US Territories with documentation of a valid, unrestricted / unencumbered RN license in all states in which the applicant holds an active nursing license. For applicants holding licenses in multiple jurisdictions, all active licenses must be valid, unrestricted / unencumbered through the duration of the program. Applicants from the following territories must also hold a RN license obtained by taking the NCLEX-RN exam. Students must provide documentation showing successful completion of the US NCLEX-RN exam: • Guam • American Samoa • Northern Mariana Islands • US Virgin Islands • Puerto Rico

• International students who are residents outside of the United States or approved US Territories must meet the following requirements: • Completion of a nursing diploma, associates degree in

nursing, or foreign equivalent program. • All students, with the exception of students residing in

Canada or Puerto Rico, will be required to validate their International Nursing License equivalency by CGFNS (Commission on Graduates of Foreign Nursing Schools) or ICD (International Consultants of Delaware) for RN equivalency.

• All Canadian students must complete the Canadian RN License Verification Form and submit documentation of a valid, unrestricted, unencumbered RN license.

• Applicants who reside in Canada must meet one of the following requirements for admission:

-Be a legal resident of Canada -Be a landed immigrant -Have a valid visa that does not prohibit educational studies

• A signed Foreign Nursing Memorandum of Understanding • Signed Criminal Background Check Disclosure • Signed Acknowledgement of Criminal Conviction Prohibition

for Placement and Licensure • Signed FERPA Release/Drug Test or Failure to Test Results • Signed Clinical Assurance Statement form

Certificate Completion Requirements for the CERT/NED • Completion of a minimum of 18 credits. • A minimum program grade point average (GPA) of 3.0. • The certificate awarded for this program will read as:

Post Master's Nurse Education Academic Progression Requirements for the CERT/NED • Minimum grade of C or better in all courses. • Students must hold a valid, unrestricted / unencumbered RN

license in all states in which the applicant holds an active nursing license. For students holding licenses in multiple jurisdictions, all active licenses must be valid, unrestricted / unencumbered through the duration of the program.

• Clinical experiences/hours cannot be completed during work time at the student's place of employment.

• Any student who demonstrates behaviors in a clinical, classroom, or laboratory setting that gives rise to a reasonable suspicion, of substance abuse or otherwise indicates that the student may be impaired by drugs or alcohol, without reasonable justification will be required to undergo a "for-cause" 10 panel, plus alcohol drug test.

Minimum Grade Requirements for the CERT/NED • Students in this program are required to achieve a minimum

grade of "C" (2.0) in all courses. A "C-" grade is not acceptable. Students who fail to receive a minimum grade of "C" in any of the courses will be scholastically disqualified from the University.

• Students cannot repeat more than one nursing or clinical course. Students who fail to achieve the minimum grade requirement on a second course will be scholastically suspended, permanently withdrawn, from the certificate program.

• Students who have been scholastically disqualified will not be allowed to continue in their degree program until they have taken the following steps: • Met with the Campus College Chair, an assigned nursing

faculty member, or designee to discuss the non-passing grade and resolve any concerns moving forward.

• Completion of the academic progression student agreement form, signed by the student and returned to Campus College Chair, or designee.

• Retake of the course which placed them on scholastic disqualification and satisfy the grade requirement

• Re-Admission is granted when the student satisfactorily fulfills the outlined requirements to remove the scholastic disqualification. Once the grade minimum has been satisfied, the student may then proceed sequentially through the program.

Residency Requirements and Course Waivers for the CERT/ NED • Students must meet established University residency

requirement for degree conferral. The University requires that 18 credits in the Required Course of Study must be completed at University of Phoenix.

• The courses in this program cannot be waived. Re-entry for the CERT/NED • Any student who has been out of attendance for more than 365

days from the last date of positive recorded attendance in a program applicable course is considered a re-entry student to this program.

491

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

• Re-entry students may re-enroll into their program version if the program version is still the most current in their state or jurisdiction and the student has the ability to satisfy all program requirements within their original program completion deadline.

• Re-entry students whose program version is not the most current in their state or jurisdiction will be required to enroll into the most current version.

• An appeal will be required for re-entry students to re-enroll in their program if: • The student is requesting to return after being

administratively withdrawn due to one of the following student academic statuses: academic disqualification (AD), scholastic suspension (SS), or scholastic disqualification (SD).

• The student's program version is still the most current offered in their state or jurisdiction but they are unable to complete the remaining program requirements within the original program completion deadline.

• The student wishes to return to a prior program version and the student can complete their remaining requirements within the original program completion deadline.

• Re-entry students will be required to submit an admissions application as well as all forms and documents required for readmission to the program at the time of re-entry.

Post Master's Certificate in Nurse Education

........................................................................................... International

The following certificate program may be offered at these University of Phoenix campus locations: Online, depending on state of residence. The availability of programs and concentrations depend on student demand and other factors. Not all programs may be available to all residents of all states. Students may want to consider completing certain courses in the Online classroom at Online rates if the program is available via the Online modality in their state. Please contact your enrollment

........................................................................................... representative for more information.

The Nursing Certificate programs enhance the knowledge and skills of registered nurses with graduate-level nursing degree prep- aration. The program prepares registered nurses to function in leadership roles in administration, practice, and educational set- tings. Advanced nursing theory and research provide the founda- tion for nurses to influence the future of nursing and health care. Students complete courses in advanced nursing content, process, and leadership. Concentrations in nursing administration and nursing education allow students to concentrate on developing increased knowledge and skills in a specific area of content. For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program, and other important information, please visit our website at http://www.phoenix.edu/ programs/cert-ned. CERT/NED-I Required Course of Study Courses requiring prerequisites are identified by a ~ symbol following the course number. Course descriptions for all courses are listed in the Course Guide section of the catalog (page B-1).

NSG 525 ................................................................................... 3 credits Role of the Nurse Educator NSG 530 ~ ................................................................................ 4 credits Theory and Principles of Nursing Education

NSG 535 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Curriculum Development NSG 540 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Instructional Design and Technology NSG 545 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Assessment, Measurement, and Evaluation NSG 500 ~ ................................................................................ 4 credits An Integrated Approach to Pathophysiology and Pharmacology NSG 505 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Comprehensive Health Assessment The University reserves the right to modify the required course of study. Additional Admission Requirements for the CERT/NED-I All applicants are expected to meet the following admissions requirements: • Applicants must be residents outside of the United States or

approved US Territories. Program will only be offered online. • A master's degree in nursing (MSN or MN) or doctoral degree in

nursing from a regionally or approved nationally accredited, or candidate for accreditation, college or university or equivalent graduate degree earned at a recognized foreign institution. If the institution became accredited while the student was attending, a minimum of 75% of the coursework taken toward the degree must have been completed while the institution was accredited or during the candidacy period.

• A cumulative grade point average (GPA) of 3.0 on the master's or doctoral degree posted transcript is required for admission.

• All students, with the exception of students residing in Canada or Puerto Rico, will be required to validate their International Nursing License equivalency by CGFNS (Commission on Graduates of Foreign Nursing Schools) or ICD (International Consultants of Delaware) for RN equivalency.

• All Canadian students must complete the Canadian RN License Acknowledgment Form and submit documentation of a valid, unrestricted, unencumbered RN license.

• Applicants residing in the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico must have an approved appeal on file documenting successful completion of the US NCLEX-RN exam and that all Puerto Rico RN licensing requirements are met to be eligible for admission.

• Signed Criminal Background Check Disclosure • Signed Acknowledgement of Criminal Conviction Prohibition

for Placement and Licensure • Signed FERPA Release/Drug Test or Failure to Test Results • Signed Foreign Nursing Memorandum of Understanding • Enrollment Agreements signed 7/1/2016 or later, signed

Clinical Assurance Statement form Certificate Completion Requirements for the CERT/NED-I • The completion of a minimum of 23 credits. • A minimum program grade point average (GPA) of 3.0. • The certificate awarded for this program will read as:

Post Master's Nurse Education Academic Progression Requirements for the CERT/NED-I • Minimum grade of B- or better in all courses. • Students must hold a valid, unrestricted / unencumbered RN

license in all states/countries in which the applicant holds an active nursing license. For students holding licenses in multiple jurisdictions, all active licenses must be valid, unrestricted / unencumbered through the duration of the program.

492

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017 PROFESSIONAL PROGRAMS

CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS FOR THE SCHOOL OF NURSING

• Clinical experiences/hours cannot be completed during work time at the student's place of employment.

• Any student who demonstrates behaviors in a clinical, classroom, or laboratory setting that gives rise to a reasonable suspicion, of substance abuse or otherwise indicates that the student may be impaired by drugs or alcohol, without reasonable justification will be required to undergo a "for-cause" 10 panel, plus alcohol drug test.

Minimum Grade Requirements for the CERT/NED-I • Students in this program are required to achieve a minimum

grade of "B-" (2.66) in all courses. A "C+" grade is not acceptable. Students who fail to receive a minimum grade of "B-" in any of the courses will be scholastically disqualified from the University.

• Effective for new Enrollment Agreements signed 10/1/2015 or later: Students cannot repeat more than one nursing or clinical course. Students who fail to achieve the minimum grade requirement on a second course will be scholastically suspended, permanently withdrawn, from the certificate program.

• Students who have been scholastically disqualified will not be allowed to continue in their degree program until they have taken the following steps: • Met with the Campus College Chair, an assigned nursing

faculty member, or designee to discuss the non-passing grade and resolve any concerns moving forward.

• Completion of the academic progression student agreement form, signed by the student and returned to Campus College Chair, or designee.

• Retake of the course which placed them on scholastic disqualification and satisfy the grade requirement

• Re-Admission is granted when the student satisfactorily fulfills the outlined requirements to remove the scholastic disqualification. Once the grade minimum has been satisfied, the student may then proceed sequentially through the program.

Residency Requirements and Course Waivers for the CERT/ NED-I Students must meet established University residency requirement for degree conferral. The University requires that the majority of coursework, 12 credits in the Required Course of Study, must be completed at University of Phoenix. Courses in this program cannot be waived. Re-entry for the CERT/NED-I Any student who has been out of attendance for more than 365 days from the last date of positive recorded attendance in a pro- gram applicable course is considered a re-entry student to this pro- gram. Re-entry students may re-enroll into their program version if the program version is still the most current in their state or jurisdic- tion and the student has the ability to satisfy all program require- ments within their original program completion deadline. Re-entry students whose program version is not the most current in their state or jurisdiction will be required to enroll into the most current version. An appeal will be required for re-entry students to re-enroll in their program if:

• The student is requesting to return after being administratively withdrawn due to one of the following student academic statuses: academic disqualification (AD), scholastic suspension (SS), or scholastic disqualification (SD).

• The student's program version is still the most current offered in their state or jurisdiction but they are unable to complete the remaining program requirements within the original program completion deadline.

• The student wishes to return to a prior program version and the student can complete their remaining requirements within the original program completion deadline.

Re-entry students will be required to submit an admissions appli- cation as well as all forms and documents required for readmission to the program at the time of re-entry.

493

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

.....................................................................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................................................... CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS FOR THE COLLEGE OF EDUCATION

........................................................................................... Alternative Pathway/Elementary Education (Hawaii)

The following certificate program may be offered at these University of Phoenix campus locations: Online, depending on state of residence. The availability of programs and concentrations depend on student demand and other factors. Not all programs may be available to all residents of all states. Students may want to consider completing certain courses in the Online classroom at Online rates if the program is available via the Online modality in their state. Please contact your enrollment

........................................................................................... representative for more information.

The Alternative Pathway/Elementary Education is a certificate program intended for candidates who have prior teaching experi- ence and are currently seeking licensure in Hawaii. Students will be required to take a pre-assessment course focusing on assessing the skills necessary for effective teaching. Candidates will plan for instruction, use engaging strategies, and assess student learning, while providing necessary artifacts to support and display the can- didate's content knowledge of teaching. Students will be intro- duced to the program's progression and degree completion requirements. Teacher candidates will be required to complete a Teacher Performance Assessment and meet their program stan- dards in order to successfully complete the program. The Alternative Pathway/Elementary Education requires a mini- mum of 17 credits, which may come from a combination of required and elective courses. For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program, and other important information, please visit our website at http://www.phoenix.edu/ programs/cert-ap-e. Program Purpose The Alternative Pathway/Elementary Education is a certificate program intended to prepare students with no prior teaching experience for the elementary teacher license in Hawaii. The program includes a clinical component requiring field experiences and student teaching above and beyond program coursework. As state licensure requirements may change frequently, students must contact the Hawaii Teacher Standards Board to verify current requirements to become a licensed teacher. There may be additional qualifications and/or disqualifications applicable in order to work as a teacher with any local, state or federal entity. Preferred Sequence for the CERT/AP-E Courses requiring prerequisites are identified by a ~ symbol fol- lowing the course number. Course descriptions for all courses are listed in the Course Guide section of the catalog (page B-1). Hawaii Alternative Certification - Elementary MTE 503.................................................................................... 0 credits Orientation to Alternative Pathway Certificate MTE 504 ~ ..................................................................................1 credit Assessment of Effective Teaching SPE 514 ~ .................................................................................. 2 credits Survey of Special Populations RDG 537 ~ ................................................................................ 4 credits Curriculum Constructs & Assessment: Reading and Language Arts MTE 533 ~ ................................................................................ 4 credits Curriculum Constructs & Assessment: Science and Mathematics

ELM 545 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Elementary Student Teaching Select one (1) of the following Alternative Pathway Elective courses: MTE 522 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Maintaining an Effective Learning Climate MTE 562 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Assessment and Evaluation MTE 518 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Models, Theories, and Instructional Strategies MTE 553 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Instruction and Assessment of English Language Learners The University reserves the right to modify the required course of study. Additional Admission Requirements for the CERT/AP-E All applicants are expected to meet the following admissions requirements: • Students enrolled in this program must have an undergraduate

degree from a regionally accredited college or university or equivalent undergraduate degree earned at a recognized foreign institution. Degrees from nationally accredited institutions will not be accepted. All coursework for the Undergraduate degree must have been taken from a regionally accredited institution. Coursework taken during an institution's candidacy period is not acceptable for admission.

• A cumulative grade point average (GPA) of 2.5 for all undergraduate coursework on the undergraduate degree posted transcript is required for admission.

• All applicants must have a minimum of six months full-time teaching experience, or equivalent, at the level of the certificate they are requesting admittance to for the completion of course assignments and continuous access to an appropriate classroom setting at the level of the certificate they are requesting admittance to.

• Demonstration of basic skills proficiency • Verification of fingerprint clearance • A signed Hawaii Alternative Pathways New Student Checklist. • Students who reside outside of the US or US Territories are not

eligible to apply. Certificate Completion Requirements for the CERT/AP-E • Completion of a minimum of 17 credits. • A minimum grade point average (GPA) of 3.0. • Satisfactory completion of teacher performance assessment. • Satisfactory completion of any required student teaching

courses. • Completion of Field Experience assignments associated with

course requirements. • Completion of signature assignments. • In order to receive state certification, candidates may need to

meet other requirements as set forth by their state of residency. Candidates are advised to check with their State Department of Education for any additional certification requirements.

• The certificate awarded for the CERT/AP-E program will read as: Alternative Pathway - Elementary Education

494

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017 PROFESSIONAL PROGRAMS

CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS FOR THE COLLEGE OF EDUCATION

Academic Progression Requirements for the CERT/AP-E • Candidates must provide verification of the following prior to

beginning their student teaching experience. Candidates must provide: • Passing scores on the designated state content knowledge

exam (elementary content area specific) • Candidates will be required to have the minimum GPA for the

program prior to entering the Student Teaching experience. Minimum Grade Requirement for the CERT/AP-E Candidates must earn a "B" or better in student teaching in order to complete the Hawaii Alternative Pathways program. Grades of "I" and "B-" are not accepted. Students who do not receive a "B" or bet- ter will be placed on Scholastic Disqualification and will be required to repeat the seminars and student teaching: MTE 504, ELM 545 If the candidate does not receive a grade of "B" or better on the sec- ond attempt, the candidate will be Scholastically Suspended, per- manently withdrawn, from this program. Residency Requirements and Course Waivers for the CERT/ AP-E Students in this program may waive a maximum of 3 credits from their required course of study. In order to be granted a waiver with credit for a course in the Required Course of Study, a student must have completed a previ- ous course which meets the following criteria: • The course must have been completed at a regionally accredited,

or candidate for accreditation, college or university. • The course must have been completed within the past five (5)

years from current program enrollment agreement sign date with a grade of "B" (3.0) or better.

• The course must be comparable in content and credits.Course descriptions must be included with the course waiver form in order for the Office of Admissions and Evaluation to review the course waiver request.

Alternative Pathway Elective credits may not be waived. Based upon the pre-assessment results faculty may recommend a specific elective course for the student to complete. The following courses may not be waived: MTE 503, MTE 504, ELM 545, MTE 522, MTE 562, MTE 518, MTE 553 Student Teaching and Field Experience for the CERT/AP-E • Student teaching is a full-time experience. Each campus

establishes operational policies related to placement and completion of student teaching. Candidates must follow the guidelines in place at their campus.

• Students must complete student teaching hours as noted below: • Elementary candidates must complete three (3) semester

hours of supervised student teaching. • Student teachers who are removed from a placement at the

request of a school district administrator will be withdrawn from class and will be issued a grade of "F" by their faculty member.

• Student teaching can only be repeated one time. • Unapproved self-terminations of student teaching will result in

the candidate receiving a failing grade for the student teaching experience and the associated student teaching seminar. This experience counts as one of their two student teaching attempts.

• Candidates who do not successfully complete the student teaching experience will be removed from the program and are not eligible for re-entry and are not eligible for admission to the MAED/TED pre-licensure programs.

• Candidates may be eligible to complete their student teaching in the classroom where they are currently employed as a full-time teacher. Students who are already teaching in an appropriate environment will be evaluated by a faculty supervisor in their classroom and will not have to seek additional placement for student teaching.Students must be teaching in a grade level and content area that corresponds with the certification they are pursuing. Students must complete the student teaching course and complete and upload the teacher performance assessment.

• Students should complete student teaching within twelve (12) months from the completion date of their last required course in the program.

Institutional Recommendation for the CERT/AP-E • Candidates must meet all current state certification

requirements prior to being issued an Institutional Recommendation (IR, request for state teaching credential).

• Upon completion, candidates must complete a University of Phoenix graduation application in order to receive a diploma and official transcript. Candidates' records will be analyzed to ensure that they have met all academic and financial requirements of their programs. An IR cannot be completed until this process has been finished. This will ensure that candidates have met all of their obligations to the University before they receive an IR from the University.

• Candidates must pass their state-mandated professional knowledge exam.

• Candidates must provide verification of state and U.S. Constitution coursework as required by the state certification agency.

Re-entry for the CERT/AP-E • Candidates who have been out of attendance for more than one

year and have completed all degree requirements except student teaching, internship or practicum and can complete within their original deadline may reenter their original program version. However, if the state certification requirements have changed since a candidate went out of attendance needing only student teaching, internship or practicum, in addition to the admissions paperwork required by the University Re-entry policy, the candidate must complete an Enrollment Agreement Addendum before reentry to the original program version will be approved.

• Candidates who have been out of attendance for more than one year and are lacking courses in addition to their student teaching, internship or practicum must reenter the current program version and successfully complete all courses required by their reentry credit summary.

• Only students who reside within the United States and its territories are eligible to enroll into a University of Phoenix bachelor or master of education program. International students who have been out of attendance for more than 365 days will not be eligible to re-enter.

495

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

........................................................................................... Alternative Pathway/Secondary Education (Hawaii)

The following certificate program may be offered at these University of Phoenix campus locations: Online, depending on state of residence. The availability of programs and concentrations depend on student demand and other factors. Not all programs may be available to all residents of all states. Students may want to consider completing certain courses in the Online classroom at Online rates if the program is available via the Online modality in their state. Please contact your enrollment

........................................................................................... representative for more information.

The Alternative Pathway/Secondary Education is a certificate pro- gram intended for candidates who have prior teaching experience and are currently seeking licensure in Hawaii. Students will be required to take a pre-assessment course focusing on assessing the skills necessary for effective teaching. Candidates will plan for instruction, use engaging strategies, and assess student learning, while providing necessary artifacts to support and display the can- didate's content knowledge of teaching. Students will be intro- duced to the program's progression and degree completion requirements. Teacher candidates will be required to complete a Teacher Performance Assessment and meet their program stan- dards in order to successfully complete the program. The Alternative Pathway/Secondary Education requires a mini- mum of 15 credits, which may come from a combination of required and elective courses. For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program, and other important information, please visit our website at http://www.phoenix.edu/ programs/cert-ap-s. Program Purpose The Alternative Pathway/Secondary Education is a certificate program intended to prepare students with no prior teaching experience for the secondary teacher license in Hawaii. The program includes a clinical component requiring field experiences and student teaching above and beyond program coursework. As state licensure requirements may change frequently, students must contact the Hawaii Teacher Standards Board to verify current requirements to become a licensed teacher. There may be additional qualifications and/or disqualifications applicable in order to work as a teacher with any local, state or federal entity. Preferred Sequence for the CERT/AP-S Courses requiring prerequisites are identified by a ~ symbol fol- lowing the course number. Course descriptions for all courses are listed in the Course Guide section of the catalog (page B-1). Hawaii Alternative Certification - Secondary MTE 503.................................................................................... 0 credits Orientation to Alternative Pathway Certificate MTE 504 ~ ..................................................................................1 credit Assessment of Effective Teaching SPE 514 ~ .................................................................................. 2 credits Survey of Special Populations RDG 542 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Curriculum Constructs & Assessment: Reading Methods for Sec- ondary Settings MTE 559 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Curriculum Constructs and Assessment: Secondary Methods SEC 545 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits Secondary Student Teaching Select one (1) of the following Alternative Pathway Elective

courses: MTE 523 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Maintaining an Effective Learning Climate MTE 562 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Assessment and Evaluation SEC 508 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits Models, Theories and Strategies for Secondary Education MTE 553 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Instruction and Assessment of English Language Learners The University reserves the right to modify the required course of study. Additional Admission Requirements for the CERT/AP-S All applicants are expected to meet the following admissions requirements: • Students enrolled in this program must have an undergraduate

degree from a regionally accredited college or university or equivalent undergraduate degree earned at a recognized foreign institution. Degrees from nationally accredited institutions will not be accepted. All coursework for the Undergraduate degree must have been taken from a regionally accredited institution. Coursework taken during an institution's candidacy period is not acceptable for admission.

• A cumulative grade point average (GPA) of 2.5 for all undergraduate coursework on the undergraduate degree posted transcript is required for admission.

• All applicants must have a minimum of six months full-time teaching experience, or equivalent, at the level of the certificate they are requesting admittance to for the completion of course assignments and continuous access to an appropriate classroom setting at the level of the certificate they are requesting admittance to.

• Demonstration of basic skills proficiency • Verification of fingerprint clearance • A signed Hawaii Alternative Pathways New Student Checklist. • Students who reside outside of the US or US Territories are not

eligible to apply. Certificate Completion Requirements for the CERT/AP-S • Completion of a minimum of 15 credits. • A minimum grade point average (GPA) of 3.0. • Satisfactory completion of teacher performance assessment. • Satisfactory completion of any required student teaching

courses. • Completion of Field Experience assignments associated with

course requirements. • Completion of signature assignments. • In order to receive state certification, candidates may need to

meet other requirements as set forth by their state of residency. Candidates are advised to check with their State Department of Education for any additional certification requirements.

• The certificate awarded for the CERT/AP-S program will read as: Alternative Pathway - Secondary Education

Academic Progression Requirements for the CERT/AP-S • Candidates must provide verification of the following prior to

beginning their student teaching experience. Candidates must provide: • Passing scores on the designated state content knowledge

exam (secondary content area specific)

496

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017 PROFESSIONAL PROGRAMS

CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS FOR THE COLLEGE OF EDUCATION

• Candidates will be required to have the minimum GPA for the program prior to entering the Student Teaching experience.

Minimum Grade Requirement for the CERT/AP-S Candidates must earn a "B" or better in student teaching in order to complete the Hawaii Alternative Pathways program. Grades of "I" and "B-" are not accepted. Students who do not receive a "B" or bet- ter will be placed on Scholastic Disqualification and will be required to repeat the seminars and student teaching: MTE 504, SEC 545 If the candidate does not receive a grade of "B" or better on the sec- ond attempt, the candidate will be Scholastically Suspended, per- manently withdrawn, from this program. Residency Requirements and Course Waivers for the CERT/ AP-S Students in this program may waive a maximum of 3 credits from their required course of study. In order to be granted a waiver with credit for a course in the Required Course of Study, a student must have completed a previ- ous course which meets the following criteria: • The course must have been completed at a regionally accredited,

or candidate for accreditation, college or university. • The course must have been completed within the past five (5)

years from current program enrollment agreement sign date with a grade of "B" (3.0) or better.

• The course must be comparable in content and credits.Course descriptions must be included with the course waiver form in order for the Office of Admissions and Evaluation to review the course waiver request.

Alternative Pathway Elective credits may not be waived. Based upon the pre-assessment results faculty may recommend a specific elective course for the student to complete. The following courses may not be waived: MTE 503, MTE 504, SEC 545, MTE 562, MTE 553, MTE 523, SEC 508 Student Teaching and Field Experience for the CERT/AP-S • Student teaching is a full-time experience. Each campus

establishes operational policies related to placement and completion of student teaching. Candidates must follow the guidelines in place at their campus.

• Students must complete student teaching hours as noted below: • Secondary candidates must complete three (3) semester

hours of supervised student teaching. • Student teachers who are removed from a placement at the

request of a school district administrator will be withdrawn from class and will be issued a grade of "F" by their faculty member.

• Student teaching can only be repeated one time. • Unapproved self-terminations of student teaching will result in

the candidate receiving a failing grade for the student teaching experience and the associated student teaching seminar. This experience counts as one of their two student teaching attempts.

• Candidates who do not successfully complete the student teaching experience will be removed from the program and are not eligible for re-entry and are not eligible for admission to the MAED/TED pre-licensure programs.

• Candidates may be eligible to complete their student teaching in the classroom where they are currently employed as a full-time teacher. Students who are already teaching in an appropriate environment will be evaluated by a faculty supervisor in their classroom and will not have to seek additional placement for student teaching.Students must be teaching in a grade level and content area that corresponds with the certification they are pursuing.Students must complete the student teaching course and complete and upload the teacher performance assessment.

• Students should complete student teaching within twelve (12) months from the completion date of their last required course in the program.

Institutional Recommendation for the CERT/AP-S • Candidates must meet all current state certification

requirements prior to being issued an Institutional Recommendation (IR, request for state teaching credential).

• Upon completion, candidates must complete a University of Phoenix graduation application in order to receive a diploma and official transcript. Candidates' records will be analyzed to ensure that they have met all academic and financial requirements of their programs. An IR cannot be completed until this process has been finished. This will ensure that candidates have met all of their obligations to the University before they receive an IR from the University.

• Candidates must pass their state-mandated professional knowledge exam.

• Candidates must provide verification of state and U.S. Constitution coursework as required by the state certification agency.

Re-entry for the CERT/AP-S • Candidates who have been out of attendance for more than one

year and have completed all degree requirements except student teaching, internship or practicum and can complete within their original deadline may reenter their original program version. However, if the state certification requirements have changed since a candidate went out of attendance needing only student teaching, internship or practicum, in addition to the admissions paperwork required by the University Re-entry policy, the candidate must complete an Enrollment Agreement Addendum before reentry to the original program version will be approved.

• Candidates who have been out of attendance for more than one year and are lacking courses in addition to their student teaching, internship or practicum must reenter the current program version and successfully complete all courses required by their reentry credit summary.

• Only students who reside within the United States and its territories are eligible to enroll into a University of Phoenix bachelor or master of education program. International students who have been out of attendance for more than 365 days will not be eligible to re-enter.

497

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

........................................................................................... Alternative Pathway/Special Education (Hawaii)

The following certificate program may be offered at these University of Phoenix campus locations: Online, depending on state of residence. The availability of programs and concentrations depend on student demand and other factors. Not all programs may be available to all residents of all states. Students may want to consider completing certain courses in the Online classroom at Online rates if the program is available via the Online modality in their state. Please contact your enrollment

........................................................................................... representative for more information.

The Alternative Pathway/Special Education is a certificate pro- gram intended for candidates who have prior teaching experience and are currently seeking licensure in Hawaii. Students will be required to take a pre-assessment course focusing on assessing the skills necessary for effective teaching. Candidates will plan for instruction, use engaging strategies, and assess student learning, while providing necessary artifacts to support and display the can- didate's content knowledge of teaching. Students will be intro- duced to the program's progression and degree completion requirements. Teacher candidates will be required to complete a Teacher Performance Assessment and meet their program stan- dards in order to successfully complete the program. The Alternative Pathway/Special Education requires a minimum of 20 credits, which may come from a combination of required and elective courses. For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program, and other important information, please visit our website at http://www.phoenix.edu/ programs/cert-ap-se. Program Purpose The Alternative Pathway/Special Education is a certificate program intended to prepare students with no prior teaching experience for the special education teacher license in Hawaii. The program includes a clinical component requiring field experiences and student teaching above and beyond program coursework. As state licensure requirements may change frequently, students must contact the Hawaii Teacher Standards Board to verify current requirements to become a licensed teacher. There may be additional qualifications and/or disqualifications applicable in order to work as a teacher with any local, state or federal entity. Preferred Sequence for the CERT/AP-SE Courses requiring prerequisites are identified by a ~ symbol fol- lowing the course number. Course descriptions for all courses are listed in the Course Guide section of the catalog (page B-1). Hawaii Alternative Certification - Special Education MTE 503.................................................................................... 0 credits Orientation to Alternative Pathway Certificate MTE 504 ~ ..................................................................................1 credit Assessment of Effective Teaching SPE 513 ~ .................................................................................. 3 credits Orientation to the Exceptional Child SPE 546 ~ .................................................................................. 3 credits Special Education Methods RDG 570 ~ ................................................................................ 4 credits Curriculum Constructs and Assessment: Reading and Language Arts for Special Education SPE 573 ~ .................................................................................. 3 credits Characteristics of Exceptionalities

SPE 577 ~.................................................................................. 3 credits Special Education Student Teaching Select one (1) of the following Alternative Pathway Elective courses: SPE 512 ~.................................................................................. 3 credits Special Education Assessment and Interpretation SPE 559 ~.................................................................................. 3 credits Characteristics of Learning Disabilities SPE 574 ~.................................................................................. 3 credits Characteristics of Intellectual/Developmental Disabilities SPE 544 ~.................................................................................. 3 credits Characteristics of Emotional & Behavioral Disorders SPE 556 ~.................................................................................. 3 credits Characteristics of Physical & Health Disabilities SPE 575 ~.................................................................................. 3 credits Inclusion Strategies of the Special Educator The University reserves the right to modify the required course of study. Additional Admission Requirements for the CERT/AP-SE All applicants are expected to meet the following admissions requirements: • Students enrolled in this program must have an undergraduate

degree from a regionally accredited college or university or equivalent undergraduate degree earned at a recognized foreign institution. Degrees from nationally accredited institutions will not be accepted. All coursework for the Undergraduate degree must have been taken from a regionally accredited institution. Coursework taken during an institution's candidacy period is not acceptable for admission.

• A cumulative grade point average (GPA) of 2.5 for all undergraduate coursework on the undergraduate degree posted transcript is required for admission.

• All applicants must have a minimum of six months full-time teaching experience, or equivalent, at the level of the certificate they are requesting admittance to for the completion of course assignments and continuous access to an appropriate classroom setting at the level of the certificate they are requesting admittance to.

• Demonstration of basic skills proficiency • Verification of fingerprint clearance • A signed Hawaii Alternative Pathways New Student Checklist. • Students who reside outside of the US or US Territories are not

eligible to apply. Certificate Completion Requirements for the CERT/AP-SE • Completion of a minimum of 20 credits. • A minimum grade point average (GPA) of 3.0. • Satisfactory completion of teacher performance assessment. • Satisfactory completion of any required student teaching

courses. • Completion of Field Experience assignments associated with

course requirements. • Completion of signature assignments. • In order to receive state certification, candidates may need to

meet other requirements as set forth by their state of residency. Candidates are advised to check with their State Department of Education for any additional certification requirements.

498

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017 PROFESSIONAL PROGRAMS

CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS FOR THE COLLEGE OF EDUCATION

• The certificate awarded for the CERT/AP-SE program will read as: Alternative Pathway - Special Education

Academic Progression Requirements for the CERT/AP-SE • Candidates must provide verification of the following prior to

beginning their student teaching experience. Candidates must provide: • Passing scores on the designated state content knowledge

exam. • Candidates will be required to have the minimum GPA for the

program prior to entering the Student Teaching experience. Minimum Grade Requirement for the CERT/AP-SE Candidates must earn a "B" or better in student teaching in order to complete the Hawaii Alternative Pathways program. Grades of "I" and "B-" are not accepted. Students who do not receive a "B" or bet- ter will be placed on Scholastic Disqualification and will be required to repeat the seminars and student teaching: MTE 504, SPE 577 If the candidate does not receive a grade of "B" or better on the sec- ond attempt, the candidate will be Scholastically Suspended, per- manently withdrawn, from this program. Residency Requirements and Course Waivers for the CERT/ AP-SE Students in this program may waive a maximum of 3 credits from their required course of study. In order to be granted a waiver with credit for a course in the Required Course of Study, a student must have completed a previ- ous course which meets the following criteria: • The course must have been completed at a regionally accredited,

or candidate for accreditation, college or university. • The course must have been completed within the past five (5)

years from current program enrollment agreement sign date with a grade of "B" (3.0) or better.

• The course must be comparable in content and credits.Course descriptions must be included with the course waiver form in order for the Office of Admissions and Evaluation to review the course waiver request.

Alternative Pathway Elective credits may not be waived. Based upon the pre-assessment results faculty may recommend a specific elective course for the student to complete. The following courses may not be waived: MTE 503, MTE 504, SPE 512, SPE 559, SPE 574, SPE 544, SPE 556, SPE 575, SPE 577 Student Teaching and Field Experience for the CERT/AP-SE • Student teaching is a full-time experience. Each campus

establishes operational policies related to placement and completion of student teaching. Candidates must follow the guidelines in place at their campus.

• Students must complete student teaching hours as noted below: • Special Education candidates must complete three (3)

semester hours of supervised student teaching. • Student teachers who are removed from a placement at the

request of a school district administrator will be withdrawn from class and will be issued a grade of "F" by their faculty member.

• Student teaching can only be repeated one time. • Unapproved self-terminations of student teaching will result in

the candidate receiving a failing grade for the student teaching experience and the associated student teaching seminar. This experience counts as one of their two student teaching attempts.

• Candidates who do not successfully complete the student teaching experience will be removed from the program and are not eligible for re-entry and are not eligible for admission to the MAED/SPE pre-licensure programs.

• Candidates may be eligible to complete their student teaching in the classroom where they are currently employed as a full-time teacher. Students who are already teaching in an appropriate environment will be evaluated by a faculty supervisor in their classroom and will not have to seek additional placement for student teaching.Students must be teaching in a grade level and content area that corresponds with the certification they are pursuing.Students must complete the student teaching course and complete and upload the teacher performance assessment.

• Students should complete student teaching within twelve (12) months from the completion date of their last required course in the program.

Institutional Recommendation for the CERT/AP-SE • Candidates must meet all current state certification

requirements prior to being issued an Institutional Recommendation (IR, request for state teaching credential).

• Upon completion, candidates must complete a University of Phoenix graduation application in order to receive a diploma and official transcript. Candidates' records will be analyzed to ensure that they have met all academic and financial requirements of their programs. An IR cannot be completed until this process has been finished. This will ensure that candidates have met all of their obligations to the University before they receive an IR from the University.

• Candidates must pass their state-mandated professional knowledge exam.

• Candidates must provide verification of state and U.S. Constitution coursework as required by the state certification agency.

Re-entry for the CERT/AP-SE • Candidates who have been out of attendance for more than one

year and have completed all degree requirements except student teaching, internship or practicum and can complete within their original deadline may reenter their original program version. However, if the state certification requirements have changed since a candidate went out of attendance needing only student teaching, internship or practicum, in addition to the admissions paperwork required by the University Re-entry policy, the candidate must complete an Enrollment Agreement Addendum before reentry to the original program version will be approved.

• Candidates who have been out of attendance for more than one year and are lacking courses in addition to their student teaching, internship or practicum must reenter the current program version and successfully complete all courses required by their reentry credit summary.

• Only students who reside within the United States and its territories are eligible to enroll into a UOPX bachelor or master of education program. International students who have been out of attendance for more than 365 days will not be eligible to re-enter.

499

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

........................................................................................... Alternative Pathway/Elementary Education (Florida)

The following certificate program may be offered at these University of Phoenix campus locations: Online, depending on state of residence. The availability of programs and concentrations depend on student demand and other factors. Not all programs may be available to all residents of all states. Students may want to consider completing certain courses in the Online classroom at Online rates if the program is available via the Online modality in their state. Please contact your enrollment

........................................................................................... representative for more information.

The Alternative Pathway/Elementary Education is a certificate program that requires no prior teaching experience for the elemen- tary teacher license in Florida. The program includes a clinical component. If students are not already in a classroom setting, stu- dent teaching will be required above and beyond the program coursework. As state licensure requirements may change fre- quently, students must contact the Florida Department of Educa- tion to verify current requirements to become a licensed teacher. There may be additional qualifications and/or disqualifications applicable in order to work as a teacher with any local, state or fed- eral entity. The Alternative Pathway/Elementary Education requires a mini- mum of 24 credits, which may come from a combination of required and elective courses. For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program, and other important information, please visit our website at http://www.phoenix.edu/ programs/cert-alt-e. Program Purpose The Alternative Pathway/Elementary Education is a certificate program intended to prepare students with no prior teaching experience for the elementary teacher license in Florida. The program includes a clinical component requiring student teaching above and beyond program coursework. As state licensure requirements may change frequently, students must contact the Florida Department of Education to verify current requirements to become a licensed teacher. There may be additional qualifications and/or disqualifications applicable in order to work as a teacher with any local, state or federal entity. Required Course of Study for the CERT/ALT-E Courses requiring prerequisites are identified by a ~ symbol fol- lowing the course number. Course descriptions for all courses are listed in the Course Guide section of the catalog (page B-1). MTE 507.................................................................................... 0 credits Orientation to Teacher Education MTE 505 ~ ..................................................................................3 credit Child and Adolescent Development MTE 518 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Models, Theories, and Instructional Strategies MTE 562 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Assessment and Evaluation MTE 522 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Maintaining an Effective Learning Climate RDG 549 ~ ................................................................................ 4 credits Reading and Language Arts Instruction for Diverse Learners ELM 598 ~ ................................................................................ 4 credits Elementary Student Teaching Part A ELM 599 ~ ................................................................................ 4 credits Elementary Student Teaching Part B

The University reserves the right to modify the required course of study. Additional Admission Requirements for the CERT/ALT-E All applicants are expected to meet the following admissions requirements: • Students enrolled in this program must have an undergraduate

degree from a regionally accredited college or university or equivalent undergraduate degree earned at a recognized foreign institution. Degrees from nationally accredited institutions will not be accepted. All coursework for the Undergraduate degree must have been taken from a regionally accredited institution. Coursework taken during an institution's candidacy period is not acceptable for admission.

• A cumulative grade point average (GPA) of 3.0 on the undergraduate degree posted transcript.

• All applicants must be currently employed or have access to a suitable work environment for the completion of course assignments.

• Demonstration of basic skills proficiency • Verification of fingerprint clearance • A signed Florida Alternative Pathways New Student Checklist. • Students who reside outside of the US or US Territory are not

eligible to apply. Minimum Grade Requirement for the CERT/ALT-E Candidates must earn a "B" or better in student teaching in order to complete the Florida Alternative Pathways program. Grades of "I" and "B-" are not accepted. Students who do not receive a "B" or bet- ter will be placed on Scholastic Disqualification and will be required to repeat the seminars and student teaching: ELM 598, ELM 599 If the candidate does not receive a grade of "B" or better on the sec- ond attempt, the candidate will be Scholastically Suspended, per- manently withdrawn, from this program. Certificate Completion Requirements for the CERT/ALT-E • The completion of a minimum of 24 credits. • A minimum grade point average (GPA) of 3.0. • Satisfactory completion and uploading of the Teacher Work

Sample (TWS). • Satisfactory completion of any required practicum/student

teaching courses. • Completion of Field Experience assignments associated with

course requirements. • Completion of signature assignments. • In order to receive state certification, candidates may need to

meet other requirements as set forth by their state of residency. Candidates are advised to check with their State Department of Education for any additional certification requirements.

• The certificate awarded for the CERT/ALT-E program will read as: Alternative Pathway - Elementary Education

Academic Progression Requirements for the CERT/ALT-E • Candidates must provide verification of the following prior to

beginning their student teaching experience. Candidates must provide: • Immunization or TB test results (District specific) • Passing scores on the designated state content knowledge

exam (elementary content area specific) • Candidates will be required to have the minimum GPA for the

program prior to entering the Student Teaching experience.

500

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017 PROFESSIONAL PROGRAMS

CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS FOR THE COLLEGE OF EDUCATION

Residency Requirements and Course Waivers for the CERT/ ALT-E Students in this program may waive a maximum of 3 credits from their required course of study. In order to be granted a waiver with credit for a course in the Required Course of Study, a student must have completed a previ- ous course which meets the following criteria: • The course must have been completed at a regionally accredited,

or candidate for accreditation, college or university. • The course must have been completed within the past five (5)

years from current program enrollment agreement sign date with a grade of "B" (3.0) or better.

• The course must be comparable in content and be a minimum of 3 credits and must be an equivalent level or higher level course (i.e. graduate level coursework may be used to waive graduate or undergraduate coursework). Course descriptions must be included with the course waiver form in order for the Office of Admissions and Evaluation to review the course waiver request.

Student teaching may be waived with practical experience in teaching. Practical experience in teaching may be satisfied by one of the following methods: • One year of full-time teaching experience in an elementary or

secondary school as specific in Rule 6A-4.002, F.A.C., or • Six semester hours earned in a college student teaching or

supervised internship completed in an elementary or secondary school.

Candidates who do not meet the above requirements will not have their student teaching waived. However, candidates may be eligi- ble to complete their student teaching in the classroom where they are currently employed as a full-time teacher. Students who are already teaching in an appropriate environment will be evaluated by a faculty supervisor in their classroom and will not have to seek additional placement for student teaching. Students must be teach- ing in the grade level and content area that corresponds with the certification they are pursuing. Students must complete the student teaching course and complete and upload the Teacher Work Sam- ple. The following courses in the Required Course of Study may not be waived: MTE 507 Student Teaching and Field Experience for the CERT/ALT-E • Student teaching is a full-time experience. Each campus

establishes operational policies related to placement and completion of student teaching. Candidates must follow the guidelines in place at their campus.

• Students must complete student teaching hours as noted below: • Elementary candidates must complete eight (8) semester

hours of supervised student teaching. • Student teachers who are removed from a placement at the

request of a school district administrator will be withdrawn from class and will be issued a grade of "F" by their faculty member.

• Student teaching can only be repeated one time. • Unapproved self-terminations of student teaching will result in

the candidate receiving a failing grade for the student teaching experience and the associated student teaching seminar. This experience counts as one of their two student teaching attempts.

• Candidates who do not successfully complete the second student teaching experience will be removed from the program and are not eligible for re-entry and are not eligible for admission to the MAED/TED pre-licensure programs.

• Candidates may be eligible to complete their student teaching in the classroom where they are currently employed as a full-time teacher. Students who are already teaching in an appropriate environment will be evaluated by a faculty supervisor in their classroom and will not have to seek additional placement for student teaching.Students must be teaching in a grade level and content area that corresponds with the certification they are pursuing.Students must complete the student teaching course and complete and upload the Teacher Work Sample.

• Students should complete student teaching within twelve (12) months from the completion date of their last required course in the program.

Re-entry for the CERT/ALT-E Candidates who have been out of attendance for more than one year and have completed all degree requirements except student teaching, internship or practicum and can complete within their original deadline may reenter their original program version. However, if the state certification requirements have changed since a candidate went out of attendance needing only student teaching, internship or practicum, in addition to the admissions paperwork required by the University Re-entry policy, the candidate must complete an Enrollment Agreement Addendum before reentry to the original program version will be approved. Candidates who have been out of attendance for more than one year and are lacking courses in addition to their student teaching, internship or practicum must reenter the current program version and successfully complete all courses required by their reentry credit summary. Only students who reside within the United States and its territo- ries are eligible to enroll into a University of Phoenix bachelor or master of education program. International students who have been out of attendance for more than 365 days will not be eligible to re-enter.

........................................................................................... Alternative Pathway/Secondary Education (Florida)

The following certificate program may be offered at these University of Phoenix campus locations: Online, depending on state of residence. The availability of programs and concentrations depend on student demand and other factors. Not all programs may be available to all residents of all states. Students may want to consider completing certain courses in the Online classroom at Online rates if the program is available via the Online modality in their state. Please contact your enrollment

........................................................................................... representative for more information.

The Alternative Pathway/Secondary Education is a certificate pro- gram that requires no prior teaching experience for the secondary teacher license in Florida. The program includes a clinical compo- nent. If students are not already in a classroom setting, student teaching will be required above and beyond program coursework. As state licensure requirements may change frequently, students must contact the Florida Department of Education to verify current requirements to become a licensed teacher. There may be addi- tional qualifications and/or disqualifications applicable in order to work as a teacher with any local, state or federal entity. The Alternative Pathway /Secondary Education requires a mini- mum of 26 credits, which may come from a combination of required and elective courses. For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program, and other important information, please visit our website at http://www.phoenix.edu/ programs/cert-alt-s.

501

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

Program Purpose The Alternative Pathway/Secondary Education is a certificate program intended to prepare students with no prior teaching experience for the secondary teacher license in Florida. The program includes a clinical component requiring student teaching above and beyond program coursework. As state licensure requirements may change frequently, students must contact the Florida Department of Education to verify current requirements to become a licensed teacher. There may be additional qualifications and/or disqualifications applicable in order to work as a teacher with any local, state or federal entity. Required Course of Study for the CERT/ALT-S Courses requiring prerequisites are identified by a ~ symbol fol- lowing the course number. Course descriptions for all courses are listed in the Course Guide section of the catalog (page B-1). MTE 507.................................................................................... 0 credits Orientation to Teacher Education MTE 505 ~ ..................................................................................3 credit Child and Adolescent Development MTE 523 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Maintaining an Effective Learning Climate MTE 562 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Assessment and Evaluation SEC 508 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits Models, Theories and Strategies for Secondary Education RDG 553 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Reading and Language Arts in Secondary Settings: Research Based Instruction Practices for Diverse Learners SEC 598 ~ ................................................................................. 4 credits Secondary Student Teaching Part A SEC 599 ~ ................................................................................. 4 credits Secondary Student Teaching Part B Select one of the following courses: MTE 564 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Curriculum Constructs and Assessment: Secondary Math SEI 503 ~ ................................................................................... 3 credits Advanced Structured English Immersion Methods The University reserves the right to modify the required course of study. Additional Admission Requirements for the CERT/ALT-S All applicants are expected to meet the following admissions requirements: • Students enrolled in this program must have an undergraduate

degree from a regionally accredited college or university or equivalent undergraduate degree earned at a recognized foreign institution. Degrees from nationally accredited institutions will not be accepted. All coursework for the Undergraduate degree must have been taken from a regionally accredited institution. Coursework taken during an institution's candidacy period is not acceptable for admission.

• A cumulative grade point average (GPA) of 3.0 on the undergraduate degree posted transcript.

• All applicants must be currently employed or have access to a suitable work environment for the completion of course assignments.

• Demonstration of basic skills proficiency • Verification of fingerprint clearance • A signed Florida Alternative Pathways New Student Checklist.

• Students who reside outside of the US or US Territory are not eligible to apply.

Minimum Grade Requirement for the CERT/ALT-S Candidates must earn a "B" or better in student teaching in order to complete the Florida Alternative Pathways program. Grades of "I" and "B-" are not accepted. Students who do not receive a "B" or bet- ter will be placed on Scholastic Disqualification and will be required to repeat the seminars and student teaching: SEC 598, SEC 599 If the candidate does not receive a grade of "B" or better on the sec- ond attempt, the candidate will be Scholastically Suspended, per- manently withdrawn, from this program. Certificate Completion Requirements for the CERT/ALT-S • The completion of a minimum of 26 credits. • A minimum grade point average (GPA) of 3.0. • Satisfactory completion and uploading of the Teacher Work

Sample (TWS). • Satisfactory completion of any required practicum/student

teaching courses. • Completion of Field Experience assignments associated with

course requirements. • Completion of signature assignments. • In order to receive state certification, candidates may need to

meet other requirements as set forth by their state of residency. Candidates are advised to check with their State Department of Education for any additional certification requirements.

• The certificate awarded for the CERT/ALT-S program will read as: Alternative Pathway - Secondary Education

Academic Progression Requirements for the CERT/ALT-S • Candidates must provide verification of the following prior to

beginning their student teaching experience. Candidates must provide: • Immunization or TB test results (District specific) • Passing scores on the designated state content knowledge

exam (secondary content area specific) • Candidates will be required to have the minimum GPA for the

program prior to entering the Student Teaching experience. Residency Requirements and Course Waivers for the CERT/ ALT-S Students in this program may waive a maximum of 3 credits from their required course of study. In order to be granted a waiver with credit for a course in the Required Course of Study, a student must have completed a previ- ous course which meets the following criteria: • The course must have been completed at a regionally accredited,

or candidate for accreditation, college or university. • The course must have been completed within the past five (5)

years from current program enrollment agreement sign date with a grade of "B" (3.0) or better.

• The course must be comparable in content and be a minimum of 3 credits and must be an equivalent level or higher level course (i.e. graduate level coursework may be used to waive graduate or undergraduate coursework). Course descriptions must be included with the course waiver form in order for the Office of Admissions and Evaluation to review the course waiver request.

Student teaching may be waived with practical experience in teaching. Practical experience in teaching may be satisfied by one of the following methods:

502

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017 PROFESSIONAL PROGRAMS

CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS FOR THE COLLEGE OF EDUCATION

• One year of full-time teaching experience in an elementary or secondary school as specific in Rule 6A-4.002, F.A.C., or

• Six semester hours earned in a college student teaching or supervised internship completed in an elementary or secondary school.

Candidates who do not meet the above requirements will not have their student teaching waived. However, candidates may be eligi- ble to complete their student teaching in the classroom where they are currently employed as a full-time teacher. Students who are already teaching in an appropriate environment will be evaluated by a faculty supervisor in their classroom and will not have to seek additional placement for student teaching. Students must be teach- ing in the grade level and content area that corresponds with the certification they are pursuing. Students must complete the student teaching course and complete and upload the Teacher Work Sam- ple. The following courses in the Required Course of Study may not be waived: MTE 507 Student Teaching and Field Experience for the CERT/ALT-S • Student teaching is a full-time experience. Each campus

establishes operational policies related to placement and completion of student teaching. Candidates must follow the guidelines in place at their campus.

• Students must complete student teaching hours as noted below: • Secondary candidates must complete eight (8) semester

hours of supervised student teaching. • Student teachers who are removed from a placement at the

request of a school district administrator will be withdrawn from class and will be issued a grade of "F" by their faculty member.

• Student teaching can only be repeated one time. • Unapproved self-terminations of student teaching will result in

the candidate receiving a failing grade for the student teaching experience and the associated student teaching seminar. This experience counts as one of their two student teaching attempts.

• Candidates who do not successfully complete the second student teaching experience will be removed from the program and are not eligible for re-entry and are not eligible for admission to the MAED/TED pre-licensure programs.

• Candidates may be eligible to complete their student teaching in the classroom where they are currently employed as a full-time teacher. Students who are already teaching in an appropriate environment will be evaluated by a faculty supervisor in their classroom and will not have to seek additional placement for student teaching.Students must be teaching in a grade level and content area that corresponds with the certification they are pursuing.Students must complete the student teaching course and complete and upload the Teacher Work Sample.

• Students should complete student teaching within twelve (12) months from the completion date of their last required course in the program.

Re-entry for the CERT/ALT-S Candidates who have been out of attendance for more than one year and have completed all degree requirements except student teaching, internship or practicum and can complete within their original deadline may reenter their original program version. However, if the state certification requirements have changed since a candidate went out of attendance needing only student teaching, internship or practicum, in addition to the admissions paperwork required by the University Re-entry policy, the candidate must

complete an Enrollment Agreement Addendum before reentry to the original program version will be approved. Candidates who have been out of attendance for more than one year and are lacking courses in addition to their student teaching, internship or practicum must reenter the current program version and successfully complete all courses required by their reentry credit summary. Only students who reside within the United States and its territo- ries are eligible to enroll into a University of Phoenix bachelor or master of education program. International students who have been out of attendance for more than 365 days will not be eligible to re-enter.

........................................................................................... Principal Licensure Certificate Program (Utah)

The following certificate program may be offered at these University of Phoenix campus locations: Online, depending on state of residence. The availability of programs and concentrations depend on student demand and other factors. Not all programs may be available to all residents of all states. Students may want to consider completing certain courses in the Online classroom at Online rates if the program is available via the Online modality in their state. Please contact your enrollment

........................................................................................... representative for more information.

The Principal Licensure professional certificate program is designed for educators interested in obtaining a license as a P-12 school principal. The standards-based program is designed to pro- vide principal candidates with the knowledge, skills, and disposi- tions necessary to be successful school leaders who can apply theory to practice. The program encompasses instructional leader- ship, organizational management, technology management, and data-driven decision-making. An administrative internship is an integral component of the program, providing candidates with a field-based experience in the various aspects of school administra- tion and supervision. For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program, and other important information, please visit our website at http://www.phoenix.edu/ programs/plc. Program Purpose The Principal Licensure Certificate is a graduate-level certificate program intended to prepare candidates for K-12 school principal licensure in select states. The program includes a clinical component requiring field experiences and an administrative internship above and beyond program coursework. As licensure requirements may vary by state, it is the student's responsibility to ascertain and meet licensure requirements in any state in which the student desires to practice and to contact the applicable state educator licensure agency to verify current requirements to become a licensed school principal. There may be additional qualifications and/or disqualifications applicable in order to work as a principal with any local, state or federal entity. Program Student Learning Outcomes In addition to the knowledge and skills related to the University Learning Goals, College of Education graduating students are intended to attain certain program-specific knowledge, skills and abilities. Therefore, you should be able to demonstrate the follow- ing learning outcomes by the time you complete this program. • Students will be able to design and implement school leadership

practices to produce a positive impact on P-12 student learning. • Students will be able to evaluate effective professional practice.

503

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

• Students will be able to apply professional ethics to their leadership practices.

• Students will be able to evaluate community factors to address the needs of diverse populations.

• Students will be able to evaluate research and synthesize information from multiple sources.

Required Course of Study for the PLC Courses requiring prerequisites are identified by a ~ symbol fol- lowing the course number. Course descriptions for all courses are listed in the Course Guide section of the catalog (page B-1). ADMIN 500.............................................................................. 0 credits Orientation to Administration and Supervision COM 516 ....................................................................................1 credit Professional Communications ADMIN 518.............................................................................. 3 credits Leadership and Collaborative Processes ADMIN 570.............................................................................. 3 credits Equity, Diversity, and Access in Education ADMIN 555.............................................................................. 3 credits School Policy and Law for Principals ADMIN 524.............................................................................. 3 credits Supervision of Curriculum, Instruction and Assessment ADMIN 591A ............................................................................1 credit Principal Internship Part I: Instructional Leadership ADMIN 535.............................................................................. 3 credits Business and Facilities Management ADMIN 560.............................................................................. 3 credits Human Resources Leadership and Management ADMIN 591B ~..........................................................................1 credit Principal Internship Part II: Organizational Management ADMIN 575.............................................................................. 3 credits Family, Community and Media Relations ADMIN 565.............................................................................. 3 credits School Improvement Processes ADMIN 591C ~ .........................................................................1 credit Principal Internship Part III: Professional Practice The University reserves the right to modify the required course of study. Program and Certification requirements are subject to change based on Department of Education or University Policy. Additional Admission Requirements for the PLC All applicants are expected to meet the following admissions requirements: • A masters degree from a regionally accredited college or

university or equivalent graduate degree earned at a recognized foreign institution.

• A minimum equivalent of three (3) years post-high school work experience including 18 months of instructional experience in a P-12 setting. • The teaching or instructional experience must be as a

contracted teacher in either a traditional or year-round public or private school.

• Teaching experience is defined as stand-up teaching or facilitation with a pre-school (P)-12 school-age population. The following constitutes teaching experience:

* Verifiable (contracted) P-12 instructional classroom experience - 40 hours per week

Utah students in the MAED/ADM program can have experience as a

licensed school counselor. • All applicants must be currently employed or have access to a

suitable work environment for the completion of course assignments.

• A cumulative grade point average (GPA) of 3.0 on the graduate degree posted transcript is required for admission.

• A signed PLC New Student Checklist Certificate Completion Requirements for the PLC • Completion of a minimum of 28 credits. • A minimum grade point average (GPA) of 3.0. • Satisfactory completion of the Administration Internship

courses ADMIN 591A, ADMIN 591B, and ADMIN 591C. • Completion of signature assignments. • Completion of Field Experience Record. • Students may need to meet additional requirements set forth by

their State Department of Education. • The certificate awarded for this program will read as:

Principal Licensure Certificate. Residency Requirements and Course Waivers for the PLC Students in this program may waive a maximum of 6 credits from their required course of study. In order to be granted a waiver with credit for a course in the Required Course of Study, a student must have completed a previ- ous course which meets the following criteria: • The course must have been completed at a regionally accredited,

or candidate for accreditation, college or university. • The course must have been completed within the past five (5)

years from current program enrollment agreement sign date with a grade of "B" (3.0) or better.

• The course must be comparable in content and credits to the University course it is replacing and must be an equivalent level or higher level course (i.e. graduate level coursework may be used to waive graduate or undergraduate coursework). Course descriptions must be included with the course waiver form in order for the Office of Admissions and Evaluation to review the course waiver request.

The following courses in the Required Course of Study may not be waived: COM 516, ADMIN 591A, ADMIN 591B, ADMIN 591C Minimum Grade Requirement for the PLC A candidate must earn a grade of “B” (grades of “I” and “B-” are not accepted) or better in the following courses: ADMIN 591A, ADMIN 591B, ADMIN 591C Candidates who earn less than a grade of "B" in any of these courses must complete a remediation plan and repeat the course. If the candidate does not receive a grade of "B" or better on the sec- ond attempt, the candidate will be Scholastically Suspended, per- manently withdrawn, from the program. Re-entry for the PLC Candidates who have been out of attendance for more than one year and have completed all degree requirements except student teaching, internship or practicum and can complete within their original deadline may reenter their original program version. However, if the state certification requirements have changed since a candidate went out of attendance needing only student teaching, internship or practicum, in addition to the admissions paperwork required by the University Re-entry policy, the candidate must complete an Enrollment Agreement Addendum before reentry to the original program version will be approved. Candidates who have been out of attendance for more than one

504

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017 PROFESSIONAL PROGRAMS

CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS FOR THE COLLEGE OF INFORMATION SYSTEMS AND TECHNOLOGY

year and are lacking courses in addition to their student teaching, internship or practicum must reenter the current program version and successfully complete all courses required by their reentry credit summary. Only students who reside within the United States and its territo- ries are eligible to enroll into a University of Phoenix bachelor or master of education program. International students who have been out of attendance for more than 365 days will not be eligible to re-enter. Institutional Recommendation for the PLC • Candidates must meet all current state certification

requirements prior to being issued an Institutional Recommendation (IR) (request for principal certification). Refer to the New Student Checklist and your state certification agency for specific requirements.

• Passing scores on state exam(s) for principal licensure. • Upon completion, candidates must complete a University of

Phoenix graduation application in order to receive a diploma and official transcript. Candidates' records will be analyzed to ensure that they have met all academic and financial requirements of their programs. An IR cannot be completed until this process has been finished. This will ensure that candidates have met all of their obligations to the University before they receive an IR from the University.

.....................................................................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................................................... CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS FOR THE COLLEGE OF INFORMATION SYSTEMS AND TECHNOLOGY

........................................................................................... Storage Management Certificate (Undergraduate)

The following certificate program may be offered at these University of Phoenix campus locations: Online, depending on state of residence. The availability of programs and concentrations depend on student demand and other factors. Not all programs may be available to all residents of all states. Students may want to consider completing certain courses in the Online classroom at Online rates if the program is available via the Online modality in their state. Please contact your enrollment

........................................................................................... representative for more information.

The certificate program in Storage Management focuses on the tasks and skills involved in various information storage manage- ment job roles, and the technologies used to perform those tasks. The certificate includes information system fundamentals, founda- tions of networking, information systems security, storage and management of data, and cloud infrastructure. This certificate sup- ports preparation for industry certifications relevant to information storage management. For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program, and other important information, please visit our website at http://www.phoenix.edu/ programs/cert-sm. Program Category Requirements and Prerequisites for the CERT/SM Courses requiring prerequisites are identified by a ~ symbol fol- lowing the course number. Course descriptions for all courses are listed in the Course Guide section of the catalog (page B-1). Foundation, 3 total credits CIS 207 ..................................................................................... 3 credits Information Systems Fundamentals Storage Management, 6 total credits NTC 255 ~................................................................................ 3 credits Storage and Management of Data NTC 260 ~................................................................................ 3 credits Foundations of Cloud Services Networking, 3 total credits NTC 248 ~................................................................................ 3 credits Foundations of Networking

Information Security, 3 total credits CMGT 245 ~ ............................................................................ 3 credits IS Security Concepts Storage Management Capstone, 3 total credits NTC 275 ~................................................................................ 3 credits Storage Management Capstone NTC 270 ~................................................................................ 3 credits Storage Management Applied Capstone The University reserves the right to modify the required course of study. General Information for the CERT/SM This certificate program may be taken on its own or may be earned en-route to earning a degree.

Additional Admission Requirements for the CERT/SM • High school graduation from an institution that holds state

approval to confer high school diplomas or are accredited or a candidate for accreditation at the time the student attended by an acceptable accrediting body, GED certificate or CHSPE (California High School Proficiency Examination) certificate, or completion of the HiSET examination with a passing score. • Tennessee: Students residing in Tennessee who are attending

classes via the Online modality and students attending a local campus in Tennessee, including from any cross-border locations must provide the university with an official High School transcript or official GED score (if applicable). A college transcript which documents high school date of completion or a copy of a DD-214 showing high school graduation or equivalency may be submitted to satisfy this requirement.

• Signed Hardware/Software Agreement Certificate Completion Requirements for the CERT/SM • Completion of a minimum of 18 credits. • A minimum grade point average (GPA) of 2.0.

• Students earning the certificate en-route will only be placed on Academic Probation if their associate or bachelor program GPA falls below the minimum requirement.

• Students earning this certificate en-route to completion of a degree program must meet the minimum GPA requirement at the conclusion of all required coursework for the certificate to be eligible for certificate conferral.

505

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

• The certificate awarded for this program will read as: Storage Management (Undergraduate)

Residency Requirements and Course Waivers for the CERT/ SM Students must meet established University residency requirement for certificate conferral. The University requires that the majority of coursework, 12 credits in the Required Course of Study, must be completed at University of Phoenix. Students in this program may waive a maximum of 6 credits from their required course of study. In order to be granted a waiver with credit for a course in the Required Course of Study, a student must have completed a previ- ous credit bearing activity in transfer which meets the following criteria: • The activity must have been completed at a regionally or

approved nationally accredited, or candidate for accreditation, college or university, or from an approved source of nontraditional transfer credit as listed in University transfer policy.

• The activity must have been completed within the past ten (10) years (5 years for IS&T courses) from current program enrollment agreement sign date with a grade of "C" (2.0) or better or comparable passing benchmark for nontraditional credits.

• The activity must be comparable in content and semester academic credits to the University course it is replacing and must be an equivalent level or higher level course (i.e. graduate level coursework may be used to waive graduate or undergraduate coursework). Course descriptions must be included with the course waiver form in order for the Office of Admissions and Evaluation to review the course waiver request.

Through an approved articulation agreement, students who have successfully completed equivalent courses may waive, without credits, up to six (6) credits of the Required Course of Study. Stu- dents must substitute other upper division coursework to satisfy the upper division credit requirement of their degree program (each program has specific substitution requirements).This policy also applies to upper division courses which are used to fulfill cer- tificate degree requirements. In order to be granted a waiver, with- out credit, for a course in the Required Course of Study, a student must have completed a previous course which meets the following criteria: • The course must have been completed and transcripted from a

regionally or nationally accredited institution with which the University of Phoenix has an approved articulation agreement.

• The course must have been completed with a grade of "C" (2.0) or better during the effective dates of the approved articulation agreement.

• The course must be approved through the articulation agreement and must be comparable in content and credits to the University course it is replacing.

Nationally recognized and/or industry accepted certifications may be used to waive certain courses in the Required Course of Study upon approval by the appropriate college or school that the courses reside under, and will not require Prior Learning Assess- ment. All waivers using certifications must be verified by an offi- cial transcript or completion documentation from the certifying organization. Experiential Learning (essay) credit is not eligible to waive courses in the required course of study.

Eligible students who have attended a SOC Member Institution and have successfully completed equivalent courses according to the SOC Transfer Tables may transfer all equivalent courses into a student's required course of study as a waiver if the courses meet the minimum grade and timeframe as stated in policy. The following courses in the Required Course of Study may not be waived: NTC 270, NTC 275 Applied Capstone Policies for the CERT/SM • Students in this program may elect to complete a Storage

Management Applied Capstone course, NTC 270, to coincide with a real-world applied capstone location. The applied capstone course is 5 weeks in length and the real-world applied capstone location must be a minimum of 5 weeks in length to coincide with the Storage Management Applied Capstone course.

• Students must meet the following requirements prior to enrolling in NTC 270: • Must be in good academic standing. Good academic

standing is defined as not on academic probation, academic disqualification, and no student code of conduct violation on their record.

• Must receive campus Academic Affairs approval for the student's selected site.

• NTC 270 is 5 weeks in length. This course require a minimum of 25 hours, or an average of 5 hours per week at an approved applied capstone location.

• If the applied capstone course is cancelled, terminated, or the student self-terminates from the approved applied capstone course location without campus Academic Affairs approval, the student will be withdrawn from class and will be issued a grade of "F" by their faculty member. Student must take NTC 275 Storage Management Capstone. Students will not be permitted to have a second attempt at passing the applied capstone course.

• If the applied capstone course is not completed with a passing grade, the student must take NTC 275 Storage Management Capstone. Students will not be permitted to have a second attempt at passing the applied capstone course.

• At the discretion of the Campus DAA or designee, outstanding student code of conduct issues may prevent a candidate's progression to the applied capstone course experience until the issue is resolved. • The Student Code of Conduct applies to student behavior

and actions that occur at approved real-world applied capstone location.

Re-Entry for the CERT/SM • Any student who has been out of attendance for more than 365

days from the last date of positive recorded attendance in a program applicable course is considered a re-entry student.

• Re-entry students may re-enroll into their program version without appeal if the program version is still the most current in their state or jurisdiction and the student has the ability to satisfy all program requirements within their original program completion deadline.

• Re-entry students whose program version is not the most current in their state or jurisdiction will be required to enroll into the most current version.

• Select programs may have additional re-entry requirements/ restrictions. Re-entry students should consult their Academic Advisor for guidance.

506

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017 PROFESSIONAL PROGRAMS

CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS FOR THE COLLEGE OF INFORMATION SYSTEMS AND TECHNOLOGY

........................................................................................... Advanced Cyber Security Certificate (Undergraduate)

The following certificate program may be offered at these University of Phoenix campus locations: Online, depending on state of residence. The availability of programs and concentrations depend on student demand and other factors. Not all programs may be available to all residents of all states. Students may want to consider completing certain courses in the Online classroom at Online rates if the program is available via the Online modality in their state. Please contact your enrollment

........................................................................................... representative for more information.

The Cyber Security Certificate concentrates on the concepts and principles of securing and protecting the information assets of the organization. The areas of information assurance, systems security, risk management, cryptography, cyber security and enterprise security are covered in this certificate. This program helps prepare for industry certifications such as the ISC2 Systems Security Certi- fied Practitioner (SSCP) and Certified Information Systems Secu- rity Professional (CISSP). For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program, and other important information, please visit our website at http://www.phoenix.edu/ programs/cert-acs. Program Category Requirements for the CERT/ACS Courses requiring prerequisites are identified by a ~ symbol fol- lowing the course number. Course descriptions for all courses are listed in the Course Guide section of the catalog (page B-1). Cyber Security, 18 total credits Select 18 credits from the following: CMGT 230................................................................................ 3 credits Fundamentals of SSCP CMGT 400................................................................................ 3 credits Intro to Information Assurance & Security CMGT 430................................................................................ 3 credits Enterprise Security CMGT 431................................................................................ 3 credits Information Systems Security CMGT 432................................................................................ 3 credits Introduction to Cryptography CMGT 433................................................................................ 3 credits Cyber Security CMGT 442................................................................................ 3 credits Information Systems Risk Management The University reserves the right to modify the required course of study. General Information for the CERT/ACS This certificate program may be taken on its own or may be earned en-route to earning a degree. Additional Admission Requirements for the CERT/ACS • High school graduation from an institution that holds state

approval to confer high school diplomas or are accredited or a candidate for accreditation at the time the student attended by an acceptable accrediting body, GED certificate or CHSPE (California High School Proficiency Examination) certificate, or completion of the HiSET examination with a passing score.

• Tennessee: Students residing in Tennessee who are attending classes via the Online modality and students attending a local campus in Tennessee, including from any cross-border locations must provide the university with an official High School transcript or official GED score (if applicable). A college transcript which documents high school date of completion or a copy of a DD-214 showing high school graduation or equivalency may be submitted to satisfy this requirement.

• Signed Hardware/Software Agreement Certificate Completion Requirements for the CERT/ACS • Completion of a minimum of 18 credits. • A minimum grade point average (GPA) of 2.00.

• Students earning the certificate en-route will only be placed on Academic Probation if their bachelor program GPA falls below the minimum requirement.

• Students earning this certificate en-route to completion of a degree program must meet the minimum GPA requirement at the conclusion of all required coursework for the certificate to be eligible for certificate conferral.

• The certificate awarded for this program will read as: Advanced Cyber Security (Undergraduate)

Residency Requirements and Course Waivers for the CERT/ ACS Students must meet established University residency requirement for certificate conferral. The University requires that the majority of coursework, 12 credits in the Required Course of Study, must be completed at University of Phoenix. Students in this program may waive a maximum of 6 credits from their required course of study. In order to be granted a waiver with credit for a course in the Required Course of Study, a student must have completed a previ- ous credit bearing activity in transfer which meets the following criteria: • The activity must have been completed at a regionally or

approved nationally accredited, or candidate for accreditation, college or university, or from an approved source of nontraditional transfer credit as listed in University transfer policy.

• The activity must have been completed within the past ten (10) years (5 years for IS&T courses) from current program enrollment agreement sign date with a grade of "C" (2.0) or better or comparable passing benchmark for nontraditional credits.

• The activity must be comparable in content and semester academic credits to the University course it is replacing and must be an equivalent level or higher level course (i.e. graduate level coursework may be used to waive graduate or undergraduate coursework). Course descriptions must be included with the course waiver form in order for the Office of Admissions and Evaluation to review the course waiver request.

Through an approved articulation agreement, students who have successfully completed equivalent courses may waive, without credits, up to six (6) credits of the Required Course of Study. Stu- dents must substitute other upper division coursework to satisfy the upper division credit requirement of their degree program (each program has specific substitution requirements).This policy also applies to upper division courses which are used to fulfill cer- tificate degree requirements. In order to be granted a waiver, with- out credit, for a course in the Required Course of Study, a student

507

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

must have completed a previous course which meets the following criteria: • The course must have been completed and transcripted from a

regionally or nationally accredited institution with which the University of Phoenix has an approved articulation agreement.

• The course must have been completed with a grade of "C" (2.0) or better during the effective dates of the approved articulation agreement.

• The course must be approved through the articulation agreement and must be comparable in content and credits to the University course it is replacing.

Experiential Learning (essay) credit is not eligible to waive courses in the required course of study. Eligible students who have attended a SOC Member Institution and have successfully completed equivalent courses according to the SOC Transfer Tables may transfer all equivalent courses into a student's required course of study as a waiver if the courses meet the minimum grade and timeframe as stated in policy. Re-Entry for the CERT/ACS Any student who has been out of attendance for more than 365 days from the last date of positive recorded attendance in a pro- gram applicable course is considered a re-entry student. Re-entry students may re-enroll into their program version without appeal if the program version is still the most current in their state or jurisdiction and the student has the ability to satisfy all program requirements within their original program completion deadline. Re-entry students whose program version is not the most current in their state or jurisdiction will be required to enroll into the most current version. Select programs may have additional re-entry requirements/ restrictions. Re-entry students should consult their Academic Advisor for guidance.

Advanced Software Developer Certificate

........................................................................................... (Undergraduate)

The following certificate program may be offered at these University of Phoenix campus locations: Online, depending on state of residence. The availability of programs and concentrations depend on student demand and other factors. Not all programs may be available to all residents of all states. Students may want to consider completing certain courses in the Online classroom at Online rates if the program is available via the Online modality in their state. Please contact your enrollment

........................................................................................... representative for more information.

The Advanced Software Developer Certificate concentrates on principles of software application development. This certificate explores modern software development though the use of multiple modern application programming languages as well as mobile programming and software architecture principles. This program helps preparation for industry certifications such as the C++ Certi- fied Professional Programmer, Oracle Certified Professional JAVA SE Associate and Professional Programmer (OCP) and Microsoft C# and VB certifications. For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program, and other important information, please visit our website at http://www.phoenix.edu/ programs/cert-asd. Program Student Learning Outcomes In addition to the knowledge and skills related to the University Learning Goals, College of Information Systems and Technology

graduating students are intended to attain certain program-specific knowledge, skills and abilities. Therefore, you should be able to demonstrate the following learning outcomes by the time you com- plete this program. • Students will be able to explain and apply fundamentals of

software application development. • Students will be able to apply concepts learned toward industry

certifications. Program Category Requirements for the CERT/ASD Courses requiring prerequisites are identified by a ~ symbol fol- lowing the course number. Course descriptions for all courses are listed in the Course Guide section of the catalog (page B-1). Software Developer, 18 total credits BSA 385 .................................................................................... 3 credits Intro to Software Engineering CSS 422 ..................................................................................... 3 credits Software Architecture MBL 400 ................................................................................... 3 credits Mobile Fundamentals MBL 402 ................................................................................... 3 credits Android Mobile Development MBL 404 ................................................................................... 3 credits Android Mobile Implementation MBL 406 ................................................................................... 3 credits iOS Mobile Development MBL 408 ................................................................................... 3 credits iOS Mobile Implementation MBL 410 ................................................................................... 3 credits Windows Mobile Development MBL 412 ................................................................................... 3 credits Windows Mobile Implementation POS 408 .................................................................................... 3 credits .NET I POS 409 .................................................................................... 3 credits .NET II PRG 410 .................................................................................... 3 credits C++ Programming I PRG 420 .................................................................................... 3 credits Java Programming I PRG 421 ~................................................................................. 3 credits Java Programming II VCT 340 .................................................................................... 3 credits Web Design with Dreamweaver® WEB 407 ................................................................................... 3 credits Advanced Web Development WEB 436 ................................................................................... 3 credits Mobile Commerce WEB 437 ................................................................................... 3 credits Web Commercialization The University reserves the right to modify the required course of study. General Information for the CERT/ASD This certificate program may be taken on its own or may be earned en-route to earning a degree.

508

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017 PROFESSIONAL PROGRAMS

CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS FOR THE COLLEGE OF INFORMATION SYSTEMS AND TECHNOLOGY

Additional Admission Requirements for the CERT/ASD • High school graduation from an institution that holds state

approval to confer high school diplomas or are accredited or a candidate for accreditation at the time the student attended by an acceptable accrediting body, GED certificate or CHSPE (California High School Proficiency Examination) certificate, or completion of the HiSET examination with a passing score. • Tennessee: Students residing in Tennessee who are attending

classes via the Online modality and students attending a local campus in Tennessee, including from any cross-border locations must provide the university with an official High School transcript or official GED score (if applicable). A college transcript which documents high school date of completion or a copy of a DD-214 showing high school graduation or equivalency may be submitted to satisfy this requirement.

• Signed Hardware/Software Agreement Certificate Completion Requirements for the CERT/ASD • Completion of a minimum of 18 credits. • A minimum grade point average (GPA) of 2.0.

• Students earning the certificate en-route will only be placed on Academic Probation if their bachelor program GPA falls below the minimum requirement.

• Students earning this certificate en-route to completion of a degree program must meet the minimum GPA requirement at the conclusion of all required coursework for the certificate to be eligible for certificate conferral.

• The certificate awarded for this program will read as: Advanced Software Developer (Undergraduate)

Residency Requirements and Course Waivers for the CERT/ ASD Students must meet established University residency requirement for certificate conferral. The University requires that the majority of coursework, 12 credits in the Required Course of Study, must be completed at University of Phoenix. Students in this program may waive a maximum of 6 credits from their required course of study. In order to be granted a waiver with credit for a course in the Required Course of Study, a student must have completed a previ- ous credit bearing activity in transfer which meets the following criteria: • The activity must have been completed at a regionally or

approved nationally accredited, or candidate for accreditation, college or university, or from an approved source of nontraditional transfer credit as listed in University transfer policy.

• The activity must have been completed within the past ten (10) years (5 years for IS&T courses) from current program enrollment agreement sign date with a grade of "C" (2.0) or better or comparable passing benchmark for nontraditional credits.

• The activity must be comparable in content and semester academic credits to the University course it is replacing and must be an equivalent level or higher level course (i.e. graduate level coursework may be used to waive graduate or undergraduate coursework). Course descriptions must be included with the course waiver form in order for the Office of Admissions and Evaluation to review the course waiver request.

Through an approved articulation agreement, students who have successfully completed equivalent courses may waive, without

credits, up to six (6) credits of the Required Course of Study. Stu- dents must substitute other upper division coursework to satisfy the upper division credit requirement of their degree program (each program has specific substitution requirements).This policy also applies to upper division courses which are used to fulfill cer- tificate degree requirements. In order to be granted a waiver, with- out credit, for a course in the Required Course of Study, a student must have completed a previous course which meets the following criteria: • The course must have been completed and transcripted from a

regionally or nationally accredited institution with which the University of Phoenix has an approved articulation agreement.

• The course must have been completed with a grade of "C" (2.0) or better during the effective dates of the approved articulation agreement.

• The course must be approved through the articulation agreement and must be comparable in content and credits to the University course it is replacing.

Experiential Learning (essay) credit is not eligible to waive courses in the required course of study. Eligible students who have attended a SOC Member Institution and have successfully completed equivalent courses according to the SOC Transfer Tables may transfer all equivalent courses into a student's required course of study as a waiver if the courses meet the minimum grade and timeframe as stated in policy. Re-entry for the CERT/ASD Any student who has been out of attendance for more than 365 days from the last date of positive recorded attendance in a pro- gram applicable course is considered a re-entry student. Re-entry students may re-enroll into their program version without appeal if the program version is still the most current in their state or jurisdiction and the student has the ability to satisfy all program requirements within their original program completion deadline. Re-entry students whose program version is not the most current in their state or jurisdiction will be required to enroll into the most current version. Select programs may have additional re-entry requirements/ restrictions. Re-entry students should consult their Academic Advisor for guidance.

........................................................................................... Programming Certificate (Undergraduate)

The following certificate program may be offered at these University of Phoenix campus locations: Online, depending on state of residence. The availability of programs and concentrations depend on student demand and other factors. Not all programs may be available to all residents of all states. Students may want to consider completing certain courses in the Online classroom at Online rates if the program is available via the Online modality in their state. Please contact your enrollment

........................................................................................... representative for more information.

The programming certificate focuses on the tasks involved in vari- ous programming management job roles, and the skills and tech- nologies to perform those tasks. The certificate includes information system fundamentals and available coursework in logic for computer programming, programming in HTML5, C++, Java Programming, JavaScript applied to Microsoft Windows® application development. For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program, and other important information, please visit our website at http://www.phoenix.edu/

509

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

programs/cert-prg. Program Student Learning Outcomes In addition to the knowledge and skills related to the University Learning Goals, College of Information Systems and Technology graduating students are intended to attain certain program-specific knowledge, skills and abilities. Therefore, you should be able to demonstrate the following learning outcomes by the time you com- plete this program. • Students will be able to describe and explain fundamental

programming concepts. • Students will be able to apply fundamentals of programming. Preferred Sequence for the CERT/PRG Courses requiring prerequisites are identified by a ~ symbol fol- lowing the course number. Course descriptions for all courses are listed in the Course Guide section of the catalog (page B-1). Foundation, 3 total credits CIS 207 ..................................................................................... 3 credits Information Systems Fundamentals IT 200 ........................................................................................ 3 credits Digital Skills for the 21st Century Programming, 15 total credits PRG 211 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits Algorithms and Logic for Computer Programming PRG 215 .................................................................................... 3 credits Java Programming Fundamentals PRG 218 .................................................................................... 3 credits Introduction to C/C++ PRG 280 ................................................................................... 3 credits Programming in HTML5 with JavaScript PRG 281 ................................................................................... 3 credits Windows Application Development using HTML5 and JavaScript I PRG 282 ~................................................................................. 3 credits Windows Application Development using HTML5 and JavaScript II The University reserves the right to modify the required course of study. General Information for the CERT/PRG This certificate program may be taken on its own or may be earned en-route to earning a degree. Additional Admission Requirements for the CERT/PRG • High school graduation from an institution that holds state

approval to confer high school diplomas or are accredited or a candidate for accreditation at the time the student attended by an acceptable accrediting body, GED certificate or CHSPE (California High School Proficiency Examination) certificate, or completion of the HiSET examination with a passing score. • Tennessee: Students residing in Tennessee who are attending

classes via the Online modality and students attending a local campus in Tennessee, including from any cross-border locations must provide the university with an official High School transcript or official GED score (if applicable). A college transcript which documents high school date of completion or a copy of a DD-214 showing high school graduation or equivalency may be submitted to satisfy this requirement.

• Signed Hardware/Software Agreement Certificate Completion Requirements for the CERT/PRG • Completion of a minimum of 18 credits.

• A minimum grade point average (GPA) of 2.0. • Students earning the certificate en-route will only be placed

on Academic Probation if their associate or bachelor program GPA falls below the minimum requirement.

• Students earning this certificate en-route to completion of a degree program must meet the minimum GPA requirement at the conclusion of all required coursework for the certificate to be eligible for certificate conferral.

• The certificate awarded for this program will read as: Programming (Undergraduate)

Residency Requirements and Course Waivers for the CERT/ PRG Students must meet established University residency requirement for certificate conferral. The University requires that the majority of coursework, 12 credits in the Required Course of Study, must be completed at University of Phoenix. Students in this program may waive a maximum of 6 credits from their required course of study. In order to be granted a waiver with credit for a course in the Required Course of Study, a student must have completed a previ- ous credit bearing activity in transfer which meets the following criteria: • The activity must have been completed at a regionally or

approved nationally accredited, or candidate for accreditation, college or university, or from an approved source of nontraditional transfer credit as listed in University transfer policy.

• The activity must have been completed within the past ten (10) years (5 years for IS&T courses) from current program enrollment agreement sign date with a grade of "C" (2.0) or better or comparable passing benchmark for nontraditional credits.

• The activity must be comparable in content and semester academic credits to the University course it is replacing and must be an equivalent level or higher level course (i.e. graduate level coursework may be used to waive graduate or undergraduate coursework). Course descriptions must be included with the course waiver form in order for the Office of Admissions and Evaluation to review the course waiver request.

Through an approved articulation agreement, students who have successfully completed equivalent courses may waive, without credits, up to six (6) credits of the Required Course of Study. Stu- dents must substitute other upper division coursework to satisfy the upper division credit requirement of their degree program (each program has specific substitution requirements).This policy also applies to upper division courses which are used to fulfill cer- tificate degree requirements. In order to be granted a waiver, with- out credit, for a course in the Required Course of Study, a student must have completed a previous course which meets the following criteria: • The course must have been completed and transcripted from a

regionally or nationally accredited institution with which the University of Phoenix has an approved articulation agreement.

• The course must have been completed with a grade of "C" (2.0) or better during the effective dates of the approved articulation agreement.

• The course must be approved through the articulation agreement and must be comparable in content and credits to the University course it is replacing.

Experiential Learning (essay) credit is not eligible to waive courses

510

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017 PROFESSIONAL PROGRAMS

CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS FOR THE COLLEGE OF INFORMATION SYSTEMS AND TECHNOLOGY

in the required course of study. Eligible students who have attended a SOC Member Institution and have successfully completed equivalent courses according to the SOC Transfer Tables may transfer all equivalent courses into a student's required course of study as a waiver if the courses meet the minimum grade and timeframe as stated in policy. Re-entry for the CERT/PRG Any student who has been out of attendance for more than 365 days from the last date of positive recorded attendance in a pro- gram applicable course is considered a re-entry student. Re-entry students may re-enroll into their program version without appeal if the program version is still the most current in their state or jurisdiction and the student has the ability to satisfy all program requirements within their original program completion deadline. Re-entry students whose program version is not the most current in their state or jurisdiction will be required to enroll into the most current version. Select programs may have additional re-entry requirements/ restrictions. Re-entry students should consult their Academic Advisor for guidance.

........................................................................................... Advanced Networking Certificate (Undergraduate)

The following certificate program may be offered at these University of Phoenix campus locations: Online, depending on state of residence. The availability of programs and concentrations depend on student demand and other factors. Not all programs may be available to all residents of all states. Students may want to consider completing certain courses in the Online classroom at Online rates if the program is available via the Online modality in their state. Please contact your enrollment

........................................................................................... representative for more information.

The Advanced Networking Certificate is designed to provide com- plete coverage of networking topics including the OSI model, net- work topologies, network protocols, network operating systems, as well as network architecture, network design and management. Comprehensive coverage of local area, wide area, and wireless net- works including performance and service levels are addressed in this concentration. This certificate also provides an exposure to net- work modeling and measuring of network performance. This pro- gram helps preparation for industry certifications such as the Microsoft Certified Solutions Associate (MCSA) and Expert (MCSE) as well as the CompTIA Linux+ Powered by LPI certifica- tion. For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program, and other important information, please visit our website at http://www.phoenix.edu/ programs/cert-an. Program Student Learning Outcomes In addition to the knowledge and skills related to the University Learning Goals, College of Information Systems and Technology graduating students are intended to attain certain program-specific knowledge, skills and abilities. Therefore, you should be able to demonstrate the following learning outcomes by the time you com- plete this program. • Students will be able to apply fundamentals of networking. • Students will be able to design and administer Windows Server

infrastructure. Program Category Requirements for the CERT/AN Courses requiring prerequisites are identified by a ~ symbol fol- lowing the course number. Course descriptions for all courses are

listed in the Course Guide section of the catalog (page B-1). Networking, 18 total credits NTC 320 .................................................................................. 3 credits Network Design Associate NTC 324 ................................................................................... 3 credits Windows Server Configuration NTC 326 ................................................................................... 3 credits Administering Windows Server NTC 328 ................................................................................... 3 credits Advanced Windows Services NTC 362 ................................................................................... 3 credits Fundamentals of Networking NTC 409 ................................................................................... 3 credits Global Network Architecture and Design POS 433 .................................................................................... 3 credits UNIX Networking NTC 340 ~................................................................................ 3 credits Desktop Virtualization NTC 345 ~................................................................................ 3 credits Cloud Virtualization NTC 350 ................................................................................... 3 credits Data Center Virtualization NTC 412 ~................................................................................ 3 credits Data Center Virtualization Administration NTC 414 ~................................................................................ 3 credits Data Center Virtualization Design NTC 300 ................................................................................... 3 credits Cloud Technologies NTC 302 ................................................................................... 3 credits Network Web Services The University reserves the right to modify the required course of study. General Information for the CERT/AN This certificate program may be taken on its own or may be earned en-route to earning a degree. Additional Admission Requirements for the CERT/AN • High school graduation from an institution that holds state

approval to confer high school diplomas or are accredited or a candidate for accreditation at the time the student attended by an acceptable accrediting body, GED certificate or CHSPE (California High School Proficiency Examination) certificate, or completion of the HiSET examination with a passing score. • Tennessee: Students residing in Tennessee who are attending

classes via the Online modality and students attending a local campus in Tennessee, including from any cross-border locations must provide the university with an official High School transcript or official GED score (if applicable). A college transcript which documents high school date of completion or a copy of a DD-214 showing high school graduation or equivalency may be submitted to satisfy this requirement.

• Signed Hardware/Software Agreement Certificate Completion Requirements for the CERT/AN • Completion of a minimum of 18 credits. • A minimum grade point average (GPA) of 2.0.

• Students earning the certificate en-route will only be placed on Academic Probation if their bachelor program GPA falls below the minimum requirement.

511

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

• Students earning this certificate en-route to completion of a degree program must meet the minimum GPA requirement at the conclusion of all required coursework for the certificate to be eligible for certificate conferral.

• The certificate awarded for this program will read as: Advanced Networking (Undergraduate)

Residency Requirements and Course Waivers for the CERT/ AN Students must meet established University residency requirement for certificate conferral. The University requires that the majority of coursework, 12 credits in the Required Course of Study, must be completed at University of Phoenix. Students in this program may waive a maximum of 6 credits from their required course of study. In order to be granted a waiver with credit for a course in the Required Course of Study, a student must have completed a previ- ous credit bearing activity in transfer which meets the following criteria: • The activity must have been completed at a regionally or

approved nationally accredited, or candidate for accreditation, college or university or from an approved source of nontraditional transfer credit as listed in University transfer policy.

• The activity must have been completed within the past ten (10) years (5 years for IS&T courses) from current program enrollment agreement sign date with a grade of "C" (2.0) or better or comparable passing benchmark for nontraditional credits.

• The activity must be comparable in content and semester academic credits to the University course it is replacing and must be an equivalent level or higher level course (i.e. graduate level coursework may be used to waive graduate or undergraduate coursework). Course descriptions must be included with the course waiver form in order for the Office of Admissions and Evaluation to review the course waiver request.

Through an approved articulation agreement, students who have successfully completed equivalent courses may waive, without credits, up to six (6) credits of the Required Course of Study. Stu- dents must substitute other upper division coursework to satisfy the upper division credit requirement of their degree program (each program has specific substitution requirements).This policy also applies to upper division courses which are used to fulfill cer- tificate degree requirements. In order to be granted a waiver, with- out credit, for a course in the Required Course of Study, a student must have completed a previous course which meets the following criteria: • The course must have been completed and transcripted from a

regionally or nationally accredited institution with which the University of Phoenix has an approved articulation agreement.

• The course must have been completed with a grade of "C" (2.0) or better during the effective dates of the approved articulation agreement.

• The course must be approved through the articulation agreement and must be comparable in content and credits to the University course it is replacing.

Experiential Learning (essay) credit is not eligible to waive courses in the required course of study. Eligible students who have attended a SOC Member Institution and have successfully completed equivalent courses according to the SOC Transfer Tables may transfer all equivalent courses into a

student's required course of study as a waiver if the courses meet the minimum grade and timeframe as stated in policy. Re-entry for the CERT/AN Any student who has been out of attendance for more than 365 days from the last date of positive recorded attendance in a pro- gram applicable course is considered a re-entry student. Re-entry students may re-enroll into their program version without appeal if the program version is still the most current in their state or jurisdiction and the student has the ability to satisfy all program requirements within their original program completion deadline. Re-entry students whose program version is not the most current in their state or jurisdiction will be required to enroll into the most current version. Select programs may have additional re-entry requirements/ restrictions. Re-entry students should consult their Academic Advisor for guidance.

Advanced Multimedia Development Certificate

........................................................................................... (Undergraduate)

The following certificate program may be offered at these University of Phoenix campus locations: Online, depending on state of residence. The availability of programs and concentrations depend on student demand and other factors. Not all programs may be available to all residents of all states. Students may want to consider completing certain courses in the Online classroom at Online rates if the program is available via the Online modality in their state. Please contact your enrollment

........................................................................................... representative for more information.

The Advanced Multimedia Development Certificate focuses on the application of effective design principles in the development of various digital media. The skill set obtained in this certificate cover digital design, 3D design, image editing, web design, desktop pub- lishing, electronic publishing and multimedia development. This program helps preparation for industry certifications such as the Adobe Certified Expert (ACE) as well as the Autodesk 3ds Max Design certification. For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program, and other important information, please visit our website at http://www.phoenix.edu/ programs/cert-ammd. Program Student Learning Outcomes In addition to the knowledge and skills related to the University Learning Goals, College of Information Systems and Technology graduating students are intended to attain certain program-specific knowledge, skills and abilities. Therefore, you should be able to demonstrate the following learning outcomes by the time you com- plete this program. • Students will be able to apply effective design principles. • Students will be able to design various digital media. Program Category Requirements for the CERT/AMMD Courses requiring prerequisites are identified by a ~ symbol fol- lowing the course number. Course descriptions for all courses are listed in the Course Guide section of the catalog (page B-1). Multimedia Development, 18 total credits Select eighteen (18) credits CIS 207 ..................................................................................... 3 credits Information Systems Fundamentals VCT 305 .................................................................................... 3 credits Digital Design

512

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017 PROFESSIONAL PROGRAMS

CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS FOR THE COLLEGE OF INFORMATION SYSTEMS AND TECHNOLOGY

VCT 315.................................................................................... 3 credits 3D Design VCT 330.................................................................................... 3 credits Image Editing with Photoshop® VCT 335.................................................................................... 3 credits 3D Printing VCT 340.................................................................................... 3 credits Web Design with Dreamweaver® VCT 350.................................................................................... 3 credits Desktop Publishing with Acrobat Professional ® VCT 360.................................................................................... 3 credits Electronic Publishing with InDesign® VCT 370.................................................................................... 3 credits Multimedia Development with Flash® VCT 380.................................................................................... 3 credits Image Management with Lightroom VCT 390.................................................................................... 3 credits Video Communications with Premiere Pro WEB 407 ................................................................................... 3 credits Advanced Web Development WEB 436 ................................................................................... 3 credits Mobile Commerce WEB 437 ................................................................................... 3 credits Web Commercialization The University reserves the right to modify the required course of study. General Information for the CERT/AMMD This certificate program may be taken on its own or may be earned en-route to earning a degree. Additional Admission Requirements for the CERT/AMMD • High school graduation from an institution that holds state

approval to confer high school diplomas or are accredited or a candidate for accreditation at the time the student attended by an acceptable accrediting body, GED certificate or CHSPE (California High School Proficiency Examination) certificate, or completion of the HiSET examination with a passing score. • Tennessee: Students residing in Tennessee who are attending

classes via the Online modality and students attending a local campus in Tennessee, including from any cross-border locations must provide the university with an official High School transcript or official GED score (if applicable). A college transcript which documents high school date of completion or a copy of a DD-214 showing high school graduation or equivalency may be submitted to satisfy this requirement.

• Signed Hardware/Software Agreement Certificate Completion Requirements for the CERT/AMMD • Completion of a minimum of 18 credits. • A minimum grade point average (GPA) of 2.0.

• Students earning the certificate en-route will only be placed on Academic Probation if their bachelor program GPA falls below the minimum requirement.

• Students earning this certificate en-route to completion of a degree program must meet the minimum GPA requirement at the conclusion of all required coursework for the certificate to be eligible for certificate conferral.

• The certificate awarded for this program will read as: Advanced Multimedia Development (Undergraduate)

Residency Requirements and Course Waivers for the CERT/ AMMD Students must meet established University residency requirement for certificate conferral. The University requires that the majority of coursework, 12 credits in the Required Course of Study, must be completed at University of Phoenix. Students in this program may waive a maximum of 6 credits from their required course of study. In order to be granted a waiver with credit for a course in the Required Course of Study, a student must have completed a previ- ous credit bearing activity in transfer which meets the following criteria: • The activity must have been completed at a regionally or

approved nationally accredited, or candidate for accreditation, college or university, or from an approved source of nontraditional transfer credit as listed in University transfer policy.

• The activity must have been completed within the past ten (10) years (5 years for IS&T courses) from current program enrollment agreement sign date with a grade of "C" (2.0) or better or comparable passing benchmark for nontraditional credits.

• The activity must be comparable in content and semester academic credits to the University course it is replacing and must be an equivalent level or higher level course (i.e. graduate level coursework may be used to waive graduate or undergraduate coursework). Course descriptions must be included with the course waiver form in order for the Office of Admissions and Evaluation to review the course waiver request.

Through an approved articulation agreement, students who have successfully completed equivalent courses may waive, without credits, up to six (6) credits of the Required Course of Study. Stu- dents must substitute other upper division coursework to satisfy the upper division credit requirement of their degree program (each program has specific substitution requirements).This policy also applies to upper division courses which are used to fulfill cer- tificate degree requirements. In order to be granted a waiver, with- out credit, for a course in the Required Course of Study, a student must have completed a previous course which meets the following criteria: • The course must have been completed and transcripted from a

regionally or nationally accredited institution with which the University of Phoenix has an approved articulation agreement.

• The course must have been completed with a grade of "C" (2.0) or better during the effective dates of the approved articulation agreement.

• The course must be approved through the articulation agreement and must be comparable in content and credits to the University course it is replacing.

Experiential Learning (essay) credit is not eligible to waive courses in the required course of study. Eligible students who have attended a SOC Member Institution and have successfully completed equivalent courses according to the SOC Transfer Tables may transfer all equivalent courses into a student's required course of study as a waiver if the courses meet the minimum grade and timeframe as stated in policy. Re-entry for the CERT/AMMD Any student who has been out of attendance for more than 365 days from the last date of positive recorded attendance in a pro- gram applicable course is considered a re-entry student.

513

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

Re-entry students may re-enroll into their program version without appeal if the program version is still the most current in their state or jurisdiction and the student has the ability to satisfy all program requirements within their original program completion deadline. Re-entry students whose program version is not the most current in their state or jurisdiction will be required to enroll into the most current version. Select programs may have additional re-entry requirements/ restrictions. Re-entry students should consult their Academic Advisor for guidance.

........................................................................................... Database Administration Certificate (Undergraduate)

The following certificate program may be offered at these University of Phoenix campus locations: Online, depending on state of residence . The availability of programs and concentrations depend on student demand and other factors. Not all programs may be available to all residents of all states. Students may want to consider completing certain courses in the Online classroom at Online rates if the program is available via the Online modality in their state. Please contact your enrollment

........................................................................................... representative for more information.

The certificate program in Database Administration focuses on the tasks and skills involved in various database management job roles, and the technologies used to perform those tasks. The certifi- cate includes information system fundamentals, logic for computer programming, database applications, querying and administering a SQL Server, managing the database environment, and applied database management. This concentration addresses the funda- mental technical skills specified in the Microsoft® Certified Solu- tions Associate (MCSA) body of knowledge. For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program, and other important information, please visit our website at http://www.phoenix.edu/ programs/cert-da. Program Student Learning Outcomes In addition to the knowledge and skills related to the University Learning Goals, College of Information Systems and Technology graduating students are intended to attain certain program-specific knowledge, skills and abilities. Therefore, you should be able to demonstrate the following learning outcomes by the time you com- plete this program. • Students will be able to describe and explain fundamentals of

database administration. • Students will be able to apply concepts from the Microsoft®

Certified Solutions Associate (MCSA) body of knowledge. Preferred Sequence for the CERT/DA Courses requiring prerequisites are identified by a ~ symbol fol- lowing the course number. Course descriptions for all courses are listed in the Course Guide section of the catalog (page B-1). Foundation, 6 total credits CIS 207 ..................................................................................... 3 credits Information Systems Fundamentals PRG 211~ .................................................................................. 3 credits Algorithms and Logic for Computer Programming IT 200 ........................................................................................ 3 credits Digital Skills for the 21st Century Database Administration, 12 total credits DBM 280~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Fundamentals of Access Database

DBM 294~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Querying a SQL Server DBM 296~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Administering a SQL Server DBM 298~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Implementing a Data Warehouse The University reserves the right to modify the required course of study. General Information for the CERT/DA This certificate program may be taken on its own or may be earned en-route to earning a degree. Additional Admission Requirements for the CERT/DA All applicants are expected to meet the following admissions requirements: • High school graduation from an institution that holds state

approval to confer high school diplomas or are accredited or a candidate for accreditation at the time the student attended by an acceptable accrediting body, GED certificate or CHSPE (California High School Proficiency Examination) certificate, or completion of the HiSET examination with a passing score. • Tennessee: Students residing in Tennessee who are attending

classes via the Online modality and students attending a local campus in Tennessee, including from any cross-border locations must provide the university with an official High School transcript or official GED score (if applicable). A college transcript which documents high school date of completion or a copy of a DD-214 showing high school graduation or equivalency may be submitted to satisfy this requirement.

Certificate Completion Requirements for the CERT/DA • Successful completion of a minimum of 18 credits. • A minimum grade point average (GPA) of 2.0.

• Students earning the certificate en-route will only be placed on Academic Probation if their associate program GPA falls below the minimum requirement.

• Students earning this certificate en-route to completion of a degree program must meet the minimum GPA requirement at the conclusion of all required coursework for the certificate to be eligible for certificate conferral.

• The certificate awarded for this program will read as: Database Administration (Undergraduate)

Residency Requirements and Course Waivers for the CERT/ DA Students must meet the established University residency require- ment for certificate conferral. The University requires that the majority of coursework, 12 credits from a combination of the Required Course of Study, General Education, and Electives must be completed at University of Phoenix. Students in this program may waive a maximum of 6 credits from their required course of study. In order to be granted a waiver with credit for a course in the Required Course of Study, a student must have completed a previ- ous credit bearing activity in transfer which meets the following criteria: • The activity must have been completed at a regionally or

approved nationally accredited, or candidate for accreditation, college or university, or from an approved source of nontraditional transfer credit as listed in University transfer policy.

514

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017 PROFESSIONAL PROGRAMS

CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS FOR THE COLLEGE OF INFORMATION SYSTEMS AND TECHNOLOGY

• The activity must have been completed within the past ten (10) years (5 years for IS&T courses) from current program enrollment agreement sign date with a grade of "C" (2.0) or better or comparable passing benchmark for nontraditional credits.

• The activity must be comparable in content and semester academic credits to the University course it is replacing and must be an equivalent level or higher level course (i.e. graduate level coursework may be used to waive graduate or undergraduate coursework). Course descriptions must be included with the course waiver form in order for the Office of Admissions and Evaluation to review the course waiver request.

Experiential Learning (essay) credit is not eligible to waive courses in the required course of study. Eligible students who have attended a SOC Member Institution and have successfully completed equivalent courses according to the SOC Transfer Tables may transfer all equivalent courses into a student's required course of study as a waiver if the courses meet the minimum grade and timeframe as stated in policy. Re-entry for the CERT/DA Any student who has been out of attendance for more than 365 days from the last date of positive recorded attendance in a pro- gram applicable course is considered a re-entry student. Re-entry students may re-enroll into their program version without appeal if the program version is still the most current in their state or jurisdiction and the student has the ability to satisfy all program requirements within their original program completion deadline. Re-entry students whose program version is not the most current in their state or jurisdiction will be required to enroll into the most current version. Select programs may have additional re-entry requirements/ restrictions. Re-entry students should consult their Academic Advisor for guidance.

Information Assurance and Security Certificate

........................................................................................... (Undergraduate)

The following certificate program may be offered at these University of Phoenix campus locations: Online, depending on state of residence. The availability of programs and concentrations depend on student demand and other factors. Not all programs may be available to all residents of all states. Students may want to consider completing certain courses in the Online classroom at Online rates if the program is available via the Online modality in their state. Please contact your enrollment

........................................................................................... representative for more information.

The Information Assurance and Security Certificate offers course- work to successfully apply information technology theory and principles to address real world business opportunities and chal- lenges. The coursework provides students with technical skills and interactive, hands-on experience in information systems, wireless networking, cyber security, cryptography, and systems security. This certificate concentrates on the concepts and principles of securing and protecting the information assets of the organization. For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program, and other important information, please visit our website at http://www.phoenix.edu/ programs/cert-ias. Program Student Learning Outcomes In addition to the knowledge and skills related to the University Learning Goals, College of Information Systems and Technology

graduating students are intended to attain certain program-specific knowledge, skills and abilities. Therefore, you should be able to demonstrate the following learning outcomes by the time you com- plete this program. • Students will be able to explain and apply information security

concepts. • Students will be able to describe and explain fundamentals of

networking. Preferred Sequence for the CERT/IAS Courses requiring prerequisites are identified by a ~ symbol fol- lowing the course number. Course descriptions for all courses are listed in the Course Guide section of the catalog (page B-1). Foundation, 3 total credits CIS 207 .................................................................................... 3 credits Information Systems Fundamentals IT 200 ........................................................................................ 3 credits Digital Skills for the 21st Century Information Security, 9 total credits CMGT 245 ~ ............................................................................ 3 credits IS Security Concepts CMGT 230 ~ ............................................................................ 3 credits Fundamentals of SSCP CMGT 232 ~ ............................................................................ 3 credits Fundamentals of Cyber Security and Cryptography Networking, 6 total credits NTC 247 ~................................................................................ 3 credits Wireless Networking Concepts POS 221 ~................................................................................. 3 credits Windows Server Configurations The University reserves the right to modify the required course of study. General Information for the CERT/IAS This certificate program may be taken on its own or may be earned en-route to earning a degree. Additional Admission Requirements for the CERT/IAS All applicants are expected to meet the following admissions requirements: • High school graduation from an institution that holds state

approval to confer high school diplomas or are accredited or a candidate for accreditation at the time the student attended by an acceptable accrediting body, GED certificate or CHSPE (California High School Proficiency Examination) certificate, or completion of the HiSET examination with a passing score. • Tennessee: Students residing in Tennessee who are attending

classes via the Online modality and students attending a local campus in Tennessee, including from any cross-border locations must provide the university with an official High School transcript or official GED score (if applicable). A college transcript which documents high school date of completion or a copy of a DD-214 showing high school graduation or equivalency may be submitted to satisfy this requirement.

Certificate Completion Requirements for the CERT/IAS • Successful completion of a minimum of 18 credits. • A minimum grade point average (GPA) of 2.0.

• Students earning the certificate en-route will only be placed on Academic Probation if their associate program GPA falls below the minimum requirement.

515

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

• Students earning this certificate en-route to completion of a degree program must meet the minimum GPA requirement at the conclusion of all required coursework for the certificate to be eligible for certificate conferral.

• The certificate awarded for this program will read as: Information Assurance and Security (Undergraduate)

Residency Requirements and Course Waivers for the CERT/ IAS Students must meet the established University residency require- ment for certificate conferral. The University requires that the majority of coursework, 12 credits from a combination of the Required Course of Study, General Education, and Electives must be completed at University of Phoenix. Students in this program may waive a maximum of 6 credits from their required course of study. In order to be granted a waiver with credit for a course in the Required Course of Study, a student must have completed a previ- ous credit bearing activity in transfer which meets the following criteria: • The activity must have been completed at a regionally or

approved nationally accredited, or candidate for accreditation, college or university, or from an approved source of nontraditional transfer credit as listed in University transfer policy.

• The activity must have been completed within the past ten (10) years (5 years for IS&T courses) from current program enrollment agreement sign date with a grade of "C" (2.0) or better or comparable passing benchmark for nontraditional credits.

• The activity must be comparable in content and semester academic credits to the University course it is replacing and must be an equivalent level or higher level course (i.e. graduate level coursework may be used to waive graduate or undergraduate coursework). Course descriptions must be included with the course waiver form in order for the Office of Admissions and Evaluation to review the course waiver request.

Experiential Learning (essay) credit is not eligible to waive courses in the required course of study. Eligible students who have attended a SOC Member Institution and have successfully completed equivalent courses according to the SOC Transfer Tables may transfer all equivalent courses into a student's required course of study as a waiver if the courses meet the minimum grade and timeframe as stated in policy. Re-entry for the CERT/IAS Any student who has been out of attendance for more than 365 days from the last date of positive recorded attendance in a pro- gram applicable course is considered a re-entry student. Re-entry students may re-enroll into their program version without appeal if the program version is still the most current in their state or jurisdiction and the student has the ability to satisfy all program requirements within their original program completion deadline. Re-entry students whose program version is not the most current in their state or jurisdiction will be required to enroll into the most current version. Select programs may have additional re-entry requirements/ restrictions. Re-entry students should consult their Academic Advisor for guidance.

........................................................................................... Multimedia Development Certificate (Undergraduate)

The following certificate program may be offered at these University of Phoenix campus locations: Online, depending on state of residence. The availability of programs and concentrations depend on student demand and other factors. Not all programs may be available to all residents of all states. Students may want to consider completing certain courses in the Online classroom at Online rates if the program is available via the Online modality in their state. Please contact your enrollment

........................................................................................... representative for more information.

The certificate in Multimedia Development offers coursework focused on technical knowledge and IT skills applied to multime- dia and digital image design. This coursework provides students with technical skills and interactive, hands-on experience in elec- tronic visual communication fundamentals, image manipulation, design fundamentals and multimedia development. This concen- tration covers the body of knowledge for the Adobe® Certified Associate (ACA) exam. For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program, and other important information, please visit our website at http://www.phoenix.edu/ programs/cert-mmd. Program Student Learning Outcomes In addition to the knowledge and skills related to the University Learning Goals, College of Information Systems and Technology graduating students are intended to attain certain program-specific knowledge, skills and abilities. Therefore, you should be able to demonstrate the following learning outcomes by the time you com- plete this program. • Students will be able to demonstrate technical knowledge and IT

skills required for multimedia and digital design. • Students will be to apply fundamentals of digital media design. Preferred Sequence for the CERT/MMD Courses requiring prerequisites are identified by a ~ symbol fol- lowing the course number. Course descriptions for all courses are listed in the Course Guide section of the catalog (page B-1). Foundation, 3 total credits CIS 207 ..................................................................................... 3 credits Information Systems Fundamentals IT 200 ........................................................................................ 3 credits Digital Skills for the 21st Century Multimedia Development, 12 total credits VCT 236 ~................................................................................. 3 credits Introduction to Image Editing and Formatting VCT 221 ~................................................................................. 3 credits Rich Media Communication Fundamentals VCT 231 ~................................................................................. 3 credits Video Communication Fundamentals VCT 241 ~................................................................................. 3 credits Electronic Publishing Fundamentals Web Design, 3 total credits WEB 240 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Web Design Fundamentals The University reserves the right to modify the required course of study.

516

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017 PROFESSIONAL PROGRAMS

CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS FOR THE COLLEGE OF INFORMATION SYSTEMS AND TECHNOLOGY

General Information for the CERT/MMD This certificate program may be taken on its own or may be earned en-route to earning a degree. Additional Admission Requirements for the CERT/MMD All applicants are expected to meet the following admissions requirements: • High school graduation from an institution that holds state

approval to confer high school diplomas or are accredited or a candidate for accreditation at the time the student attended by an acceptable accrediting body, GED certificate or CHSPE (California High School Proficiency Examination) certificate, or completion of the HiSET examination with a passing score. • Tennessee: Students residing in Tennessee who are attending

classes via the Online modality and students attending a local campus in Tennessee, including from any cross-border locations must provide the university with an official High School transcript or official GED score (if applicable). A college transcript which documents high school date of completion or a copy of a DD-214 showing high school graduation or equivalency may be submitted to satisfy this requirement.

Certificate Completion Requirements for the CERT/MMD • Successful completion of a minimum of 18 credits. • A minimum grade point average (GPA) of 2.0.

• Students earning the certificate en-route will only be placed on Academic Probation if their associate program GPA falls below the minimum requirement.

• Students earning this certificate en-route to completion of a degree program must meet the minimum GPA requirement at the conclusion of all required coursework for the certificate to be eligible for certificate conferral.

• The certificate awarded for the program will read as: Multimedia Development (Undergraduate)

Residency Requirements and Course Waivers for the CERT/ MMD Students must meet the established University residency require- ment for certificate conferral. The University requires that the majority of coursework, 12 credits from a combination of the Required Course of Study, General Education, and Electives must be completed at University of Phoenix. Students in this program may waive a maximum of 6 credits from their required course of study. In order to be granted a waiver with credit for a course in the Required Course of Study, a student must have completed a previ- ous credit bearing activity in transfer which meets the following criteria: • The activity must have been completed at a regionally or

approved nationally accredited, or candidate for accreditation, college or university, or from an approved source of nontraditional transfer credit as listed in University transfer policy.

• The activity must have been completed within the past ten (10) years (5 years for IS&T courses) from current program enrollment agreement sign date with a grade of "C" (2.0) or better or comparable passing benchmark for nontraditional credits.

• The activity must be comparable in content and semester academic credits to the University course it is replacing and must be an equivalent level or higher level course (i.e. graduate level coursework may be used to waive graduate or undergraduate coursework). Course descriptions must be included with the course waiver form in order for the Office of Admissions and Evaluation to review the course waiver request.

Experiential Learning (essay) credit is not eligible to waive courses in the required course of study. Eligible students who have attended a SOC Member Institution and have successfully completed equivalent courses according to the SOC Transfer Tables may transfer all equivalent courses into a student's required course of study as a waiver if the courses meet the minimum grade and timeframe as stated in policy. Re-entry for the CERT/MMD Any student who has been out of attendance for more than 365 days from the last date of positive recorded attendance in a pro- gram applicable course is considered a re-entry student. Re-entry students may re-enroll into their program version without appeal if the program version is still the most current in their state or jurisdiction and the student has the ability to satisfy all program requirements within their original program completion deadline. Re-entry students whose program version is not the most current in their state or jurisdiction will be required to enroll into the most current version. Select programs may have additional re-entry requirements/ restrictions. Re-entry students should consult their Academic Advisor for guidance.

........................................................................................... Cisco Networking Certificate (Undergraduate)

The following certificate program may be offered at these University of Phoenix campus locations: Online, depending on state of residence. The availability of programs and concentrations depend on student demand and other factors. Not all programs may be available to all residents of all states. Students may want to consider completing certain courses in the Online classroom at Online rates if the program is available via the Online modality in their state. Please contact your enrollment

........................................................................................... representative for more information.

The Cisco Networking certificate offers coursework designed to help students acquire the knowledge to install, configure and oper- ate Local Area Network (LAN), Wide Area Network (WAN) as well as routing and switching implementations and management. This certificate covers the body of knowledge for the Cisco® Certi- fied Network Associate (CCNA®) exam in preparing the student to install and configure Cisco® switches and routers in multiproto- col internetworks using LAN and WAN interfaces. For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program, and other important information, please visit our website at http://www.phoenix.edu/ programs/cert-ccna. Program Student Learning Outcomes In addition to the knowledge and skills related to the University Learning Goals, College of Information Systems and Technology graduating students are intended to attain certain program-specific knowledge, skills and abilities. Therefore, you should be able to demonstrate the following learning outcomes by the time you com- plete this program. • Students will be able to explain network security concepts. • Students will be able to apply Cisco networking technologies.

517

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

Preferred Sequence and Prerequisites Courses requiring prerequisites are identified by a ~ symbol fol- lowing the course number. Course descriptions for all courses are listed in the Course Guide section of the catalog (page B-1). Foundation, 3 total credits CIS 207 ...................................................................................... 3 credits Information Systems Fundamentals IT 200 ........................................................................................ 3 credits Digital Skills for the 21st Century Cisco Networking, 12 total credits CIT 245 ~ .................................................................................. 3 credits Local Area Networking Fundamentals CIT 249 ~ .................................................................................. 3 credits Wide Area Network Environment CIT 274 ~ .................................................................................. 3 credits Routing and Switching Implementations CIT 276 ~ .................................................................................. 3 credits Routing and Switching Management Information Security, 3 total credits CMGT 245 ~............................................................................. 3 credits IS Security Concepts The University reserves the right to modify the required course of study. General Information for the CERT/CCNA This certificate program may be taken on its own or may be earned en-route to earning a degree.

Additional Admission Requirements for the CERT/CCNA

All applicants are expected to meet the following admissions requirements: • High school graduation from an institution that holds state

approval to confer high school diplomas or are accredited or a candidate for accreditation at the time the student attended by an acceptable accrediting body, GED certificate, CHSPE (California High School Proficiency Examination) certificate, or completion of the HiSET examination with a passing score. • Tennessee: Students residing in Tennessee who are attending

classes via the Online modality and students attending a local campus in Tennessee, including from any cross-border locations must provide the university with an official High School transcript or official GED score (if applicable). A college transcript which documents high school date of completion or a copy of a DD-214 showing high school graduation or equivalency may be submitted to satisfy this requirement.

Certificate Completion Requirements for the CERT/CCNA • Successful completion of a minimum of 18 credits. • A minimum grade point average (GPA) of 2.0.

• Students earning the certificate en-route will only be placed on Academic Probation if their bachelor program GPA falls below the minimum requirement.

• Students earning this certificate en-route to completion of a degree program must meet the minimum GPA requirement at the conclusion of all required coursework for the certificate to be eligible for certificate conferral.

• The certificate awarded for the program will read as: Cisco Networking (Undergraduate)

Residency Requirements and Course Waivers for the CERT/ CCNA Students must meet established University residency requirement for certificate conferral. The University requires that the majority of coursework, 12 credits in the Required Course of Study, must be completed at University of Phoenix. Students in this program may waive a maximum of 6 credits from their required course of study. In order to be granted a waiver with credit for a course in the Required Course of Study, a student must have completed a previ- ous credit bearing activity in transfer which meets the following criteria: • The activity must have been completed at a regionally or

approved nationally accredited, or candidate for accreditation, college or university, or from an approved source of nontraditional transfer credit as listed in University transfer policy.

• The activity must have been completed within the past ten (10) years (5 years for IS&T courses) from current program enrollment agreement sign date with a grade of "C" (2.0) or better or comparable passing benchmark for nontraditional credits.

• The activity must be comparable in content and semester academic credits to the University course it is replacing and must be an equivalent level or higher level course (i.e. graduate level coursework may be used to waive graduate or undergraduate coursework). Course descriptions must be included with the course waiver form in order for the Office of Admissions and Evaluation to review the course waiver request.

Experiential Learning (essay) credit is not eligible to waive courses in the required course of study. Eligible students who have attended a SOC Member Institution and have successfully completed equivalent courses according to the SOC Transfer Tables may transfer all equivalent courses into a student's required course of study as a waiver if the courses meet the minimum grade and timeframe as stated in policy. Re-entry for the CERT/CCNA Any student who has been out of attendance for more than 365 days from the last date of positive recorded attendance in a pro- gram applicable course is considered a re-entry student. Re-entry students may re-enroll into their program version without appeal if the program version is still the most current in their state or jurisdiction and the student has the ability to satisfy all program requirements within their original program completion deadline. Re-entry students whose program version is not the most current in their state or jurisdiction will be required to enroll into the most current version. Select programs may have additional re-entry requirements/ restrictions. Re-entry students should consult their Academic Advisor for guidance.

518

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017 PROFESSIONAL PROGRAMS

CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS FOR THE COLLEGE OF INFORMATION SYSTEMS AND TECHNOLOGY

........................................................................................... Desktop Support Certificate (Undergraduate)

The following certificate program may be offered at these University of Phoenix campus locations: Online, depending on state of residence. The availability of programs and concentrations depend on student demand and other factors. Not all programs may be available to all residents of all states. Students may want to consider completing certain courses in the Online classroom at Online rates if the program is available via the Online modality in their state. Please contact your enrollment

........................................................................................... representative for more information.

The Desktop Support Certificate offers coursework in the technolo- gies and methods necessary to provide technical support to infor- mation technology and computer system users. Students will learn the customer support aspects of personal computer desktop soft- ware applications, computer hardware and software according to the A+ body of knowledge, including diagnosis and solutions. For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program, and other important information, please visit our website at http://www.phoenix.edu/ programs/cert-ds. Program Student Learning Outcomes In addition to the knowledge and skills related to the University Learning Goals, College of Information Systems and Technology graduating students are intended to attain certain program-specific knowledge, skills and abilities. Therefore, you should be able to demonstrate the following learning outcomes by the time you com- plete this program. • Students will be able to apply knowledge and skills in desktop

support. • Students will be able to apply knowledge and skills in IT

customer support. Preferred Sequence for the CERT/DS Courses requiring prerequisites are identified by a ~ symbol following the course number. Course descriptions for all courses are listed in the Course Guide section of the catalog (page B-1).

Foundation, 3 total credits CIS 207 ..................................................................................... 3 credits Information Systems Fundamentals IT 200 ........................................................................................ 3 credits Digital Skills for the 21st Century Desktop Support, 15 total credits CIS 211 ~ .................................................................................. 3 credits Office Software Support Fundamentals CIS 290 ~ .................................................................................. 3 credits Personal Computer Hardware Support CIS 292 ~ .................................................................................. 3 credits Personal Computer OS Support CIS 294 ~ .................................................................................. 3 credits Personal Computer Customer Support CIS 296 ~ .................................................................................. 3 credits Computer Systems Maintenance The University reserves the right to modify the required course of study. General Information for the CERT/DS This certificate program may be taken on its own or may be earned en-route to earning a degree.

Additional Admission Requirements for the CERT/DS

All applicants are expected to meet the following admissions requirements: • High school graduation from an institution that holds state

approval to confer high school diplomas or are accredited or a candidate for accreditation at the time the student attended by an acceptable accrediting body, GED certificate, CHSPE (California High School Proficiency Examination) certificate, or completion of the HiSET examination with a passing score. • Tennessee: Students residing in Tennessee who are attending

classes via the Online modality and students attending a local campus in Tennessee, including from any cross-border locations must provide the university with an official High School transcript or official GED score (if applicable). A college transcript which documents high school date of completion or a copy of a DD-214 showing high school graduation or equivalency may be submitted to satisfy this requirement.

Certificate Completion Requirements for the CERT/DS • Successful completion of a minimum of 18 credits. • A minimum grade point average (GPA) of 2.0.

• Students earning the certificate en-route will only be placed on Academic Probation if their associate program GPA falls below the minimum requirement.

• Students earning this certificate en-route to completion of a degree program must meet the minimum GPA requirement at the conclusion of all required coursework for the certificate to be eligible for certificate conferral.

• The certificate awarded for the program will read as: Desktop Support (Undergraduate)

Residency Requirements and Course Waivers for the CERT/DS Students must meet established University residency requirement for certificate conferral. The University requires that the majority of coursework, 12 credits in the Required Course of Study, must be completed at University of Phoenix. Students in this program may waive a maximum of 6 credits from their required course of study. In order to be granted a waiver with credit for a course in the Required Course of Study, a student must have completed a previ- ous credit bearing activity in transfer which meets the following criteria: • The activity must have been completed at a regionally or

approved nationally accredited, or candidate for accreditation, college or university, or from an approved source of nontraditional transfer credit as listed in University transfer policy.

• The activity must have been completed within the past ten (10) years (5 years for IS&T courses) from current program enrollment agreement sign date with a grade of "C" (2.0) or better or comparable passing benchmark for nontraditional credits.

• The activity must be comparable in content and semester academic credits to the University course it is replacing and must be an equivalent level or higher level course (i.e. graduate level coursework may be used to waive graduate or undergraduate coursework). Course descriptions must be included with the course waiver form in order for the Office of Admissions and Evaluation to review the course waiver request.

Experiential Learning (essay) credit is not eligible to waive courses in the required course of study.

519

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

Eligible students who have attended a SOC Member Institution and have successfully completed equivalent courses according to the SOC Transfer Tables may transfer all equivalent courses into a student's required course of study as a waiver if the courses meet the minimum grade and timeframe as stated in policy. Re-entry for the CERT/DS Any student who has been out of attendance for more than 365 days from the last date of positive recorded attendance in a pro- gram applicable course is considered a re-entry student. Re-entry students may re-enroll into their program version without appeal if the program version is still the most current in their state or jurisdiction and the student has the ability to satisfy all program requirements within their original program completion deadline. Re-entry students whose program version is not the most current in their state or jurisdiction will be required to enroll into the most current version. Select programs may have additional re-entry requirements/ restrictions. Re-entry students should consult their Academic Advisor for guidance.

........................................................................................... Network Support Certificate (Undergraduate)

The following certificate program may be offered at these University of Phoenix campus locations: Online, depending on state of residence. The availability of programs and concentrations depend on student demand and other factors. Not all programs may be available to all residents of all states. Students may want to consider completing certain courses in the Online classroom at Online rates if the program is available via the Online modality in their state. Please contact your enrollment

........................................................................................... representative for more information.

The Network Support Certificate offers coursework in the specific theories, competencies, and skills necessary for success as a net- work administrator. This certificate is developed with a focus on the Network+ body of knowledge including local area networks, wireless networks, and wide area networks. For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program, and other important information, please visit our website at http://www.phoenix.edu/ programs/cert-ns. Program Student Learning Outcomes In addition to the knowledge and skills related to the University Learning Goals, College of Information Systems and Technology graduating students are intended to attain certain program-specific knowledge, skills and abilities. Therefore, you should be able to demonstrate the following learning outcomes by the time you com- plete this program. • Students will be able to explain network security concepts. • Students will be able to apply fundamentals of networking. Preferred Sequence for the CERT/NS Courses requiring prerequisites are identified by a ~ symbol following the course number. Course descriptions for all courses are listed in the Course Guide section of the catalog (page B-1).

Foundation, 3 total credits CIS 207 ...................................................................................... 3 credits Information Systems Fundamentals IT 200 ........................................................................................ 3 credits Digital Skills for the 21st Century

Networking, 12 total credits NTC 245 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Foundation of Local Area Networks NTC 247 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Wireless Networking Concepts NTC 249 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Wide Area Networking Concepts POS 221 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits Windows Server Configurations Information Security, 3 total credits CMGT 245 ~............................................................................. 3 credits IS Security Concepts The University reserves the right to modify the required course of study. General Information for the CERT/NS This certificate program may be taken on its own or may be earned en-route to earning a degree.

Additional Admission Requirements for the CERT/NS

All applicants are expected to meet the following admissions requirements: • High school graduation from an institution that holds state

approval to confer high school diplomas or are accredited or a candidate for accreditation at the time the student attended by an acceptable accrediting body, GED certificate, CHSPE (California High School Proficiency Examination) certificate, or completion of the HiSET examination with a passing score. • Tennessee: Students residing in Tennessee who are attending

classes via the Online modality and students attending a local campus in Tennessee, including from any cross-border locations must provide the university with an official High School transcript or official GED score (if applicable). A college transcript which documents high school date of completion or a copy of a DD-214 showing high school graduation or equivalency may be submitted to satisfy this requirement.

Certificate Completion Requirements for the CERT/NS • Successful completion of a minimum of 18 credits. • A minimum grade point average (GPA) of 2.0.

• Students earning the certificate en-route will only be placed on Academic Probation if their bachelor program GPA falls below the minimum requirement.

• Students earning this certificate en-route to completion of a degree program must meet the minimum GPA requirement at the conclusion of all required coursework for the certificate to be eligible for certificate conferral.

• The certificate awarded for the program will read as: Network Support (Undergraduate)

Residency Requirements and Course Waivers for the CERT/NS Students must meet established University residency requirement for certificate conferral. The University requires that the majority of coursework, 12 credits in the Required Course of Study, must be completed at University of Phoenix. Students in this program may waive a maximum of 6 credits from their required course of study. In order to be granted a waiver with credit for a course in the Required Course of Study, a student must have completed a previ- ous credit bearing activity in transfer which meets the following criteria:

520

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017 PROFESSIONAL PROGRAMS

CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS FOR THE COLLEGE OF INFORMATION SYSTEMS AND TECHNOLOGY

• The activity must have been completed at a regionally or approved nationally accredited, or candidate for accreditation, college or university, or from an approved source of nontraditional transfer credit as listed in University transfer policy.

• The activity must have been completed within the past ten (10) years (5 years for IS&T courses) from current program enrollment agreement sign date with a grade of "C" (2.0) or better or comparable passing benchmark for nontraditional credits.

• The activity must be comparable in content and semester academic credits to the University course it is replacing and must be an equivalent level or higher level course (i.e. graduate level coursework may be used to waive graduate or undergraduate coursework). Course descriptions must be included with the course waiver form in order for the Office of Admissions and Evaluation to review the course waiver request.

Experiential Learning (essay) credit is not eligible to waive courses in the required course of study. Eligible students who have attended a SOC Member Institution and have successfully completed equivalent courses according to the SOC Transfer Tables may transfer all equivalent courses into a student's required course of study as a waiver if the courses meet the minimum grade and timeframe as stated in policy. Re-entry for the CERT/NS Any student who has been out of attendance for more than 365 days from the last date of positive recorded attendance in a pro- gram applicable course is considered a re-entry student. Re-entry students may re-enroll into their program version without appeal if the program version is still the most current in their state or jurisdiction and the student has the ability to satisfy all program requirements within their original program completion deadline. Re-entry students whose program version is not the most current in their state or jurisdiction will be required to enroll into the most current version. Select programs may have additional re-entry requirements/ restrictions. Re-entry students should consult their Academic Advisor for guidance.

........................................................................................... A+ Fundamentals Certificate

The following certificate program may be offered at these University of Phoenix campus locations: Online, depending on state of residence. The availability of programs and concentrations depend on student demand and other factors. Not all programs may be available to all residents of all states. Students may want to consider completing certain courses in the Online classroom at Online rates if the program is available via the Online modality in their state. Please contact your enrollment

........................................................................................... representative for more information.

This program is designed to help students become competent in the areas of computer hardware installation, configuration, mainte- nance, networking, file management, security, and troubleshoot- ing. For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program, and other important information, please visit our website at http://www.phoenix.edu/ programs/cert-aplus. Note: Although the completion of courses for this certificate pro- gram does not result in A+ certification, there are course materials available including simulations, hands-on exercises, and video lec-

tures which the student can use for certification preparation if they choose to take the certification exam. Required Course of Study for the CERT/APLUS Courses requiring prerequisites are identified by a ~ symbol fol- lowing the course number. Course descriptions for all courses are listed in the Course Guide section of the catalog (page B-1). Computer Hardware Support, 3 total credits CIS 290 ..................................................................................... 3 credits Personal Computer Hardware Support Computer Operating System (OS) Support, 3 total credits CIS 292 ~ .................................................................................. 3 credits Personal Computer OS Support CIS 296 ..................................................................................... 3 credits Computer Systems Maintenance The University reserves the right to modify the required course of study. Additional Admission Requirements for the CERT/APLUS All applicants are expected to meet the following admissions requirements: • High school graduation from an institution that holds state

approval to confer high school diplomas or are accredited or a candidate for accreditation at the time the student attended by an acceptable accrediting body, GED certificate, CHSPE (California High School Proficiency Examination) certificate, or completion of the HiSET examination with a passing score. • Tennessee: Students residing in Tennessee who are attending

classes via the Online modality and students attending a local campus in Tennessee, including from any cross-border locations must provide the university with an official High School transcript or official GED score (if applicable). A college transcript which documents high school date of completion or a copy of a DD-214 showing high school graduation or equivalency may be submitted to satisfy this requirement.

• No work experience is required. Certificate Completion Requirements for the CERT/APLUS Credit Bearing Certificate completion requirements are the follow- ing: • Completion of the 6 credits in the Required Course of Study. • All students must meet residency requirements as set by the

Dean for each Certificate program. Students who have completed the courses required for this certificate program as part of a University of Phoenix degree program are not eligible to enroll in and earn this certificate.

• A minimum program grade point average (GPA) of 2.0. • The certificate awarded for this program will read as:

A+ Fundamentals Residency Requirements and Course Waivers for the CERT/ APLUS • Students may not waive any credits in this certificate program. • The following courses in the required course of study may not

be waived: CIS 290, CIS 292 Re-entry for the CERT/APLUS Any student who has been out of attendance for more than 365 days from the last date of positive recorded attendance in a pro- gram applicable course is considered a re-entry student. Re-entry students may re-enroll into their program version without appeal if the program version is still the most current in their state

521

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

or jurisdiction and the student has the ability to satisfy all program requirements within their original program completion deadline. Re-entry students whose program version is not the most current in their state or jurisdiction will be required to enroll into the most current version. Select programs may have additional re-entry requirements/ restrictions. Re-entry students should consult their Academic Advisor for guidance.

........................................................................................... Network+ Technologies Certificate

The following certificate program may be offered at these University of Phoenix campus locations: Online, depending on state of residence. The availability of programs and concentrations depend on student demand and other factors. Not all programs may be available to all residents of all states. Students may want to consider completing certain courses in the Online classroom at Online rates if the program is available via the Online modality in their state. Please contact your enrollment

........................................................................................... representative for more information.

This program is designed to help students become competent in the areas of managing, maintaining, troubleshooting, installing, and configuring basic network infrastructure. The program covers local area networks (LAN), wireless networking systems (W-LAN), and wide area networks (WAN). For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program, and other important information, please visit our website at http://www.phoenix.edu/ programs/netplus. Note: Although the completion of courses for this certificate pro- gram does not result in Network + certification, there are course materials available including simulations, hands-on exercises, and video lectures which the student can use for certification prepara- tion if they choose to take the certification exam. Required Course of Study for the NETPLUS Courses requiring prerequisites are identified by a ~ symbol fol- lowing the course number. Course descriptions for all courses are listed in the Course Guide section of the catalog (page B-1). NTC 245.................................................................................... 3 credits Foundation of Local Area Networks NTC 247 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Wireless Networking Concepts NTC 249 ~ ................................................................................ 3 credits Wide Area Networking Concepts The University reserves the right to modify the required course of study. Additional Admission Requirements for the NETPLUS All applicants are expected to meet the following admissions requirements: • High school graduation from an institution that holds state

approval to confer high school diplomas or are accredited or a candidate for accreditation at the time the student attended by an acceptable accrediting body, GED certificate, CHSPE (California High School Proficiency Examination) certificate, or completion of the HiSET examination with a passing score.

• Tennessee: Students residing in Tennessee who are attending classes via the Online modality and students attending a local campus in Tennessee, including from any cross-border locations must provide the university with an official High School transcript or official GED score (if applicable). A college transcript which documents high school date of completion or a copy of a DD-214 showing high school graduation or equivalency may be submitted to satisfy this requirement.

• No work experience is required. Certificate Completion Requirements for the NETPLUS • Completion of a minimum of 9 credits of the required course of

study to meet University residency requirements. • All students must meet residency requirements as set by the

Dean for each Certificate program. Students who have completed the courses required for this certificate program as part of a University of Phoenix degree program are not eligible to enroll in and earn this certificate.

• A minimum grade point average (GPA) of 2.0. • The certificate awarded for this program will read as:

Network+ Technologies Residency Requirements and Course Waivers for the NETPLUS Students may not waive any credits in this certificate program. The following courses in the required course of study may not be waived: NTC 245, NTC 247 and NTC 249 Re-entry for the NETPLUS Any student who has been out of attendance for more than 365 days from the last date of positive recorded attendance in a pro- gram applicable course is considered a re-entry student. Re-entry students may re-enroll into their program version without appeal if the program version is still the most current in their state or jurisdiction and the student has the ability to satisfy all program requirements within their original program completion deadline. Re-entry students whose program version is not the most current in their state or jurisdiction will be required to enroll into the most current version. Select programs may have additional re-entry requirements/ restrictions. Re-entry students should consult their Academic Advisor for guidance.

522

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017 PROFESSIONAL PROGRAMS

CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS FOR THE COLLEGE OF INFORMATION SYSTEMS AND TECHNOLOGY

........................................................................................... Cisco Networking Fundamentals

The following Cisco Networking Fundamentals (CCNA) certificate may be offered at these University of Phoenix campus locations: Online, depending on state of residence. The availability of programs and concentrations depend on student demand and other factors. Not all programs may be available to all residents of all states. Students may want to consider completing certain courses in the Online classroom at Online rates if the program is available via the Online modality in their state.

........................................................................................... Please contact your enrollment representative for more information.

The Cisco Networking Fundamentals certificate offers coursework designed to help students acquire the knowledge to install, config- ure and operate Local Area Network (LAN), Wide Area Network (WAN) as well as routing and switching implementations and management. This certificate covers the body of knowledge for the Cisco® Certified Network Associate (CCNA®) exam in preparing the student to install and configure Cisco® switches and routers in multiprotocol internetworks using LAN and WAN interfaces. For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program, and other important information, please visit our website at http://www.phoenix.edu/ programs/ccna Preferred Sequence for the CCNA Courses requiring prerequisites are identified by a ~ symbol following the course number. Course descriptions for all courses are listed in the Course Guide section of the catalog (page B-1).

CIT 245 ..................................................................................... 3 credits Local Area Networking Fundamentals CIT 249 ~.................................................................................. 3 credits Wide Area Network Environment CIT 274 ~.................................................................................. 3 credits Routing and Switching Implementations CIT 276 ~.................................................................................. 3 credits Routing and Switching Management The University reserves the right to modify the required course of study. **Note: Students enrolled in this certificate program are ineligible to receive Federal Student Financial Aid. Additional Admission Requirements for the CCNA All applicants are expected to meet the following admissions requirements: • High school graduation from an institution that holds state

approval to confer high school diplomas or are accredited or a candidate for accreditation at the time the student attended by an acceptable accrediting body, GED certificate, CHSPE (California High School Proficiency Examination) certificate, or completion of the HiSET examination with a passing score. • Tennessee: Students residing in Tennessee who are attending

classes via the Online modality and students attending a local campus in Tennessee, including from any cross-border locations, must provide the university with an official High School transcript or official GED score (if applicable). A college transcript which documents high school attended and date of completion or a copy of a DD-214 showing high school graduation or equivalency may be submitted to satisfy this requirement.

• No work experience is required.

Certificate Completion Requirements for the CCNA • Completion of 12 credits in the Required Course of Study • All students must meet residency requirements as set by the

Dean for each Certificate program. • A minimum grade point average (GPA) of 2.0. • The certificate awarded for this program will read as:

Cisco Networking Fundamentals Residency Requirements and Course Waivers for the CCNA • Students may not waive any credits in this certificate program. • The following courses in the required course of study may not

be waived: CIT 245, CIT 249, CIT 274, CIT 276 Re-entry for the CCNA Any student who has been out of attendance for more than 365 days from the last date of positive recorded attendance in a pro- gram applicable course is considered a re-entry student. Re-entry students may re-enroll into their program version without appeal if the program version is still the most current in their state or jurisdiction and the student has the ability to satisfy all program requirements within their original program completion deadline. Re-entry students whose program version is not the most current in their state or jurisdiction will be required to enroll into the most current version. Select programs may have additional re-entry requirements/ restrictions. Re-entry students should consult their Academic Advisor for guidance.

........................................................................................... Graduate Cyber Security Certificate

The following certificate program may be offered at these University of Phoenix campus locations: Online, depending on state of residence. The availability of programs and concentrations depend on student demand and other factors. Not all programs may be available to all residents of all states. Students may want to consider completing certain courses in the Online classroom at Online rates if the program is available via the Online modality in their state. Please contact your enrollment advisor for

........................................................................................... more information.

The Graduate Cyber Security certificate will examine a number of methodologies and tools important to the discipline such as Infor- mation Systems Concepts; Financial Accounting; IS Auditing Pro- cesses; IT Governance and Management; Acquisition, Development, and Support of IS, and Information Assets Protec- tion. Courses in this certificate can be used to help prepare for ISACA industry certifications. For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program, and other important information, please visit our website at http://www.phoenix.edu/ programs/cert-g-cs. Program Category Requirements for the CERT/G-CS Courses requiring prerequisites are identified by a ~ symbol following the course number. Course descriptions for all courses are listed in the Course Guide section of the catalog (page B-1).

523

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

Cyber Security, 18 total credits

Select Eighteen (18) Credits ACC 537 ................................................................................... 3 credits Financial Accounting BSA 505..................................................................................... 3 credits IS Auditing Processes BSA 510..................................................................................... 3 credits IT Governance and Management BSA 515..................................................................................... 3 credits Acquisition, Development and Implementation of IS BSA 520..................................................................................... 3 credits Operations, Maintenance and Support of IS BSA 525..................................................................................... 3 credits Information Assets Protection CIS 568 ...................................................................................... 3 credits Information Systems Concepts The University reserves the right to modify the required course of study. General Information for the CERT/G-CS This certificate program may be taken on its own or may be earned en-route to earning a graduate degree.

Additional Admission Requirements for the CERT/G-CS

All applicants are expected to meet the following admissions requirements: • An undergraduate degree from a regionally or approved

nationally accredited, or candidate for accreditation, college or university or comparable undergraduate bachelor's degree earned at a recognized foreign institution or a graduate degree from an ABA accredited institution (i.e- JD, LLB, LLM). If the institution became accredited while the student was attending, a minimum of 75% of the coursework taken toward the degree must have been completed while the institution was accredited or during the candidacy period.

• Applicants must have access to a suitable work environment for the completion of course assignments.

• A cumulative grade point average (GPA) of 2.5 for all undergraduate coursework on the undergraduate degree posted transcript is required for admission.

• Signed Hardware/Software Agreement

Certificate Completion Requirements for the CERT/G-CS • Completion of a minimum of 18 credits. • A minimum grade point average (GPA) of 3.0.

• Students earning the certificate en-route will only be placed on Academic Probation if their graduate program GPA falls below the minimum requirement.

• Students earning this certificate en-route to completion of a graduate program must meet the minimum GPA requirement at the conclusion of all required coursework for the certificate to be eligible for certificate conferral.

• The certificate awarded for this program will read as: Graduate Cyber Security

Residency Requirements and Course Waivers for the CERT/G- CS Students must meet established University residency requirement for degree conferral. The University requires that the majority of coursework, 12 credits in the Required Course of Study, must be completed at University of Phoenix. Students in this program may waive a maximum of 6 credits from their required course of study. In order to waive a course in the required course of study, the stu- dent must have completed a previous course that meets the follow- ing criteria: • The course must have been completed at a regionally or

approved nationally accredited, or candidate for accreditation, college or university;

• The course must have been completed within the past ten (10) years (5 years for IS&T courses) from current program enrollment agreement sign date with a grade of "B" (3.0) or better;

• The course must be comparable in content and credits to the University course it is replacing and must be an equivalent level or higher level course (i.e. graduate level coursework may be used to waive graduate or undergraduate coursework). Course descriptions must be included with the course waiver form in order for the Office of Admissions and Evaluation to review the course waiver request.

Re-entry for the CERT/G-CS

Any student who has been out of attendance for more than 365 days from the last date of positive recorded attendance in a pro- gram applicable course is considered a re-entry student. Re-entry students may re-enroll into their program version without appeal if the program version is still the most current in their state or jurisdiction and the student has the ability to satisfy all program requirements within their original program completion deadline. Re-entry students whose program version is not the most current in their state or jurisdiction will be required to enroll into the most current version. Select programs may have additional re-entry requirements/ restrictions. Re-entry students should consult their Academic Advisor for guidance.

524

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017 PROFESSIONAL PROGRAMS

CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS FOR THE COLLEGE OF INFORMATION SYSTEMS AND TECHNOLOGY

........................................................................................... Graduate Business Analytics Certificate

The following certificate program may be offered at these University of Phoenix campus locations: Online, depending on state of residence. The availability of programs and concentrations depend on student demand and other factors. Not all programs may be available to all residents of all states. Students may want to consider completing certain courses in the Online classroom at Online rates if the program is available via the Online modality in their state. Please contact your enrollment

........................................................................................... representative for more information.

The Graduate Business Analytics Certificate is designed to provide specific theories, competencies, and skills necessary for success in the field of Business Analytics. This certificate will examine a num- ber of methodologies and tools important to the discipline such as Information Systems Concepts, Database Management, Statistics, IT Architecture, Data Relationship Management, Customer Rela- tionship Management, Analytic Programming and Statistical Busi- ness Analytics. Courses in this certificate can be used to help prepare for Oracle and SAS industry certifications. For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program, and other important information, please visit our website at http://www.phoenix.edu/ programs/cert-g-ba Program Student Learning Outcomes In addition to the knowledge and skills related to the University Learning Goals, College of Information Systems and Technology graduating students are intended to attain certain program-specific knowledge, skills and abilities. Therefore, you should be able to demonstrate the following learning outcomes by the time you com- plete this program. • Students will be able to develop and plan for the maintenance of

databases for storage of business data and use in business analytics.

• Students will be able to retrieve and analyze data using appropriate statistical operations for use in decision making within an organization.

Required Course of Study for the CERT/G-BA Courses requiring prerequisites are identified by a ~ symbol fol- lowing the course number. Course descriptions for all courses are listed in the Course Guide section of the catalog (page B-1). Students must select 18 credits from the following course selections: BSA 530 .................................................................................... 3 credits IT Architecture BSA 540 .................................................................................... 3 credits Data Relationship Management BSA 550 .................................................................................... 3 credits Customer Relationship Management BSA 570 .................................................................................... 3 credits Analytic Programming BSA 580 .................................................................................... 3 credits Statistical Business Analytics CIS 568 ..................................................................................... 3 credits Information Systems Concepts DBM 502 .................................................................................. 3 credits Database Management MTH 540 .................................................................................. 3 credits Statistics The University reserves the right to modify the required course of

study. General Information for the CERT/G-BA This certificate program may be taken on its own or may be earned en-route to earning a graduate degree. Additional Admission Requirements for the CERT/G-BA All applicants are expected to meet the following admissions requirements: • An undergraduate degree from a regionally or approved

nationally accredited, or candidate for accreditation, college or university or comparable undergraduate bachelor's degree earned at a recognized foreign institution or a graduate degree from an ABA accredited institution (i.e- JD, LLB, LLM). If the institution became accredited while the student was attending, a minimum of 75% of the coursework taken toward the degree must have been completed while the institution was accredited or during the candidacy period.

• Applicants must have access to a suitable work environment for the completion of course assignments.

• A cumulative grade point average (GPA) of 2.5 for all undergraduate coursework on the undergraduate degree posted transcript is required for admission.

• Signed Hardware/Software Agreement Certificate Completion Requirements for the CERT/G-BA • Completion of a minimum of 18 credits. • A minimum grade point average (GPA) of 3.0.

• Students earning the certificate en-route will only be placed on Academic Probation if their graduate program GPA falls below the minimum requirement.

• Students earning this certificate en-route to completion of a graduate program must meet the minimum GPA requirement at the conclusion of all required coursework for the certificate to be eligible for certificate conferral.

• The certificate awarded for this program will read as: Graduate Business Analytics

Residency Requirements and Course Waivers for the CERT/G- BA Students must meet established University residency requirement for degree conferral. The University requires that the majority of coursework, 12 credits in the Required Course of Study, must be completed at University of Phoenix. Students in this program may waive a maximum of 6 credits from their required course of study. In order to waive a course in the required course of study, the stu- dent must have completed a previous course that meets the follow- ing criteria: • The course must have been completed at a regionally or

approved nationally accredited, or candidate for accreditation, college or university;

• The course must have been completed within the past ten (10) years (5 years for IS&T courses) from current program enrollment agreement sign date with a grade of "B" (3.0) or better,

• The course must be comparable in content and credits to the University course it is replacing and must be an equivalent level or higher level course (i.e. graduate level coursework may be used to waive graduate or undergraduate coursework). Course descriptions must be included with the course waiver form in order for the Office of Admissions and Evaluation to review the course waiver request.

525

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

Re-entry for the CERT/G-BA Any student who has been out of attendance for more than 365 days from the last date of positive recorded attendance in a pro- gram applicable course is considered a re-entry student. Re-entry students may re-enroll into their program version without appeal if the program version is still the most current in their state or jurisdiction and the student has the ability to satisfy all program requirements within their original program completion deadline. Re-entry students whose program version is not the most current in their state or jurisdiction will be required to enroll into the most current version. Select programs may have additional re-entry requirements/ restrictions. Re-entry students should consult their Academic Advisor for guidance.

Graduate Information Systems Management

........................................................................................... Certificate

The following certificate program may be offered at these University of Phoenix campus locations: Online, depending on state of residence. The availability of programs and concentrations depend on student demand and other factors. Not all programs may be available to all residents of all states. Students may want to consider completing certain courses in the Online classroom at Online rates if the program is available via the Online modality in their state. Please contact your enrollment

........................................................................................... representative for more information.

The Graduate Information Systems Management Certificate is designed to provide Information Systems Professionals an essen- tial understanding of the Information Systems and Business envi- ronment in which they will work. This certificate contains courses on information systems, programming concepts, database manage- ment, and information system leadership. The certificate also pro- vides an understanding of business areas such as accounting, marketing and human resources and their importance for an infor- mation systems leader. For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program, and other important information, please visit our website at http://www.phoenix.edu/ programs/cert-g-ism. Program Student Learning Outcomes In addition to the knowledge and skills related to the University Learning Goals, College of Information Systems and Technology graduating students are intended to attain certain program-specific knowledge, skills and abilities. Therefore, you should be able to demonstrate the following learning outcomes by the time you com- plete this program. • Students will be able to apply knowledge and skills to manage

business systems. • Students will be able to determine business information system

needs through analysis and planning. Required Course of Study for the CERT/G-ISM Courses requiring prerequisites are identified by a ~ symbol fol- lowing the course number. Course descriptions for all courses are listed in the Course Guide section of the catalog (page B-1). Students must select 18 credits from the following course selections: BSA 500..................................................................................... 3 credits Business Systems I BSA 502..................................................................................... 3 credits Business Systems II

CIS 532 ...................................................................................... 3 credits Information Systems Leadership CIS 568 ...................................................................................... 3 credits Information Systems Concepts CSS 562 ..................................................................................... 3 credits Programming Concepts DBM 502 ................................................................................... 3 credits Database Management The University reserves the right to modify the required course of study. General Information for the CERT/G-ISM This certificate program may be taken on its own or may be earned en-route to earning a graduate degree. Additional Admission Requirements for the CERT/G-ISM All applicants are expected to meet the following admissions requirements: • An undergraduate degree from a regionally or approved

nationally accredited, or candidate for accreditation, college or university or comparable undergraduate bachelor's degree earned at a recognized foreign institution or a graduate degree from an ABA accredited institution (i.e- JD, LLB, LLM). If the institution became accredited while the student was attending, a minimum of 75% of the coursework taken toward the degree must have been completed while the institution was accredited or during the candidacy period.

• Applicants must have access to a suitable work environment for the completion of course assignments.

• A cumulative grade point average (GPA) of 2.5 for all undergraduate coursework on the undergraduate degree posted transcript is required for admission.

• Signed Hardware/Software Agreement Certificate Completion Requirements for the CERT/G-ISM • Completion of a minimum of 18 credits. • A minimum grade point average (GPA) of 3.0.

• Students earning the certificate en-route will only be placed on Academic Probation if their graduate program GPA falls below the minimum requirement.

• Students earning this certificate en-route to completion of a graduate program must meet the minimum GPA requirement at the conclusion of all required coursework for the certificate to be eligible for certificate conferral.

• The certificate awarded for this program will read as: Graduate Information Systems Management

Residency Requirements and Course Waivers for the CERT/G- ISM Students must meet established University residency requirement for degree conferral. The University requires that the majority of coursework, 12 credits in the Required Course of Study, must be completed at University of Phoenix. Students in this program may waive a maximum of 6 credits from their required course of study. In order to waive a course in the required course of study, the stu- dent must have completed a previous course that meets the follow- ing criteria: • The course must have been completed at a regionally or

approved nationally accredited, or candidate for accreditation, college or university;

526

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017 PROFESSIONAL PROGRAMS

CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS FOR THE COLLEGE OF INFORMATION SYSTEMS AND TECHNOLOGY

• The course must have been completed within the past ten (10) years (5 years for IS&T courses) from current program enrollment agreement sign date with a grade of "B" (3.0) or better;

• The course must be comparable in content and credits to the University course it is replacing and must be an equivalent level or higher level course (i.e. graduate level coursework may be used to waive graduate or undergraduate coursework). Course descriptions must be included with the course waiver form in order for the Office of Admissions and Evaluation to review the course waiver request.

Re-entry for the CERT/G-ISM Any student who has been out of attendance for more than 365 days from the last date of positive recorded attendance in a pro- gram applicable course is considered a re-entry student. Re-entry students may re-enroll into their program version without appeal if the program version is still the most current in their state or jurisdiction and the student has the ability to satisfy all program requirements within their original program completion deadline. Re-entry students whose program version is not the most current in their state or jurisdiction will be required to enroll into the most current version. Select programs may have additional re-entry requirements/ restrictions. Re-entry students should consult their Academic Advisor for guidance.

Enterprise Security Administration Certificate

........................................................................................... (Undergraduate)

The following certificate program may be offered at these University of Phoenix campus locations: Online, depending on state of residence. The availability of programs and concentrations depend on student demand and other factors. Not all programs may be available to all residents of all states. Students may want to consider completing certain courses in the Online classroom at Online rates if the program is available via the Online modality in their state. Please contact your enrollment

........................................................................................... representative for more information.

Enterprise Security is focused on applying a comprehensive struc- ture to an organization’s security processes, systems, and person- nel so that they align with the organization’s strategic goals and direction. This program aligns with ASIS International’s Certified Protection Professional knowledge domains to ensure students obtain the skills and training necessary to function in a global secu- rity environment. For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program, and other important information, please visit our website at http://www.phoenix.edu/ programs/cert-esa. Program Purpose The Enterprise Security Administration (ESA) Certificate is an educational certificate that provides a foundation of knowledge to pursue a career in security management with a public or private agency concentrating in personnel security, executive protection and investigations. This certificate does not prepare students for any type of professional certification or licensure. Preferred Sequence and Prerequisites for the CERT/ESA Courses requiring prerequisites are identified by a ~ symbol fol- lowing the course number. Course descriptions for all courses are listed in the Course Guide section of the catalog (page B-1). SEC 311..................................................................................... 3 credits

Security Management Fundamentals SEC 371 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits Finance and Budgeting Practices SEC 431 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits Principles of Investigation SEC 411 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits Physical Security SEC 421 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits Personnel Security and Executive Protection SEC 491 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits Enterprise Security Administration Capstone The University reserves the right to modify the required course of study. The University's security and criminal justice programs are educational degree programs. For those interested in pursuing a career in law enforce- ment, corrections or as a peace officer with any particular local, state, fed- eral or international agency, there are numerous additional qualifications (and often disqualifications) depending on the position. Before enrolling in a security and criminal justice program, potential students are highly encouraged to check with the relevant agency for a complete list of posi- tion requirements. The University makes no representations regarding whether any particular University program will qualify a graduate for any such position. Additional Admission Requirements for the CERT/ESA A Credit Bearing Certificate program is one that bears UOPX cred- its. Credit Bearing Certificate programs are developed and main- tained by the Dean of each School. All applicants are expected to meet the following admissions requirements: • High school graduation from an institution that holds state

approval to confer high school diplomas or are accredited or a candidate for accreditation at the time the student attended by an acceptable accrediting body, GED certificate or CHSPE (California High School Proficiency Examination) certificate, or completion of the HiSET examination with a passing score. • Tennessee: Students residing in Tennessee who are attending

classes via the Online modality and students attending a local campus in Tennessee, including from any cross-border locations must provide the university with an official High School transcript or official GED score (if applicable). A college transcript which documents high school date of completion or a copy of a DD-214 showing high school graduation or equivalency may be submitted to satisfy this requirement.

• An associate's degree or higher from a regionally or approved nationally accredited college or university, or candidate for accreditation, or foreign equivalent program earned at a recognized foreign institution. If the institution became accredited while the student was attending, a minimum of 75% of the coursework taken toward the degree must have been completed while the institution was accredited or during the candidacy period.

• Minimum of one year full-time post high school work experience in Security field or closely related experience is required.

• Signed Acknowledgement Form Certificate Completion Requirements for the CERT/ESA • Completion of a minimum of 18 credits. • A minimum grade point average (GPA) of 2.0.

527

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

• Students earning the certificate en-route will only be placed on Academic Probation if their bachelor program GPA falls below the minimum requirement.

• Students earning this certificate en-route to completion of a degree program must meet the minimum GPA requirement at the conclusion of all required coursework for the certificate to be eligible for certificate conferral.

• The certificate awarded for this program will read as: Enterprise Security Administration (Undergraduate)

Residency Requirements and Course Waivers for the CERT/ ESA Students must meet established University residency requirement for certificate conferral. The University requires that the majority of coursework, 15 credits in the required course of study, must be completed at University of Phoenix. Students in this program may waive a maximum of 3 credits from their required course of study. In order to be granted a waiver with credit for a course in the Required Course of Study, a student must have completed a previ- ous credit bearing activity in transfer which meets the following criteria: • The activity must have been completed at a regionally or

approved nationally accredited, or candidate for accreditation, college or university, or from an approved source of nontraditional transfer credit as listed in University transfer policy.

• The activity must have been completed within the past ten (10) years (5 years for IS&T courses) from current program enrollment agreement sign date with a grade of "C" (2.0) or better or comparable passing benchmark for nontraditional credits.

• The activity must be comparable in content and semester academic credits to the University course it is replacing and must be an equivalent level or higher level course (i.e. graduate level coursework may be used to waive graduate or undergraduate coursework). Course descriptions must be included with the course waiver form in order for the Office of Admissions and Evaluation to review the course waiver request.

Experiential Learning (essay) credit is not eligible to waive courses in the required course of study. Eligible students who have attended a SOC Member Institution and have successfully completed equivalent courses according to the SOC Transfer Tables may transfer all equivalent courses into a student's required course of study as a waiver if the courses meet the minimum grade and timeframe as stated in policy. Re-Entry for the CERT/ESA • Any student who has been out of attendance for more than 365

days from the last date of positive recorded attendance in a program applicable course is considered a re-entry student.

• Re-entry students may re-enroll into their program version without appeal if the program version is still the most current in their state or jurisdiction and the student has the ability to satisfy all program requirements within their original program completion deadline.

• Re-entry students whose program version is not the most current in their state or jurisdiction will be required to enroll into the most current version.

• Select programs may have additional re-entry requirements/ restrictions. Re-entry students should consult their Academic Advisor for guidance.

Physical Security Operations Certificate

........................................................................................... (Undergraduate)

The following certificate program may be offered at these University of Phoenix campus locations: Online, depending on state of residency. The availability of programs and concentrations depend on student demand and other factors. Not all programs may be available to all residents of all states. Students may want to consider completing certain courses in the Online classroom at Online rates if the program is available via the Online modality in their state. Please contact your enrollment

........................................................................................... representative for more information.

An in depth understanding of physical security principles is requi- site to protecting critical infrastructure, organizational assets, and personnel in today’s global environment. This program aligns with ASIS International’s Physical Security Professional knowledge domains to ensure students are obtaining advanced skills and training in threat assessment, risk analysis, integrated physical security systems, and the appropriate identification, implementa- tion, and ongoing evaluation of security measures. For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program, and other important information, please visit our website at http://www.phoenix.edu/ programs/cert-pso. Program Purpose The Physical Security Operations (PSO) Certificate is an educational certificate that provides a foundation of knowledge to pursue a career in security management with a public or private agency concentrating in security systems measures, threat assessment and physical security. This certificate does not prepare students for any type of professional certification or licensure. Preferred Sequence and Prerequisites for the CERT/PSO Courses requiring prerequisites are identified by a ~ symbol fol- lowing the course number. Course descriptions for all courses are listed in the Course Guide section of the catalog (page B-1). SEC 319..................................................................................... 3 credits Computers and Information Processing in Security SEC 371 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits Finance and Budgeting Practices SEC 401 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits Threat and Vulnerability Management SEC 411 ~.................................................................................. 3 credits Physical Security SEC 489 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits Implementation of Security System Measures SEC 490 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits Physical Security Operations Capstone The University reserves the right to modify the required course of study. The University's security and criminal justice programs are educational degree programs. For those interested in pursuing a career in law enforce- ment, corrections or as a peace officer with any particular local, state, fed- eral or international agency, there are numerous additional qualifications (and often disqualifications) depending on the position. Before enrolling in a security and criminal justice program, potential students are highly encouraged to check with the relevant agency for a complete list of posi- tion requirements. The University makes no representations regarding whether any particular University program will qualify a graduate for any such position.

528

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017 PROFESSIONAL PROGRAMS

CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS FOR THE COLLEGE OF INFORMATION SYSTEMS AND TECHNOLOGY

Additional Admission Requirements for the CERT/PSO A Credit Bearing Certificate program is one that bears UOPX cred- its. Credit Bearing Certificate programs are developed and main- tained by the Dean of each School. All applicants are expected to meet the following admissions requirements: • High school graduation from an institution that holds state

approval to confer high school diplomas or are accredited or a candidate for accreditation at the time the student attended by an acceptable accrediting body, GED certificate or CHSPE (California High School Proficiency Examination) certificate, or completion of the HiSET examination with a passing score. • Tennessee: Students residing in Tennessee who are attending

classes via the Online modality and students attending a local campus in Tennessee, including from any cross-border locations must provide the university with an official High School transcript or official GED score (if applicable). A college transcript which documents high school date of completion or a copy of a DD-214 showing high school graduation or equivalency may be submitted to satisfy this requirement.

• An associate's degree or higher from a regionally or approved nationally accredited college or university, or candidate for accreditation, or foreign equivalent program earned at a recognized foreign institution. If the institution became accredited while the student was attending, a minimum of 75% of the coursework taken toward the degree must have been completed while the institution was accredited or during the candidacy period.

• Minimum of one year full-time post high school work experience in Security field or closely related experience is required.

• Signed Acknowledgement Form Certificate Completion Requirements for the CERT/PSO • Completion of a minimum of 18 credits. • A minimum grade point average (GPA) of 2.0.

• Students earning the certificate en-route will only be placed on Academic Probation if their bachelor program GPA falls below the minimum requirement.

• Students earning this certificate en-route to completion of a degree program must meet the minimum GPA requirement at the conclusion of all required coursework for the certificate to be eligible for certificate conferral.

• The certificate awarded for this program will read as: Physical Security Operations (Undergraduate)

Residency Requirements and Course Waivers for the CERT/ PSO Students must meet established University residency requirement for certificate conferral. The University requires that the majority of coursework, 15 credits in the required course of study, must be completed at University of Phoenix. Students in this program may waive a maximum of 3 credits from their required course of study. In order to be granted a waiver with credit for a course in the Required Course of Study, a student must have completed a previ- ous credit bearing activity in transfer which meets the following criteria:

• The activity must have been completed at a regionally or approved nationally accredited, or candidate for accreditation, college or university, or from an approved source of nontraditional transfer credit as listed in University transfer policy.

• The activity must have been completed within the past ten (10) years (5 years for IS&T courses) from current program enrollment agreement sign date with a grade of "C" (2.0) or better or comparable passing benchmark for nontraditional credits.

• The activity must be comparable in content and semester academic credits to the University course it is replacing and must be an equivalent level or higher level course (i.e. graduate level coursework may be used to waive graduate or undergraduate coursework). Course descriptions must be included with the course waiver form in order for the Office of Admissions and Evaluation to review the course waiver request.

Experiential Learning (essay) credit is not eligible to waive courses in the required course of study. Eligible students who have attended a SOC Member Institution and have successfully completed equivalent courses according to the SOC Transfer Tables may transfer all equivalent courses into a student's required course of study as a waiver if the courses meet the minimum grade and timeframe as stated in policy. Re-Entry for the CERT/PSO • Any student who has been out of attendance for more than 365

days from the last date of positive recorded attendance in a program applicable course is considered a re-entry student.

• Re-entry students may re-enroll into their program version without appeal if the program version is still the most current in their state or jurisdiction and the student has the ability to satisfy all program requirements within their original program completion deadline.

• Re-entry students whose program version is not the most current in their state or jurisdiction will be required to enroll into the most current version.

• Select programs may have additional re-entry requirements/ restrictions. Re-entry students should consult their Academic Advisor for guidance.

........................................................................................... Critical Incident Response Certificate (Undergraduate)

The following certificate program may be offered at these University of Phoenix campus locations: Online, depending on state of residence. The availability of programs and concentrations depend on student demand and other factors. Not all programs may be available to all residents of all states. Students may want to consider completing certain courses in the Online classroom at Online rates if the program is available via the Online modality in their state. Please contact your enrollment

........................................................................................... representative for more information.

The mission of the Critical Incident Response certificate is to aca- demically prepare students from diverse backgrounds for positions as private industry security practitioners. Students actively partici- pating in the Critical Incident Response certificate program will receive core instruction to: -Introduce Security Management business and security issues, including the role of the Chief Security Officer. • Review the facilities of physical security measures, including

active and passive protection systems.

529

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

• Review personal security measures including employee, general public and VIP protection systems and methods.

• Address global socioeconomic, political, and environmental security issues as well as an introduction to the US State Department International Traffic in Arms Regulation and the US Commerce Department Export Administration Regulations on global business operations.

• Address domestic and international terrorism and its impact on corporate security operations as well as national security interest and its impact on international operations.

For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program, and other important information, please visit our website at http://www.phoenix.edu/ programs/cert-cir.

Required Course of Study for the CERT/CIR

Courses requiring prerequisites are identified by a ~ symbol following the course number. Course descriptions for all courses are listed in the Course Guide section of the catalog (page B-1).

SEC 311 ..................................................................................... 3 credits Security Management Fundamentals SEC 411 ~.................................................................................. 3 credits Physical Security SEC 421 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits Personnel Security and Executive Protection SEC 451 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits Global Security Issues SEC 461 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits Terrorism SEC 471 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits Critical Incident Management The University reserves the right to modify the required course of study. The University's security and criminal justice programs are educational degree programs. For those interested in pursuing a career in law enforcement, corrections or as a peace officer with any particular local, state, federal or international agency, there are numerous additional qualifications (and often disqualifications) depending on the position. Before enrolling in a security and criminal justice program, potential students are highly encouraged to check with the relevant agency for a complete list of position requirements. The University makes no representations regarding whether any particular University program will qualify a graduate for any such position. Additional Admission Requirements for the CERT/CIR All applicants are expected to meet the following admissions requirements: • High school graduation from an institution that holds state

approval to confer high school diplomas or are accredited or a candidate for accreditation at the time the student attended by an acceptable accrediting body, GED certificate or CHSPE (California High School Proficiency Examination) certificate, or completion of the HiSET examination with a passing score.

• Tennessee: Students residing in Tennessee who are attending classes via the Online modality and students attending a local campus in Tennessee, including from any cross-border locations must provide the university with an official High School transcript or official GED score (if applicable). A college transcript which documents high school date of completion or a copy of a DD-214 showing high school graduation or equivalency may be submitted to satisfy this requirement.

• An associate's degree or higher from a regionally or approved nationally accredited college or university, or candidate for accreditation, or foreign equivalent program earned at a recognized foreign institution. If the institution became accredited while the student was attending, a minimum of 75% of the coursework taken toward the degree must have been completed while the institution was accredited or during the candidacy period.

• Signed Acknowledgement Form Certificate Completion Requirements for the CERT/CIR • Completion of a minimum of 18 credits. • A minimum grade point average (GPA) of 2.0.

• Students earning the certificate en-route will only be placed on Academic Probation if their bachelor program GPA falls below the minimum requirement.

• Students earning this certificate en-route to completion of a degree program must meet the minimum GPA requirement at the conclusion of all required coursework for the certificate to be eligible for certificate conferral.

• The certificate awarded for this program will read as: Critical Incident Response (Undergraduate)

Residency Requirements and Course Waivers for the CERT/ CIR Students must meet established University residency requirement for certificate conferral. The University requires that the majority of coursework, 15 credits in the Required Course of Study, must be completed at University of Phoenix. Students in this program may waive a maximum of 3 credits from their required course of study. In order to be granted a waiver with credit for a course in the Required Course of Study, a student must have completed a previ- ous credit bearing activity in transfer which meets the following criteria: • The activity must have been completed at a regionally or

approved nationally accredited, or candidate for accreditation, college or university, or from an approved source of nontraditional transfer credit as listed in University transfer policy.

• The activity must have been completed within the past ten (10) years (5 years for IS&T courses) from current program enrollment agreement sign date with a grade of "C" (2.0) or better or comparable passing benchmark for nontraditional credits.

• The activity must be comparable in content and semester academic credits to the University course it is replacing and must be an equivalent level or higher level course (i.e. graduate level coursework may be used to waive graduate or undergraduate coursework). Course descriptions must be included with the course waiver form in order for the Office of Admissions and Evaluation to review the course waiver request.

Experiential Learning (essay) credit is not eligible to waive courses

530

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017 PROFESSIONAL PROGRAMS

CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS FOR THE COLLEGE OF INFORMATION SYSTEMS AND TECHNOLOGY

in the required course of study. Eligible students who have attended a SOC Member Institution and have successfully completed equivalent courses according to the SOC Transfer Tables may transfer all equivalent courses into a student's required course of study as a waiver if the courses meet the minimum grade and timeframe as stated in policy. Re-entry for the CERT/CIR Any student who has been out of attendance for more than 365 days from the last date of positive recorded attendance in a pro- gram applicable course is considered a re-entry student. Re-entry students may re-enroll into their program version without appeal if the program version is still the most current in their state or jurisdiction and the student has the ability to satisfy all program requirements within their original program completion deadline. Re-entry students whose program version is not the most current in their state or jurisdiction will be required to enroll into the most current version. Select programs may have additional re-entry requirements/ restrictions. Re-entry students should consult their Academic Advisor for guidance.

Asset Protection/Loss Prevention Certificate

........................................................................................... (Undergraduate)

The following certificate program may be offered at these University of Phoenix campus locations: Online, depending on state of residence. The availability of programs and concentrations depend on student demand and other factors. Not all programs may be available to all residents of all states. Students may want to consider completing certain courses in the Online classroom at Online rates if the program is available via the Online modality in their state. Please contact your enrollment

........................................................................................... representative for more information.

The mission of the Asset Protection Loss Prevention certificate is to develop critical thinking, creative decision-making, and manage- ment capabilities of public and private industry security practitio- ners that will enable professional success. Specifically, the program prepares graduates to employ current security, management, and leadership theories and evidence-based practices to: • Introduce the development of emergency response plan

including risk assessments • Introduce processes that facilitate an enhanced understanding of

global and national security implications, as well as procedures to mitigate potential risks.

• Develop critical thinking skills that facilitate improved security management decision making.

• Introduce the theoretical underpinnings of homeland security risk management and presents principles and practices that support public safety programs.

• Introduce the practice of avoidance, minimization, or elimination of unacceptable risks to an enterprise, including loss prevention.

For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program, and other important information, please visit our website at http://www.phoenix.edu/ programs/cert-aplp.

Required Course of Study for the CERT/APLP

Courses requiring prerequisites are identified by a ~ symbol following the course number. Course descriptions for all courses are listed in the Course Guide section of the catalog (page B-1).

SEC 200 .................................................................................... 3 credits Emergency Management and Response SEC 210 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits Physical Asset Protection SEC 220 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits Critical Thinking in Security Management SEC 230 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits Homeland Security and Public Safety SEC 240 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits Loss Prevention and Supply Chain Security SEC 250 ~ ................................................................................. 3 credits Cyber Security Fundamentals The University reserves the right to modify the required course of study. The University's security and criminal justice programs are educational degree programs. For those interested in pursuing a career in law enforcement, corrections or as a peace officer with any particular local, state, federal or international agency, there are numerous additional qualifications (and often disqualifications) depending on the position. Before enrolling in a security and criminal justice program, potential students are highly encouraged to check with the relevant agency for a complete list of position requirements. The University makes no representations regarding whether any particular University program will qualify a graduate for any such position. Additional Admission Requirements for the CERT/APLP All applicants are expected to meet the following admissions requirements: • High school graduation from an institution that holds state

approval to confer high school diplomas or are accredited or a candidate for accreditation at the time the student attended by an acceptable accrediting body, GED certificate or CHSPE (California High School Proficiency Examination) certificate, or completion of the HiSET examination with a passing score. • • Tennessee: Students residing in Tennessee who are attending

classes via the Online modality and students attending a local campus in Tennessee, including from any cross-border locations must provide the university with an official High School transcript or official GED score (if applicable). A college transcript which documents high school date of completion or a copy of a DD-214 showing high school graduation or equivalency may be submitted to satisfy this requirement.

• Signed Acknowledgement Form Certificate Completion Requirements for the CERT/APLP • Completion of a minimum of 18 credits. • A minimum grade point average (GPA) of 2.0.

• Students earning the certificate en-route will only be placed on Academic Probation if their associate program GPA falls below the minimum requirement.

• Students earning this certificate en-route to completion of a degree program must meet the minimum GPA requirement at the conclusion of all required coursework for the certificate to be eligible for certificate conferral.

531

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

• The certificate awarded for this program will read as: Asset Protection - Loss Prevention (Undergraduate)

Residency Requirements and Course Waivers for the CERT/ APLP Students must meet established University residency requirement for certificate conferral. The University requires that the majority of coursework, 15 credits in the Required Course of Study, must be completed at University of Phoenix. Students in this program may waive a maximum of 3 credits from their required course of study. In order to be granted a waiver with credit for a course in the Required Course of Study, a student must have completed a previ- ous credit bearing activity in transfer which meets the following criteria: • The activity must have been completed at a regionally or

approved nationally accredited, or candidate for accreditation, college or university, or from an approved source of nontraditional transfer credit as listed in University transfer policy.

• The activity must have been completed within the past ten (10) years (5 years for IS&T courses) from current program enrollment agreement sign date with a grade of "C" (2.0) or better or comparable passing benchmark for nontraditional credits.

• The activity must be comparable in content and semester academic credits to the University course it is replacing and must be an equivalent level or higher level course (i.e. graduate level coursework may be used to waive graduate or undergraduate coursework). Course descriptions must be included with the course waiver form in order for the Office of Admissions and Evaluation to review the course waiver request.

Experiential Learning (essay) credit is not eligible to waive courses in the required course of study. Eligible students who have attended a SOC Member Institution and have successfully completed equivalent courses according to the SOC Transfer Tables may transfer all equivalent courses into a student's required course of study as a waiver if the courses meet the minimum grade and timeframe as stated in policy. Re-entry for the CERT/APLP Any student who has been out of attendance for more than 365 days from the last date of positive recorded attendance in a pro- gram applicable course is considered a re-entry student. Re-entry students may re-enroll into their program version without appeal if the program version is still the most current in their state or jurisdiction and the student has the ability to satisfy all program requirements within their original program completion deadline. Re-entry students whose program version is not the most current in their state or jurisdiction will be required to enroll into the most current version. Select programs may have additional re-entry requirements/ restrictions. Re-entry students should consult their Academic Advisor for guidance.

........................................................................................... Certificate Awards

Upon completion of all courses in a certificate program and sub- mission of the Request for Certificate form, a certificate of comple- tion and a certificate posted transcript will be processed.

........................................................................................... Accreditation and Affiliations

The following agencies have supported the development of the

certificate program that relates to their specific field: • The Society for Human Resource Management (SHRM) • Project Management Institute (PMI), Globally Registered

Education Provider (R.E.P) • Call Center Industry Advisory Council (CIAC)

532

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017 PROFESSIONAL PROGRAMS

NONCREDIT-BEARING PROGRAMS

.....................................................................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................................................... NONCREDIT-BEARING PROGRAMS

School of Continuing Education provides noncredit instructional opportunities for a variety of learners to develop their knowledge, build essential skills, and expand career paths in flexible and dynamic formats. The professional development courses and pro- grams offered through the School of Continuing Education are documented on an official University of Phoenix noncredit tran- script designated for the School of Continuing Education. School of Continuing Education students must adhere to the stan- dard University of Phoenix student and university policies. Students intending to use professional development courses to sat- isfy continuing education or professional development require- ments are responsible for determining whether professional development courses taken at University of Phoenix will satisfy such requirements. Professional development educational measurements differ based on category. Continuing Education Units (CEU) are awarded at the ratio of 10 hours of qualified instruction to 1 CEU. Professional Development Units (PDU) are awarded at the ratio of 1 hour of qualified instruction to 1 PDU. Contact Hours are awarded at the ratio of 60 minutes of qualified instruction to 1 contact hour.

Grading Procedures

Formal grade reports are available through the student web site upon completion of each course. Grade reports indicate the course taken, credits received, and grade assigned. A student who has failed to make payment for tuition of a course will have the grade withheld until payment is made. Faculty members are required to post final grades within seven days of completion of the course. P = Passing. Student satisfactorily completed the course. F = Failing. Student performance demonstrates unsatisfactory or below minimally acceptable achievement in accomplishing course goals and objectives. W = Withdrawal Student withdrawn due to exceeding the maximum allowable absences from the course or has been administratively withdrawn by the university. A "W" grade will be issued in the following sce- narios: • The student recorded positive class attendance in at least one

scheduled class and failed to meet the class attendance requirements due to exceeding the maximum allowable absences.

• The student recorded positive class attendance in at least one scheduled class and has been administratively withdrawn from the university and/or program during.

Grade Disputes and Grade Corrections

Students should raise concerns or questions about perceived assignment and course grading errors directly with faculty promptly after receiving feedback and grades. No one other than the faculty member teaching the course may determine assignment or course grades for a student. Students are not allowed to submit extra work to raise their grade. Students' grades represent the work and knowledge level attained within the regularly scheduled

course dates. Grades on individual assignments may be changed by the faculty at any time while the course is in session. Students' grades may not be changed by the faculty member after final grades have been submitted unless the student initiates the grade dispute process or if the faculty member determines the original grade was improp- erly calculated. Students disputing a grade received may contact their Academic Representative, who will assist the student with initiating a grade dispute. However, the decision regarding whether to change the grade rests solely with the faculty member. A grade dispute must be initiated within six (6) weeks of the grade posting date. Grade disputes are not appealable beyond the campus level.

533

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

THIS PAGE WAS LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY

534

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017 TUITION AND FEES - ONLINE RATES

.....................................................................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................................................... TUITION AND FEES - ONLINE RATES

PLEASE NOTE: Depending on the program, different tuition rates can apply for online students based on whether a student is considered "new" or "continuing." See below for the criteria used to determine whether students will be charged "new stu- dent" rates or "continuing student" rates. This terminology (new/continuing) and criteria are only applicable in determin- ing tuition rates for students and are not used for any other purpose at the University.

New Students: The rates and fees listed in the "New" Students section are applicable to students who meet one of the following criteria, as of 11/1/2016:

• Individuals enrolling at University of Phoenix who do not have any positive attendance (i.e. "Y" posted) in any degree or credit-bearing-certificate program course at the University.

• University of Phoenix students who have graduated (degree/certificate conferred) from a University of Phoenix degree or credit-bearing certificate (not an en-route certificate) and are enrolling in a new program, and have not attempted any other program, with positive attendance (i.e. "Y" posted), since graduating from the previous program.

• Students returning to a University of Phoenix program after having no positive attendance ("Y" posted) in any degree or credit-bearing-certificate program course for longer than 365 days from the last positive attendance ("Y" posted).

• University of Phoenix students who are changing from a bachelor or master degree program (from which they have not graduated) to another program at a higher degree level (e.g., bachelor to master, master to doctoral).

Continuing Students: The rates and fees listed in the "Continuing" Students section are applicable to students who meet one of the following crite- ria:

• University of Phoenix students who have been pursuing a degree or credit-bearing-certificate program when the first positive attendance ("Y" posted) was prior to 11/1/2016, who have not been out of attendance (no positive attendance "Y" posted) within 365 days from the last recorded positive attendance ("Y" posted).

• University of Phoenix students who are changing from a program (from which they have not graduated) to another at the same or lower level, who started the former program prior to 11/1/2016, and who have at least one recorded positive attendance ("Y" posted) within 365 days of the last recorded positive attendance ("Y" posted).

• University of Phoenix students who are changing from an associate program (from which they have not graduated) to a bachelor program, who started the associate program prior to 11/1/2016, and who have at least one recorded positive attendance ("Y" posted) within 365 days of the last recorded positive attendance ("Y" posted).

• University of Phoenix students who are changing from a credit-bearing certificate program from which they have not graduated, or from an en-route credit-bearing certificate program from which they have graduated, to an associate or bachelor program, when the first positive attendance ("Y" posted) for the credit-bearing certificate program was prior to 11/1/2016 and when there is positive attendance ("Y" posted) in the credit-bearing certificate program within 365 days of enrollment in the associate or bachelor program.

535

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

.....................................................................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................................................... UNDERGRADUATE TUITION PER CREDIT (ONLINE)

College Amount* -

New**

Students

Amount* -

Continuing**

Students

When Due

Credit Recognition Program $ 250.00 $ 250.00 Due in accordance with the payment option chosen in Financial Options Guide.

Associates $ 410.00 $ 410.00 Due in accordance with the payment option chosen in Financial Options Guide.

School of Business (Level 100 and Level 200) School of Business (Level 300 and Level 400)

$ 415.00 $ 415.00

$ 410.00 $ 635.00

Due in accordance with the payment option chosen in Financial Options Guide.

School of Nursing (Level 100 and Level 200) School of Nursing (Level 300 and Level 400) School of Health Services Administration (Level 100 and Level 200) School of Health Services Administration Level 300 and Level 400)

$ 410.00 $ 510.00

$ 410.00

$ 635.00

$ 410.00 $ 510.00

$ 410.00

$ 635.00

Due in accordance with the payment option chosen in Financial Options Guide.

College of Social Sciences (Level 100 and Level 200) College of Social Sciences (Level 300 and Level 400)

Please note that there are exceptions to the general college rate as listed below. BSP (Level 100 and Level 200) BSP (Level 300 and Level 400)

$ 410.00 $ 610.00

$ 410.00 $ 585.00

$ 410.00 $ 610.00

$ 410.00 $ 585.00

Due in accordance with the payment option chosen in Financial Options Guide.

College of Education (Level 100 and Level 200) College of Education (Level 300 and Level 400)

$ 410.00 $ 420.00

$ 410.00 $ 420.00 Due in accordance with the payment option

chosen in Financial Options Guide.

College of Humanities and Sciences (Level 100 and Level 200) College of Humanities and Sciences (Level 300 and Level 400)

Please note that there are exceptions to the general college rate as listed below. BSEVS (Level 100 and Level 200) BSEVS (Level 300 and Level 400) BAENG (Level 100 and Level 200) BAENG (Level 300 and Level 400) BSBIO (Level 100 and Level 200) BSBIO (Level 300 and Level 400) BSHST (Level 100 and Level 200) BSHST (Level 300 and Level 400) BS/COM (Level 100 and Level 200) BS/COM (Level 300 and Level 400) CERT/MS

$ 410.00

$ 630.00

$ 410.00 $ 450.00 $ 410.00 $ 450.00 $ 410.00 $ 435.00 $ 410.00 $ 435.00 $ 415.00 $ 415.00 $ 415.00

$ 410.00

$ 630.00

$ 410.00 $ 450.00 $ 410.00 $ 450.00 $ 410.00 $ 435.00 $ 410.00 $ 435.00 $ 410.00 $ 630.00 $ 630.00

Due in accordance with the payment option chosen in Financial Options Guide.

*Note: All fees are subject to change. Where applicable, sales tax will be added to fees, tuition and material payments.

**See introductory page of the Tuition and Fees section for definitions of new and continuing students (Page 1 of 2)

+Resource fees are mandatory and encompass course electronic textbooks and materials, the University library, eBook collection,

math labs, programming software, the Centers for Math and Writing Excellence, and Phoenix Career Services.

536

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017 TUITION AND FEES - ONLINE RATES

UNDERGRADUATE TUITION PER CREDIT (ONLINE)

College of Security and Criminal Justice (Level 100 and Level 200) College of Security and Criminal Justice (Level 300 and Level 400)

$ 410.00

$ 610.00

$ 410.00

$ 610.00

Due in accordance with the payment option chosen in Financial Options Guide.

College of Information Systems and Technology (Level 100 and Level 200) College of Information Systems and Technology (Level 300 and Level 400)

Please note that there are exceptions to the general college rate as listed below. CCNA CERT/APLUS NETPLUS

$ 410.00

$ 635.00

$ 290.00 $ 290.00 $ 290.00

$ 410.00

$ 635.00

$ 290.00 $ 290.00 $ 290.00

Due in accordance with the payment option chosen in Financial Options Guide.

Continuing Education for Educators Education Single Courses Liberal Arts Single Courses (Level 100 and Level 200) Liberal Arts Single Courses (Level 300 and Level 400) School of Continuing Education (Level 100 and Level 200) School of Continuing Education (Level 300 and Level 400)

$ 175.00 $ 280.00 $ 410.00 $ 635.00 $ 410.00 $ 635.00

$ 175.00 $ 280.00 $ 410.00 $ 635.00 $ 410.00 $ 635.00

Due in accordance with the payment option chosen in Financial Options Guide.

College Amount* -

New**

Students

Amount* -

Continuing**

Students

When Due

*Note: All fees are subject to change. Where applicable, sales tax will be added to fees, tuition and material payments.

**See introductory page of the Tuition and Fees section for definitions of new and continuing students (Page 2 of 2)

+Resource fees are mandatory and encompass course electronic textbooks and materials, the University library, eBook collection,

math labs, programming software, the Centers for Math and Writing Excellence, and Phoenix Career Services.

537

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

.....................................................................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................................................... GRADUATE TUITION PER CREDIT (ONLINE)

College Amount* -

New**

Students

Amount* -

Continuing**

Students

When Due

School of Business $ 740.00 $ 740.00 Due in accordance with the payment option chosen in Financial Options Guide.

School of Nursing $ 595.00 $ 595.00 Due in accordance with the payment option chosen in Financial Options Guide.

School of Health Services Administration

Please note that there are exceptions to the general college rate as listed below. NHCE HCI

$ 740.00

$ 595.00 $ 595.00

$ 740.00

$ 595.00 $ 595.00

Due in accordance with the payment option chosen in Financial Options Guide.

College of Security and Criminal Justice $ 740.00 $ 740.00 Due in accordance with the payment option chosen in Financial Options Guide.

College of Information Systems and Technology $ 740.00 $ 740.00 Due in accordance with the payment option chosen in Financial Options Guide.

College of Education

Please note that there are exceptions to the general college rate as listed below. CERT/T2T-E CERT/T2T-S CERT/ECH CERT/CTEL (For CA residents only) CERT/ALT-E (FL residents only) CERT/ALT-S (FL residents only)

$ 540.00

$ 280.00 $ 280.00 $ 400.00 $ 175.00 $ 275.00 $ 275.00

$ 540.00

$ 280.00 $ 280.00 $ 400.00 $ 175.00 $ 275.00 $ 275.00

Due in accordance with the payment option chosen in Financial Options Guide.

College of Social Sciences $ 740.00 $ 740.00 Due in accordance with the payment option chosen in Financial Options Guide.

School of Advanced Studies $ 810.00 $ 810.00 Due in accordance with the payment option chosen in Financial Options Guide.

School of Continuing Education $ 740.00 $ 740.00 Due in accordance with the payment option chosen in Financial Options Guide.

*Note: All fees are subject to change. Where applicable, sales tax will be added to fees, tuition and material payments.

**See introductory page of the Tuition and Fees section for definitions of new and continuing students

+Resource fees are mandatory and encompass course electronic textbooks and materials, the University library, eBook collection,

math labs, programming software, the Centers for Math and Writing Excellence, and Phoenix Career Services.

538

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017 TUITION AND FEES - ONLINE RATES

FEES (Online)

.....................................................................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................................................... FEES (Online)

Type of Fee Amount* When Due

Admission Application Fee (applicable to graduate level certificate and single course application only)

$ 45.00 At time of application.

Directed Study Administrative Charge (non–refundable)

$ 75.00 When Directed Study course is scheduled.

Book and Materials Charges Varies by course When books and materials are purchased.

Resource Fees+ (if applicable) Undergraduate Graduate Continuing Education for Educators DCE

$ 140.00 $ 165.00 $ 75.00 $ 25.00

Due in accordance with the payment option chosen in Financial Options Guide.

CLEP® Examination Contact Your Campus Representative Upon notification.

Prior Learning Assessment Fees

Portfolio Submission Fee

Per Assessed Credit Fee

$ 150.00

$ 75.00

If additional or missing material is needed to render an assessment decision, the student will be given 20 days to submit the documentation. All fees are due and payable within 30 days of portfolio completion and invoicing. Fees are non-refundable and subject to change.

Check Return Fee $ 25.00 Upon notification.

Late Payment Fee $ 25.00 Upon notification.

Graduation Application Fee Diploma Rush Duplicate Diploma Duplicate Certificate Transcript Transcript Rush

$ 50.00 $ 45.00 $ 30.00 $ 15.00 $ 7.00 $ 30.00

Upon submission of graduation application Upon request. Upon request. Upon request. Upon request. Upon request.

*Note: All fees are subject to change. Where applicable, sales tax will be added to fees, tuition and material payments.

**See introductory page of the Tuition and Fees section for definitions of new and continuing students

+Resource fees are mandatory and encompass course electronic textbooks and materials, the University library, eBook collec-

tion, math labs, programming software, the Centers for Math and Writing Excellence, and Phoenix Career Services.

539

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

THIS PAGE WAS LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY

540

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017 FACILITIES

.....................................................................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................................................... FACILITIES

Arizona Locations

Phoenix Campus 1625 West Fountainhead Pkwy Tempe, AZ 85282-2371 602 557-2000

Online Administrative Offices 1625 West Fountainhead Pkwy Tempe, AZ 85282-2371 602 557-2000

University of Phoenix at Western International University 1601 West Fountainhead Pkwy Tempe, AZ 85282

Northwest Learning Center 2550 West Union Hills Drive Phoenix, AZ 85027-5139 602 557-2000

West Valley Learning Center 9520 West Palm Lane, Phoenix, AZ 85037-4403 602 557-2000

Southern Arizona Campus 800 659-8988 300 S Craycroft Road Tucson, AZ 85711-4574 520 881-6512

Yuma Learning Center 899 East Plaza Circle Yuma, AZ 85365-2033 928 341-0233

Arkansas Locations

Little Rock Campus 10800 Financial Center Park- way Little Rock, AR 72211-3552 501 225-9337

Pinnacle Hills Learning Center 1800 S 52nd Street Rogers, AR 72758 479 986-0385

California Locations

Bay Area Region 3590 N. First Street San Jose, CA 95134-1805 800 266-2107

Livermore Branch 2481 Consitution Drive Livermore, CA 94551-7573 925 273-8100

Oakland Branch 2100 Franklin Street Oakland, CA 94612-3096 800 266-2107

Central Valley Region 45 River Park Place West Fresno, CA 93720-1552 800 266-2107

Bakersfield Branch 4900 California Ave Bakersfield, CA 93309-7018 800 266-2107

Visalia Branch 301 East Acequia Ave Visalia, CA 93291-6341 800 266-2107

Sacramento Valley Region 2860 Gateway Oaks Drive Sacramento, CA 95833-4334 800 266-2107

Fairfield Branch 5253 Business Center Drive, Fairfield, CA 94534-1630 800 266-2107

Modesto Branch 5330 Pirrone Road Salida, CA 95368-2107 800 266-2107

San Diego Region 9645 Granite Ridge Drive Suite 200 San Diego, CA 92123-2658 800 473-4346

El Centro Branch 3095 N Imperial Avenue Suite 101 El Centro, CA 92243 760 355-1190

Palm Desert Branch 34100 Gateway Drive Palm Desert, CA 92211-0850 800 473-4346

San Marcos Branch 300 Rancheros Drive San Marcos, CA 92069-2967 760 510-8253

Southern California Region 3090 Bristol Street Costa Mesa, CA 92626-3099 800 888-1968

Gardena Branch 1515 W 190th Street Suite #450 Gardena, CA 90248-4319 800 888-1968

La Palma Branch 6 Centerpointe Drive La Palma, CA 90623-2503 800 888-1968

Murrieta Branch 25240 Hancock Ave Murrieta, CA 92562-5990 951 677-0883 800 888-1968

Ontario Branch 3110 E Guasti Road Ontario, CA 91761-1219 800 888-1968

Pasadena Branch 299 N Euclid Avenue Pasadena, CA 91101-1531 800 888-1968

San Bernardino Branch 451 E Vanderbilt Way Suite 100 San Bernardino, CA 92408- 3610 800 888-1968

South Coast Branch 3150 Bristol Street Suite 100 Costa Mesa, CA 92626-3088 800 888-1968

Woodland Hills Branch 5955 De Soto Ave Woodland Hills, CA 91367- 5107 800 888-1968

Colorado Locations

Colorado Campus - Lone Tree 10004 Park Meadows Drive Lone Tree, CO 80124-5453 303 755-9090

Colorado Springs Downtown 2 North Cascade Avenue Suite 100 Colorado Springs, CO 80903- 1620 719 527-9000

Turnpike Learning Center 8700 Turnpike Drive Westminster, CO 80030-7030 303 755-9090

District of Columbia Locations

Washington DC Campus 25 Massachusetts Ave NW Washington, DC 20001-1431 202 423-2520

Florida Locations

Central Florida Main Campus 8325 South Park Circle Suite 100 Orlando, FL 32819-9075 407 345-8868

West Florida Learning Center 12802 Tampa Oaks Boulevard Suite 200 Temple Terrace, FL 33637- 1920 813 626-7911

North Florida Campus 4500 Salisbury Road Suite 200 Jacksonville, FL 32216-0959 904 636-6645

South Florida Main Campus 2400 SW 145th Avenue Miramar, FL 33027-4145

Cypress Creek Learning Center 550 W Cypress Creek Road Suite 150 Ft. Lauderdale, FL 33309-6104 866 766-0766

Miami Learning Center 11410 NW 20th Street Suite 100 Miami, FL 33172-1111 866 766-0766 305 428-4911 FAX

A-1

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

Georgia Locations

Atlanta Campus 8200 Roberts Drive Sandy Springs, GA 30350- 4147 678 731-0555

DeKalb Learning Center 2600 Century Center Atlanta, GA 30345-3125 404 443-6900

404 443-6901 FAX

Augusta Campus 3150 Perimeter Parkway Augusta, GA 30909-4583 706 868-2000

Columbus Georgia Campus 7200 North Lake Drive Columbus, GA 31909 706 320-1266

Savannah Campus 8001 Chatham Center Drive Savannah, GA 31405-7400 912 232-0531

Hawaii Locations

Hawaii Campus 745 Fort Street Suite 2000 Honolulu, HI 96813-3800 808 536-2686

Kapolei Learning Center 949 Kamokila Blvd Kapolei, HI 96707-2082 808 693-8686

Illinois Locations

Chicago Campus 1500 McConnor Parkway Suite 700 Schaumburg, IL 60173-4395 847 413-1922

Downtown Chicago Learning Center 203 N LaSalle St Chicago, IL 60601-1210 312 223-1101

Indiana Locations

Indianapolis Campus 7999 Knue Road Indianapolis, IN 46250-1932 317 585-8610

Kentucky Locations

Louisville Campus 10400 Linn Station Road Louisville, KY 40223-3839 502 423-0149 800 697-8223

Louisiana Locations

Baton Rouge Campus 2431 S Acadian Thruway Baton Rouge, LA 70808-2300 225 927-4443

New Orleans Learning Center 1 Galleria Blvd Suite 825 Metairie, LA 70001-2082 504 613-1500

Maryland Locations

Maryland Campus 8830 Stanford Blvd Suite 100 Columbia, MD 21045-5423 410 872-9001

Massachusetts Locations

Boston Campus 19 Granite Street Suite 300 Braintree, MA 02184-1744 866 867-3678 602 308-7018 FAX

Michigan Locations

Detroit Main Campus 26261 Evergreen Road Southfield, MI 48076-4400 248 675-3700

Downtown Detroit Learning Center 1001 Woodward Avenue Detroit, MI 48226-1904 313 324-3900

Missouri Locations

Kansas City Campus 1310 E 104th Street Suite 100 Kansas City, MO 64131-4504 816 943-9600

St. Louis Campus 13801 Riverport Drive St. Louis, MO 63043 314-298-9755

Downtown St. Louis Learning Center 211 North Broadway Suites 901 St. Louis, MO 63102-2711 314 298-9755

Nevada Locations

Las Vegas Campus 3755 Breakthrough Way Las Vegas, NV 89135-3047 702 638-7279

Henderson Learning Center 7777 Eastgate Road Henderson, NV 89011-4039 702 638-7279

New Jersey Locations

Jersey City Campus 100 Town Square Place Jersey City, NJ 07310-1756 201 610-1408

New Mexico Locations

New Mexico Campus 5700 Pasadena Ave NE Albuquerque, NM 87113-1570 505 821-4800

Santa Teresa Learning Center 1270 Country Club Road Santa Teresa, NM 88008-9725 575 874-4600

North Carolina Locations Charlotte Campus 3800 Arco Corporate Drive Charlotte, NC 28273-3409 704 504-5409

Charlotte North Learning Center 10925 David Taylor Drive Charlotte, NC 28262-1041 704 504-5409

Ohio Locations Cleveland Main Campus 3401 Enterprise Parkway Beachwood, OH 44122-7343 216 378-0473

Oklahoma Locations

Tulsa Learning Center 14002 East 21st Street Suite 1000 Tulsa, OK 74134-1412 918 622-4877 918 622-4981 FAX

Oregon Locations

Oregon Campus 13221 SW 68th Pkwy Tigard, OR 97223-8328 503 403-2900

Pennsylvania Locations

Philadelphia Main Campus 30 South 17th Street Philadelphia, PA 19103-4001 267 234-2000

Puerto Rico Locations

Puerto Rico Campus B7 Calle Tabonuco Santander Tower at San Patri- cio Guaynabo, PR 00968 787 731-5400 787 731-1510 FAX

South Carolina Locations

Columbia - South Carolina Campus 1001 Pinnacle Point Drive Columbia, SC 29223-5727 803 699-5096

Tennessee Locations

Knoxville Campus 10133 Sherrill Blvd Suite 120 Knoxville, TN 37932-3347 865 288-6800

Memphis Campus 65 Germantown Court Cordova, TN 38018-7290 901 751-1086

Nashville Campus 616 Marriott Drive Nashville, TN 37214-5048 615 872-0188

Chattanooga Learning Center 1208 Pointe Centre Drive Chattanooga, TN 37421-3983 423 499-2500

Texas Locations

Austin Campus 10801-2 Mopac Expy Suite 300 Austin, TX 78759-5459 512 344-1400

Killeen Learning Center 902 West Central Texas Expy Suite 300 Killeen, TX 76541-2566 254 501-6950

A-2

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017 FACILITIES

Dallas Campus 12400 Coit Road Dallas, TX 75251-2004 972 385-1055

Resource Center at Arlington Highlands 3900 Arlington Highlands Boulevard Suite 237 Arlington, TX 76018-6038 817 505-4200 817 557-3483 FAX

East El Paso Campus 1340 Adabel Drive El Paso TX 79936-6954 Phone: (915) 599-5900

Houston Campus 11451 Katy Freeway Houston, TX 77079-2004 713 465-9966

Woodlands Learning Center 24624 Interstate 45 Spring, TX 77386-1935 281 298-3500 281 419-3860 FAX

McAllen Campus 4201 South Shary Road Mission, TX 78572-1578 956 519-5800

San Antonio Campus 8200 IH-10 West Suite 1000 San Antonio, TX 78230-3876 210 524-2100 800 697-8223

Utah Locations

Utah Campus 5373 South Green Street Salt Lake City, UT 84123-4642 801 263-1444

North Davis Learning Center 1366 Legend Hills Drive Clearfield, UT 84015-1585 801 825-1891 800 224-2844 801 773-5297 FAX

Virginia Locations

Virginia Beach Campus 150 Central Park Ave Virginia Beach, VA 23462 757 493-6300

Richmond Learning Center 9750 West Broad Street Glen Allen, VA 23060-4169 804 281-3900

Arlington Learning Center 1800 South Bell Street Suite 100 Arlington, VA 22202-3546 571 227-7075 703 416-2582 FAX

Washington Locations

Western Washington Campus 7100 Fort Dent Way Suite 100 Tukwila, WA 98188-8553 425 572-1600

Wisconsin Locations

Milwaukee Main Campus 10850 West Park Place Suite 150 Milwaukee, WI 53224-3606 414 410-7900

International Locations

Asia Pacific Military Campus Kadena AFB 18 MSS/DPE Unit 5134 APO AP 96368 011-81-611-732-8508

011-81-611-734-5303 FAX

A-3

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

THIS PAGE WAS LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY

A-4

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017 UNIVERSITY ADMINISTRATION

University of Phoenix Board of Trustees

.....................................................................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................................................... UNIVERSITY ADMINISTRATION

.....................................................................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................................................... University of Phoenix Board of Trustees

Independent Trustees Celestino Fernandez, Ph.D.

Chair Distinguished Professor Emeritus and Consultant University of Arizona

Everette Freeman, Ed.D. Vice Chair President Community College of Denver

Carol B. Aslanian President and Founder Aslanian Market Research

Amy Gibbons Past President Boys & Girls Clubs of Metro Phoenix

Luis Proenza, Ph.D. President Emeritus The University of Akron

Other Trustees Laurence Berg

Senior Partner Apollo Global Management

Greg Cappelli Chief Executive Officer Apollo Education Group

Anthony Miller Partner and Chief Operating Officer The Vistria Group Chairman of Apollo Education Group

Tim Slottow President University of Phoenix

.....................................................................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................................................... University of Phoenix Senior Administration

Tim Slottow President

President’s Cabinet Joanna Acocella

Vice President, External Affairs, Communications, and Government Relations (Apollo Education Group)

Joan Blackwood Chief Marketing Officer

Dennis Bonilla Executive Dean, College of Information Systems & Technology

Meredith Curley, Ed.D. Provost

Andy Drotos, Ph.D. Executive Dean, College of Education

Hinrich Eylers , Ph.D. Executive Dean, School of Advanced Studies

Byron Jones Chief Financial Officer

Raghu Krishnaiah Chief Operating Officer

Dan Litteral Vice President & Deputy General Counsel

Cheryl Naumann Chief Human Resources Officer

Sherri Ondrus, Ph.D. Chief of Staff

Mike Sajor Chief Information Officer (Apollo Education Group)

Doris Savron Executive Dean, College of Health Professions

Constance St. Germain, Ed.D. Executive Dean, College of Humanities and College of Social Sciences

Ruth Veloria Executive Dean, School of Business

A-5

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

.....................................................................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................................................... Enrollment Services Administration

Ron Kishen Senior Vice President Enrollment Services

Brett Romney Vice President Enrollment, School of Business

Chris Gloor Vice President Enrollment, College of Security and Criminal Justice College of Information Systems and Technology

College of Health Professions

Maria Zuzich Vice President Enrollment, College of Education College of Humanities and Social Sciences

School of Advanced Studies

Kris Jackson Vice President Qualification Center/ Enrollment, Specialty College

.....................................................................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................................................... Operational Services

Cheri Sorensen Senior Vice President

Mike Bibbee Division Vice President Military

Mike Bibbee Division Vice President Continuing Education

.....................................................................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................................................... Campus Administration

Matt Johnston, MBA Senior Vice President Campus Services

Michael Phillips PhD Vice President of Academic Affairs South District Southeast District

Yvonne Phelps, PhD Vice President of Academic Affairs West District Northeast District

LeeAnne Herbold, MAOM District Vice President West District

Lynn Mulherin, MAOM District Vice President East District

Jeannine Lake, MM District Vice President Central District

Erin Rodgers, EdD Director of Academic Affairs East District Philadelphia Campus

Don Johnson, DM Campus and Academic Director East District Virginia Beach Campus

Robert Gabriel, PhD Campus Director Central District Chicago Campus

Omer Pamukcu, PhD Director of Academic Affairs Central District Chicago Campus

Gary Williams, MBA Campus Director East District New Jersey Campus

Miriam L. Frolow, PhD Director of Academic Affairs East District New Jersey Campus

Jan Cardwell, PhD Campus Director Central District Detroit Campus

Bonnie Ellis, PhD Director of Academic Affairs, Central District Detroit Campus

Kent Bloomberg, PhD Director of Academic Affairs, Central District Colorado Campus

Scott Myers, PHD Campus Director Central District New Mexico Campus

Mikal Powers, MBA Campus Director West District Southern California Campus

Mike Geraghty, PhD Director Academic Affairs West District Southern California Campus

Jim Ghormley, DM Associate Director of Academic Affairs West District Southern California Campus

Kim Lyda-Savich, MBA/GM Campus Vice President West District San Diego Campus

Nan Mac Isaac, JD Director of Academic Affairs West District San Diego Campus

Joni Iglinski, MA Associate Director of Academic Affairs West District San Diego Campus

Scott Lewis, MBA Campus Vice President West District Sacramento Campus

Joel Maier, MS Director of Academic Affairs West District Sacramento Campus

Ann Tye, BA Campus Director West District Central Valley Campus

Rita Stanziale, MAEd Director of Academic Affairs West District Central Valley Campus

Summer Van Pelt, DM Campus Director

West District Bay Area Campus

Cathy Malone, MEd Director of Academic Affairs West District Bay Area Campus

Kristine Averill, MAOM Campus Director West District Hawaii Campus

Deborah Hornsby, EdD Director of Academic Affairs West District Hawaii Campus

Michael Cullup, MBA Campus Director West District Oregon Campus

Shane Corsetti, MBA Director of Academic Affairs West District Oregon Campus

Bruce Williams, MBA Campus Director West District Western Washington Campus

Kevin Barker, MAEd Director of Academic Affairs West District Western Washington Campus

Darris Howe, MPA Campus Director West District Utah Campus

Melanie Behunin, MBA

A-6

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017 UNIVERSITY ADMINISTRATION

Campus Administration

Director of Academic Affairs West District Utah Campus

Barry Brooks, PhD Campus and Academic Director West District Idaho Campus

Paul Green, MBA Campus Vice President West District Las Vegas Campus

Michelle Palaroan, EdD Director of Academic Affairs West District Las Vegas Campus

Brian Lucas, MS Campus Director East District Central Florida Campus

Luz Negron, BFA Campus Director East District South Florida Campus

Jeff Dunlap, PhD Director of Academic Affairs East District North Florida Campus

Lindalee Berk, MAED/CI Campus Director East District North Florida Campus

Gail Ali, PhD Director of Academic Affairs East District South Florida Campus

Andrew Stone, MEd Campus Director East District Atlanta Campus

Sam Sanders, PhD Director of Academic Affairs East District Atlanta Campus

Jeffrey Henderickson, MBA Campus Director East District Augusta Campus

Jane Henry, MS Director of Academic Affairs East District Augusta Campus

Tom Lalka, DBA Director of Academic Affairs East District Columbus Campus

Randy Howell, MAEd Campus Director Southeast District Columbus Campus

Shannon Eckard, MBA Campus Director East District Charlotte Campus

Catherine Burr, DM Director of Academic Affairs East District Charlotte Campus

Michael McKinley, PHD Director of Academic Affairs East District Northern Virginia Campus Washington DC Campus

Andrew Jenkins, MA Campus Director East District Northern Virginia Campus Washington DC Campus

Jorge Rivera, MBA Campus Director Southeast District Puerto Rico Campus

Norma Serrano, PhD Director of Academic Affairs Southeast District Puerto Rico Campus

John Grabarczyk, DBA Director of Academic Affairs South District Dallas Campus

Lee E. Melancon, III, MMC Campus and Academic Director South District Baton Rouge Campus / Metairie Learning Center

Jeanie Murphy, DBA Director of Academic Affairs Central District San Antonio Campus

Wally Hedgecock, MSEd Campus Director Central District San Antonio Campus

Gregg R. Johnson, EdD Campus Director South District Southern Arizona Campus

Mark P. Vitale, PhD Campus and Academic Director Central District Southern Arizona Campus

Dallas Taylor, PhD Director of Academic Affairs Central District Phoenix Campus

David Fitzgerald, MAOM Campus Director Central District Phoenix Campus

Joel Maier, MS Associate Director of Academic Affairs South District Phoenix Campus

Kevin Browning, EdD Director of Academic Affairs South District Nashville Campus

Melanie Hockenberry MA Associate Director of Academic Affairs South District Nashville Campus Chattanooga Learning Center

Troy Thomas, MBA Campus and Academic Director South District Oklahoma Campus

Raquel Logan Ford, MBA Campus Director South District Memphis Campus

Joseph V. Capebianco, MBA Director of Academic Affairs South District Memphis Campus

Rodney Luster, PhD Campus and Academics Director South District Austin Campus

Ryan Hampton, MBA Campus Director Central District Houston Campus

Albert E. Smothers, PhD Director of Academic Affairs Central District Houston Campus

Scott A. Myers, MBA Campus Director South District El Paso Campus

Barbara Janowski, MAOM Campus Director South District El Paso Campus

Wayne Brock, DM Director of Academic Affairs Central District El Paso Campus

Nancy McDonald, PhD Director of Academic Affairs Central District New Mexico Campus

Scott A. Myers, MBA Campus Director South District New Mexico Campus

Christie White, MBA Director of Academic Affairs South District Little Rock Campus

Randy Lichtenfeld, MBA Senior Vice President Transition Services

Lori Santiago, MBA Vice President Operations Transition Services

Stephen Flatt, MBA Vice President Operations Transition Services

John Carroll, PhD Associate Director of Academic Affairs Austin, Texas

Lee Melancon, MMC Campus and Academic Director Baton Rouge New Orleans, Louisiana

Danetra Quarterman, DM Campus and Academic Director Birmingham, Alabama

Charles Lindner, PhD Associate Director of Academic Affairs Boise, Idaho

Allison Moroz, JD Campus and Academic Director Boston, Massachusetts

Susan Jennings, MBA Campus Director Chattanooga, Tennessee

Gina Cuffari, MAOM Campus and Academic Director Cleveland, Ohio

Stephanie Jackson, MBA Campus Director

A-7

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

Columbia, SC

Robert Orlando, MBA Campus Director Fairfield, Connecticut

Kamia Jackson, MBA Associate Director of Academic Affairs Indianapolis, Indiana

Charlotte Curtis, PhD Associate Director of Academic Affairs Jackson, Mississippi

Bob Armbrust, PhD Campus and Academic Director Kansas City, Missouri

Mark Amrein, MBA Campus Director Knoxville, Tennessee

Jeff Bean, MBA Associate Director of Academic Affairs Little Rock, Arkansas

Myra Rock, MBA Campus and Academic Director Louisville, Kentucky

Eric Morehouse, MM Operations Manager Madison, Wisconsin

Jessica Flynn, MAEd Campus and Academic Director Baltimore, Maryland

Thomas Harrison, PhD Associate Director of Academic Affairs McAllen, Texas

Raquel Ford, MBA Campus and Academic Director Memphis, Tennessee

Richard Evans, MM/MBA Campus and Academic Director Milwaukee, Wisconsin

Crystal Smith, MBA Campus and Academic Director Minneapolis, Minnesota

Susan Jennings, MBA Campus Director Nashville, Tennessee

Christina White, MBA Associate Director of Academic Affairs

NW Arkansas

Troy Thomas, MBA Campus and Academic Director Oklahoma City Tulsa, Oklahoma

Barry Brooks, PhD Campus Director Oregon

Ernest Fullerton, PhD Campus Director Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania

Jorge Rivera, MBA Campus Director Puerto Rico

Candice Morgan, MBA Campus Director Raleigh, North Carolina

Melissa Jackson, MBA Campus Director Savannah, Georgia

Adam Wright, MBA Campus and Academic Director St Louis, Missouri

Tonia Perry-Conley, Ed.D Associate Director of Academic Affairs Wilmington, Delaware

A-8

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017 FACULTY

COLLEGE OF HUMANITIES AND SCIENCES

.....................................................................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................................................... FACULTY

For a list of all faculty in each School and College, visit the Faculty Credentials section at http://www.phoenix.edu/faculty.html. .....................................................................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................................................... COLLEGE OF HUMANITIES AND SCIENCES

.......................................... Assistant Dean

Jessica Philipp, PHD

.......................................... Dean of Faculty

Elena Mastors, PHD

.......................................... Dean of Assessment

Bruce Brydges, EDD

.......................................... Campus College Chairs

Colorado Mindy Brubaker, MBA Dallas James Chapman, MAS/MS

Detroit Kevin Walsh, MA Phoenix Nicole Konrad, MCSW Atlanta Linlin Lu, MS/ECE Charlotte Melissa Nethery, PHD South Florida Jerry Kaber, MS/ED Virginia Beach Eerica Flippin, PHD Washington DC Michelle Orzech, MA

Bay Area William Chun, MA Central Valley Barbara Melton-Ball, MA Las Vegas Mohammed Miah, EDD San Diego Karin Gotfredson, MS Southern California Jackie Shahzadi, PHD

.......................................... Program Managers

Central Valley Maribel Rodriguez, MA

San Diego Maurice Nelson, MAED Southern California Rada Chanmugathas, PHD

.......................................... Campus Area Chairs

Area Chairs for the following content areas are appointed at each campus. Not all programs are offered at every campus. • English • Communication • Humanities • Mathematics • Sciences

.....................................................................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................................................... COLLEGE OF SECURITY AND CRIMINAL JUSTICE

.......................................... Executive Dean

James A. Marks, MA

.......................................... Dean of Assessment

Donald Munday, EDD

.......................................... Program Dean

Franzi Walsh, DBA

.......................................... Academic Dean

Garland Williams, PHD

.......................................... Dean of Faculty

Lisa Corprew, MM/PA

Dean of Specialized

.......................................... Programs

Linda Florence, PHD

Assistant Dean of

.......................................... Specialized Programs

Charles Andrews, MS Justin Randall, MBA Mark Logan, MAED

.......................................... Dean of Operations

Kathy Gamboa, MBA

Assistant Dean of

.......................................... Operations

Brian Ishmael, MBA

Regina Limon, MS/P

.......................................... Campus College Chairs

Phoenix Reggie Grigsby, MAOM Central Valley Ana Moore, JD Las Vegas Daniel Barry, MA Sacramento Valley Steven Campas, MS San Diego Donna Hernandez, MFS Southern California J. Phil Parker, MBA

.......................................... Program Managers

San Diego Damian Torres, MA Southern California John Hullar, MPA

.......................................... Campus Area Chairs

Area Chairs for the following content areas are appointed at each campus. Not all programs are offered at every campus. • Criminal Justice • Security • Public Administration

.....................................................................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................................................... COLLEGE OF SOCIAL SCIENCES

.......................................... Executive Dean

Constance St. Germain, EDD

.......................................... Regulatory Dean

John West, MSC

Assistant Regulatory

.......................................... Dean

Linda Quast, MBA

.......................................... Dean of Operations

Kristy Stermer, MBA

.......................................... Campus College Chairs

Chicago Mabel Menard, MS Cleveland Jeany Tri, MAED Colorado Jean Miller, MA Detroit Debra Napier, PHD El Paso Rebecca Robles, MED Houston Jacqui Sanchez, EDD

Phoenix Patricia Kerstner, PHD Southern Arizona Jenny Simon, PHD West Michigan Lyle Labardee, MS North Florida Michelle Bailey, EDD Puerto Rico Edvrard Pharel, PHD Central Valley DeAnna Henderson, PHD Las Vegas Katherine Unthank, PHD

Lynne Smith, PHD Sacramento Valley Carlos Flores, MS San Diego Lynn Lunceford, PSYD Southern California MaryJo Trombley, PHD Utah Brandon Wilde, PHD

.......................................... Program Managers

Phoenix Tony Floda, PHD

A-9

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

Southern Arizona Natalie George, MSCP Bay Area Charlene Blount, MS Central Valley Robert Meade, MA Las Vegas Joelle McNutt, MA Sacramento Valley Rosamaria Cerezo, MAOM San Diego Barbara Burt, PSYD Southern California Michelle Crawford-Morrison,

MA

.......................................... Campus Area Chairs

Area Chairs for the following content areas are appointed at each campus. Not all programs are offered at every campus. • Counseling • Human Services • Psychology

A-10

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017 FACULTY

SCHOOL OF BUSINESS

.....................................................................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................................................... SCHOOL OF BUSINESS

.......................................... Executive Dean

Ruth Veloria, MBA

.......................................... Academic Dean

Rhonda Capron, EDD

.......................................... Dean of Assessment

Alisa Fleming, MBA

Dean of Specialized

.......................................... Programs

Kevin Wilhelmsen, PHD

.......................................... Dean of Faculty

Brent Duncan, PHD

.......................................... Dean of Operations

Bob Eoff, MAED

.......................................... Campus College Chairs

Baton Rouge Barbara Holloway, DBM Chicago Robert Harris, PHD Cincinnati Henry F. Russell, MBA Cleveland Stephen Quick, DBA Colorado Carla Kuhlman, PHD Dallas Bob Wyatt, PHD

Detroit Janisse Green, DBA El Paso Scott Goldberg, PHD Houston Wawa Ngenge, PHD Memphis Adam Carr, PHD New Mexico Kelli Livermore, MPA Phoenix Patrick Sherman, DM San Antonio Paul Cooper, MBA Southern Arizona Owen Owens, PHD Atlanta Santoshia Oggs, DBA Central Florida Edythe McNickle, PHD Charlotte Alex Kocharyan, PHD Fairfield County Tamara Clark, PHD Jersey City Lillie Hibbler, PHD North Florida Brian Polding, PHD Philadelphia Bill Baker, MBA

Puerto Rico Clara Segarra-Roman, DBA South Florida Yamil Guevara, PHD Virginia Beach Karen Powell, DSL Washington DC Andrea Diese, DM Bay Area Vlad Genin, PHD Hawaii Renee Green, DM Las Vegas Roy Whitmore, PHFD Sacramento Valley Robert Larkin, DBA San Diego Cecilia Williams, PHD Southern California PeterMax Miller, EDD Utah David Francom, PHD Western Washington George Kelley, EDD

.......................................... Program Managers

Dallas Robert Stokes, MS Phoenix Gloria Pearson, MBA Online Eric Jacobson, MBA

Central Florida Rich LaMontagne, MS North Florida Michael Hilley, MM South Florida Richard Dettling, MS/HRM Bay Area Eileen Coughlin, MPA Central Valley True Moua, DMIST Las Vegas Pat Towne, MBA San Diego Tracy Foote, MBA Southern California Tricia Stewart, MBA Utah Richard Jaussi, MBA

.......................................... Campus Area Chairs

Area Chairs for the following content areas are appointed at each campus. Not all programs are offered at every campus. • Accounting • Financial Planning, Control,

and Risk Management • Law and Ethics • Management • Functional Management • Strategic Analysis and

Planning

.....................................................................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................................................... COLLEGE OF INFORMATION SYSTEMS AND TECHNOLOGY

.......................................... Executive Dean

Dennis Bonilla, MBA

.......................................... Academic Dean

Kirsten Hoyt, EDD

.......................................... Dean of Faculty

Paul Porch, MBTM

.......................................... Dean of Assessment

Joe Lodewyck, MSCIS

.......................................... Dean of Operations

Joan Saunders, BA

Dean of Specialized

.......................................... Programs

Dawn Roller, MBA

Assistant Dean of

.......................................... Specialized Programs

Stephanie LaFollette, MAED/ AET

Cheri Charboneau, BSB

.......................................... Program Dean

Gordon Romney, PHD Karen Peters, PHD

Assistant Dean of

.......................................... Operations

Kathryn Uhles, MSP Lindsay Sesate, MAED/AET

.......................................... Dean of Technology

Timothy Patrick, MA

.......................................... Campus College Chairs

Phoenix Dan Konzen, MBA San Diego Liane Monaco-Christensen,

MBA

.......................................... Campus Area Chairs

Area Chairs for the following content areas are appointed at each campus. Not all programs are offered at every campus. • Analysis and

Communications • Business Systems • Technology

.....................................................................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................................................... COLLEGE OF HEALTH PROFESSIONS

.......................................... Deans Executive Dean

Doris Savron, MBA Dean of Specialized Programs Collene Bauer, MBA

Assistant Dean Specialized

A-11

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

Programs West Kellie Stubblefield, BA Assistant Dean Specialized Programs East Michele Martinez, MA Dean of Programmatic Accreditation and Regulatory Compliance Jan Kramer, DNP Assistant Dean of Programmatic Accreditation and Regulatory Compliance Palette Jolley, MBA Meghan McManus, MBA/MSA Christine Nguyen-Salves, MBA Assistant Dean of Operations Briana Houlihan, MBA Emily Breuker, MBA Erin Amsden, MAED Sarah Shipp, BSB

School of Nursing

.......................................... Deans

Academic Dean Elizabeth Nelson, PHD Program Dean- Graduate Nursing Dodie Serafini, MSN Assistant Program Dean Leisa Chapman, EDD Linda Nance, EDD Dean of Academic Affairs Lisa Radesi, DNP Dean of Assessment Heather Tilson, PhD Dean of Instructional Excellence Christa Seagren, MAEd School of Nursing

.......................................... Program Managers

Phoenix Kathleen Rupp, MSN Sun Jones, DNP Hawaii Juanito Torres, MSN Sacramento Valley Andrelyn Almario, DNP San Diego Tobey Tam, Ph.D. Southern California Gwendolyn Jones, MSN Victoria Greenberg, MSN

School of Nursing

.......................................... Campus College Chairs

Dallas Becky Small, EdD Phoenix Carol Bafaloukos, DNP

South Florida Judith Fernandez, MSN Bay Area Amy Martz MSN, MSW Central Valley Sierra Brady, MSN Sacramento Debra Pence, MSN San Diego Lorna Kendrick, PhD Southern California Mary DeNicola, DNP

School of Health Services Administration

.......................................... Deans

Academic Dean Mark Johannsson, D.H.Sc. Program Dean- Graduate Programs Eve Krahe, PhD Program Dean-Undergraduate Programs Christina Neider, MAEd Dean of Faculty Elwin Tilson, EdD Dean of Assessment Lisa Mitchell, MA Dean of Instructional Excellence Ying Tombler, PhD School of Health Services Administration

.......................................... Campus College Chairs

Cleveland Lawrence Fergus, DHA Colorado Robert Neuman, DC Dallas Stephanie Holden, PhD Detroit Antoinette Dziedzic, MSN Houston Harold Taylor, MSHCA Phoenix Christopher Wilson, MS Atlanta Tammy Cagle, MBA Central Florida Paula Berry-Zeller South Florida Urmala Roopnarinesingh, MS Central Valley Richard Schultz, PhD San Diego Kelly Price-Noble, DHA Southern California William Sevilla, MA, MBA

School of Public Health

.......................................... Deans

Academic Dean Holly Orozco, DrPH

.......................................... Campus Area Chairs

Area Chairs for the following content areas are appointed at each campus. Not all programs are offered at every campus. • Health • Nursing: FNP • Nursing: RN to BSN • Nursing: Pre-licensure • Nursing: MSN

A-12

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017 FACULTY

COLLEGE OF EDUCATION

.....................................................................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................................................... COLLEGE OF EDUCATION

.......................................... Executive Dean

Andy Drotos, PHD

.......................................... Dean of Operations

Shelly Hodges, MBA

.......................................... Program Dean

Ashley Bartley, MAED Ashley Norris, PHF

.......................................... Regional Assistant Dean

Connie Lorthridge, EDD Gay Lynn P. Smith, EDD

.......................................... Dean of Assessment

Lynn DeMuth, EDD

.......................................... Dean of Faculty

Jon Lewis, MAE

.......................................... Academic Dean

Pamela Roggeman, EDD

.......................................... Assistant Program Dean

Alexandra Escobar, EDD

Assistant Dean

.......................................... Regulatory Affairs

Patricia Wick, MAED

Assistant Dean of

.......................................... Specialized Programs

Suzanne Tonniny, MSP

.......................................... Campus College Chairs

Colorado Bill Weeks, EDD Phoenix Alfonso Alva, EDD San Antonio Sharon Michael-Chadwell, EDD Southern Arizona Kathleen Woods, EDD Central Florida Jason Gines, MAED

North Florida Bradley Johnson, PHD South Florida Michelle Weiss, EDD Hawaii George Carroll, MAE/AET Las Vegas Mike Robison, EDD Sacramento Valley Ilesha Graham, MAE San Diego Julie Taylor, MA Southern California Lori Curci-Reed, EDD Utah John Shoell, MA

.......................................... Program Managers

Colorado Christopher Copen, MAED El Paso Elissa Contreras, MA

Kansas City Merlynne Starr, PHD Phoenix Diana Lucero, MED Online Corlie Weber, MAED Central Florida Dina Ramos-Rosa, MAED Southern California Laura Chakalian, MAED

.......................................... Campus Area Chairs

Area Chairs for the following content areas are appointed at each campus. Not all programs are offered at every campus. • Administration and

Supervision • Continuing Education • Adult Education and Training • Curriculum and Instruction • Teacher Education

.....................................................................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................................................... SCHOOL OF ADVANCED STUDIES

.......................................... Executive Dean

Hinrich Eylers, PHD

.......................................... Dean of Assessment

Rob Olding, PHD

Associate Dean of

.......................................... Instruction

Jacquelyn Kelly, PHD Francine Nelson, PHD Lilia Santiague, PHD Shawn Boone, EDD Jacquelyn Kelly, PHD

.......................................... Dean of Instruction

William Beck, PHD

.......................................... Dean of Operations

John Ramirez, MBA

.......................................... Program Dean

Aaron Coe, EDD Angie Lipschuetz, PHD Diane Gavin, PHD

.......................................... Campus College Chairs

Business Holly Rick, PHD Education Lilia Santiague, PHD

Nursing Francine Nelson, PHD

.......................................... Campus Area Chairs

Area Chairs for the following content areas are appointed at each campus. Not all programs are offered at every campus. • Business • Education • Nursing/Health

Administration • Higher Education • PhD/IO • Management • Access • Research

A-13

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017

THIS PAGE WAS LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY

A-14

University of Phoenix, 2016-2017 COURSE GUIDE- COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

.....................................................................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................................................... COURSE GUIDE- COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

2016-2017

UNIVERSITY OF PHOENIX

Course Guide

Course Descriptions

Course Availability & Updates to Course Information The courses listed in this section of the University of Phoenix Academic catalog constitute all active, degree-applicable University of Phoenix

courses. Not all courses listed in this section are available at every University of Phoenix campus location, and not all courses listed in this section are available via the online instructional modality. This listing of courses is updated on the 1st of every month; updates to course information

(including prerequisites) that occur prior to the 1st of the month will not be reflected in this listing of courses until the updated catalog edition is published on the 1st of the month. Please contact a University representative for additional details about course availability and course information

for a specific location or modality of instruction.

Course Descriptions The course guide lists course descriptions and general course information. The information is presented in alphabetical order by course ID.

B-1

Course ID Course Title Credits College Activity Description

ACC 210 ACCOUNTING INFORMATION 

SYSTEMS

3 School of Business This course introduces accounting students to the use of accounting 

systems and real‐world applications, such as QuickBooks®. Areas of study 

include fundamental concepts and technologies, the Internet, intranets, 

electronic commerce, information systems development, accounting and 

bookkeeping principles, decision support systems, and the preparation of 

accounting‐related documents and statements in QuickBooks®.

ACC 230 FINANCIAL REPORTING: 

PEEKING UNDER THE 

FINANCIAL HOOD

3 School of Business In this course, students will learn to analyze financial statements and 

methods used to value companies. Financial reports help managers 

choose between business paths. They also help investors and analysts 

evaluate the financial health of companies. This course is a practical 

means of discovering how financial data are generated and their 

limitations; techniques for analyzing the flow of business funds; and 

methods for selecting and interpreting financial ratios. It also presents 

analytical tools for predicting and testing assumptions about a firm's 

performance.

ACC 290 PRINCIPLES OF ACCOUNTING I 3 School of Business This course is an introduction to financial accounting with an emphasis on 

using financial data for decision making. The focus will be on the 

application of basic accounting concepts and principles in enterprise and 

small business transactions. Students will learn how to identify, measure 

and report economic events of an enterprise.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

B-2

ACC 291 PRINCIPLES OF ACCOUNTING II 3 School of Business This course takes an in‐depth look at the key areas of the Balance Sheet 

mostly reviewed by management for decision making. Students will apply 

analytical methods used by management to assess the Financial 

Statements, and discuss management challenges and possible solutions 

for improvements. Areas of focus include Receivables, Plant Assets, 

Bonds, Stocks, Dividends and the Statement of Cash Flows.

ACC 295 Principles of Accounting I for 

Accountants

3 School of Business This course is designed to introduce students to accounting principles, 

practices, and techniques. Key areas of focus include the accounting cycle, 

transactions, the preparation of financial statements for business 

organizations, control of cash, inventories, plants assets, current liabilities 

and payroll accounting are covered. Application of principles and 

techniques will focus on merchandise and services businesses.

ACC 296 Principles of Accounting II for 

Accountants

3 School of Business This course is a continuation of Principles of Accounting I with an 

emphasis on forms of business, financial analysis and managerial 

accounting. Content includes business entities and operations, earnings 

per share and dividends, long‐term obligations and investments, 

statement of cash flows, analysis of financial statements, accounting for 

departments and branches, cost accounting systems, cost‐volume‐profit 

analysis, responsibility accounting; budgeting and standard cost, and 

decision making including communication to users with different needs.

ACC 300 PRINCIPLES OF ACCOUNTING 3 School of Business This course focuses on principles of accounting for the non‐accounting 

student. Emphasis will be placed on the accounting equation and 

transactions, financial statement preparation and analysis, internal 

controls, regulatory environment, compliance, and global business 

implications.

B-3

ACC 340 ACCOUNTING INFORMATION 

SYSTEMS I

3 School of Business This course is designed to provide accounting students with the proper 

mix of technical information and real‐world applications. Areas of study 

include fundamental concepts and technologies (what computers can do 

for business), the Internet, intranets, electronic commerce, information 

systems development, basic project management principles, decision 

support systems, and the benefits of computer and human synergy.

ACC 349 COST ACCOUNTING 3 School of Business This course introduces cost terminology and flows, standard cost systems, 

relevant costing, budgeting, inventory control, capital asset selection, 

responsibility accounting, and performance measurement.

ACC 350 Cost Accounting for 

Accountants

3 School of Business This course will examine cost accounting and budgeting principles, costing 

and decision‐making models, application of variances analysis for planning 

and control and activity‐based costing, use of technology to prepare 

financial deliverables and communicate financial information. In addition, 

construction of a basic budget and construction of a model for decision‐

making will be demonstrated.

ACC 400 ACCOUNTING FOR DECISION 

MAKING

3 School of Business This course focuses on effective decision making as it relates to 

accounting and financial activities in a business enterprise. Course topics 

will include cost management, budgeting, business operations, financial 

management, and financial analysis. Students will develop the necessary 

analytical tools to enhance business operations.

B-4

ACC 421 INTERMEDIATE FINANCIAL 

ACCOUNTING I

3 School of Business This course examines the conceptual framework of accounting, including 

cash versus accrual accounting, the income statement and balance sheet, 

the time value of money, revenue recognition, statement of cash flows, 

and full disclosure issues.

ACC 422 INTERMEDIATE FINANCIAL 

ACCOUNTING II

3 School of Business This course is the second of the three part series of courses related to 

intermediate accounting. This section examines the balance sheet in more 

detail, including intangible assets, current liabilities and contingencies, 

long‐term liabilities, as well as cash and cash equivalents. Interwoven in 

the presentation of the material is an assortment of ethical dilemmas that 

encourage discussions about how the accountant should handle specific 

situations.

ACC 423 INTERMEDIATE FINANCIAL 

ACCOUNTING III

3 School of Business This course is the third of a three‐part series of courses related to 

intermediate accounting. This course examines owners' equity, 

investments, income taxes, pensions and post‐retirement benefits, as well 

as changes and error analysis. The course finishes with a look at derivative 

instruments. Interwoven in the presentation of the material is an 

assortment of ethical dilemmas that encourage discussions about how the 

accountant should handle specific situations.

ACC 455 CORPORATE TAXATION 3 School of Business This course is a basic introduction to federal corporate taxation. The 

purpose is to familiarize the student with fundamental tax issues and 

provide the student with a general understanding of the history, laws, and 

policies of federal taxation.

B-5

ACC 456 INDIVIDUAL ESTATE TAXATION 3 School of Business This course is a basic introduction to federal individual and estate 

taxation. The purpose is to familiarize the student with fundamental tax 

issues and provide the student with a general understanding of the 

history, laws, and policies of federal taxation.

ACC 460 GOVERNMENT AND NON‐

PROFIT ACCOUNTING

3 School of Business This course covers fund accounting, budget and control issues, revenue 

and expense recognition, and issues of reporting for both government and 

non‐profit entities.

ACC 466 Advanced Accounting 3 School of Business This course is a study of advanced accounting theory, applied to 

specialized topics and contemporary problems. Topics include the 

preparation of consolidated financial statements; international 

accounting; foreign currency translations and transactions; and SEC 

regulations on financial reporting are examined. Particular emphasis is 

placed on problem solving.

ACC 491 CONTEMPORARY AUDITING I 3 School of Business This course is the first in a two‐part series that deals with auditing a 

company's financial reports, internal controls, and Electronic Data 

Processing (EDP) systems. Topics include auditing standards, evidence, 

audit planning and documentation, materiality and risk, internal control, 

statistical tools, and the overall audit plan and program.

B-6

ACC 492 CONTEMPORARY AUDITING II 3 School of Business This course is the second in a two‐part series that deals with auditing a 

company's financial reports, internal controls, and Electronic Data 

Processing (EDP) systems. Topics include the personnel and payroll 

system, inventory, capital acquisition cycle, selected balance sheet and 

income statement accounts, audit reports, assurances and other services, 

professional ethics, and legal responsibilities.

ACC 497 ADVANCED TOPICS IN 

ACCOUNTING RESEARCH

3 School of Business This course in accounting research provides students with an in‐depth 

examination of the Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP) and 

acceptable alternative reporting practices. Through comprehensive case 

studies, students will develop the research application skills necessary to 

analyze and make decisions regarding accounting reporting dilemmas in 

for‐profit and not‐for‐profit companies.

ACC 498 Advanced Topics in 

Accounting Research 

Capstone

3 School of Business This course is designed to teach students how to stay current in 

accounting. This process is known as applied research. The process of 

applied research starts with identifying a business problem and searching 

the accounting literature using various journals, studies, and databases in 

order to provide a client or firm with a current, relevant, and accurate 

solution. This process requires judgment, resourcefulness and critical 

thinking.

ACC 537 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING 3 School of Business In this course, students are introduced to the basic concepts and methods 

of corporate financial statements commonly used by investors and other 

interested external parties. Topics include University of Phoenix tools, 

basic accounting concepts, financial statements, inventory and fixed 

assets, present value of bonds and stockholders’ equity, statement of cash 

flows, and error correction and accounting changes.

B-7

ACC 541 ACCOUNTING THEORY & 

RESEARCH

3 School of Business This is the first core course in the Master of Science in Accounting. In this 

course, students apply accounting research tools to current accounting 

issues. Other topics include research of accounting questions related to 

inventory, fixed assets, leases, derivative instruments, debt, 

contingencies, segment reporting, pensions, business combinations, 

consolidations, stockholder’s equity, and a program overview.

ACC 542 ACCOUNTING INFORMATION 

SYSTEMS

3 School of Business In this course, students examine the fundamentals of accounting systems 

design. Topics include business information systems, business processes 

and data flows, database concepts and tools, internal control and risks, 

auditing the information system, and using the information system to 

perform audit functions.

ACC 543 MANAGERIAL ACCOUNTING & 

LEGAL ASPECTS OF BUSINESS

3 School of Business In this course, students examine managerial accounting as part of the 

business’s accounting information system and legal aspects of the 

business enterprise. Topics include managerial accounting and capital 

budgeting; cost analysis; management planning and control; negotiable 

instruments; secured transactions; debtor–creditor relationships; 

property and insurance; and legal aspects of employment and 

environment.

ACC 544 INTERNAL CONTROL SYSTEMS 3 School of Business In this course, students gain a broad perspective of the control 

environment and the role it plays in attainment of financial and 

operational goals of the organization. Topics include an overview of the 

control environment, risk management, internal control systems, control 

activities for business functions, controls for information technology 

systems, and reporting on internal controls.

B-8

ACC 545 FINANCIAL REPORTING 3 School of Business This course prepares students to address concepts of financial reporting 

for roles as CPAs. Students learn important criteria for calculating capital 

changes, applying concepts of fixed assets and cost determination, and 

preparing consolidated financial statements. Other topics include the 

professional responsibilities of CPAs, deferred taxes, restructuring of 

troubled debt, and the intricacies of comprehensive income.

ACC 546 AUDITING 3 School of Business In this course, students focus on the auditing practice performed by public 

accountants. Topics include the CPA profession and the auditor's role, 

planning the audit, audit reporting and required communications, 

evaluating internal controls, audit programs for current assets and 

liabilities, and audit programs for other business cycles.

ACC 547 TAXATION 3 School of Business In this course, students develop an understanding of the federal income 

tax law and its application to individuals, partnerships and corporations. 

Topics include tax entities, property transactions, calculating basis, gains 

and losses, alternative minimum tax, S corporations, and partnerships.

ACC 548 NOT‐FOR‐PROFIT & 

GOVERNMENT ACCOUNTING

3 School of Business In this course, students receive an overview of the budgeting, accounting, 

financial reporting, and auditing required of government and not‐for‐

profit organizations. Topics include the governmental accounting, 

accounting records in government, fund allocation, government‐wide 

reporting, not‐for‐profit accounting, and governmental performance 

measures.

B-9

ACC 556 FORENSIC ACCOUNTING 3 School of Business In this course, students are introduced to the conduct of fraud 

examinations, including a discussion of specific procedures used in 

forensic accounting examinations and the reasoning behind these 

procedures. Topics include an overview of fraud and abuse, forensic 

evidence, substantive procedures for cash outflow irregularities, 

substantive procedures for asset irregularities, financial statement fraud, 

and examination reporting.

ACC 561 ACCOUNTING 3 School of Business This course covers both financial and managerial accounting and explores 

practices that can be used to evaluate and improve organizational 

performance. Students learn to analyze and evaluate financial accounting 

information to interpret and measure data for decision‐making and 

performance evaluation purposes. Further, students learn to extract and 

develop accounting data for use in managerial decision‐making. This 

course reviews financial accounting and reporting, accounting information 

systems, financial statement analysis, product costing, cost‐volume‐profit 

analysis, and operational budgeting and planning.

ACC 561PR  ACCOUNTING 3 School of Business This course applies accounting tools to make management decisions in 

Puerto Rico. Students learn to evaluate performance for a Puerto Rican 

organization using accounting information. Other topics include financial 

statements, cost behavior, cost allocation, budgets, and control systems.

ACC 574 PUBLIC BUDGETING 3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

In this course students learn the accounting and budgeting tools and 

theories used in the public sector. Students will analyze the relationship 

between public policy and the public budget process. Other topics include 

budgetary decision making, basics of government and not‐for‐profit 

accounting, reporting, capital and operating expenditures, and inter‐

period equity.

B-10

ADM 505 PERSONNEL 

ADMINISTRATION FOR 

EDUCATORS

3 College of 

Education

This course focuses on the responsibilities of educational administrators 

related to human resources. Participants examine three main components 

in human resources administration: utilization, development, and 

environment. Topics covered include selection, placement, induction, 

compensation, motivation, staff development, unionism, collective 

bargaining, and the legal aspects of personnel administration.

ADM 506 LEADERSHIP STRATEGIES FOR 

EDUCATORS

3 College of 

Education

This course is designed to guide participants in the practical application of 

current trends and strategies of school leadership and organizational 

culture. Participants explore the roles and responsibilities of leadership, 

including decision making, communication, collaboration, and conflict 

management. A further emphasis is responsiveness to legislation and 

implementation of standards, including Common Core, to facilitate 

positive school change.

ADM 507 SCHOOL LAW FOR 

EDUCATORS

3 College of 

Education

This course is designed to provide opportunities for participants to 

explore the practical application of public school law, including the origin 

and initial intent of the writers, while recognizing their administrative 

limitations. Participants examine the constitutional framework and 

amendments, court systems, and current legal issues, as well as the effect 

each has on the educational environment. Landmark cases are reviewed 

and analyzed to develop a cognitive base for legal principles and to 

improve the administrative management of a school.

ADM 508 SCHOOL FINANCE FOR 

EDUCATORS

3 College of 

Education

This course examines public educational funding and provides an 

overview for school leaders in the basic concepts of school finance. Topics 

include economic and social considerations for financing education 

adequately, equitable, and equally, as well as state and federal roles in 

education financing, school finance and litigation, finance procedures and 

practices, and the role of human resources in educational finance. 

Participants have the opportunity to experience the practical application 

of these concepts through various tasks, discussions, and scenarios 

addressing budget and finance issues, culminating in a project to develop 

their own school district financial plan and budget.

B-11

ADM 509 ETHICAL AND LEGAL ISSUES 

FOR EDUCATORS

3 College of 

Education

This course is designed to help educators review the ethical and legal 

framework necessary to guide responsible professional practice. Policy, 

statute, and case law are analyzed and applied to current issues in public 

education. The importance of ethics in education is examined and 

participants are presented with opportunities to explore the critical role 

that ethics plays in current issues.

ADM 511 Personnel Administration for 

Educators

3 College of 

Education

This course focuses on the responsibilities of educational administrators 

related to human resources. Participants examine three main components 

in human resources administration: utilization, development, and 

environment. Topics covered include selection, placement, induction, 

compensation, motivation, staff development, unionism, collective 

bargaining, and the legal aspects of personnel administration.

ADM 512 Leadership Strategies for 

Educators

3 College of 

Education

This course is designed to guide participants in the practical application of 

current trends and strategies of school leadership and organizational 

culture. Participants explore the roles and responsibilities of leaders, 

including decision making, communication, collaboration, and conflict 

management. An emphasis is placed on responsiveness to legislation and 

the implementation of standards, including the Common Core State 

Standards. Participants also explore ways to facilitate positive school 

change.

ADM 513 School Law for Educators 3 College of 

Education

This course is designed to provide opportunities for participants to 

explore the practical application of public school law, including the origin 

and initial intent of the writers, while recognizing their administrative 

limitations. Participants examine the constitutional framework and 

amendments, court systems, and current legal issues, as well as the effect 

each has on the educational environment. Landmark cases are reviewed 

and analyzed to develop a cognitive base for legal principles and to 

improve the administrative management of a school.

B-12

ADM 514 School Finance for Educators 3 College of 

Education

This course examines public educational funding and provides an 

overview for school leaders in the basic concepts of school finance. Topics 

include economic and social considerations for financing education 

adequately, equitable, and equally, as well as state and federal roles in 

education financing, school finance and litigation, finance procedures and 

practices, and the role of human resources in educational finance. 

Participants have the opportunity to experience the practical application 

of these concepts through various tasks, discussions, and scenarios 

addressing budget and finance issues, culminating in a project to develop 

their own school district financial plan and budget.

ADM 515 Ethical and Legal Issues for 

Educators

3 College of 

Education

This course is designed to help educators review the ethical and legal 

framework necessary to guide responsible professional practice. Policy, 

statute, and case law are analyzed and applied to current issues in public 

education. The importance of ethics in education is examined and 

participants are presented with opportunities to explore the critical role 

that ethics plays in current issues.

ADM 516 Ethical and Legal Issues for 

Administrators

3 College of 

Education

This course examines the legal and ethical principles for an educational 

administrator. Participants will develop and refine the skills necessary to 

analyze and integrate constructive legal and ethical principles into their 

practice. Emphasis is placed on the understanding and history of law and 

ethics needed in the educational setting for a school administrator. 

Current issues for school administrators featured in this course include 

curriculum and instruction, assessment and accountability, attendance 

and truancy, laws and liability, hiring and evaluating, Internet usage, and 

school safety and security.

ADM 517 Special Education Program 

Administration

3 College of 

Education

This course is designed to provide educational leaders with information 

and strategies for administering the legal requirements related to 

providing an inclusive education to students with special needs to 

determine effective programs and services. Participants receive a practical 

guide to the history, laws, and policies of special education, as well as the 

steps involved in the referral and evaluation processes from Response to 

Intervention (RTI) through the development of Individualized Education 

Programs (IEPs) and transition plans. Another focus addresses the roles, 

responsibilities, and relationships that parents guardians and advocates 

have within processes to ensure appropriate services are provided to a 

diverse population. Budget management for special education programs is 

also examined.

B-13

ADM 519 ETHICAL AND LEGAL ISSUES 

FOR ADMINISTRATORS

3 College of 

Education

This course will examine the ethical principles of an administrator in the 

educational setting. Participants develop and refine the skills necessary to 

analyze and integrate constructive ethics into practices that lead to 

success. Emphasis is placed on the understanding and history of ethics, 

exploring the development of ethics, gaining an appreciation for the 

professionalism of ethics in action, analyzing the ethical and legal 

implications of issues that school administrators may face, and examining 

accountability factors related to ethics. Participants create their own 

personal code of ethics.

ADM 536 SPECIAL EDUCATION 

PROGRAM ADMINISTRATION

3 College of 

Education

This course is designed to provide educational leaders with information 

and strategies for administering the legal requirements related to 

providing an inclusive education to students with special needs to 

determine effective programs and services. Participants receive a practical 

guide to the history, laws, and policies of special education, as well as the 

steps involved in the referral and evaluation processes from Response to 

Intervention (RTI) through the development of Individualized Education 

Programs (IEPs) and transition plans. Another focus addresses the roles, 

responsibilities, and relationships that parents guardians and advocates 

have within processes to ensure appropriate services are provided to a 

diverse population. Budget management for special education programs is 

also examined.

ADM 590 INTERNSHIP ON THE 

PRINCIPALSHIP

3 College of 

Education

This internship provides opportunities for the student to engage in 

experiences relevant to the principal and to obtain knowledge of the role 

and responsibility of the principal. The students gain first‐hand knowledge 

of the day‐to‐day operations of the principal through many internship 

activities. The internship includes a supervised experience at a district 

located outside the university environment.

ADM 591 INTERNSHIP ON THE 

SUPERINTENDENCY

3 College of 

Education

This internship provides opportunities for the student to engage in 

experiences relevant to the superintendency and to obtain knowledge of 

the role and responsibility of the superintendent. The students gain first‐

hand knowledge of the day‐to‐day operations of the superintendent 

through many internship activities. The internship includes a supervised 

experience at a district located outside the university environment.

B-14

ADM 592 INTERNSHIP OF THE 

SUPERVISOR

3 College of 

Education

This internship provides opportunities for the student to engage in 

experiences relevant to the supervisor and to obtain knowledge of the 

role and responsibility of the supervisor. The students gain first‐hand 

knowledge of the day‐to‐day operations of the supervisor through many 

internship activities. The internship includes a supervised experience at a 

district located outside the University environment.

ADM 596 INTERNSHIP ON THE 

PRINCIPALSHIP (6 WEEK)

3 College of 

Education

This internship provides opportunities for the student to engage in 

experiences relevant to the principal and to obtain knowledge of the role 

and responsibility of the principal. The students gain first‐hand knowledge 

of the day‐to‐day operations of the principal through many internship 

activities. The internship includes a supervised experience at a district 

located outside the university environment.

ADM 597 INTERNSHIP ON THE 

SUPERINTENDENCY (6 WEEK)

3 College of 

Education

This internship provides opportunities for the student to engage in 

experiences relevant to the superintendency and to obtain knowledge of 

the role and responsibility of the superintendent. The students gain first‐

hand knowledge of the day‐to‐day operations of the superintendent 

through many internship activities. The internship includes a supervised 

experience at a district located outside the university environment.

ADMIN 500 ORIENTATION TO 

ADMINISTRATION AND 

SUPERVISION

0 College of 

Education

This course is designed to provide an orientation to the primary 

components of the Master of Arts in Education  Administration and 

Supervision program. Students will be introduced to the program's 

progression and degree completion requirements. Field experiences, 

electronic resources, E‐portfolios, benchmark assignments, and the 

administrative internship will be discussed.

B-15

ADMIN 510 VISIONARY LEADERSHIP: 

FOUNDATIONS OF 

LEADERSHIP

3 College of 

Education

This course introduces the California Administrator Performance 

Expectations (CAPEs) and the California Administrator Content 

Expectations (CEs), with emphasis on the category of Visionary 

Leadership. Students will complete a series of dispositional, leadership, 

bias, and stereotyping assessments aligned to the University Student Code 

of Conduct and the College of Education Professional Supplemental 

Standards. Field experience expectations will be reviewed.

ADMIN 518 LEADERSHIP AND 

COLLABORATIVE PROCESSES

3 College of 

Education

This course provides students with an overview of educational leadership 

and with an understanding of the issues in educational leadership 

positions. Students analyze the various styles of leadership and explore 

how leadership enhances an educational environment. Students examine 

information on collaborative processes and on how educational leaders 

can create high performing teams.

ADMIN 520 LEADERSHIP II: 

ORGANIZATIONAL AND 

INSTRUCTIONAL LEADERSHIP

1 College of 

Education

This course emphasizes the categories of Organizational and Systems 

Leadership and Instructional Leadership, and the CAPEs aligned to those 

categories. Students are introduced to budgeting, research and data 

analysis, school law, discipline, safety, cultural competency, equity, and 

instructional leadership. Field experience, portfolio, and practicum will be 

applied.

ADMIN 521 BUSINESS SYSTEMS 

MANAGEMENT

3 College of 

Education

This course focuses on understanding and managing the complex 

interaction of school systems to promote teaching and learning.  Course 

concepts include school finance, budget and expenditures, financial 

records, organizational structures, human resources, facilities 

management, the use of outside support organizations, and, school safety 

and improvement. Field experience, portfolio, and practicum will be 

reviewed.

B-16

ADMIN 522 SCHOOL POLICY AND LAW 

FOR PRINCIPALS

3 College of 

Education

This course examines legal theory and practice in the context of the 

educational setting. The United States Constitution, California school laws, 

legal issues, and their impact on schools are discussed, analyzed, and 

applied to current educational practices. Field experience, portfolio, and 

practicum will be reviewed.

ADMIN 523 CULTURAL COMPETENCY AND 

EQUITY

3 College of 

Education

This course reinforces understanding of the school and community 

context, including the instructional implications of cultural, linguistic, 

socioeconomic, and political factors. Students will understand how to 

advocate for, nurture, and sustain a positive culture of learning, individual 

and collective accountability, and educational equity and diversity. Field 

experience, portfolio, and practicum will be reviewed.

ADMIN 524 SUPERVISION OF 

CURRICULUM, INSTRUCTION 

AND ASSESSMENT

3 College of 

Education

This course examines principals’ responsibilities related to supervision of 

curriculum, instruction, and assessment. Principal candidates study the 

relationships among supervision, curriculum design, national and state 

standards, and effective instructional practice for diverse learners. 

Candidates also review the types of assessments that school leaders must 

be familiar with, the use of assessments to measure and support student 

achievement, the continuous school improvement model, and the 

development of school improvement plans. In addition, candidates 

participate in field experiences related to curriculum, instruction, and 

assessment.

ADMIN 525 INSTRUCTIONAL LEADERSHIP 3 College of 

Education

This course includes principles of instructional leadership, including 

evaluating, analyzing, and providing feedback on the effectiveness of 

classroom instruction to promote student learning and teacher 

professional growth. Kâ⿬⿿12 standards, pedagogical skills, effective 

instructional practices, uses of data, classroom assessments, and 

observations are discussed, analyzed, and applied to effective leadership. 

Field experience, portfolio, and practicum will be reviewed.

B-17

ADMIN 528 ADMINISTRATION OF SPECIAL 

PROGRAMS

3 College of 

Education

This course provides an overview of various federal, state, non‐profit, and 

private funding programs and grants. Candidates study the components 

and requirements of these programs, practice grant‐writing skills, and 

participate in field experiences related to special programs administration.

ADMIN 530 LEADERSHIP III: SCHOOL 

IMPROVEMENT AND 

PROFESSIONAL LEARNING

1 College of 

Education

This course emphasizes school improvement, professional learning, and 

growth leadership. Students are introduced to principles of change 

management and school improvement, including the use of resources, 

systems, data collection, professional growth, and coaching and 

mentoring. Field experience, portfolio, and practicum will be applied.

ADMIN 531 SCHOOL IMPROVEMENT 

PROCESS AND LEADERSHIP

3 College of 

Education

This course reinforces the use of change management theories and best 

practices to develop and implement, monitor, and revise a data‐based 

school growth plan that takes into consideration instructional needs, 

community goals for continuous improvement, human, fiscal and material 

resources and the school's vision and goals. Field experience, portfolio, 

and practicum will be reviewed.

ADMIN 532 PROFESSIONAL GROWTH 

LEADERSHIP

3 College of 

Education

This course reinforces the value of life‐long learning and job‐related 

profession growth, particularly through the application of adult learning 

principles to design, facilitate, monitor, and implement effective, targeted 

professional growth opportunities. Field experience, portfolio, and 

practicum will be reviewed.

B-18

ADMIN 533 COACHING AS A LEADER 3 College of 

Education

This course provides an examination of how induction programs and 

individualized teacher support processes, such as mentoring and 

coaching, positively affect teaching and learning outcomes. Students will 

examine the process of gathering and using multiple sources of data to 

drive differentiated professional development that meets the needs of 

individual teachers and overall school goals. Students will be equipped 

with content knowledge, real‐life application opportunities, tools, and 

specific strategies that can be applied in both school improvement and 

professional development. Field experience, portfolio, and practicum will 

be reviewed.

ADMIN 535 BUSINESS AND FACILITIES 

MANAGEMENT

3 College of 

Education

In this course, candidates study the processes for managing business 

functions and school facilities. Principal candidates study school budgeting 

and accounting procedures and examine issues regarding facilities 

management. Principal candidates also participate in field experiences 

related to business and facilities management.

ADMIN 540 LEADERSHIP IV: COMMUNITY 1 College of 

Education

This course focuses on community leadership, including representing and 

promoting the school's accomplishments and needs to the Local 

Education Agency and the public.  Students will examine the multiple 

connections between the school, families, and the community, and the 

value of involving the entire school community in working towards 

achieving the school's mission, vision, and goals. Field experience, 

portfolio, and practicum will be applied.

ADMIN 541 COMMUNITY LEADERSHIP 3 College of 

Education

This course reinforces concepts of community leadership, particularly 

developing a shared commitment to the vision among all members of the 

school community. Course topics include personal and professional ethics; 

biases; school culture collaboration; working with diverse students and 

families; and strategies for developing family, community, and media 

relations. Field experience, portfolio, and practicum will be reviewed.

B-19

ADMIN 550 LEADERSHIP V: ASSESSMENT 

OF LEADERSHIP

4 College of 

Education

This course is a culmination of all course work, field experiences, portfolio, 

and practicum experiences. Students will apply the California 

Administrator Performance Expectations (CAPEs) to analyze their course 

work, field experiences, portfolio, and practicum.

ADMIN 555 SCHOOL POLICY AND LAW 

FOR PRINCIPALS

3 College of 

Education

This course examines legal theory and practice in the context of the 

educational setting. The United States Constitution, federal and state 

court systems, legal issues, and their impact on schools are discussed, 

analyzed, and applied to current educational practices.

ADMIN 560 HUMAN RESOURCES 

LEADERSHIP AND 

MANAGEMENT

3 College of 

Education

This course focuses on the responsibilities involved in human resources 

administration in education. Methods of recruitment, selection, induction, 

development, compensation, and appraisal are examined. In addition, the 

course analyzes strategic planning, employment continuity, employment 

justice including laws, policies and procedures, and unionism.

ADMIN 565 SCHOOL IMPROVEMENT 

PROCESSES

3 College of 

Education

This course focuses on the use of assessments in K–12 education and in 

developing school improvement plans from a principal perspective. 

Candidates review the types of assessments that a school leader needs to 

be familiar with, and how a school leader can use assessment data to 

measure student achievement. Additionally, the model and processes of 

continuous school improvement are explored.

B-20

ADMIN 570 EQUITY, DIVERSITY, AND 

ACCESS IN EDUCATION

3 College of 

Education

This course provides candidates the opportunity to examine and to reflect 

upon equity, diversity, and access in education. In particular, the course 

focuses on the potential for contributions of students, families, teachers, 

and staff through equitable participation in school practices, programs, 

and curriculum. Candidates examine their personal beliefs, as well as 

issues regarding equity, diversity, and access, in the context of leadership.

ADMIN 575 FAMILY, COMMUNITY, AND 

MEDIA RELATIONS

3 College of 

Education

This course focuses on the role of the school principal as a catalyst for 

developing and maintaining collaboration with families, business and 

community groups, and the media to support a school’s vision and 

programs. Candidates analyze the research on school and community 

relations and its implications for their particular school. They also examine 

ways of learning about the nature of community resources, interests, and 

needs; establishing reciprocal relationships; the use of conflict resolution 

and decision making tools; and ethical issues when working with families, 

business, community, and media groups. In addition, candidates plan a 

social action project that involves school, families, community, and the 

media.

ADMIN 591A PRINCIPAL INTERNSHIP PART 

I: INSTRUCTIONAL LEADERSHIP

1 College of 

Education

This internship experience provides comprehensive field‐based training 

designed to develop competencies needed by school principals with an 

emphasis on instructional leadership. Application of all principles and 

techniques of planning and managing curriculum and instruction, 

accountability systems, leadership, problem solving, and organizing will be 

addressed.

ADMIN 591B PRINCIPAL INTERNSHIP PART 

II: ORGANIZATIONAL 

MANAGEMENT

1 College of 

Education

This internship experience provides comprehensive field‐based training 

designed to develop competencies needed by school principals with an 

emphasis on organizational management. Application of all principles and 

techniques of planning, leadership, problem solving, organizing, human 

resource management, personnel evaluation, and budgeting will be 

addressed. 

B-21

ADMIN 591C ADMINISTRATIVE INTERNSHIP 

PART III: PROFESSIONAL 

PRACTICE

1 College of 

Education

This internship experience provides comprehensive field‐based training 

designed to develop competencies needed by school principals with an 

emphasis on community and media relations. Application of all principles 

and techniques of planning, managing, leadership, problem solving, 

organizing, working with the media, and family and community relations 

will be addressed.

ADMIN 594A ADMINISTRATIVE PRACTICUM 

PART I: INSTRUCTIONAL 

LEADERSHIP

1 College of 

Education

This practicum experience provides comprehensive field‐based training 

designed to develop competencies needed by school principals with an 

emphasis on instructional leadership. Application of all principles and 

techniques of planning and managing curriculum and instruction, 

accountability systems, leadership, problem solving, and organizing will be 

addressed.

ADMIN 594B ADMINISTRATIVE PRACTICUM 

PART II: ORGANIZATIONAL 

MANAGEMENT

1 College of 

Education

This practicum experience provides comprehensive field‐based training 

designed to develop competencies needed by school principals with an 

emphasis on organizational management. Application of all principles and 

techniques of planning, leadership, problem solving, organizing, human 

resource management, personnel evaluation, and budgeting will be 

addressed.

ADMIN 594C PRINCIPAL PRACTICUM PART 

III: PROF PERSPECTIVES & REF 

PRAC

1 College of 

Education

This practicum experience provides comprehensive field‐based training 

designed to develop competencies needed by school principals with an 

emphasis on community and media relations. Application of all principles 

and techniques of planning, managing, leadership, problem solving, 

organizing, working with the media, and family and community relations 

will be addressed.

B-22

ADMIN 596A PRINCIPAL INTERNSHIP PART 

I: INSTRUCTIONAL LEADERSHIP

1 College of 

Education

This internship experience provides comprehensive field‐based training 

designed to develop competencies needed by school principals with an 

emphasis on instructional leadership. Application of all principles and 

techniques of planning and managing curriculum and instruction, 

accountability systems, leadership, problem solving, and organizing will be 

addressed.

ADMIN 596B PRINCIPAL INTERNSHIP PART 

II: ORGANIZATIONAL 

MANAGEMENT

1 College of 

Education

This internship experience provides comprehensive field‐based training 

designed to develop competencies needed by school principals with an 

emphasis on organizational management. Application of all principles and 

techniques of planning, leadership, problem solving, organizing, human 

resource management, personnel evaluation, and budgeting will be 

addressed.

ADMIN 596C PRINCIPAL INTERNSHIP PART 

III: PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE

1 College of 

Education

This internship experience provides comprehensive field‐based training 

designed to develop competencies needed by school principals with an 

emphasis on community and media relations. Application of all principles 

and techniques of planning, managing, leadership, problem solving, 

organizing, working with the media, and family and community relations 

will be addressed.

ADMN 500CA ORIENTATION TO CALIFORNIA 

ADMINISTRATION AND 

SUPERVISION

0 College of 

Education

This course provides an orientation to the primary components of the 

California Administration and Supervision Program. Students will be 

introduced to the program's progression and degree completion 

requirements. Field experience, portfolio, and practicum will be 

introduced.

B-23

AED 200 CONTEMPORARY ISSUES IN 

AMERICAN EDUCATION

3 College of 

Education

This course provides an overview of the teaching profession. It introduces 

the student to the various issues affecting teachers. Its primary focus will 

be on contemporary issues teachers and educators face in today's schools. 

Throughout the course, all aspects of the teaching profession will be 

incorporated from the diversity of students in the classroom, to school 

organization and governance, to teaching philosophies and instruction. 

This course provides a foundation for understanding the education 

profession.

AED 201 TEACHING AS A PROFESSION 3 College of 

Education

This course introduces students to issues commonly faced by those in the 

education profession. In addition to discussing the professional 

foundations of teaching, students will examine and discuss issues related 

to the needs, rights and responsibilities of diverse learners in a changing 

society. Governance and legal issues in the educational system will be 

addressed as well.

AED 203 CLASSROOM INSTRUCTION 3 College of 

Education

This course encompasses the various aspects of classroom instruction.  Its 

foundation is the understanding of of curriculum that guides instruction.  

The course builds on this foundation by examining instructional 

approaches, programs, lesson plans, and assessments in language arts, 

social science, mathematics, and science.  In addition, it addresses ways in 

which instruction can be organized and managed effectively to facilitate 

learning.

AED 204 DIVERSITY IN THE CLASSROOM 3 College of 

Education

This course focuses on developing students' understanding of the 

concepts of culture and diversity, and implications for learning and 

instruction.  Students will read about and discuss the issues of educational 

equity and multiculturalism and will connect these perspectives to 

instructional strategies that may be used in the classroom.

B-24

AED 222 INTRO TO THE EXCEPTIONAL 

LEARNER

3 College of 

Education

This course provides an overview of the exceptional learner. Students will 

be introduced to special education laws and their implications for delivery 

systems, transition plans, and identification and placement procedures. 

AET 500 FOUNDATIONS OF ADULT 

LEARNING THEORY

3 College of 

Education

Learners focus on the principles of adult learning and andragogical theory. 

In addition, learners address the history of adult learning, the 

characteristics of adult learners, key adult learning theories, and learning 

processes and styles. Learners investigate factors that influence adult 

education and training environments such as motivation, critical thinking 

skills, and ethics. Additionally, learners review current developments in 

the field of adult education, training, and workplace learning. 

AET 508 COMMUNITY‐BASED 

EDUCATION

3 College of 

Education

This course provides an overview of community‐based programs and 

services available for adult learners. Learners examine programs designed 

to enable adults to engage in educational, informational, and enrichment 

activities for lifelong learning. Learners examine issues, trends, and 

barriers to success for adult students, including areas such as social and 

community services, economic issues, and legislative influence. 

Additionally, learners review special populations of adult learners such as 

the aging population, adults with disabilities, military veterans, 

immigrants, refugees, incarcerated adults, and sexual minorities.

AET 552 MARKETING ADULT 

EDUCATION

3 College of 

Education

This course prepares graduate students to apply marketing principles to 

the roles they play as trainers and adult educators. Topics include the 

following: marketing basics, obtaining buy‐in, market research, marketing 

strategies, communications, negotiation, and advocacy in education.

B-25

AET 555 OVERVIEW OF THE 

COMMUNITY COLLEGE

3 College of 

Education

This course provides an overview of the community college. It examines 

global, national, and local perspectives of the community college. The 

course also examines the history and development, mission and purpose, 

functions, governance and organization, and trends and issues of 

community colleges.

AET 560 FACILITATING CHANGE 3 College of 

Education

Learners focus on facilitating change by transforming theory into 

application using effective researched‐based methods related to global 

influences of change, change management, and the analysis of human 

capital. In addition, learners explore various change management 

strategies and the use of skill sets that include being objective, using 

analysis, and using active listening when dealing with organizational 

change. Learners demonstrate an understanding of how to apply skills 

that are used by effective leaders and trainers to develop and conduct 

training sessions that lead the change process.

AET 562 SOCIAL MEDIA FOR 

PROFESSIONAL LEARNING

3 College of 

Education

Learners are introduced to the use of social media tools and resources 

that support professional learning in the 21st century. Learners explore a 

variety of social media tools for individual and collaborative learning, 

including development of a personal learning network. In addition, 

learners examine leading responsible social media usage and the future of 

social media for professional learning.

AET 570 PROGRAM DEVELOPMENT IN 

ADULT EDUCATION

3 College of 

Education

Learners examine a leader's role in developing and managing adult 

education within an organization. Learners define the organization's 

learning needs from a systems perspective, review the leader's role in 

management of multicultural training, and understand return on 

investment methodologies. In addition, learners review topics about 

networking and partnerships for successful learning, and identifying 

future trends in training and program development.

B-26

AIS 300 CONTEMPORARY ISSUES IN 

AMERICAN INDIAN STUDIES

3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course examines the issues, policies, and other challenges pertaining 

to American Indians today, including health, education and the tribal‐

federal legal relationship.

AJS 503 INTRO TO GRADUATE STUDY 

IN CRIMINAL JUSTICE AND 

SECURITY

1 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course provides new graduate students in the college with an 

introduction to strategies for success within the university's adult learning 

model. Topics include program standards and objectives; graduate‐level 

oral and written communication; locating, evaluating, and citing scholarly 

resources; and purposes and use of portfolios.

AJS 504 SURVEY OF JUSTICE AND 

SECURITY

3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This is a survey course that introduces policing, the court systems, 

corrections, and private security and how they relate to each other. 

Challenges in these relationships are also presented.

AJS 514 CRIMINOLOGICAL THEORY 3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This is an advanced course in theories and crime causation, including 

classical, biological, psychological, sociological, and social‐psychological 

approaches. Victimology, to include victimization statistics, 

victimogenesis, and the prevention of victimization, is included.

B-27

AJS 524 CYBERCRIME AND 

INFORMATION SYSTEMS 

SECURITY

3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course provides an overview of the nature of criminal activity that is 

facilitated through, or that targets, information systems. The course also 

reviews security measures that are designed to protect the software, 

hardware, and data associated with information systems.

AJS 534 ORGANIZATIONAL 

ADMINISTRATION IN JUSTICE 

AND SECURITY

3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course explores the various elements of organizational 

administration, behavior, and management in criminal justice 

organizations and provides the student with an understanding of 

individual and group dynamics, problem solving concepts, and 

administrative processes associated with organizational behavior and 

structures that exist in the criminal justice system.

AJS 544 ETHICS IN JUSTICE AND 

SECURITY

3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course will examine the theoretical and philosophical basis of ethics 

and the standards of professional conduct and leadership applicable to 

justice and security agencies. Applicable case studies will be used, as well 

as contemporary situations in ethics.

AJS 554 CONCEPTS OF PHYSICAL AND 

PERSONAL SECURITY

3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course provides the student with an understanding of contemporary 

concepts of physical facility security and personal protection.

B-28

AJS 564 MANAGEMENT OF 

INSTITUTIONAL RISK AND 

CRITICAL INCIDENT MGNT

3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course provides an overview of the relationship between risk 

assessment and consequence management within the context of justice 

and security organizations. Specifically, we will examine the factors that 

go into mitigating risk and when these measures fail, how critical incident 

response can maintain order. Topics include defining risk, planning factors 

for critical incident response, lessons learned.

AJS 574 FINANCE AND BUDGETING IN 

JUSTICE AND SECURITY

3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course introduces fundamental concepts of using financial tools and 

analysis for effective managerial decision making in criminal justice and 

security. Topics include the role of the financial management in the 

criminal justice and security organization, concepts and principles 

underlying financial practices, and operational planning and budgeting.

AJS 583 LEGAL ISSUES IN JUSTICE AND 

SECURITY

3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course examines the competing legal and social issues that influence 

the actions of public officials, security personnel, and private citizens with 

respect to the provision of law enforcement, safety, and security services 

for various elements of society. The potential conflicts between public 

policy and civil rights will be discussed.

AJS 584 FORENSIC SCIENCE AND 

PSYCHOLOGICAL PROFILING

3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course provides the student with a fundamental understanding of 

forensic science and technology, psychological profiling, and the 

application of scientific methodologies to the investigative process.

B-29

AJS 586 PUBLIC POLICY ISSUES 3 College of Social 

Sciences

This course addresses the development and influence of public policy with 

respect to specific justice and security issues facing the American society.

AJS 594 PROGRAM DEVELOPMENT 

AND EVALUATION

3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course prepares the student to identify operational goals and to 

develop or evaluate programs designed to mitigate issues of societal 

order. This course will provide an understanding of the application of key 

concepts, methods, and approaches in the field of program evaluation 

within the criminal justice and security profession.

APB 001 ASSESSMENT PERIOD 0 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This is assessment break period 001.

APB 002 ASSESSMENT PERIOD 0 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This is assessment period break 002.

B-30

APB 003 ASSESSMENT PERIOD 0 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This is assessment period break 003.

APB 004 ASSESSMENT PERIOD 0 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This is assessment period break 004.

APB 005 ASSESSMENT PERIOD 0 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This is assessment period break 005.

APB 006 ASSESSMENT PERIOD BREAK 

006

0 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This is assessment break period 006.

B-31

APB 010 ASSESSMENT PERIOD 0 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This is an assessment period.

APB 020 ASSESSMENT PERIOD 0 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This is an assessment period.

APB 030 ASSESSMENT PERIOD 0 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This is an assessment period.

APB 040 ASSESSMENT PERIOD 0 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This is an assessment period.

B-32

APB 050 ASSESSMENT PERIOD 0 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This is an assessment period.

APB 060 ASSESSMENT PERIOD 0 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This is an assessment period.

APB 070 ASSESSMENT PERIOD 0 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This is an assessment period.

APB 080 ASSESSMENT PERIOD 0 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This is an assessment period.

B-33

APB 090 ASSESSMENT PERIOD 0 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This is an assessment period.

ART 101 INTRODUCTION TO ART 3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course introduces students to the elements and principles of art as 

well as the creation of various media, such as painting, sculpture, 

architecture, design, photography, and the decorative arts. Students apply 

techniques for viewing art critically to build an appreciation of various art 

forms. Themes within the course include contemporary topics in the arts, 

cultural diversity in the arts, and the arts in a historical context.

ARTS 100 INTRODUCTION TO THE 

VISUAL AND PERFORMING 

ARTS

3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course examines traditions and developments in the visual and 

performing arts genres including music, dance, theater, cinema, visual 

arts, and architecture. Students will be introduced to the elements of each 

genre, along with an overview of its historical development in Western 

European tradition.

ARTS 125 POP CULTURE AND THE ARTS 3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course explores the interactions between the arts, advertising, media, 

and lifestyle and cultural trends in contemporary American society. 

Familiarity will be gained with the various art forms and their relationship 

to mass media, personal and professional life, and in particular to how 

they contribute to the current conception of fine art and popular culture. 

Students are asked to examine current trends and cultural changes, 

assessing both the role the arts have played in creating them and the 

influence these cultural trends have on art itself.

B-34

ARTS 230 SURVEY OF THE VISUAL ARTS 3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course offers a foundation in the visual arts, elements, styles, and 

critical analysis for beginning art students. Emphasis is on identifying and 

explaining styles of visual arts from various cultures, eras, and places. The 

course focuses on the interpretation of art to understand meaning, and 

the ability to make critical judgment based on principles of art. Students 

learn to communicate ideas and expression through their own creative 

work in a two‐dimensional, three‐dimensional, video, and other time‐

based media.

ARTS 340 EXPLORATION OF WESTERN 

CLASSICAL MUSIC

3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course will introduce students to Western European music from the 

Baroque period through the beginning of the 20th Century. The course will 

emphasize the history, musical development, and accomplishments of the 

Baroque, Classical, Romantic, and early 20th Century periods in music. 

Students will learn to recognize form, style, texture, and characteristics of 

each period by studying a variety of composers and the representative 

masterpieces of each period.

ARTS 340CA EXPLORATION OF WESTERN 

CLASSICAL MUSIC

3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course will introduce students to Western European music from the 

Baroque period through the beginning of the 20th Century. The course will 

emphasize the history, musical development, and accomplishments of the 

Baroque, Classical Romantic, and Early 20th Century periods in music. 

Students will learn to recognize form, style, texture, and characteristics of 

each period by studying a variety of composers and the representative 

masterpieces of each period.

AUT 500 FOUNDATIONS OF AUTISM 

SPECTRUM DISORDERS

3 College of 

Education

This course provides foundational information about autism spectrum 

disorders (ASD). Participants identify general characteristics associated 

with autism spectrum disorders including learning preferences, behaviors, 

and patterns. Participants also learn interventions, accommodations, and 

supports, with emphasis on current evidence‐based practices.

B-35

AUT 501 DIAGNOSIS AND ASSESSMENT 

OF AUTISM SPECTRUM 

DISORDERS

3 College of 

Education

This course explores the causation, characteristics, and diagnosis of 

autism spectrum disorders. Participants learn how to collect data in a 

classroom for diagnosis referral. Participants also learn how assessment 

tools relate to Individualized Education Programs and program 

development for students with autism spectrum disorders.

AUT 503 COMMUNICATION AND 

SOCIALIZATION IN AUTISM 

SPECTRUM DISORDERS

3 College of 

Education

This course is designed to address common social skill deficits in Autism 

Spectrum Disorders: social cognition, social communication, social 

initiation, and social reciprocity. Identification of various ways to assess 

social skills is addressed. Participants focus on interventions that promote 

social skill acquisition and enhance social skill performance. Instructional 

tools and adaptations necessary to foster the development of social skills 

are also explored.

AUT 505 AUTISM SPECTRUM 

DISORDERS AND BEHAVIOR 

MANAGEMENT

3 College of 

Education

This course focuses on behavioral characteristics of students with Autism 

Spectrum Disorders and identifies assessment tools to be used across 

learning environments. Participants develop behavior intervention plans 

that include sensory supports and structured routines to enhance 

studentsâ⿬⿢ lives and learning. Behavior generalization and self‐

monitoring strategies are also explored.

AUT 510 Autism Spectrum Disorders: 

Foundations

3 College of 

Education

This course provides foundational information about autism spectrum 

disorders (ASD). Participants identify general characteristics associated 

with autism spectrum disorders including learning preferences, behaviors, 

and patterns. Participants also learn interventions, accommodations, and 

supports, with emphasis on current evidence‐based practices.

B-36

AUT 511 Autism Spectrum Disorders: 

Diagnosis and Assessment

3 College of 

Education

This course explores the causation, characteristics, and diagnosis of 

autism spectrum disorders. Participants learn how to collect data in a 

classroom for diagnosis referral. Participants also learn how assessment 

tools relate to Individualized Education Programs and program 

development for students with autism spectrum disorders.

AUT 512 Autism Spectrum Disorders: 

Communication and 

Socialization

3 College of 

Education

This course is designed to address common social skill deficits in autism 

spectrum disorders: social cognition, social communication, social 

initiation, and social reciprocity. Identification of various ways to assess 

social skills is addressed. Participants focus on interventions that promote 

social skill acquisition and enhance social skill performance. Instructional 

tools and adaptations necessary to foster the development of social skills 

are also explored.

AUT 513 Autism Spectrum Disorders: 

Behavior Management

3 College of 

Education

This course focuses on behavioral characteristics of students with Autism 

Spectrum Disorders and identifies assessment tools to be used across 

learning environments. Participants develop behavior intervention plans 

that include sensory supports and structured routines to enhance 

students' lives and learning. Behavior generalization and self‐monitoring 

strategies are also explored.

BCC 395 CONTEMPORARY ISSUES AND 

FUTURES IN CYBERCRIMES

3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course examines both the principle topics in the field of cybercrime 

investigation as well as the examination of the varying issues regarding 

the futures within the field of technology‐facilitated crime. Students will 

focus on relevant exploration of technology crimes that reflect key 

fundamentals of current conditions and what may be expected in 

technology and cybercrime in the years to come. Students will apply 

critical review of current technological crimes and engage in in‐depth 

discussions of these concepts as a basis for comprehensive understanding 

at the local and global levels of cybercrime investigation and prevention.

B-37

BCC 400 INFORMATION SYSTEMS 

FUNDAMENTALS

3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course introduces the fundamentals of computer systems and the 

role of information processing in current business environments. Students 

receive an overview of information systems, systems development, 

operating systems, networking, telecommunications, security concerns, 

and the Internet.  Completing this course provides students new skills and 

knowledge that better prepares them for the Cybercrime specialization 

courses, and aids their present or future organizations as leaders, 

providing service to their communities.

BCC 401 CYBERCRIME IN THE 21ST 

CENTURY

3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course explores developments and changes in the practice of criminal 

justice brought about by technology and crime as well as the rapid 

technological change in computers, and other Internet access devices. 

Specific topics include: cybercrime, how different cybercrimes are 

committed, the rapid evolution of technology and its effects on crime, 

cybercrimes against persons, and criminal justice agencies involved in the 

investigation and prevention of cybercrimes. The new skills and 

knowledge gained in this course will add to the protection, safety, and 

security of our society.

BCC 402 CYBERCRIME AND ROLE OF 

LAW ENFORCEMENT 

SECURITY PERSONNEL

3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course explores the developments and changes in the role of law 

enforcement and security officials in their investigation of cybercrimes. 

Specific topics include: cybercrime forensics, obtaining search warrants 

for cybercrimes, jurisdictional issues in cybercrimes, law enforcement 

issues in cybercrimes, and personal and corporate security and the 

prevention of cybercrimes. Upon completion of this cybersecurity course, 

students will have new skills and knowledge that will aid their present or 

future organizations, and as leaders, provide service to their communities.

BCC 403 GLOBAL TECHNOLOGY AND 

CYBERCRIME

3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

In this course, students will study how global technology is used to further 

cybercrime. Topics in this course include homeland security and cyber 

technology, global technology, threats to the United States, preventing 

and fighting global technology crime, and the role of local and federal 

agencies in preventing and investigating global technology crimes. 

Students will also explore the future of law enforcement and security to 

prevent and fight global cybercrimes. The new skills and knowledge 

gained by the students will aid them in their current or future professional 

endeavors.

B-38

BCOM 231 BUSINESS COMMUNICATION 

FOR ACCOUNTANTS

3 School of Business This course introduces students to the foundations of communication in a 

business accounting setting. Students are exposed to various topics 

related to interpersonal and group communications within the context of 

applications to the accounting field. Students will develop skills in the 

forms of written communication, including memos, e‐mails, business 

letters, and reports. Other topics include communication ethics, 

collaboration, information utilization, critical thinking, and professional 

competence and values.

BEH 225 INTRODUCTION TO 

BEHAVIORAL SCIENCE

3 College of Social 

Sciences

This course focuses on human personality, motivation, learning, and 

cognition. The theories and insights of major figures in psychology are 

discussed. Neuroscience, psychological disorders, and therapies are also 

considered in relation to human behavior.

BIO 100 INTRODUCTION TO LIFE 

SCIENCE WITH LAB

4 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course applies a broad, conceptual understanding of biology. 

Students are introduced to scientific ideologies and concepts that not only 

shape the biological world, but also shape humans. Students examine the 

scientific method, evolution and biodiversity, the biology of cells, 

physiology, the dynamics of inheritance, and the effect humans have on 

the environment. The text emphasizes methods and the theoretical 

foundations of ideas, while minimizing isolated facts. It stresses the 

integration of ideas, making connections that form an understanding of 

the living world. The weekly online labs add a practical component to the 

class. The labs build upon the concepts in the text and offer a chance to 

interact with the material and further their understanding.

BIO 101 PRINCIPLES OF BIOLOGY 3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course is designed to introduce biology at an entry level by examining 

the hierarchy that ranges from the fundamentals of cell biology to the 

physiology of organisms, and the interactions among those organisms in 

their environment. The topics in this course include cell biology, genetics, 

molecular biology, evolution, physiology, and ecology.

B-39

BIO 204 PLANT PHYSIOLOGY 3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course will examine the key concepts of plant physiology. Topics will 

include the structure and function of plants, growth and development, 

water transport, mineral nutrition, photosynthesis, and plant metabolism.

BIO 240 GENERAL BIOLOGY 3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course will provide an in‐depth look into the principles of biology. 

Topics will include molecular biology, cellular structure and function, 

genetics, evolution, organisms, and populations.

BIO 280 CONSERVATION BIOLOGY 3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course will examine the concepts and issues related to the 

conservation of biodiversity. Topics will include the impact of society on 

plants and animals, aquatic and terrestrial ecosystems, extinction, and 

genetic diversity.

 

 

  

BIO 290 ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY I 4 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

Anatomy and Physiology I is the first of a two‐course sequence examining 

the terminology, structure, function, and interdependence of the human 

body systems. This course includes a study of the cells, chemistry, and 

tissues of the integumentary, skeletal, muscular, nervous, and endocrine 

systems. In conjunction with classroom instruction, the anatomy and 

physiology online lab component for this course requires students to 

apply knowledge from the classroom to online experiments and critical‐

thinking application exercises.

B-40

BIO 291 ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY II 4 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

Anatomy and Physiology II is the second in a two‐course sequence 

examining the terminology, structure, function, and interdependence of 

systems within the human body. This course includes a study of 

circulatory, cardiovascular, lymphatic, immune, respiratory, digestive, 

urinary, reproductive systems, and genetics as applicable to the weekly 

course content. In conjunction with the classroom instruction, the 

anatomy and physiology online lab component for this course requires 

students to apply knowledge learned regarding the systems through 

online experiments and critical thinking application exercises.

BIO 315 ECOLOGY AND EVOLUTION 3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course provides the fundamental principles of ecology and evolution. 

Students will focus on populations and communities, adaptation, and 

other factors that affect organisms.

BIO 330 INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY 3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course presents students with the study of invertebrates. Students 

will examine the ecology of invertebrates along with their structures and 

functions.

BIO 335 ENTOMOLOGY 3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course presents students with the study of entomology. Students will 

examine insects and their interaction with the ecosystem.

B-41

BIO 340 MICROBIOLOGY 3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course presents students with the fundamentals and applications of 

microbiology. Topics will include microbial genetics, microorganisms, 

diseases, and immunity.

BIO 350 GENERAL BIOLOGY I 4 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course provides students with an in‐depth knowledge of the 

principles and applications of biology. Topics include biochemistry, 

genetics, the structure and function of molecules and cells, metabolism, 

and energy transformation. Students apply these concepts using practical 

examples, facilitated discussions, and experiments conducted through 

hands‐on labs. This course is the first half of the general biology sequence, 

which is completed in BIO 351: General Biology II.

BIO 351 GENERAL BIOLOGY II 4 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course continues the examination of principles and applications of 

biology that was begun in BIO 350: General Biology I. Topics include 

evolution, biodiversity, the structure and function of plants and animals, 

and ecology. Students apply these concepts using practical examples, 

facilitated discussions, and experiments conducted through hands‐on labs.

BIO 402 IMMUNOLOGY 3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course examines the key concepts of immunology. Topics include the 

development and anatomy of the immune system, innate immunity, the 

structure and function of immunoglobulin, cellular interactions, disease, 

and histocompatibility.

B-42

BIO 405 HUMAN BIOLOGY 3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course provides students with concepts of human biology. Topics 

include structure, function and the interrelationships of the cells, organ, 

skeletal and muscular systems, genetics, inheritance, and homeostasis.

BIO 410 GENETICS 3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course presents students with the concepts of genetics. Students will 

examine mitosis and meiosis, chromosomes, DNA structure, gene 

mutation, and genome dynamics.

BIS 221 INTRODUCTION TO 

COMPUTER APPLICATIONS 

AND SYSTEMS

3 School of Business This course provides an overview of Business Information Systems. 

Students learn to apply Microsoft® Office tools including word processing, 

spreadsheet, and presentation software to accomplish business 

objectives. Other topics include uses of application software and the 

Internet for effective problem solving, exploration of relevant emerging 

technologies, and how information is used across different industries.

BIS 303 MANAGING INFORMATION 

TECHNOLOGY IN THE 

HOSPITALITY INDUSTRY

3 School of Business This course provides a managerial overview of information technology in 

the hospitality industry. Special emphasis is placed on utilizing information 

technology systems such as Point‐of‐Sale, inventory tracking, and 

reservation networks to make managerial and strategic decisions for the 

organization.

B-43

BIS 318 TECHNOLOGY IN RETAIL 

MANAGEMENT

3 School of Business This course addresses how technology is used in retail management. 

Emphasis is placed on applying technology and data collected from POS 

systems, customer tracking, and inventory management systems to make 

informed business decisions.

BIS 320 BUSINESS INFORMATION 

SYSTEMS

3 School of Business This course provides instruction on the use of Business Information 

Systems. Students apply Microsoft® Office tools including word 

processing, spreadsheet, database, and presentation software to 

accomplish business objectives. Other topics include application software 

and the Internet for effective problem solving, use of relevant emerging 

technologies, and using information across different industries.

BIS 375 SUPPLY CHAIN INFORMATION 

MANAGEMENT IN ONLINE 

ENVIRONMENTS

3 School of Business This course introduces students to the theory and practice of conducting 

supply chain functions over the Internet. It addresses various business 

strategies for buying, selling, or exchanging products, services, and 

information via computer networks. Legal and ethical requirements for 

handling supply chain business over the Internet are addressed.

BLE 503 FOUNDATIONS OF 

INSTRUCTION

3 College of 

Education

This course is designed to introduce K‐12 teachers to the historical, legal, 

and theoretical frameworks of education for bilingual learners in the 

United States. Participants identify effective bilingual instructional 

approaches and strategies with emphasis on content area instruction. 

Evaluation and assessment strategies for bilingual learners are also 

addressed.

B-44

BLE 504 INSTRUCTIONAL TECHNIQUES 

AND METHODS

3 College of 

Education

This course provides K‐12 educators with an overview of techniques and 

methods that support the instruction of bilingual learners. Participants 

examine culturally responsive practices for instruction and assessment. 

Teaching in the content areas, honoring cultural diversity, and involving 

parents guardians and community are also explored.

BLE 505 ASSESSMENT 3 College of 

Education

This course provides educators with a foundational understanding of 

assessment practices for bilingual learners. Participants examine the 

relationship between language acquisition and assessment and its effect 

on teaching and learning. Content area instruction, reading instruction, 

and writing instruction as they relate to assessment areas are also 

explored.

BLE 506 OVERVIEW OF LINGUISTICS 3 College of 

Education

This course is designed to introduce K‐12 educators to the study of the 

nature, structure, development, and acquisition of language. Participants 

explore the integration of theory into practice, teaching methods, cultural 

implications of language, and first‐ and second‐language acquisition. 

Particular emphasis is given to psycholinguistics, sociolinguistics, 

communication, and assessment.

BLE 507 SCHOOL, COMMUNITY, AND 

FAMILY CULTURE

3 College of 

Education

This course is designed to examine multicultural education in the 

classroom, in the community, and globally. The primary focus is to provide 

participants with an understanding and appreciation of the beliefs, 

customs, and traditions of diverse cultures. Participants integrate 

multicultural curriculum featuring a variety of instructional strategies for 

bilingual learners that promote culturally responsive teaching.

B-45

BLE 570 Foundations of Instruction 3 College of 

Education

This course is designed to introduce K‐12 teachers to the historical, legal, 

and theoretical frameworks of education for bilingual learners in the 

United States. Participants identify effective bilingual instructional 

approaches and strategies with emphasis on content area instruction. 

Evaluation and assessment strategies for bilingual learners are also 

addressed.

BLE 571 Instructional Techniques and 

Methods

3 College of 

Education

This course provides K‐12 educators with an overview of techniques and 

methods that support the instruction of bilingual learners. Participants 

examine culturally responsive practices for instruction and assessment. 

Teaching in the content areas, honoring cultural diversity, and involving 

parents guardians and community are also explored.

BLE 572 Assessment 3 College of 

Education

This course provides K‐12 educators with a foundational understanding of 

assessment practices for bilingual learners. Participants examine the 

relationship between language acquisition and assessment and its 

influence on planning, teaching, and assessing. Instructional methods to 

support language development and content area instruction for bilingual 

learners are also explored.

BLE 573 Overview of Linguistics 3 College of 

Education

This course is designed to introduce K‐12 educators to the study of the 

nature, structure, development, and acquisition of language. Participants 

explore the integration of theory into practice, teaching methods, cultural 

implications of language, and first‐ and second‐language acquisition. 

Particular emphasis is given to psycholinguistics, sociolinguistics, 

communication, and assessment.

B-46

BLE 574 School, Community, and 

Family Culture

3 College of 

Education

This course is designed to examine multicultural education in the 

classroom, in the community, and globally. The primary focus is to provide 

participants with an understanding and appreciation of the beliefs, 

customs, and traditions of diverse cultures. Participants integrate 

multicultural curriculum featuring a variety of instructional strategies for 

bilingual learners that promote culturally responsive teaching.

BPA 200 PUBLIC SECTOR 

COMMUNICATIONS

3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course introduces students to the foundations of communication in a 

public sector setting. Students are exposed to various topics related to 

interpersonal and group communication within the context of daily 

criminal justice applications. Students will develop skills in various 

mediums of verbal, nonverbal, and written communication genres. The 

utilization of social media and technology will be explored along with 

cross‐cultural communications. Upon completing the course, students will 

have an awareness of various communication styles and genres and be 

able to identify areas for further exploration of communication as a skill.

BPA 201 FOUNDATIONS OF PUBLIC 

ADMINISTRATION

3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course serves as an introduction to the study of public administration. 

During this course, students will review the political and social theories of 

public administration. Students will review leadership, human resources, 

finance, and ethics within a public policy‐making environment. This course 

guides students to become familiar with the contemporary, complex 

issues facing local, state, and federal public administrators.

BPA 211 FOUNDATIONS OF FEDERAL, 

STATE, AND LOCAL 

GOVERNMENT

3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course provides students constitutional foundations and governing 

entities of the federal, state, and local governments. Students will learn 

about political themes, governmental reach, democracy, and political 

behavior at each level of government.

B-47

BPA 221 CRITICAL THINKING AND 

DECISION MAKING IN THE 

PUBLIC SECTOR

3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course provides students opportunities for analysis, synthesis, 

prescription, and application of critical thinking and decision making 

within the organization. Emphasis is placed on preparing managers who 

can deal clearly, rationally, and creatively with a diverse workforce in a 

dynamic workplace. This course equips students with concrete skills in 

critical thinking and decision making that will allow them to identify and 

solve organizational problems, as well as provide strategic direction.

BPA 300 POLITICS AND CITIZENSHIP: 

THE PUBLIC POLICY 

ENVIRONMENT

3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course explores the dynamic field of public policy development and 

examines decision‐making in the ever‐changing political environment. This 

course will require students to discuss multiple sources of policy input 

ranging from grass roots to legislative arenas. Current data sources and 

application of analytical tools will be presented as a means to best satisfy 

multiple needs.

BPA 301 FOUNDATIONS OF PUBLIC 

ADMINISTRATION

3 School of Business This course serves as an introduction to the study of public administration. 

During this course, the student will review the political and social theories 

of public administration. Students will review leadership, human 

resources, finance, and ethics within a public policy‐making environment. 

Students will become familiar with the complex issues facing local, state, 

and federal public administrators today.

BPA 302 POLITICS AND CITIZENSHIP: 

THE PUBLIC POLICY 

ENVIRONMENT

3 School of Business This course explores the dynamic field of public policy development and 

examines decision‐making in the ever‐changing political environment. Use 

of multiple sources of policy input will be discussed, ranging from grass 

roots to legislative arenas. Current data sources and application of 

analytical tools will be presented as a means to best satisfy multiple needs.

B-48

BPA 311 PRINCIPLES OF 

GOVERNMENTAL 

ACCOUNTING

3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course focuses on principles of governmental accounting and 

budgeting. This course emphasizes financial statement preparation and 

analysis, internal controls, regulatory environment, and compliance. 

Students will gain knowledge in the civic implications of local, state and 

federal budgets.

BPA 321 PERSONNEL MANAGEMENT 3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course introduces skills necessary to manage a dynamic and diverse 

civic leadership workforce, including: executives, directors, chiefs, 

commissioners, administrators and superintendents. This workforce could 

also include public health, public safety, community services, public 

works, and other civic departments, including: elected, appointed, at‐will, 

volunteer and non‐profit personnel.

BPA 331 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT 

FOR NON‐PROFIT 

ORGANIZATIONS

3 College of Social 

Sciences

This course focuses on the key financial concepts to effectively obtain 

desired goals and objectives by public and private sector non‐profit 

organizations as well as in the international arena.

BPA 341 PUBLIC PROGRAMS: 

IMPLEMENT AND EVALUATE 

IN A DYNAMIC SETTING

3 College of Social 

Sciences

This course focuses on the implementation of public policy decisions 

through the identification and development of specific methods for 

servicing the public good. It incorporates an emphasis on 

intergovernmental relations and the increasing use of private resources in 

the service delivery system. A strong emphasis is placed on evaluating 

both the delivery processes and service outcomes as a means to 

continuously improve service delivery effectiveness.

B-49

BPA 351 RESEARCH IN PUBLIC 

ADMINISTRATION

3 College of Social 

Sciences

This course evaluates the process of conducting research for improving 

decision making within public administration to include the non‐profit 

sector. Students will learn to apply an understanding of commonly 

employed business research techniques to improve a situation, solve a 

problem, or change a process. Other topics include problem framing, data 

collection, data analysis, and data presentation.

BPA 361 GRANT WRITING 3 College of Social 

Sciences

This course explores the basics of grant and proposal writing in public 

administration for federal, state, and private funding. This course includes 

research, design, and evaluation of grant writing components and 

explores requirements for the various types of grants available. This 

course also includes developmental steps for an effective grant proposal.

BPA 371 INTERGOVERNMENTAL 

RELATIONS

3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This class examines the relationships between different levels of 

government: federal, state, and local jurisdictions and the relationship 

between local governments. Partnerships between jurisdictions, both 

public‐ public and public‐ private, will be explored as will the use of quasi‐

governmental agencies.

BPA 381 PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 

POLICY, LEGAL ISSUES, LAW & 

ETHICS

3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course analyzes the nature, formation and system of law in the 

United States, and applies them to the public administration environment.

B-50

BPA 410 GOVERNMENT AND NON‐

PROFIT ACCOUNTING

3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

Students will analyze and discuss budget issues as related to both 

government and non‐profit organizations. This course will focus on 

accounting, revenue, and expenses allocated to various public 

administration entities. Students will examine reporting issues and discuss 

various solutions.

BPA 411 PUBLIC FINANCE: SOURCES, 

MANAGEMENT, AND REPORTS

3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course explores the sources of revenue necessary to operate public 

programs, the ways in which funds are allocated and utilized, the 

responsibility for public stewardship, economic fiscal policy, and includes 

the need for accurate and complete reporting. This course will cover 

different approaches to public finance by federal, state, and local agencies.

BPA 421 ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOR 

AND ETHICAL RESPONSIBILITY

3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course focuses on the study of individual and group behavior in public 

administration settings and explores the ethical issues to which 

employees are exposed. Students will learn to recognize ethical dilemmas 

and resolve them through active deliberation and sound decision making.

BPA 431 LEADERSHIP IN THE PUBLIC 

SECTOR

3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

Leaders in public organizations face daily challenges. In this course, 

students will choose a contemporary leader and study his her leadership 

style, strengths, and core values. Students will examine the application of 

these characteristics in public administration. This course will also help 

students learn to manage conflict, negotiate, and develop effective 

leadership skills.

B-51

BPA 441 URBAN AND REGIONAL 

PLANNING

3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This class addresses the importance of planning for future growth along 

with evolving land use patterns.  Issues like urban and suburban sprawl, 

infill, density, redevelopment, and transportation modalities will be 

covered. Tools for implementing general plans, zoning, and eminent 

domain will be addressed.

BPA 451 CAPITAL IMPROVEMENT 

PLANNING & MANAGEMENT

3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

As today¿s public infrastructures like roads, parks or water treatment 

facilities near the end of their design lifecycle, it is important to begin 

planning for renewal restructure. This course will explore planning, 

building and maintaining these infrastructures while addressing the 

impact on stakeholders.

BPA 461 CONTEMPORARY ISSUES IN 

PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION

3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

Utilizing skills developed in civic foundation coursework completed 

throughout this program, students will demonstrate a deeper 

understanding of regulatory and environmental impact, issues, and topics 

in the public administration field. This course will provide an emphasis on 

content mastery assessment.

BRM 216 INTRODUCTION TO THE 

RETAIL INDUSTRY

3 School of Business This course provides students with an overview of the retail industry. 

Topics include an examination of basic principles and terminology, the 

types of retailers, key drivers and trends, the importance of customer‐

facing activities, and exploring the current issues facing retailers, such as 

customer relationship management, industry consolidation, and dynamic 

changes in multichannel promotion through social media and website 

offerings. As a broad survey of the industry, this course provides you with 

a framework and set of concepts that will support the remainder of your 

core courses.

B-52

BRM 226 CUSTOMER SERVICE 

MANAGEMENT

3 School of Business This course presents strategies for effective customer service to increase 

satisfaction and retention within the retail environment. Students will be 

prepared to build customer rapport, analyze risks associated with 

customer service, and develop skills and strategies to resolve customer 

conflict. Additional focus will be placed on using technology to improve 

customer service and managing customer interactions to enhance 

competitive advantage within the retail sector.

BRM 236 SALES, TOOLS, AND 

STRATEGIES

3 School of Business This course is an examination of basic principles involved in the sales 

process, the relationship between sales and business objectives, and 

managing the sales force and customer relationships. Emphasis is placed 

on sales planning, developing specific goals to meet the business 

objectives, and adapting to changes in the market.

BRM 246 RETAIL MARKETING: 

MERCHANDISING

3 School of Business This course presents strategies for capitalizing on consumer behavior and 

growing retail market share through the application of research, 

advertising, and innovative retail marketing tactics. Students will be 

prepared to execute the elements of the marketing mix to be successful in 

a retail setting.

BRM 256 RETAIL PERSONNEL 

MANAGEMENT

3 School of Business This course focuses on the personnel management aspects of retail 

management. Students will be prepared to utilize recruiting and staffing, 

motivating, training, and ethics concepts to effectively lead retail 

personnel.

B-53

BRM 266 RETAIL OPERATIONS: SUPPLY 

MANAGEMENT

3 School of Business This course is an examination of the retail operations function of retail 

management, including value chain logistics, channel management, 

vendor relationships, and purchasing. Students will be prepared to 

develop strategic alliances and optimize the supply chain in a retail setting.

BRM 276 LEADERSHIP AND 

SUPERVISION IN RETAIL 

CAPSTONE

3 School of Business This is the capstone course for retail fundamentals. The course provides 

students with the opportunity to integrate and apply learning from their 

program of student in a comprehensive manner. Students will 

demonstrate competency and skills in the leadership and supervisory 

function of retailing. Emphasis will be on a practical skill‐building 

approach to leadership and supervision so students develop skills that can 

be applied within the retail environment. Students will examine 

leadership styles, management principles, ethics and social responsibility, 

conflict resolution, and culturally diverse aspects of leadership.

BRM 277 LEADERSHIP AND 

SUPERVISION IN RETAIL 

APPLIED CAPSTONE

3 School of Business This is the applied capstone course for retail fundamentals. The course 

provides students with the opportunity to integrate and apply learning 

from their program of study in a comprehensive manner within work 

environment. Students will demonstrate competency and skills in the 

leadership and supervisory function of retailing. Emphasis will be on a 

practical skill‐building approach to leadership and supervision so students 

develop skills that can be applied within the retail environment. Students 

will examine leadership styles, management principles, ethics and social 

responsibility, conflict resolution, and culturally diverse aspects of 

leadership. 

BRM 353 PRODUCT AND BRAND 

MANAGEMENT

3 School of Business This course presents an analysis of product and brand management as it 

relates to the goods and services life cycle from conception to purchase.  

Upon completion of this course, students will be prepared to design and 

implement successful product and brand development strategies that 

deliver value to consumers.

B-54

BRM 360 RETAIL DATA ANALYTICS FOR 

DECISION MAKING

3 School of Business The business of retail has embraced big data in nearly all phases of 

planning. Some retail businesses exist only online, forgoing the traditional 

"brick and mortar" locations that dominate the industry. With the 

emergence of online shopping, businesses are recognizing the need to 

enhance their future growth by connecting with their consumers through 

digital channels. The retail analytics certificate emphasizes an 

understanding of Internet marketing, consumer behavior, web analytics, 

data analysis, inventory management, increased sales and anticipated 

trends. Upon completing this certificate, students will possess the 

knowledge and skills necessary to effectively manage a retail business 

using data analytics.

BSA 250 FOUNDATIONS OF DATA 

ANALYTICS

3 College of 

Information 

Systems and 

Technology

This course introduces practices in data analytics foundational to the 

industry and the field of data analytics. Covered are theories of analytics, 

the phases of the analytics lifecycle, analysis and exploration of data, 

relevant statistics for data modeling, data visualization, and the tools used 

for data analytics.

BSA 310 BUSINESS SYSTEMS 3 College of 

Information 

Systems and 

Technology

This course reviews common business systems and their 

interrelationships. Business systems covered include finance, accounting, 

sales, marketing, and decision support. Emphasis is placed upon the 

selection, implementation, and use of information systems, the potential 

for integration of the systems, and information systems security.

BSA 375 FUNDAMENTALS OF 

BUSINESS SYSTEMS 

DEVELOPMENT

3 College of 

Information 

Systems and 

Technology

This course introduces the fundamental, logical, and design considerations 

addressed during system and application software development. It 

provides a solid background in information systems analysis and design 

techniques through a combination of theory and application. The Systems 

Development Life Cycle will be fundamental to the course.

B-55

BSA 376 SYSTEMS ANALYSIS AND 

DESIGN

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course introduces the fundamental, logical, and design considerations 

addressed during system and application software development. It 

provides a solid background in information systems analysis and design 

techniques through a combination of theory and application. Systems 

development life cycle (SDLC) will be the fundamental to the course.

BSA 385 INTRO TO SOFTWARE 

ENGINEERING

3 College of 

Information 

Systems and 

Technology

This course introduces the fundamental, logical, and design considerations 

addressed during system and application software development. It 

provides a background in applications software development and testing 

techniques through a combination of theory and application.

BSA 411 SYSTEMS ANALYSIS 

METHODOLOGIES

3 College of 

Information 

Systems and 

Technology

This course provides an overview of planning a business analysis 

approach, which includes business analysis, requirements elicitation, 

enterprise analysis, and solution assessment, as prescribed in A Guide to 

the Business Analysis Body of Knowledge® (BABOK® Guide) by the 

International Institute of Business Analysis (IIBA®). This course will assist in 

preparing the learner for the Certified Business Analysis Professional™ 

(CBAP®) certification exam.

BSA 412 SYSTEMS ANALYSIS TOOLS 3 College of 

Information 

Systems and 

Technology

This course builds upon the methodologies examined in Systems Analysis 

Methodologies by providing an emphasis on analysis tools ‐ computer and 

non‐computer supported. Emphasis is placed on when and how 

Microsoft® Visio® may be used for analysis.

B-56

BSA 413 IT SERVICE MANAGEMENT 3 College of 

Information 

Systems and 

Technology

This course addresses IT service management best practices from the 

perspective of the IT Infrastructure Library (ITIL) ® framework. The ITIL® 

framework consists of Service Strategy, Design, Transition, Operation, and 

Continual Service Improvement.

BSA 500 BUSINESS SYSTEMS I 3 College of 

Information 

Systems and 

Technology

This course introduces business systems. The course reviews the basics of 

the business environment and influences on that environment. 

Accounting and finance business systems are also reviewed.

BSA 502 BUSINESS SYSTEMS II 3 College of 

Information 

Systems and 

Technology

This course reviews the following business systems: marketing, sales, 

human resources, operations, and legal. Emphasis is placed upon the 

inputs and outputs of information systems and the potential for 

integration of the systems.

BSA 505 IS AUDITING PROCESSES 3 College of 

Information 

Systems and 

Technology

This course focuses on information systems auditing, IT governance, and 

protection of information assets. An audit preparation guide is created. 

Applicable laws, regulations, standards, guidance, techniques, and 

professional ethics will be applied. Control self‐assessment is evaluated as 

a process of continuous IS audit preparation.

B-57

BSA 510 IT GOVERNANCE AND 

MANAGEMENT

3 College of 

Information 

Systems and 

Technology

This course provides an introduction to how data is architected and 

organized. It discusses the different data models used to store data, 

outlines several schemas that drive how data is structured, and provides 

other database concepts relating to the design and architecture of data.

BSA 515 ACQUISITION, DEVELOPMENT 

AND IMPLEMENTATION OF IS

3 College of 

Information 

Systems and 

Technology

This course provides an intensive workshop where the student will gain 

the hands‐on experience and knowledge required to provide assurance 

that practices for the acquisition, development, testing, and 

implementation of information systems meet the enterprise's strategies 

and objectives. This course is based on the Information Systems 

Acquisition, Development and Implementation Domain of the ISACA 

Model Curriculum for IS Audit and Control. ISACA is a leading global 

provider of knowledge, certifications, community, advocacy, and 

education on information systems (IS) assurance and security, enterprise 

governance and management of IT, and IT‐related risk and compliance.

BSA 520 OPERATIONS, MAINTENANCE 

AND SUPPORT OF IS

3 College of 

Information 

Systems and 

Technology

The Information Systems Operations, Maintenance and Support domain is 

divided into ten topic areas that focus on service level management, 

maintenance of information systems, problem and incident management, 

change and configuration management, and backup and restoration of 

systems. The objective of this domain is to ensure that students 

understand and can provide assurance that the practices for systems 

operations and maintenance meet the enterprise's strategies and 

objectives.

BSA 525 INFORMATION ASSETS 

PROTECTION

3 College of 

Information 

Systems and 

Technology

The Protection of Information Assets domain is divided into five topic 

areas that focus on design and implementation of system and security 

controls, data classification, physical access, and the process of retrieving 

and disposing of information assets. The objective of this domain is to 

ensure that students understand and can provide assurance that the 

enterprise's security policies, standards, procedures, and controls ensure 

the confidentiality, integrity, and availability of information assets.

B-58

BSA 530 IT ARCHITECTURE 3 College of 

Information 

Systems and 

Technology

This course focuses on IT architecture solutions for a business 

environment, with a specific focus on Oracle IT Architecture. Topics 

covered in this course include the overall reference architecture, 

application infrastructure, service oriented architecture, software 

engineering and integration, security, user interaction, and management 

and monitoring of the solutions.

BSA 545 DATA RELATIONSHIP 

MANAGEMENT

3 College of 

Information 

Systems and 

Technology

This course provides a foundational workshop on Master Data 

Management (MDM) focusing on the design and implementation of a 

scalable, secure, and compliant MDM and data governance environment.  

Emphasis will be placed on data governance, architecture, data modeling, 

implementation, administration, and the future of MDM.

BSA 550 CUSTOMER RELATIONSHIP 

MANAGEMENT

3 College of 

Information 

Systems and 

Technology

This course provides a foundational workshop on customer relationship 

management (CRM), which is a major component of organizational 

business intelligence (BI). This course will help you prepare to take the 

Oracle Business Intelligence Applications 7 for CRM Essentials certification 

(1Z0‐524). This certification identifies professionals skilled in 

implementing solutions based on Oracle Business Intelligence Applications 

for CRM source systems. The certification covers such topics as Oracle BI 

applications and business intelligence, BI architecture, security, data 

warehouse, project planning and deployment, and Siebel CRM.

BSA 570 ANALYTIC PROGRAMMING 3 College of 

Information 

Systems and 

Technology

This course is an introduction to analytic programming, an essential 

component of business analytics. Analytic programming combines 

statistical processes and programming to identify meaningful patterns in 

data as well as construct useful models. Topics include data access, data 

structures, data management, data functions and structures, reports and 

error resolution within the context of a statistical analysis framework. This 

course is aligned to the SAS® Base Programmer Certification.

B-59

BSA 580 STATISTICAL BUSINESS 

ANALYTICS

3 College of 

Information 

Systems and 

Technology

This course covers Statistical Business Analytics. The course includes the 

topics of analysis of variance, linear and logistic regression, preparing 

inputs for predictive models, and measuring model performance. This 

course is aligned to the SAS Statistical Business Analyst Using SAS, 

Regression and Modeling certification. 

BSCOM 100 INTRODUCTION TO 

COMMUNICATION

3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course is an introduction to the field of communication with 

emphasis on the history of communication study, concepts important to 

all areas of communication, the contexts in which communication occurs, 

and the issues that must be faced by students of communication. The 

course serves as an introduction to the strands of communication: 

interpersonal, small groups and teams, mass communication, 

organizational, intercultural, and rhetoric.

BSCOM 234 FOUNDATIONS OF 

INTERPERSONAL 

COMMUNICATION

3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course includes the application of communication principles, theory, 

and research to the process of interpersonal communication; it includes 

verbal, nonverbal, listening, conflict management, and communication 

skills most relevant to a broad range of interpersonal settings.

BSCOM 240 INFORMATION LITERACY 3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course addresses information literacy topics which may include 

gathering, analysis, evaluation, and synthesis of information. Within a 

context of professional ethics, students recognize the need for 

information, formulate meaningful questions to guide their search, assess 

what is cogent, interpret bias, and integrate material for a compelling 

presentation.

B-60

BSCOM 260 COMMUNICATION 

COMPETENCE IN THE 

WORKPLACE

3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

Within the context of developing technical writing skills, students examine 

how culture generates expectations regarding how communication should 

occur within a professional environment. Students develop greater 

sensitivity to intercultural differences to foster effective information 

exchange using best practices for written communication in the workplace.

BSCOM 268 FOUNDATIONS OF MASS 

COMMUNICATION

3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course surveys the basic theories of mass communication. Ethical and 

related problems of mass communication will be studied from 

contemporary and historical viewpoints. The course will encourage a 

critical analysis of the performance of mass media.

BSCOM 300 ADVERTISING AND THE MEDIA 3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course addresses the elements of advertising and the media. Topics 

include advertising concepts, selection of media, and the use of media and 

advertising as marketing communications tools. The course also 

emphasizes the ongoing convergence of media content and commercial 

messages and how it is redefining marketing communications.

BSCOM 324 COMMUNICATION RESEARCH 3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course focuses on the research methods employed in the 

communication discipline and enhancing the understanding of credible 

sources and accurate information. Students will learn of the most 

frequently applied components of communication research. Topics may 

include descriptive statistics, sampling, measures, research design, 

methodologies and content analysis.

B-61

BSCOM 330 COMPUTER MEDIATED 

COMMUNICATION

3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course introduces students to the study of computer mediated 

communication and how it changes, shapes, and develops community 

through the use of diverse technological and social tools. Topics will 

include the history of computer‐mediated communication, and how these 

technologies are leveraged in daily life. Students will develop their 

knowledge of computer mediated communication through immersive 

experiences of online and networked spaces and communities. Practical 

application of technology is used to complete communication projects to 

gain experience and depth of knowledge regarding how technology 

affects human communication.

BSCOM 336 COMMUNICATION THEORIES 

AND PRACTICE

3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course explores the various theories of communication that create 

the foundation for study of communications in the bachelor's degree 

program at the University of Phoenix. Major communication areas 

examined in this course include intrapersonal, interpersonal, group and 

teamwork, organizational, intercultural, and mass media. Each area, along 

with others, will be studied in greater depth in subsequent courses in the 

degree program.

BSCOM 348 SMALL GROUP AND TEAM 

COMMUNICATION

3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course explores the dynamics of group communication and effective 

team work. Both social and workplace scenarios will be examined. 

Analytical techniques will be included to provide effective strategies for 

communication in these contexts.

BSCOM 360 ORGANIZATIONAL 

COMMUNICATION

3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course examines various theoretical frameworks necessary for 

effective organizational communication. It analyzes the application of 

communication strategies within organizations in terms of their 

effectiveness. It provides the infrastructure necessary for the creation and 

maintenance of successful communication strategies in organizations.

B-62

BSCOM 384 MARKETING 

COMMUNICATIONS

3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course provides students with the basic concepts and methods 

related to marketing communications, including communication theories 

and the communication mix. Emphasis is placed on the marketing mix 

variables of product, place, price, and promotion, as well as marketing 

communications tools.

BSCOM 385 PUBLIC RELATIONS AND 

MESSAGE MANAGEMENT

3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course focuses on the role of public relations in marketing 

communications and how it can be used to attain organizational 

marketing and sales objectives. Topics covered in this course include 

media relations, relationship‐building strategies, crisis communication, 

ethics, and the development of public relations messages.

BSCOM 386 SALES COMMUNICATIONS 3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course addresses the elements of sales communications. Topics 

include sales promotion, direct sales, personal selling, and customer 

relationship management as marketing communications tools.

BSCOM 390 INTERCULTURAL 

COMMUNICATION

3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

The purpose of this course is to assist students in understanding and 

applying the principles of effective intercultural communication in a 

diverse society and in global commerce. Students will develop an 

understanding of why and how cultural issues influence effective 

communication. This course introduces techniques for improving written, 

oral, and interpersonal communication skills in response to intercultural 

settings.

B-63

BSCOM 410 MEDIA AND SOCIETY 3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

The development and evolution of contemporary society have become 

inextricably intertwined with the development and use of electronic 

media within the past 100 years. This course explores the complex 

interactions involving society, information, communication, and the 

electronic media. Controversial topics that media have brought to the 

fore, and in some cases caused, will be highlighted.

BSCOM 415 COMMUNICATION LAW 3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course focuses on the U.S. legal environment and its specific laws, 

court decisions, policies, and regulations that address the freedom and 

responsibilities that come with the First Amendment to the U.S. 

Constitution. The personal, commercial, and political exercise of free 

speech, and its regulation, will be analyzed in this course.

BSCOM 435 CREATIVITY AND 

COMMUNICATION

3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

Creativity is described as a process leading to products or processes that 

are novel, useful, and meaningful. As a result, the designation of creative 

is inextricably tied up with the process of communicating. This course 

examines contemporary models of communication. Practical application 

of these theoretical constructs to the development and enhancement of 

one's creativity is one of the primary focuses of the course.

BSCOM 460 ETHICS AND 

COMMUNICATION

3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

While ethical decision‐making permeates every facet of personal and 

professional life, this course focuses specifically upon ethical issues that 

are inherent in personal and public forms of communication. Special 

emphases are placed on ethical issues in commercial communication. 

Ethical decision‐making models will be discussed and applied to cases 

involving various contemporary and controversial communication topics.

B-64

BSCOM 465 COMMUNICATION IN 

MEDIATION AND CONFLICT 

RESOLUTION

3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

Communication is the foundation upon which mediation and other forms 

of alternative dispute resolution are based. This course starts with an 

examination of the theoretical basis for ADR in light of communication 

theory. Then it focuses upon the effective application of theory and 

practice to achieve meaningful results and to managing conflict in the 

future.

BSCOM 470 MARKETING AND SALES 

MESSAGE MANAGEMENT

3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course focuses on bridging the gap between sales and marketing 

communications through the use of customer message management. 

Topics covered in this course include creating a sense of value for 

customers, the development of marketing communications campaigns, 

the integration of the sales cycle and marketing communications, the use 

of a single voice to customers across all selling touch‐points, and the 

ethical considerations associated with customer message management.

BSCOM 485 CAPSTONE IN 

COMMUNICATION

3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This is the capstone course for students pursuing the bachelor's of science 

in communication. The course provides students with the opportunity to 

integrate and apply learning from their professional program of study in a 

comprehensive manner. Students will also assess the impact of their 

educational experiences on their ethical perspectives and critical thinking 

skills. Students will reflect on and evaluate their personal and professional 

growth in the study of communication, the benefits of lifelong learning, 

and the impact of these elements on their future.

BSHS 420 CASE MANAGEMENT 3 College of Social 

Sciences

This course covers principles, practices, and issues in case management. 

The diagnosis and treatment of developmental, psychological, and 

psychiatric problems and treatment resources in least restrictive and most 

cost effective settings will be examined.

B-65

BSHS 450 PROGRAM DESIGN AND 

PROPOSAL WRITING

3 College of Social 

Sciences

This course covers finding federal, state, and private funding for human 

service programs and agencies and writing proposals to secure funding. 

Students will practice designing programs and the evaluation of those 

programs.

BSHS 302 INTRODUCTION TO HUMAN 

SERVICES

3 College of Social 

Sciences

This course provides a broad overview of the human services discipline 

using practice settings and social problems as lenses so that the role and 

function of the human service provider, as well as the clients with whom 

they work can be understood in context. The course begins with a brief 

overview of what a human service provider is, and what services these 

professionals provide. A history of social welfare is provided so that 

students can gain a historical perspective of how poor and marginalized 

populations have been cared for in the United States.  Generalist practice 

skills and intervention strategies are introduced generally, but a more in‐

depth exploration of intervention strategies are discussed in later 

chapters as they apply to particular social problems and practice settings.  

The course concludes with an exploration of macro practice where change 

is affected on a broader scale, both domestically and abroad.  Students 

should leave this class having a good idea of what a human service worker 

is, what they do, who they work with, as well as the gaining a deeper 

understanding of the mission, values and goals embraced by the human 

BSHS 305 HISTORICAL DEVELOPMENT 

OF HUMAN SERVICES: AN 

INTRODUCTION

3 College of Social 

Sciences

In this course students will learn the historical roots of human services 

and the creation of the human services profession. An investigation of 

current and historical legislation and how legislation is influenced by 

public and private attitudes provides a foundational understanding of 

basic human services ideology. A deep exploration of economic and 

governance systems affecting service delivery serves to develop essential 

skills for understanding and interpreting historical dynamics related to 

advocacy and social change initiatives in human services. Analysis of 

historical data and exposure to the range of political perspectives 

facilitates a general introduction and integration to the overall experience 

of the human service worker's investment in the multidimensional field. 

Students will complete Module 1 of the MHF training. (3 credits).

BSHS 305C HISTORICAL DEVELOPMENT 

OF HUMAN SERVICES: AN 

INTRODUCTION

3 College of Social 

Sciences

In this course students will learn the historical roots of human services 

and the creation of the human services profession. An investigation of 

current and historical legislation and how legislation is influenced by 

public and private attitudes provides a foundational understanding of 

basic human services ideology. A deep exploration of economic and 

governance systems affecting service delivery serves to develop essential 

skills for understanding and interpreting historical dynamics related to 

advocacy and social change initiatives in human services. Analysis of 

historical data and exposure to the range of political perspectives 

facilitates a general introduction and integration to the overall experience 

of the human service worker¿s investment in the multidimensional field. 

Students will complete Module 1 of the MHF training. (3 credits).

B-66

BSHS 312 MODELS OF EFFECTIVE 

HELPING

3 College of Social 

Sciences

This course presents an exploration of the major theoretical areas in the 

helping professions: cognitive, behavioral, affective humanistic, and 

systems. Students learn the theoretical bases for each of the major 

theories, the approach to change, and the techniques and interventions 

used by practitioners of these theories. The course emphasizes the 

development of a personal theory and approach to human services and 

the creation of a resource file containing practical applications of theory‐

based techniques for use by the human services worker.

BSHS 322 COMMUNICATION SKILLS FOR 

THE HUMAN SERVICES 

PROFESSIONAL

3 College of Social 

Sciences

This course explores the theory and practice of professional 

communication skills, including active listening, interviewing, verbal and 

nonverbal communications, exploration and goal setting skills, and various 

techniques for helping people change. Students will develop an 

understanding of the relationship dynamics between clinicians and clients 

through application of communication techniques and strategies.

BSHS 325 HUMAN SYSTEMS AND 

DEVELOPMENT

3 College of Social 

Sciences

Students will demonstrate a basic understanding of human development 

across the lifespan and of systems for meeting fundamental human needs. 

The course provides perspectives on individual roles in families, groups, 

and interpersonal relationships in communities, society, and 

organizations. Essential coursework components of human systems and 

development include theories of group dynamics and diversity, culture, 

aspects of human sexuality, social systems theory, and general processes 

affecting both developmental and social change. Students will complete 

Module 8 of the MHF training.

BSHS 325C HUMAN SYSTEMS AND 

DEVELOPMENT

3 College of Social 

Sciences

Students will demonstrate a basic understanding of human development 

across the lifespan and of systems for meeting fundamental human needs. 

The course provides perspectives on individual roles in families, groups, 

and interpersonal relationships in communities, society, and 

organizations. Essential coursework components of human systems and 

development include theories of group dynamics and diversity, culture, 

aspects of human sexuality, social systems theory, and general processes 

effecting both developmental and social change. Students will complete 

Module 8 of the MHF training.

B-67

BSHS 331 PROFESSIONAL, ETHICAL, AND 

LEGAL ISSUES IN HUMAN 

SERVICES

3 College of Social 

Sciences

Ethical principles and practices of human service workers are examined in 

accordance withThe Community Support Skill Standards for Human 

Service Workers and theEthical Standards of Human Service Professionals. 

Major legal issues in the delivery of human services are examined. The 

roles, functions, and legal and ethical responsibilities of the human service 

worker are investigated.

BSHS 335 ETHICS AND VALUES FOR 

HUMAN SERVICE 

PROFESSIONALS

3 College of Social 

Sciences

In this course students will become familiar with ethical standards for 

human service workers as outlined by the National Organization for 

Human Services (NOHS). An emphasis is placed on understanding 

concepts of least intrusive intervention, least restrictive environment, 

facilitating client self‐determination, appropriate professional boundary 

maintenance, and employing interdisciplinary team approaches to 

problem‐solving. Students will demonstrate understanding of 

requirements for client confidentiality, electronic record keeping, and 

portability of client information. (3 credits). Prerequisites: BSHS 305, 325; 

COMM 215 or equivalent; MTH 209 or equivalent.

BSHS 335C ETHICS AND VALUES FOR 

HUMAN SERVICE 

PROFESSIONALS

3 College of Social 

Sciences

In this course students will become familiar with ethical standards for 

human service workers as outlined by the National Organization for 

Human Services (NOHS). An emphasis is placed on understanding 

concepts of least intrusive intervention, least restrictive environment, 

facilitating client self‐determination, appropriate professional boundary 

maintenance, and employing interdisciplinary team approaches to 

problem‐solving. Students will demonstrate understanding of 

requirements for client confidentiality, electronic record keeping, and 

portability of client information.

BSHS 341 FIELD EXPERIENCE PART I 3 College of Social 

Sciences

This course provides information and support to assist students in their 

first field experience placement in a human services organization. 

Students will conduct interviews, learn to create a learning contract, and 

develop an understanding of their role in the human services delivery 

system. Weekly workshops are provided to offer support and supervision 

of student activities in the field. Students will complete a total of 100 

hours of field experience during a ten‐week period. Supervision will be 

provided on a weekly basis in 2‐hour group sessions. Students will be 

exposed to the twelve core competencies of the BSHS program, with an 

emphasis on participant involvement, communication, community and 

service networking, as well as education, training, and self‐development.

B-68

BSHS 345 DIVERSITY AND SPECIAL 

POPULATIONS

3 College of Social 

Sciences

The emphasis of this course is on the context of diverse social systems 

including roles of ethnicity, gender, sexual orientation, cultural dynamics, 

socio‐economic status, variations of learning styles, and individual ability 

in evaluation and client needs assessment. To complete this course, a 

student must demonstrate knowledge and understanding of human 

limitations and capacity, and of the resilient nature of humans. The course 

involves an exploration of special populations to include individuals with 

disabilities, economically disadvantaged families and foster children, 

single parents including single pregnant women, displaced homemakers, 

individuals with barriers to educational achievement (including those with 

limited English proficiency), the aging and elderly, individuals preparing 

for nontraditional employment, tribal communities, refugees and 

immigrants, and underserved or hard‐to‐serve populations in general.

BSHS 345C DIVERSITY AND SPECIAL 

POPULATIONS

3 College of Social 

Sciences

The emphasis of this course is on the context of diverse social systems 

including roles of ethnicity, gender, sexual orientation, cultural dynamics, 

socio‐economic status, variations of learning styles, and individual ability 

in evaluation and client needs assessment. To complete this course, a 

student must demonstrate knowledge and understanding of human 

limitations and capacity, and of the resilient nature of humans. The course 

involves an exploration of special populations to include individuals with 

disabilities, economically disadvantaged families and foster children, 

single parents including single pregnant women, displaced homemakers, 

individuals with barriers to educational achievement  (including those 

with limited English proficiency), the aging and elderly, individuals 

preparing for nontraditional employment, tribal communities, refugees 

and immigrants, and underserved or hard‐to‐serve populations in general. 

Students will complete Module 9 of the MHF training.

BSHS 355 DELIVERY OF HUMAN 

SERVICES: THEORY AND 

PRACTICE

3 College of Social 

Sciences

This course facilitates identification of specific human needs and 

conditions, which are the core of the human services profession, and the 

range of human service delivery systems that address them. The 

conditions most often encountered with addictions and chemical 

dependency, aging populations, crime, mental and physical illnesses, 

poverty, delinquency and developmental disabilities will be explored in 

depth. On completion of this course students will demonstrate knowledge 

of theory and skills necessary for employing the major models of human 

service delivery at individual, group and community levels with attention 

to global influences effecting social policy and the political and ideological 

perspectives on human services delivery internationally.

BSHS 361 CHILD DEVELOPMENT 3 College of Social 

Sciences

In this course, students learn about human growth and development from 

conception through adolescence. Physical, cognitive, and psychosocial 

developmental domains are studied. Within those domains, language 

development, moral development, and multicultural issues are addressed. 

Practical application of developmental theory is included to help students 

appreciate the impact human services workers have on children, 

adolescents, and their caregivers.

B-69

BSHS 371 ADULT AND FAMILY 

DEVELOPMENT

3 College of Social 

Sciences

In this course, students learn about the physical, social, emotional, and 

cognitive development of the adult in today's society. They explore each 

of the major stages of adult development: young adulthood, middle age, 

and late life. Myths about aging are examined, and current research is 

reviewed. Factors influencing physical and mental health throughout the 

life cycle are explored, including those that contribute to developmental 

problems and those that foster greater life satisfaction and health. 

Students examine the resources and services for the aged population.

BSHS 375 INFORMATION SYSTEMS AND 

TECHNOLOGY IN HUMAN 

SERVICES

3 College of Social 

Sciences

This course provides the foundation for appropriate integration and use of 

information management systems crucial to the delivery of human 

services. Skills developed include methods of obtaining, organizing, 

analyzing, evaluating, maintaining and disseminating information. 

Domains addressed in the course involve the application of confidentiality 

guidelines and the appropriate use of client data, utilizing technology to 

assist in conducting needs assessments and basic program evaluation, and 

accessing research literature for advocacy and education initiatives. Basic 

computer skills such as word processing and the use of spreadsheets for 

maintaining a database are addressed along with a survey of assistive 

technology available for a range of special needs populations.

BSHS 385 INTERPERSONAL 

COMMUNICATION AND 

INTERVIEWING SKILLS

3 College of Social 

Sciences

Human Services delivery requires expertise in communicating well with a 

wide range of people and groups. A key component of effective 

communication is the development of genuine positive regard for others, 

skill in establishing empathic relationships, and obtaining information 

needed for effective intervention with successful outcomes. This course 

provides knowledge of theory and practice in interpersonal 

communication. Students will learn skills for resolving conflict, 

establishing positive rapport, assisting clients in becoming clear about 

goals and focusing on outcomes, and practicing professional and ethical 

behaviors in all client interactions. Students will complete Modules 3, 4, 5 

and 6 of the MHF training. (3 credits) Prerequisite: BSHS 415‐O.

BSHS 391 LIFELONG LEARNING AND 

PROFESSIONAL 

DEVELOPMENT

3 College of Social 

Sciences

This course will examine the roles of lifelong learning and professional 

development for human service workers in the helping process. Students 

will clarify their values and aspirations and develop a plan for their 

personal professional development. Students will explore both short‐term 

plans and long‐range goals and research the requirements and resources 

for each.

B-70

BSHS 395 CLIENT ASSESSMENT AND 

PLANNING

3 College of Social 

Sciences

This course enables students to understand the process of conducting 

needs assessments, developing an action plan for services, implementing 

the action plan, and subsequent evaluation of outcomes. Students will 

learn the process of developing goals and measurable objectives, 

designing an individualized program for clients, implementing the 

program, and using ongoing assessment and evaluation of results to revise 

or modify individualized programs. Students will demonstrate competency 

in identifying needs, and mobilizing resources and necessary supports for 

assisting clients in meeting goals. Students will complete Module 10, 11 

and 12 of the MHF training. (3 credits) Prerequisite: BSHS 385.

BSHS 402 CASE MANAGEMENT 3 College of Social 

Sciences

This course covers principles, practices, and issues in case management. 

The diagnosis and treatment of developmental, psychological, and 

psychiatric problems and treatment resources in the least restrictive and 

most cost effective settings will be examined.

BSHS 405 INTERVENTION, DIRECT 

SERVICE DELIVERY & CASE 

MANAGEMENT

3 College of Social 

Sciences

This course provides an overview of the role of the human service worker 

as a change agent with a focus on the application of theory and skills 

necessary for providing interventions and direct service delivery to 

individuals and groups. Specifically, students will develop competence in 

professional skills such as case management, client intake and 

interviewing, and basic group and individual counseling techniques. 

Additionally, students will learn how to access resources, use 

consultation, and make referrals.

BSHS 406 FAMILY AND SOCIAL 

SYSTEMS: CONTEMPORARY 

TRENDS AND ISSUES

3 College of Social 

Sciences

Theories of public and private families, as differentiated by societal 

interaction, are explored with a focus on family systems as they exist 

within social systems. Micro and macro family environments are 

investigated. Students will examine theories involving the interconnected 

and interdependent features of contemporary families in a range of social 

systems. Topics include the family, the state, and social policy with 

historical perspectives from federal and state legislation. Students will 

debate current trends in social policy, the efficacy of social welfare 

systems on a global scale, and demonstrate an understanding of the 

concept of practical compromise. Roles of the human service worker as 

advocate and service provider in the family systems context will be 

addressed.

B-71

BSHS 407 FAMILY VIOLENCE ACROSS 

THE LIFESPAN: A MULTI‐

STRATA PROBLEM

3 College of Social 

Sciences

This course explores the phenomenon and social problem of family 

violence with both macro‐ and micro‐theory explanations and an in‐depth 

literature review. Students will demonstrate an understanding of 

assessment strategies, consequences, and contributing factors of family 

violence across socio‐economic strata and the full range of diverse 

populations experiencing family violence. Attention is focused on 

professional and social responses that include clinical interventions, 

educational initiatives within schools, and responses to the disclosure of 

family violence in agency and private settings. Skills to develop a human 

services approach to preventing family violence are enhanced in this 

course; students are required to outline their own personal and 

professional roles in the movement to end family violence.

BSHS 407C FAMILY VIOLENCE ACROSS 

THE LIFESPAN: A MULTI‐

STRATA PROBLEM

3 College of Social 

Sciences

This course explores the phenomenon and social problem of family 

violence with both macro‐ and micro‐theory explanations and an in‐depth 

literature review. Students will demonstrate an understanding of 

assessment strategies, consequences and contributing factors of family 

violence across socio‐economic strata and the full range of diverse 

populations experiencing family violence. Attention is focused on 

professional and social responses that include clinical interventions, 

educational initiatives within schools, and responses to the disclosure of 

family violence in agency and private settings. Skills to develop a human 

services approach to preventing family violence are enhanced in this 

course; students are required to outline their own personal and 

professional roles in the movement to end family violence.

BSHS 408 CHILDHOOD ABUSE AND 

NEGLECT

3 College of Social 

Sciences

This course focuses on the segment of family violence involving physical 

child abuse, child sexual abuse and exploitation, child neglect and 

psychological maltreatment of children. Students will examine the scope 

of these problems and the characteristics of both victims and perpetrators 

while conducting a search for patterns and dynamics of each distinction. 

Students will demonstrate knowledge and understanding of reporting 

requirements, treatment interventions, repressed memory controversy, 

working within the criminal justice system and the tenets of the Children's 

Justice Act addressing investigation, prosecution, and judicial handling of 

abuse and neglect cases. Areas of focus involve various forms of each 

category including indicators for the range of abuses on an international 

scale with child labor, slavery, and child prostitution issues.

BSHS 411 FIELD EXPERIENCE PART II 3 College of Social 

Sciences

This course will offer students the opportunity to demonstrate 

progression in the 12‐Core Competency Areas, which are the topics of the 

course. Students will select placement in a community human services 

organization and participate in human service delivery. Weekly seminars 

are provided to offer support and supervision of the student activities 

while in the field experience. Students will learn to present issues for 

supervision.

B-72

BSHS 415 FIELD EXPERIENCE I 3 College of Social 

Sciences

This is a 15‐week course requiring at least 175 hours of field experience, or 

an average of 12 hours per week committed to a field placement site. 

Students will work in a human services setting under the supervision of a 

qualified professional. In addition to providing direct service, students will 

attend a weekly 2‐hour class for faculty supervision and evaluation of core 

competency development. Typical activities of a field placement involve 

employing skills acquired so far in the program progression: conducting 

interviews, working directly with clients and groups, developing action 

plans, and documenting. Students will complete Modules 13 and 14 of the 

MHF training.

BSHS 415O ORIENTATION TO FIELD 

EXPERIENCE

0 College of Social 

Sciences

This course will provide an overview of the expectations and requirements 

for a successful Field Experience. Students will be provided with 

information regarding field placement with approved sites, 

documentation of field experience, and requirements for supervision. 

Orientation is offered well in advance of the first Field Experience course, 

BSHS  415 to provide students ample time for field site selection. (0 

credits) Prerequisite: BSHS 375. May not be taken as Directed Study.

BSHS 425 ADMINISTRATION & 

MANAGEMENT OF HUMAN 

SERVICE PROGRAMS

3 College of Social 

Sciences

Administration and management involve components of indirect services 

associated with systematic delivery of direct human services. Students will 

learn theories of strategic planning, human resource management, 

strategies for evaluation and planning the development of human service 

organizations, elements of agency operations, risk management, 

budgeting, and fiscal acquisition through grant writing and contract 

negotiation. The emphasis of this course is on leadership development, 

and managing professional and volunteer staff. Additional content areas 

addressed in the course involve advocacy efforts and grass roots 

movements focused on constituency building.

BSHS 426 HUMAN SERVICES 

MANAGEMENT: THEORY & 

PRACTICE

3 College of Social 

Sciences

This course traces the historical context of human services management. 

Students will examine strategies for managing an integrated, multi‐

emotionally driven work force. Students will prepare to be generalists, 

understanding the scope of leading work forces under pressure. Students 

will employ learned management practices to distinguish, inspect, and 

measure the important attributes of program management and 

supervision. A focus on organizational behavior and the challenges of 

embracing workforce diversity, dynamic systems change, performance 

evaluation, and effective communication with a range of paraprofessional 

and professional colleagues allows students to explore their role as 

managers in the growing human services field.

B-73

BSHS 427 CRITICAL THINKING SKILLS IN 

MANAGEMENT DECISION‐

MAKING

3 College of Social 

Sciences

This course will familiarize students with strategies related to making 

sustainable decisions. Techniques used to make decisions, solve problems, 

and lead environments will be explored. Concepts of strategic planning, 

organizing, and leading are examined to link these basic principles to 

create a healthy and thriving workplace environment. Specific details to 

human services are considered and methods for service delivery to needs‐

based populations and the workers who serve in this capacity. Students 

are introduced to, and will demonstrate understanding of, the Six Sigma 

elements and five‐step approach for process improvement.  

BSHS 428 HUMAN SERVICES PROGRAM 

DESIGN AND PROPOSAL 

WRITING

3 College of Social 

Sciences

This course introduces students to the purposes, challenges and benefits 

of program design and grant writing. Students will review components of 

each and conduct a needs assessment and develop a business case for 

implementation on program design. Special attention will be given to 

research for finding available funding sources and how to form important 

partnerships. Students explore the methods of research using 

quantitative, qualitative and mixed‐method program design concepts. 

Students will examine concepts of logic models and their impact on 

people, processes, and conditions related to program design. Using a 

specific framework, learners will uncover funding possibilities and use 

tools to prepare for the rigor related with grant writing. Resources and 

tools to secure funding for state, federal and private human services 

programs and agencies are examined. Students will be introduced to the 

processes, obstacles and costs associated to grant writing and program 

design.

BSHS 435 RESEARCH AND STATISTICS IN 

HUMAN SERVICES

3 College of Social 

Sciences

This course provides an overview of research methods and appropriate 

use of statistics in the social sciences. A component of program 

development and evaluation involves knowledge of theory related to 

understanding research and statistics in the human services arena. The 

scientific method, research tools, data collection, and analysis will be 

reviewed. Understanding research and developing the ability to critically 

evaluate published research reports will be emphasized. Statistical 

concepts will be reviewed, and students will gain a conceptual 

understanding of underlying principles of research and statistical analysis. 

Statistical software will be introduced, and students will compute 

descriptive and inferential statistical data. Students will practice 

developing research designs and conducting statistical analyses.

BSHS 435C RESEARCH AND STATISTICS IN 

HUMAN SERVICES

3 College of Social 

Sciences

This course provides an overview of research methods and appropriate 

use of statistics in the social sciences. A component of program 

development and evaluation involves knowledge of theory related to 

understanding research and statistics in the human services arena.  The 

scientific method, research tools, data collection, and analysis will be 

reviewed. Understanding research and developing the ability to critically 

evaluate published research reports will be emphasized. Statistical 

concepts will be reviewed, and students will gain a conceptual 

understanding of underlying principles of research and statistical analysis. 

Statistical software will be introduced, and students will compute 

descriptive and inferential statistical data. Students will practice 

developing research designs and conducting statistical analyses. 

Prerequisite: MTH 220 College Algebra or equivalent; MTH 209 Statistics 

or equivalent.

B-74

BSHS 437 SOCIAL SYSTEMS AND AGING 3 College of Social 

Sciences

This course traces the origins of social systems for the aging around the 

world, followed by an examination of program types, the effects on 

retirement, demographic changes, political sustainability of social 

programs for the aging, institutional settings, and labor supply. Students 

will define and measure population aging by comparing and contrasting 

U.S. data with other countries by exploring elderly‐ dependency and age‐

dependency ratios. Additional topics for discussion and demonstrated 

understanding by students include: the biology of aging and the pathology 

of memory, disengagement theory, mental health issues such as 

depression, suicide, and the psychology of aging, the aging family and 

changes in family structure, intra‐ and inter‐generational relationships 

across various societies, and healthful aging ideology.

BSHS 437C SOCIAL SYSTEMS AND AGING 3 College of Social 

Sciences

This course traces the origins of social systems for the aging around the 

world, followed by an examination of program types, the effects of on 

retirement, demographic changes, political sustainability of social 

programs for the aging, institutional settings and labor supply. Students 

will define and measure population aging by comparing and contrasting 

U.S. data with other countries by exploring elderly dependency and age‐

dependency ratios. Additional topics for discussion and demonstrated 

understanding by students include: the biology of aging and the pathology 

of memory, disengagement theory, mental health issues such as 

depression, suicide, and the psychology of aging, the aging family and 

changes in family structure, intra‐ and inter‐generational relationships 

across various societies, and healthful aging ideology. Prerequisite: BSHS 

435; MTH 220

BSHS 438 CARE FOR AGING 

POPULATIONS

3 College of Social 

Sciences

The course is an exploration of various living environments for aging and 

elderly including retirement communities, living with relatives and or 

children, independency, assisted living, the goodness‐of‐fit between 

lifestyle and housing, and managing long‐term care. Students will 

demonstrate knowledge of segregated versus age‐integrated residential 

settings and the impact on residents. An in‐depth investigation of care‐

related issues across the growing aging population will include topics such 

as chronic illness, subsidized and un‐subsidized healthcare related 

expenses, and needs assessment protocol. The basic model and principles 

of integrative, interdisciplinary healthcare is presented as the foundation 

for a team approach to the development of intervention plans, strategies 

of care, and implementation. (3 credits) Prerequisite: BSHS 437.

BSHS 438C CARE FOR AGING 

POPULATIONS

3 College of Social 

Sciences

The course is an exploration of various living environments for aging and 

elderly including retirement communities, living with relatives and or 

children, independency, assisted living, the goodness‐of‐fit between 

lifestyle and housing, and managing long‐term care. Students will 

demonstrate knowledge of segregated versus age‐integrated residential 

settings and the impact on residents. An in‐depth investigation of care‐

related issues across the growing aging population will include topics such 

as chronic illness, subsidized and un‐subsidized healthcare related 

expenses, and needs assessment protocol. The basic model and principles 

of integrative, interdisciplinary healthcare is presented as the foundation 

for a team approach to the development of intervention plans, strategies 

of care, and implementation. Prerequisite: BSHS 437.

B-75

BSHS 439 GRIEF, LOSS AND END OF LIFE 

ISSUES

3 College of Social 

Sciences

In this course students will learn strategies for facilitating the transition 

from curative measures to palliative care for the relief of emotional 

psychological distress, pain, and a range of physical symptoms. Core 

competencies involve demonstrated learning of methods for anticipating 

the demands of end‐of‐life caregiving including advanced directives,  24 7 

services, hospice case management, care and placement options, and 

easing the common challenges as individuals and families move from care 

and grief modalities to acceptance and healing. Students will demonstrate 

understanding of patient and caregiver needs and roles in late life care 

with topics that include: practical care assistance and early preparation, 

referral for financial and legal assistance, comfort and dignity issues, 

respite care, grief support, focusing on client values and concerns, and 

addressing family conflict. (3 credits) Prerequisite: BSHS 438.

BSHS 439C GRIEF, LOSS AND END OF LIFE 

ISSUES

3 College of Social 

Sciences

In this course students will learn strategies for facilitating the transition 

from curative measures to palliative care for the relief of emotional 

psychological distress, pain, and a range of physical symptoms. Core 

competencies involve demonstrated learning of methods for anticipating 

the demands of end‐of‐life caregiving including advanced directives,  24 7 

services, hospice case management, care and placement options, and 

easing the common challenges as individuals and families move from care 

and grief modalities to acceptance and healing. Students will demonstrate 

understanding of patient and caregiver needs and roles in late life care 

with topics that include: practical care assistance and early preparation, 

referral for financial and legal assistance, comfort and dignity issues, 

respite care, grief support, focusing on client values and concerns, and 

addressing family conflict.

BSHS 445 SURVEY OF CRISIS AND 

MENTAL HEALTH ISSUES AND 

INTERVENTIONS

3 College of Social 

Sciences

In this course, students explore the relationship between mental health 

and human service delivery systems in the United States, as well as global 

initiatives for improving the international service‐base. Students will learn 

to define and describe the nature and process of crisis and the impact of 

trauma‐causing events on the mental health of diverse clients. Students 

will compare and contrast the range of service delivery modalities and 

networks, including the operation of emergency management systems, 

and will demonstrate understanding of roles and skills needed when 

services are provided in emergency and crisis situations. The course 

facilitates development of skills necessary for assessing and managing 

suicide risk. Students will complete Module 15 of the MHF training.

BSHS 452 PROGRAM DESIGN AND 

PROPOSAL WRITING

3 College of Social 

Sciences

This course covers finding federal, state, and private funding for human 

services programs and agencies and writing proposals to secure funding. 

Students will practice designing and evaluating programs. Students will 

use the Internet to explore funding sources and to identify suggestions for 

developing successful grant proposals.

B-76

BSHS 455 WORKING WITH ADDICTIONS 3 College of Social 

Sciences

This course introduces students to the biology of addiction, including 

brain reward mechanisms, the role of environment and genetics, 

psychodynamics, and the impact of addiction on individuals, families, and 

communities. The roles of addiction in society in relationship to the 

judicial system, treatment systems, progressive era reforms, and 

complications of dual diagnosis are emphasized in the course. The course 

examines major models of conceptualizing and integrating prevention, 

intervention, rehabilitation, and maintenance relapse prevention. 

Students will learn strategies for accessing supportive measures and case 

management processes for developing wrap‐around action plans for 

service delivery to individuals and groups with addiction‐ and chemical‐

dependence‐related issues.

BSHS 455C WORKING WITH ADDICTIONS 3 College of Social 

Sciences

This course introduces students to the biology of addiction, including 

brain reward mechanisms, the role of environment and genetics, 

psychodynamics, and the impact of addiction on individuals, families, and 

communities. The roles of addiction in society in relationship to the 

judicial system, treatment systems, progressive era reforms, and 

complications of dual diagnosis are emphasized in the course. The course 

examines major models of conceptualizing and integrating prevention, 

intervention, rehabilitation and maintenance relapse prevention. Students 

will learn strategies for accessing supportive measures and case 

management processes for developing wrap‐around action plans for 

service delivery to individuals and groups with addiction and chemical 

dependence related issues.

BSHS 456 ADDICTION INTERVENTIONS 

FOR HUMAN SERVICE 

WORKERS

3 College of Social 

Sciences

This course has a focus on familiarizing students with fundamental 

interventions used in drug and alcohol treatment settings. Students will 

conduct an investigation of 12‐step, alternative support group, secular 

organization, therapeutic community, and structured inpatient outpatient 

approaches to intervention and treatment. Students will be prepared to 

apply basic skills for assessing and evaluating client needs, making 

referrals, and working as a colleague in groups of professional service 

providers. An exploration of commonly used evaluation instruments for 

assessing level of care is underscored along with tenets of co‐facilitation 

of treatment groups and assessing special population needs. Students will 

demonstrate foundational knowledge and understanding of guidelines for 

treatment as outlined by the Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services 

Administration and the American Society of Addiction Medicine’s Patient 

Placement Criteria.

BSHS 456C ADDICTION INTERVENTIONS 

FOR HUMAN SERVICE 

WORKERS

3 College of Social 

Sciences

This course has a focus on familiarizing students with fundamental 

interventions used in drug and alcohol treatment settings. Students will 

conduct an investigation of 12‐step, alternative support group, secular 

organization, therapeutic community, and structured in‐ patient 

outpatient approaches to intervention and treatment. Students will be 

prepared to apply basic skills for assessing and evaluating client needs, 

making referrals, and working as a colleague in groups of professional 

service providers. An exploration of commonly used evaluation 

instruments for assessing level of care is underscored along with tenets of 

co‐ facilitation of treatment groups and assessing special population 

needs. Students will demonstrate foundational knowledge and 

understanding of guidelines for treatment as outlined by the Substance 

Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration and the American 

Society of Addiction Medicine's Patient Placement Criteria.

B-77

BSHS 457 CODEPENDENCE AND 

WORKING WITH FAMILIES

3 College of Social 

Sciences

In this course students will demonstrate an understanding of the impact 

of controlling behaviors and supporting dysfunction in relation to 

addictions and families. Theories of codependency are explored as a 

disease of loss of selfhood and an addiction resulting from an imbalance 

of inner and outer self‐awareness. Cardinal characteristics of 

codependence are examined with a focus on chronic, progressive, 

malignant and treatable features. Students will demonstrate 

understanding and skill in case management and referral for treatment in 

addition to assisting clients with recovery goals, self‐awareness, self‐

acceptance, self‐responsibility and self‐reflection with a focus on 

prevalence, and consequences of codependency in families. (3 credits). 

Prerequisite: BSHS 456

BSHS 457C CODEPENDENCE AND 

WORKING WITH FAMILIES

3 College of Social 

Sciences

In this course students will demonstrate an understanding of the impact 

of controlling behaviors and supporting dysfunction in relation to 

addictions and families. Theories of codependency are explored as a 

disease of loss of selfhood and an addiction resulting from an imbalance 

of inner and outer self‐awareness. Cardinal characteristics of 

codependence are examined with a focus on chronic, progressive, 

malignant and treatable features. Students will demonstrate 

understanding and skill in case management and referral for treatment in 

addition to assisting clients with recovery goals, self‐awareness, self‐

acceptance, self‐ responsibility and self‐reflection with a focus on 

prevalence, and consequences of codependency in families.

BSHS 458 ACTION PLANNING, RELAPSE 

PREVENTION AND AFTERCARE

3 College of Social 

Sciences

This course provides advanced skills development for the addiction and 

chemical dependency human service worker. Students will conduct an in‐

depth evaluation of various treatment approaches employed when 

preparing action plans with clients. An investigation of comprehensive 

treatment programs, community action programs, school‐based 

programs, and public health approaches to relapse prevention and 

aftercare strategies will provide students an opportunity to develop and 

present an individualized program for a fictional client. Students will 

demonstrate an understanding of policy issues, managed care, private and 

public insurance, and advocacy for the consumer in relation to addiction 

and dependency issues. (3 credits).

BSHS 458C ACTION PLANNING, RELAPSE 

PREVENTION AND AFTERCARE

3 College of Social 

Sciences

This course provides advanced skills development for the addiction and 

chemical dependency human service worker. Students will conduct an in‐ 

depth evaluation of various treatment approaches employed when 

preparing action plans with clients. An investigation of comprehensive 

treatment programs, community action programs, school‐based 

programs, and public health approaches to relapse prevention and 

aftercare strategies will provide students an opportunity to develop and 

present an individualized program for a fictional client. Students will 

demonstrate an understanding of policy issues, managed care, private and 

public insurance, and advocacy for the consumer in relation to addiction 

and dependency issues.

B-78

BSHS 462 BUILDING COMMUNITY IN 

ORGANIZATIONS

3 College of Social 

Sciences

This course provides a framework for understanding organizations as 

social communities. Students will learn to identify the essential elements 

of organizational communities, the managerial implications, the skills 

necessary to effectively work in organizational communities, and the 

benefits of working in organizations using the community model. 

Emphasis will be placed on understanding and developing the skills 

needed to work effectively in organizations.

BSHS 465 PROFESSIONAL 

DEVELOPMENT AND IDENTITY

3 College of Social 

Sciences

In this course, students will explore processes for enhancement of self‐

awareness and the effect of personal style and personality on human 

service delivery. Students will examine personal values, cultural 

differences and biases, and individual philosophies and belief systems, 

and then integrate this understanding of self into the development of an 

identity as a human service professional. Students will demonstrate 

strategies for cultivating self‐awareness and modeling self‐care. Students 

will investigate the value of membership in supportive professional 

organizations such as the National Organization for Human Services 

(NOHS) Students will complete Module 17 of the MHF training. (3 credits).

BSHS 471 MENTAL HEALTH AND CRISIS 

INTERVENTION PRACTICES

3 College of Social 

Sciences

Students will learn about the history and current status of the human 

services delivery system and the mental health services system. 

Appropriate protocols for assessing strategies will be examined and 

explored. Students will explore the skills, techniques, and uses of crisis 

intervention.

BSHS 475 FIELD EXPERIENCE II 3 College of Social 

Sciences

This is a 15‐week course requiring at least 175 hours of field experience, or 

an average of 12 hours per week committed to a community human 

services placement site. Weekly seminars (2 hours per week) are provided 

to offer support and supervision of the student activities during their field 

experience. Students will learn to present issues for supervision. Each 

student will create a portfolio of his or her competencies and 

accomplishments for career purposes. This course requires accumulation 

of the total 350 service hours necessary for graduation from the program 

(the first 175 hours were compiled in BSHS 415, FE I) and demonstration of 

a professional attitude and disposition as evaluated in 8 domains: 

Professionalism, Personal Growth, Sensitivity, Flexibility, Emotional 

Maturity, Group Membership Skills, Accepting Feedback, and Relationship 

with Authority. Students will complete Modules 7 and 18 of the MHF 

training.

B-79

BSHS 481 WORKING WITH GROUPS 3 College of Social 

Sciences

This course provides students with knowledge, awareness, and skill 

building in group work. Content emphasizes such areas as different types 

of groups (task, psycho‐educational, counseling, and psychotherapy), 

group dynamics, group norms and boundaries, leadership styles, and 

leading and co‐leading. Ethics, standards for best practice, principles for 

diversity‐competent group workers, confidentiality, and selection 

procedures are included as key components for effective group work 

practice.

BSHS 485 CAPSTONE: ADVOCACY AND 

CREATING SOCIAL CHANGE

3 College of Social 

Sciences

This course is the culmination of the BSHS program with a focus on the 

basic tenets of client advocacy efforts and the processes of creating social 

change. As human services professionals, students will demonstrate 

strategies for using their knowledge and skills for understanding and 

helping clients. The Capstone Project asks students to develop an 

advocacy action plan that addresses a local need they have determined 

utilizing a community needs assessment. Students will complete Module 

19 of the MHF training. (3 credits) Prerequisite: BSHS 465.

BSHS 491 FIELD EXPERIENCE  PART III 3 College of Social 

Sciences

This course will offer students the opportunity to demonstrate 

progression in the 12‐Core Competency Areas, which are the topics of the 

course. Students will select placement in a community human services 

organization and participate in human service delivery. Weekly seminars 

are provided to offer support and supervision of the student activities 

during their field experience. Students will learn to present issues for 

supervision. Each student will create a portfolio of his or her 

competencies and accomplishments for career purposes.

BSHS 561 BUILDING COMMUNITY IN 

ORGANIZATIONS

3 College of Social 

Sciences

This course provides a framework for understanding organizations as 

social communities. Students will learn to identify the essential elements 

of organizational communities, the managerial implications, the skills 

necessary to effectively work in organizational communities, and the 

benefits of working in organizations using the community model. 

Emphasis will be placed on understanding and developing the skills 

needed to work effectively in communication.

B-80

BSLS 101CA ORIENTATION TO LIBERAL 

STUDIES IN EDUCATION

0 College of 

Education

This course is an orientation to the primary components of the Bachelor of 

Science in Liberal Studies program.  Students will be introduced to the 

program's progression and degree completion requirements.  Field 

experience, electronic resources, e‐portfolio, Teacher Performance 

Assessments, and student teaching will be discussed.

BSS 395 CONTEMPORARY ISSUES AND 

FUTURES IN SECURITY

3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course examines the principle issues in contemporary criminal justice 

as well as the extrapolation of such issues toward potential futures within 

the criminal justice field. Students focus on relevant research about the 

current environment of the law enforcement field and analytic 

conclusions of potential future conditions. Students will apply critical 

thinking to and engage in in‐depth discussion of these concepts in this 

comprehensive study of local, state, national, and global levels of criminal 

justice administration.  

BSS 480 RISK MANAGEMENT 

PERCEPTION AND 

COMMUNICATION

3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

In this course, students will explore different global and regional threats; 

integrate security decision concerns with antiterrorism resource 

allocation; examine the psychological perception of the risk of terrorism 

threats; evaluate security plans; and discuss the role of the media in 

regards to accuracy and timely reporting. The knowledge and skills 

developed in this course will help prepare students for service in local and 

global security environments.

BSS 481 COUNTERTERRORISM 

INTELLIGENCE AND ANALYSIS

3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course explores developments and changes in the practice of security 

operations brought about from global and local terrorist threats to 

different organizations. Students in this course will study the typology and 

anatomy of terrorist operations; evaluate intelligence and information 

sharing in counter terrorism; examine counter terrorism analysis methods 

and Global Security tactics; discuss international ethical and legal issues in 

counterterrorism; and analyze technology Issues in counter terrorism. The 

new skills and knowledge gained will add to the protection, safety, and 

security of our society.

B-81

BSS 482 SECURING CRITICAL 

INFRASTRUCTURE AND 

CYBERSPACE

3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course explores the developments and changes in security operations 

to secure the critical infrastructure in public and private environments. 

Students will explore the critical infrastructure and interdependency; 

evaluate cybersecurity in post–9 11 global security; discuss the securing of 

human and property assets; develop proactive planning for protection of 

assets; and analyze border and transportation security issues. Upon 

completion of this security course, students will have new skills and 

knowledge that will aid them in their present or future organizations.

BSS 483 WORLD VIEW OF HOMELAND 

SECURITY

3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

Students in this course will develop new skills to aid in the protection, 

safety, and security of society. Students will examine public and private 

security collaboration in homeland security response; discuss the 

leadership task of controlling the human influence in homeland security; 

analyze and understand the political influence on idea development in 

homeland security; compare and contrast jurisdictional responsibilities of 

homeland security programs; and evaluate the goals, objectives, and 

assessment of homeland security measures.

BUS 210 FOUNDATIONS OF BUSINESS 3 School of Business In this course, students explore the foundation of business by reviewing 

topics regarding the structure and culture of the modern business 

environment. Additional topics include the evolution of business, the role 

of business ethics, communication, technology, operations, leadership, 

and human resources. Upon completion, students are better prepared to 

make informed decisions regarding their educational and professional 

goals.

BUS 212 FOUNDATIONS OF BUSINESS 3 School of Business In this course, students explore will understand the foundation of 

business. Topics include the evolution of business, analysis of economic 

systems, global considerations, the role of business ethics, and business 

forms. Upon completion, students are better prepared to make informed 

decisions regarding business types, structures, and behaviors.

B-82

BUS 304 SURVEY OF GREEN AND 

SUSTAINABLE BUSINESS

3 School of Business This course provides an overview of the evolution and modern concepts of 

sustainable management in business. This includes how environmental 

principles developed into modern sustainable management practices; the 

influences of technology; product and service design; and the regulatory 

environment of sustainable business.

BUS 475 INTEGRATED BUSINESS TOPICS 3 School of Business The integrated business topics course examines strategic business 

management while integrating topics from previously completed business 

foundation coursework. This allows students to demonstrate a 

comprehensive understanding of the undergraduate business curricula 

with a significant emphasis placed on the assessment of individual 

outcomes to determine content mastery.

BUS 502 THE EXTERNAL FACTORS THAT 

IMPACT BUSINESS

3 School of Business This course examines the functions and issues that business managers 

need to address in order to compete in an increasingly global market. 

Topics include an overview of the global environment of business, doing 

business ethically, quantitative research, business strategy, and marketing.

BUS 503 ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL 

DECISION MAKING

3 School of Business This course provides students with the basic theories, concepts, 

terminology, and uses of economics, accounting, and business finance. 

Students learn practical applications for economics, accounting, and 

business finance in their professional lives through the integration of 

fundamental concepts and the analysis of actual business events.

B-83

BUS 511 MANAGING THE BUSINESS 

ENVIRONMENT

3 School of Business This course begins an introductory sequence to ensure students are 

successful in a graduate program. The topics include a broad overview of 

the business environment, including the concepts of management and 

operations, organizational behavior, human resources, information 

systems, ethics and the legal environment.

BUS 721 ISSUES IN OPTIMIZING 

OPERATIONS

3 School of Advanced 

Studies

This course evaluates research on how businesses adopt approaches to 

optimizing their operations and the conditions under which these lead to 

success. Topics include how an organization adopts best practices, the 

predictors for a successful quality management program, and the role of 

project management.

BUS 731 TRANSFORMING THE 

BUSINESS I

3 School of Advanced 

Studies

This course requires the learner to integrate all previous learning by 

identifying and solving organizational problems and recommending new 

business models that will increase organizational performance. The 

outcome of this course will be delivered in Transforming the Business II.

BUS 732 TRANSFORMING THE 

BUSINESS II

3 School of Advanced 

Studies

This course requires the learner to integrate all previous learning by 

identifying and solving organizational problems and recommending new 

business models that will increase organizational performance. The 

outcome of this course will be a continuation of Transforming the 

Business I.

B-84

BUS 733 TRANSFORMING THE 

BUSINESS

3 School of Advanced 

Studies

In this course, students will integrate visionary organizational leadership 

ideas and practices and apply these to the optimization of organizational 

resources in a complex, global environment to positively impact future 

organizational performance, change and sustainability.

CAP GM591 CASES IN CROSS‐BORDER 

MANAGEMENT

3 School of Business This content area capstone course applies management concepts related 

to global environment and corporate responsibility in a digital economy. 

Students learn to evaluate global managers environment, cultural context 

of global management, formulating and implementing strategies for 

international and global operations and global human resource 

management with focus on People, Profits and Planet. Case studies are 

utilized to assist in synthesizing concepts from prior global and business 

management course work. 

CCMH 504 INDIVIDUAL AND FAMILY 

DEVELOPMENT ACROSS THE 

LIFE SPAN

3 College of Social 

Sciences

This course presents students with theoretical frameworks to foster an 

understanding of the various dimensions of human development. 

Emphasis is placed on biological, cognitive, and psychosocial development 

within the context of gender, family systems, social roles, and culture. 

Students evaluate clinical situations and assess potential therapeutic 

interventions in context.

CCMH 504C INDIVIDUAL AND FAMILY 

DEVELOPMENT ACROSS THE 

LIFE SPAN

3 College of Social 

Sciences

This course presents students with theoretical frameworks to foster an 

understanding of the various dimensions of human development. 

Emphasis is placed on biological, cognitive, and psychosocial development 

within the context of gender, family systems, social roles, and culture. 

Students evaluate clinical situations and assess potential therapeutic 

interventions in context.

B-85

CCMH 506 PERSONALITY THEORIES AND 

COUNSELING MODELS

3 College of Social 

Sciences

This course enables students to differentiate among the primary 

theoretical models of personality theory and counseling practice, 

including psychodynamic, affective, cognitive behavioral, humanistic, 

interpersonal, multicultural, and systems theory. A focus on evidence‐

based practices that incorporate cultural diversity issues with population‐ 

specific approaches is significant feature of this course.  Emphasis is on 

the importance of students recognizing belief systems that accurately 

reflect their own personal style and to recognize strategies and 

approaches likely to be most successful with a particular client population. 

Students have opportunities to establish a strong theoretical foundation 

as the basis of clinical practice and to evaluate and assess clinical 

situations for implementation of therapeutic interventions that are 

gender and culturally appropriate. Assessment and intervention for 

emergency crisis is introduced.

CCMH 510 MULTI‐CULTURAL ISSUES IN 

MENTAL HEALTH COUNSELING

3 College of Social 

Sciences

This course is designed to be a foundation for understanding diversity 

among clients in a pluralistic society. Emphasis will be on integrating 

awareness, knowledge, and skills related to counseling differences and 

similarities based on age, race, ethnicity, national origin, religious 

affiliations, gender identification, sexual orientation, physical mental 

limitations, social class, etc.

CCMH 510CA MULTICULTURAL ISSUES IN 

MENTAL HEALTH COUNSELING

3 College of Social 

Sciences

This course is designed to be a foundation for understanding diversity 

among clients in a pluralistic society. Special focus is given to populations 

in the state of California. Emphasis will be on integrating awareness, 

knowledge, and skills related to counseling differences and similarities 

based on age, race, ethnicity, national origin, religious affiliations, gender 

identification, sexual orientation, physical mental limitations, social class, 

etc.

CCMH 511 FUNDAMENTAL COUNSELING 

SKILLS

3 College of Social 

Sciences

This introductory counseling skills course introduces students to 

fundamental helping skills. Students will develop a range of basic 

communication patterns to facilitate a healthy therapeutic relationship 

between counselor and client. Students learn counseling and 

communication skills such as, attending behaviors, eliciting, structuring, 

and summarizing.

B-86

CCMH 515 LEGAL, ETHICAL, AND 

PROFESSIONAL ISSUES IN 

COUNSELING

3 College of Social 

Sciences

This course covers the legal and ethical responsibilities of the counseling 

professional. Students learn to interpret and act upon situations 

appropriately and effectively. Content includes issues such as client rights, 

confidentiality, duty to warn and protect, dual relationships, supervision 

and consulting, ethics with special populations, and ethical decision‐

making models.

CCMH 515CA LEGAL, ETHICAL, AND 

PROFESSIONAL ISSUES IN 

COUNSELING

3 College of Social 

Sciences

This course covers the legal and ethical responsibilities of the counseling 

professional with an emphasis on California law. Students learn to 

interpret and act upon situations appropriately and effectively. Content 

includes issues such as client rights, confidentiality, duty to warn and 

protect, dual relationships, supervision and consulting, ethics with special 

populations, and ethical decision‐making models.

CCMH 520 BIOLOGICAL BASIS OF 

BEHAVIOR PHYSIOLOGICAL 

ISSUES

3 College of Social 

Sciences

This course examines the biological foundations of human functioning in 

relationship to cognition, emotions and mental health. It includes an 

overview of neuro‐anatomy, biochemistry, and main effects and side 

effects of prescription psychotropic medication. The goal of the course is 

to learn how the underlying biological aspects of human functioning affect 

processes of adjustment and well‐being relevant to client populations. 

There is special attention given to issues pertaining to those who are 

taking psychotropic medication and the need to monitor them for side 

effects and contraindications. Ethics and methods of working with medical 

personnel are included.

CCMH 521 PSYCHOPHARMACOLOGY 

BIOLOGICAL BASIS OF 

BEHAVIOR

3 College of Social 

Sciences

The goal of the course is twofold.  It examines the history, biochemistry, 

main effects and side effects of prescription psychotropic medication and 

also covers the many facets of human sexuality and the treatment of 

sexual dysfunctions. Topics include biological concepts of mental distress, 

principles of drug action and metabolism, the physiology, psychology, and 

sociology of sexuality, including the effects of sexual attitudes and 

functioning on individuals and families.  Ethics and methods of working 

with medical personnel are included.

B-87

CCMH 522 PSYCHOPHARMACOLOGY 3 College of Social 

Sciences

The course examines the history, biochemistry, main effects and side 

effects of prescription psychotropic medication and biological bases of 

human behavior in relation to cognition, emotions and mental health. 

Topics include an overview of neuroanatomy and biochemistry, biological 

concepts of mental distress, and principles of drug action and metabolism. 

Ethics, methods of working with medical personnel, and the effects of 

psychotropic medications on the family system are included.

CCMH 525 RESEARCH METHODS FOR 

MENTAL HEALTH 

COUNSELORS

3 College of Social 

Sciences

This course provides an overview of the fundamentals of research and 

evaluation in the counseling profession. Topics include critical analysis of 

research literature, statistical analysis, qualitative and quantitative 

research methods, needs assessment, and program evaluation. Emphasis 

is placed on understanding connections between research design, 

theories, and the utilization of results in the professional practice of 

counseling.

CCMH 535 PSYCHOMETRICS 3 College of Social 

Sciences

The focus of this course is on tests used in counseling and test reports, 

with an emphasis on learning how to integrate testing as an additional 

tool in counseling. Tests most commonly encountered in the counseling 

field are identified and reviewed, and the following components are 

discussed: psychometric properties of tests, test selection criteria, 

administration, interpretation, and reporting of test results.

CCMH 540 CAREER AND VOCATIONAL 

COUNSELING

3 College of Social 

Sciences

This course provides the student with a comprehensive overview of 

vocational theory and career counseling. It includes the historical 

foundations of vocational theory and the relationship of these to skills and 

techniques utilized in career counseling and vocational development 

practices. Vocational and career counseling is examined as an integral 

component of the overall assessment and treatment of clients 

representing diverse populations found within the scope of community, 

mental health, and marriage and family counseling. Emphasis is placed on 

the examination of adults in transition and the nature of work in a 

changing world. Students develop competencies necessary to provide 

career and vocational counseling to clients across the lifespan.

B-88

CCMH 544 INTRODUCTION TO CLINICAL 

ASSESSMENT

3 College of Social 

Sciences

This course introduces students to models and tools of assessment and 

diagnosis for the purpose of developing competency in evaluation and 

treatment planning for professional counseling practice. Students learn 

about and practice intake assessment techniques, mental status 

examinations, using the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental 

Disorders (DSM), outcome‐based treatment planning, and behavioral 

analysis. Emphasis is placed on writing clear, accurate, and useful 

assessments and treatment plans. Multicultural and ethical issues in 

assessment are also explored.

CCMH 547 BASIC CLINICAL ASSESSMENT 

AND PSYCHOMETRICS

3 College of Social 

Sciences

This course introduces students to models and tools of clinical assessment 

and diagnosis techniques, including tests and test reports used in 

counseling and behavioral analysis. Students use the current edition of the 

Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (DSM) to practice 

writing clear, accurate, and useful intake assessments, mental status 

examinations, and outcome‐based treatment planning. Special focus is 

placed on psychometric properties of tests, test selection criteria, 

administration, interpretation, and reporting of test results. Multicultural 

and ethical issues in assessment and psychometrics are also explored.

CCMH 548 PSYCHOPATHOLOGY: 

ADVANCED CLINICAL 

ASSESSMENT

3 College of Social 

Sciences

Students build on the skills gained in previous courses, focusing on the 

more complex or problematic disorders. Students enhance their skills by 

using the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders® for 

report‐writing and treatment plan development. Emphasis is on accepted 

treatment approaches and outcome‐based assessments; the development 

of critical‐thinking skills; and on multicultural, legal, and ethical issues.

CCMH 551 INDIVIDUAL COUNSELING 3 College of Social 

Sciences

This course focuses on intensive skill building in individual counseling. The 

relationship between assessment, theory, application of strategy and 

intervention, setting goals with clients, closure, and referral are 

emphasized as essential to the counseling environment. Emphasis is also 

placed on treatment plans, ethics, and cultural diversity.

B-89

CCMH 558 CRISIS INTERVENTION AND 

TRAUMA

3 College of Social 

Sciences

This course provides students with an in‐depth evaluation of crisis and 

trauma counseling, including emergency and disaster situations. Students 

examine crisis theory, methods of crisis response, psychological effects 

associated with trauma, assessment strategies, and intervention models. 

Students analyze theoretical approaches as they relate to crisis 

management and trauma counseling.

CCMH 561 DEPENDENCY AND 

ADDICTIONS

3 College of Social 

Sciences

This course addresses addiction concepts and counseling practices. Topics 

include an overview of dependency theories, major substances of abuse, 

assessment, diagnosis, treatment modalities, special topics, and working 

with diverse populations.

CCMH 565 FAMILY, COUPLE, AND CHILD 

COUNSELING

3 College of Social 

Sciences

This course is an overview of models in the intervention and treatment of 

children, adolescents, and families. Students contrast fundamental 

assumptions of systems theory with intrapsychic theories; address 

integrative approaches to assessment and diagnosis in family therapy; and 

explore systemic approaches to treatment of issues common to families 

and children in clinical settings.

CCMH 568 GROUP COUNSELING 3 College of Social 

Sciences

This course provides students with intensive knowledge, awareness, and 

skill‐building in group counseling. Content emphasizes such areas as 

different types of groups, dynamics, norms and boundaries, leadership 

styles, leading and co‐leading, and treatment plans. Confidentiality, 

selection procedures, ethics, and diversity are included as key 

components of effective group counseling practice.

B-90

CCMH 578 SEMINAR CLINICAL MENTAL 

HEALTH

3 College of Social 

Sciences

This course integrates mental health foundations with historical, 

philosophical and contextual dimensions of clinical mental health 

counseling practice, and reviews the trends in both the knowledge and 

skills necessary to practice clinical mental health counseling. Additionally, 

this course explores current national and local issues relevant to the 

practice of mental health counseling. Community resources and 

professional networks are explored as a means of demonstrating the 

integration of the profession in a social context. Issues surrounding the 

need for ongoing professional identity development, including 

membership in professional organizations, are examined as a strategy for 

counselor involvement in advocacy processes. Students will investigate 

professional roles, functions, and relationships with other human services 

providers. Additionally, application of counseling models for diverse needs 

and settings, including crisis and trauma, are investigated in‐depth.

CCMH 581 SUPERVISION MANAGEMENT 

IN CLINICAL MENTAL HEALTH 

COUNSELING

3 College of Social 

Sciences

This course is an overview of supervision and management as they relate 

to the practice of counseling. Models of supervision and counselor 

development, supervision and management processes, assessment and 

evaluation issues, and ethical and legal aspects of supervision are 

emphasized. Students explore their skills in management, supervision, and 

and consultation, particularly as they relate to recent changes in the 

mental health care delivery system.

CCMH 585 COMMUNITY COUNSELING 3 College of Social 

Sciences

This course examines principles, theories, and practices of community 

counseling and interventions. Topics include needs assessment, design 

and utilization of programs and facilities for inpatient, outpatient, partial 

treatment, and aftercare, as well as the utilization of the public and 

private mental health counseling services networks in local communities. 

Other topics addressed include community‐based strategies for crisis 

intervention, interdisciplinary community outreach, and trauma 

counseling. Related ethical practice is integrated.

CCMH 592 PRACTICUM IN CLINICAL 

MENTAL HEALTH COUNSELING

3 College of Social 

Sciences

This course focuses on the assessment and continuing development of 

student counseling skills.  Students have a variety of opportunities to 

receive feedback and to evaluate their ability to integrate theory into 

practice. Students determine their styles and strengths as professional 

counseling practitioners, as well as identify areas needing further 

development. Individualized practice sessions and feedback are designed 

into the course.

B-91

CCMH 592O ORIENT TO PRACTICUM IN 

CLINICAL MENTAL HEALTH  

COUNSELING

0 College of Social 

Sciences

This course is an orientation to the practicum and internship.

CCMH 597A INTERNSHIP A 3 College of Social 

Sciences

Counseling Internship is a 600‐hour clinical experience (900 hours in Utah) 

required of all MSC students. Depending on the campus, the internship is 

divided into either 200 or 300 hour sections, each lasting 15 weeks. Those 

campuses that offer CCMH 597 A, B, and C require students to complete 

200 hours for each course (except Utah which requires 300 hours each), 

while those campuses that offer only CCMH 597 A and B require the 

student to complete 300 hours for each course. Please check with your 

Campus College Chair for any clarification or questions you have. The 

internship experience comprises Portfolio III of the counseling portfolio 

series. Students are placed in community counseling agencies where they 

provide clinical services to clients under the direction of an approved 

licensed agency site supervisor. Students are also assisted in their 

preparation for the National Counselor Examination. ****Above 

Description Updated 04 18 2012**** Counseling Internship is a 600‐hour 

clinical experience (900 hours in Utah) required of all MSC students. 

Depending on the campus, the internship is divided into either 200 or 300 

CCMH 597B INTERNSHIP B 3 College of Social 

Sciences

Counseling Internship is a 600‐hour clinical experience (900 hours in Utah) 

required of all MSC students. Depending on the campus, the internship is 

divided into either 200 or 300 hour sections, each lasting 15 weeks. Those 

campuses that offer CCMH 597 A, B, and C require students to complete 

200 hours for each course (except Utah which requires 300 hours each), 

while those campuses that offer only CCMH 597 A and B require the 

student to complete 300 hours for each course. Please check with your 

Campus College Chair for any clarification or questions you have. The 

internship experience comprises Portfolio III of the counseling portfolio 

series. Students are placed in community counseling agencies where they 

provide clinical services to clients under the direction of an approved 

licensed agency site supervisor. Students are also assisted in their 

preparation for the National Counselor Examination. ****Above 

Description Updated 4 18 2012**** Counseling Internship is a 600‐hour 

clinical experience (900 hours in Utah) required of all MSC students. 

Depending on the campus, the internship is divided into either 200 or 300 

CCMH 597C INTERNSHIP C 3 College of Social 

Sciences

Counseling Internship is a 600‐hour clinical experience (900 hours in Utah) 

required of all MSC students. Depending on the campus, the internship is 

divided into either 200 or 300 hour sections, each lasting 15 weeks. Those 

campuses that offer CCMH 597 A, B, and C require students to complete 

200 hours for each course (except Utah which requires 300 hours each), 

while those campuses that offer only CCMH 597 A and B require the 

student to complete 300 hours for each course. Please check with your 

Campus College Chair for any clarification or questions you have. The 

internship experience comprises Portfolio III of the counseling portfolio 

series. Students are placed in community counseling agencies where they 

provide clinical services to clients under the direction of an approved 

licensed agency site supervisor. Students are also assisted in their 

preparation for the National Counselor Examination. ****Above 

Description Updated 4 18 2012**** Counseling Internship is a 600‐hour 

clinical experience (900 hours in Utah) required of all MSC students. 

Depending on the campus, the internship is divided into either 200 or 300 

B-92

CEM 300 MANAGING THE CUSTOMER 

EXPERIENCE

3 School of Business This course offers an understanding of different business models that 

focus on the customer experience, deliberate customer service strategies, 

and customer rewards systems. Topics will include reputation 

management and the benefits of proactive customer service management 

programs. The customer experience can be examined through identifying 

the customer, acknowledging their needs and desires, embracing 

consumer behavior, and implementing managing systems that lead to 

customer retention. Students will become familiar with the evolution of 

customer care and shifts from the business structure to how a business 

delivers. Additional emphasis will be placed on new technologies, the 

social customer, and social media management and marketing.

CHM 109 INTRODUCTORY CHEMISTRY 3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course will examine the basic principles of chemistry conceptually 

and specifically. The course will apply chemical concepts to address 

relevant issues ranging from atomic structure and chemical reactions to 

organic and biological chemistry. The course topics include matter and 

energy, chemical bonding, intermolecular forces, chemical equilibrium, 

and nuclear, organic, and biological chemistry. Students will apply these 

concepts using practical examples, facilitated discussions, and 

experiments conducted through a virtual laboratory.

CHM 110 INTRODUCTORY CHEMISTRY 3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course will examine the basic principles of chemistry conceptually 

and specifically. The course will apply chemical concepts to address 

relevant issues ranging from atomic structure and chemical reactions to 

organic and biological chemistry. The course topics include matter and 

energy, chemical bonding, intermolecular forces, chemical equilibrium, 

and nuclear, organic, and biological chemistry. Students will apply these 

concepts using practical examples, facilitated discussions, and 

experiments conducted through a virtual laboratory.

CHM 150 GENERAL CHEMISTRY I 4 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course provides students with an in‐depth knowledge of the 

principles and applications of chemistry. Topics include chemical 

nomenclature, atomic theory, stoichiometry, periodicity, chemical 

bonding, thermochemistry, gas laws, and properties of solids and liquids. 

Students may apply these concepts using practical examples, facilitated 

discussions, and the experiments conducted through hands‐on labs. This 

course is the first half of the general chemistry sequence, which is 

completed in CHM 151: General Chemistry II.

B-93

CHM 151 GENERAL CHEMISTRY II 4 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course continues the examination of principles and applications of 

chemistry that was begun in CHM 150: General Chemistry I. Topics include 

properties of solutions, acids and bases, kinetics, equilibrium, 

thermodynamics, oxidation–reduction, ionic and redox equations, and 

electrochemistry. Students apply these concepts using practical examples, 

facilitated discussions, and experiments conducted through hands‐on labs.

CIS 207 INFORMATION SYSTEMS 

FUNDAMENTALS

3 College of 

Information 

Systems and 

Technology

This course introduces the fundamentals of computer systems and the 

role of information processing in today's business environment. An 

overview is presented of information systems, systems development, 

operating systems and programming, database management, networking 

and telecommunications, and the Internet.

CIS 211 OFFICE SOFTWARE SUPPORT 

FUNDAMENTALS

3 College of 

Information 

Systems and 

Technology

This course will prepare students to support Microsoft® Office 

applications. The student will learn the product features of Word, Excel®, 

PowerPoint®, and Outlook®. This course is based on the requirements of 

the Microsoft® Office Specialist certification.

CIS 290 PERSONAL COMPUTER 

HARDWARE SUPPORT

3 College of 

Information 

Systems and 

Technology

This course is an introduction to computer support fundamentals of 

personal computer (PC) hardware architecture, components, networking, 

configuration, upgrading, and repair.

B-94

CIS 292 PERSONAL COMPUTER OS 

SUPPORT

3 College of 

Information 

Systems and 

Technology

This course is an introduction to the fundamentals of personal computer 

operating systems for computer software configuration, file management, 

performance monitoring, optimization, maintenance, recovery, and 

security.

CIS 294 PERSONAL COMPUTER 

CUSTOMER SUPPORT

3 College of 

Information 

Systems and 

Technology

This course is an introduction to the roles, responsibilities, and skills 

required to become a professional computer support technician and 

provide exceptional computer support service. This course includes the 

fundamentals of customer service, effective questioning, verbal and 

nonverbal communication, support tools and technologies, 

troubleshooting theory, and common support issues.

CIS 296 COMPUTER SYSTEMS 

MAINTENANCE

3 College of 

Information 

Systems and 

Technology

This course is an introduction to computer hardware and software 

maintenance and troubleshooting. This course focuses on typical problem 

scenarios, diagnostics, procedures, and solutions.

CIS 298 HEALTHCARE IT 3 College of 

Information 

Systems and 

Technology

This course is an introduction to the technical knowledge and IT skills 

applied to healthcare business operations. This course will focus on the 

application of regulatory requirements, medical business and IT 

operations, and IT security. In addition, students will also explore medical 

business and technology applications in healthcare.

B-95

CIS 532 INFORMATION SYSTEMS 

LEADERSHIP

3 College of 

Information 

Systems and 

Technology

The Information Systems Leadership course provides an opportunity for 

students to explore the role of senior level Information systems 

executives, these titles range from IT director, VP of technology, and CIO 

as well as functional titles. Their duties often encompass responsibility for 

the overall direction for technology through strategic planning and 

evaluation. This course addresses numerous skills that can help 

Information Systems leaders excel within their unique roles in the 

organization.

CIS 568 INFORMATION SYSTEMS 

CONCEPTS

3 College of 

Information 

Systems and 

Technology

This course introduces the role of computer information systems in 

today's business environment. An overview is presented of the 

infrastructure, data, network, software, and hardware that make up 

computer information systems, the systems development process, and 

state‐of‐the‐business topics of which management personnel should be 

aware.

CIT 245 LOCAL AREA NETWORKING 

FUNDAMENTALS

3 College of 

Information 

Systems and 

Technology

This course addresses the fundamentals of local area network (LAN) and 

provides the basic networking components and their functions. The OSI 

model is introduced and the TCP IP protocol stack and its layers are 

examined. Students learn how to install, operate, configure, and verify a 

basic IPv4 network, including implementing IPv4 addressing, configuring a 

LAN switch, and troubleshooting common LAN switch issues.

CIT 249 WIDE AREA NETWORK 

ENVIRONMENT

3 College of 

Information 

Systems and 

Technology

This course provides students with the knowledge and skills necessary to 

design, build, and maintain routing and switching technologies. Students 

learn routing and switching operations, including implementing VLANs 

and trunking, implementing and troubleshooting single‐area Open 

Shortest Path First (OSPF) routing protocol and introduce IPv6 main 

features, addresses, and basic configuration. Advanced IP services are 

described, such as applying and troubleshooting Access Control Lists 

(ACLs), and managing IP address space using Network Address Translation 

(NAT), and Port Address Translation (PAT).

B-96

CIT 274 ROUTING AND SWITCHING 

IMPLEMENTATIONS

3 College of 

Information 

Systems and 

Technology

This course describes implementing scalable, medium‐sized switched and 

routed networks. Students learn to build and improve redundant 

networks using Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) and EtherChannel, 

implement and troubleshoot EIGRP and multi‐area OSPF routing 

protocols, and troubleshoot IPv6 network connectivity issues.

CIT 276 ROUTING AND SWITCHING 

MANAGEMENT

3 College of 

Information 

Systems and 

Technology

This course provides the knowledge and skills necessary for routing and 

switching management. Topics include extending Local Area Network 

(LAN) into a Wide Area Network (WAN), Virtual Private Network (VPN) 

solutions, and frame relay connectivity. Students learn network device, 

IOS file, and licensing management.

CIT 277 WEBSITE DEVELOPMENT 

FOUNDATIONS

3 College of 

Information 

Systems and 

Technology

This course introduces essential website development skills. Students will 

write code manually, as well as be introduced to graphical user interface 

(GUI) authoring tools. Topics include Hypertext Markup Language 5 

(HTML5) code validation, web forms, tables and frames, Internet 

marketing, search engine optimization (SEO), and content formatting with 

style sheets. This course addresses the objectives specified in the CIW Site 

Development Associate Certificate.

CIT 278 INTERNET BUSINESS 

CONCEPTS

3 College of 

Information 

Systems and 

Technology

This course introduces the Information Technology (IT) foundational skills 

and technologies used in business and the tasks involved in various IT job 

roles. Topics include Internet connection methods and protocols, the 

Domain Name System (DNS), cloud computing, social networking, and 

business skills. This course addresses the objectives specified in the CIW 

Internet Business Associate Certificate.

B-97

CIT 279 NETWORK TECHNOLOGY 

FOUNDATIONS

3 College of 

Information 

Systems and 

Technology

This course introduces the basics of network administration. Topics 

include the fundamentals of network architecture, the secure 

transmission of data, the Open Systems Interconnection (OSI) reference 

model, implementing a Content Management System (CMS), and mobile 

computing devices. This course addresses the objectives specified in the 

CIW Network Technology Associate Certificate.

CJ 230 INTRODUCTION TO 

CORRECTIONS

3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course is an introduction to the sanctions and consequences phase of 

the criminal justice system.  It provides an overview of corrections, 

including the persons, agencies, and organizations that manage convicted 

offenders.

CJ 240 INTRODUCTION TO JUVENILE 

JUSTICE

3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course is a general orientation to the field of juvenile justice.  It 

introduces students to issues of juvenile delinquency, prevention, 

apprehension, detention, and referral.

CJ 250 INTRODUCTION TO SECURITY 3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course will provide a general overview of contemporary security 

practices and programs.

B-98

CJA 204 INTRODUCTION TO CRIMINAL 

JUSTICE

3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course is an introductory overview of the organization and 

jurisdictions of local, state, and federal law enforcement, judicial and 

corrections agencies, and processes involved in the criminal justice 

systems. It examines the historical aspects of the police, the courts, and 

the correctional system, as well as the philosophy. Additionally, career 

opportunities and qualifying requirements, terminology, and 

constitutional limitations of the system will be covered.

CJA 214 INTRODUCTION TO POLICE 

THEORY AND PRACTICES

3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course is an introductory overview which provides students with the 

opportunity to gain an understanding of policing in the United States. It 

surveys the basics of police functions, from individual and organizational 

roles to the issues faced on a daily basis. This course also examines the 

procedures and methods of operation of police and critical issues in law 

enforcement.

CJA 224 INTRODUCTION TO CRIMINAL 

COURT SYSTEMS

3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course is an introduction and overview of the legal system, the 

participants, the courtroom process, and post conviction process of the 

court system. It demonstrates the connection among all participants and 

how they relate to each other. Additionally, the course covers the history 

of the court system and the different types of court at the state and 

federal levels.

CJA 234 INTRODUCTION TO 

CORRECTIONS

3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course is an introduction to the various components of the 

corrections system within the criminal justice system. It provides an 

overview of corrections, including corrections history, the persons, 

agencies, and organizations that manage convicted offenders. Other 

topics that are covered include; policy and procedure, sentencing, 

probation, and rehabilitations of prisoners.

B-99

CJA 304 INTERPERSONAL 

COMMUNICATIONS

3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course prepares the student to communicate effectively in both 

written and verbal forms. The course covers best practices in investigative 

reporting, written reports and memos, and interpersonal verbal 

communication within criminal justice settings, including interactions with 

victims, suspects, incarcerated persons, government officials, staff, and 

civilians.

CJA 305 CRIMINAL LAW 3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This is an introductory course in the study of criminal law, general legal 

principles, and how the criminal law functions in and affects modern 

society. This course highlights a variety of key topics, including the 

concept of crime and the development of criminal law, defenses to 

criminal charges, and a number of specific types of crimes, including 

personal crimes, property crimes, public order crimes, and offenses 

against public morality. Legal issues affecting punishment will also be 

discussed, as will ways the criminal law impacts victims of crime.

CJA 314 CRIMINOLOGY 3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

Criminology is an introductory course in the study of crime and criminal 

behavior, focusing on the various theories of crime causation. This course 

highlights the causes of crime, criminal behavior systems, societal reaction 

to crime, and criminological methods of inquiry.

CJA 315 CRIMINAL PROCEDURE 3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course explores the basic core knowledge of constitutional criminal 

procedure. Emphasis is placed on the Fourth, Fifth, and Sixth 

Amendments, searches and seizures, interrogations and confessions, 

identifications, and pretrial and trial processes. In addition, the United 

States Constitution, as interpreted by the U.S. Supreme Court, is examined 

along with philosophical policy considerations. Application of core 

knowledge is developed through simulation exercises and examination of 

homeland security issues.

B-100

CJA 324 ETHICS IN CRIMINAL JUSTICE 3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course explores the standards and codes of professional 

responsibility in criminal justice professions (e.g., Law Enforcement Code 

of Ethics, ABA Standards of Professional Responsibility, American Jail 

Association Code of Ethics for Jail Officers, and the American Correctional 

Association Code of Ethics). It also explores analysis and evaluation of 

ethical dilemmas, roles of professional organizations and agencies, ethics 

and community relations, ethics in criminal justice laws and procedures, 

and civil liability in law enforcement and correctional environments.

CJA 325 CRIMINAL ORGANIZATIONS 3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course is a survey of the origins and development of organized crime 

in the United States. It examines the structure and activities of organized 

criminal enterprises, considers different models that have been employed 

to describe organized crime groups, and explores theories that have been 

advanced to explain the phenomenon. Major investigations of organized 

crime and legal strategies that have been developed to combat it are also 

considered.

CJA 333 POLICING THEORY AND 

PRACTICE

3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course reviews the structure and function of law enforcement 

agencies in the United States at the state, local, and federal levels. 

Differences between levels, as well as current issues and problems facing 

law enforcement administrators are emphasized.

CJA 334 RESEARCH METHODS IN 

CRIMINAL JUSTICE

3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

Students learn and demonstrate knowledge of research methodology 

within the criminal justice system and become acquainted with the range 

and scope of quantitative and qualitative tools available to the criminal 

justice researcher.

B-101

CJA 335 RESEARCH STATISTICS 3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

Students learn to perform introductory statistical techniques common to 

the criminal justice system including descriptive and inferential statistics, 

correlation, and factor analysis and demonstrate knowledge of the 

application and limitations of specific statistical tests. Students also 

analyze and critique the use of statistics in research published by criminal 

justice researchers.

CJA 344 CULTURAL DIVERSITY ISSUES 

IN CRIMINAL JUSTICE

3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course offers a comprehensive, critical and balanced examination of 

the issues of crime and justice with respect to ethnicity. Procedures and 

policy in a pluralistic and multicultural society are examined relative to 

law enforcement, courts and corrections environments.

CJA 345 RESEARCH METHODS AND 

EVALUATION

3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

Students learn and demonstrate knowledge of research methodology 

including problem formulation, design, data collection and analysis, 

interpreting and summarizing research findings while exploring the range 

and scope of research and evaluation tools available to the criminal justice 

professional. Students also analyze and critique criminal justice program 

and service evaluations published by criminal justice research 

professionals.

CJA 354 CRIMINAL LAW 3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This is an introductory course in the study of criminal law, general legal 

principles, and how the criminal law functions in and affects modern 

society. This course highlights a variety of key topics, including the 

concept of crime and the development of criminal law, defenses to 

criminal charges, and a number of specific types of crimes, including 

personal crimes, property crimes, public order crimes, and offenses 

against public morality. Legal issues affecting punishment will also be 

discussed, as will ways the criminal law impacts victims of crime.

B-102

CJA 355 GRANT WRITING 3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course explores the basics of grant and proposal writing for criminal 

justice programs and agencies, from needs assessment to finding federal, 

state, and private funding. Students will practice program design and 

evaluation, research various grant application components and 

requirements, and identify funding sources and suggestions to develop 

successful grant proposals.

CJA 365 BUDGET, FINANCE, AND 

PLANNING

3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course explores public sector revenue sources, allocation of funds, 

governance, public stewardship, responsible economic policies, debt, and 

the requirement for accurate and complete reporting. Various budgetary 

approaches used in federal, state, and local agencies are analyzed.

CJA 373 CRIMINAL COURT SYSTEMS 3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course is an overview of American court history, including the 

development of state and federal courts. Court administration, the roles 

of professional and non‐professional courtroom participants, and stages 

in the process are discussed.

CJA 374 JUVENILE JUSTICE SYSTEMS 

AND PROCESSES

3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course is a general orientation to the field of juvenile justice, 

including causation theories and the development of system responses to 

delinquent behavior. The problems facing juveniles today are addressed, 

and adult and juvenile justice systems are compared, including initial 

apprehension, referral, and preventive techniques. Specific issues 

examined include chemical dependency, mental illness, and compulsive 

and habitual offenders. Special attention is given to the problems inherent 

in the police handling of juveniles and the function of juvenile courts.

B-103

CJA 375 INTERAGENCY 

COMMUNICATION

3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course explores the relationships across all internal and external 

areas and levels of government regarding effective emergency 

management. Students examine the required planning, response, 

recovery, and mitigation components that government agencies must 

consider. Network management theories, inter‐organizational 

communication, and potential collaboration models are explored.

CJA 383 INSTITUTIONAL AND 

COMMUNITY CORRECTIONS

3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course is a survey of the punishment phase of the criminal justice 

system, including the history, evolution, and process of American 

corrections. It provides an overview of corrections, including the persons, 

agencies, and organizations that manage criminals. Jails and prisons are 

described, including portrayals of inmates and their characteristics, and 

administrative operations. Other issues examined include overcrowding, 

inmate rights, privatization, female prisoners, juveniles, and the 

emergence of community corrections.

CJA 385 CRIMINAL JUSTICE POLICY 

ANALYSIS & PROGRAM 

EVALUATION

3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

Students learn and demonstrate knowledge of models and operational 

strategies used to develop and evaluate criminal justice policies and 

programs including issue identification, development of alternative 

solutions and strategies, and predicting the potential impact of justice 

system policy alternatives and programs. Students also analyze and 

critique criminal justice policy and program evaluations published by 

criminal justice research professionals.

CJA 394 CONTEMPORARY ISSUES AND 

FUTURES IN CRIMINAL JUSTICE

3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course examines both the principle issues in contemporary criminal 

justice as well as the extrapolation of such issues toward possible futures 

within the criminal justice field. Students will focus upon relevant research 

in policing, courts, and corrections that reflect key elements of current 

conditions and what may be expected in the years to come. Students will 

apply critical review and engage in in‐depth discussion of these concepts 

as a basis for comprehensive understanding at local, state, national, and 

global levels of criminal justice administration.

B-104

CJA 395 CURRENT ISSUES FUTURES IN 

CRIMINAL JUSTICE 

MANAGEMENT

3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course examines both the principle issues in contemporary criminal 

justice management as well as the extrapolation of such issues toward 

possible futures within the criminal justice management field. Students 

will focus on relevant research in policing, courts, and corrections that 

reflect key elements of current conditions and what may be expected in 

the years to come that will be important to criminal justice administrators. 

Students will apply critical review and engage in in‐depth discussion of 

these concepts as a basis for comprehensive understanding at local, state, 

national, and global levels of criminal justice administration.

CJA 404 CRIMINAL JUSTICE AND 

SECURITY FIELD EXPERIENCE 

SEMINAR

3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

During the Criminal Justice and Security Field Experience Seminar, 

Criminal Justice majors will have the opportunity to apply the knowledge 

and skills they have gained through academic coursework in a practical 

setting and to gain exposure and a greater understanding of the criminal 

justice system.  Students will choose an agency that will provide them 

with experiences relevant to the field of criminal justice. The time is spent 

in this course will consist of completing academic and field experience 

goals within an agency setting.

CJA 444 ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOR 

AND MANAGEMENT

3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course in organizational behavior encompasses the study of 

individual and group behavior as they apply to criminal justice 

organizations—court systems, law enforcement, and corrections. 

Managing organizational behavior challenges individuals to understand 

organizational structure and systems, leadership, motivation, effective 

communication, change management, and performance systems. A 

comprehensive review of these processes, as well as others, will allow 

students to examine their role in criminal justice systems in our rapidly 

changing society.

CJA 454 CRIMINAL JUSTICE 

MANAGEMENT THEORY AND 

PRACTICE

3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course applies management and financial principles to criminal 

justice organizations. Emphasis is placed on budgets, financial accounting 

principles, and assessing the effectiveness of the activities of criminal 

justice organizations. Students will discuss constitutional requirements, 

court decisions, and legislation as they impact management in criminal 

justice organizations are discussed. Basic accounting and financial 

terminology and purposes and formats of financial statements are 

introduced.

B-105

CJA 474 MANAGING CRIMINAL 

JUSTICE PERSONNEL

3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course is a survey of important personnel issues inherent to 

organizations and especially to Criminal Justice organizations. Problems 

with, procedures for, and solutions to common personnel issues will be 

explored.

CJA 475 FORECASTING AND 

STRATEGIC PLANNING

3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course provides pre‐ or in‐service administrators managers the 

knowledge, skills and tools necessary to consider the long‐term mission 

and direction of various criminal justice agencies and to build strategy and 

operations from both internal and external stakeholders to achieve 

identified mission goals. Students consider strategic planning as a process 

and method for implementing effective strategic management. Students 

receive a high‐level overview of data collection and analysis methods for 

strategic planning that provide the ability to develop long‐term solutions 

to continually evolving organizational challenges. Students explore long‐

term strategic management options, and how to use that information in 

planning, decision making, and developing strategies for more efficient 

organizational management of operations and programs.

CJA 483 FUTURES OF CRIMINAL 

JUSTICE

3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course examines possible criminal justice futures. Issues that police, 

corrections, and courts are likely to confront in the 21st century and 

beyond will be researched and discussed, along with established 

predictive techniques in the field of futures research. This is a capstone 

course requiring students to apply all they have learned throughout the 

program to the issues that will define possible criminal justice futures.

CJA 484 CRIMINAL JUSTICE 

ADMINISTRATION CAPSTONE

3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This capstone course is designed for students to integrate their acquired 

knowledge of theory into practical applications. Students focus on 

integrating core content of criminal justice administration with specialized 

content from the criminal justice management concentration area. 

Students assess the impact of their educational experiences on their 

professional competence and values, critical thinking, problem solving, 

communication, information use, and collaboration skills necessary for the 

modern criminal justice manager.

B-106

CJA 490 SURVEY OF CRIMINAL JUSTICE 3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course is a survey which explores the organizational differences and 

jurisdictions of local, state, and federal law enforcement, judicial and 

corrections agencies; and the related processes involved in the criminal 

justice system. It surveys the historical aspects of the police, the courts, 

and the correctional system, as well as explains the foundational 

relevance of these components to the overall functioning of the criminal 

justice system. Additionally, special issues and challenges faced by each of 

these areas will be considered.

CJA 491 SURVEY OF CRIMINAL COURT 

SYSTEMS

3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course is a survey to the historical aspects of the courts and various 

components of the legal system. It examines the different types of court 

at the state and federal levels, courtroom players, courtroom processes, 

and post conviction process of the court system. Additionally, it illustrates 

the correlation among all courtroom participants, differentiates roles and 

responsibilities, and examines how they relate to one another.

CJA 492 SURVEY OF CORRECTIONAL 

PROCESSES AND PENAL 

SYSTEMS

3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course is a survey to the various components of the correctional 

system and penal reform within the criminal justice system. It provides an 

overview of corrections, jails and prisons including their history, the 

players involved and their roles, and organizations that manage convicted 

offenders. Other topics that are covered include policy and procedure, 

sentencing, probation, and rehabilitations of prisoners. The course ends 

with international perspectives of imprisonment and global correctional 

systems.

CJHS 395 ISSUES AND FUTURES IN 

HUMAN SERVICES IN 

CRIMINAL JUSTICE

3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course examines both the principle issues in providing human 

services within contemporary criminal justice as well as the extrapolation 

of such issues toward possible futures of human services within the 

criminal justice field. Students will focus upon relevant research in 

policing, courts, and corrections that reflect key elements of current 

conditions and what may be expected from human services and human 

service workers in the years to come. Students will apply critical review 

and engage in in‐depth discussion of these concepts as a basis for 

comprehensive understanding at local, state, and national levels of human 

services in criminal justice administration.

B-107

CJHS 400 THEORY AND PRACTICE: 

HUMAN SERVICES IN 

CRIMINAL JUSTICE

3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

Students explore major theoretical areas in human services, including 

psychotherapeutic, behavioral, cognitive, multicultural, and systems 

theories. Students learn the foundational concepts associated with the 

major theories, approaches to change, and techniques and interventions 

used by practitioners. This course emphasizes the development of a 

personal theory and approach to human services within criminal justice. In 

addition, students analyze the practical applications of theory‐based 

techniques that criminal justice and human services professionals use 

while working in the criminal justice system.

CJHS 410 MENTAL HEALTH AND CRISIS 

INTERVENTIONS IN CRIMINAL 

JUSTICE

3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

Students will learn about human services delivery, crisis intervention, and 

mental health services within the criminal justice system. Students explore 

the skills associated with crisis intervention and mental health services 

and how they are applied in the field. Strategies for providing services to 

various populations in the criminal justice system also are examined.

CJHS 420 CASE MANAGEMENT AND 

SERVICES PROVIDED IN 

CRIMINAL JUSTICE

3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course covers principles, practices, and issues in case management. 

Students learn about the nature of diagnoses, interviewing skills, and how 

to identify treatment resources in the criminal justice system. Ethics and 

professional boundaries in case management are also examined.

CJHS 430 COLLABORATIVE SERVICES IN 

CRIMINAL JUSTICE

3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course examines the collaboration between human service 

professionals and those working in the criminal justice system. Students 

analyze the roles of human service workers in the areas of mediator, 

advocate, facilitator, evaluator, provider and agency representatives. 

Overcoming barriers to effective service delivery through the use of 

collaboration is also considered.

B-108

CJIH 400 HEALTH CARE DELIVERY IN 

CRIMINAL JUSTICE SYSTEMS

3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course examines the various ways health care is administered and 

delivered within criminal justice systems. Students review the evolution of 

the United States health care system and examine its various functions, 

provider models, and service delivery systems. Private, public, and 

criminal justice‐based health care sectors are contrasted including 

ambulatory, acute, mental, and long‐term care. Students also consider 

financial aspects that influence health care delivery and quality.

CJIH 410 COMMON DISEASE 

PROCESSES IN CRIMINAL 

JUSTICE SYSTEMS

3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course reviews disease processes and trends commonly encountered 

in criminal justice systems. Students review potential bloodborne 

pathogens and their transmission. Various methods of protection are also 

discussed.

CJIH 420 HEALTH CARE LEGAL ISSUES 

IN CRIMINAL JUSTICE AND 

SECURITY

3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course examines various legal issues, laws, regulations, and policies 

that affect health care administration and criminal justice systems. Topics 

range from patient rights to corporate responsibility and focus on laws 

relevant to the criminal justice and security professional in a health care 

setting. Students examine specific health care litigation and the impact of 

public and private health care regulatory agencies on the operation of 

health care as a business.

CJIH 430 FORENSIC HEALTH CARE 

POLICY: THE PAST AND THE 

FUTURE

3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course examines complex public policy issues affecting various 

forensic populations that must receive health care while under the control 

or custody of various governmental agencies. Students examine the role 

of political and economic theory, the role of interest groups, and the need 

for security in medical settings. Students also discuss historical trends and 

consider future challenges that forensic populations will face in health 

care delivery.

B-109

CJS 200 FOUNDATIONS OF THE 

CRIMINAL JUSTICE SYSTEM

3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course is an introductory overview of the organization and 

jurisdictions of local, state, and federal law enforcement, judicial and 

corrections agencies, and processes involved in the criminal justice 

systems. It examines the historical aspects of the police, the courts, and 

the correctional system, as well as the philosophy. Additionally, career 

opportunities and qualifying requirements, terminology, and 

constitutional limitations of the system will also be covered.

CJS 201 INTRODUCTION TO CRIMINAL 

JUSTICE

3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course is an introductory overview of the organization and 

jurisdictions of local, state, and federal law enforcement, judicial and 

corrections agencies, and processes involved in the criminal justice 

systems. It examines the historical aspects of the police, the courts, and 

the correctional system, as well as the philosophy. Additionally, career 

opportunities and qualifying requirements, terminology, and 

constitutional limitations of the system will be covered.

CJS 205 COMPOSITION FOR 

COMMUNICATION IN THE 

CRIMINAL JUSTICE SYSTEM

3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course prepares students to communicate effectively in both verbal 

and nonverbal forms. Students explore best practices of investigative 

reporting and composing written communications, such as administrative 

reports and memos, interpreting and using body language, and 

interpersonal interactions within criminal justice settings.  This includes 

interactions with victims, suspects, incarcerated persons, as well as 

government officials, staff, and civilians.

CJS 210 FUNDAMENTALS OF POLICING 3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course is an introductory overview that provides students with the 

opportunity to gain an understanding of policing in the United States. It 

surveys the basics of police functions, from individual and organizational 

roles to the issues faced on a daily basis. This course also examines the 

procedures and methods of operation of police agencies and critical issues 

in law enforcement.

B-110

CJS 211 ETHICS IN CRIMINAL JUSTICE 3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course explores the standards and codes of professional 

responsibility in criminal justice professions. It also explores ethical 

dilemmas, professional organizations and agencies, ethics and community 

relations, ethics in criminal justice laws and procedures, and civil 

responsibility in law enforcement and correctional environments.

 

  

CJS 215 INTRODUCTION TO FORENSICS 3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course provides an introduction to forensic science. This survey 

course is developed specifically for non‐science majors to familiarize them 

with the different forensic science disciplines, the types of examinations 

crime laboratories conduct, and how forensic science is applied in current 

American criminal justice systems. Students gain a basic understanding of 

the principles of science, specifically the scientific method and its 

application.

CJS 220 INTRODUCTION TO CRIMINAL 

COURT SYSTEM

3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course is an introduction and overview of the legal system, the 

participants, the courtroom process, and post‐conviction process of the 

court system. It demonstrates the connections among participants and 

how they relate to each other. Additionally, the course covers the history 

of the court system and the different types of court at the state and 

federal levels.

CJS 221 CULTURAL DIVERSITY IN 

CRIMINAL JUSTICE

3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course offers a comprehensive, critical, and balanced examination of 

the issues of crime and justice with respect to race and ethnicity. 

Procedures and policy in a pluralistic and multicultural society are 

examined relative to law enforcement, courts, and corrections 

environments.

B-111

CJS 225 CRITICAL THINKING IN 

CRIMINAL JUSTICE

3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course introduces the topics of critical and creative thinking. This 

overview course defines and differentiates the two topics, and helps 

students explore how personal beliefs are formed and evaluated. Special 

attention is placed on how critical and creative thinking are used to create 

solutions to problems encountered by criminal justice and security 

personnel.

CJS 230 INTRODUCTION TO 

CORRECTIONS

3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course is an introduction to the various components of the 

corrections system within the criminal justice system. It provides an 

overview of corrections, including corrections history, and the persons, 

agencies, and organizations that manage convicted offenders. Other 

topics include policy and procedure, sentencing, probation, and 

rehabilitation of prisoners.

CJS 231 CRIMINOLOGY 3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course highlights the causes of criminal behavior and the theoretical 

interpretations of such behavior. Students are introduced to 

criminological methods of inquiry and review several different 

classifications of crime. Students also consider the public policy 

implications of various approaches to criminology.

CJS 235 VICTIMOLOGY 3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course introduces students to the topic of victimology, the scientific 

study of victims, and an overview of current theory, research, and trends 

within the context of specific victimization types. Specific crime types, the 

impact of crime on victims and society, the role of victims within the 

criminal justice system, specific remedies, and victim rights and services 

are also examined.

B-112

CJS 240 INTRODUCTION TO JUVENILE 

JUSTICE

3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course is a general orientation to the concept of delinquency and the 

field of juvenile justice. Students will examine the nature of delinquency, 

as well as a variety of theories and suspected causes of delinquent 

behavior. Students will study factors related to delinquency and or 

prevention including gender, youthful behavior, family, peers, drug use, 

school, and community. This course will also familiarize students with the 

evolution of juvenile justice and key players in the juvenile justice process. 

Additionally, students will develop an understanding of the juvenile court 

process, as well as juvenile detention, restitution, prevention and 

treatment.

CJS 241 INTRODUCTION TO POLICE 

THEORY AND PRACTICES

3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course provides an overview of policing theories and practices used in 

United States law enforcement systems. It surveys the basics of police 

functions, from individual and organizational roles to the issues faced on a 

daily basis. This course also examines the procedures and methods of 

operation of police and critical issues in law enforcement.

CJS 245 JUVENILE JUSTICE SYSTEMS 

AND PROCESSES

3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course is a general introduction to the field of juvenile justice, 

including an overview of the juvenile justice system and the differences 

between dependency and delinquency. Students address current 

problems facing juveniles, and compare adult and juvenile justice systems. 

Special attention is given to the problems inherent in the police handling 

of juveniles, the function of juvenile courts, sentencing, and future 

juvenile justice system issues.

CJS 250 INTRODUCTION TO SECURITY 3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course is an introduction to contemporary security practices and 

programs. Students will study the origins of private security, its impact on 

our criminal justice system, and the roles of security personnel. Students 

will also examine the growth and privatization of the security industry, 

and study the elements of physical security including surveillance and 

alarm systems. The course will cover legal and liability issues, which 

determine the extent of private security authority as well as its 

limitations. This course will also focus on the current and future 

integration of private security services in law enforcement agencies.

B-113

CJS 251 INTRODUCTION TO CRIMINAL 

COURT SYSTEMS

3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course is an introduction and overview of the legal system, the 

participants, the courtroom process, and post conviction process of the 

court system. It demonstrates the connection among all participants and 

how they relate to each other. Additionally, the course covers the history 

of the court system and the different types of court at the state and 

federal levels.

CJS 255 INTRODUCTION TO 

CORRECTIONS

3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course is an introduction to the various components of the 

corrections system within the criminal justice system. It provides an 

overview of corrections, including corrections history, the persons, 

agencies, and organizations that manage convicted offenders. Other 

topics that are covered include policy and procedure, sentencing, 

probation, and rehabilitations of prisoners.

CJSX 250 INTRODUCTION TO SECURITY 3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course is an introduction to contemporary security practices and 

programs. Students will study the origins of private security, its impact on 

our criminal justice system, and the roles of security personnel. Students 

will also examine the growth and privatization of the security industry, 

and study the elements of physical security including surveillance and 

alarm systems. The course will cover legal and liability issues, which 

determine the extent of private security authority as well as its 

limitations. This course will also focus on the current and future 

integration of private security services in law enforcement agencies.

CLIN 400C UNDERGRADUATE CLINICAL 0 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This is a non‐credit bearing course for the faculty schedulers to use to 

track faculty supervision of student clinical courses. This course will not be 

used for students.

B-114

CMC 220 INFORMATION PRODUCTS 

AND PRESENTATIONS

3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

News is presented differently for print, Internet, and broadcast delivery. 

This course covers the practical functions of reporting, writing, editing, 

and designing for each of these domains. It examines conventions within 

the culture of journalism and critiques various media from the viewpoint 

of both the producer and the consumer. Students continue to investigate 

the effect of news on individuals and society, and to explore opportunities 

in the communications field. This course requires a microphone and 

speakers or headphones for recording and listening to digital audio files. 

Students download software for recording audio files.

CMC 230 COMMUNICATION 

PROCESSES: YOU'RE A FINE 

ONE TO TALK

3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

Successful business communication entails what is appropriate and 

effective for all parties involved so that each can benefit from the 

outcome. This course prepares students to optimize their relationships 

within situations of information exchange by analyzing different aspects of 

message delivery, accommodating cultural as well as situational contexts, 

and managing control and conflict. It addresses interpersonal 

communication, small groups, organizational cooperation, public 

speaking, and mass communication channels with frequent self‐

assessment activities.

CMC 240 INFORMATION STRATEGIES: 

PUTTING 2 AND 2 TOGETHER

3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course addresses effective communication strategies via the 

gathering, analysis, evaluation, and synthesis that comprise information 

literacy as a standard of modern problem solving. Students recognize the 

need for information, formulate meaningful questions to guide their 

search, assess what is cogent, interpret bias, and integrate material for a 

compelling presentation. Furthermore, they perform these tasks with a 

regard for social responsibility and professional ethics.

CMC 250 INFORMATION SOURCES: 

WHERE IT'S AT

3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

Finding information can be a journalistic challenge, whether it’s an 

investigative project or a routine report. This course reviews the process 

of conducting investigative research: generating ideas for a research 

project; locating primary, secondary, and people sources; using research 

techniques and computer‐assisted tools; managing and evaluating 

information; and applying writing techniques to report the results of an 

information search. Special emphasis is given to exploring the resources 

available for investigating a variety of governmental, social, health, 

business, and environmental issues.

B-115

CMC 260 COMMUNICATION VARIETY: 

THE SPICE OF LIFE

3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

The field of communications underlies virtually every aspect of today’s 

increasing global interdependence. This course addresses how customs, 

values, and societal systems generate expectations—often tacit—about 

how communication should occur, and problems—often 

misunderstood—about how communication is occurring. Students 

develop greater sensitivity to intercultural and intracultural differences to 

foster effective information exchange and develop mutually satisfying 

communication solutions.

CMGT 230 FUNDAMENTALS OF SSCP 3 College of 

Information 

Systems and 

Technology

This course introduces the basics of systems security. Emphasis is placed 

on access controls, networking, auditing, security operations, and 

malicious code activity. This course is aligned to the Systems Security 

Certified Practitioner (SSCP) exam.

CMGT 232 FUNDAMENTALS OF CYBER 

SECURITY AND 

CRYPTOGRAPHY

3 College of 

Information 

Systems and 

Technology

This course introduces the basics of cyber security and cryptography 

encryption concepts. This course will provide an overview of the various 

security and encryption methods used in today's information technology 

and communication environments.

CMGT 245 IS SECURITY CONCEPTS 3 College of 

Information 

Systems and 

Technology

This course introduces general concepts of information systems security. 

Content includes governmental views, positions, and risk assessment and 

management. Coursework explores other concepts, including contingency 

and business resumption planning, backup schemes, and implementation 

strategies, as well as various types of invasive actions and prevention 

measures.

B-116

CMGT 400 INTRO TO INFORMATION 

ASSURANCE & SECURITY

3 College of 

Information 

Systems and 

Technology

This course is an introduction to information assurance and security in 

computing technology. Topics include risk management; protecting 

information in the enterprise; business continuity and disaster recovery 

planning; threats and remediation; legal, ethical, and professional issues; 

and considerations within systems development processes.

CMGT 410 PROJECT PLANNING AND 

IMPLEMENTATION

3 College of 

Information 

Systems and 

Technology

This course provides the foundation for successful project planning, 

organization, and implementation within the realm of information 

technology. The course uses real‐world examples and identifies common 

mistakes and pitfalls in project management. Topics covered include 

project scoping, estimating, budgeting, scheduling and staffing, tracking 

and controlling, and software tools for project management.

CMGT 413 APPLICATION ACQUISITION 

AND SOURCING

3 College of 

Information 

Systems and 

Technology

This course examines a number of alternatives to be considered when 

delivery of an information technology application is needed. The 

evaluation of alternatives such as build versus buy and insourcing or 

outsourcing are covered along with the considerations for testing and 

evaluation of information technology decisions. The primary components 

of a Request for Proposal (RFP) and a Statement of Work (SOW) are 

examined in this course.

CMGT 420 INTEGRATED PROJECT 

MANAGEMENT

3 College of 

Information 

Systems and 

Technology

This course prepares students for the Project Management Institute 

(PMI®) CAPM® certification exam. It covers the Project Management 

Framework, a set of standard terminology and guidelines for project 

management, and the knowledge areas in managing projects.

B-117

CMGT 430 ENTERPRISE SECURITY 3 College of 

Information 

Systems and 

Technology

This course covers the managerial and technical considerations related to 

access controls, authentication, external attacks, and other risk areas 

facing an enterprise. This course will also survey the techniques to prevent 

unauthorized computer and facility access as well as the concepts for 

protecting the hardware and software assets of an enterprise.

CMGT 431 INFORMATION SYSTEMS 

SECURITY

3 College of 

Information 

Systems and 

Technology

This course introduces students to the concept of information systems 

security within the framework of a major security certification ‐ the 

Certified Information Systems Security Professional (CISSP®) certification. 

It provides an overview of the new eight domains of the CISSP® 

certification and prepares students for more detailed work in the 

subsequent program courses. The domains include: Security and Risk 

Management, focusing on Security, Risk, Compliance, Law, Regulations, 

and Business Continuity; Asset Security, focusing on Protecting the 

Security of Assets; Security Engineering, focusing on Engineering and 

Management of Security; Communication and Network Security, focusing 

on Designing and Protecting Network Security; Identity and Access 

Management, focusing on Controlling Access and Managing Identity; 

Security Assessment and Testing, focusing on Designing, Performing, and 

Analyzing Security Testing; Security Operations, focusing on Foundational 

Concepts, Investigations, Incident Management, and Disaster Recovery; 

and Software Development Security, focusing on Understanding, Applying, 

CMGT 432 INTRODUCTION TO 

CRYPTOGRAPHY

3 College of 

Information 

Systems and 

Technology

This course introduces cryptography and encryption concepts and how 

they are applied in real‐world situations in order to implement strong and 

reliable security safeguards. This course will survey the various 

cryptography and encryption methods used in today's information 

technology and communications environments as well as review the 

considerations for selecting commercial products that support encryption 

technology.

CMGT 433 CYBER SECURITY 3 College of 

Information 

Systems and 

Technology

This course explores the evolution from information security to cyber 

security, policy and cyber security development, and the relationships 

between business and public‐ or private‐sector organizations in meeting 

the challenges of cyber security threats. Students will be introduced to the 

legal and regulatory requirements for internal network and Internet 

security as they apply to both business and personal use. Vulnerabilities of 

both the organization and the individual will be reviewed as well as the 

processes and controls for mitigating cyber security threats. The need for 

an IT audit will also be explored as part of the vulnerability or mitigation 

process as well as the need for development of an organization‐wide 

cyber security policy.

B-118

CMGT 442 INFORMATION SYSTEMS RISK 

MANAGEMENT

3 College of 

Information 

Systems and 

Technology

This course identifies and defines the types of risks that information 

systems professionals need to consider during the development and 

implementation of computer based information systems. This course will 

survey remedies and prevention techniques available to address the risk 

areas presented. Organizational policies, project management, and 

procurement considerations will also be examined relative to 

development, implementation, and use of computer‐based information 

systems.

CMGT 445 APPLICATION 

IMPLEMENTATION

3 College of 

Information 

Systems and 

Technology

This course will cover the process and issues associated with the 

implementation of a computer application information system. Topics will 

include the processes associated with sponsor and stakeholder approvals, 

end user training, technical staff training, conversion from existing 

application(s), and integration into the information system production 

environment. This course will also examine the use of development and 

testing environments and the testing procedures related to the 

implementation of a computer application information system.

CMGT 554 IT INFRASTRUCTURE 3 College of 

Information 

Systems and 

Technology

This course focuses on the managerial level of knowledge and terminology 

for telecommunications and computer networks. This course covers the 

concepts and application of the Internet, server and storage architectures, 

and regulatory considerations.

CMGT 555 SYSTEMS ANALYSIS AND 

DEVELOPMENT

3 College of 

Information 

Systems and 

Technology

This course provides a background in analysis and design techniques for 

business system and application development. Although the systems 

development life cycle (SDLC) is fundamental to the course, other 

methodologies and tools are examined from a managerial perspective.

B-119

CMGT 556 ENTERPRISE MODELS 3 College of 

Information 

Systems and 

Technology

This course provides an introduction to how data is architected and 

organized. It discusses the different data models used to store data, 

outlines several schemas that drive how data is structured, and provides 

other database concepts relating to the design and architecture of data.

CMGT 557 EMERGING TECHNOLOGIES & 

ISSUES

3 College of 

Information 

Systems and 

Technology

The course examines emerging technology, the related issues and their 

potential impact on an organization. This examination provides an 

understanding of both the technical and managerial issues, including the 

strategic implications associated with emerging technologies.

CMGT 575 CIS PROJECT MANAGEMENT 3 College of 

Information 

Systems and 

Technology

This course addresses the processes and skills needed for successful 

project management in the computer information systems and technology 

environment of business. Topics include project scoping, estimating, 

scheduling, budgeting, tracking, and controlling.

CMGT 578 CIS STRATEGIC PLANNING 3 College of 

Information 

Systems and 

Technology

This course provides the knowledge and skills to develop effective short, 

intermediate, and long‐range strategic information systems plans. Course 

topics include the need for and contents of a corporate strategic plan; the 

relationship of information systems planning to overall organizational 

goals; assessment of the organization's current state; determination of 

information technology (IT), project, and management requirements; and 

the means of prioritizing and selecting systems projects.

B-120

CMGT 582 SECURITY & ETHICS 3 College of 

Information 

Systems and 

Technology

The ethical issues examined in the course include information privacy, 

accessibility, and ownership from an organizational perspective. 

Information laws, regulations, and compliance requirements are 

examined in this course, as well as the considerations for creating a safe 

digital environment within the organization.

CMGT 583 IS INTEGRATION 3 College of 

Information 

Systems and 

Technology

This course will focus on the integration of the IS function and the 

information technology architecture within the enterprise. The alignment 

of IT with the strategy of the organization will be examined considering 

the decisions related to information technology architecture

CMHC 551 HUMAN SEXUALITY AND SEX 

THERAPY

3 College of Social 

Sciences

The goal of this course is to learn about the many facets of human 

sexuality and the treatment of sexual dysfunctions in a safe and respectful 

environment. Topics include the physiology, psychology, and sociology of 

sexuality, including the effects of sexual attitudes and functioning on 

individuals and families. Clinical applications, including the treatment of 

sexual difficulty and dysfunction will also be explored. Students will 

develop familiarity with the language and terms of sexology and 

demonstrate an ability to apply this knowledge to clinical situations.

CMHC 597C INTERNSHIP C 3 College of Social 

Sciences

Counseling Internship is a 600‐hour clinical experience (900 hours in Utah) 

required of all MSC students. Depending on the campus, the internship is 

divided into either 200 or 300 hour sections, each lasting 15 weeks. Those 

campuses that offer CMHC 597 A, B, and C (Except for Utah) require 

students to complete 200 hours for each course, while those campuses 

that offer only CCMH 597 A and B require the student to complete 300 

hours for each course. Please check with your Campus College Chair for 

any clarification or questions you have. The internship experience 

comprises Portfolio III of the counseling portfolio series. Students are 

placed in community counseling agencies where they provide clinical 

services to clients under the direction of an approved licensed agency site 

supervisor. Students are also assisted in their preparation for the National 

Counselor Examination.

B-121

CNSL 500 ORIENTATION TO THE 

COUNSELING PROFESSION

0 College of Social 

Sciences

CNSL 500 is a 3‐week orientation required for specified counseling  

program applicants. Students will explore the field of counseling and 

options for a career path to determine their readiness for entry into a 

graduate program in counseling. Students are required to take a career 

inventory to examine their interests and aptitude for acquiring the skills 

needed in the counseling professions. Students also begin to identify their 

personal motives for a career in the counseling field. Additional topics 

include orientation to University of Phoenix learning platforms, the online 

library, graduate‐level writing expectations, and the broader idea of 

navigating graduate school and studies.

CNSL 502 GRADUATE PORTFOLIO I 0 College of Social 

Sciences

Portfolio I is an admission readiness assessment which samples and 

evaluates the student's cognitive, affective, and behavioral skills in critical 

areas of the counselor education process. It is a six‐workshop, 24‐hour, 

noncredit assessment that helps determine student appropriateness for 

the program and gives the potential student the opportunity to evaluate 

his or her aptitude for the counseling program. Portfolio I must be passed 

before a student may be admitted to any graduate counseling program in 

the College of Social Sciences. *****Updated above 07 26 2011****** 

Portfolio I is an admission assessment which samples and evaluates the 

student's cognitive, affective, and behavioral skills in critical areas of the 

learning and practice of counseling. Portfolio I is a six‐workshop, 24‐ hour, 

noncredit assessment which helps determine student appropriateness for 

the program. The purpose of the assessment process is twofold: 1) to help 

the potential student evaluate his or her aptitude for the counseling 

program, and 2) to objectively evaluate the candidate's readiness for 

admission. Portfolio I must be passed before a student may be admitted 

CNSL 503R RESIDENCY I 1 College of Social 

Sciences

This residency course is 2‐weeks in length, with the last 3 days of the 

second week involving face‐to‐face interaction with faculty and peers at a 

ground campus. The 3‐day in person residency is the last requirement for 

formal admission into the counseling program and provides an 

opportunity for students to observe, practice, and demonstrate 

competency in fundamental counseling skills. Topics in this course include 

counselor self‐efficacy; oral and written communication skills; and basic 

interviewing skills. In addition to fundamental skills, students are 

evaluated on professional dispositions and their readiness to matriculate 

in the program.

CNSL 513R RESIDENCY II 1 College of Social 

Sciences

This residency course is 2‐weeks in length, with the last 3 days of the 

second week involving face‐to‐face interaction with faculty and peers at a 

ground campus. The 3‐day in person residency provides an opportunity 

for students to observe, practice, and demonstrate competency in 

intermediate counseling skills. Topics include professional and personal 

development; oral communication skills; application of theory to practice; 

and sensitivity to diversity issues. Students will demonstrate intake, 

assessment, provisional diagnoses, and treatment planning abilities. The 

capstone of the residency is staffing a clinical case and role play. In 

addition to intermediate skills, students are evaluated on professional 

dispositions and their readiness to progress in the program.

B-122

CNSL 523R RESIDENCY III 1 College of Social 

Sciences

This residency course is 2‐weeks in length, with the last 3 days of the 

second week involving face‐to‐face interaction with faculty and peers at a 

ground campus. The final 3‐day in person residency in the Clinical Mental 

Health Counseling online program focuses on advanced clinical counseling 

skills and competencies. Students practice facilitation of group therapy 

and demonstrate skills in clinical case staffing. The core of this residency 

focuses on practicing group work theory and application in a variety of 

group therapy simulations. This residency is also used to determine the 

student's readiness for work with diverse populations during clinical 

placement in practicum and internship courses. Specific topics include 

professional orientation, professional identity, personal growth, and self‐

care.

CNSL 556 PORTFOLIO II 0 College of Social 

Sciences

Professional Counseling Assessment Portfolio II helps students integrate 

and evaluate their learning in the Master of Counseling program at 

midpoint. Like an assessment center, Portfolio II provides an integrative 

experience requiring the student to bring together all of what he or she 

has learned in previous courses in the program and to demonstrate how 

that learning has been applied both personally and professionally.

CNSL 588 SEMINAR IN COMMUNITY 

COUNSELING

3 College of Social 

Sciences

This course explores the foundations of community counseling, the 

context within which community counseling takes place, and the 

knowledge and skills required of those who practice community 

counseling. Study of the history and development of the mental health 

movement includes definitions of the professional identity of community 

counselors, investigation of professional organizations and standards of 

practice, and exploration of community demography. Students 

contextualize their learning by gaining familiarity with practice settings, 

community needs, principles of community intervention, characteristics of 

human services programs, and the relationship of community counselors 

to other professionals. Knowledge and skills gained include assessment of 

needs, multidisciplinary and comprehensive treatment planning, effective 

use of community resources, and strategies for client advocacy.

COM 107 COMMUNICATION SKILLS FOR 

THE WORKPLACE

3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course provides skills needed to communicate effectively in today's 

workplace. The course introduces communication theories and 

fundamental interpersonal, written, verbal, and oral communication skills.

B-123

COM 170 ELEMENTS OF UNIVERSITY 

COMPOSITION AND 

COMMUNICATION I

3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course addresses the key elements necessary for effective academic 

writing in college. The course begins with focus on various modes of 

writing and writing strategies and builds to drafting and revising essays. 

The course introduces skill development at the sentence and paragraph 

level.

COM 172 ELEMENTS OF UNIVERSITY 

COMPOSITION AND 

COMMUNICATION II

3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course builds upon the foundations established in COM 170. It 

focuses on the creation of an effective, college‐level research paper that 

includes the use of outside sources and appropriate formatting. The 

course includes further skill development at the sentence and paragraph 

level.

COM 295 BUSINESS COMMUNICATIONS 3 School of Business This course introduces students to the foundations of communication in a 

business setting.  After completion of this course, students will be able to 

identify the types and purposes of various business documents; create 

messages using appropriate channels for delivery based on context, 

audience and purpose; understand the effect of technology, such as social 

media, on business communication; and identify ethical, cross‐cultural, 

and multinational issues in business communication.

COM 320 INTERPERSONAL 

COMMUNICATION

3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course presents the knowledge, skills, and understanding necessary 

for people to communicate effectively in a variety of personal, social, and 

professional situations. The course approaches communication as a 

holistic, culture‐laden experience that is nonverbal as well as verbal. 

Interpersonal communication is examined as a process that is inextricably 

involved with personal identity, human relationships, and power 

dynamics.

B-124

COM 340 MASS COMMUNICATION 3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course delves into the processes and technology of communication 

on societal and global levels accomplished through the print and 

electronic media. Content of communication studied ranges from 

journalism, entertainment, commerce, and advocacy to personal 

communication on the Internet. The dynamic changes that have taken 

place and are evolving today in mass media and mass communication will 

be considered along with predictions about the role of mass 

communication.

COM 403 CONTEMPORARY 

COMMUNICATION IN A 

DIVERSE SOCIETY

3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course focuses on the dynamics of human communication across 

cultures and genders in a multicultural society.

COM 505C COMMUNICATION SKILLS FOR 

GRADUATE STUDY

3 College of 

Education

This course provides new graduate students in University of Phoenix 

programs with an introduction to strategies for academic success within 

the University of Phoenix adult learning model. Topics include oral and 

written communication, methods for finding and evaluating course 

resources, critical thinking, program standards, stress and time 

management, and Learning Team processes.

COM 516 PROFESSIONAL 

COMMUNICATIONS

1 College of 

Education

This course provides learners in the College of Education programs with 

strategies for academic success within the University of Phoenix adult 

learning model. Learners will apply written and oral communication 

principles to their roles as educators, examine research methods for 

finding and evaluating resources, and develop effective skills in 

collaboration and critical thinking in preparation for their program and 

workplace.

B-125

COM 520 ORGANIZATIONAL 

COMMUNICATION FOR 

ADULT EDUCATION & 

TRAINING

3 College of 

Education

In this course, learners apply written and oral communication principles to 

their roles as trainers and adult educators. Learners demonstrate how to 

persuade a variety of stakeholders through applicable communication 

channels. Learners examine the role of perception, techniques, and 

business justifications related to effective communication. The course 

includes topics about oral and written communication, interpersonal and 

intercultural communication, and technology tools for collaborative 

learning.

COM 530 COMMUNICATIONS FOR 

ACCOUNTANTS

3 School of Business In this course, students examine principles and practices of group 

communication in the context of an organization. Topics include group 

communication, culture and conflict, group formation, influence in 

organizational communication, organizational change, formal 

communications, and public communications.

COM 537 ORGANIZATIONAL 

COMMUNICATIONS

3 School of Business This course prepares graduate students to apply written and oral 

communication principles to the roles they play as managers. Students 

will learn how to persuade a variety of stakeholders to commit to a 

proposal. Other topics include the role of perception in communication 

techniques, aligning communication to an audience, business 

justifications, presenting data, and ethics in organizational 

communications.

COM 538 COMMUNICATIONS: SELLING 

AND  CUSTOMER 

ENGAGEMENT

3 School of Business This course will introduce students to the fundamentals of the sales 

management process. Students will leverage their negotiation and 

persuasive communication skills in the development of a sales plan. 

Specific topics include an understanding of strategies for prospecting 

ethically based long‐term relationship selling, proactive customer‐focused 

selling techniques, and adaptive selling and active listening practices.

B-126

COM 539 COMMUNICATIONS: SELLING 

AND CUSTOMER 

ENGAGEMENT

3 School of Business This course will introduce students to the fundamentals of the sales 

management process. Students will leverage their negotiation and 

persuasive communication skills in the development of a sales plan. 

Specific topics include an understanding of strategies for prospecting 

ethically based long‐term relationship selling, proactive customer‐focused 

selling techniques, and adaptive selling and active listening practices.

COM 600 COMMUNICATION SKILLS FOR 

GRADUATE STUDY

3 College of Social 

Sciences

This course provides students with an introduction to strategies for 

academic success at the graduate level. Topics include oral and written 

communication, methods for finding and evaluating course resources, 

critical thinking, program standards, stress and time management, and 

collaborative processes.

COM 705 COMMUNICATION 

STRATEGIES

1 School of Advanced 

Studies

This 3‐week, online course provides incoming doctoral students with an 

introduction to advanced communication strategies to demonstrate their 

readiness to take next steps in their intellectual doctoral journey through 

iterative improvements to critical thinking and writing skills by applying 

faculty feedback, writing resources, and personal insights to a doctoral‐

level writing assignment.

COM 705A COMMUNICATION 

STRATEGIES

1 School of Advanced 

Studies

The purpose of this course is to provide Doctor of Philosophy (PhD) 

students with an introduction to doctoral level communication strategies 

for academic success. Topics include self and scholarly discovery, scholarly 

writing competencies, and peer‐collaboration.

B-127

COM PA523 COMMUNICATIONS FOR 

PUBLIC ADMINISTRATORS

3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course prepares students to communicate with multiple 

stakeholders, elected officials and the public in the political environment. 

Students will apply communication concepts to create messages that are 

sensitive to the opinions and positions of disparate groups. Other topics, 

at the state and local level, include uniqueness of public sector 

communications, public involvement, and internal & external 

communications.

COM PA530 COMMUNICATIONS FOR 

PUBLIC ADMINISTRATORS

3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course prepares students to communicate with multiple stakeholders 

and public media. Students will apply communication concepts to create 

messages that are sensitive to the opinions and positions of disparate 

groups. Other topics, at the state and local level, include uniqueness of 

public sector communications, public involvement, and internal & external 

communications.

COM TM541 COMMUNICATION FOR 

MANAGERS OF TECHNOLOGY

3 School of Business This course prepares graduate students to apply communication 

principles to the roles they play as technology managers. Students will 

learn how to effectively communicate technical issues to non‐technical 

stakeholders in a business environment. Other topics include the role of 

perception in communication, techniques, aligning communication to an 

audience, business justifications, presenting data, and ethics in 

organizational communications.

COMM 102 COMMUNICATION SKILLS FOR 

CAREER GROWTH

3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course covers the skills necessary for effective communication in the 

work environment and modern society. The course provides an 

orientation to basic communication theories and discusses the 

fundamentals of interpersonal, written, and oral communication skills. 

Emphasis will be placed on applying these skills and theories to group 

processes and professional situations.

B-128

COMM 110 INTRODUCTION TO ORAL 

COMMUNICATION

3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course will provide students with the basic concepts of oral 

presentations. Students will be able to develop and deliver effective 

individual and group presentations in classroom and professional settings. 

The course is also designed to provide a maximum opportunity for 

practice and evaluation of presentation techniques.

COMM 218 PUBLIC SPEAKING FOR THE IT 

PROFESSIONAL

3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course provides students with a foundation in public speaking 

focusing on how effective oral presentations are developed and delivered 

among iinformation technology professionals.

COMM 310 PUBLIC SPEAKING 3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course addresses how an effective oral presentation is developed and 

delivered. Students will acquire strategies for overcoming speaker's 

anxiety and gaining confidence. The role of language, ethics and critical 

thinking in oral presentation are examined. Techniques for audience 

targeting, as well as the differences between group and individual 

presentations are also addressed. A primary focus will be on learning to 

speak extemporaneously or conversationally for maximum impact. 

Extensive opportunities for practicing and critiquing oral presentations 

will be provided.

COMM 315 DIVERSITY ISSUES IN 

COMMUNICATION

3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course identifies barriers to effective communication associated with 

racial, gender, cultural and socioeconomic diversity in the workplace and 

in the community. Students will develop an understanding of why and 

how diversity factors influence effective communications. The course will 

introduce techniques for improving written, oral and interpersonal 

communication skills in response to diversity concerns.

B-129

COMM 400 MANAGEMENT 

COMMUNICATION SKILLS

3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course is a study of human interpersonal communications and 

conflict resolution. Focus and emphasis is on identification and 

development of interpersonal relations in business organizations, as well 

as on management communication skills, group process, effective 

responses, and team building.

COMM 470 COMMUNICATING IN THE 

VIRTUAL WORKPLACE

3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course offers guidance and examples on how to communicate 

effectively in a workplace that is increasingly dependent upon technology 

as a means to communicate globally. The course provides students with 

an understanding of technology‐mediated communication and the ability 

to maximize the use of new media to optimize organizational 

communications. Intranets, Internet, e‐commerce, and the impacts upon 

customer satisfaction of new communications technologies are explored.

COMP 295 BUSINESS COMMUNICATIONS 3 School of Business This course introduces students to the foundations of communication in a 

business setting.  After completion of this course, students will be able to 

identify the types and purposes of various business documents; create 

messages using appropriate channels for delivery based on context, 

audience and purpose; understand the effect of technology, such as social 

media, on business communication; and identify ethical, cross‐cultural, 

and multinational issues in business communication.

CON 001 RESOURCES FOR COLLEGE OF 

NURSING

0 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This activity introduces the undergraduate nursing student to the Division 

of Nursing. Students will begin to use resources implemented for the 

undergraduate nursing program.

B-130

COURSE COURSE 0 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

CPMGT 300 PROJECT MANAGEMENT 3 School of Business This course examines project management roles and environments, the 

project life cycle, and various techniques of work planning, and control 

and evaluation to achieve project objectives. The tools currently available 

to project managers are illustrated in this course through the use of 

Microsoft® Project software.

CPMGT 301 STRATEGIC PORTFOLIO AND 

PROJECT MANAGEMENT

3 School of Business This course introduces students to the planning phase of project 

management. Students will discover the connection between strategic 

portfolio management and project management. Other topics include 

project‐based versus non‐project‐based organizations, activity planning 

and sequencing, human resource planning, communications planning, and 

project management planning.

CPMGT 302 PROCUREMENT AND RISK 

MANAGEMENT

3 School of Business This course explores the procurement planning process, contracting 

methods and phases, outsourcing, contract administration, and the 

external environment of the procurement management processes. The 

course also addresses risk management applied to both project and 

procurement management processes.

B-131

CPMGT 303 PROJECT ESTIMATING AND 

CONTROL TECHNIQUES

3 School of Business To be successful, project managers must analyze alternative project 

decisions by relying heavily on project estimating and control tools and 

techniques. This course provides students with the skills required to plan, 

baseline, monitor, analyze, and evaluate project performance. Students 

work in groups to analyze program parameters and work situations.

CPMGT 304 LEADING PROJECTS IN 

ORGANIZATIONS

3 School of Business This course provides students with an overview of organizational behavior 

as it relates to project management. It introduces various techniques and 

processes that will help students develop effective communication and 

interpersonal skills to successfully manage project teams. In addition, 

numerous leadership and motivation theories are presented as well as 

techniques that minimize stress in the project environment. Furthermore, 

project decision‐making processes and techniques that facilitate effective 

and efficient project change management are addressed in this course. 

Students will also examine the influence of globalization, technology, and 

future trends in project management.

CPMGT 305 PROJECT MANAGEMENT 

CAPSTONE

3 School of Business This course is the capstone of the Professional Certificate in Project 

Management. Students will demonstrate project management knowledge 

learned throughout the Project Management Certificate. Students will 

develop and deliver a project plan and presentation of that plan to the 

executive board in a role‐play environment. Universal project 

management concepts and processes studied in the prior five courses will 

be integrated and applied to the class project.

CPMGT 310 PROJECT MANAGEMENT 

METHODOLOGIES

3 School of Business This course examines the various project management methodologies 

used to successfully manage projects within an organization. Students will 

discover effective and efficient practices of applied project management 

techniques to include waterfall, PRINCE2®, agile, six sigma, and Kanban 

methods. Students will also examine the influence of project type on the 

methodology used to effectively manage the project.

B-132

CPMGT 311 AGILE PROJECT 

MANAGEMENT WITH SCRUM 

METHODOLOGY

3 School of Business This course provides students with an understanding of agile management 

as it relates to the agile project manager utilizing scrum methodology. 

Students will apply the scrum development framework to deliver rapidly 

improved outcomes within an organization. Scrum practices will be 

discussed in detail, including self‐organizing teams, Scrum roles, sprint 

planning, tracking, and tools for defining and measuring progress.

CPMGT 312 PROGRAM MANAGEMENT 3 School of Business This course provides students with an overview of program management 

techniques to effectively manage the complexity of a collection of 

projects. Students will develop the skills to logically dissect a complex 

deliverable into individual parts, apply best practices to develop logical 

plans for program components, and understand how to manage 

dependencies and organize program staff into a high‐performing program 

team.

CPSS 210 INTRODUCTION TO CRIMINAL 

JUSTICE

3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course is an overview of the organization and jurisdictions of local, 

state, and federal law enforcement, the judicial system, and corrections 

agencies involved in the criminal justice system. Special issues affecting 

the criminal justice system including prevention efforts, recidivism, and 

evidence‐based practices are reviewed.

CPSS 215 SURVEY OF CORRECTIONS IN 

THE UNITED STATES

3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course is an introduction to the various components of the 

corrections system within the criminal justice system. It provides an 

overview of corrections, including corrections history and the persons, 

agencies, and organizations that manage convicted offenders. Other 

topics that are covered include policy and procedure, sentencing, 

community supervision, and rehabilitations of prisoners.

B-133

CPSS 225 SURVEY OF CORRECTIONAL 

PROGRAM CAREER 

OPPORTUNITIES

3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course introduces students to the areas in which correctional 

programs are offered. Students explore the various career opportunities 

in this diverse field.

CPSS 235 WORKING WITH THE 

JUVENILE JUSTICE SYSTEM

3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course is a general overview of the juvenile justice system.  Students 

address current problems juveniles face and compare adult and juvenile 

justice systems. The course focuses special attention on the problems 

inherent in the handling of juveniles, the function of juvenile courts, 

sentencing, and future juvenile justice system issues.

CPSS 240 FOUNDATIONS OF CRIMINAL 

BEHAVIOR

3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course highlights the causes of criminal behavior and the theoretical 

interpretations of such behavior. Students are introduced to the 

criminological methods of inquiry and review several different 

classifications of crime. Students also consider the public policy 

implications of various approaches to criminology.

CPSS 300 WORKING WITH THE 

CORRECTIONAL POPULATION

3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course provides an overview of correctional populations and 

addresses the ethical, legal, and security aspects of the profession, 

including inmate manipulation.

B-134

CPSS 315 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY 3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course provides a unified view of the field of social psychology as it 

relates to the development of criminogenic factors and criminal behavior. 

It presents the concepts of social influence and power and exchange in 

social life. Human thoughts, feelings, and actions as influenced by other 

people are explored.

CPSS 330 ESSENTIALS OF 

COMMUNICATION IN 

CORRECTIONS

3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course focuses on the principles of effective professional 

communication. Topics include the broad spectrum of communication 

requirements and techniques to meet the demands of multiple audiences 

within the correctional field.

CPSS 370 INTAKE, ASSESSMENT, AND 

CLASSIFICATION

3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course introduces students to the purpose, philosophy, and functions 

of intake, assessment, and classification within the correctional system. 

Students survey multiple tools for determining risk and the needs of 

incarcerated individuals.

CPSS 385 CASE PLANNING AND CASE 

MANAGEMENT

3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

The purpose of this course is to prepare students to develop and manage 

a case plan for persons in the correctional system, based on each 

individual's risk, needs, and resources. Students examine the factors that 

influence case planning and management.

B-135

CPSS 395 PROGRAM FACILITATION 

SKILLS

3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course identifies the variety of facilitation skills necessary for 

promoting positive behavioral change in inmates and offenders. Students 

explore the distinction between paraprofessional and professional 

program services.

CPSS 400 INSTITUTIONAL AND 

COMMUNITY‐BASED 

PROGRAMS

3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course provides an overview of the range of programs and 

interventions in institutional‐ and community‐based settings. Students 

explore the risk and need assessment process that determines program 

placement.

CPSS 405 WORKING WITH SEX 

OFFENDERS

3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course provides the historical overview of sex crimes and punishment 

and explores the contemporary challenges of working with sex offenders. 

Students review treatment types specific to sex offenders.

CPSS 410 OVERVIEW OF MENTAL 

HEALTH IN CRIMINAL JUSTICE

3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course is designed to provide students with an introduction to the 

theories and research concerning psychopathology. The course addresses 

topics such as the classification of abnormal behaviors into various 

diagnostic categories; the etiologies of psychological disorders; and an 

overview of the major models of prevention, intervention, and treatment 

of mental health problems in the criminal justice system.

B-136

CPSS 411 MENTAL HEALTH ISSUES IN 

THE FORENSIC SETTING

3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course examines the evolution of national perspectives and current 

strategies regarding offenders with mental health issues. Students explore 

the challenges related to assessment and treatment within the system, as 

well as transition and continuity of care after release from custody.

CPSS 412 ORGANIC‐ AND 

PHYSIOLOGICALLY‐BASED 

DISORDERS

3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course introduces students to the diagnostic criteria for organic and 

physiologically based disorders. Students examine the intricacies of 

multiple disorders related to mood, anxiety, and trauma issues.  The 

course addresses the prevalence of these disorders within society, with a 

special focus on the effects on the criminal justice system. Students learn 

basic identification and intervention techniques.

CPSS 413 CHARACTER‐  AND 

PERSONALITY‐BASED 

DISORDERS

3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course introduces students to the diagnostic criteria for character‐ 

and personality‐based disorders. Students examine the intricacies of 

multiple disorders related to character and personality issues. The course 

addresses the prevalence of these disorders within society, with a special 

focus on the effects on the criminal justice system. Students learn basic 

identification and intervention techniques.

CPSS 415 WORKING WITH JUVENILE 

OFFENDERS

3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course is designed to prepare students to address the challenges of 

working with juvenile offenders. Students examine the differences 

between adult and juvenile offenders in supervision strategies, 

classification systems, and custodial relationships. Students also examine 

the unique role of the family in juvenile offender cases.

B-137

CPSS 416 OVERVIEW OF ADOLESCENT 

DEVELOPMENT

3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course is designed to familiarize students with developmental 

milestones, social influences, the process of identity formation, and the 

moral and ethical development of adolescents. Students also explore the 

unique challenges adolescents face.

CPSS 417 THE ROLE AND INFLUENCE OF 

THE FAMILY

3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course allows students to examine the complex correlation between 

of family dynamics and juvenile deliquency. Students explore topics 

related to prevention, development, and rehabilitation.

CPSS 418 PREVENTION AND 

TREATMENT INTERVENTIONS

3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course will introduce students to basic prevention and treatment 

models. Students will survey a variety of interventions and strategies for 

addressing delinquent behavior.

CPSS 420 ISSUES OF SUBSTANCE ABUSE 

AND ADDICTION

3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course examines the history of substance abuse and addiction, 

including the effects of addiction on individuals, families, and 

communities. Topics include national and international perspectives and 

strategies regarding addiction, as well as their relationship to the judicial 

system. The course includes an overview of the major models of 

prevention, intervention, rehabilitation, and maintenance and relapse 

prevention.

B-138

CPSS 421 ETIOLOGY AND PHYSIOLOGY 

OF ADDICTIONS DISORDERS

3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course examines the development of addiction disorders and the 

factors that influence substance abuse. Students will explore the 

prevalence of co‐occurring disorders and addictions in vulnerable 

populations.

CPSS 422 ALCOHOL‐ AND DRUG‐

RELATED ADDICTIONS 

DISORDERS

3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course introduces students to the diagnostic criteria for alcohol‐ and 

drug‐related addictions disorders. Students examine the intricacies of 

multiple disorders related to substance abuse and dependence and their 

prevalence in society, with a special focus on the effects on the criminal 

justice system. Students also survey a variety of other addiction disorders.

CPSS 423 PREVENTION, SELF‐HELP, AND 

TREATMENT MODELS

3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course introduces students to different addiction prevention, 

treatment, self‐help, and program models for working with forensic 

populations. Topics include the progression of criminal justice 

interventions and strategies to address addiction issues.

CPSS 430 MAINTAINING BOUNDARIES 

AND SELF‐CARE

3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course introduces multiple skills and resources that support a 

fulfilling career in corrections, including processes for setting healthy 

boundaries, managing conflicts, and developing appropriate coping 

strategies for professional self‐care.

B-139

CSC 390 CULTURE AND 

COMMUNICATION

3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

Students will be introduced to the interdependent relationship between 

symbols, rituals, artifacts, and patterns of thought of cultural groups and 

the communication practices of those groups. They will engage in critical 

analysis of communication in contemporary society, including culture‐

based metaphor, nonverbal communication, advertising, print media and 

television.

CSC 391 GEOGRAPHY, CULTURE AND 

COMMUNICATION

3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course will focus on the ecological and historical approach to cultures 

and communication and how they have changed within a global and 

spatial context. Within the context of culture and communication, themes 

will include human‐environmental interaction; exploration of human‐

environmental systems analysis; diffusion and movement of commerce 

and urban sprawl; location and spatial patterns of development; identity 

and the boundaries of place; and selected topics within the scope of 

human geography.

CSC 392 ETHNIC AND CULTURAL 

DIVERSITY

3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

Students in the course will analyze the topics of identity, culture, and 

diversity as it relates to modern society. Students will be introduced to the 

conceptual frameworks of racial and ethnic relations, generalizations, 

stereotypes, prejudices, and adaptations in diverse cultures.

CSC 475 CONTEMPORARY 

COMMUNICATION IN A 

DIVERSE SOCIETY

3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

The objective of this course is to focus on the dynamics of human and 

mediated communication across cultures in a multicultural society. 

Communication styles of various co‐cultures will be analyzed, including 

race, class, gender, sexuality and disability. Students will also analyze 

communication technology and evaluate how it affects communication in 

today's society.

B-140

CSC 476 GENDER COMMUNICATION 3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

The objective of this course is to explore gender communication 

differences including how traditional and nontraditional gender roles and 

sexuality factor into these differences. Students will focus on gender 

communication in business, organizations, family and the media.

CSC 477 RACE AND CLASS IN THE 

MEDIA

3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

Through filmic analysis, cultural history, and media theory, students will 

explore the ways in which media in the United States participate in and 

challenge prevailing ideologies toward race, class and difference. Students 

will examine how various ethnic groups, including Native Americans, Asian 

Americans, African Americans, Latinos as, and Whites are presented and 

what those images mean for audiences.

CSS 422 SOFTWARE ARCHITECTURE 3 College of 

Information 

Systems and 

Technology

This course focuses on the role of software architecture in modern 

business system development. Topics covered in this course include the 

understanding of software architecture as a set of design decisions to 

meet functional requirements and quality attributes, design patterns, 

modeling tools and techniques, and software architecture in some new 

technology trends.

CSS 562 PROGRAMMING CONCEPTS 3 College of 

Information 

Systems and 

Technology

This course introduces object‐oriented programming (OOP) in the context 

of business applications development. This course blends the need to 

understand the discipline of developing a modern, Graphical User 

Interface (GUI) based object‐oriented program using the Java™ 

programming language, and the issues and topics with leading and 

managing programming projects in a team setting.

B-141

CTEC 500 OVERVIEW OF CAREER AND 

TECHNICAL EDUCATION

3 College of 

Education

This course is designed to survey the history, philosophy, and general 

principles of Career and Technical Education (CTE). Participants share 

ideas and resources as they learn to analyze current trends and meet 

challenges within the field. Using effective instructional methods in the 

CTE classroom, identifying resources for CTE programs and educators, 

overseeing student organizations, mobilizing stakeholders, and promoting 

CTE are also emphasized.

CTEC 501 CAREER AND TECHNICAL 

EDUCATION CURRICULUM 

AND INSTRUCTION

3 College of 

Education

This course emphasizes methods of teaching career and technical 

education (CTE), including interdisciplinary cross‐curricular instruction and 

the integration of Common Core State Standards (CCSS) into the CTE 

curriculum. Participants design curriculum and instruction to meet the 

needs of the diverse CTE student. Strategies for incorporating 

instructional technology, developing employability skills, and generating 

authentic assessments are also examined.

CTEC 502 CAREER AND TECHNICAL 

EDUCATION LEADERSHIP

3 College of 

Education

This course prepares participants to lead career and technical education 

(CTE) programs. Participants examine the roles and responsibilities of CTE 

leaders, as well as standards and legislation that affect CTE programs, CTE 

program management, and CTE stakeholder relationships. Participants 

explore current and future trends in CTE, as well as partnerships between 

high schools and colleges. Participants look closely at their own CTE 

program as it relates to evaluation and improvement.

CTEC 510 Overview of Career and 

Technical Education

3 College of 

Education

This course is designed to survey the history, philosophy, and general 

principles of Career and Technical Education (CTE). Participants share 

ideas and resources as they learn to analyze current trends and meet 

challenges within the field. Using effective instructional methods in the 

CTE classroom, identifying resources for CTE programs and educators, 

overseeing student organizations, mobilizing stakeholders, and promoting 

CTE are also emphasized.

B-142

CTEC 511 Career and Technical 

Education Curriculum and 

Instruction

3 College of 

Education

This course emphasizes methods of teaching career and technical 

education (CTE), including interdisciplinary cross‐curricular instruction and 

the integration of Common Core State Standards (CCSS) into the CTE 

curriculum. Participants design curriculum and instruction to meet the 

needs of the diverse CTE student. Strategies for incorporating 

instructional technology, developing employability skills, and generating 

authentic assessments are also examined.

CTEC 512 Career and Technical 

Education Leadership

3 College of 

Education

This course prepares participants to lead career and technical education 

(CTE) programs. Participants examine the roles and responsibilities of CTE 

leaders, as well as standards and legislation that affect CTE programs, CTE 

program management, and CTE stakeholder relationships. Participants 

explore current and future trends in CTE, as well as partnerships between 

high schools and colleges. Participants look closely at their own CTE 

program as it relates to evaluation and improvement.

CTEL 501 LANGUAGE AND LANGUAGE 

DEVELOPMENT

4 College of 

Education

This course examines language structure, second language acquisition 

theories, the nature of cognitive and affective language development, and 

sociocultural and political factors affecting language development. An 

analysis of the theories, models, processes, and stages of language 

acquisition will also be covered. 

CTEL 502 ASSESSMENT AND 

INSTRUCTION

4 College of 

Education

This course discusses instruction in the content areas, using both the first 

language and the second language, and principles for standards‐based 

assessments, as well as the roles, purposes, and different types of 

assessments. Effective language and content‐area assessments and 

foundations for programs for English learners and English language 

literacy are also analyzed.  The course also examines English Language 

Development (ELD) and Specifically Designed Academic Instruction in 

English (SDAIE), as well as resources, approaches and methods, listening 

and speaking, and reading and writing.

B-143

CTEL 503 CULTURE AND INCLUSION 4 College of 

Education

This course addresses culture and inclusion. Participants examine cultural 

concepts and perspectives, cultural diversity, cross‐cultural interaction, 

and culturally‐inclusive instruction. Cultural awareness and effective 

collaboration among teachers, English learners, their families, 

paraprofessionals, and the community to improve literacy development 

and learning is also explored.  

CUR 505 SOCIAL AND GLOBAL 

PERSPECTIVES OF TEACHER 

LEADERSHIP

3 College of 

Education

Students in this course have the opportunity to analyze the field of 

education from a social and global perspective. Students investigate the 

implications of the globalization of knowledge on micro and macro 

educational systems. Multicultural implications, diversity, and the use of 

technology as a vehicle of pedagogy are explored. Emphasis is on building 

collaborative organizational communities and empowering teacher 

leaders to think strategically about school change.

CUR 506 THEORIES AND BEST 

PRACTICES OF CURRICULUM 

AND INSTRUCTION

3 College of 

Education

This course focuses on applying curricular theory to best practices in the 

21st century classroom. Learners explore current research in curriculum 

and instruction. In addition, learners analyze curriculum philosophy and 

planning as well as practical applications and innovations in curriculum 

design. Special attention is given to the use of technology in the 

development of effective learning environments and instruction in the 

21st century classroom.

CUR 510 TEACHERS AS LEADERS 3 College of 

Education

In this course, teachers define, clarify, and reflect on their leadership 

roles. They explore leadership processes that utilize collaboration, 

coaching, mentoring, and inclusion. Additionally, they examine broad 

educational issues, as well as school‐based issues and determine 

possibilities for initiating, sustaining, and building upon systemic change.

B-144

CUR 515 CRITICAL THINKING AND 

INNOVATIVE SKILLS

3 College of 

Education

Learners in this course explore the development and application of critical 

thinking skills for all academic content areas in elementary, middle school, 

and high school settings. Participants identify the educational needs of 

students by exploring current instructional theories, models, and 

strategies; and state, local, and national standards as they relate to 

developing critical thinking skills in classroom teaching. Prospective 

educators develop skills in selecting and adapting delivery methods and 

behavior management plans for diverse individual students and student 

populations.

CUR 516 CURRICULUM THEORY AND 

INSTRUCTIONAL DESIGN

4 College of 

Education

In this course, learners focus on applying theory and systematic 

approaches to design and implementation of instruction for diverse adult 

learners. Learners identify and analyze trends, issues, models, methods, 

various instructional strategies, technology, and classroom management 

strategies in instructional design for adults. In addition, learners design an 

instructional unit, applying research‐based best practices and employing 

instructional design models.

CUR 518 MULTICULTURAL STRATEGIES 

FOR THE ADULT LEARNER

3 College of 

Education

In this course, learners acquire a rich and deep framework to understand 

what diversity means in the workplace, in the training and development 

environment, and in the higher education classroom. Learners explore 

dimensions of diversity which include race, gender, age, ethnicity, sexual 

orientation, gender identity and expression, religion, education, and 

socioeconomic status. Learners acquire an awareness of diversity and 

understand how to design, deliver, and evaluate training and education 

programs that are sensitive to the challenges and opportunities that a 

multicultural context presents.

CUR 520 ADVOCATING FOR LEARNING 3 College of 

Education

Learners examine dispositions and beliefs regarding teaching and learning 

for all students. This course includes discussions about supportive and 

engaging learning environments, along with collaboration with other 

professionals to develop strategies that promote student learning. Using 

assessment data, learners will differentiate instruction and employ 

appropriate strategies for students. Learners will explore advocacy 

through course materials, practical exercises and engaging group activities.

B-145

CUR 525 ETHICAL ISSUES IN 

EDUCATION

3 College of 

Education

This course examines the ethical framework and challenges of teachers 

and teacher leaders in today’s schools. The professional educational 

leader fosters ethical practices and engages in purposeful ethical decision 

making. Students will explore ethical, social, and political issues in 

education through case studies, field experiences, and other readings and 

interactions. Ethical leadership and decision making will be analyzed and 

discussed to determine how educational leaders will be able to provide 

support to teachers, students, and other constituents with the purpose of 

improving current educational practices.

CUR 528 ASSESSMENT OF LEARNING 3 College of 

Education

Learners focus on developing the skills necessary to become effective 

assessors of adult learners in corporate training and in other adult 

education learning environments. Learners examine the fundamentals of 

planning, implementing, and analyzing assessments to improve instruction 

and learning. Additionally, learners explore purposes and methods of 

evaluation for courses, programs, and training.

CUR 530 ASSESSMENT AND 

EVALUATION MODELS

3 College of 

Education

In this course, learners use assessment data through a systematic process 

to make informed decisions and to evaluate classroom and school‐wide 

learning outcomes. Emphasis is placed on the design, implementation, 

and analysis of formative assessments while other types of assessments 

are explored. Learners will use this assessment knowledge to design and 

analyze a comprehensive assessment plan in a K‐12 setting.

CUR 532 FACILITATING ONLINE 

LEARNING

3 College of 

Education

Learners explore practical strategies for aligning effective principles of 

instruction with the use of technology in adult learning and training 

environments. Learners develop the knowledge and skills required for 

effectively engaging adult learners in distance learning experiences using 

a variety of web‐based course management and information systems. In 

addition, learners apply and evaluate audio, video, and collaborative 

technology tools; mobile learning technologies; and corporate online 

training techniques. Learners discuss essential aspects of learning in 

online training programs and classrooms such as engagement, time 

management, reflection, and assessment strategies.

.

B-146

CUR 535 RESEARCH FOR IMPROVED 

PRACTICE

4 College of 

Education

Learners examine the process of conducting their own classroom‐based or 

school‐based research. The course provides practical experience with 

action research components in the educational setting for everyday 

instruction. Learners will use research and data to select instructional 

practices that lead to gains in student achievement that promote lifelong 

learning.

CUR 540 METHODS OF COACHING IN 

THE INSTRUCTIONAL SETTING

3 College of 

Education

This course provides an examination of how systemic processes, 

experiential learning, and coaching strategies positively affect teaching 

and learning outcomes. This course will examine the interchangeable 

competencies of coaching and mentoring including roles, fostering 

relationships, ethical guidelines,  building learning communities, effective 

communication, self‐reflective problem solving, conflict resolution, 

facilitating learning, and accountability. Candidates will be equipped with 

content knowledge, real life application opportunities, tools, and specific 

strategies that can be applied in both instructional leadership and 

coaching situations.

CUR 545 USING TECHNOLOGY FOR 

TEACHING AND LEARNING

3 College of 

Education

Students evaluate technology use and technology integration for teaching 

and learning while considering the value of current technologies and tools 

as part of an interactive experience in a 21st‐century classroom. Students 

will review the considerations and responsibilities of using and 

maintaining technology in today's schools, including safety, ethics, 

resources, and financial needs. Using the knowledge gained in this course, 

students will determine how they will advocate and be change agents for 

technology integration within their districts, schools, classrooms, and the 

community.

CUR 550 ENGAGING IN COMMUNITIES 

OF PRACTICE

3 College of 

Education

Learning communities are a method for the organization and operation of 

schools that will best meet the academic needs of students. In this course, 

learners examine the components of developing and maintaining school‐

based communities of practice to improve student achievement and assist 

with school improvement planning. Learners will identify resources to 

help them initiate, plan, and maintain communities of practice.

B-147

CUR 555 PROFESSIONAL LEARNING 

FOR CONTINUOUS 

IMPROVEMENT

3 College of 

Education

Learners will examine the relationship of professional and personal 

learning to school, teacher, and student need. Learners will gain an array 

of effective ideas, strategies, plans, methods, and tools on designing and 

implementing professional development to promote the intellectual and 

self‐reflective development of teachers, as they collaborate to raise 

student achievement. Topics include components of high‐quality staff 

development and learning networks.

CUR 711 DEVELOPMENTAL AND 

LEARNING THEORIES

3 School of Advanced 

Studies

Theories on the physical, social, emotional, and intellectual development 

of learners across the lifespan are the focus of this course. These theories 

and their effect on the educational process and the design and 

implementation of instructional programs will be examined.

CUR 712 CURRICULUM THEORY 3 School of Advanced 

Studies

This course examines historical, current, and cross‐cultural theories of 

curriculum.  With a foundation in the major theorists and tenets of their 

theories, learners analyze curriculum documents for evidence of the 

various theories, investigate implications of theories on educational 

programming, and interpret the interaction of these theories with public 

policy.

CUR 713 CURRICULUM, 

DEVELOPMENTAL, AND 

LEARNING THEORIES

3 School of Advanced 

Studies

This course provides an overview of foundational and contemporary 

learning theories and the principles of brain‐based learning and cognitive 

information processing. Students will examine how learning theory 

contributes to the intellectual development of learners and the impact it 

has on the educational process and curriculum design. With these 

concepts as a foundation, students will analyze curriculum processes and 

procedures, investigate implications of the theories for educational 

programming, and interpret the interaction of these theories with public 

policy.

B-148

CUR 721 CURRICULUM DESIGN 3 School of Advanced 

Studies

In this course, students focus on the creation of systemic models of 

curriculum design and delivery, including consideration of schedule, 

structure, stakeholder involvement, and end products. Students will also 

analyze the implicit, hidden, cultural, and institutional aspects of existing 

curricular models to inform their own development approach.

CUR 722 INSTRUCTIONAL MODELS 3 School of Advanced 

Studies

This course analyzes the models and process of instruction. Effective 

instructional models are explored as they relate to teaching strategies and 

learner outcomes. Instructional models for diverse populations, 

improvement of instructional programs, and staff development are of 

special focus.

CUR 723 ASSESSMENT OF STUDENT 

LEARNING

3 School of Advanced 

Studies

This course explores student assessment methods utilized in learning 

organizations. The merits and faults of these methods are debated. 

Among the key topics are outcomes‐based assessment ‐ such as 

standardized achievement and criterion assessment, as well as the 

influence of leadership styles on these outcomes.

CUR 731 SUPERVISION OF 

CURRICULUM AND 

INSTRUCTION

3 School of Advanced 

Studies

This course explores the supervision and evaluation of instructional 

programs. Topics include effective techniques for managing curriculum, 

effective evaluation instruments, conferencing, classroom management, 

and recommendations for improvement. Traditional and alternative 

methods of evaluating student achievement will be discussed.

B-149

CUR 732 PROGRAM EVALUATION 3 School of Advanced 

Studies

In this course, students explore program evaluation models and methods 

utilized in learning organizations. Both formative and summative methods 

are discussed, and their merits and faults are debated. Accreditation 

issues are among the key topics, and the influence of leadership style on 

program evaluation methods is examined.

DAT 565 DATA ANALYSIS AND 

BUSINESS ANALYTICS

3 School of Business This course will introduce students to data discovery, data analytics, and 

data visualization with contemporary business tools. Students will learn to 

differentiate data analytics from statistical analysis and use the power of 

informatics in shaping decision‐making in the modern business context. 

The course will address analytics as a tool for business process‐

improvement and present data acquisition and formatting, metric 

creation, data discovery, and data visualization with real‐world examples 

and exercises for students to work through in class.   

DBM 280 FUNDAMENTALS OF ACCESS 

DATABASE

3 College of 

Information 

Systems and 

Technology

This course will cover the use desktop database software to create small 

database applications. Emphasis will be placed on creating and managing 

a database, creating tables, and building forms. Emphasis is placed on 

hands‐on experience in the installation, design, and debugging of desktop 

database software.

DBM 294 QUERYING A SQL SERVER 3 College of 

Information 

Systems and 

Technology

This course provides an overview of querying a SQL Server®. Emphasis is 

placed on creating database objects, working and modifying data, and 

optimizing the database environment. This course addresses the 

objectives contained in the Microsoft® Certified Solutions Associate 

(MCSA) for querying a Microsoft® SQL Server®.

B-150

DBM 296 ADMINISTERING A SQL 

SERVER

3 College of 

Information 

Systems and 

Technology

This course provides an introduction to the installation, configuration, 

support, availability, and recovery of databases. The considerations for 

database administration when addressing the requirements for user 

access, security, backup, and recovery will be covered. This course 

addresses the objectives contained in the Microsoft Certified Solutions 

Associate (MCSA) for administering a Microsoft® SQL Server® database.

DBM 298 IMPLEMENTING A DATA 

WAREHOUSE

3 College of 

Information 

Systems and 

Technology

This course will cover the design and implementation of a data 

warehouse. Emphasis will be placed on extraction and transformation of 

data, design of the data control flow, load options SQL Server Integration 

Services (SSIS) script options, and the establishment, implementation, and 

maintenance of data quality solutions.

DBM 380 DATABASE CONCEPTS 3 College of 

Information 

Systems and 

Technology

This course covers database concepts. Topics include data analysis, the 

principal data models with emphasis on the relational model, entity‐

relationship diagrams, database design, normalization, and database 

administration.

DBM 381 DATABASE CONCEPTS 3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course covers database concepts. Topics include data analysis, the 

principal data models with emphasis on the relational model, entity‐

relationship diagrams, database design, normalization, and database 

administration.

B-151

DBM 384 SPECIAL PURPOSE DATABASES 3 College of 

Information 

Systems and 

Technology

This course examines the use of database technology in a variety of 

information technology applications. The use of text, multimedia, 

temporal, spatial, and mobile databases will be covered in this course.

DBM 460 ENTERPRISE DATABASE 

MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS

3 College of 

Information 

Systems and 

Technology

This course covers distributed computing, middleware, and industry 

standards as relating to the enterprise data repository. Data warehousing, 

data mining, and data marts are covered from an enterprise perspective.

DBM 502 DATABASE MANAGEMENT 3 College of 

Information 

Systems and 

Technology

This course provides an introduction to how data is architected and 

organized. It discusses the different data models used to store data, it 

outlines several schemas that drive how data is structured, and provides 

other database concepts relating to the design and architecture of data.

DEVQA 365 SANITY TEST CLASS 3 School of Business QA Test Course

B-152

DHA 711 ADMINISTRATION OF 

COMPLEX HEALTH CARE 

SYSTEMS

3 School of Advanced 

Studies

Students will focus on administration of complex health systems rather 

than singular organizations. Topics include organizational analysis, 

strategic planning, multi‐organizational management issues, and evolving 

governance structures. Students are expected to discuss and critically 

analyze theories and methods in health care administration. This course is 

intended to serve as an arena for discussion and inquiry regarding both 

current and historical issues in strategic decision‐making at the policy and 

the organizational level.

DHA 712 RISK MANAGEMENT IN 

COMPLEX ORGANIZATIONS

3 School of Advanced 

Studies

Managing risk in an organization requires demonstration of an 

understanding of legal, licensure, certification, and accreditation 

dynamics, as well as litigation management within the context of 

corporate compliance. The student will apply concepts from labor law, risk 

financing, contract law, partnership agreements, and professional 

credentialing. Discussion will also include human subjects research, data 

security, and biotechnology.

DHA 713 MANAGING RESOURCES IN 

HEALTH ORGANIZATIONS

3 School of Advanced 

Studies

Understanding the complexity of managing the vast resources needed to 

deliver quality health care is essential. Although human resources 

comprise the majority of needed assets, other resources include facilities 

and industry suppliers. This course will examine how these resources are 

interwoven and need to be successfully managed. The course is a 

combination of theoretical and practical approaches for resource 

management.

DHA 714 HEALTH CARE MARKETING 3 School of Advanced 

Studies

Survival of health care institutions is primarily dependent on how well 

marketing succeeds at acquiring market share. This course examines key 

marketing concepts within the health care industry. Students will examine 

the financial success of health care institutions from a market share 

perspective including pricing, promotion, and distribution of services.

B-153

DHA 715 RISK MANAGEMENT IN 

COMPLEX HEALTH 

ORGANIZATIONS

3 School of Advanced 

Studies

Managing risk in health care organizations involves strategic resource 

management to reduce loss, maximize financial stability, and protect 

assets.  Practitioners must have an understanding of insurance and 

finance principles as well as litigation management within the context of 

corporate compliance.  Students will apply concepts from claims 

administration, human resource management, and information 

technology to analyze how integrated resource management promotes 

operational efficiency, ethical leadership, and employee retention.

DHA 721 HEALTH CARE ECONOMICS 3 School of Advanced 

Studies

This course focuses on the application of economic theory to the amount, 

organization, and distribution of health care services in the United States. 

Students will apply principles such as supply and demand, margin analysis, 

and cost effectiveness analysis. Students will discuss issues and 

controversies surrounding the government's role in financing and 

regulating health services.

DHA 722 POLICY AND REGULATION IN 

HEALTH CARE

3 School of Advanced 

Studies

Contemporary administration requires a thorough understanding of the 

federal policy and regulatory development process. Students analyze the 

history of health financing legislation, as well as regulatory implications of 

both the Medicare and Medicaid programs. This course examines the 

impact of emerging social, ethical, legal, and political issues on the future 

of the health care system. Emphasis is on the creation of innovative 

models of health care delivery.

DHA 723 EXECUTIVE INFORMATION 

SYSTEMS

3 School of Advanced 

Studies

This course focuses on the use of financial systems, decision modeling 

programs, and advanced clinical information systems in formulating the 

strategic direction of modern health care systems. Practical experience 

using the University's information technology partners introduces 

students to the richness of modern data systems. Simulations include 

quality improvement applications, including statistical process control 

methodology.

B-154

DHA 724 GLOBALIZATION OF HEALTH 

CARE

3 School of Advanced 

Studies

This course focuses on global health care systems with the objective of 

improving the US health care systems. Topics include global health issues, 

advocacy organizations, comparative political processes, and the 

economics of health financing. Students will understand the role of 

various international governing structures on health policy development.

DHA 731 POPULATION HEALTH AND 

EPIDEMIOLOGY

3 School of Advanced 

Studies

The science of epidemiology is essential for projecting the population 

health needs, and appropriate allocation of public and private resources. 

This course focuses on the utilization of epidemiologic studies and 

techniques as a basis for health care policy and administrative decision‐ 

making. Students will apply this science in the analysis of emerging health 

epidemics and diseases.

DHA 732 EVALUATION OF HEALTH 

CARE PROGRAMS

3 School of Advanced 

Studies

This course prepares the contemporary health administrator to utilize 

research methodologies in making decisions regarding the cost 

effectiveness of specific health programs. Case studies will be used that 

incorporate disease‐specific programs, community wide health 

interventions, and population specific care management programs across 

a variety of health settings.

DHA 733 CONTEMPORARY LEADERSHIP 

ISSUES

3 School of Advanced 

Studies

This seminar focuses on the application of new knowledge in creating new 

policies and models in the administration of health programs. Learners 

will explore contemporary issues and their impact on emerging leadership 

and management theory. Learners will demonstrate integration of 

knowledge.

B-155

DHAX 733 CONTEMPORARY LEADERSHIP 

ISSUES

3 School of Advanced 

Studies

This seminar focuses on the application of new knowledge in creating new 

policies and models in the administration of health programs. Learners 

will explore contemporary issues and their impact on emerging leadership 

and management theory. Learners will demonstrate integration of 

knowledge.

DOC 700 DEVELOPING THE DOCTORAL 

IDENTITY

1 School of Advanced 

Studies

This foundational course is designed to promote active doctoral‐level 

inquiry and establish the School of Advanced Studies' integrated 

scholarship, practice, and leadership approach. Students participate in 

structured activities and guided dialogue to strengthen their 

understanding of the doctoral program requirements and expectations for 

doctoral‐level thinking, research, informed voice, and community building. 

Students will demonstrate the initiative needed to take next steps in their 

intellectual doctoral journey through iterative improvements to critical 

thinking, reading and writing skills by applying faculty feedback, writing 

resources, and personal insights to a doctoral‐level writing assignment.

DOC 705R CREATIVE AND CRITICAL 

THINKING

3 School of Advanced 

Studies

This course challenges the student to become a creative scholar, 

practitioner, leader and problem‐solver and to begin the process of 

personal transformation by questioning assumptions and traditional 

patterns of thinking. Throughout the course, students demonstrate 

characteristics of creative and critical thinking in individual and 

collaborative situations.

DOC 710R DOCTORAL STUDIES SEMINAR 

AND WORKSHOP

3 School of Advanced 

Studies

As an orientation to doctoral learning, this course provides opportunities 

for students to engage in a transformational learning process by 

positioning themselves within their cultural context, the emerging 

doctoral community, and the larger field of interest. Students will develop 

their critical consciousness as a scholar earning a Doctor of Philosophy 

(PhD) in Higher Education Administration or Nursing. Class activities will 

include critical reading, scholarly writing, dialogic interaction, reflexive 

practice, and collaborative projects. As an outcome of the course, 

students will refine their disposition toward the doctoral process and 

develop plans and practical skills to succeed in the program.

B-156

DOC 720 PROPOSAL SEMINAR 3 School of Advanced 

Studies

This course will assist students in determining their dissertation topic. 

Students will work on their own dissertation prospectus as well as discuss 

the work of the other students in the class. Upon completion of this 

course, students will develop their problem statement, purpose 

statement, and determine the most effective methodology to use for their 

dissertation. At the end of this course, students will have incorporated 

this information to form their dissertation prospectus.

DOC 720N PROPOSAL SEMINAR 3 School of Advanced 

Studies

This course will assist students in determining their dissertation topic. 

Students will work on their own dissertation prospectus as well as discuss 

the work of the other students in the class. Upon completion of this 

course, students will develop their problem statement, purpose 

statement, and determine the most effective methodology to use for their 

dissertation. At the end of this course, students will have incorporated 

this information to form their dissertation prospectus.

DOC 720R DOCTORAL SEMINAR I 2 School of Advanced 

Studies

DOC 720R is the first step in the formal development of the doctoral 

dissertation. You will review and clarify problem and purpose statements, 

create and refine research questions and hypotheses, identify sample 

populations, research methodologies and data gathering procedures and 

complete a précis that serves as a framework for the dissertation. The 

intended impact of the student's dissertation on society, the discipline, 

and practitioners will be discussed.

DOC 720S PRECIS SEMINAR 0 School of Advanced 

Studies

This seminar is designed to focus on the development of the student's 

precis submitted in DOC 720R. The development and revision of the precis 

will be ongoing throughout this 3‐week seminar. Topics in the seminar 

include problem statements, research questions, hypotheses and testing, 

and the intended impact of the study on the profession and society. The 

outcome of this seminar is a revised precis that articulates a specific goal 

and plan that will evolve into the student's dissertation. This seminar will 

incorporate students from various doctoral programs.

B-157

DOC 721 PROSPECTUS AND PROPOSAL 

WORKSHOP

3 School of Advanced 

Studies

This course continues the formal development of the student's 

dissertation. This development will be ongoing throughout the curriculum 

and result in the dissertation's submission at the end of the program. 

Topics in the course include problem statements, research questions, 

hypotheses and testing, populations and samples, and the intended 

contribution of the study to the profession and society. The outcome of 

this course is Chapter 1 of the dissertation that articulates a specific goal 

and plan that will evolve into the learner's dissertation.

DOC 721N PROSPECTUS AND PROPOSAL 

WORKSHOP

3 School of Advanced 

Studies

This course continues the formal development of the student¿s 

dissertation. This development will be ongoing throughout the curriculum 

and result in the dissertation¿s submission at the end of the program. 

Topics in the course include problem statements, research questions, 

hypotheses and testing, populations and samples, and the intended 

contribution of the study to the profession and society. The outcome of 

this course is Chapter 1 of the dissertation that articulates a specific goal 

and plan that will evolve into the learner¿s dissertation.

DOC 721R DOCTORAL SEMINAR I 2 School of Advanced 

Studies

This 3‐day residency course begins the formal development of the 

student¿s dissertation. This development will be ongoing throughout the 

curriculum and result in the dissertation¿s submission at the end of the 

program. Topics in the course include problem statements, research 

questions, hypotheses and testing, samples and populations, and the 

intended impact of the study on the profession and society. The outcome 

of this course is a concept paper that articulates a specific goal and plan 

that will evolve into the student¿s dissertation. This course will 

incorporate students from various doctoral programs disciplines.

DOC 721S CONCEPT PAPER SEMINAR 0 School of Advanced 

Studies

This seminar is designed to focus on the development of the student's 

concept paper submitted in DOC 721R. The development and revision of 

the concept paper will be ongoing throughout this 3‐week seminar. Topics 

in the seminar include problem statements, research questions, 

hypotheses and testing, samples and populations, and the intended 

impact of the study on the profession and society. The outcome of this 

seminar is a revised concept paper that articulates a specific goal and plan 

that will evolve into the student's dissertation. This seminar will 

incorporate students from various doctoral programs disciplines.

B-158

DOC 722 DOCTORAL SEMINAR II 3 School of Advanced 

Studies

In this course, students refine the requisite skills necessary to further 

develop their concept paper into a dissertation proposal. Students expand 

their work from Second‐Year Residency by applying critical analysis to 

refine the research method, inform the selection of a research design, and 

to develop a focused literature review.

DOC 723 DOCTORAL SEMINAR II 3 School of Advanced 

Studies

In this course students refine the requisite skills necessary to further their 

dissertation concept for review and approval. Students expand their work 

from Second‐Year Residency by applying critical analysis to refine the 

research method, inform the selection of a research design, and to 

develop a focused literature review.

DOC 730R PROFESSIONAL 

DEVELOPMENT AND 

SOCIALIZATION

3 School of Advanced 

Studies

This course explores various aspects of professional development for 

learners in their particular field of study. Topics will include grant‐writing, 

program proposal development, scholarship and writing for publication, 

identifying external funding‐sources, involvement in professional 

associations, and updating or developing a curriculum vitae.

DOC 731R COLLABORATIVE CASE STUDY 3 School of Advanced 

Studies

This 5‐day residency course is an exercise in practical, professional 

management decision making and is intended to focus the student on the 

challenges faced by managers who must balance the needs of customers, 

shareholders, employees, and other stakeholders. The course requires the 

student to synthesize and integrate theory and practice and to apply them 

toward the development of recommended solutions for specific 

managerial situations found within the organization¿s environment. This 

course will incorporate students from various doctoral programs 

disciplines.

B-159

DOC 732R DOCTORAL SEMINAR III 2 School of Advanced 

Studies

This 3‐day residency course is designed to facilitate the process through 

an approved doctoral proposal to final submission of the doctoral 

dissertation due at the end of the program, with the final chapters being 

explored for content and format.

DOC 733 DOCTORAL DISSERTATION 3 School of Advanced 

Studies

This is a chair‐guided course for students to finalize their dissertation 

proposals. The chair and committee members will work with the student 

to assess and improve readiness and skill preparation for completion of 

the dissertation proposal in accordance with standards of ethical 

research. Students receive continued support from chair and committee 

members to be engaged in communities of scholarship and practice.

DOC 733A DOCTORAL DISSERTATION 3 School of Advanced 

Studies

This course is a continuation of DOC 733 for students to finalize their 

dissertation proposals. The chair and committee members will work with 

the student to re‐assess and improve readiness and skill preparation for 

completion of the dissertation proposal in accordance with standards of 

ethical research. Students receive continued support from chair and 

committee members to be engaged in communities of scholarship and 

practice.

DOC 733B DOCTORAL DISSERTATION 3 School of Advanced 

Studies

This course is a continuation of DOC 733A for students to finalize their 

dissertation proposals. The chair and committee members will work with 

the student to re‐assess and improve readiness and skill preparation for 

completion of the dissertation proposal in accordance with standards of 

ethical research. Enhanced support will be provided to guide students 

towards completion of the dissertation proposal.

B-160

DOC 733R DOCTORAL SEMINAR III 3 School of Advanced 

Studies

This 5‐day residency course supports the students' professional and 

scholarly development in their respective discipline through experiential 

and interactive activities. Students will synthesize and integrate theory 

and practice to apply them toward the development of leadership in their 

communities.

DOC 734 DOCTORAL PROJECT IV 3 School of Advanced 

Studies

This is a chair‐guided course for candidates to finalize their dissertation as 

the significant contribution to the body of knowledge. The candidate 

prepares and submits the dissertation for University approval and 

completes the formal oral defense of the dissertation in this course. The 

chair and committee members will work with the candidate to assess and 

improve readiness and skill preparation for completion of the dissertation. 

Candidates receive continued support from chair and committee 

members to be engaged in communities of scholarship and practice.

DOC 734A DOCTORAL PROJECT IV 3 School of Advanced 

Studies

This course is a continuation of DOC 734 for candidates to finalize their 

dissertation as the significant contribution to the body of knowledge. The 

candidate prepares and submits the dissertation for University approval 

and completes the formal oral defense of the dissertation in this course. 

The chair and committee members will work with the candidate to re‐

assess and improve readiness and skill preparation for completion of the 

dissertation. An approved dissertation is required to complete this class. 

Candidates receive continued support from chair and committee 

members to be engaged in communities of scholarship and practice.

DOC 734B DOCTORAL PROJECT IV 3 School of Advanced 

Studies

This course is a continuation of DOC 734A for candidates to finalize their 

dissertation as the significant contribution to the body of knowledge. The 

candidate prepares and submits the dissertation for University approval 

and completes the formal oral defense of the dissertation in this course. 

The chair and committee members will work with the candidate to re‐

assess and improve readiness and skill preparation for completion of the 

dissertation. Enhanced support will be provided to guide students towards 

completion of the dissertation. An approved dissertation is required to 

complete this class. Candidates receive continued support from chair and 

committee members to be engaged in communities of scholarship and 

practice.

B-161

DOC 734R DOCTORAL SEMINAR IV 2 School of Advanced 

Studies

This 3‐day residency course engages students in collaborative discussions 

and independent activities aimed at developing a complete dissertation 

proposal. By means of individual feedback and collegial discourse, 

students contribute to a community of scholarship and practice.

DOC 735 RESEARCH PROPOSAL 3 School of Advanced 

Studies

Students will work toward completing a draft of the dissertation proposal 

with their dissertation Chair. While working on their proposals, students 

will discuss ethical issues associated with conducting research with human 

participants. Students will discuss, at a conceptual level, the dissertation 

proposal quality review and the Institutional Review Board review 

processes.

DOC 736A DISSERTATION I 3 School of Advanced 

Studies

The purpose of this class is for the student and dissertation chair to work 

together, with the dissertation committee to finalize and submit the 

dissertation proposal for a Quality Review of the research method and an 

Institutional Review Board (IRB) Review. Quality Review of the research 

method and IRB approval must be received to progress to DOC 737.

DOC 736B DISSERTATION I 3 School of Advanced 

Studies

This is the second one‐on‐one chair‐guided course for a doctoral student 

working to complete a dissertation proposal. Students enroll for this 

course when any of three approvals have not been received, Committee 

Chair approval, Quality Review Methods approval, or Institutional Review 

Board IRB approval of ethical treatment within the proposed study. The 

student chair relationship and the student earning approval of the 

dissertation proposal from all three groups is the catalyst for the course. 

Quality Review of the research method and IRB approval must be received 

to progress to DOC 737.

B-162

DOC 736C DISSERTATION I 3 School of Advanced 

Studies

This third available dissertation proposal course provides extended time 

for one‐on‐one work between a student and his or her dissertation 

committee Chair. Students enroll for this course when a student has not 

yet received either IRB approval, Quality Review Methods approval, or 

Committee Chair approval of the proposed dissertation. Students should 

work in conjunction with the Chair to complete any remaining 

requirements to achieve all approvals required to begin dissertation work. 

If all approvals are received during the course, it is appropriate for the 

candidate to begin working on the dissertation, but not until all approvals 

have been received .Students must repeat this course, until the 

dissertation proposal is approved.

DOC 736IA DISSERTATION I 3 School of Advanced 

Studies

The purpose of this class is for the student and dissertation Chair to work 

together, with the dissertation committee, to finalize and submit the 

dissertation proposal for approval.Students receive continued support 

from Chair and committee members to be engaged in communities of 

scholarship.

DOC 736IB DISSERTATION I 3 School of Advanced 

Studies

This course is a continuation of DOC 736IA, where students work with 

their Chair and committee members to finalize and submit the 

dissertation proposal for approval.  The Chair and student work together 

to re‐assess and improve readiness and skill preparation for the 

completion of the dissertation proposal in accordance with university 

guidelines and standards of ethical research. Enhanced support is 

provided to guide students towards completion of the dissertation 

proposal. 

DOC 736IC DISSERTATION I 3 School of Advanced 

Studies

This course is a continuation of DOC 736I B, where students work with 

their Chair and committee members to finalize and submit the 

dissertation proposal for approval.  The Chair and student work together 

to re‐assess and improve readiness and skill preparation for the 

completion of the dissertation proposal in accordance with university 

guidelines and standards of ethical research. Enhanced support is 

provided to guide students towards completion of the dissertation 

proposal. 

B-163

DOC 736N1 DISSERTATION I 3 School of Advanced 

Studies

The purpose of this class is for the student and dissertation chair to work 

together, with the dissertation committee to finalize and submit the 

dissertation proposal for a Quality Review of the research method and an 

Institutional Review Board (IRB) Review. Quality Review of the research 

method and IRB approval must be received to progress to DOC 737.

DOC 736N2 DISSERTATION I 3 School of Advanced 

Studies

This is the second one‐on‐one chair‐guided course for a doctoral student 

working to complete a dissertation proposal. Students enroll for this 

course when any of three approvals have not been received, Committee 

Chair approval, Quality Review Methods approval, or Institutional Review 

Board IRB approval of ethical treatment within the proposed study. The 

student chair relationship and the student earning approval of the 

dissertation proposal from all three groups is the catalyst for the course. 

Quality Review of the research method and IRB approval must be received 

to progress to DOC 737.

DOC 736N3 DISSERTATION I 3 School of Advanced 

Studies

This third available dissertation proposal course provides extended time 

for one‐on‐one work between a student and his or her dissertation 

committee Chair. Students enroll for this course when a student has not 

yet received either IRB approval, Quality Review Methods approval, or 

Committee Chair approval of the proposed dissertation. Students should 

work in conjunction with the Chair to complete any remaining 

requirements to achieve all approvals required to begin dissertation work. 

If all approvals are received during the course, it is appropriate for the 

candidate to begin working on the dissertation, but not until all approvals 

have been received .Students must repeat this course, until the 

dissertation proposal is approved.

DOC 737 DISSERTATION II 3 School of Advanced 

Studies

Students enroll in this dissertation chairperson guided course while 

collecting and analyzing data for the dissertation. Students are expected 

to continue the research and writing of the dissertation during this course. 

In this course, the Learning Contract serves as the catalyst for completing 

the study¿s research, findings, recommendations, and conclusions.

B-164

DOC 737I DISSERTATION II 3 School of Advanced 

Studies

Students, with the support of the Chair and committee, collect and 

analyze dissertation data and write the results and conclusions chapters 

of the dissertation. A completion plan serves as the catalyst for 

completing the dissertation.

DOC 737N DISSERTATION II 3 School of Advanced 

Studies

Students enroll in this dissertation chairperson guided course while 

collecting and analyzing data for the dissertation. Students are expected 

to continue the research and writing of the dissertation during this course. 

In this course, the Learning Contract serves as the catalyst for completing 

the study¿s research, findings, recommendations, and conclusions.

DOC 738A DEFENSE 3 School of Advanced 

Studies

During this Dissertation Chair‐guided course, the doctoral candidate 

prepares and submits the doctoral dissertation for final quality review and 

completes the formal oral defense of the dissertation. Successfully 

submitting and gaining final quality review approval and passing the oral 

defense is required to complete this class.

DOC 738B DEFENSE 3 School of Advanced 

Studies

During this Dissertation Chair‐guided course, the doctoral candidate 

prepares and submits the doctoral dissertation for final quality review and 

completes the formal oral defense of the dissertation. Successfully 

submitting and gaining final quality review approval and passing the oral 

defense is required to complete this class.

B-165

DOC 738C DEFENSE 3 School of Advanced 

Studies

During this Dissertation Chair‐guided course, the doctoral candidate 

prepares and submits the doctoral dissertation for final quality review and 

completes the formal oral defense of the dissertation. Successfully 

submitting and gaining final quality review approval and passing the oral 

defense is required to complete this class.

DOC 738IA DISSERTATION DEFENSE 3 School of Advanced 

Studies

This is a Chair‐guided course for PhD candidates to finalize their 

dissertation to make a significant contribution to the I‐O psychology body 

of knowledge. Students, with the guidance of the Chair and committee, 

will prepare and submit the dissertation study for University approval and 

once approved, complete the formal oral defense of the dissertation.  The 

Chair and committee members will work with the candidate to re‐assess 

and improve readiness and skill preparation to complete and defend the 

dissertation. Candidates will receive continued support from the Chair and 

committee members to be engaged in communities of scholarship and 

practice. A University‐approved dissertation is required to complete this 

class.

DOC 738IB DISSERTATION DEFENSE 3 School of Advanced 

Studies

This is a Chair‐guided course for PhD candidates to finalize their 

dissertation to make a significant contribution to the I‐O psychology body 

of knowledge. Students, with the guidance of the Chair and committee, 

will prepare and submit the dissertation study for University approval and 

once approved, complete the formal oral defense of the dissertation.  The 

Chair and committee members will work with the candidate to re‐assess 

and improve readiness and skill preparation to complete and defend the 

dissertation. Candidates will receive continued support from the Chair and 

committee members to be engaged in communities of scholarship and 

practice. A University‐approved dissertation is required to complete this 

class.

DOC 738IC DISSERTATION DEFENSE 3 School of Advanced 

Studies

This is a Chair‐guided course for PhD candidates to finalize their 

dissertation to make a significant contribution to the I‐O psychology body 

of knowledge. Students, with the guidance of the Chair and committee, 

will prepare and submit the dissertation study for University approval and 

once approved, complete the formal oral defense of the dissertation.  The 

Chair and committee members will work with the candidate to re‐assess 

and improve readiness and skill preparation to complete and defend the 

dissertation. Candidates will receive continued support from the Chair and 

committee members to be engaged in communities of scholarship and 

practice. A University‐approved dissertation is required to complete this 

class.

B-166

DOC 738N1 DEFENSE 3 School of Advanced 

Studies

During this Dissertation Chair‐guided course, the doctoral candidate 

prepares and submits the doctoral dissertation for final quality review and 

completes the formal oral defense of the dissertation. Successfully 

submitting and gaining final quality review approval and passing the oral 

defense is required to complete this class.

DOC 738N2 DEFENSE 3 School of Advanced 

Studies

During this Dissertation Chair‐guided course, the doctoral candidate 

prepares and submits the doctoral dissertation for final quality review and 

completes the formal oral defense of the dissertation. Successfully 

submitting and gaining final quality review approval and passing the oral 

defense is required to complete this class.

DOC 738N3 DEFENSE 3 School of Advanced 

Studies

During this Dissertation Chair‐guided course, the doctoral candidate 

prepares and submits the doctoral dissertation for final quality review and 

completes the formal oral defense of the dissertation. Successfully 

submitting and gaining final quality review approval and passing the oral 

defense is required to complete this class.

DOC 740R ANNUAL RENEWAL RESIDENCY 0 School of Advanced 

Studies

This non‐credit‐bearing, 3‐day course is required only when a learner has 

not completed the dissertation within 12 months of completing all 

courses, excluding DOC 733 and DOC 734. This residency session is 

designed to allow for concentrated time between the learner and a faculty 

member, focusing on dissertation completion. This annual renewal 

residency is required for every full year a learner remains in "all but 

dissertation" status.

B-167

DOC 741 DOCTORAL DISSERTATION 3 School of Advanced 

Studies

In this course, students will finalize their dissertation proposal. Students 

receive continued support in assessing and improving their readiness and 

skill preparation for completion of the dissertation proposal. Additionally, 

students explore communities of scholarship to engage with scholars in 

their area of practice and to share their future research.

DOC 741A DOCTORAL DISSERTATION 3 School of Advanced 

Studies

In this course, the dissertation chair and committee members guide the 

student in finalizing their dissertation proposal. Students receive 

continued support in assessing and improving their readiness and skill 

preparation for completion of the dissertation proposal. Additionally, 

students explore communities of scholarship to engage with scholars in 

their area of practice and to share their future research.

DOC 741B DOCTORAL DISSERTATION 3 School of Advanced 

Studies

In this course, the dissertation chair and committee members guide 

students in finalizing their dissertation proposal. Students receive 

continued support in assessing and improving their readiness and skill 

preparation for completion of the dissertation proposal. 

DOC 741R ANNUAL RENEWAL RESIDENCY 2 School of Advanced 

Studies

This 3‐day renewal residency is designed to support students at various 

stages of dissertation development. Students engage in structured 

reflective activities with personalized faculty guidance to develop 

strategies focused on advancing the doctoral dissertation toward 

completion.

 

Competencies:

Analyze the current state of the dissertation to identify any barriers, 

opportunities, or points of uncertainty.

Integrate feedback to advance the doctoral dissertation toward 

completion.

Develop a strategic plan to facilitate dissertation completion and 

submission.

B-168

DOC 742 DOCTORAL PROJECT IV 3 School of Advanced 

Studies

In this chair‐guided course, doctoral candidates finalize their dissertation 

as a significant contribution to the body of knowledge. The chair and 

committee members work with the candidate to complete the 

dissertation in preparation for University approval, followed by the oral 

defense.  Additionally, this course focuses on engagement in communities 

of scholarship and practice. 

DOC 742A DOCTORAL PROJECT IV 3 School of Advanced 

Studies

In this chair‐guided course, doctoral candidates finalize their dissertation 

as a significant contribution to the body of knowledge. The chair and 

committee members work with the candidate to complete the 

dissertation in preparation for University approval, followed by the oral 

defense.  Additionally, this course focuses on engagement in communities 

of scholarship and practice. 

DOC 742B DOCTORAL PROJECT IV 3 School of Advanced 

Studies

In this chair‐guided course, doctoral candidates finalize their dissertation 

as a significant contribution to the body of knowledge. The chair and 

committee members work with the candidate to complete the 

dissertation in preparation for University approval, followed by the oral 

defense. 

DOC 787 CONCEPT CONTINUING 

ENROLLMENT I

0 School of Advanced 

Studies

This course is a continuation of DOC 723 and is intended for students to 

finalize their dissertation concept for review and approval. Students 

iterate to refine their research method(s), inform the selection of their 

research design, and develop a focused literature review

B-169

DOC 788 CONCEPT CONTINUING 

ENROLLMENT II

1 School of Advanced 

Studies

This course is a continuation of DOC 723 and is intended for students to 

finalize their dissertation concept for review and approval. Students 

iterate to refine their research method(s), inform the selection of their 

research design, and develop a focused literature review.

DOC 887 DISSERTATION CONTINUING 

ENROLLMENT I

0 School of Advanced 

Studies

This is a 1‐week course that serves as a continuation of DOC 741. In this 

course, students will ensure that their dissertation proposal aligns with 

the requirements of the Dissertation Criteria and Rating Scale (DCRS). 

Students should plan to submit their proposal to Quality Review Methods 

(QRM) for review during this course.

DOC 888 DISSERTATION CONTINUING 

ENROLLMENT II

1 School of Advanced 

Studies

In this 3‐week course, which serves as a continuation of DOC 741, 

students engage with their facilitator and chair to ensure that their 

dissertation proposal aligns with the requirements of the Dissertation 

Criteria and Rating Scale (DCRS). Students should plan to submit their 

proposal to Quality Review Methods (QRM) for review during this course.

DOC 889 DISSERTATION CONTINUING 

ENROLLMENT I

0 School of Advanced 

Studies

This is a 1‐week chair‐guided course that serves as a continuation of DOC 

741A. In this course students engage with their chair and committee 

members to ensure that their three proposal chapters align with the 

requirements of the Dissertation Criteria and Rating Scale (DCRS). 

Students should plan to submit their proposal to Quality Review Methods 

(QRM) for review during this course.

B-170

DOC 890 DISSERTATION CONTINUING 

ENROLLMENT II

1 School of Advanced 

Studies

This is a 3‐week chair‐guided course that serves as a continuation of DOC 

741A. In this course students engage with their chair and committee 

members to ensure that their three proposal chapters align with the 

requirements of the Dissertation Criteria and Rating Scale (DCRS). 

Students should plan to submit their proposal to Quality Review Methods 

(QRM) for review during this course.

DOC 891 DISSERTATION CONTINUING 

ENROLLMENT I

0 School of Advanced 

Studies

This is a 1‐week chair‐guided course that serves as a continuation of DOC 

741B. In this course students engage with their chair and committee 

members to ensure that their three proposal chapters align with the 

requirements of the Dissertation Criteria and Rating Scale (DCRS). 

Students should plan to submit their proposal to Quality Review Methods 

(QRM) for review during this course.

DOC 892 DISSERTATION CONTINUING 

ENROLLMENT II

1 School of Advanced 

Studies

This is a 3‐week chair‐guided course that serves as a continuation of DOC 

741B. In this course students engage with their chair and committee 

members to ensure that their three proposal chapters align with the 

requirements of the Dissertation Criteria and Rating Scale (DCRS). 

Students should plan to submit their proposal to Quality Review Methods 

(QRM) for review during this course.

DOC 987 PROJECT CONTINUING 

ENROLLMENT I

0 School of Advanced 

Studies

This 1‐week course serves as a continuation of DOC 742. Students who 

have not yet received Quality Review Final (QRF) approval should submit 

their dissertation for review. Students with QRF approval should plan to 

complete the oral defense during this course.

B-171

DOC 988 PROJECT CONTINUING 

ENROLLMENT II

1 School of Advanced 

Studies

This 3‐week course serves as a continuation of DOC 742. In this course, 

students engage with their committee to ensure that their dissertation 

satisfies the requirements established in the Dissertation Criteria and 

Rating Scale (DCRS). Students who have not yet received Quality Review 

Final (QRF) approval should submit their dissertation for review. Students 

with QRF approval should plan to complete the oral defense during this 

course.

DOC 989 PROJECT CONTINUING 

ENROLLMENT I

0 School of Advanced 

Studies

This 1‐week course serves as a continuation of DOC 742A. Students who 

have not yet received Quality Review Final (QRF) approval should submit 

their dissertation for review. Students with QRF approval should plan to 

complete the oral defense during this course.

DOC 990 PROJECT CONTINUING 

ENROLLMENT II

1 School of Advanced 

Studies

This 3‐week course serves as a continuation of DOC 742A. In this course, 

students engage with their committee to ensure that their dissertation 

satisfies the requirements established in the Dissertation Criteria and 

Rating Scale (DCRS). Students who have not yet received Quality Review 

Final (QRF) approval should submit their dissertation for review. Students 

with QRF approval should plan to complete the oral defense during this 

course.

DOC 991 PROJECT CONTINUING 

ENROLLMENT I

0 School of Advanced 

Studies

This 1‐week course serves as a continuation of DOC 742B. Students who 

have not yet received Quality Review Final (QRF) approval should submit 

their dissertation for review. Students with QRF approval should plan to 

complete the oral defense during this course.

B-172

DOC 992 PROJECT CONTINUING 

ENROLLMENT II

1 School of Advanced 

Studies

This 3‐week course serves as a continuation of DOC 742B. In this course, 

students engage with their committee to ensure that their dissertation 

satisfies the requirements established in the Dissertation Criteria and 

Rating Scale (DCRS). Students who have not yet received Quality Review 

Final (QRF) approval should submit their dissertation for review. Students 

with QRF approval should plan to complete the oral defense during this 

course.

DOC 993 DISSERTATION CONTINUING 

ENROLLMENT I

0 School of Advanced 

Studies

In this course, students will conduct the oral defense of their dissertation.

DOC 994 Dissertation Continuing 

Enrollment

0 School of Advanced 

Studies

In this course, students will conduct the oral defense of their dissertation.

DOC 995 Dissertation Continuing 

Enrollment

0 School of Advanced 

Studies

In this course, students will conduct the oral defense of their dissertation.

B-173

DOC 996 Dissertation Continuing 

Enrollment

0 School of Advanced 

Studies

In this course, students will conduct the oral defense of their dissertation.

DOC 999 DOCTORAL DISSERTATION 

REVIEW FACULTY

0 School of Advanced 

Studies

Test course for doctoral dissertation review faculty.

DOCX 733 DOCTORAL DISSERTATION 3 School of Advanced 

Studies

This is a chair‐guided course for students to finalize their dissertation 

proposals. The chair and committee members will work with the student 

to assess and improve readiness and skill preparation for completion of 

the dissertation proposal in accordance with standards of ethical 

research. Students receive continued support from chair and committee 

members to be engaged in communities of scholarship and practice.

DOCX 733A DOCTORAL DISSERTATION 3 School of Advanced 

Studies

This course is a continuation of DOC 733 for students to finalize their 

dissertation proposals. The chair and committee members will work with 

the student to re‐assess and improve readiness and skill preparation for 

completion of the dissertation proposal in accordance with standards of 

ethical research. Students receive continued support from chair and 

committee members to be engaged in communities of scholarship and 

practice.

B-174

DOCX 733B DOCTORAL DISSERTATION 3 School of Advanced 

Studies

This course is a continuation of DOC 733A for students to finalize their 

dissertation proposals. The chair and committee members will work with 

the student to re‐assess and improve readiness and skill preparation for 

completion of the dissertation proposal in accordance with standards of 

ethical research. Enhanced support will be provided to guide students 

towards completion of the dissertation proposal.

DOCX 734 DOCTORAL PROJECT IV 3 School of Advanced 

Studies

This is a chair‐guided course for candidates to finalize their dissertation as 

the significant contribution to the body of knowledge. The candidate 

prepares and submits the dissertation for University approval and 

completes the formal oral defense of the dissertation in this course. The 

chair and committee members will work with the candidate to assess and 

improve readiness and skill preparation for completion of the dissertation. 

An approved dissertation is required to complete this class. Candidates 

receive continued support from chair and committee members to be 

engaged in communities of scholarship and practice.

DOCX 734A DOCTORAL PROJECT IV 3 School of Advanced 

Studies

This course is a continuation of DOC 734 for candidates to finalize their 

dissertation as the significant contribution to the body of knowledge. The 

candidate prepares and submits the dissertation for University approval 

and completes the formal oral defense of the dissertation in this course. 

The chair and committee members will work with the candidate to re‐

assess and improve readiness and skill preparation for completion of the 

dissertation. An approved dissertation is required to complete this class. 

Candidates receive continued support from chair and committee 

members to be engaged in communities of scholarship and practice.

DOCX 734B DOCTORAL PROJECT IV 3 School of Advanced 

Studies

This course is a continuation of DOC 734A for candidates to finalize their 

dissertation as the significant contribution to the body of knowledge. The 

candidate prepares and submits the dissertation for University approval 

and completes the formal oral defense of the dissertation in this course. 

The chair and committee members will work with the candidate to re‐

assess and improve readiness and skill preparation for completion of the 

dissertation. Enhanced support will be provided to guide students towards 

completion of the dissertation. An approved dissertation is required to 

complete this class. Candidates receive continued support from chair and 

committee members to be engaged in communities of scholarship and 

practice.

B-175

DSC 330 DATA COMMUNICATION AND 

VISUALIZATION FOR BUSINESS

3 School of Business This course introduces students to tools and techniques needed to 

present data, both simple and complex, to gain support and recommend 

business decisions. Student will use graphical tools such as graphs, 

animation, and presentation techniques to communicate the message 

behind the data and improve decision making. Topics include requirement 

gathering, graphical representation of data sets, visualization techniques 

and tools, and data validation.  

ECE 205 DEVELOPMENTALLY‐

EFFECTIVE LEARNING 

ENVIRONMENTS

3 College of 

Education

This course examines developmentally‐effective strategies used to create 

a positive and active early childhood learning environment for young 

children, birth through age 8. Topics include classroom management 

techniques, motivational strategies for young children, family school 

relationships, instructional planning and assessment, and arranging an 

effective learning space. Participants develop a classroom management 

plan for an early childhood setting.

ECE 206 CURRICULUM AND 

INSTRUCTION IN EARLY 

CHILDHOOD EDUCATION

3 College of 

Education

This course provides a foundation of curriculum and instruction in early 

childhood education, from a historical and theoretical perspective through 

the application of current developmentally‐appropriate best practices. 

Participants discover lesson plan development and methodologies for 

instruction. Additionally, strategies for assessment, diversity of 

populations, and the importance of collaborative partnerships with family 

and community are also explored.

ECE 207 ASSESSMENT IN EARLY 

CHILDHOOD EDUCATION

3 College of 

Education

This course provides an overview of a variety of assessment techniques in 

early childhood education, including assessment of children with special 

needs. There is a focus on structured observations, use of behavioral 

rating scales, psycho‐educational screening tests, and assessment of 

parent‐child interactions. Formal and informal parent contacts, 

interviewing techniques, the use of technology in the assessment process, 

and referrals to school and community resources are also explored. 

Emphasis is placed on developmental and differentiated assessment 

strategies for children, birth through age eight.

B-176

ECE 505 EFFECTIVE INSTRUCTION FOR 

EARLY CHILDHOOD 

EDUCATION

3 College of 

Education

This course focuses on the attributes and pedagogy specific to young 

children, in addition to theoretical models of curriculum development, 

instruction, and assessment that optimize teaching and learning in the 

early childhood setting. Participants examine methods for designing 

lessons and explore effective teaching strategies to promote learning.

ECE 506 LANGUAGE AND LITERACY 

METHODS IN EARLY 

CHILDHOOD EDUCATION

3 College of 

Education

This course focuses on theoretical and developmentally appropriate 

teaching methods in language and literacy for children from birth to age 

eight. Theories in language development, including second language 

acquisition, as well as the needs of English Language Learners are 

examined. Participants will explore research‐based early literacy teaching 

strategies for engaging children in integrated listening, speaking, reading, 

and writing experiences. There is an emphasis on incorporating content 

area standards and developing hands‐on learning experiences for young 

children. Additionally, developmentally effective assessments are 

discussed as a means of guiding instruction.

ECE 507 EARLY CHILDHOOD 

ASSESSMENT

3 College of 

Education

This course examines the role, purpose, and applications of assessment in 

early childhood education. Participants explore developmentally 

appropriate assessment techniques and strategies in early childhood 

education to meet the needs of diverse learners as well as approaches to 

effectively select, design, and record assessments. Participants examine 

how to interpret and evaluate assessment outcomes to evaluate student 

development and to enhance curriculum planning. Additionally, this 

course provides an overview of collaborative partnerships such as school 

districts, parents, and community resources in the assessment process.

ECE 508 EARLY CHILDHOOD GROWTH 

AND DEVELOPMENT

3 College of 

Education

This course focuses on the research, theories, and concepts related to 

early childhood growth and development. Participants examine the 

physical, motor, cognitive, language, literacy, social and emotional 

development of diverse children from birth through age eight. Family and 

cultural influences on early childhood growth and development are also 

explored.

B-177

ECE 509 FAMILY & COMMUNITY 

INVOLVEMENT IN EARLY 

CHILDHOOD EDUCATION

3 College of 

Education

This course focuses on family and community involvement in early 

childhood education. Participants examine strategies for establishing and 

maintaining collaborative relationships with culturally diverse families and 

communities. Effective communication, engagement, and school 

partnerships are also explored.

ECE 510 Effective Instruction for Early 

Childhood Education

3 College of 

Education

This course focuses on the attributes and pedagogy specific to young 

children, in addition to theoretical models of curriculum development, 

instruction, and assessment that optimize teaching and learning in the 

early childhood setting. Participants examine methods for designing 

lessons and explore effective teaching strategies to promote learning.

ECE 511 Language and Literacy 

Methods in Early Childhood 

Education

3 College of 

Education

This course focuses on theoretical and developmentally appropriate 

teaching methods in language and literacy for children from birth to age 

eight. Theories in language development, including second language 

acquisition, as well as the needs of English Language Learners are 

examined. Participants will explore research‐based early literacy teaching 

strategies for engaging children in integrated listening, speaking, reading, 

and writing experiences. There is an emphasis on incorporating content 

area standards and developing hands‐on learning experiences for young 

children. Additionally, developmentally effective assessments are 

discussed as a means of guiding instruction.

ECE 512 Early Childhood Assessment 3 College of 

Education

This course examines the role, purpose, and applications of assessment in 

early childhood education. Participants explore developmentally 

appropriate assessment techniques and strategies in early childhood 

education to meet the needs of diverse learners as well as approaches to 

effectively select, design, and record assessments. Participants examine 

how to interpret and evaluate assessment outcomes to evaluate student 

development and to enhance curriculum planning. Additionally, this 

course provides an overview of collaborative partnerships such as school 

districts, parents, and community resources in the assessment process.

B-178

ECE 513 Early Childhood Growth and 

Development

3 College of 

Education

This course focuses on the research, theories, and concepts related to 

early childhood growth and development. Participants examine the 

physical, motor, cognitive, language, literacy, social and emotional 

development of diverse children from birth through age eight. Family and 

cultural influences on early childhood growth and development are also 

explored.

ECE 514 FAMILY & COMMUNITY 

INVOLVEMENT IN EARLY 

CHILDHOOD EDUCATION

3 College of 

Education

This course focuses on family and community involvement in early 

childhood education. Participants examine strategies for establishing and 

maintaining collaborative relationships with culturally diverse families and 

communities. Effective communication, engagement, and school 

partnerships are also explored.

ECH 205 EARLY CHILDHOOD GROWTH 

AND DEVELOPMENT

3 College of 

Education

This course examines the theories, concepts, and trends related to early 

childhood growth and development from prenatal development through 

the early school years. It examines the physical, social, emotional, 

cognitive, and language development of children from birth through age 8   

 grade 3. The course focuses on defining the various stages as they impact 

instructional practices and decisions in the context of the early learning 

environment.

ECH 211 INSTRUCTIONAL STRATEGIES 

FOR EARLY CHILDHOOD 

EDUCATION

3 College of 

Education

This course focuses on the theoretical models that underlie teaching and 

learning in the early childhood setting, birth through age 8 or through 

Grade 3. Students examine appropriate methods for teaching all young 

children, explore lesson plan designs, analyze the most effective, research‐

based teaching strategies to promote student learning, and develop a 

lesson plan.

B-179

ECH 300 ORIENTATION TO EARLY 

CHILDHOOD EDUCATION

0 College of 

Education

This course is designed to provide an orientation to the primary 

components of the Teacher Education Program. Students will be 

introduced to the program's progression and degree completion 

requirements. Field Experience, E‐Portfolio, Student Teaching, Teacher 

Work Sample and technology resources will be discussed.

ECH 301 FOUNDATIONS OF EARLY 

CHILDHOOD EDUCATION

3 College of 

Education

This course provides an overview of early childhood education for 

children, birth through age 8. Topics include theories and history of early 

childhood education, play theories, program types and models, and public 

policy trends. The course examines the significance of developmentally‐

effective learning experiences throughout early childhood programs.

ECH 302 EXCEPTIONALITIES OF THE 

YOUNG CHILD

3 College of 

Education

This course provides an overview of the exceptional young child in early 

childhood education who may require accommodations and adaptations. 

The course focuses on developmentally‐effective methods and techniques 

used for the identification, assessment, and instruction of children with 

special needs from birth to age 8. Legal structures, public policy, and 

information related to current practices serving exceptional young 

children in early childhood are also examined.

ECH 321 DEVELOPMENTALLY‐

EFFECTIVE LEARNING 

ENVIRONMENTS

3 College of 

Education

This course examines developmentally‐effective strategies used in 

implementing and managing a positive and active early childhood learning 

environment within the framework of a diverse early childhood 

population. Topics include models of classroom management, establishing 

expectations and procedures, motivating children, family communication, 

managing off‐task behaviors, technology integration, and materials 

management and record keeping. Students will develop an individual 

classroom management plan for an early childhood setting, birth through 

age 8 or Grade 3.

B-180

ECH 390 EARLY CHILDHOOD STUDENT 

TEACHING SEMINAR

1 College of 

Education

This course focuses on the professional aspects of teaching. Students are 

introduced to the Teacher Work Sample that will be created during 

student teaching. Students will engage in self‐evaluation to develop their 

own professional growth plans for inclusion in their portfolios. The 

character qualifications for becoming a teacher will be assessed through a 

personal interview, using letters of character reference, and a written 

reflective paper on the desire and reasons for joining the profession.

ECH 400 ASSESSMENT AND 

EVALUATION IN EARLY 

CHILDHOOD

3 College of 

Education

This course provides exposure to a variety of assessment techniques in 

early childhood education, including children with special needs. There is 

a focus on structured observations, use of behavioral rating scales, psycho‐

educational screening tests, and assessment of parent‐child interactions. 

Formal and informal parent contacts, interviewing techniques, the use of 

technology in the assessment process, and referrals to school and 

community resources are also explored. Emphasis is placed on 

developmental and differentiated assessment strategies for children birth 

through age 8.

ECH 416 METHODS OF TEACHING IN 

EARLY CHILDHOOD:  

MATHEMATICS

3 College of 

Education

This course focuses on mathematical methodology and assessment 

strategies for young children. Integration of content, appropriate 

instructional strategies, and curriculum and assessment planning are 

emphasized. Multiple perspectives of young children as learners of 

mathematics and current research on mathematics pedagogy are 

explored. Students evaluate and use instructional methods, curricular 

materials, technological resources, and appropriate assessment 

strategies. Special attention is given to using manipulatives in math 

instruction and developing problem‐solving skills.

ECH 418 COMMUNITY AND FAMILY 

ENGAGEMENT

3 College of 

Education

This course focuses on establishing and maintaining collaborative 

relationships among families, early childhood learning environments, and 

communities to support student development and achievement. 

Candidates explore and discuss issues related to family diversity, 

relationship building, and community involvement. Emphasis will be 

placed on creating positive family and community engagement as well as 

strengthening the connection between home and school.  

B-181

ECH 420 METHODS OF TEACHING IN 

EARLY CHILDHOOD: SCIENCE

3 College of 

Education

This course focuses on understanding and using developmentally effective 

practices to teach and to integrate science concepts and skills in early 

childhood education (birth through age 8). Developing meaningful 

curricular content, modifications, hands‐on learning experiences, and 

integration of early childhood content area standards are explored. A 

foundation in developmentally effective teaching and assessment of the 

content area is provided.

ECH 430 METHODS OF TEACHING IN 

EARLY CHILDHOOD:  SOCIAL 

STUDIES

3 College of 

Education

This course provides a foundation in content and methodology for the 

teaching of social studies in early childhood education (birth through age 

8). Developing meaningful curricular content, hands‐on learning 

experiences, integration of early childhood content area standards, and 

the impact of technology are explored. A foundation in developmentally‐

effective teaching and assessment of the content area is provided.

ECH 435 METHODS OF TEACHING IN 

EARLY CHILDHOOD: ARTS 

AND MUSIC

3 College of 

Education

This course focuses on understanding and using the visual and performing 

arts to promote growth and development in early childhood education. 

Emphasis is placed on developmentally‐effective practices and integration 

of art, music, dance, and drama across the curriculum. Assessment, 

modifications, accommodations, culture, and family involvement through 

the arts are also explored. A foundation of effective teaching strategies 

and best practices in early childhood education are provided.

ECH 498 EARLY CHILDHOOD STUDENT 

TEACHING (BIRTH‐

PRESCHOOL)

4 College of 

Education

This course emphasizes the practical application of early childhood 

educational theories and methods. The course will focus on the following 

topics: the student teaching experience, the school culture, the learning 

environment, and planning, preparing, and implementing the Teacher 

Work Sample. The course also provides a forum for open discussion and 

problem solving based on student teaching classroom experiences.

B-182

ECH 499 EARLY CHILDHOOD STUDENT 

TEACHING (K THROUGH AGE 8 

GRADE 3)

4 College of 

Education

This course will focus on the design and implementation of the 

Kindergarten through Age 8 or through Grade 3 Teacher Work Sample. It 

also provides students practical guidance in securing a teaching position. 

Students will examine resumes and cover letters, teaching applications, 

and interview strategies. Assistance in preparing an employment portfolio 

will be provided. This seminar also provides a forum for open discussion 

and problem‐solving based on Kindergarten through Age 8 or through 

Grade 3 student teaching experiences.

ECH 506 INTRODUCTION TO EARLY 

CHILDHOOD EDUCATION

3 College of 

Education

This course provides an overview of early childhood education for 

children, birth through age 8. Topics include theories and history of early 

childhood education, play theories, program types and models, and public 

policy trends. The course examines the significance of developmentally 

effective learning experiences throughout early childhood programs.

ECH 508 INSTRUCTIONAL STRATEGIES 

FOR EARLY CHILDHOOD 

EDUCATION

3 College of 

Education

This course focuses on the theoretical models that underlie teaching and 

learning. Students examine methods for teaching all students, explore 

lesson plan designs, analyze the most effective teaching strategies to 

promote student learning, and develop a lesson plan.

ECH 513 GROWTH AND 

DEVELOPMENT IN EARLY 

CHILDHOOD

3 College of 

Education

This course examines the theories, concepts, and trends related to early 

childhood growth and development from prenatal development through 

the early school years. It examines the physical, social, emotional, 

cognitive, and language and literacy development of children from birth 

through age eight. The course discusses both typical and atypical 

development of young children of diverse cultural backgrounds. It 

includes observation and activities to guide teachers and caregivers in 

providing opportunities that support the physical, social, emotional, 

language, and cognitive development of children from birth through age 

eight.

B-183

ECH 514 SURVEY OF SPECIAL 

POPULATIONS

2 College of 

Education

This course provides an overview of special populations in early childhood 

education. The course focuses on developmentally effective methods and 

techniques used for the identification, assessment, and instruction of 

children with special needs from birth to age eight. Legal structures, public 

policy, and information related to current practices serving special 

populations in early childhood are also examined.

ECH 521 MAINTAINING AN EFFECTIVE 

LEARNING CLIMATE

3 College of 

Education

This course examines developmentally effective strategies used in 

managing a positive learning environment within the framework of 

today’s diverse early childhood population. Topics include models of 

discipline, establishing expectations and procedures, motivating children, 

family communication, managing disruptive children, technology 

integration, and materials management and record keeping. Additionally, 

students develop an individual classroom management plan for an early 

childhood setting.

ECH 523 MAINTAINING AN EFFECTIVE 

LEARNING CLIMATE

3 College of 

Education

This course examines developmentally effective strategies used in 

managing a positive learning environment within the framework of 

todayâ⿬⿢s diverse early childhood population. Topics include 

models of discipline, establishing expectations and procedures, motivating 

children, family communication, managing disruptive children, technology 

integration, and materials management and record keeping. Additionally, 

students develop an individual classroom management plan for an early 

childhood setting.

ECH 526 METHODS OF TEACHING IN 

EARLY CHILDHOOD: PHYSICAL 

EDUCATION

2 College of 

Education

This course provides a foundation in content and methodology for the 

teaching of physical education, including movement and health, for 

children birth through age eight. It focuses on understanding and using 

developmentally effective practices in teaching and integrating 

movement, physical activity, and physical education in early childhood 

settings. Curricular content, modifications, development of hands‐on 

learning experiences, integration of content area standards, and the 

impact of new technology are explored.

B-184

ECH 527 METHODS OF TEACHING IN 

EARLY CHILDHOOD: THE ARTS

2 College of 

Education

This course focuses on understanding and using developmentally effective 

practices to teach and to integrate music, creative movement, dance, 

drama, and art in early childhood education. Curricular content, 

modifications, development of hands‐on learning experiences, and 

integration of content area standards are explored. A foundation in 

effective teaching and assessment methodologies in the early childhood 

setting is provided.

ECH 529 METHODS OF TEACHING IN 

EARLY CHILDHOOD: 

MATHEMATICS & SCIENC

4 College of 

Education

This course focuses on understanding and using developmentally effective 

practices to teach and to integrate mathematics and science concepts and 

skills in early childhood education (birth through age eight). Developing 

meaningful curricular content, modifications, hands‐on learning 

experiences, and integration of early childhood content area standards 

are explored. A foundation in developmentally effective teaching and 

assessment of the content area is provided.

ECH 532 METHODS OF TEACHING IN 

EARLY CHILDHOOD: 

LANGUAGE LITERACY

4 College of 

Education

This course focuses on children’s language and literacy development from 

birth to age eight. Students examine theories of language development, 

including theories of second language acquisition and the needs of English 

Language Learners. They also explore strategies for engaging children in 

integrated listening, speaking, reading, and writing experiences. 

Integration of content area standards and development of hands‐on 

learning experiences are emphasized. Additionally, developmentally 

effective assessments are discussed as a means of informing instruction.

ECH 534 METHODS OF TEACHING IN 

EARLY CHILDHOOD: SOCIAL 

STUDIES

2 College of 

Education

This course provides a foundation in content and methodology for the 

teaching of social studies in early childhood education (birth through age 

eight). Developing meaningful curricular content, hands‐on learning 

experiences, integration of early childhood content area standards, and 

the impact of technology are explored. A foundation in developmentally 

effective teaching and assessment of the content area is provided.

B-185

ECH 538 METHODS OF TEACHING IN 

EARLY CHILDHOOD: 

LANGUAGE LITERACY

4 College of 

Education

This course focuses on children’s language and literacy development from 

birth to age 8. Students examine theories of language development, 

including theories of second language acquisition and the needs of English 

Language Learners. They also explore strategies for engaging children in 

integrated listening, speaking, reading, and writing experiences. 

Integration of content area standards and development of hands‐on 

learning experiences are emphasized. Additionally, developmentally 

effective assessments are discussed as a means of informing instruction.

ECH 539 METHODS OF TEACHING IN 

EARLY CHILDHOOD: MATH 

AND SCIENCE

4 College of 

Education

This course focuses on understanding and using developmentally effective 

practices to teach and to integrate mathematics and science concepts and 

skills in early childhood education (birth through age 8). Developing 

meaningful curricular content, modifications, hands‐on learning 

experiences, and integration of early childhood content area standards 

are explored. A foundation in developmentally effective teaching and 

assessment of the content area is provided.

ECH 546 EARLY CHILDHOOD STUDENT 

TEACHING, PART A

4 College of 

Education

This course emphasizes the practical application of early childhood 

educational theories and methods. The course will focus on the following 

topics: the student teaching experience, the school culture, the learning 

environment, and planning, preparing, and implementing the Teacher 

Work Sample. The course also provides a forum for open discussion and 

problem solving based on student teaching classroom experiences.

ECH 548 EARLY CHILDHOOD 

ASSESSMENT STRATEGIES

3 College of 

Education

This course provides exposure to a variety of assessment techniques in 

early childhood education, including children with special needs. There is 

a focus on structured observations, use of behavioral rating scales, psycho‐

educational screening tests, and assessment of parent‐child interactions. 

Formal and informal parent contacts, interviewing techniques, the use of 

technology in the assessment process, and referrals to school and 

community resources are also explored. Emphasis is placed on 

developmental and differentiated assessment strategies for children birth 

through age eight.

B-186

ECH 556 EARLY CHILDHOOD STUDENT 

TEACHING, PART B

4 College of 

Education

This course will focus on the design and implementation of the Teacher 

Work Sample. It also provides students practical guidance in securing a 

teaching position. Students will examine resumes and cover letters, 

teaching applications, and interview strategies. Assistance in preparing an 

employment portfolio will be provided. This seminar also provides a forum 

for open discussion and problem‐solving based on early childhood student 

teaching classroom experiences.

ECH 588 EARLY CHILDHOOD 

ENDORSEMENT STUDENT 

TEACHING

4 College of 

Education

This course emphasizes the practical application of early childhood 

educational theories and methods. The course will focus on the following 

topics: the student teaching experience, the school culture, the learning 

environment, and planning, preparing, and implementing the Teacher 

Work Sample. The course also provides a forum for open discussion and 

problem solving based on student teaching classroom experiences.

ECH 598 EARLY CHILDHOOD STUDENT 

TEACHING, PART A

4 College of 

Education

This course emphasizes the practical application of early childhood 

educational theories and methods. The course will focus on the following 

topics: the student teaching experience, the school culture, the learning 

environment, and planning, preparing, and implementing the Teacher 

Work Sample. The course also provides a forum for open discussion and 

problem solving based on student teaching classroom experiences.

ECH 599 EARLY CHILDHOOD STUDENT 

TEACHING, PART B

4 College of 

Education

This course will focus on the design and implementation of the Teacher 

Work Sample. It also provides students practical guidance in securing a 

teaching position. Students will examine resumes and cover letters, 

teaching applications, and interview strategies. Assistance in preparing an 

employment portfolio will be provided. This seminar also provides a forum 

for open discussion and problem‐solving based on early childhood student 

teaching classroom experiences.

B-187

ECO 212 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS 3 School of Business This course introduces the fundamental theories of microeconomics and 

macroeconomics. The economic principles studied in this course apply to 

everyday life as students research an industry, debate issues with trade 

agreements, and discuss the effects of shifts in supply and demand. This 

course also examines principle economic concepts such as opportunity 

cost and absolute advantage, as well as explores fiscal and monetary 

policies, market structures, and decision making for efficient results.

ECO 365 PRINCIPLES OF 

MICROECONOMICS

3 School of Business This course provides students with the basic theories, concepts, 

terminology, and uses of microeconomics. Students learn practical 

applications for microeconomics in their personal and professional lives 

through assimilation of fundamental concepts and analysis of actual 

economic events.

ECO 370 ENVIRONMENTAL 

ECONOMICS

3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course applies the theoretical economics tools to environmental 

issues. Special emphasis will be devoted to analyzing the role of public 

policy regarding the economy and the environment.

ECO 372 PRINCIPLES OF 

MACROECONOMICS

3 School of Business This course provides students with the basic theories, concepts, 

terminology, and uses of macroeconomics. Students learn practical 

applications for macroeconomics in their personal and professional lives 

through assimilation of fundamental concepts and analysis of actual 

economic events.

B-188

ECO 561 ECONOMICS 3 School of Business This course applies economic concepts to make management decisions. 

Students employ the concepts of scarce resources and opportunity costs 

to perform economic analysis. Other topics include supply and demand, 

profit maximization, market structure, macroeconomic measurement, 

money, trade, and foreign exchange.

ECO 572 PUBLIC FINANCE 3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course prepares students to apply the principles of economics to the 

public sector. Students will create a plan for a public‐private partnership 

to deliver a public good or service.  Other topics, at the state and local 

level, include microeconomics in the public sector, basic macroeconomic 

variables, monetary policy, income redistribution, multilevel government 

financing, bond issuance, role of nonprofits, and tax efficiency, equity, and 

incidence.

ECO HC561 ECONOMICS IN HEALTH CARE 3 School of Business This course applies economic concepts to make health care management 

decisions. Students employ the concepts of scarce resources and 

opportunity costs to perform economic analysis. Other topics include 

demand management, concepts of efficiency, production and distribution 

of health care services, regulation and reimbursement, incentives in 

health care, macroeconomic policy (including money), and international 

health markets.

EDD 581 ACTION RESEARCH AND 

EVALUATION

4 College of 

Education

This course examines action research and its role in decision‐making and 

in educational practices. Students are introduced to various types of 

action research and to the elements of the action research process, 

including identifying a problem, determining a problem statement and a 

purpose, conducting a literature review, planning for the collection and 

the analysis of data, and creating a plan of action. Methods for collecting, 

evaluating, and analyzing data are discussed. Students identify ethical 

issues related to research as well, including a professional code of ethics, 

confidentiality, and research using human subjects. In addition, they 

synthesize and apply the content of the course by writing a proposal for 

an action research study.

B-189

EDD 711 SOCIAL CONTEXTS AND 

CONTEMPORARY ISSUES

3 School of Advanced 

Studies

This course focuses on the historical concepts, demographic trends and 

current issues of education. An analysis of institutions, unionization, 

technology, and diversity are of focus.

EDD 712 LEADERSHIP IN 

CONTEMPORARY 

ORGANIZATION

3 School of Advanced 

Studies

Theories and models of leadership and adult learning are compared and 

applied to a variety of organizations, cultures, and work environments. 

The focus is on preparing educational leaders to enhance their leadership 

skills and styles to promote success in evolving organizations.

EDD 713 LIFELONG LEARNING: 

LEADERSHIP IN THE 

EDUCATIONAL CONTINUUM

3 School of Advanced 

Studies

The concept of lifelong learning and the impact it has on education 

providers is the focus of this course. Theories of learning, and specifically, 

adult learning, are examined. The role that P‐12 education, higher 

education, corporate education  training and the military play in instilling 

a belief in lifelong learning is of focus.

EDD 714 COMPARATIVE MODELS OF 

EDUCATIONAL 

ENVIRONMENTS

3 School of Advanced 

Studies

This course examines the various models of educational environments 

available to students today. Discussion topics range from the wealth of 

options available for P‐12 school students to adults learners to alternative 

learning environments. Specific focus is placed on distance education 

modalities for learners of all ages.

B-190

EDD 721 PLANNING AND LEADING 

CHANGE

3 School of Advanced 

Studies

This course examines the concept of change and its impact on educational 

organizations. How to manage and lead change, counteract resistance to 

change, and the politics and economics of change are of special focus. 

Understanding the dynamics of change and how it influences strategic 

planning of an institution are explored.

EDD 722 THE LEGAL CONTEXT OF 

EDUCATION

3 School of Advanced 

Studies

This course provides an analysis of the legal issues prevalent in 

educational systems. Major topics of discussion include accreditation and 

regulatory issues, Federal and state constituents and laws, and 

institutional and individual legal issues. Freedom of speech, separation of 

church and state, and methods of student discipline are examined. Case 

laws and specific pieces of education legislation are reviewed.

EDD 723 ETHICS AND VALUES IN 

LEARNING ORGANIZATIONS

3 School of Advanced 

Studies

The ethics and values‐based decisions that learning organizations are 

faced with are explored in‐depth. Case studies on access, diversity, 

plagiarism, technology, confidentiality, student‐faculty relationships, and 

harassment are discussed. The roles of values education, codes of 

conduct, and codes of ethics are debated.

EDD 724 INSTRUCTIONAL LEADERSHIP 3 School of Advanced 

Studies

In this course, students analyze the impact of change on the process of 

instruction and curriculum development. Effective teaching and learning 

strategies are explored as they relate to the use of technology, motivating 

faculty, staff, and students, and creating dynamic learning environments. 

Leading change in learning environments and also counterbalancing 

resistance to change for faculty, staff, and students are addressed. The 

importance of fostering faculty development and building professional 

learning communities are of special focus.

B-191

EDD 731 THE ECONOMICS OF 

EDUCATION

3 School of Advanced 

Studies

The principles and theories of the economics of education are examined. 

The role that federal, state, and local governments play in the economics 

of education is explored in‐depth. Key topics include budget management 

grants, financial aid, expenditures and revenues, and the rising cost of 

education. Economic policy analysis is a focus in this course.

EDD 732 CONTEMPORARY POLICY 

ANALYSIS AND DEVELOPMENT

3 School of Advanced 

Studies

This course provides an overview of contemporary education policy 

analysis and development. The federal, state, local, and institutional levels 

of policy development are explored. The factors that influence the 

analysis and development of policy are discussed in depth. The evaluation 

and revision of policies and future trends and implications are examined.

EDD 733 EVALUATION AND 

ASSESSMENT METHODS

3 School of Advanced 

Studies

This course explores the evaluation and assessment methods utilized in 

learning organizations. The merits and faults of these methods are 

debated. Accreditation issues, outcomes based assessment, institutional 

research, and staff and evaluation are key topics. The influence of 

leadership style on evaluation and assessment methods also is examined.

EDL 500 PERSONAL LEADERSHIP 3 College of 

Education

This course focuses on developing a personal philosophy of leadership. 

Students engage in self‐assessment activities that reveal how individual 

values and beliefs directly influence personal leadership. Students 

examine their own organization and stakeholders who may play a role in 

their journey in school leadership. Aspects of effective communication are 

addressed. Students explore contemporary leadership theorists and 

popular beliefs behind organizations and school systems that will help 

build a foundation for personal growth.

B-192

EDL 501 ORIENTATION TO TEACHER 

LEADERSHIP

0 College of 

Education

This course is designed to provide an orientation to the primary 

components of the Teacher Leadership Program. Students will be 

introduced to the program's degree completion requirements. Course 

overviews, field experience, E‐Portfolios, and technology resources will be 

discussed. Check with your local campus to see if this course is necessary.

EDL 510 TEACHER LEADERSHIP IN A 

GLOBAL SOCIETY

3 College of 

Education

Students in this course have the opportunity to critically analyze the field 

of education from a global perspective. Students investigate the 

implications of the globalization of knowledge on micro and macro 

educational systems. Multicultural implications, diversity, and the use of 

technology as a vehicle of pedagogy are explored. Building collaborative 

organizational communities and empowering teacher leaders to think 

strategically about school change are emphasized.

EDL 515 ORGANIZATIONAL 

LEADERSHIP

3 College of 

Education

This course focuses on the principles of organizational leadership. It 

examines the origins and components of effective organizations, as well as 

frames of leadership. Candidates apply their knowledge of these frames in 

reflecting on their organization. Additionally, they learn the skills to 

reframe their organization, provide leadership in turbulent times, and 

become agents and advocates of change.

EDL 531 MENTORING AND COACHING 3 College of 

Education

This course provides an exploration into how mentoring and coaching 

improves teaching and learning. This course examines mentoring and 

coaching competencies, including ethical guidelines, creating collegial 

relationships, building learning communities, effective communication, 

problem‐solving and conflict resolution, and facilitating learning and 

accountability. Candidates will be equipped with the knowledge and skills 

to integrate and apply these competencies in real life and instructional 

leadership situations.

B-193

EDL 531CA MENTORING AND COACHING 3 College of 

Education

This course provides an exploration into how mentoring and coaching 

improves teaching and learning. This course examines mentoring and 

coaching competencies, including ethical guidelines, creating collegial 

relationships, building learning communities, effective communication, 

problem‐solving and conflict resolution, and facilitating learning and 

accountability. Candidates will be equipped with the knowledge and skills 

to integrate and apply these competencies in real life and instructional 

leadership situations.

EDS 799 EDUCATIONAL SPECIALIST 

CAPSTONE

3 School of Advanced 

Studies

The capstone course will require learners to integrate their program of 

study into an in‐depth project that explores and inquires into a 

contemporary problem within the field of educational administration. The 

project will be based on library research and fieldwork and must 

demonstrate an approach to addressing the problem from a leadership 

perspective. Additionally, within this course, learners will complete a 

reflective self‐assessment of their learning throughout the program.

EDT 711 EDUCATIONAL TECHNOLOGY 

RESEARCH

3 School of Advanced 

Studies

This course explores research on learning with technology. Focal areas 

include learner control, media preference, motivation, collaborative 

learning, and computer‐mediated communication. Learners formulate 

conclusions based on refereed studies and consider the relationship 

between research design and questions.

EDT 721 INSTRUCTIONAL DESIGN 3 School of Advanced 

Studies

This course is designed to examine the foundations and development of 

instructional design principles and the learning theories that have 

impacted the field. Students will explore models and processes applicable 

to training and learning environments. Students will also examine 

emerging trends, issues, and the use of technology in instructional design.

B-194

EDT 722 DISTANCE LEARNING 3 School of Advanced 

Studies

This course traces the development of distance learning, including past, 

present, and future trends. Learners will relate social contexts and 

educational goals to the evolution of technologies and their intended 

support of learning. Learners will explore the delivery of instruction over 

physical distance, focusing on concepts such as transactional distance, 

cultural considerations, anonymity, privacy, and accountability. Team 

learning is heavily emphasized and applied in this course.

EDT 723 INSTRUCTIONAL MEDIA AND 

DESIGN TECHNIQUES

3 School of Advanced 

Studies

This course examines various types of electronic media used in the 

development of instructional design projects. Students explore the 

principles of instructional media design and their applications in content 

delivery, differentiating instruction, improving student engagement, and 

enhancing student learning. An emphasis is placed on identifying 

appropriate media formats and technologies that are purposeful in 

facilitating learning in multiple environments.

EDT 731 SYSTEM ANALYSIS AND 

DESIGN

3 School of Advanced 

Studies

This course follows the phases of planning, needs analysis, design, 

implementation, and evaluation that are integral to large‐scale 

instructional technology projects. Learners consider technology selection, 

vendor selection, organizational constraints, maintenance, and 

enhancements in an effort to address present and future needs. Learners 

focus on developing systemic solutions that avoid the pitfalls of piecemeal 

technology adoptions.

EDT 732 INTEGRATING TECHNOLOGY 

AND CURRICULUM

3 School of Advanced 

Studies

This course enables students to develop strategies for effective and 

appropriate leadership, and management for instructional technology 

projects. Technology selection, vendor selection, maintenance, and the 

needs of stakeholders are explored in an effort to address present and 

future organizational learning needs. A running theme of this course is 

system solutions for technology integration that meets the instructional 

needs of diverse organizations.  A focus of this course is balancing the 

competing needs of emerging technology integration, stakeholders, and 

organizational constraints in a learning environment. 

B-195

EDT 733 TECHNOLOGY LEADERSHIP 3 School of Advanced 

Studies

This course enhances the leadership skills and styles of educational 

technology leaders to promote success in evolving educational 

organizations. Students examine leading change through leveraging 

technology in educational organizations. Methods to lead technological 

change, manage the procurement process, and counteract resistance to 

technological changes are addressed. The importance of creating a 

standardized process and language for the integration of technology is of 

special focus. Benefits of technology and how they influence the strategic 

road map for the institution are also explored.

EDTPA 500 CANDIDATE PREPARATION 

FOR EDTPA

3 College of 

Education

This course serves as a resource for teacher candidates who need 

additional support with edTPA (Teacher Performance Assessment). 

Participants will focus on the following topics: requirements and 

expectations for edTPA, academic language, planning instruction, teaching 

planned lessons, and assessment and evaluation.

EDTPA 501 REMEDIATION FOR EDTPA 3 College of 

Education

This course remediates teacher candidates who have previously been 

unsuccessful in passing edTPA (Teacher Performance Assessment). 

Participants focus on the reintroduction of the following topics: 

requirements and expectations for edTPA, academic language, planning 

instruction, teaching planned lessons, and assessment and evaluation. 

Finally, learners will prepare an action plan for the successful completion 

of the edTPA assessment.

EDTPA 510 Candidate Preparation for 

edTPA

3 College of 

Education

This course focuses on preparing teacher candidates to pass edTPA 

(Teacher Performance Assessment). Participants will focus on the 

following topics: requirements and expectations for edTPA, academic 

language, planning instruction, teaching planned lessons, and assessment 

and evaluation. Finally, learners will familiarize and prepare a mock edTPA.

B-196

EDTPA 515 Remediation for edTPA 3 College of 

Education

This course remediates teacher candidates who have previously been 

unsuccessful in passing the edTPA (Teacher Performance Assessment). 

Participants focus on the reintroduction of the following topics: 

requirements and expectations for edTPA, academic language, planning 

instruction, teaching planned lessons, and assessment and evaluation. 

Finally, learners prepare an action plan for the successful completion of 

the edTPA assessment.

EDU 101 FOUNDATIONS OF 

EDUCATION

3 College of 

Education

In this course, learners are introduced to the foundations of education. 

Topics include the history of education, philosophical perspectives, and 

societal trends that change education. Learners will explore the 

characteristics of 21st century students and the use of technology in the 

classroom. In addition, learners will reflect on reasons for working in the 

educational setting and create a personal philosophy of education.

EDU 105 DIVERSITY IN EDUCATIONAL 

SETTINGS

3 College of 

Education

This course focuses on developing an understanding of multicultural 

diversity concepts in education and implications for learning and 

instruction. Learners will examine the relationship of cultural values on 

the formation of self‐concept and learning styles. Learners will also 

explore the scope of diversity prevalent in classrooms today and the role 

of prejudice, biases, assumptions, stereotyping, and cultural inequalities 

in education. Learners will connect these perspectives to instructional 

strategies that contribute to creating culturally responsive classrooms.

EDU 200 INTRODUCTION TO 

ASSESSMENT

3 College of 

Education

In this course, learners are introduced to the role of assessment in 

education. The purpose and types of assessment are identified, including 

appropriate components in assessment planning. Formative assessment 

for learning and summative assessment of learning will be examined. 

Students will also explore the topics of feedback and grading.

B-197

EDU 215 ETHICS AND SOCIAL 

RESPONSIBILITY IN 

EDUCATION

3 College of 

Education

This course introduces learners to the concepts of ethical reasoning and 

professional ethics in teaching. Learners will explore how their personal 

values and dispositions‐‐whether inherited through culture and tradition 

or consciously adopted‐‐interact with professional codes of ethics and 

ethical decision‐making.  Learners will examine ethical theories and the 

function of ethics in teaching.  Ethical dilemmas in the education 

workplace will also be investigated.

EDU 300 ORIENTATION TO TEACHER 

EDUCATION

0 College of 

Education

This course is designed to provide an orientation to the primary 

components of the Teacher Education Program. Students will be 

introduced to the program's progression and degree completion 

requirements. Field Experience, E‐Portfolio, Student Teaching, Teacher 

Work Sample and technology resources will be discussed.

EDU 300CA ORIENTATION TO TEACHER 

EDUCATION

0 College of 

Education

This course is designed to provide an orientation to the primary 

components of the Teacher Education Program. Students will be 

introduced to the program's progression and degree completion 

requirements. Field Experience, E‐Portfolio, Student Teaching, Teaching 

Performance Assessment (TPA), and technology resources will be 

discussed.

EDU 301 FOUNDATIONS OF 

EDUCATION

3 College of 

Education

This course introduces students to the teaching profession. Historical 

foundations, professionalism, the role of technology, and trends and 

issues in education are introduced. Students will examine personal 

reasons for wanting to teach and will create a personal philosophy of 

education.

B-198

EDU 301CA FOUNDATIONS OF 

EDUCATION

3 College of 

Education

This course introduces students to the teaching profession. Historical 

foundations, professionalism, the role of technology, and trends and 

issues in education are introduced. Students will examine personal 

reasons for wanting to teach and will create a personal philosophy of 

education.

EDU 305 CHILD DEVELOPMENT 3 College of 

Education

This course explores the development of the child from birth through 

eighth grade. Physical, cognitive intellectual, social emotional, and moral 

development will be examined. The course focuses on defining the various 

stages as they impact instructional practices and decisions in a pre‐K‐8 

environment.

EDU 305CA CHILD DEVELOPMENT 3 College of 

Education

This course explores the development of the child from birth through 

eighth grade. Physical, cognitive intellectual, social emotional, and moral 

development will be examined. The course focuses on defining the various 

stages as they impact instructional practices and decisions in a pre‐K‐8 

environment.

EDU 311 MODELS AND THEORIES OF 

INSTRUCTION

3 College of 

Education

This course focuses on the theoretical models that underlie teaching and 

learning for all learners. Effective teaching strategies that promote 

student learning will be examined. Various lesson plan designs will be 

explored, and students will create an original lesson plan.

B-199

EDU 311CA MODELS AND THEORIES OF 

INSTRUCTION

3 College of 

Education

This course focuses on the theoretical models that underlie teaching and 

learning for all learners. Effective teaching strategies that promote 

student learning will be examined. Various lesson plan designs will be 

explored, and students will create an original lesson plan.

EDU 315 LEGAL & ETHICAL ISSUES IN 

EDUCATION

3 College of 

Education

This course provides students with the opportunity to examine and apply 

legal and ethical issues within the context of an educational setting. Legal 

issues and their consequent impact on educators are discussed, analyzed, 

and applied to current educational practices. Emphasis is placed on the 

ways ethical and legal issues facing teachers affect student learning, and 

the critical thinking, decision‐making, professional, and personal conduct 

of teachers.

EDU 321 CLASSROOM MANAGEMENT 3 College of 

Education

This course examines the strategies used in managing a positive 

elementary classroom. Topics include management models, motivation, 

disruptive students, classroom expectations and procedures, 

communication, and record keeping. Managing materials and technology 

will also be addressed. Students will develop an individual classroom 

management plan.

EDU 321CA CLASSROOM MANAGEMENT 3 College of 

Education

This course examines the strategies used in managing a positive 

elementary classroom. Topics include management models, motivation, 

disruptive students, classroom expectations and procedures, 

communication, and record keeping. Managing materials and technology 

will also be addressed. Students will develop an individual classroom 

management plan.

B-200

EDU 390 ELEMENTARY EDUCATION 

SEMINAR

1 College of 

Education

This course focuses on the professional aspects of teaching. Students are 

introduced to the Teacher Work Sample that will be created during 

student teaching. Students will engage in self‐evaluation to develop their 

own professional growth plans for inclusion in their portfolios. The 

character qualifications for becoming a teacher will be assessed through a 

personal interview, using letters of character reference, and a written 

reflective paper on the desire and reasons for joining the profession

EDU 500 PROFESSIONAL 

COMMUNICATIONS

1 College of 

Education

This course provides new graduate students in University of Phoenix 

programs with an introduction to strategies for academic success within 

the University of Phoenix adult learning model. Topics include oral and 

written communication, methods for finding and evaluating course 

resources, critical thinking, the purpose and use of portfolios, program 

standards, stress and time management, and Learning Team processes.

EDU 521 TECHNOLOGIES FOR ONLINE 

TEACHING

3 College of 

Education

This course prepares teachers to effectively use technology and media in 

online teaching. The benefits and challenges of using audio, video, 

collaborative, and social media technology tools in the virtual classroom 

will be examined. Particular emphasis will be given to using digital tools 

and apps that promote cutting edge skills in the online environment. 

Current and emerging trends in Internet technology will also be addressed.

EDU 524 ORGANIZING AND 

MANAGING THE ONLINE 

CLASSROOM

3 College of 

Education

In this course, participants explore the unique issues of classroom 

organization, management, and discipline in the K‐12 online environment. 

The issues of online student responsibility, engagement, goal setting, and 

time management are examined. Communication with students, parents, 

administration, and other key personnel are discussed. Participants 

develop and articulate a personal philosophy of online classroom 

management. Each participant must have computer and Internet access 

for this course.

B-201

EDU 527 DIFFERENTIATING 

INSTRUCTION IN THE ONLINE 

CLASSROOM

3 College of 

Education

This course focuses on strategies and techniques for differentiating online 

instruction to meet the learning needs of diverse students. Particular 

emphasis is on techniques for working online with at‐risk students and 

students with special needs. Participants develop appropriate 

assessments and scoring tools to determine individual student 

achievement and mastery. Each participant must have computer and 

Internet access for this course.

EDU 528 ASSESSMENT IN THE ONLINE 

CLASSROOM

3 College of 

Education

This course prepares participants to assess online students effectively. 

Participants explore how to guide instruction using technology‐driven 

data. Emphasis is placed on examining the validity and reliability of online 

assessment and learning to assess online teaching. Each participant must 

have computer and Internet access for the course.

EDU 536 DIGITAL CITIZENSHIP FOR 

EDUCATORS

3 College of 

Education

The primary focus of this course is to explore the foundations and 

elements of digital citizenship. Participants examine the planning and 

implementation phases of a comprehensive digital citizenship program. 

Emphasis is placed on lesson planning, modeling digital citizenship 

behaviors, and discovering how digital citizenship extends beyond the 

classroom with real world functions and applications.

EDU 538 CYBERETHICS FOR EDUCATORS 3 College of 

Education

In this course, participants study the risk factors for digital and ethical 

misconduct both inside and outside the classroom. Participants develop a 

better understanding of the role that technology plays in creating and 

heightening ethical dilemmas. The course provides participants with the 

tools to assess their personal risk for ethical misconduct and best 

practices for minimizing the likelihood of such misconduct.

B-202

EDU 539 K‐12 CYBERTRAPS: 

STRATEGIES FOR TEACHING 

DIGITAL CITIZENSHIP

3 College of 

Education

In this course, participants gain an understanding of the ways in which 

students are using technology today and the legal and professional risks 

that can arise from such use. Participants develop instructional strategies, 

curricular materials, and projects to guide student learning on issues of 

online behavior and digital citizenship. The course emphasizes the 

interplay between law and technology, and underscores the potential for 

students to become unwitting perpetrators. Strategies for minimizing the 

risk of student misconduct and educating parents are also covered.

EDU 545 FOUNDATIONS OF ONLINE 

TEACHING

3 College of 

Education

This course introduces participants to the elements of online teaching at 

the K‐12 level. Participants examine a variety of online instructional skills 

and strategies related to teaching and delivering curriculum in the online 

environment. Participants collaborate with others and authentically 

integrate technology tools, as well as mobile learning technologies. 

Classroom management, engagement, time management, and assessment 

strategies are also discussed. Additionally, participants explore the 

International Association for K‐12 Online Learning (iNACOL) standards, as 

well as copyright, FERPA, and other issues related to academic integrity in 

the online classroom. Each participant must have computer and Internet 

access for this course.

EDU 701 ACADEMIC AFFAIRS 

ADMINISTRATION

3 School of Advanced 

Studies

This course introduces and examines the major functions traditionally 

housed in the academic wing of a given institution. Specifically, the 

following faculty roles and responsibilities will be addressed: those in 

institutional governance, those in curriculum development and design, 

those in curriculum delivery, those in student recruitment and retention, 

and those in institutional advancement. Delivery methods; relationship 

between curriculum and finances (subsidizing); selection, development, 

termination of programs; responsiveness to the marketplace; using data 

to make curricular decisions; Student learning outcomes (balancing with 

budgetary constraints); politics and curriculum.

EDU 703 STUDENT AFFAIRS 

ADMINISTRATION

3 School of Advanced 

Studies

This course will explore the history, philosophy, and purposes of student 

affairs administration, examining both its theoretical and practical 

foundations. Students will investigate issues and problems currently 

facing student affairs administration in the ever‐changing educational 

climate and focus on the future of the profession.

B-203

EDU 704 UNDERSTANDING THE 

INFRASTRUCTURE OF HIGHER 

EDUCATION

3 School of Advanced 

Studies

This course will examine the evolution of the Higher Education Academy 

from an organizational, political, philosophical, cultural, economic, and 

policy‐oriented point of view. Students will become familiar with various 

campus cultures through the evolution of models that impact how 

departments function on‐campus and work collaboratively (or non‐

collaboratively) to support the institution’s mission and educate students.

Competency A: Synthesize the relationship between the theoretical and 

philosophical underpinnings of higher education and the infrastructure of 

higher education.

Competency B: Analyze organizational, political, philosophical, cultural, or 

economic policies related to the foundations of higher education.

Competency C: Examine the role of key figures in the institutional power 

structure to support the institution’s mission.

Competency D: Apply research techniques to relevant issues in higher 

education governance and policy.

EDU 705 THE INCLUSIVE CAMPUS: 

ADDRESSING DIFFERING 

STUDENT NEEDS

3 School of Advanced 

Studies

This course will provide an overview of the various physical, mental, 

social, cultural, and economic factors that contribute to students¿ unique 

abilities as related to campus culture and climate. Drawing from current 

topics and research in higher education administration, learners examine 

student behaviors and trends related to the needs of this student 

population.

EDU 706 COMPARATIVE MODELS OF 

HIGHER EDUCATION 

ADMINISTRATION

3 School of Advanced 

Studies

This course will present a comparative perspective of educational systems 

that exist in today¿s world. Introducing the relationship between culture 

and education, the course will present a brief historical analysis of the 

social, political, economic, and development antecedents to educational 

systems. Cross‐national comparative analysis, educational borrowing and 

transfer, and current trends and transfer in the British, French, German, 

Russian, U.S., and hybrid systems that serve as the basic models for higher 

education throughout the world. In the culmination of this course, 

learners will investigate the trends in unifying systems into a global 

synthesis of higher education.

EDU 709 THE COMMUNITY COLLEGE 3 School of Advanced 

Studies

In this course, learners will study the contexts, systems, and purposes of 

the community college within the higher education environment. The 

origin of community colleges within the U.S. and their migration to other 

systems of higher education will be explored. Both academic and 

vocational aspects of community college curriculum will be investigated 

within the context of purposes. The course will culminate with an 

investigation into the community college.

B-204

EDU 711 CORE FUNCTIONS OF HIGHER 

EDUCATION ADMINISTRATION

3 School of Advanced 

Studies

This course examines the major features of the three core functional areas 

of modern higher education. The course focuses on the administration of 

higher education institutions and includes the 1) student experience, 

including student development and learning; 2) faculty and staff issues, 

including RPT (retention, promotion, and tenure), faculty and staff 

development, curriculum, governance; and 3) infrastructure concerns, 

including planning, technology, and facilities.

EDU 712 HISTORY OF EDUCATION 3 School of Advanced 

Studies

This course presents a comprehensive survey of the purposes and 

educational developments from ancient civilizations in Africa (Egypt, 

Babylonia, Assyria, and Persia), Asia (China and the Indus Valley), Greece, 

and Rome through the 20th century. Hindu, Jewish, Muslim, Christian, and 

Buddhist traditions, Zhou Dynasty, Medieval Renaissance Reformation, 

Enlightenment, Industrial, and post¿Industrial educational developments 

will be studied as a prelude to investigating comparative educational 

systems.

EDU 724 STUDENT DEVELOPMENT 

THEORY

3 School of Advanced 

Studies

This course will foster an enhanced understanding of college students 

through an examination of the psychosocial, cultural, cognitive‐structural, 

and identity theories related to college student development. Application 

and use of theory to everyday practice and a diverse population of 

students in higher education will be discussed.

EDU 732 PLANNING, EVALUATION, & 

ASSESSMENT IN HIGHER 

EDUCATION ADMIN

3 School of Advanced 

Studies

This course will explore the various philosophies and methodologies 

underlying the implementation of higher education initiatives, including 

comprehensive planning, development, and assessment of such 

initiatives. Course content will address topics related to an institution's 

mission, goals, outcomes, activities, and evaluation. An emphasis on 

integrated planning and assessment of on‐campus and off‐campus 

endeavors, including implementation aspects such as feasibility, financial 

planning, facilities and services, staffing, and report management, and will 

provide knowledge and skills to facilitate continuous improvement.

B-205

EDUC 519 FOUNDATIONS OF 

EDUCATION

3 College of 

Education

This course focuses on the historical, philosophical, sociological, legal, and 

curricular foundations of education. The evolution of education, the role 

of cultural diversity in education, curriculum and assessment, education 

standards, and issues and trends in education are explored. Participants 

analyze educational philosophies and develop a personal educational 

philosophy.

EDUC 521 CLASSROOM MANAGEMENT 

FOR EDUCATORS

3 College of 

Education

In this course, participants examine strategies for managing their 

classrooms more effectively. Student behavior and misbehavior, 

techniques for classroom preparation, setup and management, and 

discipline models are explored.Participants learn how to establish and 

communicate expectations in their classroom and create a positive 

learning environment.

EDUC 522 CURRICULUM DEVELOPMENT 

AND INSTRUCTION

3 College of 

Education

This course focuses on curriculum development and instructional 

strategies for K‐12 educators. Participants examine the history of 

curriculum development, the role of curriculum in education, and the 

alignment of curriculum to state and national standards. School reform, 

curriculum implementation, assessment methods, textbook and material 

selection, and the adaptation of technology into curriculum are also 

explored. Particular emphasis will be placed on developing curriculum and 

instruction to meet the needs of diverse learners.

EDUC 523 MIDDLE SCHOOL 

CURRICULUM DEVELOPMENT 

AND INSTRUCTION

3 College of 

Education

This course is designed to evaluate the unique characteristics of 

adolescents and the diversity among middle school students and their 

families. Instructional strategies, standards, technology integration, and 

assessment are examined. Participants develop curriculum and instruction 

to engage students and promote learning and achievement.

B-206

EDUC 524 Assessment and Evaluation 

for Educators

3 College of 

Education

This course is designed to provide P‐12 teachers and administrators with a 

deeper appreciation of the role of assessment in education. Participants 

research influences on current trends in assessment and fundamentals of 

the assessment process and develop skills to evaluate the alignment of 

curriculum, instruction, and assessment for school improvement. 

Standards‐based assessments, data‐driven instruction, and accountability 

to increase achievement are also addressed.

EDUC 525 Theories of Growing and 

Learning

3 College of 

Education

This course examines theories of growing and learning from birth through 

adolescence. The stages of life and the developmental domains including 

physical, language, cognitive, and emotional, social, and moral are 

emphasized. In addition, participants explore investigative methods and 

research processes in human development.

EDUC 526 Overview of Adolescent 

Psychology

3 College of 

Education

This course provides an overview of theory and research on adolescent 

development aligned to the following domains: physical, cognitive, 

emotional, social, moral, and identity. Participants review how 

adolescents react to and cope with the influence of sociocultural context 

in society. In addition, participants analyze adolescent interactions with 

peers and family, gender and multicultural issues, and school and 

community settings.

EDUC 527 TEACHING CRITICAL THINKING 

SKILLS

3 College of 

Education

This course prepares participants to incorporate critical thinking strategies 

in the classroom. Opportunities are provided to implement critical 

thinking skills into the curriculum and learning environment. Participants 

determine instructional and assessment strategies for thinking critically 

across disciplines.

B-207

EDUC 528 Communication Strategies for 

Educators

3 College of 

Education

This course is designed to inform educators about the power of effective 

communication through awareness, understanding, and implementation. 

Emphasis is on communication competencies, interpersonal 

communication, active listening, the use of technology, and written, 

verbal, and nonverbal communication. Participants analyze instructional 

strategies and study the effect of ethics, the role of diversity, and effective 

communication styles for use with students, parents, and other 

stakeholders to promote a positive learning environment.

EDUC 529 Communication Strategies for 

Educators and Administrators

3 College of 

Education

This course is designed to help school educators and administrators 

develop and implement effective strategies for communicating with 

internal and external stakeholders to create a positive learning 

community. Participants explore and apply the communication essentials 

necessary for working with diverse students, staff, and stakeholders, 

including active listening; information gathering and delivery; negotiation; 

persuasion; written, verbal, and nonverbal messages; cultural sensitivity; 

and the use of technology and social media. Critical issues, common 

barriers, and ethical questions regarding school communication are also 

examined.

EDUC 545 FAMILY ENGAGEMENT AND 

COMMUNITY INVOLVEMENT

3 College of 

Education

This course focuses on family engagement and community involvement in 

K‐12 education. Participants examine strategies for establishing and 

maintaining collaborative relationships with culturally diverse parents, 

families, and communities. The emphasis is on building relationships, 

family outreach, and developing an understanding and appreciation of 

families from diverse backgrounds. Participants explore methods to 

improve communication and collaboration to support learning, and 

explore ways to connect students, parents, families, and schools with the 

community.

EDUC 546 Promoting Safe School 

Environments

3 College of 

Education

This course provides participants with practical skills in fostering school 

safety, preventing school violence, promoting digital and cyber security, 

and preparing for and responding to crisis events that may adversely 

impact the school community. Current research that outlines professional 

best practices and provides fundamental information to support a safe 

school environment is explored. In addition, communication, 

collaboration, and continuous improvement are addressed. Participants 

prepare a comprehensive safe school plan.

B-208

EDUC 547 Human Relations and 

Multiculturalism for Educators

3 College of 

Education

This course emphasizes the practical application of human relations and 

multiculturalism in the educational setting. The focus is on building an 

awareness of diversity, relating effectively with all groups in a pluralistic 

society, and building respect for human dignity and individual rights. 

Dealing with dehumanizing biases and translating knowledge of human 

relations into techniques that result in positive experiences for students is 

also emphasized.

EDUC 548 Coaching and Mentoring 3 College of 

Education

This course is designed to provide an overview of coaching and mentoring. 

Participants examine coaching and mentoring theories and models, the 

roles and responsibilities of the coach and mentor, common elements and 

issues related to coaching and mentoring strategies, and the development 

of communicative, nurturing relationships. Feedback, self‐evaluation, 

reflection, and monitoring and evaluating performance are also explored.

EED 400 ASSESSMENT IN ELEMENTARY 

EDUCATION

3 College of 

Education

This course identifies what assessment is and how formative and 

summative assessments are used in the classroom. The course will include 

construction of objective and performance assessments, topics on 

reliability and validity, understanding the uses of standardized 

assessments, and the framework of assessment.

EED 416 ELEMENTARY METHODS: 

MATHEMATICS

3 College of 

Education

This course focuses on methodology and assessment strategies that 

enhance learning in mathematics. Integration of content and instructional 

strategies, as well as curriculum and assessment issues, are emphasized. 

Multiple perspectives of students as learners of mathematics, along with 

current research on mathematics pedagogy, are explored. Students 

evaluate and use instructional methods, curricular materials and 

resources, and appropriate assessment strategies. Special attention is 

given to the use of manipulatives in math instruction and to developing 

students' problem‐solving skills.

B-209

EED 420 ELEMENTARY METHODS ‐ 

SCIENCE

3 College of 

Education

This course focuses on methodology and assessment strategies that 

enhance learning in science. Integrated content, interdisciplinary 

teaching, classroom management, and curriculum and assessment issues 

are emphasized. Multiple perspectives of students as learners of science, 

along with current research on pedagogy, are explored. This course also 

provides students with an opportunity to develop the ability to evaluate 

and to use instructional methods, curricular materials and resources, and 

appropriate assessment strategies.

EED 425 ELEMENTARY METHODS‐

HEALTH PE

3 College of 

Education

This course provides an overview of the physical education and health 

state and national standards and provides a context for how these are 

addressed in elementary schools and classrooms. Instructional 

approaches for the integration of physical education and health with 

other content areas are explored.

EED 430 ELEMENTARY METHODS ‐ 

SOCIAL STUDIES

3 College of 

Education

This course defines and provides a context for teaching and assessing 

students in the areas of social science based on scope, sequence, and 

national and state standards. Instructional approaches for the content 

area within the framework of an integrated curriculum are explored, 

including the use of critical thinking skills and study skills. Students 

develop a variety of data collection tools designed to assess student 

learning.

EED 435 ELEMENTARY METHODS ‐ 

FINE ARTS

3 College of 

Education

This course defines and provides a context for teaching and assessing 

students in the area of fine arts based on scope, sequence, and national 

and state standards. An emphasis is placed on integrating art across the 

curriculum.

B-210

EED 436CA ELEMENTARY METHODS: 

SOCIAL SCIENCE AND FINE 

ARTS

3 College of 

Education

This course focuses on methodology and assessment strategies that 

enhance learning in social science and fine arts. Integrated content, 

interdisciplinary teaching, classroom management, and curriculum and 

assessment issues are emphasized. Multiple perspectives of students as 

learners of social science and fine arts, along with current research on 

pedagogy, are explored. This course also provides students with an 

opportunity to develop the ability to evaluate and to use instructional 

methods, curricular materials and resources, and appropriate assessment 

strategies.

EED 438CA ELEMENTARY METHODS: 

MATHEMATICS AND SCIENCE

3 College of 

Education

This course focuses on methodology and assessment strategies that 

enhance instruction in mathematics and science. Integrated content, 

interdisciplinary teaching, classroom management, and curriculum and 

assessment issues are emphasized. Multiple perspectives of students as 

learners of math and science, along with current research on pedagogy, 

are explored. Students are provided the opportunity to develop the ability 

to evaluate and apply instructional methods, curricular materials and 

resources, and appropriate assessment strategies.

EED 444 ELEMENTARY METHODS ‐ 

INTEGRATION OF HAWAIIAN 

STUDIES

3 College of 

Education

This course focuses on the pedagogy and assessment strategies that 

enhance student learning of Hawaiian studies. Instructional approaches 

for the Hawaiian Studies content area within the framework of an 

integrated curriculum are explored, including the use of critical thinking 

and study skills. Methods for integrating Hawaiian history, cultural values, 

and Hawaiian heritage are emphasized. This course provides students 

with an opportunity to develop the ability to create performance‐based 

activities and assessments, culturally‐sensitive instructional methods, 

curricular materials and resources, and appropriate assessment strategies. 

Students develop a variety of data‐collection tools designed to assess 

student learning.

EED 496 STUDENT TEACHING 8 College of 

Education

This course emphasizes the practical application of educational theories 

and methods. Participants will focus on the following topics: requirements 

and expectations for student teaching and teacher performance 

assessment, the school culture, planning instruction, and teaching 

planned lessons. The course provides a forum for open discussion and 

problem solving based on student teaching classroom experiences. Finally, 

learners will prepare and submit Tasks 1, 2, and 3 of the teacher 

performance assessment.

B-211

EED 498 ELEMENTARY STUDENT 

TEACHING, SEMINAR I

4 College of 

Education

This course emphasizes the practical application of educational theories 

and methods. The course will focus on the following topics: the student 

teaching experience, the school culture, the learning environment, and 

planning, preparing, and implementing the Teacher Work Sample. The 

seminar also provides a forum for open discussion and problem solving 

based on student teaching classroom experiences.

EED 498CA ELEMENTARY STUDENT 

TEACHING, SEMINAR I

4 College of 

Education

This course emphasizes the practical application of educational theories 

and methods. The course will focus on the following topics: the student 

teaching experience, the learning environment, designing and 

implementing assessments in preparation for the CalTPA Task Three: 

Assessing Learning Task, and developing as a professional educator. The 

course also provides a forum for open discussion and problem solving 

based on student teaching classroom experiences and the ability to use 

and apply the Teaching Performance Expectations.

EED 499 ELEMENTARY STUDENT 

TEACHING, SEMINAR II

4 College of 

Education

This course will focus on the design and implementation of the Teacher 

Work Sample. It also provides students practical guidance in securing a 

teaching position. Students will examine resumes and cover letters, 

teaching applications, and interview strategies. Assistance in preparing an 

employment portfolio will be provided. This seminar also provides a forum 

for open discussion and problem solving based on student teaching 

classroom experiences.

EED 499CA ELEMENTARY STUDENT 

TEACHING: SEMINAR II

4 College of 

Education

This course will focus on the elements of the CalTPA Task Four: 

Culminating Teaching Experience Task. The course explores the following 

topics: school culture and diversity, pedagogical assignments and tasks, 

self‐reflection, and preparation to serve as a beginning teacher in an 

induction program. It also provides practical guidance in seeking a 

teaching position. This course will serve as a forum for open discussion 

and problem solving based on student teaching classroom experiences 

and their ability to use and apply the full‐range of Teaching Performance 

Expectations.

B-212

ELD 502 FOUNDATIONS OF 

INSTRUCTION FOR ENGLISH 

LEARNERS

3 College of 

Education

This course introduces students to the principles of teaching English 

learners. It addresses effective collaboration among English learners, their 

families, paraprofessionals, and the community to improve learning. 

Effective instructional techniques, methodologies, resources, and cultural 

awareness are also explored.

ELD 504 ASSESSMENT OF ENGLISH 

LEARNERS

3 College of 

Education

This course discusses standardized and authentic assessments and 

assessment strategies in the areas of literacy and biliteracy development 

of English learners. Issues associated with the interdependent relationship 

between teaching and assessments are addressed in addition to effective 

parental or community involvement in literacy development.

ELD 506 UNDERSTANDING LANGUAGE 

ACQUISITION AND COGNITION

3 College of 

Education

This course examines language structure and use. The course also 

addresses second language acquisition theories, strategies, and the nature 

of cognitive and affective language development to assist the teacher of 

the English learner. The course focuses on language acquisition 

development, and it provides the basis for effective instructional 

strategies, including methods, techniques, and materials to be used with 

linguistically diverse students. It examines the critical elements of learning 

issues associated with linguistically diverse students, including the 

learning styles and interconnected variables that interact in second 

language learning and thought processes.

ELD 535 TEACHING READING AND 

WRITING TO ENGLISH 

LEARNERS

3 College of 

Education

This course examines literacy issues related to the acquisition of English 

and the use of home language by English Learners (EL) in all second 

language programs. It also presents processes and strategies to enhance 

the biliteracy skills of English Learners.

B-213

ELEC 710 PHD HEA ELECTIVE 3 School of Advanced 

Studies

Elective courses for the Online Extended Studies in the PhD HEA 001 

program

ELEC 711 PHD HEA ELECTIVE 3 School of Advanced 

Studies

Elective courses for the Online Extended Studies in the PhD HEA 001 

program

ELEC 712 PHD HEA ELECTIVE 3 School of Advanced 

Studies

Elective courses for the Online Extended Studies in the PhD HEA 001 

program

ELEC 713 PHD I O ELECTIVE 3 School of Advanced 

Studies

Elective course for PHD I O program: PSYCH 780 or PSYCH 790

B-214

ELEC 714 DHA ELECTIVE 3 School of Advanced 

Studies

Placeholder for elective courses in the DHA program.

ELEC 723 DOCTORAL EXTENSION 3 School of Advanced 

Studies

Doctoral Extension

ELEC 725 DOCTORAL EXTENSION 3 School of Advanced 

Studies

Doctoral Extension

ELL 300 INSTRUCTIONAL METHODS 

FOR ENGLISH LANGUAGE 

LEARNERS

3 College of 

Education

This course focuses on instruction for English Language Learners (ELLs). It 

emphasizes knowledge of and sensitivity to the history and to the culture 

of other languages and ethnic groups, as well as to multiethnic curriculum 

and instruction. It provides strategies for effective instruction, including 

standards‐based lesson planning and implementation models, and 

assessment of linguistically diverse K–12 students. In addition, the course 

addresses ways in which a learner‐centered approach to teaching can 

provide ELLs with a greater opportunity to interact meaningfully with 

educational materials as they learn subject matter and acquire English.

B-215

ELL 500 INSTRUCTIONAL METHODS 

FOR ENGLISH LANGUAGE 

LEARNERS

3 College of 

Education

This course focuses on instruction for English Language Learners (ELLs). It 

emphasizes knowledge of and sensitivity to the history and to the culture 

of other languages and ethnic groups, as well as to multiethnic curriculum 

and instruction. It provides strategies for effective instruction, including 

standards‐based lesson planning and implementation models, and 

assessment of linguistically diverse K–12 students. In addition, the course 

addresses ways in which a learner‐centered approach to teaching can 

provide ELLs with a greater opportunity to interact meaningfully with 

educational materials as they learn subject matter and acquire English.

ELM 545 ELEMENTARY STUDENT 

TEACHING

3 College of 

Education

This course emphasizes the practical application of educational theories 

and methods. Participants will focus on the following topics: requirements 

and expectations for student teaching and teacher performance 

assessment, the school culture, planning instruction, and teaching 

planned lessons. The course provides a forum for open discussion and 

problem solving based on student teaching classroom experiences. Finally, 

learners will prepare and submit Tasks 1, 2, and 3 of the teacher 

performance assessment.

ELM 585 ELEMENTARY STUDENT 

TEACHING

3 College of 

Education

This course emphasizes the practical application of educational theories 

and methods. The course will focus on the following topics: the student 

teaching experience, the school culture, the learning environment, 

instructional design, implementing assessments, instructional decision‐

making, analyzing learning results, reflection and self‐evaluation, and 

planning, preparing, and implementing the Teacher Work Sample. It also 

provides students practical guidance in securing a teaching position. 

Students will examine resumes and cover letters, teaching applications, 

and interview strategies. Assistance in preparing an employment portfolio 

will be provided. The course also provides a forum for open discussion and 

problem solving based on student teaching classroom experiences.

ELM 590 ELEMENTARY STUDENT 

TEACHING PART A

4 College of 

Education

This course emphasizes the practical application of educational theories 

and methods. The course will focus on the following topics: the student 

teaching experience, the learning environment, designing and 

implementing assessments in preparation for the CalTPA Task Three: 

Assessing Learning Task, and developing as a professional educator. The 

course also provides a forum for open discussion and problem solving 

based on student teaching classroom experiences and the ability to use 

and apply the Teaching Performance Expectations.

B-216

ELM 595 ELEMENTARY STUDENT 

TEACHING PART B

4 College of 

Education

This course will focus on the elements of the CalTPA Task Four: 

Culminating Teaching Experience Task. The course explores the following 

topics: school culture and diversity, pedagogical assignments and tasks, 

self‐reflection, and preparation to serve as a beginning teacher in an 

induction program. It also provides practical guidance in seeking a 

teaching position. This course will serve as a forum for open discussion 

and problem solving based on student teaching classroom experiences 

and their ability to use and apply the full‐range of Teaching Performance 

Expectations.

ELM 598 ELEMENTARY STUDENT 

TEACHING PART A

4 College of 

Education

This course emphasizes the practical application of educational theories 

and methods. The course will focus on the following topics: the student 

teaching experience, the school culture, the learning environment, and 

planning, preparing, and implementing the Teacher Work Sample. The 

course also provides a forum for open discussion and problem solving 

based on student teaching classroom experiences.

ELM 599 ELEMENTARY STUDENT 

TEACHING PART B

4 College of 

Education

This course will focus on the design and implementation of the Teacher 

Work Sample. It also provides students practical guidance in securing a 

teaching position. Students will examine resumes and cover letters, 

teaching applications, and interview strategies. Assistance in preparing an 

employment portfolio will be provided. This seminar also provides a forum 

for open discussion and problem‐solving based on student teaching 

classroom experiences.

EM 555 ENERGY SECTOR 

MANAGEMENT

3 School of Business This course integrates energy technology and management opportunities 

in the energy sector. Students will apply knowledge of the energy sector 

value change to identify a business opportunity. Other topics include 

renewable and nonrenewable energy sources, science of energy, 

communications, energy sector terminology, corporate social 

responsibility, ethics, and negotiation.

B-217

EM 565 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT IN 

THE ENERGY SECTOR

3 School of Business This course applies corporate finance concepts to make management 

decisions in the energy sector. Students analyze the financial merit of 

opportunities in renewable and non‐renewable energy sources. Other 

topics include cash flows, business valuation, working capital, capital 

budgets, government sources, long‐term financing, risk analysis and 

management, and financial planning.

EM 575 ENERGY ECONOMICS 3 School of Business This course applies economic concepts to make management decisions in 

the energy sector. Students apply concepts of supply and demand to 

create an economic model of a sub sector of the energy industry. Other 

topics include scarce resources, opportunity costs, profit maximization, 

market structure, macroeconomic measurement, money, trade, foreign 

exchange, regulatory issues, and economic analysis.

EM 585 MARKETING ENERGY 3 School of Business This course prepares students to apply marketing concepts to affect public 

perception of energy alternatives. Students learn to solve marketing 

problems in a collaborative environment. Topics include market research, 

customer relationships, branding, market segmentation, product 

development, pricing, channels, communications, public relations, and 

policy formulation.

EM 595 STRATEGIC PLANNING AND 

IMPLEMENTATION FOR THE 

ENERGY SECTOR

3 School of Business This capstone course integrates concepts from all prior courses in the 

program and the energy management concentration. Students apply the 

concepts of strategic planning and implementation to create sustainable 

competitive advantage in an energy organization. Other topics include 

environmental scanning, strategic analysis, corporate social responsibility, 

implementation, evaluation, risk management, interdependent 

organizational relationships, technology adoption, and scenario planning.

B-218

EMC 310 PRINCIPLES OF EMERGENCY 

MANAGEMENT

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course will explore the history and evolution of emergency 

management as well as roles of local, state, regional, and national 

agencies. Topics include roles and organizations comprising emergency 

management, leadership concepts, and technology and communication 

challenges.

EMC 320 EMERGENCY PREPAREDNESS 

AND PLANNING

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course examines the preparation and planning process for emergency 

and crisis situations from geographical, national and local levels. Topics 

will include concepts of response and preparedness, recovery and 

mitigation strategies, hazard analysis, vulnerability assessment, exposure 

pathways and response capability assessment.

EMC 330 POLITICAL AND POLICY ISSUES 

FOR EMERGENCY 

MANAGEMENT

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course examines the political and policy environment which affects 

emergency management. The course is intended to help emergency 

managers develop an understanding of how local, state, and federal 

policies are developed and maintained. In addition, legal issues involving 

state and Federal law effecting emergency operations will be studied.

EMC 340 EMERGENCY SERVICES AND 

THE COMMUNITY

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course will look at the social dimensions of community responses to 

disaster related issues. Emphasis will be placed on examining effective 

community outreach and preparation programs as well as distribution 

mechanisms for public information. In addition, students will assess 

demographic implications and their impact on emergency prevention 

activities and services.

B-219

EMC 350 MANAGING EMERGENCY 

RESPONSE OPERATIONS

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course focuses on the principles and practices that promote effective 

disaster response operations in emergency management. Students will 

examine the roles and responsibilities of the participants in a crisis event, 

and identify possible problems associated with response operations such 

as inadequate preparedness measures, safety and site security, and 

communication. In addition, impact of disaster on response organization 

and personnel will be discussed.

ENG 101 EFFECTIVE ESSAY WRITING 3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

In this course, students develop academic writing skills. Students use the 

writing process to construct an expository essay with an emphasis on 

coherence and correctness in written communication. Students also 

conduct basic research for the expository essay. Selected readings provide 

the basis for discussion regarding the difference between fact and 

opinion. Grammar exercises focus on verb tense and form, subject‐verb 

and pronoun‐antecedent agreement, and pronoun case. Students also 

complete exercises covering topic sentences, paragraph development, 

citations, and formatting guidelines.

ENG 102 RESEARCH WRITING 3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

Students focus on gathering research, evaluating and documenting 

sources, and developing a major research paper. Selected readings 

prompt discussion regarding bias, rhetorical devices, arguments, and 

counter arguments. Grammar exercises address commonly confused sets 

of words, modifiers, parallel structure, sentence variety, and sentence 

clarity.

ENG 106 SURVEY OF LITERARY 

MASTERPIECES

3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course provides students with a survey of literary masterpieces 

across the ages. Students will gain insight into writing and culture from 

the content of this course. Topics include Shakespeare, Homer, Dante, 

Milton, Machiavelli, and Joyce, among other literary authors.

B-220

ENG 125 LITERATURE IN SOCIETY 3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course introduces themes in literature and provides guided study and 

practice in reflecting on themes which describe the human experience 

across cultural and societal boundaries. The course includes readings from 

literature in different genres and cultures. Students study the literature in 

thematic units and are asked to make connections to their own lives and 

cultures.

ENG 135 ESSENTIALS OF 

CONTEMPORARY 

COMMUNICATION

3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course covers the skills necessary for effective written and oral 

communication in the work environment and in modern society. The 

course reviews basic communication theories and discusses the 

fundamentals of interpersonal, written, and oral communication skills. 

This course emphasizes applying these theories and skills to group 

processes and professional situations.

ENG 147 UNIVERSITY WRITING 

ESSENTIALS

3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This is a course in developing foundational skills necessary for effective 

and appropriate academic writing. This course reviews the fundamentals 

of grammar, writing mechanics, style, and proper documentation of 

sources.

ENG 157 MULTICULTURAL LITERATURE 3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course provides students with an introduction to multicultural 

literature. Emphasis is placed on increasing students’ awareness and 

understanding of the values, beliefs, and experiences of people from 

different cultures through literature.

B-221

ENG 215 EFFECTIVE ACADEMIC 

WRITING

3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course develops skills used in writing applied research papers for a 

university‐level audience. Students will explore topics such as effective 

persuasion, rhetorical concepts, and argument analysis. This course may 

also review elements of grammar, mechanics, style, and proper 

documentation of sources. 

ENG 215CA EFFECTIVE ACADEMIC 

WRITING

3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course develops the skills used in writing applied research papers for 

a university‐level audience. Students will write a variety of papers, 

including position papers, persuasive essays, and case study analyses. 

Students will study classical rhetorical concepts of authority and argument 

analysis, and will evaluate outside sources for objectivity and utility in 

constructing persuasive arguments. Students practice giving peer 

feedback and revising essays in response to feedback. The course reviews 

the elements of grammar, mechanics, style, and proper documentation of 

outside sources.

ENG 220 UNIVERSITY ACADEMIC 

WRITING

3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This is a foundational course in developing the skills necessary for 

effective and appropriate academic writing. This course reviews the 

elements of grammar, mechanics, style, and proper documentation of 

outside sources.

ENG 222 INTRODUCTION TO 

TECHNICAL WRITING

3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This is a foundational course designed to introduce students to technical 

writing fundamentals and the technical writing career field. Topics include 

what technical writing is and how technical writing differs from other 

types of writing, technical writing best practices, and the career 

opportunities in the technical writing field.

B-222

ENG 223 WORKPLACE WRITING 

ESSENTIALS

3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course covers effective writing as an essential function of workplace 

communication. Emphasis is placed on understanding and applying 

effective writing skills to achieve clear writing in the workplace through 

letters, memos, e‐mail, resumes, and reports.

ENG 230 MECHANICS OF WRITING 3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course provides an overview of the mechanics of American English 

grammar as it applies to academic reading and writing.

ENG 235 LINGUISTICS 3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course provides an introduction to major areas in linguistic study.

ENG 240 INTRODUCTION TO CREATIVE 

WRITING

3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course provides a foundation in writing creative fiction and nonfiction 

works. Students will be expected to produce original creative writings.

B-223

ENG 250 HISTORY OF THE ENGLISH 

LANGUAGE

3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course is a history of the English Language from its roots to Modern 

Standard English.

ENG 260 FOLKLORE AND FAIRYTALES 3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course explores the genre of folklore and fairytales and their role as 

cultural literary artifacts. Students will examine the construction, shaping, 

and use of folklore and fairytales in society.

ENG 265 THE SHORT STORY 3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course examines the short story through notable works and writers.

ENG 270 LITERARY INTERPRETATION 

AND ANALYSIS

3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course introduces students to the practice of literary analysis through 

reading and interpretation of major works. Students will discuss forms and 

theories as a foundation on which to build analytical skills.

B-224

ENG 280 RHETORIC AND CRITICAL 

THINKING

3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course introduces students to rhetoric and critical thinking. Students 

will apply both formal logic and rhetorical principles to the study and 

practice of argument and persuasion.

ENG 295 CHILDREN'S LITERATURE 3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course examines literature for children. Through an overview of a 

variety of genres and topics, students will develop an understanding of 

literature for young readers.

ENG 301 AMERICAN ETHNIC 

LITERATURE

3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course will survey the literature of the major ethnic groups in the 

United States (African Americans, Native Americans, Hispanics Latinos, 

and Asian Americans) as a means to explore ethnic diversity and minority 

voices. Focusing on contemporary relevance, a wide range of 

representative literary works and authors will be discussed in their 

historical, socio‐political, and cultural contexts with special consideration 

of characteristic literary themes and techniques.

ENG 302 20TH CENTURY AMERICAN 

LITERATURE

3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course will survey major authors, ideologies, and historical contexts 

of American literature from the 20th century. A diverse range of works, 

genres, movements, and cultural narratives will be used to explore how 

cultural pluralism helped shape and reflect the evolution of American 

thought.

B-225

ENG 306 POETRY AND SOCIETY 3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course surveys English language poetry from medieval times through 

the present. Students analyze and interpret poetry, paying particular 

attention to the role of the poet and poetry in society. Poems are 

addressed in historical context, by theme, and for their relevance to 

contemporary culture.

ENG 313 WRITING PROPOSALS 1 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This is a one‐credit course that introduces students to approaches for 

developing winning proposals. This course may focus on proposal 

development processes rather than writing and technical issues.

ENG 340 CREATIVE WRITING 3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course introduces students to creative writing in various genres. The 

purpose of this course is to develop and expand studentsâ⿬⿢ 

imaginative writing processes and to develop and expand their 

understanding of the human experience through creative writing. This 

would include identifying elements of writing and developing skills and 

techniques for creative writing in poetry, fiction, and nonfiction writings.

ENG 380 APPLIED LINGUISTICS 3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course introduces students to the nature of language and the way in 

which language is acquired and used in society. It also addresses 

grammatical aspects of language such as syntax, semantics, and 

pragmatics and changes in language over time. Stages of language 

acquisition and bilingual development will also be discussed.

B-226

ENG 437 LITERARY GENRES ACROSS 

CULTURES

3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course introduces literary genres that reflect the human experience 

across cultures. Past and present voices from the literature of majority 

and minority writers, as expressed in fiction, poetry, drama, and 

nonfiction, are surveyed. Students analyze literal and symbolic meanings 

in texts, and examine the elements and conventions of each literary 

genre. Students think critically, recognize instances of stereotyping and 

make connections between the literature and their lives.

ENG 437CA LITERARY GENRES ACROSS 

CULTURES

3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course introduces literary genres that reflect the human experience 

across cultures. Past and present voices from the literature of majority 

and minority writers, as expressed in fiction, poetry, drama, and 

nonfiction, are surveyed. Students analyze literal and symbolic meanings 

in texts, and examine the elements and conventions of each literary 

genre. Students think critically, recognize instances of stereotyping, and 

make connections between the literature and their lives.

ENG 480 APPLIED RHETORIC 3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This is the capstone course for English majors. Through applied rhetoric, 

students will apply various concepts to their own studies and writing, and 

to written works from multiple genres and disciplines.

ENG 491 AMERICAN LITERATURE TO 

1860

3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course will survey major authors, ideologies, and historical contexts 

of American literature from colonial times until the Civil War era. A 

diverse range of works, genres, movements, and cultural narratives will be 

explored. Accounts of early explorers, Puritan sermons, Native American 

mythology, slave narratives, political and social writings, and poetry will 

be read and discussed.

B-227

ENG 492 AMERICAN LITERATURE SINCE 

1860

3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course will survey the writings of 150 years in the historical and 

cultural context of America. The influence of vast social, political, and 

philosophical changes in America on literary works will be explored. The 

major literary movements, works, and authors of four distinct time 

periods will be read and discussed: the late 19th century, the early 20th 

century, the late 20th century, and the 21st century.

ENG 492CA AMERICAN LITERATURE SINCE 

1860

3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course will survey the writings of 150 years in the historical and 

cultural context of America. The influence of vast social, political, and 

philosophical changes in America on literary works will be explored. The 

major literary movements, works, and authors of four distinct time 

periods will be read and discussed: the late 19th century, the early 20th 

century, the late 20th century, and the 21st century.

ENG 493 ENGLISH LITERATURE TO 1800 3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course will survey major authors, ideologies, and historical contexts 

of English literature from medieval times until the 18th century. A diverse 

range of works, genres, movements, and cultural narratives will be 

explored.

ENG 494 ENGLISH LITERATURE SINCE 

1800

3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course will survey major authors, ideologies, and historical contexts 

of English literature from the 19th century to the present. A diverse range 

of works, genres, movements, and cultural narratives will be explored.

B-228

ENG 495 ADVANCED CREATIVE 

WRITING

3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course explores advanced literary elements of creative writing, 

focusing on elements of form and craft. Students will write poems, 

fictional short stories, and one‐act plays. In the process, students will re‐

examine all elements of the writing process to deepen their 

understanding of each stage of the process including prewriting, drafting, 

editing, and revising, and students will reflect upon differences among 

genres. A writers' workshop will be an integral component of this course.

ENGPROF 01 ENGLISH COMPOSITION 

PROFICIENCY COURSE

0 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This proficiency exam, which is a zero credit‐ bearing  course, can be used 

to fulfill the English Composition Proficiency requirement most commonly 

satisfied by ENG 220, COMM 215 or comparable coursework. To earn a 

passing grade, a student must receive a score of 60% or better. This is a 

pass fail course.

ENT 527 OPPORTUNITY ASSESSMENT 

AND INNOVATION

3 School of Business This course is an introduction to entrepreneurship and the 

entrepreneurial mindset. The course will provide an overview of the 

challenges and opportunities of an entrepreneurship, an intrapraneurship, 

and a social entrepreneurship. Students will learn the process of initiating 

an entrepreneurial venture through the creative pursuit of ideas.

ENT 586 INFORMATIONAL 

TECHNOLOGY FOR 

ENTREPRENEURS AND 

LEADERS

3 School of Business Value is the seminal construct of a business proposition, yet it remains 

difficult to define and is subject to constant repositioning by industry and 

society. This course will examine the essence of changes in business value 

propositions and how technology plays an important role in today's 

business environment. The course will explore how innovation and the 

business cycle are linked by technology developments and how successful 

businesses across industry segments have been able to use innovation as 

a means to differentiate themselves while lowering costs.

B-229

ENT 588 INNOVATION AND DESIGN: 

CAPSTONE PROJECT

3 School of Business This course provides a learning environment that reinforces creativity and 

innovation. Students will examine the core concepts related to innovation 

and analyze effective strategies for managing start‐ups or organizations. 

Topics will include leading innovation, scaling excellence from innovation, 

financing innovation, creative problem‐solving, and design thinking.

ENV 100 PRINCIPLES OF 

ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE

3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course will provide students with the scientific principles, concepts, 

and methodologies that are required to identify and analyze risks 

associated with environmental problems, and examine alternative 

solutions for resolving or preventing these problems.

ENV 310 ENVIRONMENTAL 

MANAGEMENT

3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course examines environmental problems from a local, national, and 

international perspective. Federal legislation will be reviewed on air 

pollution and water quality. Students will be introduced to control 

techniques for treating air and water, and the emerging environmental 

issues such as global climate changes, bioterrorism, organic pollutants, 

and industrial ecology.

ENV 315 GLOBAL CHANGE 3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course will examine the impact of human activity on the 

environment. Students will examine a variety of environmental issues 

influenced by human activity, including the development and impact of 

global climate change on Earth.

B-230

ENV 320 ENVIRONMENTAL LAW 3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course explores the administrative regulations and policies that are 

requisite to environmental protection. Federal, state, and local policies 

will be examined.

ENV 340 ENERGY AND THE 

ENVIRONMENT

3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course will introduce topics covering a wide variety of alternative 

energy sources, the need for renewable energy, as well as the problems 

associated with them. Energy sources will include oil, coal, natural gas, 

hydroelectric, nuclear, wind, solar, geothermal, tidal, and biofuels.

ENV 350 WATER AND WASTEWATER 

TREATMENT TECHNOLOGY

3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course will introduce students to water and wastewater treatment 

technology. Topics will include drinking‐water treatment and distribution, 

wastewater collection and treatment, and water reuse.

ENV 400 WATERSHED HYDROLOGY 3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course will introduce students to the water cycle and freshwater 

management. Topics will include examination of bodies of water, geology 

and soil properties, the water cycle, groundwater flow, pollution effects, 

and government involvement.

B-231

ENV 410 ENVIRONMENTAL 

TOXICOLOGY

3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

The purpose of this course is to provide the fundamental knowledge of 

the effects of environmental chemicals on living systems, and the toxic 

responses of the human and plant systems. Students will discuss risk, 

ethics, and social responsibility with regard to environmental toxicology.

ENV 420 ENVIRONMENTAL RISK 

ASSESSMENT

3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course provides an overview of the basic concepts of human and 

ecological risk assessment. Students evaluate various components of risk 

assessment, including human health, environmental, occupational, 

ecological, and risk management. Significant case studies are used to 

illustrate the assessment process.

ENV 431 PUBLIC POLICY ANALYSIS 3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course will examine the fundamentals of public policy analysis to the 

environment. Students will explore the management of public policy 

issues related to land use and urbanization, ecosystem preservation, 

global analysis, and policy making.

ESL 300 TEACHING ENGLISH 

LANGUAGE LEARNERS

3 College of 

Education

This course focuses on education for the English Language Learner (ELL). It 

emphasizes knowledge of and sensitivity to the history and to the culture 

of other languages and ethnic groups, as well as to multiethnic curriculum 

and instruction. It provides strategies for effective instruction, including 

standards‐based lesson planning and implementation models, and 

assessment of linguistically diverse K–12 students. In addition, the course 

addresses ways in which a learner‐centered approach to teaching can 

provide English Language Learners with a greater opportunity to interact 

meaningfully with educational materials as they learn subject matter and 

acquire English.

B-232

ESL 310 WORKPLACE 

COMMUNICATION FOR ESL 

LEARNERS

3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course familiarizes students with the communication demands of the 

modern American workplace, including different methods of 

communication, styles, and vocabulary. The course expands English 

fluency by focusing on essential grammar and using stimulating listening, 

speaking, reading, and writing activities that emphasize the language 

students need in key areas of business. Through simulation and relevant 

reading and writing activities, students will develop a foundational skill set 

and demonstrate greater competence in the expectations of the American 

workplace. 

ETH 120 CULTURAL DIVERSITY IN THE 

UNITED STATES

3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course is designed to educate students about issues of race, ethnicity, 

gender, disability and other diversity issues in the United States. 

ETH 125 CULTURAL DIVERSITY 3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course is designed to educate students about issues of race, ethnicity, 

and gender in the United States by presenting historical and modern 

perspectives on diversity.

ETH 316 ETHICS AND SOCIAL 

RESPONSIBILITY

3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course provides a foundational perspective for ethics and social 

responsibility in relationship to individuals, organizations, and the 

community. Emphasis is placed on the interrelated nature of ethics, 

morality, legal responsibility, and social issues.

B-233

ETH 321 ETHICAL AND LEGAL TOPICS 

IN BUSINESS

3 School of Business This course provides students with an overview of the legal, ethical, and 

related statutory and regulatory environment in which businesses, 

organizations, and individuals within them function. After completion of 

this course, students will be able to understand the general structure of 

the court systems in the United States, describe the alternative means of 

resolving disputes and their respective advantages and disadvantages, 

evaluate the frameworks for regulatory compliance and corporate social 

responsibility, examine the principle areas of business law, and 

understand intellectual property rights.

ETH 328 DATA ETHICS AND SECURITY 3 School of Business This course provides students with an overview of the legal and ethical 

implications of data. Students will examine the legal and ethical issues 

that must be considered throughout the lifecycle of data analytics 

including collection, storage, analysis and presentation. Other topics 

include, privacy, security, classification, and discrimination. After 

completion of this course, students will be able to understand the legal 

and ethical considerations that are necessary when utilizing particular 

types of data, collection methods, and analysis techniques.

ETH 557 ACCOUNTING ETHICS 3 School of Business In this course, students focus on core values of the accounting profession 

such as ethical reasoning, integrity, objectivity, and independence. Topics 

include economics, price and consumer behavior, business and accounting 

issues, ethics and information technology, and professional standards.

EXAM 799 COMPREHENSIVE 

EXAMINATION

1 School of Advanced 

Studies

The comprehensive examination is a program requirement for the Doctor 

of Philosophy degree from University of Phoenix. Examinations are 

administered online, and a successful grade must be earned for learners 

to attend the dissertation and elective course work and move to 

candidacy.

 

Doctor of Philosophy in Higher Education Administration Program Goals

Note. The items labeled as competencies in this course are Doctor of 

Philosophy Higher Education Administration Program Goals.

 

 

Competency A: Cultivate leaders who possess transferable skills and 

acumen for a variety of settings and roles.

Competency B: Encourage a systemic approach to higher education 

administration.

B-234

FIN 366 FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS 3 School of Business This course develops a conceptual framework for understanding how 

recent and current events affect the financial environment. Financial 

markets are examined with a focus on their utilization by financial 

institutions, the pricing of financial assets, the impact of the Federal 

Reserve, the internationalization of financial markets, and the impact of 

recent events. Financial institutions such as insurance companies, 

commercial banks, and investment banks are covered. The institutions are 

described with a focus on regulatory aspects and management use of 

financial markets and performance.

FIN 370 FINANCE FOR BUSINESS 3 School of Business This course introduces the student to the essential elements of finance for 

business. Emphasis is placed on financial management, financial markets, 

and the tools, techniques, and methodologies used in making financial 

decisions. Topics include: financial statement analysis, time value of 

money, financial markets and institutions, risk and return, financial 

planning, and international finance.

FIN 375 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT IN 

THE SMALL BUSINESS

3 School of Business This course focuses on the role that financial management plays in the 

development and sustainability of a small business. The course provides a 

detailed review of forecasting, budgeting, daily cash flow management 

techniques, and monitoring financial performance. Specifically, students 

will address funding, debt management, cash‐flow management, and 

financial planning, from the small business perspective.

FIN 402 INVESTMENT 

FUNDAMENTALS AND 

PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT

3 School of Business This course covers the theories and practices of investments including 

financial markets, risk and return, securities, asset allocation and 

diversification. Students will utilize analytical techniques available in the 

investment planning and selection process in the environment in which 

investment decisions are made. Students will apply finance models and 

investment strategies to analyze and manage investments for various 

types of organizations.

B-235

FIN 410 WORKING CAPITAL 

MANAGEMENT

3 School of Business This course covers the basics of working capital management with 

emphasis on how firms manage current assets and liabilities to ensure the 

organization has sufficient cash to pay day‐to‐day bills and meet short‐

term obligations. The balance between risk and return is emphasized. 

Some of the basic techniques of financial forecasting, accounts receivable, 

and inventory management will also be explored.

FIN 415 CORPORATE RISK 

MANAGEMENT

3 School of Business This course will provide students with the elements of corporate risk 

management in a competitive business environment. Emphasis will be 

placed upon the identification, measurement, management, and planning 

aspects of risk management, as well as trends and developments in the 

business environment. Insurance considerations in corporate risk 

management will also be addressed. Students will utilize newly acquired 

knowledge and techniques to develop a corporate risk management plan 

that will maximize value for the organization and stakeholders.

FIN 419 FINANCE FOR DECISION 

MAKING

3 School of Business This course addresses advanced principles in financial management and 

decision making. Emphasis is placed on providing relevant theory, best 

practices, and skills to effectively manage risk, time value of money, 

working capital, capital structure, the regulatory environment, and 

evolving issues in financial management.

FIN 420 PERSONAL FINANCIAL 

PLANNING

3 School of Business This course provides an introduction to personal financial planning. 

Personal financial goals are examined with a focus on investment risk and 

returns, markets, and analysis tools useful in assessing financial situations.

B-236

FIN 422 RETIREMENT AND BENEFIT 

PLANNING

3 School of Business This course provides students with the tools necessary to create a 

retirement plan. After completion of this course, students will be able to 

identify the types of retirement plans, understand the implications of 

federal law on retirement plans, identify retirement plans and 

participation requirements, calculate tax deductions and contribution 

limits, and create a full financial plan, including retirement, for an 

individual.

FIN 428 INSURANCE FOR FINANCIAL 

PLANNING

3 School of Business This course will prepare students to make insurance policy 

recommendations as part of a financial plan. After completion of this 

course, students will be able to apply concepts of medical, life, and 

property insurance to financial planning, and understand concepts 

underlying risk and insurance management for financial plans.

FIN 444 MERGERS, ACQUISITIONS, 

AND CORPORATE 

RESTRUCTURING

3 School of Business This course prepares students to analyze merger and acquisition 

opportunities in ways that will maximize corporate value and shareholder 

wealth in a competitive market environment. Special emphasis is placed 

on the identification, screening, selection, evaluation, and financing of 

activities. Additionally, the course examines business failures and 

restructuring strategies.

FIN 467 REAL ESTATE INVESTMENT 3 School of Business This course explores the techniques of real estate investment analysis, 

including financing, taxes, and decision‐making criteria in today's real 

estate investment environment.

B-237

FIN 486 STRATEGIC FINANCIAL 

MANAGEMENT

3 School of Business This course gives students the opportunity to integrate previously learned 

finance and accounting concepts and practices to contemporary business 

strategies, while improving financial decision‐making and problem‐solving 

skills. In addition, students will examine real‐world financial management 

scenarios in order to apply best practices resulting in increased value for 

various types of organizations.

FIN 571 CORPORATE FINANCE 3 School of Business This course applies corporate finance concepts to make management 

decisions.  Students learn methods to evaluate financial alternatives and 

create financial plans. Other topics include cash flows, business valuation, 

working capital, capital budgets, and long‐term financing.

FIN 572 HEALTHCARE FINANCE 3 School of Business This course applies healthcare finance concepts to make effective 

management decisions.  Students learn methods to evaluate financial 

alternatives and create financial plans. Other topics include 

reimbursement strategies, cash flow, working capital, capital budgets, and 

long‐term financing.

FIN 575 PROJECT BUDGET AND 

FINANCE

3 School of Business This course focuses on the development of a financial plan. Students will 

develop a revenue forecast, draft a budget, and create a profit and loss 

statement. Students will identify sources of funding, understand the 

importance of a break‐even analysis, and calculate and interpret 

performance measures for business decision‐making and sustainability. 

B-238

FIN 580 GLOBAL CAPITAL MARKETS 3 School of Business This course examines the international financial environment facing firms 

in a globalized economy. Students will assess the impact of economic 

policy and financial disturbances on financial markets, exchange rates, 

and capital flows. Other topics include investment analysis, asset 

management, capital markets, hedge funds, corporate finance, and 

international macroeconomics.

FIN 585 FINANCIAL CONTROLLING 3 School of Business This course analyzes several topics concerning financial control. Students 

will explore, design, and use the cost management systems, financial 

performance measures for enhancing firm value, managerial incentive 

contracts and accounting data, and management accounting. Other topics 

include managing earnings and financial ratios, and use of balanced 

scorecard to evaluate financial nonfinancial managerial performance.

FIN 590 AUDIT AND COMPLIANCE 

MANAGEMENT

3 School of Business The course emphasizes concepts and principles of auditing and assurance 

services theory and practice. Students will explore professional standards 

utilized in providing auditing and other assurance services, and reporting 

on financial statements. Other topics include securities law and regulatory 

structure, professional conduct, and ethical and legal issues in securities 

regulation.

FIN 591 REAL ESTATE INVESTMENT 3 School of Business This course explores the techniques of real estate investment analysis, 

including financing, taxes, and decision‐making criteria in today's real 

estate investment environment. Students will analyze the risks and 

rewards of existing and proposed real estate projects to make specific 

financing and investment decisions. Other topics include real estate 

financial analysis and valuation, diversification of real estate assets, real 

estate taxation, and real estate law.

B-239

FIN 592 MERGERS AND ACQUISITIONS 3 School of Business This course examines merger and acquisition opportunities to maximize 

corporate value and shareholder wealth in a competitive market 

environment. Students will focus on the identification, screening, 

selection, evaluation, and financing of activities. Other topics include 

business failures and restructuring strategies.

FIN 593 INVESTMENT BANKING 3 School of Business This course examines investment banking firm organizational structure, 

products, risks, earnings, regulations, innovations and competition. 

Students will analyze the functions of the banking business, including 

equity, bond and convertible financings and sales and trading business. 

Other topics include investment banking relationships with LBO funds, 

hedge funds and corporate and institutional clients.

FIN 711 FINANCIAL MEASURES OF 

VALUE ADDED

3 School of Advanced 

Studies

This course explores and evaluates research on how businesses measure 

and could modify their measure of financial value to improve decision‐

making. Topics include business analysis, valuation tools, and applications; 

mergers and acquisitions; marketplace valuation of equity; U.S. GAAP IFRS 

convergence; and the challenges of valuing high growth companies, 

companies in emerging markets, cyclical companies, and banks.

Competency A: Develop leadership competence in financial management 

of an organization.

Competency B: Evaluate the application of risk and risk management 

concepts to financial activities.

Competency C: Employ statistical and other quantitative measures to 

management decision‐making.

Competency D: Implement strategies that work toward the goal of 

shareholder wealth maximization.

Competency E: Develop research skills that support the comprehension, 

analysis, and evaluation of new events and circumstances in a global, fast‐

FIN 723 HIGHER EDUCATION FINANCE 

AND ECONOMICS

3 School of Advanced 

Studies

This course introduces and examines the major features of the financial 

functions operative within various types of higher education institutions. 

The financial functions of various types and sizes of post‐secondary 

institutions will be presented. Specifically, the financial functions of the 

following kinds of colleges and universities will be compared and 

contrasted: public and private, non‐profit and for‐profit entities; small, 

medium, and large entities; urban, suburban, and rural entities; and 

unionized and non‐unionized entities. In each case, traditional, non‐ 

traditional, and emerging income streams will be explored, in conjunction 

with traditional cost centers, non‐traditional cost centers, and emerging 

cost centers. Strategic financial planning and global market influences, in 

the context of higher education institutions will be addressed. Traditional, 

new, and emerging administrative practices being utilized by financial 

managers to control the economic dynamics engendered by various 

combinations of the above variables will be discussed.

B-240

FIS 260 FINANCIAL MARKETS AND 

INSTITUTIONS: YOU CAN 

BANK ON IT

3 School of Business This course examines the operations of financial institutions in the process 

of financial intermediation. It covers the roles, responsibilities, and 

regulatory requirements of various types of financial institutions as they 

connect individuals and organizations to capital markets.

FP 101 FOUNDATIONS OF PERSONAL 

FINANCE

3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course provides an overview of the elements necessary for effective 

personal financial planning and the opportunity to apply the techniques 

and strategies essential to this understanding. Primary areas of study 

include creating and managing a personal budget, understanding and 

paying taxes, working with financial institutions, wise use of credit cards 

and consumer loans, financing automobiles and homes, and the use of 

insurance for protecting one’s family and property.

FP 120 ESSENTIALS OF PERSONAL 

FINANCE

3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course provides an overview of the elements necessary for effective 

personal financial planning and the opportunity to apply the techniques 

and strategies essential to this understanding. Primary areas of study 

include creating and managing a personal budget, understanding and 

paying taxes, working with financial institutions, wise use of credit cards 

and consumer loans, financing automobiles and homes, and the use of 

insurance for protecting one’s family and property.

GBM 380 GLOBAL BUSINESS 3 School of Business In this course, students will describe major forces in the global 

environment and their impact upon business strategies, operations, and 

decision making. Upon completion of this course, students should have 

developed a global mindset and have a broader awareness of the 

intricacies of the global business environment.

B-241

GBM 381 INTERNATIONAL TRADE 3 School of Business In this course, students will examine international trade and investment. 

Upon completion of this course, students should be able to apply current 

theories, concepts, and practices in conducting global business 

transactions.

GBM 489 STRATEGIC TOPICS IN GLOBAL 

BUSINESS MANAGEMENT

3 School of Business This course applies the principles of local and international environmental 

scanning (both external and internal), strategy formulation (strategic or 

long‐range planning), strategy implementation, and evaluation and 

control to make effective strategic business decisions. Emphasis is placed 

on Globalization, Innovation, and Sustainability and how it challenges 

Strategic Management in an interconnected world.

GEN 127 UNIVERSITY STUDIES FOR 

SUCCESS

3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This is an academic course focusing on the essential information, skills, 

tools, and techniques necessary for academic success and personal 

effectiveness at University of Phoenix. The course develops and applies 

academic standards, practical knowledge, and study skills immediately 

relevant to first‐year university students.

GEN 195 FOUNDATIONS OF 

UNIVERSITY STUDIES

3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

The essential information, skills, tools, and techniques necessary for 

academic success and personal effectiveness at University of Phoenix are 

introduced in this course. The course develops and applies practical 

knowledge and skills immediately relevant to first‐year university 

students. Course topics include goal setting and working with personal 

motivation, understanding and using university resources, developing 

efficient study habits, making the most of personal learning styles, and 

how best to manage time and reduce personal stress levels.

B-242

GEN 200 FOUNDATIONS FOR GENERAL 

EDUCATION AND 

PROFESSIONAL SUCCESS

3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This general education course is designed to introduce the intentional 

learner to communication, collaboration, information utilization, critical 

thinking, problem solving, and professional competence and values. The 

course uses an interdisciplinary approach for the learner to develop 

personal academic strategies in order to reach desired goals and achieve 

academic success.

GEN 201 FOUNDATIONS FOR 

UNIVERSITY SUCCESS

3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course transitions students through the foundations of study at 

University of Phoenix. Students develop personal strategies for achieving 

educational goals; and develop skills in critical thinking, collaboration, and 

communication.

GEN 480 INTERDISCIPLINARY 

CAPSTONE COURSE

3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This is the capstone course for business, health and human services, and 

information technology undergraduate students. The course provides 

students with the opportunity to integrate and apply learning from their 

professional programs of study in a comprehensive manner. Students will 

also assess the impact of their educational experiences on their ethical 

perspectives and critical thinking skills. Students will reflect on and 

evaluate their personal and professional growth, the benefits of lifelong 

learning, and the impact of these elements on their future.

GEO 155 CULTURAL GEOGRAPHY 3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course provides students with an introduction to the cultural factors 

that impact the way in which humans use the environment. Topics include 

settlement patterns, the modification of the landscape, and resource 

utilization.

B-243

GEO 180 PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY 3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course introduces students to the principles of physical geography. 

Students examine the processes of Earth’s physical environment as well as 

the human‐environment interaction. Topics include plate tectonics, the 

rock cycle, landscape building, water resources, the relationship between 

the Earth and Sun, the elements of weather and climate, vegetation and 

soils, types and uses of maps, and human interaction with the 

environment.

GEO 215 GEOGRAPHY 3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course will examine the key concepts of geography and the 

interactions between human life and the environment. Topics will include 

population, urbanization, economic and cultural landscapes, physical 

landscapes, and world climate.

GFT 500 Teaching Gifted and Talented 

Learners

3 College of 

Education

In this course, participants explore the characteristics of and methods to 

identify gifted and talented learners, including underrepresented 

students. Programs, strategies, and supports for the diverse needs of 

gifted and talented learners are examined. Participants develop lessons 

and assessments to accommodate and foster the academic, social, and 

emotional development of gifted and talented learners.

GFT 501 Curriculum and Instruction 

for Gifted and Talented 

Learners

3 College of 

Education

This course focuses on the theory, research, standards, and practices 

necessary to adapt, develop, and sustain high quality curriculum and 

instruction for diverse gifted and talented learners. Participants examine 

strategies to enhance acceleration, depth, and complexity of learning. 

Participants explore creative student products, the use of technology, 

assessment, differentiation, collaboration, enrichment, and higher order 

processing skills in curriculum and instruction for highly able students.

B-244

GFT 502 Learning Strategies for Gifted 

and Talented Learners

3 College of 

Education

This course is designed to explore different types of learning models for 

gifted and talented learners and to examine the unique needs of gifted 

and talented learners. Different types of curriculum models are 

considered. Participants identify ways to help meet gifted and talented 

learners' needs in the classroom through specific programs, enrichment 

opportunities, and differentiated instruction.

GFT 503 Assessment for Gifted and 

Talented Learners

3 College of 

Education

This course provides an overview of evaluation methods and assessment 

of gifted and talented learners. Participants interpret different evaluation 

and assessment tools, identifying the pros, cons, and limitations of 

multiple assessments. Participants explore solutions and alternative 

assessments in the identification of gifted and talented learners. 

Strategies in the ongoing assessment process of gifted and talented 

learners are also examined.

GFT 504 Enhancing Creativity in Gifted 

and Talented Learners

3 College of 

Education

This course explores creativity in gifted and talented learners. Participants 

use the creative process to examine creativity theories, levels of creativity, 

and ways to foster creativity. Classroom design and instructional 

strategies for creativity, measuring and assessing creativity, and 

communication and collaboration with stakeholders and families are also 

addressed.

GFT 505 Critical Thinking Skills for 

Gifted and Talented Learners

3 College of 

Education

This course prepares participants to enhance critical thinking skills in 

gifted and talented learners. Participants explore theories, teaching and 

assessment methods, instructional strategies, and technology related to 

the development of critical thinking skills in gifted and talented learners. 

Characteristics of gifted and talented learners, differentiated instruction, 

creative thinking, twice exceptional learners, and student engagement are 

also addressed.

B-245

GFT 506 Guidance and Counseling of 

Gifted and Talented Learners

3 College of 

Education

This course focuses on the developmentally appropriate, culturally 

responsive, and gender sensitive guidance and counseling of gifted and 

talented learners. Participants explore research, theories, practices, and 

assessments related to the intelligence, creativity, exceptionality, and 

underachievement of gifted and talented learners. Strategies for working 

with families, teachers, and administrators to support the social, 

emotional, academic, and career development of diverse gifted and 

talented learners are examined.

GFT 507 Special Populations of Gifted 

and Talented Learners

3 College of 

Education

This course provides an overview of special populations of gifted and 

talented learners, including historically underrepresented learners from 

diverse backgrounds. Participants examine learner characteristics, 

identification, and causes of underachievement. Effective programs, 

instructional strategies and assessment methods, and parental 

involvement are also explored.

GHA 548 FOUNDATIONS OF 

GERONTOLOGY FOR HEALTH 

ADMINISTRATORS

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course introduces current and aspiring health administrators to the 

field of gerontology, and the systems and facilities that support these 

populations. Topics include an examination of the experiences of aging 

populations across the care continuum, myths and stereotypes of aging, 

and a survey of the demographic changes occurring in the U.S. that are 

resulting in larger elder populations.

GHA 551 BIOLOGICAL AND 

PSYCHOLOGICAL ASPECTS OF 

AGING

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course examines the process of aging and explores health care 

programming and support systems that promote the health of the aging 

population. These topics are applied in a health administration context to 

disease prevention, health maintenance, and selected disorders that 

effect health and independent living.

B-246

GHA 557 SOCIAL AND CULTURAL 

ASPECTS OF AGING

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course examines social and cultural perspectives on aging and their 

implications for health administrators serving aging populations. Public 

and personal aspects of aging will be addressed. Topics will include work 

and retirement, social policy, older people as social and political forces, 

care needs, diversity, economics, social support, and disability.

GHS 563 LEADERSHIP AND PUBLIC 

POLICY IN GLOBAL 

HOMELAND SECURITY

3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course is designed to provide students with an understanding of how 

public organizations deal with the threat of various forms of terrorism. 

The leadership and management responsibilities are considered. Students 

will understand the importance of interdisciplinary security in developing 

comprehensive protection plans and policies designed to reduce the 

vulnerability to deliberate violent acts.

GHS 573 INTELLIGENCE INTEGRATION 

IN GLOBAL HOMELAND 

SECURITY

3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course allows students to explore the collaboration of intelligence 

and law enforcement communities (Intelligence‐led policing) for human 

welfare and safety in global and homeland environments. Students will 

review the development and implementation of counterterrorism 

initiatives based on terrorism intelligence. Students will also examine 

recommendations of the Global Intelligence Working Group (GIWG) and 

evaluate operational expectations of law enforcement and federal 

intelligence analysts, law enforcement administrators, and first 

responding officers responsible for global and homeland security. 

Students will also explore the importance of keeping local law 

enforcement intelligence and national security intelligence separate, but 

recognize methods for federal, state, and local law enforcement agencies 

to share and dispense intelligence.

GHS 583 MULTI‐DISCIPLINARY GLOBAL 

AND HOMELAND SECURITY 

ISSUES

3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course focuses on curriculum and instruction for gifted and talented 

learners. Instructional strategies, diversity, higher‐level thinking skills, 

technology, and assessment are explored. Participants examine 

curriculum development and implementation, classroom environment, 

and instructional materials for gifted and talented learners.

B-247

GHS 593 CRITICAL INFRASTRUCTURE 

ANALYSIS AND PROTECTION

3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course focuses on systems analysis in the context of critical 

infrastructure protection. The course provides a strategic perspective of 

the Critical Infrastructure Protection (CIP) efforts in the United States. This 

includes preparation and response to critical events. Practical approaches 

to CIP are considered including threat assessment and vulnerability 

identification. Risk assessment methodologies, physical protection system 

design, cybersecurity, and emergency response protocols are also 

discussed.

GLG 101 GEOLOGY WITH LAB 4 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course gives an overview of physical geology by introducing concepts 

such as plate tectonics and geologic time. Students gain familiarity with 

the processes that shape the Earth’s surface and recognize the relevance 

of studying geology. Topics include the rock cycle, weathering, formation 

of geological features, and preservation of geological resources. The 

weekly labs add a practical component to the class. The labs build upon 

the concepts in the text and offer a chance to interact with the material 

and further their understanding.

GLG 150 EXPLORATION OF THE EARTH 

SCIENCES

3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course focuses on the dynamic forces impacting Earth’s environment. 

It is a study of the major constructs in geology, oceanography, 

meteorology, and astronomy collectively called Earth science. A scientific 

approach will be used in orienting students to develop an understanding 

of the interconnectivity of each of these sciences.

GLG 220 PHYSICAL GEOLOGY 3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course will introduce the key concepts of geology by examining the 

Earth and the processes that take place within it. Topics will include 

historical geology, rocks and minerals, plate tectonics, igneous activity, 

mass wasting, weathering, and erosion systems.

B-248

GMGT 510 GLOBAL BUSINESS 

ORGANIZATION AND CULTURE

3 School of Business This course examines the cultural and organizational framework within 

which global business is conducted. Topics include sociocultural forces, 

cultural analysis, communication strategies, human resources investment 

and utilization, and managing across borders.

GMGT 520 EXTERNAL ENVIRONMENT OF 

GLOBAL BUSINESS

3 School of Business This course explores issues and factors that influence global business and 

which are outside the direct control of the organization. We shall explore 

how to research, analyze, and understand the various external elements 

so that we can devise successful strategies for global business. Topics 

include: globalization, culture, ethical considerations, politics and the law, 

government intervention, country risk assessment and foreign market 

entry strategy.  

GMGT 530 INTERNAL ENVIRONMENT OF 

GLOBAL BUSINESS

3 School of Business This course examines issues and functions that global business faces 

within control of the organization. Topics include organizational forms of 

entry and exit, legal issues, marketing, finance, human resources, and risk 

management. 

GMGT 540 GLOBAL STRATEGY 

FORMULATION AND 

IMPLEMENTATION

3 School of Business This course introduces the principles and tools for managerial use in the 

development, implementation, and review of strategy for organizations. 

Topics include internal and external environmental analysis; value, 

competition, and strategic choice; strategic positioning; and 

implementation and control issues.

B-249

HCA 210 INTRODUCTION TO HEALTH 

CARE: RIDING THE FOURTH 

WAVE

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course provides a broad overview of the U.S. health care system. The 

historical evolution of the business of health care is examined. The 

student will explore management concepts and workforce opportunities 

within the health care industry.

HCA 220 THE LANGUAGE OF HEALTH 

CARE

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course offers the student engagement and interaction with the 

dynamic language of health care. Through comprehensive discussions and 

activities, the student will have the opportunity to be immersed in the 

words used in health care. This course requires a microphone and 

speakers or headphones for recording and listening to digital audio files.

HCA 230 COMMUNICATION SKILLS FOR 

HEALTH CARE PROFESSIONALS

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course offers the student the foundational knowledge and skills to 

communicate effectively in a variety of health care workplace settings. 

The student will discuss social and cultural influences on communication 

efforts, examine channels of communication including internal, external, 

and technology‐related communication, and the impact of consumer and 

interdisciplinary communication.

HCA 240 HEALTH & DISEASES: 

UNDERSTANDING PATHOS OF 

PATHOLOGY

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course introduces the student to the basic principles of illness and 

disease commonly seen in the health care environment. Topics may 

include infectious and noninfectious diseases, environmental health, and 

the promotion of good health practices. In addition, students will be 

introduced to common disease and medical procedure terminology.

B-250

HCA 250 THE PSYCHOLOGY OF HEALTH 3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

In this course, the student is introduced to the psychological factors that 

relate to maintaining a healthy workplace. The course also exposes the 

student to management elements of cultural diversity, collaboration, and 

healthy behaviors.

HCA 260 HEALTH CARE'S LAW AND 

ETHICS ENVIRONMENT

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course is an introduction to the laws and ethics of providing health 

care services. The course is intended to familiarize the student with state 

and federal health regulations. Because ethics and laws are both dynamic, 

emphasis is placed on discussing some of the dramatic changes in health 

care delivery, such as managed care, patient self‐determination, medical 

record keeping, and various laws that affect health care employment.

HCA 270 FINANCIAL MATTERS FOR 

HEALTH CARE PROFESSIONALS

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course is designed as an introduction to the terminology, processes, 

functions, and financial reports commonly encountered in health care 

operations. This course introduces the concepts of basic managerial 

financial functions, such as budgeting, reimbursement methods, and the 

responsibilities of health care financial management.

HCI 500 CONCEPTS OF HEALTH CARE 

INFORMATICS

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course will introduce the student to the basic concepts of health care 

informatics and health information management. It will build on a 

historical foundation of informatics and roles of the informatics specialist.

B-251

HCI 510 SYSTEMS LIFE CYCLE 3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course will focus on the selection and implementation of an 

information system within a health facility. The course will review the 

phases of the life cycle: planning, analysis, design, implementation, and 

evaluation.

HCI 520 DATA MANAGEMENT AND 

DESIGN

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course will provide an overview of the understanding of how data, 

information, and knowledge provide the foundation for health care 

information systems. The course will focus on the concepts of information 

and knowledge in relation to databases, systems operations, and 

information systems.

HCIS 140 FUNDAMENTALS OF 

ELECTRONIC HEALTH RECORDS

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course introduces students to the fundamentals of electronic health 

records (EHR) in today's healthcare environment. An overview of 

information systems, functions, workflows, health information 

accessibility, and healthcare transactions and billing are introduced to 

prepare students for work with electronic health records. The 

introduction of EHR software will also be explored.

HCIS 245 FUNDAMENTALS OF 

INFORMATION SYSTEMS FOR 

HEALTH CARE

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course introduces the fundamentals of computer systems and the 

role of information processing in today's health care environment. An 

overview is presented of information systems, systems development, 

operating systems and programming, database management, networking 

and telecommunications, the Internet, and how these resources are 

applied in the health care industry.

B-252

HCIS 250 STRUCTURE, DESIGN, AND 

TOOLS OF ELECTRONIC 

HEALTH RECORDS

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

Students will learn about the evolving functions and uses of technology to 

support the documentation of vital health information contained in a 

patient's electronic health record. This course will introduce students to 

software applications, claims and reimbursement information, as well as 

regulatory compliance requirements. Students will examine forms, 

routing, and reporting of patient records in a variety of healthcare 

settings. Students will use an electronic health record (EHR) software to 

reinforce quality and data management of patient information.  

HCIS 255 STRUCTURE AND DESIGN OF 

ELECTRONIC HEALTH RECORDS

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

Students will learn about the evolving function and use of technology to 

support the documentation of vital health information contained in a 

patient’s medical history. This course will introduce students to the 

general software applications, insurance and coding information, and 

regulatory compliance requirements.

HCIS 265 MEDICAL HEALTH 

INFORMATION

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course focuses on the documentation of medical data and how 

managing data can be vital to the treatment and care of individuals in the 

health care system. Students will examine development, forms, routing, 

filing, and storage of patient’s records in a variety of health care settings. 

Students will also review issues related to quality and data management, 

as well as privacy and security compliance.

HCIS 270 APPLICATION OF ELECTRONIC 

HEALTH RECORDS

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

Students in the capstone course for the electronic health records (EHR) 

will continue to use an EHR software application to develop foundational 

skills related to administrative tasks, data charting, insurance and billing, 

regulatory compliance, and reporting. Students will demonstrate mastery 

processing an electronic health record.  

B-253

HCIS 275 PRACTICAL APPLICATION OF 

ELECTRONIC HEALTH RECORDS

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

Students in the capstone course will use case studies and an electronic 

health record (EHR) software application to develop foundational skills 

related to data charting, usage, and application.

HCIS 410 PROJECT PLANNING AND 

IMPLEMENTATION IN HEALTH 

CARE

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course provides the foundation for understanding the broad concepts 

of successful planning, organization, and implementation within the realm 

of health care information technology. This course uses real‐world 

examples to support and expand a student's skills in project management. 

Topics covered include project scoping, estimating, budgeting, scheduling, 

tracking and controlling.

HCIS 420 INFORMATION SYSTEMS RISK 

MANAGEMENT IN HEALTH 

CARE

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course identifies and defines the types of risks that information 

systems professionals need to consider during the development and 

implementation of health care information systems. This course will 

survey remedies and prevention techniques available to address risk and 

security management. Health care organizational policies and current 

regulatory considerations will also be examined relative to development, 

implementation, and use of computer based information systems.

HCM 440 HEALTH CARE DATA 

ANALYTICS

3 School of Business This course will introduce students to the role of data and analysis in 

healthcare. Students will understand the concepts of analytics, 

informatics, the electronic health record and other data sources that can 

be used to support organizational strategies and initiatives. Other topics 

include, ethical and privacy issues in healthcare and the role of social 

media and mobile initiatives. Students will conduct a case study on a topic 

in healthcare analytics and implement recommendations for 

improvement.

B-254

HCP 210 INTRO TO PHARMACY 

PRACTICE: THE ALCHEMY OF 

HEALTH CARE

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course provides students the opportunity to explore fundamental 

career skills and knowledge associated with pharmacy procedures. 

Courses include pharmacy ethics, terminology, route and dosage 

formulations, and operations in community and institutional settings. A 

review of the 200 most commonly distributed medications includes 

origins, therapeutic usage, generic names, and naming systems. Students 

examine basic procedures and equipment requirements for compounding 

and sterile preparation.

HCP 220 PHARMACY CALCULATIONS: 

JUST FOR GOOD MEASURE

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

Fundamental math skills required in pharmaceutical calculations are 

covered in this course. Topics review basic math skills‐number systems, 

fractions, decimals, ratios, proportion, and percents‐ and conversion of 

measurement systems‐metric, apothecary, avoirdupois and household. 

Students interpret prescriptions, analyze drug labeling, calculate drug 

dosages, and distinguish procedures and equipment for oral, injectable, 

and intravenous medications.

HCR 201 MEDICAL BILLING AND 

CODING

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course is designed to provide students with a framework for 

managing the application of clinical data to the patient record. Students 

will examine predominant medical billing and coding manuals and will 

demonstrate use of codes.

HCR 202 MEDICAL INSURANCE 3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course is designed to provide students with an understanding of 

health care reimbursement systems. Students will become familiar with 

the various medical insurance plans offered by health care payors.

B-255

HCR 203 MEDICAL CLAIMS 

PROCESSING AND 

COMPLIANCE

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course is designed to provide students with an understanding of the 

management of patient records through the practices and processes of 

filing claims. Students will focus on the knowledge and skills essential for 

completing insurance claim forms in the health care setting. HIPAA and 

compliance requirements will also be covered.

HCR 210 PATIENT RECORDS: KEEPING 

IT REAL

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

Documenting patients’ health information is central to the continuity of 

medical care and the collection of medical data. This course examines the 

content, development, format, routing, filing, and storage of patient 

records. Settings include hospitals, physicians’ offices, and alternate care 

facilities. Students review uses of health data and legal aspects of health 

information management.

HCR 220 CLAIMS PREPARATION I: 

CLEAN BILLS OF HEALTH

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

Medical records processing revolves around insurance and 

reimbursement. This course focuses on the background, knowledge, and 

skills related to basic billing duties, HIPAA regulations, patient encounters, 

and the preparation, compliance, and transmission of claims. Students are 

introduced to the current state and future direction of the major 

diagnostic and procedural coding systems.

HCR 230 CLAIMS PREPARATION II: 

FOOTING THE BILLS

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course continues medical records processing instruction. Topics focus 

on the background, knowledge, and skills related to private payers, 

Medicare, Medicaid, TRICARE, CHAMPVA, workers compensation, and 

disability. Claims processing includes payments, appeals, and secondary 

claims, including patient billing and collections, and hospital billing and 

reimbursement.

B-256

HCR 240 COMPUTERIZING MED DATA: 

PAPER CHASE GOES TECHNO

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This medical records capstone course enables students to develop career 

skills in computerizing data through application of a software program 

widely used in health care. While popular for medical billing and 

collections, Medisoft™ also applies to managing patients’ health care 

information, scheduling, correspondence, and a variety of reports.This 

course requires a PC with Windows 2000 or Windows XP operating system. 

HCS 120 MEDICAL TERMINOLOGY FOR 

HEALTH CARE PROFESSIONALS

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course offers students engagement and interaction with the dynamic 

language of health care. Through comprehensive discussions and 

activities, students will have the opportunity to be immersed in the words 

used in health care.

HCS 131 BUSINESS COMMUNICATION 

SKILLS FOR HEALTH CARE 

PROFESSIONALS

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course offers students the foundational knowledge and skills to 

communicate in a variety of workplace settings. Students will focus on 

business writing correspondence, communication technologies, and 

effective communication strategies for the health care industry.

HCS 182 INTRODUCTION TO 

FINANCIAL CONCEPTS

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course introduces students to fundamental financial concepts related 

to the health care industry.  Students will learn about basic insurance 

procedures, bookkeeping processes, and budgets commonly used in a 

variety of health care settings.

B-257

HCS 207 Introduction to Medical 

Terminology

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

In this course, students are introduced to medical terminology used within 

the health care industry. The course will cover medical terminology 

related to the main body systems and their functions as well as word 

building through the use of word roots, prefixes, suffixes, and combining 

forms. Also, students will explore the importance of medical terminology 

in the health care industry.

HCS 208 INTRODUCTION TO HEALTH 

CARE INDUSTRY TERMS

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course provides students with a foundational set of basic health care 

terms that relates to a variety of health care work settings. Students will 

review terms and concepts related to the structure and professions within 

the health care delivery systems.

HCS 212 HEALTH CARE VOCABULARY 3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course provides students with a foundational set of basic health care 

vocabulary that relates to a variety of health care work settings. Students 

will review terms and concepts related to the structure and professions 

within the health care delivery systems. In addition, students will also 

explore terminology related to body systems and common diseases and 

treatments associated with these systems.

HCS 214 ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY I 3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course is designed to introduce students to basic terminology, roles, 

and diseases related to the cardiovascular, respiratory, gastrointestinal, 

and urinary systems. The content provides a fundamental baseline for 

coding and billing applications to help build a foundation for students who 

are pursuing the medical coding and billing track.

B-258

HCS 216 ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY II 3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course is designed to introduce students to basic terminology, roles, 

and diseases related to the nervous, endocrine, musculoskeletal, 

reproductive, and dermatological systems. The content provides a 

fundamental baseline for coding and billing applications to help build a 

foundation for students who are pursuing the medical coding and billing 

track.

HCS 219 INTRODUCTION TO HEALTH 

CARE FINANCE

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course is designed as an introduction to the terminology, processes, 

functions, and financial reports commonly encountered in health care. 

Students will explore the concepts of basic managerial financial functions, 

such as budgeting, reimbursement methods, and the use of financial 

documents.

HCS 221 FACILITY OPERATIONS 

MANAGEMENT

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course is designed to provide a foundation for the health care 

manager as it relates to the operation of a facility. Concepts regarding 

equipment acquisition and maintenance as well as facility acquisition and 

maintenance are introduced. Topics: Supplies; personnel; office 

equipment; office space; contracts

HCS 224 HEALTH CARE OFFICE 

MANAGEMENT

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course is designed to provide students with the knowledge and skills 

needed for the administrative operations of a health care facility.  

Concepts regarding office procedures, resources and supplies, and 

compliance and risk management requirements will be explored.

B-259

HCS 235 HEALTH CARE DELIVERY IN 

THE U. S.

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course provides a broad overview of the various functions of the 

United States health care system. The historical evolution of health care is 

examined. The student is introduced to the various forms of provider 

models and service delivery systems found in private and public health 

sectors, including ambulatory, acute, mental, and long‐term care. The 

financing aspects of health care and their influence on health care delivery 

and quality are outlined.

HCS 245 INTRODUCTION TO HEALTH 

AND DISEASE

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course introduces students to the basic principles of illness and 

disease as well as the impact of disease trends on the delivery of services. 

The clinical manifestations of diseases commonly seen in the health care 

environment will be reviewed. The impact of health promotion and 

wellness program perspectives will be presented.

HCS 265 THE MANAGERIAL 

ENVIRONMENT OF HEALTH 

CARE

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course introduces students to basic management concepts and 

regulations within the health care industry. Students will become familiar 

with regulatory compliance and ethical issues in the health care business. 

The application of human resource concepts will also be discussed.

HCS 301 UNDERGRADUATE NURSING 

STUDIES

2 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

The course is designed to aid adult learners in acquiring or improving 

critical thinking, teamwork, research, and communication skills, which are 

necessary at the University of Phoenix. Students will develop strategies for 

achieving educational goals that will help them be successful in the 

undergraduate program as well as in their professional development. 

Students will also be introduced to the University Library and the Center 

for Writing Excellence and learn how to access those resources 

successfully.

B-260

HCS 301C UNDERGRADUATE NURSING 

STUDIES

2 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

The course is designed to aid adult learners in acquiring or improving 

critical thinking, teamwork, research, and communication skills, which are 

necessary at the University of Phoenix. Students will develop strategies for 

achieving educational goals that will help them be successful in the 

undergraduate program as well as in their professional development. 

Students will also be introduced to the University Library and the Center 

for Writing Excellence and learn how to access those resources 

successfully.

HCS 305 HEALTH CARE PROFESSIONAL 

DEVELOPMENT

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course introduces students to the diverse spectrum of the health care 

industry. Topics will include an overview of the program student learning 

outcomes, professional organizations, scope of career opportunities, and 

planning for the future.

HCS 310 HEALTH CARE DELIVERY IN 

THE UNITED STATES

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course provides a broad overview of the various functions of the 

United States Health Care System. The historical evolution of health care 

is examined. The student is introduced to the various forms of provider 

models and service delivery systems found in private and public health 

sectors, including ambulatory care, acute, mental, and long‐term care. The 

financing aspects of health care and their influence on health care delivery 

and quality are outlined.

HCS 320 HEALTH CARE 

COMMUNICATION 

STRATEGIES

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course offers students the foundational knowledge and skills to 

communicate effectively in a variety of health care workplace settings. 

Students will review basic medical terminology; discuss the influences of 

gender and culture; examine channels of communication, including the 

development of interpersonal and technology‐related communication; 

and the impact of consumer and interdisciplinary communication.

B-261

HCS 325 HEALTH CARE MANAGEMENT 3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

The course explores fundamental concepts of management theory as 

applied to health care. Students will examine the organizational structure 

of the health care delivery system and administrative processes such as 

planning, problem solving, decision making, and quality productivity 

improvement. Emphasis will also be placed on the major issues and 

problem areas confronting health service administrators.

HCS 330 INTRODUCTION TO HEALTH 

AND DISEASE

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course introduces students to the basic principles of illness and 

disease as well as the impact of disease trends on the delivery of services. 

The clinical manifestations of disease is commonly seen in the health care 

environment will be reviewed. The impact of health promotion and 

wellness program perspectives will be presented.

HCS 335 HEALTH CARE ETHICS AND 

SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course identifies ethical issues in health care. It is designed to 

encourage students to clarify their personal ethic with regard to health 

care issues. The various responsibilities involving the management of 

populations whose ethics may be divergent are identified.

HCS 341 HUMAN RESOURCES IN 

HEALTH CARE

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course examines the complexities and multiple issues involved in 

human resources management in health care organizations. Students will 

examine the strategic role of human resource management in response to 

changes in the health care industry. In addition, issues such as 

recruitment, retention, performance management, organizational 

development, and employee relations are examined. Federal, state, and 

professional regulatory requirements specific to health care are 

emphasized.

B-262

HCS 350 HEALTH CARE 

COMMUNICATION

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course will focus on professional communication related to the role 

of the registered nurse. This course is designed to explore the knowledge 

and skills required to communicate therapeutically with clients and 

communicate effectively with other professionals of a health care team. 

The art of delegation will be examined.

HCS 370 ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOR 3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course focuses on the dynamics of individual and group behaviors 

and processes that impact and shape organizations. Topics will include 

organizational theories, decision making, group dynamics, change and 

conflict negotiation, and organizational culture and design.This course 

focuses on the dynamics of individual and group behaviors and processes 

that impact and shape organizations. Topics will include organizational 

theories, decision making, group dynamics, change and conflict 

negotiation, and organizational culture and design.

HCS 380 HEALTH CARE ACCOUNTING 3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course provides an understanding of the fundamental concepts of 

accounting applied in the health care environment. Students will examine 

accounting practices and procedures to support managerial decision 

making within the health care organizations.

HCS 385 HEALTH CARE FINANCE 3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course provides an overview of the financial economics of health 

care. Concepts such as payments systems, economic trends, financial 

statements and budgets are covered.

B-263

HCS 405 HEALTH CARE FINANCIAL 

ACCOUNTING

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course provides an understanding of the general principles of 

accounting applied in the health care environment. It includes an 

overview of sources of revenue for various health care entities. The 

fundamentals of financial planning, cost concepts, capital budgeting, and 

management analysis are applied in the health care environment. Issues 

surrounding the development and management of budgets are also 

examined.

HCS 429CA PATHOPHYSIOLOGY 3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course presents an introduction to human pathophysiology. Emphasis 

will be placed on explaining the mechanisms and clinical manifestations 

associated with specific infectious diseases. The course will examine 

cellular activity, organs, and systems that affect the health of the human 

body.

HCS 430 LEGAL ISSUES IN HEALTH 

CARE: REGULATION AND 

COMPLIANCE

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course covers the broad range of topics affected by law and 

regulation ranging from patient rights to corporate responsibilities. Health 

care regulatory agencies and state and federal agencies are examined as 

well as their impact on the operation healthcare as a business. Legal 

issues ranging from professional malpractice to corporate wrongdoing are 

also discussed. ***Updated Description 3 1 04*** This course covers the 

broad range of topics affected by health law and regulation ranging from 

patient rights to corporate responsibilities. Public and private health care 

regulatory agencies are examined as well as their impact on the operation 

of health care as a business. Legal issues ranging from professional 

malpractice to corporate wrongdoing are also discussed.

HCS 433 DIMENSIONS OF HEALTH AND 

THE OLDER ADULT

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course examines the basic principles and concepts of the aging 

process, including the physical, social, emotional, and mental components 

of health. Benefits of health promotion and preventive action for the 

aging are also explored.

B-264

HCS 436 PATHOPHYSIOLOGY 3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course presents an introduction to human pathophysiology. Emphasis 

is placed on explaining the mechanisms and clinical manifestations 

associated with disease processes. The course examines cellular activity, 

organs, and systems that affect the health of the human body.

HCS 437 LONG‐TERM CARE 

ADMINISTRATION

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course examines the organization and management of long‐term care 

and assisted living facilities. The impact of state and federal regulations 

are analyzed, as well as issues surrounding funding services are discussed. 

Students will examine the health services needed for current and future 

populations needing long‐term care.

HCS 438 STATISTICAL APPLICATIONS 3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

The emphasis in this statistical applications course is on thinking about 

research issues in a statistically sound and practical fashion. Students will 

learn how to formulate and ask the right questions, how to collect data 

effectively, how to summarize and interpret information, and how to 

understand the limitations of statistical inferences.

HCS 440 ECONOMICS: THE FINANCING 

OF HEALTH CARE

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course provides an overview of the economics of health care. The 

various payers are examined, including private, state, and federal entities. 

Issues such as the cost effectiveness of prevention, the management of 

patients and their diseases, as well as the cost of treatment settings are 

discussed. Third party reimbursement from various sources, ranging from 

for‐profit insurance carriers to charitable donations, are reviewed. The 

health care system's use of grant funding and research dollars is described.

B-265

HCS 446 FACILITY PLANNING 3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course will introduce students to the legal and regulatory challenges 

of facility planning and development. Students will analyze facility designs, 

discuss future health care consumer utilization trends, as well as examine 

the regulatory compliance requirements.

HCS 449 HEALTH ADMINISTRATION 

CAPSTONE

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

Students in this course summarize their learning and formulate strategies 

to manage various challenges they will encounter in the health care 

environment. Students will also assess the impact of their educational 

experiences on their ethical perspectives and critical thinking skills. 

Students will reflect on and evaluate their personal and professional 

growth, the benefits of lifelong learning, and the impact of these elements 

on their future.

HCS 451 HEALTH CARE QUALITY 

MANAGEMENT AND 

OUTCOMES ANALYSIS

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course examines the relationships between health care quality and 

organizational performance management. The student is introduced to 

the rationale for performance management and the role of the governing 

body of the health care organization in ensuring compliance with the 

standards of regulatory and accreditation organizations. Methods for 

assuring quality in process and outcome management are described, as 

well as the significance and statistical application of measuring outcomes. 

Various health care customers are identified. Changing trends in the 

provision and reimbursement of health care services are reviewed.

HCS 455 HEALTH CARE POLICY: THE 

PAST AND THE FUTURE

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course will introduce the student to the intricate processes that 

public policymakers use to influence the health status of a society. The 

role of economic theory, interest groups, and the various levels of 

government involved in policymaking will be examined. A historic review 

of trends will be evaluated, and the challenges of future health care 

delivery will be examined.

B-266

HCS 456 RISK MANAGEMENT 3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course introduces students to issues related to risk management in 

health care. Concepts will include the tasks of the risk manager, regulatory 

requirements, and risk factors unique to the health care industry.

HCS 457 PUBLIC AND COMMUNITY 

HEALTH

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course provides health care students with an introduction to the 

development of the public health system and through the epidemiological 

model, students will examine the impact of environmental factors on 

disease trends as well as communicable disease controls. Students will 

develop beginning skills in community assessment and health promotion 

strategies. The course also reflects the advances in population health in 

the community health field. This course represents the concept that many 

populations of concern in health programs are not solely defined by 

geographic location.

HCS 465 HEALTH CARE RESEARCH 

UTILIZATION

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course introduces students to the purpose and process of research as 

applied to health care. Students will examine the role of statistics and 

various research methods. In addition, students will analyze the key 

elements of evidence‐based research within health care.

HCS 475 LEADERSHIP AND 

PERFORMANCE 

DEVELOPMENT

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course provides students with an overview of leadership theories to 

assist in the development of effective leadership skills. Students will 

discuss workplace change and the leader’s role in the change process, as 

well as examine and analyze effective performance indicators for staff and 

organizational goals.

B-267

HCS 478 HEALTH LAW AND ETHICS 3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

The legal and ethical aspects of the nurse¿s role in the delivery and 

management of health care are examined in this course. This course will 

introduce ethical responsibilities and decision‐making models related to 

various health care situations while exploring legal accountability to the 

individual, clinical, and health care providers.

HCS 482 HEALTH CARE INFORMATICS 3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course is designed to examine computer and electronic modalities 

that assist patient and client management. The automation of data 

management through information systems, expert systems, and 

telecommunications will be examined in the context of health care 

informatics. The use of technology to help make decisions and to improve 

the health status of individual, families, and communities will be 

emphasized.

HCS 483 HEALTH CARE INFORMATION 

SYSTEMS

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course provides an overview of the integration of technology in the 

health care setting. Students will examine the processes used in the 

selection, application, and evaluation of computer software and 

hardware. Methods and processes to make informed business decisions 

related to the application and use of technology in health care will be 

discussed.

HCS 490 HEALTH CARE CONSUMER ‐ 

TRENDS AND MARKETING

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

In this course, students will have the opportunity to examine the traits, 

trends, and needs of today's health care consumer. Students will examine 

current consumer information for readability, implications for the 

selection of products and services, and differentiation of health care web 

sources.

B-268

HCS 499 HEALTH CARE STRATEGY 

CAPSTONE

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This capstone course examines the techniques and perspectives of 

strategic planning in the health care industry. Students will be required to 

demonstrate mastery of program Student Learning Outcomes through the 

strategic planning process by formulating strategies to manage various 

challenges encountered in the dynamic health care environment.

HCS 504 INTRODUCTION TO 

GRADUATE STUDY IN HEALTH 

SCIENCES NURSING

1 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course provides new graduate students in the college with an 

introduction to strategies for success within the university¿s adult 

learning model. Topics include program standards and objectives; 

graduate‐level oral and written communication; locating, evaluating, and 

citing scholarly resources; and purposes and use of portfolios.

HCS 507 ADVANCED 

PHARMACOTHERAPEUTICS

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course is designed to provide the nurse practitioner student with the 

information and skills to initiate and monitor drug therapy. This course 

will integrate advanced knowledge regarding the clinical application of 

pharmacology and pharmacokinetics, techniques and methods of drug 

prescribing, approaches to data collection, and problem solving with 

discussions about drug therapy for common acute and chronic diseases. 

Emphasis will be on the practical application of important concepts used 

in clinical practice for clients across the lifespan.

HCS 510 ADVANCED 

PATHOPHYSIOLOGY

4 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course provides students with advanced anatomy, physiology, and 

pathophysiology of systems in relation to an individual's health across the 

lifespan. Focus is given to the physiological and biological manifestations 

and adaptive and maladaptive changes that occur. The knowledge gained 

in this course lays a foundation for the management of primary care 

issues of the family and its members.

B-269

HCS 514 MANAGING IN TODAY'S 

HEALTH CARE 

ORGANIZATIONS

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course focuses on the adaptation of organizational management to 

evolving health systems. Students will examine organizational theory, 

organizational performance, structure, change management, and human 

resource management. Students apply various organizational theories to 

contemporary issues.

HCS 525 LEADERSHIP 3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course examines organizational leadership in the context of the 

health care organization. Principles, theories, and models of leadership 

are explored. Collaborative relationships, concepts of power and 

professional culture are explored. Students will articulate a personal 

vision of leadership and ways of providing direction within today’s 

complex health care system.

HCS 529 CONTEMPORARY HEALTH 

CARE FACILITY DESIGN

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course will provide students the opportunity to analyze and create 

plausible designs for a health care organization. Students will discuss 

current and future health care consumer utilization trends and 

environmental impacts, as well as examine the regulatory compliance 

requirements. Practical application of design and planning for a health 

care facility will be demonstrated.

HCS 531 HEALTH CARE 

ORGANIZATIONS AND 

DELIVERY SYSTEMS

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course is a comprehensive approach to health care delivery systems 

that provides the student with an in‐depth understanding of health 

systems and organizations. Students will examine historical evolutions of 

the health care industry and recent impacts that influence the delivery of 

health care.

B-270

HCS 533 HEALTH INFORMATION 

SYSTEMS

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course provides administrators and managers an overview of the 

information systems used in the health care industry. The effective use of 

data requires an understanding of how the data is captured as well as the 

HIPAA and security issues related to this confidential material. The course 

provides students with a general background to communicate more 

effectively with technical personnel and provide general management 

oversight of information systems within health care organizations.

HCS 535 CONCEPTS OF POPULATION 

HEALTH

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course addresses the epidemiological and sociological perspectives 

and techniques for analyzing the health status of populations. Topics 

focus on disease trends, distribution and determinants of health and 

disease, models and concepts of health and wellness, and the 

development of a proactive response to community health issues.

HCS 539 MARKETING FOR HEALTH 

CARE

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course examines marketing principles as they are applied within 

various health delivery systems. Special attention is focused on consumer 

behavior, market segmentation, environmental scanning, and 

identification of new market opportunities. The role of social marketing, 

data base research, and evaluation design and interpretation are 

addressed.

HCS 542 HEALTH CARE RESEARCH 3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course focuses on the application of health care research methods. 

Emphasis will be placed on using evidenced based concepts to analyze 

current health care workplace issues, including the development of an 

effective research question, literature reviews, and concepts related to 

data design and collection.

B-271

HCS 545 HEALTH LAW AND ETHICS 3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

Students analyze current ethical and bioethical issues in healthcare and 

the legal foundations of the health industry. Students will explore topics 

that include legal aspects of legislation, regulation, and ethics and their 

impact on stakeholders

HCS 548 FOUNDATIONS OF 

GERONTOLOGY

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course introduces students to the field of gerontology and focuses on 

the aspect of aging. Emphasis will be placed on the basic conceptual and 

theoretical perspectives on aging using a multidisciplinary framework. 

Students will uncover the myths and stereotypes of aging, demographic 

changes occurring in The United States, available programs and services, 

and current issues affecting older adults.

HCS 549 EVALUATION METHODOLOGY 3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course provides the student with the research methodology for 

health services research. Models of evaluation are examined, and 

components such as stakeholder analysis, cost benefit effectiveness, 

decision modeling, and statistical techniques are applied to decision 

making in health care organizations.

HCS 550 HEALTH CARE POLICY 3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course will provide students with an understanding of how health 

care policy influences systems and the delivery of care. Policymakers who 

influence the health status of a society will be identified as well as the role 

of economic health, interest groups, and the various levels of government 

involved in policymaking will be examined. Challenges, stakeholder 

impact, and organizational behavior, all caused by policy requirements, 

will be identified.

B-272

HCS 551 BIOLOGICAL AND 

PSYCHOLOGICAL ASPECTS OF 

AGING

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course examines the physical process of aging and the effects on 

physical and mental health. These topics are applied to disease 

prevention, health maintenance, and selected disorders that affect health 

and independent living. Public policy and program development issues will 

also be addressed to promote the health of the aging population.

HCS 552 HEALTH CARE ECONOMICS 3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course focuses on the application of macroeconomic and 

microeconomic tools to the health care industry. Content includes 

demand management; concepts of efficiency, production, and distribution 

of health care services; impact of regulation and reimbursement; and 

economic incentives in health care. Students apply principles to a variety 

of business models.

HCS 557 SOCIAL AND CULTURAL 

ASPECTS OF AGING

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course examines the social and cultural perspectives on aging. Public 

and personal aspects of aging will be addressed through historical, 

theoretical, cultural, and social venues. Topics will include work and 

retirement, social policy, older people as social and political forces, care 

needs, diversity, economics, social support, and disability.

HCS 565 ORGANIZATION AND 

MANAGEMENT OF AGING 

SERVICES

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course examines a variety of services currently available for aging 

adults and their families. Students will learn the basic principles for 

planning, organizing, implementing, and coordinating programs and 

services intended for maturing adults. Topics include community 

programs, policy, institutional services, religious‐based and other 

nonprofit resources, contracted service providers, and residential facilities.

B-273

HCS 567 ENTREPRENEURSHIP IN 

HEALTH CARE

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course will set up the context of entrepreneurship and new business 

development, examining the characteristics of entrepreneurs, identifying 

and quantifying market opportunities in the health care market, as well 

conceptualizing the resources and capabilities needed. Topics include 

opportunity assessment, regulated industry implications and 

requirements, as well as the challenges of expansion within an existing 

enterprise.

HCS 571 FINANCIAL RESOURCE 

MANAGEMENT

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

Processes of budget preparation, analysis, and monitoring are essential 

for analyzing the financial performance of an organization, service, or 

system. Concepts of financial accounting and reporting, as well as basic 

economic principles, are applied. Students use budgetary and economic 

concepts and principles for financial decision‐making for a health care 

service or unit.

HCS 577 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT IN 

HEALTH CARE

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course presents the concepts of financial accounting important to the 

understanding of the financial environment of the health care industry. 

Students interpret financial statements, prepare analyses of financial data 

necessary to make decisions, describe the different third party payment 

methods, experiment with cost finding and price setting, and conduct 

break‐even analysis. The course provides students with experience in 

capital and operating budgets, and financial forecasts.

HCS 578 ETHICAL, LEGAL, AND 

REGULATORY ISSUES IN 

HEALTH CARE

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

Ethical principles and decision‐making models are used to address and 

understand complex health care issues. Legal concepts and regulatory 

agency and other public policies influence the direction and financing of 

health care.

B-274

HCS 586 HEALTH CARE STRATEGIC 

MANAGEMENT

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This is the capstone course for the graduate health care programs. The 

development and presentation of a health care organization’s strategic 

plan will demonstrate mastery of the critical content as the principles 

relate to the health care industry. Special emphasis is placed upon 

consumer demand, market volatility, and regulatory and fiscal constraints 

from the perspective of strategic management. The learner will 

demonstrate understanding of the critical importance of strategic 

management and planning within the dynamic, complex, and evolving 

nature of the health care industry.

HCS 587 CREATING CHANGE WITHIN 

ORGANIZATIONS

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

Diffusion of innovations models in health care systems use principles of 

planned change within a dynamic organizational environment. 

Communication skills, such as negotiation and conflict resolution, help 

leaders analyze and respond to health care needs while using resources 

efficiently.

HCS 588 MEASURING PERFORMANCE 

STANDARDS

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

Quality improvement initiatives rely upon data from monitoring program 

implementation and evaluating program outcomes to determine 

achievement of program objectives. The processes of developing and 

revising monitoring and outcome measures are used to help determine 

progress toward meeting accreditation and regulatory standards.

HCS 589 HEALTH CARE STRATEGIC 

MANAGEMENT

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This is the capstone course for the graduate health care programs. The 

development and presentation of a health care organization’s strategic 

plan will demonstrate mastery of the critical content as the principles 

relate to the health care industry. Special emphasis is placed upon 

consumer demand, market volatility, and regulatory and fiscal constraints 

from the perspective of strategic management. The learner will 

demonstrate understanding of the critical importance of strategic 

management and planning within the dynamic, complex, and evolving 

nature of the health care industry.

B-275

HCS 591 CREATING A SUSTAINABLE 

HEALTH CARE ORGANIZATION

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course explores the challenges faced by health care organizations as 

they create an environment focused on sustainability. Understanding 

sustainability, assessing institutional practices, supporting behavioral 

change, organizational leadership, and exploring innovation are examined.

HCS 593 ECONOMICS OF 

SUSTAINABILITY

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course examines the economic issues related to the management of 

resources in the creation of lean green environmentally focused 

organizations. Topics include financial implications, economic analysis of 

sustainable goods and resources, as well as measures collaborating with 

external programs and services.

HCS 596 ISSUES IN ENVIRONMENTAL 

SUSTAINABILITY

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

Sustainability strategies are evolving and transforming the landscape of 

health care. This course will explore the impact of technology, regulations, 

societal and community interactions, and use of evidenced based 

knowledge to support environmental sustainability.

HEA 711 HISTORY AND PHILOSOPHY OF 

HIGHER EDUCATION

3 School of Advanced 

Studies

This course introduces and examines the major features of the financial 

functions operative within various types of higher education institutions. 

The financial functions of various types and sizes of post‐secondary 

institutions will be presented. Specifically, the financial functions of the 

following kinds of colleges and universities will be compared and 

contrasted: public and private, non‐profit and for‐profit entities; small, 

medium, and large entities; urban, suburban, and rural entities; and 

unionized and non‐unionized entities. In each case, traditional, non‐ 

traditional, and emerging income streams will be explored, in conjunction 

with traditional cost centers, non‐traditional cost centers, and emerging 

cost centers. Strategic financial planning and global market influences, in 

the context of higher education institutions will be addressed. Traditional, 

new, and emerging administrative practices being utilized by financial 

managers to control the economic dynamics engendered by various 

combinations of the above variables will be discussed.

B-276

HEA 712 HIGHER EDUCATION LAW, 

POLICY AND THE 

REGULATORY ENVIRONMENT

3 School of Advanced 

Studies

In this course, students will evaluate how higher education institutions 

operate within a regulatory framework created by local, state and federal 

statutory law, case law, policies created by governmental agencies as well 

as various accrediting bodies. Major topics include systems of higher 

education governance, faculty, administrator and staff employment 

issues, student rights and conduct, technology, intellectual property and 

risk management. The impact of social and political constructs and 

stakeholder perspectives will be evaluated as it relates to the creation of a 

comprehensive ethical and legal approach to problem solving and policy 

development.

HEA 713 HIGHER EDUCATION 

ECONOMICS, FINANCE AND 

STRATEGIC PLANNING

3 School of Advanced 

Studies

This course introduces and examines the major features of the financial 

operations and functions, and decision making within various types of 

higher education institutions. Strategic financial planning and global 

market influences, in the context of higher education institutions will be 

addressed.

HEA 721 ORGANIZATIONAL THEORY, 

INNOVATION AND CHANGE 

MANAGEMENT

3 School of Advanced 

Studies

In this course, students will analyze the factors that have resulted in 

contemporary innovative changes in higher education. The course will 

focus on leadership influences in the evaluation and application of change 

management models, strategies, and tactics that promote effective 

institutional innovation.

HEA 722 ACADEMIC AND STUDENT 

AFFAIRS ADMINISTRATION

3 School of Advanced 

Studies

In this course, major functions housed in the academic division of colleges 

and universities will be analyzed. Major functions of student affairs 

administration will also be analyzed. Emerging issues in the academic and 

student affairs profession will be evaluated as they relate to the 

achievement of the institutional mission.

B-277

HEA 731 STUDENT DEVELOPMENT, 

ADULT EDUCATION, AND 

STUDENT DIVERSITY

3 School of Advanced 

Studies

This course will provide an understanding of traditional, non‐traditional 

and diverse students in higher education through an examination of the 

psychosocial, cultural, cognitive‐structural, and identity theories related 

to student development.

HEA 732 CURRICULUM DEVELOPMENT, 

ASSESSMENT, AND PROGRAM 

EVALUATION

3 School of Advanced 

Studies

In this course, students will explore contemporary curriculum issues 

including creating appropriate learning outcomes, developing high‐impact 

educational practices, and striking a balance between general education 

and major courses. The course will also focus on using evidence‐based 

decision making in program course curriculum development and change 

processes. Program evaluation models and methods and accreditation 

processes utilized in higher education will be explored.

HEA 733 GLOBAL MODELS AND 

INTERNATIONAL ISSUES IN 

HIGHER EDUCATION

3 School of Advanced 

Studies

This course will provide a comparative perspective of higher education 

systems in countries around the world. The relationship between 

educational systems and historical, social and political factors will be 

evaluated. International governance structures and accreditation 

processes will be analyzed and compared. Current international issues in 

higher education will also be explored.

HIFISIMWK NURSING LAB SIMULATION 0 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

Students will be involved in High Fidelity Simulation experience at the 

Nursing Center under the direction of Simulation Faculty.

B-278

HINF 500 INFORMATICS FOR HEALTH 

ADMINISTRATION

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course presents informatics as a strategic tool for the health 

administrator in sourcing and utilizing data.

HINF 510 THE SYSTEMS LIFE CYCLE 3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course will focus on the systems life cycle in the context of selection, 

implementation, and integration of information systems across the health 

sector. Topics include performing interoperability assessments, 

determining key elements of data system designs, planning for end‐user 

training and support, and securing buy‐ in from stakeholders.

HINF 520 DATA MANAGEMENT AND 

DESIGN IN HEALTH 

ADMINISTRATION

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course will explore the ways in which data provides the foundation 

for healthcare information systems. Topics include the concepts of 

information and knowledge, as well as systems operations, reporting 

mechanisms, data exchange, and data taxonomies.

HIS 110CA U.S. HISTORY TO 1865 3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course recounts the story of the United States by looking at the 

experiences of the many diverse races and nationalities.  When woven 

together, these diverse races and nationalities have created this country. 

Students will learn to appreciate the contributions of various peoples 

which have made contributions to the American culture. Particular 

emphasis will be placed on America's colonial origins, the American 

Revolution and the creation of a republican government under the 

Constitution.  Emphasis is also placed on westward expansion, section 

divisions over slavery and causes consequences of the Civil War.  

B-279

HIS 115 US HISTORY TO 1865 3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course provides an overview of the social, political, economic, and 

global events that have shaped the American scene from colonial times 

through the Civil War period.

HIS 120CA U.S. HISTORY 1865 TO 1945 3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course recounts the story of our country by looking at the 

experiences of the many diverse races and nationalities that, woven 

together, have created the United States of America. Students will learn to 

appreciate the contributions various peoples have made to the American 

culture. Emphasis will be placed on how both compromise and conflict 

have played major parts in American history.

HIS 125 US HISTORY FROM 1865 TO 

1945

3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course provides an overview of the social, political, economic, and 

global events affecting U.S. history from the Civil War through World War 

II.

HIS 135 THE AMERICAN EXPERIENCE 

SINCE 1945

3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course is an overview of the principal social, political, economic, and 

global events which have shaped the American experience since World 

War II. Understanding modern American history is a necessity in today's 

ever‐changing world. This course aims to supply the tools for 

understanding current political, social, cultural, and economic problems in 

the US by applying an historical perspective to analyze contemporary 

issues.

B-280

HIS 265 HAWAII: HISTORY AND 

CULTURE

3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This is a survey course in the history of Hawai‘i from Polynesian origins to 

contemporary multicultural society. This course traces the impact of 

major events, historical figures, and cultures on the development of 

Hawai‘i and considers the Hawai‘ian response to these forces.

HIS 276CA GLOBAL CIVILIZATIONS 1400‐

1700

3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course provides an overview of the establishment of world 

civilizations during the European Middle Ages through the 1700s. The 

principle social, cultural, political, economic, and global developments 

that influenced multiple civilizations during this period will be explored. 

The framework of this course will provide a societal understanding by 

applying historical perspectives to contemporary issues.

HIS 301 UNITED STATES 

CONSTITUTION

3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course is an introduction to the historical, political, philosophical, and 

economic roots of the U.S. Constitution. It first reviews the philosophical 

arguments of the Federalists and the Anti‐Federalists, those that 

supported and opposed ratification of the Constitution. The course then 

examines milestone Supreme Court decisions and the Court’s evolving 

interpretations of the Constitution. This course focuses on the first ten 

amendments of the Constitution, known as the Bill of Rights, and the 

issues of slavery and civil rights as seen through major court decisions.

HIS 305 CALIFORNIA STATE HISTORY 3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course provides students with the political, economic, and social 

history of California. Topics include pre‐Columbian California; the early 

exploration and founding of California; the Gold Rush, the Railroad Era, 

and current challenges faced by the state.

B-281

HIS 311 NEVADA AND U.S. 

CONSTITUTION

3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course is a study of the history and development of the Nevada and 

U.S. Constitutions, particularly during the 20th century. The historical, 

political, economic, and social foundations upon which the U.S. 

Constitution was built and the philosophies of the proponents and 

opponents of its adoption are analyzed. Selected provisions of the Nevada 

Constitution and, in particular, Article 1 of the Declaration of Rights are 

also analyzed.

HIS 335 EUROPE AND THE WORLD 

WARS

3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course discusses the causes and history of World War I, the interwar 

era, and World War II, with a particular emphasis upon social, political, 

and economic developments during the period.

HIS 341 ANCIENT WORLDS 3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course provides students with the opportunity to study the historical 

and cultural developments of Ancient Worlds including Egypt, Greece, and 

Rome.

HIS 349 THE HISTORY OF MODERN 

CHINA

3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course provides students with an overview of the final century of 

dynastic rule in China, and the rise of the Nationalist and Communist 

parties.

B-282

HIS 356 THE HISTORY OF AFRICA 3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course examines the events and processes leading up to the 

colonization of Africa, and the subsequent changes in African society 

under colonial rule and after independence.

HIS 458 HISTORY OF HUMAN 

DISCOVERY

3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

Students in an undergraduate program are already familiar with the 

names and events commonly taught in basic history and culture courses. 

This course highlights the individuals who, influenced by their cultural 

patterns and values, are responsible for the development of our 

civilization. Focusing on certain pivotal inventions, namely the clock, the 

compass, the telescope, the microscope, and the printing press and 

movable type, students analyze the continuing human need for discovery 

and its reciprocal relationship with culture and the development of 

civilization. This course explores the nature of time, inventors and 

inventions, the limits of science, and the nature of information in 

todayâ⿬⿢s world.

HIS 510 AZ CONSTITUTION 1 College of 

Education

This course provides an overview of Arizona history from its preterritorial 

days to the present. Participants examine the original intent and current 

influence of the Arizona Constitution and the constitutional issues 

impacting Arizona. County government and municipalities, including the 

organization and funding of schools, are also addressed.

HIS 511 U.S. CONSTITUTION 1 College of 

Education

This course is a study of the creation, application, and viability of the 

United States Constitution. Participants examine the Constitution’s 

historical and philosophical origins to better understand its original intent, 

evolution, and current usage, specifically through its interpretation in 

changing social and political climates. Emphasis is on the Constitution’s 

influence on education in the United States.

B-283

HIS 512 NV CONSTITUTION 2 College of 

Education

This course is designed to meet the Nevada teacher licensure 

requirements aligned to Nevada school law and Constitution. Participants 

are introduced to educational law and related research, fundamental law 

concepts including state and federal case briefings of significant court 

decisions, and Nevada statutory and regulatory materials. Codes of ethics 

and morality related to educational law are also addressed. This is a 

Nevada‐specific course.

HIS 513 NV Constitution 2 College of 

Education

This course is designed to meet the Nevada teacher licensure 

requirements aligned to Nevada school law and Constitution. Participants 

are introduced to educational law and related research, fundamental law 

concepts including state and federal case briefings of significant court 

decisions, and Nevada statutory and regulatory materials. Codes of ethics 

and morality related to educational law are also addressed. This is a 

Nevada‐specific course.

HLTH 500 HEALTH AND NUTRITION FOR 

EDUCATORS

3 College of 

Education

This course provides an overview of health and nutrition education for the 

K–12 classroom teacher. Topics include wellness and nutrition, 

cardiovascular health and exercise, stress management, the use and 

abuse of alcohol, tobacco, and drugs, and sexually transmitted diseases. 

Participants assess personal health habits through health assessments and 

reflections. Plans and resources for sharing important health and nutrition 

information with students are also explored.

HLTH 510 Health and Nutrition for 

Educators

3 College of 

Education

This course provides an overview of health and nutrition education for the 

K‐12 classroom teacher. Topics include wellness and nutrition, 

cardiovascular health and exercise, stress management, the use and 

abuse of alcohol, tobacco, and drugs, and sexually transmitted diseases. 

Participants assess personal health habits through health assessments and 

reflections. Plans and resources for sharing important health and nutrition 

information with students are also explored.

B-284

HM 370 HOSPITALITY MANAGEMENT 3 School of Business This course provides an overview of the advanced concepts that make up 

the hospitality industry. Students will gain a current perspective and 

understanding of the impact of hospitality while examining operations, 

security, maintenance, and managerial challenges and responsibilities 

within the industry.

HM 475 HOSPITALITY DECISION 

ANALYSIS

3 School of Business This capstone course integrates the principles and concepts of hospitality 

operations management. Upon completion of this course, students will be 

able to prepare a service delivery model, evaluate financial data for 

decision‐making, and develop sales and marketing strategies for a 

hospitality organization.

HM 476 HOSPITALITY DECISION 

ANALYSIS APPLIED CAPSTONE

3 School of Business This applied capstone course integrates the principles and concepts of 

hospitality operations management. Upon completion of this course, 

students will be able to prepare a service delivery model, evaluate 

financial data for decision‐making, and develop sales and marketing 

strategies for a hospitality organization.

HM 482 HOSPITALITY ANALYTICS FOR 

DECISION MAKING

3 School of Business This course enables a student to extract meaningful information from 

hospitality data, to better position the hospitality enterprise for success in 

the marketplace. Topics to be covered include an introduction to data 

analysis skills for the hospitality industry, market segmentation, 

understanding measures of business performance, hospitality analytics 

(events, travel, tourism), and property analytics (hotel, CHIA).

B-285

HPE 270 PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND 

HEALTH FOR EDUCATORS

3 College of 

Education

This course will help students identify the importance of a healthy lifestyle 

with the knowledge of human movement and motor skills. Students will 

explore the principles of exercise science and its impact on health, while 

developing self‐confidence and self‐worth. This course also defines and 

provides a context for the classroom teacher to teach and assess K‐8 

students in the area of physical education and health based on state and 

national standards. This course includes framework‐based teaching 

strategies effective in helping K‐8 students develop a variety of motor 

skills and abilities, recognize the importance of a healthy lifestyle and the 

goals of lifelong health, gain knowledge of human movement, understand 

growth and development, and learn the rules and strategies of games and 

sports. Instructional approaches for the integration of physical education 

and health with other content areas are explored.

HPE 540 TEACHING AND LEARNING IN 

HEALTH PROFESSIONS 

EDUCATION

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course focuses on selecting and developing teaching strategies to 

facilitate student learning in health professions education contexts. 

Principles of adult learning provide the basis for developing and utilizing 

effective methods for different student learning styles and instruction 

modalities.

HPE 544 CURRICULUM DEVELOPMENT 

IN HEALTH PROFESSIONS 

CONTEXTS

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course will focus on health administration curriculum design in higher 

education and or corporate settings. The learner will propose a program 

concept, develop its mission and vision, and create its program and course 

objectives. Topics also include the ADDIE model, curriculum mapping, and 

implementation plans.

HPE 549 EVALUATION AND 

ASSESSMENT 

METHODOLOGIES

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course will focus on best practice strategies for assessment and 

evaluation of health professions education programs. Rubric creation and 

collection and utilization of program course feedback in higher education 

and corporate settings will be discussed.

B-286

HRM 300 FUNDAMENTALS OF HUMAN 

RESOURCE MANAGEMENT

3 School of Business This course explores the critical role of human resources in achieving 

business results. The course will help students to have a solid 

understanding of the fundamentals of human resource management and 

its strategic relevance in business today. This course will provide students 

with a critical perspective on the development of human capital in the 

context of a unified system of attracting, retaining and developing talent 

that creates and supports the vision and values of the organization. 

Students will develop an understanding of the critical business 

implications for human resource professionals today.

HRM 310 CHANGE MANAGEMENT 3 School of Business This course examines both the human and organizational aspects of 

change. Topics include identifying the types and sources of change, 

human and organizational resistance to change, theories of managing 

change, and developing skills that will enable the student to lead, 

implement, and sustain change.

HRM 324 TOTAL COMPENSATION 3 School of Business This course explores topics in basic total compensation design and 

decision‐making. It will provide the student with knowledge required for 

planning, developing, and administering total compensation programs 

that are compliant with government laws and regulations. Topics include: 

wage decisions, budgeting, benefits, incentive plans, and retirement plans.

HRM 326 EMPLOYEE DEVELOPMENT 3 School of Business This course explores the role and relevance of employee development in 

today's business environment. This course will also provide students with 

a thorough understanding of the legalities impacting employee 

development, the strategic role that employee development plays in an 

organization, and the importance training and development have on 

employee motivation. The course will also explore methods of program 

design, development, and assessment.

B-287

HRM 350 INTERNATIONAL HUMAN 

RESOURCE MANAGEMENT

3 School of Business This course is an overview of international human resources management 

practices with emphasis on human resources challenges and opportunities 

facing global business enterprises. Students will examine human resources 

management in the global business environment. Upon completion of this 

course, students will be able to identify and evaluate global HR strategies 

and practices to increase organizational effectiveness and efficiency.

HRM 420 HUMAN RESOURCE RISK 

MANAGEMENT

3 School of Business This course introduces students to risk management in a human resources 

department context. The course introduces basic risk management 

concepts that the student can apply to HR responsibilities of an 

organization to avoid or mitigate potential liabilities. Topics will include 

health and safety, security, crisis management, legal compliance, 

employment and discrimination issues.

HRM 498 STRATEGIC HUMAN 

RESOURCE MANAGEMENT 

AND EMERGING ISSUES

3 School of Business This course focuses on strategic HR management and key issues that are 

opportunities and challenges for the HR function. The course explores 

how to align human resource management (HRM) with the business 

strategies and emerging issues facing business, and to understand the 

HRM competencies and leadership skills necessary to be a true strategic 

business partner. Students will examine what strategic HRM planning is 

and how to do it, as well as learning how to manage the necessary change 

in emerging business environments. The course will define the new roles 

and expectations of companies for the HRM functions.

HRM 531 HUMAN CAPITAL 

MANAGEMENT

3 School of Business This course prepares students to address the concepts of human resource 

development as managers. Students learn criteria for developing effective 

job analysis, appraisal systems, and appropriate career development plans 

for employees. Other topics include selection of the right people, 

employee compensation, benefits, training, workplace diversity, 

discipline, employee rights, unions, and management behaviors.

B-288

HRM 532 HUMAN CAPITAL 

DEVELOPMENT IN THE PUBLIC 

SECTOR

3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course prepares students to apply human capital development 

concepts in a public sector.  Students will create plans for managing 

human capital in an environment of political appointment.  Other topics, 

at the state and local level, include recruitment, development & retention 

of employees, motivation, performance evaluation, employee employer 

relationship, personnel policies & politics, and public service ethic.

HRM 546 HUMAN RESOURCE LAW 3 School of Business This course prepares human resource managers to comply with human 

resource laws and regulations across all jurisdictions. Students learn how 

to manage human resource functions within a regulatory environment. 

Other topics include laws and regulations related to the following: 

workforce planning and employment, human resource development 

activities, compensation and benefits, labor relations, and workplace 

safety.

HRM 548 RECRUITMENT AND 

RETENTION PRACTICES

3 School of Business This course prepares students to evaluate and develop a workforce to 

attain organizational goals. Students will learn to develop total reward 

strategies that attract and retain the best employees. Other topics include 

recruitment strategies, workforce planning and assessment, relocation 

practices, right sizing, negotiation, employment policies, and global 

compensation practices.

HRM 552 ORGANIZATIONAL TRAINING 

AND DEVELOPMENT

3 School of Business This course applies development and training concepts to enhance 

organizational performance. Students will develop an employee 

engagement strategy. Other topics include training program development 

and delivery, employee relations, organizational development theories 

and applications, behavior issues, and performance management.

B-289

HRM 554 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND 

SAFETY

3 School of Business This course applies health and safety principles to reduce hazards to a 

productive work environment. Students will create a prevention program 

to promote occupational safety and health. Other topics include injury 

and illness compensation, safety risks, security risks, workplace violence, 

health and safety practices, emergency response plans, and issues related 

to substance abuse.

HRM 558 RESEARCH IN HUMAN 

RESOURCE MANAGEMENT

3 School of Business This course applies research methods to human resource functions. 

Students will learn to use quantitative analysis and secondary research to 

recruit and select employees to meet organizational goals. Other topics 

include forecasting, evaluation of selection tests, application of selection 

tests, interviewing techniques, techniques to assess training program 

effectiveness, job evaluation methods, and external labor market analysis.

HRM 595 HUMAN RESOURCE 

CAPSTONE COURSE

3 School of Business This capstone course applies human resource concepts to improve 

organizational effectiveness within the framework of employment laws 

and regulations. Students apply existing professional standards and 

theories to human resource management. Other topics include the 

strategic alignment of human resource management within the 

organization, global workforce planning, career and leadership 

development, and performance analysis and appraisal.

HRM PA533 HUMAN CAPITAL 

DEVELOPMENT IN THE PUBLIC 

SECTOR

3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course prepares students to apply human capital development 

concepts in a public sector. Students will create plans for managing 

human capital in a public and political environment. Other topics, at the 

state and local level, include recruitment, development & retention of 

employees, compensation, motivation, performance evaluation, 

employee employer relationship, personnel policies & politics, and public 

service ethic, union management relations, employee employer relations.

B-290

HS 205 HUMAN SERVICE HELPING 

PROCESS AND SELF‐CARE

3 College of Social 

Sciences

This course overviews the foundations of Human Services as the field 

applies to community assistance and support. Students will identify the 

skills necessary to help people. Emphasis will be placed on developing 

healthy relationships with clients, identifying client needs and improving 

helping skills. Students will also examine techniques of self‐care and 

support for the human service worker. These topics will include crisis and 

shock techniques, stress management, and internalization prevention of 

the human service professionals.

HS 215 INTRODUCTION TO THE 

HUMAN SERVICES 

PROFESSION

3 College of Social 

Sciences

This course focuses on the depth in which the human service profession 

affects our nation's communities. Student will define what community is 

and outline the needs of communities related to children, seniors and 

families as a whole. Special attention will be given to events that shaped 

human services in the last 20 years.

HS 225 INTRODUCTION TO CASE 

MANAGEMENT AND HELPING 

STRATEGIES

3 College of Social 

Sciences

This course provides an introduction to the dynamic and fast‐paced area 

of case management. Understanding the roles, responsibilities, and the 

planning required in successfully managing client cases are the key 

themes of this course. Students will examine many phases of client cases, 

starting with obtaining information and progressing to implementing and 

monitoring client action plans. 

HS 235 PUBLIC POLICY, SOCIAL 

WELFARE, AND RESEARCH

3 College of Social 

Sciences

This course explores research and information gathering methods needed 

to assess communities, public policy and social welfare. The tenets of 

public policy are explored and relationships are extrapolated based on 

systems of welfare, and the real‐world context of meeting the needs of 

communities. Students examine historical perspectives of welfare 

systems, and basis for use in public policy. (3 credits)

  

B-291

HS 245 FUNDAMENTALS OF 

WORKING WITH PEOPLE

3 College of Social 

Sciences

This course is designed to build a general overview of how to work with 

people. A correlation between life, family, goals, and losses is folded into 

the concept of working with people. This course explores the 

understanding of people from a high level overview, to a foundational 

level of how them can they be helped. Key factors are unlocked including, 

race, gender, social class, religious contexts and ability to achieve. The role 

and structure of families is explored. Emphasis is placed on how to 

connect people in need to services available. Students will also have an 

opportunity to reflect on their own biases and develop methods to avoid 

bias while working with people in need.  

HS 255 HUMAN SERVICE CAPSTONE 

COURSE

3 College of Social 

Sciences

This course is a culmination of the human services program content, 

integrating students' education and experiences from previous courses. 

Using authentic contexts, students will demonstrate their skill as human 

service professionals. Additionally, students will construct a portfolio 

which includes a personal philosophy statement on their desire to work in 

human services and a self‐reflection on their professional goals. 

HSM 210 HUMAN SERVICES IN THE 

UNITED STATES

3 College of Social 

Sciences

This course is a foundation for the study of human services in the United 

States. It provides an overview of the evolution of American human 

services delivery systems, including historical perspectives, as well as 

current and future trends. It covers the role of human services workers, 

how needs are determined and met, and factors that affect the delivery of 

services such as theoretical perspectives, social policies, and government 

regulations. Community advocacy, prevention techniques, and 

contemporary issues in the human services industry are also examined.

HSM 220 HUMAN SERVICES ADMIN: SO 

YOU WANT TO HELP PEOPLE

3 College of Social 

Sciences

This course discusses the roles and responsibilities of administrators in 

human service organizations. It covers recent studies related to the 

changing contexts of human service delivery, leadership, organizational 

culture, human resource management, financial management, strategic 

planning, working with boards, marketing and public relations, social 

entrepreneurship, partnership, and collaboration.

B-292

HSM 230 ETHICAL ISSUES IN HUMAN 

SERVICES ORGANIZATIONS

3 College of Social 

Sciences

This course explores the legal and ethical environments of human service 

organizations. Students consider tools and traditions for ethical decision‐

making, the role of the leader, and the role of organizational culture in 

sustaining a moral vision, and the design of and need for legal and ethical 

oversight. Students analyze current ethical and legal dilemmas and 

controversies through case studies and debate.

HSM 240 PUBLIC POLICY 

DEVELOPMENT IN HUMAN 

SERVICES

3 College of Social 

Sciences

This course focuses on the formation and execution of public policy and 

programs by government and private organizations within human 

services. Emphasis is placed on evaluative and analytical approaches for 

determining positive and negative characteristics of policies and 

programs. Students will learn to analyze and critique organizations and 

the policies and programs within those organizations.

HSM 260 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT 

FOR HUMAN SERVICE 

MANAGERS

3 College of Social 

Sciences

This course focuses on the conceptual understanding and practice of 

financial management as it applies to human service agencies.  Students 

complete the course with a better understanding of basic accounting 

concepts, budgets and budgeting systems, how to create performance 

measures, and the ability to analyze financial statements for the purpose 

of cost analysis and forecasting.  Aspects of setting fees, funding and risk 

management are also covered.

HSM 270 PROGRAM PLANNING AND 

GRANT PROPOSAL WRITING 

IN HUM SERV

3 College of Social 

Sciences

This course provides practical knowledge in program planning, grant 

proposal writing, and program evaluation. Students will examine the 

planning process from conceptualization to implementation and 

evaluation. Also discussed is how to locate private and public funding for 

human service programs and agencies.

B-293

HSN 251 CRITICAL THINKING 3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This five‐week course in critical thinking and informal logic helps students 

develop the ability to reason clearly and critically. It includes an 

introduction to the disciplines of inductive and deductive logic, fallacious 

reasoning, and problem‐solving techniques. Emphasis is placed on the 

identification and management of the perception process, use of 

assumptions, emotional influences, and language in various forms of 

business communication.

HSN 300 PHARMACOLOGY I 4 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course examines the registered nurse’s role in safe medication 

administration. Students develop skills and techniques for calculating 

medication dosages and interpreting physician orders, medical records, 

and medication labels. Patient education is also addressed.

HSN 301 PHARMACOLOGICAL 

INTERVENTIONS I

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course examines the registered nurse's role in medication 

management, reconciliation, education, and safety.

HSN 302 UNDERGRADUATE NURSING 

STUDIES

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course is designed to aid learners in critical thinking, teamwork, basic 

research, and oral and written communication skills. Students will develop 

strategies for achieving educational goals in the undergraduate nursing 

program as well as in professional development. Students will be 

introduced to University of Phoenix resources, including the Online 

Learning System, Centers for Math and Writing Excellence, and University 

Library. This course will include an orientation to the partnering 

educational institution.

B-294

HSN 310 PHARMACOLOGY II 4 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course builds on the knowledge and skills of Pharmacology I. This 

course provides basic pharmacological principles and therapeutics of 

medications. The course emphasizes evidence‐based treatment guidelines 

in the application of pharmacology to nursing practice with a focus on safe 

patient care.

HSN 311 PHARMACOLOGICAL 

INTERVENTIONS II

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course builds on the knowledge and skills acquired in 

Pharmacological Interventions I. Complex patients, genetics and genomics, 

and the use of complementary and alternative medications are examined.

HSN 375 INFORMATICS FOR PATIENT‐

CENTERED CARE

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course examines electronic modalities that assist in patient‐centered 

health care management. Topics include informatics, automation of data 

management, and evaluation of information systems. A key focus is the 

relationship between technology in health care delivery and patient safety.

HSN 376 HEALTH INFORMATION 

TECHNOLOGY FOR NURSING

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course examines electronic modalities that assist in patient‐centered 

health care management. Topics include informatics, automation of data 

management, and evaluation of information systems. A key focus is the 

relationship between technology in health care delivery and patient safety.

B-295

HSN 470 HEALTH POLICY, LAW, AND 

ETHICS

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course examines the interrelationships of legal decisions, health 

policy development, legislation, and regulation in the context of 

contemporary issues to the RN generalist role. Students will analyze 

legislative impact on nursing practice, ethical issues, ANA Code of Ethics 

and regulatory governance.

HSN 471 POLICY, LAW AND ETHICAL 

CONSIDERATIONS

2 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course examines legal and ethical decision making, health policy 

development, legislation, and regulation in the context of nursing practice.

HSN 475 HEALTH POLICY AND FINANCE 3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course examines the role of the nurse as an influential leader in 

health care. Topics include advocacy, financial accountability, and social 

responsibility at local, national, global levels. A key concept is the 

interrelationships among health policy, legislation, regulation, finance, 

and practice.

HSN 476 HEALTHCARE POLICY AND 

FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course examines the nurse's role as a leader in healthcare. Topics 

include financial and resource management, cost controls, fiscal 

responsibility, and healthcare policies and reform. A key concept is the 

interrelationship among health policy, legislation, regulation, finance, and 

practice.

B-296

HSN 505 INTRODUCTION TO 

GRADUATE STUDIES IN 

NURSING

2 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course presents the University of Phoenix model and learning goals. A 

key focus of this course is an introduction to the role of masters‐prepared 

nurses in professional practice. Topics include working in Learning Teams, 

academic honesty, graduate‐level oral and written communication, APA 

guidelines, and professional presentations.

HSN 507 ADVANCED 

PHARMACOTHERAPEUTICS

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course is designed to provide the nurse practitioner student with the 

information and skills to initiate and monitor drug therapy. This course 

will integrate advanced knowledge regarding the clinical application of 

pharmacology and pharmacokinetics, techniques and methods of drug 

prescribing, approaches to data collection, and problem solving with 

discussions about drug therapy for common acute and chronic diseases. 

Emphasis will be on the practical application of important concepts used 

in clinical practice for clients across the lifespan.

HSN 511 ADVANCED 

PATHOPHYSIOLOGY

4 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course provides a firm foundation in the pathophysiology of the 

human body.  It starts with the process of taking a health history, reviews 

based concepts of cellular function, then reviews the anatomical, 

physiological, and pathophysiological mechanisms of each major body 

system.

HSN 525 RESEARCH METHODOLOGIES 

FOR THE NURSE 

ADMINISTRATOR

4 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course focuses on the nurse administrator's role in overseeing the 

application of nursing research in diverse health care settings. A key focus 

is utilizing research to improve patient outcomes. Topics include research 

methodologies, processes for population‐based research, and evidence‐

based practice. This course requires 20 hours of clinical practicum.

B-297

HSN 540 TEACHING AND LEARNING 

STRATEGIES

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course will focus on the concepts of learning, cognitive, and 

psychomotor learning, and the principles of adult learning. Selection and 

development of teaching strategies that enhance and facilitate learning 

will be explored.

HSN 544 DESIGN AND PROCESS OF 

CURRICULUM DEVELOPMENT

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

Development of curriculum for programs in higher education settings is 

examined. This course focuses on curriculum planning and design, as well 

as development of individual courses and their relationship to program 

mission, objectives, and outcomes.

HSN 548 ROLE OF THE HEALTH CARE 

NURSING EDUCATOR

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

Responsibilities of faculty within various higher education settings are 

explored. Trends and issues that impact the educator role within changing 

health care and educational environments are discussed. Topics such as 

technological, legal, ethical, and professional dynamics are included.

HSN 552 ASSESSMENT AND 

EVALUATION OF LEARNING

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

Methods of assessing learning in higher education are analyzed and 

applied in different learning situations. Processes and problems related to 

course learning assessments as well as evaluating programmatic 

outcomes are examined. Designing measures to evaluate learner and 

curricular outcomes are addressed.

B-298

HSN 555 HUMAN RESOURCES IN 

HEALTH CARE

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course examines principles of human resource management and 

personnel development needs in health care organizations. Topics include 

job analysis, appraisal systems, employee development and evaluation, 

forecasting of workforce needs, and legal considerations. This course 

requires 20 hours of clinical practicum.

HSN 560 ORGANIZATIONAL SYSTEMS 

AND INFORMATICS

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course focuses on the integration of informatics in health care 

organizations. Topics include organizational effectiveness, systems 

management, and ethical considerations in data management. This course 

requires 20 hours of clinical practicum.

HSN 565 ORGANIZATIONAL CHANGE 

AND NEGOTIATION

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

The course examines the role of the nurse leader during organizational 

change. A key focus is the effect of change on health care delivery. Topics 

include principles and models of change, communication skills, and 

allocation of organization resources. This course requires 20 hours of 

clinical practicum.

HSN 570 FINANCIAL RESOURCE 

MANAGEMENT

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course examines financial resource management as used in health 

care organizations. Topics include budgeting, financial forecasts, analysis 

of financial performance, and business plan design. This course requires 

20 hours of clinical practicum.

B-299

HSN 575 QUALITY MANAGEMENT AND 

OUTCOMES

4 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course focuses on quality management initiatives for improving 

health care delivery outcomes. Topics include models and theories of 

quality improvement, evaluation methods, and regulatory and 

accreditation standards. This course requires 20 hours of clinical 

practicum.

HST 155 U. S. HISTORY TO 1865 3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course provides an overview of the social, political, economic, and 

global events that have shaped the American scene from colonial times 

through the Civil War period.

HST 165 U. S. HISTORY 1865 TO 1945 3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course provides an overview of the social, political, economic, and 

global events affecting U.S. history from the Civil War through World War 

II.

HST 175 THE AMERICAN EXPERIENCE 

SINCE 1945

3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course is an overview of the principal social, political, economic, and 

global events which have shaped the American experience since World 

War II. Understanding modern American history is a necessity in today's 

ever‐changing world. This course aims to supply the tools for 

understanding current political, social, cultural, and economic problems in 

the U.S. by applying a historical perspective to analyze contemporary 

issues.

B-300

HST 206 LATIN AMERICA 3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course provides an overview of the history of Latin America. Topics 

include politics, economic development, international relations, and 

cultural development.

HST 275 GLOBAL CIVILIZATIONS TO 

1500

3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course surveys the establishment of civilizations throughout the 

world to the 1500s. Emphasis is on the principle social, cultural, political, 

economic, and global developments that influenced multiple civilizations.

HST 276 GLOBAL CIVILIZATIONS SINCE 

1500

3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course surveys global civilizations from Africa and the Americas to 

Eurasia to explore changes in communication, communities, demography, 

economics, environment, politics, religion, technology, warfare, and 

women.

HST 290 HISTORIANS AND HISTORY 3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course introduces the study of history as a scholarly discipline 

emphasizing significant historians, sub‐disciplines of the field, and the 

foundational methodological and theoretical tools of historians for History 

majors.

B-301

HST 320 HISTORY RESEARCH METHODS 3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course focuses on research methods used in historical research and 

writing, and application of theories and methodologies to the analysis of 

historical materials. Emphasis is placed on research, writing, and critical 

thinking in historical contexts. For History majors only.

 

  

HST 343 THE MIDDLE EAST 3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course provides an examination of the tumultuous history of the 

Middle East with a focus on the sociocultural, political, and evolutionary 

dynamics from the 19th century to modernity. Topics include the culture 

and spread of Islam, 19th‐century challenges of modernization and 

threats to Islamic hegemony, sociopolitical and economic consequences of 

the world wars on the region, challenges of a Jewish nation‐state, and the 

present‐day Middle East.

HST 409 AMERICAN REVOLUTION 3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course examines the American Revolutionary period from 1763 to 

1789. Emphasis will be given to the causes of the American Revolution, 

the military course of the war, the political administration of the conflict, 

and the cultural impact on all Americans. The course will conclude with 

the development of the Constitution as closure of the revolutionary era. 

Topics in this course will address aspects of the political, economic, social, 

and cultural history of the American Revolution.

HST 498 HISTORY CAPSTONE 3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This capstone experience focuses on demonstrating history as a mode of 

discourse. Emphasis is placed on producing a capstone project that 

employs historical content, evidence, interpretation, and judgment using 

research methods, application of theories, critical reasoning, and precise 

historical writing. For History majors only.

B-302

HTT 200 HOSPITALITY: FOOD, SHELTER, 

AND FUN AWAY FROM HOME

3 School of Business This course is an overview of the history, current trends, and general 

organizational structure of the hospitality industry. Additionally, the 

course covers topics such as recreational entertainment, economic impact 

of hospitality, and service standards. The course also gives students the 

opportunity to examine careers in tourism, food service, and lodging 

industries.

HTT 201 INTRODUCTION TO 

HOSPITALITY

3 School of Business This course is an overview of the history, current trends, and general 

organizational structure of the hospitality industry. Additionally, the 

course covers topics such as recreational entertainment, economic impact 

of hospitality, and service standards. The course also gives students the 

opportunity to examine careers in tourism, food service, and lodging 

industries.

HTT 210 TRAVEL & TOURISM: WORK, 

PLEASURE, FOREVER 

ENRICHING

3 School of Business This course introduces the tourism industry and its major components 

such as travel marts, surface travel, air travel, business travel, cruises, 

ecotourism, and recreation. It covers current issues in tourism and their 

effects on the hospitality industry as a whole, including economic, 

political, and cultural forces, and quality of life effects on host locals. 

Career opportunities within travel and tourism are also discussed.

HTT 211 HOSPITALITY, TRAVEL, AND 

TOURISM, SUPERVISION

3 School of Business This course introduces the tourism industry and its major components as 

well as a focus in hospitality supervisory skills. It covers current issues in 

tourism and their effects on the hospitality industry as a whole, including 

economic, political, and cultural forces, and quality of life effects on host 

locals. Career opportunities within travel and tourism are also discussed.

B-303

HTT 220 IT IN H, T, AND T: WHEN 

DISTRIBUTION JOINS 

AUTOMATION

3 School of Business This course explores the impact of information and communications 

technology on the structure and operations of the hospitality, travel, and 

tourism industry. It covers topics dealing with the interaction between 

consumers, intermediaries, operatives, and management through rapidly 

changing technologies. Effects on service quality, productivity, efficiency, 

and profitability will be examined.

HTT 221 IT IN HOSPITALITY 3 School of Business This course explores the impact of information and communications 

technology on the structure and operations of the hospitality, travel, and 

tourism industry. It covers topics dealing with the interaction between 

consumers, intermediaries, operatives, and management through rapidly 

changing technologies. Effects on service quality, productivity, efficiency, 

and profitability will be examined.

HTT 230 FINANCE FOR HOSP 

PROFESSIONALS: BED & 

BALANCE SHEETS

3 School of Business This course focuses on conceptual awareness and practice of financial 

management as it applies to hospitality, travel, and tourism industries. It 

covers the basics of accounting, budgets and budgeting systems, 

performance measures creation, and financial statement evaluation for 

the purpose of cost analysis and planning. Aspects of setting prices, 

funding, and risk management are also covered.

HTT 231 FINANCE FOR HOSPITALITY 

PROFESSIONALS

3 School of Business This course focuses on conceptual awareness and practice of financial 

management as it applies to hospitality, travel, and tourism industries. It 

covers the basics of accounting, budgets and budgeting systems, 

performance measures creation, and financial statement evaluation for 

the purpose of cost analysis and planning. Aspects of setting prices, 

funding, and risk management are also covered.

B-304

HTT 240 FOOD & BEVERAGE 

MANAGEMENT: EAT, DRINK, 

& BE HEALTHY

3 School of Business This course integrates the basic concept and practical skills related to 

foodservice operations, from the front office to the kitchen. It covers basic 

principles of purchasing and cost management of food and beverage, as 

well as menu planning, institutional food service, and quality control.

HTT 241 FOOD AND BEVERAGE 

MANAGEMENT

3 School of Business This course integrates the basic concept and practical skills related to 

foodservice operations, from the front office to the kitchen. It covers basic 

principles of purchasing and cost management of food and beverage, as 

well as menu planning, institutional food service, and quality control.

HTT 250 LODGING AND RESORT 

OPERATIONS:THERE'S ROOM 

IN THE INN

3 School of Business This course studies the lodging industry, its history, growth, development, 

and future direction. It covers front office procedures and interpersonal 

dynamics from reservations through the night audit. The course also 

examines career opportunities in lodging and resorts.

HTT 251 HOSPITALITY OPERATIONS 3 School of Business This course studies hospitality operations through the lens of the hotel 

and lodging industry and covers its history, growth, development, and 

future direction. Topics include front office procedures and interpersonal 

dynamics from reservations through the night audit. The course also 

examines the importance of guest service operations and a review of 

career opportunities in lodging and resorts.

B-305

HUM 100 INTRO TO THE HUMANITIES I‐

THE ANCIENT WORLD TO 

MEDIEVAL TIME

3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

An introduction to the arts through their expression in dominant themes 

of western culture. Concepts of nature and the individual in society are 

examined in the artistic works from the ancient world to medieval times. 

The course provides a framework for understanding and evaluating 

contemporary artistic endeavors.

HUM 102 INTRO TO THE HUMANITIES II 

RENAISSANCE TO THE 

PRESENT

3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

An introduction to the arts through their expression in dominant themes 

of Western culture. Concepts of nature and the individual in society are 

examined in the artistic works from Renaissance to the present. This 

course provides a framework for understanding and evaluating 

contemporary artistic endeavors.

HUM 105 WORLD MYTHOLOGY 3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course provides an overview of mythology and its relationship to 

ancient cultures and culture today. The course covers the purposes and 

types of myths; development of myths and mythological characters; the 

common elements of mythological structures; the predominant 

characteristics of heroes in myth; the conflicts heroes encounter, and how 

ancient heroes relate to heroes today.

HUM 111 CRITICAL AND CREATIVE 

THINKING

3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course focuses on developing the critical and creative thinking skills 

necessary to analyze and solve problems, make decisions, implement 

strategies, and formulate well supported points of view on key academic, 

social, and professional issues. The principles of creative thinking are 

essential to critical thinking skills.  Students will learn how to evaluate 

their ideas and how to communicate their points of view persuasively.

B-306

HUM 114 CRITICAL THINKING AND 

CREATIVE PROBLEM SOLVING

3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course focuses on developing the critical and creative thinking skills 

necessary to analyze and solve problems, make decisions, implement 

strategies, and formulate well‐supported points of view on key academic, 

social, and professional issues. The principles of creative thinking are 

essential to critical‐thinking skills. Students will learn how to evaluate 

their ideas and how to communicate their points of view persuasively.

HUM 115 CRITICAL THINKING IN 

EVERYDAY LIFE

3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

Students learn how to think critically, focusing on developing the 

necessary tools and skills to analyze problems, make decisions, and 

formulate well‐supported points of view on key academic, social, and 

professional issues.

HUM 130 RELIGIONS OF THE WORLD 3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course studies the major religions of the world. Topical areas include 

Buddhism, Christianity, Confucianism, Hinduism, Indigenous Cultures, 

Islam, Judaism, and Taoism. Students will be objectively studying the 

origins and major figures and comparing and contrasting each of the 

major religions.

HUM 150 INTRODUCTION TO FILM 

STUDIES

3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

Introduction to Film Studies is designed to provide students with an 

overview of film history and the skills necessary to analyze and critique 

film. Students will learn about film theory, aesthetics, genres, and basic 

film criticism. Students will analyze film through an examination of 

cinematography, editing, acting, scenes, and sound to allow students to 

view films critically, to develop a systematic and convincing interpretation 

of the films they watch, and to acquire the ability to analyze films in well‐

constructed and persuasive essays.

B-307

HUM 176 MEDIA AND AMERICAN 

CULTURE

3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

The course provides an introduction to the most prominent forms of 

media that influence and impact social, business, political, and popular 

culture in contemporary America. It explores the unique aspects of each 

medium as well as interactions across various media that that combine to 

create rich environments for information sharing, entertainment, 

business, and social interaction in the U.S. and around the world.

HUM 186 MEDIA INFLUENCES ON 

AMERICAN CULTURE

3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

The course provides an introduction to the most prominent forms of 

media that influence and impact social, business, political, and popular 

culture in contemporary America. It explores the unique aspects of each 

medium as well as interactions across various media that combine to 

create rich environments for information sharing, entertainment, 

business, and social interaction in the United States and around the world.

HUM 300 THE GLOBAL VILLAGE 1 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course is an overview of the humanities in the twentieth century. The 

course covers the fine arts, war, philosophy, and social movements 

reflecting the developments of the information age as it moves to the 

communication age.

HUM 375CA INTEGRATIVE STUDIES 3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course introduces students to the concept of integrative studies by 

acknowledging the depth of separate disciplines and their 

interrelationships, modes of inquiry, and the use of thematic relationships 

and connections between subject areas in teaching and learning. 

Emphasis is placed on the historical development of interdisciplinary 

inquiry, processes for developing integrated themes including learning 

styles and resources, and the criteria for implementing a theme study for 

the content‐specific multiple subject classroom.

B-308

ICT 300 INFORMATION 

COMMUNICATION 

TECHNOLOGIES

3 College of 

Information 

Systems and 

Technology

This course provides the student with mastery of the application of 

several information communication technologies, including IP multimedia 

systems, machine to machine technologies, and voice over LTE.

ICT 400 GLOBAL NETWORKS AND THE 

INTERNET OF THINGS

3 College of 

Information 

Systems and 

Technology

In this course, students will apply information communication 

technologies to connect people and devices across global networks. The 

course includes concepts and skills used to connect devices of all types in 

the internet of things.

ICT 470 COMMUNICATION 

TECHNOLOGY CAPSTONE

3 College of 

Information 

Systems and 

Technology

This is the capstone course for information communication technology. 

The course provides students with the opportunity to integrate and apply 

learning from their program of study in a comprehensive manner. 

Students will demonstrate competency and skills in communications and 

networking technologies and systems analysis.

ICT 475 COMMUNICATION 

TECHNOLOGY INTERNSHIP

3 College of 

Information 

Systems and 

Technology

This is the capstone course for information storage management. The 

course provides students with the opportunity to integrate and apply 

learning from their program of study in a comprehensive manner within 

an internship or job placement site. Students will demonstrate 

competency and skills in communications and networking technologies 

and systems analysis in an internship or job placement site.

B-309

IM 300 DATA ORGANIZATION 

ARCHITECTURE

3 College of 

Information 

Systems and 

Technology

This course provides an introduction to how data is architected and 

organized. It discusses the different data models used to store data, it 

outlines several schemas that drive how data is structured, and provides 

other database concepts relating to the design and architecture of data.

IM 305 DATA MODELING 3 College of 

Information 

Systems and 

Technology

This course provides an in‐depth look at several intermediate design and 

architecture concepts. The course outlines the design method used in the 

creation of a relational database, the required steps to reengineer a 

database, and several tools and techniques used through the database 

design process.

IM 310 DATA ANALYTICS AND 

MODELING

3 College of 

Information 

Systems and 

Technology

This course will introduce students to data analytics and modeling through 

contemporary business tools. Students will examine how data is 

architected and organized. After completion of this course, students will 

be able to understand the different data models used to store data, 

several schemas that drive how data is structured, and provide other 

database concepts relating to the design and architecture of data.

IND 701 INDEPENDENT STUDY I 3 School of Advanced 

Studies

The content and assessment of independent study courses will be 

determined via a learning contract between the learner and a requested 

faculty member. This learning contract will be forwarded to the program's 

chair for review. Independent studies can be either concept or methods‐

based, and regardless of content they must culminate with the 

development of a major project that demonstrates learning at the 

doctoral level. Examples of major projects include publication‐quality 

papers, complete chapter drafts of the dissertation proposal, or other 

rigorous demonstrations of learning.

B-310

INT 626 CAPSTONE 3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

Students will select and examine (with instructor approval) a critical area 

of redress in the intelligence community (IC).  Students will develop and 

produce a capstone position paper that identifies, critically analyzes, and 

makes appropriate recommendations that addresses the identified issues.

ISCOM 305 SYSTEMS OPERATIONS 

MANAGEMENT

3 School of Business This course outlines the main components of effective operations and 

supply chain management. This includes ensuring quality throughout the 

supply chain, inventory optimization, operational procedures, information 

technology resources, supply chain management strategy and design, and 

operational components for effective decision making.

ISCOM 361 PURCHASING AND 

PROCUREMENT

3 School of Business This course addresses the relationship between supply chain management 

and procurement. This includes overview of both the procurement 

process and the supply chain interdependencies. Students will address 

procurement from strategic, tactical, and operational perspectives.

ISCOM 370 STRATEGIC SUPPLY CHAIN 

MANAGEMENT

3 School of Business This course will provide a brief overview of supply chains and an in‐depth 

perspective on strategic supply chain management.  This course focuses 

on the strategic elements and functional relationships within 

manufacturing and service supply chains. Emphasis is placed on the 

integration of strategic planning, sourcing, operations, and logistics to 

achieve sustainable competitive advantages locally and globally.  

B-311

ISCOM 374 INTEGRATED LOGISTICS 

MANAGEMENT

3 School of Business This course prepares students to strategically plan, implement, optimize 

and control the efficient and effective flow and storage of goods, services, 

and related information from a point‐of‐origin to a point‐of‐consumption. 

This course also focuses on the total systematic approach of 

transportation, inventory management, warehousing, and customer 

services.

ISCOM 383 GLOBAL VALUE CHAIN 

MANAGEMENT

3 School of Business This course describes the global value chain network and interactions 

between buyers and sellers in an international business environment.  

This course explores the impact of globalization, security, economics, and 

culture on successful value chains.

ISCOM 386 SERVICE OPERATIONS 

MANAGEMENT

3 School of Business The course presents structured techniques for providing and evaluating 

operating efficiency and effectiveness in the hospitality industry. Special 

emphasis is placed on key service principles. Students learn how to 

manage service operations through a series of case studies and 

applications, cost control, service expectations, project management, 

service training, performance evaluation, and analysis of guest feedback.

ISCOM 424 END‐TO END SUPPLY CHAIN 

MANAGEMENT

3 School of Business This course prepares students to be effective managers in end‐to‐end 

supply chain management. This refers to tracking all segments of the 

supply chain beginning with capturing customer requirements to 

customer consumption and disposal. Special emphasis is placed on 

enhancing supply chain efficiencies through problem‐solving 

methodologies including Six Sigma and Lean management. Students will 

also apply the principles of Supplier Relationship Management (SRM) and 

Customer Relationship Management (CRM) to make effective end‐to‐end 

supply chain decisions.

B-312

ISCOM 472 LEAN ENTERPRISE 3 School of Business This course provides a lean enterprise   operational excellence process 

improvement overview and company best practices implementation.  

Both manufacturing and services   office environment will be explored to 

address fundamental improvement practices.  Problem solving, business 

flowcharting, process performance data collection and analysis, and the 

removal activities determined as wasteful or non‐essential are explored.

ISCOM 473 GLOBAL SOURCING AND 

PROCUREMENT

3 School of Business This course introduces students to the dynamic and changing world of 

purchasing and its collaboration with supply chain management. It 

addresses purchasing operations and structures (domestic and 

international), strategic sourcing processes and the critical supply chain 

elements of managing supply chain inventory, information systems, as 

well as performance metrics and evaluation.

ISCOM 476 INTEGRATED SUPPLY CHAIN 

APPLICATIONS

3 School of Business This course introduces students to the importance of a strategic plan and 

its interaction with and impact on supply chain applications. Students will 

be exposed to the processes of supply change creation and improvement 

and, as a result, the effects it has on competition. Students will be able to 

select and apply a set of metrics to the supply chain which demonstrate 

performance standards are achieved.

IST 710 FOUNDATIONS OF 

INFORMATION SYSTEMS 

MANAGEMENT

3 School of Advanced 

Studies

The primary focus of this course is the research and evaluation of 

innovative and practical IS approaches to problem resolution in various 

industries. Learners will research the strategies and leadership 

characteristics of IS industry leaders and analyze upcoming trends in the 

field. These considerations will be incorporated into the foundation of a IS 

leadership plan.

B-313

IST 721 KNOWLEDGE WORKER 

INFORMATION SYSTEMS

3 School of Advanced 

Studies

In this course, the learner will research and evaluate the information 

systems and technology tools necessary to support the individual 

knowledge worker in today's environment. This analysis of the systems 

and tools will be conducted from the viewpoint of the program domains 

and how the individual worker must be supported to create a productive 

and efficient environment. The scope of this course will include hardware 

and software product considerations for management.

IST 722 INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY 

FOR TEAMS

3 School of Advanced 

Studies

Learners in this course will further evaluate the application of the domains 

studied in IST 721 and how those domains are applied in a team setting. 

The application of the program domains will be examined in the context of 

support necessary to implement various organizational team models, 

ranging from co‐located teams to geographically distributed virtual teams. 

Upon completion of this course, the learner will be prepared to define and 

analyze issues related to the management and support of information 

technology necessary for organizational teams' operations.

IST 723 DEPARTMENTAL 

INFORMATION SYSTEMS

3 School of Advanced 

Studies

This course will continue the analysis of the application of the domains 

used by individuals and teams studied in previous content courses. The 

student will evaluate the application of the program domains to 

departmental operations and strategy. The student will research and 

evaluate information systems support techniques, both internal and 

external to the departmental interfaces.

IST 724 ORGANIZATIONAL 

INFORMATION SYSTEMS 

MANAGEMENT

3 School of Advanced 

Studies

This course will build upon the considerations examined in the prior IST 

courses. Upon completion of this course, the learner will be prepared to 

evaluate and develop integrated strategies for the implementation of the 

IST domains within an organization.

B-314

IST 731 PARTNERSHIP AND INDUSTRY 

INFORMATION SYSTEMS

3 School of Advanced 

Studies

This course extends the learning from previous intracompany 

relationships to external IS organizational relationships. Upon completion 

of this course, the learner will be prepared to define, evaluate, and plan 

the application of IST domains that must be considered when developing 

partnerships and common industry relationships.

IST 732 GLOBAL INFORMATION 

SYSTEMS MANAGEMENT

3 School of Advanced 

Studies

This course extends the examination of the IST domains studied 

throughout the program to the global level. Learners will examine the 

application of the IST domains in the setting of a global economy and 

international business environment. Learners will be prepared to define 

the common information system (IS) management approaches for the 

development of business systems that can support global information 

systems requirements.

Competency A: Define IS management approaches for the development of 

business systems that can support global information systems 

requirements.

Competency B: Define issues of security, virtual and collocated IS teams, 

networking, information transparency, intellectual property, 

organizational and regional cultures, and human resources between 

global partners.

Competency C: Synthesize a leadership and management strategy for 

integration of whole systems in an environment that is legally compliant 

IST 733 INFORMATION SYSTEMS 

MANAGEMENT 

ARCHITECTURE

3 School of Advanced 

Studies

In this course, learners will create an innovative model, incorporating the 

domains and models from previous coursework. In the model building, 

learners will demonstrate the leadership competencies as related to IT.

Competency A: Articulate a detailed leadership strategy for integrating all 

IST functions from the individual to the global level.

Competency B: Apply the best information systems management 

approach for the development of business systems that can support 

global information systems’ requirements.

Competency C: Align benchmarks and measures of IT performance with 

performance measures used by organizations.

Competency D: Develop an IT leadership model that incorporates each of 

the IT domains and considers individual, team, department, organization, 

interorganization, and global perspectives.

Competency E: Develop a strategic plan for the implementation of a 

solution to resolve a critical organizational issue

IT 200 DIGITAL SKILLS FOR THE 21ST 

CENTURY

3 College of 

Information 

Systems and 

Technology

Digital Skills for the 21st Century is a course focused on the impact of 

digital technology on today's businesses, the economy, and society. Rapid 

advances in technologies are creating benefits and efficiencies for those 

businesses that recognize their advantages and pitfalls, and harness them 

to their advantage; those who can't are left behind with competitive 

disadvantages. today's workforce needs to understand these trends, 

recognize key differences among features and approaches of these 

technologies, and apply them effectively. Specific topics in this course 

include cloud computing, unified communication platforms, cyber 

security, social media, and mobile computing.

  

B-315

IT 205 MANAGEMENT OF 

INFORMATION SYSTEMS

3 College of 

Information 

Systems and 

Technology

This course introduces students to the world of information technology. 

Students will examine the technology concepts included in business 

systems, networking, and project management, and explore the systems 

development life cycle. Specific topics for the course include: hardware 

components, software applications, operating systems, databases, 

programming, as well as the security, privacy, and safety issues associated 

with information technology.

IT 206 PC APPLICATIONS SUPPORT 3 College of 

Information 

Systems and 

Technology

This course will prepare students to support Microsoft® Office 

applications. The student will learn the product features of Word, Excel®, 

PowerPoint®, and Outlook®. This course is based on the requirements of 

the Microsoft® Office Specialist certification.

IT 210 FUNDAMENTALS OF 

PROGRAMMING WITH 

ALGORITHMS AND LOGIC

3 College of 

Information 

Systems and 

Technology

This course provides students with a basic understanding of programming 

practices. Concepts covered include flowcharting, pseudocode 

methodologies, and an understanding of programming practices. Students 

will learn how these concepts, when properly applied, improve program 

design.

IT 215 JAVA PROGRAMMING 3 College of 

Information 

Systems and 

Technology

Java™ is a general purpose programming language for platform 

independent implementations. This course provides a general 

introduction to programming, basic computation, branching, loop and 

object‐oriented programming. The syntax and semantics of the Java™ 

language are addressed, as well as related topics which include object‐

oriented programming concepts, terminology, and notation. This class 

requires the Java™ Development Kit, Standard Edition.

B-316

IT 218 INTRODUCTION TO C C++ 3 College of 

Information 

Systems and 

Technology

This course introduces the student to C C++ programming. The syntax and 

semantics of the C C++ programming languages are used to produce 

simple computer programs.

IT 235 IMAGE EDITING AND 

IMPLEMENTATION

3 College of 

Information 

Systems and 

Technology

Design elements such as basic composition, style, use of color, textures, 

graphic manipulation, photographic re‐touching and text font design are 

introduced. File formats, sizing, and packaging for export are covered in 

this class.

IT 236 INTRO TO WEB DESIGN I 3 College of 

Information 

Systems and 

Technology

This course introduces effective web design principles and the essential 

role of the web designer in today's business environment. Topics covered 

include site architecture, page layout, navigation, content, functionality, 

and usability. Students will evaluate existing websites and apply best 

practices to prototype a unique design using a web authoring application.

IT 237 INTRO TO WEB DESIGN II 3 College of 

Information 

Systems and 

Technology

This course introduces development tools and techniques used to publish 

Web pages on the World Wide Web. Students use basic Hypertext Markup 

Language (HTML), scripting, and presentational technologies to create 

websites without the aid of a software authoring application. Topics 

include XHTML, CSS, JavaScript, server hosting, site publication, site 

maintenance, and search engine optimization.

B-317

IT 238 WEB SYSTEMS 3 College of 

Information 

Systems and 

Technology

This course builds upon a foundational understanding of web design and 

examines professional web development technologies. Topics include 

dynamic hypertext markup language (DHMTL), interactive technologies, 

and advanced use of presentational technologies. Emphasis is placed 

upon the appropriate use of web programming tools and professional 

development standards.

IT 240 INTRO TO LAN TECHNOLOGIES 3 College of 

Information 

Systems and 

Technology

This foundational course covers local area network topics including 

rationale for networking. Open Systems Interconnection (OSI) models, 

common network topologies and architecture, client server concepts, 

basic hardware devices and usage, and basic networking security concepts.

IT 241 INTRO TO W‐LAN 

TECHNOLOGIES

3 College of 

Information 

Systems and 

Technology

This course explores concepts of wireless networking systems, including 

wireless networking topologies; hardware protocols; hardware selection 

and implementation; interfaces with LAN, MAN, and WAN networks; basic 

wireless security; and network integration concepts.

IT 242 INTRO TO WAN 

TECHNOLOGIES

3 College of 

Information 

Systems and 

Technology

This course introduces the basics of network administration. Topics 

include the fundamentals of network architecture, the secure 

transmission of data, the Open Systems Interconnection (OSI) reference 

model, implementing a Content Management System (CMS), and mobile 

computing devices. This course addresses the objectives specified in the 

CIW Network Technology Associate Certificate.

B-318

IT 244 INTRO TO IT SECURITY 3 College of 

Information 

Systems and 

Technology

This course introduces general concepts of information systems security. 

Content includes governmental views, positions, risk assessment, and 

management. Coursework explores other concepts including; contingency 

and business resumption planning, backup schemes and implementation 

strategies, as well as various types of invasive actions and prevention 

measures.

IT 260 INTRO TO DESKTOP 

DATABASES

3 College of 

Information 

Systems and 

Technology

This course will cover the use of desktop database software to create 

small database applications. Emphasis will be placed on creating 

databases and forms. Hands‐on experience in the installation, design, and 

debugging of desktop database software will be included in this course.

IT 261 ADVANCED DESKTOP 

DATABASES

3 College of 

Information 

Systems and 

Technology

This course is a continuation in the study of desktop database software. 

Emphasis is placed on database design, reporting, queries and data 

analysis using desktop database software.

IT 264 INTRODUCTION TO SQL 3 College of 

Information 

Systems and 

Technology

This course provides an introduction to the Structured Query Language 

(SQL) that provides a unified language that lets you query, manipulate, or 

control data in a business applications environment.

B-319

IT 265 MANAGING THE DATABASE 

ENVIRONMENT

3 College of 

Information 

Systems and 

Technology

This course provides an introduction to the installation, configuration, 

support, availability, and recovery of databases. The considerations for 

database administration addressing the requirements for user access, 

security, backup, and recovery will be covered in this course.

IT 280 COMPUTER HARDWARE 

FUNDAMENTALS

3 College of 

Information 

Systems and 

Technology

This course is an introduction to computer support fundamentals of 

personal computer hardware architecture, components, networking, 

configuration, upgrading, and repair.

IT 282 COMPUTER SOFTWARE 

FUNDAMENTALS

3 College of 

Information 

Systems and 

Technology

This course is an introduction to the fundamentals of personal computer 

operating systems for computer software configuration, file management, 

performance monitoring, optimization, maintenance, recovery, and 

security.

IT 284 ENTERPRISE COMPUTER 

SUPPORT

3 College of 

Information 

Systems and 

Technology

This course is an introduction to the roles, responsibilities, and skills 

required to become a professional computer support technician and 

provide exceptional computer support service. This course includes the 

fundamentals of customer service, effective questioning, verbal and 

nonverbal communication, support tools and technologies, 

troubleshooting theory, and common support issues.

B-320

IT 286 COMPUTER MAINTENANCE 

AND TROUBLESHOOTING

3 College of 

Information 

Systems and 

Technology

This course is an introduction to computer hardware and software 

maintenance and troubleshooting. Each module of the course will focus 

on typical problem scenarios, diagnostics, procedures, and solutions. The 

final module of this course provides you with a problem scenario to 

demonstrate your understanding of diagnostic skills and solution 

implementation.

JRN 310 INTRODUCTION TO 

JOURNALISM

3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course is the introduction to the journalism concentration. The role of 

the journalist will be described from its origin to the emergence of the 

modern‐era journalist. Key journalistic theories and principles will be 

discussed. Special attention will be given to influences in journalism and 

qualities that exemplify journalistic writing. The concepts of journalistic 

writing, research, technology, ethics, and personal responsibility will be 

introduced. Controversial issues faced by journalists will be highlighted 

throughout the course.

JRN 320 RESEARCH FOR JOURNALISM 3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course focuses on the research methods employed in journalistic 

writing and reporting. The goal of this course is to enhance the 

understanding of the characteristics of credible sources and accurate 

information. Information will be assembled and evaluated to support 

journalistic goals by interpreting information needs, choosing accurate 

and unbiased sources, and selecting relevant and reliable information. The 

importance of employing ethical practices to research techniques is 

emphasized throughout the course.

JRN 330 JOURNALISTIC WRITING I 3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course focuses on understanding journalistic writing styles. The 

course begins by categorizing historical media and associating past writing 

styles with current styles. Differences will be identified in writing for 

various audiences for print, digital, and broadcast media. The rationale for 

using certain writing styles will be illustrated and expressed. Throughout 

the course, the roles of research, editing, and ethics in journalistic writing 

will be emphasized.

B-321

JRN 340 JOURNALISTIC WRITING II 3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course focuses on the application of the diverse journalistic writing 

techniques used in today’s changing media landscape. The goal is to 

enhance storytelling skills by informing and engaging audiences using 

various delivery methods. Written media messages will be designed and 

assessed by determining which writing styles should be utilized given the 

target audience. Within the new convergent media landscape, credible 

resources will be identified, materials evaluated, and details of written 

work summarized. The association between research and responsible 

writing will be explored, as writing strategies to craft effective messages 

are developed. The role of ethics in journalism is emphasized throughout 

the course.

JRN 350 CONTROVERSIAL ISSUES IN 

JOURNALISM

3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course examines the rise of social media and the immediacy in which 

controversial issues are communicated in journalism. This course focuses 

on developing the writer reporter’s ability to critically examine and react 

to specific media elements, including public opinion, trends, celebrity 

commentary, and the public’s need to know.  Emphasis is placed on 

understanding the nature and characteristics of thought‐provoking mass 

media occurrences. Concepts of idea generation and storytelling in an 

ethical and personally responsible manner are highlighted.

JRN 360 STORYTELLING: A 

MULTIMEDIA APPROACH

3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course focuses on the role of technology and its impact on news 

delivery. The use of technologically advanced multimedia formats will be 

explored. Stories will be adapted to various media outlets to realize the 

full range appeal to targeted audiences. The goal of this course is to 

provide students with experiences in storytelling that are delivered 

through the use of advanced convergent technologies.

LAW 421 CONTEMPORARY BUSINESS 

LAW

3 School of Business This course reviews the U.S. legal system, common law and its 

development, organizational structures, and the regulatory environment 

pertinent to business.  Students will learn to critically examine torts, 

crimes, and business ethics. They will also examine contracts, business 

associations ‐‐ including agencies, partnerships, and corporations ‐‐ wills, 

estates, trusts, and other legal entities, securities regulations, and investor 

protections.

B-322

LAW 441 BUSINESS LAW FOR SMALL 

BUSINESS AND 

ENTREPRENEURS

3 School of Business This course provides students with overview of the legal issues faced by 

small businesses and entrepreneurs. Students will examine the legal 

aspects of incorporation, human resource considerations, the regulatory 

environment, and legal business structures.

LAW 531 BUSINESS LAW 3 School of Business This course prepares students to evaluate the legal risks associated with 

business activity. Students develop methods to manage an organization's 

legal obligations. Other topics include the legal system, alternative dispute 

resolution, enterprise liability, product liability, international law, business 

risks, intellectual property, legal forms of business, and governance.

LAW 531PR BUSINESS LAW 3 School of Business This course prepares students to evaluate the legal risks associated with 

business in Puerto Rico. Students will create proposals to manage a Puerto 

Rican organization's legal exposure. Other topics include the legal system, 

alternative dispute resolution, enterprise liability, product liability, 

international law, property, intellectual property, legal forms of business 

in Puerto Rico, and governance.

LAW 562 LAW AND PUBLIC 

ADMINISTRATION

3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course prepares students to apply legal concepts in public 

administration.  Students will analyze legislative and judicial processes in 

the administration of state and local governments.  Other topics, at the 

state and local level, include enabling laws, regulatory review, open‐

meeting sunshine provisions, adjudication, and the Administrative 

Procedures Act.

B-323

LAW 575 BUSINESS LAW FOR 

CONSULTANTS

3 School of Business This course prepares students to evaluate the legal risks associated with 

business consulting. Students will create proposals to manage an 

individual's legal exposure when performing consulting work. Other topics 

include the legal system, alternative dispute resolution, enterprise 

liability, international law, business risks, intellectual property, legal forms 

of business, and governance.

LAW 731 LEGAL ASPECTS OF HIGHER 

EDUCATION

3 School of Advanced 

Studies

This course provides an analysis of the legal issues prevalent in higher 

education institutions. Major topics of discussion include regulatory 

issues, federal and state constituents and laws, institutional and individual 

legal issues, student rights, employment agreements, risk management, 

and the legal aspect of technology. Learners review case laws and specific 

pieces of education legislation to provide a basis for their legal decisions 

and policy making.

LAW PA513 LAW AND PUBLIC 

ADMINISTRATION

3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course prepares students to apply legal concepts in public 

administration. Students will analyze legislative and judicial processes in 

the administration of state and local governments. Other topics, at the 

state and local level, include enabling laws, regulatory review, open‐

meeting sunshine provisions, adjudication, and the Administrative 

Procedures Act.

LCO 336 ORGANIZATIONAL 

COMMUNICATION THEORY

3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course identifies the nature of organizational communication and 

provides seminal organizational communication theories within the 

context of the traditional, interpretive, and critical perspectives. Students 

will gain knowledge of core theories along with the organizational 

dynamics of culture, diversity, and ethics. They will understand the effects 

of technology and innovation, along with power, conflict, organizational 

structure, and the need for organizations to develop informed 

organizational communication strategies.

B-324

LCO 348 ADVANCED GROUP 

COMMUNICATION AND 

LEADERSHIP

3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course focuses on the issues of group dynamics and leadership 

encountered when dealing with complex, strategic, and critical public or 

corporate entities. It will build on the fundamentals of group dynamics 

and leadership, which were covered in previous courses, and provide 

advanced work in theory of groups and theory of leadership. Students will 

explore and analyze effective group interaction in task‐oriented situations, 

and consider small‐group structures and communication styles that 

influence the problem‐solving process.

LCO 360 LEADERSHIP 

COMMUNICATION

3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course examines strategies and best practices in communication as 

the core driver of effective leadership. Students will identify essential 

characteristics of leadership, understand leadership theories, and apply 

this knowledge in assessing their own leadership communication abilities 

and developing an understanding of how content, channel, and leadership 

style affect and impact internal and external audiences.

LCO 372 LEADERSHIP 

COMMUNICATION ETHICS

3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course will focus on the ethical challenges and responsibilities of 

being a competent leader and communicator in a diverse and changing 

world. Students will learn to apply ethical and moral leadership theory 

and reasoning to a variety of organizational communication processes and 

contexts.

LCO 465 CONFLICT MANAGEMENT 3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course will explore advanced methods for dealing with intrapersonal, 

interpersonal and group conflict. Students will investigate and apply the 

theoretical and practical aspects of situation assessment, conflict 

management, negotiation, and mediation, giving them opportunities to 

improve their communication, critical thinking, and problem solving skills.

B-325

LCO 480 SOCIAL MEDIA AND THE 

ORGANIZATION

3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course will focus on the strategic implementation of social media 

tools as they relate to a firm's integrated marketing communication 

strategies. Students will learn how to effectively use social media to 

improve external communication, marketing and advertising by studying 

and analyzing websites, social media sites, and affiliate sites to determine 

how successful companies utilize social media to improve their 

communication and attract their target audience to achieve their business 

goals.

LDR 300 INNOVATIVE LEADERSHIP 3 School of Business This course provides a foundation of understanding of leadership and its 

role in managing people and systems. This course will cover key leadership 

elements such as effective leadership behavior, power and influence, the 

differences between leadership and management, leading change, 

intrapreneurship, and how an innovative mindset impacts people and 

systems in a continually changing global and virtual environment.

LDR 531 ORGANIZATIONAL 

LEADERSHIP

3 School of Business This course prepares students to apply leadership principles to the roles 

they play as managers. Students will discover more about themselves and 

learn more about the connection between the individual and the 

organization. Other topics include organizational culture, structure, group 

behavior, motivation, power, politics, organizational change, and 

workplace conflict.

LDR 532 LEADING ORGANIZATIONAL 

DEVELOPMENT IN THE PUBLIC 

SECTOR

3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course prepares students to lead change in the public sector.  

Students will apply leadership theories in the bureaucratic public sector 

considering the unique role of power and politics.  Other topics, at the 

state and local level, include culture in the public sector, group behavior, 

financial and nonfinancial motivation, and workplace conflict.

B-326

LDR 533 LEADERSHIP FOR 

HEALTHCARE ORGANIZATIONS

3 School of Business This course prepares students to apply leadership principles specific to the 

healthcare industry. Students will learn about the relationship between 

healthcare providers, physicians, and the organization. Other topics 

include organizational culture, group behavior, motivation, power, 

politics, and organizational change specific to healthcare organizations.

LDR 535 LEADING CHANGE 3 School of Business This course applies leadership concepts to create organizational change. 

Students will create a plan to lead an organizational change in which they 

have no direct authority over necessary decisions. Other topics include 

leadership theories, organizational theory, levels of organizational change, 

and transformation leadership.

LDR 706 LEADERSHIP, MANAGEMENT, 

AND SUPERVISION

3 School of Advanced 

Studies

This course investigates building teamwork and commitment, coaching 

and mentoring, collective bargaining and contract negotiations, and 

delegating. Upon completion of this course, learners will have the 

following competencies: the ability to plan work teams and increase the 

effectiveness of their work, use coaching to improve the work of the 

underachiever as well as continued growth of all employees, arrange and 

participate in collective bargaining and contract negotiations, and 

delegate work to subordinates.

LDR 711A LEADERSHIP THEORY AND 

PRACTICE

3 School of Advanced 

Studies

In this course students explore their role as a scholar, practitioner, and 

leader from historical, theoretical, and applications‐based content and 

framework¿all within the context of critical reasoning, writing, and 

research. Students will develop doctoral‐level critical analysis, evaluation, 

and synthesis skills as these apply in leadership practices within their 

organizations.

B-327

LDR 721 ETHICAL LEADERSHIP AND 

THE LEGAL LANDSCAPE

3 School of Advanced 

Studies

This course evaluates research on how legal environments in the global 

economy shape decision‐making and ethical issues that emerge from 

disparate legal systems and practices. Topics include contemporary legal 

and ethical issues that impact the environment and workplace such as 

technology, social media, advertising, harassment, and diversity. The 

relationships among the law, corporate ethical standards and global 

business practices are analyzed.

LDR 722 ETHICAL LEADERSHIP AND 

THE LAW IN THE GLOBAL 

ENVIRONMENT

3 School of Advanced 

Studies

This course evaluates ethical and risk management issues emerging from 

disparate legal systems and practices in the global environment, with an 

emphasis on current world events. Topics include decision‐making, 

cultural implications, and the management of economic, financial, and 

political risk.  The relationships among the law, corporate ethical 

standards, and global business practices are analyzed.

LDR 726 THE DYNAMICS OF GROUP 

AND TEAM LEADERSHIP

3 School of Advanced 

Studies

Upon completion of this course, learners will be prepared to use advanced 

leadership strategies for group communications, team building, and 

coaching skills to attain organizational objectives. Learners explore large 

group and smaller team dynamics and the ways in which the role of a 

leader is required to affect behavior. Emphasis is placed on the growing 

dependency on self‐directed work teams in the workplace.

LDR 731 CONTEMPORARY ISSUES IN 

LEADERSHIP

3 School of Advanced 

Studies

This course explores successful and controversial issues surrounding how 

and why senior leaders set and deploy organizational values, short and 

long‐term directions, and performance expectations that create a 

balanced value in global organizations. The focus is on business results 

that encompass organizational learning; stakeholder satisfaction; and 

overall budgetary, financial, and market performance.

B-328

LDR 736 ARCHITECTURE OF 

LEADERSHIP

3 School of Advanced 

Studies

Upon completion of this course, learners will be prepared to develop and 

maintain a strong orientation to the future and a commitment to 

improvement and innovation in creating and establishing new business 

models for attaining organizational goals, setting new short‐ and long‐

term directions, and achieving performance excellence. This course 

includes an assessment of how leaders address current and future impacts 

on society in a proactive manner and how leaders establish and 

accomplish ethical practices in all stakeholder interactions.

LEO 563 LAW ENFORCEMENT 

INTELLIGENCE OPERATIONS

3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course examines the basic tools utilized in addressing criminal activity 

and security issues, relating to the gathering of intelligence. This course 

provides students with knowledge and resources to effectively identify, 

gather, and analyze information obtained through either human or 

electronic means. The student will comprehend the resources available 

for conducting investigations. Through examination of organizations 

comprising the intelligence community students will recognize how public 

and private sector partnerships can promote efficiency and effectiveness.

LEO 573 ORGANIZATIONAL 

PERFORMANCE, ANALYSIS, 

AND DECISION MAKING

3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course explores methods to track and measure an organization’s 

overall performance and how to use the data collected to align and 

actuate future decisions. Topics include empirical practices in 

performance measurement, mining, and filtering data; effectively 

communicating research results, and application of innovative knowledge 

for future decision making. Students also study modern evaluation 

methods to analyze neoteric organizational decisions.

LEO 583 STRATEGIC PLANNING FOR 

THE LAW ENFORCEMENT 

SECTOR

3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course will introduce students to the tools and practical measures for 

successfully designing and implementing a strategic plan for law 

enforcement organizations. Students will learn strategic approaches that 

allow evaluation and measurement of fiscal responsibility, accountability, 

productivity, customer satisfaction, and cohesiveness of mission, with the 

intent of identifying best practices and overall organizational 

effectiveness.

B-329

LEO 593 TECHNOLOGY FOR THE LAW 

ENFORCEMENT EXECUTIVE

3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course examines technologies that effect the operations and 

administrative responsibilities of the law enforcement executive. The 

course provides the student with an understanding of the relationship 

between technologies and critical incident management. Upon 

completion of this course, students will have knowledge and skills that will 

assist them with their personal and career goals.

LIT 210 WORLD LITERATURE 3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course covers fiction, drama, poetry, and essay by major world 

authors throughout history. Students will focus on literary devices and 

conventions of each literary genre through the following activities: 

matching exercises and literary matrices, short essays and literature 

evaluations on specified literature selections, and a final comparative 

essay of any two pieces of literature covered in the course.

LIT 235 SURVEY OF ENGLISH 

LITERATURE TO 1798

3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course is a survey of English literature through 1798.

LIT 245 SURVEY OF ENGLISH 

LITERATURE SINCE 1798

3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course is a survey of English literature since 1798.

B-330

LIT 255 SURVEY OF AMERICAN 

LITERATURE TO 1860

3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course is a survey of American literature through 1860.

LIT 265 SURVEY OF AMERICAN 

LITERATURE SINCE 1860

3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course is a survey of American Literature since 1860.

LIT 304 SHAKESPEARE 3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course will focus on Shakespearean literature and will cover 

significant plays still popular today. Students will discuss the influence of 

Shakespeare on literary, social, and theatrical concepts.

LIT 305 MAJOR AMERICAN NOVEL 3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course examines the American novel through major genres and 

authors.

B-331

LIT 315 AMERICAN AUTOBIOGRAPHY 3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course examines the American experience through the reading and 

interpretation of memoirs, autobiographies, journals, and diaries. 

LIT 330 MODERN POETRY 3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course examines poetry from the early 20th century to today. 

Through reading significant works of the modern period, students will be 

able to explain poetry as an expression of culture and its importance to 

society.

LIT 340 AFRICAN AMERICAN 

LITERATURE

3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course explores African American literature. Topics may include the 

underlying historical experiences and cultural values of African Americans 

and how these express themselves in various literary forms.

LIT 375 LITERARY THEORY AND 

CRITICISM

3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course introduces students to major literary theories in the discipline, 

from Structuralism to Post‐modernism, for use in critical analysis.

B-332

LIT 410 LITERATURE OF THE 

FANTASTIC

3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course examines the genre of science fiction and fantasy through 

notable authors and works.

LIT 420 COMIC BOOKS AND GRAPHIC 

NOVELS

3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course examines the genre of comic books and graphic novels using 

analytical skills and literary theory to explore the development and impact 

of this medium on society.

LIT 450 WOMEN WRITERS 3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course examines women writers of poetry, short stories, and novels 

with a special emphasis on what distinguishes gender perspectives, and 

analytical frameworks in literature.

LTC 310 SOCIAL AND COMMUNITY 

RELATED PROGRAMS AND 

SERVICES

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course provides an overview of programs and policies related to our 

rapidly expanding aging population. Services designed to enable the older 

adult to support their health and economic well being as well as support 

for their families will be examined. Issues and trends related to areas such 

as social and community services, economic issues, and attention to the 

growing needs of the aging population with special needs will be included.

B-333

LTC 315 ALTERNATIVE LIVING 

ENVIRONMENTS

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course focuses on the various formats of care and living 

environments for the older adult. The cultural and socioeconomic 

demographics of our current aging population provide different 

expectations and needs from previous generations. With the changing 

needs of this population and their families, students will focus on 

understanding the multidisciplinary continuum of factors to be considered 

when determining the living and care options available.

LTC 328 LEGAL PERSPECTIVES IN 

AGING

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course will look at the diverse legal issues related to today’s older 

adult. Topics will include age discrimination, advocacy and autonomy, 

elder and fraud abuse, major life transitions, and end of life decision 

making.

MAT 001 MATH PLACEMENT EXAM A 0 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This placement exam, which is not credit‐ bearing, is a pass fail course that 

can be used to satisfy the content of MAT 116 or MTH 208, fulfilling the 

prerequisite needed for taking MAT 117 or MTH 209. To earn a passing 

grade, a student must receive a score of 60% or better.

MAT 002 MATH PLACEMENT EXAM B 0 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This placement exam, which is not credit‐ bearing, is a pass fail course that 

can be used to satisfy the content of MAT 117 or MTH209, fulfilling the 

mathematics proficiency requirement. To earn a passing grade, a student 

must receive a score of 60% or better.

B-334

MAT 003 MATH PLACEMENT EXAM C 0 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This placement exam, which is not credit‐ bearing, is a pass fail course that 

can be used to satisfy the content of MAT 220 or MTH 220, fulfilling the 

mathematics proficiency requirement. To earn a passing grade, a student 

must receive a score of 60% or better.

MAT 109 HISTORY OF MATHEMATICS 1 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This one‐credit course introduces students to a survey of the history of 

mathematics, including the background of famous mathematicians from 

ancient to modern times and their specific contributions to mathematics. 

The format and content of the course is conceptual rather than technical.

MAT 116 ALGEBRA 1A 3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course introduces basic algebra concepts and assists in building skills 

for performing specific mathematical operations and problem solving. 

Students will solve equations, evaluate algebraic expressions, solve and 

graph linear equations and linear inequalities, graph lines, and solve 

systems of linear equations and linear inequalities. These concepts and 

skills will serve as a foundation for subsequent business coursework. 

Applications to real‐world problems are also explored throughout the 

course. This course is the first half of the college algebra sequence which 

is completed in MAT 117, Algebra 1B.

MAT 117 ALGEBRA 1B 3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course continues the demonstration and examination of various 

algebra concepts that was begun in MAT 116: Algebra 1A. It assists in 

building skills for performing more complex mathematical operations and 

problem solving than in earlier courses. These concepts and skills should 

serve as a foundation for subsequent quantitative business coursework. 

Applications to real‐world problems are emphasized throughout the 

course.

B-335

MAT 207 FUNDAMENTALS OF 

GEOMETRY

3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course is designed to have students demonstrate the ability to use 

fundamental concepts of geometry including definitions, tools of 

geometry, and to recognize geometry as an axiomatic system.

MAT 219 INTRODUCTION TO COLLEGE 

ALGEBRA

3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course introduces algebraic concepts providing a solid foundation for 

college algebra. Topics range from properties of real numbers, the order 

of operations, and algebraic expressions to solving equations and 

inequalities. Additional topics include polynomials, factoring methods, 

rational and radical expressions as well as graphing and functions.

MAT 220 COLLEGE ALGEBRA 3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course presents traditional concepts in college algebra. Topics include 

linear, polynomial, rational, radical, exponential, and logarithmic 

functions, systems of equations, sequences, and series.

MAT 504 ADOLESCENT PSYCHOLOGY 3 College of 

Education

This course provides an overview of adolescent development, including 

the biological, cognitive, and social changes during the period between 

childhood and adulthood. The psychosocial developmental period is 

explored, and current trends and methods of teaching and learning in a 

middle school are examined and practiced.

B-336

MAT 538 MIDDLE SCHOOL 

FOUNDATIONS AND 

PHILOSOPHY

3 College of 

Education

This course examines middle level education. It evaluates the structure of 

middle schools and their characteristics, including curriculum, instruction, 

and learning in middle level education. It also addresses issues such as 

managing the middle level environment. Students in this course will 

demonstrate knowledge through application, analysis, and observation of 

middle level environments.

MBL 200 FOUNDATIONS OF MOBILE 

DEVICE MANAGEMENT

3 College of 

Information 

Systems and 

Technology

This course covers the basics of mobile device management and security.  

This course is aligned to the CompTIA Mobility+ certification and provides 

a foundational knowledge in the areas of disaster recovery and trouble 

shooting, mobile device trends and solutions, and over the air 

technologies.

MBL 400 MOBILE FUNDAMENTALS 3 College of 

Information 

Systems and 

Technology

This course is an introduction to mobile application development. 

Participants will learn about industry standards, how to select an 

application platform and architecture, and current trends in mobile 

application development. Additionally, the course covers HTML5, CSS, and 

JavaScript® languages for mobile devices. On completion, participants will 

be able to plan, design, and create simple mobile applications.

MBL 402 ANDROID MOBILE 

DEVELOPMENT

3 College of 

Information 

Systems and 

Technology

This course will cover the basics of coding for the Android™ platform. 

Topics include use of the Android™ APIs, persistent data retrieval and 

storage, testing, and publishing. On completion of the course, participants 

will be able to develop, test, debug, and publish working mobile 

applications.

B-337

MBL 404 ANDROID MOBILE 

IMPLEMENTATION

3 College of 

Information 

Systems and 

Technology

This course will continue to build on the fundamentals covered in Android 

Mobile Development I. Topics include services, multithreading, 

networking and publishing. Upon completion of the course, participants 

will be able to both develop useful mobile applications and implement 

effective testing and deployment strategies.

MBL 406 IOS MOBILE DEVELOPMENT 3 College of 

Information 

Systems and 

Technology

This course will cover the basics of iOS programming. Topics include 

Objective‐C® computer software, persistent data retrieval, and storage, 

testing, and publishing. On completion of the course, participants will be 

able to develop, test, debug, and publish working mobile applications.

MBL 408 IOS MOBILE 

IMPLEMENTATION

3 College of 

Information 

Systems and 

Technology

This course will continue to build on the fundamentals covered in iOS 

Mobile Development. Topics include web services, media, gaming, data 

integration, security, and distribution. Upon completion of the course, 

participants will be able to develop sophisticated mobile applications and 

distribute as well as monetize these apps.

MBL 410 WINDOWS MOBILE 

DEVELOPMENT

3 College of 

Information 

Systems and 

Technology

This course will cover the basics of coding for Windows Phone. Topics 

include C#, Phone SDK, UI Design and standards, hardware interface, and 

unit testing. Upon completion of the course, participants will be able to 

design, develop, and test a working mobile application.

B-338

MBL 412 WINDOWS MOBILE 

IMPLEMENTATION

3 College of 

Information 

Systems and 

Technology

This course will continue to build on the fundamentals covered in 

Windows® Phone Mobile Development I. Topics include networking, data 

storage, coding patterns, media, security, and publishing. On completion 

of the course, participants will be able to develop useful mobile 

applications and publish them.

MDT 520 FOUNDATIONS OF 

MEDIATION I

3 College of Social 

Sciences

This is the first segment of the foundation course for the Mediation 

Conflict Management program that is designed to provide students with 

knowledge of the basic standards, principles, and skills needed for the 

practice of mediation. This course focuses on personal communication 

skills and the influence of conflict, emotions, and diversity on individual 

perceptions as they relate to the practice of mediation. Note. Upon 

successful completion of MDT 520 and MDT 521, students will earn at 

least 40 contact hours of mediation training. Students must contact their 

state or local courts for criteria regarding specific qualifications for 

practicing mediation.

MDT 521 FOUNDATIONS OF 

MEDIATION II

3 College of Social 

Sciences

This is the second segment of the foundation course for the Mediation 

Conflict Management program that is designed to provide students with 

knowledge of the basic standards, principles, ethical issues, and skills 

needed for the practice of mediation. This course focuses on specific 

stages in the mediation process including the opening statement, 

storytelling, issue identification, agenda setting, negotiation techniques, 

dealing with impasse, and creating a mediation agreement. Upon 

successful completion of MDT 520 and MDT 521, students will earn 40 

contact hours of mediation training and three credit hours for each 

course.* *Students should contact their state or local courts for criteria 

regarding specific qualifications for practicing mediation.

MDT 522 CULTURAL AND GENDER 

DYNAMICS IN MEDIATION

3 College of Social 

Sciences

This course is an introduction to the complex ways in which cultural and 

gender issues impact mediation practice. Students will increase their 

understanding of cultural and gender‐based challenges in the field of 

peacemaking and conflict resolution. They will enhance their 

communication and mediation skills to more effectively facilitate dispute 

resolution processes.

B-339

MDT 523 LEGAL AND ETHICAL ISSUES IN 

MEDIATION

3 College of Social 

Sciences

Students compare the mediation profession with other similar professions 

and apply the concept of mediation management to all focus areas. 

Students focus on legal and ethical issues in mediation, such as conflicts of 

interest, mediator neutrality, confidentiality, mediator liability, and 

enforceability of mediation agreements. The course addresses statutes 

and case law as they pertain to professional mediators and community‐

based volunteer mediators. Additionally, students examine mediation 

codes of conduct and standards of practice.

MFCC 537 CHILD AND ADOLESCENT 

COUNSELING

3 College of Social 

Sciences

This course exposes students to a variety of models in the treatment of 

children and adolescents, including the developmental variables that may 

have an effect on behavior and family intervention. Systemic approaches 

to treatment of chronic illness, incest, delinquent behavior, adolescent 

chemical dependency, child suicide, psychosomatic disorders, families in 

crisis, fire setting, school phobia, and other behaviors and learning 

problems are explored.

MFCC 551CA LEGAL AND ETHICAL ISSUES IN 

MARRIAGE AND FAMILY 

THERAPY

3 College of Social 

Sciences

This course covers legal and ethical responsibilities of the marriage and 

family counselor, including California state laws governing mental health 

professionals. Emphasis is placed on the current legal patterns and trends 

governing client rights, duty to warn, duty to protect, treatment of minors, 

parent consent, multiple relationships, and application in special 

situations and with special populations. Students learn how to interpret 

and act appropriately in a wide variety of ethical situations as well as 

recognize and explore the relationship between a practitioner’s sense of 

self and human values and his or her professional behavior and ethics.

MFCC 552 LEGAL AND ETHICAL ISSUES IN 

MARRIAGE AND FAMILY 

THERAPY

3 College of Social 

Sciences

This course covers legal and ethical responsibilities of the marriage and 

family counselor, including codes of ethics and laws governing mental 

health professionals. Emphasis is placed on the principles governing client 

rights, duty to warn and protect, multiple relationships, and application in 

special situations and with special populations; students learn how to 

interpret and act appropriately in a wide variety of situations.

B-340

MFCC 556 FAMILY SYSTEMS THEORY 3 College of Social 

Sciences

This course provides an overview of the development of family systems 

theory as a discipline and the therapeutic approaches that have emerged. 

Fundamental assumptions and concepts of general systems theory are 

introduced and contrasted with individual theories of psychology. The 

historic development of family systems thinking is explored. Evolving 

therapeutic models are introduced and contrasted with family systems 

concepts. In this course, students will explore the major systems theories’ 

approaches to diagnosis, treatment, and change and explore ethnic 

differences in family patterns and attitudes toward therapy. Critiques of 

systems theory and research issues are discussed.

MFCC 561 FAMILY INTERVENTIONS 3 College of Social 

Sciences

This course introduces fundamental concepts and practices that underlie 

couples and family therapy in human systems. It teaches an integrative 

approach to the treatment of the broad range of presenting problems that 

arise within marriage and family relationships. The course will introduce 

culture‐specific interventions used for the treatment of culturally different 

families.

MFCC 562 COUPLES COUNSELING 3 College of Social 

Sciences

This course provides students with intensive skill building in working with 

couples using current developmental and systemic modes. The 

relationships between theory, interventions, and treatment goals are 

addressed including communication strategies, managing stress and 

conflict, and effectively promoting decision‐making and problem‐solving 

strategies. Students practice and demonstrate these skills using culturally‐

diverse case studies.

MFCC 566 ADVANCED MARRIAGE AND 

FAMILY THERAPY

3 College of Social 

Sciences

This course requires students to apply marriage and family theory and 

skills acquired throughout the program and allows them to gain a deeper 

understanding of working with diverse families. Students will go through 

the process, from intake to termination, of working with a family in a role‐

play setting incorporating practical applications of assessment, treatment 

planning, therapeutic interventions, progress notes, and termination 

summaries. Family interventions will be emphasized, including 

interventions for families in acute and chronic crisis, and for various ethnic 

family systems.

B-341

MFCC 567 SEMINAR IN MARRIAGE AND 

FAMILY COUNSELING

3 College of Social 

Sciences

In this course, students will be required to apply marriage and family 

counseling theory, along with therapy skills acquired throughout the 

program. Students will gain a deeper understanding of working with 

diverse families, families in transition, families with mental health issues, 

families facing crisis and trauma, along with current trends in marriage 

and family counseling.

MFCC 591 PRE‐PRACTICUM IN 

MARRIAGE AND FAMILY 

COUNSELING

3 College of Social 

Sciences

This course focuses on the assessment and continuing development of 

student counseling and clinical documentation skills.  Students have a 

variety of opportunities to receive feedback and to evaluate their ability 

to integrate theory into practice. Students determine their styles and 

strengths as professional counseling practitioners, as well as identify areas 

needing further development. Individualized practice sessions, case 

management skills, and feedback are designed into the course.

MFCC 591O ORIENTATION TO PRACTICUM 

IN MARRIAGE AND FAMILY 

COUNSELING

0 College of Social 

Sciences

This course is an orientation to the pre‐ practicum and practicum courses.

MFCC 592 PRACTICUM 3 College of Social 

Sciences

This course focuses on the assessment and continuing development of 

student counseling skills. Students have a variety of opportunities to 

receive feedback and to evaluate their ability to integrate theory into 

practice. Students determine their styles and strengths as professional 

counseling practitioners, as well as identify areas needing further 

development. Individualized practice sessions and feedback are designed 

into the course.

B-342

MFCC 597A INTERNSHIP A 3 College of Social 

Sciences

The Marriage Family Child Counseling Internship is a clinical experience 

required of all MFCC students. The internship is divided into two sections, 

each lasting 15 weeks. The internship experience comprises Portfolio III of 

the counseling portfolio series. Students are placed in community 

agencies where they provide clinical marriage family child counseling 

services to clients under the direction of an approved licensed site 

supervisor.

MFCC 597B INTERNSHIP B 3 College of Social 

Sciences

The Marriage Family Child Counseling Internship is a clinical experience 

required of all MFCC students. The internship is divided into two sections, 

each lasting 15 weeks. The internship experience comprises Portfolio III of 

the counseling portfolio series. Students are placed in community 

agencies where they provide clinical marriage family child counseling 

services to clients under the direction of an approved licensed site 

supervisor.

MFCC 597C INTERNSHIP 3 College of Social 

Sciences

Students in Arizona, Hawaii, and Nevada must take a third component 

course to complete the 300‐hour (minimum) clinical experience, which 

has been divided into three fifteen‐week parts (A, B, and C), and which 

comprises Portfolio III of the counseling portfolio series. Student interns 

are placed in an approved mental health site and receive supervision from 

an approved site supervisor. In addition, interns meet weekly with their 

faculty supervisor and internship group to review their clinical work and to 

receive instruction and share information on related professional issues, 

including the role and function of supervision, clinical intakes, 

terminations, case notes, case presentations, and services offered by their 

internship sites. Interns will also evaluate their growth through the 

internship and develop a professional resume.  

MFCC 599A PRACTICUM IN MARRIAGE 

AND FAMILY COUNSELING A

3 College of Social 

Sciences

The Marriage Family Child Counseling Internship is a clinical experience 

required of all MFCC students. The internship is divided into two sections, 

each lasting 15 weeks. The internship experience comprises Portfolio III of 

the counseling portfolio series. Students are placed in community 

agencies where they provide clinical marriage family child counseling 

services to clients under the direction of an approved licensed site 

supervisor.

B-343

MFCC 599B PRACTICUM IN MARRIAGE 

AND FAMILY COUNSELING B

3 College of Social 

Sciences

Practicum in Marriage and Family Counseling is a 600‐hour clinical 

experience required of all MSC students. The practicum is divided into two 

300‐hour sections, each lasting 15 weeks (Nevada has three 200‐hour 

sections). The practicum experience comprises Portfolio III of the 

counseling portfolio series. Students are placed in community counseling 

agencies where they provide clinical services to clients under the direction 

of an approved licensed agency site supervisor. Students are also assisted 

in their preparation for the National Counselor Examination.

MFCC 599C PRACTICUM IN MARRIAGE 

AND FAMILY COUNSELING C

3 College of Social 

Sciences

Practicum in Marriage and Family Counseling is a 600‐hour clinical 

experience required of all MSC students. The practicum is divided into two 

300‐hour sections, each lasting 15 weeks (Nevada has three 200‐hour 

sections). The practicum experience comprises Portfolio III of the 

counseling portfolio series. Students are placed in community counseling 

agencies where they provide clinical services to clients under the direction 

of an approved licensed agency site supervisor. Students are also assisted 

in their preparation for the National Counselor Examination.

MGT 230 MANAGEMENT THEORY AND 

PRACTICE

3 School of Business This course explores the rich field of management in theory and practice, 

and as both a science and an art. Students learn to apply management 

concepts to current workplace issues. Other topics include increasing 

competitive forces, expectations for successful performance of employees 

and organizations, and achieving desired business goals.

MGT 300 SURVEY OF SMALL BUSINESS 

MANAGEMENT AND 

ENTREPRENEURSHIP

3 School of Business This course provides an overview of critical issues faced in small business 

and entrepreneurship. Emphasis is placed on what a small business 

entrepreneur should know when starting a business. This includes an 

overview of how marketing, cash management, strategic pricing, and 

business planning principles relate to small business and entrepreneurship 

management.

B-344

MGT 312 ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOR 

FOR MANAGERS

3 School of Business This course prepares students to understand the influence that behavior 

has on leading and managing organizations. After completion of this 

course, students will be able to summarize key concepts and terminology 

related to organizational behavior, explain the influence of leadership 

styles on individual performance, examine the roles and interaction of 

group and team members, and describe the relationship between job 

satisfaction and job performance, and the relationship between the 

human resource function and organizational development.

MGT 314 HOSPITALITY 

ENTREPRENEURSHIP

3 School of Business This course provides an overview of the managerial and entrepreneurial 

skills needed to operate and manage a small business in the hospitality 

industry. Special emphasis is placed on business planning, marketing, 

financial management, and the regulatory environment.

MGT 317 CRITICAL SKILLS IN 

MANAGEMENT

3 School of Business This course provides students with fundamental knowledge and skills 

necessary to make important management decisions. This course places 

emphasis on general managerial knowledge and skills required for 

effective personal, interpersonal, and group leadership regarding the 

direction of daily business affairs in a diverse global business environment.

MGT 330 MANAGEMENT THEORY, 

PRACTICE, AND APPLICATION

3 School of Business This course explores the rich field of management in theory and practice, 

and as both a science and an art. The course also addresses the role of 

managers in the current world of rapid change, increased competitive 

forces, and increased expectations for the successful performance of 

employees and organizations. The focus is on some of the ways and 

means of achieving desired goals. The student will leave this course with a 

solid background in the nature and work of management and managers. 

Applications of concepts to current workplace issues will be stressed.

B-345

MGT 360 GREEN AND SUSTAINABLE 

ENTERPRISE MANAGEMENT

3 School of Business The course is designed to introduce the concept of sustainability as part of 

the management leadership role within the globalized economy. The 

course provides specific management techniques from an economic, 

social, and corporate environmental responsibility perspective. The course 

provides an outline to develop cultural DNA that supports a sustainable 

culture and meets each area of the triple bottom line concept.

MGT 362 CHANGE MANAGEMENT AND 

IMPLEMENTATION

3 School of Business This course will provide students with an overview of the role that 

business analytics has in the preparation and implementation of change 

management throughout a project. Students will examine the functions of 

change management to apply them to activities to meet the strategic and 

operational plans of an organization. Upon completion of this course, 

students will understand the importance of the integration of data and 

decision making on change processes and project management 

methodologies to implement changes throughout an organization. Focus 

will also be on managing change to ensure high performance, quality, and 

operational effectiveness.

MGT 373 EVENTS AND RECREATION 

MANAGEMENT

3 School of Business This course explores the dynamic field of convention management and 

recreation businesses. Convention related topics include meeting 

planning, exhibit management, and event management. Recreation and 

leisure topics include sporting events and activities, resort offerings, and 

entertainment. Upon completion of this course students will be able to 

plan recreational programs and events. 

MGT 401 SMALL BUSINESS:  

STRUCTURE, PLANNING, 

FUNDING

3 School of Business This course provides an overview of the small business from concept 

through funding. Emphasis on designing a competitive business model, 

crafting the business plan, forms of ownership, and exploring funding 

options.

B-346

MGT 411 INNOVATIVE AND CREATIVE 

BUSINESS THINKING

3 School of Business This course provides students with the skills and knowledge necessary for 

using innovative and creative thinking strategies to improve managerial 

decision making and problem solving. Emphasis is placed upon learning 

critical skills to identify and facilitate innovative behavior and 

collaboration within the organization that will increase sustainable 

business growth and strengthen abilities to respond to organizational 

changes and challenges. Course lectures, reading and projects span theory 

and practice and draw upon examples from multiple industry sectors.

MGT 418 EVALUATING NEW BUSINESS 

OPPORTUNITIES

3 School of Business This course focuses on evaluating the benefits and risks associated with 

new business opportunities. This includes reviewing the projected return 

on investment, the role of risk, investor considerations, strategic planning, 

and modeling techniques to analyze possible business ventures.

MGT 420 MANAGING QUALITY IN THE 

SUPPLY CHAIN

3 School of Business This course provides a detailed look at quality management in the 

company and the supply chain. It addresses the differing theories of 

quality to include product and process design as well as customer driven 

quality. This course includes managing supply chain quality through 

supplier alliances and development in both the services and 

manufacturing industries.

MGT 426 MANAGING CHANGE IN THE 

WORKPLACE

3 School of Business This course provides an overview of the models and processes required 

for managing change. It introduces a cycle of change that when 

implemented enables organizations and their members to methodically 

improve organizational systems while reducing resistance to change. 

These models of change are applicable to learning organizations across 

boundaries and cultures.

B-347

MGT 434 EMPLOYMENT LAW 3 School of Business This course provides an overview of federal statutes and state‐regulated 

areas that affect the personnel function. Among topics addressed are EEO 

and affirmative action, OSHA, ERISA, FMLA, and ADA; employee privacy 

issues (polygraph testing, drug and alcohol testing, employer searching 

and monitoring); and wrongful discharge.

MGT 445 ORGANIZATIONAL 

NEGOTIATIONS

3 School of Business This course provides an overview of negotiations in an organizational 

setting. Students learn negotiation processes and strategies, the role of 

stakeholder interests in negotiation, and how to apply these concepts to 

the workplace. Students also examine conflict management techniques 

and emerging negotiation trends in globalization and technology.

MGT 448 GLOBAL BUSINESS STRATEGIES 3 School of Business The manager's perspective in the fields of international payments, 

international trade, and investment are analyzed. Emphasis is given to the 

materials and concepts that illuminate the strategies, structure, practices, 

and effects of multinational enterprises.

MGT 455 RISK MANAGEMENT IN THE 

HOSPITALITY INDUSTRY

3 School of Business This course provides a framework for assessing risk from the hospitality 

management perspective. Students will evaluate various risk evaluation 

tools as appropriate for different components of the hospitality industry. 

Special emphasis is placed on the assessing risk, the risk management 

process, risk evaluation, preventative planning.

B-348

MGT 465 SMALL BUSINESS AND 

ENTREPRENEURIAL PLANNING

3 School of Business This course focuses on the development of a strategic business plan 

applicable for the needs of a small business or entrepreneurial venture. 

This will include a strategic application of financial planning, capital 

management, marketing, people management, and leadership. Special 

emphasis is placed on adapting the business plan to the realistic needs of 

a small business owner and entrepreneur.

MGT 498 STRATEGIC MANAGEMENT 3 School of Business This course gives students the opportunity to integrate management 

concepts and practices to contemporary business strategies, while 

discussing the theories of strategic management. This course will focus on 

improving management decision‐making and problem‐solving skills. 

Students will create a strategic management plan. Special emphasis is 

placed on business ethics, sustainability, innovation, and the legal 

environment of business.

MGT 521 MANAGEMENT 3 School of Business This course allows students to explore the competencies of successful 

managers to understand the functions of business. Students develop an 

increased awareness of management theories, business processes, and of 

their own perceptions and values in order to manage and communicate 

with others more effectively. Other topics include graduate business 

program goals, argument construction, decision making, collaboration, 

and academic research.

MGT 522 PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION‐

INSTITUTIONS AND 

PROCESSES

3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course applies the tools available to UOPX graduate students and the 

competencies of successful managers to understand the functions of 

public administration. Students will understand the relationship between 

the political system and public administration in the creation and 

implementation of public policy. Other topics, at the state and local level, 

include executive & legislative branches of government, the evolution of 

public administration, intergovernmental relationships, and fiscal sources 

& uses.

B-349

MGT 527 CONSULTING 3 School of Business This course applies the tools available to University of Phoenix graduate 

students and the competencies of successful individuals who exercise 

influence within an organization but have no direct authority to make 

changes or implement programs. Students learn their own perceptions 

and values to communicate more effectively with others. Other topics 

include Master of Management program goals, argument construction, 

decision making, collaboration, and academic research.

MGT 538 MANAGING IN A CROSS‐

CULTURAL ENVIRONMENT

3 School of Business This course prepares students to persuade decision makers across global 

dimensions of culture. Students will create a training plan for enhancing 

cultural awareness and tolerance within a cross–border organization. 

Other topics include cross–cultural communication, differences in decision 

making, values, motivation, and leadership.

MGT 539 THE GLOBAL ECONOMY 3 School of Business This course examines the national and global issues that fundamentally 

change the nature of business functions. Students will investigate 

strategies and solutions that improve opportunities for economic mobility. 

Other topics include international business and trade, global marketing, 

and the role of government policies on organizations.

MGT 557 NEGOTIATION, POWER, AND 

POLITICS

3 School of Business This course prepares students to achieve organizational objectives 

through formal and informal channels. Students will create a plan to 

achieve a goal by applying negotiation skills within the formal and 

informal structures of an organization. Other topics include coalitions, 

types of power, ethical negotiation tactics, liaison roles, technology in 

negotiation, and persuasion.

B-350

MGT 567 ETHICS AND SOCIAL 

RESPONSIBILITY

3 School of Business This course prepares students to align an organization's social 

responsibility initiatives with its values. Students will create a proposal for 

an organization that aligns corporate social initiatives with its values. 

Other topics include ethics, value awareness, and evaluating the results of 

social initiatives.

MGT 572 PUBLIC POLICY PLANNING 

AND IMPLEMENTATION

3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course prepares students to trace the development of a public policy.  

For a selected policy, students will analyze the policy making process and 

the challenges that accompany each stage.  Other topics, at the state and 

local level, include public policy planning, policy evaluation, and 

stakeholder conflicts.

MGT 582 PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 

APPLIED PROJECT

3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This capstone course prepares students to improve existing policies.  

Students will evaluate existing policy and recommend improvements and 

recommend changes to improve efficiency and effectiveness.  Other 

topics, at the state and local level, include policy creation, policy 

evaluation, and nontraditional innovative solutions in the public sector.

MGT 598 CONSULTING PROJECT 3 School of Business This course applies student understanding of organizations and project 

management to the development of a consulting project. The course 

requires students to synthesize and integrate theory and practice from all 

prior courses in the program.

B-351

MGT 711 STRATEGIC OPPORTUNITIES 

IN AN INTERNET‐BASED 

GLOBAL ECONOMY

3 School of Advanced 

Studies

This course evaluates models for creating economically viable global 

businesses using the technology of the Internet. Topics include assessing 

successful e‐business and management models, evaluating and 

summarizing the macroeconomic and societal factors that contribute to 

the success of business strategy in a global environment. Outcomes 

include developing a strategic e‐business plan and creating solutions and 

recommendations for global e‐businesses.

MGT 716 MANAGEMENT PHILOSOPHIES 3 School of Advanced 

Studies

Completion of this research‐based course will empower learners to 

explore, analyze, and critically evaluate historical and current 

management philosophies and theories. The course focus is on 

understanding, designing, and executing sustainable management 

strategies that meet the demands of domestic and global competition.  

MGT 721 MANAGING THE RISKS IN A 

GLOBAL ENVIRONMENT

3 School of Advanced 

Studies

This course evaluates alternative practices to manage risk in a global 

environment. Topics include measuring cultural implications, as well as 

economic, financial, and political risks. Students will utilize models to 

evaluate instruments of global investment and predict where to invest 

internationally.

MGT 726 EMERGING MANAGERIAL 

PRACTICES

3 School of Advanced 

Studies

Upon completion of this course, learners will be prepared to implement 

emerging managerial practices designed to develop organizational agility 

and responsiveness. Additionally, they will be able to adapt best practices, 

implement high‐performance work teams, and build advanced strategies 

for effective global communications. Emphasis is placed on how 

organizations are encouraged to develop and demonstrate creative, 

adaptive, and flexible business approaches.

B-352

MGT 736 CONTEMPORARY SYSTEMS 

MANAGEMENT

3 School of Advanced 

Studies

Upon completion of this course, students will be prepared to manage and 

lead complex organizations through strategic decision making, resulting in 

business plans. Students focus on extended systems and theoretical and 

practical frameworks for systematically managing organizations.

MGT TM562 LEVERAGING TECHNOLOGY IN 

THE PUBLIC SECTOR

3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course prepares students to leverage technology in support of 

effective and efficient administration of government.  Students will apply 

technology concepts to enhance self‐ service tools for citizens while 

providing data security and respecting privacy concerns.  Other topics, at 

the state and local level, include mobility, database interconnectivity, 

Internet, intranet & extranet, and data maintenance & retrieval.

MGTP 312 ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOR 

FOR MANAGERS

3 School of Business This course prepares students to understand the influence that behavior 

has on leading and managing organizations. After completion of this 

course, students will be able to summarize key concepts and terminology 

related to organizational behavior, explain the influence of leadership 

styles on individual performance, examine the roles and interaction of 

group and team members, and describe the relationship between job 

satisfaction and job performance, and the relationship between the 

human resource function and organizational development.

MHA 505 SYSTEMS THINKING IN 

HEALTH CARE ENVIRONMENTS

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

The learner will utilize the theoretical framework of Systems Thinking as a 

strategy to address challenges in the health care environment. Topics 

include Complexity Science, Design Thinking, Creativity and Flow.

B-353

MHA 506 ETHICAL MARKETING: THE 

NEW HEALTH CARE 

ECONOMICS

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

The learner will explore the emerging intersection of marketing and 

economics in the health sector. Topics include consumer behavior, market 

segmentation, and identification of new market opportunities in health 

care, as well as regional system commoditization, value proposition and 

differentiation, branding, and social media strategies in the health sector.

MHA 507 LEVERAGING INFORMATICS IN 

THE HEALTH SECTOR

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

The learner will determine how best to "tell the story" by utilizing patient 

data and organizational quality and safety benchmarks in diverse health 

sector contexts. Topics include the systems life cycle, the management of 

data, sourcing data from the electronic medical record, tracking 

organizational performance, employee productivity and morale, and peer 

benchmarking.

MHA 508 NAVIGATING THE 

REGULATORY ENVIRONMENT 

IN HEALTH CARE

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

The learner will explore the diverse and expanding regulatory 

environment of the health sector. Topics include compliance and privacy, 

the ethical responsibilities inherent in leading regulatory structures wtihin 

organizations, the specific laws that dictate privacy and compliance, as 

well as auditing, monitoring, and corrective action.

MHA 515 SCANNING THE HEALTH 

SECTOR AS AN INDUSTRY 

EXPERT

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

The learner will be able to identify emerging healthcare trends in areas 

such as systems, delivery, outcomes and quality, healthcare design, and 

population health. Topics include how to scan the environment, validate 

information, make decisions, and articulate solutions that are appropriate 

across diverse health care contexts.

B-354

MHA 516 OPERATING IN STRUCTURE: 

HEALTH SECTOR POLICY AND 

GOVERNANCE

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

Students will examine how health policy and organizational governance 

informs systems and delivery of care, and identify the policies that should 

be adopted to implement industry trends. Topics include the influence of 

policy, interest groups, and stakeholders on the health status of a society, 

as well as how to cultivate effective governance systems within 

organziations, and the importance of risk‐based policy and governance 

models in the health sector.

MHA 520 SECTOR STAKEHOLDERS: 

IDENTIFYING AND 

CULTIVATING ALLIANCES

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

The learner will begin to identify networking opportunities within the 

health sector, both internally (i.e. industry associations, Boards of 

Directors) and externally (i.e. community, donors). Topics include 

objectively determining which relationships are vital to the organization, 

how to nurture relationships and manage transition, and maintain 

integrity to protect the organization.

MHA 542 LEADING WITH AUTHENTICITY 

IN THE HEALTH SECTOR

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

The learner will begin to exemplify the traits of Adaptive Leadership in the 

context of the health sector. Topics include leading in complex 

environments (transparency and servant leadership), modeling ethical 

decision making, creating and adjusting organizational culture, and 

collaboration, concepts of power and professional culture.

MHA 543 TACKLING THE TALENT WAR 

IN THE HEALTH SECTOR

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

Learners will respond to developing trends and insights across the health 

sector that inform workforce development and hiring. Topics include 

recruitment and retention strategies, succession planning, leadership 

strategies for a multigenerational workplace, embracing diversity, and 

considerations for positive morale and enagement.

B-355

MHA 560 CREATING A SUSTAINABLE 

LEGACY: HEALTHY 

COMMUNITIES

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

The learner will operationalize health care sustainability in three ways: 

personal legacy, organizational environment, and community 

development. Topics include sustainability in a health sector context, 

mentorship, board and association leadership, economic analysis and 

sustainability practice within organizations, and fostering community 

interactions.

MHA 598 LEVERAGING RESULTS TO 

BUILD BRAND IN THE HEALTH 

SECTOR

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

Learners will examine strategies for successfully elevating the role of the 

health care organization through a well‐ defined "brand". Topics will 

include brand‐as‐ promise, brand‐as‐experience, and brand‐as‐ emotional 

connection, quality and outcomes, articulating the strategy, and engaging 

teams and leaders.

MHA 599 CAPSTONE: LEADING THE 

ORGANIZATION THROUGH 

CHANGE

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

In this MHA capstone course, learners will synthesize previous coursework 

from the program to identify and address strategic opportunities for 

change and innovation specific to the health sector.  Topics include entre 

intrapreneurship, innovation, communication, transformation, and 

execution.

MKT 310 PERSONAL SELLING 3 School of Business This course provides students with the tools and techniques necessary to 

understand the personal sales process. After completion of this course, 

students will be able to create a personal sales presentation, describe 

sales negotiations, compare and contrast the categories of prospect 

objections, summarize the elements of the closing process, and identify 

ethical frameworks associated with sales professional associations.

B-356

MKT 320 BUSINESS‐TO‐BUSINESS SALES 

MANAGEMENT

3 School of Business This course provides students with an understanding of the business‐to‐

business selling relationship and the challenges associated with 

maintaining these relationships. After the completion of this course, 

students will be able to describe the complexities of business‐to‐business 

selling relationships, create presentations to address the variety of 

audiences in the business‐to‐business setting, examine legal issues 

associated with business‐to‐business selling, and evaluate the ethical 

considerations of relationship building behavior within a business‐to‐

business sales relationship.

MKT 360 SALES FORCE MANAGEMENT 3 School of Business This course provides students with an overview of the functions and 

activities related to managing a sales force. After the completion of this 

course, students will be able to summarize the responsibilities of a sales 

manager, evaluate the techniques used to recruit sales force candidates, 

describe sales territory strategies, examine the methods used in lead 

generation, and explain the approaches used to forecast sales 

performance information. 

MKT 421 MARKETING 3 School of Business This course develops an understanding of the complexities public and 

private organizations face in developing, establishing, and implementing 

marketing strategies in both domestic and international markets. Areas of 

study include basic marketing concepts, marketing research, consumer 

behavior, branding, products services, pricing, distribution channels, 

promotions, ethical marketing practices, global and multicultural 

marketing, and the technologies used throughout the marketing process.   

MKT 431 SMALL BUSINESS MARKETING 3 School of Business Knowing your customer, growing your customer base and creating a 

consumer driven culture are key drivers of sustainability in the small 

business. This course focuses on the functions of evaluating opportunities, 

creating value, developing effective pricing and advertising strategy.

B-357

MKT 435 CONSUMER BEHAVIOR 3 School of Business This is an introductory course in analyzing consumer and purchasing 

behaviors as basic considerations in the development of a marketing 

strategy. Family and cultural factors that influence consumer behavior are 

considered as they relate to the development of marketing programs. 

Consumer decision‐making processes are examined to develop marketing 

communications strategies. Tools are developed to measure the effect of 

consumer behavior theory in effective marketing strategies.

MKT 438 PUBLIC RELATIONS 3 School of Business This course provides an introduction to the field of public relations. Areas 

covered are media relations; promotion; tools used in developing public 

relations and publicity, and improving customer satisfaction; relationship‐

building strategies; and ethics and public relations.

MKT 440 FUNDAMENTALS OF DIGITAL 

MARKETING

3 School of Business This course provides a high‐level view of the impact of technology on the 

marketing of goods and services. After completion of this course, students 

will be able to understand the structure of the Internet, compare and 

contrast strengths and weaknesses of various digital marketing tools, 

identify common terminology used in digital marketing, analyze ethical 

issues in public presentation of information, and evaluate the integration 

of digital media into a marketing plan.

MKT 441 MARKETING RESEARCH 3 School of Business This course covers basic research methodology applied to marketing 

issues. Students study methods and techniques for collection, analysis, 

and interpretation of primary and secondary data for customer and 

business marketing.

B-358

MKT 443 SOCIAL MEDIA MARKETING 3 School of Business The course provides an opportunity for students to examine social 

networks, social media, and online advertising techniques. After 

completion of this course, students will be able to identify interactive 

marketing opportunities, understand the use of social media marketing on 

customer loyalty, apply social media tactics to the appropriate target 

market, and apply concepts of micropayments in social media setting.

MKT 444 HOSPITALITY MARKETING 3 School of Business This course applies the general tools of marketing to the specific needs of 

the hospitality management industry. Special emphasis is placed on the 

global, regional, individual, and ethical considerations when building 

customer‐relationships through marketing.

MKT 446 SEARCH ENGINE 

OPTIMIZATION

3 School of Business This course will provide students with the tools to apply concepts used in 

search engine optimization. After completion of this course, students will 

be able to perform a competitive analysis, create a keyword strategy, 

design a website architecture, create a page‐level strategy, develop a 

content and social media strategy to enhance a website's ability to be 

found, and identify techniques and tools that enhance search results 

across user interfaces.

MKT 447 ADVERTISING AND CREATIVE 

STRATEGY

3 School of Business This course provides an overview of advertising in the context of 

integrated marketing. Topics include the development of advertising 

objectives, creative guidelines, media selection and scheduling, budgeting, 

and performance evaluation.

B-359

MKT 448 WEB ANALYTICS FOR DIGITAL 

MARKETING

3 School of Business This course prepares students to understand the appropriate web 

analytics technologies associated with digital marketing and the key 

performance indicators and metrics used to determine performance. After 

completion of this course, students will be able to determine appropriate 

key performance indicators, apply analytics to segmented strategies, 

create web analytics reports, and understand research and testing in 

social media analytics.

MKT 455 INTERNET MARKETING 3 School of Business This course examines the impact of the Internet on traditional marketing 

methods and how it has transformed the contemporary marketing 

landscape. Emphasis will be placed upon the uses of the Internet for the 

marketing of goods, services, information, and the impact of Internet 

technology on marketing strategy and practices. The course examines 

strategies for Internet marketing and analyzes social relationship 

management models and applications in the business‐to‐business (B2B) 

and business‐to‐consumer (B2C) environments.

MKT 468 CUSTOMER RELATIONSHIP 

MANAGEMENT

3 School of Business This course provides an overview of the sales management process, with 

an emphasis on the importance of developing the skills, attitudes, and 

thinking patterns needed in order to win customer satisfaction and 

loyalty. Specific behaviors, techniques, leadership styles, performance 

evaluation metrics, and future directions are provided to maximize 

professional success.

MKT 498 INTEGRATED MARKETING 

STRATEGY

3 School of Business This course provides students with an in‐depth study of Integrated 

Marketing Communications (IMC). Emphasis will be placed on the 

strategic roles and integration of marketing communication tools 

including advertising, public relations, sales, promotion, event 

management, media selection, and marketing management.

B-360

MKT 544 INTEGRATED MARKETING 

COMMUNICATIONS

3 School of Business This course prepares students to apply integrated marketing 

communications as part of a strategic marketing plan. Students evaluate 

how marketing communication tools build brand value. Topics include 

advertising, promotions, public relations, sales, and direct marketing.

MKT 552 TECHNOLOGY APPLICATIONS 

& E‐MARKETING

3 School of Business This course prepares students to integrate technology in marketing 

functions. Topics include developing digital marketing strategies and 

plans, capturing marketing insights by utilizing various marketing and 

customer analytics applications to analyze consumer and business 

markets, examining the digital marketing communications tools and 

techniques for strategic communications planning and implementation 

designed to successfully compete in the digital economy.

MKT 554 CONSUMER BEHAVIOR 3 School of Business This course prepares students to apply buyer behavior theories in the 

marketplace. Students evaluate how demographic, psychological, and 

socio‐cultural issues contribute to buyer behavior. Topics include 

consumer preference, brand perception, attitude formation, persuasion, 

motivation, and consumer protection.

MKT 562 ADVANCED INTERNATIONAL 

MARKETING

3 School of Business This course prepares students to develop and manage a marketing 

strategy in an international business environment. Students evaluate case 

studies of previous product launches and current research to create a 

launch strategy for a specific country. Topics include distribution systems, 

socio‐cultural perspectives, business customs, product and service 

adaptations, and pricing issues.

B-361

MKT 571 MARKETING 3 School of Business This course prepares students to apply marketing concepts to create and 

sustain customer value. Students learn to solve marketing problems in a 

collaborative environment. Topics include market research, customer 

relationships, branding, market segmentation, product development, 

pricing, channels, communications, and public relations.

MKT 575 MARKETING STRATEGY 3 School of Business This course prepares students to manage the marketing process. Using 

creative problem‐solving and decision‐making skills, students will learn to 

identify market trends, prepare an industry analysis, and plan a marketing 

strategy to achieve organizational goals. Students will also become 

familiar with the concepts of consumer behavior, competitive advantage, 

branding, target market opportunities, and market differentiation and 

positioning.

MKT 578 PUBLIC RELATIONS 3 School of Business This course prepares students to evaluate the use of public relations in 

meeting organizational objectives. Students will create a response to a 

given public relations challenge. Other topics include media relations, 

promotion, public relations tools, publicity, and ethics.

MKT 593 PRODUCT DESIGN AND 

DEVELOPMENT

3 School of Business In this content area capstone course, students design an innovative 

product or service that satisfies an unmet consumer need. Students use 

applied qualitative and quantitative research methods to identify 

opportunities or new product features that reflect the latest market 

trends. Topics include market environmental analysis, marketing strategy, 

the marketing process, product development, market research 

techniques, ethics and social responsibility, innovation and diffusion, 

pricing strategy, and strategic marketing issues.

B-362

MKT 711 MARKETING AND MANAGING 

THE CUSTOMER 

RELATIONSHIP

3 School of Advanced 

Studies

This course evaluates how organizations manage relationships with their 

customers and apply research‐based marketing information to the 

development and marketing of products and services tailored to target 

customers. Topics include market segmentation, target marketing, 

delivering superior value, relationship marketing, ethics, and marketing 

strategy.

MKT TM571 MARKETING HIGH 

TECHNOLOGY PRODUCTS

3 School of Business This course prepares students to apply marketing concepts to create and 

sustain customer value. Students learn to solve marketing problems in a 

collaborative environment. Students also create business and ethical 

justifications for products that are technologically possible. Other topics 

include technology and market research, customer relationships, 

branding, market segmentation, product development, pricing, channels, 

communications, and public relations.

MLFC 560 HISTORICAL AND CULTURAL 

PERSPECTIVES OF THE 

MILITARY

3 College of Social 

Sciences

This course focuses on understanding the historical and cultural 

perspectives of the military. The unique characteristics of military life, the 

effect on individuals in military families, and the differences between 

required service during the draft and voluntary service since the early 

1970s are presented. Issues such as military jargon, differences between 

the services, rank and pay‐grade categories, and other basic information 

related to military culture are covered. In addition, the course provides an 

overview of the need for additional mental health services and trained 

mental health professionals who can work with military families. Ethical 

and legal issues involved in counseling military families are also 

introduced.

MLFC 561 DEPENDENCY AND 

ADDICTIONS

3 College of Social 

Sciences

This course addresses addiction concepts and counseling practices. Topics 

include an overview of dependency theories, major substances of abuse, 

assessment, diagnosis, treatment modalities, special topics, and working 

with diverse populations.

B-363

MLFC 565 FAMILY, COUPLE AND CHILD 

COUNSELING

3 College of Social 

Sciences

This course is an overview of models in the intervention and treatment of 

children, adolescents, and families. Students contrast fundamental 

assumptions of systems theory with intrapsychic theories, address 

integrative approaches to assessment and diagnosis in family therapy, and 

explore systemic approaches for the treatment of issues common to 

families and children in clinical settings.

MLFC 566 GRIEF LOSS AND TRANSITION 

ISSUES FOR MILITARY 

FAMILIES

3 College of Social 

Sciences

This course focuses on the transitions that military family members face 

regularly and discusses the experiences of bereavement and grief usually 

associated with these transitions. Frequent family disruptions, such as the 

deployment cycle and its effect on the family, as well as trauma and 

posttraumatic stress issues, are reviewed. A foundational model is 

presented where all transitions are understood by clinicians and by the 

families with which they are working. Coping and counseling strategies are 

presented to assist families through the transitions. 

MLFC 567 COUNSELING MILITARY 

FAMILIES

3 College of Social 

Sciences

This course focuses on the strengths, vulnerabilities, and capabilities of a 

military family, including the unique aspects of guard and reserve families. 

The family systems model is used to address issues that different family 

members face, including spouses, children, and families of unmarried 

service members. Parenting issues relevant to military families are also 

addressed.  During the course, local resources are explored to assist 

families throughout their military service.

MLFC 568 ASSESSMENT AND 

INTERVENTION STRATEGIES 

FOR MILITARY FAMILIES

3 College of Social 

Sciences

The focus of this course is on the assessments and interventions used to 

work with military families. When providing assessments and 

interventions, it is crucial to understand that the military has a distinct 

culture. This course explores how professionals can address the stigma 

associated with service members seeking mental health care, which may 

deter them from receiving therapy. Ethically and culturally appropriate, 

theory‐based assessment and interventions strategies are explored. In 

addition, current research on best practices is considered, and case 

conceptualizations are required.

B-364

MLF‐CN 560 MILITARY FAMILY 

COUNSELING: MILITARY 

HISTORY AND CULTURE

3 College of Social 

Sciences

This course is designed to focus on understanding the historical and 

cultural perspectives of the military. Participants examine the unique 

characteristics of military life, the effect on individuals in military families, 

and the differences between required service during the draft and 

voluntary service since the early 1970s. Topics such as military jargon, 

differences between the services, rank and pay‐grade categories, and 

other basic information related to military culture are covered. In 

addition, participants explore the need for additional mental health 

services and trained mental health professionals who can work with 

military families. Ethical and legal issues involved in counseling military 

families are also addressed.

MPA 503 PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 

INSTITUTIONS AND 

PROCESSES

3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course applies the tools available to UOPX graduate students and the 

competencies of successful managers to understand the functions of 

public administration. Students will understand the relationship between 

the political system and public administration in the creation and 

implementation of public policy. Other topics, at the state and local level, 

include executive & legislative branches of government, the evolution of 

public administration, intergovernmental relationships, and fiscal sources 

& uses.

MPA 533 LEADING ORGANIZATIONAL 

CHANGE IN THE PUBLIC 

SECTOR

3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course prepares students to lead change in the public sector. 

Students will apply leadership theories in the public sector considering the 

unique role of shared decision making between appointed and elected 

officials in a political environment. Other topics include culture in the 

public sector, power, group behavior, financial and nonfinancial 

motivation, and workplace conflict.

MPA 543 DATA ANALYSIS FOR PUBLIC 

POLICY AND MANAGEMENT

3 College of Social 

Sciences

This course prepares students to analyze information and present it 

appropriately to diverse stakeholder groups. Students will collect and 

analyze primary and secondary data to measure effectiveness and 

efficiency in the delivery of public sector goods and services. Other topics, 

at the state and local level, include pretesting, posttesting, correlation, 

and forecasting.

B-365

MPA 553 PUBLIC FINANCE 3 College of Social 

Sciences

This course prepares students to apply the principles of economics to the 

public sector. Students will create a plan for a public‐private partnership 

to deliver a public good or service. Other topics include, at the state and 

local level, revenue sources, income redistribution, multilevel government 

financing, bond issuance, role of nonprofits, and basic micro‐ and 

macroeconomic variables.

MPA 563 PUBLIC BUDGETING 3 College of Social 

Sciences

In this course students learn the accounting and budgeting tools and 

theories used in the public sector. Students will analyze the relationship 

between public policy and the public budget process. Other topics include 

budgetary decision making, basics of government and not‐for‐profit 

accounting, reporting, capital and operating expenditures, and inter‐

period equity.

MPA 573 PROGRAM EVALUATION 3 College of Social 

Sciences

This course prepares students to apply techniques to evaluate public 

sector programs. Students will be evaluating public sector programs using 

analytical tools. Other topics, at the state, county and local level, include 

measures of effectiveness, benchmarks, baselines, performance 

standards, and customized stakeholder communication and collaboration.

MPA 583 PUBLIC POLICY PLANNING 

AND IMPLEMENTATION

3 College of Social 

Sciences

This course prepares students to trace the development of a public policy. 

For a selected policy, students will analyze the policy‐ making process and 

the challenges that accompany each stage. Other topics, at the state and 

local level, include public policy planning, policy alternative evaluation, 

and stakeholder conflicts.

B-366

MPA 593 PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 

APPLIED PROJECT

3 College of Social 

Sciences

Students are required to apply the knowledge learned in the MPA 

program to a cumulative project.

MPA TM543 LEVERAGING TECHNOLOGY IN 

THE PUBLIC SECTOR

3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course prepares students to leverage technology in support of 

effective and efficient administration of government. Students will apply 

technology concepts to enhance self‐service tools for citizens while 

providing data security and respecting privacy concerns. Other topics, at 

the state and local level, include mobility, database interconnectivity, 

Internet, intranet and extranet, and data maintenance and retrieval.

MTE 501 THE ART AND SCIENCE OF 

TEACHING

2 College of 

Education

This course introduces teaching as both an art and a science. Topics for 

discussion include a historical overview, basic philosophies, 

professionalism, legal or ethical ramifications, in addition to trends and 

issues in education. Students will reflect on their motivations to teach and 

will begin developing a personal philosophy of education.

MTE 502 ORIENTATION TO THE CTEL 

PROGRAM

0 College of 

Education

This course is designed to provide an orientation to the primary 

components of the California Teachers of English Learners (CTEL) Program. 

Students will be introduced to the program's components and completion 

requirements. Electronic Resources, Field Experience, and E‐Portfolio will 

be discussed.

B-367

MTE 503 ORIENTATION TO 

ALTERNATIVE PATHWAY 

CERTIFICATE

0 College of 

Education

This course is designed to provide an orientation to the primary 

components of the Teacher Education Program. Students will be 

introduced to the program's progression and degree completion 

requirements. Field Experience, Electronic Resources, E‐Portfolio, Student 

Teaching, and the Student Teacher Performance Assessment will be 

discussed.

MTE 504 ASSESSMENT OF EFFECTIVE 

TEACHING

1 College of 

Education

This course focuses on assessing the skills necessary for effective teaching. 

Candidates will plan for instruction, use engaging strategies, and assess 

student learning, while providing necessary artifacts to support and 

display the candidate's content knowledge of teaching.

MTE 505 CHILD AND ADOLESCENT 

DEVELOPMENT

3 College of 

Education

This course explores the range of issues related to human development 

from birth through age 18. The focus of the course is on defining the 

various stages as they impact instructional practice and decisions in a K‐12 

environment. Emotional, intellectual, physiological, social, and cultural 

factors are discussed. Peer and family influences, along with issues related 

to media themes and gender bias, are examined.

MTE 506 CHILD AND ADOLESCENT 

DEVELOPMENT

2 College of 

Education

This course explores the range of issues related to human development 

from birth through age 18. The focus of the course is on defining the 

various stages as they impact instructional practice and decisions in a 

K–12 environment. Emotional, intellectual, physiological, social, and 

cultural factors are discussed. Peer and family influences, along with 

issues related to media themes and gender bias, are examined.

B-368

MTE 507 ORIENTATION TO TEACHER 

EDUCATION

0 College of 

Education

This course is designed to provide an orientation to the primary 

components of the Teacher Education Program. Students will be 

introduced to the program's progression and degree completion 

requirements. Field Experience, Electronic Resources, E‐Portfolio, Student 

Teaching, and Teacher Work Sample will be discussed.

MTE 507CA ORIENTATION TO TEACHER 

EDUCATION

0 College of 

Education

This course is designed to provide an orientation to the primary 

components of the Teacher Education Program. Students will be 

introduced to the program's progression and degree completion 

requirements. Field Experience, Electronic Resources, E‐Portfolio, Student 

Teaching, and Teacher Work Sample will be discussed.

MTE 518 MODELS, THEORIES AND 

INSTRUCTIONAL STRATEGIES

3 College of 

Education

This course focuses on the theoretical models that underlie teaching and 

learning. Students examine methods for teaching all students, explore 

lesson plan designs, analyze the most effective teaching strategies to 

promote student learning, and develop a lesson plan.

MTE 518CA MODELS, THEORIES, AND 

INSTRUCTIONAL STRATEGIES

3 College of 

Education

This course focuses on the theoretical models that underlie teaching and 

learning. Students examine methods for teaching all students, explore 

lesson plan designs, analyze the most effective teaching strategies to 

promote student learning, and develop a lesson plan.

B-369

MTE 522 MAINTAINING AN EFFECTIVE 

LEARNING CLIMATE

3 College of 

Education

This course examines the strategies used in managing a positive classroom 

environment within the framework of today’s diverse student population. 

Topics include models of discipline, establishing expectations and 

procedures, motivating students, parent communication, managing 

disruptive students, and materials management and record keeping. The 

course focuses on helping teacher candidates to develop an individual 

classroom management plan appropriate for their targeted grade levels 

and needs.

MTE 522CA MAINTAINING AN EFFECTIVE 

LEARNING CLIMATE FOR 

ELEM SETTINGS

3 College of 

Education

This course examines the strategies used in managing a positive classroom 

environment within the framework of today’s diverse student population. 

Topics include models of discipline, establishing expectations and 

procedures, motivating students, parent communication, managing 

disruptive students, and materials management and record keeping. The 

course focuses on helping teacher candidates to develop an individual 

classroom management plan appropriate for their targeted grade levels 

and needs.

MTE 523 MAINTAINING AN EFFECTIVE 

LEARNING CLIMATE

3 College of 

Education

This course examines the strategies used in managing a positive classroom 

environment within the framework of today's diverse student population. 

Topics include models of discipline, establishing expectations and 

procedures, motivating students, parent communication, managing 

disruptive students, and materials management and recordkeeping. The 

course focuses on helping teacher candidates to develop an individual 

classroom management plan appropriate for their targeted grade levels 

and needs.

MTE 523CA MAINTAINING AN EFFECTIVE 

LEARNING CLIMATE

3 College of 

Education

This course examines the strategies used in managing a positive classroom 

environment within the framework of today’s diverse student population. 

Topics include models of discipline, establishing expectations and 

procedures, motivating students, parent communication, managing 

disruptive students, and materials management and recordkeeping. The 

course focuses on helping teacher candidates to develop an individual 

classroom management plan appropriate for their targeted grade levels 

and needs.

B-370

MTE 528CA CURRICULUM CONSTRUCTS 

AND ASSESSMENT: VISUAL 

ARTS

3 College of 

Education

This course explores the theory, application, and strategies of teaching the 

visual arts for the single subject teacher candidates. Participants identify 

the educational needs of students by exploring current instructional 

theory, national and state standards, assessment practices, aesthetic 

valuing, artistic perception, and historical and cultural origins that impact 

the arts. The course also helps prospective educators develop skills in 

adapting delivery methods and behavior management plans for individual 

students and diverse populations. The course will also emphasize 

classroom management skills, including safety, and the use of technology 

as they relate to visual arts instruction.

MTE 529 READING AND 

PHONOLOGICAL THEORY

2 College of 

Education

This course expounds upon the basic premise that systematically 

integrated phonics instruction is a fundamental component of effective 

reading programs. Students will study the relevant research and 

applications that support principles of sequential phonics instruction and 

phonological awareness and review traditional and contemporary phonics 

approaches.

MTE 531 CURRICULUM CONST & 

ASSMT: HISTORY SOCIAL 

SCIENCE

2 College of 

Education

This course defines and provides a context for teaching and assessing K–8 

students in the area of history and social science based on scope, 

sequence, and national and state standards. Instructional approaches for 

the content area within the framework of an integrated curriculum are 

explored, including the use of critical thinking skills and study skills. 

Students develop alternative assessments and traditional testing tools 

based on clear criteria, which are designed to yield accurate information 

on student progress.

MTE 533 CURRICULUM CONSTRUCTS 

AND ASSESSMENT:SCIENCE 

AND MATHEMATICS

4 College of 

Education

This course focuses on the pedagogy and assessment strategies that 

enhance learning in science and mathematics. Integrated content, 

interdisciplinary teaching, and curriculum and assessment issues are 

emphasized. Multiple perspectives of students as learners of math and 

science are explored. This course provides students with an opportunity to 

develop the ability to evaluate and use instructional methods, curricular 

materials and resources, and appropriate assessment strategies.

B-371

MTE 533CA CURRICULUM CONSTRUCTS 

AND ASSESSMENT: SCIENCE 

AND MATH

4 College of 

Education

This course focuses on the pedagogy and assessment strategies that 

enhance learning in science and mathematics. Integrated content, 

interdisciplinary teaching, and curriculum and assessment issues are 

emphasized. Multiple perspectives of students as learners of math and 

science are explored. This course provides students with an opportunity to 

develop the ability to evaluate and use instructional methods, curricular 

materials and resources, and appropriate assessment strategies.

MTE 534 CURRICULUM CONST & 

ASSMT: VISUAL AND 

PERFORMING ARTS

2 College of 

Education

This course defines and provides a context for teaching and assessing 

students in the area of visual and performing arts based on scope, 

sequence, and national and state standards. An emphasis is placed on 

integrating art across the curriculum.

MTE 536 CHILDREN'S LITERATURE 3 College of 

Education

This course will examine the use of children’s literature in the elementary 

school classroom. Various genres will be studied as well as the application 

of children’s literature to instruction and assessment in reading. Methods 

for incorporating the use of children’s literature in all content areas will 

also be examined.

MTE 537 CURRICULUM CONST & 

ASSMT: PHYSICAL EDUCATION 

and HEALTH

2 College of 

Education

This course defines and provides a context for the classroom teacher to 

teach and assess K‐8 students in the area of physical education and health 

based on a scope and sequence, and on state and national standards. This 

course includes framework‐based teaching strategies effective in helping 

K‐8 students develop a variety of motor skills and abilities, recognize the 

importance of a healthy lifestyle, gain knowledge of human movement, 

learn the rules and strategies of games and sports, and develop self‐

confidence and self‐worth. This course also includes framework‐based 

teaching strategies effective in helping K‐8 students achieve the goals of 

lifelong health; understand growth and development; and utilize health‐

related information, products, and services. Instructional approaches for 

the integration of physical education and health with other content areas 

are explored.

B-372

MTE 541 LANGUAGE DEVELOPMENT 

FOR SECONDARY SETTINGS

2 College of 

Education

This course examines second language acquisition theories, strategies, 

and the nature of cognitive and affective language development to assist 

the secondary teacher of the English language learner (ELL) student. The 

course focuses on language acquisition development within alternative 

language service programs and it provides the basis for effective 

instructional strategies including methods, techniques, and materials to 

be used with linguistically diverse secondary students. It examines the 

critical elements of learning issues associated with linguistically diverse 

students, including the learning styles and interconnected variables that 

interact in second language learning, thought processes, and the 

relationship to content mastery. The course also focuses on the structure 

and use of the English language to ensure oral and written accuracy and 

correct punctuation and intonation for those working with linguistically 

diverse secondary populations.

MTE 541CA LANGUAGE DEVELOPMENT 

FOR SECONDARY SETTINGS

2 College of 

Education

This course examines second language acquisition theories, strategies, 

and the nature of cognitive and affective language development to assist 

the secondary teacher of the English language learner (ELL) student. The 

course focuses on language acquisition development within alternative 

language service programs and it provides the basis for effective 

instructional strategies including methods, techniques, and materials to 

be used with linguistically diverse secondary students. It examines the 

critical elements of learning issues associated with linguistically diverse 

students, including the learning styles and interconnected variables that 

interact in second language learning, thought processes, and the 

relationship to content mastery. The course also focuses on the structure 

and use of the English language to ensure oral and written accuracy and 

correct punctuation and intonation for those working with linguistically 

diverse secondary populations.

MTE 543 CURRICULUM CONST & 

ASSMNT: SECONDARY VISUAL 

& PERFORMING ART

3 College of 

Education

This course explores the application of basic instructional met content 

areas and strategies of teaching the visual and performing arts in middle 

school and high school.  Participants identify the educational needs of 

secondary students by exploring current instructional theory, National 

and state standards, assessment practices, and social issues that impact 

the arts in the classroom.  The course also helps prospective educators 

develop skills in adapting delivery methods and behavior management 

plans for individual students and diverse populations.  The course will also 

emphasize classroom management skills as they relate to visual and 

performing arts instruction.

MTE 550 CURRICULUM CONSTRUCTS 

AND ASSESSMENT: GLOBAL 

LANGUAGES

3 College of 

Education

This course explores the application of basic instructional methods to the 

content area of global languages in middle school and high school 

settings. Participants identify the educational needs of middle level and 

secondary students by exploring current instructional theory, models, and 

strategies; state, local, and national standards as they relate to 

instruction, assessment, and accountability; and cultural issues in the 

teaching of foreign languages. The course also helps prospective 

educators develop skills in selecting and adapting delivery methods and 

behavior management plans for diverse individual students and student 

populations.

B-373

MTE 550CA CURRICULUM CONSTRUCTS 

AND ASSESSMENT: GLOBAL 

LANGUAGES

3 College of 

Education

This course explores the application of basic instructional methods to the 

content area of global languages in middle school and high school 

settings. Participants identify the educational needs of middle level and 

secondary students by exploring current instructional theory, models, and 

strategies; state, local, and national standards as they relate to 

instruction, assessment, and accountability; and cultural issues in the 

teaching of foreign languages. The course also helps prospective 

educators develop skills in selecting and adapting delivery methods and 

behavior management plans for diverse individual students and student 

populations.

MTE 551 CURRICULUM CONSTRUCTS 

AND ASSESSMENT: PHYSICAL 

EDUCATION

3 College of 

Education

This course explores the secondary physical education classroom, 

professionalism, curriculum, and teaching and assessment strategies. 

Participants identify the educational needs of secondary students by 

exploring current instructional theory, national and state standards 

including the developing motor skills through activities, developing levels 

of physical fitness, understanding principles of human movement, and 

developing and practicing social skills and the value of fair play in games 

and sports. The course also helps prospective educators develop skills in 

selecting and adapting instruction for diverse student populations. The 

course will also emphasize classroom and sport field management skills 

and safety as they relate to physical education instruction.

MTE 553 INSTRUCTION AND 

ASSESSMENT OF ENGLISH 

LANGUAGE LEARNERS

3 College of 

Education

This course focuses on education for the English Language Learner (ELL). It 

emphasizes knowledge of and sensitivity to the history and to the culture 

of other languages and ethnic groups, as well as to multiethnic curriculum 

and instruction. It provides strategies for effective instruction, including 

standards‐based lesson planning and implementation models, and 

assessment of linguistically diverse K–12 students. In addition, the course 

addresses ways in which a learner‐centered approach to teaching can 

provide English language learners with a greater opportunity to interact 

meaningfully with educational materials as they learn subject matter and 

acquire English.

MTE 556 CURR CONSTR & ASSESS: 

DISTANCE ED METHODS FOR 

SEC SCHOOLS

3 College of 

Education

This course examines methods for incorporating distance learning into 

middle and high school settings. Various instructional and assessment 

strategies are explored, along with ethical issues related to the distance 

education environment. Students are given the opportunity to participate 

in an interactive, online environment.

B-374

MTE 557 LANGUAGE DEVELOPMENT 

FOR SECONDARY SETTINGS

3 College of 

Education

This course examines second language acquisition theories, strategies, 

and the nature of cognitive and affective language development to assist 

the secondary teacher of the English language learner (ELL) student. The 

course focuses on language acquisition development within alternative 

language service programs and it provides the basis for effective 

instructional strategies including methods, techniques, and materials to 

be used with linguistically diverse secondary students. It examines the 

critical elements of learning issues associated with linguistically diverse 

students including the learning styles and interconnected variables that 

interact in second language learning, thought processes, and the 

relationship to content mastery. The course also focuses on the structure 

and use of the English language to ensure oral and written accuracy and 

correct punctuation and intonation for those working with linguistically 

diverse secondary populations.

MTE 559 CURRICULUM CONSTRUCTS 

AND ASSESSMENT: 

SECONDARY METHODS

3 College of 

Education

This course focuses on the methodology and assessment strategies that 

enhance learning at the secondary level. Integrated content, 

interdisciplinary teaching, and curriculum and assessment issues are 

emphasized. Multiple perspectives of students as learners of secondary 

content, along with current research on pedagogy, are explored. This 

course provides students with an opportunity to develop the ability to use 

and evaluate instructional and curricular materials and appropriate 

assessment strategies.

MTE 560 CURRICULUM CONSTRUCTS & 

ASSESSMENT: SECONDARY 

HEALTH SCIENCE

3 College of 

Education

This course explores the application of instructional methods to the 

content area of health science in middle school and high school settings. 

Participants explore the contexts of societal issues, and of state, local, and 

national standards for the teaching of health science. They also examine 

current instructional theory, models, and strategies as they relate to 

instruction, assessment, and accountability. The course helps prospective 

educators to identify the educational needs of middle school level and 

secondary students, and to develop skills in selecting and adapting 

delivery methods, external resources, and behavior management plans for 

diverse students.

MTE 560CA CURRICULUM CONST & 

ASSMT: SECONDARY HEALTH 

SCIENCE

3 College of 

Education

This course explores the application of instructional methods to the 

content area of health science in middle school and high school settings. 

Participants explore the contexts of societal issues, and of state, local, and 

national standards for the teaching of health science. They also examine 

current instructional theory, models, and strategies as they relate to 

instruction, assessment, and accountability. The course helps prospective 

educators to identify the educational needs of middle school level and 

secondary students, and to develop skills in selecting and adapting 

delivery methods, external resources, and behavior management plans for 

diverse students.

B-375

MTE 561 ACTION RESEARCH 3 College of 

Education

This course focuses on the foundations of educational research. The 

purpose of research as it impacts decision‐making and educational 

practices will be explored. Students are introduced to the various 

elements of an action research proposal including problem and purpose 

statements, writing style, literature review, research design, data 

collection, and data analysis. The purpose of statistics, as applied to 

educational research, is introduced; inferential and descriptive measures 

are examined. Students also identify ethical issues related to research 

including basic theory and practice, professional codes of ethics, 

government regulations, confidentiality, and research using human 

subjects.

MTE 562 ASSESSMENT AND 

EVALUATION

3 College of 

Education

This course focuses on developing the skills necessary to become effective 

assessors. It provides the fundamentals of a variety of classroom 

assessments, including standardized, formative and summative, 

traditional, and performance classroom assessments. Learners focus on 

using a variety of assessment tools and construct objective and 

performance assessments. Additionally, the purposes, the methods, and 

the reporting of evaluations are explored.

MTE 564 CURRICULUM CONSTRUCTS 

AND ASSESSMENT: 

SECONDARY MATHEMATICS

3 College of 

Education

This course explores the secondary mathematics classroom, curriculum, 

and teaching and assessment strategies. Participants identify the 

educational needs of secondary students by exploring current 

instructional theory, National Council of Teachers of Mathematics 

Standards, state standards, and social issues that impact the mathematics 

classroom. The course also helps prospective educators develop skills in 

selecting and adapting instruction for diverse student populations. The 

course will also emphasize classroom management skills as they relate to 

mathematics instruction.

MTE 564CA CURRICULUM CONSTRUCTS 

AND ASSESSMENT: 

SECONDARY MATHEMATICS

3 College of 

Education

This course explores the secondary mathematics classroom, curriculum, 

and teaching and assessment strategies. Participants identify the 

educational needs of secondary students by exploring current 

instructional theory, National Council of Teachers of Mathematics 

Standards, state standards, and social issues that impact the mathematics 

classroom. The course also helps prospective educators develop skills in 

selecting and adapting instruction for diverse student populations. The 

course will also emphasize classroom management skills as they relate to 

mathematics instruction.

B-376

MTE 566 CURRICULUM CONST & 

ASSMT: SECONDARY ENGLISH 

LANGUAGE ARTS

3 College of 

Education

This course explores the application of basic instructional methods to the 

content area of English and language arts in middle school and high school 

settings. Participants identify the educational needs of middle level and 

secondary students by exploring current instructional theory, models, and 

strategies; state, local, and national standards as they relate to 

instruction, assessment, and accountability; and social issues that impact 

reading, listening, speaking, and writing in the classroom. The course also 

helps prospective educators develop skills in selecting and adapting 

delivery methods and behavior management plans for diverse individual 

students and student populations.

MTE 566CA CURRICULUM CONST & 

ASSMT: SECONDARY ENGLISH 

LANGUAGE ARTS

3 College of 

Education

This course explores the application of basic instructional methods to the 

content area of English and language arts in middle school and high school 

settings. Participants identify the educational needs of middle level and 

secondary students by exploring current instructional theory, models, and 

strategies; state, local, and national standards as they relate to 

instruction, assessment, and accountability; and social issues that impact 

reading, listening, speaking, and writing in the classroom. The course also 

helps prospective educators develop skills in selecting and adapting 

delivery methods and behavior management plans for diverse individual 

students and student populations.

MTE 567 CURRICULUM CONST & 

ASSMT: SECONDARY HISTORY 

SOCIAL SCIENCE

3 College of 

Education

This course explores the application of basic instructional methods and 

strategies of teaching social studies in middle school and high school 

settings. Participants identify the educational needs of secondary students 

by exploring current instructional and assessment theory; national, state, 

and local standards; and social issues that are found in various social 

studies courses. The course also helps prospective educators develop 

skills in selecting and adapting delivery methods and behavior 

management plans for diverse individual students and student 

populations.

MTE 567CA CURRICULUM CONST & 

ASSMT: SECONDARY HISTORY 

SOCIAL SCIENCE

3 College of 

Education

This course explores the application of basic instructional methods and 

strategies of teaching social studies in middle school and high school 

settings. Participants identify the educational needs of secondary students 

by exploring current instructional and assessment theory; national, state, 

and local standards; and social issues that are found in various social 

studies courses. The course also helps prospective educators develop 

skills in selecting and adapting delivery methods and behavior 

management plans for diverse individual students and student 

populations.

B-377

MTE 569 CURRICULUM CONSTRCTS 

AND ASSESSMENT: 

SECONDARY SCIENCE

3 College of 

Education

This course is designed to prepare students to teach science at the 

secondary school level. To meet this objective, students explore the 

instructional methods in science content areas in middle level and high 

school settings. Participants identify the educational needs of secondary 

students by exploring current instructional theory; national, state, and 

local standards; and social issues that affect the science classroom. The 

course also helps prospective educators develop skills in selecting and 

adapting instruction and management plans for diverse student 

populations.

MTE 569CA CURRICULUM CONSTRUCTS 

AND ASSESSMENT: 

SECONDARY SCIENCE

3 College of 

Education

This course is designed to prepare students to teach science at the 

secondary school level. To meet this objective, students explore the 

instructional methods in science content areas in middle level and high 

school settings. Participants identify the educational needs of secondary 

students by exploring current instructional theory; national, state, and 

local standards; and social issues that affect the science classroom. The 

course also helps prospective educators develop skills in selecting and 

adapting instruction and management plans for diverse student 

populations.

MTE 580 CURRICULUM CONSTRUCTS & 

ASSESSMENT: SECONDARY 

BUS & MKTNG

3 College of 

Education

This course focuses on instruction and assessment strategies to provide 

secondary students background and knowledge in business marketing 

content and careers, employment and workplace skills, applied 

academics, and leadership skills through participation in career and 

technical student organizations (CTSOs). This course will provide teacher 

candidates the opportunity to develop the ability to evaluate and use 

appropriate instructional methods, curricular materials and resources, 

and assessment strategies.

MTE 583 STUDENT TEACHING 8 College of 

Education

This course emphasizes the practical application of educational theories 

and methods. Participants will focus on the following topics: requirements 

and expectations for student teaching and teacher performance 

assessment, the school culture, planning instruction, and teaching 

planned lessons. The course provides a forum for open discussion and 

problem solving based on student teaching classroom experiences. Finally, 

learners will prepare and submit Tasks 1, 2, and 3 of the teacher 

performance assessment.

B-378

MTE 586 STUDENT TEACHING, PART A 4 College of 

Education

This course emphasizes the practical application of educational theories 

and methods. This course will focus on the student teaching experience 

and the design and implementation of the Teacher Work Sample. This 

seminar also provides a forum for open discussion and problem solving 

based on student teaching classroom experiences.

MTE 587 STUDENT TEACHING, PART B 4 College of 

Education

This course will focus on the design and implementation of the Teacher 

Work Sample. It also provides students practical guidance in securing a 

teaching position. Students will examine resumes and cover letters, 

teaching applications, and interview strategies. Assistance in preparing an 

employment portfolio will be provided. This seminar also provides a forum 

for open discussion and problem‐solving based on student teaching 

classroom experiences.

MTE 588 STUDENT TEACHING: PART A 4 College of 

Education

This course emphasizes the practical application of educational theories 

and methods. This course will focus on the student teaching experience 

and the design and implementation of the Teacher Work Sample. This 

seminar also provides a forum for open discussion and problem‐solving 

based on student teaching classroom experiences.

MTE 589 STUDENT TEACHING: PART B 4 College of 

Education

This course will focus on the design and implementation of the Teacher 

Work Sample. It also provides students practical guidance in securing a 

teaching position. Students will examine resumes and cover letters, 

teaching applications, and interview strategies. Assistance in preparing an 

employment portfolio will be provided. This seminar also provides a forum 

for open discussion and problem‐solving based on student teaching 

classroom experiences.

B-379

MTE 590 STUDENT TEACHING 3 College of 

Education

This course emphasizes the practical application of educational theories 

and methods. The course will focus on the following topics: the student 

teaching experience, the school culture, the learning environment, and 

planning, preparing, and implementing the Teacher Work Sample. The 

course also provides a forum for open discussion and problem solving 

based on student teaching classroom experiences.

MTEP 562 ASSESSMENT AND 

EVALUATION

3 College of 

Education

This course focuses on developing the skills necessary to become effective 

assessors. It provides the fundamentals of a variety of classroom 

assessments, including standardized, formative and summative, 

traditional, and performance classroom assessments. Learners focus on 

using a variety of assessment tools and construct objective and 

performance assessments. Additionally, the purposes, the methods, and 

the reporting of evaluations are explored.

MTH 110 HISTORY OF MATHEMATICS 1 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This one‐credit course introduces students to a survey of the history of 

mathematics, including the background of famous mathematicians from 

ancient to modern times and their specific contributions to mathematics. 

The format and content of the course is conceptual rather than technical.

MTH 156 MATH FOR ELEMENTARY 

TEACHERS I

3 College of 

Education

This course is the first of a two‐part series designed for K‐8 pre‐service 

teachers to address the conceptual framework for mathematics taught in 

elementary school. The focus of Part One will be on real number 

properties, patterns, operations and algebraic reasoning, and problem 

solving. The relationship of the course concepts to State Mathematics 

Standards for K‐8 instruction is also addressed.  

B-380

MTH 157 MATH FOR ELEMENTARY 

TEACHERS II

3 College of 

Education

This course is the second of a two‐part series designed for K‐8 pre‐service 

teachers to address the conceptual framework for mathematics taught in 

elementary school. The focus of Part Two will be on measurement, 

geometry, probability, and data analysis. The relationship of the course 

concepts to State Mathematics Standards for K‐8 instruction is also 

addressed.  

MTH 208 COLLEGE MATHEMATICS I 3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course begins a demonstration and examination of various concepts 

of basic algebra. It assists in building skills for performing specific 

mathematical operations and problem solving. These concepts and skills 

serve as a foundation for subsequent quantitative business coursework. 

Applications to real‐world problems are emphasized throughout the 

course. Specific applications to disciplines such as statistics, accounting, 

finance, and economics are demonstrated and discussed. A variety of 

other applications, such as geometry, personal finance, science, and 

engineering are also presented. Math is a language of logical thinking 

using symbols and numbers to quantify. This course is the first half of the 

college algebra sequence, which is completed in MTH 209: College 

Mathematics II.

MTH 209 COLLEGE MATHEMATICS II 3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course continues the demonstration and examination of various 

algebra concepts that was begun in MTH 208: College Mathematics I. It 

assists in building skills for performing more complex mathematical 

operations and problem solving than in earlier courses. These concepts 

and skills should serve as a foundation for subsequent quantitative 

business coursework. Applications to real‐world problems are emphasized 

throughout the course.

MTH 210 FUNDAMENTALS OF 

GEOMETRY

3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course is designed to have students demonstrate the ability to use 

fundamental concepts of geometry including definitions, tools of 

geometry, and to recognize geometry as an axiomatic system.

B-381

MTH 212 INTRODUCTION TO FINITE 

MATHEMATICS

3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course is an introduction to the mathematics available for the study 

of social and behavioral sciences, and for application in business. 

Emphasis is placed on the comprehension of problem‐solving techniques 

for the real world. Specific applications in statistics, accounting, finance, 

and economics are demonstrated and discussed.

MTH 213 Mathematics for Elementary 

Educators I

3 College of 

Education

This is the first course of a two‐part series designed for K‐8 pre‐service 

teachers to address a conceptual understanding of mathematics taught in 

elementary school. The focus of part one will be on real number 

properties, patterns, operations and algebraic reasoning and problem 

solving.

MTH 214 Mathematics for Elementary 

Educators II

3 College of 

Education

This is the second course in a two‐part series designed for K‐8 pre‐service 

teachers to address a conceptual understanding of mathematics taught in 

elementary school. The focus of part two will be on measurement, 

geometry, probability, and data analysis.

MTH 215 QUANTITATIVE REASONING I 3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

Students apply advanced quantitative reasoning skills to solve real world 

problems.  This course emphasizes modeling skills, statistical methods, 

and probability to create, analyze, and communicate solutions.

B-382

MTH 216 QUANTITATIVE REASONING II 3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This applications‐driven course prepares students to critically analyze and 

solve problems using quantitative reasoning.  Students approach real 

world scenarios using numerous reasoning skills and mathematical 

literacy to draw conclusions.

MTH 217 STATISTICS I 3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

Students collect, analyze, and interpret data as they examine the role of 

statistical analysis and statistical terminology. Students also apply 

appropriate statistical techniques and analytical reasoning in real‐world 

problems to communicate logical arguments and models. The course 

topics includes probability, statistics, and quantitative reasoning.

MTH 218 STATISTICS II 3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

Students apply elementary probability theory, descriptive and inferential 

statistics, and reasoning to real‐world situations. The course embeds 

foundational skill into topics including probability, statistics, and 

reasoning.

MTH 219 INTRODUCTION TO COLLEGE 

ALGEBRA

3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course introduces algebraic concepts providing a solid foundation for 

college algebra. Topics range from properties of real numbers, the order 

of operations, and algebraic expressions to solving equations and 

inequalities. Additional topics include polynomials, factoring methods, 

rational and radical expressions as well as graphing and functions.

B-383

MTH 220 COLLEGE ALGEBRA 3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course presents traditional concepts in college algebra. Topics include 

linear, polynomial, rational, radical, exponential and logarithmic functions, 

systems of equations, sequences, and series.

MTH 221 DISCRETE MATH FOR 

INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

Discrete mathematics is of direct importance to the fields of Computer 

Science and Information Technology. This branch of mathematics includes 

studying areas such as sophisticated forms of counting (combinatorics, 

etc), set theory, logic, relations, graph theory, and analysis of algorithms. 

This course is intended to provide students with an understanding of 

these areas and their use in the field of Information Technology.

MTH 225 PRE‐CALCULUS 4 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

++This course prepares students for success in calculus. A brief review of 

college algebra topics is presented including linear, polynomial, radical, 

rational and absolute value, functions, and equations. Students also 

examine systems of equations, exponential, logarithmic, and 

trigonometric functions as well as analytic geometry. In addition, students 

are introduced to sequences and series.

MTH 231 STATISTICS FOR THE LIFE 

SCIENCES

3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course will examine the concepts of statistics leading to the 

application of these concepts to the life sciences. Topics will include 

populations and samples, random sampling, probabilities, distributions, 

and confidence intervals.

B-384

MTH 280 CALCULUS I 4 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course is an introduction to differential calculus. Students explore 

limits and continuity. They examine the basic concept of differentiation 

and practice differentiation techniques. Students develop competence 

applying differentiation to solve problems. Students also examine simple 

antiderivatives.

MTH 290 CALCULUS II 4 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course examines integral calculus topics. Students are presented with 

integration techniques for functions of one variable and more applications 

of definite integrals. Students explore numerical techniques of 

integration. Students also examine the area function, Riemann sums, and 

indefinite integrals, and apply these to real‐life problems. The course 

concludes with the Fundamental Theorem of Calculus.

MTH 360 LINEAR ALGEBRA 3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course provides a survey of the concepts related to linear algebra. 

Students examine the geometry of vectors, matrices, and linear equations, 

including Gauss‐Jordan elimination. Students explore the concepts of 

linear independence, rank, and linear transformations. Vector spaces, 

bases, and change of bases are discussed, including orthogonality and the 

Gram–Schmidt process. In addition, students investigate determinants, 

eigenvalues, and eigenvectors.

MTH 380 CALCULUS III 3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course builds on the concepts of presented in MTH 310 Calculus I and 

MTH 320 Calculus II. Students examine functions of more than one 

variable, curves in space, and Newtonian mechanics in three dimensions. 

Students explore partial derivatives and differentials as well as local and 

global extrema. In addition, students use differentiation techniques for 

functions of many variables.

B-385

MTH 463 APPLIED STATISTICS 3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course surveys descriptive and inferential statistics with emphasis on 

practical applications of statistical analysis. The principles of collecting, 

analyzing, and interpreting data are covered. In addition, this course 

examines the role of statistical analysis, statistical terminology, the 

appropriate use of statistical techniques, and interpretation of statistical 

findings through the applications and functions of statistical methods.

MTH 506 METHODS OF TEACHING 

MATHEMATICS

3 College of 

Education

This course focuses on the methodology and assessment strategies that 

enhance learning in preschool through eighth‐grade mathematics. Topics 

include an overview of mathematics content and process standards, 

developmentally effective instructional strategies, assessment, and 

classroom and materials management.

MTH 530 LINEAR ALGEBRA 3 College of 

Education

The purpose of this course is to provide an introduction to linear algebra, 

a branch of mathematics dealing with matrices and vector spaces. This 

course describes the use of linear algebra as a compilation of diverse, but 

interrelated ideas that provide a way of analyzing and solving problems in 

many applied fields. Linear algebra has three sides: computational 

techniques, concepts, and applications. One of the goals of this course is 

to help you master all facets of the subject and see the interplay among 

them. The material presented in this course involves theorems, proofs, 

formulas, and computations of various kinds.

MTH 535 GEOMETRY 3 College of 

Education

This course is designed for students to demonstrate the ability to use 

fundamental concepts of geometry including definitions, basic 

constructions, tools of geometry, and to recognize geometry as an 

axiomatic system. Students will apply theorems to evaluate various 

problems, analyze the properties of figures, and formulate equations 

utilizing geometric foundations.

B-386

MTH 540 STATISTICS 3 College of 

Education

This course surveys descriptive and inferential statistics with emphasis on 

practical applications of statistical analysis. The principles of collecting, 

analyzing, and interpreting data are covered in this course. It examines 

the role of statistical analysis, terminology, the appropriate use of 

techniques, and interpretation of statistical findings through the 

applications and functions of statistical methods.

MTH 575 MATHEMATICS INSTRUCTION 

FOR SPECIAL EDUCATION

3 College of 

Education

This course focuses on the vertical alignment of national, state and local 

mathematical standards used to deliver content instruction, in the area of 

mathematics to diverse learners.  In addition, this course will provide the 

learners the opportunity to examine and analyze strategies that support 

learner development, learner differences, content knowledge, application 

of content, assessment, planning instruction and professional practices.

MUS 250 MUSIC APPRECIATION 3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course is a survey of music and its intersections with history and 

culture, covering how music functions as an emotional force as both a 

universal language of expression and construction of individual identity. 

Through an appreciation focusing on musical genres from Western 

classical to rock and roll, important figures and themes illuminate the 

importance of music in history and cultural identity.

NCPDSU 100 Developing a STEAM Unit College of 

Education

The workshop is designed to support K‐12 teachers with STEAM unit 

design using problem‐based learning as the vehicle. Throughout the 

course of this workshop, participants will design a unit for classroom 

instruction in the upcoming school year.

B-387

NCPSTM 100 Foundations of STEAM 

Education II

College of 

Education

This course will explore STEAM in the classroom, utilizing problem‐based 

learning as the vehicle to teach STEAM. Participants will take a look at arts 

integration and the engineering design process. Participants will also 

engage in using a variety of assessment tools in STEAM and how to extend 

STEAM beyond the classroom through other engagement opportunities.

NRP 505 ROLE OF ADVANCED 

PRACTICE NURSE

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course emphasizes the history and development of advanced practice 

nursing roles and competencies, as well as the organizational and 

regulatory scope of practice requirements expected in these roles. 

Students examine the impact and evolution of this role transition, 

certification, and professional activities as these relate to advanced 

practice nursing.

NRP 516 ADVANCED HEALTH 

ASSESSMENT

4 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

Emphasis is placed on the advanced practice of history taking, conducting 

a physical examination, and obtaining and assessing diagnostic data for 

clients across the life span. Students will learn to justify actual and 

potential health problems through interpretation and integration of the 

history, health assessment, and laboratory data. This course incorporates 

45 hours of supervised practice laboratory experience, allowing students 

to utilize the techniques and equipment to perform physical examinations.

NRP 517 ADVANCED HEALTH 

ASSESSMENT

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

Emphasis is placed on the advanced practice of history taking, conducting 

a physical examination, and obtaining and assessing diagnostic data for 

clients across the life span. Students will learn to justify actual and 

potential health problems through interpretation and integration of the 

history, health assessment, and laboratory data. This course incorporates 

45 hours of supervised practice laboratory experience, allowing students 

to utilize the techniques and equipment to perform physical examinations.

B-388

NRP 517C ADVANCED HEALTH 

ASSESSMENT EVALUATION

1 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This clinical course incorporates 45 hours of supervised practice 

laboratory experience, allowing students to utilize the techniques and 

equipment to perform physical examinations.  

NRP 527 ETHICS, HUMAN DIVERSITY 

AND SOCIAL ISSUES

2 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course focuses on the ethics involved in advanced practice health 

care decision making, culturally sensitive care, and developing an 

appreciation for human diversity in health and illness. Students will 

address the ethical issues in advanced practice nursing to explore 

personal value, increase sensitivity to others and to develop ethical 

reasoning abilities.

NRP 540 MANAGEMENT OF PEDIATRIC 

AND ADOLESCENT 

POPULATIONS

5 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course focuses on the management of normal and common 

pathological conditions for children from birth through adolescence, as an 

individual and as a family member. The course combines theory and 

clinical experiences to emphasize assessment, prevention, and 

management utilizing a holistic model of care. Growth and development, 

anticipatory guidance, and behavioral theories are emphasized. 

Identification and application of pharmacological therapies are 

incorporated. The effects of culture on development, parenting, and 

health care practices are also evaluated.

NRP 541 MANAGEMENT OF PEDIATRIC 

AND ADOLESCENT 

POPULATIONS

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course focuses on the management of normal and common 

pathological conditions for children from birth through adolescence, as an 

individual and as a family member. The course discusses theory and case 

studies to emphasize assessment, prevention, and management utilizing a 

holistic model of care. Growth and development, anticipatory guidance, 

and behavioral theories are emphasized. Identification and application of 

pharmacological therapies are incorporated. The effects of culture on 

development, parenting, and health care practices are also evaluated.

B-389

NRP 542 PEDIATRIC AND ADOLESCENT 

CLINICAL

1 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This 60 hour clinical course provides students with clinical experiences 

needed to develop and broaden clinical skills and judgments which 

focuses on the prevention, detection, assessment, planning, and 

collaborative practice in pediatrics. Emphasis is placed on developing a a 

systematic approach in the management of normal and common 

pathological conditions that occur in pediatrics. Students will consolidate 

and refine their acquired skills in assessment and management in order to 

attain a level of competency and proficiency that will allow them to 

function independently in the nurse practitioner role.

NRP 545A ADULT AND GERIATRIC 

MANAGEMENT

4 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This two‐part, combined theory and clinical course focuses on 

management of common pathological conditions related to the 

cardiovascular, respiratory, endocrine, and neurovascular systems for 

adults and geriatric patients including implications for the individual as 

well as the family. Theory and clinical experiences emphasize prevention, 

disease management, and evaluation of patient outcomes. Identification 

and application of pharmacological therapies are incorporated.

NRP 545B ADULT AND GERIATRIC 

MANAGEMENT

4 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This two‐part, combined theory and clinical course focuses on 

management of common pathological conditions related to the 

musculoskeletal, gastrointestinal, hematological, neurological, and genito‐

urinary systems for adults and geriatric patients including implications for 

the individual as well as the family. In addition, management of 

psychiatric issues and skin pathology will be discussed. Theory and clinical 

experiences emphasize prevention, disease management, and evaluation 

of patient outcomes. Identification and application of pharmacological 

therapies are incorporated.

NRP 546 ADULT AND GERIATRIC 

MANAGEMENT 1

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This two‐part, theoretical foundations course focuses on health 

promotion, disease management and prevention of common pathological 

conditions related to the cardiovascular, respiratory, endocrine, and 

neurovascular systems for adults and geriatric patients including 

implications for the individual as well as the family. Emphasis is on 

standards of care, evidenced based practice, and evaluation of patient 

outcomes. Identification and application of pharmacological therapies are 

incorporated.  

B-390

NRP 547 ADULT AND GERIATRIC 

CLINICAL 1

1 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This 45‐hour precepted clinical course in the population of adults and 

geriatrics provide students with clinical experiences needed to develop 

and broaden their clinical skills and judgments. Students will consolidate 

and refine their acquired skills in assessment and management in order to 

attain a level of competency and proficiency that will allow them to 

function independently in the nurse practitioner role.  

NRP 548 ADULT AND GERIATRIC 

MANAGEMENT  2

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This second of a two‐part, theoretical foundations course focuses on 

health promotion, disease management, and prevention of common 

pathological conditions related to the musculoskeletal, gastrointestinal, 

hematological, neurological, and genito‐urinary systems for adults and 

geriatric patients including implications for the individual as well as the 

family. Additionally management of psychiatric issues and skin pathology 

will be discussed. Emphasis is on standards of care, evidenced based 

practice, and evaluation of patient outcomes. Identification and 

application of pharmacological therapies are incorporated.  

NRP 549 ADULT AND GERIATRIC 

CLINICAL 2

1 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This 45‐hour precepted clinical course in the population of adults and 

geriatrics provide students with clinical experiences needed to develop 

and broaden their clinical skills and judgments. Students will consolidate 

and refine their acquired skills in assessment and management in order to 

attain a level of competency and proficiency that will allow them to 

function independently in the nurse practitioner role.

NRP 552 CLINICAL PROCEDURES 2 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course provides the theoretical foundation for common office 

procedures encountered in primary care. Included will be ECG, X‐ray, 

spirometry interpretation, and diagnostic imaging as well as minor surgery 

and orthopedic procedures. Supervised practice will be provided for 

selected skills.

B-391

NRP 553 ADVANCED CLINICAL 

PROCEDURES 1

1 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course provides the theoretical foundation and clinical competencies 

for common office procedures encountered in primary care. Included will 

be basic ECG interpretation, toenail removal, basic suturing, mole 

removal, biopsy, Incision and drainange, Cryotherapy, and Fishhook 

removal. Supervised practice will be provided for selected skills.  

NRP 554 ADVANCED CLINICAL 

PROCEDURES 2

1 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course provides the theoretical foundation and clinical competencies 

for common office procedures encountered in primary care. Included will 

be Joint injection, Trigger points, Splinting, and Complex suturing. 

Supervised practice will be provided for selected skills.

NRP 560 MANAGEMENT OF WOMEN'S 

HEALTH ISSUES

4 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This combined theory and clinical course focuses on management of 

normal and common pathological conditions that occur in women's health 

across the lifespan. Special emphasis is placed on disease prevention, 

reproductive health issues, contraceptive therapies, and normal 

obstetrics. Students develop a systematic approach to women¿s health 

issues based on physiology and pharmacology. Appropriate educational 

and collaborative skills for the individual and their families will be 

explored. Management of pharmacological issues will also be addressed.

NRP 561 MANAGEMENT OF WOMEN'S 

HEALTH ISSUES

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This 45 hour precepted clinical course provides students with clinical 

experiences needed to develop and broaden their clinical skills and 

judgments which focuses on management of normal and common 

pathological conditions that occur in women's health across the lifespan. 

Special emphasis is placed on disease prevention, reproductive health 

issues, contraceptive therapies, and normal OB. Students develop a 

systematic approach to women¿s health issues based on physiology and 

pharmacology. provide students with clinical experiences needed to 

develop and broaden their clinical skills and judgments. Students will 

consolidate and refine their acquired skills in assessment and 

management in order to attain a level of competency and proficiency that 

will allow them to function independently in the nurse practitioner role.

B-392

NRP 562 WOMEN'S HEALTH CLINICAL 1 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This 45 hour precepted clinical course provides students with clinical 

experiences needed to develop and broaden their clinical skills and 

judgments which focuses on management of normal and common 

pathological conditions that occur in women's health across the lifespan. 

Special emphasis is placed on disease prevention, reproductive health 

issues, contraceptive therapies, and normal OB. Students develop a 

systematic approach to women¿s health issues based on physiology and 

pharmacology. This clinical experience will provide students with clinical 

experiences needed to develop and broaden their clinical skills and 

judgments. Students will consolidate and refine their acquired skills in 

assessment and management in order to attain a level of competency and 

proficiency that will allow them to function independently in the nurse 

practitioner role.

NRP 566 PRECEPTORSHIP 4 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This 480‐hour precepted clinical course provides students with clinical 

experiences needed to develop and broaden their clinical skills and 

judgments. Students will consolidate and refine their acquired skills in 

assessment and client management in order to attain a level of 

competency and proficiency that will allow them to function 

independently in the nurse practitioner role.

NRP 567 FINAL PRECEPTORSHIP 4 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This 480‐hour precepted clinical course provides students with clinical 

experiences needed to develop and broaden their clinical skills and 

judgments. Students will consolidate and refine their acquired skills in 

assessment and client management in order to attain a level of 

competency and proficiency that will allow them to function 

independently in the nurse practitioner role.

NSE 721 THEORIES OF NURSING 

EDUCATION

3 School of Advanced 

Studies

This course examines historical and current theories as a basis for the 

nursing education curriculum. With a foundation based in major theorists 

and tenets of the theories, learners analyze select curricula for evidence 

of the various theories, investigate Implications of the theories applied to 

nursing education and interpret the interaction of the theories with 

current and evolving public policy.

B-393

NSE 722 INSTRUCTIONAL DESIGN AND 

CURRICULUM DEVELOPMENT

3 School of Advanced 

Studies

This course analyzes the models and processes of instruction in nursing 

education programs. Effective instructional models explore the 

relationship of theories, standards, teaching strategies, and learner 

outcomes. The importance of curriculum design, delivery, and evaluation 

are related to program outcomes. Instructional models for diverse 

populations, improvement of programs, and staff development are a 

special focus. Students synthesize systemic teaching‐learning models that 

include schedule, structure, stakeholder involvement, and curricular 

outcomes. Explication of implicit, hidden, cultural, and institutional 

aspects of curriculum design and delivery inform the learner¿s 

development approach.

NSE 723 MEASUREMENT AND 

EVALUATION

3 School of Advanced 

Studies

This course explores program measurement and evaluation models and 

methods utilized in nursing education and learning organizations. Both 

formative and summative methods are discussed. Accreditation issues for 

nursing programs are a key topic. The influence of leadership style on 

program evaluation methods is examined. Assumptions of program 

evaluation and factors affecting reliability and validity are key topics 

presented and are integral to the measurement and evaluation process.

NSG 300 INTRODUCTION TO THE 

SCHOOL OF NURSING

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This introductory course to the School of Nursing is designed to orient 

students to the nursing curriculum and program. Students will receive an 

introduction to the simulation laboratory. Students will develop strategies 

for achieving educational goals that assist them to be successful in the 

undergraduate program. Strategies for success will include improving test‐

taking skills, utilizing case studies, and studying test questions that are 

similar to those of the NCLEX‐RN Examination.

NSG 301 TRANSITION TO 

BACCALAUREATE STUDIES

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course introduces baccalaureate students to the nursing program and 

curriculum. Topics include critical thinking, collaboration, research, 

academic honesty, APA guidelines, and communication skills. A key focus 

is introducing students to professional nursing resources and university 

resources designed for student success.

B-394

NSG 302 PROFESSIONAL 

CONTEMPORARY NURSING 

ROLE AND PRACTICE

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course introduces the School of Nursing's philosophical framework 

for professional practice and the baccalaureate role of the nurse as 

practitioner, leader, and educator. Topics include critical thinking, clinical 

judgment, collaboration and communication skills, evidence‐based 

practice, and professional values and responsibilities. A key focus is 

introducing students to professional nursing and behaviors necessary for 

professional accountability.

NSG 320 PROFESSIONAL NURSING ROLE 3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course provides an overview of nursing and is designed for the 

practical vocational nurse to begin transitioning into professional nursing. 

Historical influences on professional nursing are explored. Critical 

thinking, clinical judgment, and professional values and responsibilities 

are examined in the context of the scope of practice for the professional 

nurse. The nursing process and concepts crucial to role transition are 

introduced, along with behaviors related to professional and academic 

accountability. Benner's Theory of novice to expert and the role of the 

generalist will be explored.

NSG 321 TRANSITION TO 

BACCALAUREATE NURSING

2 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course addresses concepts and principles relevant to the practical 

vocational nurse's transition to a baccalaureate‐prepared registered nurse 

role. Critical thinking, clinical reasoning, and professional values and 

responsibilities are examined in the context of the registered nurse's 

scope of practice in providing and managing care.

NSG 330 PHYSICAL ASSESSMENT 4 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course builds from previous practical or vocational nursing 

competencies, knowledge, and skills. The course provides the nursing 

student with skills in physical, psychosocial, and spiritual assessment of 

patients across the lifespan. History taking and data collection are 

emphasized. Laboratory experiences are included to develop an 

application of anatomy and physiology concepts to body systems. 

Students are required to successfully complete 30 clinical hours and 8 lab 

hours to pass the course. Clinical hours include immersive simulation 

learning.

B-395

NSG 331 HEALTH ASSESSMENT 4 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course advances the nursing student's skills in health assessment and 

physical examination. History taking, performing focused assessments, 

and data evaluation to develop care plans are emphasized.

NSG 340 MEDICAL SURGICAL NURSING 

I: ACUTE

5 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course builds on previous nursing knowledge and skills to expand into 

the professional nursing roles related to the medical surgical patient 

experiencing acute health care problems. Management of safe patient 

care using the nursing process and Watson's theory of human caring is 

addressed. Watson's theory will be used by the student to apply critical 

thinking pathways to individual health problems. Students are required to 

successfully complete 75 clinical hours to pass the course. Clinical hours 

include immersive simulation learning.

NSG 341 CARE OF THE MEDICAL‐

SURGICAL PATIENT

6 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course prepares students to function as registered nurses in the care 

of medical‐surgical patients. Critical thinking, clinical judgment, and 

evidence‐based decision making in the management of safe patient care 

are emphasized.

NSG 345 MEDICAL SURGICAL NURSING 

II: COMPLEX AND GERIATRICS

5 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course focuses on the care of patients with chronic and complex 

medical surgical conditions. Students will develop their role of the 

generalist RN in assessing and managing the continuum of care with the 

adult and geriatric patient. Students are required to successfully complete 

75 clinical hours to pass the course. Clinical hours include immersive 

simulation learning.

B-396

NSG 347 CARE OF THE MEDICAL‐

SURGICAL PATIENT II

6 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course continues to prepare students to function as registered nurses 

in the care of medical‐surgical patients. Critical thinking, clinical judgment, 

and evidence‐based decision making in the management of safe patient 

care are emphasized.

NSG 391 PROFESSIONAL NURSING 

PRACTICE

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course focuses on the professional role and discipline of nursing. 

Students will examine the image of nursing and develop strategies for 

improvement. Standards of professional practice will be discussed in 

relation to the profession, role, and value behavior.

NSG 397 PROFESSIONAL NURSING ROLE 3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course introduces a philosophical framework for professional practice 

and the interrelated roles of the nurse as practitioner, leader, and 

researcher. Topics include critical thinking, clinical judgment, and 

professional values and responsibilities. A key focus is the behaviors 

necessary for professional and academic accountability.

NSG 400 THEORETICAL BASIS FOR 

NURSING PRACTICE

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course focuses on the conceptual and theoretical aspects of 

professional nursing practice within the unifying framework of Watson's 

theory of human caring and its practical applications to practice. The 

taxonomies of nursing diagnosis, nursing interventions classification, and 

nursing outcomes classifications are introduced. The course examines the 

application of theories to nursing practice.

B-397

NSG 401 THEORY APPLICATION IN 

NURSING PRACTICE

2 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course focuses on the exploration of various theories and their 

application to professional practice. Watson's theory of human caring is 

presented as a possible framework to guide baccalaureate nursing 

practice.

NSG 410 PSYCHIATRIC AND MENTAL 

HEALTH NURSING

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

The focus of this course is the provision of nursing care to the client with 

alteration in mental health. Watson's theory of human caring will be used 

to apply critical thinking pathways to the individual with acute and chronic 

mental health problems. Students are required to successfully complete 

45 clinical hours to pass the course. Clinical hours include immersive 

simulation learning.

NSG 411 CARE OF THE MENTAL 

HEALTH PATIENT

4 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course focuses on evidence‐based care of mental health patients and 

explores pharmacology and other treatment modalities, medication 

adherence, and access to care.

NSG 415 THEORY‐BASED NURSING 

PRACTICE

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course focuses on behaviors, attitudes, and values necessary for 

theory‐based professional nursing practice. Concepts of professional 

nursing are presented within the unifying framework of Watson's theory 

of human caring, Benner's theory of novice to expert, and the role of the 

generalist nurse.

B-398

NSG 416 THEORETICAL DEVELOPMENT 

AND CONCEPTUAL 

FRAMEWORKS

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course focuses on behaviors, attitudes, and values necessary for 

theory‐based professional nursing practice. The roles of baccalaureate 

nurses are presented within the frameworks of Watson's theory of human 

caring and Benner's theory of novice to expert.

NSG 420 COMMUNITY AND FAMILY 

NURSING

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course addresses the role of nursing in community and public health. 

Topics include theories and models of community and public health 

nursing, diversity, advocacy, family and community assessment, and 

health education. A key focus is evidence‐based health promotion and 

preventive care of individuals, families, and communities.

NSG 421 CARE OF THE FAMILY AND 

COMMUNITY

4 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course addresses the role of nursing in community and public health. 

Topics include theories and models of community and public health 

nursing, diversity, advocacy, family and community assessment, and 

health education. A key focus is evidence‐based health promotion and 

preventive care of individuals, families, and communities.

NSG 425 NURSING ETHICS AND 

PROFESSIONALISM

4 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course addresses ethical aspects of the professional nurse's role in 

health care delivery and management. Topics include interprofessional 

collaboration and communication, ethical and professional 

responsibilities, state nurse practice acts, and decision‐making models. 

Students are required to successfully complete 45 clinical hours.

B-399

NSG 426 INTEGRITY IN PRACTICE: 

ETHIC AND LEGAL 

CONSIDERATIONS

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course addresses ethical aspects of the professional nurse's role in 

healthcare delivery and management. Topics include ethical and legal 

principles, ethical decision‐making, standards of care, scope of practice, 

state Nurse Practice Acts, and Code of Ethics.

NSG 430 EVIDENCE‐BASED PRACTICE & 

INFORMATION TECH IN 

HEALTH CARE

4 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

Students will compare and contrast nursing research and evidence‐based 

practice. The focus of the course examines nursing practices related to 

patient safety and quality of patient care. Impact of technology in health 

care delivery will be explored in relation to patient safety. Students are 

required to successfully complete 15 clinical hours to pass the course.

NSG 431 EVIDENCE‐BASED PRACTICE 

AND INFORMATICS

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course focuses on research to support evidence‐based practice. The 

process for evaluating research is analyzed. Students will be introduced to 

nursing informatics.

NSG 435 MATERNAL ‐ CHILD NURSING 4 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course focuses on the use of Watson¿s theory of human caring in the 

care of the maternal‐child dyad and family. Students are required to 

successfully complete 60 clinical hours to pass the course. Clinical hours 

include immersive simulation learning.

B-400

NSG 436 CARE OF THE MATERNAL‐

CHILD PATIENT

4 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course focuses on evidence‐based nursing care of childbearing 

patients, newborns, and their families during prenatal, antepartum, and 

postpartum phases of care.

NSG 440 PEDIATRIC NURSING 4 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course focuses on the utilization of Watson's theory of human caring 

with patients from birth to 18 years. Students will examine the 

management of acute and chronic illness in the pediatric patient in a 

variety of settings. The understanding of human growth and development 

is the foundational framework for the course. Students are required to 

successfully complete 60 clinical hours to pass the course. Clinical hours 

include immersive simulation learning.

NSG 441 CARE OF THE PEDIATRIC 

PATIENT

4 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course focuses on evidence‐based care of pediatric and adolescent 

patients experiencing acute and chronic illnesses in a variety of care 

settings.

NSG 447 CARE OF THE COMPLEX 

MEDICAL‐SURGICAL PATIENT

6 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course prepares students to function as registered nurses in the care 

of medically complex patients. This course advances the critical thinking, 

clinical judgment, and evidence‐based decision making skills developed 

during the previous two medical‐surgical courses.

B-401

NSG 450 EPIDEMIOLOGY AND GLOBAL 

HEALTH

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course explores public and global health issues relevant to 

professional nursing practice. Topics include social responsibility and 

determinants of health, epidemiology, disease prevention and health 

promotion for at‐risk populations, and national and global health 

organizations. A key focus is the application of evidence‐based public 

health principles.

NSG 451 PROFESSIONAL NURSING 

LEADERSHIP PERSPECTIVES

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course analyzes the role of the contemporary nurse as a leader and 

manager in the profession and health care industry. Topics include 

managing heath care resources, assessing quality and risk in patient care, 

and decision‐making models.

NSG 452 PUBLIC AND GLOBAL HEALTH 4 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course explores public and global health issues relevant to 

professional nursing practice. Topics include social responsibility and 

determinants of health, epidemiology, disease prevention and health 

promotion for at‐risk populations, and national and global health 

organizations. A key focus is the application of evidence‐based public 

health principles.

NSG 455 EVIDENCE‐BASED PRACTICE 

AND STATISTICS

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course emphasizes the role of evidence‐based practice in the nursing 

profession. Topics include formulating research questions; collecting, 

summarizing, and interpreting data; and understanding the elements of 

research designs. The key concept is the role of the nurse as researcher.

B-402

NSG 456 RESEARCH OUTCOMES 

MANAGEMENT FOR THE 

PRACTICING NURSE

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course emphasizes the role of research outcomes in evidenced‐based 

nursing practice. Topics include formulating research questions, collecting, 

summarizing, and interpreting data, and understanding the elements of 

research design. The key concept is the role of nursing in research analysis 

for improving practice environments and patient outcomes.

NSG 467 INFLUENCING QUALITY 

IMPROVEMENT

4 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course analyzes quality management processes, functions, and tools 

that improve health systems and outcomes. Topics include nursing‐

sensitive indicators, core measures, Quality & Safety Education for Nurses 

competencies, and legislative mandates. Key concepts are patient safety, 

quality improvement, and accountability.

NSG 468 INFLUENCING QUALITY 

WITHIN HEALTHCARE

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course examines quality management processes, functions, and tools 

that improve health systems and outcomes. Topics include nursing 

sensitive indicators, core measures, Quality & Safety Education for Nurses 

(QSEN) competencies, and legislative mandates. Key concepts are patient 

safety, quality improvement, and accountability to quality performance.

NSG 470 NURSING LEADERSHIP AND 

MANAGEMENT

4 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course emphasizes leadership and management theory including 

systems theory, leadership styles, and organizational change in a variety 

of health care settings. The course provides students with tools to assume 

various responsibilities in delegation, managing change, and patient 

advocacy. Students are required to successfully complete 60 clinical hours 

to pass the course. Clinical hours include immersive simulation learning.

B-403

NSG 471 NURSING LEADERSHIP AND 

MANAGEMENT

4 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course examines the role of the nurse as leader and manager. 

Managing health care resources, assessing quality and risk in patient care, 

interprofessional collaboration, and decision‐making models are explored.

NSG 478 PROMOTING HEALTHY 

COMMUNITIES

4 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course addresses the role of nursing in community and public health. 

Topics include theories and models of community and public health 

nursing, diversity, advocacy, family and community assessment, and 

health education. A key focus is evidence‐based health promotion and 

preventive care of individuals, families, and communities.

NSG 478CA Promoting Healthy 

Communities

4 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course addresses the role of nursing in community and public health. 

Topics include theories and models of community and public health 

nursing, diversity, advocacy, family and community assessment, and 

health education. A key focus is evidence‐based health promotion and 

preventive care of individuals, families, and communities. This course is 

designed for residents of the state of California.

NSG 480 NURSING SYNTHESIS 4 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This capstone course provides opportunities for students in their final 

course of study to analyze and synthesize content and experience from all 

nursing courses. This course requires the student to prepare, practice, and 

test for the national licensure examination for registered nurses. This 

course prepares the student for the application process for RN licensure.

B-404

NSG 481 INFLUENCING NURSING 

PRACTICE

2 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

Students integrate knowledge of nursing practice and synthesize program 

knowledge to prepare for national licensure.

NSG 482 PROMOTING HEALTHY 

COMMUNITIES

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course addresses the role of nursing in community and public health. 

Topics include theories and models of community and public health 

nursing, diversity, advocacy, family and community assessment, and 

health education. A key focus is evidence‐based health promotion and 

preventive care of individuals, families, and communities.

NSG 482CA Promoting Healthy 

Communities

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course addresses the role of nursing in community and public health. 

Topics include theories and models of community and public health 

nursing, diversity, advocacy, family and community assessment, and 

health education. A key focus is health promotion and preventive care of 

individuals, families, and communities. This course is designed for 

residents of the state of California.

NSG 485 PUBLIC HEALTH: HEALTH 

PROMOTION AND DISEASE 

PREVENTION

4 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course explores public and global health issues relevant to 

professional nursing practice. Topics include social responsibility and 

determinants of health, epidemiology, disease prevention and health 

promotion for at‐risk populations, and national and global health 

organizations. A key focus is the application of evidence‐based public 

health principles.

B-405

NSG 485CA Public Health: Health 

Promotion and Disease 

Prevention

4 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course explores public and global health issues relevant to 

professional nursing practice. Topics include social responsibility and 

determinants of health; epidemiology, disease prevention, and health 

promotion for populations at risk; and national and global health 

organizations. A key focus is the application of public health principles. 

This course is designed for residents of the state of California.

NSG 486 PUBLIC HEALTH: HEALTH 

PROMOTION AND DISEASE 

PREVENTION

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course explores public and global health issues relevant to 

professional nursing practice. Topics include social responsibility and 

determinants of health, epidemiology, disease prevention and health 

promotion for at‐risk populations, and national and global health 

organizations. A key focus is the application of evidence‐based public 

health principles.

NSG 486CA Public Health: Health 

Promotion and Disease 

Prevention

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course explores public and global health issues relevant to 

professional nursing practice. Topics include social responsibility and 

determinants of health, epidemiology, disease prevention and health 

promotion for at‐risk populations, and national and global health 

organizations. A key focus is the application of evidence‐based public 

health principles. This course is designed for residents of the state of 

California.

NSG 495 SENIOR LEADERSHIP PROJECT 4 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

In this capstone course, students integrate and synthesize the content and 

experiences from all nursing courses into a final leadership project. 

Students are required to successfully complete 45 clinical hours.

B-406

NSG 498 SENIOR LEADERSHIP 

PRACTICUM

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

In this capstone course, students integrate and synthesize the content and 

experiences from all nursing courses into a final leadership project.

NSG 500 AN INTEGRATED APPROACH 

TO PATHOPHYSIOLOGY AND 

PHARMACOLOGY

4 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course presents an integrated approach to pathophysiology, 

pharmacokinetics, and pharmacodynamics of medications throughout the 

life span. A key focus is developing clinical decision‐making skills essential 

to safe and effective pharmacological intervention based on 

pathophysiology. Topics include a holistic approach to changes associated 

with disease states, improving physiological status through nursing 

interventions, and the nurse¿s role in health promotion and disease 

management.

NSG 501 PATHOPHYSIOLOGY, 

ASSESSMENT VARIABLES AND 

PHARMACOLOGY I

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course presents an integrated approach to pathophysiology, 

pharmacokinetics, and pharmacodynamics of medications throughout the 

life span. A key focus is developing clinical decision‐making skills essential 

to safe and effective pharmacological intervention based on 

pathophysiology. Topics include a holistic approach to changes associated 

with disease states, improving physiological status through nursing 

interventions, and the nurse¿s role in health promotion and disease 

management.

NSG 502 PATHOPHYSIOLOGY, 

ASSESSMENT VARIABLES AND 

PHARMACOLOGY II

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course presents theories and techniques for performing and 

documenting comprehensive health assessments across the life span. 

Topics include physiological, psychological, spiritual, sociocultural, and 

developmental variables of patients. This course requires 10 lab hours 

allowing students to demonstrate a complete health assessment.

B-407

NSG 505 COMPREHENSIVE HEALTH 

ASSESSMENT

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course presents theories and techniques for performing and 

documenting comprehensive health assessments across the life span. 

Topics include physiological, psychological, spiritual, sociocultural, and 

developmental variables of patients. This course requires 10 lab hours 

allowing students to demonstrate a complete health assessment.

NSG 510 THEORETICAL FOUNDATIONS 

OF NURSING ROLES AND 

PRACTICE

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course introduces the School of Nursing's philosophical framework 

for professional practice.  Topics include theories and models of the 

interrelated roles of the nurse as researcher, practitioner, and leader.

NSG 511 CONTEMPORARY NURSING 

PRACTICE

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course emphasizes the School of Nursing's philosophical framework 

for professional practice and the role of the graduate nurse as 

practitioner, leader, and researcher. Topics include conceptual models, 

nursing theory, theory frameworks, conceptual terms, and the utility and 

application of nursing theories in practice. A key focus is introducing 

students to various conceptual perspectives to guide new ideas, research 

questions, and interpretations in nursing practice.

NSG 512 NURSING RESEARCH 3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course focuses on the role of the graduate nurse in research 

processes and evidence‐based nursing practice. The key concepts focus on 

the process of translating knowledge influenced from quantitative and 

qualitative research into clinical guidelines. Topics include research 

methodologies and designs, statistical measures, data analysis, and the 

role of the nurse as scientist.

B-408

NSG 513 INTER‐PROFESSIONAL 

LEADERSHIP AND 

MANAGEMENT

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course integrates the principles, theories, and models of leadership 

used in advanced nursing roles. A key focus is determining one's personal 

identity as a nurse leader. Topics include complexities in health delivery 

systems, leadership in the current health care environment, and the 

future of nursing.

NSG 514 HEALTH LAW, POLICY, ETHICS, 

AND GLOBAL TRENDS

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course analyzes the role of the graduate‐level nurse as a leader in the 

profession as a steward of financial management. Topics include 

principles in financial and resource management, budgetary cost controls, 

fiscal responsibility, and health care policies and reform. A key concept is 

the interrelationship between health policy, legislation, regulation, 

finance, and practice.

NSG 515 NURSING RESEARCH AND 

EVIDENCE‐BASED PRACTICE

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course focuses on research and evidence‐based practice in nursing 

science. A key focus is the process of translating knowledge influenced 

from quantitative and qualitative research into clinical guidelines. Topics 

include research methodologies and designs, statistical measures, and the 

role of the nurse as scientist.

NSG 516AD PRACTICUM I 3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

The capstone experience for the Master of Nursing programs is offered 

through a set of two (3‐credit, 30‐practicum hour) courses: NSG 516 and 

NSG 517.  Together, these courses guide the student through the 

following stages of the practicum project; needs assessment, 

development plan, implementation, deconstruction, evaluation, and 

dissemination.

B-409

NSG 516ED PRACTICUM I 3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

The capstone experience for the Master of Nursing programs is offered 

through a set of two (3‐credit, 30‐practicum hour) courses: NSG 516 and 

NSG 517.  Together, these courses guide the student through the 

following stages of the practicum project; needs assessment, 

development plan, implementation, deconstruction, evaluation, and 

dissemination.

NSG 516IN PRACTICUM I 3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

The capstone experience for the Master of Nursing programs is offered 

through a set of two (3‐credit, 30‐practicum hour) courses: NSG 516 and 

NSG 517.  Together, these courses guide the student through the 

following stages of the practicum project; needs assessment, 

development plan, implementation, deconstruction, evaluation, and 

dissemination.

NSG 517AD PRACTICUM II 3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

The capstone experience for the Master of Nursing programs is offered 

through a set of two (3‐credit, 30‐practicum hour) courses: NSG 516 and 

NSG 517.  Together, these courses guide the student through the 

following stages of the practicum project; needs assessment, 

development plan, implementation, deconstruction, evaluation, and 

dissemination.

NSG 517ED PRACTICUM II 3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

The capstone experience for the Master of Nursing programs is offered 

through a set of two (3‐credit, 30‐practicum hour) courses: NSG 516 and 

NSG 517.  Together, these courses guide the student through the 

following stages of the practicum project; needs assessment, 

development plan, implementation, deconstruction, evaluation, and 

dissemination.

B-410

NSG 517IN PRACTICUM II 3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

The capstone experience for the Master of Nursing programs is offered 

through a set of two (3‐credit, 30‐practicum hour) courses: NSG 516 and 

NSG 517.  Together, these courses guide the student through the 

following stages of the practicum project; needs assessment, 

development plan, implementation, deconstruction, evaluation, and 

dissemination.

NSG 520 NURSING LEADERSHIP 3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course integrates the principles, theories, and models of leadership 

used in advanced nursing roles. A key focus is determining one¿s personal 

identity as a nurse leader. Topics include complexities in global health 

care, delivery systems, leadership in the current health care environment, 

and the future of nursing. Students begin developing a project to be 

finalized and presented in the capstone course.

NSG 525 ROLE OF THE NURSE 

EDUCATOR

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course examines the role of the nurse educator in research, 

education, community, service, and practice. Topics focus on emerging 

trends and issues that influence nursing education and the rights and 

responsibilities inherent in educational positions. This course requires 20 

hours of clinical practicum.

NSG 530 THEORY AND PRINCIPLES OF 

NURSING EDUCATION

4 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course focuses on andragogy, educational frameworks, and learning 

theories. A key focus is for nurse educators to understand how students 

acquire knowledge. Topics include teaching strategies in diverse settings 

for nursing education. This course requires 20 hours of clinical practicum.

B-411

NSG 531 PROGRAM AND COURSE 

DEVELOPMENT

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

Nurse educators are responsible for creating programs and courses for 

diverse settings while aligning to multiple regulations and standards for 

nursing education. Completing a needs assessment and developing 

effective programs and courses through a systematic framework is critical. 

Learners will evaluate instructional methods and theories for teaching and 

learning and will differentiate between the strategies used to develop, 

implement, and evaluate educational programs.

NSG 532 INNOVATIVE CURRICULUM 

DESIGN

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

Developing curriculum that aligns to the program's mission, standards, 

and outcomes is important in creating an effective program. Delivering 

curriculum to a diverse population in an organized fashion, taking into 

consideration the best modality for delivery, promotes engagement and 

critical thinking skills. Learners will analyze current trends and issues in 

curriculum design, evaluate innovations and technologies used to develop 

engaging curriculum, and determine best practices for course 

improvement.

NSG 533 EDUCATIONAL ASSESSMENT 

AND EVALUATION

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

Nurse educators count on reliable and valid information to evaluate the 

effectiveness of an educational program. Thoughtful creation of 

evaluation tools that align to an educational taxonomy is an important 

step in order to obtain qualitative and quantitative data that informs the 

nurse educator about how well learners are performing. Communicating 

assessment and evaluation results to others, and gaining their input, 

provides the nurse educator the opportunity to make curricular 

improvements based on stakeholder feedback. Learners will evaluate 

assessment methods used to measure performance and improve 

educational programs, and develop a communication strategy to share 

results with stakeholders.

NSG 534 FACILITATING ENGAGED 

LEARNING

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

Nurse educators use instructional design approaches to build effective 

courses with engaging activities and assignments. Creating interesting and 

innovative materials for learners and faculty is critical for learning success. 

Using technologies in the classroom, regardless of the delivery modality, 

provides learners and faculty with the most up‐to‐date educational 

resources available. Learners will analyze the systematic model of 

analysis, design, development, implementation, and evaluation to create 

instructional products and solutions.

B-412

NSG 535 CURRICULUM DEVELOPMENT 3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course focuses on curriculum design and development theories and 

research. A key focus is preparing educators to meet learning needs of 

students in changing social, cultural, and technological environments. 

Topics focus on aligning curriculum and course design to program mission, 

objectives, and outcomes. This course requires 20 hours of clinical 

practicum.

NSG 536 Practicum Elective I 3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course requires 60 practicum hours to synthesize and apply content 

from chosen degree emphasis to develop, assess, and evaluate a project.

NSG 537 Practicum Elective II 3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course requires 60 practicum hours to synthesize and apply content 

from chosen degree emphasis to develop, assess, and evaluate a project.

NSG 540 INSTRUCTIONAL DESIGN AND 

TECHNOLOGY

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course examines instructional design and development theories and 

research as a necessary foundation for meeting goals of outcome‐based 

curriculum. Topics include current instructional design models and 

learning theories. Students apply the systematic process of analysis, 

design, development, implementation, and evaluation to create 

instructional products and solutions. This course requires 20 hours of 

clinical practicum.

B-413

NSG 541 DATA ANALYSIS AND 

MANAGEMENT

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

The course challenges the student to manage data generated from the 

electronic health record. Data management may require 

recommendations for additional data or how to sort current data to 

obtain information necessary for comprehensive analysis which supports 

quality initiatives, risk management, or data trends.

NSG 542 INFORMATION WORKFLOW 3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course requires the student to define patterns of workflow in order to 

manage data. There is a necessity to knowing what data will be needed by 

various departments within the organization. The student will 

demonstrate the ability to develop a plan for data distribution.

NSG 543 DATABASE MANAGEMENT 3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course engages the student in management of databases to develop 

forms, tables, reports and queries. Database models will be explored. Data 

mining techniques will be explored to discover new knowledge that may 

be hidden in the stored data. Query will explored as a tool to manipulate 

data.

NSG 544 EVALUATION AND 

APPLICATION OF 

INFORMATION

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course explores the use of data for the purposes of strategic planning, 

reimbursement, rules and regulations, accreditation, and disease 

surveillance. Measures to assure data quality and validity will be explored.

B-414

NSG 545 ASSESSMENT, 

MEASUREMENT, AND 

EVALUATION

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

The course presents the use of statistical designs, qualitative data, and 

quantitative data in determining educational outcomes. A key focus is on 

assessment, measurement, and evaluation of clinical practice and nursing 

curriculum. This course requires 20 hours of clinical practicum.

NSG 547 HUMAN RESOURCES 

MANAGEMENT

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course focuses on the nurse administrator's role for supervising the 

nursing personnel and support staff. The topics covered are common to 

nurse administrators. They include: responsibilities for recruitment, 

scheduling, counseling, coaching, mentoring, developing and evaluating 

nursing staff and support personnel. The legal implications surrounding 

interviewing, hiring, managing and terminating employment will also be 

explored.

NSG 550 ROLE OF THE NURSE 

ADMINISTRATOR

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course introduces the role of the nurse administrator in health care 

organizations. Topics include organizational theory, performance, and 

structure; change management; systematic processes; and human 

resource management. This course requires 20 hours of clinical practicum.

NSG 557 ORGANIZATIONAL DYNAMICS 

AND SYSTEMS THINKING

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course focuses on organizational effectiveness, systems 

management. The role of the nurse leader during organizational change. A 

key focus is the effect of change on health care delivery Principles and 

models of change will be explored.

B-415

NSG 567 FINANCIAL RESOURCES 

MANAGEMENT IN HEALTH 

CARE

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course engages the student in the processes of budget preparation, 

analysis, and monitoring are essential for analyzing the financial 

performance of an organization, service, or system. Emphasis is placed 

upon the use of resources to support organizational mission and strategic 

vision.

NSG 577 CONTINUOUS QUALITY 

MONITORING AND 

OUTCOMES IMPROVEMENT

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course focuses on identification of quality markers within health care. 

The learner will utilize data to support development and evaluation of 

performance measures. The many variables which impact quality will also 

be considered.

NSG 580 PRACTICUM 4 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This capstone course integrates and synthesizes concepts addressed 

throughout the program. Students finalize and present a completed 

project including an implementation and evaluation plan. This course 

requires 80 hours of clinical practicum.

NTC 245 FOUNDATION OF LOCAL AREA 

NETWORKS

3 College of 

Information 

Systems and 

Technology

This foundational course covers local area network topics, including 

rationale for networking. Open Systems Interconnection (OSI) models, 

common network topologies and architecture, client server concepts, 

basic hardware devices and usage, and basic networking security concepts.

B-416

NTC 247 WIRELESS NETWORKING 

CONCEPTS

3 College of 

Information 

Systems and 

Technology

This course explores concepts of wireless networking systems, including 

wireless networking, topologies; hardware protocols; hardware selection 

and implementation; interfaces with local‐area network (LAN), 

metropolitan area network MAN, and wide‐area network (WAN) 

networks; basic wireless security; and network integration concepts.

NTC 248 FOUNDATIONS OF 

NETWORKING

3 College of 

Information 

Systems and 

Technology

This course introduces the basic interconnections for all computers from 

home computer systems to multinational businesses to the Internet. In 

this course, you will learn about network architecture, including network 

infrastructure implementation, addressing schemas, routing, unified 

communications, and cloud computing and virtualization. This course 

covers the objectives for certification exam CompTIA Network+ N10‐006.

NTC 255 STORAGE AND 

MANAGEMENT OF DATA

3 College of 

Information 

Systems and 

Technology

This course introduces fundamental concepts and practices for 

information storage and management in cloud, virtualization, and 

networking environments. Included are elements and practices of data 

centers, information storage networking technology, storage systems, and 

business continuity practices. Also addressed are management and 

security in information storage infrastructures.

NTC 260 FOUNDATIONS OF CLOUD 

SERVICES

3 College of 

Information 

Systems and 

Technology

This course introduces practices in cloud infrastructure and services. 

Covered are a cloud computing model, layers of cloud computing, and 

functions of cloud computing. Included are fundamental layers of cloud 

infrastructure: physical, virtual, control, orchestration, and service. Also 

included are cross‐layer functions of cloud infrastructure: business 

continuity, security, and service management.

B-417

NTC 270 STORAGE MANAGEMENT 

APPLIED CAPSTONE

3 College of 

Information 

Systems and 

Technology

This is the capstone course for information storage management. The 

course provides students with the opportunity to integrate and apply 

learning from their program of study in a comprehensive manner within 

an applied capstone project based in real‐world settings. Students will 

demonstrate competency and skills in the monitoring and management of 

information storage infrastructure, explain and use relevant network 

security concepts, and apply cloud interface standards and protocols for 

building cloud infrastructure in a real‐world setting.  ****Above 

description is effective 12 07 2015****  This is the capstone course for 

information storage management. The course provides students with the 

opportunity to integrate and apply learning from their program of study in 

a comprehensive manner within an internship or job placement site. 

Students will demonstrate competency and skills in the monitoring and 

management of information storage infrastructure, explain and use 

relevant network security concepts, and apply cloud interface standards 

and protocols for building cloud infrastructure in an internship or job 

NTC 275 STORAGE MANAGEMENT 

CAPSTONE

3 College of 

Information 

Systems and 

Technology

This is the capstone course for information storage management. The 

course provides students with the opportunity to integrate and apply 

learning from their program of study in a comprehensive manner. 

Students will demonstrate competency and skills in the monitoring and 

management of information storage infrastructure, explain and use 

relevant network security concepts, and apply cloud interface standards 

and protocols for building cloud infrastructure.

NTC 300 CLOUD TECHNOLOGIES 3 College of 

Information 

Systems and 

Technology

This course will provide the knowledge and skills required to understand 

foundational and advanced cloud terminologies methodologies; to 

implement, maintain, and deliver cloud technologies and infrastructures 

(e.g., server, network, storage, and virtualization technologies); and to 

understand aspects of IT security and use of industry best practices 

related to cloud implementations.

NTC 302 NETWORK WEB SERVICES 3 College of 

Information 

Systems and 

Technology

This course focuses on Network Web Services with a specific focus on 

Amazon Web Services (AWS). The course will help an IT professional 

identify and gather requirements in order to define a web services 

solution to be built using architecture best practices, and to be capable of 

providing guidance on architectural best practices to developers and 

system administrators throughout the lifecycle of the web services project.

B-418

NTC 320 NETWORK DESIGN ASSOCIATE 3 College of 

Information 

Systems and 

Technology

This course provides an intensive workshop where the student will gain 

the hands‐on experience required to help pass the Cisco® CCDA®: Cisco® 

Certified Design Associate certification exam. Topics include: 

understanding the methodology used to design a network; describing 

network structure and modularity; and designing enterprise campus 

networks, enterprise edge and remote network modules, IP addressing 

and routing protocols, and network services.

NTC 324 WINDOWS SERVER 

CONFIGURATION

3 College of 

Information 

Systems and 

Technology

This course provides students with the knowledge and skills necessary to 

install and configure Windows Server® 2012. The course covers Server 

Roles Configuration, Server Virtualization Configuration, Network Services 

Configuration, and Directory Services Administration & Group Policy.

NTC 326 ADMINISTERING WINDOWS 

SERVER

3 College of 

Information 

Systems and 

Technology

This course provides students with the knowledge and skills necessary to 

administer Windows Servers. The course covers Server Maintenance, Print 

and File Services Configuration, Managing Network Services, Server Policy 

Infrastructure, and Managing Directory Services & Group Policy.

NTC 328 ADVANCED WINDOWS 

SERVICES

3 College of 

Information 

Systems and 

Technology

This course provides students with the knowledge and skills necessary to 

configure advanced Windows services. The course covers High Availability, 

Server File and Storage, Business Continuity, Advanced Network Services 

and Directory Infrastructure & Access Solutions.

B-419

NTC 332 WINDOWS SERVER 

INFRASTRUCTURE DESIGN

3 College of 

Information 

Systems and 

Technology

This course provides students with the knowledge and skills necessary to 

design, implement, and maintain a Windows Server infrastructure in an 

enterprise scaled, highly virtualized environment. The course covers 

planning and deploying a server infrastructure; designing and 

implementing network infrastructure services; designing and 

implementing network access services; and designing and implementing 

an Active Directory infrastructure. This course provides an intensive 

workshop where the student will gain hands‐on experience aligned to the 

70‐ 413: Designing and Implementing a Server Infrastructure certification 

exam.

NTC 334 WINDOWS SERVER 

INFRASTRUCTURE 

IMPLEMENTATION

3 College of 

Information 

Systems and 

Technology

This course covers the use of Windows Server to implement an advanced 

server infrastructure. Coursework includes managing, designing, planning, 

and implementing networking services and virtualization solutions. This 

includes server, enterprise, and virtualization infrastructure, as well as 

implementing identity and access solutions. This course provides an 

intensive workshop where the student will gain hands‐on experience 

aligned to the 70‐414: Implementing an Advanced Server Infrastructure 

certification exam.

NTC 361 NETWORK AND 

TELECOMMUNICATIONS 

CONCEPTS

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course provides an overview of telecommunication systems in a 

business environment. Topics covered include voice communications, 

standards, transmission, networks, and internetworking.

NTC 362 FUNDAMENTALS OF 

NETWORKING

3 College of 

Information 

Systems and 

Technology

This course provides a foundation in the basic telecommunications and 

networking technologies fundamental to the industry and to the broad 

field of telecommunications. Analog, digital, and radio frequency 

technologies are covered. Also covered in this course is an introduction to 

the OSI protocol model, network‐switching systems, basics of wireless 

communications, and network security.

B-420

NTC 405 TELECOMMUNICATIONS AND 

NETWORKING I

3 College of 

Information 

Systems and 

Technology

This course is designed to provide the fundamentals of basic 

telecommunications, including an introduction to standards, organizations 

and governing bodies, concepts such as TCP IP, modulation or 

demodulation, and terminology for telecommunications and computer 

networks. The basics of analog and digital circuits are analyzed. Complex 

digital equipment, such as multiplexers, is introduced. The course is 

completed with an overview and analysis of various network topologies 

and network operating systems, explaining how the electronic concepts 

assist in network troubleshooting.

NTC 406 TELECOMMUNICATIONS AND 

NETWORKING II

3 College of 

Information 

Systems and 

Technology

NTC 406 provides analysis of multiple aspects of computer networking 

including the seven levels of the open systems interconnection (OSI) 

model which is the basis for analysis of network protocols. Each aspect of 

networking is analyzed with the related theory applied to specific 

applications in the industry.

NTC 409 GLOBAL NETWORK 

ARCHITECTURE AND DESIGN

3 College of 

Information 

Systems and 

Technology

This course addresses the fundamentals of network design and analysis 

with an emphasis on business network needs. The network design 

techniques necessary for Local Area Network (LAN) and Wide Area 

Network (WAN) implementations are covered. The concept of service 

levels, the provisioning of and importance of service levels are analyzed.

NTC 411 GLOBAL NETWORK 

MANAGEMENT, SUPPORT 

AND SECURITY

3 College of 

Information 

Systems and 

Technology

This course broadens the concept of network design and analysis to 

include global considerations for an enterprise network configuration. 

This course introduces the topic of overall end‐to‐end network 

management, the concepts, and the available tools to the network 

designer. The development and management of the relationships 

between the enterprise and the Wide Area Network (WAN) providers is 

discussed. Network security, disaster recovery, and business continuity 

planning is also addressed in this course.

B-421

NTC 415 NETWORK INTEGRATION 

PROJECT

3 College of 

Information 

Systems and 

Technology

The focus of this course is the application of network design and 

performance concepts. The design considerations for a global network, 

including LANs and WANs with both wired and wireless functionality, will 

be applied. End‐to‐end performance criteria and service levels guarantees 

will be examined as a part of network design project. Network capabilities 

to handle varying types of traffic, from low speed data to large image files 

and streaming video and digital voice, will be explored.

NTI 501 CLASSROOM MANAGEMENT 

FOR NEW TEACHERS

1.5 College of 

Education

This course will equip new teachers with the skills necessary to effectively 

manage their classroom by establishing consistent classroom routines and 

rituals. It will also focus on the important role that lesson planning plays in 

classroom management.

NTI 502 EFFECTIVE LESSON PLANNING 1.5 College of 

Education

Effective Lesson Planning will empower new teachers to develop quality 

lesson plans, successfully utilizing formative assessments and aligned with 

an established curriculum map.

NTI 503 INSTRUCTIONAL STRATEGIES 1.5 College of 

Education

This course will empower new teachers to deliver successful lessons, 

which utilize effective instructional strategies to positively affect student 

learning.

B-422

NTI 504 ASSESSMENT AND 

EVALUATION

1.5 College of 

Education

Assessment and Evaluation will empower new teachers to successfully 

integrate formative and summative assessments into units and lessons, 

evaluate student performance, and utilize student data to drive 

instructional decision making.

NUR 310 THEORETICAL BASES FOR 

NURSING PRACTICE

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course focuses on the conceptual and theoretical aspects of 

professional nursing practice within the unifying framework of Orem's self‐

care model. Nursing process is applied in the context of self‐care deficits 

and therapeutic self‐care demand. The taxonomies of Nursing Diagnosis, 

Nursing Interventions Classification (NIC), and Nursing Outcomes 

Classifications (NOC) are introduced. The role of the nurse as a change 

agent in facilitating behavioral changes in individuals is reinforced. This 

course focuses on the development of the student as a professional nurse 

examining conceptual and theoretical aspects of nursing practice with 

Orem's Self‐Care Model.  The student will explore the evolution of 

professional nursing and the foundation of the science and art of nursing. 

The role of the nurse as a change agent in facilitating behavioral changes 

in individuals is reinforced.

NUR 391 PROFESSIONAL NURSING 

PRACTICE

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course focuses on the professional role and discipline of nursing. 

Students will examine the image of nursing and develop strategies for 

improvement. Standards of professional practice will be discussed in 

relation to the profession, role, and value behavior.

NUR 403 THEORIES AND MODELS OF 

NURSING PRACTICE

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course is designed to focus baccalaureate students on the behaviors, 

attitudes, and values necessary for theory‐based professional nursing 

practice. Concepts of professional nursing are presented within the 

unifying framework of Jean Watson's theory of caring.

B-423

NUR 405 HEALTHY COMMUNITIES: 

THEORY AND PRACTICE

4 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course addresses the role of nursing in community and public health. 

Topics include theories and models of community and public health 

nursing, diversity, advocacy, family and community assessment, and 

health education. A key focus is evidence‐based health promotion and 

preventive care of individuals, families, and communities.

NUR 405CA Healthy Communities: Theory 

and Practice

4 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course addresses the role of nursing in community and public health. 

Topics include theories and models of community and public health 

nursing, diversity, advocacy, family and community assessment, and 

health education. A key focus is health promotion and preventive care of 

individuals, families, and communities. This course is designed for 

residents of the state of California.

NUR 405CC HEALTHY COMMUNITIES: 

THEORY AND PRACTICE

4 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course addresses the role of nursing in community and public health. 

Topics include theories and models of community and public health 

nursing, diversity, advocacy, family and community assessment, and 

health education. A key focus is evidence‐based health promotion and 

preventive care of individuals, families, and communities.

NUR 408 EPIDEMIOLOGY: GLOBAL AND 

PUBLIC HEALTH

4 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course explores public and global health issues relevant to 

professional nursing practice. Topics include social responsibility and 

determinants of health, epidemiology, disease prevention and health 

promotion for at‐risk populations, and national and global health 

organizations. A key focus is the application of evidence‐based public 

health principles.

B-424

NUR 408CA Epidemiology: Global and 

Public Health

4 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course explores public and global health issues relevant to 

professional nursing practice. Topics include social responsibility and 

determinants of health, epidemiology, disease prevention and health 

promotion for at‐risk populations, and national and global health 

organizations. A key focus is the application of evidence‐based public 

health principles. This course is designed for residents of the state of 

California.

NUR 408CC EPIDEMIOLOGY: GLOBAL AND 

PUBLIC HEALTH

4 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course explores public and global health issues relevant to 

professional nursing practice. Topics include social responsibility and 

determinants of health, epidemiology, disease prevention and health 

promotion for at‐risk populations, and national and global health 

organizations. A key focus is the application of evidence‐based public 

health principles.

NUR 427 HEALTH AND CHRONIC 

DISEASE MANAGEMENT

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course focuses on pathophysiology, principles of motivation, learning 

theories, and their application to disease processes.  A review of diseases 

from a systems approach will be stressed along with discussions regarding 

the impact of diversity, delivery of patient education, complementary and 

alternative therapies, and community resources.

NUR 429PN ISSUES AND STRATEGIES IN 

NURSING: RESEARCH 

UTILIZATION

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course develops the basic skills of critically analyzing research 

findings. Research methods are introduced with emphasis placed upon 

analyzing key elements of research reports.

B-425

NUR 431 CARE OF THE GERIATRIC 

CLIENT

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course is designed to explore current theories and practices in 

gerontologic nursing. The primary focus of the course is to explore the 

role of the nurse in assessing and managing the continuum of care with 

the aging client and family within a community. Students must 

successfully complete 45 clinical hours in order to pass the course.

NUR 440 HEALTH ASSESSMENT AND 

PROMOTION FOR 

VULNERABLE POPULATION

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course is designed to assist professional nurses in developing 

interviewing skills, refinement of physical assessment techniques, and 

preventative health interventions when working with diverse and 

vulnerable populations.  The importance of therapeutic communication in 

performing a health assessment is emphasized.

NUR 440CC HEALTH ASSESSMENT AND 

PROMOTION FOR 

VULNERABLE POPULATIONS

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course is designed to assist professional nurses in developing 

interviewing skills, refinement of a health assessment, and preventative 

health interventions when working with diverse and vulnerable 

populations. The importance of therapeutic communication in performing 

a health assessment is emphasized.

NUR 443 EVIDENCE‐BASED NURSING 

RESEARCH AND PRACTICE

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course will focus on current review of nursing research literature and 

research utilization through evidence‐based practice. Three areas of 

research competencies will be examined which include interpreting and 

use of research in nursing practice, evaluation of research, and conducting 

research.>

B-426

NUR 443CC EVIDENCE‐BASED NURSING 

RESEARCH AND PRACTICE

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course will focus on current review of nursing research literature and 

research utilization through evidence‐based practice. Three areas of 

research competencies will be examined which include interpreting and 

using research in nursing practice, evaluating research, and conducting 

research.

NUR 473PN CLINICAL INTEGRATION: 

PARTNERSHIP IN 

COMMUNITY PRACTICE

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course focuses on the utilization of theory‐ based practice to promote 

the care of population aggregates and communities. Students complete 45 

hours of practicum, which provides experiences with aggregates in a 

variety of settings in order to develop the professional roles of caregiver, 

teacher, and manager of care. Through the clinical practicum, the student 

develops beginning skills in community education, coalition building, 

community assessment and the use of computerized databases. Violence 

as a health care problem and health care financing are examined as 

examples of current issues affecting communities. Social responsibility as 

a professional value is also covered. Clinical integration and application of 

theories introduced in the community course are the frameworks for this 

course.

NUR 478PN CONTEMPORARY ISSUES AND 

HEALTH POLICY

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course examines the interrelationships of legal decisions, health 

policy development, legislation, and regulation in the context of 

contemporary issues. Activities explore the impact of health policy 

changes on the individual nursing practice and the delivery of health care 

to consumers. Nursing ethics are explored in relation to health

NUR 482 NURSING LEADERSHIP AND 

MANAGEMENT IN HEALTH 

CARE

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course emphasizes leadership and management theory including 

systems theory in nursing and health care applications. Course content 

assists the professional nurse in adjusting to various nursing 

responsibilities such as delegation, change management, and client 

advocacy. Students are required to successfully complete 45 clinical hours 

to pass the course.

B-427

NUR 492 SENIOR PRACTICUM: 

LEADERSHIP AND 

MANAGEMENT

4 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course will provide the student the opportunity to synthesize 

previous knowledge and skills in a supervised practicum experience with 

the guidance and approval of the faculty. The final project will integrate 

the academic and practical knowledge the student has acquired in their 

program. This course contains 25 hours of clinical experience.

NUR 492CC SENIOR PRACTICUM: 

LEADERSHIP AND 

MANAGEMENT

4 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course will provide the student the opportunity to synthesize 

previous knowledge and skills in a supervised practicum experience with 

the guidance and approval of the faculty. The final project will integrate 

the academic and practical knowledge the students have acquired in their 

program. This course contains 25 hours of clinical experience.

NUR 499 CRITICAL SYNTHESIS 

APPLICATION

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course will synthesize the program content and objectives for the 

professional nurse. Preparing students for the NCLEX‐RN exam will be 

emphasized. Students will be required to complete 20 clinical lab hours to 

pass this course. Old description: This course will synthesize the program 

content and objectives for the professional nurse. Preparing students for 

the NCLEX‐RN exam will be emphasized.

NUR 513 THEORETICAL FOUNDATIONS 

OF PRACTICE

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course focuses on the critical components of contemporary nursing 

knowledge, including concepts, statements, metaparadigms, philosophies, 

conceptual models, and theories. Students evaluate the variety of ways to 

organize nursing knowledge and explore the implications of their 

application. Through the clinical application of the course content, 

students examine the use of theory and nursing knowledge in professional 

environments.

B-428

NUR 518 ANALYSIS OF RESEARCH 

REPORTS

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

Evidence‐based practice relies upon analyzing the scientific merit of 

nursing research reports and integrating the results from valid studies into 

care.  Published reports using quantitative and qualitative methods are 

examined to determine the validity of study findings and their readiness 

for implementation into practice.

NUR 531 INFLUENCING THE FUTURE OF 

NURSING AND HEALTH CARE

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

The role of advanced practice nurses in today's health care environment 

provides numerous opportunities and responsibilities.  Nursing's potential 

for improving the health of individuals, families, groups, and communities 

is examined.  Strategies for involvement in shaping health care police are 

developed.

NUR 542 DYNAMICS OF FAMILY 

SYSTEMS

2 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

Family systems theories and models are used to understand the impact of 

nuclear families on professional and personal relationships, as well as on 

society. These theories and models are used as well to develop strategies 

for promoting and monitoring the health of families.

NUR 544 POPULATION‐FOCUSED 

HEALTH CARE

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

Theories, principles, and strategies of population‐based health care are 

used to design, implement, and evaluate services and plans of care to 

promote, maintain, and restore health in a defined population. Students 

focus on population aggregates in structured or unstructured settings 

across care environments. Strategies to evaluate health outcomes and 

costs of care are emphasized.

B-429

NUR 550 ISSUES IN ADVANCED 

PRACTICE

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course addresses the changes in health care and their implications for 

advanced practice nursing. The impact of health care policy, aged care, as 

well as concepts related to financial responsibility within the health care 

delivery systems will be examined.

NUR 551 POLICY, ORGANIZATION, AND 

FINANCING OF HEALTH CARE

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course is designed to prepare a graduate to provide quality cost‐

effective care, to participate in the design and implementation of care in a 

variety of health care systems, and to assume a leadership role in the 

management of human, fiscal, and physical health care resources.

NUR 587 LEADERSHIP AND 

MANAGEMENT IN NURSING 

AND HEALTH CARE

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

Ways of using leadership and management concepts, principles, theories, 

and models in advanced nursing practice and executive roles are explored.  

 Skills that facilitate collaborative relationships and decisions consistent 

with stewardship of resources are examined.  Students articulate a 

personal vision of leadership and ways of providing direction within 

today's complex health care system.

NUR 588 DEVELOPING AND 

EVALUATING EDUCATIONAL 

PROGRAMS

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

Identifying learning needs provides the foundation for designing health 

care educational programs for individuals, families, groups, or 

communities.  Students select and develop teaching strategies and 

explore ways of monitoring and evaluating teaching methods and learner 

outcomes.  Roles of educators in organizations, communities, and higher 

education settings are examined.

B-430

NUR 590A NURSING PRACTICUM‐A 1 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This capstone course is designed to provide students with opportunities to 

integrate and apply previously learned knowledge and skills in a 60‐hour 

practicum. Students develop specific learning objectives that are 

approved by faculty. Objectives are achieved as a result of working with 

various nursing experts in clinical application projects.

NUR 590B NURSING PRACTICUM‐B 2 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This capstone course is designed to provide students with opportunities to 

integrate and apply previously learned knowledge and skills in a 60‐hour 

practicum. Students develop specific learning objectives that are 

approved by faculty. Objectives are achieved as a result of working with 

various nursing experts in clinical application projects.

NUR 598 RESEARCH UTILIZATION 

PROJECT

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This is a graduate‐level research course that focuses on utilization of a 

body of science knowledge in the practice setting. The student will 

develop a research proposal based on problems identified in nursing 

practice, evaluate the relevance of existing research, set forth a plan for 

implementation, and identify evaluation criteria to measure the outcomes 

of the research implemented.

NUR 700 PROFESSIONAL NURSING 

LEADERSHIP

3 School of Advanced 

Studies

This course surveys theories, skills, risks, and rewards related to 

professional nursing leadership and innovation. This course also examines 

the dynamic of change and how it influences strategic planning.

B-431

NUR 701 PHILOSOPHY OF NURSING 

SCIENCE

3 School of Advanced 

Studies

This course examines the philosophical underpinnings associated with the 

science of nursing. The student will critique philosophical views of science 

that have influenced the process of knowledge development and 

discovery.

NUR 702 THEORY CONSTRUCTION AND 

CONCEPT  ANALYSIS

3 School of Advanced 

Studies

Learners will identify phenomena of interest, conduct a concept analysis, 

and develop components of a theoretical framework in relationship to 

nursing science research and advanced professional practice.

NUR 703 THEORETICAL APPLICATIONS 

IN EVIDENCE‐BASED PRACTICE

3 School of Advanced 

Studies

This course examines the application of theoretical frameworks to 

different areas of nursing practice.  Learners will demonstrate acquired 

competencies to evaluate and generate research at the doctoral level.  

Learners will be able to use research and evidence‐based data to support 

decision‐making processes.

NURLAB 001 NURSING LAB 0 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This clinical course is a supplemental laboratory course that provides 

students the opportunity to practice and test clinical skills.

B-432

NURSKILWK NURSING LAB SIMULATION 0 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

Students will be involved in Nursing Skills Practice experience in Nursing 

Center with Nursing Faculty.

OI 365 KNOWLEDGE MANAGEMENT 

AND INTELLECTUAL CAPITAL

3 School of Business In this course, students are provided the knowledge and skills necessary 

for effective knowledge management present in today's increasingly 

innovative and global business environment. Students will be asked to 

consider a variety of topics critical to an organization's long‐term success 

including, but not limited to innovation, intellectual capital, goodwill, 

brand recognition, organizational partnerships, and organizational culture.  

OI 466 ORGANIZATIONAL 

INNOVATION INTEGRATED 

PROJECT

3 School of Business This project‐based course integrates knowledge and skills from previous 

organizational innovation coursework and requires business students to 

demonstrate their innovative, creative, and inspirational capacity to solve 

a real life business problem or opportunity. Using design principles, 

practices, and theory, students will be asked to create innovative 

solutions to problems or opportunities in the areas of strategy, process, 

product, and service.

ONL 500 Foundations of Online 

Teaching

3 College of 

Education

This course introduces participants to the elements of online teaching at 

the K‐12 level. Participants examine a variety of online instructional skills 

and strategies related to teaching and delivering curriculum in the online 

environment. Participants collaborate with others and authentically 

integrate technology tools, as well as mobile learning technologies. 

Classroom management, engagement, time management, and assessment 

strategies are also discussed. Additionally, participants explore the 

International Association for K‐12 Online Learning (iNACOL) standards, as 

well as copyright, FERPA, and other issues related to academic integrity in 

the online classroom.

B-433

ONL 501 Technologies for Online 

Teaching

3 College of 

Education

This course prepares teachers to effectively use technology and media in 

online teaching. The benefits and challenges of using audio, video, 

collaborative, and social media technology tools in the virtual classroom 

will be examined. Particular emphasis will be given to using digital tools 

and apps that promote cutting edge skills in the online environment. 

Current and emerging trends in Internet technology will also be addressed.

ONL 502 Organizing and Managing the 

Online Classroom

3 College of 

Education

In this course, participants explore the unique issues of classroom 

organization, management, and discipline in the K‐12 online environment. 

The issues of online student responsibility, engagement, goal setting, and 

time management are examined. Communication with students, parents, 

administration, and other key personnel are discussed. Participants 

develop and articulate a personal philosophy of online classroom 

management. Each participant must have computer and Internet access 

for this course.

ONL 503 Differentiating Instruction in 

the Online Classroom

3 College of 

Education

This course focuses on strategies and techniques for differentiating online 

instruction to meet the learning needs of diverse students in the fully 

online, hybrid, or flipped classroom. Particular emphasis is on techniques 

for working online with at‐risk students and students with special needs. 

Participants develop appropriate instruction and assessments to 

determine individual student achievement and mastery.

ONL 504 Assessment in the Online 

Classroom

3 College of 

Education

This course prepares participants to assess online students effectively. 

Participants explore how to guide instruction using technology‐driven 

assessment data and design authentic assessment instruments. Emphasis 

is placed on examining the validity and reliability of online assessment and 

learning to assess online teaching.

B-434

ONL 505 Cyberethics for Educators 3 College of 

Education

In this course, participants study the risk factors for digital and ethical 

misconduct both inside and outside the classroom. Participants develop a 

better understanding of the role that technology plays in creating and 

heightening ethical dilemmas. The course provides participants with the 

tools to assess their personal risk for ethical misconduct and best 

practices for minimizing the likelihood of such misconduct.

ONL 506 K‐12 Cybertraps: Strategies 

for Teaching Digital 

Citizenship

3 College of 

Education

In this course, participants gain an understanding of the ways in which 

students are using technology today and the legal and professional risks 

that can arise from such use. Participants develop instructional strategies, 

curricular materials, and projects to guide student learning on issues of 

online behavior and digital citizenship. The course emphasizes the 

interplay between law and technology, and underscores the potential for 

students to become unwitting perpetrators. Strategies for minimizing the 

risk of student misconduct and educating parents are also covered.

ONL 507 Digital Citizenship for 

Educators

3 College of 

Education

The primary focus of this course is to explore the foundations and 

elements of digital citizenship. Participants examine the planning and 

implementation phases of a comprehensive digital citizenship program. 

Emphasis is placed on lesson planning, developing and integrating digital 

citizenship lessons, modeling digital citizenship behaviors, and discovering 

how digital citizenship extends beyond the classroom with real world 

functions and authentic applications.

OPS 571 OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT 3 School of Business The course applies planning and controlling concepts to increase the value 

of the supply chain. Students learn to evaluate and improve processes. 

Other topics include process selection, process design, theory of 

constraints, project implementation, capacity planning, lean production, 

facility location, and business forecasting.

B-435

ORG 581 ORGANIZATIONAL DESIGN 3 School of Business This course prepares students to design organizations that adapt to 

environmental changes through innovation. Students will prepare a plan 

to incorporate innovation into organizational design to align an 

organization with a change in strategy. Other topics include the learning 

organization, authority and control, specialization and coordination, 

intrapreneurship, and lateral organizations.

ORG 707 ADVANCED SYSTEMS 

THINKING

3 School of Advanced 

Studies

With organizational change a certainty and no quick fix the problems of 

these organizations, this course will assist learners in dealing with 

uncertainty in the workplace and making decisions when neither the 

problems nor goals are clear. Upon completion of this course, learners will 

be able to think and act holistically to see connections among systems and 

how decisions in one area might affect the rest of the system.

ORG 711 21ST CENTURY ISSUES IN 

ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOR I

3 School of Advanced 

Studies

This course evaluates research on issues that organizations face in 

optimizing their performance. Students will gain insight on organizational 

theory and leadership, organizational behavior and globalization, people 

systems, and emerging trends and issues in organizations.

ORG 714 ORGANIZATIONAL THEORY 

AND DESIGN

3 School of Advanced 

Studies

The history of organizational theory and design, and the three primary 

theories used to study organizations ‐ classical, neoclassical, and systems 

theory ‐ and the application of each theory to modern organizations are 

examined. Additionally, this course focuses on design issues, including 

organizational, departmental, and job considerations. Finally, the course 

examines pressing issues for current organizations, including culture, 

innovation, and learning.

B-436

ORG 716 ORGANIZATIONAL THEORY 

AND DESIGN

3 School of Advanced 

Studies

Upon completion of this course, students will be prepared to analyze and 

select appropriate paradigms to guide organizational research. 

Additionally, students will have the ability to systematically apply 

organizational theories to enrich existing models or develop new models 

to increase performance and effectiveness.

ORG 721 21ST CENTURY ISSUES IN 

ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOR 

II

3 School of Advanced 

Studies

The focus of this course is on human behavior in 21st century global 

organizations and the practices and systems that encourage or impede 

effective performance.  Students will engage in cutting edge thinking on 

emerging topics in organizational behavior and development and learn 

practical methods for analyzing, understanding, and improving individual, 

team, and organizational performance.

ORG 722 ORGANIZATIONAL THEORY, 

PLANNING, AND CHANGE

3 School of Advanced 

Studies

This course examines the structure of higher education organizations and 

the ways in which leaders manage these organizations through change. 

Students will focus on the cultural aspects of educational organizations, 

the ways in which organizational strategies are designed and 

implemented, as well as the organizational contexts that affect structure 

and change.

ORG 726 THE IMPACT OF TECHNOLOGY 

ON ORGANIZATIONS

3 School of Advanced 

Studies

In this course, students evaluate the relationships among technology, 

structure, and behavior to inform strategic organizational decisions. In 

addition, students assess the benefits and challenges surrounding 

technology integration and develop implementation strategies to 

strategically manage and promote organizational performance.

B-437

ORG 727 ORGANIZATIONAL DIAGNOSIS 

AND INTERVENTION

3 School of Advanced 

Studies

Upon completion of this course, learners will be prepared to optimize 

organizational performance through the judicious implementation of 

performance interventions utilizing organization theory, organization 

design, and technology.

ORG 730 ORGANIZATION 

DEVELOPMENT

3 School of Advanced 

Studies

This course examines theory and research relevant to changing 

individuals, groups, and organizations to enhance and improve their 

overall effectiveness. OD interventions are discussed, specifically 

examining the role of the I‐O psychologist, type of change, and focus of 

intervention (individual, group, or organization). Furthermore, students 

will learn how to integrate psychological theories regarding small group 

theory as related to leadership, motivation, interpersonal influence, group 

effectiveness, conformity, conflict, role behavior, and group decision 

making.

ORIENT 001 ORIENTATION 0 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This information only course is designed to provide an orientation to the 

primary components of the Nurse Practitioner program. Students will be 

introduced to the program's progression and degree completion 

requirements.   Clinical expectations, including documentation and 

regulatory requirements, clinical placement processes, and explanation of 

clinical hour and program requirements will be discussed.

ORIENT 002 ORIENTATION 0 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This information only course is designed to provide an orientation to the 

primary components of the Nurse Practitioner program clinical 

experience.  Students will be introduced to performance expectations 

when entering a clinical setting.  Clinical forms, faculty site visits and 

preceptor evaluation for family nurse practitioner competencies, and 

requirements of documentation into the nurse practitioner student 

tracking system will be discussed.  Population focus of each clinical class 

will be reviewed.

B-438

ORIENT 003 ORIENTATION 0 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This information only course is designed to provide an orientation to the 

primary components of the Nurse Practitioner program¿s Final 

Preceptorship course.  Students will be introduced to clinical and didactic 

requirements for the extended clinical course.  Required documentation 

for graduation and family nurse practitioner clinical competencies for 

entry into practice will be discussed. Clinical hour requirements including 

family practice hour requirements will be reviewed.

PAR 221 WILLS, TRUSTS, ESTATE LAW 3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course prepares students for each aspect of estate law. This includes 

understanding post‐mortem transfer of wealth including: probate and 

non‐probate property, intestacy (dying without a will), bars to succession, 

constructive trusts, mental capacity, formalities, beneficiaries and 

holographic wills. Students will discover how state and federal estate 

taxes are assessed and what issues may be present in an inheritance. 

Students will learn how to draft documentation pertaining to trusts, wills 

and estate plans. Students will also explore probate practices, gift tax 

laws, and charitable donations.

PAR 222 ADMINISTRATIVE LAW 3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course is designed to give students the opportunity to explore 

administrative laws and agencies. Students will research state and federal 

agencies, discuss the discretionary powers within the agency and the rule 

making process. The substantive law that is created and implemented by 

agencies is the subject matter of individual courses such as environmental 

law, securities regulation, taxation, and banking. Students will understand 

advocacy and adjudication while learning how to prepare for hearings and 

judicial appeals.

PHL 215 PHILOSOPHY: METHODS AND 

APPLICATIONS

3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course offers an intensive introduction to philosophic problems and 

methodologies as developed by major figures in the history of philosophy.  

Applications of philosophic methods to problem‐solving, decision making, 

ethical thought, and strategic thinking are considered.

B-439

PHL 251 CRITICAL THINKING 3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This five‐week course in critical thinking and informal logic helps students 

develop the ability to reason clearly and critically. It includes an 

introduction to the disciplines of inductive and deductive logic, fallacious 

reasoning, and problem‐solving techniques. Emphasis is placed on the 

identification and management of the perception process, use of 

assumptions, emotional influences and language in various forms of 

business communication.

PHL 310CA CRITICAL THINKING ACROSS 

DISCIPLINES

3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course in critical thinking helps students develop the ability to reason 

clearly and critically. It includes an introduction to inductive and deductive 

logic, fallacious reasoning, assumptions, and problem‐solving techniques. 

Students will apply critical thinking skills in confirming knowledge, 

producing new ideas, research, and making connections across disciplines.

PHL 320 CRITICAL THINKING AND 

DECISION MAKING IN 

BUSINESS

3 School of Business This course explores the critical thinking techniques necessary to be an 

effective manager within an organizational setting. Students will focus on 

critical thinking and reasoning methods as they apply to management 

concepts within a work environment. Other topics include the use of 

critical thinking skills in the decision‐making process as it applies for 

successful performance of employees and organizations and achieving 

desired business goals.

PHL 410 CLASSICAL LOGIC 3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This is a systematic course in the use of argument and logic in formal 

constructs. As logic is applied in various aspects of human reasoning 

including from deductive inference to mathematical proofs, this course 

will demonstrate the skills of deduction, validity, and symbols to 

determine the strengths and soundness of argument and conclusions.

B-440

PHL 458 CREATIVE MINDS AND 

CRITICAL THINKING

3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

In this course, students will analyze the thinking process from a critical 

and creative perspective. The lives of prominent creative thinkers will be 

examined to identify the social, historical, psychological, and cultural 

elements that influenced their development. The salient aspects of 

creativity will be assessed along with the relationship between creativity 

and critical thinking. Students will apply critical thinking skills to 

contemporary creative and scientific thought.

PHL 464 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHICAL 

THOUGHT

3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course analyzes the history of human consciousness in the Western 

world. Students will investigate the human effort to understand the world 

and will appraise the changing ways men and women seek to find 

meaning in their lives through the "three grand epochs of seeking."

PHL 700R CREATIVE AND CRITICAL 

THINKING

3 School of Advanced 

Studies

This course challenges the student to become a creative leader or 

problem‐solver and to begin the process of personal transformation by 

questioning assumptions and conventional patterns of thinking. 

Throughout the course, students demonstrate characteristics of creative 

and critical thinking in individual and collaborative situations. 

PHL 713 PHILOSOPHY OF EDUCATION 3 School of Advanced 

Studies

Why a course in the philosophy of higher education? This course will 

commence with basic questions that underlie the philosophical 

foundations in the context of a global society that impact on the evolving 

nature of higher education in the 21st century. Philosophical perspectives 

on cultural values, beliefs (both secular and non‐secular), and goals of 

education will be examined from classical times through current 

philosophers and theorists. The course will culminate with the students 

developing a personal philosophy of higher education that emerges from 

the study of various world philosophies, ethical theories, and purposes of 

learning.

B-441

PHL 716 KNOWLEDGE OF THEORY AND 

PRACTICE

3 School of Advanced 

Studies

This course helps learners understand the purpose of inquiry and the wide 

spectrum of epistemological assumptions and values that underlie 

scholarly research and the definitions and uses of knowledge in the 

workplace. Learners clarify their individual philosophies regarding the 

definition, purpose, acquisition, and application of knowledge through an 

exploration of diverse theoretical approaches to the nature of knowledge 

and cognition and representative concrete examples of the application of 

epistemology to various professions, management theories, and fields of 

human endeavor.

PHL 717 CONSTRUCTING MEANING 3 School of Advanced 

Studies

The postmodern world is an amalgam of our beliefs, physical sensory 

interpretations, psychological projections of our wants needs fantasies, a 

cultural interpretation of existence meaning purpose, a moral sense of 

right and wrong, a religious or spiritual interpretation of responsibility, 

and the sense of the relationship we have to each other. Learners explore 

concepts of 20th century philosophy of social sciences through the 

writings of some of the classic thinkers. Learners will also undertake an 

examination of the way they personally construct their world ‐ what it 

means and what is meaningful at a personal level, with some insight into 

why that is the case for them. This information will be explored and 

learners will use this to inform their leadership behavior and management 

style.

PHL 736 POLITICAL ACUMEN AND 

ETHICS

3 School of Advanced 

Studies

Upon completion of this course, students will possess an insight into how 

leaders address current and future impacts on society and how leaders 

influence organizational commitment toward proactively addressing risk 

factors as well as legal, regulatory, and governmental requirements. 

Topics include public responsibility, organizational community 

involvement, and attaining and maintaining American corporation ethical 

standards in local and global environments.

PHN 400A PHN ‐ HEALTHY 

COMMUNITIES: THEORY AND 

PRACTICE

0 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This non‐credit, non‐degree course designed for University of Phoenix RN‐

BSN students and graduates provides supervised clinical experiences in 

community and family health.

B-442

PHN 400B PHN ‐ EPIDEMIOLOGY: 

GLOBAL AND PUBLIC HEALTH

0 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This non‐credit, non‐degree course designed for University of Phoenix RN 

to BSN students and graduates provides seven hours of training in the 

prevention, detection, intervention, treatment and California reporting 

requirements of child abuse and neglect. Students also participate in 

supervised clinical experiences in public health.

PHN 401A PHN ‐ EPIDEMIOLOGY AND 

GLOBAL HEALTH

0 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This non‐credit, non‐degree course designed for University of Phoenix P 

VN BSN students and graduates provides seven hours of training in the 

prevention, detection, intervention, treatment and California reporting 

requirements of child abuse and neglect. Students also participate in 

supervised clinical experiences in public health.

PHN 401B PHN ‐ COMMUNITY AND 

FAMILY NURSING

0 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This non‐credit, non‐degree course designed for University of Phoenix P 

VN BSN students and graduates provides supervised clinical experiences in 

community and family health.

PHY 101 FUNDAMENTALS OF PHYSICS 3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course is designed to introduce physics at an entry level by examining 

the principal laws of physics leading to a conceptual understanding of how 

these principles relate to everyday life. The topics in this course include 

Newton's laws, properties of matter, heat and thermodynamics, electricity 

and magnetism, and waves. Students will apply these principles using 

practical examples, facilitated discussions, and experiments conducted 

through a virtual laboratory.

B-443

PM 571 PROJECT MANAGEMENT 3 School of Business This course integrates the five processes that define project management. 

Students will design a project management plan to accomplish an 

organizational objective. Other topics include project initiation, budgeting, 

communications, execution, team management, control, and closure.

PM 582 PROJECT LEADERSHIP 3 School of Business This course prepares students to lead a project to successful conclusion. 

Students will create a plan to lead change during project execution. Other 

topics include integrated change control, work breakdown structures, 

human resource planning, performance reporting, managing stakeholders, 

negotiation, conflict resolution, and cultural diversity.

PM 584 PROJECT RISK MANAGEMENT 3 School of Business This course applies risk management concepts to project execution. 

Students will create contingency plans for a project. Other topics include 

risk identification, qualitative analysis, quantitative analysis, response 

planning, monitoring & control, and proactive planning.

PM 586 PROJECT QUALITY 

MANAGEMENT

3 School of Business This course applies quality control techniques to project development and 

implementation. Students will create a continuous quality‐improvement 

plan for projects within an organization. Other topics include scheduling, 

quality planning, quality assurance, scope management, schedule control, 

and quality control.

B-444

PM 598 PROJECT MANAGEMENT 

CAPSTONE

3 School of Business In this capstone course, students will design a project to meet an 

organizational need. Students will collaboratively create a project plan 

using Microsoft® Project software. Other topics include Project 

Management Professional (PMP) certification preparation.

POL 110 AMERICAN NATIONAL 

GOVERNMENT

3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course introduces students to the constitutional foundations and 

governing institutions of the federal government. Throughout the course, 

students address common political themes, such as the nature and scope 

of governance, democracy, and patterns of political behavior.

POL 115 AMERICAN NATIONAL 

GOVERNMENT

3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course introduces students to the constitutional foundations and 

governing institutions of the federal government. Throughout the course, 

students address common political themes, such as the nature and scope 

of governance, democracy, and patterns of political behavior.

POL 215 STATE AND LOCAL POLITICAL 

PROCESSES

3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course examines the structure and operation of state and local 

governments and the ways in which governments respond to social, 

political and public policy challenges.

B-445

POL 443 WEALTH AND POWER IN 

AMERICA

3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course discusses the issue of wealth, power, and influence in the 

United States. Who has the wealth in America? Who has power? How is 

this power wielded to influence public policy? To help develop 

perspectives on these issues, a variety of societal models, including the 

pluralist and elitist, are presented throughout the course.

POS 221 WINDOWS SERVER 

CONFIGURATIONS

3 College of 

Information 

Systems and 

Technology

This course is a survey of Windows Server® configuration. Topics 

emphasize the structure and the various applications supported by 

Windows Server®. The course includes access to hands‐on Windows® lab 

exercises.

POS 355 INTRODUCTION TO 

OPERATING SYSTEMS

3 College of 

Information 

Systems and 

Technology

This course provides an introduction to Operating Systems. Topics covered 

include Operating System concepts, program execution, and Operating 

System internals such as memory, processor, device, and file 

management. A variety of Operating Systems are compared and 

contrasted.

POS 408 .NET I 3 College of 

Information 

Systems and 

Technology

This course introduces rapid application development in the context of 

developing business applications. It develops the skills and knowledge 

necessary to produce event‐driven programs with graphical user 

interfaces (GUI). Topics include standard Windows® compatible forms, 

controls, and procedures. The course uses Visual Basic®.

B-446

POS 409 .NET II 3 College of 

Information 

Systems and 

Technology

This course is an advanced study of the C# programming language in the 

.NET platform.  It covers topics around managing program flow, creating 

and using types, implementing data access, debugging applications and 

implementing security.

POS 410 SQL FOR BUSINESS 3 College of 

Information 

Systems and 

Technology

This course provides an in‐depth, hands‐on workshop on the Structured 

Query Language (SQL). SQL provides a unified language that lets you 

query, manipulate, and control data in a business applications 

environment. This course is aligned to the requirements of the Advanced 

Business Analytics Certificate; which is designed to provide specific 

theories, competencies, and skills necessary for success in the field of 

business analytics.

POS 433 UNIX NETWORKING 3 College of 

Information 

Systems and 

Technology

This course is a survey of the UNIX® operations. The student will gain an 

understanding of the internal operations of the UNIX® system, which 

enables the user to make efficient use of files, file systems, and processes. 

Commands for efficient management of UNIX® system files, file systems 

and process, systems administration and security are also examined.

PRG 211 ALGORITHMS AND LOGIC FOR 

COMPUTER PROGRAMMING

3 College of 

Information 

Systems and 

Technology

This course provides students with a basic understanding of programming 

development practices. Concepts covered include the application of 

algorithms and logic to the design and development of procedural and 

object oriented computer programs to address the problem solving 

requirements associated with business information systems. This course 

covers procedural programming concepts, including data types, controls 

structures, functional decomposition, arrays, files, classes, and objects.

B-447

PRG 215 JAVA PROGRAMMING 3 College of 

Information 

Systems and 

Technology

Java™ is a general purpose programming language for platform 

independent implementations. This course provides a general 

introduction to programming, basic computation, branching, loop and 

object‐oriented programming. The syntax and semantics of the Java™ 

language are addressed, as well as related topics which include object‐

oriented programming concepts, terminology, and notation. This class 

requires the Java Development Kit, Standard Edition.

PRG 218 INTRODUCTION TO C C++ 3 College of 

Information 

Systems and 

Technology

This course introduces the student to C C++ programming. The syntax and 

semantics of the C C++ programming languages are used to produce 

simple computer programs.

PRG 280 PROGRAMMING IN HTML5 

WITH JAVASCRIPT

3 College of 

Information 

Systems and 

Technology

This course provides students an introduction to HTML5 with JavaScript® 

and CSS3. Concepts covered include the creation and formatting of web 

pages using HTML5 and CSS3, development of web forms, and 

implementing program logic and validating user input using JavaScript®.

PRG 281 WINDOWS APPLICATION 

DEVELOPMENT USING HTML5 

AND JAVASCRIPT I

3 College of 

Information 

Systems and 

Technology

This course covers enhanced HTML5 concepts using CSS3 and JavaScript®. 

This includes using Canvas and different HTML APIs, exposure to Windows 

Event Listener, and enhancing websites using animation, audio and video 

features.

B-448

PRG 282 WINDOWS APPLICATION 

DEVELOPMENT USING HTML5 

AND JAVASCRIPT 2

3 College of 

Information 

Systems and 

Technology

This course covers developing web applications using HTML5, CSS3, 

jQuery, and JavaScript®. This includes use of different advanced 

JavaScript® APIs, such as Drag‐and‐Drop API, Web Storage API, 

Geolocation API, and the Web Socket API.

PRG 300 Introduction to Computer 

Programming

3 College of 

Information 

Systems and 

Technology

This is an introductory programming course that teaches student 

foundational skills and knowledge in putting together a computer 

program using a programming language.  Topics covered in this course 

include program installation and the use of an integrated development 

environment; input and output; basic computational operation; branching 

and looping; and file manipulation.  Students will be able to apply these 

programming skills and knowledge to other subject areas that require 

computer programming.

PRG 410 C++PROGRAMMING I 3 College of 

Information 

Systems and 

Technology

This course introduces the student to C++. Topics include C++ basics, 

selection and repetition structures, arrays, and functions. There is also an 

introduction to object oriented concepts in C++.

PRG 420 JAVA PROGRAMMING I 3 College of 

Information 

Systems and 

Technology

This course is a study in Java™ programming. It covers topics around 

Java™ building blocks, operators, core APIs, methods and exceptions. 

These topics are closely aligned with Oracle® Certified Associate Java™ SE 

examination.

B-449

PRG 421 JAVA PROGRAMMING II 3 College of 

Information 

Systems and 

Technology

This course is an advanced study in Java™ Programming.  It covers topic 

around advanced Java™ class design, object oriented design principles, 

design patterns, threads, concurrency, localization and building database 

applications.  These topics are closely aligned with Oracle Certified 

Professional Java™ SE examination.

PSY 103 INTRODUCTION TO 

PSYCHOLOGY

3 College of Social 

Sciences

This course provides an overview of basic psychological principles that 

underlie human behavior and reactions to everyday life. Students are 

provided an opportunity to apply critical‐ thinking skills to psychological 

problems and issues. The basic tenets of psychology are presented from a 

historical perspective, with attention to research‐based behavioral 

science.

PSY 201 FOUNDATIONS OF 

PSYCHOLOGY

3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course overviews the foundations of psychology as the field applies 

to everyday life. The physical and mental aspects of psychology are traced 

through lifespan development with emphasis on psychological health and 

wellness. Further study focuses on personality; thinking, learning and 

memory; motivation and emotions; and gender and sexuality. Based in 

various historical traditions, the course is set in the context of 

contemporary psychological principles.

PSY 202 FOUNDATIONS OF 

PSYCHOLOGY

3 College of Social 

Sciences

This course overviews the foundations of psychology as the field applies 

to everyday life. The physical and mental aspects of psychology are traced 

through lifespan development with emphasis on psychological health and 

wellness. Further study focuses on personality; thinking, learning and 

memory; motivation and emotions; and gender and sexuality. Based in 

various historical traditions, the course is set in the context of 

contemporary psychological principles.

B-450

PSY 203 FOUNDATIONS OF 

PSYCHOLOGY

3 College of Social 

Sciences

This course overviews the foundations of psychology as the field applies 

to everyday life. The physical and mental aspects of psychology are traced 

through lifespan development with emphasis on psychological health and 

wellness. Further study focuses on personality; thinking, learning and 

memory; motivation and emotions; and gender and sexuality. Based in 

various historical traditions, the course is set in the context of 

contemporary psychological principles.

PSY 205 LIFE SPAN HUMAN 

DEVELOPMENT

3 College of Social 

Sciences

This course focuses on a historical view of human development leading to 

the current life span approach to form an understanding of the developing 

individual, and it explores influences on human development, ranging 

from individual models to cross‐cultural groups. Emphasis is given to 

personality, social, intellectual, and physical development, and the major 

theories used to describe how people change throughout their life span.

PSY 210 INTRODUCTION TO 

PSYCHOLOGY: WHY WE DO 

WHAT WE DO

3 College of Social 

Sciences

This course provides a broad, general introduction to the vast and 

fascinating field of psychology as well as an understanding into why 

people behave the way they do. It covers psychology's basic subject 

matter in a meaningful and relevant fashion. It also provides a discussion 

of the ways in which psychological knowledge is applied to improve the 

quality of individual and shared life. Psychology 201 is an excellent 

gateway to more advanced courses in psychology.

PSY 211 ESSENTIALS OF PSYCHOLOGY 3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course overviews the foundations of psychology as the field applies 

to everyday life. The physical and mental aspects of psychology are traced 

through lifespan development with emphasis on psychological health and 

wellness. Further study focuses on personality; thinking, learning and 

memory; motivation and emotions; and gender and sexuality. Based in 

various historical traditions, the course is set in the context of 

contemporary psychological principles.

B-451

PSY 215 CAREERS IN PSYCHOLOGY 3 College of Social 

Sciences

This course is designed to provide students with an orientation to the field 

and assist students in planning for a career in psychology. Emphasis will be 

placed on exploring the different branches of psychology, to identify key 

resources for exploring careers in psychology and to classify skills and 

experiences relevant to achieving career goals.

PSY 220 POSITIVE PSYCHOLOGY: 

WHAT'S RIGHT WITH ME

3 College of Social 

Sciences

How much control does a person have over his or her thoughts, feelings, 

and behaviors? What does it mean to be “free”? PSY 220 offers students a 

contemporary and relevant approach to the study of psychology and the 

opportunity to learn more about themselves in the process. In this course, 

students evaluate, understand, and build on their psychological strengths 

and those of others.

PSY 225 POSITIVE PSYCHOLOGY 3 College of Social 

Sciences

How much control do we have over our thoughts, feelings, and behaviors? 

What does it mean to be ¿free¿? This course offers the student a 

contemporary and relevant approach to the study of psychology and, in 

the process, the opportunity to learn more about themselves. In the 

course, students will evaluate, understand, and build on their 

psychological strengths and those of others.

PSY 230 THEORIES OF PERSONALITY: I 

THINK, THEREFORE WHO AM 

I?

3 College of Social 

Sciences

What is theory? What is personality? What is your theory of your 

personality? This course introduces the student to a number of 

personality theorists, their personalities, and their views in offering insight 

in to the question of the self. Psychoanalytic, social, behavioral, traits, 

biological, humanistic, and cognitive are some of the theories that will be 

discussed in this course.

B-452

PSY 240 THE BRAIN, THE BODY, AND 

THE MIND: ALL TOGETHER 

NOW

3 College of Social 

Sciences

This course provides an introduction to the investigation of physiological 

and neurological basis for human behavior. The student will be able to 

study and discuss various influences on personality development, such as 

pre‐natal maternal behavior; gender; nature versus nurture; brain 

development; genetic composition; sensory motor interactions; learning 

disabilities; drug impacts; and neurological diseases.

PSY 245 SURVEY OF RESEARCH AND 

STATISTICS

3 College of Social 

Sciences

This course is designed to introduce basic principles and methods of 

statistics, reasoning, and understanding of psychological data. Statistical 

and research concepts will be reviewed, and students will be introduced 

to statistical analysis.

PSY 250 PSYCHOLOGY OF 

PERSONALITY

3 College of Social 

Sciences

This course is an introduction to the study of personality. An examination 

of classic theoretical explorations of personality development, including 

analysis of how factors such as trauma, mental disorders, intelligence, 

creativity, and family structure affect personality. Focus is on approaches 

psychology has developed for understanding personality with applications 

for personal growth, interpersonal relationships, and organizational 

processes.

PSY 265 PSYCHOLOGY OF HUMAN 

SEXUALITY

3 College of Social 

Sciences

This course is a comprehensive view of the psychosocial and physiological 

aspects of sexual health in our contemporary society. The student will 

have opportunities to explore numerous relevant topics including love, 

intimacy, and relationships; sex and marketing; sexual diseases; sexual 

abuse; gender identity and sex roles; and socio‐cultural influences and 

values in decision making. The course is designed for the student to 

understand attitudes and behaviors as they relate to sexual well‐being 

and integrity.

B-453

PSY 270 ABNORMAL PSYCHOLOGY: 

ABUSE, ADDICTION, AND 

DISORDERS

3 College of Social 

Sciences

This course introduces the study of major psychological disorders as 

defined in the DSM‐IV, including their diagnoses, causes, and treatments. 

It covers such subjects as depression, bipolarity, anxiety, panic, 

somatoform, dissociation, substance abuse, anorexia, schizophrenia, and 

childhood disorders, as well as gender and cultural differences.

PSY 275 INTRODUCTION TO 

ABNORMAL PSYCHOLOGY

3 College of Social 

Sciences

This course introduces the study of major psychological disorders as 

defined in the DSM 5, including their diagnoses, causes, and treatments. It 

covers such subjects as depression, bipolarity, anxiety, panic, somatoform, 

dissociation, substance abuse, anorexia, schizophrenia, and childhood 

disorders, as well as gender and cultural differences.

PSY 280 HUMAN GROWTH & 

DEVELOPMENT

3 College of Social 

Sciences

This course is a study of the development of the individual from 

conception through adulthood. Theories and factual content underlying 

current thinking and research are examined, as well as the processes and 

influences affecting the developing person. The focus is on biological, 

social, emotional, and intellectual aspects across the lifespan, and 

individual application is emphasized.

PSY 285 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY: WHY 

CAN'T WE ALL JUST GET 

ALONG

3 College of Social 

Sciences

This course provides a comprehensive introduction to the study of social 

psychology—how people interact with and think about others. Students 

are able to explore and discuss topics such as self‐concept, social 

perception and cognition, attitudes, social identity, interpersonal 

attractions, social influence, human aggression, and applications of social 

psychology.

B-454

PSY 300 GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY 3 College of Social 

Sciences

General Psychology is a survey course which introduces the student to the 

major topics in scientific psychology as applied to human behavior. 

Applications of these principles will be made to the human experience.

PSY 301 EMOTIONAL INTELLIGENCE 1 College of Social 

Sciences

This course examines the concepts and practical applications of emotional 

intelligence. Emotional intelligence is the ability to manage one's own 

internal emotional environment and one's ability to participate in 

relationships with others in such a way as to maximize individual success 

in life as a functioning human being and member of society. Through a 

highly interactive format, the course will focus on how to assess basic 

skills in emotional intelligence, how to develop strategies to improve and 

enhance basic skill levels, and how to experiment with techniques that 

facilitate dealing with others of varying emotional backgrounds and 

competency levels.

PSY 305 PROFESSIONAL ORIENTATION 

IN PSYCHOLOGY

3 College of Social 

Sciences

This course is designed for students to explore issues professionals face in 

the field of psychology. Specifically, the course emphasizes legal and 

ethical concerns in psychological research and in practice. Emphasis will 

also be placed on knowledge of APA Ethical Principles and the integration 

of selected core competencies for professions related to psychology.

PSY 310 HISTORY AND SYSTEMS IN 

PSYCHOLOGY

3 College of Social 

Sciences

The purpose of this course is to familiarize the student with the various 

methods of inquiry, terminologies, and theoretical systems that comprise 

the history of psychology. A broader view is used to introduce the modern 

era of psychology and its use. These include structuralism, functionalism, 

Gestalt, behaviorism, psychoanalysis, and phenomenological existential 

approaches.

B-455

PSY 315 STATISTICAL REASONING IN 

PSYCHOLOGY

3 College of Social 

Sciences

This is an introductory course in applied statistics, with particular 

emphasis in psychology. Both descriptive and inferential statistics are 

included. In addition, this course provides the basic statistical background 

and understanding needed.

PSY 320 HUMAN MOTIVATION 3 College of Social 

Sciences

This course seeks to synthesize the many theories of human motivation 

with the practical application of motivating employees. To this end, the 

course will examine historical theories as well as recent developments in 

the field of motivation and their relationship to management practices. 

The primary concepts of goals, quality of work, and rewards will be 

examined and applied to the workplace.

PSY 335 RESEARCH METHODS 3 College of Social 

Sciences

This course covers the fundamentals of research and evaluation in the 

field of psychology. Topics include critical analysis of research literature, 

quantitative methodologies, and an introduction to qualitative methods. 

Emphasis will be placed on understanding connections between research 

design, theories, and the application of results in psychology. Legal and 

ethical issues pertaining to research with human subjects will also be 

covered.

PSY 340 BIOLOGICAL FOUNDATIONS 

IN PSYCHOLOGY

3 College of Social 

Sciences

This course is designed to expose you to the underlying physiological 

mechanisms of behavior. Physiological psychology is a complex but 

fascinating field of study. It explores the relationship between our 

biological systems and behavior. Structure and function of the nervous 

system from the neuron to the brain, as well as the interrelationships 

between the brain and such behaviors as eating, sleeping, learning, 

memory, emotion, and mental disorders will be discussed using examples 

from the behavior of both humans and lower organisms.

B-456

PSY 345 SENSATION AND PERCEPTION 3 College of Social 

Sciences

This course is designed to explore the five major human sensory systems 

(vision, hearing, smell, touch, and taste) and perceptual experiences 

related to these senses as they occur in the human brain. The course 

examines the anatomical, physiological, and neural connections that 

influence sensation and perception. Emphasis will be placed on theories 

and concepts of sensation and perception as a means of understanding 

human behavior.

PSY 355 MOTIVATIONAL PROCESSES 

IN HUMAN PSYCHOLOGY

3 College of Social 

Sciences

This course examines theories and research results pertaining to the 

structures (self‐, person, role, and event schemas) and processes 

(expectations, attributions, and inferences) underlying self‐ and person 

perception.

PSY 360 COGNITIVE PSYCHOLOGY 3 College of Social 

Sciences

This course will present an overview of cognitive psychology and its 

findings, theories, and approach. Cognitive psychology deals with how we 

acquire and use knowledge so the course will cover topics such as 

perception, attention, memory, language, reasoning, and problem solving.

PSY 375 LIFE SPAN HUMAN 

DEVELOPMENT

3 College of Social 

Sciences

This course focuses on a historical view of human development leading to 

the current life span approach to form an understanding of the developing 

individual and it explores influences on human development, ranging from 

individual models to cross‐cultural groups. Emphasis is given to 

personality, social, intellectual, and physical development, and the major 

theories used to describe how people change throughout their life span.

B-457

PSY 390 LEARNING AND COGNITION 3 College of Social 

Sciences

This course concerns the study of learning from the most basic 

associationistic ideas to complex cognitive behaviors such as problem 

solving and thinking. Various ideas regarding the nature of the mind are 

presented along with the fundamental concepts of learning and 

conditioning. Strengths and weaknesses of the memory system are 

discussed as they relate to higher cognitive processes such as language, 

problem solving, and eyewitness identification. Neurophysiological 

correlates of cognitive phenomena and memory disorders are also 

discussed.

PSY 400 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY 3 College of Social 

Sciences

This course provides a unified view of the field of social psychology 

organized around the concepts of social influence and power and 

exchange in social life and explores in‐depth human thoughts, feelings, 

and actions as influenced by other people. Specific topics include 

socialization, perception of self and others, pro‐social and anti‐social 

behavior, attitudes, interpersonal attraction, social influence, and group 

behavior.

PSY 405 THEORIES OF PERSONALITY 3 College of Social 

Sciences

This course surveys the field of personality from a scientific perspective, 

examining the general approaches to understanding personality. The key 

theorists and concepts associated with each perspective are highlighted, 

along with the strengths and limitations of the different approaches.

PSY 410 ABNORMAL PSYCHOLOGY 3 College of Social 

Sciences

This course is designed to provide students with an introduction to 

theories and research concerning abnormal behavior (psychopathology). 

The course will address such topics as the incidence (frequency) of 

abnormal behavior of various types; how abnormal behaviors are 

classified into various diagnostic categories; the etiologies (causes) of 

psychological disorders; and the variety of methods employed in the 

treatment of abnormal behavior.

B-458

PSY 420 THEORIES OF BEHAVIOR 3 College of Social 

Sciences

This course is an introduction to principles of learning and behavior 

analysis and how they relate to the profession of psychology. Topics to be 

covered include conditioning, social learning, and philosophical and 

historical antecedents of behaviorism. The environmental influences of 

behavior, to understand the antecedent‐consequence link and functions 

of behaviors, will also be covered. An emphasis will be placed on behavior‐

analytic strategies in a variety of settings including business and industry, 

education, and health and human services.

PSY 425 CHEMICAL DEPENDENCY IN 

THE WORKPLACE

3 College of Social 

Sciences

Using an issues‐based approach, this course examines drugs of abuse and 

the impact of abuse on the individual, family, and society with an 

emphasis on the employer and work environment. Legal and ethical 

implications of chemical dependency in the workplace are addressed, and 

the hallmarks of creating drug‐free workplace programs are examined.

PSY 428 ORGANIZATIONAL 

PSYCHOLOGY

3 College of Social 

Sciences

This course is concerned with analyzing the external and internal system 

dynamics that maximize performance excellence through individual and 

work groups.  The course applies psychological factors to enhance work 

outcomes. Understanding external customer relationships is also explored.

PSY 430 TEAM DYNAMICS FOR 

MANAGERS

3 College of Social 

Sciences

This course provides an exploration into how managers and employees 

work in groups for the completion of organizational objectives.  Emphasis 

of the growing dependency on self‐directed work teams is provided.   This 

course equips students with the ability to work in teams successfully, to 

manage work teams, and to obtain results via team dynamics.  Impacts 

upon customer satisfaction are explored.

B-459

PSY 435 INDUSTRIAL 

ORGANIZATIONAL 

PSYCHOLOGY

3 College of Social 

Sciences

This course is designed to introduce the student to the field of industrial 

organizational psychology. The emphasis is on the psychological principles 

and how they can be applied in a work context. Topics will include legal 

issues in employment, selection of employees, performance appraisal, 

training, leadership, motivation, and group behavior.

PSY 450 DIVERSITY AND CULTURAL 

FACTORS IN PSYCHOLOGY

3 College of Social 

Sciences

A study of the issues and influences related to gender, sexual orientation, 

and the major racial ethnic and cultural groups in the United States and 

how they affect theoretical and research paradigms in psychology and 

clinical and counseling practices. The course expands the students' frame 

of reference concerning human diversity and applies this knowledge to 

counseling and research issues in psychology.

PSY 460 ENVIRONMENTAL 

PSYCHOLOGY

3 College of Social 

Sciences

In this course students will learn about the interaction between people 

and their environments; how our behavior affects our environment, and 

how that environment, in turn, influences our own behavior. An emphasis 

will be placed on developing behavioral solutions for environmental 

problems.

PSY 475 PSYCHOLOGICAL TESTS AND 

MEASUREMENTS

3 College of Social 

Sciences

This course will cover the basic principles, research, and theories on 

testing and measurement of psychological constructs. It is expected that 

students complete the course with knowledge of various techniques for 

psychological testing; a familiarity of several professionally developed 

tests; the ability to develop, administer, and interpret certain tests; and 

knowledge of measurement theory which includes reliability and validity.

B-460

PSY 480 ELEMENTS OF CLINICAL 

PSYCHOLOGY

3 College of Social 

Sciences

This course is intended to provide the beginning psychology student with 

an overview of the theory and practice of clinical and counseling 

psychology.  The course includes reference to major theories of 

personality, assessment, and psychotherapy. Topics include 

psychodynamic, cognitive behavioral, and biological theories of normal 

and abnormal psychological processes, and the assessment of behavior, 

abilities, and personality.  Therapies covered include a variety of 

psychoanalytic approaches, and humanistic, biological, cognitive 

behavioral, and child and family therapies.

PSY 485 SERVICE LEARNING 

EXPERIENCE: PSYCHOLOGY IN 

THE COMMUNITY

3 College of Social 

Sciences

In this course, students will be required to complete a service learning 

project at a community organization. Examples of appropriate placements 

include but are not limited to homeless shelters, shelters for abuse 

survivors, outpatient mental health clinics, juvenile justice facilities, 

assisted living facilities and hospice centers. Students will learn about the 

practice of psychology in the community by shadowing qualified 

professionals, observing interventions, and investigating community 

services.

PSY 490 CAPSTONE COURSE IN 

PSYCHOLOGY

3 College of Social 

Sciences

This is the capstone course for undergraduate psychology students. The 

course provides students with the opportunity to integrate and apply 

learning from their psychology program of study in a comprehensive 

manner. Students will also assess the impact of their educational 

experiences on their ethical perspectives and critical thinking skills. 

Students will reflect on and evaluate their personal and professional 

growth, the benefits of lifelong learning, and the impact of these elements 

on their future.

PSYCH 515 ADVANCED ABNORMAL 

PSYCHOLOGY

3 College of Social 

Sciences

This course covers a wide range of definitions and models that focus on 

the complex or problematic psychological disorders and conditions of 

psychopathology. Emphasis is on learning accepted conceptualizations of 

such disorders along with contemporary treatment approaches. Students 

are introduced to the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental 

Disorders (DSM) and the basis of diagnosis and classification of 

psychopathology.  Critical thinking skills are emphasized, as are 

multicultural, legal, and ethical issues involved in the field of abnormal 

psychology.

B-461

PSYCH 545 SURVEY OF PROFESSIONAL 

PSYCHOLOGY

3 College of Social 

Sciences

This course surveys various professional activities in psychology and the 

legal and ethical responsibilities of the psychology professional. Students 

learn underlying ethical principles relevant to a broad range of issues in 

the field of psychology, as well as to interpret and act upon various 

situations appropriately and effectively. Content includes issues such as 

subject and client rights, confidentiality, duty to warn and protect, dual 

relationships, supervision and consulting, ethics with special populations, 

and ethical decision‐making models.

PSYCH 555 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY 3 College of Social 

Sciences

This course covers the basic theoretical foundations and recurrent themes 

in social psychology, including attitudes, stereotyping, conformity, power, 

aggression, prosocial behavior, the social self, emotions, group dynamics, 

and inter‐group relations. Emphasis is on recent empirical and theoretical 

developments and includes models of social cognition that are a focus of 

contemporary social psychological theories.

PSYCH 570 ORGANIZATIONAL 

PSYCHOLOGY

3 College of Social 

Sciences

This course is an in‐depth look at organizational psychology and therefore 

covers the organizational side of the field, including the impact of the 

organizations on the individual and on groups of individuals. The dynamics 

and cultural characteristics of organizations are identified and described 

in‐depth, and organizational development and change are given particular 

emphasis as well.

PSYCH 600 DEVELOPMENTAL 

PSYCHOLOGY

3 College of Social 

Sciences

This course examines biological and environmental influences on human 

development across the lifespan.  The biological foundations of human 

growth and development are presented along with major theories of 

cognitive, social and emotional development.  Current research in 

developmental psychology is presented as students explore both 

opportunities and challenges that people face as they age. Social, cultural, 

systemic and ethical issues related to research and practice are also 

addressed.

B-462

PSYCH 610 RESEARCH METHODS IN 

PSYCHOLOGY

3 College of Social 

Sciences

This course is an overview of the fundamentals of research methods 

applicable to the broad field of psychology. Topics include research 

design, quantitative and qualitative forms of analysis, ethical issues in 

research, and appropriate documentation of research processes and 

outcomes. Students will learn to critically read and evaluate psychological 

studies and apply their knowledge of research design and methodology to 

a variety of problems and issues in the field of psychology.

PSYCH 620 MULTICULTURAL AND SOCIAL 

ISSUES IN PSYCHOLOGY

3 College of Social 

Sciences

This course provides students with an in‐depth investigation of cross‐

cultural issues and perspectives in the field of psychology. Students learn 

to identify and consider cultural and systemic variables in psychological 

theory, research and practice. Multicultural issues, social dynamics, social 

justice and valued diversity are emphasized.

PSYCH 625 STATISTICS FOR THE 

BEHAVIOR SCIENCES

3 College of Social 

Sciences

This course presents fundamental statistical concepts and tools for 

understanding and analyzing data from studies in the social and 

behavioral sciences.  Topics include measures of central tendency and 

dispersion, probability theory, data distributions, significance testing and 

statistical inference.  Students will learn how to analyze and interpret data 

from psychological studies using descriptive statistics, correlational 

methods, t‐tests and analysis of variance procedures.

PSYCH 626 ELEMENTS OF HEALTH 

PSYCHOLOGY AND 

BEHAVIORAL HEALTH

3 College of Social 

Sciences

This course is an overview of the field of health psychology and the origins 

of the biopsychosocial model from a historical perspective, including the 

biological, psychological and social contexts of the science.  It provides 

students with information about the biological foundations of health and 

illness, as well as current research in health psychology. The dangers of 

"unscientific" applications and the importance of using critical thinking 

and evidence‐based research when formulating strategies are described.

B-463

PSYCH 627 ILLNESS PREVENTION AND 

HEALTH PROMOTION

3 College of Social 

Sciences

This course examines research on the basic relationships between 

behavior and health, including stress, eating and obesity, substance 

abuse, and chronic illness such as cardiovascular disease, cancer and HIV‐

AIDS.  Students will learn the major concepts of illness prevention and 

health promotion, with a focus on both personal behavioral factors and 

sociocultural determinants. Special attention will be given to the 

disparities in health status and prevention efforts with regard to race, 

gender, ethnicity, and socioeconomic status.

PSYCH 628 EVIDENCE‐BASED 

INTERVENTIONS IN 

BEHAVIORAL HEALTH

3 College of Social 

Sciences

This course provides a description of those therapeutic interventions 

which are based on outcome studies. Students will learn practical 

assessment and intervention strategies for the major disorders where 

health psychology plays a role, including chronic stress and pain, obesity 

and eating disorders, substance abuse, HIV and AIDS, diabetes and 

hypertension, insomnia and cancer. Methods will include self‐monitoring, 

relaxation and meditation techniques, stimulus control, self‐management, 

and cognitive‐behavioral therapies. Complementary and alternative 

therapies which have shown clinical efficacy will also be described.

PSYCH 629 INTRODUCTION TO 

INDUSTRIAL 

ORGANIZATIONAL 

PSYCHOLOGY

3 College of Social 

Sciences

In this course, students will be introduced to the domains of the Industrial 

Organizational (I‐ O) Psychology concentration. Topics include an overview 

of the four primary domains of I‐O psychology, human resource 

management, factors influencing employee performance, organization 

development, and research relevance within the I‐ O field of study. 

Students will gain an understanding of the evolution of the I‐O field of 

study from the foundations of the field to the present day, the various 

ways that I‐O psychologists contribute to organizations, the unique 

contributions of I‐O psychology to the broader scientific community, and 

the main ethical issues likely to be encountered in the field. This course 

covers a wide variety of topics with the goal of exposing students to the 

main issues influenced by I‐O psychologists.

PSYCH 630 PHYSIOLOGICAL PSYCHOLOGY 3 College of Social 

Sciences

This course emphasizes the biological and biochemical correlates of 

behavior, focusing on the structure and function of the central nervous 

system, the autonomic nervous system, and the endocrine system as they 

relate to the psychological processes of sensation, drive, emotion, 

learning, and memory.

B-464

PSYCH 635 PSYCHOLOGY OF LEARNING 3 College of Social 

Sciences

This course examines major theories of learning, covering topics such as 

classical conditioning, operant conditioning, shaping and chaining, 

reinforcement schedules, punishment, one‐trial learning, and cognitive 

and social processes in learning.  Students will examine research from 

animal and human studies, emphasizing basic and complex models of 

acquired behavior, motivation and memory.

PSYCH 640 COGNITIVE PSYCHOLOGY 3 College of Social 

Sciences

This course surveys contemporary research and theory in the field of 

cognitive psychology, including problem solving and reasoning, attention, 

memory, knowledge representation, language, and imagery.  Strategies 

and methods for investigating cognition are presented along with future 

trends involving interdisciplinary research in this growing field.

PSYCH 642 PERSONNEL PSYCHOLOGY 3 College of Social 

Sciences

Students in this course will gain an appreciation for the processes I O 

psychologists use to recruit, select, place, and develop employees, 

managers, and executives. This includes discussions about tests, 

assessment centers, interviews, succession planning, and departure. 

Students will examine the role of the I O psychologist in awareness, 

preparedness, and response to behavioral problems or issues in the 

workplace.

PSYCH 645 PERSONALITY THEORIES 3 College of Social 

Sciences

This course enables students to differentiate among the primary 

theoretical approaches to the study of personality, including 

psychodynamic, affective, cognitive‐behavioral, and systems theories. 

Students examine the underlying assumptions inherent in various 

personality models and learn how the tenets of these models are 

investigated through empirical research.

B-465

PSYCH 647 HUMAN PERFORMANCE, 

ASSESSMENT, AND FEEDBACK

3 College of Social 

Sciences

In this course students are familiarized with behaviors associated with the 

accomplishment of expected, specified, or formal role requirements on 

the part of individual organizational members as well as means for 

appraising and providing feedback to employees.

PSYCH 650 PSYCHOPATHOLOGY 3 College of Social 

Sciences

This course will introduce students to the major categories of 

psychopathology as presented in the most recent edition of the Diagnostic 

and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (DSM).  Mental disorders and 

their etiologies will be conceptualized from different perspectives, 

including cultural, biological, psychodynamic, cognitive‐behavioral, 

existential and systemic.  Ethical issues related to research and practice in 

the field will be addressed. Students will be challenged to consider various 

definitions of normality abnormality, the process of rendering a diagnosis, 

and the symptoms, causes and interventions for commonly occurring 

mental disorders.

PSYCH 655 PSYCHOMETRICS 3 College of Social 

Sciences

This course will introduce students to the science and practice of 

psychological testing and assessment. Students will learn to evaluate the 

quality of various psychological tests and develop an understanding of the 

complex process of test development.  Social, cultural and ethical issues 

will be addressed as students examine the psychometric properties and 

appropriate applications of commonly used educational, intelligence and 

personality assessment instruments.

PSYCH 657 HUMAN PERFORMANCE, 

ASSESSMENT, AND FEEDBACK

3 College of Social 

Sciences

B-466

PSYCH 658 WORK MOTIVATION AND JOB 

ATTITUDES

3 College of Social 

Sciences

This course will allow students to evaluate various theories of motivation 

and develop a familiarity with, and understanding of pertinent research in 

the field. Students will be able to adapt motivational constructs to the 

enhancement of employee attitudes, effectiveness, and well‐being across 

a range of organizational contexts.

PSYCH 660 ETHICS AND PROFESSIONAL 

ISSUES

3 College of Social 

Sciences

This course surveys various professional activities in psychology with 

emphasis on the legal and ethical responsibilities of psychological 

researchers and practitioners.   Students will study the APA Code of Ethics 

and analyze case studies involving assessment, research and practice in 

psychology.  Topics include ethics in research, the purpose and function of 

internal review boards (IRBs), participant and client rights, informed 

consent, confidentiality, duty to warn and protect, dual relationships, 

supervision, consultation, ethical considerations when working with 

diverse populations, and the application of ethical decision‐making 

models.

PSYCH 665 INTEGRATIVE CAPSTONE: 

PSYCHOLOGY PAST AND 

PRESENT

3 College of Social 

Sciences

This course will trace the historical progression of ideas and concepts in 

psychology with emphasis on pivotal experiments that influenced our 

understanding of human behavior. Students will select a specific area of 

study and explore the historical roots of their selected topic. Students will 

conduct a comprehensive literature review of a contemporary issue or 

problems related to their selected topic and develop either an applied 

project or research proposal.

PSYCH 670 MASTER'S THESIS 3 College of Social 

Sciences

Only those students who have developed a detailed and manageable 

analytic research proposal in PSYCH 665 may enroll in this course.  During 

the course, the student will finalize a quantitative analytic research 

proposal from PSYCH 665. Students will complete an APA style manuscript 

by the end of the course.

B-467

PSYCH 700 INTRODUCTION TO I O 3 School of Advanced 

Studies

This survey course introduces the domains of the Industrial Organizational 

(I‐O) PhD program. The topics include an overview of the four primary 

domains of I‐O psychology: human resource management, factors 

influencing employee performance, organization development, and 

research relevance within the I‐O field of study. Furthermore, the learner 

will gain a firm understanding of: The evolution of the I‐O field of study 

from the foundations of the field to the present day; the various ways that 

I‐O psychologists contribute to organizations; the unique contributions of 

I‐O psychology to the broader scientific community; and the main ethical 

issues likely to be encountered in the field. The survey course covers a 

wide variety of topics, with the goal of exposing students to the main 

issues influenced by I‐O psychologists. Students will be engaged in 

academic writing and APA style.

PSYCH 701 HISTORY AND SYSTEMS OF 

PSYCHOLOGY

3 School of Advanced 

Studies

In this course learners examine the history of and different systems in 

psychology, the development of the discipline of psychology, and key 

factors that guided its evolution into present form. Different aspects of 

natural science, including rational and paradigmatic approaches, and how 

these aspects relate to social science are also examined.

PSYCH 702 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY 3 School of Advanced 

Studies

This course covers the basic theoretical foundations and recurrent themes 

in social psychology (including attitudes, stereotyping, conformity, power, 

aggression, pro‐social behavior, the social self, emotions, group dynamics, 

and inter‐group relations). The emphasis is on recent empirical and 

theoretical developments and includes models of social cognition that are 

a focus of contemporary social psychological theories.

PSYCH 703 PERSONALITY THEORIES 3 School of Advanced 

Studies

This course enables students to differentiate among the primary 

theoretical models of personality theory, such as psychodynamic, 

affective, cognitive‐behavioral, and humanistic theories. Emphasis is on 

the importance of learners recognizing belief systems and underlying 

assumptions inherent in various personality models that accurately reflect 

their own personal perspectives and to recognize strategies and 

approaches in psychology that reflect identified personality theories as 

foundation. Competency A: Analyze theoretical personality models. 

Competency B: Interpret personality psychology research. Competency C: 

Determine the utility of assessing personality. Competency D: Recognize 

strategies in psychology that reflect identified personality theories.

B-468

PSYCH 704 CURRENT AND FUTURE TOPICS 3 School of Advanced 

Studies

Learners explore current issues facing the I O professional, such as stress 

and conflict in the workplace, the impact of technology on employee 

morale, changing dynamics of the employee, and socio‐economic factors 

within the globalized work environment. Additional topics will be added 

based on the current focus of the literature. Competency A: Analyze 

current and emerging trends in workplace stress reduction interventions. 

Competency B: Examine newer approaches to workplace training and 

development initiatives. Competency C: Examine trends in cross‐cultural 

and cross‐generational group dynamics. Competency D: Distinguish trends 

in industrial organizational‐related work and family life interventions. 

Competency E: Predict future approaches to large‐scale international 

change initiatives. Competency F: Differentiate various approaches to 

strategic workforce planning.

PSYCH 705 PERSONNEL PSYCHOLOGY 3 School of Advanced 

Studies

Learners gain an appreciation for the processes I O psychologists use to 

recruit, select, place, and develop employees, managers, and executives, 

including discussions about tests, assessment centers, interviews, 

succession planning, and departure. The course examines the role of the I 

O psychologist in awareness, preparedness, and response to behavioral 

problems or issues in the workplace.

PSYCH 706 HUMAN PERFORMANCE, 

ASSESSMENT, AND FEEDBACK

3 School of Advanced 

Studies

In this course learners are familiarized with behaviors associated with the 

accomplishment of expected, specified, or formal role requirements on 

the part of individual organizational members as well as means for 

appraising and providing feedback to employees.

PSYCH 707 LEADERSHIP THEORY AND 

MANAGEMENT THEORY

3 School of Advanced 

Studies

Learners examine long‐standing and emerging leadership and 

management models, relate theory to practice, and differentiate 

managing, mentoring, leading, and coaching in the work setting. 

Application of various approaches to leadership and management and 

how these perspectives play a vital role in the achievement of 

organizational, group, and team goals is discussed.

B-469

PSYCH 708 WORK MOTIVATION AND JOB 

ATTITUDES

3 School of Advanced 

Studies

This course will allow learners to evaluate various theories of motivation 

and develop a familiarity with and understanding of pertinent research in 

the field. Learners will be able to adapt motivational constructs to the 

enhancement of employee attitudes, effectiveness, and well‐being across 

a range of organizational contexts.

PSYCH 709 ETHICAL, LEGAL, AND 

PROFESSIONAL CONTEXTS OF 

I O PSYCHOLOGY

3 School of Advanced 

Studies

Learners will review legal and ethical issues pertinent to I‐O psychology. 

Learners will gain the tools necessary to develop an initial ethical 

framework for making decisions within an organizational structure, and 

this framework will be expounded upon in future classes.

PSYCH 710 MASTER'S PROJECT 1 School of Advanced 

Studies

The Master’s Project will require students to integrate their program of 

study with an in‐depth exploration of an interest area that spans all four I‐

O Psychology program domains: human resource management, factors 

influencing employee performance, organization development, and 

research relevance. The project will be based on library research and or 

fieldwork and must demonstrate a significant contribution to the I‐O 

psychology field.

Competency A: Apply theories, principles, and practices of I‐O psychology 

in a substantive and meaningful way when responding to a Request for 

Proposal.

Competency B: Identify key learning opportunities and challenges 

associated with locating and submitting scholarly quality, properly written 

and formatted responses to open Requests for Proposal.

Competency C: Apply best practices for creating and delivering a Request 

for Proposal presentation.

PSYCH 720R DISSERTATION PROCESS 3 School of Advanced 

Studies

This 5‐day residency course begins the formal development of the 

learner’s doctoral dissertation. The development will be ongoing 

throughout the curriculum and results in a dissertation defense and 

submission to the Dean’s office at the end of the program.

Competency A: Apply best practices for creating and delivering compelling 

presentations as an I‐O practitioner.

Competency B: Apply critical thinking skills to assess beliefs, opinions, and 

assertions using science, logic, and reliable information.

Competency C: Articulate the critical success factors for producing an 

original, sound, and well‐written doctoral dissertation study.

Competency D: Understand methods to search literature for emerging 

trends, concepts, and concerns affecting Industrial organizational 

psychologists.

Competency E: Identify three potential dissertation topics to contribute 

substantively to the industrial organizational psychology body of 

knowledge and affect organizational development.

B-470

PSYCH 740 JUDGMENT AND DECISION 

MAKING

3 School of Advanced 

Studies

Students will develop knowledge about decision theory, judgment, and 

problem‐solving research related to areas such as vigilance behavior, 

employee selection, choice behavior, and human performance in complex 

environments. This course examines Brunswik’s Lens Model, Bayesian 

inference, subjective expected utility, prospect theory, and the cognitive 

information‐processing paradigm.

Competency A: Analyze the complexities and differences between the 

normative and prescriptive approaches of the decision‐making process, 

judgment, and choice.

Competency B: Demonstrate understanding of how emotions, pressure, 

and external threats affect decision making.

Competency C: Examine the basic psychological concepts behind the 

judgment process and how humans are influenced by the senses.

Competency D: Demonstrate understanding of how individuals’ personal 

values and ethics influence the decision‐making process.

Competency E: Examine rational decision theories applied in practices 

PSYCH 750 CONSULTING AND BUSINESS 

SKILLS

3 School of Advanced 

Studies

This course focuses on developing business presentations, including the 

development and presentation of information to a business audience that 

clearly articulates key messages in terms the audience can understand; 

skills in presenting and responding to questions; and the ability to deliver 

ideas, proposals, and requests in a fashion that leads to their acceptance 

and organizational movement in desired directions. Competency A: 

Construct professional business presentations based on theories and 

practices of communication in organizations. Competency B: Design 

formal audio‐visual‐assisted stand‐up executive presentations outlining 

suggested organizational interventions. Competency C: Demonstrate 

formal theoretically framed stand‐up intervention‐related presentations. 

Competency D: Prepare professional business communication documents. 

Competency E: Critique business correspondence and stand‐up 

presentations.

PSYCH 760R CONSULTING PROCESSES IN I 

O

3 School of Advanced 

Studies

The purpose of this residency is for learners to build competencies related 

to consulting as an internal and external I‐O professional.

Competency A: Explain various forms of consulting in organizational 

settings.

Competency B: Differentiate between I‐O consulting and other forms of 

consultation.

Competency C: Apply the phases of I‐O consultation within individual, 

group, and organizational contexts.

Competency D: Develop a consulting business marketing and sales 

strategy to initiate and grow an I‐O consulting practice.

Competency E: Self‐evaluate consulting skill competence.

PSYCH 770 ATTITUDE THEORY 

MEASUREMENT AND CHANGE

3 School of Advanced 

Studies

Students will gain an understanding of attitudes, opinions, and beliefs in 

relation to behavioral intentions and behaviors of individuals in the 

workplace. Areas include job satisfaction (general and various facets), job 

involvement, organizational commitment, and perceptions of fairness.

Competency A: Demonstrate an understanding of the underlying factors 

that affect human behavior in an organization.

Competency B: Determine the appropriate methods and design for 

conducting an organizational needs analysis in relation to employee 

attitudes, beliefs, and opinions.

Competency C: Design interventions to change employee attitudes that 

are related to job satisfaction, involvement, and organizational 

commitment.

Competency D: Apply principles of attitude theory to encourage 

collaboration and conflict resolution.

Competency E: Apply the principles of evaluation and the use of 

assessment tools to measure employee engagement in organizational 

B-471

PSYCH 780 CONSUMER BEHAVIOR 3 School of Advanced 

Studies

The relation between the producers (or distributors) and consumers 

(actual or potential recipients) of goods and services will be discussed, 

based on the application of a variety of social science research 

methodologies. Competency A: Explain the theoretical constructs of 

consumer behavior. Competency B: Compare and contrast consumer 

behavior across global cultures and subcultures. Competency C: Describe 

convergence and divergence theory in consumer behavior. Competency D: 

Differentiate consumer attributes and social processes and their impact 

on consumer behavior across cultures. Competency E: Examine consumer 

behavior in various consumer behavior domains. Competency F: Evaluate 

the impact of communication and media on consumer behavior across 

cultures. Competency G: Apply consumer behavior principles and 

practices in the context of I‐O psychology.

PSYCH 790 INDEPENDENT STUDY 3 School of Advanced 

Studies

The content and assessment of the independent study course will be 

determined via a learning contract between the student and the faculty 

member. The independent study can be either concept or methods‐based, 

and regardless of content, it must culminate with the development of a 

major project that demonstrates learning at the doctoral level.

PSYCH 799 COMPREHENSIVE EXAM 1 School of Advanced 

Studies

The comprehensive exam provides an opportunity for students to 

demonstrate competence in I‐O psychology content, practice and 

leadership, and research. Students will demonstrate a requisite 

understanding of previous course work, will be assessed on their 

knowledge and skill as an I‐O psychology consultant, and will demonstrate 

the capability of generating research at the doctoral level.

 

Doctor of Philosophy in Industrial‐Organizational Psychology Program 

Goals

1. Cultivate interdisciplinary and adaptable inquiry methods and attitudes 

through a program of foundational industrial organizational psychology as 

well as analyses of emergent trends and concepts in organizational study.

2. Prepare researchers who contribute substantively to the industrial 

organizational psychology body of knowledge and who effect 

organizational development. 

3. Encourage lifelong learning and leadership within the field of Industrial 

PSYX 270 ABNORMAL PSYCHOLOGY: 

ABUSE, ADDICTION, AND 

DISORDERS

3 College of Social 

Sciences

This course introduces the study of major psychological disorders as 

defined in the DSM‐IV‐TR, including their diagnoses, causes, and 

treatments. It covers such subjects as depression, bipolarity, anxiety, 

panic, somatoform, dissociation, substance abuse, anorexia, 

schizophrenia, and childhood disorders, as well as gender and cultural 

differences.

B-472

QNT 275 STATISTICS FOR DECISION 

MAKING

3 School of Business This course introduces the use of statistics for business decision‐making. 

Upon completion of this course, students will be able to explain how to 

obtain a suitable sample of business data and evaluate its validity and 

reliability for statistical inferences, produce tables and charts to organize 

and display business data, interpret numerical business data using 

measures of central tendency and variability, apply fundamental concepts 

probability theory for inferential decision making for business, and 

perform trend analyses.

QNT 351 QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS FOR 

BUSINESS

3 School of Business This course integrates applied business research and descriptive statistics. 

Students will learn to apply business research and descriptive statistics in 

making better business decisions. Other topics include examination of the 

role of statistics in research, statistical terminology, the appropriate use of 

statistical techniques, and interpretation of statistical findings in business 

and research.

QNT 561 APPLIED BUSINESS RESEARCH 

& STATISTICS

3 School of Business This course prepares students to apply statistics and probability concepts 

to business decisions. Students learn important criterion for developing 

effective research questions, including the creation of appropriate 

sampling populations and instruments. Other topics include: descriptive 

statistics, probability concepts, confidence intervals, sampling designs, 

data collection, and data analysis‐‐                                                      including 

parametric and nonparametric tests of hypothesis and regression analysis.

QNT 562 DATA ANALYSIS FOR PUBLIC 

POLICY AND MANAGEMENT

3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course prepares students to analyze information and present it 

appropriately to diverse stakeholder groups. Students will collect and 

analyze primary and secondary data to measure effectiveness and 

efficiency in the delivery of public sector goods and services. Other topics, 

at the state and local level, include pretesting, posttesting, correlation, 

and forecasting.

B-473

QNT 565 RESEARCH METHODS, 

DESIGN, AND ANALYSIS

3 School of Business This course applies research and probability concepts to project 

management decisions. Students will evaluate feasibility, manage risk, 

and measure outcomes for a project. Other topics include measures of 

central tendency and dispersion, program evaluation, research design, 

data sampling, and analysis and presentation.

QNT HC561 APPLIED BUSINESS RESEARCH 

& STATISTICS IN HEALTH CARE

3 School of Business This course prepares students to apply statistics and probability concepts 

to health care business decisions. Students learn criteria for developing 

effective research questions, including the creation of appropriate 

sampling populations and instruments. Other topics include descriptive 

statistics, probability concepts, confidence intervals, sampling designs, 

data collection, and data analysis ‐ including parametric and 

nonparametric tests of hypothesis and regression analysis.

QNT TM561 RESEARCH AND STATISTICS 

FOR PROCESS CONTROL

3 School of Business This course prepares graduate students to apply statistics and probability 

concepts to business decisions in organizations that focus on process 

improvement. Students learn criteria for developing effective research 

questions, including the creation of appropriate sampling populations and 

instruments. Other topics include descriptive statistics, probability 

concepts, confidence intervals, sampling designs, data collection, and data 

analysis—including parametric and nonparametric tests of hypothesis and 

regression analysis.

QRB 501 QUANTITATIVE REASONING 

FOR BUSINESS

3 School of Business This course applies quantitative reasoning skills to business problems. 

Students learn to analyze data using a variety of analytical tools, graphs, 

tables, and charts. Other topics include formulas, visual representation of 

quantities, time value of money, and measures of uncertainty.

B-474

RDG 201CA READING AND WRITING 

CONCEPTS

3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course builds a foundation in language acquisition and development 

to examine the concepts of reading, writing, spelling and handwriting. 

Students explore children’s development in these areas and the 

implications for instruction. They also observe and reflect on language arts 

interactions and activities in a classroom setting.

RDG 350 CHILDREN'S LITERATURE 3 College of 

Education

This course examines the use of Children's literature in the elementary 

school classroom. Various genres are studied, as well as the application of 

Children's literature to instruction and to assessment in reading. Methods 

for integrating the use of Children's literature in all content areas are 

examined.

RDG 350CA CHILDREN'S LITERATURE 3 College of 

Education

This course will examine the use of children's literature in the elementary 

school classroom. Various genres will be studied as well as the application 

of children's literature to instruction and to assessment in reading. 

Methods for integrating the use of children's literature in all content areas 

will be examined.

RDG 351 EARLY CHILDHOOD LITERACY 

DEVELOPMENT

3 College of 

Education

This course focuses on creating an environment in the early childhood 

setting that promotes literacy skill development. This course will help 

teachers create developmentally effective learning environments that 

promote listening, speaking, reading, and writing skills.

B-475

RDG 412 SCIENTIFICALLY BASED 

LITERACY INSTRUCTION

3 College of 

Education

This course focuses on scientifically‐based research as the foundation for 

classroom reading instruction. It examines the work of the National 

Reading Panel, as well as the mandates of The Colorado Reading to Ensure 

Academic Development Act (2012) and state reading and language arts 

standards. In addition, it focuses on the five major areas of reading: 

phonemic awareness, phonics, fluency, vocabulary, and comprehension. 

The elements and the application of techniques for organizing and 

implementing explicit, systematic instruction in each of these areas, and 

methods of regularly assessing Children's performance in reading and 

language arts are also emphasized.

RDG 415 DIAGNOSIS AND 

REMEDIATION OF READING 

DIFFICULTIES

3 College of 

Education

This course addresses the use of reading assessments to determine 

classroom intervention and instructional strategies. It provides 

foundational information about stages of reading, factors that impact 

reading success or failure, and the nature of reading difficulties. This 

information serves as a context for learning about the selection, 

administration, and interpretation of formal and informal classroom 

assessments for the purposes of screening, diagnosing difficulties, 

monitoring progress, and evaluating instruction. In addition, a final 

diagnostic and an instructional recommendations report will be 

developed based on student test data provided.

RDG 416 METHODS OF TEACHING IN 

EARLY CHILDHOOD 

LANGUAGE AND LITERACY

3 College of 

Education

This course focuses on Children's language and literacy development from 

birth to age 8. Students examine theories of language development, 

including theories of second language acquisition and the needs of English 

language learners. They also explore strategies for engaging children in 

integrated listening, speaking, reading, and writing experiences. 

Integration of content area standards and development of hands‐on 

learning experiences are emphasized. Additionally, developmentally‐

effective assessments are discussed as a means of informing instruction.

RDG 418 PHONOLOGICAL THEORY AND 

READING INSTRUCTION

3 College of 

Education

This course focuses on scientifically‐based instruction in phonological 

awareness, linguistic skills, and phonics as fundamental to implementing 

an effective reading program. Students examine scientific research and 

distinguish it from nonscientific claims. In addition, they study the 

applications of scientific research to classroom instruction.

B-476

RDG 420 ELEMENTARY METHODS ‐ 

READING LANGUAGE ARTS

3 College of 

Education

This course focuses on current research, theory, methods, and state 

standards related to reading instruction. It provides students with the 

background knowledge in language arts necessary to prepare 

comprehensive standards‐based lesson plans and integrated units of 

instruction. Effective instructional and assessment techniques are 

modeled.

RDG 420CA ELEMENTARY METHODS: 

READING AND LANGUAGE 

ARTS

3 College of 

Education

This course focuses on current research, theory, methods, and state 

standards related to reading instruction. It provides students with the 

background knowledge in language arts necessary to prepare 

comprehensive standards‐based lesson plans and integrated units of 

instruction. Effective instructional and assessment techniques are 

modeled.

RDG 420FE READING FIELD EXPERIENCE 1 College of 

Education

Students will complete reading field experience activities.

RDG 500 SCIENTIFICALLY BASED 

READING INSTRUCTION

3 College of 

Education

This course focuses on scientifically based research as the foundation for 

classroom reading instruction. It examines the work of the National 

Reading Panel, as well as the mandates of No Child Left Behind and state 

reading language arts standards. In addition, it focuses on the five major 

areas of reading: phonemic awareness, phonics, fluency, vocabulary, and 

comprehension. The elements and the application of techniques for 

organizing and implementing explicit, systematic instruction in each of 

these areas, and methods of regularly assessing children’s performance in 

reading and in the language arts are also emphasized.

B-477

RDG 532 CURRICULUM CONSTRUCTS & 

ASSMNT: ENGL LANG ARTS & 

READING 4‐8

4 College of 

Education

This course focuses on the knowledge, skills, texts, and instructional 

settings that are unique to students in grades 4–8. It emphasizes best 

practices in the instruction and in the assessment of oral language, word 

study, vocabulary, comprehension, fluency, research and study skills, 

writing, viewing, and presenting or representing. Varied strategies for 

developing critical thinking, reading, and writing skills that facilitate 

learning in content areas are explored. Differentiating instruction is 

examined as a means of addressing the diverse cultures, strengths, and 

needs of students in 4–8 classrooms.

RDG 535 DIAGNOSIS AND 

REMEDIATION OF READING 

DIFFICULTIES

3 College of 

Education

This course addresses instructional reading or language arts strategies, 

student activities, and resources that can be utilized, based on students’ 

contextual information and assessment results. It provides foundational 

information about stages of reading, factors that impact reading ability, 

and the nature of reading difficulties. This information serves as a context 

for learning about the administration and interpretation of formal and 

informal classroom assessments for the purposes of screening, diagnosing 

difficulties, monitoring progress, and evaluating instruction. In addition, a 

final case study report and intervention plan is developed based on 

student data provided.

RDG 537 CURRICULUM CONST AND 

ASSMT: READING AND 

LANGUAGE ARTS

4 College of 

Education

This course focuses on the most current research, theory, and methods of 

reading instruction, while providing students with the background 

knowledge in language arts necessary to prepare an integrated unit of 

instruction. Various instructional and assessment techniques, including 

research‐based phonics, are modeled. A practical application project, 

based on work with a student in a K‐8 school setting, is incorporated into 

the course requirements.

RDG 537CA CURRICULUM CONST AND 

ASSMT: READING AND 

LANGUAGE ARTS

4 College of 

Education

This course focuses on the design and delivery of a comprehensive 

reading language arts program of systematic instruction in reading, 

writing, listening, and speaking in multiple subject classrooms. Emphasis is 

placed on instructional planning, design, delivery and assessment as well 

as universal access and differentiated instruction. Candidates use this 

knowledge to prepare an integrated unit of instruction. Guided field 

experience, based on work with a student in a K‐8 school setting, is 

incorporated into the course requirements.

B-478

RDG 537FE READING FIELD EXPERIENCE 1 College of 

Education

Students will complete reading field experience activities.

RDG 539 READING SKILLS AND 

PRACTICUM (K‐8)

3 College of 

Education

This course provides an overview of current instructional approaches and 

theories regarding the teaching of reading for K‐8 classroom teachers. 

Participants examine literacy as it relates to emergent readers, struggling 

readers, and English language learners. The topics of decoding, 

vocabulary, phonics, phonology, fluency, and comprehension are 

explored. Emphasis is placed on acquiring new strategies for instruction 

and assessment, which are practiced during the course practicum.

RDG 540 READING SKILLS AND 

PRACTICUM (K‐5)

3 College of 

Education

This course provides an overview of current instructional approaches and 

theories regarding the teaching of reading for K‐5 classroom teachers. 

Participants examine literacy as it relates to emergent readers and English 

language learners. The topics of decoding, vocabulary, fluency, and 

comprehension are explored. Emphasis is placed on acquiring new 

strategies for instruction and assessment, which are practiced during the 

course practicum.

RDG 541 READING SKILLS AND 

PRACTICUM (6‐12)

3 College of 

Education

This course provides an overview of current approaches and theories 

regarding the teaching and assessment of reading for 6‐12 classroom 

teachers.  Participants examine literacy as it relates to struggling readers 

and English language learners. The topics of decoding, vocabulary, 

fluency, and comprehension are explored. Emphasis is placed on acquiring 

new strategies for teaching, evaluating, coaching, mentoring, and 

intervening in areas of literacy, which are practiced during the course 

practicum.

B-479

RDG 542 CURR CONST AND ASSMT: 

READING METHODS FOR 

SECONDARY SETTINGS

3 College of 

Education

This course focuses on the most current research on the design, delivery, 

and assessment of content‐based literacy strategies (pre‐reading, guided 

reading, post‐reading, and writing) in single subject classrooms at the 

secondary level.   Candidates use this knowledge to prepare a 

comprehensive content area lesson plan. Guided field experience, based 

on work in a single subject content area classroom, is incorporated into 

the course requirements.

RDG 542CA CURR CONST AND ASSMT: 

READING METHODS FOR 

SECONDARY SETTINGS

3 College of 

Education

This course focuses on the design and delivery of content‐based literacy 

strategies (reading, writing, listening and speaking) in single subject 

classrooms. Emphasis is placed on instructional planning, design, and 

delivery; assessment; universal access and differentiated instruction. 

Candidates use this knowledge to prepare a comprehensive content area 

lesson plan. Guided field experience, based on work in a single subject 

content area classroom, is incorporated into the course requirements.

RDG 542FE READING FIELD EXPERIENCE 1 College of 

Education

Students will complete reading field experience activities.

RDG 549 READING AND LANGUAGE 

ARTS INSTRUCTION FOR 

DIVERSE LEARNERS

4 College of 

Education

This course focuses on the most current research, theory, and methods of 

reading instruction, including instructional methods that respond to the 

needs of culturally and linguistically diverse learners, while providing 

students with the background knowledge in language arts necessary to 

prepare an integrated unit of instruction. Various instructional and 

assessment techniques, including research‐based phonics, are modeled. A 

practical application project, based on work with a student in a K‐8 school 

setting, is incorporated into the course requirements.

B-480

RDG 553 READING AND LANGUAGE 

ARTS INSTRUCTION FOR 

DIVERSE LEARNERS

3 College of 

Education

This course focuses on the most current research on the design, delivery, 

and assessment of content‐based literacy strategies (pre‐reading, guided 

reading, post‐reading, and writing) that respond to the needs of culturally 

and linguistically diverse learners in single subject classrooms at the 

secondary level.  Candidates use this knowledge to prepare a 

comprehensive content area lesson plan. Guided field experience, based 

on work in a single subject content area classroom, is incorporated into 

the course requirements.

RDG 570 CURRICULUM CONST AND 

ASSMT: READING AND LANG 

ARTS FOR SPE

4 College of 

Education

This course focuses on the most current research, theory, and methods of 

reading instruction, while providing students with the background 

knowledge in language arts necessary to prepare an integrated unit of 

instruction. Various instructional and assessment techniques, including 

research‐based phonics, are modeled. A practical application project, 

based on work with a student in a K‐8 school setting, is incorporated into 

the course requirements.

RDNG 500 Reading Methods: Primary 3 College of 

Education

This course explores current theories and methods to support young 

children in making a successful start in reading. Participants explore 

principles of language acquisition and reading; children's transitions from 

oral language to concepts of print; and the techniques, technology, and 

texts to begin the development of college‐ and career‐ready readers and 

writers. Participants analyze effective methods to monitor and assess 

children's reading, while differentiating reading instruction based on 

experiential background, language, culture, and special learning needs.

RDNG 501 Reading Methods: Elementary 3 College of 

Education

This course is designed to provide an integrated approach to reading 

instruction. Participants analyze current trends for teaching literacy and 

explore specific strategies designed to help construct meaning across the 

curriculum. Participants learn methods for meeting the needs of diverse 

learners and assessing reading performance. In addition, emphasis is 

placed on components of balanced literacy instruction, including word 

identification, prereading techniques, vocabulary development, fluency, 

comprehension, writing, and technology‐based instruction.

B-481

RDNG 502 Reading Methods: Secondary 3 College of 

Education

This course emphasizes literacy and learning in grades 6‐12. Various 

influences on reading and writing are analyzed, including new literacies, 

information and communication technologies, diversity, schema, 

resources, and student skill level. Participants examine state and national 

standards, instructional strategies, active engagement techniques, 

fluency, vocabulary development, and assessment.

RDNG 503 Diagnosis and Remediation 3 College of 

Education

This course is designed to provide participants with practice in current 

research‐based assessment, diagnosis, and intervention and 

accommodations for struggling readers and diverse learners with literacy 

difficulties. Participants explore informal and formal assessments for 

progress monitoring. In addition, participants examine assessment results 

and create assessment reports with recommendations.

RDNG 504 Phonological Theory and 

Application

3 College of 

Education

This course addresses the linguistic, neurological, cognitive, and socio‐

cultural factors that influence readers and writers. The No Child Left 

Behind (NCLB) Act, national and state standards in literacy, and high 

stakes assessments have resulted in more attention placed on the role of 

phonics in students' reading and writing achievement. Participants study 

relevant research, theories, and instructional approaches, including 

technology and multimedia, to support phonics as a fundamental 

component of effective reading, writing, and spelling programs.

RDNG 505 CHILDREN'S LITERATURE 3 College of 

Education

This course examines children's literature, its various genres, and its 

importance in the classroom to engage students in reading, writing, 

listening, and speaking. Participants explore the value that children's 

literature adds to the lives of children and why reading matters for 

children, teachers, adults, society, and the world. Participants examine 

how to encourage children to be lifelong readers by learning about how, 

when, and why children read.

B-482

RDNG 506 Elementary Reading and 

Writing Strategies

3 College of 

Education

This course empowers participants to support diverse elementary 

students to read and write with ease and confidence. Participants explore 

the principles, theories, and standards that help students read and write 

well. In particular, participants explore reading and writing materials, 

instructional tools and strategies, and assessment techniques.

RDNG 507 Content Area Reading and 

Writing for Elementary

3 College of 

Education

This course focuses on methods and materials for teaching diverse 

elementary children to read and write well in various content areas. 

Participants examine current critical issues affecting content area reading 

and writing, including state and national assessments. Effective reading 

and writing strategies, vocabulary development, and technology tools, 

media, and print materials used to enhance children's reading and writing 

in the content areas are also explored.

RDNG 508 Adolescent Literature 3 College of 

Education

This course focuses on evaluating, selecting, integrating, and 

understanding adolescent literature in 6th‐12th grade classrooms. 

Participants investigate gender, language, and individual preferences in 

adolescent literature. Participants analyze various techniques and formats 

for teaching diverse learners using an array of culturally responsive, age‐

appropriate, classic, contemporary, and award‐winning literature. 

Participants examine the use of text sets, choice books, technology links, 

tradebooks, audio books, author studies, performance assessments, and 

book‐to‐film features to incorporate across the curriculum.

RDNG 509 Adolescent Reading and 

Writing Strategies

3 College of 

Education

This course covers current research on teaching reading and writing to 

students at the middle and secondary levels. Participants examine various 

comprehension strategies, technology lessons, and assessment 

techniques. The connection between reading and writing, and critical 

issues in reading and writing instruction for adolescents are also explored.

B-483

RDNG 510 Content Area Reading and 

Writing for Adolescents

3 College of 

Education

In this course, participants explore the teaching of reading and writing in 

grades 6‐12 content area classrooms. Participants learn instructional 

strategies, comprehension strategies, vocabulary strategies, and 

techniques for using reading and writing to learn across content area 

lines. Methods for differentiating instruction as well as assessing reading 

and writing are examined.

RDNG 511 Reading Assessment 3 College of 

Education

This course focuses on K‐12 reading assessment. Participants examine 

various types of assessment for use in the classroom, the school, the 

district, and the state. Participants explore objective tests, performance 

assessments, and standardized testing. Topics include evaluation of 

curriculum and assessment, data‐driven decision making, Response to 

Intervention for struggling readers, diversity and assessment, and ethical 

and legal considerations.

RDNG 512 Research Foundations of 

Language and Literacy

3 College of 

Education

This course provides participants with foundational knowledge on the 

study of research and how it is applied to critical issues in the field of 

language and literacy. Participants examine research on developing and 

expanding literacy, sociocultural influences on literacy, how research 

informs literacy instruction, and models of the reading process.

RDNG 513 Teacher Leadership 3 College of 

Education

This course prepares participants to define, clarify, and reflect on their 

roles as educational leaders in diverse school communities. Participants 

explore leadership strategies for collaboration, coaching and mentoring, 

communication, and lifelong learning. Defining trends in teacher 

leadership, building a leadership supportive culture, and becoming a 

change agent are examined. Participants create a model for collaborating 

with school and community stakeholders to foster positive change in the 

school environment.

B-484

READ 501 ORIENTATION TO THE 

CURRICULUM AND INSTR. 

READING PROGRAM

0 College of 

Education

This course is designed to provide an orientation to the primary 

components of the Curriculum and Instruction‐Reading program. 

Candidates are introduced to the program's progression and degree 

completion requirements. Field experience, the practicum, the teacher 

work sample, and completion of an e‐portfolio are discussed.

READ 504 THEORETICAL AND RESEARCH 

FOUNDATIONS OF LANG. AND 

LITERACY

3 College of 

Education

This course provides students with foundational knowledge in the study 

and application of research into critical issues in the field of literacy. 

Topics include research on the development and expansion of literacy, 

sociocultural influences on literacy, how research informs literacy 

instruction, and models of the reading process.

READ 522 READING AND WRITING 

INSTRUCTIONAL STRATEGIES 

FOR ELEMENTARY

3 College of 

Education

This course considers the guiding principles of literacy development of 

children, kindergarten through 6th grade. It examines diversity and the 

role of culture, community, family, and language in children’s growth as 

readers and writers. In addition, it considers the influence of assessment, 

technology, and print choices on children’s reading and writing 

development.

READ 523 CONTENT AREA READING 

AND WRITING FOR 

ELEMENTARY

3 College of 

Education

This course focuses on methods and materials for teaching diverse 

elementary children to read and write well in various content areas. 

Candidates examine current critical issues affecting content area reading 

and writing, including state and national assessments. Effective reading 

and writing strategies, classroom management techniques, technology 

tools, media, and print materials which enhance children’s reading and 

writing in content areas are also examined.

B-485

READ 533 READING AND WRITING 

INSTRUCTIONAL STRATEGIES 

FOR ADOLESCENTS

3 College of 

Education

This course focuses on the most current research for teaching reading and 

writing to students at the middle and secondary levels. Various 

comprehension strategies, technology lessons, and assessment 

techniques are addressed. The connection between reading and writing is 

analyzed. Critical issues in reading and writing instruction for adolescents 

are researched and examined.

READ 534 CONTENT AREA READING 

AND WRITING FOR 

ADOLESCENTS

3 College of 

Education

This course focuses on strategies for teaching reading and writing to 

adolescents in content area classrooms. Various vocabulary and 

comprehension strategies, study skills, and writing to learn techniques are 

studied. Print and nonprint texts are analyzed. Issues in reading and 

writing in content areas are examined and debated.

READ 545 CULTURALLY RESPONSIVE 

READING METHODS AND 

MATERIALS

3 College of 

Education

This course focuses on reading and writing instructional methods that 

respond to the needs of culturally and linguistically diverse learners and 

the selection of materials to support that instruction. Candidates select 

methods that meet the needs of the school and community, evaluate the 

materials for suitability, and create a plan for communicating instructional 

methods and materials selection to the community.

READ 555 DIAGNOSIS AND 

REMEDIATION OF RDG. AND 

WRITING DIFFICULTIES

3 College of 

Education

This course focuses on assessing and addressing a struggling reader’s 

strengths and needs in the areas of reading and writing. Topics include 

identifying and implementing appropriate assessments, and 

communicating assessment results to the student, the student’s teacher, 

and parents. In addition, candidates select, plan, and implement research‐

based instruction, and select appropriate instructional materials and 

technology tools. The course includes a practical application project based 

on work with the student in a K‐12 school setting.

B-486

READ 560 READING PRACTICUM 6 College of 

Education

In this supervised practicum, candidates apply their knowledge of 

language and literacy theories, research, and best practices to an ongoing 

assessment–instruction process. Candidates work intensively with a small 

group of primary, intermediate, or secondary struggling readers at a 

public, charter, or parochial school daily for 12 weeks. They create a 

supportive literacy environment, assess a student’s strengths and needs, 

develop an individualized instructional plan that utilizes appropriate text 

and electronic resources, and implement sound instructional practices via 

their reading and writing lessons. In addition, candidates critically reflect 

on their practice in a journal, and submit a final report that synthesizes 

their instruction and their student’s performance, reflects on the process, 

and makes recommendations for teachers who work with the student and 

for parents. The seminar also provides a forum for open discussion of 

goals and problem solving based on practicum experience.

REL 133 WORLD RELIGIOUS 

TRADITIONS I

3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course offers a survey of the major historical developments, 

structural cosmology, symbolic interpretation, and values of the Hindu, 

Buddhist, Taoist, Confucian, and Shinto traditions.

REL 134 WORLD RELIGIOUS 

TRADITIONS II

3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course provides a survey of the major historical developments, 

structural cosmology, symbolic interpretation, and values of the Judaic, 

Christian, and Islamic religious traditions.

RES 320 FOUNDATIONS OF RESEARCH 3 College of Social 

Sciences

This is a course introducing the foundations of research. Research 

principles and the scientific method are applied to professional situations. 

The course is designed to equip students with an understanding of 

commonly employed research methodologies that can be utilized to 

improve productivity and increase customer satisfaction.

B-487

RES 351 BUSINESS RESEARCH 3 School of Business This course evaluates the process of conducting research for improving 

decision making within an organization. Students will learn to apply an 

understanding of commonly employed business research techniques to 

improve a situation, solve a problem, or change a process. Other topics 

include problem framing, data collection, data analysis, and data 

presentation.

RES 404 HISTORICAL RESEARCH 

METHODS

3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course provides students with the opportunity to learn and apply 

various types of research methods used in historical research. Emphasis is 

placed on research, writing, and critical thinking in a historical context.

RES 562 PROGRAM EVALUATION 3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course prepares students to apply techniques to evaluate public 

sector programs. Students will evaluate policy alternatives using analytical 

tools.  Other topics, at the state and local level, include measures of 

effectiveness, benchmarks, baselines, performance standards, and 

customized stakeholder communication.

RES 700 STATISTICS ENTRANCE 

ASSESSMENT

0 School of Advanced 

Studies

This statistics assessment, which is not credit‐bearing, is a pass fail course 

that can be used demonstrate a foundation of educational exposure to 

research, statistics or quantitative reasoning, fulfilling the academic 

progression requirement.

B-488

RES 709 RESEARCH 

CONCEPTUALIZATION AND 

DESIGN

3 School of Advanced 

Studies

This course provides an overview of social science research methodologies 

and their application in context to the student's degree program. 

Foundational concepts include the examination and application of 

theoretical frameworks, critical analysis of scholarly literature and 

interpretation of data through a theoretical lens. Students also explore 

quantitative, qualitative and mixed research methods and the core 

elements of an effective research plan.

 

Competencies:

Describe how conceptual and theoretical frameworks provide the 

foundational elements of social science research and inform the 

interpretation of data and other research findings.

Identify the significance of scholarly literature and how gaps in extant 

literature provide a direction for new research.

Summarize the ethical issues of research involving human subjects.

Identify and explain quantitative and qualitative research methods and 

RES 710 STATISTICAL RESEARCH 

METHODS AND DESIGN I

3 School of Advanced 

Studies

This course introduces students to an array of quantitative research 

methods and their appropriate application in empirical research. Students 

will be introduced to basic statistical concepts, theory and the 

assumptions that govern the methodology. An overview of descriptive and 

inferential statistics, including nonparametric statistics will be provided. 

The analysis of data, data visualization and the language used for the 

presentation of data in the social sciences will be emphasized.  

 

Competency A: Analyze peer reviewed quantitative research and explain 

how the results of quantitative analysis can inform data driven decision 

making.

Competency B: Explain the fundamentals of quantitative data analysis 

procedures, assumptions, and their appropriateness to different types of 

research design.

Competency C: Discuss philosophical theories and fundamentals of 

quantitative methods and their applications to different types of research 

RES 711 FUNDAMENTAL PRINCIPLES 

OF SOUND RESEARCH

3 School of Advanced 

Studies

This course surveys a broad range of quantitative and qualitative research 

methods to prepare learners to apply them to resolving a variety of 

researchable problems. Topics include an overview of the research 

process, developing problem statements, framing research questions, 

conducting a literature review (with an emphasis on reading and 

evaluating existing research), and ethical research.

 

Competencies:

 

Differentiate between the epistemology and ontology of quantitative and 

qualitative inquiry.

Identify deductive and inductive research paradigms.

Differentiate between quantitative, qualitative, and mixed method studies.

Explain the nature of measurement in qualitative and quantitative 

research.

Discuss the importance of concepts of methodological rigor and validity.

RES 713 STATISTICS 3 School of Advanced 

Studies

This course provides students with a foundation in the design and 

reporting of quantitative research. This course builds on the material 

covered in Quantitative Methods and Statistical Analysis by elaborating on 

the various statistical techniques used in the analysis of data generated by 

empirical research. The course includes both descriptive and inferential 

statistical methods and spans parametric and non‐parametric statistical 

methods including multi‐variant research designs. 

Competency A: Demonstrate an understanding of advanced quantitative 

data analysis procedures, methods, and their applications.

Competency B: Select appropriate quantitative procedures and methods 

based on research questions and designs.

Competency C: Perform statistical analysis using SPSS or other statistical 

software.

Competency D: Report statistical findings and interpretation of the 

analysis.

B-489

RES 714 QUANTITATIVE METHODS 

AND STATISTICAL ANALYSES

3 School of Advanced 

Studies

This course is designed to provide students with an overview of 

quantitative research approaches and their application to decision making 

in complex organizations. Various methodologies for data collection and 

statistical analyses will be discussed, with an emphasis on the ways in 

which quantitative analyses are utilized in professional settings.

Competency A: Demonstrate understanding of fundamentals of 

quantitative data analysis procedures, which include: descriptive and 

inferential statistical procedures; assumptions—what they measure— and 

their appropriateness to different types of research designs and data 

commonly used in institutional and organizational research.

Competency B: Demonstrate understanding of fundamentals of 

quantitative methods and their applications to different types of research 

problems within organizations.

Competency C: Demonstrate understanding of fundamentals of 

quantitative research designs, how they differ, and their appropriateness 

to different types of educational problems.

RES 714A QUANTITATIVE METHODS 

AND STATISTICAL ANALYSIS

3 School of Advanced 

Studies

This course is designed to provide students with an overview of 

quantitative research approaches and their application to decision making 

in higher education institutions. Students will apply critical thinking‐skills 

to address research problems. Various quantitative methods for data 

collection and statistical analyses will be explored, with an emphasis on 

ways in which quantitative analyses are utilized in higher education 

settings. Competency A:  Demonstrate understanding of philosophical 

theories and fundamentals of quantitative methods and their applications 

to different types of research problems within higher education 

institutions Competency B:  Demonstrate understanding of fundamentals 

of quantitative research designs, how they differ, and their 

appropriateness to different types of higher educational problems 

Competency C:  Apply critical thinking skills to identify knowledge gaps in 

a selected subfield of study, synthesize relevant information, and 

formulate focused quantitative research questions to address these gaps 

to expand the body of knowledge in the field of study. Competency D:  

RES 715 QUALITATIVE METHODS 3 School of Advanced 

Studies

This course is designed to provide students with an overview of qualitative 

research approaches and the application to organizational inquiry. Various 

methods for data collection and analyses will be discussed including 

ethnography, grounded theory, case studies, discourse analysis, and 

phenomenology. Competency A: Demonstrate understanding of 

fundamentals of qualitative methods and their applications to different 

types of research problems within organizations. Competency B: 

Demonstrate understanding of fundamentals of qualitative research 

designs including ethnography, grounded theory, case studies, discourse 

analysis, and phenomenology. Describe how these designs differ, and 

apply their appropriateness to different types of organizational problems. 

Competency C: Demonstrate understanding of fundamentals of 

qualitative data collection and data analysis procedures commonly used in 

organizational research, and evaluate their appropriateness to different 

types of qualitative research designs and data. Competency D: Coordinate 

the principles of sorting, organizing, and indexing qualitative data 

RES 715A QUALITATIVE METHODS 3 School of Advanced 

Studies

This course is designed to provide students with an overview of qualitative 

research approaches and the application to higher education institutions.  

Various theoretical and philosophical frameworks will be discussed 

including design and methodologies for all core elements of major 

qualitative designs.  Frequently applied qualitative designs include 

ethnography, grounded theory, case studies, and phenomenology.  Course 

Competencies Demonstrate understanding of fundamentals of qualitative 

methods and their applications to different types of research problems 

within organizations. Demonstrate understanding of fundamentals of 

qualitative research designs including ethnography, grounded theory, case 

studies, discourse analysis, and phenomenology. Describe how these 

designs differ, and apply their appropriateness to different types of 

organizational problems. Demonstrate understanding of fundamentals of 

qualitative data collection and data analysis procedures commonly used in 

organizational research, and evaluate their appropriateness to different 

types of qualitative research designs and data. Coordinate the principles 

B-490

RES 720 STATISTICAL RESEARCH 

METHODS AND DESIGN II

3 School of Advanced 

Studies

The course, RES 720, builds on the student's knowledge of quantitative 

research methods and statistics. The appropriate selection of a research 

method, design, and analysis ‐ experimental, quasi‐experimental, and 

correlational is reviewed. A study's alignment, instrumentation, and 

threats to reliability and validity will also be discussed.

Competency A: Explain the nature of the quantitative research method.

Competency B: Demonstrate understanding of research steps from 

identifying a research problem through to presenting research findings.

Competency C: Apply an appropriate quantitative research design and 

analysis to a substantive area of interest.

Competency D: Align inferential statistical procedures and data collection 

techniques with appropriate types of research designs.

Competency E: Distinguish among types of variables and levels of 

measurement in an analysis.

Competency F: Determine an appropriate population and sample within 

the area of study.

RES 722A RESEARCH DESIGN 3 School of Advanced 

Studies

This course is designed to provide students with an overview of qualitative 

and quantitative research approaches and the application to work in 

different types of organizational and institutional settings. Various 

qualitative and quantitative research designs are discussed. Students 

learn about the elements of a research plan and how to develop and align 

them within a given research method and design to address a given 

problem in their field of study.  RES 722 emphasizes understanding of the 

development and flow of the research study, from identifying a 

researchable problem to determining an appropriate detailed research 

response. To be effective and valuable, research should be crafted in a 

cascading manner with the purpose and design of the study aligned and 

integrated into a cohesive and logical analytical framework. Research 

questions must flow directly from the problem and purpose statements; 

the method and instrumentation selected must be driven by the data 

sought. The analysis must be appropriate to the purpose and nature of the 

data collected. Learners are introduced to this cohesive approach to 

RES 723 ADVANCED STATISTICAL 

RESEARCH METHODS AND 

DESIGN

3 School of Advanced 

Studies

The course builds on the student’s foundational knowledge in research 

methods and statistics. The importance of how to select appropriate 

measures for a study, different research designs – experimental, quasi‐

experimental, and correlational, and threats to reliability and validity are 

discussed.

Competency A: Explain the nature of the quantitative research method 

and the application of appropriate quantitative research designs to a 

research problem. 

Competency B: Apply appropriate knowledge, theories, analytical skills, 

research design and methodology in a substantive interest area.

Competency C: Determine appropriate sampling approaches, sample size, 

and statistical power in research studies.

Competency D: Distinguish among types of variables and levels of 

measurement.

Competency E: Compare quantitative data collection techniques and 

instrumentation and their application in research studies.

RES 723A ADVANCED STATISTICAL 

RESEARCH METHODS AND 

DESIGN

3 School of Advanced 

Studies

Advanced Statistical Research Methods and Design was developed for 

advanced PhD in Higher Education Administration students. It provides 

information on paradigms of quantitative research and their application in 

higher education. This course builds on the students' foundational 

knowledge of quantitative methods and statistical analyses. Students will 

make connections between research and practice with a focus on 

statistical analysis and interpretation of data in the context of problems 

and practices found in higher education.

 

Apply appropriate knowledge, theories, analytical skills, research design 

and methodology in higher education administration research.

Determine appropriate sampling approaches, sample size, and statistical 

power in research studies.

Explain advanced quantitative data analysis procedures, methods, and 

their applications.

Select appropriate quantitative procedures and methods based on 

B-491

RES 724 QUALITATIVE METHODS AND 

DESIGN

3 School of Advanced 

Studies

This class presumes some basic understanding of the foundations and 

underlying assumptions in the field of qualitative research as well as 

examples of practice. Building upon this preexisting foundational 

understanding, the purpose of the class is to enhance students’ 

understanding and craft through reading, writing, and reflecting on the 

practice of qualitative inquiry. Specific focus is on the design and 

development of qualitative research studies.

Competency A: Differentiate between the various qualitative designs i.e. 

phenomenological, case study, ethnographic, grounded theory, and 

content analysis.

Competency B: Evaluate the alignment of the qualitative designs to 

identified problems.

Competency C: Evaluate the components of qualitative data collection and 

the appropriateness of each approach to an expressed conceptual 

framework.

Competency D: Analyze the limitations of qualitative research and 

RES 724A QUALITATIVE METHODS AND 

DESIGN

3 School of Advanced 

Studies

The course builds on students' understanding of qualitative research and 

designs. The purpose of the class is to discuss the foundational elements 

framing qualitative research and design including problem, purpose, 

research questions, data collection and analysis, and ethical issues in 

higher education administration.  

 

Competency A: Identify fundamentals of qualitative methodologies and 

their philosophical traditions within Higher Education.

Competency B: Evaluate knowledge gaps in the current higher education 

body of knowledge.  

Competency C: Determine an appropriate research design and research 

questions to align with the purpose of the inquiry.

Competency D: Delineate qualitative validity and triangulation strategies 

appropriate to qualitative methods and designs.

Competency E: Evaluate manual or computer‐assisted data analysis 

techniques.

RES 725 DESCRIPTIVE AND 

COMPARATIVE DATA 

ANALYSIS

3 School of Advanced 

Studies

This course focuses on statistical analysis methods and reporting of results 

when describing and comparing data from groups. Students will explore 

the assumptions, advantages, limitations, and appropriate applications of 

these quantitative approaches. The methods covered will include 

comparison of means for various forms of data including multiple means 

using methods of basic and advanced factorial ANOVA. Multivariate 

comparisons will also be explored under conditions of multiple 

independent and dependent variables using techniques including 

Hotelling’sT 2, MANOVA, and related techniques. Depending on the 

students’ needs, other approaches may be covered.

 

 

Competency A: Demonstrate understanding of how and when to use 

various quantitative data analysis procedures.

Competency B: Demonstrate understanding of nonparametric testing 

RES 726 CORRELATIONAL METHODS 

OF ANALYSIS

3 School of Advanced 

Studies

This course focuses on statistical approaches to analysis and reporting 

when examining bivariate and multivariate relationships among variables. 

Students will explore the underlying assumptions, advantages, limitations 

and appropriate application of correlation regression based approaches to 

data analysis. The course will cover basic correlation methods, simple and 

multiple regression techniques, and advanced multivariate procedures 

including factor analysis and structural equation models. Depending on 

the students’ needs, other approaches may be covered.

Competency A: Describe the fundamental statistical concepts and 

techniques that underscore regression analysis.

Competency B: Explain basic applied regression analysis concepts and the 

assumptions and inferences that guide the statistical data analysis.

Competency C: Summarize concepts and models for correlation, multiple 

regression and bivariate multivariate data analysis.

Competency D: Identify and apply techniques and procedures for data 

management and cleaning.

B-492

RES 727 APPROACHES TO 

PHENOMENOLOGICAL 

INQUIRY AND DATA ANALYSIS

3 School of Advanced 

Studies

This course is designed to provide advanced graduate students with 

instruction in qualitative phenomenological approaches as applied to 

social science research with the primary focus on data collection, analysis, 

interpretation, and presentation. The course will emphasize individual and 

group interviewing as techniques for phenomenological data collection. 

Focus is placed on analysis approaches appropriate for and relevant to 

phenomenological research.

Competency A: Differentiate between transcendental and hermeneutic 

phenomenology.

Competency B: Develop a phenomenologic attitude toward researching a 

phenomenon.

Competency C: Develop and refine research questions to align with 

phenomenological research design.

Competency D: Apply phenomenologic concepts, tools, and techniques to 

data analysis of a phenomenon.

Competency E: Develop and refine a research tool and interviewing 

RES 728 QUALITATIVE CASE STUDY 3 School of Advanced 

Studies

This course is designed to provide advanced graduate students with 

instruction in qualitative case study research approaches as applied to 

social science research. The course will emphasize individual and group 

interviewing as techniques for qualitative case study data collection. This 

course is particularly useful for advanced doctoral students who plan to 

conduct a qualitative dissertation. Focus is placed on analysis approaches 

appropriate for and relevant to case study research.

Competency A: Explain the epistemological stance, uses, and approaches 

of case study research.

Competency B: Determine how to define the boundaries of a case to 

address research issues.

Competency C: Articulate the influence of the researcher on the process 

and outcomes of a research study.

Competency D: Determine the types of data that can be collected from a 

defined case.

Competency E: Determine appropriate methods for sample selection, data 

RES 729 ETHNOMETHODOLOGY AND 

THE STUDY OF CULTURE

3 School of Advanced 

Studies

In this course, students will build knowledge of and competence with data 

analysis techniques developed in the anthropological tradition of 

ethnography. Integrating data from multiple collection methods (e.g. 

observational field notes, interviews, analyses of cultural artifacts), 

students will develop coding thematic grouping protocols as well as 

strategies to develop findings into comprehensive interpretation of a 

particular culture. The course will conclude with a comprehensive 

overview of the process and practice of writing up ethnographic texts, 

centering largely on “thick description” as a critical mode of 

representation.

Competency A: Explore the theoretical and methodological evolution of 

ethnography through cultural and social anthropology.

Competency B: Examine philosophies and methodologies underpinning 

the various domains of ethnographic research.

Competency C: Determine the appropriate ethnographic design, data 

collection, and analysis and interpretation methods for a variety of 

RES 731 RESEARCH METHODS AND 

STATISTICS IN I O (I)

3 School of Advanced 

Studies

This course provides students with a foundation in the design of 

psychological research. The importance of how to select appropriate 

measures for a study, different research designs ‐ experimental, quasi‐

experimental, and correlational, and threats to reliability and validity are 

discussed.

Competency A: Demonstrate an understanding of the foundations of 

research in the industrial‐organizational (I‐O) field by exploring statistical 

concepts.

Competency B: Select appropriate quantitative research designs for 

solving basic and applied problems in I‐O psychology.

Competency C: Align different types of research questions to the research 

designs.

Competency D: Examine the analysis and interpretation of descriptive and 

inferential statistics.

Competency E: Evaluate and control common threats to internal and 

external reliability and validity.

B-493

RES 732 RESEARCH METHODS AND 

STATISTICS IN I O (II)

3 School of Advanced 

Studies

This course builds on the material covered in Research Methods and 

Statistics I by elaborating on the various statistical techniques used in the 

analysis of data generated by empirical research. The course includes both 

descriptive and inferential statistical methods and spans parametric and 

non‐parametric statistical methods.

Competency A: Determine appropriate statistical procedures for a given 

research hypothesis.

Competency B: Select appropriate sample sizes and sampling techniques.

Competency C: Use descriptive statistics and inferential statistical 

procedures to test hypotheses and make inferences.

Competency D: Interpret descriptive and inferential statistical results.

Competency E: Critique published research in I‐O psychology.

Competency F: Consider reliability, validity, and ethical responsibilities 

within research.

RES 733 CRITERION DEVELOPMENT, 

PERFORMANCE EVALUATION, 

AND APPRAISAL

3 School of Advanced 

Studies

This course focuses on key issues related to the development of 

measurement criterion in organizations. Theoretical and practical issues 

related to performance evaluation and appraisals are also discussed.

Competency A: Examine the relationship between job analysis and 

criterion development.

Competency B: Select appropriate criteria as a means for developing 

selection and career development systems, establishing performance 

criteria, designing training programs, and implementing evaluation 

systems.

Competency C: Develop instruments to assess performance.

Competency D: Implement measurement criteria to improve 

organizational effectiveness.

Competency E: Evaluate how assessment outcomes affect organizational 

effectiveness.

Competency F: Identify potential ethical issues in creating criteria and 

evaluating human behavior and performance.

RES 741 TESTING AND MEASUREMENT 3 School of Advanced 

Studies

A comprehensive overview of the psychological tests and measurements 

used by I‐O psychology practitioners. Basic psychometric principles, such 

as reliability, validity, and standardization, will be explored. Students will 

also learn about the steps involved in test development and 

considerations surrounding the interpretation of test scores. Professional 

and ethical standards and guidelines for testing are reviewed. 

 

 

Competency A: Describe the purpose and use of psychological tests and 

measurements in the workplace.

Competency B: Identify the steps involved in designing psychometrically 

sound psychological tests and measurements.

Competency C: Differentiate among methods for gathering evidence of 

the reliability and validity of psychological tests.

Competency D: Interpret test scores using descriptive statistics, 

standardized test scores, and norms.

RES 745 GROUNDED THEORY 

METHODS

3 School of Advanced 

Studies

This course is designed to provide advanced graduate students with 

instruction in higher level qualitative approaches that was originally 

applied to social science research; but can now be found in the fields of 

business, education, and health care, where the research objective is the 

development of theory through data saturation. Building upon an existing 

understanding of qualitative inquiry, students explore the concept of data 

within grounded theory as well as the techniques and processes 

traditionally found within grounded theory, such as the constant 

comparative method and situational analysis. Focus is placed on the steps 

and procedures for analyzing data primarily through interviews and focus 

groups within the grounded theory context.

 

 

Competency A: Demonstrate understanding of the philosophical and 

historical background, concepts, and multiple theories pertaining to 

grounded theory.

B-494

RES 746 MIXED METHODS 3 School of Advanced 

Studies

The Mixed‐Methods course focuses on both conceptual issues 

surrounding the use of mixed methods in business, education, nursing and 

social science research and the analysis of data using mixed methods. The 

course will involve scrutiny of published mixed‐method research 

throughout, and uses published research for reference purposes 

throughout the course. Students are expected to develop skills in mixed‐

method research by engaging in actual analysis of data using mixed 

methods. Thus, the course will blend conceptualization, design, and 

analysis. Content of the course represents a clear recognition of the 

importance of mixed methods in research and the growing importance of 

a solid knowledge of both quantitative and qualitative approaches ‐‐              

                                 and their blending ‐‐                                             to actually 

design and conduct meaningful doctoral level research.

 

Competencies:

 

RES 750 APPROACHES TO RESEARCH: 

QUANTITATIVE QUALITATIVE I

3 School of Advanced 

Studies

In this course, students will learn about foundational quantitative and 

qualitative research designs and their appropriateness for achieving a 

study's objectives. Topics include research methods and design, the 

development of problem statements, purpose statements, research 

questions, and hypotheses. Learners will create the foundational 

components of a concept paper for the two of the three topics identified 

by the student during PSYCH 720R.

 

Competency A: Demonstrate scholarly writing best practices and apply 

APA style when writing dissertation documents.

 

Competency B: Communicate understanding of common quantitative and 

qualitative research designs and their appropriateness for achieving a 

study's objectives.

 

Competency C: Create compelling problem statements that address 

RES 751 APPROACHES TO RESEARCH: 

QUANTITATIVE QUALITATIVE II

3 School of Advanced 

Studies

Students will critically evaluate the two research topics that were 

developed into draft concept papers during RES 750. Students will 

determine which topics have the best viability for further study and will 

continue to refine them. Advanced qualitative and quantitative issues and 

approaches such as phenomenology, grounded theory, and critical theory 

will be examined.

Competency A: Demonstrate an advanced understanding of quantitative 

and qualitative research designs.

Competency B: Evaluate proposed research topics for effectiveness and 

feasibility.

Competency C:

Justify the research method and design proposed for realizing the study's 

purpose. 

Competency D: Explain how the proposed study will contribute 

substantively to the I‐O psychology literature.

Competency E: Integrate and synthesize literature related to the proposed 

RES 752 RESEARCH CONSTRUCTS AND 

DESIGN

3 School of Advanced 

Studies

This course requires students to synthesize the cumulative knowledge 

gained from the previous research courses to finalize and submit their 

dissertation concept paper for final review and evaluation. Students select 

one of two previously drafted concept papers and expand the concept 

paper to include clear justification of the chosen research method and 

design; a description of the study population and sample, including the 

sampling strategy; the methodological approach for collecting and 

analyzing data; and a brief review of relevant scholarship, including the 

theoretical or conceptual framework for the study.

 

 

Competency A: Demonstrate an understanding of the principal 

components of the I‐O PhD concept paper.

Competency B: Describe and justify the study population and sample.

Competency C: Describe and justify the sampling technique.

B-495

RES 760 MEASUREMENT OF 

CONSTRUCTS

3 School of Advanced 

Studies

The purpose of this course is to guide students in the integration of 

information learned in previous courses (i.e., residency, research courses, 

testing and measurement) that relates to measurement and dissertation 

issues and apply the information to the initial working draft of the 

dissertation proposal (developed from the concept paper). The final 

outcome of this course is an initial outline of the dissertation proposal and 

draft of the literature review.

Competency A: Identify key differences between concept papers and 

dissertation proposals.

Competency B: Evaluate dissertation proposal best practices.

Competency C: Describe the dissertation proposal process.

Competency D: Identify appropriate and comprehensive literature 

supporting dissertation topic, problem, and methodology of choice.

Competency E: Describe the key considerations when publishing an 

academic work.

RES 765 MULTIVARIATE STATISTICS 3 School of Advanced 

Studies

This course focuses on statistical approaches that simultaneously examine 

multiple variables. Students will explore the assumptions, limitations, 

advantages, and applications of each approach. The approaches will 

include correlation and regression, discriminant function and analysis, 

multidimensional scaling, MANOVA, factor analysis, and path analysis and 

structural equation modeling.

Competency A: Evaluate different approaches of multivariate statistical 

analysis.

Competency B: Analyze problems appropriate for multivariate research 

within applications of industrial‐organizational psychology.

Competency C: Apply multivariate statistical analyses toindustrial‐

organizational psychology research

Competency D: Interpret results of various multivariate statistical analyses.

Competency E: Determine appropriate multivariate statistics to solve 

problems in the field of industrial‐ organizational psychology.

RES 770 PSYCHOMETRICS 3 School of Advanced 

Studies

Students will be exposed to contemporary and advanced techniques for 

maximizing the psychometric quality of measurement instruments 

commonly used by I‐O psychology practitioners. Focus will be on 

theoretical and applied research issues related to three common theories 

of psychometrics: classical test theory, generalizability theory, and item 

response theory. The theories and techniques will be examined based on I‐

O psychology topics of interest to students, such as leadership, individual 

differences, selection, and teamwork.

Competency A: Explain the traditional psychometric procedures I‐O 

psychology practitioners use to evaluate the scores generated by tests, 

the reliability of test scores, and the validity of the inferences drawn from 

test scores.

Competency B: Use contemporary and advanced techniques to maximize 

the psychometric quality of a test.

Competency C: Apply best practices to eliminate response and test bias to 

enhance the psychometric quality of tests.

RES ARA1 ADVANCED RESEARCH 

ANALYSIS ELECTIVE

3 School of Advanced 

Studies

Placeholder for Advanced Research Analysis Elective in the CERT D‐RES 

001 program.

B-496

RES ARA2 ADVANCED RESEARCH 

ANALYSIS ELECTIVE

3 School of Advanced 

Studies

Placeholder for Advanced Research Analysis Elective in the CERT D‐RES 

001 program.

RES ARA3 ADVANCED RESEARCH 

ANALYSIS ELECTIVE

3 School of Advanced 

Studies

Placeholder for Advanced Research Analysis Elective in the CERT D‐RES 

001 program.

REV 400 INTRODUCTION TO REVENUE 

MANAGEMENT

3 School of Business This course will focus on the multifaceted revenue sources driving the 

business from the strategic revenue manager's perspective. It will provide 

a review of hotelier and food service operations, and explore and contrast 

different factors affecting each hospitality sector. This course will also 

make available practical applications scenarios and allow the student to 

practice their newly acquired revenue management skills and evaluate 

their understanding of the subject. 

REV 405 HOSPITALITY PRICING AND 

YIELD MANAGEMENT

3 School of Business This course will focus on managing a hospitality organization's pricing and 

yield management strategies to maximize revenues. It will provide an in‐

depth look at forecast demand and pricing models and techniques utilized 

within the industry to achieve revenue growth. Students will gain a better 

understanding of the impact of managing pricing through various 

distribution channels and develop strategies to optimize these for greater 

financial performance.

B-497

REV 410 REVENUE MANAGEMENT 

STRATEGY AND 

IMPLEMENTATION

3 School of Business This course applies the advanced techniques and management skills 

necessary to elevate the performance of an organization through the role 

of a strategic revenue manager. Students will develop the skills necessary 

to implement strategies and understand the implications of their 

decisions on the hospitality organization. Through a case study approach, 

students will interpret revenue management opportunities and create 

impactful solutions with an action plan for implementation within a 

hospitality setting.

RHET 300 RHETORICAL THEORIES 3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course examines major rhetorical theories and theorists from a range 

of cultures and periods.

RHET 450 ADVANCED LINGUISTICS 3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course offers an overview of advanced topics in linguistics. Topics 

may include semantics and pragmatics. 

RHET 470 STUDIES OF AMERICAN 

RHETORIC

3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course examines American rhetoric from a variety of genres and a 

range of historical periods.

B-498

RHET 475 RHETORIC AND SOCIAL MEDIA 3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course explores the use of rhetoric in contemporary social media.

RHM 410 THE LANDSCAPE OF HEALTH 

CARE IN RETAIL HEALTH 

CLINICS

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course introduces students to the business operations of the retail 

health environment.  Focus will include overall concepts of health 

systems, managed care plans, and government providers that impact 

retail health clinics, as well as formulating strategies for the future 

development of retail clinics.

RHM 420 THE MANAGEMENT OF 

RETAIL HEALTH CLINICS

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course introduces students to the management of retail health 

clinics.  Content will focus on customer engagement, clinical practices, and 

the day‐to‐day management of the retail health clinic environment.

RHM 430 TECHNOLOGY AND DIGITAL 

HEALTH CARE IN RETAIL 

HEALTH CLINICS

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course introduces students to technology and digital health within 

retail health clinics.  Concepts covered include patient record 

management, the exchange of data, proper coding, and data management 

for the health and wellness of consumers using retail health clinics.

B-499

RHM 440 REGULATORY AND 

COMPLIANCE IN THE RETAIL 

HEALTH ENVIRONMENT

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course covers regulatory and compliance concepts as it relates to 

retail health management.  Students will focus on resource allocation 

related to compliance and regulations concerning privacy and security 

laws, and communication protocols with consumers, staff, and external 

partners to the retail health clinics.

RHM 450 RETAIL HEALTH FINANCIAL 

STRATEGIES

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course introduces students to approaches that relate to the financing 

and reimbursement of retail health clinics.  Course content will focus on 

financial strategies for retail health clinics, the various payers within the 

health care industry for timely reimbursement, and appropriate billing 

and coding considerations that impact the management of retail health 

clinics.

SCHC 505 HUMAN DEVELOPMENT AND 

FAMILY CHANGE ACROSS THE 

LIFESPAN

3 College of Social 

Sciences

This course presents students with theoretical frameworks to foster an 

understanding of the various dimensions of human development. 

Emphasis is placed on biological, cognitive, and psychosocial development 

within the context of gender, family systems, social roles, and culture. 

Students evaluate school based situations, consider prevention strategies 

and assess potential interventions in the school context.

SCHC 505C HUMAN DEVELOPMENT AND 

FAMILY CHANGE ACROSS THE 

LIFESPAN

3 College of Social 

Sciences

This course presents students with theoretical frameworks to foster an 

understanding of the various dimensions of human development. 

Emphasis is placed on biological, cognitive, and psychosocial development 

within the context of gender, family systems, social roles, and culture. 

Students evaluate clinical situations and assess potential therapeutic 

interventions in context.

B-500

SCHC 506 SCHOOL COUNSELING 

THEORIES AND PERSONALITY 

MODELS

3 College of Social 

Sciences

This course enables students to differentiate among the primary 

theoretical models of personality theory and counseling practice, 

including psychodynamic, affective, cognitive‐ behavioral, and systems 

theory. Emphasis is on the importance of students recognizing belief 

systems that accurately reflect their own personal style and also 

recognizing strategies and approaches likely to be most successful with a 

particular school population. Students have opportunities to establish a 

strong theoretical foundation as the basis of school practice and to 

evaluate and assess educational situations for implementation of 

therapeutic interventions that are gender and culturally appropriate.

SCHC 510 HUMAN DIVERSITY AND 

SPECIAL POPULATIONS IN 

SCHOOL COUNSELING

3 College of Social 

Sciences

This course is designed for school counselors as a foundation for 

understanding diversity among the school age population in a pluralistic 

society. Emphasis will be on integrating awareness, knowledge, and skills 

related to counseling differences and similarities based on age, race, 

ethnicity, national origin, religious affiliations, gender identification, 

sexual orientation, physical mental limitations, social class, etc.

SCHC 515 LEGAL AND ETHICAL ISSUES IN 

COUNSELING AND SCHOOLS

3 College of Social 

Sciences

This course covers the legal and ethical responsibilities of the counseling 

professional, particularly related to counseling in schools. Students learn 

to interpret and act upon situations appropriately and effectively. Content 

includes issues such as client rights, confidentiality, duty to warn and 

protect, dual relationships, supervision and consulting, ethics with special 

populations, and ethical decision‐making models.

SCHC 517 FOUNDATIONS OF SCHOOL 

COUNSELING

3 College of Social 

Sciences

This course introduces prospective school counselors to the history, 

services, settings, roles, and competencies of counselors in elementary 

and secondary schools in America. Pertinent laws and ethical standards 

will be explored. Important trends that will continue to influence school 

counseling programs will also be examined.

B-501

SCHC 519 DELIVERY OF SERVICES IN 

SCHOOL COUNSELING

3 College of Social 

Sciences

This course is aligned with the national school counseling model by 

introducing the student to the delivery components of effective school 

counseling programs including the guidance curriculum, individual 

planning, responsive services and system support. Students will learn how 

these services are appropriately delivered at the different school levels 

from kindergarten through high school.

SCHC 525 INDIVIDUAL COUNSELING: 

CHILDREN AND ADOLESCENTS

3 College of Social 

Sciences

This course provides students with foundational professional skills in 

counseling, with a focus on individual counseling techniques with children 

and adolescents. Particular emphasis is given to the application of these 

skills in the school‐based environment.

SCHC 537 RESEARCH AND DATA 

ANALYSIS IN SCHOOL 

COUNSELING

3 College of Social 

Sciences

This course provides an overview of the fundamentals of research and 

evaluation in the counseling profession. Topics include research methods, 

statistical analysis, needs assessment, program evaluation, and data 

driven research necessary in the school setting. Emphasis is placed on 

understanding connections between research design and data analysis 

related to school counseling.

SCHC 544 CLINICAL ASSESSMENT AND 

STUDENT EVALUATION

3 College of Social 

Sciences

This course introduces students to models and tools of assessment. 

Students learn and practice assessment strategies, use of the Diagnostic 

and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (DSM), and behavioral analysis 

in relationship to student‐age populations. Students will develop 

competency in intervention, referral, and after care procedures for 

professional school counseling practice. Emphasis will be placed on 

models and techniques for physical and sexual abuse and neglect, 

substance abuse, suicide and participating as a member of a 

multidisciplinary team for special education planning. Administration, 

scoring, and interpretation of standardized tests are described, and 

principles necessary for the development, interpretation, and selection of 

assessment instruments are presented. Multicultural and ethical issues 

regarding assessment are also examined.

B-502

SCHC 554 GROUP COUNSELING: 

CHILDREN AND ADOLESCENTS

3 College of Social 

Sciences

This course provides students with intensive knowledge, awareness, and 

skill‐building in group counseling within a school setting. Content 

emphasizes such areas as different types of groups, group dynamics, 

group norms and boundaries, leadership styles, leading and co‐ leading, 

and development of appropriate school based counseling group plans. 

Confidentiality, selection procedures, ethics, and multicultural diversity 

are included as key components of effective group counseling practice.

SCHC 556 PORTFOLIO II 0 College of Social 

Sciences

Professional Counseling Assessment Portfolio II helps students integrate 

and evaluate their learning in the Master of Science in School Counseling 

program at midpoint.  Like an assessment center, Portfolio II provides an 

integrative experience requiring the student to bring together all of what 

he or she has learned in previous courses in the program and to 

demonstrate how that learning has been applied both personally and 

professionally.

SCHC 562 STUDENT VOCATIONAL 

DEVELOPMENT AND CAREER 

COUNSELING

3 College of Social 

Sciences

This course is a study of career counseling from theory to practical 

application. The focus is on clearly delineated career guidance objectives 

and strategies for implementing career guidance programs in schools, 

including the development of individual career life plans for students. The 

course fosters appropriate use of career counseling tools such as 

computer‐based guidance systems, labor market information, and 

assessment. It provides a historical perspective of current College Tech 

Prep and K‐12 programs. Issues related to career counseling for 

individuals from specific populations are also addressed.

SCHC 571 SCHOOL COUNSELING 

ADMINISTRATION

3 College of Social 

Sciences

This course examines the essential role of counselors in administering 

school counseling programs. This includes the processes of designing, 

implementing, monitoring, and evaluating comprehensive school 

counseling and guidance programs. The course emphasizes the role of the 

counselor as a leader and advocate in systemic change.

B-503

SCHC 592 PRACTICUM IN SCHOOL 

COUNSELING

3 College of Social 

Sciences

The Practicum is designed to help students make a transition from the 

academic study of school counseling concepts to the practical application 

of these concepts in the school setting. Students are closely supervised as 

they develop skills in the comprehensive school counseling areas of 

responsive services, guidance curriculum, individual planning, and system 

support. The practicum experience includes on campus classroom hours 

and 100 Practicum hours at a school site.

SCHC 592O ORIENTATION TO SCHOOL 

COUNSELING PRACTICUM

0 College of Social 

Sciences

This course is an orientation to the practicum and internship.

SCHC 597A SCHOOL COUNSELING 

INTERNSHIP A

3 College of Social 

Sciences

Counseling Internship is a 600‐hour clinical experience required of all 

Master of Counseling students. Divided into 300 hour sections, each 

lasting 15 weeks, SCHC 597 A and B comprise Portfolio III of the counseling 

portfolio series. Students work in a K‐12 school setting for 20‐30 hours per 

week where they provide school counseling services under the direction 

and supervision of an approved school counselor.  

SCHC 597B SCHOOL COUNSELING 

INTERNSHIP B

3 College of Social 

Sciences

Counseling Internship is a 600‐hour clinical experience required of all 

Master of Counseling students. Divided into 300 hour sections, each 

lasting 15 weeks, SCHC 597 A and B comprise Portfolio III of the counseling 

portfolio series. Students work in a K‐12 school setting for 20‐30 hours per 

week where they provide school counseling services under the direction 

and supervision of an approved school counselor.  

B-504

SCH‐CN 501 School Counseling: Delivery of 

Services

3 College of 

Education

Aligned with the national school counseling model, the primary focus of 

this course is on guidance curriculum, individual planning, responsive 

services, and system supports that advocate for every student¿s 

academic, career, personal, and social success. Delivery components of 

effective K‐12 school counseling programs are examined. Participants 

analyze current strategies, interventions, and trends to promote 

constructive partnerships and student wellness.

SCH‐CN 519 SCHOOL COUNSELING: 

DELIVERY OF SERVICES

3 College of 

Education

Aligned with the national school counseling model, the primary focus of 

this course is on guidance curriculum, individual planning, responsive 

services, and system supports that advocate for every studentÂ’s 

academic, career, personal, and social success. Delivery components of 

effective K‐12 school counseling programs are examined. Participants 

analyze current strategies, interventions, and trends to promote 

constructive partnerships and student wellness.

SCI 162 PRINCIPLES OF HEALTH AND 

WELLNESS

3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course reinforces the concept that learning effectively and living well 

involves both the mind and body. It presents the fundamentals of 

wellness and preventive health including strategic planning to attain and 

maintain personal optimal health. In addition, physical and mental 

diseases are discussed along with the dangers of environmental pollution, 

stress, addiction, and other negative factors that can affect personal 

health.

SCI 163 ELEMENTS OF HEALTH AND 

WELLNESS

3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course provides an overview of the key components of 

comprehensive wellness. Based on a preventive model, the course will 

allow learners to explore choices that promote wellness with goals of 

living longer and better.

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

B-505

SCI 201 SURVEY OF ALTERNATIVE 

MEDICINE

1 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course examines the traditions and recent developments within the 

field of alternative medicine and includes a comparison of Western and 

Eastern diagnostic systems. Through a highly interactive and experiential 

format, participants will overview a comprehensive range of physical, 

psychological, and energy therapies resulting in insight, awareness, and 

appreciation for diverse approaches to medicine.

SCI 209 OCEANOGRAPHY 3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course examines the linkages between the evolution of earth and 

water masses. Students will focus on the physical, chemical, biological and 

geological aspects of the ocean processes.

SCI 220 HUMAN NUTRITION 3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course introduces the basic concepts of food and nutrition to 

highlight ways that students can integrate good nutrition into their 

lifestyles. Principles of digestion and absorption, the function of nutrients, 

lifecycle nutritive needs, disease prevention, diet modifications, and 

weight management are covered. Practical application of these principles 

to the students’ lives is emphasized.

SCI 220M Human Nutrition 3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course introduces the basic concepts of human nutrition to highlight 

ways that students can integrate healthy nutrition into their lifestyles. 

Principles of digestion and absorption, the function of nutrients, lifecycle 

nutrition practices, disease prevention, diet modifications, and weight 

management are covered. Practical application of these principles to the 

students' lives is emphasized.

B-506

SCI 230 INTRODUCTION TO LIFE 

SCIENCE

3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course applies a broad, conceptual understanding of biology. 

Students are introduced to scientific ideologies and concepts that not only 

shape our biological world, but also shape us as humans. Students 

examine the scientific method, evolution and biodiversity, the biology of 

cells, energy systems, the dynamics of inheritance, and the effect humans 

have on the environment. The text emphasizes methods and the 

theoretical foundations of ideas, while minimizing isolated facts. It 

stresses the integration of ideas, making connections that form our 

understanding of the living world.

SCI 241 NUTRITION 3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course introduces students to the world of human nutrition. Students 

examine the components included in a healthy, balanced diet and develop 

strategies to meet their changing nutritional needs throughout the various 

stages of life. Specific topics for the course include the digestion process, 

functions and health benefits of specific nutrients, weight management 

and fitness, and the effects of nutritional deficiencies.

SCI 250 MICROBIOLOGY 4 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course will instruct students on the fundamentals of microbiology. 

Topics will include introduction to the biology of microorganisms, 

including structure, function, metabolism, growth, genetics, diversity, and 

host‐parasite relationships.  Also, examples of how microorganisms are 

relevant to the needs, activities, and role of the health of individuals is 

discussed.  Students will explore principles of applied microbiology and 

apply these scientific principles to case studies and lab experiences.

SCI 256 PEOPLE, SCIENCE AND THE 

ENVIRONMENT

3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This in‐depth environmental science course examines how people use 

science to understand how they relate to the environment. The course 

explores relationships between people and ecosystems, and the science 

behind how ecosystems work. It reviews the historical development of the 

environmental movement, interactions between humans and natural 

ecosystems, and more specifically, the role of a growing population and 

associated pressures on natural resources. This course further examines 

how economics, natural systems, and conservation are interrelated. The 

many forms of pollution as well as types of energy resources are 

addressed. This course challenges students to consider the impact of 

lifestyle choices on environmental sustainability.

B-507

SCI 275 ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE 3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course focuses on the causes of, impacts of, and solutions to 

environmental issues. Students identify global environmental issues as 

well as develop and critique environmental action plans. Topics include 

ecosystems, energy, populations, resources, pollution, and sustainability.

SCI 362 ENVIRONMENTAL ISSUES AND 

ETHICS

3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course applies scientific, philosophical, economic, and ethical 

principles to current and future environmental issues. Students will 

analyze the cumulative impact of human activities on global ecosystems, 

as well as responsibilities to the natural world, in terms of the complex 

interrelationships humans have with their environment.

SEC 100 INTRODUCTION TO SECURITY 

MANAGEMENT

3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course is an introductory overview of the Security Management field 

and provides a broad‐based view of the history, practices, methodologies, 

and management theories of the profession.  It reviews industry standards 

for security, threat assessment and risk analysis guidelines, investigative 

techniques, personnel management, security equipment and security best 

practices.  Additionally, this course examines security technology, loss 

prevention and workforce safety programs, planning for continuity of 

business operations, and corporate client communication skills.

SEC 110 INTRODUCTION TO THE 

CRIMINAL JUSTICE SYSTEM 

AND PATRIOT ACT

3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course will introduce the student to the world of criminal justice and 

the foundations upon which criminal justice is built. The history of criminal 

justice will be explored and special attention given to the United States 

Constitution and the USA PATRIOT Act, providing the student with the 

initial building blocks of knowledge needed for a career in the criminal 

justice field and completion of their degree.

B-508

SEC 120 CORPORATE SECURITY 

ESSENTIALS

3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course will identify security essentials that are prevalent in the 

corporate security function such as trade secrets, proprietary information, 

information security, and vulnerability assessments. It also examines the 

purposes, objectives, procedures, risks, and types of organizations 

associated with the respective essentials.

SEC 130 PRIVATE SECURITY ISSUES 

AND CONFLICTS

3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course identifies issues and conflicts associated with the private 

security industry by examining security management, recruitment, 

selection, training, investigation of crimes, terrorism and natural disasters.

SEC 140 INCIDENT COMMUNICATION 

PLANS AND SYSTEMS

3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course provides the student with an understanding of the various 

elements needed for responding to critical incident events.  These 

incidents include natural disasters, workplace violence, and other 

significant planned and unplanned occurrences.  An emphasis is given to 

proper planning, communication, and system development for these 

critical incidents.

SEC 150 INSIDER THREATS 

FUNDAMENTALS

3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course provides the student with an understanding of assessing 

potential risks which may originate from members or employees within an 

organization by identifying specific risk indicators.  An emphasis is given to 

the process of risk analysis along with the ability to design, manage, and 

implement a response to potential threats. Additionally, students will 

learn how to use the Return on Investment (ROI) approach to evaluate 

company performance.

B-509

SEC 200 EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT 

AND RESPONSE

3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course will identify emergency practices for critical incident 

responses such as natural disasters, man‐made disasters, bomb threats, 

strikes, and terrorism. It will also examine specific concepts in relation to 

emergency response including: mutual aid associations, disaster recovery, 

public relations and warning, and alert systems.

SEC 210 PHYSICAL ASSET PROTECTION 3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course introduces students to examining physical assets and 

evaluating risk as a result of associated threats and identified 

vulnerabilities. Based on a risk analysis model, students will evaluate 

assets, prioritize threats, and apply critical thinking to countermeasures 

with consideration for a cost‐benefit analysis.

SEC 215 ORGANIZATIONAL SECURITY 

AND SECURITY 

SPECIALIZATIONS

3 College of Social 

Sciences

This course is an overview of the principles of security management and 

the consequences of failure to adequately protect business assets. The 

course includes an introduction to technology, legal issues, ethics, 

vulnerability assessments, criminal and terrorist activity, interagency 

cooperation and loss prevention and risk management.  In addition this 

course identifies and contrasts the benefits of proprietary and contract 

security operations and introduces the student to a variety of security 

specializations including corporate, academic, transportation, and 

government. It also examines the purposes, objectives, procedures, risks, 

and types of organizations associated with the respective specializations.

SEC 219 COMPUTERS AND 

INFORMATION PROCESSING 

IN SECURITY

3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course introduces the fundamentals of information systems and the 

role of information management and protection in today's security 

environment. An overview is presented of information systems, hardware 

and software, data information management, networking and 

telecommunications, the Internet, and systems development.

B-510

SEC 220 CRITICAL THINKING IN 

SECURITY MANAGEMENT

3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course will explore various types of critical thinking strategies for 

security management practitioners; identifying the differences between 

management and leadership in the organization. Students will also 

examine the applied strategic planning model, management theories, and 

analytic techniques.

SEC 221 INTRODUCTION TO SECURITY 

SERVICES

3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course will explore the various workplace sectors where security 

services are utilized.  Students will also be introduced to security 

principles and concerns unique to specific sectors.

SEC 222 PRIVATE SECURITY 

MANAGEMENT

3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course will examine private security management concerns by 

exploring the organizational structure, leadership styles, training and 

education, establishing policies and procedures, and evaluating employee 

performance.

SEC 223 LEGAL, LIABILITY & ETHICAL 

CONCERNS IN SECURITY 

SERVICES

3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course examines legal, liability, and ethical issues that security 

personnel encounter on a regular basis.  Students will explore such 

concepts as equal employment opportunity, diversity, use of force, 

powers of arrest, incident scene preservation, ethics, and honesty.

B-511

SEC 224 WORKPLACE SAFETY FOR 

SECURITY

3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course provides students with an overview of general industry safety 

concepts necessary for security practitioners.  It will examine safety 

awareness, the critical components of an emergency evacuation plan, 

required record keeping, and effective management tools.

SEC 225 BUDGETING AND FINANCE 

FOR SECURITY SERVICES

3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course provides students with an introduction to the tools necessary 

to understand guard force scheduling, budget development, and finance 

concerns, as they relate to daily operations of security services.

SEC 230 HOMELAND SECURITY AND 

PUBLIC SAFETY

3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course evaluates public safety initiatives in a post 9 11 era with 

emphasis on homeland security strategies carried out by federal, state, 

local, private, and joint assets. Students will examine threats, investigative 

techniques, and applicable laws and regulations used to mitigate risk.

SEC 232 INDUSTRIAL SAFETY 3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course provides the student with an overview of safety issues that 

could be experienced by security personnel as first responders in various 

work environment emergencies. It includes a review of OSHA , EPA and 

Fire Code safety regulations and provides methods for identifying and 

correcting environmental risk factors related to hazardous materials, fire 

and other potential safety hazards. The course is also intended to provide 

the student with knowledge that will assist with the initial response to and 

investigation of work related accidents.

B-512

SEC 240 LOSS PREVENTION AND 

SUPPLY CHAIN SECURITY

3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course is an introduction and general overview of loss prevention and 

supply chain security strategies and programs. Students will learn the 

basic principles and methodologies involved with the prevention of 

shrinkage or loss.  Students will be introduced to basic theories and 

concepts, key terms and definitions and current critical issues. 

Additionally, this course provides an overview of situational crime 

prevention, the crime risk management process, and the stages necessary 

to designing an effective supply chain security program.  

SEC 250 CYBER SECURITY 

FUNDAMENTALS

3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course explores how organizations must be prepared to defend 

against threats in cyberspace. Learners will study the fundamentals of 

cyber risks and threats and will explore topics such as facility security, 

privacy and data security. There will be a focus on the fundamentals of 

viruses, malware, and spyware concerns, scams and frauds such as 

pretexting, email and mobile device security. Students will also explore Wi‐

Fi security, network security, web site security, incident response, and 

basic policy development. The course overall will help students develop 

cyber security management skills in critical thinking, problem‐solving, 

communication, collaboration, and cyber security information utilization. 

The new skills and knowledge gained in this course will help ensure the 

privacy, reliability, and integrity of information systems.

SEC 300 FUNDAMENTALS OF HUMAN 

RESOURCE MANAGEMENT IN 

SECURITY

3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course explores the critical role of human achieving resources in 

security oriented business results. The course will help students to have a 

solid understanding of the fundamentals of human resource management 

and its strategic relevance in current security organizations. This course 

will provide students with a critical perspective on human capital 

development for security in the context of a unified system of attracting, 

retaining and developing talent that creates and supports the vision and 

values of the organization. Students will develop an understanding of 

current critical business implications for human resource professionals 

and how they relate to criminal justice and security.

SEC 310 INTRODUCTION TO 

ORGANIZATIONAL SECURITY 

AND MANAGEMENT

3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course is an overview of the principles of security management and 

the consequences of failure to adequately protect business assets. The 

course includes an introduction to loss prevention and risk management. 

It provides an overview of the contingencies that influence modern 

security management, such as technology, legal issues, ethics, 

vulnerability assessments, criminal and terrorist activity, and interagency 

cooperation. The course also introduces various security specializations 

including corporate, academic, transportation, and government.

B-513

SEC 311 SECURITY MANAGEMENT 

FUNDAMENTALS

3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course is an overview of the principles of security management and 

the consequences of failure to identify and adequately protect business 

assets. The course includes an introduction to loss prevention and risk 

management. It provides an overview of the contingencies that influence 

modern security management, such as technology, legal issues, ethics, 

vulnerability assessments, criminal and terrorist activity, and interagency 

cooperation. The course also introduces various security specializations 

including corporate, academic, transportation, and government.

SEC 319 COMPUTERS AND 

INFORMATION PROCESSING 

IN SECURITY

3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course introduces the fundamentals of information systems and the 

role of information management and protection in the modern security 

environment. Students will explore and develop their skills in critical 

thinking and problem‐solving of information systems, networking 

communication, information utilization from the Internet, and information 

management and security collaboration. Learners will also nurture their 

professional competence and values by learning how to handle 

information ethically.

SEC 320 SURVEY OF SECURITY 

SPECIALIZATIONS

3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course identifies and contrasts the benefits of proprietary and 

contract security operations and introduces the student to a variety of 

security specializations. It also examines the purposes, objectives, 

procedures, risks, and types of organizations associated with the 

respective specializations.

SEC 321 SURVEY OF SECURITY 

SPECIALIZATIONS

3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course identifies and contrasts the benefits of proprietary and 

contract security operations and introduces the student to a variety of 

security specializations. It also examines the purposes, objectives, 

procedures, risks, and types of organizations associated with the 

respective specializations.

B-514

SEC 330 INDUSTRIAL SAFETY 3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course provides students with an overview of safety issues that could 

be experienced by security personnel as first responders in various work 

environment emergencies. It includes a review of OSHA, EPA, and National 

Fire Code safety regulations and provides methods for identifying and 

correcting environmental risk factors related to hazardous materials, fire, 

and other potential safety hazards. The course is also intended to provide 

the student with knowledge that will assist with the initial response to and 

investigation of work‐related accidents.

SEC 331 INDUSTRIAL SAFETY 3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course provides students with an overview of safety issues that could 

be experienced by security personnel as first responders in various work 

environment emergencies. It includes a review of OSHA, EPA, and National 

Fire Code safety regulations and provides methods for identifying and 

correcting environmental risk factors related to hazardous materials, fire, 

and other potential safety hazards. The course is also intended to provide 

the student with knowledge that will assist with the initial response to, 

and investigation of, work‐related accidents.

SEC 340 CRIMINOLOGY AND THE 

CRIMINAL JUSTICE SYSTEM

3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course identifies various types of criminal activity and provides the 

student with an understanding of the causes of criminal behavior and the 

societal response to crime. It also identifies and discusses the various 

elements of the American criminal justice system.

SEC 341 CRIMINOLOGY AND THE 

CRIMINAL JUSTICE SYSTEM

3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course identifies the theories of criminology and its influence on 

society from social, political, individual and theoretical perspectives. The 

course examines types of criminal activity and provides students with an 

understanding of the causes of criminal behavior and the societal 

response to crime. The course also identifies and discusses the various 

elements of the American criminal justice system and related current 

trends of social media and perceived disparages.

B-515

SEC 350 LEGAL AND REGULATORY 

ISSUES IN SECURITY 

MANAGEMENT

3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course examines legal, regulatory, ethical, and policy issues that 

influence the work performance of security personnel. It also discusses 

the potential consequences of non‐compliance for individuals and 

institutions.

SEC 351 LEGAL AND REGULATORY 

ISSUES IN SECURITY 

MANAGEMENT

3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course examines legal, regulatory, ethical, and policy issues that 

influence the work performance of security personnel. It also discusses 

the potential consequences of non‐compliance for individuals and 

institutions.

SEC 352 ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOR 

AND MANAGEMENT

3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course encompasses the study of individual and group behavior in 

organizational settings, with special emphasis on those that are security‐

oriented. Management methods for organizational processes and change 

are presented along with leadership applications.

SEC 360 INTERPERSONAL 

COMMUNICATIONS

3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course prepares the student to communicate effectively in written 

and verbal form.  It provides principles for effective investigative reporting 

and incident documentation as well as techniques for interviewing and 

understanding verbal and non‐verbal communication.

B-516

SEC 361 INTERPERSONAL 

COMMUNICATIONS

3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course prepares the student to communicate effectively in written 

and verbal form. It provides principles for effective investigative reporting 

and incident documentation, as well as techniques for interviewing and 

understanding verbal and nonverbal communication.

SEC 362 FINANCE AND BUDGETING 

PRACTICES

3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course provides the student with an understanding of the various 

elements of a program budget; the process of budget development, 

justification, and presentation; and principles of contract preparation. 

Special emphasis is given to these processes, procedures, and practices in 

relation to security‐oriented environments.

SEC 370 THE ADMINISTRATION 

PROCESS

3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course provides the student with an understanding of the various 

elements of a program budget; the process of budget development, 

justification, and presentation; and principles of contract preparation. 

Special emphasis is given to these processes, procedures, and practices in 

relation to security‐oriented environments.

SEC 371 FINANCE AND BUDGETING 

PRACTICES

3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course provides the student with an understanding of the various 

elements of a program budget and the process of budget development, 

justification, and presentation. Special emphasis is given to these 

procedures, practices, and liabilities in relation to security‐oriented 

environments.

B-517

SEC 372 LABOR RELATIONS 3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course introduces students to the contemporary trends in employee‐

management relations and examines the history of labor relations, the 

nature of the workplace, and the economic foundations of work 

organizations.  Students explore the legal, social, and economic aspects of 

labor relations and the techniques and attitudes essential for developing 

and leading employee‐management relations.

SEC 382 SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY AND 

LEADERSHIP

3 College of Social 

Sciences

This course presents analysis of historical concepts regarding leadership 

with a focus on social responsibility and leadership ethics associated with 

the security industry.  The course examines techniques for leading 

individuals and teams and explores the concept and management of 

corporate and public social responsibility.

SEC 390 ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOR 

AND MANAGEMENT

3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course encompasses the study of individual and group behavior in 

organizational settings, with special emphasis on those that are security‐

oriented. Management methods for organizational processes and change 

are presented along with leadership applications.

SEC 391 ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOR 

AND MANAGEMENT

3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course encompasses the study of individual and group behavior in 

organizational settings, with special emphasis on those that are security‐

oriented. Management methods for organizational processes and change 

are presented along with leadership applications.

B-518

SEC 392 LEGAL AND REGULATORY 

ISSUES IN SECURITY 

MANAGEMENT

3 College of Social 

Sciences

This course examines legal, regulatory, ethical, and policy issues that 

influence the work performance of security personnel. It also discusses 

the potential consequences of noncompliance for individuals and 

institutions.

SEC 400 THREAT AND VULNERABILITY 

MANAGEMENT

3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course prepares students to conduct comprehensive threat 

assessments with respect to physical facilities, personnel, equipment, or 

operating systems and enables students to evaluate and manage 

vulnerabilities in terms of potential threats.

SEC 401 THREAT AND VULNERABILITY 

MANAGEMENT

3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course highlights a methodical approach to security management. 

Students will learn the steps necessary to carrying out a comprehensive 

security risk assessment with consideration for physical facilities, 

personnel, equipment, and operating systems.  Students will evaluate 

techniques and current trends for identifying and managing security risks 

and vulnerabilities associated with potential threats.

SEC 402 OVERVIEW OF STRATEGIC 

INTELLIGENCE IN SECURITY

3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course provides students with an integrative foundation in the field 

of strategic intelligence at the operational, tactical, and strategic levels. 

Students explore the process of collecting and analyzing various data, 

applying data to mission‐critical security operations, using data to meet 

special organizational or divisional requirements. The main objective is for 

students to develop knowledge and expertise on selecting, developing, 

and deploying information to assist in decision making.

B-519

SEC 410 PHYSICAL SECURITY 3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course provides the student with an understanding of the various 

levels of security that can be employed for the protection of people, 

property, and data housed in physical facilities.

SEC 411 PHYSICAL SECURITY 3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course provides the student with an understanding of the various 

levels of security that can be employed for the protection of people, 

property, and data housed in physical facilities.

SEC 412 THREAT AND VULNERABILITY 

MANAGEMENT

3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course prepares students to conduct comprehensive threat 

assessments with respect to physical facilities, personnel, equipment, or 

operating systems and enables students to evaluate and manage 

vulnerabilities in terms of potential threats.

SEC 420 PERSONAL SECURITY 3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course provides the student with an understanding of the 

procedures, techniques, and technology associated with the protection of 

executives, employees, customers, and the general public from intentional 

harm, accidents, and naturally occurring emergencies.

B-520

SEC 421 PERSONNEL SECURITY AND 

EXECUTIVE PROTECTION

3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course provides the student with an understanding of the 

procedures, techniques, and technology associated with the protection of 

executives, employees, customers, and the general public from intentional 

harm, accidents, and naturally occurring emergencies.

SEC 422 MANAGEMENT AND 

PRINCIPLES OF 

INVESTIGATION

3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course is designed to provide students with an understanding of 

investigation principles and techniques. Students explore aspects of the 

security manager's responsibilities, such as investigating criminal activity, 

verifying employment applicant backgrounds, and analyzing internal 

organizational security issues.

SEC 430 PRINCIPLES OF 

INVESTIGATION

3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

Investigation of criminal activity, employment applicant backgrounds and 

internal organizational issues are an integral part of the security 

manager?s responsibilities.  This course is designed to provide the student 

with an understanding of the principles and techniques of investigation.

SEC 431 PRINCIPLES OF 

INVESTIGATION

3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

Investigation of criminal activity, employment applicant backgrounds, and 

internal organizational security issues are an integral part of the security 

manager's responsibilities. This course is designed to provide the student 

with an understanding of the principles and techniques of investigation.

B-521

SEC 432 SECURITY OF INFORMATION 

SYSTEMS AND TECHNOLOGY

3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course provides students with an understanding of the security issues 

associated with computer network systems. Students identify security 

measures that are intended to protect the software, hardware, and data 

associated with computer systems and learn practices that security 

professionals can employ to reinforce their organization's information 

systems against attack.

SEC 440 SECURITY OF INFORMATION 

SYSTEMS AND TECHNOLOGY

3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course provides the student with an understanding of the security 

issues associated with computer network systems. The course also 

identifies security measures that are intended to protect the software, 

hardware, and data associated with computer systems and include 

practices that security professional can employ to harden their 

organization's information systems against attack.

SEC 441 SECURITY OF NETWORKS AND 

ENTERPRISE SYSTEMS

3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course provides the student with an understanding of the security 

issues associated with computer network systems. The course also 

identifies security measures that are intended to protect the software, 

hardware, and data associated with computer systems and include 

practices that security professional can employ to harden their 

organization's information systems against attack.

SEC 442 PHYSICAL SECURITY 3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course provides students with an understanding of the various levels 

of security that can be employed for protecting people, property, and data 

housed in physical facilities.

B-522

SEC 450 GLOBAL SECURITY ISSUES 3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course introduces the student to the evolutionary changes to the 

global security environment. The course will help the student understand 

the dynamic nature of global factors influencing security strategies and 

how domestic security policy integrates these global strategies.

SEC 451 GLOBAL SECURITY ISSUES 3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course introduces the student to the evolutionary changes to the 

global security environment. The course will help the student understand 

the dynamic nature of global factors influencing security strategies and 

how domestic security policy integrates these global strategies.

SEC 452 PERSONAL SECURITY 3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course provides students with an understanding of the procedures, 

techniques and technology associated with protecting executives, 

employees, customers and the general public from intentional harm, 

accidents, and naturally occurring emergencies.

SEC 460 TERRORISM 3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course helps the student understand the causes of domestic and 

international terrorism and the psychological and economic effects of 

terrorist acts.

B-523

SEC 461 TERRORISM 3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course helps the student understand the causes of domestic and 

international terrorism and the psychological and economic effects of 

terrorist acts.

SEC 462 GLOBAL SECURITY ISSUES 3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course introduces students to the evolutionary changes to the global 

security environment. The course will help students understand the 

dynamic nature of global factors influencing security strategies and how 

domestic security policy integrates these global strategies.

SEC 470 HOMELAND SECURITY AND 

INTERAGENCY RESPONSE

3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course examines the establishment and mission of the Department of 

Homeland Security, the agencies contained in the department, other 

federal agencies involved with homeland security, the USA PATRIOT Act 

and intelligence gathering, and the role of the military, local and state 

agencies, and the private sector in homeland security.

SEC 471 CRITICAL INCIDENT 

MANAGEMENT

3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course introduces students to the process of critical incident 

management, encompassing a variety of events that impact justice and 

security organizations. This course will discuss prevention, planning, and 

recovery, as well as inter‐agency coordination and response.

B-524

SEC 472 TERRORISM 3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course helps students understand the causes of domestic and 

international terrorism and the psychological and economic effects of 

terrorist acts.

SEC 480 CAPSTONE COURSE 3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This is the capstone course for Organizational Security and Management 

undergraduate program. The course provides students with the 

opportunity to integrate and apply specific program knowledge and 

learning in a comprehensive manner with regard to the areas of risk and 

threat assessment, physical, personal, and information system(s) security, 

emergency and critical incident response, and organizational 

administration and management. Students will evaluate and demonstrate 

their professional growth with the development of an effective 

organizational security plan.

SEC 481 SECURITY CAPSTONE 3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This is the capstone course for the Security Management undergraduate 

program. The course provides students with the opportunity to integrate 

and apply specific program knowledge and learning in a comprehensive 

manner with regard to the areas of risk and threat assessment, physical, 

personal, and information system(s) security, emergency and critical 

incident response, and administration and management. Students will 

evaluate and demonstrate their professional growth with the 

development of an effective security plan.

SEC 482 HOMELAND SECURITY AND 

INTERAGENCY RESPONSE

3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course examines the USA PATRIOT Act, the establishment and mission 

of the Department of Homeland Security, and the role of local, state, and 

private agencies in homeland security.

B-525

SEC 489 IMPLEMENTATION OF 

SECURITY SYSTEM MEASURES

3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course will examine the process of security project planning. Students 

will gain knowledge in how to submit a contract requesting proposals, 

analyzing appropriate bids, procuring necessary components for the 

security system, and security system integration.

SEC 490 PHYSICAL SECURITY 

OPERATIONS CAPSTONE

3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

In this course students will examine the physical security of a facility and 

complete a security survey to make recommendations on improvement 

while considering cost implications and system effectiveness.

SEC 491 ENTERPRISE SECURITY 

ADMINISTRATION CAPSTONE

3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course will examine the totality of the domain areas necessary to 

successfully manage Enterprise Security within an organization. We will 

place special emphasis on integrating knowledge from the previous 

courses to examine the security system as a whole and make 

recommendations for best practices and improvement.

SEC 492 SECURITY CAPSTONE 3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This is the capstone course for Organizational Security Management 

undergraduate program. The course provides students with the 

opportunity to integrate and apply specific program knowledge and 

learning in a comprehensive manner with regard to the areas of risk and 

threat assessment, physical, personal, and information system(s) security, 

emergency and critical incident response, and organizational 

administration and management. Students will evaluate and demonstrate 

their professional growth with the development of an effective 

organizational security plan.

B-526

SEC 493 SURVEY OF SECURITY 3 College of Criminal 

Justice and Security

This course is a survey which explores proprietary and contract security 

operations and differentiates the benefits of each within organizational 

security, as well as provides an introduction to various areas of security. 

Other topics that are covered include the purposes, objectives, 

procedures, risks, and types of organizations associated with the 

respective security specializations. Additionally, it examines security 

trends pertaining to Homeland Security and security technology.

SEC 508 MODELS, THEORIES AND 

STRATEGIES FOR SECONDARY 

EDUCATION

3 College of 

Education

This course focuses on the theoretical models that underlie teaching and 

learning. Students examine methods for teaching all students, explore 

lesson plan designs, analyze the most effective teaching strategies to 

promote student learning, and develop a lesson plan.

SEC 508CA MODELS, THEORIES AND 

STRATEGIES FOR SECONDARY 

EDUCATION

3 College of 

Education

This course focuses on the theoretical models that underlie teaching and 

learning. Students examine methods for teaching all students, explore 

lesson plan designs, analyze the most effective teaching strategies to 

promote student learning, and develop a lesson plan.

SEC 518 SECONDARY STUDENT 

TEACHING SEMINAR I: THE 

PROFESNL EDUCATOR

2 College of 

Education

This course focuses on the professional aspects of teaching. Students are 

introduced to the Teacher Work Sample that will be created during 

student teaching. Students will engage in self‐evaluation to develop their 

own professional growth plans for inclusion in their portfolios. The 

character qualifications for becoming a teacher will be assessed through a 

personal interview, using letters of character reference, and a written 

reflective paper on the desire and reasons for joining the profession.

B-527

SEC 545 SECONDARY STUDENT 

TEACHING

3 College of 

Education

This course emphasizes the practical application of educational theories 

and methods. Participants will focus on the following topics: requirements 

and expectations for student teaching and teacher performance 

assessment, the school culture, planning instruction, and teaching 

planned lessons. The course provides a forum for open discussion and 

problem solving based on student teaching classroom experiences. Finally, 

learners will prepare and submit Tasks 1, 2, and 3 of the teacher 

performance assessment.

SEC 585 SECONDARY STUDENT 

TEACHING

4 College of 

Education

This course emphasizes the practical application of educational theories 

and methods. The course will focus on the following topics: the student 

teaching experience, the school culture, the learning environment, 

instructional design, implementing assessments, instructional decision‐

making, analyzing learning results, reflection and self‐evaluation, and 

planning, preparing, and implementing the Teacher Work Sample. It also 

provides students practical guidance in securing a teaching position. 

Students will examine resumes and cover letters, teaching applications, 

and interview strategies. Assistance in preparing an employment portfolio 

will be provided. The course also provides a forum for open discussion and 

problem solving based on student teaching classroom experiences.

SEC 590 SECONDARY STUDENT 

TEACHING PART A

4 College of 

Education

This course emphasizes the practical application of educational theories 

and methods. The course will focus on the following topics: the student 

teaching experience, the learning environment, designing and 

implementing assessments in preparation for the CalTPA Task Three: 

Assessing Learning Task, and developing as a professional educator. The 

course also provides a forum for open discussion and problem solving 

based on student teaching classroom experiences and the ability to use 

and apply the Teaching Performance Expectations.

SEC 595 SECONDARY STUDENT 

TEACHING PART B

4 College of 

Education

This course will focus on the elements of the CalTPA Task Four: 

Culminating Teaching Experience Task. The course explores the following 

topics: school culture and diversity, pedagogical assignments and tasks, 

self‐reflection, and preparation to serve as a beginning teacher in an 

induction program. It also provides practical guidance in seeking a 

teaching position. This course will serve as a forum for open discussion 

and problem solving based on student teaching classroom experiences 

and their ability to use and apply the full‐range of Teaching Performance 

Expectations.

B-528

SEC 596 SECONDARY STUDENT 

TEACHING

8 College of 

Education

This course emphasizes the practical application of educational theories 

and methods. Participants will focus on the following topics: requirements 

and expectations for student teaching and teacher performance 

assessment, the school culture, planning instruction, and teaching 

planned lessons. The course provides a forum for open discussion and 

problem solving based on student teaching classroom experiences. Finally, 

learners will prepare and submit Tasks 1, 2, and 3 of the teacher 

performance assessment.

SEC 598 SECONDARY STUDENT 

TEACHING: PART A

4 College of 

Education

This course emphasizes the practical application of educational theories 

and methods. The course will focus on the following topics: the student 

teaching experience, the school culture, the learning environment, and 

planning, preparing, and implementing the Teacher Work Sample. The 

course also provides a forum for open discussion and problem solving 

based on student teaching classroom experiences.

SEC 599 SECONDARY STUDENT 

TEACHING: PART B

4 College of 

Education

This course will focus on the design and implementation of the Teacher 

Work Sample. It also provides students practical guidance in securing a 

teaching position. Students will examine resumes and cover letters, 

teaching applications, and interview strategies. Assistance in preparing an 

employment portfolio will be provided. This seminar also provides a forum 

for open discussion and problem‐solving based on student teaching 

classroom experiences.

SEI 300 STRUCTURED ENGLISH 

IMMERSION

3 College of 

Education

This course will introduce students to the concept of and methods for 

instructing in a Structured English Immersion (SEI) environment. Students 

will learn about assessment of K‐12 students, state standards, research‐

based instructional activities, and lesson planning and implementation 

models. Students will study how a learner‐centered approach to teaching 

can provide English Language Learners (ELL), as well as native English 

speakers, with a greater opportunity to interact meaningfully with 

educational materials as they learn subject matter and EL Learners acquire 

English.

B-529

SEI 301 ADVANCED STRUCTURED 

ENGLISH IMMERSION 

METHODS

3 College of 

Education

This course addresses Structured English Immersion (SEI) instruction and 

assessment of K‐12 English Language Learners (ELLs), and is designed to 

meet the standards set by the Arizona Department of Education. It 

examines the legal, historical, and educational reasons for SEI, as well as 

theoretical principles of language acquisition and the role of culture in 

learning. It also emphasizes the alignment of ELL Proficiency Standards to 

Arizona’s Academic Standards and their application to lesson planning. 

The Arizona English Language Learner Assessment (AZELLA), use of 

alternative assessments, analysis of data, and the application of data to 

instruction, are emphasized as well. A final project synthesizes the 

concepts and instructional strategies taught in the course.

SEI 500 STRUCTURED ENGLISH 

IMMERSION

3 College of 

Education

This course will introduce students to the concept of and methods for 

instructing in a Structured English Immersion (SEI) environment. Students 

will learn about assessment of K‐12 students, state standards, research‐

based instructional activities, and lesson planning and implementation 

models. Students will study how a learner‐centered approach to teaching 

can provide English Language Learners (ELL), as well as native English 

speakers, with a greater opportunity to interact meaningfully with 

educational materials as they learn subject matter and EL Learners acquire 

English.

SEI 501 STRUCTURED ENGLISH 

IMMERSION

3 College of 

Education

This course will introduce students to the concept of and methods for 

instructing in a Structured English Immersion (SEI) environment. Students 

will learn about assessment of K‐12 students, state standards, research‐

based instructional activities, and lesson planning and implementation 

models. Students will study how a learner‐centered approach to teaching 

can provide English Language Learners (ELL), as well as native English 

speakers, with a greater opportunity to interact meaningfully with 

educational materials as they learn subject matter and EL Learners acquire 

English.

SEI 503 ADVANCED STRUCTURED 

ENGLISH IMMERSION 

METHODS

3 College of 

Education

This course addresses Structured English Immersion (SEI) instruction and 

assessment of K‐12 English Language Learners (ELLs), and is designed to 

meet the standards set by the Arizona Department of Education. It 

examines the legal, historical, and educational reasons for SEI, as well as 

theoretical principles of language acquisition and the role of culture in 

learning. It also emphasizes the alignment of ELL Proficiency Standards to 

Arizona's Academic Standards and their application to lesson planning. 

The Arizona English Language Learner Assessment (AZELLA), use of 

alternative assessments, analysis of data, and the application of data to 

instruction are emphasized as well. A final project synthesizes the 

concepts and instructional strategies taught in the course.

B-530

SEI 505 Structured English Immersion 3 College of 

Education

This course addresses Structured English Immersion (SEI) instruction and 

assessment of K‐12 English language learners (ELLs). It is designed to meet 

the standards set by the Arizona Department of Education. The course 

examines the legal, historical, and educational reasons for SEI, as well as 

theoretical principles of language acquisition and the role of culture in 

learning. It also emphasizes the alignment of English Language Proficiency 

(ELP) Standards to Arizona's Academic Standards, and their application to 

lesson planning. The Arizona English Language Learner Assessment 

(AZELLA), plus the use of alternative assessments, analysis of data, and the 

application of data to instruction, are integral in the course. A final project 

synthesizes the concepts and instructional strategies taught in the course.

SEM 700AR DOCTORAL PROGRAM 

ORIENTATION SEMINAR

0 School of Advanced 

Studies

SEM 700AR introduces the Doctor of Philosophy (PhD) in Higher Education 

Administration and Nursing programs. Students will be exposed to 

doctoral level inquiry and the process of discovery. During SEM 700AR, 

students participate in structured activities and guided dialogue to 

strengthen their understanding of the doctoral program requirements and 

expectations for doctoral‐level thinking, theoretical research, and building 

a community of scholars.

Competency A: Identify the requirements of the PhD programs.

Competency B: Self‐evaluate doctoral program readiness.

Competency C: Identify critical aspects of doctoral‐level thinking and 

research.

Competency D: Identify strategies, tools, and resources for successfully 

engaging in doctoral studies.

Competency E: Develop an emerging understanding of critical inquiry.

SEM 700IR DOCTORAL PROGRAM 

ORIENTATION SEMINAR

0 School of Advanced 

Studies

SEM  700IR is designed to promote doctoral‐level inquiry and reinforce the 

integrated scientist‐practitioner approach of I‐O psychology and include 

the leadership emphasis of the UOPX School of Advanced Studies. During 

SEM 700IR, students participate in structured activities and guided 

dialogue to strengthen their understanding of the doctoral program 

requirements and expectations for I‐O related doctoral‐level thinking, 

research, and community building. On completing SEM 700IR, students 

are well positioned to transition to their first content‐based doctoral 

course with a vision for successfully completing the remainder of the 

program.

 

Competency A: Review the I‐O PhD doctoral program mission, structure, 

and resources.

Competency B: Self‐assess doctoral program readiness, including 

collaborative and community‐building skills.

Competency C: Identify critical aspects of PhD doctoral‐level thinking and 

SEM 700R DOCTORAL PROGRAM 

ORIENTATION SEMINAR

0 School of Advanced 

Studies

SEM 700R is designed to promote active doctoral‐level inquiry and 

reinforce the School of Advanced Studies' integrated scholarship, practice, 

and leadership approach. During SEM 700R, students participate in 

structured activities and guided dialogue to strengthen their 

understanding of the doctoral program requirements and expectations for 

doctoral‐level thinking, research, and community building. 

Competency A: Develop an understanding of the doctoral program 

mission, structure, and resources.

Competency B:Self‐assess doctoral program readiness, including scholarly 

writing and commitment to the doctoral community.

Competency C:Identify and develop strategies for successfully engaging in 

doctoral learning.

Competency D:Develop an emerging comprehension of the role critical 

inquiry plays in becoming a scholar‐practitioner‐leader. 

B-531

SEM 701R COMMUNICATE IN AN 

ONLINE ENVIRONMENT

0 School of Advanced 

Studies

This is a seminar to assist DM learners in their understanding and use of 

Outlook Express.

SEM 702R INTRODUCTION TO OUTLOOK 

EXPRESS

0 School of Advanced 

Studies

This is a seminar to assist DM learners in their understanding and use of 

Outlook Express.

SEM 703R ORIENTATION LIBRARY 

TRAINING

0 School of Advanced 

Studies

This is a seminar to assist DM learners in understanding and use of the 

University of Phoenix library.

SEM 704R BRIEFING ON DOC 701 ‐ A 

PHILOSOPHY OF KNOWLEDGE

0 School of Advanced 

Studies

This is a seminar to assist DM learners to transition to their first online 

course ‐ DOC 701.

B-532

SEM 705R INTRODUCTION TO THE APA 

STYLE MANUAL

0 School of Advanced 

Studies

This is a seminar to assist DM learners in their understanding and use of 

the APA Style Manual.

SIM 100 SIMULATION LAB PRACTICE 0 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course is designed to develop basic clinical skills under the 

supervision of a clinical faculty.

SIM 400 IMMERSIVE LEARNING 0 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course is designed to facilitate immersive learning, develop critical 

think skills, and advance clinical judgment, under the super vision of a 

clinical faculty.

SMH 591 CREATING A SUSTAINABLE 

HEALTH CARE ORGANIZATION

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course explores the opportunities and challenges for health 

administrators as they seek to create organizational environments 

focused on sustainability. Topics include understanding sustainability in 

health sector contexts, assessing institutional practices, facilitating culture 

change, and innovation in the context of health care sustainbility.

B-533

SMH 593 THE ECONOMICS OF HEALTH 

CARE SUSTAINABILITY

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course examines the economic issues related to the management of 

resources in the creation and day‐to‐day operations of sustainability‐ 

focused organizations. Topics include cost‐ benefit analysis of sustainable 

produts, supply chains, and corporate partnerships, as well as 

sustainability metrics across the health sector.

SMH 596 ISSUES IN ENVIRONMENTAL 

SUSTAINABILITY

3 College of Health 

Sciences and 

Nursing

This course will explore the impact of sustainability across the health 

sector. Topics include the evolving strategies that are transforming health 

technology, regulation, and societal and community interactions. Topics 

include the use of emerging evidenced based knowledge to support 

environmental sustainability.

SOC 100 INTRODUCTION TO 

SOCIOLOGY

3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course is an introduction to the set of perspectives on human life that 

allows us to understand how our personal lives are affected by our place 

in society. It explores ways of looking at the world that allow us to 

understand how the events and experiences of our lives are part of group 

dynamics, of social institutions, and of cultural meanings. It allows us to 

see personal events and meanings as affected by historical forces and to 

see how historical events may be shaped by personal choices.

SOC 110 TEAMWORK, 

COLLABORATION, AND 

CONFLICT RESOLUTION

3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course provides an applied approach to teambuilding, collaboration, 

and conflict resolution. Students must understand and apply these 

concepts within academic and professional settings. Students develop 

structures, processes, and strategies to create and maintain effective 

teams. Gender, cultural, and individual considerations in team dynamics 

are also explored.

B-534

SOC 262 CONTEMPORARY AMERICAN 

SOCIETY

3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

Students in this course will explore the implications of ethnicity, culture, 

and diversity within the context of society. Students will be introduced to 

racial and ethnic relations, prejudice, stereotypes, discrimination, and 

adaptation and conflict in diverse cultures.

SOC 315 CULTURAL DIVERSITY 3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course focuses on the issues, challenges and opportunities presented 

by U.S. population diversity. Emphasis is placed on workplace issues 

related to employee diversity in terms of gender, race ethnicity, 

socioeconomic class and cultural background.

SOC 333 GENDERS IN SOCIETY 3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

The objective of this course is to explore gender differences and 

communication. This course introduces students to gender inclusiveness 

and sensitivity through the examination of the roles of genders in society. 

Students will focus on gender communication in business, organizations, 

family, and the media. Additionally, students will explore communication 

traits of men and women and the impact of miscommunication between 

genders.

SOC 335 THE PEOPLES AND CULTURES 

OF ASIA

3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course provides students with an overview of the cultural traditions 

and contemporary development of Asian countries. Course topics include 

the geography, history, politics, economic development, and social 

conditions of Asian countries.

B-535

SOC 337 CONTEMPORARY LATIN 

AMERICAN SOCIETY

3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course introduces the cultural perspectives of Latin America. Students 

will explore cultural geography, ethnicity, class and culture, gender, and 

challenges facing Latin America.

SOC 338 THE AFRICAN AMERICAN 

EXPERIENCE

3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course serves as an introduction to the African American experience. 

This course will explore the social construction of identity, culture, and the 

inequalities African Americans face in popular American culture. Race, 

class, and gender of the African American people will be explored from a 

historical to modern‐day perspective.

SOC 721 SOCIAL, POLITICAL, & ETHICAL 

ASPECTS OF HIGHER 

EDUCATION

3 School of Advanced 

Studies

Learners will undertake research into the intertwined aspects of social 

and political constructs as they impact ethical decision‐making in higher 

education. Stakeholders, economics, political agendas, beliefs, values, 

cultures, and spirituality will be examined within a framework of ethical 

theories of problem‐solving and resolution strategies. Learners will 

conclude the course by designing a 21st century higher education 

institution based on social, political, and ethical constructs.

Competency A: Analyze the social aspects and stakeholders of campus, 

surrounding, regional, state or national, and global communities of higher 

education.

Competency B: Evaluate the impact of political aspects of campus, city, 

state or nation, and global communities of higher education.

Competency C: Integrate ethical and spiritual components of social and 

political contexts into the decision‐making processes within higher 

education.

Competency D: Evaluate the application of social, political, and ethical 

SPAN 110 CONVERSATIONAL SPANISH I 3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

SPAN 110 is an introductory course in conversational Spanish. The 

objective of the course is to teach students basic vocabulary and grammar 

with an emphasis on the meaningful use of the language and an 

introduction to Hispanic cultures. Upon completion of the course, 

students should be able to communicate effectively in Spanish, using basic 

words and phrases learned during the course.

B-536

SPAN 114 CONVERSATIONAL SPANISH II 3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

SPAN 114 is the second course in a two‐course sequence presenting topics 

in conversational Spanish. The objective of the course is to teach students 

Spanish vocabulary and grammar, with an emphasis in the meaningful use 

of the language and an introduction to Hispanic cultures. Upon 

completion of the course, students should be able to communicate 

effectively in Spanish, using basic words and phrases learned during the 

course.

SPAN 504 SPANISH FOR EDUCATORS, 

BASIC

3 College of 

Education

In this course, participants are introduced to simple Spanish grammar and 

knowledge of the Hispanic culture. Educators who are beginning Spanish‐

language learners are instructed on how to communicate with English 

language learners and their parents. Emphasis is on basic communication 

skills associated with real‐life situations, the classroom environment, 

student praise and encouragement, school personnel, and school 

terminology.

SPAN 505 SPANISH FOR EDUCATORS, 

INTERMEDIATE

3 College of 

Education

This course prepares educators to effectively communicate with students 

and parents in Spanish. Participants focus on real‐life situations, the 

classroom, and school terminology using complex grammatical structures, 

verb tenses, and conjugations. In addition, participants analyze the 

sociolinguistic aspect of the Spanish language to better comprehend 

cultural differences. Basic understanding and knowledge of Spanish, as 

gained through an introductory Spanish for Educators course, is required.

SPAN 520 Spanish for Educators, Basic 3 College of 

Education

In this course, participants are introduced to simple Spanish grammar and 

knowledge of the Hispanic culture. Educators who are beginning Spanish‐

language learners are instructed on how to communicate with English 

language learners and their parents. Emphasis is on basic communication 

skills associated with real‐life situations, the classroom environment, 

student praise and encouragement, school personnel, and school 

terminology.

B-537

SPAN 521 Spanish for Educators, 

Intermediate

3 College of 

Education

This course prepares educators to effectively communicate with students 

and parents in Spanish. Participants focus on real‐life situations, the 

classroom, and school terminology using complex grammatical structures, 

verb tenses, and conjugations. In addition, participants analyze the 

sociolinguistic aspect of the Spanish language to better comprehend 

cultural differences. Basic understanding and knowledge of Spanish, as 

gained through an introductory Spanish for Educators course, is required.

SPE 300 ORIENTATION TO THE 

EXCEPTIONAL CHILD

3 College of 

Education

This course provides an overview of the categories of exceptionality for 

elementary‐age students with special needs. The course focuses on 

differentiated methods and techniques used for the identification, 

assessment, and instruction of diverse populations. Historical perspectives 

and information related to special education law and current policies and 

practices are examined.

SPE 300CA ORIENTATION TO THE 

EXCEPTIONAL CHILD

3 College of 

Education

This course provides an overview of the categories of exceptionality for 

elementary‐age students with special needs. The course focuses on 

differentiated methods and techniques used for the identification, 

assessment, and instruction of diverse populations. Historical perspectives 

and information related to special education law and current policies and 

practices are examined.

SPE 300FE SPECIAL EDUCATION FIELD 

EXPERIENCE

1 College of 

Education

Students will complete special education field experience activities.

B-538

SPE 512 SPECIAL EDUCATION 

ASSESSMENT AND 

INTERPRETATION

3 College of 

Education

This course focuses on the task of assessing the exceptional child, with an 

emphasis on measuring a child's abilities and diagnosing his or her 

strengths and needs. Commonly used tests and evaluation systems used 

in public school special education programs are examined. The course also 

addresses specific diagnostic procedures and the link between 

interpretation and the instructional process. Basic instructional, 

assessment, and behavioral recommendations are discussed.

SPE 513 ORIENTATION TO THE 

EXCEPTIONAL CHILD

3 College of 

Education

This course provides an overview of the different categories of 

exceptionality. Students are introduced to special education laws and 

their implications for delivery systems, transition plans, and identification 

and placement procedures.

SPE 514 SURVEY OF SPECIAL 

POPULATIONS

2 College of 

Education

This course provides an overview of the categories of exceptionality for 

school‐age students with special needs. The course focuses on 

differentiated methods and techniques used for the identification, 

assessment, and instruction of diverse populations. Historical perspectives 

and information related to special education law, and current policies and 

practices are examined.

SPE 514CA SURVEY OF SPECIAL 

POPULATIONS

2 College of 

Education

This course provides an overview of the categories of exceptionality for 

school‐age students with special needs. The course focuses on 

differentiated methods and techniques used for the identification, 

assessment, and instruction of diverse populations. Historical perspectives 

and information related to special education law, and current policies and 

practices are examined.

B-539

SPE 514FE SPECIAL EDUCATION FIELD 

EXPERIENCE

1 College of 

Education

Students will complete special education field experience activities.

SPE 544 CHARACTERISTICS OF 

EMOTIONAL & BEHAVIORAL 

DISORDERS

3 College of 

Education

This course provides an in‐depth examination of students with emotional 

and behavioral difficulties. Attention is given to federal and state 

regulations, possible causes such as traumatic brain injury, learner 

characteristics, student identification, and program models. Emphasis is 

placed on behavioral techniques, classroom management skills, and 

instructional practices.

SPE 546 SPECIAL EDUCATION 

METHODS

3 College of 

Education

This course provides an overview of methodologies used in teaching 

exceptional learners from early childhood on, with an emphasis on 

students with specific learning disabilities, developmental disabilities, and 

emotional disabilities. Students explore the relationship between 

individual student characteristics and the development of the 

Individualized Education Program, instructional implications of special 

education categories, characteristics of various service delivery models, 

task analysis, unit and lesson development, instructional strategies, 

classroom organization and management, behavior management, crisis 

prevention, and transition planning or career counseling. Communication 

through consultation and collaboration and professional and ethical 

practices are also considered.

SPE 556 CHARACTERISTICS OF 

PHYSICAL & HEALTH 

DISABILITIES

3 College of 

Education

This course provides an overview of the unique characteristics, learning 

styles, and challenges faced by individuals with physical and health 

disabilities, including students with traumatic brain injury, other health 

impairments, and sensory disorders. Attention is given to federal and 

state regulations as they pertain to qualifying these individuals for special 

education services within the schools. Service delivery options, including 

self‐contained placements and inclusion, and their impact on students will 

be analyzed. Instructional strategies, accommodations, adaptations, and 

curricular modifications will be explored.

B-540

SPE 557 COLLABORATION WITH 

FAMILIES OF STUDENTS WITH 

DISABILITIES

3 College of 

Education

This course focuses on the interrelationships of varied services for 

students with disabilities. Emphasis is placed on meeting the academic 

and social‐emotional needs of students with disabilities by working with 

parents, professionals and community services to develop collaborative 

and productive professional relationships.

SPE 558 TRANSITION PLANNING FOR 

ADOLESCENTS WITH 

DISABILITIES

3 College of 

Education

This course focuses on the role of the special education teacher as he she 

transitions adolescents with disabilities into adult living. The course 

examines student transition between the educational setting, the home 

environment, and employment and community environments. Emphasis is 

placed on the needs of adolescents with cognitive and behavioral 

disorders in secondary school special education programs. Strategies to 

improve academic, social, career vocational, and transition skills are also 

discussed. Students will learn skills and concepts in working with students 

with special needs, parental involvement, and the community.

SPE 559 CHARACTERISTICS OF 

LEARNING DISABILITIES

3 College of 

Education

This course examines the foundations of special education and 

characteristics of learning disabilities. Causes attributed to learning 

disabilities, the referral process, and available programs or service 

delivery options are examined. Various assessment and remediation 

techniques, as well as the use of appropriate classroom materials, are 

analyzed and evaluated. Curricular modifications for students in inclusive 

settings are also explored.

SPE 573 CHARACTERISTICS OF 

EXCEPTIONALITIES

3 College of 

Education

This course provides an overview of the characteristics of students with 

varying exceptionalities. Students will be introduced to legal foundations, 

learner characteristics, and instructional considerations. Emphasis is 

placed on collaborating with families of children with exceptionalities.

B-541

SPE 574 CHARACTERISTICS OF 

INTELLECTUAL 

DEVELOPMENTAL DISABILITIES

3 College of 

Education

This course examines issues related to the instruction of students with 

intellectual and developmental disabilities. Individuals with a traumatic 

brain injury will be considered among this population. Attention is given 

to legal foundations, learner characteristics, and instructional 

considerations. Emphasis is placed on collaborating with families of 

children with intellectual and developmental disabilities.

SPE 575 INCLUSION STRATEGIES OF 

THE SPECIAL EDUCATOR

3 College of 

Education

This course examines the roles of special educators when including 

students with disabilities in general education classrooms. Options for 

success that consider peer relationships, systematic instruction, behavior 

management, and collaboration are explored. This course focuses on 

inclusion strategies and collaborative activities that enable special 

educators, general classroom teachers, and administrators to successfully 

provide an optimal educational environment for students with disabilities.

SPE 576 CHARACTERISTICS OF AUTISM 

SPECTRUM DISORDERS

3 College of 

Education

This introductory course is designed to assist teacher candidates in 

developing strategies and techniques to support students with Autism 

Spectrum Disorders (ASD). This class is designed to familiarize teacher 

candidates with the complexity of ASD. The course provides theoretical 

background and practical instructional strategies needed for working with 

students with ASD. Participants will gain a better understanding of key 

issues related to inclusive instructional practices, adjust behavioral 

challenges, as well as foster communication and social‐perceptual 

thinking skills.

SPE 577 SPECIAL EDUCATION 

STUDENT TEACHING

3 College of 

Education

This course emphasizes the practical application of educational theories 

and methods. Participants will focus on the following topics: requirements 

and expectations for student teaching and teacher performance 

assessment, the school culture, planning instruction, and teaching 

planned lessons. The course provides a forum for open discussion and 

problem solving based on student teaching classroom experiences. Finally, 

learners will prepare and submit Tasks 1, 2, and 3 of the teacher 

performance assessment.

B-542

SPE 578 MODELS, THEORIES AND 

INSTRUCTIONAL STRATEGIES 

FOR SPE

3 College of 

Education

This course focuses on the theoretical models that underlie teaching and 

learning. Students examine methods for teaching all students, explore 

lesson plan designs, analyze the most effective teaching strategies to 

promote student learning, and develop a lesson plan.

SPE 582 SPECIAL ED ST TEACHING: 

CROSS CATEGORICAL, 

SEMINAR II

3 College of 

Education

This course emphasizes the practical application of educational theories 

and methods. The course will focus on the following topics: the student 

teaching experience, the school culture, the learning environment, and 

planning, preparing, and implementing the Teacher Work Sample. The 

seminar also provides a forum for open discussion and problem solving 

based on student teaching classroom experiences.

SPE 583 SPECIAL ED ST TEACHING: 

CROSS CATEGORICAL, 

SEMINAR III

3 College of 

Education

This course will focus on the design and implementation of the Teacher 

Work Sample. It also provides students practical guidance in securing a 

teaching position. Students will examine resumes and cover letters, 

teaching applications, and interview strategies. Assistance in preparing an 

employment portfolio will be provided. This seminar also provides a forum 

for open discussion and problem‐solving based on student teaching 

classroom experiences.

SPE 584 LEARNING DISABILITIES AND 

LANGUAGE AND 

DEVELOPMENT DISORDERS

3 College of 

Education

This course examines the characteristics of students with learning 

disabilities and language and development disorders. Emphasis is placed 

on classroom management, instructional strategies, assessment, and 

augmentative and alternative technologies. Attention is given to the 

referral process and available program or service delivery options.

B-543

SPE 591 CHARACTERISTICS OF 

EXCEPTIONALITIES

3 College of 

Education

This course examines teaching and managing students with mild 

disabilities. Special emphasis is placed on specific learning disabilities, 

intellectual and developmental disabilities, and emotional disturbance. 

The etiology, characteristics, philosophies, service delivery models 

available, methods of instruction, and behavior management techniques 

of each disability area are discussed in depth.

SPE 594 SPECIAL EDUCATION 

STUDENT TEACHING: PART A

4 College of 

Education

This course emphasizes the practical application of educational theories 

and methods. The course will focus on the following topics: the student 

teaching experience, the school culture, the learning environment, and 

planning, preparing, and implementing the Teacher Work Sample. The 

course also provides a forum for open discussion and problem solving 

based on student teaching classroom experiences.

SPE 595 SPECIAL EDUCATION 

STUDENT TEACHING: PART B

4 College of 

Education

This course will focus on the design and implementation of the Teacher 

Work Sample. It also provides students practical guidance in securing a 

teaching position. Students will examine resumes and cover letters, 

teaching applications, and interview strategies. Assistance in preparing an 

employment portfolio will be provided. This seminar also provides a forum 

for open discussion and problem‐solving based on student teaching 

classroom experiences.

SPE 596 SPECIAL EDUCATION 

STUDENT TEACHING

8 College of 

Education

This course emphasizes the practical application of educational theories 

and methods. Participants will focus on the following topics: requirements 

and expectations for student teaching and teacher performance 

assessment, the school culture, planning instruction, and teaching 

planned lessons. The course provides a forum for open discussion and 

problem solving based on student teaching classroom experiences. Finally, 

learners will prepare and submit Tasks 1, 2, and 3 of the teacher 

performance assessment.

B-544

SPED 500 INTRODUCTION TO LEARNERS 

WITH SPECIAL NEEDS

3 College of 

Education

This course is designed to provide an overview for working with 

exceptional learners, ages 3 years to 21 years. Participants explore 

methods to instruct and assess learners with special needs and create 

individualized education programs. Historical perspectives, special 

education law, and current policies and practices are examined.

SPED 501 SPECIAL EDUCATION IN EARLY 

CHILDHOOD

3 College of 

Education

This course helps prepare participants to support the development and 

learning of young and diverse students with special needs. Participants 

learn the basic foundations and principles of early childhood special 

education, including diagnosis and monitoring, ethics, and assessment. 

Best practices for classroom management, behavior modification 

techniques, and effective ways to communicate with families are also 

explored.

SPED 502 MAINSTREAMING AND 

INCLUSION

3 College of 

Education

The focus of this course is mainstreaming and inclusion of students with 

special needs in regular classrooms. Participants explore the history and 

evolution of special education, including federal legislation and related 

standards. Identification and referral, lesson planning, modifications and 

accommodations, communication and collaboration, and assessment are 

also examined.

SPED 503 SPEECH AND LANGUAGE 

DISORDERS

3 College of 

Education

This course provides educators with an overview of speech and language 

disorders. Participants examine language acquisition and development; 

speech, articulation, and phonological disorders; voice, swallowing, and 

fluency disorders; and hearing disorders. Classroom management, 

instructional strategies, assessment, and augmentative and alternative 

technologies are also explored.

B-545

SPED 504 OVERVIEW OF SEVERE 

DISABILITIES

3 College of 

Education

This course provides K‐12 educators with an overview of severe 

disabilities. Participants examine the categories and characteristics of 

severe disabilities including impairments, injuries, and disorders. Special 

education laws, teaching strategies, assessment, placement options, 

augmentative and assistive technology, communication and collaboration 

among stakeholders, and cultural considerations are also explored.

SPED 505 TEACHING GIFTED AND 

TALENTED LEARNERS

3 College of 

Education

In this course, participants explore the characteristics of and methods to 

identify gifted and talented learners, including underrepresented 

students. Programs, strategies, and supports for the diverse needs of 

gifted and talented learners are examined. Participants develop lessons 

and assessments to accommodate and foster the academic, social, and 

emotional development of gifted and talented learners.

SPED 506 GUIDANCE AND COUNSELING 

OF GIFTED AND TALENTED 

LEARNERS

3 College of 

Education

This course explores guidance and counseling of gifted and talented 

learners. Participants examine acceleration and enrichment, support 

services, academic counseling, career counseling, and social skills 

development. Underachievement, motivation, and the role of families in 

the guidance and counseling process are also addressed.

SPED 507 ENHANCING CREATIVITY IN 

GIFTED AND TALENTED 

LEARNERS

3 College of 

Education

This course explores creativity in gifted and talented learners. Participants 

use the creative process to examine creativity theories, levels of creativity, 

and ways to foster creativity. Classroom design and instructional 

strategies for creativity, measuring and assessing creativity, and 

communication and collaboration with stakeholders and families are also 

addressed.

B-546

SPED 508 CRITICAL THINKING SKILLS 

FOR GIFTED AND TALENTED 

LEARNERS

3 College of 

Education

This course prepares participants to enhance critical thinking skills in 

gifted and talented learners. Participants explore theories, instructional 

strategies, technology, and assessment related to critical thinking. 

Combining critical thinking with creativity, twice exceptional learners, and 

student engagement is also addressed.

SPED 509 CURRICULUM AND 

INSTRUCTION FOR GIFTED 

AND TALENTED LEARNERS

3 College of 

Education

This course focuses on curriculum and instruction for gifted and talented 

learners. Instructional strategies, diversity, higher‐level thinking skills, 

technology, and assessment are explored. Participants examine 

curriculum development and implementation, classroom environment, 

and instructional materials for gifted and talented learners.

SPED 510 LEARNING STRATEGIES FOR 

GIFTED AND TALENTED 

LEARNERS

3 College of 

Education

This course is designed to explore different types of learning models for 

gifted and talented learners and to examine the unique needs of gifted 

and talented learners. Different types of curriculum models are 

considered. Participants identify ways to help meet gifted and talented 

learners’ needs in the classroom through specific programs, enrichment 

opportunities, and differentiated instruction.

SPED 511 ASSESSMENT FOR GIFTED 

AND TALENTED LEARNERS

3 College of 

Education

This course provides an overview of evaluation methods and assessment 

of gifted and talented learners. Participants interpret different evaluation 

and assessment tools, identifying the pros, cons, and limitations of 

multiple assessments. Participants explore solutions and alternative 

assessments in the identification of gifted and talented learners. 

Strategies in the ongoing assessment process of gifted and talented 

learners are also examined.

B-547

SPED 512 SPECIAL POPULATIONS OF 

GIFTED AND TALENTED 

LEARNERS

3 College of 

Education

This course provides an overview of special populations of gifted and 

talented learners, including historically underrepresented learners from 

diverse backgrounds. Participants examine learner characteristics, 

identification, and causes of underachievement. Effective programs, 

instructional strategies, and parental involvement are also explored.

SPED 520 MATHEMATICS INSTRUCTION 

FOR SPECIAL EDUCATION

3 College of 

Education

This course focuses on the vertical alignment of national, state, and local 

mathematical standards used to deliver content instruction in the area of 

mathematics to learners with exceptional learning needs. Participants 

examine and analyze strategies that support learner development, learner 

differences, content knowledge, application of content, assessment, 

planning instruction, and professional practices.

SPED 524 TRANSITION PLANNING FOR 

ADOLESCENTS WITH 

DISABILITIES

3 College of 

Education

This course focuses on the role of the special education teacher in 

transitioning adolescents with disabilities into adult living. The course 

examines student transition between the educational setting, the home 

environment, and employment and community environments. Emphasis is 

placed on the needs of adolescents with cognitive and behavioral 

disorders in secondary school special education programs. Strategies to 

improve academic, social, career vocational, and transition skills are also 

discussed. Participants learn skills and concepts in working with students 

with special needs, their families, and the community.

SPED 525 SPECIAL EDUCATION 

TEACHING METHODS

3 College of 

Education

This course provides an overview of teaching methods used in the K‐12 

special education classroom, with an emphasis on students with specific 

learning disabilities, emotional disabilities, and other mild to moderate 

disabilities. Participants explore the relationship between individual 

student characteristics and the development of an Individualized 

Education Program, as well as: instructional implications of special 

education categories, characteristics of various service delivery models, 

lesson planning, instructional strategies, classroom organization and 

management, crisis prevention, transition planning, and career 

counseling. Communication through consultation and collaboration, and 

professional and ethical practices are also examined.

B-548

SPED 526 SPECIAL EDUCATION 

ASSESSMENT

3 College of 

Education

This course provides an overview of assessment in the K‐12 special 

education classroom. Participants focus on assessing learners with special 

needs, with an emphasis on measuring a learner's abilities and diagnosing 

his or her strengths and needs. Commonly used tests and evaluation 

systems used in public school special education programs are examined. 

Participants review guidelines and procedures for developing the 

individualized education program and evaluate the use of progress 

monitoring assessments to assess student performance. The special 

education referral process, the use of response to intervention for 

assessment and remedial purposes, and basic remediation principles and 

strategies are also discussed.

SPED 530 Introduction to Learners with 

Special Needs

3 College of 

Education

This course is designed to provide an overview for working with 

exceptional learners, ages 3 years to 21 years. Participants explore 

methods to instruct and assess learners with special needs and create 

individualized education programs. Historical perspectives, special 

education law, and current policies and practices are examined.

SPED 531 Special Education Teaching 

Methods

3 College of 

Education

This course provides an overview of teaching methods used in the K‐12 

special education classroom, with an emphasis on students with specific 

learning disabilities, emotional disabilities, and other mild to moderate 

disabilities. Participants explore the relationship between individual 

student characteristics and the development of an Individualized 

Education Program, as well as: instructional implications of special 

education categories, characteristics of various service delivery models, 

lesson planning, instructional strategies, classroom organization and 

management, crisis prevention, transition planning, and career 

counseling. Communication through consultation and collaboration, and 

professional and ethical practices are also examined.

SPED 532 Special Education Assessment 3 College of 

Education

This course provides an overview of assessment in the K‐12 special 

education classroom. Participants focus on assessing learners with special 

needs, with an emphasis on measuring a learner's abilities and diagnosing 

his or her strengths and needs. Commonly used tests and evaluation 

systems used in public school special education programs are examined. 

Participants review guidelines and procedures for developing the 

individualized education program and evaluate the use of progress 

monitoring assessments to assess student performance. The special 

education referral process, the use of response to intervention for 

assessment and remedial purposes, and basic remediation principles and 

strategies are also discussed.

B-549

SPED 533 Mainstreaming and Inclusion 3 College of 

Education

The focus of this course is mainstreaming and inclusion of students with 

special needs in regular classrooms. Participants explore the history and 

evolution of special education, including federal legislation and related 

standards. Identification and referral, lesson planning, modifications and 

accommodations, communication and collaboration, and assessment are 

also examined.

SPED 534 Speech and Language 

Disorders

3 College of 

Education

This course provides educators with an overview of speech and language 

disorders. Participants examine language acquisition and development; 

language disorders; speech, articulation, and phonological disorders; 

voice, swallowing, and fluency disorders; and hearing disorders. 

Classroom management, instructional strategies, assessment, and 

augmentative and alternative technologies are also explored.

SPED 535 Overview of Severe 

Disabilities

3 College of 

Education

This course provides K‐12 educators with an overview of severe 

disabilities. Participants examine the categories and characteristics of 

severe disabilities including impairments, injuries, and disorders. Special 

education laws, teaching strategies, assessment, placement options, 

augmentative and assistive technology, communication and collaboration 

among stakeholders, and cultural considerations are also explored.

SPED 536 Transition Planning for 

Adolescents with Disabilities

3 College of 

Education

This course focuses on the role of the special education teacher in 

transitioning adolescents with disabilities into adult living. The course 

examines student transition between the educational setting, the home 

environment, and employment and community environments. Emphasis is 

placed on the needs of adolescents with cognitive and behavioral 

disorders in secondary school special education programs. Strategies to 

improve academic, social, career vocational, and transition skills are also 

discussed. Participants learn skills and concepts in working with students 

with special needs, their families, and the community.

B-550

SPED 537 Mathematics Instruction for 

Special Education

3 College of 

Education

This course focuses on the vertical alignment of national, state, and local 

mathematics standards used to deliver content instruction in the area of 

mathematics to learners with exceptional learning needs. In addition, this 

course will provide the candidates the opportunity to examine and 

analyze strategies that support learner development, learner differences, 

content knowledge, application of content, assessment, planning 

instruction, and professional practices.

SPED 538 Special Education in Early 

Childhood

3 College of 

Education

This course helps prepare participants to support the development and 

learning of young and diverse students with special needs. Participants 

learn the basic foundations and principles of early childhood special 

education, including diagnosis and monitoring, ethics, and assessment. 

Best practices for classroom management, behavior modification 

techniques, and effective ways to communicate with families are also 

explored.

SPED 560 TEACHING LEARNERS WITH 

DISABILITIES

1 College of 

Education

This course is designed for educators to investigate current disabilities and 

strategies for a variety of different content areas in order to implement 

best practices. Participants investigate different teaching methods 

correlating withvarious disabilities abilities in the PK‐12 setting. 

Participants have the opportunity to specifically gear their learning based 

on interests, content area, andgradelevelwith specific emphasis onbest 

practices and current trends.

STEAM 506 STEAM Education: Curriculum 

and Instruction

3 College of 

Education

This course focuses on researching, analyzing, and applying curricular 

theory and philosophy of best practices in the 21st century classroom for 

implementing STEAM education. Special attention is given to STEAM‐

specific instructional strategies such as project‐based assessment, inquiry‐

based learning, and conceptual change. Participants focus on planning and 

practical applications, differentiated instruction, collaboration, the use of 

technology, and inclusion of the arts in the development of effective K‐12 

learning environments that involve creating solutions to real‐world 

problems.

B-551

STEAM 507 STEAM Education: 

Assessment Strategies

3 College of 

Education

This course explores the assessment and evaluation of K‐12 student 

learning outcomes in STEAM. The focus is on using a variety of 

assessments for evaluating integrated STEAM standards education. 

Various assessment types are compared for STEAM processes, products, 

and performances (content). Special consideration is given to both 

formative and summative assessments. Participants prepare STEAM 

assessments and tools for processes, products, and performances 

(content) in current classroom settings.

STEM 506 STEM: Curriculum and 

Instruction

3 College of 

Education

This course focuses on researching, analyzing, and applying curricular 

theory and philosophy of best practices in the 21st century classroom for 

implementing STEM education.  Special attention is given to STEM‐specific 

instructional strategies such as project‐based assessment, inquiry‐based 

learning, and conceptual change. Participants focus on planning and 

practical applications, differentiated instruction, collaboration, and the 

use of technology in the development of effective K‐12 learning 

environments.

STEM 507 STEM: Assessment Strategies 3 College of 

Education

This course explores the assessment and evaluation of K‐12 student 

learning outcomes in STEM. The focus is on using multiple assessment 

tools and the construction of performance and project‐based 

assessments. Participants examine a variety of data to inform instructional 

practice as well as evaluate the effectiveness of the assessment tools.

STEM 508 STEM: Critical Thinking 3 College of 

Education

This course provides participants with the skills to evaluate and use 

instructional methods, curricular materials, and resources for critical 

thinking development in STEM. Multiple perspectives of K‐12 students in 

STEM‐related content areas are explored. Participants examine 

instructional models to develop skills in identifying the needs of diverse 

students and selecting and adapting delivery methods to support critical 

thinking.

B-552

STR 581 STRATEGIC PLANNING & 

IMPLEMENTATION

3 School of Business This capstone course integrates concepts from all prior courses in the 

program.  Students apply the concepts of strategic planning and 

implementation to create a sustainable competitive advantage for an 

organization. Other topics include environmental scanning, strategic 

analysis, corporate social responsibility, implementation and evaluation, 

and risk management.

STR TM581 STRATEGIC PLANNING & 

IMPLEMENTATION IN A TECH. 

ENVIRONMENT

3 School of Business This capstone course integrates concepts from all prior courses in the 

program. Students apply the concepts of strategic planning and 

implementation to create sustainable, competitive advantage for a 

technical organization. Other topics include environmental scanning, 

strategic analysis, corporate social responsibility, implementation, 

evaluation, risk management, portfolio management, and the business 

case for commercializing technology.

SUS 300 ENVIRONMENTAL 

SUSTAINABILITY

3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

Students will be presented with a broad treatment of the preservation 

and efficient use of resources as well as methods of reversing current 

resource consumption. Topics will include sustainable practices, 

population growth, hydrologic cycle, water treatment processes, waste 

management, alternative energies, and sustainable design.

SUS 310 INDUSTRIAL ECOLOGY 3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course introduces students to the field of industrial ecology. Students 

examine the interaction of industrial activities and the management of 

resources to minimize the negative impact on the environment due to 

these activities through the promotion of sustainability. Emphasis is 

placed on the flow of materials and energy through industrial and 

technological systems. Topics include technology and society, 

sustainability, biological and industrial ecology, cost analysis, and life‐

cycle assessment.

B-553

SUS 330 INTRODUCTION TO 

SUSTAINABLE AGRICULTURE

3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course introduces principles in sustainable agriculture as it relates to 

environmental and socioeconomic issues. Students evaluate the 

environmental impact of conventional agriculture and the solutions that 

sustainable agriculture provides. Students examine the principles and 

effectiveness of sustainable agriculture and its ability to meet the global 

demand for food. Upon completion of the course, students are able to 

analyze issues regarding sustainable agriculture and its effects on society 

and the environment.

SUS 350 GREEN BUILDING AND URBAN 

PLANNING

3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course introduces students to the practices of green building design 

and urban planning. Students examine the principles of green building 

with a focus on land use and urban design and development. Upon 

completion of the course, students are able to evaluate sustainable design 

considerations, including economic analysis, environmental policies and 

strategies, land and energy usage, resource and waste reduction, 

transportation, and urbanization.

SUS 370 SUSTAINABLE ECOSYSTEMS 3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

In this course, students evaluate the principles of sustainable practices in 

aquatic and terrestrial environments. Students analyze the factors that 

govern ecosystem sustainability, which include density‐dependent 

regulations, mechanisms of biodiversity, invasive species, and equilibrium 

dynamics. The impact of human activities and management practices on 

the environment is examined. Emphasis is placed on applying ecological 

theory to restore and manage habitats and populations.

SUS 380 SUSTAINABLE PLANNING AND 

LAND USE

3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

In this course, students evaluate strategies that lead to the promotion of 

sustainable development, planning, and land use. Students develop a 

sustainable land use plan for natural and human‐dominated landscapes 

and their impact on socioeconomic issues. Upon completion of the course, 

students are able to apply management strategies and relevant land use 

practices to achieve sustainability.

B-554

SUS 385 SUSTAINABLE OCEAN USE 3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

In this course, students evaluate the principles of sustainable ocean use. 

Students analyze the environmental and economic role of the oceans. The 

sources and impact of ocean environmental degradation are examined. 

Topics include fisheries, aquaculture, natural resources and uses, and 

pollution. Sustainable management practices are analyzed by examining 

global environmental policies and regulations.

TCH 501 Teaching Methods: 

Elementary Art

3 College of 

Education

This course is designed to prepare participants to integrate the visual arts 

across elementary curriculum. The elements of art and principles of 

design, art methods, lesson planning, and classroom management 

techniques, with particular emphasis on diverse students, are examined. 

Participants draw, paint, make prints, and create sculptures appropriate 

for the elementary setting.

TCH 502 Teaching Methods: 

Elementary Language Arts

3 College of 

Education

This course explores theories, models, and strategies for teaching and 

learning language arts in the elementary school. Participants explore and 

apply strategies for teaching reading, writing, listening, and speaking. 

Technology and assessment in language arts is also examined.

TCH 503 Teaching Methods: 

Elementary Mathematics

3 College of 

Education

This course emphasizes content and process standards and pedagogical 

instruction that enhance learning in P‐8 mathematics. Participants explore 

teaching mathematics through research‐based practices, problem‐solving, 

and developmentally effective instructional strategies. Participants also 

examine assessment techniques, technology tools, instructional 

leadership, diverse learning needs, and materials management.

B-555

TCH 504 Teaching Methods: 

Elementary Science

3 College of 

Education

This course prepares K‐8 teachers to develop a balanced and articulated 

elementary school science program that promotes inquiry. Participants 

discuss the evaluation of texts and reference materials, the development 

of hands‐on activities and assessments, and the use of teacher‐made 

materials and technology. Participants also evaluate resources for 

effective instructional strategies, including safety best practices.

TCH 505 Teaching Methods: 

Elementary Social Studies

3 College of 

Education

This teaching methods course is designed for K‐8 elementary educators 

who teach social studies. Participants learn to facilitate student‐centered, 

differentiated learning. Participants explore hands‐on strategies for 

designing and implementing cross‐curricular work, integrating literacy, 

creating assessments, and incorporating 21st‐century technology to 

engage learners.

TCH 510 Secondary Teaching Methods 3 College of 

Education

This course focuses on enhancing learning at the secondary level. Current 

trends and issues affecting the secondary classroom are examined, 

including communication, collaboration, creativity, and critical thinking. 

Participants develop and evaluate standards‐based instruction, curricular 

materials, and assessment strategies aligned to 21st‐century skills.

TCH 511 Teaching Methods: Secondary 

Art

3 College of 

Education

This course is designed to explore secondary art instruction. Participants 

learn to create relevant art lesson plans that incorporate all art disciplines 

for a diverse student body. Advocacy for the arts, assessing student art, 

incorporating art from diverse perspectives, creativity, art classroom 

management, and using technology in the art classroom are also explored.

B-556

TCH 513 Teaching Methods: Secondary 

Mathematics

3 College of 

Education

This course provides participants with the knowledge of research and 

standards‐based pedagogical instructional practice that facilitate learning 

in the secondary mathematics classroom. Participants explore diversity 

and equity, mathematics standards and curriculum, and technology 

integration, as critical components of planning for and implementing 

mathematics instruction and assessment. In addition, participants 

examine the importance of teacher reflection, instructional leadership, 

and professional development to continuously improve one's teaching of 

mathematics.

TCH 514 Teaching Methods: Secondary 

Science

3 College of 

Education

This course is designed to prepare participants to teach science at the 

secondary school level. To meet this objective, participants explore the 

instructional methods in science content areas in middle level and high 

school settings. Participants identify the educational needs of secondary 

students by exploring current instructional theory; national, state, and 

local standards; and social issues that affect the science classroom. The 

course also helps prospective educators develop skills in selecting and 

adapting instruction and management plans for diverse student 

populations.

TCH 515 Teaching Methods: Secondary 

History Social Studies

3 College of 

Education

This course explores the application of basic instructional methods and 

strategies of teaching social studies in middle school and high school 

settings. Participants identify the educational needs of secondary students 

by exploring current instructional and assessment theory; national, state, 

and local standards; and social issues that are found in various social 

studies courses. The course also helps prospective educators develop 

skills in selecting and adapting delivery methods and behavior 

management plans for diverse individual students and student 

populations.

TCH 533 Teaching Methods: 

Mathematics Assessment

3 College of 

Education

This course promotes the understanding of theories guiding math 

instruction within the framework of the Common Core State Standards 

(CCSS) and National Council of Teachers of Mathematics (NCTM) principles 

and standards. Participants select, develop, and evaluate assessment tools 

aligned to Common Core State Standards in the K‐8 mathematics 

classroom. Particular emphasis is given to implementing timely, relevant, 

and thoughtful assessment and analyzing student errors and 

misunderstandings. By using this approach, ongoing, constructive, and 

supportive feedback serves as a meaningful instructional tool for students.

B-557

TCH 543 Teaching Methods: Remedial 

Mathematics

3 College of 

Education

This course is designed to provide participants with knowledge of 

standards‐based pedagogical instructional practices to facilitate and 

enhance learning for students who struggle with mathematics. 

Participants examine diagnostic information on mathematics difficulties 

and strategies for systematic intervention and remediation. The 

assessment and evaluation of progress and meeting diverse learning 

needs is also explored.

TECH 509 USING WEB TOOLS IN THE 

CLASSROOM

1 College of 

Education

This course introduces K‐12 teachers to a variety of web tools that can be 

used to enhance instruction. The evolution of the Internet to an 

interactive tool for collaboration and information sharing is examined. 

Tools for collaborating and sharing as well as tools that can be used to 

enhance classroom management are explored. Participants design 

instructional activities that incorporate a variety of web tools to enhance 

learning.

TECH 510 USING APPS IN THE 

CLASSROOM

1 College of 

Education

This course introduces K‐12 teachers to the use of apps in the classroom. 

A variety of apps to supplement classroom instruction are examined. Tools 

to support students and teachers in creating original apps are also 

explored. Participants design an original app to supplement instruction.

TECH 511 USING GOOGLE TOOLS IN THE 

CLASSROOM

1 College of 

Education

This course introduces K‐12 teachers to the use of Google tools in the 

classroom. A variety of Google tools to support classroom communication 

and collaboration are examined. Tools for learning, creating, and solving 

problems are also explored. Participants create original instructional 

products and lesson plans using Google tools.

B-558

TECH 519 Using Social Media in the 

Classroom

2 College of 

Education

This course introduces classroom teachers and building administrators to 

effective and responsible social media implementation in K‐12 classrooms. 

The emergence of social media as a viable tool for learning will be 

explored and implementation considerations will be determined. Legal 

and ethical issues regarding social media use in schools will be examined. 

Participants will devise a social media application plan for school‐wide 

integration.

TECH 520 Multimedia for Educators 2 College of 

Education

In this course, participants select, use, and design multimedia resources 

that enhance teaching and student learning. Multimedia categories such 

as still images, text, audio, video, and interactive components are 

explored. Participants also evaluate differentiated instructional delivery 

methods to promote a student‐centered learning environment that meets 

the needs of a diverse student population. In addition, participants learn 

strategies for teaching students to create their own presentations. Legal 

and ethical considerations, such as copyright and fair use, are also 

addressed in the course.

TECH 521 Presentation Technology for 

Educators

3 College of 

Education

In this course, participants explore various presentation tools for creating 

effective presentations. Participants develop presentations and 

instructional materials to enhance their students' learning. The course 

emphasizes the integration of features such as animation, speaker notes, 

multimedia, charts, Web 2.0 tools, and the Internet. Presentation design 

and delivery best practices are also covered.

TECH 522 Technology Integration for 

Educators

3 College of 

Education

This course is designed to prepare educators to integrate technology for 

engaging and effective P‐12 student learning across the content areas. 

Participants incorporate technology‐based instructional design strategies 

into a student‐centered learning environment, using the National 

Educational Technology Standards, and inquiry‐based, problem‐based, 

and project based learning. Digital tools and resources, software 

applications, fair use guidelines, and assessment are also examined.

B-559

TECH 524 Technology Survival for 

Educators

3 College of 

Education

This course provides educators with survival strategies when 

incorporating technology into the P‐12 classroom. Managing and 

integrating common classroom technology and portable devices as well as 

integrating web‐based and cloud computing applications are introduced. 

Participants examine basic maintenance and troubleshooting, personal 

and professional productivity, and issues regarding the safe and ethical 

use of technology.

TECH 525 Becoming a Connected 

Educator

3 College of 

Education

This course provides participants with strategies for using digital tools to 

make course information readily available and to connect with other 

educators, parents, and communities. Participants also examine 

applications of online platforms, such as blogs and social media, for 

participating in a professional learning network (PLN). Digital citizenship 

and school branding are also explored in this course.

TESOL 570 Foundations of Instruction 3 College of 

Education

This course is designed to introduce participants to the history, law, and 

theory of education for English language learners. Participants identify 

effective instructional models and teaching practices that define aspects 

of multicultural education. Participants also develop programs, 

instruction, and materials for English language learners. Issues associated 

with the interdependent relationship between teaching and assessments 

are also addressed.

TESOL 571 Instructional Techniques and 

Methods

3 College of 

Education

This course prepares K‐12 educators to use effective instructional 

techniques, methodology, and assessments for English language learners. 

Participants apply researched theory focusing on sheltered instruction, 

particularly the Sheltered Instruction Observation Protocol (SIOP) model. 

Differentiated instruction, lesson comprehension, special education, and 

parental involvement as related to English language learners are also 

explored.

B-560

TESOL 572 Assessment 3 College of 

Education

This course provides K‐12 educators with a foundational understanding of 

assessment practices for English language learners. Participants examine 

the relationship between instruction and assessment, assessment 

techniques, progress reporting, content‐area testing, and program 

interventions. Communication principles and the role of parents as related 

to assessment are also explored.

TESOL 573 Applied Linguistics 3 College of 

Education

This course introduces K‐12 educators to the nature, structure, and 

acquisition of language. Participants study the first and second language 

acquisition process, the cultural implication of language and classroom 

instruction, the integration of theory and practices including assessment 

and phonology, morphology, and syntax of English. Participants apply 

linguistic theory through instructional methods to support the English 

language learner.

TESOL 574 Cross‐Cultural Communication 3 College of 

Education

This course explores cross‐cultural communication and global awareness 

in multicultural K‐12 education. Participants learn and apply the principles 

of culturally responsive teaching and multicultural and global education 

with particular attention to English language learners. Instructional 

strategies, diversity, and technology as related to cross‐cultural 

communication are also addressed.

TESOL 575 Teaching Reading and Writing 3 College of 

Education

This course provides educators with a foundational awareness and 

understanding of best practices for teaching reading and writing to English 

language learners. Language acquisition and literacy development as it 

relates to teaching reading and writing is explored. Participants create 

reading and writing instruction and assessment for integration across the 

curriculum.

B-561

TMGT 540 MANAGEMENT OF R&D AND 

INNOVATION PROCESSES

3 School of Business This course presents specific system concepts, methodologies, and tools 

to strategically plan technology developments, to effectively manage core 

competencies, and to integrate these technologies into existing or future 

products in order to remain competitive in the world economy. It casts the 

Research and Development (R&D) manager into the strategic 

development process used in the front end of the business to provide 

future survival and growth for the organization as the lifecycle of existing 

products and or services matures to obsolescence. Also introduced are the 

techniques used to stimulate and manage innovation in the workplace.

TMGT 550 TECHNOLOGY TRANSFER IN 

THE GLOBAL ECONOMY

3 School of Business This course introduces the student to the concept of multinational 

enterprises and the role of technology in the strategic management of 

these enterprises. This course focuses on opportunities to utilize 

technology transfer within a global business to meet the goals of the 

strategic plan.

TMGT 590 APPLICATIONS OF 

TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT

3 School of Business This is an integrative course and the capstone for the MBA TM program. 

The outcome is to apply a range of skills from the individual courses in the 

technology management program to develop a change management plan 

to implement, build, and initiate a technology product or infrastructure in 

an organization.

TPA 001 SUBJECT SPECIFIC PEDAGOGY 1 College of 

Education

This course addresses task one of California's Teaching Performance 

Assessment: Subject‐Specific Pedagogy: Principles of Content‐Specific and 

Developmentally Appropriate Pedagogy. This course will offer an overview 

of the California Teaching Performance Assessments, their history, 

California Teaching Performance Expectations and their connections to 

the Teaching Performance Assessments. Students will review the 

elements of task one, Subject‐Specific Pedagogy: Principles of Content‐

Specific and Developmentally Appropriate Pedagogy, including 

understanding what the task measures, constructing high‐quality 

responses, and demonstrating their knowledge of principles of content‐

specific pedagogy and developmentally‐appropriate pedagogy through 

the task's exercises.

B-562

TPA 002 DESIGNING INSTRUCTION 1 College of 

Education

This course addresses the second task of California's Teaching 

Performance Assessment: Designing Instruction, Connecting Instructional 

Planning to Student Characteristics for Academic Learning. Students will 

review the elements of the Designing Instruction Teaching Performance 

Assessment and will demonstrate their ability to learn important details 

about a classroom of students, an English learner, and a student who 

presents a different instructional challenge. Students will focus on how 

instructional planning connects to student characteristics of a whole class 

and to two focus students who present a different instructional challenge.

TXTP 1065 TEXES TEST PREPARATION ‐ 

SPECIAL EDUCATION EXAM

1 College of 

Education

This course is designed for students seeking teaching certification in the 

area of Special Education, as required by the Texas State Board of 

Education. Students will receive information on testing strategies, 

vocabulary, formulas, and other subject‐specific information required in: 

Domain I: Understanding Individuals with Disabilities and Evaluating Their 

Needs Domain II: Promoting Student Learning and Development Domain 

III: Promoting Student Achievement in English Language Arts and Reading 

and in Mathematics Domain IV: Foundations and Professional Roles and 

Responsibilities Opportunities to take practice tests, to review test 

questions by analyzing both correct and incorrect answers, and to use the 

information gathered from analysis and practice assessments help 

prepare students for the exam.

TXTP 1075 TEXES TEST PREPARATION ‐ 

PRINCIPAL EXAM

1 College of 

Education

This course is designed for students seeking teaching certification in the 

area of principal, as required by the Texas State Board of Education. 

Students will receive information on testing strategies, vocabulary, 

formulas, and other subject‐specific information required in:

Domain I: School Community Leadership

Domain II: Instructional Leadership

Domain III: Administrative Leadership

Opportunities to take practice tests, to review test questions by analyzing 

both correct and incorrect answers, and to use the information gathered 

from analysis and practice assessments help students prepare for the 

exam.

TXTP 1085 TEXES TEST PREPARATION ‐ 

PPR EC‐12

1 College of 

Education

This course is designed for participants seeking teaching certification in 

the area of Pedagogy and Professional Responsibility, as required by the 

Texas State Board of Education.  Participants receive information on 

testing strategies, vocabulary, formulas, and other subject‐ specific 

information required in the following domains: Domain I: Designing 

Instruction and Assessment to Promote Student Learning Domain II: 

Creating a Positive, Productive Classroom Environment Domain III: 

Implementing Effective, Responsive Instruction and Assessment Domain 

IV: Fulfilling Professional Roles and Responsibilities Opportunities to take 

practice tests, to review test questions by analyzing both correct and 

incorrect answers, and to use the information gathered from analysis and 

practice assessments help students prepare for the exam.

B-563

TXTP 1115 TEXES TEST PREPARATION ‐ 

CORE SUBJECTS 4‐8 EXAM

1 College of 

Education

This course supports students seeking Texas State Board of Education 

certification in the area of Core Subjects

4‐8. Participants learn test‐taking strategies, stress reduction, and 

information required for the following domains

of the TExES™ Core Subjects 4‐8 exam:

 

• Subject Test ‐ English Language Arts and Reading (806)

• Subject Test ‐ Mathematics (807)

• Subject Test ‐ Social Studies (808)

• Subject Test ‐ Science (809)

 

Participants take practice tests, review test questions, analyze correct and 

incorrect answers, and create plans to further

prepare for the exam.

US 101 INTRODUCTION TO 

UNIVERSITY STUDIES

3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

The essential information, skills, tools, and techniques necessary for 

academic success and personal effectiveness at University of Phoenix are 

introduced in this course. The course develops and applies practical 

knowledge and skills immediately relevant to first‐year university 

students. Course topics include goal setting and working with personal 

motivation, understanding and using university resources, developing 

efficient study habits, making the most of personal learning styles, and 

how best to manage time and reduce personal stress levels.

VCT 231 VIDEO COMMUNICATION 

FUNDAMENTALS

3 College of 

Information 

Systems and 

Technology

This course introduces the tools and techniques used in video 

postproduction. This includes examining postproduction workflow, use of 

graphics and audio to enhance video clips, and preparing video 

communication content for a professional audience.

VCT 236 INTRODUCTION TO IMAGE 

EDITING AND FORMATTING

3 College of 

Information 

Systems and 

Technology

This course is an introduction to image editing and its role in the 

disciplines of web design, electronic publishing and multimedia 

development. An overview is presented on image editing software 

applications, file formats, composition, color, text design, retouching, and 

manipulation of graphic and photographic images.

B-564

VCT 241 ELECTRONIC PUBLISHING 

FUNDAMENTALS

3 College of 

Information 

Systems and 

Technology

This course introduces the role of electronic publishing in the delivery of 

information to businesses and consumers. Emphasis is placed on the 

methods and techniques involved in the electronic publishing of 

professional materials, reports, and digital content.

VCT 251 GRAPHIC DESIGN AND 

ILLUSTRATION 

FUNDAMENTALS

3 College of 

Information 

Systems and 

Technology

This course introduces the tools and techniques used in graphic design 

and illustration. This includes utilizing drawing tools, color manipulation, 

design techniques, and formatting content for a professional audience.

VCT 305 DIGITAL DESIGN 3 College of 

Information 

Systems and 

Technology

This course presents principles of digital design. An overview of digital 

design is presented that includes designing and developing creative 

presentations across various media; including print, video, web, and 

mobile platforms. 

VCT 315 3D DESIGN 3 College of 

Information 

Systems and 

Technology

This course addresses the subject of three‐dimensional (3D) design using 

Autodesk 3ds Max 2016 and covers creative design principles, elements, 

modeling, animating, lighting, visualization, and visual effects. Upon 

completion, students will acquire a basic understanding of the skills and 

techniques employed by 3D designers in a wide range of applications.

B-565

VCT 330 IMAGE EDITING WITH 

PHOTOSHOP?

3 College of 

Information 

Systems and 

Technology

This course provides an intensive workshop where the student will gain 

the hands‐on experience required to help pass the ACE: Photoshop® CC™ 

certification exam. Topics include: Photoshop® fundamentals; using 

Adobe® Bridge; using Camera Raw; editing images; using selections, 

layers, filters, vector tools, and adjustments; and outputting for web and 

print.

VCT 340 WEB DESIGN WITH 

DREAMWEAVER

3 College of 

Information 

Systems and 

Technology

This course provides an intensive workshop where the student will gain 

the hands‐on experience required to help pass the ACE: Dreamweaver® 

CC™ certification exam. Topics include Dreamweaver®fundamentals; 

navigating the workspace, defining and creating a website, page layout, 

handling links and formatting text, integrating rich media, using 

templates, writing HTML and CSS code, and launching to the web and 

mobile devices.

VCT 345 GRAPHIC DESIGN WITH 

ILLUSTRATOR

3 College of 

Information 

Systems and 

Technology

This course applies advanced graphic design tools and techniques to 

develop creative visual content in Adobe Illustrator. This includes utilizing 

drawing tools, color manipulation, design techniques, and formatting 

content for a professional audience.

VCT 350 DESKTOP PUBLISHING WITH 

ACROBAT PROFESSIONAL?

3 College of 

Information 

Systems and 

Technology

This course provides an intensive workshop where the student will gain 

the hands‐on experience required to help pass the ACE: Adobe Acrobat XI 

Pro certification exam. Topics include: viewing, navigating, creating, 

modifying and enhancing PDF documents; working with actions; 

reviewing, collaborating and commenting; creating forms and collecting 

data; managing security; and print production.

B-566

VCT 360 ELECTRONIC PUBLISHING 

WITH INDESIGN?

3 College of 

Information 

Systems and 

Technology

This course provides an intensive workshop where the student will gain 

the hands‐on experience required to help pass the ACE: InDesign CC 

certification exam. Topics include: establishing layouts, creating and 

managing text, working with graphics, working with colors and 

transparency, and publishing documents.

VCT 380 IMAGE MANAGEMENT WITH 

LIGHTROOM

3 College of 

Information 

Systems and 

Technology

This course provides an intensive workshop where the student will gain 

the hands‐on experience required to help pass the ACE: Lightroom 5 

certification exam. Topics include: Photoshop Lightroom 5 fundamentals; 

importing assets; working with the Develop module; exporting media; and 

outputting for print, slideshows and the web.

VCT 390 VIDEO COMMUNICATIONS 

WITH PREMIERE PRO

3 College of 

Information 

Systems and 

Technology

This course provides an intensive workshop where the student will gain 

the hands‐on experience required to help pass the ACE: Premiere Pro CC 

certification exam. Topics include: planning and designing Premiere Pro 

projects; video editing and transitions, working with graphics and effects, 

handling audio, and publishing.

VTC 420 MULTIMEDIA DEVELOPMENT 3 College of 

Information 

Systems and 

Technology

This course introduces the fundamentals of developing interactive, 

multimedia enriched content for delivery across alternative platforms 

such as the Internet, CDs and handheld devices. The focus is on the 

integration of animation, audio and video content to maximize 

communication.

B-567

WEB 240 WEB DESIGN FUNDAMENTALS 3 College of 

Information 

Systems and 

Technology

This course introduces development tools and techniques used to publish 

web pages on the World Wide Web. Students use basic hypertext markup 

language, scripting, and presentational technologies to create websites 

with the aid of a software authoring application. Topics include HTML5, 

CSS, JavaScript®, server hosting, site publication, site maintenance, and 

search engine optimization.

WEB 401 WEB DEVELOPMENT 3 College of 

Information 

Systems and 

Technology

This course covers topics such as designing dynamic web pages and an 

introduction to Java™and Java applets. Emphasis is placed upon the 

appropriate use of web programming tools.

WEB 407 ADVANCED WEB 

DEVELOPMENT

3 College of 

Information 

Systems and 

Technology

This course focuses on existing and emerging web development 

technologies. Topics include specialized web markup languages, server‐

side backend databases, server‐side programming, web services, 

enterprise web development, and web applications.

WEB 436 MOBILE COMMERCE 3 College of 

Information 

Systems and 

Technology

This course explores the concept of mobile commerce from the 

perspective of an advanced web developer or development manager. 

Students will focus on E‐Commerce principles, M‐Commerce websites and 

apps, security, ethics, and emerging technologies.

B-568

WEB 437 WEB COMMERCIALIZATION 3 College of 

Information 

Systems and 

Technology

Successful commercialization of any technology requires not only a good 

technical understanding, but also a basic foundation that covers bringing 

the product to market by first developing a solid business plan. Topics of 

this course include strategy and e‐commerce planning, e‐commerce tools 

and techniques, marketing strategies, analytics and security.

WEB 475 WEB AND DESIGN INTERNSHIP 3 College of 

Information 

Systems and 

Technology

This is the capstone course for web design. The course provides students 

with the opportunity to integrate and apply learning from their program 

of study in a comprehensive manner within an internship or job 

placement site. Students will demonstrate competency and skills in web 

and mobile development, internet systems architecture, and apply best 

practices in IT design in an internship or job placement site.

WEB 480 WEB AND DESIGN CAPSTONE 3 College of 

Information 

Systems and 

Technology

This is the capstone course for web design. The course provides students 

with the opportunity to integrate and apply learning from their program 

of study in a comprehensive manner. Students will demonstrate 

competency and skills in web and mobile development, internet systems 

architecture, and apply best practices in IT design.

WRIT 310 CREATIVE WRITING: 

PERSONAL  ESSAYS AND 

CREATIVE NON‐FICTION

3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course in creative writing offers practice and criticism in the reading, 

analysis, and composition of personal essays and nonfiction.

B-569

WRIT 320 ADVANCED COMPOSITION 

FOR THE ENGLISH MAJOR

3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course in advanced composition is for students who want to develop 

advanced writing skills. While focus and subject matter may vary, a 

rhetorical emphasis will guide the writing tasks.

WRIT 350 WRITING FOR SOCIAL MEDIA 3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course explores the varied styles of writing for social media. Students 

will analyze multiple examples of social media and practice writing for 

these media.

WRIT 415 CREATIVE WRITING: SHORT 

STORY

3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course in writing short story offers practice and criticism in the 

reading, analysis, and composition of the short story.

XACC 210 ACCOUNTING INFORMATION 

SYSTEMS

3 School of Business This course introduces accounting students to the use of technology and 

real‐world applications. Areas of study include fundamental concepts and 

technologies (what computers can do for a business), the Internet, 

intranets, electronic commerce, information systems development, basic 

project management principles, decision support systems, and the 

benefits of computer and human synergy.

B-570

XACC 280 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING 

CONCEPTS AND PRINCIPLES

3 School of Business This course covers the fundamentals of financial accounting as well as the 

identification, measurement, and reporting of the financial effects of 

economic events on the enterprise. Financial information is examined 

from the perspective of effective management decision making with 

special emphasis on the planning and controlling responsibilities of 

practicing managers.

XACC 290 PRINCIPLES OF ACCOUNTING I 3 School of Business This course covers the fundamentals of financial accounting, as well as the 

identification, measurement, and reporting of the financial effects of 

economic events on an enterprise. Students will learn to examine financial 

information from the perspective of management. Other topics include 

decision‐making, planning, and controlling from the perspective of a 

practicing manager.

XACC 291 PRINCIPLES OF ACCOUNTING II 3 School of Business This course introduces accounting concepts in a business environment. 

Students learn to create and apply accounting documents in making 

better business decisions. Other topics include plant assets, liabilities, 

accounting for corporations, investments, statements of cash flows, 

financial statement analysis, time value of money, payroll accounting, and 

other significant liabilities.

XBCOM 230 BUSINESS COMMUNICATION 

FOR ACCOUNTANTS

3 School of Business This course introduces students to the foundations of communication in a 

business accounting setting. Students are exposed to various topics 

related to interpersonal and group communications within the context of 

applications to the accounting field. Students will develop skills in the 

forms of written communication, including memos, e‐mails, business 

letters, and reports. Other topics include communication ethics, 

collaboration, information utilization, critical thinking, and professional 

competence and values.

B-571

XBCOM 275 BUSINESS COMMUNICATIONS 

AND CRITICAL THINKING

3 School of Business This course introduces students to the foundations of communication in a 

business setting. Students will develop skills in critical thinking and 

decision making through the forms of written communication, including 

memos, e‐mails, business letters, and reports. Other topics include 

communication ethics and cross‐cultural communications, personal 

communication styles, solving organizational problems, and the 

evaluation of an organization’s strategic direction.

XBIS 220 INTRODUCTION TO 

COMPUTER APPLICATIONS 

AND SYSTEMS

3 School of Business This course provides an overview of Business Information Systems. 

Students learn to apply Microsoft® Office tools including word processing, 

spreadsheet, database, and presentation software to accomplish business 

objectives. Other topics include uses of application software and the 

Internet for effective problem solving, exploration of relevant emerging 

technologies, and how information is used across different industries.

XCOM 100 INTRODUCTION TO 

COMMUNICATION

3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course is an introduction to the field of communication with 

emphasis on the history of communication study, concepts important to 

all areas of communication, the contexts in which communication occurs, 

and the issues that must be faced by students of communication. The 

course serves as an introduction to the strands of communication: 

interpersonal, small groups and teams, mass communication, 

organizational, intercultural, and rhetoric.

XCOM 200 FOUNDATIONS OF 

INTERPERSONAL 

COMMUNICATION

3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course includes the application of communication principles, theory, 

and research to the process of interpersonal communication; it includes 

verbal, nonverbal, listening, conflict management, and communication 

skills most relevant to a broad range of interpersonal settings.

B-572

XCOM 225 FOUNDATIONS OF MASS 

COMMUNICATIONS

3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course surveys the basic theories of mass communication. Ethical and 

related problems of mass communication will be studied from 

contemporary and historical viewpoints. The course will encourage a 

critical analysis of the performance of mass media.

XCOM 285 ESSENTIALS OF MANAGERIAL 

COMMUNICATION

3 College of 

Humanities and 

Sciences

This course introduces students to the foundations of communication in a 

business setting. Students are exposed to various topics related to 

interpersonal and group communication within the context of applications 

in an office or virtual setting. Students will develop skills in forms of 

written communication, including memos, e‐mails, business letters, and 

reports. Communication ethics and cross‐cultural communications are 

also explored. Upon completing the course, students will have an 

awareness of their personal communication style and be able to identify 

areas of further exploration of communication as a business skill.

XECO 212 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS 3 School of Business This course introduces the fundamental theories of microeconomics and 

macroeconomics. The economic principles studied in this course apply to 

everyday life as students research an industry, debate issues with trade 

agreements, discuss the effects of a shift in labor supply and demand, and 

discuss the strengths and weaknesses of the Consumer Price Index 

calculation. In particular, students research an industry affected by the 

economy and perform an economic analysis of the chosen industry.

XMGT 216 ORGANIZATIONAL ETHICS 

AND SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY

3 School of Business This course provides a foundational perspective for socially responsible 

management practices in business. Special emphasis is placed on the 

interrelated nature of ethics, moral, legal, and social issues in managing 

individuals, groups, and the organization within a business environment.

B-573

XMGT 230 MANAGEMENT THEORY AND 

PRACTICE

3 School of Business This course explores the rich field of management in theory and practice, 

and as both a science and an art. Students learn to apply management 

concepts to current workplace issues. Other topics include increasing 

competitive forces, expectations for successful performance of employees 

and organizations, and achieving desired business goals.

B-574

  • ADDENDUM - SUMMARY OF POLICY UPDATES ADDED TO THE CATALOG ON MARCH 1, 2017
  • GENERAL POLICY UPDATES
  • PROGRAM POLICY UPDATES
  • TABLE OF CONTENTS
  • UNIVERSITY OF PHOENIX
  • THE UNIVERSITY’S TEACHING AND LEARNING MODEL
  • UNIVERSITY POLICIES
  • CONSUMER INFORMATION
  • ABOUT UNIVERSITY OF PHOENIX
  • APPENDIX- FINANCIAL AID POLICIES
  • STUDENTS’ RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES
  • STUDENT CODE OF CONDUCT
  • DISPUTE RESOLUTION POLICY AND PROCEDURES
  • ACADEMIC POLICIES
  • ACADEMIC QUALITY AND OUTCOMES ASSESSMENT
  • UNIVERSITY OF PHOENIX ALUMNI ASSOCIATION
  • UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS
  • COLLEGE OF HUMANITIES AND SCIENCES
  • COLLEGE OF SECURITY AND CRIMINAL JUSTICE
  • COLLEGE OF SOCIAL SCIENCES
  • SCHOOL OF BUSINESS
  • COLLEGE OF INFORMATION SYSTEMS AND TECHNOLOGY
  • COLLEGE OF HEALTH PROFESSIONS
  • School of Health Services Administration
  • School of Nursing
  • COLLEGE OF EDUCATION (Online)
  • GRADUATE PROGRAMS
  • COLLEGE OF SECURITY AND CRIMINAL JUSTICE
  • COLLEGE OF SOCIAL SCIENCES
  • SCHOOL OF BUSINESS
  • COLLEGE OF INFORMATION SYSTEMS AND TECHNOLOGY
  • COLLEGE OF HEALTH PROFESSIONS
  • School of Health Services Administration
  • School of Nursing
  • COLLEGE OF EDUCATION (Online)
  • SCHOOL OF ADVANCED STUDIES
  • PROFESSIONAL PROGRAMS
  • CREDIT-BEARING CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS
  • CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS FOR SCHOOL OF BUSINESS - UNDERGRADUATE
  • CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS FOR SCHOOL OF BUSINESS - GRADUATE
  • CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS FOR THE SCHOOL OF HEALTH SERVICES ADMINISTRATION
  • CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS FOR THE SCHOOL OF NURSING
  • CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS FOR THE COLLEGE OF EDUCATION
  • CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS FOR THE COLLEGE OF INFORMATION SYSTEMS AND TECHNOLOGY
  • NONCREDIT-BEARING PROGRAMS
  • TUITION AND FEES - ONLINE RATES
  • UNDERGRADUATE TUITION PER CREDIT (ONLINE)
  • GRADUATE TUITION PER CREDIT (ONLINE)
  • FEES (Online)
  • FACILITIES
  • UNIVERSITY ADMINISTRATION
  • University of Phoenix Board of Trustees
  • University of Phoenix Senior Administration
  • Enrollment Services Administration
  • Operational Services
  • Campus Administration
  • FACULTY
  • COLLEGE OF HUMANITIES AND SCIENCES
  • COLLEGE OF SECURITY AND CRIMINAL JUSTICE
  • COLLEGE OF SOCIAL SCIENCES
  • SCHOOL OF BUSINESS
  • COLLEGE OF INFORMATION SYSTEMS AND TECHNOLOGY
  • COLLEGE OF HEALTH PROFESSIONS
  • COLLEGE OF EDUCATION
  • SCHOOL OF ADVANCED STUDIES
  • COURSE GUIDE- COURSE DESCRIPTIONS